REPAIR MANUAL

NEW HOLLAND
CX720
CX740
CX760
CX780
CX820
CX840
CX860
CX880
 REPAIR MANUAL

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
 Contents

INTRODUCTION
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM A.10.A
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM A.12.A
HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM A.14.A
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM A.20.A
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM A.30.A
LIGHTING SYSTEM A.40.A
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM A.50.A

POWER PRODUCTION B
ENGINE B.10.A
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM B.20.A
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM B.30.A
EXHAUST SYSTEM B.40.A
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM B.50.A
LUBRICATION SYSTEM B.60.A
STARTING SYSTEM B.80.A

POWER TRAIN C
POWER COUPLING Fixed coupling C.10.B

TRANSMISSION Mechanical C.20.B

TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic C.20.F

PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive C.50.B

TRAVELLING D
FRONT AXLE D.10.A
REAR AXLE D.12.A
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic D.14.E

STEERING Hydraulic D.20.C

SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic D.30.C

2 4/7/2006
 PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic D.32.C

BODY AND STRUCTURE E

SHIELD E.20.A
OPERATOR AND SERVICE PLATFORM E.30.A
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT E.32.A
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat E.32.C

USER PLATFORM E.34.A

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system E.40.B

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system E.40.C

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning E.40.D

SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety E.50.B

TOOL POSITIONING G
LIFTING G.10.A
LEVELLING G.30.A

CROP PROCESSING K
FEEDING Reel feeding K.25.B

FEEDING Header feeding K.25.D

FEEDING Feeder housing K.25.E

THRESHING Conventional threshing K.40.B

SEPARATING Beating K.42.B

SEPARATING Rotary separator K.42.C

SEPARATING Straw walker K.42.E

SEPARATING Straw flow beater K.42.F
STORING AND HANDLING Grain storing K.60.B

CLEANING Primary cleaning K.62.B

CLEANING Tailings return system K.62.C

RESIDUE HANDLING Straw chopper K.64.C

RESIDUE HANDLING Spreader K.64.D

RESIDUE HANDLING Chaff blower K.64.F

2 4/7/2006
UNLOADING Grain unloading K.72.B

2 4/7/2006
INTRODUCTION

604_34_001_06 2 4/7/2006
1
 Contents

INTRODUCTION

Foreword ( - A.10.A.40) 3
Basic instructions ( - A.90.A.05) 4
Torque ( - A.90.A.10) 7
Conversion factors ( - A.92.A.21) 10
Product identification ( - A.80.A.10) 11

604_34_001_06 2 4/7/2006
2
 INTRODUCTION

Foreword ( - A.10.A.40)
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
All repair and maintenance works listed in this manual must be carried out only by staff belonging to the NEW HOL-
LAND Service network, strictly complying with the instructions given and using, whenever required, the special tools.

Anyone who carries out the above operations without complying with the prescriptions shall be responsible for the
subsequent damages.

The manufacturer and all the organizations of its distribution chain, including - without limitation - national, regional or
local dealers, reject any responsibility for damages due to the anomalous behavior of parts and/or components not
approved by the manufacturer himself, including those used for the servicing or repair of the product manufactured
or marketed by the Manufacturer. In any case, no warranty is given or attributed on the product manufactured or
marketed by the Manufacturer in case of damages due to an anomalous behavior of parts and/or components not
approved by the Manufacturer.

No reproduction, though partial of text and illustrations allowed

604_34_001_06 2 4/7/2006
3
 INTRODUCTION

Basic instructions ( - A.90.A.05)

SHIMMING
For each adjustment operation, select adjusting shims and measure individually using a micrometer, then add up
the recorded values. Do not rely on measuring the entire shimming set, which may be incorrect, or the rated value
indicated on each shim.

ROTATING SHAFT SEALS

For correct rotating shaft seal installation, proceed as follows:
• before assembly, allow the seal to soak in the oil it will be sealing for at least thirty minutes
• thoroughly clean the shaft and check that the working surface on the shaft is not damaged
• position the sealing lip facing the fluid; with hydrodynamic lips, take into consideration the shaft rotation direction
and position the grooves so that they will deviate the fluid towards the inner side of the seal
• coat the sealing lip with a thin layer of lubricant (use oil rather than grease) and fill the gap between the sealing
lip and the dust lip on double lip seals with grease
• insert the seal in its seat and press down using a flat punch, do not tap the seal with a hammer or mallet
• whilst inserting the seal, check that it is perpendicular to the seat; once settled, make sure that it makes contact
with the thrust element, if required
• to prevent damaging the seal lip on the shaft, position a protective guard during installation operations

O-RING SEALS
Lubricate the O-RING seals before inserting them in the seats, this will prevent them from overturning and twisting,
which would jeopardise sealing efficiency.

SEALING COMPOUNDS
Apply one of the following sealing compounds on the mating surfaces marked with an X: RTV SILMATE,
RHODORSIL CAF 1 or LOCTITE PLASTIC GASKET. Before applying the sealing compound, prepare the surfaces
as follows:
• remove any incrustations using a metal brush;
• thoroughly de-grease the surfaces using one of the following cleaning agents: trichlorethylene, petrol or a water
and soda solution.

COTTER PINS
When fitting split cotter pins, ensure that the pin notch is positioned in the direction of the force required to stress the
pin. Spiral cotter pins do not require special positioning.

604_34_001_06 2 4/7/2006
4
 INTRODUCTION

PROTECTING THE ELECTRONIC/ ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DURING CHARGING OR WELD-

ING
To avoid damage to the electronic/electrical systems, always observe the following:
1. Never make or break any of the charging circuit connections, including the battery connections, when the engine
is running.
2. Never short any of the charging components to ground.
3. Always disconnect the ground cable from the battery before arc welding on the combine or on any header at-
tached to the combine.
• Position the welder ground clamp as close to the welding area as possible.
• If welding in close proximity to a computer module, then the module should be removed from the combine.
• Never allow welding cables to lay on, near or across any electrical wiring or electronic component while
welding is in progress.
4. Always disconnect the negative cable from the battery when charging the battery in the combine with a battery
charger.
IMPORTANT: If welding must be performed on the unit, either the combine or the header (if it is attached), the battery
ground cable must be disconnected from the combine battery. The electronic monitoring system and charging system
will be damaged if this is not done.

Remove the battery ground cable. Reconnect the cable when welding is completed.

WARNING
Battery acid causes severe burns. Batteries contain sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing.
Antidote - EXTERNAL: flush with water. INTERNAL: drink large quantities of water or milk. Follow with milk
of magnesia, beaten egg or vegetables oil. Call physician immediately. EYES: flush with water for 15 minutes
and get prompt medical attention. 84-110

604_34_001_06 2 4/7/2006
5
 INTRODUCTION

SPARE PARTS
Only use original NEW HOLLAND spare parts bearing the logo shown below.

geninfo_03 1

Only genuine spare parts guarantee the same quality, duration and safety as original parts, as they are the same
parts that are assembled during standard production. Only NEW HOLLAND genuine spare parts can offer this
guarantee. When ordering spare parts, always provide the following information:
• Machine model (commercial name) and serial number
• part number of the ordered part, which can be found in the "Microfiches" or the "Spare Parts Catalogue", used
for order processing

TOOLS
The tools that NEW HOLLAND suggests and illustrate in this manual have been:
• specifically researched and designed for use with NEW HOLLAND machines
• essential for reliable repair operations
• accurately built and rigorously tested so as to offer efficient and long-lasting operation

By using these tools, Repair Personnel will benefit from:

• operating in optimal technical conditions
• obtaining the best results
• saving time and effort
• working in safe conditions
NOTE: Wear limit values indicated for certain parts should be considered to be recommended, but not binding. The
terms "front", "rear", "right-hand" and "left-hand" (when referred to different parts) are determined from the rear, facing
in the direction of travel of the machine during operation.

604_34_001_06 2 4/7/2006
6
 INTRODUCTION

Torque ( - A.90.A.10)
Minimum hardware tightening torques Nm lb ft lb in for normal assembly applications un-
less otherwise stated
IMPORTANT: Shown below is the suggested initial torque tightening sequences for general applications, tighten in
sequence from item 1 through to the last item of the hardware.

df5019-1 1

Imperial hardware
Nominal SAE SAE SAE SAE SAE SAE LOCK- LOCK-
Size GRADE 2 GRADE GRADE 5 GRADE GRADE GRADE NUTS NUTS
Unplated 2 plated Unplated 5 plated 8Unplated 8 plated GR.B GR.B
or Silver w/ZnCr or Silver w/ZnCr or Silver w/ZnCr w/GR5 w/GR8
plated GOLD plated GOLD plated GOLD BOLT BOLT
1/4 6.2 Nm 8.1 Nm 9.7 Nm 13 Nm 14 Nm 18 Nm 6.9 Nm 9.8 Nm
55 lb in 72 lb in 86 lb in 112 lb in 121 lb in 157 lb in 61 lb in 86 lb in
5/16 13 Nm 17 Nm 20 Nm 26 Nm 28 Nm 37 Nm 14 Nm 20 Nm
115 lb in 149 lb in 178 lb in 229 lb in 250 lb in 324 lb in 125 lb in 176 lb in
3/8 23 Nm 30 Nm 35 Nm 46 Nm 50 Nm 65 Nm 26 Nm 35 Nm
17 lb ft 22 lb ft 26 lb ft 34 lb ft 37 lb ft 48 lb ft 19 lb ft 26 lb ft
7/16 37 Nm 47 Nm 57 Nm 73 Nm 80 Nm 104 Nm 41 Nm 57 Nm
27 lb ft 35 lb ft 42 lb ft 54 lb ft 59 lb ft 77 lb ft 30 lb ft 42 lb ft
1/2 27 Nm 73 Nm 87 Nm 113 Nm 123 Nm 159 Nm 61 Nm 88 Nm
42 lb ft 54 lb ft 64 lb ft 83 lb ft 91 lb ft 117 lb ft 45 lb ft 64 lb ft
9/16 81 Nm 104 Nm 125 Nm 163 Nm 176 Nm 229 Nm 88 Nm 125 Nm
60 lb ft 77 lb ft 92 lb ft 120 lb ft 130 lb ft 169 lb ft 65 lb ft 92 lb ft
5/8 112 Nm 145 Nm 174 Nm 224 Nm 244 Nm 316 Nm 122 Nm 172 Nm
83 lb ft 107 lb ft 128 lb ft 165 lb ft 180 lb ft 233 lb ft 90 lb ft 127 lb ft
3/4 198 Nm 256 Nm 306 Nm 397 Nm 432 Nm 560 Nm 217 Nm 305 Nm
146 lb ft 189 lb ft 226 lb ft 293 lb ft 319 lb ft 413 lb ft 160 lb ft 226 lb ft
7/8 193 Nm 248 Nm 495 Nm 641 Nm 698 Nm 904 Nm 350 Nm 494 Nm
142 lb ft 183 lb ft 365 lb ft 473 lb ft 515 lb ft 667 lb ft 258 lb ft 364 lb ft
1.0 289 Nm 373 Nm 742 Nm 960 Nm 1048 Nm 1356 Nm 523 Nm 739 Nm
213 lb ft 275 lb ft 547 lb ft 708 lb ft 773 lb ft 1000 lb ft 386 lb ft 545 lb ft

604_34_001_06 2 4/7/2006
7
 INTRODUCTION

Metric hardware
Nominal CLASS 5.8 CLASS 5.8 CLASS 8.8 CLASS 8.8 CLASS 10.9 CLASS 10.9 LOCKNUT
Size UNPLATED UNPLATED UNPLATED UNPLATED UNPLATED UNPLATED CL.8
w/CL8.8
BOLT
M4 1.7 Nm 2.2 Nm 2.6 Nm 3.4 Nm 3.7 Nm 4.8 Nm 1.8 Nm
15 lb in 19 lb in 23 lb in 30 lb in 33 lb in 42 lb in 16 lb in
M6 5.8 Nm 7.6 Nm 8.9 Nm 12 Nm 13 Nm 17 Nm 6.3 Nm
51 lb in 67 lb in 79 lb in 102 lb in 115 lb in 150 lb in 56 lb in
M8 14 Nm 18 Nm 22 Nm 28 Nm 31 Nm 40 Nm 15 Nm
124 lb in 159 lb in 195 lb in 248 lb in 274 lb in 354 lb in 133 lb in
M10 28 Nm 36 Nm 43 Nm 56 Nm 61 Nm 79 Nm 30 Nm
21 lb ft 27 lb ft 32 lb ft 41 lb ft 45 lb ft 58 lb ft 22 lb ft
M12 49 Nm 63 Nm 75 Nm 97 Nm 107 Nm 138 Nm 53 Nm
36 lb ft 46 lb ft 55 lb ft 72 lb ft 79 lb ft 102 lb ft 39 lb ft
M16 121 Nm 158 Nm 186 Nm 240 Nm 266 Nm 344 Nm 131 Nm
89 lb ft 117 lb ft 137 lb ft 177 lb ft 196 lb ft 254 lb ft 97 lb ft
M20 237 Nm 307 Nm 375 Nm 485 Nm 519 Nm 671 Nm 265 Nm
175 lb ft 107 lb ft 277 lb ft 358 lb ft 383 lb ft 495 lb ft 195 lb ft
M24 411 Nm 531 Nm 648 Nm 839 Nm 897 Nm 1160 Nm 458 Nm
303 lb ft 392 lb ft 478 lb ft 619 lb ft 662 lb ft 855 lb ft 338 lb ft

5057 2

604_34_001_06 2 4/7/2006
8
 INTRODUCTION

dave5019 3

604_34_001_06 2 4/7/2006
9
 INTRODUCTION

Conversion factors ( - A.92.A.21)

Linear
1 mm = 0.03937 in 1 in = 25.4 mm
1 Km = 0.6214 miles 1 mile = 1.6093 km
1m = 3.281 ft 1 ft = 0.3048 m

Area
1 ha = 2.471 acre 1 acre = 0.4047 ha

Volume
1 litre = 0.0063 barrel 1 barrel = 158.987 litre
1 litre = 0.028 US bushel 1 US bushel = 35.2391 litre
1 litre = 0.2642 US gal 1 US gal = 3.7853 litre
1 litre = 1.057 US quart 1 US quart = 0.9464 litre
1 mm3 = 0.061 in3 1 in3 = 16387 mm3

Weight
1 kg = 2.204 pound 1 pound = 0.4536 kg

Torque
1 Nm = 0.7376 lbf.ft 1 lbf.ft = 1.3558 Nm

Power
1 kW = 1.358 hp 1 hp = 0.746 kW

Pressure
1 bar = 14.505 lbf/in2(psi) 1 lbf/in2(psi) = 0.06894 bar
1 kPa = 0.145 lbf/in2(psi) 1 lbf/in2(psi) = 6.894 kPa
1 pa = 10-5 bar 1 bar = 100 kPa

Temperature
1 °C = ((1.8 x ° C) + 32) °F 1 °F = (0.56 x (° F - 32)) °F

Flow
1 L/min = 0.2642 US gpm 1 US gpm = 3.7853 L/min

604_34_001_06 2 4/7/2006
10
 INTRODUCTION

Product identification ( - A.80.A.10)

EXPLANATION OF MACHINE SERIAL NUMBERS
Example : n° 221226001

221226001: The first two digits identify the model within a product line:

CX720 = 20
CX740 = 21
CX760 = 22
CX780 = 23
CX820 = 33
CX840 = 30
CX860 = 31
CX880 = 32

221226001: The third digit indicates the product line. There are 5 product lines in Zedelgem:

CX Combine harvesters: 1
TC/L Combine harvesters: 2
Combine headers: 3
Balers: 4
Forage Harvesters: 5

221226001: These 3 digits indicate the batch in which the machine was made.

221226001: Product line number (1) and batch together form the series number (1226).

221226001: The last 3 digits are a sequential number for each model within a batch.

Summarizing we can say that this machine is the first CX760 of serie 1226.

604_34_001_06 2 4/7/2006
11
 INTRODUCTION

604_34_001_06 2 4/7/2006
12
 REPAIR MANUAL
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
A
 Contents

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM A.10.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM A.12.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM A.14.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

PNEUMATIC SYSTEM A.20.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM A.30.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

LIGHTING SYSTEM A.40.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

ELECTRONIC SYSTEM A.50.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
A
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 10.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 1
 Contents

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 10.A

TECHNICAL DATA
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Special tools (A.10.A - D.20.A.40) 4
Hydraulic pump
General specification (A.10.A.20 - D.40.A.10) 5

FUNCTIONAL DATA
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Static description (A.10.A - C.30.A.20) 6
Overview (A.10.A - C.40.B.10) 8
Component localisation (A.10.A - C.40.B.20) 11
Hydraulic symbol (A.10.A - C.20.C.20) 21
Hydraulic schema (A.10.A - C.20.B.20) 24
Hydraulic pump
Variable displacement pump - Overview (A.10.A.20.02 - C.40.B.10) 30
Variable displacement pump - Static description (A.10.A.20.02 - C.30.A.20) 31
Variable displacement pump - Dynamic description (A.10.A.20.02 - C.30.A.10) 32

SERVICE
Signal valve
Disassemble (A.10.A.12 - F.10.A.25) 39
Assemble (A.10.A.12 - F.10.A.20) 41
Inspect (A.10.A.12 - F.40.B.01) 42
Stack valve
Disassemble (A.10.A.18 - F.10.A.25) 43
Remove (A.10.A.18 - F.10.A.10) 46
Install (A.10.A.18 - F.10.A.15) 48
Assemble (A.10.A.18 - F.10.A.20) 50
Hydraulic pump
Variable displacement pump - Disassemble (A.10.A.20.02 - F.10.A.25) 53
Variable displacement pump - Remove (A.10.A.20.02 - F.10.A.10) 58
Variable displacement pump - Install (A.10.A.20.02 - F.10.A.15) 60
Variable displacement pump - Assemble (A.10.A.20.02 - F.10.A.20) 62
Variable displacement pump - Inspect (A.10.A.20.02 - F.40.B.01) 66
Variable displacement pump - Test (A.10.A.20.02 - F.40.C.01) 67

DIAGNOSTIC
2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 2
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Troubleshooting (A.10.A - G.40.A.10) 71
Testing (A.10.A - G.40.A.20) 72
Sensing system
E0006-03-Return Filter Bypass Shorted To High Source (A.10.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54) 73
E0024-03-Hydraulic Reservoir Temp Shorted To High Source (A.10.A.95.90 - G.30.B.54) 74
E0024-04-Hydraulic Reservoir Temp Shorted To Low Source (A.10.A.95.90 - G.30.B.53) 75
E0024-05-Hydraulic Reservoir Temp Line Disconnected (A.10.A.95.90 - G.30.B.50) 76
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series
1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0024-05-Hydraulic Reservoir Temp Line Disconnected (A.10.A.95.90 - G.30.B.50) 78

CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above,
CX780 Series 1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and above, CX840 Series 1238 and above,
CX860 Series 1238 and above, CX880 Series 1238 and above

E0133-03-Hydraulic Reservoir Level Shorted To High Source (A.10.A.95.93 - G.30.B.54) 80

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 3
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Special tools (A.10.A -

D.20.A.40)
DESCRIPTION NEW HOLLAND
PART NUMBER
(All Markets Except North America)
Blanking Cap 11/16 ORFS 297671
Pressure Gauge 0 - 10 bar (0 - 150 psi) 293241#
Pressure Gauge 0 - 40 bar (0 - 600 psi) 293242#
Pressure Gauge 0 - 250 bar (0 - 5000 psi) 293244#
Remote valve coupling 5101741 or 293449
Quick release adaptor (Female) 291924
Pressure gauge hose 292246#
1/8 NPT fitting to attach hose 292246 to gauge 291927#
Adaptor M10 x 1.0p x 7/16 JIC male (enables use of 297417
gauges with 7/16 JIC hoses if used)
MiniMess (M16x2) Quick attach fitting (procure locally)
Flow Meter 120 ltr/min (0-50 gal/min) minimum (procure
locally)
# Part of hydraulic pressure test kit 292870

O-RING FACE SEAL TUBE ADAPTORS PARKER HANNIFIN PART NUMBER

Tee Piece (M12x1.5 with 9/16 UNF) - CCLS Pump Load 4M12R870MLOS
sensing
Tee Piece (13/16 UNF fittings) - Steering 8R6MLOS
Elbow (13/16 UNF fittings) - Steering 8ELOS
Quick Release Fitting (9/16 UNF Male) - CCLS Pump PD34BTL
Load Sensing
Quick Release Fitting (13/16 UNF Male) - Steering PD38BTL

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 4
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Hydraulic pump - General specification (A.10.A.20 - D.40.A.10)

MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP

Type Variable Flow Closed Centre

Load Sensing Piston Pump
Minimum Output @ engine rated speed 114 Ltr/min
30 US gal/min
Standby Pressure 21 bar (305 psi)
Maximum System Pressure 207 bar (3000 psi)
Flow to Steering Motor 36 Ltr/min
9.5 US gal/min
Steering Pressure 186 bar (2700 psi)

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 5
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Static description (A.10.A

- C.30.A.20)
The high pressure circuit operates all of the work hydraulics and steering. The circuit is fed by a closed centre load
sensing variable displacement pump (4). Oil is drawn by the pump, from the main reservoir, shared with the hydro-
static system, through the inline pressure filter to the mainframe valve block.
The oil enters the main frame valve block at the priority valve slice and there the oil is split, dependant on demand, to
the steering valve, which has priority, or to the other hydraulic functions.
The unloading tube control, drum variator control and header height control are served by the main frame stack.

BSC1256B 1
The straw elevator and header reverser, lateral flotation control, reel vertical and horizontal adjustment and reel speed
control are served by the straw elevator stack valve. The straw elevator stack valve is an extension of the main
frame stack valve and is connected with pressure (31a), return (31b), and load sensing lines (31c), via quick release
couplings.

BSC1254A 2
The last section of the straw elevator stack valve is a flush valve. This valve allows a very small oil flow through the
stack valves, when no services are being operated, allowing warm oil to bring the stack valve assembly gradually up
to temperature.
The circuit return oil flows through to the return side filter back to the pump or to the reservoir.
The high pressure circuit is linked with the hydrostatic circuit. The hydrostatic pump (3) feeds the hydrostatic circuit.
The charge return and case drain oil flows through to the thermostat and cooler back to the reservoir or high pressure
circuit.

BSC1256C 3

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 6
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

The CCLS pump uses the return oil from the hydrostatic system as its charge pressure oil and therefore does not
incorporate a charge pump. The hydrostatic return oil comes into the pump via the oil cooler at the rate of 60 l/min
(63 qts/min). Only when working in high demand conditions does the CCLS pump create an under pressure in the
suction line.

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 7
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Overview (A.10.A -

C.40.B.10)
HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEM - COMPONENT LOCATION

1 Engine 2 Gearbox
3 Hydrostatic pump 4 CCLS pump
5 Low pressure gear pump 6 Load sensing valve
7 High pressure relief valve 8 In-line high pressure filter
(197 bar (2856 psi)
9 Priority valve 10 Load sensing lock out valve
11 Load sensing shuttle valve 12 Steering motor
13 Steering cylinders 14 Header height pressure valve
15 High pressure relief valve 16 Accumulator lock out valve
220 bar (3190 psi)
17 Header suspension accumulator 18 Pressure sensor
(70 bar [1015 psi], 0.5 L [17 oz])
19 Header height control valve 20 Header raise valve
21 Header lower valve 22 Header pressure compensation valve
23 Header lift cylinders 24 Electronic control unit
25 Drum variator valve 26 Drum variator adjustment plunger
27 Unloading tube control valve 28 Unloading tube cylinder lock out
29 Unloading tube cylinder 30 Top plate
31 Quick attach couplers 32 Straw elevator stack valve top plate
33 Straw elevator and header reversing valve 34 Straw elevator and header reversing motor
35 Lateral flotation control valve 36 Lateral float pressure compensation valve
37 Lateral flotation cylinder 38 Lateral float accumulator
(80 bar [1160 psi], 0.5 L [17 oz])
39 Lateral float accumulator 40 Lateral float minimum pressure valve
(100 bar [1450 psi], 0.5 L [17 oz])
41 Reel horizontal adjustment valve 42 Reel horizontal adjustment cylinders
43 Reel vertical adjustment valve 44 Reel vertical adjustment cylinders
45 Reel drive / speed adjustment valve 46 (Not used)
47 Reel pressure compensation valve 48 Reel drive motor
49 Flush valve 50 Return filter with by-pass
51 Blocked filter indicator switch 52 Thermostat valve
53 Cooler 54 Suction filter
55 Filler cap with breather 56 Hydraulic oil, minimum level indicator
57 Reservoir 58 Drain hose
59 Temperature sensor 60 Multi-line quick coupler

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 8
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

BSC1362B 1
HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEM - COMPONENT LOCATION

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 9
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

BSC1361A 2
HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEM - COMPONENT LOCATION

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 10
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Component localisation

(A.10.A - C.40.B.20)
NOTE: The reference numbers used in the illustrations and text relate to the identification numbers used on the High
Pressure Circuit Diagram, PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schema (A.10.A-C.20.B.20).

(3) Hydrostatic Pump

Although not part of the high pressure system, the return oil from the hydrostatic motors is used as charge pressure
oil for the high pressure CCLS pump.

BSC1256C 1
(4) Closed Centre Load Sensing (CCLS) Pump
Provides the oil for the high pressure system. Will supply the pressure as demanded by the services in use due to its
load sensing and variable displacement capability. Has the advantage over a fixed pump in that it reduces the engine
power absorbed when maximum pump flow is not required.

BSC1256B 2
(5) Low Pressure Gear Pump
Totally separate from the high pressure system. Mounted on the CCLS pump from where it takes its drive.

BSC1256A 3
(6) Load Sensing Valve (mounted on CCLS pump)
(7) High Pressure Relief Valve (mounted on CCLS pump)
Output from the CCLS pump is determined by adjusting the angle of the swash plate. The load sensing valve senses
the circuit operating pressure and adjusts the swash plate angle to control pump output. If pump output rises to 197

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 11
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

bar (2857 psi) the high pressure relief valve over rides the load sensing valve and adjusts the swash plate angle to
limit maximum system pressure.

BSC1266A 4
(8) In Line High Pressure Filter
A replaceable filter located between the CCLS pump output and the high pressure system priority valve.

BSC1265A 5
(12) Steering Motor
Supplied oil via the priority valve in the main frame stack. The steering motor directs and controls oil to the steering
cylinders, based on input via movement of the steering wheel.
There are 2 different motors available. An OSPF 315 cc load sensing fixed capacity unit for North America only and
an OSPQ 160/320 cc load sensing variable capacity unit for all other locations.

BSC1257A 6
(13) Steering Cylinders

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 12
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

BSC1263A 7
(23) Header Lift Cylinder

BSC1269A 8

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 13
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

BSC1270A 9
Main Frame Stack Valve Assembly

(9) Priority Valve

Located in the main frame stack valve, receives the output oil from the CCLS pump and will
provide steering with the priority for oil. Actuated by pressure within the load sense lines.
(10) Load Sense / Steering Relief Valve
Located in the priority valve. When the pressure in the load sense circuit or steering circuit
exceeds a preset value the relief valve will blow and then maintain a maximum pressure in
the load sense or steering circuits.
(11) Load Sensing Shuttle Valve
Located in each valve slice. Allows the function with the highest pressure demand to send
sensing pressure to the load sensing valve on the CCLS pump.
(14) Header Height Pressure Valve
Controls the pressure within the header height cylinders.
Contains the high pressure relief valve (15), accumulator lock out valve (16) and pressure
sensor (18).
(16) Accumulator Lock Out Valve
Solenoid controlled valve which isolates the accumulator from the raise and lower circuit.
(19) Header Height Control Valve
Controls the raising and lowering of the header. Contains the PWM raise and lower valves
and compensation valve.
(20) Header Raise Valve
A PWM controlled valve, allows pressure oil to the raise cylinder.
(21) Header Lower Valve
A PWM controlled valve, allows oil to be released from the lift cylinders under control.
(22) Header Pressure Compensation Valve
Ensures that height raise speed is consistent in all operating conditions, provides
compensation to pressure spikes in the system.

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 14
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

(25) Drum Variator Control Valve

Controls the plunger within the variator drum drive unit to provide adjustable variator speed.
Solenoid operated valves either allow pressure oil to provide a speed increase or release
oil pressure to decrease speed.
(27) Unloading Tube Control Valve
Controls the unloading tube cylinder. Consists of two electrically operated solenoid valves.

(15) High Pressure Relief Valve

This acts as a shock relief valve for the header. Sudden rises in pressure, as felt at the lift cylinders, are relieved
through this valve.

BSC1255A 10
(17) Header Suspension Accumulator
Absorbs the slight movement to the header encountered during normal operating. The accumulator is rated at 70 bar
pressure with a volume of 0.5 L.

BSC1255B 11
(18) Pressure Sensor
Measures the hydraulic pressure within the header circuit. Sends a signal to the header electronic control unit.

BSC1255C 12
(24) Electronic Control Unit
Controls the header height via the PWM controlled raise and lower solenoids, based on the signal sent by the operator
cab controls.

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 15
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

BSC1255D 13
(26) Drum Variator Adjustment Plunger
Operated via the drum variator valve, the plunger is a hydraulic cylinder that operates a floating disc within the variator
assembly to alter variator speed.

BSC1267A 14
(28) Unloading Tube Lockout Block
Isolates the unload cylinder from the control valve and pipework. Ensures that the unload tube will remain in the
required position until the control valve is activated. When pressure oil is applied to the lock out block, a bleed line is
supplied to the opposite side which releases the lock valve and allows oil to escape. When the pressure oil is removed
the lock out valves close and prevent cylinder movement.
(29) Unload Tube Cylinder
Operates the unload arm, controlled by the unload tube control valve and lock out block.

BSC1260A 15
(31) Quick Attach Couplers

Connects the main stack valve block to the header valve block assembly.

(31a) = Pressure supply

(31b) = Return line

(31c) = Load sensing line

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 16
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

NOTE: The return line must always be correctly connected. The quick attach coupler of the return line incorporates
check valves allowing flow back to the main frame stack valve. If the engine is started with the return line disconnected
oil will escape from the valve block.

BSC1254A 16

BSC1271A 17
Straw Elevator Valve Stack

(33) Straw Elevator and Header Reversing Valve

Controls the motor for the straw elevator and header reverser. Contains two electrically controlled solenoids which
move a spool to obtain forward, reverse or a float position on the motor.

(35) Lateral Flotation Control Valve

Controls the lateral flotation cylinder. Consists of two electrically controlled solenoids, a pressure compensation valve
and a lock out valve.

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 17
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

(36) Lateral Float Pressure Compensation Valve

Ensures that lateral float operation is consistent in all operating conditions, provides compensation to pressure spikes
in the system.

(40) Lateral Float Minimum Pressure Valve

This is a resistant valve and prevents the header from jerky counterclockwise movement and jerky operation when
the cylinder is retracted. This is necessary because of the non-North American header being heavier on the left hand
side. The valve is set at approximately 60 bar (870 psi).

(41) Reel Horizontal Adjustment Valve

(42) Reel Horizontal Adjustment Cylinders

Controls the horizontal position of the reel. The valve consists of two electrically operated solenoids and a lock out
valve.

(43) Reel Vertical Adjustment Valve

Controls the vertical adjustment cylinders. Consists of two electrically operated solenoids and a lock out valve.

(44) Reel Vertical Adjustment Cylinders

Two cylinders, a master and a slave, supplied oil from the vertical adjustment valve (43). The slave is powered by the
rod end oil of the master cylinder.

(49) Flush Valve

When there are no services in use, charge pressure oil is allowed to join the return circuit through the flush valve.
This function allows a flow of oil through the header stack valve thereby circulating warm oil through the valves.

(34) Straw Elevator and Header Reversing Motor

BSC1268A 18
(37) Lateral Flotation Cylinder

Adjusts header angle in relation to the combine.

(38) Lateral Float Accumulator - Lowering side - 50 bar (725 psi)

(39) Lateral Float Accumulator - Raise Side - 75 bar (1088 psi)

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 18
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

BSC1261A 19
(50) Return Filter with Bypass

(51) Return Filter Element Differential Drop Indicator.

Electrical switch to indicate pressure differential as the filter becomes clogged during service.

BSC1262A 20
(52) Thermostat Valve

Cooler bypass valve, directs cold oil away from the cooler and back into the return circuit. As the oil progressively
warms up the oil is then allowed, by the thermostat valve, through the cooler. A relief valve is incorporated to allow
direct routing to the return circuit when the pressure is too high for the system to cope with.

(53) Cooler

Hydraulic oil cooler, mounted with the engine cooler on the right hand side of the vehicle.

BSC1259A 21
(54) Suction Filter

Located in the base of the reservoir in the suction line supplying the hydrostatic pump.

(55) Filler Cap With Breather

(56) Minimum level electrical switch for hydraulic oil reservoir. (high pressure system and hydrostatic system oil).
2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 19
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

(57) Hydraulic Oil Reservoir (high pressure system and hydrostatic system oil).

(59) Temperature Sensor

Measures hydraulic oil temperature, high oil temperature indicated at 85 °C (185 °F).

BSC1264A 22
(60) Header Hoses Quick Release Coupling.

BSC1258A 23

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 20
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol (A.10.A

- C.20.C.20)
Engine Reservoir

Hydraulic pump, direction Hydraulic pump single

with variable displacement direction fixed displacement

Hydraulic pump, directional Steering motor

with displacement (bi-directional)

Motor, single direction fixed Motor bi-directional fixed

displacement displacement

2 position valve 3 position valve

Proportional (PWM) valve Pressure relief valve

Solenoid controlled Proportional solenoid

movement movement (Pulse Width
Modulation)

Movement by or against Movement by or against

spring tension adjustable spring tension

Movement by or against oil Lock-out valve

pressure

Non return valve Non return valve, pressure

controlled

Quick coupler with non Flexible hose

return valve

Restrictor Thermostat

Hydro-pneumatic Cylinder
accumulator

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 21
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Filter Filter opening

Shuttle valve Temperature sender

Pressure sensor

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 22
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 23
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schema

(A.10.A - C.20.B.20)
High Pressure circuit diagram

1a series 1206 - 1479

1 Engine 31 Quick attach couplers
2 Gearbox 32 Straw elevator stack valve top plate
3 Hydrostatic pump 33 Straw elevator and header reversing valve
4 CCLS pump 34 Straw elevator and header reversing motor
5 Low pressure gear pump 35 Lateral flotation control valve
6 Load sensing valve 36 Lateral float pressure compensation valve
7 High pressure relief valve 37 Lateral flotation cylinder
(197 bar (2856 psi)
8 In-line high pressure filter 38 Lateral float accumulator
(80 bar [1160 psi], 0.5 L [17 oz])
9 Priority valve 39 Lateral float accumulator
(100 bar [1450 psi], 0.5 L [17 oz])
10 Load sensing lock out valve 40 Lateral float minimum pressure valve
11 Load sensing shuttle valve 41 Reel horizontal adjustment valve
12 Steering motor 42 Reel horizontal adjustment cylinders
13 Steering cylinders 43 Reel vertical adjustment valve
14 Header height pressure valve 44 Reel vertical adjustment cylinders
15 High pressure relief valve 45 Reel drive / speed adjustment valve
220 bar (3190 psi)
16 Accumulator lock out valve 46 (Not used)
17 Header suspension accumulator 47 Reel pressure compensation valve
(70 bar [1015 psi], 0.5 L [17 oz])
18 Pressure sensor 48 Reel drive motor
19 Header height control valve 49 Flush valve
20 Header raise valve 50 Return filter with by-pass
21 Header lower valve 51 Blocked filter indicator switch
22 Header pressure compensation valve 52 Thermostat valve
23 Header lift cylinders 53 Cooler
24 Electronic control unit 54 Suction filter
25 Drum variator valve 55 Filler cap with breather
26 Drum variator adjustment plunger 56 Hydraulic oil, minimum level indicator
27 Unloading tube control valve 57 Reservoir
28 Unloading tube cylinder lock out 58 Drain hose
29 Unloading tube cylinder 59 Temperature sensor
30 Top plate 60 Multi-line quick coupler

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 24
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

BSC1244A 1

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 25
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

High pressure circuit diagram - Main stack valve

1b series 1480 and above

1 Engine
2 Gearbox
3 Hydrostatic pump
4 CCLS pump
5 Low pressure gear pump
6 Load sensing valve
7 High pressure relief valve
(197 bar (2856 psi)
8 In-line high pressure filter
9 Priority valve
10 Load sensing lock out valve
11 Load sensing shuttle valve
12 Steering motor
13 Steering cylinders
14 Header height pressure valve
15 High pressure relief valve
220 bar (3190 psi)
16 Accumulator lock out valve
17 Header suspension accumulator
(70 bar [1015 psi], 0.5 L [17 oz])
18 Pressure sensor
19 Header height control valve
20 Header raise valve
21 Header lower valve
22 Header pressure compensation valve
23 Header lift cylinders
24 Electronic control unit
25 Drum variator valve
26 Drum variator adjustment plunger
27 Unloading tube control valve
28 Unloading tube cylinder lock out
29 Unloading tube cylinder
30 Top plate
31 Quick attach couplers

50 Return filter with by-pass

51 Blocked filter indicator switch
52 Thermostat valve
53 Cooler
54 Suction filter
55 Filler cap with breather
56 Hydraulic oil, minimum level indicator
57 Reservoir
58 Drain hose
59 Temperature sensor

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 26
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL06CX0002H0B 2

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 27
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

High pressure circuit diagram - Straw elevator stack valve

2b series 1480 and above

31 Quick attach couplers
32 Straw elevator stack valve top plate
33 Straw elevator and header reversing valve
34 Straw elevator and header reversing motor
35 Lateral flotation control valve
36 Lateral float pressure compensation valve
37 Lateral flotation cylinder
38 Lateral float accumulator
(80 bar [1160 psi], 0.5 L [17 oz])
39 Lateral float accumulator
(100 bar [1450 psi], 0.5 L [17 oz])
40 Lateral float minimum pressure valve
41 Reel horizontal adjustment valve
42 Reel horizontal adjustment cylinders
43 Reel vertical adjustment valve
44 Reel vertical adjustment cylinders
45 Reel drive / speed adjustment valve
46 (Not used)
47 Reel pressure compensation valve
48 Reel drive motor
49 Flush valve

60 Multi-line quick coupler

61 Reel drive accumulator
(30 bar, 0.16 L)
62 Drum variator adjustment accumulator
(180 bar, 0.5 L)
63 Varifeed valve
64 Varifeed cilinders

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 28
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL06CX0001G0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 29
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Overview

(A.10.A.20.02 - C.40.B.10)

BSC1338A 1
High Pressure CCLS Hydraulic Pump and Low pressure Gear Pump Installation

1 Flow and pressure compensating valves
2 Load sensing line
3 CCLS pump casing
4 Pump case lubrication drain
5 Charge oil - hydrostatic motor case drain
6 Low pressure pump output tube
7 Low pressure gear pump
8 Low pressure pump inlet
9 CCLS pump high pressure output

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 30
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Static description

(A.10.A.20.02 - C.30.A.20)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

The closed centre load sensing pump assembly is mounted directly onto the engine driven gearbox located high on
the left hand side of the combine.

BSC1256B_971 1
The assembly consists of 2 pumps, the load sensing piston pump, providing oil to the high pressure hydraulic system
and a fixed displacement gear pump, providing oil to the low pressure hydraulic system.
The pump drive shafts are linked by a coupler and lubricated by the case drain oil of the load sensing pump.

BSC1337A 2
The pump is controlled by the flow (6) and pressure (7) compensating valves located on the pump casing.

BSC1266A_972 3

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 31
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Dynamic description

(A.10.A.20.02 - C.30.A.10)

TIA35042 1
Variable Displacement Piston Pump-Sectional Drawing

1 Pump End Plate 2 Swash Plate Servo Piston

3 Swash Plate 4 Swash Plate Return Spring
5 Drive shaft Gear 6 Drive shaft
7 Slipper (9 off) 8 Piston and Barrel
9 Inlet Port 10 Pumping Head Pre-load Spring
11 Outlet Port

Principal of Operation

The operating principal of the fixed displacement gear pump is to provide a constant oil flow directly related to the
rotation speed of the pump.
The operating principal of a variable displacement piston pump is to provide oil flow on demand and minimises the
engine power absorbed in driving the hydraulic pump when the hydraulic circuits do not require maximum pump flow.
The variable displacement piston pump in hydraulic systems therefore has distinct power loss advantages over fixed
displacement gear type pumps, which continually provide oil flow and absorb engine power even when the hydraulic
circuits do not require the total pump output.
The feed oil for the variable displacement piston pump is called the charge oil. The charge oil is supplied by the return
flow of the hydrostatic drive system. This supplies 60 l/min (16 gal/min) of oil via the oil cooler. Only under high
demand situations, 60 - 114 l/min (16 - 30 gal/min), does an under pressure develop in the charge supply line.

Variable Displacement Piston Pump

The major components of the variable flow piston pump with closed centre load sensing are:-

1. A nine element pumping head.

2. A plate mechanism (swash plate) to adjust piston stroke and corresponding pump output.

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 32
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

3. A load sensing valve which monitors the requirements of the hydraulic circuits and signals the pump to increase
or decrease hydraulic oil flow accordingly.

The nine element pumping head is cylindrical in shape and has nine barrels, into each of which, is installed a piston.
On the end of each piston is pressed a slipper which always remains in contact with the face of the swash plate located
at the front of the pumping head.
The drive shaft, which is driven by the pump drive gear, rotates the pumping head. As the pumping head rotates, the
pistons move in and out of their barrels, following the contour of the swash plate. For every revolution of the drive
shaft each piston completes one pumping cycle.
The swash plate, which does not rotate but pivots about the front of the pumping head, is the control mechanism that
limits the stroke of each piston and works in conjunction with the pressure and flow compensating valves in the load
sensing line.
As the pumping head rotates each barrel passes over the inlet and then the outlet ports of the pump. During the inlet
cycle for each piston and barrel, oil is pumped into the barrel pushing the piston forward so that it always remains in
contact with the swash plate. The stroke of each piston and volume of oil charged into its barrel is therefore dependent
on the angle of the swash plate.
After a piston and barrel has completed the inlet stroke, further rotation of the head aligns the barrel with the outlet
port. Oil within the barrel is then forcibly ejected by the piston through the exhaust port to the hydraulic circuits.

TIA35165 2
Flow and Pressure Compensating Valves

1 Plug and ‘O’ Ring 2 Housing

3 Flow Compensating Spool 4 Seat
5 Spring 6 Adjuster and ‘O’ Ring Seal
7 Locknut 8 Tamperproof Cap
9 Tamperproof Cap 10 Locknut
11 Adjuster and ‘O’ Ring Seal 12 Spring
13 Seat 14 Pressure Compensator Spool
15 ‘O’ Ring Seals 16 Plug and ‘O’ Ring

Flow and Pressure Compensating Valves (CCLS Pump Load Sensing Valve)

Output from the variable flow piston pump is determined by adjusting the angle of the swash plate in the pump. The
flow compensating valves senses the circuit operating pressure and adjusts the swash plate angle to control pump
output.

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 33
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

If pump output and circuit pressure rises to 197 bar (2857 psi) the pressure compensating valve overrides the flow
compensating valve and adjusts the swash plate angle to limit maximum system pressure.

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT OPERATION

The variable flow closed centre load sensing hydraulic pump operates progressively in 4 modes:-
Low Pressure Standby
High Pressure Circuit Maximum Demand
High Pressure Circuit Low Demand
Maximum System Pressure (High Pressure Standby)

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 34
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Low Pressure Standby

With Reference to image 3

Low pressure standby is the system pressure 21 - 24 bar (305 - 348 psi) maintained by the hydraulic pump when
high pressure hydraulic circuits are not being operated.
During engine start up, standby pressure has not been generated and both the flow and pressure compensating
valves are held to the left by spring pressure.
While the spools are held to the left oil pressure generated by the pump cannot be applied to the swash plate servo
piston. The swash plate consequently remains in the maximum flow position until the pump has developed sufficient
flow to produce pressure at low pressure standby.
As pump output pressure increases to 21 - 24 bar (305 - 348 psi), this pressure is sensed in gallery (E), and applied
to the flow compensating spool. The spool gradually moves against the spring allowing oil flow from gallery (E), to
gallery (D).
The controlled pressure rise in gallery (D), operates the swash plate servo piston, changing the angle of the swash
plate in relation to the pumping head. The change in angle reduces the operating stroke of the pistons and output of
the pump.
As pump output decreases and the pressure in gallery (D), reduces to less than 24 bar (348 psi), the flow compen-
sating valve gradually moves under spring pressure to the left bleeding gallery (D), to sump through gallery (C). This
reduces the control pressure applied to the servo piston, allowing the servo piston to retract at a controlled rate under
pressure from the swash plate return spring and re-adjust the angle of the swash plate to increase pump output.
This control process continues maintaining pump output pressure at 21 - 24 bar (305 - 348 psi) (low pressure standby)
until a high pressure circuit is operated and pump system pressure needs to be increased to operate the service.

BSC1301A 3

Standby Pressure @ 21 - Return to Reservoir

24 bar (305 - 348 psi)

Control Pressure Charge Pressure

1 Straw elevator stack valve (In Neutral) 2 Main frame stack valve (in neutral)
3 Pressure Compensating Valve 4 Flow Compensating Valve
5 Swash Plate 6 Return from Hydrostatic motors
2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 35
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

High Pressure Circuit High Demand

BSC1301B 4
High Pressure Circuit High Demand

Standby Pressure @ 190 Charge Pressure

bar (2755 psi)
Return to Reservoir

1 Straw elevator stack valve 2 Main frame stack valve

3 Pressure Compensating Valve 4 Flow Compensating Valve
5 Swash Plate 6 Return from hydrostatic motors

When a high pressure service is operated the pressure rise in the hydraulic circuit is sensed by the load sensing line,
The combined pressure from the pilot line and flow compensating valve return spring causes the flow compensating
spool to move against the standby pressure in gallery (E), preventing the flow of oil to the swash plate servo piston
through gallery (C).
The movement of the spool opens gallery (D), to the return to sump gallery (C), allowing the servo piston to retract
under pressure from the swash plate return spring and adjust the angle of the swash plate to increase pump output.

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 36
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

High Pressure Circuit Low Demand

BSC1301C 5
High Pressure Circuit Low Demand

Standby Pressure @ 190 Return to Reservoir

bar (2755 psi)
Control Pressure Charge Pressure

1 Straw elevator stack valve 2 Main frame stack valve

3 Pressure Compensating Valve 4 Flow Compensating Valve
5 Swash Plate 6 Return oil from hydrostatic motors

When output from the pump is meeting the demand of the hydraulic circuit the output pressure of the hydraulic pump
in gallery (E), will continue to rise unless the flow from the pump is controlled.
As pump pressure increases the differential between system pressure (E), and load sensed pressure (B), will similarly
increase. When this differential rises towards 21 bar (305 psi) the pressure in gallery (E), causes the flow compen-
sator spool to move back against the spring and load sense pressure in Gallery (B), to open gallery (E), to gallery
(D). The controlled pressure rise in gallery (D), operates the swash plate servo piston and changes the swash plate
angle to reduce pump output according to demand.
It can now be seen that whenever the differential pressure between system and load sensed pressures approaches
21 - 24 bar (305 - 348 psi) the flow compensator valve will operate to control the angle of the swash plate and
consequently pump flow (output).
The load sensing shuttle valves will always allow the service requiring the highest pressure to pass that pressure onto
the flow compensating valve.

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 37
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Controlling Maximum System Pressure

BSC1301D 6
Controlling Maximum System Pressure

Standby Pressure @ 190 Return to Reservoir

bar (2755 psi)
Control Pressure Charge Pressure

1 Straw elevator stack valve 2 Main frame stack valve

3 Pressure Compensating Valve 4 Flow Compensating Valve
5 Swash Plate 6 Return oil from hydrostatic motors

To limit the maximum output pressure of the piston pump and prevent consequential damage that may occur due to
excessive pressures, a pressure compensating valve, located adjacent to the flow compensator valve, is incorporated
in the swash plate control circuit. This valve limits the pressure to 197 bar (2857 psi) and operates as follows:-
As the pressure in gallery (E), increases to 197 bar (2857 psi) the pressure compensator valve spool (2) moves
against the valve return spring and opens gallery (E), to gallery (D). The pressure in gallery (D), is now applied to the
servo piston which changes the swash plate angle to reduce pump output to minimum flow. This operating mode is
referred to as high pressure standby.
Functions requiring sensitive control, like the header height, lateral flotation and hydraulic reel drive have an additional
pressure compensation valve in their circuit to ensure that the operational speed is constant what ever the pump
pressure is (see high pressure circuit diagram).

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 38
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Signal valve - Disassemble (A.10.A.12 - F.10.A.25)

1. Remove the four cap screws (1) securing the flow
compensating valve assembly (2) to the pump.

20013880 1

2. To ensure correct re-assembly, keep the component

parts for each valve separate.
Remove the tamper-proof caps (8) and (9), from the
adjuster locknuts.
Loosen the adjuster lock nuts (7) and (10), and re-
move the adjusters and O rings (6) and (11).
Remove the springs (5) and (12) spring seats (4) and
(13), the flow compensating spool (3) and the pres-
sure compensating spool (14), from the housing (2).
Remove the plugs and O rings (1), (15) and (16),
from the housing.
Pressure and Flow Compensating Valve Inspection
Signal valve - Inspect (A.10.A.12-F.40.B.01).
IMPORTANT: Do not mix the parts from the flow and pres-
sure compensator assemblies.
NOTE: The stem on the flow compensating valve spool is
longer than that on the pressure compensating valve spool.
IMPORTANT: Due to extreme spring pressure within the
valve, DO NOT remove the rear plugs (1) and (16), until
the adjusters (6) and (11), have been removed.

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 39
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

8-094 2

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 40
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Signal valve - Assemble (A.10.A.12 - F.10.A.20)

NOTE: Replace all O rings during assembly.
1. Lubricate all parts with clean hydraulic fluid.
Install the plugs and O rings (1) and (16), and torque
to 25 - 30 N·m (18.5 - 22 ft-lbs..).
Insert the flow compensating spool (3) and the pres-
sure compensating spool (14), in their respective
bores through the rear of the valve body (2).
Insert the spring seats (4) and (13), springs (5) and
(12), and install the adjuster and O rings (6) and (11),
with lock nuts (7) and (10).
Install the O rings (15).

8-094 1

2. Secure the assembly (1) to the pump with four cap

screws (2).
Pressure test the pump and adjust the pressure
and flow compensating valves as described in Hy-
draulic pump Variable displacement pump - Test
(A.10.A.20.02 - F.40.C.01).
NOTE: Do not install the tamperproof caps until the valves
have been adjusted.

20013880_978 2

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 41
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Signal valve - Inspect (A.10.A.12 - F.40.B.01)

1. Thoroughly clean all components in a suitable sol-
vent.
Examine the springs for cracks or distortion. Replace
if defective.
Examine the spools for signs of wear and pitting.
Examine the lands in the valve body for signs of wear
and pitting.

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 42
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Stack valve - Disassemble (A.10.A.18 - F.10.A.25)

1. Loosen and remove the three nuts (1) from the tie
rods.

20015980 1

2. Carefully lift the base plate (1) from the unloading

auger valve (2).

20015981 2

3. Carefully lift the unloading auger valve (1) from the

drum variator valve (2).

20015982 3

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 43
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

4. Carefully lift the drum variator valve (1) from the pri-
ority valve (2).

20015983 4

5. Carefully lift the priority valve (1) from the connector

plate (2).

20015986 5

6. Lay the remaining parts of the stack valve assembly

on the workbench.
Remove the three socket head cap screws (1) from
the header lift valve (2).

20015984 6

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 44
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

7. Carefully lift the connecting plate (1) from the header

lift valve (2).

20015985 7

8. Check all O rings for cuts, nicks or deformity. Re-

place as necessary.
9. Check mating surface of valve sections for nicks,
burrs, or other damage. Repair or replace as nec-
essary.
10. Inspect tie rods for straightness. Replace as neces-
sary.

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 45
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Stack valve - Remove (A.10.A.18 - F.10.A.10)

1. Open the hydraulic system drain valve (1) and drain
the hydraulic oil into clean suitable containers.
IMPORTANT: Be sure the area around the stack valves is
clean before removing them. Dirt contamination will cause
hydraulic component damage and/or failure. Use caution
while washing to keep electrical components as dry as pos-
sible.

10013107_989 1

2. Loosen and disconnect the hydraulic line fittings (1)

from the stack valve. Cap and plug all lines and fit-
tings
IMPORTANT: Lines and fittings must be capped and
plugged when disconnected to avoid contamination. Dirt
contamination will cause hydraulic component damage
and/or failure.

BSC1270A_990 2

3. Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) from the

valve solenoids (2).
NOTE: Mark all electrical connector locations for proper
connection during assembly.

20015978 3

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 46
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

4. Disconnect the main electrical connector (1) from the

ECU (2).

20015979 4

5. Loosen and remove the four cap screws (1) securing

the stack valve to the support bracket (2).
Remove the stack valve from the support bracket.

20016587 5

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 47
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Stack valve - Install (A.10.A.18 - F.10.A.15)

1. Install the stack valve onto the support bracket (1).
Install the four cap screws (2) securing the stack
valve to the support bracket (1).
Tighten the cap screws securely.

20016587_991 1

2. Connect the main electrical connector (1) to the ECU

(2).

20015979 2

3. Connect the electrical connectors (1) to the valve

solenoids (2).
Remove all caps and plugs from the hydraulic lines
and fittings.

20015978 3

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 48
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

4. Connect the hydraulic line fittings (1) to the stack

valve. Tighten the fittings securely.

BSC1270A_990 4

5. Close the hydraulic system drain valve (1).

Fill the hydraulic reservoir with the proper type and
amount of hydraulic fluid.
Start the engine and cycle the appropriate features
controlled by the main stack valve.
Check for proper operation of all functions of the main
stack valve.
Check all connections for leaks.

10013107_989 5

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 49
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Stack valve - Assemble (A.10.A.18 - F.10.A.20)

1. Lubricate O rings with NH 134 hydraulic oil and install
onto the header lift valve (1).
Assemble the connecting plate (2) to the header lift
valve (1).

20015985_992 1

2. Install the three socket head cap screws (1) through

the header lift valve (2) into the connecting plate.
Tighten the cap screws securely.

20015984 2

3. Lubricate O rings with NH 134 hydraulic oil and install

onto the connecting plate (2).
Carefully install the priority valve (1) onto the connec-
tor plate (2).

20015986 3

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 50
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

4. Lubricate O rings with NH 134 hydraulic oil and install

onto the priority valve (2).
Carefully install the priority valve (1) onto the drum
variator valve (2).

20015983 4

5. Lubricate O rings with NH 134 hydraulic oil and install

onto the drum variator valve (2).
Carefully install the unloading auger valve (1) onto
the drum variator valve (2).

20015982 5

6. Lubricate O rings with NH 134 hydraulic oil and install

onto the unloading auger valve (2).
Carefully install the base plate (1) onto the unloading
auger valve (2).

20015981 6

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 51
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

7. Install the three nuts (1) onto the tie rods.

Tighten and torque the nuts to 25 N·m (18.5 lb. ft.).

20015980 7

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 52
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Disassemble

(A.10.A.20.02 - F.10.A.25)
1. Turn out two cap screws (1) and remove the low pres-
sure pump from the high pressure pump.
NOTE: The other two cap screws hold the low pressure
pump together.

20013879 1

2. Slide the pump coupling (1) from the cavity. Remove

O ring (2) Turn out four cap screws (3).

20013864 2

3. Separate the two sections of the pump (1) Remove

and discard the O ring.

20013865 3

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 53
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

4. Grasp the rotating group assembly (1) and slide it

from the shaft.

20013866 4

5. Using a suitable marker, identify each piston and slip-

per in the corresponding barrel in the cylinder block.

8-075 5

6. Remove the pistons and slippers from the cylinder

block.

20013867 6

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 54
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

7. Lift the cone (1) from the cylinder block. Do not re-
move the pins (2).

20013868 7

8. Pull the swash plate (1) from the pump cavity. Re-
move the swash plate return spring assembly (2)
from the pump cavity.

20013869 8

9. Remove the retaining ring (1) holding the shaft as-

sembly in place. Rotate the casing over so the inside
of the cavity is facing down. Use a mallet and gently
tap the shaft assembly from the pump casing.

20013870 9

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 55
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

10. Remove the retaining ring (1) holding the shaft seal
in place.

20013871 10

11. Rotate the casing over so the inside of the cavity is

facing up. Use a long punch and remove the shaft
seal (1).

20013872 11

12. Remove the retaining ring (1) from the shaft assem-
bly.

20013873 12

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 56
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

13. Set the shaft assembly in a press with the short end
up. Push the shaft from the bearing.

20013874 13

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 57
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Remove

(A.10.A.20.02 - F.10.A.10)
NOTE: When disconnecting hydraulic lines, have a suitable container readily available to capture any residual hy-
draulic oil.
1. Disconnect and cap hydraulic lines (1) from the low
pressure pump (2).

10012183_979 1

2. Disconnect and cap the four hydraulic lines (1) from

the high pressure pump (2).

10012184_980 2

3. Loosen but do not remove the mounting nuts (1)

holding the pump assembly to the combine gearbox.

10012185_981 3

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 58
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

4. Securely attach the high pressure pump to a tow

motor or other suitable lifting device. Remove the
mounting nuts and lift the pump from the combine.
NOTE: The high/low pressure hydraulic pump weighs ap-
proximately 29 kg (63 lbs).

10012186_982 4

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 59
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Install (A.10.A.20.02

- F.10.A.15)
NOTE: The high/low pressure hydraulic pump weighs approximately 29 kg (63 lbs)
1. Securely attach the high pressure pump to a tow
motor. Lubricate and install a new O ring onto the
mounting flange of the pump. Lift the pump assem-
bly up to the mounting flange of the gearbox with
the larger fitting of the low pressure pump toward the
front of the combine.

10012186_982 1

2. Secure the pump assembly to the combine with two

mounting nuts (1).

10012185_981 2

3. Attach the four hydraulic lines (1) to the high pressure

pump (2).

10012184_987 3

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 60
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

4. Attach the two hydraulic lines (1) to the low pressure

pump (2).

10012183_988 4

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 61
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Assemble

(A.10.A.20.02 - F.10.A.20)
1. Set the assembly in a press and slide the shaft
(1) into the bearing (2), until the bearing is seated
against the shaft shoulder.

20013875 1

2. Install the retaining ring (1) on the shaft to secure the

bearing in place.

20013873 2

3. Press the shaft seal (1) into the cavity of the pump
casing. Secure the seal in place with retaining
ring, (2).

20013871_983 3

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 62
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

4. Set the casing on wood blocks with the pump cavity

facing up. Using a mallet, tap the shaft assembly
(1) into place until the bearing is seated against the
shoulder. Secure the shaft using a retaining ring (2).
Place the double spring assembly (3) inside the
pump. Set the swash plate pivot (4) onto the spring
assembly.

20013876 4

5. Position the swash plate (1) as shown. Press down

on the needle bearings (2), until they click into place.

20013877 5

6. Set the cone (1) on the pins (2) of the cylinder block
with the flat side down.

20013868 6

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 63
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

7. Referencing the identification marks previously

made, slide the pistons (1), into the corresponding
barrels of the cylinder block (2).

20013867_984 7

8. Slide the rotating group assembly (1) onto the shaft.

Rotate the pumping head until the splines line up.
Continue pushing the head onto the shaft until the
slippers (2) are resting against the swash plate.

20013878 8

9. Lubricate the casing O ring with petroleum jelly and

install it into the grove of the pump casing (1).

20013866_985 9

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 64
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

10. Carefully push the two sections of the pump (1) to-
gether.
IMPORTANT: Use care when assembling the two sections
of the pump. Pay special attention to the position of the O
ring. The O ring may shift during assembly and cause the
pump to leak.

20013865 10

11. Turn in the four cap screws (1) 1/2 turn at a time and
secure the two sections together. Torque the cap
screws to 50 - 62 N·m (37 - 46 ft. lbs.). Insert the
high to low pressure pump coupling (2) Lubricate the
O ring (3) with petroleum jelly and install it into place.

20013864_986 11

12. Attach the low pressure pump to the high pressure

pump with two cap screws (1) Torque the cap screws
to 58 - 63 N·m (43 - 47 ft. lbs.).
NOTE: The other two cap screws hold the low pressure
pump together.

20013879 12

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 65
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Inspect (A.10.A.20.02

- F.40.B.01)
1. Remove the swash plate servo piston (1).
Inspect the valve plate (2) for damage but do not re-
move the valve plate unless replacement is neces-
sary.
Wash all components in a suitable solvent and dry
thoroughly.
Examine the drive shaft locating bushings located in
the pump cover. If the bushings are worn or dam-
aged, the cover and bushings must be replaced as
an assembly.
Check that the drive shaft bearing rotates freely by
hand without roughness. Replace if found defective.
Inspect all parts for distortion or wear. Replace any
damaged part.
20013881 1

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 66
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Test (A.10.A.20.02 -

F.40.C.01)
IMPORTANT: Before performing any pressure or flow testing operate the combine until the oil is at normal operating
temperature, 65-70 °C (150-160 °F).
1. The following tests check operation of the hydraulic
pump and associated high pressure circuits.
Low Pressure Standby
2. Disconnect load sense line (1) to the main frame
stack valve and install cap (2) Tool Number 297671.

BSC1336A 1

3. Attach a 0-40 bar (0-600 psi) gauge 293242 to the ei-

ther the MiniMess (M16x2) or quick release coupling,
291924, (North American units) test port located in
the priority valve slice.
4. Start the engine and set engine speed to maximum.
5. The pressure reading should be 19-21 bar (275-305
psi) and is the ‘Low Pressure Standby’.

BSC1333A 2

6. If pressure reading is marginally away from Specifi-

cation adjust flow compensating valve.
If reading is high examine flow compensating valve
(1) spool for sticking.

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 67
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

7. Reconnect load sense line.

BSC1335A 3

8. High Pressure Standby

NOTE: The load sense line is connected for this test.
9. Attach 0-250 bar (0-3600 psi) gauge 293244 to the
test port located in the priority valve slice using ei-
ther the MiniMess (M16x2) or quick release coupling,
291924, (North American units).
10. Start the engine and set engine speed to maximum.

BSC1333A_2 4

11. Operate either the reel horizontal adjustment valve or

reel vertical adjustment valve to the maximum travel
of the cylinders and hold to read the pressure ob-
tained in the system.
12. The pressure reading should rise to 207 bar (3000
psi). and is the ‘High Pressure Standby’.
13. If reading is not to specification adjust pressure com-
pensating valve (2).

BSC1335A_3 5

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 68
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

14. Load Sensing Circuit Test

This test demonstrates how to check that the load
sense lines which signal the hydraulic pump to go on
and off load are functioning.
15. Install Tee adaptor (3) parker fitting, 4M12R87OM-
LOS, (M12X1.5 with 9/16 UNF ORFS fittings) and
quick release Parker fitting PD34BTL (2) into load
sense port of the CCLS pump.
16. Connect 0-250 bar (0-3600 psi) pressure gauge (1)
293244, using quick release coupler 291924.
17. Start the engine and set engine speed to maximum.
18. Operate in turn each of the functions of the high pres-
sure system. As each valve is operated the pressure
should rise from 28 bar (400 psi) to the maximum
required by the function being operated. Changes in
pressure indicate that the load sensing line to each
valve is operating. The table below provides approx-
imate readings for each function.

BSC1374A 6

COMBINE FUNCTION PRESSURE (Bar) PRESSURE (psi)

Neutral 28 400
Reel Raise 215 3100
Reel Lower 215 3100
Reel Horizontal -- Extend 215 3100
Reel Horizontal -- Retract 215 3100
Header Raise 110 1600
Header Tilt Right 130 1885
Header Tilt Left 130 1885
Header Lower 28 400
Steering Left 160 2320
Steering Right 160 2320
Straw Elevator and Header Reversing 65 940
Motor
Unloading Arm 215 3100
19. Variable Flow Piston Pump Flow Test
To flow test the variable flow piston pump it is recom-
mended that the output is checked at the couplers to
the header stack valve.

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 69
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

20. Install a suitable, 120 Ltr/min (32 gal/min) flow me-

ter between the pressure and return quick release
couplers.

BSC1340A 7

21. Ensure load valve on flow meter is fully ‘Open’.

22. Start the engine and run at high idle.
23. Activate the threshing mechanism and operate the
drum variator.
24. Gradually adjust load on the flow meter to a pressure
of 100 bar (1450 psi).
25. If a flow of 114 ltr/min (30 gal/min) is recorded the
pump flow is satisfactory.

BSC1340A_4 8

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 70
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Troubleshooting (A.10.A

- G.40.A.10)
Problem Possible Cause Correction
No Steering and No Other Fault in CCLS pump circuit. Perform tests for CCLS pump
High Pressure System
Functions
Steering Working Fault in priority valve. Inspect spool for jamming in the valve
Okay but No Other housing.
High Pressure System
Functions
All high pressure system A fault common to all functions, possibly
functions affected the CCLS pump is faulty, the system relief
valve is stuck open or a blocked pressure
filter.
Both the high and low A common fault affecting the pumps, possi-
pressure systems are bly a pump drive fault or a fault in the gear-
affected box
Only one function Fault specific to that function. Is an error Check the solenoid valve assembly (resis-
affected, other functions code displayed on the MDF. If an error code tance of coil), check connector pins, check
operating normally is displayed investigate the error code and for voltage on the connector, check for
eliminate before proceeding. Determine if short circuits on connector either to ground
fault is electrical or hydraulic. If the sole- or + voltage. Inspect the wiring harness
noid has a manual push button, activate, if and check for open circuits and check the
function operates okay, the fault is electri- operation of the cab switch.
cal.
If the function does not operate with the If possible install a pressure gauge to the
manual button check the hydraulic circuit. component being operated if pressure is in-
dicated this may suggest a seized or non--
functioning component. If there is no output
pressure from the valve then there may be
a fault within that valve slice, remove the
valve and inspect for sticking spools, bro-
ken springs or dirt ingress in galleries.
A function will only Is an error code displayed on the MDF. If an Check the solenoid valve assembly (resis-
operate in one direction error code is displayed investigate the er- tance of coil), check connector pins, check
ror code and eliminate before proceeding. for voltage on the connector, check for
Determine if fault is electrical or hydraulic. short circuits on connector either to ground
If the solenoid has a manual push button, or + voltage. Inspect the wiring harness
activate, if function operates okay, the fault and check for open circuits.
is electrical.
Fault in valve, possibly a sticking spool
Component seized or damaged.
Oil overheating Relief valve continually blowing, check for
broken spring or dirt ingress and reset.
Oil cooler blocked or thermostatic bypass
valve faulty not allowing oil to circulate
around the cooler.
Jerky or inconsistent On functions requiring consistent and fine
Operation control the system pressure is maintained
by a pressure compensation valve located
within the valve slices. If these stick and fail
to operate jerky or inconsistent operation
may result.

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 71
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Problem Possible Cause Correction

Components may drop
gradually or Move
gradually out of position
without being operated
Accumulator faults
Functions that contain lock--out valves may
drop or move if the seals within that function
are slightly worn and the lock out valve is
not functioning. This may be due to dirt
ingress or the valve sticking open. If the
lock out valve sticks closed this may lead
to a function not operating or operating very
slowly.
An accumulator is installed into a circuit to
absorb spikes created in the hydraulic sys-
tem, ie, generated by forces acting on a
raise/lower cylinder. If an accumulator fails,
the system will become rigid and the com-
ponent will have no damping.

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Testing (A.10.A -

G.40.A.20)
N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Is the reservoir oil at the correct level
YES NO
? Go to test 2 Add oil to reservoir
2 Is oil contaminated with dirt, water or YES NO
anti-freeze? Investigate cause of contamination. Go to test 3
Drain and replace oil
3 Have oil filters been replaced at cor- YES NO
rect service interval? Go to test 4 Replace all filters on pump
4 Is the low pressure system warning YES NO
light ON Refer to Hydraulic pump - Alarm Identify functions not operating cor-
light (A.12.A.20 - G.10.H.20) ‘On’ rectly and refer to appropriate fault
fault finding chart finding Chart

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 72
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

E0006-03-Return Filter Bypass Shorted To High Source

(A.10.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0006-03 - Return Filter Bypass Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The return filter bypass pressure switch (S-32) circuit is shorted to a higher than normal voltage source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Hydraulics" sub menu.
Select “Return Filter Bypass" and check voltage range.
The normal operating range for the return filter bypass is 1.8 - 10 volts

A. If the voltage reading is 10 volts or greater continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, since the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue the troubleshooting at Step 4.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView display is above 10 volts. Disconnect the return filter bypass pressure
switch connector X239.

A. If the voltage drops below 10 volts, the short is in the sensor or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor

B. If the voltage is above 10 volts on InfoView display continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView display is above 10 volts. Disconnect the straw walker harness from the
main frame harness at connector X024.

A. If the voltage drops back within range the short is in the straw walker harness between connector X024
and connector X239 in wire 447 yellow. Locate the short circuit and repair.

B. If the voltage remains above 10 volts on InfoView display the short is in the main frame harness between
connector X024 and connector X019, pin J2-34 on CCM1, wire 447 yellow.
4. Erase fault code and continue operation.

A.
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.01)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.10)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.15)

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 73
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

E0024-03-Hydraulic Reservoir Temp Shorted To High Source

(A.10.A.95.90 - G.30.B.54)
E0024-03 - Hydraulic Reservoir Temp Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The hydraulic reservoir temperature (B18) is shorted to high source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Hydraulics" sub menu.
Select “Hydraulic Reservoir Temp" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is - 0.5 - 4.9 volts

A. If the voltage reading is above 5.2 volts continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, since the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue the troubleshooting at Step 4.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView is high. Disconnect the hydraulic reservoir temperature sensor connector
X103.

A. If the voltage drops to 4.9 - 5.2 volts the short is in the sensor, or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView display continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView is high. Disconnect the gearbox harness from the main frame harness at
connector X011.

A. If the voltage drops to 4.9 - 5.2 volts the short is in the gearbox harness between connector X011 and
connector X103 wire 446 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView display the short circuit is somewhere between connector X011
and connectorX019 J2-24 on CCM1 in the main frame harness wire 446 yellow.
4. Visually inspect harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken
wires.

A. If no damage is found erase fault code and continue operation.

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.10)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.15)

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 74
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

E0024-04-Hydraulic Reservoir Temp Shorted To Low Source

(A.10.A.95.90 - G.30.B.53)
E0024-04 - Hydraulic Reservoir Temp Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
The hydraulic reservoir temperature (B18) is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Hydraulics" sub menu.
Select “Hydraulic Reservoir Temp" and check voltage range.
The normal operating voltage range is - 0.5 - 4.9 volts

A. If the voltage reading is 0 - 0.5 volts continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at Step 4.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView is low. Disconnect the hydraulic reservoir temperature sensor connector
X103.

A. If the voltage increases to 4.9 - 5.2 volts the short is in the sensor, or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView display continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView is low. Disconnect the gearbox harness from the main frame harness at
connector X011.

A. If the voltage increases to 4.9 - 5.2 volts the short is in the gearbox harness between connector X011 and
connector X103 wire 446 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView display the short circuit is somewhere between connector X011 and
connector X019 pin J2-24 on CCM1 in the main frame harness wire 446 yellow.
4. Visually inspect harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken
wires.

A. If no damage is found erase fault code and continue operation.

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.10)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.15)

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 75
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

E0024-05-Hydraulic Reservoir Temp Line Disconnected

(A.10.A.95.90 - G.30.B.50)
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series
1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0024-05 - Hydraulic Reservoir Temp Line Disconnected

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1206 - 1237 only.

Cause:
The hydraulic oil reservoir temperature sensor (B-18) circuit is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring is open.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Hydraulics" sub menu.
Select “Hydraulic Reservoir Temp" and check voltage range.
The normal operating range for the sensor is 0.5 - 4.9 volts.

A. If there is an open in the supply or ground wiring, the voltage will be 4.9 - 5.2 volts.

B. If the voltage reading is high 4.9 - 5.2 volts continue with Step 2.

C. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the open is not present at this time. Continue the trou-
bleshooting at step 7.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 4.9 - 5.2 volts. Disconnect the hydraulic oil reservoir temperature
sensor connector X103. Use a jumper wire to short the harness end of connector X103 pin B to chassis ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is not in the supply side
of the circuit. Continue with step 4.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 4.9 - 5.2 volts, continue with Step 3.
3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 4.9 - 5.2 volts. Disconnect the gearbox harness from the main
frame harness at connector X011. Use a jumper wire to short connector X011 pin E to chassis ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is in the gearbox (GB)
harness between connector X011 pin E and connector X103 pin B wire 446 yellow. Locate the open and
repair.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 4.9 - 5.2 volts, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness
between connector X011 pin E and connector X019 pin J2-24 wire 446 yellow. Locate the open and repair.
4. Disconnect the hydraulic oil reservoir temperature sensor connector X103. Use a multimeter to check for con-
tinuity between the harness end of connector X103 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the ground path for the sensor is complete, and the fault is in the sensor itself. Replace
the sensor.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the ground path for the sensor is open. Continue with step 5.
5. Disconnect the gearbox harness from the main frame harness at connector X011. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between the harness end of connector X011 pin H and chassis ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 76
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the gearbox (GB) harness between connector X011 pin H and
connector X103 pin A wire 480 blue or 488 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 6.

6. Remove the cap and buss bar assembly from the splice block E, W05 in the main frame harness. Use a multi-
meter to check for continuity between the splice block E, W05 pin C and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X011 pin H and
splice block E, W05 pin C wire 488 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between splice block
E, W05 pin A and connector X019 pin J2-14 wire 401 blue or 460 blue. Locate the open and repair.
7. Erase the error code and continue operation.

A.
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.14)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.15)

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 77
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

E0024-05-Hydraulic Reservoir Temp Line Disconnected

(A.10.A.95.90 - G.30.B.50)
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above, CX780 Series 1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and
above, CX840 Series 1238 and above, CX860 Series 1238 and above, CX880 Series 1238 and above

E0024-05 - Hydraulic Reservoir Temp Line Disconnected

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1238 and above.

Cause:
The hydraulic oil reservoir temperature sensor (B18) circuit is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring is open.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Hydraulics" sub menu.
Select “Hydraulic Reservoir Temp" and check voltage range.
The normal operating range for the sensor is 0.5 - 4.9 volts.
If there is an open in the supply or ground wiring, the voltage will be 4.9 - 5.2 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high 4.9 - 5.2 volts continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the open is not present at this time. Continue the trou-
bleshooting at step 7.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 4.9 - 5.2 volts. Disconnect the hydraulic oil reservoir temperature
sensor connector X103. Use a jumper wire to short the harness end of connector X103 pin B to chassis ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is not in the supply side
of the circuit. Continue with step 4.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 4.9 - 5.2 volts, continue with Step 3.
3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 4.9 - 5.2 volts. Disconnect the gearbox harness from the main
frame harness at connector X011. Use a jumper wire to short connector X011 pin E to chassis ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is in the gearbox (GB)
harness between connector X011 pin E and connector X103 pin B wire 446 yellow. Locate the open and
repair.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 4.9 - 5.2 volts, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness
between connector X011 pin E and connector X019 pin J2-24 wire 446 yellow. Locate the open and repair.
4. Disconnect the hydraulic oil reservoir temperature sensor connector X103. Use a multimeter to check for con-
tinuity between the harness end of connector X103 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the ground path for the sensor is complete, and the fault is in the sensor itself. Replace
the sensor.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the ground path for the sensor is open. Continue with step 5.
5. Disconnect the gearbox harness from the main frame harness at connector X011. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between the harness end of connector X011 pin H and chassis ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 78
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the gearbox (GB) harness between connector X011 pin H and
connector X103 pin A wire 480 blue or 488 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 6.

6. Disconnect the main frame harness from the front frame harness at connector X008. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between the harness end of connector X008 pin 7 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X011 pin H and
connector X008 pin 7 wire 488 blue or 401 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open circuit is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X008 pin 7 and connector X020 pin J3-18 wire 401 blue or 501 blue. Locate the open and repair.
7. Erase the error code and continue operation.

A.
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.10)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.11)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.14)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.15)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.26)

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 79
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

E0133-03-Hydraulic Reservoir Level Shorted To High Source

(A.10.A.95.93 - G.30.B.54)
E0133-03 - Hydraulic Reservoir Level Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The hydraulic reservoir level switch (S33) circuit is shorted to 12 volts.

Possible failure modes:

1. Switch supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Infoview monitor - Dealer Diagnostics screen.

Select "CCM2" sub menu.
Select “Hydraulic reservoir level" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range for the hydraulic reservoir level switch is - 1.8 volts or less, oil level okay.
The proper voltage for the hydraulic reservoir level switch when oil level is low is approximately 8.3 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (>10 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high. Disconnect the hydraulic reservoir level switch connector
X104 at the reservoir.

A. If the voltage drops back into the proper range the short is in the switch, or switch wiring. Replace the
switch.

B. If the voltage remains high on Infoview monitor continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high. Disconnect the gearbox harness from the main frame
harness at connector X011.

A. If the voltage drops back into the proper range the short is in the gearbox harness between connector
X011 pin C and connector X104 pin B wire 424 yellow. Locate and repair.

B. If the voltage remains high on Infoview monitor the short circuit is somewhere between connector X011 pin
C and connector X016 pin J2-39 on CCM2 in the main frame harness wire 424 yellow. Locate and repair.
4. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView display.

A. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.07)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 08 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.08)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.10)

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 80
 Index

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 10.A

E0006-03-Return Filter Bypass Shorted To High Source (A.10.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54) 73
E0024-03-Hydraulic Reservoir Temp Shorted To High Source (A.10.A.95.90 - G.30.B.54) 74
E0024-04-Hydraulic Reservoir Temp Shorted To Low Source (A.10.A.95.90 - G.30.B.53) 75
E0024-05-Hydraulic Reservoir Temp Line Disconnected (A.10.A.95.90 - G.30.B.50) 76
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237
E0024-05-Hydraulic Reservoir Temp Line Disconnected (A.10.A.95.90 - G.30.B.50) 78
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above, CX780 Series
1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and above, CX840 Series 1238 and above, CX860 Series 1238 and
above, CX880 Series 1238 and above
E0133-03-Hydraulic Reservoir Level Shorted To High Source (A.10.A.95.93 - G.30.B.54) 80
Hydraulic pump - General specification (A.10.A.20 - D.40.A.10) 5
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Assemble (A.10.A.20.02 - F.10.A.20) 62
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Disassemble (A.10.A.20.02 - F.10.A.25) 53
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Dynamic description (A.10.A.20.02 - C.30.A.10) 32
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Inspect (A.10.A.20.02 - F.40.B.01) 66
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Install (A.10.A.20.02 - F.10.A.15) 60
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Overview (A.10.A.20.02 - C.40.B.10) 30
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Remove (A.10.A.20.02 - F.10.A.10) 58
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Static description (A.10.A.20.02 - C.30.A.20) 31
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Test (A.10.A.20.02 - F.40.C.01) 67
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Component localisation (A.10.A - C.40.B.20) 11
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schema (A.10.A - C.20.B.20) 24
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol (A.10.A - C.20.C.20) 21
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Overview (A.10.A - C.40.B.10) 8
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Special tools (A.10.A - D.20.A.40) 4
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Static description (A.10.A - C.30.A.20) 6
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Testing (A.10.A - G.40.A.20) 72
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Troubleshooting (A.10.A - G.40.A.10) 71
Signal valve - Assemble (A.10.A.12 - F.10.A.20) 41
Signal valve - Disassemble (A.10.A.12 - F.10.A.25) 39
Signal valve - Inspect (A.10.A.12 - F.40.B.01) 42
Stack valve - Assemble (A.10.A.18 - F.10.A.20) 50
Stack valve - Disassemble (A.10.A.18 - F.10.A.25) 43
Stack valve - Install (A.10.A.18 - F.10.A.15) 48
Stack valve - Remove (A.10.A.18 - F.10.A.10) 46

2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 81
 2 4/7/2006
A.10.A / 82
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A

SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 12.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 1
 Contents

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A

SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 12.A

TECHNICAL DATA
Hydraulic pump
Torque (A.12.A.20 - D.20.A.10) 4
General specification (A.12.A.20 - D.40.A.10) 4

FUNCTIONAL DATA
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Static description (A.12.A - C.30.A.20) 5
Overview (A.12.A - C.40.B.10) 6
Component localisation (A.12.A - C.40.B.20) 7
Hydraulic schema (A.12.A - C.20.B.20) 14

SERVICE
Hydraulic pump
Remove (A.12.A.20 - F.10.A.10) 16
Install (A.12.A.20 - F.10.A.15) 17
Repair (A.12.A.20 - F.10.A.32) 18
Test (A.12.A.20 - F.40.C.01) 19
Test (A.12.A.20 - F.40.C.01) 20
Valve block
Remove (A.12.A.45 - F.10.A.10) 21
Install (A.12.A.45 - F.10.A.15) 23

DIAGNOSTIC
Hydraulic pump
Testing (A.12.A.20 - G.40.A.20) 25
Oil filter
Testing (A.12.A.24 - G.40.A.20) 27
Sensing system
E0007-03-Gearbox Filter Bypass Shorted To High Source (A.12.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54) 28
E0162-01-Control Pressure sensor , Valid Below Normal (A.12.A.95.91 - G.30.C.20) 29
E0162-03-Control Pressure sensor Shorted To High Source (A.12.A.95.91 - G.30.B.54) 30
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series
1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 2
E0162-03-Control Pressure sensor Shorted To High Source (A.12.A.95.91 - G.30.B.54) 32
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above,
CX780 Series 1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and above, CX840 Series 1238 and above,
CX860 Series 1238 and above, CX880 Series 1238 and above

E0162-05-Control Pressure sensor Line Disconnected (A.12.A.95.91 - G.30.B.50) 34

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 3
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Hydraulic pump - Torque (A.12.A.20 - D.20.A.10)

Component Torque
Low Pressure to high pressure hydraulic pump attaching 58 - 63 N·m (43 - 47 ft. lbs.)
cap screws
Pressure and flow compensating valve plugs 25 - 30 N·m (18.5 - 22 ft. lbs.)
Valve block to pump casing cap screws 50 - 62 N·m (37 - 46 ft. lbs.)

Hydraulic pump - General specification (A.12.A.20 - D.40.A.10)

LOW PRESSURE PUMP

Type Gear Type Pump

Minimum Output @ engine rated speed 43 Ltr/min
11.36 US gal/min
Regulated System Pressure 25 bar (363 psi)
Chaff Blower Motor relief valve 185 bar (2600 psi)

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 4
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Static description

(A.12.A - C.30.A.20)
Low Pressure Circuit

The low pressure circuit (25 bar [363 psi]) operates the main, unload and feeder engagement clutches, parking brake
and optional chaff blower.
The circuit is fed by a gear pump (5) mounted on the high pressure closed centre load sensing (CCLS) variable
displacement pump, used for the high pressure system.

BSC1256A 1
The low pressure circuit uses the main gearbox oil for its reservoir. The oil is drawn from the gearbox and pumped
through the chaff motor valve block, when fitted and onto the pressure filter, to the low pressure valve block, which is
located on the left hand side of the combine at the rear end of the engine.
There the oil is directed, via solenoid valves, to the clutches and handbrake.
The low pressure is regulated by a relief valve located on valve block. Excess oil from the relief valve passes through
the cooler and is then directed to the lubrication circuits for the main and unloading clutches. The lube pressure is
regulated by a check valve set at 2.75 bar (40 psi). Excess oil from the lube check valve is returned to reservoir.

BSC1222A 2

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 5
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Overview (A.12.A -

C.40.B.10)

BSC1338A 1
High Pressure CCLS Hydraulic Pump and Low pressure Gear Pump Installation

1 Flow and pressure compensating valves 2 Load sensing line

3 CCLS pump casing 4 Pump case lubrication drain
5 Charge oil - hydrostatic motor case drain 6 Low pressure pump output tube
7 Low pressure gear pump 8 Low pressure pump inlet
9 CCLS pump high pressure output

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 6
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Component

localisation (A.12.A - C.40.B.20)
NOTE: The reference numbers used in the illustrations and text relate to the identification numbers used on the Low
Pressure Circuit Diagram SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schema (A.12.A-C.20.B.20).

LOW PRESSURE SYSTEM - COMPONENT LOCATION

(2). Engine gearbox

(5). Low pressure gear pump
(17 cc, 2558 rev/min., 43 l/min [45 qts/min])
(61). Suction filter, 100 micron
(62). Oil level indicator
(63). Chaff blower valve*
(64). Chaff blower motor*
(65). High pressure filter with bypass and a blocked filter switch
(66). Low pressure valve block
(67). Hand brake cylinder
(68). Oil to air cooler
(69). Straw elevator clutch
(70). Unloading clutch
(71). Main clutch
(72). Engine
(73). Pressure sensor
(74). Filler cap
(75). Temperature sensor

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 7
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

BSC1362A 1

(2) Engine Gearbox

Mounted onto the rear of the engine on the left hand side of the vehicle. Output from the engine directly drives the
gearbox with subsequent drives to the Hydrostatic pump, CCLS and low pressure pump, main clutch and unloading
mechanism clutch.

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 8
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

BSC1317A 2
(5) Low Pressure Gear Pump
Mounted on the CCLS pump from where it takes its drive. Draws oil from the combined gearbox/low pressure system
reservoir via a suction filter located in the reservoir. The pump output is directed to the chaff blower valve, if fitted,
then through the pressure filter (65), and onto the low pressure valve block (66).

BSC1256A 3
(61) Suction Filter
Located in the gearbox/low pressure system oil reservoir, filters the oil being drawn into the low pressure pump.

BSC1321A 4
(63) Chaff Blower Valve
Located at the rear of the vehicle on the left hand side. This is an optional item, fitted first in line in the low pressure
circuit. The valve assembly incorporates an electrically actuated solenoid, to direct oil to the motors, and a relief valve
for the chaff motor circuit.

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 9
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

BSC1319A 5
(64) Chaff Blower Motors
Located at the rear of the vehicle, one on each side. Controlled by the chaff blower valve (63), they provide drive to
the blower mechanism.

BSC1328A_970 6
(65) High Pressure Filter with Bypass and a Blocked Filter Switch
A replaceable filter located between the pump output (and chaff blower valve if fitted) and the low pressure system
valve block.

BSC1262B 7
(67) Hand Brake Cylinder
Solenoid is normally on when running allowing hydraulic pressure to disengage the brake, when the handbrake is
applied or the ignition is off, the handbrake is engaged under spring pressure.

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 10
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

BSC1308A 8
(68) Oil Cooler
Hydraulic oil cooler, mounted with the engine cooler on the right hand side of the vehicle.

BSC1259B 9

BSC1322A 10
Low Pressure Valve Block

(66) Low Pressure Valve Block

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 11
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Located on the engine gearbox. Houses the solenoid valves for the unloading clutch, straw elevator clutch, handbrake
and main clutch. Also houses the low pressure relief/control valve, lube pressure check valve, oil cooler bypass and
oil pressure sensor.

(66a) Solenoid Valve - Unloading Clutch

(66b) Solenoid Valve - Straw Elevator Clutch

(66c) Solenoid Valve - Handbrake

(66d) Solenoid Valve - Main Clutch

(66e) Low Pressure Relief/Control Valve

(66f) Oil Cooler Bypass

(66g) Lube Check Valve

(73) Pressure Sensor

(74) Reservoir Filler cap

(69) Straw Elevator Clutch

BSC1320A 11
(72) Engine
Provides drive to the gearbox (2) to drive the various hydraulic pumps and internally located unloading clutch (70),
and main clutch (71).

BSC1317A 12
(75). Temperature Sensor

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 12
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

BSC1365A 13

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 13
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schema

(A.12.A - C.20.B.20)
LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

(2). Engine gearbox

(5). Low pressure gear pump
(17 cc, 2558 rev/min., 43 l/min [45 qts/min])
(61). Suction filter, 100 micron
(62). Oil level indicator
(63). Chaff blower valve*
(64). Chaff blower motor*
(65). High pressure filter with bypass and a blocked filter switch
(66). Low pressure valve block
(67). Hand brake cylinder
(68). Oil to air cooler
(69). Straw elevator clutch
(70). Unloading clutch
(71). Main clutch
(72). Engine
(73). Pressure sensor
(74). Filler cap
(75). Temperature sensor

*Chaff blower and valve are optional

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 14
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

BSC1246A 1
LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 15
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Hydraulic pump - Remove (A.12.A.20 - F.10.A.10)

NOTE: When disconnecting hydraulic lines, have a suitable container readily available to capture any residual hy-
draulic oil.
1. Disconnect and cap hydraulic lines (1) from the low
pressure pump (2).
Turn out the two cap screws (3) and remove the low
pressure pump from the high pressure pump.
NOTE: The other two cap screws hold the low pressure
pump together.

10012183_976 1

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 16
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Hydraulic pump - Install (A.12.A.20 - F.10.A.15)

1. Set the low pressure pump (1) into position on the
high pressure pump with the larger fitting toward the
front of the combine.
Turn in the two cap screws (2) to secure the pump.
Torque the cap screws to 58 - 63 N·m (43 - 47 ft. lbs
.).
Connect the hydraulic lines (3).
NOTE: The other two cap screws hold the low pressure
pump together.

10012183_977 1

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 17
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Hydraulic pump - Repair (A.12.A.20 - F.10.A.32)

1. The low pressure hydraulic pump is not serviceable.
If the pump is worn or damaged, it must be replaced.

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 18
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Hydraulic pump - Test (A.12.A.20 - F.40.C.01)

1. Attach 0-40 bar (0-600 psi) gauge 293242 to the test
port located in the low pressure block on the gear-
box using tube 292246 and quick release coupling
291924.
2. Start the engine and set engine speed to high idle.
3. The gauge should indicate 25 bar (362 psi). This is
the regulated pressure.

BSC1331A 1

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 19
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Hydraulic pump - Test (A.12.A.20 - F.40.C.01)

1. Disconnect the output tube of the pump (smaller of
the two hoses) at the first metal tube connection. In-
sert a suitable flow meter between the hose and tube.
The hose to tube fitting is an 1 inch UNF ORFS type.
2. Install the flow meter with the inlet side of the flow
meter connected to the pump output port and the
output of the flow meter placed directly into the filler
cap of the reservoir.
3. Ensure load valve on flow meter is fully ‘Open’.
4. Start the engine and run at high idle.
5. Gradually adjust the load on the flow meter to a pres-
sure of 100 bar (1450 psi).
6. If a flow of 43 ltr/min (11.3 gal/min) is recorded the
pump flow is satisfactory.

BSC1371A 1

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 20
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Valve block - Remove (A.12.A.45 - F.10.A.10)

1. Open the hydraulic system drain valve (1) and drain
the hydraulic oil into clean suitable containers.
IMPORTANT: Be sure the area around the low-pressure
manifold is clean before disconnecting lines or removing
from the gearbox. Dirt contamination will cause hydraulic
component damage and/or failure. Use caution while
washing to keep electrical components as dry as possible.

10013107_989 1

2. Disconnect the solenoid wire connector plug (1).

Loosen the fittings (2) and remove the hydraulic lines
from the side of the manifold block.

20015998 2

3. Loosen the fittings (1) and remove the hydraulic lines

(2).

40012177_994 3

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 21
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

4. Disconnect the wire connector (1) to the pressure

sensor (2).

40012177_995 4

5. Loosen and remove the four cap screws (1) Remove

the low-pressure manifold from the top of the gear-
box.
Remove the O rings between the gearbox and man-
ifold block mating surfaces.

BSC1322 5

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 22
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Valve block - Install (A.12.A.45 - F.10.A.15)

1. Install the O rings between the gearbox and manifold
block mating surfaces.
Install the low-pressure manifold onto the top of the
gearbox. Install and tighten the four cap screws (1).
Torque the cap screws to 28 N·m (21 lb.ft.).

BSC1322 1

2. Connect the wire connector (1) to the pressure sen-

sor (2).

40012177_995 2

3. Connect the hydraulic lines (1) and tighten the fittings

(2).

40012177_996 3

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 23
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

4. Connect the solenoid wire connector plug (1).

Connect the hydraulic lines on the side of the mani-
fold block and tighten the fittings (2).

20015998 4

5. Close the hydraulic system drain valve (1).

Fill the hydraulic reservoir with the proper type and
amount of hydraulic fluid.
Start the engine and cycle the appropriate features
controlled by the low-pressure manifold block.
Check for proper operation of all functions of the low-
pressure manifold.
Check all connections for leaks.

10013107_989 5

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 24
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Hydraulic pump - Testing (A.12.A.20 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: Low Pressure Warning ‘ON’
N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Does the Chaff blower motor func- YES NO
tion correctly? Go to test 2 Go to test 3
2 Disconnect the wiring to the low YES NO
pressure warning switch. Does the Wiring fault to switch. Go to test 3
light still illuminate? Trace and repair short circuit in
wiring
3 Perform the low pressure circuit YES NO
pressure test. Is the pressure 25 Suspect a faulty switch. Go to test 4
bar (362 psi) ? Replace and check operation.
4 Was the pressure measured 0 Bar? YES NO
Go to test 5 Go to test 6
5 Suspect the drive link between the YES
CCLS and low pressure pumps. Go to test 7
Remove the low pressure pump and
inspect. Is the drive link okay?
6 Suspect a leak within the low pres- NO
sure block. Remove each solenoid Suspect a faulty pump. Remove and
valve and Inspect for sticking spools Inspect. Repair or replace the pump
or dirt ingress. as required and recheck.
Clean or replace as required.
Check the operation. Is the pressure
to the specification?
7 Remove and Inspect the relief valve NO
in the low pressure block. The valve Suspect a faulty pump. Remove and
may be stuck open. clean or replace Inspect. Repair or replace the pump
as required. as required and recheck.
Check the operation. Is the pressure
to the specification?

BSC1337A_973 1

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 25
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

BSC1331A 2

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 26
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Oil filter - Testing (A.12.A.24 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: Low Pressure Filter Restriction Warning
N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Is the reservoir oil at correct level on YES NO
dipstick? Go to test 2 Add oil to reservoir
2 Replace filter NO
Fault cleared? Go to test 3
3 Disconnect wiring to filter restriction YES NO
warning light switch warning is extin- Replace intake filter restriction Locate and repair short circuit to
guished? switch chassis in intake filter restriction
switch wiring

BSC1262B_974 1

BSC1366A 2

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 27
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

E0007-03-Gearbox Filter Bypass Shorted To High Source

(A.12.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0007-03 - Gearbox Filter Bypass Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The gearbox filter bypass switch (S34) circuit is shorted to a higher than normal voltage source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Hydraulics" sub menu.
Select “Gearbox Filter Bypass" and check voltage range.
The normal operating range for the gearbox filter bypass is 1.8 - 10.0 volts

A. If the voltage reading is 10.0 volts or greater continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, since the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue the troubleshooting at Step 4.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView display is above 10.0 volts. Disconnect the gearbox filter bypass pressure
switch connector X238.

A. If the voltage drops below 10.0 volts the short is in the sensor, or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor

B. If the voltage is above 10.0 volts on InfoView display continue with Step 3.
3. The voltage reading on the InfoView display is above 10 volts. Disconnect the straw walker harness from the
main frame harness at connector X024.

A. If the voltage drops below 10.0 volts the short is in the straw walker harness between connector X024
and connector X238 in wire 448 yellow. Locate the short circuit and repair.

B. If the voltage remains above 10.0 volts on InfoView display the short is in the main frame harness between
connector X024 and connector X019 pin J2-35 on CCM1, wire 448 yellow.
4. Erase fault code and continue operation.

A.
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.15)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.10)

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 28
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

E0162-01-Control Pressure sensor , Valid Below Normal

(A.12.A.95.91 - G.30.C.20)
E0162-01 - Control Pressure sensor , Valid Below Normal

Cause:
Engine running for > 3 seconds with pressure < 20 bar.

Possible failure modes:

1. The control pressure sensor B-35 reports that the control pressure is below acceptable limits, this is normal
operation of the circuit and indicates a hydraulic pressure failure.
2. Control pressure sensor B35 failure.

Solution:

1. The presence of this fault code indicates the control pressure has dropped below 20 bar while the engine has
been running for over 3 seconds. This is not a failure to be diagnosed electrically unless the sensor is faulty.

A. Locate and repair the mechanical fault in the hydraulic system.

B. If no hydraulic system fault can be found, replace the control pressure sensor B35. Continue troubleshoot-
ing with Step 2.
2. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 29
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

E0162-03-Control Pressure sensor Shorted To High Source

(A.12.A.95.91 - G.30.B.54)
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series
1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0162-03 - Control Pressure sensor Shorted To High Source

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1206 - 1237 only.

Cause:
The control pressure sensor (B-35) circuit is shorted to 12 volts.

Possible failure modes:

1. Switch supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Hydraulics" sub menu.
Select “Control pressure sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range for the control pressure sensor (key On, engine OFF) is — 0.5 - 2.8 volts.
The proper voltage range for the control pressure sensor (key On, engine Running) is — 2.8 - 4.9 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (>5.2 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is normal, the shorted wire may not be energized at this time. Continue with step 8.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the control pressure sensor connector X098.
Use a multimeter to check for voltage on connector X098 pin B. There should be 5 volts present.

A. If high (>5.5 volts) voltage is found, the regulated voltage supply is incorrect. The error "E0165-03 CCM2
5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted to High Source" should be listed in the “Active Errors" screen in the Infoview
monitor. Correct that error, and then check to determine if this error has been resolved.

B. If correct voltage is found, continue with step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high. Disconnect the charge pressure sensor connector X098.
Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X098 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 6.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 4.

4. Disconnect the gearbox harness from the main frame harness at connector X011. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between the harness end of connector X011 pin V and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the gearbox (GB) harness between connector X011 pin V and
connector X098 pin A wire 434 blue or 683 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 5.

5. Remove the cap and buss bar assembly from the splice block D, W04 in the main frame harness. Use a multi-
meter to check for continuity between the splice block D, W04 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X011 pin V
and splice block D, W04 pin F wire 683 blue. Locate the open and repair.

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 30
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between splice block
D, W04 pin A and connector X016 pin J2-14 wire 425 blue or 465 blue. Locate the open and repair.
6. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high. Disconnect the control pressure sensor connector X098.
Use a multimeter to check for voltage on connector X098 pin C.

A. If no voltage is found, continue with step 8.

B. If high (>5.2 volts) voltage is found, continue with step 7.

7. Disconnect the gearbox harness from the main frame harness at connector X011. Use a multimeter to check
for voltage on connector X011 pin B.

A. If no voltage is found, the short is in the gearbox (GB) harness between connector X098 pin C and con-
nector X011 pin B wire 423 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high (>5.2 volts) voltage is found, the short is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X011
pin B and connector X016 pin J2-19 wire 423 yellow. Locate the short and repair.
8. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView display.

A. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.
Series 1206-1237
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.06)
Series 1206-1237
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.07)

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 31
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

E0162-03-Control Pressure sensor Shorted To High Source

(A.12.A.95.91 - G.30.B.54)
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above, CX780 Series 1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and
above, CX840 Series 1238 and above, CX860 Series 1238 and above, CX880 Series 1238 and above

E0162-03 - Control Pressure sensor Shorted To High Source

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1238 and above.

Cause:
The control pressure sensor (B-35) circuit is shorted to 12 volts.

Possible failure modes:

1. Switch supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Info View Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Hydraulics" sub menu.
Select “Control Pressure sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range for the control pressure sensor (key On, engine OFF) is — 0.5 - 2.8 volts.
The proper voltage range for the control pressure sensor (key On, engine Running) is — 2.8 - 4.9 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (>5.2 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is normal, the shorted wire may not be energized at this time. Continue with step 5.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the charge pressure sensor connector X098.
Use a multimeter to check for voltage on connector X098 pin B. There should be 5 volts present.

A. If high (>5.5 volts) voltage is found, the regulated voltage supply is incorrect. The error "E0165-03 CCM2
5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted to High Source" should be listed in the “Active Errors" screen in the Infoview
monitor. Correct that error, and then check to determine if this error has been resolved.

B. If correct voltage is found, continue with step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high. Disconnect the charge pressure sensor connector X098.
Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X098 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 6.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 4.

4. Disconnect the gearbox harness from the main frame harness at connector X011. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between the harness end of connector X011 pin V and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the gearbox (GB) harness between connector X011 pin V and
connector X098 pin A wire 434 blue or 683 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 5.

5. Disconnect the main frame harness from the front frame harness at connector X008. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between the harness end of connector X008 pin 14 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X011 pin V
and connector X008 pin 14 wire 683 blue or 425 blue. Locate the open and repair.

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 32
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open circuit is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X008 pin 14 and connector X017 pin J3-18 wire 425 blue or 766 blue. Locate the open and repair.
6. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high. Disconnect the charge pressure sensor connector X098.
Use a multimeter to check for voltage on connector X098 pin C.

A. If no voltage is found, continue with step 8.

B. If high (>5.2 volts) voltage is found, continue with step 7.

7. Disconnect the gearbox harness from the main frame harness at connector X011. Use a multimeter to check
for voltage on connector X011 pin B.

A. If no voltage is found, the short is in the gearbox (GB) harness between connector X098 pin C and con-
nector X011 pin B wire 423 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high (>5.2 volts) voltage is found, the short is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X011
pin B and connector X016 pin J2-19 wire 423 yellow. Locate the short and repair.
8. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView display.

A. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 33
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

E0162-05-Control Pressure sensor Line Disconnected (A.12.A.95.91

- G.30.B.50)
E0162-05 - Control Pressure sensor Line Disconnected

Cause:
The control pressure sensor (B-35) circuit is open or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor signal wiring open or shorted to ground.

2. Loss of power to sensor.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Info View Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Hydraulics" sub menu.
Select “Control Pressure sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range for the control pressure sensor (key On, engine OFF) is — 0.5 - 2.8 volts.
The proper voltage range for the control pressure sensor (key On, engine Running) is — 2.8 - 4.9 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (>5.2 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is normal, the shorted wire may not be energized at this time. Continue with step 9.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is low (<0.3 volts). Disconnect the control pressure sensor con-
nector X098. Use a multimeter to check for voltage on connector X098 pin B. There should be 5 volts present.

A. If no voltage is found, continue with step 3.

B. If correct voltage is found, continue with step 5.

3. Disconnect the gearbox harness from the main frame harness at connector X011. Use a multimeter to check
for voltage on connector X011 pin D. There should be 5 volts present.

A. If voltage is found, there is an open circuit in the gearbox (GB) harness between connector X098, pin B
and connector X011 pin D wire 486 pink. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, continue with step 4.

4. Carefully disconnect the main frame harness from the CCM2 module at connector X016. Use a multi-meter to
check for voltage on the CCM2 module connector X016 pin J2-31. There should be 5 volts present.

A. If voltage is found, there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X011 pin
D and connector X016 pin J2-31 wire 459 pink or 486 pink. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, there is an internal fault with the CCM2 module. Replace the module.
5. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low (<0.3 volts). Disconnect the control pressure sensor con-
nector X098. Use a multi-meter to check for continuity between connector X098 pin C and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 6.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 7.

6. Disconnect the gearbox harness from the main frame harness at connector X011. Use a multi-meter to check
for continuity between the harness end of connector X011 pin B and chassis ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 34
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground in the gearbox (GB) harness between connector X011
pin B and connector X098 pin C wire 423 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the main frame (MF) harness between con-
nector X011 pin B and connector X016 pin J2-19 wire 423 yellow. Locate the short and repair.
7. Carefully disconnect the main frame harness from the CCM2 module at connector X016. Install a jumper wire
between the harness end of connector X016 pin J2-19 and chassis ground. Use a multimeter to check for
continuity between connector X098 pin C and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 9.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 8.

8. Disconnect the gearbox harness from the main frame harness at connector X011. Use a multi-meter to check
for continuity between the harness end of connector X011 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, there is an open circuit in the gearbox (GB) harness between connector X011 pin B
and connector X098 pin C wire 423 yellow. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between con-
nector X011 pin B and connector X016 pin J2-19 wire 423 yellow. Locate the open and repair.
9. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView display.

A. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.
Series 1206-1281
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.06)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.07)
Series 1282-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 08 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.08)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.10)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.27)

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 35
 Index

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A

SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 12.A

E0007-03-Gearbox Filter Bypass Shorted To High Source (A.12.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54) 28
E0162-01-Control Pressure sensor , Valid Below Normal (A.12.A.95.91 - G.30.C.20) 29
E0162-03-Control Pressure sensor Shorted To High Source (A.12.A.95.91 - G.30.B.54) 30
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237
E0162-03-Control Pressure sensor Shorted To High Source (A.12.A.95.91 - G.30.B.54) 32
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above, CX780 Series
1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and above, CX840 Series 1238 and above, CX860 Series 1238 and
above, CX880 Series 1238 and above
E0162-05-Control Pressure sensor Line Disconnected (A.12.A.95.91 - G.30.B.50) 34
Hydraulic pump - General specification (A.12.A.20 - D.40.A.10) 4
Hydraulic pump - Install (A.12.A.20 - F.10.A.15) 17
Hydraulic pump - Remove (A.12.A.20 - F.10.A.10) 16
Hydraulic pump - Repair (A.12.A.20 - F.10.A.32) 18
Hydraulic pump - Test (A.12.A.20 - F.40.C.01) 19
Hydraulic pump - Test (A.12.A.20 - F.40.C.01) 20
Hydraulic pump - Testing (A.12.A.20 - G.40.A.20) 25
Hydraulic pump - Torque (A.12.A.20 - D.20.A.10) 4
Oil filter - Testing (A.12.A.24 - G.40.A.20) 27
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Component localisation (A.12.A - C.40.B.20) 7
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schema (A.12.A - C.20.B.20) 14
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Overview (A.12.A - C.40.B.10) 6
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Static description (A.12.A - C.30.A.20) 5
Valve block - Install (A.12.A.45 - F.10.A.15) 23
Valve block - Remove (A.12.A.45 - F.10.A.10) 21

2 4/7/2006
A.12.A / 36
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A

HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM - 14.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
A.14.A / 1
 Contents

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A

HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM - 14.A

SERVICE
Stack valve
Disassemble (A.14.A.18 - F.10.A.25) 3
Remove (A.14.A.18 - F.10.A.10) 6
Install (A.14.A.18 - F.10.A.15) 8
Assemble (A.14.A.18 - F.10.A.20) 10

2 4/7/2006
A.14.A / 2
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM

Stack valve - Disassemble (A.14.A.18 - F.10.A.25)

1. Loosen and remove the three nuts (1) from the tie
rods.

20015991 1

2. Carefully lift the end plate (1) from the reel drive valve
(2).

20015992 2

3. Carefully lift the reel drive valve (1) from the reel
up\down valve (2).

20015993 3

2 4/7/2006
A.14.A / 3
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM

4. Carefully lift the reel up\down valve (1) from the reel
fore/aft valve (2).

20015994 4

5. Carefully lift the reel fore/aft valve (1) from the lateral
tilt valve (2).

20015995 5

6. Carefully lift the lateral tilt valve (1) from the reverser
valve (2).

20015996 6

2 4/7/2006
A.14.A / 4
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM

7. Carefully lift the reverser valve (1) from the connect-

ing plate (2).

20015997 7

8. Check all O rings for cuts, nicks or deformity. Re-

place as necessary.
9. Check mating surface of valve sections for nicks,
burrs, or other damage. Repair or replace as nec-
essary.
10. Inspect tie rods for straightness. Replace as neces-
sary.

2 4/7/2006
A.14.A / 5
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM

Stack valve - Remove (A.14.A.18 - F.10.A.10)

1. Disconnect the hydraulic quick-couplers (1) and (2).
Disconnect the remaining quick-coupler (3).
Cap and plug all coupler fittings to avoid dirt contam-
ination of the quick-couplers.
IMPORTANT: Be sure the area around the stack valves is
clean before removing them. Dirt contamination will cause
hydraulic component damage and/or failure. Use caution
while washing to keep electrical components as dry as pos-
sible.

ZDA4025A 1

2. Loosen and disconnect the hydraulic line fittings (1)

from the feeder stack valve. Cap and plug all lines
and fittings
IMPORTANT: Lines and fittings must be capped and
plugged when disconnected to avoid contamination. Dirt
contamination will cause hydraulic component damage
and/or failure.

20015987 2

3. Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) from the

front side of the valve solenoids.
NOTE: Mark all electrical connector locations for proper
connection during assembly.

20015988 3

2 4/7/2006
A.14.A / 6
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM

4. Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) from the rear

of the valve solenoids.
NOTE: Mark all electrical connector locations for proper
connection during assembly.

20015989 4

5. Loosen and remove the four cap screws (1) securing

the stack valve to the feeder (2).
Remove the stack valve from the support brackets.

20015990 5

2 4/7/2006
A.14.A / 7
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM

Stack valve - Install (A.14.A.18 - F.10.A.15)

1. Install the stack valve onto the feeder (1).
Install the four cap screws (2) securing the stack
valve to the support bracket.
Tighten the cap screws securely.

20015990_993 1

2. Connect the electrical connectors (1) to the valve

solenoids at the rear of the stack valve assembly.

20015989 2

3. Connect the electrical connectors (1) to the valve

solenoids at the front of the stack valve assembly.
Remove all caps and plugs from the hydraulic lines
and fittings.

20015988 3

2 4/7/2006
A.14.A / 8
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM

4. Connect the hydraulic line fittings (1) to the stack

valve. Tighten the fittings securely.

20015987 4

5. Remove the caps and plugs from coupler fittings.

Connect the hydraulic quick couplers (1) (2) and (3),
to the feeder stack valve.
Start the engine and cycle the appropriate features
controlled by the feeder stack valve.
Check for proper operation of all functions of the
feeder stack valve.
Check all connections for leaks.

ZDA4025A 5

2 4/7/2006
A.14.A / 9
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM

Stack valve - Assemble (A.14.A.18 - F.10.A.20)

1. Lubricate O rings with NH 134 hydraulic oil and install
onto the connecting plate (2).
Assemble the reverser valve (1) onto the connecting
plate (2).

20015997 1

2. Lubricate O rings with NH 134 hydraulic oil and install

onto the reverser valve (2).
Assemble the lateral tilt valve (1) onto the reverser
valve (2).

20015996 2

3. Lubricate O rings with NH 134 hydraulic oil and install

onto the lateral tilt valve (2).
Assemble the reel fore\aft valve (1) onto the lateral
tilt valve (2).

20015995 3

2 4/7/2006
A.14.A / 10
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM

4. Lubricate O rings with NH 134 hydraulic oil and install

onto the reel fore\aft valve (2).
Assemble the reel up\down valve (1) onto the reel
fore\aft valve (2).

20015994 4

5. Lubricate O rings with NH 134 hydraulic oil and install

onto the reel up\down valve (2).
Assemble the reel drive valve (1) onto the reel
up\down valve (2).

20015993 5

6. Lubricate O rings with NH 134 hydraulic oil and install

onto the reel drive valve (2).
Assemble the end plate (1) onto the reel drive valve
(2).

20015992 6

2 4/7/2006
A.14.A / 11
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM

7. Install the three nuts (1) onto the tie rods.

Tighten and torque the nuts to 25 N·m (18.5 lb. ft.).

20015991 7

2 4/7/2006
A.14.A / 12
 Index

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A

HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM - 14.A

Stack valve - Assemble (A.14.A.18 - F.10.A.20) 10
Stack valve - Disassemble (A.14.A.18 - F.10.A.25) 3
Stack valve - Install (A.14.A.18 - F.10.A.15) 8
Stack valve - Remove (A.14.A.18 - F.10.A.10) 6

2 4/7/2006
A.14.A / 13
 2 4/7/2006
A.14.A / 14
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A

PNEUMATIC SYSTEM - 20.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 1
 Contents

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A

PNEUMATIC SYSTEM - 20.A

TECHNICAL DATA
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
Torque (A.20.A - D.20.A.10) 3
Special tools (A.20.A - D.20.A.40) 3
General specification (A.20.A - D.40.A.10) 3

FUNCTIONAL DATA
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
Dynamic description (A.20.A - C.30.A.10) 4

SERVICE
Air regulator
Remove (A.20.A.18 - F.10.A.10) 5
Install (A.20.A.18 - F.10.A.15) 6
Air tank
Remove (A.20.A.22 - F.10.A.10) 7
Install (A.20.A.22 - F.10.A.15) 8
Air compressor
Disassemble (A.20.A.31 - F.10.A.25) 9
Remove (A.20.A.31 - F.10.A.10) 16
Install (A.20.A.31 - F.10.A.15) 18
Assemble (A.20.A.31 - F.10.A.20) 20

DIAGNOSTIC
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
Troubleshooting (A.20.A - G.40.A.10) 27

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 2
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

PNEUMATIC SYSTEM - Torque (A.20.A - D.20.A.10)

Connecting Rod Bolts 6 N·m (53 in. lbs.)
Cylinder Head Bolts 20 N·m (14.8 ft. lbs.)
Drive Pulley Retaining nut 100 N·m (73.8 ft. lbs.)

PNEUMATIC SYSTEM - Special tools (A.20.A - D.20.A.40)

Piston ring compressor

PNEUMATIC SYSTEM - General specification (A.20.A - D.40.A.10)

Type Single piston
Bore 75 mm (2.95 in.)
Stroke 36 mm (1.42 in.)
Swept Volume 159 cm3
Max. Permissible Pressure Temp. in service 220 ° C (428 ° F)
Crankshaft End Play 0.2-0.6 mm (0.079-0.236 in.)
Maximum Air Tank Pressure 10 bar (145 psi)

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 3
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

PNEUMATIC SYSTEM - Dynamic description (A.20.A - C.30.A.10)

The blow off air compressor (1) is a single cylinder, belt driven air compressor, which supplies air to a reservoir tank,
enabling the operator to have a source of compressed air for cleaning purposes and tire inflation. The compressor is
mounted on the modular engine frame. Engine oil is supplied through a line connected directly to the engine, using
engine oil pressure to lubricate the compressor. The intake air to the compressor is filtered through the air box located
behind the rear grain tank wall. The compressed air is delivered through tubing to a combination regulator/exhaust
control valve, and from there to the reservoir tank located on the left side of the combine. Quick disconnect fittings
allow easy connection to the air supply for blow off nozzles as well as tire inflation equipment.

20013208 1

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 4
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

Air regulator - Remove (A.20.A.18 - F.10.A.10)

1. Bleed the air from the system by opening the drain
(1), at the bottom of the air tank reservoir (2).

20014969 1

2. Loosen and disconnect the air line fittings (1) from

the regulator valve (2).
Remove the air line tubes (3).
Loosen and remove the mounting bolts (4) and nuts
from the regulator valve and bracket.
Remove the regulator valve (2).

20014970 2

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 5
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

Air regulator - Install (A.20.A.18 - F.10.A.15)

1. Position the regulator valve (1) on the mounting
bracket and install the two mounting bolts (2). Se-
cure with the lock washers and nuts.
Connect and tighten the air line tube fittings (3) se-
curely.
Tighten the mounting bolts (2) and nuts.

20014970_1470 1

2. Close the drain (1) at the bottom of the air tank reser-
voir (2).

20014969 2

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 6
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

Air tank - Remove (A.20.A.22 - F.10.A.10)

1. Bleed the air from the system by opening the drain
(1), at the bottom of the air tank reservoir (2).
Loosen the air line tube fittings (3) and disconnect
the air line tubes (4) from the air tank reservoir (2).
Loosen the bolts (5) from the air tank reservoir
mounting straps.
Remove the air tank reservoir from the mount.

20014969_1471 1

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 7
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

Air tank - Install (A.20.A.22 - F.10.A.15)

1. Position the air tank reservoir (1) in the mounting
straps (2).
Tighten the mounting bolts (3) hand tight.
Connect the air line tube fittings (4) to the air tank
reservoir (1).
Tighten the air line tube fittings (4) securely.
Tighten the mounting bolts (3) securely.
Close the drain (5) at the bottom of the air tank reser-
voir (1).

20014969_1472 1

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 8
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

Air compressor - Disassemble (A.20.A.31 - F.10.A.25)

1. Remove the nut (1) and washer (2) securing the pul-
ley (3), to the compressor drive shaft.

20013211 1

2. Remove the pulley (1) from the tapered shaft (2).

20013212 2

3. Loosen and remove the four nuts (1), washers and

socket head cap screws (2) securing the compressor
to the mount plate (3).

20014972 3

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 9
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

4. Loosen and remove the four cylinder head bolts (1)

evenly in a criss-cross pattern.

20013213 4

5. Carefully remove the cylinder head (1) from the com-

pressor (2).

20013214 5

6. Loosen and remove the two bolts (1) and spacers (2).

20013215 6

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 10
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

7. Remove the plate (1), the valve plate (2) and washer
(3), from the manifold plate (4).

20013216 7

8. Remove the manifold plate (1) from the compressor

(2). Remove and discard the cylinder head gasket
(3).

20013217 8

9. Remove the reed valve (1) from the compressor (2).

Remove and discard the manifold plate gasket (3).

20013218 9

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 11
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

10. Loosen and remove the four end cap screws (1). If
necessary, use an impact driver (2).

20013219 10

11. Remove the end cap (1) from the compressor. Re-
move and discard the crankshaft seal (2) and O ring
(3) from the end cap.

20013222 11

12. Loosen and remove the four bolts (1) from the end
cover (2).
Remove the end cover (2) from the compressor.

20013220 12

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 12
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

13. Turn the compressor over and remove the two frost
plugs (1), from the bottom of the compressor to gain
access to the connecting rod bolts.

20013221 13

14. Insert a Torx bit through the frost plug holes. Loosen
and remove the connecting rod bolts.

20013223 14

15. Remove the piston and connecting rod assembly (1)

from the cylinder.

20013224 15

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 13
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

16. Remove the crankshaft (1) from the compressor.

20013225 16

17. Remove the connecting rod cap (1) from the com-
pressor.

20013226 17

18. Remove the wrist pin retaining ring (1) on each side
of the piston (2).

20013227 18

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 14
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

19. Remove the wrist pin (1) from the piston (2).

20014964 19

20. Separate the connecting rod (1) from the piston (2).
IMPORTANT: Note the orientation of the piston to the con-
necting rod by observing the stampings on the crown of the
piston in relation to the connecting rod.

20014965 20

21. Inspection
Clean all parts in a suitable solvent and allow to air
dry.
22. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Repair or re-
place as necessary.
23. Inspect crankshaft journals for burrs, nicks,
scratches and wear marks. If wear or damage
is evident, replace the crankshaft.
24. Inspect the machined surfaces of the connecting rod
and cap for burrs, nicks, scratches and wear marks.
If wear or damage is evident, replace the connecting
rod and cap as a set.
25. Inspect the reed valve for cracks or distortion. Re-
place as necessary.
26. Inspect the piston and cylinder for wear or damage.
Replace as necessary.

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 15
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

Air compressor - Remove (A.20.A.31 - F.10.A.10)

1. Loosen the fittings (1) and disconnect the oil hoses
(2), from the air compressor (3).
Loosen the hose clamp (4) and disconnect the hose
(5) from the air compressor (3).

10013114_1459 1

2. Loosen the fitting (1) and disconnect the small oil line
(2) from the back of the compressor.

20014971 2

3. Loosen and remove the three air compressor mount-

ing nuts (1) and turn the tension adjustment bolt (2),
counterclockwise to loosen tension on the air com-
pressor drive belt (3).

20013209 3

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 16
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

4. Remove the drive belt (1) from the air compressor (2)
and engine crankshaft pulley.
Remove the tension adjustment bolt (3) and lift the
compressor from the mount plate.

20013210 4

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 17
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

Air compressor - Install (A.20.A.31 - F.10.A.15)

1. Position the compressor onto the mount plate and
install the tension adjustment bolt (1).
Install the drive belt (2) onto the air compressor pulley
(3), and engine crankshaft pulley.

20013210_1467 1

2. Install and lightly tighten the three air compressor

mounting nuts (1) and turn the tension adjustment
bolt (2) clockwise to tighten the tension on the air
compressor drive belt (3). When adjusted properly,
the belt deflection should be 3 mm (1/8 in) at the mid
point of the belt when a force of 23 N is applied to the
belt.
When adjustment is correct, tighten the mounting
nuts securely.

20013209 2

3. Connect the small oil line (1) to the back of the com-
pressor. Tighten the fitting (2) securely.

20014971_1468 3

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 18
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

4. Connect the oil hoses (1) to the air compressor (2).

Tighten the fittings (3) securely.
Connect the hose (4) to the air compressor (2).
Tighten the hose clamp (5).

10013114_1469 4

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 19
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

Air compressor - Assemble (A.20.A.31 - F.10.A.20)

IMPORTANT: Thoroughly lubricate ALL compressor parts with clean engine oil prior to assembly.
1. Install the connecting rod (1) into the piston (2) in the
same orientation as in disassembly.

20014965 1

2. Install the wrist pin (1) through the piston (2) and
connecting rod.

20014964 2

3. Install a new wrist pin retaining ring (1) on each side

of the piston (2).
NOTE: When installing new wrist pin retaining rings, be
sure to position the opening of the ring facing the top of
the piston.

20013227 3

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 20
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

IMPORTANT: Be sure to align the connecting rod cap (1)

and connecting rod (2) in the proper orientation to each
other during assembly.

20014966 4

4. Install the crankshaft (1) and connecting rod cap (2)

into the compressor housing as an assembly.

20014967 5

5. Use a piston ring compressor tool (1) to compress

the piston rings prior to installation of the piston and
connecting rod in the cylinder.
With the piston rings compressed, carefully push the
piston into the cylinder.
NOTE: Position the gap in the piston rings 120 ° from each
other with no gaps directly above the wrist pin holes in the
piston, before installation into the cylinder.

20014968 6

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 21
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

6. Install the two connecting rod bolts through the frost

plug holes to attach the connecting rod cap to the
connecting rod. Use a Torx bit to tighten the bolts
gradually and evenly. Torque the bolts to 6 N·m (53
in. lbs.).

20013223_1460 7

7. Install a new crankshaft seal (1) and O ring (2) onto

the end cap (3).
Lubricate the crankshaft seal and O ring with petro-
leum jelly and install the end cap over the crankshaft
and onto the compressor.

20013222_1461 8

8. Install two new 16 mm frost plugs (1) into the bottom

of the compressor housing. Procure the frost plugs
locally.

20013221 9

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 22
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

9. Install the end cover (1) and secure with the four
mounting bolts (2). Tighten the bolts securely.

20013220_1462 10

10. Install a new gasket (1) onto the top of the cylinder.
Install the reed valve (2) onto the top of the cylinder.

20013218_1463 11

11. Install a new gasket (1) onto the manifold plate (2).
Position the manifold plate (2) onto the cylinder, mak-
ing sure to align the two pins (3) with the holes (4) in
the reed valve beneath the manifold plate (2).

20013217_1464 12

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 23
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

12. Install the valve plate (1), washer (2) and retaining
plate (3) onto the manifold plate (4).

20013216_1465 13

13. Install the two bolts (1) and spacers (2) into the man-
ifold plate. Tighten the bolts securely.

20013215 14

14. Carefully place the cylinder head (1) onto the mani-
fold plate (2).

20013214_1466 15

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 24
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

15. Install the four cylinder head bolts (1) into the cylinder
head and lightly hand tighten the bolts evenly.

20013213 16

16. Tighten and torque the cylinder head bolts in the se-
quence 1-2-3-4, to 20 N·m (14.8 ft. lbs.).

20013207 17

17. Install and tighten the four nuts (1), washer and
socket head cap screws (2) securing the compres-
sor to the mount plate (3).

20014972 18

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 25
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

18. Install the pulley (1) onto the tapered shaft (2).

20013212 19

19. Install the nut (1) and washer (2) securing the pulley
(3), to the compressor drive shaft.
Tighten and torque the nut (1) to 100 N·m (73.8 ft.
lbs.).

20013211 20

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 26
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM - Troubleshooting (A.20.A - G.40.A.10)
Problem Possible Cause
Compressor will not build Drive belt out of adjustment
pressure to charge air
tank
Drive belt worn or damaged
Drain valve not closed on the air tank
Loose air line fittings
Faulty pressure relief valve
Worn or damaged internal parts in com-
pressor
Compressor is noisy Engine oil level too low
Clogged oil line
Loose compressor mounting bolts
Drive pulley retaining nut is loose or im-
properly torqued on the crankshaft
Drive pulley worn
Compressor slow to build Loose air line fittings
air pressure
Air tank reservoir drain not closed properly
Faulty pressure relief valve
Worn or damaged internal parts in com-
pressor
Compressor builds too Pressure relief valve faulty
much pressure
2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 27
Correction
Adjust drive belt to specs (Refer to
Air compressor - Install (A.20.A.31 -
F.10.A.15)
Replace drive belt
Close air tank drain valve
Check and tighten air line fittings
Replace pressure relief valve
Remove and rebuild compressor
Check engine oil level and fill to specs
Remove and clean oil lines
Tighten mounting bolts
Tighten drive pulley retaining nut to proper
torque (Refer to Air compressor - Torque
(A.20.A.31 - D.20.A.10)
Replace drive pulley
Tighten fittings
Close air tank reservoir drain properly
Replace pressure relief valve
Remove and rebuild compressor
Replace pressure relief valve
 Index

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A

PNEUMATIC SYSTEM - 20.A

Air compressor - Assemble (A.20.A.31 - F.10.A.20) 20
Air compressor - Disassemble (A.20.A.31 - F.10.A.25) 9
Air compressor - Install (A.20.A.31 - F.10.A.15) 18
Air compressor - Remove (A.20.A.31 - F.10.A.10) 16
Air regulator - Install (A.20.A.18 - F.10.A.15) 6
Air regulator - Remove (A.20.A.18 - F.10.A.10) 5
Air tank - Install (A.20.A.22 - F.10.A.15) 8
Air tank - Remove (A.20.A.22 - F.10.A.10) 7
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM - Dynamic description (A.20.A - C.30.A.10) 4
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM - General specification (A.20.A - D.40.A.10) 3
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM - Special tools (A.20.A - D.20.A.40) 3
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM - Torque (A.20.A - D.20.A.10) 3
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM - Troubleshooting (A.20.A - G.40.A.10) 27

2 4/7/2006
A.20.A / 28
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - 30.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1
 Contents

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - 30.A

TECHNICAL DATA
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
General specification (A.30.A - D.40.A.10) 6
Special tools (A.30.A - D.20.A.40) 14

FUNCTIONAL DATA
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Electrical symbol (A.30.A - C.20.C.40) 16
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series
1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

Electrical symbol (A.30.A - C.20.C.40) 23

CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series
1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX840 Series 1238 - 1281, CX860 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX880 Series 1238 - 1281

Electrical symbol (A.30.A - C.20.C.40) 30

CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX740 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series
1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX840 Series 1282 - 1347, CX860 Series 1282 - 1347,
CX880 Series 1282 - 1347

Electrical symbol (A.30.A - C.20.C.40) 38

CX720 Series 1348 - 1407, CX740 Series 1348 - 1407, CX760 Series 1348 - 1407, CX780 Series
1348 - 1407, CX820 Series 1348 - 1407, CX840 Series 1348 - 1407, CX860 Series 1348 - 1407,
CX880 Series 1348 - 1407

Electrical symbol (A.30.A - C.20.C.40) 47

CX720 Series 1408 - 1479, CX740 Series 1408 - 1479, CX760 Series 1408 - 1479, CX780 Series
1408 - 1479, CX820 Series 1408 - 1479, CX840 Series 1408 - 1479, CX860 Series 1408 - 1479,
CX880 Series 1408 - 1479

Electrical symbol (A.30.A - C.20.C.40) 56

CX720 Series 1480 - ...., CX740 Series 1480 - ...., CX760 Series 1480 - ...., CX780 Series 1480 - ....,
CX820 Series 1480 - ...., CX840 Series 1480 - ...., CX860 Series 1480 - ...., CX880 Series 1480 - ....

Component localisation (A.30.A - C.40.B.20) 65

Component identification (A.30.A - C.40.C.20) 103
Wiring harness
Electrical schematic frame 01 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.01) 113
Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.02) 123
Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.03) 133
Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.04) 141
Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.05) 151
Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.06) 161
Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.07) 171
Electrical schematic frame 08 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.08) 179
Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.09) 186
Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.10) 196
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 2
Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.11) 204
Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.12) 212
Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.13) 218
Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.14) 228
Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.15) 238
Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.16) 245
Electrical schematic frame 17 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.17) 255
Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.18) 261
Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.19) 273
Electrical schematic frame 20 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.20) 281
Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.21) 289
Electrical schematic frame 22 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.22) 297
Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.23) 309
Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.24) 317
Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.25) 325
Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.26) 337
Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.27) 342
Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.28) 351
Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.29) 359
Electrical schematic frame 30 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.30) 369
Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.31) 381
Electrical schematic frame 32 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.32) 393
Electrical schematic frame 33 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.33) 402
Electrical schematic frame 34 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.34) 412
Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.35) 422
Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.36) 432
Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.37) 442
Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.38) 449
Electrical schematic frame 39 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.39) 457
Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.40) 467
Electrical schematic frame 41 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.41) 475
Electrical schematic frame 42 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.42) 483
Electrical schematic frame 43 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.43) 491
Electrical schematic frame 44 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.44) 499
Electrical schematic frame 45 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.45) 509
Electrical schematic frame 46 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.46) 517
Electrical schematic frame 47 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.47) 525
Electrical schematic frame 48 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.48) 533
Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.02) 541
Component diagram 03 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.03) 554
Component diagram 04 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.04) 561
Component diagram 05 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.05) 569
Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.06) 577

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 3
Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.07) 588
Component diagram 08 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.08) 607
Component diagram 09 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.09) 609
Component diagram 10 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.10) 623
Component diagram 11 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.11) 625
Component diagram 12 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.12) 634
Component diagram 13 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.13) 638
Component diagram 14 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.14) 648
Component diagram 15 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.15) 660
Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.16) 673
Component diagram 17 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.17) 686
Component diagram 18 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.18) 691
Component diagram 19 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.19) 699
Component diagram 20 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.20) 708
Component diagram 21 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.21) 714
Component diagram 22 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.22) 722
Component diagram 23 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.23) 732
Component diagram 24 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.24) 737
Component diagram 25 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.25) 743
Component diagram 26 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.26) 749
Component diagram 27 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.27) 752
Component diagram 28 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.28) 756
Component diagram 29 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.29) 767
Component diagram 30 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.30) 775
Component diagram 31 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.31) 783
Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.32) 793
Component diagram 33 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.33) 808
Component diagram 34 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.34) 822
Component diagram 35 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.35) 830
Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.36) 844
Component diagram 37 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.37) 855
Component diagram 38 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.38) 861
Component diagram 39 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.39) 866
Component diagram 40 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.40) 877
Component diagram 41 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.41) 884
Component diagram 42 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.42) 891
Component diagram 43 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.43) 900
Component diagram 44 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.44) 911
Component diagram 45 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.45) 916
Component diagram 46 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.46) 924
Component diagram 47 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.47) 938
Component diagram 48 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.48) 952
Overview (A.30.A.88 - C.10.A.10) 967

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 4
SERVICE
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Preliminary test (A.30.A - F.40.A.20) 1111
Service instruction (A.30.A - F.10.A.05) 1114
Alternator drive system
Overhaul (A.30.A.40 - F.10.A.40) 1116
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Wiring harness
Replace (A.30.A.88 - F.10.A.30) 1118
Repair (A.30.A.88 - F.75.C.32) 1119

DIAGNOSTIC
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Problem solving (A.30.A - G.40.A.30) 1121
Fuse and relay box
Problem solving (A.30.A.80 - G.40.A.30) 1125
Alternator
Testing (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.20) 1126
Testing (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.20) 1126
Problem solving (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.30) 1128
Battery
0420.2-BATTERY VOLTAGE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 146) 1129
(A.30.A.83 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0420.3-BATTERY VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 1130

CODE 146) (A.30.A.83 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0420.3-BATTERY VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 1131

CODE 146) (A.30.A.83 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0420.3-BATTERY VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 1132

CODE 146) (A.30.A.83 - G.30.B.54)
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820

0420.4-BATTERY VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 1133

CODE 146) (A.30.A.83 - G.30.B.53)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 5
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - General specification (A.30.A -

D.40.A.10)
FUSES

Fuses protect circuits with thin pieces of metal and wire which heat up and melt to open up the circuit when too
much current flows through them. The combine fuse panel (1) is located in the left rear corner of the cab, behind a
removable panel.
Fuses are used to protect the circuit from overload. This can occur in the event of a short circuit or by connecting
equipment which demands a current greater than the circuit is designed to carry.
There are several types of fuses, but they all consist of a metal conductor which is capable of carrying a limited current.
If the specified current is exceeded then the metal conductor will overheat, causing it to melt and break. This will in
turn cause an open circuit.

ZDA3100A 1
The rating of the fuse relates to the current that the fuse can carry continuously.
If a fuse blows, it must be replaced with a fuse of the correct rating, and if it blows again, then the cause must be
investigated.
A fuse may be tested by checking continuity across the fuse on the two exposed terminals (1).

50014700 2

SWITCHES

Switches are a vital part of an electric circuit, providing a method of controlling the circuit itself. One switch can
control a number of different circuits at the same time. This is achieved by having several separate connections
and/or multi-connector switches (several switch positions).
There are several types of switches, and they may incorporate a warning light.

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 6
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1z0o2004112125 3
Switches can be as simple as that used to turn on an implement lamp or as complex as the ones used to operate the
starting and lighting systems. Checking the operation of switches is usually just a matter of testing for power going
into the switch and for power leaving the switch at the appropriate contacts when the switch is operated.
One of the most common type of switches is the pressure switch, a switch opened or closed by a fluid pressure. An
example of this type of switch is the charge pressure switch, a simple on/off device that opens (or closes) when oil
pressure rises or lowers past a preset value.

1z0o2004112126 4

FLASHERS

Flashers work automatically to interrupt and connect the flow of current.

In the flasher, a heating element warms a bimetallic strip. The strip bends, breaking contact with the power source.
When it cools, the bimetallic strip once again makes contact and the process begins again.

1z0o2004112127 5

RESISTANCE DEVICES

A number of electrical components alter or make use of electricity through their resistance to current flow. Resistors
are components which are generally used to regulate the supply of voltage and current to other electrical components.
In some cases, the purpose of resistance in an electrical circuit is to provide light or heat. Lamps and cigar lighters are
examples. Lamps convert electricity into light, and cigar lighters convert it into heat. Both lamps and lighters make
use of the same physical principle, that is Ohms Law.

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 7
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

The engine grid heater and heated cab mirrors are other examples of resistance devices designed to convert electricity
into heat.

1z0o2004112128 6

FLUID LEVEL SENDER

It operates by varying resistance through the movement of a float. An example is the fuel level sender.

1z0o2004112129 7

POTENTIOMETERS

Potentiometers are variable resistors which are dependant on mechanical movement, i.e. Lateral float movement, to
vary the resistance of the component and therefore alter the output voltage.
In order to verify the correct operation of a potentiometer, the resistance should be measured at the minimum and
maximum positions and a smooth and continuous change of resistance should be observed between. As the resis-
tance varies with temperature, the test specifications are usually given at 20 °C.

1z0o2004112130 8

POTENTIOMETER ADJUSTMENT

When installing potentiometers, it is important to ensure that they do not bottom out in either direction, to prevent
damage. Most potentiometers have slotted mounting holes to allow some adjustment. Before tightening the mounting
hardware, operate the attaching linkage fully in both directions to confirm proper potentiometer positioning.

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 8
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

The feeder angle sensor (1) and optional header stubble height potentiometers (not shown) require further adjustment
to provide proper HHC operation as follows:

A. Enter the InfoView™ monitor Diagnostic screen for the potentiometer.

B. Adjust the potentiometer so that the indicated voltage on the screen stays within a range of 2.5 - 7.5 V throughout
the normal operating motion of the potentiometer. In practice, this is most easily accomplished by raising the
feeder fully, and adjust the potentiometers so that the diagnostic screen indicates less than 7.5 V.

10004692_1097 9

ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES

In general, they use the magnetic field created by flowing current to move metal parts within the components.

RELAYS

The relay is an electromagnetic switch that uses a small amount of current to switch a larger amount on and off.
When the operator closes a switch, current flows through the relay’s control circuit. In this circuit there are windings
surrounding an iron core which is fixed in place.

1z0o2004112131 10
Current turns the iron core into an electromagnet. The core then attracts an arm which has a contact point on it. When
the point on the arm contacts the stationary point, current flows through the power circuit.
Relays are basically electrically operated switches. They are used to switch a circuit on/off in similar way to a manual
switch.
Two circuits are connected to the relay:

• A work circuit, which is switched on/off by the relay, and provides the supply for the equipment to be operated,
i.e., bulbs, solenoids, etc.;
• A control circuit, switched on/off by manual switches, used to operate the relay.

The part of the relay which is connected to the control circuit consists of the winding of an electro-magnet. When
the control circuit is switched off, the contacts are kept apart by a return spring. When the control circuit is switched
on, a current flows through the coil and a magnetic force is produced. This force, which is stronger than the spring
pressure, pulls the contacts of the relay together, causing the work circuit to operate.
A switch-relay system has two main advantages over a simple switch:

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 9
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

• The current that flows through the switch is not the same as all the current requested by the equipment to be
operated, but usually by a smaller current: this allows the usage of smaller and less expensive switches;
• The distance from the supply, to the equipment, can be made as short as possible to minimise voltage drop.

1z0o2004112132 11

There are five styles of relays used on the CX combine. The micro relay (1) is the most commonly used relay, and is
used on all but two locations on the fuse panel in the cab. One mini relay (2) is used in the top left position of the fuse
panel in the cab, while a time delay relay (3) is used in the top right position of the fuse panel for controlling the cab
interior light and side lights. The fourth style of relay is the start relay (4) which is located in the engine compartment.
The fifth style of relay is the grid heater relay (not shown) located on the engine.
On the relay cover there are 4 or 5 terminal markings:

• 3 or 30: input terminal direct from battery positive, normally live.

• 2 or 85: winding output terminal, usually to ground.
• 1 or 86: winding input terminal.
• 4 or 87: output terminal for normally closed contact.
• 5 or 87a: output terminal for normally open contact.

50004701 12

SOLENOIDS

Solenoids work in much the same way as relays, except that the iron core is not fixed in place. As a result, the
windings in the control circuit cause the iron core to move.
In the starting system, for example, the movement of this core is used to send large amounts of current to the starter
motor.
A solenoid is basically a winding around an iron core. In the centre of the core there is a plunger which is free to
move through the core. When an electrical current passes through the winding an electro-magnetic force is produced
which causes the plunger to move through the core. If the current is switched off, the magnetic force is stopped and
the plunger is returned by a spring.

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 10
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1z0o2004112133 13
The solenoid plunger may have different uses: the most common are moving a hydraulic spool or a mechanical lever.
The MOST COMMON FAULTS that can occur are:

• Short circuit winding: if a section of the winding allows the current to pass directly from positive (+) to negative
(-) terminals without passing through the winding, this will cause the relevant circuit fuse to blow.
• Broken winding: causing an open circuit, it will not allow the current to pass through the winding, so the solenoid
will not operate.
• Seized plunger (and/or connected components): the solenoid will only move the plunger if all components are
free to move.

PWM SOLENOID VALVES

Whenever it is necessary to provide proportional control to the solenoid valves, it is much better to use a principle
of operation called pulse width modulation (PWM). PWM is a variable DC voltage signal that is used to control the
solenoid valves. The voltage signal is pulsed on and off many times a second (at a constant frequency of 500 Hz) at
a constant supply voltage of 12 V.

1z0o2004112134 14
The CCM modules contain transistors that are supplied with a constant input voltage which is switched on and off
to achieve the variable input range. In this way the control module is able to limit the armature movement, so the
hydraulic output flow of the solenoid is proportional to the average DC voltage. The lower voltage also allows the
solenoid to operate with less residual magnetism and so the entire circuit will operate smoother.
The variable DC voltage signal level is determined by varying the duration of the ON pulse relative to the OFF pulse.
The ratio between the ON time and the cycle time is called duty cycle and is stated as a percentage of one complete
cycle.
Diagrams (1) to (3) show the normal operating range of the PWM valve, and diagram (4), shows the initial 12 V
programming and fill time only. The diagrams in column A show the voltage signal that is sent to the valve, whereas
column B shows the relevant spring pressure and column B the reading on a voltmeter connected to the solenoid
valve.
Diagram (1) shows the OFF position: no signal is directed to the valve, which means no spring pressure in the valve
at all and results in a zero voltage reading. Increasing the duty cycle causes some pressure to be made on the circuit
(Diagram (2)), which results in a voltmeter reading increase. Diagram (3), shows the maximum signal that is used
during the normal activity of the valve: its duty cycle is around 0.5, which results in a spring pressure for the half of
its run and in an indication of a 6 volt average DC current.
The electrical circuit to the solenoids can be checked by using a digital or analogue DC voltmeter, which will indicate
the average voltage readings.
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 11
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1z0o2004112135 15

SENSORS

A sensor is the primary component of a measurement chain that converts the input variable (temperature, capacitance,
reluctance) into a signal suitable for measurement. The relationship between the input variable and the measured
signal is a characteristic of the sensor.
In the above mentioned measurement chain the signal is filtered and treated in order to adapt it to its use. It consists
of three elements: the sensor itself; the converter, which converts the output signal from the sensor (in most of the
cases into an electric signal); and the conditioner, which transforms the output signal from the converter in the most
suitable form. Generally the term sensor indicates the entire measurement chain.

TEMPERATURE SENSORS

Generally based on a simple circuit with a thermistor. A thermistor is a resistor that changes its resistance according
to the temperature.
There are two groups of thermistors: NTC (Negative Temperature Coefficient) and PTC (positive Temperature Co-
efficient). In the first case the higher the temperature, the lower is the resistance, and for the PTC the higher the
temperature, the higher the resistance. The NTC are often used as sensors to indicate temperature change in fluids,
such as the engine coolant fluid.
An example of these type of senders is the coolant temperature sender. The changes in its resistance (which varies
with temperature) are relayed to the InfoView™ monitor, which operates the bargraph and the warning indicators
accordingly.

1z0o2004112136 16

PRESSURE SENDER

A pressure sender receives a supply signal and it varies it according to the (oil) pressure. An example is the oil
pressure sender, which receives a 5 volt signal and varies it according to the oil pressure. The appropriate module
keeps track of these variations and changes its readouts and warnings accordingly.

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 12
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1z0o2004112137 17

SPEED AND POSITION SENSORS

The speed and position sensors used on the CX combine are a 2-wire sensing device designed to work with a switch-
ing amplifier circuit in the module the sensor is attached to. The operation of this sensor is similar to that of a variable
resistor, which changes its impedance as metal approaches the sensor. When no metal is being sensed, the sensor
is in a low impedance state. When metal approaches the sensor, the impedance increases. The varying impedance
results in a current flow change that the module detects, and converts into a frequency for speed sensing or position
monitoring.
When installing a new sensor, adjust the sensor to obtain a clearance of 3 mm (1/8 in) to the target metal.

40011026 18

ELECTRONIC MODULES (CCM’s)

The electronic modules are the “black boxes" that provide control on many of the functions of the combine. These
functions may vary according to the options that are fitted on the combine.
Inside these “black boxes" there is a processor, the "thinking part" of the module, and inside some of them there is
one or more memories, which may allow the module to store calibration values, the configuration of the vehicle (which
optional tools or devices have been installed) and the error codes.

1z0o2004112138 19
A processor has a series of pins, which are electrical contacts. There are three main types of pins: for the inputs of
the signals, for the outputs and for the processor supply.
The processor, the memories and the link between them form the hardware of the module, its "physical" part.

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 13
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Then some software is needed, to handle the communication between the processor and the memories and to man-
age the various signals going into and out of the processor. The software is designed to operate in a different way for
every module, and is called functional code.
The electronic modules are often blamed as responsible for most of the problems of the modern vehicles, while they
are for certain among the most protected parts of the vehicle. In fact, the pins of the module are protected against
spikes (high pulses) of current, and the signals are filtered by the hardware and by the software in input and in output
to give the best handling of information.

1z0o2004112139 20

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Special tools (A.30.A - D.20.A.40)

EUROPE ONLY

Description Tool No.

Harness Repair Kit (Except North America) 294070
Test Probe Kit (Except North America) 297448
Pin removal tool, Bosch module connector 84021087
Deutsch Extraction Tool 84400044
Deutsch Contact Crimp Tool 84400045
Deutsch Retraction Tool, DT Series Wedge 84400046
Packard Contact Crimp Tool 84400047
Packard Terminal Removal Tool 84400048

NORTH AMERICA ONLY

FNH01000 Electrical Repair Tool Kit

20013704 1

Digital multimeter OEM 1428A.

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 14
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

55_3_55_3_01 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 15
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical symbol (A.30.A -

C.20.C.40)
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series
1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

Code Name Frame

Electronics
A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ELEC) FR-02
A-02 MAIN DISPLAY MODULE (MDM) FR-24
A-03 SHAFT SPEED MONITOR (SSM) FR-24
A-04 RADIO FR-46
A-05 FLASHER MODULE FR-32
A-06 THERMOSTAT MODULE
A-07 HHC MODULE (EMR-OBE) FR-18
A-09 HVAC CONTROL MODULE FR-42
A-10 DATA LOGGER (DLU) FR-25
A-11 GPS MODULE (DGPS) FR-25

Sensors
B-01 DRUM RPM FR-06
B-02 LATERAL INCLINATION FR-14
B-03 ENGINE OIL TEMP (IVECO) FR-05
B-04 ROTARY SEPARATOR RPM (CX) FR-14
B-05 STRAW WALKER PROTECT (CX) FR-15
B-06 LEFT RETURNS RPM FR-14
B-07 AIR FILTER PRESSURE FR-05
B-08 CLEAN GRAIN ELEVATOR RPM FR-14
B-09 REVERSER DISENGAGED FR-11
B-10 CHOPPER RPM FR-07
B-11 SWATH PLATE POSITION FR-15
B-12 MOISTURE SENSOR FR-19
B-13 STRAW WALKER RPM (CX) FR-06
B-15 REEL RPM FR-09
B-16 CLEANING FAN RPM FR-11
B-17 GROUND SPEED RPM FR-09
B-18 HYD OIL RESERVOIR TEMP FR-15
B-21 SIEVES LOSS FR-15
B-22 REAR LADDER FR-15
B-23 CHOPPER SPREADER HOOD FR-15
B-25 AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR (ATC) FR-47
B-26 CAB TEMP SENSOR (ATC) FR-47
B-27 OUTLET TEMP SENSOR (ATC) FR-47
B-28 EVAPORATOR TEMP SENSOR (ATC) FR-47
B-29 HEADER LIFT PRESSURE FR-18
B-30 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE FR-05
B-31 COOLANT TEMP (MECHANICAL) FR-05
B-32 GEARBOX TEMPERATURE FR-15
B-33 LEFT WALKER LOSS (CX) FR-07
B-34 RIGHT WALKER LOSS (CX) FR-07
B-35 LOW CONTROL PRESSURE FR-07
B-36 SOLAR SENSOR (ATC) FR-47
B-37 TRANS SHIFT POSITION FR-09
B-38 UNLOAD CRADLE FR-15
B-39 RIGHT RETURNS RPM FR-14
B-40 FUEL TEMP FR-04
B-41 AIR TEMP / BOOST PRESS FR-04
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 16
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

B-42 COOLANT TEMP (ELECTR) FR-04
B-43 FLYWHEEL RPM FR-04
B-45 GEARBOX CLUTCH TEMP FR-07
B-46 HYDROSTAT MOTOR TEMP FR-11
B-47 COVERS CLOSED FR-13

Lights
E-01 LH HEADER FLASHING LAMP FR-33
E-02 RH HEADER FLASHING LAMP FR-33
E-03 LH FRONT HAZARD LAMP FR-33
E-04 LH FRONT HAZARD LAMP FR-33
E-05 LH REAR FLASHING LAMP FR-34
E-06 RH REAR FLASHING LAMP FR-34
E-07 LH NASO FLASHING LAMP FR-32
E-08 RH NASO FLASHING LAMP FR-32
E-09 TURN INDICATOR FR-32
E-10 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR FR-32
E-11 LH BRAKE / MARKER LAMP FR-34
E-12 RH BRAKE / MARKER LAMP FR-34
E-13 LH ROAD LIGHT FR-36
E-14 RH ROAD LIGHT FR-36
E-15 LH CAB OUTER WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-16 RH CAB OUTER WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-17 LH CAB INNER WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-18 RH CAB INNER WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-19 LH CAB MID WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-20 RH CAB MID WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-21 LH HEADER LIGHT FR-40
E-22 RH HEADER LIGHT FR-40
E-23 LH LOWER WORK LIGHT FR-40
E-24 RH LOWER WORK LIGHT FR-40
E-25 LH SIDE WORK LIGHT FR-44
E-26 RH SIDE WORK LIGHT FR-44
E-27 LH REAR WORK LIGHT FR-38
E-28 RH REAR WORK LIGHT FR-38
E-29 UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT FR-40
E-30 GRAIN TANK LIGHT FR-40
E-31 LH FRONT BEACON FR-39
E-32 RH FRONT BEACON FR-39
E-33 REAR BEACON FR-39
E-34 DOME LIGHT FR-36
E-35 CONSOLE LIGHT FR-42
E-36 COLD START INDICATOR FR-03
E-37 SIEVE LIGHT FR-46

Fuses
F-01 ECU POWER FUSE FR-03
F-02 ACCESSORY 2 FUSE FR-46
F-03 ACCESSORY 1 FUSE FR-45
F-04 WIPER FUSE FR-45
F-05 CIGAR LIGHTER FUSE FR-45
F-06 LH CAB WORK LTS FUSE FR-41
F-07 RH CAB WORK LTS FUSE FR-41
F-08 ACCESSORY OUTLET FUSE FR-45
F-09 WASHER / MIRROR FUSE FR-45
F-10 ACCESSORY SOCKET FUSE FR-45
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 17
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

F-11 RADIO FUSE FR-46
F-12 GPS POWER FUSE FR-46
F-13 TRANSCEIVER POWER FUSE FR-46
F-14 SERVICE LTS FUSE FR-46
F-16 SEAT PUMP FUSE FR-44
F-17 SEPARATOR BLOWER FUSE FR-48
F-18 MAIN BLOWER FUSE FR-48
F-19 A/C CLUTCH FUSE FR-48
F-22 SHOE LEVELING MOTOR FUSE FR-11
F-23 THROTTLE / BRUSH FUSE FR-04
F-24 FAN / REVERSER FUSE FR-13
F-25 TRANSMISSION SHIFT FUSE FR-09
F-26 CROSS AUGER TENT FUSE FR-17
F-27 SIEVE / CHOPPER FUSE FR-16
F-28 FUEL PUMP FUSE FR-05
F-29 DISTANCE WORK LTS FUSE FR-41
F-30 HEADER WORK LTS FUSE FR-40
F-31 CAB ROOF WORK LTS FUSE FR-41
F-32 HIGH BEAM FUSE FR-36
F-33 LOW BEAM FUSE FR-36
F-34 LH MARKER LIGHTS FUSE FR-33
F-35 RH MARKER LIGHTS FUSE FR-33
F-36 CCM-2A FUSE FR-21
F-37 CCM-2B FUSE FR-21
F-38 KEY SWITCH FUSE FR-24
F-39 MEMORY (KAPWR) FR-23
F-40 CCM-1 POWER FUSE FR-23
F-41 CCM-2 POWER FUSE FR-23
F-42 CCM-3 / CAB POWER FUSE FR-23
F-43 CCM-1A FUSE FR-20
F-44 CCM-1B FUSE FR-22
F-45 HHC MODULE FUSE FR-18
F-47 CCM-3 FUSE FR-20
F-48 RH CONSOLE FUSE FR-27
F-49 CAB FUSE FR-42
F-50 SIDE LTS FUSE FR-40
F-51 HORN / MARKER LTS FUSE FR-35
F-52 DOME / BRAKE LT FUSE FR-36
F-53 BEACON LTS FUSE FR-39
F-54 LOWER WORK LTS FUSE FR-40
F-55 REAR WORK LTS FUSE FR-38
F-56 HAZARD LIGHTS FUSE FR-32

Generators
G-01 ALTERNATOR FR-02
G-02 12V SYSTEM BATTERIES (BAS) FR-02
G-03 24V SYSTEM BATTERIES (IVEC) FR-01

Audio
H-01 AUDIO ALARM FR-28
H-02 HORN FR-35
H-04 REAR LEFT SPEAKER FR-46
H-05 FRONT LEFT SPEAKER FR-46
H-06 REAR RIGHT SPEAKER FR-46
H-07 FRONT RIGHT SPEAKER FR-46
H-08 BACK UP ALARM FR-20
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 18
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

Outlets
J-01 RH FT SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-02 LH FT SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-03 RH SIDE SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-04 LH SIDE SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-05 ENGINE SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-06 ACCESSORY SOCKET FR-45
J-07 TRANSCEIVER POWER OUTLET FR-46
J-08 ACCESSORY OUTLET FR-45
J-09 TRAILER OUTLET FR-34

Relays
K-01 CAB ROOF WORK LTS RELAY FR-41
K-03 ACCESSORY 2 RELAY FR-46
K-04 HIGH BEAM RELAY FR-36
K-05 LOW BEAM RELAY FR-36
K-06 WIPER RELAY FR-45
K-07 FUEL PUMP RELAY FR-05
K-08 ACCESSORY 1 RELAY FR-45
K-09 SEPARATOR BLOWER RELAY FR-48
K-10 A/C CLUTCH RELAY FR-48
K-11 MAIN BLOWER RELAY HIGH FR-48
K-12 MAIN BLOWER RELAY MED FR-48
K-13 MAIN BLOWER RELAY LOW FR-48
K-14 ECU POWER RELAY FR-03
K-15 THROTTLE / BRUSH RELAY FR-04
K-16 CONCAVE / COVERS RELAY FR-13
K-17 FAN / REVERSER RELAY FR-12
K-18 UPPER / LOWER SIEVE RELAY FR-16
K-19 CHOPPER / SPREADER RELAY FR-17
K-20 TIME DELAY MODULE FR-36
K-21 DISTANCE WORK LTS RELAY FR-41
K-22 HEADER WORK LTS RELAY FR-40
K-23 NEUTRAL START RELAY FR-02
K-24 CCM-1 POWER RELAY FR-23
K-25 CCM-2 POWER RELAY FR-23
K-26 CCM-3 / CAB POWER RELAY FR-23
K-28 THRESHING LATCHING FR-27
K-29 BEACON LIGHTS RELAY FR-39
K-30 LOWER WORK LTS RELAY FR-40
K-31 REAR WORK LTS RELAY FR-38
K-32 UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT RELAY FR-40
K-33 BRAKE LIGHTS RELAY FR-36
K-34 LH SIDE WORK LIGHT RELAY FR-44
K-35 RH SIDE WORK LIGHT RELAY FR-44
K-36 START RELAY FR-02
K-37 GRID HEATER RELAY (BAS) FR-03
K-38 24V START RELAY (IVECO) FR-01
K-39 GRID HEATER RELAY (IVECO) FR-03

Solenoids
L-01 NEUTRAL LOCK SOLENOID FR-28
L-02 FUEL SOLENOID (MECHANICAL) FR-02
L-03 UNLOAD TUBE IN FR-21
L-04 UNLOAD TUBE OUT FR-21
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 19
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

L-05 FOOT AND INCH FR-22
L-06 HDR HEIGHT ACCUMULATOR FR-19
L-07 A/C CLUTCH FR-48
L-08 UNLOAD TUBE CLUTCH FR-21
L-09 FUEL INJECTION PUMP FR-04
L-10 PARK BRAKE DISENGAGE FR-21
L-13 REEL DOWN FR-22
L-14 REEL UP FR-22
L-15 REEL AFT FR-22
L-16 REEL FORE FR-22
L-17 REEL DRIVE FR-21
L-18 LATERAL FLOAT CW FR-19
L-19 LATERAL FLOAT CCW FR-19
L-20 FEEDER JOG FORWARD FR-22
L-21 FEEDER JOG REVERSE FR-22
L-22 GEARBOX CLUTCH FR-26
L-23 GROUND SPEED HYDROSTATE FR-26
L-24 FEEDER CLUTCH FR-26
L-26 REAR WHEEL ASSIST FR-20
L-27 DUAL RANGE FR-22
L-28 CHAFF SPREADER FR-20
L-29 DRUM INCREASE FR-21
L-30 DRUM DECREASE FR-21

Motors
M-01 12V STARTER (BASILDON) FR-02
M-02 TRANSMISSION SHIFT MOTOR FR-09
M-03 SHOE LEVELLING ACTUATOR FR-11
M-04 CONCAVE CLEARANCE MOTOR FR-13
M-05 CLEANING FAN ADJUST MOTOR FR-12
M-06 UPPER SIEVE ACUATOR FR-16
M-07 LOWER SIEVE ACTUATOR FR-16
M-08 CROSS AUGER TENT MOTOR FR-17
M-09 REEL SPEED MOTOR FR-09
M-10 FEEDER REVERSER ACTUATOR FR-12
M-11 SPREADER PLATE MOTOR FR-17
M-12 COVERS MOTOR FR-13
M-13 THROTTLE ACTUATOR (MECH) FR-04
M-15 COLD BOX DOOR MOTOR (ATC) FR-47
M-16 WATER VALVE MOTOR FR-47
M-17 MAIN BLOWER MOTOR FR-48
M-18 SEPARATOR BLOWER MOTOR FR-48
M-19 RH MIRROR UP / DOWN FR-43
M-20 RH MIRROR IN / OUT FR-43
M-21 LH MIRROR UP / DOWN FR-43
M-22 LH MIRROR IN / OUT FR-43
M-23 FUEL PUMP FR-05
M-24 WIPER WASHER MOTOR FR-44
M-25 WIPER MOTOR FR-45
M-26 SEAT PUMP MOTOR FR-44
M-27 ROTARY SCREEN BRUSH FR-04
M-28 SAMPLE MOTOR FR-19
M-29 24V STARTER (IVECO) FR-01
M-30 GERMAN MIRROR UP / DOWN FR-43
M-31 GERMAN MIRROR IN / OUT FR-43

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 20
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

Resistive
R-01 FUEL LEVEL FR-06
R-02 LATERAL FLOAT POT FR-11
R-03 FEEDER ANGLE POT FR-18
R-04 GROUND SPEED POT FR-28
R-05 YIELD SENSOR FR-19
R-07 ENGINE GRID HEATER (BAS) FR-03
R-08 CIGAR LIGHTER FR-45
R-09 ENGINE GRID HEATER (IVECO) FR-03
R-10 RH MIRROR HEAT FR-43
R-11 LH MIRROR HEAT FR-43
R-12 LH STUBBLE HEIGHT FR-18
R-13 RH STUBBLE HEIGHT FR-18
R-14 GERMAN MIRROR HEAT FR-43

Switches
S-01 12V BATTERY SWITCH (BAS) FR-02
S-02 KEY SWITCH FR-24
S-03 MULTIFUNCTION HANDLE FR-28
S-04 HEADER HEIGHT MODE FR-28
S-05 SEAT SWITCH FR-42
S-06 HHC FINE ADJUST FR-28
S-07 FEEDER REVERSER FR-30
S-08 REEL SPEED MODE FR-30
S-09 PARK BRAKE FR-29
S-10 REAR WHEEL ASSIST FR-29
S-11 DUAL RANGE FR-29
S-12 ON THE ROAD SWITCH FR-29
S-13 UPPER SIEVE FR-31
S-14 LOWER SIEVE FR-31
S-15 FAN SPEED FR-31
S-16 CONCAVE CLEARANCE FR-31
S-17 DRUM SPEED FR-31
S-19 MIRROR HEAT SWITCH FR-43
S-20 WIPER SWITCH FR-45
S-21 ALTERNATE SETTINGS FR-30
S-22 NEUTRAL SWITCH FR-27
S-23 SPREADER PLATE FR-30
S-24 GEAR SELECT FR-28
S-25 HAZARD SWITCH FR-32
S-26 ROAD LIGHT SWITCH FR-35
S-27 MIRROR ADJUST SWITCH FR-43
S-28 GRAIN BIN 3/4 FULL FR-06
S-29 GRAIN BIN FULL FR-06
S-30 THRESHER ENGAGE FR-27
S-31 FEEDER ENGAGE FR-27
S-32 RETURNS FILTER BYPASS FR-15
S-33 HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR LEVEL FR-07
S-34 GEARBOX FILTER BYPASS FR-15
S-35 UPPER SIEVE REAR ADJUST FR-16
S-36 ENGINE THROTTLE FR-28
S-37 CHARGE PRESSURE FR-07
S-38 WASHER SWITCH FR-44
S-39 BRAKE PRESSURE FR-06
S-40 LH DOOR SWITCH FR-36
S-41 BEACON LIGHT SWITCH FR-42
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 21
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

S-42 TANK EXTENSIONS SWITCH FR-42
S-43 WORK LIGHT SWITCH FR-42
S-44 REAR WORK LIGHT SWITCH FR-42
S-45 SEAT ADJUST SWITCH FR-44
S-46 LOWER SIEVE REAR ADJUST FR-16
S-47 A/C HIGH PRESSURE FR-48
S-48 A/C LOW PRESSURE FR-48
S-49 UP LIMIT SWITCH FR-44
S-50 DOWN LIMIT SWITCH FR-44
S-51 VERTICAL KNIVES FR-30
S-52 24V BATTERY SWITCH (IVECO) FR-01
S-53 FREEZE SWITCH FR-47
S-54 SIEVE LIGHT SWITCH FR-46
S-55 LH BRAKE WEAR SWITCH FR-14
S-56 RH BRAKE WEAR SWITCH FR-14
S-57 MIRROR SELECT SWITCH (D) FR-43
S-58 ENGINE OIL TEMP SWITCH (BAS) FR-05

Splice Blocks
W-01 SPLICE BLOCK A FR-29
W-02 SPLICE BLOCK B FR-29
W-03 SPLICE BLOCK C FR-42
W-04 SPLICE BLOCK D FR-06
W-05 SPLICE BLOCK E FR-14
W-06 SPLICE BLOCK F FR-30

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 22
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical symbol (A.30.A -

C.20.C.40)
CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX840 Series
1238 - 1281, CX860 Series 1238 - 1281, CX880 Series 1238 - 1281

Code Name Frame

Electronics
A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ELEC) FR-02
A-02 MAIN DISPLAY MODULE (MDM) FR-24
A-03 SHAFT SPEED MONITOR (SSM) FR-24
A-04 RADIO FR-46
A-05 FLASHER MODULE FR-32
A-06 THERMOSTAT MODULE
A-07 HHC MODULE (EMR-OBE) FR-18
A-09 HVAC CONTROL MODULE FR-42
A-10 DATA LOGGER (DLU) FR-25
A-11 GPS MODULE (DGPS) FR-25

Sensors
B-01 DRUM RPM FR-06
B-02 LATERAL INCLINATION FR-14
B-03 ENGINE OIL TEMP (IVECO) FR-05
B-04 ROTARY SEPARATOR RPM (CX) FR-14
B-06 LEFT RETURNS RPM FR-14
B-07 AIR FILTER PRESSURE FR-05
B-08 CLEAN GRAIN ELEVATOR RPM FR-14
B-09 REVERSER DISENGAGED FR-11
B-10 CHOPPER RPM FR-07
B-11 SWATH PLATE POSITION FR-15
B-12 MOISTURE SENSOR FR-19
B-13 STRAW WALKER RPM (CX) FR-06
B-15 REEL RPM FR-09
B-16 CLEANING FAN RPM FR-11
B-17 GROUND SPEED RPM FR-09
B-18 HYD OIL RESERVOIR TEMP FR-15
B-21 SIEVES LOSS FR-15
B-22 REAR LADDER FR-15
B-25 AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR (ATC) FR-47
B-26 CAB TEMP SENSOR (ATC) FR-47
B-27 OUTLET TEMP SENSOR (ATC) FR-47
B-28 EVAPORATOR TEMP SENSOR (ATC) FR-47
B-29 HEADER LIFT PRESSURE FR-18
B-30 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE FR-05
B-31 COOLANT TEMP (MECHANICAL) FR-05
B-32 GEARBOX TEMPERATURE FR-15
B-33 LEFT WALKER LOSS (CX) FR-07
B-34 RIGHT WALKER LOSS (CX) FR-07
B-35 LOW CONTROL PRESSURE FR-07
B-36 SOLAR SENSOR (ATC) FR-47
B-37 TRANS SHIFT POSITION FR-09
B-38 UNLOAD CRADLE FR-15
B-39 RIGHT RETURNS RPM FR-14
B-40 FUEL TEMP FR-04
B-41 AIR TEMP / BOOST PRESS FR-04
B-42 COOLANT TEMP (ELECTR) FR-04
B-43 FLYWHEEL RPM FR-04
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 23
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

B-45 GEARBOX CLUTCH TEMP FR-07
B-46 HYDROSTAT MOTOR TEMP FR-11
B-47 COVERS OPEN FR-13

Lights
E-01 LH HEADER FLASHING LAMP FR-33
E-02 RH HEADER FLASHING LAMP FR-33
E-03 LH FRONT HAZARD LAMP FR-33
E-04 LH FRONT HAZARD LAMP FR-33
E-05 LH REAR FLASHING LAMP FR-34
E-06 RH REAR FLASHING LAMP FR-34
E-07 LH NASO FLASHING LAMP FR-32
E-08 RH NASO FLASHING LAMP FR-32
E-09 TURN INDICATOR FR-32
E-10 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR FR-32
E-11 LH BRAKE / MARKER LAMP FR-34
E-12 RH BRAKE / MARKER LAMP FR-34
E-13 LH ROAD LIGHT FR-36
E-14 RH ROAD LIGHT FR-36
E-15 LH CAB OUTER WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-16 RH CAB OUTER WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-17 LH CAB INNER WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-18 RH CAB INNER WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-19 LH CAB MID WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-20 RH CAB MID WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-21 LH HEADER LIGHT FR-40
E-22 RH HEADER LIGHT FR-40
E-23 LH LOWER WORK LIGHT FR-40
E-24 RH LOWER WORK LIGHT FR-40
E-25 LH SIDE WORK LIGHT FR-44
E-26 RH SIDE WORK LIGHT FR-44
E-27 LH REAR WORK LIGHT FR-38
E-28 RH REAR WORK LIGHT FR-38
E-29 UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT FR-40
E-30 GRAIN TANK LIGHT FR-40
E-31 LH FRONT BEACON FR-39
E-32 RH FRONT BEACON FR-39
E-33 REAR BEACON FR-39
E-34 DOME LIGHT FR-36
E-35 CONSOLE LIGHT FR-42
E-36 COLD START INDICATOR FR-03
E-37 SIEVE LIGHT FR-46
E-38 CENTER WORK LIGHT FR-40

Fuses
F-01 ECU POWER FUSE FR-03
F-02 ACCESSORY 2 FUSE FR-46
F-03 ACCESSORY 1 FUSE FR-45
F-04 WIPER FUSE FR-45
F-05 CIGAR LIGHTER FUSE FR-45
F-06 LH CAB WORK LTS FUSE FR-41
F-07 RH CAB WORK LTS FUSE FR-41
F-08 ACCESSORY OUTLET FUSE FR-45
F-09 WASHER / MIRROR FUSE FR-45
F-10 ACCESSORY SOCKET FUSE FR-45
F-11 RADIO FUSE FR-46

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 24
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

F-12 GPS POWER FUSE FR-46
F-13 TRANSCEIVER POWER FUSE FR-46
F-14 SERVICE LTS FUSE FR-46
F-15 SERVICE SOCKETS FUSE FR-39
F-16 SEAT PUMP FUSE FR-44
F-17 SEPARATOR BLOWER FUSE FR-48
F-18 MAIN BLOWER FUSE FR-48
F-19 A/C CLUTCH FUSE FR-48
F-20 LH MARKER LIGHTS FUSE FR-34
F-21 RH MARKER LIGHTS FUSE FR-34
F-22 SHOE LEVELING MOTOR FUSE FR-11
F-23 THROTTLE / BRUSH FUSE FR-04
F-24 FAN / REVERSER FUSE FR-13
F-25 TRANSMISSION SHIFT FUSE FR-09
F-26 CROSS AUGER TENT FUSE FR-17
F-27 SIEVE / SPREADER FUSE FR-16
F-28 FUEL PUMP FUSE FR-05
F-29 DISTANCE WORK LTS FUSE FR-41
F-30 HEADER WORK LTS FUSE FR-40
F-31 CAB ROOF WORK LTS FUSE FR-41
F-32 HIGH BEAM FUSE FR-36
F-33 LOW BEAM FUSE FR-36
F-36 CCM-2A FUSE FR-21
F-37 CCM-2B FUSE FR-21
F-38 KEY SWITCH FUSE FR-24
F-39 MEMORY (KAPWR) FR-23
F-40 CCM-1 POWER FUSE FR-23
F-41 CCM-2 POWER FUSE FR-23
F-42 CCM-3 / CAB POWER FUSE FR-23
F-43 CCM-1A FUSE FR-20
F-44 CCM-1B FUSE FR-22
F-45 HHC MODULE FUSE FR-18
F-47 CCM-3 FUSE FR-20
F-48 RH CONSOLE FUSE FR-27
F-49 CAB FUSE FR-42
F-50 SIDE LTS FUSE FR-40
F-51 HORN / MARKER LTS FUSE FR-35
F-52 DOME / BRAKE LT FUSE FR-36
F-53 BEACON LTS FUSE FR-39
F-54 LOWER WORK LTS FUSE FR-40
F-55 REAR WORK LTS FUSE FR-38
F-56 HAZARD LIGHTS FUSE FR-32

Generators
G-01 ALTERNATOR FR-02
G-02 FRONT BATTERY FR-02
G-03 REAR BATTERY FR-01

Audio
H-01 AUDIO ALARM FR-28
H-02 HORN FR-35
H-04 REAR LEFT SPEAKER FR-46
H-05 FRONT LEFT SPEAKER FR-46
H-06 REAR RIGHT SPEAKER FR-46
H-07 FRONT RIGHT SPEAKER FR-46
H-08 BACK UP ALARM FR-20

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 25
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

Outlets
J-01 RH FT SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-02 LH FT SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-03 RH SIDE SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-04 LH SIDE SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-05 ENGINE SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-06 ACCESSORY SOCKET FR-45
J-07 TRANSCEIVER POWER OUTLET FR-46
J-08 ACCESSORY OUTLET FR-45
J-09 TRAILER OUTLET FR-34

Relays
K-01 CAB ROOF WORK LTS RELAY FR-41
K-03 ACCESSORY 2 RELAY FR-46
K-04 HIGH BEAM RELAY FR-36
K-05 LOW BEAM RELAY FR-36
K-06 WIPER RELAY FR-45
K-07 FUEL PUMP RELAY FR-05
K-08 ACCESSORY 1 RELAY FR-45
K-09 SEPARATOR BLOWER RELAY FR-48
K-10 A/C CLUTCH RELAY FR-48
K-11 MAIN BLOWER RELAY HIGH FR-48
K-12 MAIN BLOWER RELAY MED FR-48
K-13 MAIN BLOWER RELAY LOW FR-48
K-14 ECU POWER RELAY FR-03
K-15 THROTTLE / BRUSH RELAY FR-04
K-16 CONCAVE / COVERS RELAY FR-13
K-17 FAN / REVERSER RELAY FR-12
K-18 UPPER / LOWER SIEVE RELAY FR-16
K-20 TIME DELAY MODULE FR-36
K-21 DISTANCE WORK LTS RELAY FR-41
K-22 HEADER WORK LTS RELAY FR-40
K-23 NEUTRAL START RELAY FR-02
K-24 CCM-1 POWER RELAY FR-23
K-25 CCM-2 POWER RELAY FR-23
K-26 CCM-3 / CAB POWER RELAY FR-23
K-28 THRESHING LATCHING FR-27
K-29 BEACON LIGHTS RELAY FR-39
K-30 LOWER WORK LTS RELAY FR-40
K-31 REAR WORK LTS RELAY FR-38
K-32 UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT RELAY FR-40
K-33 BRAKE LIGHTS RELAY FR-36
K-34 LH SIDE WORK LIGHT RELAY FR-44
K-35 RH SIDE WORK LIGHT RELAY FR-44
K-36 START RELAY FR-02
K-37 GRID HEATER RELAY (BAS) FR-03
K-38 24V START RELAY (IVECO) FR-01
K-39 GRID HEATER RELAY (IVECO) FR-03

Solenoids
L-01 NEUTRAL LOCK SOLENOID FR-28
L-02 FUEL SOLENOID (MECHANICAL) FR-02
L-03 UNLOAD TUBE IN FR-21
L-04 UNLOAD TUBE OUT FR-21
L-05 FOOT AND INCH FR-22
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 26
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

L-06 HDR HEIGHT ACCUMULATOR FR-19
L-07 A/C CLUTCH FR-48
L-08 UNLOAD TUBE CLUTCH FR-21
L-09 FUEL INJECTION PUMP FR-04
L-10 PARK BRAKE DISENGAGE FR-21
L-13 REEL DOWN FR-22
L-14 REEL UP FR-22
L-15 REEL AFT FR-22
L-16 REEL FORE FR-22
L-17 REEL DRIVE FR-21
L-18 LATERAL FLOAT CW FR-19
L-19 LATERAL FLOAT CCW FR-19
L-20 FEEDER JOG FORWARD FR-22
L-21 FEEDER JOG REVERSE FR-22
L-22 GEARBOX CLUTCH FR-26
L-23 GROUND SPEED HYDROSTATE FR-26
L-24 FEEDER CLUTCH FR-26
L-26 REAR WHEEL ASSIST FR-20
L-27 DUAL RANGE FR-22
L-28 CHAFF SPREADER / BLOWER FR-20
L-29 DRUM INCREASE FR-21
L-30 DRUM DECREASE FR-21

Motors
M-01 12V STARTER (BASILDON) FR-02
M-02 TRANSMISSION SHIFT MOTOR FR-09
M-03 SHOE LEVELING ACTUATOR FR-11
M-04 CONCAVE CLEARANCE MOTOR FR-13
M-05 CLEANING FAN ADJUST MOTOR FR-12
M-06 UPPER SIEVE ACUATOR FR-16
M-07 LOWER SIEVE ACTUATOR FR-16
M-08 CROSS AUGER TENT MOTOR FR-17
M-09 REEL SPEED MOTOR FR-09
M-10 FEEDER REVERSER ACTUATOR FR-12
M-11 SPREADER PLATE MOTOR FR-17
M-12 COVERS MOTOR FR-13
M-13 THROTTLE ACTUATOR (MECH) FR-04
M-15 COLD BOX DOOR MOTOR (ATC) FR-47
M-16 WATER VALVE MOTOR FR-47
M-17 MAIN BLOWER MOTOR FR-48
M-18 SEPARATOR BLOWER MOTOR FR-48
M-19 RH MIRROR UP / DOWN FR-43
M-20 RH MIRROR IN / OUT FR-43
M-21 LH MIRROR UP / DOWN FR-43
M-22 LH MIRROR IN / OUT FR-43
M-23 FUEL PUMP FR-05
M-24 WIPER WASHER MOTOR FR-44
M-25 WIPER MOTOR FR-45
M-26 SEAT PUMP MOTOR FR-44
M-27 ROTARY SCREEN BRUSH FR-04
M-28 SAMPLE MOTOR FR-19
M-29 24V STARTER (IVECO) FR-01
M-30 GERMAN MIRROR UP / DOWN FR-43
M-31 GERMAN MIRROR IN / OUT FR-43

Resistive
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 27
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

R-01 FUEL LEVEL FR-06
R-02 LATERAL FLOAT POT FR-11
R-03 FEEDER ANGLE POT FR-18
R-04 GROUND SPEED POT FR-28
R-05 YIELD SENSOR FR-19
R-06 CONCAVE POSITION FR-14
R-07 ENGINE GRID HEATER (BAS) FR-03
R-08 CIGAR LIGHTER FR-45
R-09 ENGINE GRID HEATER (IVECO) FR-03
R-10 RH MIRROR HEAT FR-43
R-11 LH MIRROR HEAT FR-43
R-12 LH STUBBLE HEIGHT FR-18
R-13 RH STUBBLE HEIGHT FR-18
R-14 GERMAN MIRROR HEAT FR-43

Switches
S-01 12V BATTERY SWITCH (BAS) FR-02
S-02 KEY SWITCH FR-24
S-03 MULTIFUNCTION HANDLE FR-28
S-04 HEADER HEIGHT MODE FR-28
S-05 SEAT SWITCH FR-42
S-06 HHC FINE ADJUST FR-28
S-07 FEEDER REVERSER FR-30
S-08 REEL SPEED MODE FR-30
S-09 PARK BRAKE FR-29
S-10 REAR WHEEL ASSIST FR-29
S-11 DUAL RANGE FR-29
S-12 ON THE ROAD SWITCH FR-29
S-13 UPPER SIEVE FR-31
S-14 LOWER SIEVE FR-31
S-15 FAN SPEED FR-31
S-16 CONCAVE CLEARANCE FR-31
S-17 DRUM SPEED FR-31
S-19 MIRROR HEAT SWITCH FR-43
S-20 WIPER SWITCH FR-45
S-21 ALTERNATE SETTINGS FR-30
S-22 NEUTRAL SWITCH FR-27
S-23 SPREADER PLATE FR-30
S-24 GEAR SELECT FR-28
S-25 HAZARD SWITCH FR-32
S-26 ROAD LIGHT SWITCH FR-35
S-27 MIRROR ADJUST SWITCH FR-43
S-28 GRAIN BIN 3/4 FULL FR-06
S-29 GRAIN BIN FULL FR-06
S-30 THRESHER ENGAGE FR-27
S-31 FEEDER ENGAGE FR-27
S-32 RETURNS FILTER BYPASS FR-15
S-33 HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR LEVEL FR-07
S-34 GEARBOX FILTER BYPASS FR-15
S-35 UPPER SIEVE REAR ADJUST FR-16
S-36 ENGINE THROTTLE FR-28
S-37 CHARGE PRESSURE FR-07
S-38 WASHER SWITCH FR-44
S-39 BRAKE PRESSURE FR-06
S-40 LH DOOR SWITCH FR-36
S-41 BEACON LIGHT SWITCH FR-42
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 28
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

S-42 TANK EXTENSIONS SWITCH FR-42
S-43 WORK LIGHT SWITCH FR-42
S-44 REAR WORK LIGHT SWITCH FR-42
S-45 SEAT ADJUST SWITCH FR-44
S-46 LOWER SIEVE REAR ADJUST FR-16
S-47 A/C HIGH PRESSURE FR-48
S-48 A/C LOW PRESSURE FR-48
S-51 VERTICAL KNIVES FR-30
S-52 24V BATTERY SWITCH (IVECO) FR-01
S-53 FREEZE SWITCH FR-47
S-54 SIEVE LIGHT SWITCH FR-46
S-55 LH BRAKE WEAR SWITCH FR-14
S-56 RH BRAKE WEAR SWITCH FR-14
S-57 MIRROR SELECT SWITCH (D) FR-43
S-58 ENGINE OIL TEMP SWITCH (BAS) FR-05
S-59 STRAW WALKER PROTECT (CX) FR-15
S-60 CHOPPER PROTECTION (CX) FR-15

Splice Blocks
W-01 SPLICE BLOCK A FR-29
W-02 SPLICE BLOCK B FR-29
W-03 SPLICE BLOCK C FR-42
W-06 SPLICE BLOCK F FR-30

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 29
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical symbol (A.30.A -

C.20.C.40)
CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX740 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX840 Series
1282 - 1347, CX860 Series 1282 - 1347, CX880 Series 1282 - 1347

Code Name Frame

Electronics
A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ELEC) FR-03
A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ELEC) FR-04
A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ELEC) FR-25
A-02 MAIN DISPLAY MODULE (MDM) FR-24
A-03 SHAFT SPEED MONITOR (SSM) FR-24
A-04 RADIO FR-46
A-05 FLASHER MODULE FR-32
A-05 FLASHER MODULE FR-35
A-06 THERMOSTAT MODULE
A-07 HHC MODULE (EMR-OBE) FR-18
A-07 HHC MODULE (EMR-OBE) FR-19
A-07 HHC MODULE (EMR-OBE) FR-25
A-09 HVAC CONTROL MODULE FR-42
A-09 HVAC CONTROL MODULE FR-47
A-09 HVAC CONTROL MODULE FR-48
A-10 DATA LOGGER (DLU) FR-25
A-11 GPS MODULE (DGPS) FR-25

Sensors
B-01 DRUM RPM FR-07
B-02 LATERAL INCLINATION FR-14
B-03 ENGINE OIL TEMP (IVECO) FR-06
B-04 ROTARY SEPARATOR RPM FR-14
B-05 ENGINE FLYWHEEL RPM (IVECO) FR-05
B-06 LEFT RETURNS RPM FR-14
B-07 ENGINE CAMSHAFT RPM (IVECO) FR-05
B-08 CLEAN GRAIN ELEVATOR RPM FR-14
B-09 REVERSER DISENGAGED FR-11
B-10 CHOPPER RPM FR-08
B-11 SWATH PLATE POSITION FR-15
B-12 MOISTURE SENSOR FR-19
B-13 STRAW WALKER RPM FR-07
B-15 REEL RPM FR-09
B-16 CLEANING FAN RPM FR-11
B-17 GROUND SPEED RPM FR-09
B-18 HYDRAULIC OIL RESERVOIR TEMP FR-15
B-21 SIEVES LOSS FR-15
B-22 REAR LADDER FR-15
B-23 BOOST PRESSURE (IVECO) FR-05
B-25 AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR (ATC) FR-47
B-26 CAB TEMP SENSOR (ATC) FR-47
B-27 OUTLET TEMP SENSOR (ATC) FR-47
B-28 EVAPORATOR TEMP SENSOR (ATC) FR-47
B-29 HEADER LIFT PRESSURE FR-18
B-30 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE FR-06
B-31 COOLANT TEMP (MECHANICAL) FR-06
B-32 GEARBOX TEMPERATURE FR-15
B-33 LEFT WALKER LOSS FR-08
B-34 RIGHT WALKER LOSS FR-08
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 30
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

B-35 LOW CONTROL PRESSURE FR-08
B-36 FUEL TEMPERATURE (IVECO) FR-05
B-37 TRANS SHIFT POSITION FR-09
B-38 UNLOAD CRADLE FR-15
B-39 RIGHT RETURNS RPM FR-14
B-40 FUEL TEMP FR-04
B-41 AIR TEMP / BOOST PRESS FR-04
B-42 COOLANT TEMP (ELECTR) FR-04
B-43 FLYWHEEL RPM FR-04
B-44 COOLANT TEMPERATURE (IVECO) FR-05
B-45 GEARBOX CLUTCH TEMP FR-08
B-46 HYDROSTAT MOTOR TEMP FR-11
B-47 COVERS OPEN FR-13
B-52 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (IVECO) FR-06
B-54 AIR TEMPERATURE (IVECO) FR-05

Lights
E-01 LH HEADER FLASHING LAMP FR-32
E-02 RH HEADER FLASHING LAMP FR-32
E-03 LH FRONT HAZARD LAMP FR-33
E-04 LH FRONT HAZARD LAMP FR-33
E-05 LH REAR FLASHING LAMP FR-34
E-06 RH REAR FLASHING LAMP FR-34
E-07 LH NASO FLASHING LAMP FR-32
E-08 RH NASO FLASHING LAMP FR-32
E-09 TURN INDICATOR FR-32
E-10 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR FR-32
E-11 LH BRAKE / MARKER LAMP FR-34
E-12 RH BRAKE / MARKER LAMP FR-34
E-13 LH ROAD LIGHT FR-36
E-14 RH ROAD LIGHT FR-36
E-15 LH CAB OUTER WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-16 RH CAB OUTER WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-17 LH CAB INNER WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-18 RH CAB INNER WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-19 LH CAB MID WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-20 RH CAB MID WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-21 LH HEADER LIGHT FR-40
E-22 RH HEADER LIGHT FR-40
E-23 LH LOWER WORK LIGHT FR-40
E-24 RH LOWER WORK LIGHT FR-40
E-25 LH SIDE WORK LIGHT FR-44
E-26 RH SIDE WORK LIGHT FR-44
E-27 LH REAR WORK LIGHT FR-38
E-28 RH REAR WORK LIGHT FR-38
E-29 UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT FR-40
E-30 GRAIN TANK LIGHT FR-40
E-31 LH FRONT BEACON FR-39
E-32 RH FRONT BEACON FR-39
E-33 REAR BEACON FR-39
E-34 DOME LIGHT FR-36
E-35 CONSOLE LIGHT FR-42
E-36 COLD START INDICATOR FR-03
E-37 SIEVE LIGHT FR-46
E-38 CENTER WORK LIGHT FR-40
E-39 UNLOAD TUBE MARKER LIGHT (FR) FR-33
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 31
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

E-40 HEADER LH MARKER LIGHT FR-32
E-41 HEADER RH MARKER LIGHT FR-32
E-42 LH FRONT SHIELD LIGHT FR-38
E-43 LH REAR SHIELD LIGHT FR-38
E-44 RH FRONT SHIELD LIGHT FR-38
E-45 RH REAR SHIELD LIGHT FR-38
E-46 ENGINE LIGHT FR-38
E-47 LH FLIP-UP ROAD LIGHT FR-37
E-48 RH FLIP-UP ROAD LIGHT FR-37
E-49 RH POSITION LIGHT FR-33
E-50 LH POSITION LIGHT FR-33
E-51 RH FLASHING LIGHT FR-33
E-52 LH FLASHING LIGHT FR-33
E-53 RH FRONT AUSTRIA LIGHT FR-33
E-54 LH FRONT AUSTRIA LIGHT FR-33
E-55 RH REAR AUSTRIA LIGHT FR-34
E-56 LH REAR AUSTRIA LIGHT FR-34
E-57 RH LICENSE PLATE LIGHT FR-34
E-58 LH LICENSE PLATE LIGHT FR-34

Fuses
F-01 ECU POWER FUSE FR-03
F-02 ACCESSORY 2 FUSE FR-46
F-03 ACCESSORY 1 FUSE FR-45
F-04 WIPER FUSE FR-45
F-05 CIGAR LIGHTER FUSE FR-45
F-06 LH CAB WORK LTS FUSE FR-41
F-07 RH CAB WORK LTS FUSE FR-41
F-08 ACCESSORY OUTLET FUSE FR-45
F-09 WASHER / MIRROR FUSE FR-45
F-10 ACCESSORY SOCKET FUSE FR-45
F-11 RADIO FUSE FR-46
F-12 GPS POWER FUSE FR-46
F-13 TRANSCEIVER POWER FUSE FR-46
F-14 SERVICE LTS FUSE FR-46
F-15 SERVICE SOCKETS FUSE FR-39
F-16 SEAT PUMP FUSE FR-44
F-17 SEPARATOR BLOWER FUSE FR-48
F-18 MAIN BLOWER FUSE FR-48
F-19 A/C CLUTCH FUSE FR-48
F-20 LH MARKER LIGHTS FUSE FR-34
F-21 RH MARKER LIGHTS FUSE FR-34
F-22 SHOE LEVELING MOTOR FUSE FR-11
F-23 THROTTLE / BRUSH FUSE FR-04
F-24 FAN / REVERSER FUSE FR-13
F-25 TRANSMISSION SHIFT FUSE FR-09
F-26 CROSS AUGER TENT FUSE FR-17
F-27 SIEVE / SPREADER FUSE FR-16
F-28 FUEL PUMP FUSE FR-05
F-29 DISTANCE WORK LTS FUSE FR-41
F-30 HEADER WORK LTS FUSE FR-40
F-31 CAB ROOF WORK LTS FUSE FR-41
F-32 HIGH BEAM FUSE FR-36
F-33 LOW BEAM FUSE FR-36
F-34 UNDER SHIELD LIGHTS FR-38
F-35 RADIO KAPWR FR-46
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 32
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

F-36 CCM-2A FUSE FR-21
F-37 CCM-2B FUSE FR-21
F-38 KEY SWITCH FUSE FR-24
F-39 MEMORY (KAPWR) FR-23
F-40 CCM-1 POWER FUSE FR-23
F-41 CCM-2 POWER FUSE FR-23
F-42 CCM-3 / CAB POWER FUSE FR-23
F-43 CCM-1A FUSE FR-20
F-44 CCM-1B FUSE FR-22
F-45 HHC MODULE FUSE FR-18
F-46 ASD POWER FUSE FR-10
F-47 CCM-3 FUSE FR-20
F-48 RH CONSOLE FUSE FR-27
F-49 CAB FUSE FR-42
F-50 SIDE LTS FUSE FR-40
F-51 HORN / MARKER LTS FUSE FR-35
F-52 DOME / BRAKE LT FUSE FR-36
F-53 BEACON LTS FUSE FR-39
F-54 LOWER WORK LTS FUSE FR-40
F-55 REAR WORK LTS FUSE FR-38
F-56 HAZARD LIGHTS FUSE FR-32

Generators
G-01 ALTERNATOR FR-02
G-02 FRONT BATTERY FR-01
G-02 FRONT BATTERY FR-02
G-03 REAR BATTERY FR-01
G-03 REAR BATTERY FR-02

Audio
H-01 AUDIO ALARM FR-28
H-02 HORN FR-35
H-04 REAR LEFT SPEAKER FR-46
H-05 FRONT LEFT SPEAKER FR-46
H-06 REAR RIGHT SPEAKER FR-46
H-07 FRONT RIGHT SPEAKER FR-46
H-08 BACK UP ALARM FR-20

Outlets
J-01 RH FT SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-02 LH FT SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-03 RH SIDE SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-04 LH SIDE SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-05 ENGINE SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-06 ACCESSORY SOCKET FR-45
J-07 TRANSCEIVER POWER OUTLET FR-46
J-08 ACCESSORY OUTLET FR-45
J-09 TRAILER OUTLET FR-34

Relays
K-01 CAB ROOF WORK LIGHTS RELAY FR-41
K-02 LIGHT CONTROL RELAY (AF) FR-35
K-03 ACCESSORY 2 RELAY FR-46
K-04 HIGH BEAM RELAY FR-36
K-05 LOW BEAM RELAY FR-36
K-06 WIPER RELAY FR-45

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 33
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

K-07 FUEL PUMP RELAY FR-05
K-08 ACCESSORY 1 RELAY FR-45
K-09 SEPARATOR BLOWER RELAY FR-48
K-10 A/C CLUTCH RELAY FR-48
K-11 MAIN BLOWER RELAY HIGH FR-48
K-12 MAIN BLOWER RELAY MED FR-48
K-13 MAIN BLOWER RELAY LOW FR-48
K-14 ECU POWER RELAY FR-03
K-15 THROTTLE / BRUSH RELAY FR-04
K-16 CONCAVE / COVERS RELAY FR-13
K-17 FAN / REVERSER RELAY FR-12
K-18 UPPER / LOWER SIEVE RELAY FR-16
K-19 FEEDER DISENGAGE RELAY (AF) FR-27
K-20 TIME DELAY MODULE FR-36
K-21 DISTANCE WORK LTS RELAY FR-41
K-22 HEADER WORK LTS RELAY FR-40
K-23 NEUTRAL START RELAY FR-02
K-24 CCM-1 POWER RELAY FR-23
K-25 CCM-2 POWER RELAY FR-23
K-26 CCM-3 / CAB POWER RELAY FR-23
K-27 ROAD LIGHTS RELAY (AF) FR-41
K-28 THRESHING LATCHING FR-27
K-29 BEACON LIGHTS RELAY FR-39
K-30 LOWER WORK LTS RELAY FR-40
K-31 REAR WORK LTS RELAY FR-38
K-32 UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT RELAY FR-40
K-33 BRAKE LIGHTS RELAY FR-36
K-34 LH SIDE WORK LIGHT RELAY FR-44
K-35 RH SIDE WORK LIGHT RELAY FR-44
K-36 START RELAY FR-02
K-37 GRID HEATER RELAY (BAS) FR-03
K-38 24V START RELAY (IVECO) FR-01
K-39 GRID HEATER RELAY (IVECO) FR-03
K-40 FLIP UP LOW BEAM RELAY FR-37
K-41 FLIP UP HIGH BEAM RELAY FR-37
K-42 RH VERTICAL KNIFE RELAY (OP) FR-20
K-43 LH VERTICAL KNIFE RELAY (OP) FR-20

Solenoids
L-01 NEUTRAL LOCK SOLENOID FR-28
L-02 FUEL SOLENOID (MECHANICAL) FR-02
L-03 UNLOAD TUBE IN FR-21
L-04 UNLOAD TUBE OUT FR-21
L-05 FOOT AND INCH FR-22
L-06 HDR HEIGHT ACCUMULATOR FR-19
L-07 A/C CLUTCH FR-48
L-08 UNLOAD TUBE CLUTCH FR-21
L-09 FUEL INJECTION PUMP FR-04
L-10 PARK BRAKE DISENGAGE FR-21
L-13 REEL DOWN FR-22
L-14 REEL UP FR-22
L-15 REEL AFT FR-22
L-16 REEL FORE FR-22
L-17 REEL DRIVE FR-21
L-18 LATERAL FLOAT CW FR-19
L-19 LATERAL FLOAT CCW FR-19
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 34
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

L-20 FEEDER JOG FORWARD FR-22
L-21 FEEDER JOG REVERSE FR-22
L-22 GEARBOX CLUTCH FR-26
L-23 GROUND SPEED HYDROSTATE FR-26
L-24 FEEDER CLUTCH FR-26
L-26 REAR WHEEL ASSIST FR-20
L-27 DUAL RANGE FR-22
L-28 CHAFF SPREADER / BLOWER FR-20
L-29 DRUM INCREASE FR-21
L-30 DRUM (ROTOR) DECREASE FR-21
L-32 BRAKE LIMITING FR-21
L-33 ENGINE BRAKE (IVECO) FR-05
L-34 FUEL ACTUATOR 1 (IVECO) FR-05
L-35 FUEL ACTUATOR 2 (IVECO) FR-05
L-36 FUEL ACTUATOR 3 (IVECO) FR-05
L-37 FUEL ACTUATOR 4 (IVECO) FR-05
L-38 FUEL ACTUATOR 5 (IVECO) FR-05
L-39 FUEL ACTUATOR 6 (IVECO) FR-05

Motors
M-01 12V STARTER FR-02
M-02 TRANSMISSION SHIFT MOTOR FR-09
M-03 SHOE LEVELING ACTUATOR FR-11
M-04 CONCAVE CLEARANCE MOTOR FR-13
M-05 CLEANING FAN ADJUST MOTOR FR-12
M-06 UPPER SIEVE ACUATOR FR-16
M-07 LOWER SIEVE ACTUATOR FR-16
M-08 CROSS AUGER TENT MOTOR FR-17
M-09 REEL SPEED MOTOR FR-09
M-10 FEEDER REVERSER ACTUATOR FR-12
M-11 SPREADER PLATE MOTOR FR-17
M-12 COVERS MOTOR FR-13
M-13 THROTTLE ACTUATOR (MECH) FR-04
M-15 COLD BOX DOOR MOTOR (ATC) FR-47
M-16 WATER VALVE MOTOR FR-47
M-17 MAIN BLOWER MOTOR FR-48
M-18 SEPARATOR BLOWER MOTOR FR-48
M-19 RH MIRROR UP / DOWN FR-43
M-20 RH MIRROR IN / OUT FR-43
M-21 LH MIRROR UP / DOWN FR-43
M-22 LH MIRROR IN / OUT FR-43
M-23 FUEL PUMP FR-05
M-24 WIPER WASHER MOTOR FR-44
M-25 WIPER MOTOR FR-45
M-26 SEAT PUMP MOTOR FR-44
M-27 ROTARY SCREEN BRUSH FR-04
M-28 SAMPLE MOTOR FR-19
M-29 24V STARTER (IVECO) FR-01
M-30 GERMAN MIRROR UP / DOWN FR-43
M-31 GERMAN MIRROR IN / OUT FR-43

Resistive
R-01 FUEL LEVEL FR-07
R-02 LATERAL FLOAT POT FR-11
R-03 FEEDER ANGLE POT FR-18
R-04 GROUND SPEED POT FR-28
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 35
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

R-05 YIELD SENSOR FR-19
R-06 CONCAVE POSITION FR-14
R-07 ENGINE GRID HEATER FR-03
R-08 CIGAR LIGHTER FR-45
R-09 ENGINE GRID HEATER (IVECO) FR-03
R-10 RH MIRROR HEAT FR-43
R-11 LH MIRROR HEAT FR-43
R-12 LH STUBBLE HEIGHT FR-18
R-13 RH STUBBLE HEIGHT FR-18
R-14 GERMAN MIRROR HEAT FR-43
R-15 AIR FILTER SWITCH RESISTOR FR-06

Switches
S-01 12V BATTERY SWITCH (BAS) FR-02
S-02 KEY SWITCH FR-24
S-03 MULTIFUNCTION HANDLE FR-28
S-04 HEADER HEIGHT MODE FR-28
S-05 SEAT SWITCH FR-42
S-06 HHC FINE ADJUST FR-28
S-07 FEEDER REVERSER FR-30
S-08 REEL SPEED MODE FR-30
S-09 PARK BRAKE FR-29
S-10 REAR WHEEL ASSIST FR-29
S-11 DUAL RANGE FR-29
S-12 ON THE ROAD SWITCH FR-29
S-13 UPPER SIEVE FR-31
S-14 LOWER SIEVE FR-31
S-15 FAN SPEED FR-31
S-16 CONCAVE CLEARANCE FR-31
S-17 DRUM SPEED FR-31
S-19 MIRROR HEAT SWITCH FR-43
S-20 WIPER SWITCH FR-45
S-21 ALTERNATE SETTINGS FR-30
S-22 NEUTRAL SWITCH FR-27
S-23 SPREADER PLATE FR-30
S-24 GEAR SELECT FR-28
S-25 HAZARD SWITCH FR-32
S-26 ROAD LIGHT SWITCH FR-35
S-27 MIRROR ADJUST SWITCH FR-43
S-28 GRAIN BIN 3/4 FULL FR-07
S-29 GRAIN BIN FULL FR-07
S-30 THRESHER ENGAGE FR-27
S-31 FEEDER ENGAGE FR-27
S-32 RETURNS FILTER BYPASS FR-15
S-33 HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR LEVEL FR-08
S-34 GEARBOX FILTER BYPASS FR-15
S-35 UPPER SIEVE REAR ADJUST FR-16
S-36 ENGINE THROTTLE FR-28
S-37 CHARGE PRESSURE FR-08
S-38 WASHER SWITCH FR-44
S-39 BRAKE PRESSURE FR-07
S-40 LH DOOR SWITCH FR-36
S-41 BEACON LIGHT SWITCH FR-42
S-42 TANK EXTENSIONS SWITCH FR-42
S-43 WORK LIGHT SWITCH FR-42
S-44 REAR WORK LIGHT SWITCH FR-42
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 36
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

S-45 SEAT ADJUST SWITCH FR-44
S-46 LOWER SIEVE REAR ADJUST FR-16
S-47 A/C HIGH PRESSURE FR-48
S-48 A/C LOW PRESSURE FR-48
S-49 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH FR-14
S-50 COLD START SWITCH FR-03
S-51 VERTICAL KNIVES FR-30
S-52 BATTERY SWITCH FR-01
S-53 FREEZE SWITCH FR-47
S-54 SIEVE LIGHT SWITCH FR-46
S-55 LH BRAKE WEAR SWITCH FR-14
S-56 RH BRAKE WEAR SWITCH FR-14
S-57 MIRROR SELECT SWITCH (D) FR-43
S-58 ENGINE OIL TEMP SWITCH (BAS) FR-06
S-59 STRAW WALKER PROTECT (CX) FR-15
S-60 CHOPPER PROTECTION (CX) FR-15
S-61 CHOPPER HOOD PROTECT (CX) FR-06
S-62 AIR FILTER SWITCHFUEL FILTER SWITCH (IVECO) FR-06
S-63 LEFT SHIELD LIGHT SWITCH FR-38
S-64 ENGINE LIGHT SWITCH FR-38
S-65 RIGHT SHIELD LIGHT SWITCH FR-38

Splice Blocks
W-01 SPLICE BLOCK A (CONSOLE) FR-29
W-02 SPLICE BLOCK B (CONSOLE) FR-29
W-03 SPLICE BLOCK C (CAB ROOF) FR-42
W-06 SPLICE BLOCK F (CONSOLE) FR-30

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 37
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical symbol (A.30.A -

C.20.C.40)
CX720 Series 1348 - 1407, CX740 Series 1348 - 1407, CX760 Series 1348 - 1407, CX780 Series 1348 - 1407, CX820 Series 1348 - 1407, CX840 Series
1348 - 1407, CX860 Series 1348 - 1407, CX880 Series 1348 - 1407

Code Name Frame

Electronics
A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT FR-02
A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT FR-04
A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT FR-06
A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT FR-31
A-02 MAIN DISPLAY MODULE (MDM) FR-30
A-03 SHAFT SPEED MONITOR (SSM) FR-30
A-04 RADIO FR-46
A-05 FLASHER MODULE FR-33
A-05 FLASHER MODULE FR-36
A-06
A-07 HHC MODULE (EMR-OBE) FR-14
A-07 HHC MODULE (EMR-OBE) FR-31
A-08
A-09 HVAC CONTROL MODULE FR-47
A-09 HVAC CONTROL MODULE FR-48
A-10 DATA LOGGER (DLU) FR-30
A-11 GPS MODULE (DGPS) FR-31
A-21 FUTURE OPTION FR-30

Sensors
B-01 DRUM RPM FR-18
B-02 LATERAL INCLINATION FR-20
B-03 ENGINE OIL TEMP (IVECO) FR-05
B-04 ROTARY SEPARATOR RPM FR-20
B-05 ENGINE FLYWHEEL RPM (IVECO) FR-06
B-06 LEFT RETURNS RPM FR-20
B-07 ENGINE CAMSHAFT RPM (IVECO) FR-06
B-08 CLEAN GRAIN ELEVATOR RPM FR-20
B-09 REVERSER DISENGAGED FR-16
B-10 CHOPPER RPM FR-23
B-11 SWATH PLATE POSITION FR-15
B-12 MOISTURE SENSOR FR-24
B-13 STRAW WALKER RPM FR-20
B-14
B-15 REEL RPM FR-13
B-16 CLEANING FAN RPM FR-19
B-17 GROUND SPEED RPM FR-09
B-18 HYDRAULIC OIL RESERVOIR TEMP FR-10
B-19
B-20
B-21 SIEVES LOSS FR-19
B-22 REAR LADDER FR-05
B-23 BOOST PRESSURE (IVECO) FR-06
B-24
B-25 AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR FR-47
B-26 CAB TEMP SENSOR FR-47
B-27 OUTLET TEMP SENSOR FR-47
B-28 EVAPORATOR TEMP SENSOR FR-47
B-29 HEADER LIFT PRESSURE FR-14

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 38
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

B-30 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE FR-05
B-31
B-32 GEARBOX TEMPERATURE FR-10
B-33 LEFT WALKER LOSS FR-20
B-34 RIGHT WALKER LOSS FR-20
B-35 LOW CONTROL PRESSURE FR-10
B-36 FUEL TEMPERATURE (IVECO) FR-06
B-37 TRANS SHIFT POSITION FR-09
B-38 UNLOAD CRADLE FR-22
B-39 RIGHT RETURNS RPM FR-20
B-40 FUEL TEMP FR-04
B-41 AIR TEMP / BOOST PRESSURE FR-04
B-42 COOLANT TEMP FR-04
B-43 FLYWHEEL RPM FR-04
B-44 COOLANT TEMPERATURE (IVECO) FR-06
B-45 GEARBOX CLUTCH TEMP FR-17
B-46 HYDROSTAT MOTOR TEMP FR-08
B-47 COVERS OPEN FR-22
B-52 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (IVECO) FR-05
B-53 PARK BRAKE PRESSURE FR-09
B-54 AIR TEMPERATURE (IVECO) FR-06

Lights
E-01 LH HEADER FLASHING LAMP (NA) FR-33
E-02 RH HEADER FLASHING LAMP (NA) FR-33
E-03 LH FRONT HAZARD LAMP FR-34
E-04 LH FRONT HAZARD LAMP FR-34
E-05 LH REAR FLASHING LAMP FR-35
E-06 RH REAR FLASHING LAMP FR-35
E-07 LH NASO FLASHING LAMP FR-33
E-08 RH NASO FLASHING LAMP FR-33
E-09 TURN INDICATOR FR-33
E-10 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR FR-33
E-11 LH BRAKE / MARKER LAMP FR-35
E-12 RH BRAKE / MARKER LAMP FR-35
E-13 LH ROAD LIGHT FR-36
E-14 RH ROAD LIGHT FR-36
E-15 LH CAB OUTER WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-16 RH CAB OUTER WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-17 LH CAB INNER WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-18 RH CAB INNER WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-19 LH CAB MID WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-20 RH CAB MID WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-21 LH HEADER LIGHT FR-40
E-22 RH HEADER LIGHT FR-40
E-23 LH LOWER WORK LIGHT FR-40
E-24 RH LOWER WORK LIGHT FR-40
E-25 LH SIDE WORK LIGHT FR-43
E-26 RH SIDE WORK LIGHT FR-43
E-27 LH REAR WORK LIGHT FR-42
E-28 RH REAR WORK LIGHT FR-42
E-29 UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT FR-40
E-30 GRAIN TANK LIGHT FR-40
E-31 LH FRONT BEACON FR-39
E-32 RH FRONT BEACON FR-39
E-33 REAR BEACON FR-39
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 39
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

E-34 DOME LIGHT FR-38
E-35 CONSOLE LIGHT FR-38
E-36 COLD START INDICATOR FR-02
E-37 SIEVE LIGHT FR-43
E-38 CENTER WORK LIGHT FR-40
E-39 UNLOAD TUBE MARKER LIGHT (FR) FR-34
E-40 HEADER LH MARKER LIGHT FR-33
E-41 HEADER RH MARKER LIGHT FR-33
E-42
E-43
E-44
E-45
E-46
E-47 LH FLIP-UP ROAD LIGHT FR-37
E-48 RH FLIP-UP ROAD LIGHT FR-37
E-49 RH POSITION LIGHT FR-34
E-50 LH POSITION LIGHT FR-34
E-51 RH FLASHING LIGHT FR-34
E-52 LH FLASHING LIGHT FR-34
E-53 RH FRONT AUSTRIA LIGHT FR-34
E-54 LH FRONT AUSTRIA LIGHT FR-34
E-55 RH REAR AUSTRIA LIGHT FR-35
E-56 LH REAR AUSTRIA LIGHT FR-35
E-57 RH LICENSE PLATE LIGHT FR-35
E-58 LH LICENSE PLATE LIGHT FR-35

Fuses
F-01 ECU POWER FUSE FR-02
F-02 ACCESSORY 2 FUSE FR-46
F-03 ACCESSORY 1 FUSE FR-45
F-04 WIPER FUSE FR-45
F-05 CIGAR LIGHTER FUSE FR-45
F-06 LH CAB WORK LIGHTS FUSE FR-41
F-07 RH CAB WORK LIGHTS FUSE FR-41
F-08 ACCESSORY OUTLET FUSE FR-45
F-09 WASHER / MIRROR FUSE FR-45
F-10 ACCESSORY SOCKET FUSE FR-45
F-11 RADIO FUSE FR-46
F-12 GPS POWER FUSE FR-30
F-13 TRANSCEIVER POWER FUSE FR-46
F-14 SERVICE LTS FUSE FR-43
F-15 SERVICE SOCKETS FUSE FR-39
F-16 SEAT PUMP FUSE FR-46
F-17 SEPARATOR BLOWER FUSE FR-48
F-18 MAIN BLOWER FUSE FR-48
F-19 A/C CLUTCH FUSE FR-48
F-20 LH MARKER LIGHTS FUSE FR-34
F-21 RH MARKER LIGHTS FUSE FR-34
F-22 SHOE LEVELING MOTOR FUSE FR-19
F-23 THROTTLE / BRUSH FUSE FR-04
F-24 FAN / REVERSER FUSE FR-16
F-25 TRANSMISSION SHIFT FUSE FR-09
F-26 CROSS AUGER TENT FUSE FR-22
F-27 SIEVE / SPREADER FUSE FR-21
F-28 FUEL PUMP FUSE FR-06
F-29 DISTANCE WORK LIGHTS FUSE FR-41
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 40
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

F-30 HEADER WORK LIGHTS FUSE FR-40
F-31 CAB ROOF WORK LIGHTS FUSE FR-41
F-32 HIGH BEAM FUSE FR-36
F-33 LOW BEAM FUSE FR-36
F-34 UNDER SHIELD LIGHTS FR-38
F-35 RADIO KAPWR FR-46
F-36 CCM-2A FUSE FR-28
F-37 CCM-2B FUSE FR-28
F-38 KEY SWITCH FUSE FR-29
F-39 MEMORY (KAPWR) FR-29
F-40 CCM-1 POWER FUSE FR-28
F-41 CCM-2 POWER FUSE FR-28
F-42 CCM-3 / CAB POWER FUSE FR-28
F-43 CCM-1A FUSE FR-26
F-44 CCM-1B FUSE FR-26
F-45 HHC MODULE FUSE FR-31
F-46 FR-28
F-47 CCM-3 FUSE FR-24
F-48 RH CONSOLE FUSE FR-25
F-49 CAB FUSE FR-27
F-50 SIDE LIGHTS FUSE FR-40
F-51 HORN / MARKER LIGHTS FUSE FR-36
F-52 DOME / BRAKE LIGHT FUSE FR-38
F-53 BEACON LIGHTS FUSE FR-39
F-54 LOWER WORK LIGHTS FUSE FR-40
F-55 REAR WORK LIGHTS FUSE FR-42
F-56 HAZARD LIGHTS FUSE FR-33
F-64 SWITCH BYPASS FUSES FR-44

Generators
G-01 ALTERNATOR FR-02
G-02 FRONT BATTERY FR-01
G-03 REAR BATTERY FR-01

Audio
H-01 AUDIO ALARM FR-25
H-02 HORN FR-36
H-04 REAR LEFT SPEAKER FR-46
H-05 FRONT LEFT SPEAKER FR-46
H-06 REAR RIGHT SPEAKER FR-46
H-07 FRONT RIGHT SPEAKER FR-46
H-08 BACK UP ALARM FR-08

Outlets
J-01 RH FRONT SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-02 LH FRONT SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-03 RH SIDE SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-04 LH SIDE SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-05 ENGINE SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-06 ACCESSORY SOCKET FR-45
J-07 TRANSCEIVER POWER OUTLET FR-46
J-08 ACCESSORY OUTLET FR-45
J-09 TRAILER OUTLET FR-35
J-10 DIAGNOSTIC OUTLET FR-29
J-10 DIAGNOSTIC OUTLET FR-30

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 41
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

Relays
K-01 CAB ROOF WORK LIGHTS RELAY FR-41
K-02 LIGHT CONTROL RELAY FR-36
K-03 ACCESSORY 2 RELAY FR-46
K-04 HIGH BEAM RELAY FR-36
K-05 LOW BEAM RELAY FR-36
K-06 WIPER RELAY FR-45
K-07 FUEL PUMP RELAY FR-06
K-08 ACCESSORY 1 RELAY FR-45
K-09 SEPARATOR BLOWER RELAY FR-48
K-10 A/C CLUTCH RELAY FR-48
K-11 MAIN BLOWER RELAY HIGH FR-48
K-12 MAIN BLOWER RELAY MEDIUM FR-48
K-13 MAIN BLOWER RELAY LOW FR-48
K-14 ECU POWER RELAY FR-02
K-15 THROTTLE / BRUSH RELAY FR-04
K-16 CONCAVE / COVERS RELAY FR-17
K-17 FAN / REVERSER RELAY FR-16
K-18 UPPER / LOWER SIEVE RELAY FR-21
K-19 FEEDER DISENGAGE FR-16
K-20 TIME DELAY MODULE FR-38
K-21 DISTANCE WORK LIGHTS RELAY FR-41
K-22 HEADER WORK LIGHTS RELAY FR-40
K-23 NEUTRAL START RELAY FR-02
K-24 CCM-1 POWER RELAY FR-28
K-25 CCM-2 POWER RELAY FR-28
K-26 CCM-3 / CAB POWER RELAY FR-28
K-27 ROAD LIGHTS RELAY (AF) FR-41
K-28 THRESHING LATCHING FR-18
K-29 BEACON LIGHTS RELAY FR-39
K-30 LOWER WORK LIGHTS RELAY FR-40
K-31 REAR WORK LIGHTS RELAY FR-42
K-32 UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT RELAY FR-40
K-33 BRAKE LIGHTS RELAY FR-38
K-34 LH SIDE WORK LIGHT RELAY FR-43
K-35 RH SIDE WORK LIGHT RELAY FR-43
K-36 START RELAY FR-02
K-37
K-38 24V START RELAY (IVECO) FR-01
K-39 GRID HEATER RELAY (IVECO) FR-02
K-40 FLIP UP LOW BEAM RELAY FR-37
K-41 FLIP UP HIGH BEAM RELAY FR-37
K-42 RH VERTICAL KNIFE RELAY (OP) FR-12
K-43 LH VERTICAL KNIFE RELAY (OP) FR-12

Solenoids
L-01 NEUTRAL LOCK SOLENOID FR-07
L-02
L-03 UNLOAD TUBE IN FR-22
L-04 UNLOAD TUBE OUT FR-22
L-05 FOOT AND INCH FR-08
L-06 HDR HEIGHT ACCUMULATOR FR-14
L-07 A/C CLUTCH FR-48
L-08 UNLOAD TUBE CLUTCH FR-22
L-09 FUEL INJECTION PUMP FR-04
L-10 PARK BRAKE DISENGAGE FR-09
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 42
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

L-13 REEL DOWN FR-12
L-14 REEL UP FR-12
L-15 REEL AFT FR-12
L-16 REEL FORE FR-12
L-17 REEL DRIVE FR-12
L-18 LATERAL FLOAT CW FR-14
L-19 LATERAL FLOAT CCW FR-14
L-20 FEEDER JOG FORWARD FR-16
L-21 FEEDER JOG REVERSE FR-16
L-22 GEARBOX CLUTCH FR-18
L-23 GROUND SPEED HYDROSTAT FR-09
L-24 FEEDER CLUTCH FR-16
L-26 REAR WHEEL ASSIST FR-08
L-27 DUAL RANGE FR-08
L-28 CHAFF SPREADER / BLOWER FR-23
L-29 DRUM INCREASE FR-18
L-30 DRUM DECREASE FR-18
L-31
L-32 BRAKE LIMITING FR-09
L-33 ENGINE BRAKE (IVECO) FR-06
L-34 FUEL ACTUATOR 1 (IVECO) FR-06
L-35 FUEL ACTUATOR 2 (IVECO) FR-06
L-36 FUEL ACTUATOR 3 (IVECO) FR-06
L-37 FUEL ACTUATOR 4 (IVECO) FR-06
L-38 FUEL ACTUATOR 5 (IVECO) FR-06
L-39 FUEL ACTUATOR 6 (IVECO) FR-06

Motors
M-01 12V STARTER FR-01
M-02 TRANSMISSION SHIFT MOTOR FR-09
M-03 SHOE LEVELING ACTUATOR FR-19
M-04 CONCAVE CLEARANCE MOTOR FR-17
M-05 CLEANING FAN ADJUST MOTOR FR-16
M-06 UPPER SIEVE ACUATOR FR-21
M-07 LOWER SIEVE ACTUATOR FR-21
M-08
M-09 REEL SPEED MOTOR FR-12
M-10 FEEDER REVERSER ACTUATOR FR-16
M-11 SPREADER PLATE MOTOR FR-23
M-12 COVERS MOTOR FR-17
M-13
M-14
M-15 COLD BOX DOOR MOTOR FR-47
M-16 WATER VALVE MOTOR FR-47
M-17 MAIN BLOWER MOTOR FR-48
M-18 SEPARATOR BLOWER MOTOR FR-48
M-19 RH MIRROR UP / DOWN FR-44
M-20 RH MIRROR IN / OUT FR-44
M-21 LH MIRROR UP / DOWN FR-44
M-22 LH MIRROR IN / OUT FR-44
M-23 FUEL PUMP FR-06
M-24 WIPER WASHER MOTOR FR-45
M-25 WIPER MOTOR FR-45
M-26 SEAT PUMP MOTOR FR-46
M-27 ROTARY SCREEN BRUSH FR-04
M-28 SAMPLE MOTOR FR-24
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 43
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

M-29 24V STARTER (IVECO) FR-01
M-30 GERMAN MIRROR UP / DOWN FR-44
M-31 GERMAN MIRROR IN / OUT FR-44

Resistive
R-01 FUEL LEVEL FR-05
R-02 LATERAL FLOAT POT FR-14
R-03 FEEDER ANGLE POT FR-14
R-04 GROUND SPEED POT FR-07
R-05 YIELD SENSOR FR-24
R-06 CONCAVE POSITION FR-17
R-07
R-08 CIGAR LIGHTER FR-45
R-09 ENGINE GRID HEATER (IVECO) FR-02
R-10 RH MIRROR HEAT FR-44
R-11 LH MIRROR HEAT FR-44
R-12 LH STUBBLE HEIGHT FR-14
R-13 RH STUBBLE HEIGHT FR-14
R-14 GERMAN MIRROR HEAT FR-44
R-15 AIR FILTER SWITCH RESISTOR FR-05
R-20 HEADER TYPE MODULE FR-13
R-24 REEL HORIZONTAL POSITION FR-13
R-25 REEL VERTICAL POSITION FR-13

Switches
S-01
S-02 KEY SWITCH FR-29
S-03 MULTIFUNCTION HANDLE FR-11
S-04 HEADER HEIGHT MODE FR-11
S-05 SEAT SWITCH FR-27
S-06 HHC FINE ADJUST FR-11
S-07 FEEDER REVERSER FR-16
S-08 REEL SPEED MODE FR-11
S-09 PARK BRAKE FR-07
S-10 REAR WHEEL ASSIST FR-07
S-11 DUAL RANGE FR-07
S-12 ON THE ROAD SWITCH FR-07
S-13 UPPER SIEVE FR-19
S-14 LOWER SIEVE FR-19
S-15 FAN SPEED FR-19
S-16 CONCAVE CLEARANCE FR-17
S-17 DRUM SPEED FR-10
S-18 FEEDER SPEED FR-10
S-19 MIRROR HEAT SWITCH FR-44
S-20 WIPER SWITCH FR-45
S-21 ALTERNATE SETTINGS FR-11
S-22 NEUTRAL SWITCH FR-09
S-23 SPREADER PLATE FR-23
S-24 GEAR SELECT FR-07
S-25 HAZARD SWITCH FR-33
S-26 ROAD LIGHT SWITCH FR-36
S-27 MIRROR ADJUST SWITCH FR-44
S-28 GRAIN BIN 3/4 FULL FR-22
S-29 GRAIN BIN FULL FR-22
S-30 THRESHER ENGAGE FR-18
S-31 FEEDER ENGAGE FR-16
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 44
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

S-32 RETURNS FILTER BYPASS FR-10
S-33 HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR LEVEL FR-10
S-34 GEARBOX FILTER BYPASS FR-10
S-35 UPPER SIEVE REAR ADJUST FR-21
S-36 ENGINE THROTTLE FR-04
S-37 CHARGE PRESSURE FR-09
S-38 WASHER SWITCH FR-45
S-39 BRAKE PRESSURE FR-09
S-40 LH DOOR SWITCH FR-38
S-41 BEACON LIGHT SWITCH FR-39
S-42 TANK EXTENSIONS SWITCH FR-22
S-43 WORK LIGHT SWITCH FR-42
S-44 REAR WORK LIGHT SWITCH FR-42
S-45 SEAT ADJUST SWITCH FR-46
S-46 LOWER SIEVE REAR ADJUST FR-21
S-47 A/C HIGH PRESSURE FR-48
S-48 A/C LOW PRESSURE FR-48
S-49 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH FR-08
S-50
S-51 VERTICAL KNIVES FR-11
S-52 BATTERY SWITCH FR-01
S-53 FREEZE SWITCH FR-47
S-54 SIEVE LIGHT SWITCH FR-43
S-55 LH BRAKE WEAR SWITCH FR-08
S-56 RH BRAKE WEAR SWITCH FR-08
S-57 MIRROR SELECT SWITCH (D) FR-44
S-58 ENGINE OIL TEMP SWITCH (BAS) FR-05
S-59 STRAW WALKER PROTECT FR-20
S-60 CHOPPER HOOD PROTECT FR-20
S-61 AIR FILTER SWITCH FR-05
S-62 FUEL FILTER SWITCH (IVECO) FR-05

Splice Blocks
W-01 SPLICE BLOCK A FR-25
W-02 SPLICE BLOCK B FR-25
W-03 SPLICE BLOCK C FR-27
W-06 SPLICE BLOCK F FR-25

References
1 REAR FRAME GROUND FR-48
2 FRONT FRAME GROUND FR-48
3 CAB FLOOR GROUND FR-48
4 CAB ROOF GROUND FR-48
5 ENGINE GROUND FR-48
6
7 CCM-1 REFERENCE GROUND "A" FR-26
8 CCM-1 REFERENCE GROUND "B" FR-26
9 CCM-1 REFERENCE VOLTAGE "A" FR-26
10 CCM-1 REFERENCE VOLTAGE "B" FR-26
11 CCM-2 REFERENCE GROUND "A" FR-27
12 CCM-2 REFERENCE GROUND "B" FR-27
13 CCM-2 REFERENCE VOLTAGE "A" FR-27
14 CCM-2 REFERENCE VOLTAGE "B" FR-27
15 CCM-3 REFERENCE GROUND FR-26
16 CCM-3 REFERENCE VOLTAGE FR-26
17 BACK LIGHTING "A" FR-27
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 45
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

18 BACK LIGHTING "B" FR-25
19 RH CONSOLE +12 VOLTS FR-25
20 CAB +12 VOLTS FR-27

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 46
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical symbol (A.30.A -

C.20.C.40)
CX720 Series 1408 - 1479, CX740 Series 1408 - 1479, CX760 Series 1408 - 1479, CX780 Series 1408 - 1479, CX820 Series 1408 - 1479, CX840 Series
1408 - 1479, CX860 Series 1408 - 1479, CX880 Series 1408 - 1479

Code Name Frame

Electronics
A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT FR-02
A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT FR-04
A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT FR-06
A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT FR-31
A-02 MAIN DISPLAY MODULE (MDM) FR-30
A-03 SHAFT SPEED MONITOR (SSM) FR-30
A-04 RADIO FR-46
A-05 FLASHER MODULE FR-33
A-05 FLASHER MODULE FR-36
A-06
A-07 HHC MODULE (EMR-OBE) FR-14
A-07 HHC MODULE (EMR-OBE) FR-31
A-08
A-09 HVAC CONTROL MODULE FR-47
A-09 HVAC CONTROL MODULE FR-48
A-10 DATA LOGGER (DLU) FR-30
A-11 GPS MODULE FR-31
A-21 FUTURE OPTION FR-30
A-23 CROP EDGE SCANNER FR-30

Sensors
B-01 DRUM RPM FR-18
B-02 LATERAL INCLINATION FR-20
B-03 ENGINE OIL TEMP (IVECO) FR-05
B-04 ROTARY SEPARATOR RPM FR-20
B-05 ENGINE FLYWHEEL RPM (IVECO) FR-06
B-06 LEFT RETURNS RPM FR-20
B-07 ENGINE CAMSHAFT RPM (IVECO) FR-06
B-08 CLEAN GRAIN ELEVATOR RPM FR-20
B-09 REVERSER DISENGAGED FR-16
B-10 CHOPPER RPM FR-23
B-11 SWATH PLATE POSITION FR-15
B-12 MOISTURE SENSOR FR-24
B-13 STRAW WALKER RPM FR-20
B-14
B-15 REEL RPM FR-13
B-16 CLEANING FAN RPM FR-19
B-17 GROUND SPEED RPM FR-09
B-18 HYDRAULIC OIL RESERVOIR TEMP FR-10
B-19
B-20
B-21 SIEVES LOSS FR-19
B-22 REAR LADDER FR-05
B-23 BOOST PRESSURE (IVECO) FR-06
B-24
B-25 AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR FR-47
B-26 CAB TEMP SENSOR FR-47
B-27 OUTLET TEMP SENSOR FR-47
B-28 EVAPORATOR TEMP SENSOR FR-47

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 47
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

B-29 HEADER LIFT PRESSURE FR-14
B-30 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE FR-05
B-31
B-32 GEARBOX TEMPERATURE FR-10
B-33 LEFT WALKER LOSS FR-20
B-34 RIGHT WALKER LOSS FR-20
B-35 LOW CONTROL PRESSURE FR-10
B-36 FUEL TEMPERATURE (IVECO) FR-06
B-37 TRANS SHIFT POSITION FR-09
B-38 UNLOAD CRADLE FR-22
B-39 RIGHT RETURNS RPM FR-20
B-40 FUEL TEMP FR-04
B-41 AIR TEMP / BOOST PRESSURE FR-04
B-42 COOLANT TEMP FR-04
B-43 FLYWHEEL RPM FR-04
B-44 COOLANT TEMPERATURE (IVECO) FR-06
B-45 GEARBOX CLUTCH TEMP FR-17
B-46 HYDROSTAT MOTOR TEMP FR-08
B-47 COVERS OPEN FR-22
B-52 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (IVECO) FR-05
B-53 PARK BRAKE PRESSURE FR-09
B-54 AIR TEMPERATURE (IVECO) FR-06
B-69 STEERING WHEEL POSITION FR-32
B-70 REAR AXLE ANGLE FR-32
B-71 LONGITUDINAL INCLINOMETER FR-32

Lights
E-01 LH HEADER FLASHING LAMP (NA) FR-33
E-02 RH HEADER FLASHING LAMP (NA) FR-33
E-03 LH FRONT HAZARD LAMP FR-34
E-04 LH FRONT HAZARD LAMP FR-34
E-05 LH REAR FLASHING LAMP FR-35
E-06 RH REAR FLASHING LAMP FR-35
E-07 LH NASO FLASHING LAMP FR-33
E-08 RH NASO FLASHING LAMP FR-33
E-09 TURN INDICATOR FR-33
E-10 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR FR-33
E-11 LH BRAKE / MARKER LAMP FR-35
E-12 RH BRAKE / MARKER LAMP FR-35
E-13 LH ROAD LIGHT FR-36
E-14 RH ROAD LIGHT FR-36
E-15 LH CAB OUTER WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-16 RH CAB OUTER WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-17 LH CAB INNER WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-18 RH CAB INNER WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-19 LH CAB MID WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-20 RH CAB MID WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-21 LH HEADER LIGHT FR-40
E-22 RH HEADER LIGHT FR-40
E-23 LH LOWER WORK LIGHT FR-40
E-24 RH LOWER WORK LIGHT FR-40
E-25 LH SIDE WORK LIGHT FR-43
E-26 RH SIDE WORK LIGHT FR-43
E-27 LH REAR WORK LIGHT FR-42
E-28 RH REAR WORK LIGHT FR-42
E-29 UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT FR-40
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 48
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

E-30 GRAIN TANK LIGHT FR-40
E-31 LH FRONT BEACON FR-39
E-32 RH FRONT BEACON FR-39
E-33 REAR BEACON FR-39
E-34 DOME LIGHT FR-38
E-35 CONSOLE LIGHT FR-38
E-36 COLD START INDICATOR FR-02
E-37 SIEVE LIGHT FR-03
E-38 CENTER WORK LIGHT FR-40
E-39 UNLOAD TUBE MARKER LIGHT (FR) FR-34
E-40 HEADER LH MARKER LIGHT FR-33
E-41 HEADER RH MARKER LIGHT FR-33
E-42
E-43
E-44
E-45
E-46
E-47 LH FLIP-UP ROAD LIGHT FR-37
E-48 RH FLIP-UP ROAD LIGHT FR-37
E-49 RH POSITION LIGHT FR-34
E-50 LH POSITION LIGHT FR-34
E-51 RH FLASHING LIGHT FR-34
E-52 LH FLASHING LIGHT FR-34
E-53 RH FRONT AUSTRIA LIGHT FR-34
E-54 LH FRONT AUSTRIA LIGHT FR-34
E-55 RH REAR AUSTRIA LIGHT FR-35
E-56 LH REAR AUSTRIA LIGHT FR-35
E-57 RH LICENSE PLATE LIGHT (EU) FR-35
E-58 LH LICENSE PLATE LIGHT (EU) FR-35

Fuses
F-01 ECU POWER FUSE FR-02
F-02 ACCESSORY 2 FUSE FR-46
F-03 ACCESSORY 1 FUSE FR-45
F-04 WIPER FUSE FR-45
F-05 CIGAR LIGHTER FUSE FR-45
F-06 LH CAB WORK LIGHTS FUSE FR-41
F-07 RH CAB WORK LIGHTS FUSE FR-41
F-08 ACCESSORY OUTLET FUSE FR-45
F-09 WASHER / MIRROR FUSE FR-45
F-10 ACCESSORY SOCKET FUSE FR-45
F-11 RADIO FUSE FR-46
F-12 GPS POWER FUSE FR-30
F-13 TRANSCEIVER POWER FUSE FR-46
F-14 SERVICE LIGHTS FUSE FR-43
F-15 SERVICE SOCKETS FUSE FR-39
F-16 SEAT PUMP FUSE FR-46
F-17 SEPARATOR BLOWER FUSE FR-48
F-18 MAIN BLOWER FUSE FR-48
F-19 A/C CLUTCH FUSE FR-48
F-20 LH MARKER LIGHTS FUSE FR-34
F-21 RH MARKER LIGHTS FUSE FR-34
F-22 SHOE LEVELING MOTOR FUSE FR-19
F-23 THROTTLE / BRUSH FUSE FR-04
F-24 FAN / REVERSER FUSE FR-16
F-25 TRANSMISSION SHIFT FUSE FR-09
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 49
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

F-26 CROSS AUGER TENT FUSE FR-22
F-27 SIEVE / SPREADER FUSE FR-21
F-28 FUEL PUMP FUSE FR-06
F-29 DISTANCE WORK LIGHTS FUSE FR-41
F-30 HEADER WORK LIGHTS FUSE FR-40
F-31 CAB ROOF WORK LIGHTS FUSE FR-41
F-32 HIGH BEAM FUSE FR-36
F-33 LOW BEAM FUSE FR-36
F-34 UNDER SHIELD LIGHTS FR-38
F-35 RADIO KAPWR FR-46
F-36 CCM-2A FUSE FR-28
F-37 CCM-2B FUSE FR-28
F-38 KEY SWITCH FUSE FR-29
F-39 MEMORY (KAPWR) FR-29
F-40 CCM-1 POWER FUSE FR-28
F-41 CCM-2 POWER FUSE FR-28
F-42 CCM-3 / CAB POWER FUSE FR-28
F-43 CCM-1A FUSE FR-26
F-44 CCM-1B FUSE FR-26
F-45 HHC MODULE FUSE FR-31
F-46 FR-28
F-47 CCM-3 FUSE FR-24
F-48 RH CONSOLE FUSE FR-25
F-49 CAB FUSE FR-27
F-50 SIDE LIGHTS FUSE FR-40
F-51 HORN / MARKER LIGHTS FUSE FR-36
F-52 DOME / BRAKE LIGHT FUSE FR-38
F-53 BEACON LIGHTS FUSE FR-39
F-54 LOWER WORK LIGHTS FUSE FR-40
F-55 REAR WORK LIGHTS FUSE FR-42
F-56 HAZARD LIGHTS FUSE FR-33
F-64 SWITCH BYPASS FUSES FR-44

Generators
G-01 ALTERNATOR FR-02
G-02 FRONT BATTERY FR-01
G-03 REAR BATTERY FR-01

Audio
H-01 AUDIO ALARM FR-25
H-02 HORN FR-36
H-04 REAR LEFT SPEAKER FR-46
H-05 FRONT LEFT SPEAKER FR-46
H-06 REAR RIGHT SPEAKER FR-46
H-07 FRONT RIGHT SPEAKER FR-46
H-08 BACK UP ALARM FR-08

Outlets
J-01
J-02 LH FRONT SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-03
J-04 LH SIDE SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-05 ENGINE SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-06 ACCESSORY SOCKET FR-45
J-07 TRANSCEIVER POWER OUTLET FR-46
J-08 ACCESSORY OUTLET FR-45

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 50
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

J-09 TRAILER OUTLET FR-35
J-10 DIAGNOSTIC OUTLET FR-29
J-10 DIAGNOSTIC OUTLET FR-30

Relays
K-01 CAB ROOF WORK LIGHTS RELAY FR-41
K-02 LIGHT CONTROL RELAY (AF) FR-36
K-03 ACCESSORY 2 RELAY FR-46
K-04 HIGH BEAM RELAY FR-36
K-05 LOW BEAM RELAY FR-36
K-06 WIPER RELAY FR-45
K-07 FUEL PUMP RELAY FR-06
K-08 ACCESSORY 1 RELAY FR-45
K-09 SEPARATOR BLOWER RELAY FR-48
K-10 A/C CLUTCH RELAY FR-48
K-11 MAIN BLOWER RELAY HIGH FR-48
K-12 MAIN BLOWER RELAY MEDIUM FR-48
K-13 MAIN BLOWER RELAY LOW FR-48
K-14 ECU POWER RELAY FR-02
K-15 STARTING RELAY FR-02
K-16 CONCAVE / COVERS RELAY FR-17
K-17 FAN / REVERSER RELAY FR-16
K-18 UPPER / LOWER SIEVE RELAY FR-21
K-19
K-20 TIME DELAY MODULE FR-38
K-21 DISTANCE WORK LTS RELAY FR-41
K-22 HEADER WORK LTS RELAY FR-40
K-23 NEUTRAL START RELAY FR-02
K-24 CCM-1 POWER RELAY FR-28
K-25 CCM-2 POWER RELAY FR-28
K-26 CCM-3 / CAB POWER RELAY FR-28
K-27 ROAD LIGHTS RELAY (AF) FR-41
K-28 THRESHING LATCHING FR-18
K-29 BEACON LIGHTS RELAY FR-39
K-30 LOWER WORK LIGHTS RELAY FR-40
K-31 REAR WORK LIGHTS RELAY FR-42
K-32 UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT RELAY FR-40
K-33 BRAKE LIGHTS RELAY FR-38
K-34 LH SIDE WORK LIGHT RELAY FR-43
K-35 RH SIDE WORK LIGHT RELAY FR-43
K-36 START RELAY FR-02
K-37
K-38 24V START RELAY (IVECO) FR-01
K-39 GRID HEATER RELAY (IVECO) FR-02
K-40 FLIP UP LOW BEAM RELAY FR-37
K-41 FLIP UP HIGH BEAM RELAY FR-37
K-42 RH VERTICAL KNIFE RELAY (OP) FR-12
K-43 LH VERTICAL KNIFE RELAY (OP) FR-12

Solenoids
L-01 NEUTRAL LOCK SOLENOID FR-07
L-02
L-03 UNLOAD TUBE IN FR-22
L-04 UNLOAD TUBE OUT FR-22
L-05 FOOT AND INCH FR-08
L-06 HDR HEIGHT ACCUMULATOR FR-14
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 51
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

L-07 A/C CLUTCH FR-48
L-08 UNLOAD TUBE CLUTCH FR-22
L-09 FUEL INJECTION PUMP FR-04
L-10 PARK BRAKE DISENGAGE FR-09
L-13 REEL DOWN FR-12
L-14 REEL UP FR-12
L-15 REEL AFT FR-12
L-16 REEL FORE FR-12
L-17 REEL DRIVE FR-12
L-18 LATERAL FLOAT CW FR-14
L-19 LATERAL FLOAT CCW FR-14
L-20 FEEDER JOG FORWARD FR-16
L-21 FEEDER JOG REVERSE FR-16
L-22 GEARBOX CLUTCH FR-18
L-23 GROUND SPEED HYDROSTAT FR-09
L-24 FEEDER CLUTCH FR-16
L-26 REAR WHEEL ASSIST FR-08
L-27 DUAL RANGE FR-08
L-28 CHAFF SPREADER / BLOWER FR-23
L-29 DRUM INCREASE FR-18
L-30 DRUM DECREASE FR-18
L-31
L-32 BRAKE LIMITING FR-09
L-33 ENGINE BRAKE (IVECO) FR-06
L-34 FUEL ACTUATOR 1 (CYL 1) FR-06
L-35 FUEL ACTUATOR 2 (CYL 4) FR-06
L-36 FUEL ACTUATOR 3 (CYL 2) FR-06
L-37 FUEL ACTUATOR 4 (CYL 6) FR-06
L-38 FUEL ACTUATOR 5 (CYL 3) FR-06
L-39 FUEL ACTUATOR 6 (CYL 5) FR-06
L-57 STEER RIGHT SOLENOID FR-31
L-58 STEER LEFT SOLENOID FR-31

Motors
M-01 12V STARTER FR-01
M-02 TRANSMISSION SHIFT MOTOR FR-09
M-03 SHOE LEVELING ACTUATOR FR-19
M-04 CONCAVE CLEARANCE MOTOR FR-17
M-05 CLEANING FAN ADJUST MOTOR FR-16
M-06 UPPER SIEVE ACUATOR FR-21
M-07 LOWER SIEVE ACTUATOR FR-21
M-08
M-09 REEL SPEED MOTOR FR-12
M-10 FEEDER REVERSER ACTUATOR FR-16
M-11 SPREADER PLATE MOTOR FR-23
M-12 COVERS MOTOR FR-17
M-13
M-14
M-15 COLD BOX DOOR MOTOR FR-47
M-16 WATER VALVE MOTOR FR-47
M-17 MAIN BLOWER MOTOR FR-48
M-18 SEPARATOR BLOWER MOTOR FR-48
M-19 RH MIRROR UP / DOWN FR-44
M-20 RH MIRROR IN / OUT FR-44
M-21 LH MIRROR UP / DOWN FR-44
M-22 LH MIRROR IN / OUT FR-44
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 52
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

M-23 FUEL PUMP FR-06
M-24 WIPER WASHER MOTOR FR-45
M-25 WIPER MOTOR FR-45
M-26 SEAT PUMP MOTOR FR-46
M-27 ROTARY SCREEN BRUSH FR-04
M-28 SAMPLE MOTOR FR-24
M-29 24V STARTER (IVECO) FR-01
M-30 GERMAN MIRROR UP / DOWN FR-44
M-31 GERMAN MIRROR IN / OUT FR-44
M-32
M-33
M-34
M-35 TURN TABLE ACTUATOR FR-32

Resistive
R-01 FUEL LEVEL FR-05
R-02 LATERAL FLOAT POT FR-14
R-03 FEEDER ANGLE POT FR-14
R-04 GROUND SPEED POT FR-07
R-05 YIELD SENSOR FR-24
R-06 CONCAVE POSITION FR-17
R-07
R-08 CIGAR LIGHTER FR-45
R-09 ENGINE GRID HEATER (IVECO) FR-02
R-10 RH MIRROR HEAT FR-44
R-11 LH MIRROR HEAT FR-44
R-12 LH STUBBLE HEIGHT FR-14
R-13 RH STUBBLE HEIGHT FR-14
R-14 GERMAN MIRROR HEAT FR-44
R-15 AIR FILTER SWITCH RESISTOR FR-05
R-16
R-17
R-18
R-19
R-20 HEADER TYPE MODULE FR-13
R-21
R-22
R-23
R-24 REEL HORIZONTAL POSITION FR-13
R-25 REEL VERTICAL POSITION FR-13

Switches
S-01
S-02 KEY SWITCH FR-29
S-03 MULTIFUNCTION HANDLE FR-11
S-04 HEADER HEIGHT MODE FR-11
S-05 SEAT SWITCH FR-27
S-06 HHC FINE ADJUST FR-11
S-07 FEEDER REVERSER FR-16
S-08 REEL SPEED MODE FR-11
S-09 PARK BRAKE FR-07
S-10 REAR WHEEL ASSIST FR-07
S-11 DUAL RANGE FR-07
S-12 ON THE ROAD SWITCH FR-07
S-13 UPPER SIEVE FR-19
S-14 LOWER SIEVE FR-19

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 53
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

S-15 FAN SPEED FR-19
S-16 CONCAVE CLEARANCE FR-17
S-17 DRUM SPEED FR-10
S-18
S-19 MIRROR HEAT SWITCH FR-44
S-20 WIPER SWITCH FR-45
S-21 ALTERNATE SETTINGS FR-11
S-22 NEUTRAL SWITCH FR-09
S-23 SPREADER PLATE FR-23
S-24 GEAR SELECT FR-07
S-25 HAZARD SWITCH FR-33
S-26 ROAD LIGHT SWITCH FR-36
S-27 MIRROR ADJUST SWITCH FR-44
S-28 GRAIN BIN 3/4 FULL FR-22
S-29 GRAIN BIN FULL FR-22
S-30 THRESHER ENGAGE FR-18
S-31 FEEDER ENGAGE FR-16
S-32 RETURNS FILTER BYPASS FR-10
S-33 HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR LEVEL FR-10
S-34 GEARBOX FILTER BYPASS FR-10
S-35 UPPER SIEVE REAR ADJUST FR-21
S-36 ENGINE THROTTLE FR-04
S-37 CHARGE PRESSURE FR-09
S-38 WASHER SWITCH FR-45
S-39 BRAKE PRESSURE FR-09
S-40 LH DOOR SWITCH FR-38
S-41 BEACON LIGHT SWITCH FR-39
S-42 TANK EXTENSIONS SWITCH FR-22
S-43 WORK LIGHT SWITCH FR-42
S-44 REAR WORK LIGHT SWITCH FR-42
S-45 SEAT ADJUST SWITCH FR-46
S-46 LOWER SIEVE REAR ADJUST FR-21
S-47 A/C HIGH PRESSURE FR-48
S-48 A/C LOW PRESSURE FR-48
S-49 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH FR-08
S-50
S-51 VERTICAL KNIVES FR-11
S-52 BATTERY SWITCH FR-01
S-53 FREEZE SWITCH FR-47
S-54 SIEVE LIGHT SWITCH FR-43
S-55 LH BRAKE WEAR SWITCH FR-08
S-56 RH BRAKE WEAR SWITCH FR-08
S-57 MIRROR SELECT SWITCH (D) FR-44
S-58 ENGINE OIL TEMP SWITCH (BAS) FR-05
S-59 STRAW WALKER PROTECT FR-20
S-60 CHOPPER HOOD PROTECT FR-20
S-61 AIR FILTER SWITCH FR-05
S-62 FUEL FILTER SWITCH (IVECO) FR-05
S-78 AUTO PILOT SWITCH FR-31

Splice Blocks
W-01 SPLICE BLOCK A FR-25
W-02 SPLICE BLOCK B FR-25
W-03 SPLICE BLOCK C FR-27
W-06 SPLICE BLOCK F FR-25

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 54
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

References
1 REAR FRAME GROUND FR-48
2 FRONT FRAME GROUND FR-48
3 CAB FLOOR GROUND FR-48
4 CAB ROOF GROUND FR-48
5 ENGINE GROUND FR-48
6
7 CCM-1 REFERENCE GROUND "A" FR-26
8 CCM-1 REFERENCE GROUND "B" FR-26
9 CCM-1 REFERENCE VOLTAGE "A" FR-26
10 CCM-1 REFERENCE VOLTAGE "B" FR-26
11 CCM-2 REFERENCE GROUND "A" FR-27
12 CCM-2 REFERENCE GROUND "B" FR-27
13 CCM-2 REFERENCE VOLTAGE "A" FR-27
14 CCM-2 REFERENCE VOLTAGE "B" FR-27
15 CCM-3 REFERENCE GROUND FR-26
16 CCM-3 REFERENCE VOLTAGE FR-26
17 BACK LIGHTING "A" FR-27
18 BACK LIGHTING "B" FR-25
19 RH CONSOLE +12 VOLTS FR-25
20 CAB +12 VOLTS FR-27

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 55
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical symbol (A.30.A -

C.20.C.40)
CX720 Series 1480 - ...., CX740 Series 1480 - ...., CX760 Series 1480 - ...., CX780 Series 1480 - ...., CX820 Series 1480 - ...., CX840 Series 1480 -
...., CX860 Series 1480 - ...., CX880 Series 1480 - ....

Code Name Frame

Electronics
A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT FR-02
A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT FR-04
A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT FR-06
A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT FR-31
A-02 MAIN DISPLAY MODULE (MDM) FR-30
A-03 SHAFT SPEED MONITOR (SSM) FR-30
A-04 RADIO FR-46
A-05 FLASHER MODULE FR-33
A-05 FLASHER MODULE FR-36
A-06
A-07 HHC MODULE (EMR-OBE) FR-14
A-07 HHC MODULE (EMR-OBE) FR-31
A-08
A-09 HVAC CONTROL MODULE FR-47
A-09 HVAC CONTROL MODULE FR-48
A-10 DATA LOGGER (DLU) FR-30
A-11 GPS MODULE FR-31
A-21 FUTURE OPTION FR-30
A-23 CROP EDGE SCANNER FR-30

Sensors
B-01 DRUM RPM FR-18
B-02 LATERAL INCLINATION FR-20
B-03 ENGINE OIL TEMP (IVECO) FR-05
B-04 ROTARY SEPARATOR RPM FR-20
B-05 ENGINE FLYWHEEL RPM (IVECO) FR-06
B-06 LEFT RETURNS RPM FR-20
B-07 ENGINE CAMSHAFT RPM (IVECO) FR-06
B-08 CLEAN GRAIN ELEVATOR RPM FR-20
B-09 REVERSER DISENGAGED FR-16
B-10 CHOPPER RPM FR-23
B-11 SWATH PLATE POSITION FR-15
B-12 MOISTURE SENSOR FR-24
B-13 STRAW WALKER RPM FR-20
B-14
B-15 REEL RPM FR-13
B-16 CLEANING FAN RPM FR-19
B-17 GROUND SPEED RPM FR-09
B-18 HYDRAULIC OIL RESERVOIR TEMP FR-10
B-19
B-20
B-21 SIEVES LOSS FR-19
B-22 REAR LADDER FR-05
B-23 BOOST PRESSURE (IVECO) FR-06
B-24
B-25 AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR FR-47
B-26 CAB TEMP SENSOR FR-47
B-27 OUTLET TEMP SENSOR FR-47
B-28 EVAPORATOR TEMP SENSOR FR-47

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 56
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

B-29 HEADER LIFT PRESSURE FR-14
B-30 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE FR-05
B-31
B-32 GEARBOX TEMPERATURE FR-10
B-33 LEFT WALKER LOSS FR-20
B-34 RIGHT WALKER LOSS FR-20
B-35 LOW CONTROL PRESSURE FR-10
B-36 FUEL TEMPERATURE (IVECO) FR-06
B-37 TRANS SHIFT POSITION FR-09
B-38 UNLOAD CRADLE FR-22
B-39 RIGHT RETURNS RPM FR-20
B-40 FUEL TEMP FR-04
B-41 AIR TEMP / BOOST PRESSURE FR-04
B-42 COOLANT TEMP FR-04
B-43 FLYWHEEL RPM FR-04
B-44 COOLANT TEMPERATURE (IVECO) FR-06
B-45 GEARBOX CLUTCH TEMP FR-17
B-46 HYDROSTAT MOTOR TEMP FR-08
B-47 COVERS OPEN FR-22
B-52 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (IVECO) FR-05
B-53 PARK BRAKE PRESSURE FR-09
B-54 AIR TEMPERATURE (IVECO) FR-06
B-69 STEERING WHEEL POSITION FR-32
B-70 REAR AXLE ANGLE FR-32
B-71 LONGITUDINAL INCLINOMETER FR-32

Lights
E-01 LH HEADER FLASHING LAMP (NA) FR-33
E-02 RH HEADER FLASHING LAMP (NA) FR-33
E-03 LH FRONT HAZARD LAMP FR-34
E-04 LH FRONT HAZARD LAMP FR-34
E-05 LH REAR FLASHING LAMP FR-35
E-06 RH REAR FLASHING LAMP FR-35
E-07 LH NASO FLASHING LAMP FR-33
E-08 RH NASO FLASHING LAMP FR-33
E-09 TURN INDICATOR FR-33
E-10 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR FR-33
E-11 LH BRAKE / MARKER LAMP FR-35
E-12 RH BRAKE / MARKER LAMP FR-35
E-13 LH ROAD LIGHT FR-36
E-14 RH ROAD LIGHT FR-36
E-15 LH CAB OUTER WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-16 RH CAB OUTER WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-17 LH CAB INNER WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-18 RH CAB INNER WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-19 LH CAB MID WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-20 RH CAB MID WORK LIGHT FR-41
E-21 LH HEADER LIGHT FR-40
E-22 RH HEADER LIGHT FR-40
E-23 LH LOWER WORK LIGHT FR-40
E-24 RH LOWER WORK LIGHT FR-40
E-25 LH SIDE WORK LIGHT FR-43
E-26 RH SIDE WORK LIGHT FR-43
E-27 LH REAR WORK LIGHT FR-42
E-28 RH REAR WORK LIGHT FR-42
E-29 UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT FR-40
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 57
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

E-30 GRAIN TANK LIGHT FR-40
E-31 LH FRONT BEACON FR-39
E-32 RH FRONT BEACON FR-39
E-33 REAR BEACON FR-39
E-34 DOME LIGHT FR-38
E-35 CONSOLE LIGHT FR-38
E-36 COLD START INDICATOR FR-02
E-37 SIEVE LIGHT FR-03
E-38 CENTER WORK LIGHT FR-40
E-39 UNLOAD TUBE MARKER LIGHT (FR) FR-34
E-40 HEADER LH MARKER LIGHT FR-33
E-41 HEADER RH MARKER LIGHT FR-33
E-42
E-43
E-44
E-45
E-46
E-47 LH FLIP-UP ROAD LIGHT FR-37
E-48 RH FLIP-UP ROAD LIGHT FR-37
E-49 RH POSITION LIGHT FR-34
E-50 LH POSITION LIGHT FR-34
E-51 RH FLASHING LIGHT FR-34
E-52 LH FLASHING LIGHT FR-34
E-53 RH FRONT AUSTRIA LIGHT FR-34
E-54 LH FRONT AUSTRIA LIGHT FR-34
E-55 RH REAR AUSTRIA LIGHT FR-35
E-56 LH REAR AUSTRIA LIGHT FR-35
E-57 RH LICENSE PLATE LIGHT (EU) FR-35
E-58 LH LICENSE PLATE LIGHT (EU) FR-35

Fuses
F-01 ECU POWER FUSE FR-02
F-02 ACCESSORY 2 FUSE FR-46
F-03 ACCESSORY 1 FUSE FR-45
F-04 WIPER FUSE FR-45
F-05 CIGAR LIGHTER FUSE FR-45
F-06 LH CAB WORK LIGHTS FUSE FR-41
F-07 RH CAB WORK LIGHTS FUSE FR-41
F-08 ACCESSORY OUTLET FUSE FR-45
F-09 WASHER / MIRROR FUSE FR-45
F-10 ACCESSORY SOCKET FUSE FR-45
F-11 RADIO FUSE FR-46
F-12 GPS POWER FUSE FR-30
F-13 TRANSCEIVER POWER FUSE FR-46
F-14 SERVICE LIGHTS FUSE FR-43
F-15 SERVICE SOCKETS FUSE FR-39
F-16 SEAT PUMP FUSE FR-46
F-17 SEPARATOR BLOWER FUSE FR-48
F-18 MAIN BLOWER FUSE FR-48
F-19 A/C CLUTCH FUSE FR-48
F-20 LH MARKER LIGHTS FUSE FR-34
F-21 RH MARKER LIGHTS FUSE FR-34
F-22 SHOE LEVELING MOTOR FUSE FR-19
F-23 THROTTLE / BRUSH FUSE FR-04
F-24 FAN / REVERSER FUSE FR-16
F-25 TRANSMISSION SHIFT FUSE FR-09
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 58
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

F-26 CROSS AUGER TENT FUSE FR-22
F-27 SIEVE / SPREADER FUSE FR-21
F-28 FUEL PUMP FUSE FR-06
F-29 DISTANCE WORK LIGHTS FUSE FR-41
F-30 HEADER WORK LIGHTS FUSE FR-40
F-31 CAB ROOF WORK LIGHTS FUSE FR-41
F-32 HIGH BEAM FUSE FR-36
F-33 LOW BEAM FUSE FR-36
F-34 UNDER SHIELD LIGHTS FR-38
F-35 RADIO KAPWR FR-46
F-36 CCM-2A FUSE FR-28
F-37 CCM-2B FUSE FR-28
F-38 KEY SWITCH FUSE FR-29
F-39 MEMORY (KAPWR) FR-29
F-40 CCM-1 POWER FUSE FR-28
F-41 CCM-2 POWER FUSE FR-28
F-42 CCM-3 / CAB POWER FUSE FR-28
F-43 CCM-1A FUSE FR-26
F-44 CCM-1B FUSE FR-26
F-45 HHC MODULE FUSE FR-31
F-46 FR-28
F-47 CCM-3 FUSE FR-24
F-48 RH CONSOLE FUSE FR-25
F-49 CAB FUSE FR-27
F-50 SIDE LIGHTS FUSE FR-40
F-51 HORN / MARKER LIGHTS FUSE FR-36
F-52 DOME / BRAKE LIGHT FUSE FR-38
F-53 BEACON LIGHTS FUSE FR-39
F-54 LOWER WORK LIGHTS FUSE FR-40
F-55 REAR WORK LIGHTS FUSE FR-42
F-56 HAZARD LIGHTS FUSE FR-33
F-64 SWITCH BYPASS FUSES FR-44

Generators
G-01 ALTERNATOR FR-02
G-02 FRONT BATTERY FR-01
G-03 REAR BATTERY FR-01

Audio
H-01 AUDIO ALARM FR-25
H-02 HORN FR-36
H-04 REAR LEFT SPEAKER FR-46
H-05 FRONT LEFT SPEAKER FR-46
H-06 REAR RIGHT SPEAKER FR-46
H-07 FRONT RIGHT SPEAKER FR-46
H-08 BACK UP ALARM FR-08

Outlets
J-01
J-02 LH FRONT SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-03
J-04 LH SIDE SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-05 ENGINE SERVICE SOCKET FR-39
J-06 ACCESSORY SOCKET FR-45
J-07 TRANSCEIVER POWER OUTLET FR-46
J-08 ACCESSORY OUTLET FR-45

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 59
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

J-09 TRAILER OUTLET FR-35
J-10 DIAGNOSTIC OUTLET FR-29
J-10 DIAGNOSTIC OUTLET FR-30

Relays
K-01 CAB ROOF WORK LIGHTS RELAY FR-41
K-02 LIGHT CONTROL RELAY (AF) FR-36
K-03 ACCESSORY 2 RELAY FR-46
K-04 HIGH BEAM RELAY FR-36
K-05 LOW BEAM RELAY FR-36
K-06 WIPER RELAY FR-45
K-07 FUEL PUMP RELAY FR-06
K-08 ACCESSORY 1 RELAY FR-45
K-09 SEPARATOR BLOWER RELAY FR-48
K-10 A/C CLUTCH RELAY FR-48
K-11 MAIN BLOWER RELAY HIGH FR-48
K-12 MAIN BLOWER RELAY MEDIUM FR-48
K-13 MAIN BLOWER RELAY LOW FR-48
K-14 ECU POWER RELAY FR-02
K-15 STARTING RELAY FR-02
K-16 CONCAVE / COVERS RELAY FR-17
K-17 FAN / REVERSER RELAY FR-16
K-18 UPPER / LOWER SIEVE RELAY FR-21
K-19
K-20 TIME DELAY MODULE FR-38
K-21 DISTANCE WORK LTS RELAY FR-41
K-22 HEADER WORK LTS RELAY FR-40
K-23 NEUTRAL START RELAY FR-02
K-24 CCM-1 POWER RELAY FR-28
K-25 CCM-2 POWER RELAY FR-28
K-26 CCM-3 / CAB POWER RELAY FR-28
K-27 ROAD LIGHTS RELAY (AF) FR-41
K-28 THRESHING LATCHING FR-18
K-29 BEACON LIGHTS RELAY FR-39
K-30 LOWER WORK LIGHTS RELAY FR-40
K-31 REAR WORK LIGHTS RELAY FR-42
K-32 UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT RELAY FR-40
K-33 BRAKE LIGHTS RELAY FR-38
K-34 LH SIDE WORK LIGHT RELAY FR-43
K-35 RH SIDE WORK LIGHT RELAY FR-43
K-36 START RELAY FR-02
K-37
K-38 24V START RELAY (IVECO) FR-01
K-39 GRID HEATER RELAY (IVECO) FR-02
K-40 FLIP UP LOW BEAM RELAY FR-37
K-41 FLIP UP HIGH BEAM RELAY FR-37
K-42 RH VERTICAL KNIFE RELAY (OP) FR-12
K-43 LH VERTICAL KNIFE RELAY (OP) FR-12

Solenoids
L-01 NEUTRAL LOCK SOLENOID FR-07
L-02
L-03 UNLOAD TUBE IN FR-22
L-04 UNLOAD TUBE OUT FR-22
L-05 FOOT AND INCH FR-08
L-06 HDR HEIGHT ACCUMULATOR FR-14
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 60
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

L-07 A/C CLUTCH FR-48
L-08 UNLOAD TUBE CLUTCH FR-22
L-09 FUEL INJECTION PUMP FR-04
L-10 PARK BRAKE DISENGAGE FR-09
L-13 REEL DOWN FR-12
L-14 REEL UP FR-12
L-15 REEL AFT FR-12
L-16 REEL FORE FR-12
L-17 REEL DRIVE FR-12
L-18 LATERAL FLOAT CW FR-14
L-19 LATERAL FLOAT CCW FR-14
L-20 FEEDER JOG FORWARD FR-16
L-21 FEEDER JOG REVERSE FR-16
L-22 GEARBOX CLUTCH FR-18
L-23 GROUND SPEED HYDROSTAT FR-09
L-24 FEEDER CLUTCH FR-16
L-26 REAR WHEEL ASSIST FR-08
L-27 DUAL RANGE FR-08
L-28 CHAFF SPREADER / BLOWER FR-23
L-29 DRUM INCREASE FR-18
L-30 DRUM DECREASE FR-18
L-31
L-32 BRAKE LIMITING FR-09
L-33 ENGINE BRAKE (IVECO) FR-06
L-34 FUEL ACTUATOR 1 (CYL 1) FR-06
L-35 FUEL ACTUATOR 2 (CYL 4) FR-06
L-36 FUEL ACTUATOR 3 (CYL 2) FR-06
L-37 FUEL ACTUATOR 4 (CYL 6) FR-06
L-38 FUEL ACTUATOR 5 (CYL 3) FR-06
L-39 FUEL ACTUATOR 6 (CYL 5) FR-06
L-57 STEER RIGHT SOLENOID FR-31
L-58 STEER LEFT SOLENOID FR-31

Motors
M-01 12V STARTER FR-01
M-02 TRANSMISSION SHIFT MOTOR FR-09
M-03 SHOE LEVELING ACTUATOR FR-19
M-04 CONCAVE CLEARANCE MOTOR FR-17
M-05 CLEANING FAN ADJUST MOTOR FR-16
M-06 UPPER SIEVE ACUATOR FR-21
M-07 LOWER SIEVE ACTUATOR FR-21
M-08
M-09 REEL SPEED MOTOR FR-12
M-10 FEEDER REVERSER ACTUATOR FR-16
M-11 SPREADER PLATE MOTOR FR-23
M-12 COVERS MOTOR FR-17
M-13
M-14
M-15 COLD BOX DOOR MOTOR FR-47
M-16 WATER VALVE MOTOR FR-47
M-17 MAIN BLOWER MOTOR FR-48
M-18 SEPARATOR BLOWER MOTOR FR-48
M-19 RH MIRROR UP / DOWN FR-44
M-20 RH MIRROR IN / OUT FR-44
M-21 LH MIRROR UP / DOWN FR-44
M-22 LH MIRROR IN / OUT FR-44
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 61
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

M-23 FUEL PUMP FR-06
M-24 WIPER WASHER MOTOR FR-45
M-25 WIPER MOTOR FR-45
M-26 SEAT PUMP MOTOR FR-46
M-27 ROTARY SCREEN BRUSH FR-04
M-28 SAMPLE MOTOR FR-24
M-29 24V STARTER (IVECO) FR-01
M-30 GERMAN MIRROR UP / DOWN FR-44
M-31 GERMAN MIRROR IN / OUT FR-44
M-32
M-33
M-34
M-35 TURN TABLE ACTUATOR FR-32

Resistive
R-01 FUEL LEVEL FR-05
R-02 LATERAL FLOAT POT FR-14
R-03 FEEDER ANGLE POT FR-14
R-04 GROUND SPEED POT FR-07
R-05 YIELD SENSOR FR-24
R-06 CONCAVE POSITION FR-17
R-07
R-08 CIGAR LIGHTER FR-45
R-09 ENGINE GRID HEATER (IVECO) FR-02
R-10 RH MIRROR HEAT FR-44
R-11 LH MIRROR HEAT FR-44
R-12 LH STUBBLE HEIGHT FR-14
R-13 RH STUBBLE HEIGHT FR-14
R-14 GERMAN MIRROR HEAT FR-44
R-15 AIR FILTER SWITCH RESISTOR FR-05
R-16
R-17
R-18
R-19
R-20 HEADER TYPE MODULE FR-13
R-21
R-22
R-23
R-24 REEL HORIZONTAL POSITION FR-13
R-25 REEL VERTICAL POSITION FR-13

Switches
S-01
S-02 KEY SWITCH FR-29
S-03 MULTIFUNCTION HANDLE FR-11
S-04 HEADER HEIGHT MODE FR-11
S-05 SEAT SWITCH FR-27
S-06 HHC FINE ADJUST FR-11
S-07 FEEDER REVERSER FR-16
S-08 REEL SPEED MODE FR-11
S-09 PARK BRAKE FR-07
S-10 REAR WHEEL ASSIST FR-07
S-11 DUAL RANGE FR-07
S-12 ON THE ROAD SWITCH FR-07
S-13 UPPER SIEVE FR-19
S-14 LOWER SIEVE FR-19

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 62
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

S-15 FAN SPEED FR-19
S-16 CONCAVE CLEARANCE FR-17
S-17 DRUM SPEED FR-10
S-18
S-19 MIRROR HEAT SWITCH FR-44
S-20 WIPER SWITCH FR-45
S-21 ALTERNATE SETTINGS FR-11
S-22 NEUTRAL SWITCH FR-09
S-23 SPREADER PLATE FR-23
S-24 GEAR SELECT FR-07
S-25 HAZARD SWITCH FR-33
S-26 ROAD LIGHT SWITCH FR-36
S-27 MIRROR ADJUST SWITCH FR-44
S-28 GRAIN BIN 3/4 FULL FR-22
S-29 GRAIN BIN FULL FR-22
S-30 THRESHER ENGAGE FR-18
S-31 FEEDER ENGAGE FR-16
S-32 RETURNS FILTER BYPASS FR-10
S-33 HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR LEVEL FR-10
S-34 GEARBOX FILTER BYPASS FR-10
S-35 UPPER SIEVE REAR ADJUST FR-21
S-36 ENGINE THROTTLE FR-04
S-37 CHARGE PRESSURE FR-09
S-38 WASHER SWITCH FR-45
S-39 BRAKE PRESSURE FR-09
S-40 LH DOOR SWITCH FR-38
S-41 BEACON LIGHT SWITCH FR-39
S-42 TANK EXTENSIONS SWITCH FR-22
S-43 WORK LIGHT SWITCH FR-42
S-44 REAR WORK LIGHT SWITCH FR-42
S-45 SEAT ADJUST SWITCH FR-46
S-46 LOWER SIEVE REAR ADJUST FR-21
S-47 A/C HIGH PRESSURE FR-48
S-48 A/C LOW PRESSURE FR-48
S-49 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH FR-08
S-50
S-51 VERTICAL KNIVES FR-11
S-52 BATTERY SWITCH FR-01
S-53 FREEZE SWITCH FR-47
S-54 SIEVE LIGHT SWITCH FR-43
S-55 LH BRAKE WEAR SWITCH FR-08
S-56 RH BRAKE WEAR SWITCH FR-08
S-57 MIRROR SELECT SWITCH (D) FR-44
S-58 ENGINE OIL TEMP SWITCH (BAS) FR-05
S-59 STRAW WALKER PROTECT FR-20
S-60 CHOPPER HOOD PROTECT FR-20
S-61 AIR FILTER SWITCH FR-05
S-62 FUEL FILTER SWITCH (IVECO) FR-05
S-78 AUTO PILOT SWITCH FR-31

Splice Blocks
W-01 SPLICE BLOCK A FR-25
W-02 SPLICE BLOCK B FR-25
W-03 SPLICE BLOCK C FR-27
W-06 SPLICE BLOCK F FR-25

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 63
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Name Frame

References
1 REAR FRAME GROUND FR-48
2 FRONT FRAME GROUND FR-48
3 CAB FLOOR GROUND FR-48
4 CAB ROOF GROUND FR-48
5 ENGINE GROUND FR-48
6
7 CCM-1 REFERENCE GROUND "A" FR-26
8 CCM-1 REFERENCE GROUND "B" FR-26
9 CCM-1 REFERENCE VOLTAGE "A" FR-26
10 CCM-1 REFERENCE VOLTAGE "B" FR-26
11 CCM-2 REFERENCE GROUND "A" FR-27
12 CCM-2 REFERENCE GROUND "B" FR-27
13 CCM-2 REFERENCE VOLTAGE "A" FR-27
14 CCM-2 REFERENCE VOLTAGE "B" FR-27
15 CCM-3 REFERENCE GROUND FR-26
16 CCM-3 REFERENCE VOLTAGE FR-26
17 BACK LIGHTING "A" FR-27
18 BACK LIGHTING "B" FR-25
19 RH CONSOLE +12 VOLTS FR-25
20 CAB +12 VOLTS FR-27

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 64
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component localisation (A.30.A -

C.40.B.20)
NOTE: All components have been grouped by general location on the combine. An index at the front of this section
lists each component individually with its corresponding page location.

Within each group, the components are shown in left to right order, or as found when walking counter clockwise
around the combine.

FEEDER

Left Front of Feeder

1. FE W/H, Connector X081 - Lateral Float Pot
2. Lateral Float Potentiometer - R02
3. FE W/H, Connector X032 - Header Connector (Shown in Storage Position)

50014680 1

Feeder Reverser Disengage Sensor

1. FE W/H, Connector X079 - Reverser Position
2. Reverser Disengage - B09

10014661 2

Feeder Reverser Linear Actuator

1. FE W/H, Connector X080 - Feeder Reverser
2. Feeder Reverser Actuator - M10

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 65
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10014662 3

1. FV W/H, Connector X270 To Feeder Jog Forward Solenoid - L20

2. FV W/H, Connector X267 To Lateral Float CW Solenoid - L18
3. FV W/H, Connector X272 To Reel Fore Solenoid - L16
4. FV W/H, Connector X273 To Reel Up Solenoid - L14
5. FV W/H, Connector X266 To Feeder Jog Reverse Solenoid - L21
6. FV W/H, Connector X271 To Lateral Float CCW Solenoid - L19
7. FV W/H, Connector X268 To Reel Aft Solenoid - L15
8. FV W/H, Connector X269 To Reel Down Solenoid - L13
9. FV W/H, Connector X274 To Reel Drive Solenoid - L17

50014681 4
Feeder Valves

1. FF W/H To FE W/H, Connector X007 - Feeder

2. FF W/H To FV W/H, Connector X021 - Feeder Valves
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 66
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10004660 5

FRONT LOWER FRAME

Transmission Area
1. LF W/H, Connector X087 - Ground RPM
2. RH Brake Wear Switch - S56
3. LH Brake Wear Switch - S55
4. Ground Speed Sensor - B17

10004641 6

Hydrostatic Motor Foot and Inch Solenoid and Temperature Sensor

1. LF W/H, Connector X094 - Trans Shift Motor
2. LF W/H, Connector X091 - Hydrostat Temp
3. LF W/H, Connector X092 - Ground Drive Motor
4. Hydrostatic Motor Foot and Inch Solenoid - L05
5. Hydrostatic Motor Temp - B46

10004663 7

Transmission Shift Motor and Transmission Shift Position Sensor

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 67
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1. LF W/H, Connector X093 - Shift Position

2. LF W/H, Connector X094 - Trans Shift Motor
3. Transmission Shift Motor - M02
4. Transmission Shift Position Sensor - B37

10004664 8

Shoe Leveling Actuator

1. LF W/H, Connector X088 - Shoe Motor
2. Shoe Leveling Actuator - M03

10004665 9

LEFT SIDE

Front Frame W/H To Lower Frame W/H

1. Connector X023

10010898 10

Cab Connectors
1. Connector X004, Main Frame (MF) Harness To Cab Main (CM) Harness

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 68
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

2. Connector X005, Main Frame (MF) Harness To Cab Main (CM) Harness
3. Connector X031, Front Frame (FT) Harness To Cab Main (CM) Harness
4. Connector X006, A/C Harness To Cab Main (CM) Harness
5. 12v Power Supply Direct From Batteries To Fuse Panel

10010899 11

Cab Connectors - Extensions (Series 1206, 1212 only)

1. Extension Harness,(MF) W/H To (CM) W/H, Connector X005
2. Extension Harness,(MF) W/H To (CM) W/H, Connector X004
NOTE: Extensions were used on CX Combines Series 1206 and 1212 only to connect the main frame (MF) harness
with the cab connectors. The main frame (MF) harness was made longer, eliminating the need for extensions, on CX
Combines Series 1226.

50014697 12

Cab Separator Blower Motor - M18

1. AC W/H, Connector X143 - Separator Blower
2. AC W/H, Connector X144 - Separator Blower

10004688 13

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 69
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Mainframe To Valve Stack

1. In-line Connector X022

10004649 14

Main Frame to Main Valve Stack

1. Connector X022 - Main Frame (MF) HarnessTo Main Valve Stack (MV) Harness
2. MV W/H, Connector X281 - Bosch HHC
3. HHC Module A07

10004650 15

Main Valve Stack

1. MV W/H, Connector X275 - Thresher Decrease SolenoidL30
2. MV W/H, Connector X276 - Unload Tube In SolenoidL03
3. MV W/H, Connector X277 - Unload Tube Out SolenoidL04
4. MV W/H, Connector X278 - Thresher Increase SolenoidL29

50014682 16

Header Height Control Module

1. MS W/H, Connector X280 - Accumulator
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 70
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

2. MS W/H, Connector X279 - HDR Height Pressure

3. MS W/H, Connector X281 - Bosch HHC Module

50014683 17

Rotary Separator Speed Sensor - B04

1. MF W/H, Connector X187 - Separator RPM

10004657 18

Splice Blocks (Series 1206, 1212, 1226 only)

1. MF W/H, Connector X179 - Splice Block D, W04
2. MF W/H, Connector X180 - Splice Block E, W05

10004652 19

Left Hand Returns Speed Sensor - B06

1. MF W/H, Connector X181 - Left Returns RPM

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 71
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10004638 20

Clean Grain Elevator Speed Sensor - B08

1. MF W/H, Connector X182 - Clean Grain RPM

10004651 21

Electrical Connectors
1. Connector X024, Main Frame (MF) Harness To Straw Walker (SW) Harness
2. Connector X025, Expansion (EX) Harness To Straw Walker (SW) Harness
3. Rear Frame Ground 1

50014684 22

Straw Walker RPM Sensor - B13

1. MF W/H, Connector X185 - Straw Walker RPM

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 72
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014685 23

Left Rear of Combine I

1. Sieve Light - E37
2. Battery Switch - S01 (12V) or S52 (24V)
3. Sieve Light Switch - S54
4. LH Side Service Light Socket - J04
5. Chaff Spreader Solenoid - L28
6. Connector X285, Straw Walker (SW) Harness To Trailer Hitch
7. Connector X072, Straw Walker (SW) Harness To Lower Frame Rear (LR) Harness

50010911 24

Sieve Light - E37

1. SW W/H, Connector X234 - Sieve Light

10004654 25

Battery Master Disconnector Switch - S01 (12 V)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 73
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10004655 26

Sieve Light Switch - S54

1. SW W/H, Connector X237 - Sieve LT Switch
2. LH Side Service Socket - J04
3. Connector X236 - LH Service Socket

10004656 27

Left Rear of Combine II

1. SW W/H, Connector X238 - Gearbox Filter
2. Gearbox Filter Bypass Switch - S34
3. SW W/H, Connector X239 - Hydraulic Returns
4. Hydraulic Return Filter Bypass Switch - S32
5. SW W/H, Connector X235 - Chaff Spreader Solenoid
6. Chaff Spreader Solenoid - L28

10010873 28

Left Rear of Combine III

1. SW W/H, Connector X235 - Chaff Spreader Solenoid

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 74
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

2. Chaff Spreader Solenoid - L28

3. Connector X285, Straw Walker (SW) Harness To Trailer Hitch
4. Connector X072, Straw Walker (SW) Harness To Lower Frame Rear (LR) Harness
5. Connector X078, Straw Walker (SW) Harness To Straw Hood Bottom (SB) Harness

10010893 29

Upper Left Rear of Combine

1. Connector X071, Straw Walker (SW) Harness To Straw Hood (SH) Harness
2. SW W/H, Connector X244 - Unload Cradle
3. Unload Cradle Home Position Sensor - B38

10010903 30

REAR LOWER FRAME

Lower Sieve Actuator - M07

1. LR W/H, Connector X228 - Lower Sieve Actuator
2. Lower Sieve Actuator - M07
3. LR W/H, Connector X233 - RWA Solenoid

10010874 31

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 75
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RWA Valve (If Equipped)

1. Lower Sieve Actuator - M07
2. LR W/H, Connector X233 - RWA Solenoid
3. Rear Wheel Assist Solenoid - L26

10010896 32

REAR

Cleaning Shoe Components

1. LR W/H, Connector X232 - Sieves Loss Sensor
2. LR W/H, Connector X227 - Upper Sieve Actuator
3. Sieves Loss Sensor - B21
4. Upper Sieve Actuator - M06

10010864 33

Sieve Actuator Switches - S35 & S46

1. Connector X078, Straw Hood Bottom (SB) Harness To Straw Walker (SW) Harness
2. Upper Sieve Rear Adjust Switch - S35
3. Lower Sieve Rear Adjust Switch - S46

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 76
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10010897 34

Straw Walker Loss Sensors

1. SB W/H, Connector X241 - Left Walker Loss Sensor
2. Left Walker Loss Sensor - B33
3. SH W/H, Connector X250 - Right Walker Loss Sensor
4. Right Walker Loss Sensor - B34

10010866 35

Straw Walker Protection Sensors - B05

1. ST W/H, Connector X249 - Walker Protection
2. Connector X096, Straw Hood (SH) Harness To Straw Hood Top (ST) Harness
3. Straw Walker Protection Sensor - B05

50004640 36

Straw Hood - Top

1. ST W/H, Connector X248 - Back-up Alarm
2. Back-up Alarm - H08
3. ST W/H, Connector X247 - Rear Beacon
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 77
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

4. Rear Beacon Light - E33

50014696 37

Spreader Plate Motor

1. SH W/H, Connector X224 - Spreader Plate Motor
2. Spreader Plate Motor - M11

50014686 38

RIGHT SIDE

Right Rear of Combine

1. SH W/H, Connector X240 - Swath Plate Position
2. Swath Plate Position Sensor - B11
3. SH W/H, Connector X253 - Chopper RPM
4. Straw Chopper Speed Sensor - B10
5. Rear Ladder Position Sensor - B22

10010895 39

Straw Chopper

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 78
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1. SH W/H, Connector X253 - Chopper RPM

2. Straw Chopper RPM Sensor - B10
3. SH W/H, Connector X240 - Swath Plate Position
4. Swath Plate Position Sensor - B11

50014687 40

Rear Ladder
1. SH W/H, Connector X251 - Rear Ladder Switch
2. Rear Ladder Position Sensor - B22
3. RH Side Service Socket - J03

50014688 41

Right Rear of Combine II

1. Fuel Level Sensor - R01
2. MF W/H Connector X184 - Fuel Level
3. Fuel Pump - M23
4. MF W/H, Connector X183 - Fuel Pump

10010875 42

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 79
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Clean Grain Elevator

1. EX W/H, Connector X221 - Moisture Sensor
2. Grain Moisture Sensor Assembly - B12

50014689 43

Sample Motor and Straw Walker

1. EX W/H, Connector X222 - Sample Motor
2. Sample Motor - M28

50004659 44

Right Returns RPM Sensor - B39

1. MF W/H, Connector X186 - Right Returns RPM

10004668 45

Cleaning Fan
1. Cleaning Fan Adjust Motor - M05
2. LF W/H, Connector X090 - Cleaning Fan Motor
3. LF w/H, Connector X089 - Cleaning Fan RPM
4. Cleaning Fan RPM - B16
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 80
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

30998030 46

Drum RPM Sensor - B01

1. MF W/H, Connector X177 - Drum RPM

10004677 47

UNDER CAB

Lateral Inclination Sensor - B02

1. MF W/H, Connector X170 - Lateral Inclination

10004686 48

Brake Pressure Switch - S39

1. MF W/H, Connector X173 - Brake Pressure

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 81
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10010876 49

Concave Clearance Actuator - M04

1. MF W/H, Connector X176 - Concave Motor

10004687 50

Feeder Angle Sensor - R03

1. MF W/H, Connector X174 - Feeder Angle

10004692 51

Harness Connections, Rear of Cab

1. Connector X008, Main Frame (MF) Harness To Front Frame (FT) Harness
2. Connector X034, Main Frame (MF) Harness To Expansion (EX) Harness
3. Connector X219, Main Frame (MF) Harness To Expansion (EX) Harness

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 82
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014690 52

Ambient Temp Sensor - B25

1. AC W/H, Connector X146 - Ambient Temp Sensor

10004643 53

HVAC Components
1. AC W/H Connector X152 - Main Blower
2. AC W/H Connector X151 - Water Valve
3. Water Valve Motor - M16
4. Main Blower Motor - M17
5. Outlet Temp Sensor - B27
6. Recirc Door Motor - M15

10004644 54

Front Frame Ground

1. Connector X175 - Front Ground, MF W/H
2. Front Frame Ground
3. Cab Floor Ground

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 83
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

4. Connector X145 - Ground

5. Connector X095 - Ground, FF W/H

10004646 55

GRAIN TANK

Main Frame W/H To Grain Tank W/H

1. Connector X009

10010900 56

Main Frame To Grain Tank II

1. Connector X009 - Main Frame To Grain Tank Harness Connector

10004685 57

Grain Tank - Front

1. GT W/H, Connector X107 - Grain Bin 3/4 Full Sensor - S28
2. Grain Bin 3/4 Full Sensor - S28
3. GT W/H, Connector X109 - Grain Bin Full Sensor - S29
4. Grain Bin Full Sensor - S29
5. GT W/H, Connector X108 - Grain Tank Light - E30
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 84
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014691 58

Bubble-Up Auger
1. Connector X195, Main Frame (MF) Harness To Jumper (JP) Harness
2. JP W/H, Connector X288 - Covers Position
3. Covers Position Sensor - B47

50014692 59

Grain Tank Covers Actuator - M12

1. JP W/H, Connector X289 - Covers Motor

10004684 60

Yield Sensor - R05

1. EX W/H, Connector X223 - Yield Sensor

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 85
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10004680 61

Unload Tube
1. GT to UT W/H, Connector X105 - Unload Tube LT

10004678 62

ENGINE COMPARTMENT 7.5 L ONLY

Engine Oil Pressure Sensor - B30

1. EN W/H, Connector X201 - Engine Oil Pressure

10004681 63

Engine/Gearbox Harness To Main Harness

1. In-line Connector X010 - Engine
2. In-line Connector X011 - Gearbox

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 86
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10004682_1092 64

Engine Oil Temperature Switch - S58

1. EN W/H, Connector X209 - Engine Oil Temperature Switch

10010863_1093 65

Air Filter Pressure Sensor - B07

1. EN W/H, Connector X202 - Air Filter

10004671 66

A/C Compressor
1. EN W/H, Connector X215 - A/C Clutch
2. EN W/H, Connector X217 - A/C Low Pressure
3. EN W/H, Connector X216 - A/C High Pressure
4. A/C High Pressure Switch - S47
5. A/C Low Pressure Switch - S48
6. A/C Clutch - L07
7. EN W/H, Connector X214 - Coolant Temperature
8. Coolant Temperature Sensor - B42
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 87
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10010869 67

Air Temperature/Boost Pressure Sensor - B41

1. EN W/H, Connector X210 - Air Temperature/Boost Pressure Sensor

10010868 68

Engine Grid Heater and Alternator - G01

1. EN W/H, Connector X211 - Grid Heater
2. Grid Heater Relay - K37
3. Grid Heater - R07
4. Alternator, 12v
5. Alternator, Engine RPM
6. Alternator, Ground

10004675 69

Left Side of Electronic Engine I

1. GB W/H, Connector X100 - Ground Speed Hydro
2. GB W/H, Connector X099 - Clutch Temperature
3. EN W/H, Connector X207 - Flywheel RPM Sensor
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 88
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

4. Flywheel RPM Sensor - B43

10010870 70

Left Side of Electronic Engine II

1. Engine Control Unit (ECU) - A01
2. EN W/H, Connector X192 - ECU Connector A
3. EN W/H, Connector X193 - ECU Connector B

50014698 71

12 V Start Relay - K36

1. EN W/H, Connector X199 - Relay Coil
2. EN W/H, Connector X200 - Start Relay
3. EN W/H, Connector X194 - Service Light Socket

10010871 72

Rear Side of Electronic Engine

1. EN W/H, Connector X203 - Fuel Injection Pump
2. Fuel Injection Pump - L09
3. EN W/H, Connector X212 - Fuel Temperature Sensor
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 89
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

4. Fuel Temperature Sensor - B40

5. EN W/H, Connector X194 - Service Light Socket
6. 12v Start Relay - K36

10010867 73

Rear Side of Mechanical Engine

1. EN W/H, Connector X196 - Throttle Motor
2. Engine Throttle Actuator - M13
3. Fuel Solenoid - L02
4. EN W/H, Connector X290 - Fuel Solenoid

10004674 74

Front Side of Oil Reservoir

1. GB W/H, Connector X103 - Reservoir Temp
2. Hyd Oil Reservoir Temp - B18
3. Engine Ground(5).
4. Hydraulic Reservoir Level Switch - S33
5. GB W/H, Connector X104 - Reservoir Level

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 90
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014693 75

Rotary Screen Brush Actuator - M27

1. EN W/H, Connector X206 - Brush Actuator

10004648 76

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, IVECO CURSOR ONLY

NOTE: The Iveco engine, is equipped with two engine harnesses. One harness is supplied by Iveco, and is installed
when the engine is assembled, and connects engine-specific sensors to the engine control unit (ECU). Not all these
sensors or connectors are labeled in the schematic, as they are used only for engine management.
NOTE: The other harness is supplied by New Holland, and is installed when the engine is installed in the combine.
In some cases, there may be open connectors on the Iveco harness, due to some Iveco sensors being removed and
New Holland sensors being installed, which are connected to the NH harness.

Engine Oil Pressure Sensor - B30

1. EN W/H, Connector X201 - Engine Oil Pressure
2. Engine Oil Pressure Switch - Iveco ECU Use Only

10010912 77

Front of Engine
1. EN W/H, Connector X202, Air Filter
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 91
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

2. Air Filter Pressure Sensor - B07

3. EN W/H, Connector X209 - Engine Oil Temperature
4. Engine Oil Temperature Sensor - B03
5. Engine Coolant Temperature - Iveco ECU Use Only
6. Engine Coolant Temperature - B42 (Connected To Iveco Harness)

10010907 78

Left Side of Engine

1. GB W/H, Connector X035 - Gearbox Valve
2. GB W/H, Connector X098 - Control Pressure
3. Low Control Pressure Sensor - B35
4. GB W/H, Connector X100 - Ground Speed Hydro
5. Flywheel RPM Sensor - B43
6. Camshaft Speed Sensor
7. Fuel Temperature Sensor - B40

10010904 79

Right Side of Engine

1. Engine Connector To Injectors, Iveco Harness

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 92
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10010910 80

Rear of Engine I
1. Boost Pressure Sensor
2. Air Temperature Sensor
3. Alternator - G01
4. Grid Heater

10010905 81

Rear of Engine II
1. 24v Starter - M29
2. EN W/H, Connectors X199 & X200, Start Relay
3. Start Relay - K36
4. EN W/H, Connector X286, 24v Start Relay
5. 24v Start Relay - K38
6. EN W/H, Connector X193 - ECU Connector B
7. Engine Control Unit (ECU)
8. EN W/H, Connector X211 - Grid Heater Relay
9. Grid Heater Relay - K37
10. Connector X197, Engine (EN) Harness To Iveco Harness

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 93
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10010906 82

Rear of Engine III

1. EN W/H, Connector X211 - Grid Heater Relay
2. Grid Heater Relay - K37
3. EN W/H, Connector X197, Engine (EN) Harness To Iveco Harness
4. En W/H, Connector X213 - Alternator
5. A/C High Pressure Switch - S47
6. A/C Low Pressure Switch - S48

10010908 83

Rear of Engine IV
1. 24v Start Relay - K38
2. Start Relay - K36
3. Service Light Socket - J05
4. EN W/H, Connector X215 - A/C Clutch
5. EN W/H, Connector X216 - A/C High Pressure
6. EN W/H, Connector X217 - A/C Low Pressure

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 94
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10010909 84

Rotary Screen Brush

1. EN W/H, Connector X206 - Brush Actuator

10004648_1094 85

ENGINE GEARBOX

Low Pressure Solenoid Valve (Top of Engine Gearbox)

1. GB W/H, Connector X035 - Gearbox Valve
2. Unload Tube Clutch Solenoid - L08
3. Feeder Clutch Solenoid - L24
4. Park Brake Solenoid - L10
5. Main Clutch Solenoid - L22
6. Low Control Pressure Sensor - B35
7. GB W/H, Connector X098 - Control Pressure

10004669 86

Engine Gearbox - Top

1. GB W/H, Connector X099 - Clutch Temperature
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 95
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

2. Gearbox Clutch Temperature Sensor - B45

3. GB W/H, Connector X100 - Ground Speed Hydro
4. Ground Speed Hydrostat - L23
5. GB W/H, Connector X101 - Charge Pressure
6. Charge Pressure Switch - S37

10010872 87

Engine Gearbox - Bottom

1. GB W/H, Connector X097 - Gearbox Temperature Sensor B32

50014695 88

CAB INTERIOR

Steering Column
1. Connector X033, Steering Column (SC) Harness To Cab Main (CM) Harness
2. Connector X256, Cab Main (CM) W/H To Road Light Switch - S26
3. SC W/H, Connector X255 - Flasher Module
4. Flasher Module - A05
5. SC W/H, Connector X254 - Solar Sensor
6. SC W/H, Connectors X257 - Turn Indicator, X258 - High Beam/Trailer & X259 - Hazard Switch

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 96
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10010914 89

Steering Column - Base

1. Connector X033, Steering Column (SC) Harness To Cab Main (CM) Harness
2. Connector X256, Cab Main (CM) W/H To Road Light Switch - S26

50014694 90

Keyswitch Panel
1. Key Switch - S02
2. Accessory Socket - J06
3. Cigar Lighter - R08
4. Connector X065, Diagnostics and Maintenance
5. Cold Start Indicator - E36

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 97
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

20013706 91

Cab Main Harness To Right Hand Console

1. Connector X001 - Cab Main (CM) Harness To RH Console (RC) Harness
2. Connectors X073 - Seat Switch And X074 - Seat Pump
3. Connector X064 - Monitors (Infoview & Shaft Speed)

10010921 92

Right Hand Console

1. Hydrostat Control Assembly
2. Right Hand Module (RHM)

10004690 93

Right Hand Module (RHM)

1. Connector X026, RHM J6
2. Connector X027, RHM J7A
3. Connector X028, From Multi-function Handle (MFH)
4. Connector X030, RHM J8B
5. Connector X029, RHM J8A
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 98
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10010917 94

Right Hand Console Switches I

1. Connector X037 - Spreader Plate
2. Connector X038 - Alternate Settings
3. Connector X039 - Feeder Reverser
4. Connector X063 - Vertical Knives
5. Connector X040 - Reel Speed Mode

10010918 95

Right Hand Console Switches II

1. Connector X048 - Gear Select
2. Connector X049 - On The Road
3. Connector X050 - Dual Range
4. Connector X051 - Rear Wheel Assist
5. Connector X052 - Park Brake

10010918_1095 96

Right Hand Console Switches III

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 99
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1. Connector X042 - Lower Sieve Adjust

2. Connector X043 - Upper Sieve Adjust
3. Connector X044 - Concave Clearance Adjust
4. Connector X045 - Fan Speed Adjust
5. Connector X046 - Rotor/Drum Speed Adjust
6. Connector X047 - Feeder Speed Adjust

10010918_1096 97

Right Hand Console Switches IV

1. Connector X061 - Header Height
2. Connector X060 - Throttle
3. Connector X062 - HHC Fine Adjust
4. Feeder Engage Switch - S31
5. Thresher Engage Switch - S30
6. Connector X056 - Feeder Engage
7. Connector X055 - Thresher Engage

10010919 98

Right Hand Console - Hydrostat Control

1. Connector X059 - Neutral Switch
2. Neutral Switch - S22
3. Neutral Lock Solenoid - L01
4. Connector X041 - Neutral Lock
5. Audio Alarm - H01
6. Connector X058 - Audio Alarm
7. Connector X057 - Ground Speed
8. Ground Speed Potentiometer - R04
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 100
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10010920 99

Chassis Control Modules

1. Connector X012 - CCM3-J1
2. Connector X015 - CCM2-J1
3. Connector X018 - CCM1-J1
4. CCM 1
5. CCM 2
6. CCM 3 (Optional)

10004693 100

Fuse Panel Area

1. 12v Power Supply From Batteries
2. Connector X005, Cab Main (CM) Harness To Main Frame (MF) Harness
3. Connector X004, Cab Main (CM) Harness To Main Frame (MF) Harness
4. Connector X031, Cab Main (CM) Harness To Front Frame (FT) Harness
5. Cab Floor Ground 3

10010913 101

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 101
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Upper Fuse Panel Area

1. Connector X002, Cab Main (CM) Harness To Cab Roof (CR) Harness
2. Connector X003, Cab Main (CM) Harness To Cab Roof (CR) Harness
3. Cab Roof Ground 4

10010915 102

Cab Roof
1. Connector X036, Cab Roof (CR) Harness To Outer Roof (OR) Harness

10010916 103

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 102
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification (A.30.A -

C.40.C.20)
Connector
Code Description Reference
X001 CAB MAIN/CONSOLE Wiring harness - Component diagram 23
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.23)
X002 CAB MAIN/ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 24
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.24)
X003 CAB MAIN/ ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 25
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.25)
X004 MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.03)
X005 MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 02
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)
X006 CAB MAIN/HVAC Wiring harness - Component diagram 47
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.47)
X007 FRONT FRAME/FEEDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 09
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)
X008 MAIN FRAME/FRONT FRAME Wiring harness - Component diagram 07
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)
X009 MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 06
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.06)
X010 MAIN FRAME/ENGINE Wiring harness - Component diagram 02
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)
X011 MAIN FRAME/GEARBOX Wiring harness - Component diagram 07
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)
X012 CCM-3 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 16
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.16)
X013 CCM-3 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 16
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.16)
X014 CCM-3 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 17
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.17)
X015 CCM-2 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)
X016 CCM-2 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)
X017 CCM-2 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 07
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)
X018 CCM-1 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)
X019 CCM-1 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)
X020 CCM-1 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 11
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.11)
X021 FRONT FRAME/FEEDER VALVE Wiring harness - Component diagram 19
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.19)
X022 MAIN FRAME/VALVE STACK Wiring harness - Component diagram 18
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.18)
X023 FRONT FRAME/LOWER FRAME Wiring harness - Component diagram 09
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)
X024 MAIN FRAME/STRAW WALKER Wiring harness - Component diagram 07
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)
X025 STRAW WALKER/EXPANSION Wiring harness - Component diagram 16
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.16)
X026 RHM J6 Wiring harness - Component diagram 23
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.23)
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 103
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

X027 RHM J7A Wiring harness - Component diagram 28
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.28)
X028 RHM Wiring harness - Component diagram 28
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.28)
X029 RHM J8A Wiring harness - Component diagram 28
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.28)
X030 RHM J8B Wiring harness - Component diagram 31
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.31)
X031 FRONT FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 09
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)
X032 HEADER/FEEDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 09
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)
X033 CAB MAIN/STEERING COLUMN Wiring harness - Component diagram 32
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.32)
X034 EXPANSION/MAIN FRAME A Wiring harness - Component diagram 16
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.16)
X035 GEARBOX VALVE Wiring harness - Component diagram 21
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.21)
X036 CAB ROOF/OUTER ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 39
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.39)
X037 SPREADER PLATE Wiring harness - Component diagram 30
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.30)
X038 ALTERNATE SETTINGS Wiring harness - Component diagram 30
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.30)
X039 FEEDER REVERSER Wiring harness - Component diagram 30
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.30)
X040 REEL SPEED MODE Wiring harness - Component diagram 30
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.30)
X041 NEUTRAL LOCK Wiring harness - Component diagram 28
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.28)
X042 LOWER SIEVES Wiring harness - Component diagram 31
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.31)
X043 UPPER SIEVES Wiring harness - Component diagram 31
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.31)
X044 CONCAVE CLEARANCE Wiring harness - Component diagram 31
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.31)
X045 FAN SPEED Wiring harness - Component diagram 31
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.31)
X046 ROTOR/DRUM SPEED Wiring harness - Component diagram 31
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.31)
X047 FEEDER SPEED Wiring harness - Component diagram 31
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.31)
X048 GEAR SELECT Wiring harness - Component diagram 28
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.28)
X049 ON THE ROAD Wiring harness - Component diagram 29
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.29)
X050 DUAL RANGE Wiring harness - Component diagram 29
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.29)
X051 REAR WHEEL ASSIST Wiring harness - Component diagram 29
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.29)
X052 PARK BRAKE Wiring harness - Component diagram 29
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.29)
X053 SPLICE BLOCK A Wiring harness - Component diagram 29
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.29)
X054 SPLICE BLOCK B Wiring harness - Component diagram 29
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.29)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 104
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

X055 THRESHER ENGAGE Wiring harness - Component diagram 27
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.27)
X056 FEEDER ENGAGE Wiring harness - Component diagram 27
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.27)
X057 GROUND SPEED Wiring harness - Component diagram 28
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.28)
X058 AUDIO ALARM Wiring harness - Component diagram 28
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.28)
X059 NEUTRAL SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 27
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.27)
X060 THROTTLE Wiring harness - Component diagram 28
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.28)
X061 HEADER HEIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 28
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.28)
X062 HHC FINE ADJUST Wiring harness - Component diagram 28
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.28)
X063 VERTICAL KNIVES Wiring harness - Component diagram 30
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.30)
X064 MAIN DISPLAY MODULE Wiring harness - Component diagram 24
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.24)
X065 DIAGNOSTICS AND MAINTENANCE Wiring harness - Component diagram 24
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.24)
X066 COLD START INDICATOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 03
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.03)
X067 ACC. SOCKET Wiring harness - Component diagram 45
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.45)
X068 KEY SW Wiring harness - Component diagram 24
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.24)
X069 LIGHTER Wiring harness - Component diagram 45
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.45)
X070 LIGHTER GROUND Wiring harness - Component diagram 45
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.45)
X071 STRAW HOOD/STRAW WALKER Wiring harness - Component diagram 07
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)
X072 LOWER FRAME REAR/STRAW WALKER Wiring harness - Component diagram 15
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.15)
X073 SEAT SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 42
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.42)
X074 SEAT PUMP Wiring harness - Component diagram 44
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.44)
X075 ACCESSORY GROUND Wiring harness - Component diagram 45
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.45)
X076 ACCESSORY OUTLET Wiring harness - Component diagram 45
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.45)
X078 STRAW HOOD BOTTOM/STRAW WALKER Wiring harness - Component diagram 07
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)
X079 REVERSER DISENGAGE Wiring harness - Component diagram 11
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.11)
X080 FEEDER REVERSER Wiring harness - Component diagram 12
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.12)
X081 LAT FLOAT POT Wiring harness - Component diagram 11
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.11)
X084 LH BRAKE PADS Wiring harness - Component diagram 14
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.14)
X085 RH BRAKE PADS Wiring harness - Component diagram 14
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.14)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 105
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

X087 GROUND R.P.M. Wiring harness - Component diagram 09
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)
X088 SHOE MOTOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 11
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.11)
X089 CLEANING FAN R.P.M. Wiring harness - Component diagram 11
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.11)
X090 CLEANING FAN MOTOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 12
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.12)
X091 HYDROSTAT TEMP Wiring harness - Component diagram 11
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.11)
X092 FOOT AND INCH/DUAL RANGE Wiring harness - Component diagram 22
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.22)
X093 TRANS SHIFT POSITION Wiring harness - Component diagram 09
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)
X094 TRANSMISSION SHIFT MOTOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 09
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)
X096 STRAW HOOD TOP/STRAW HOOD Wiring harness - Component diagram 15
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.15)
X097 GEARBOX TEMPERATURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 15
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.15)
X098 CONTROL PRESSURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 07
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)
X099 CLUTCH TEMPERATURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 07
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)
X100 GROUND SPEED HYDROSTAT Wiring harness - Component diagram 26
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.26)
X101 CHARGE PRESSURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 07
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)
X103 RESERVOIR TEMPERATURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 15
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.15)
X104 RESERVOIR LEVEL Wiring harness - Component diagram 07
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)
X105 UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 40
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.40)
X106 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 38
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.38)
X107 3/4 FULL BIN SENSOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 06
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.06)
X108 GRAIN TANK LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 40
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.40)
X109 FULL BIN SENSOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 06
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.06)
X110 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 38
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.38)
X111 LEFT MIRROR Wiring harness - Component diagram 43
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.43)
X112 LEFT OUTER WORK LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 41
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.41)
X113 LEFT BEACON LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 39
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.39)
X114 LEFT MIDDLE WORK LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 41
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.41)
X115 LEFT INNER WORK LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 41
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.41)
X116 WIPER MOTOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 45
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.45)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 106
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

X117 RIGHT INNER WORK LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 41
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.41)
X118 RIGHT MIDDLE WORK LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 41
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.41)
X119 RIGHT BEACON LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 39
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.39)
X120 RIGHT OUTER WORK LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 41
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.41)
X121 RIGHT MIRROR Wiring harness - Component diagram 43
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.43)
X122 RIGHT REAR SPEAKER Wiring harness - Component diagram 46
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.46)
X123 LEFT REAR SPEAKER Wiring harness - Component diagram 46
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.46)
X125 GRAIN TANK EXTENSIONS SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 42
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.42)
X126 MIRROR ADJUST SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 43
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.43)
X127 MIRROR HEAT SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 43
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.43)
X128 HVAC CONTROL PANEL Wiring harness - Component diagram 42
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.42)
X129 DOME LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 36
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.36)
X130 BEACON LIGHT SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 42
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.42)
X131 REAR WORK LIGHT SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 42
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.42)
X132 FRONT WORK LIGHTS SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 42
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.42)
X133 SPLICE BLOCK C Wiring harness - Component diagram 42
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.42)
X134 WASHER SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 44
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.44)
X135 WIPER SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 45
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.45)
X136 FRONT LEFT SPEAKER Wiring harness - Component diagram 46
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.46)
X137 DOOR SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 36
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.36)
X138 RIGHT CONSOLE LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 42
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.42)
X139 FRONT RIGHT SPEAKER Wiring harness - Component diagram 46
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.46)
X140 FM RADIO Wiring harness - Component diagram 06
(SE- (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.06)
RIES
1206,
1212,
AND
1226
ONLY)
X141 TRANSCEIVER Wiring harness - Component diagram 46
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.46)
X142 G.P.S. UNIT Wiring harness - Component diagram 25
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.25)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 107
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

X143 SEPARATOR BLOWER Wiring harness - Component diagram 48
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.48)
X144 SEPARATOR BLOWER Wiring harness - Component diagram 48
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.48)
X146 AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR (AUTO TEMP ONLY) Wiring harness - Component diagram 47
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.47)
X147 COLD BOX DOOR (AUTO TEMP ONLY) Wiring harness - Component diagram 47
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.47)
X148 OUTLET TEMP SENSOR (AUTO TEMP ONLY) Wiring harness - Component diagram 47
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.47)
X149 CAB TEMPERATURE SENSOR (AUTO TEMP Wiring harness - Component diagram 47
ONLY) (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.47)
X150 EVAPORATOR PROBE (AUTO TEMP ONLY) Wiring harness - Component diagram 47
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.47)
X151 WATER VALVE Wiring harness - Component diagram 47
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.47)
X152 MAIN BLOWER Wiring harness - Component diagram 48
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.48)
X153 FREEZE SWITCH (MANUAL A/C ONLY) Wiring harness - Component diagram 47
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.47)
X154 FREEZE SWITCH (MANUAL A/C ONLY) Wiring harness - Component diagram 47
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.47)
X155 GROUND Wiring harness - Component diagram 48
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.48)
X156 HIGH SPEED Wiring harness - Component diagram 48
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.48)
X157 MEDIUM SPEED Wiring harness - Component diagram 48
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.48)
X158 LOW SPEED Wiring harness - Component diagram 48
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.48)
X159 DATA LOGGER Wiring harness - Component diagram 25
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.25)
X160 LEFT FRONT HAZARD LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 33
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.33)
X161 LEFT FRONT SERVICE SOCKET Wiring harness - Component diagram 39
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.39)
X162 LEFT HEADER LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 40
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.40)
X163 LEFT LOWER WORK LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 40
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.40)
X164 LEFT ROAD LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 36
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.36)
X165 RIGHT FRONT HAZARD LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 33
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.33)
X166 RIGHT FRONT SERVICE SOCKET Wiring harness - Component diagram 39
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.39)
X167 RIGHT HEADER LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 40
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.40)
X168 RIGHT LOWER WORK LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 40
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.40)
X169 RIGHT ROAD LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 36
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.36)
X170 LATERAL INCLINATION SENSOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 14
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.14)
X171 WIPER WASHER MOTOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 44
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.44)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 108
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

X172 HORN Wiring harness - Component diagram 35
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.35)
X173 BRAKE PRESSURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 06
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.06)
X174 FEEDER ANGLE Wiring harness - Component diagram 18
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.18)
X176 CONCAVE MOTOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 13
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)
X177 DRUM RPM Wiring harness - Component diagram 06
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.06)
X178 MIRROR SELECT SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 43
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.43)
X180 SPLICE BLOCK E Wiring harness - Component diagram 14
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.14)
X181 LEFT RETURNS RPM Wiring harness - Component diagram 14
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.14)
X182 CLEAN GRAIN RPM Wiring harness - Component diagram 14
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.14)
X183 FUEL PUMP Wiring harness - Component diagram 05
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.05)
X184 FUEL LEVEL Wiring harness - Component diagram 06
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.06)
X185 STRAW WALKER RPM Wiring harness - Component diagram 06
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.06)
X186 RIGHT RETURNS RPM Wiring harness - Component diagram 14
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.14)
X187 SEPARATOR RPM Wiring harness - Component diagram 14
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.14)
X189 CONCAVE POSITION - R-06 Wiring harness - Component diagram 14
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.14)
X192 ECU CONNECTOR A (ELECTRONIC 7.5L Wiring harness - Component diagram 03
ONLY) (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.03)
X193 ECU CONNECTOR B (ELECTRONIC 7.5L AND Wiring harness - Component diagram 02
ALL IVECO CURSOR) (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)
X194 SERVICE SOCKET Wiring harness - Component diagram 39
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.39)
X195 COVERS CLOSED Wiring harness - Component diagram 13
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)
X196 THROTTLE MOTOR (MECH. 7.5L) Wiring harness - Component diagram 04
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.04)
X198 SPLICE BLOCK F Wiring harness - Component diagram 30
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.30)
X199 RELAY COIL Wiring harness - Component diagram 02
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)
X201 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 05
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.05)
X202 AIR FILTER Wiring harness - Component diagram 05
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.05)
X203 FUEL INJECTION PUMP (ELECTRONIC 7.5L Wiring harness - Component diagram 04
ONLY) (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.04)
X206 ROTARY SCREEN BRUSH Wiring harness - Component diagram 04
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.04)
X207 FLYWHEEL RPM (ELECTRONIC 7.5L ONLY) Wiring harness - Component diagram 04
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.04)
X209 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 05
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.05)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 109
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

X210 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE/ Wiring harness - Component diagram 04
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.04)
X211 GRID HEATER RELAY Wiring harness - Component diagram 03
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.03)
X212 FUEL TEMPERATURE (ELECTRONIC 7.5L Wiring harness - Component diagram 04
ONLY) (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.04)
X214 COOLANT TEMPERATURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 04
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.04)
X215 A/C CLUTCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 48
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.48)
X216 A/C HIGH PRESSURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 48
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.48)
X217 A/C LOW PRESSURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 48
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.48)
X218 RH FLASHING Wiring harness - Component diagram 33 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.33)
X219 EXPANSION B/MAIN FRAME B Wiring harness - Component diagram 16
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.16)
X221 MOISTURE SENSOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 19
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.19)
X222 SAMPLE MOTOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 19
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.19)
X223 YIELD SENSOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 19
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.19)
X224 SPREADER PLATE MOTOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 17
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.17)
X225 UPPER SIEVE ADJUST Wiring harness - Component diagram 16
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.16)
X226 LOWER SIEVE ADJUST Wiring harness - Component diagram 16
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.16)
X227 UPPER SIEVE MOTOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 16
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.16)
X228 LOWER SIEVE MOTOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 16
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.16)
X232 SIEVES LOSS Wiring harness - Component diagram 15
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.15)
X233 RWA SOLENOID Wiring harness - Component diagram 20
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.20)
X234 SIEVE LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 46
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.46)
X235 CHAFF SPREADER SOLENOID Wiring harness - Component diagram 20
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.20)
X236 LEFT SERVICE SOCKET Wiring harness - Component diagram 39
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.39)
X237 SIEVE LIGHT SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 46
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.46)
X238 GEARBOX FILTER BYPASS Wiring harness - Component diagram 15
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.15)
X239 RETURNS FILTER BYPASS Wiring harness - Component diagram 15
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.15)
X240 SWATH PLATE POSITION Wiring harness - Component diagram 15
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.15)
X241 LEFT WALKER LOSS Wiring harness - Component diagram 07
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)
X242 LEFT NASO LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 32
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.32)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 110
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

X243 LEFT TAIL LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 32
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.32)
X244 UNLOAD CRADLE Wiring harness - Component diagram 15
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.15)
X245 RIGHT NASO LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 32
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.32)
X246 RIGHT TAIL LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 32
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.32)
X247 REAR BEACON LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 39
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.39)
X248 BACK UP ALARM Wiring harness - Component diagram 20
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.20)
X249 STRAW WALKER PROTECTION Wiring harness - Component diagram 15
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.15)
X250 RIGHT WALKER LOSS Wiring harness - Component diagram 07
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)
X251 REAR LADDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 15
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.15)
X252 RIGHT SERVICE SOCKET Wiring harness - Component diagram 39
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.39)
X253 CHOPPER RPM Wiring harness - Component diagram 07
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)
X254 SOLAR SENSOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 47
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.47)
X255 FLASHER MODULE Wiring harness - Component diagram 32
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.32)
X256 ROAD LIGHTS SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 35
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.35)
X257 TURN INDICATOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 32
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.32)
X258 HIGH BEAM/TRAILER Wiring harness - Component diagram 32
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.32)
X259 HAZARD SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 32
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.32)
X266 FEEDER REVERSE Wiring harness - Component diagram 22
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.22)
X267 LATERAL FLOAT CW Wiring harness - Component diagram 19
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.19)
X268 REEL AFT Wiring harness - Component diagram 22
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.22)
X269 REEL DOWN Wiring harness - Component diagram 22
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.22)
X270 FEEDER FORWARD Wiring harness - Component diagram 22
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.22)
X271 LATERAL FLOAT CCW Wiring harness - Component diagram 19
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.19)
X272 REEL FORE Wiring harness - Component diagram 22
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.22)
X273 REEL UP Wiring harness - Component diagram 22
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.22)
X274 REEL DRIVE Wiring harness - Component diagram 21
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.21)
X275 DRUM DECREASE Wiring harness - Component diagram 21
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.21)
X276 UNLOAD TUBE IN Wiring harness - Component diagram 21
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.21)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 111
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

X277 UNLOAD TUBE OUT Wiring harness - Component diagram 21
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.21)
X278 DRUM INCREASE Wiring harness - Component diagram 21
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.21)
X279 HDR HEIGHT PRESSURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 18
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.18)
X280 ACCUMULATOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 19
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.19)
X281 HHC MODULE Wiring harness - Component diagram 18
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.18)
X285 TRAILER HITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 34
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.34)
X287 GERMAN THIRD MIRROR Wiring harness - Component diagram 43
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.43)
X288 COVERS POSITION Wiring harness - Component diagram 13
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)
X289 COVERS ACTUATOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 13
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)
X290 FUEL SOLENOID Wiring harness - Component diagram 02
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)
X314 FM RADIO "B" Wiring harness - Component diagram 46
(SE- (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.46)
RIES
1238
AND
ABOVE)
X315 FM RADIO "C" Wiring harness - Component diagram 46
(SE- (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.46)
RIES
1238
AND
ABOVE)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 112
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.01)
1a series 1206 - 1237
G-03 24V SYSTEM BATTERIES (IVECO)
K-38 24V START RELAY (IVECO)
M-29 24V STARTER (IVECO)
S-52 24V BATTERY SWITCH (IVECO)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 113
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-1 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 114
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1b series 1238 - 1281

G-02 FRONT BATTERY
G-03 REAR BATTERY
K-38 24V START RELAY (IVECO)
M-29 24V STARTER (IVECO)
S-52 24V BATTERY SWITCH (IVECO)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 115
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-1_1098 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 116
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1c series 1282 - 1347

G-02 FRONT BATTERY
G-03 REAR BATTERY
K-38 24V START RELAY
M-29 24V STARTER
S-52 24V BATTERY SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 117
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0289H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 118
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1d series 1348 - 1407

G-02 FRONT BATTERY
G-03 REAR BATTERY
K-38 24V START RELAY (IVECO)
M-01 12V STARTER (7.5L)
M-29 24V STARTER (IVECO)
S-52 BATTERY SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 119
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0290H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 120
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1e series 1408 and above

G-02 FRONT BATTERY
G-03 REAR BATTERY
K-38 24V START RELAY (IVECO)
M-01 12V STARTER (7.5L)
M-29 24V STARTER (IVECO)
S-52 BATTERY SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 121
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0385H0B 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 122
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.02)
2a series 1206 - 1237
A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ELEC)
G-01 ALTERNATOR
G-02 12V SYSTEM BATTERIES (BAS)
K-23 NEUTRAL START RELAY
K-36 START RELAY
L-02 FUEL SOLENOID (MECHANICAL)
M-01 12V STARTER (BASILDON)
S-01 12V BATTERY SWITCH (BAS)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 123
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-2 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 124
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

2b series 1238 - 1281

A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ELEC)
G-01 ALTERNATOR
G-02 FRONT BATTERY
G-03 REAR BATTERY
K-23 NEUTRAL START RELAY
K-36 START RELAY
L-02 FUEL SOLENOID (MECHANICAL)
M-01 12V STARTER (BASILDON)
S-01 12V BATTERY SWITCH (BAS)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 125
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-2_1099 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 126
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

2c series 1282 - 1347

G-01 ALTERNATOR
G-02 FRONT BATTERY
G-03 REAR BATTERY
K-23 NEUTRAL START RELAY
K-36 START RELAY
L-02 FUEL SOLENOID (MECHANICAL)
M-01 12V STARTER
S-01 12V BATTERY SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 127
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0291H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 128
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

2d series 1348 - 1407

A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT
E-36 COLD START INDICATOR
F-01 ECU POWER FUSE
G-01 ALTERNATOR
K-14 ECU POWER RELAY
K-23 NEUTRAL START RELAY
K-36 START RELAY
K-39 GRID HEATER RELAY (IVECO)
R-09 ENGINE GRID HEATER (IVECO)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 129
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0292H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 130
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

2e series 1408 and above

A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT
E-36 COLD START INDICATOR
F-01 ECU POWER FUSE
G-01 ALTERNATOR
K-14 ECU POWER RELAY
K-15 STARTING RELAY
K-23 NEUTRAL START RELAY
K-36 START RELAY
K-39 GRID HEATER RELAY (IVECO)
R-09 ENGINE GRID HEATER (IVECO)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 131
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0386H0B 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 132
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.03)
3a series 1206 - 1237
A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ELEC)
E-36 COLD START INDICATOR
F-01 ECU POWER FUSE
K-14 ECU POWER RELAY
K-37 GRID HEATER RELAY (BAS)
K-39 GRID HEATER RELAY (IVECO)
R-07 ENGINE GRID HEATER (BAS)
R-09 ENGINE GRID HEATER (IVECO)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 133
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-3 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 134
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

3b series 1238 - 1281

A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ELEC)
E-36 COLD START INDICATOR
F-01 ECU POWER FUSE
K-14 ECU POWER RELAY
K-37 GRID HEATER RELAY (BAS)
K-39 GRID HEATER RELAY (IVECO)
R-07 ENGINE GRID HEATER (BAS)
R-09 ENGINE GRID HEATER (IVECO)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 135
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-3_1100 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 136
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

3c series 1282 - 1347

A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ELEC)
E-36 COLD START INDICATOR
F-01 ECU POWER FUSE
K-14 ECU POWER RELAY
K-37 GRID HEATER RELAY
K-39 GRID HEATER RELAY (IVECO)
R-07 ENGINE GRID HEATER
R-09 ENGINE GRID HEATER (IVECO)
S-50 COLD START SWITCH (AF)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 137
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0293H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 138
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

3d series 1348 - 1407

ZEIL05CX0294H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 139
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

3e series 1408 and above

F-26 STARTING FUSE

ZEIL05CX0387H0B 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 140
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.04)
4a series 1206 - 1237
A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ELEC)
B-40 FUEL TEMP
B-41 AIR TEMP / BOOST PRESS
B-42 COOLANT TEMP (ELECTR)
B-43 FLYWHEEL RPM
F-23 THROTTLE / BRUSH FUSE
K-15 THROTTLE / BRUSH RELAY
L-09 FUEL INJECTION PUMP
M-13 THROTTLE ACTUATOR (MECH)
M-27 ROTARY SCREEN BRUSH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 141
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-4 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 142
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

4b series 1238 - 1281

A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ELEC)
B-40 FUEL TEMP
B-41 AIR TEMP / BOOST PRESS
B-42 COOLANT TEMP (ELECTR)
B-43 FLYWHEEL RPM
F-23 THROTTLE / BRUSH FUSE
K-15 THROTTLE / BRUSH RELAY
L-09 FUEL INJECTION PUMP
M-13 THROTTLE ACTUATOR (MECH)
M-27 ROTARY SCREEN BRUSH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 143
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-4_1101 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 144
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

4c series 1282 - 1347

A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT
B-40 FUEL TEMP
B-41 AIR TEMP / BOOST PRESS
B-42 COOLANT TEMP
B-43 FLYWHEEL RPM
F-23 THROTTLE / BRUSH FUSE
K-15 THROTTLE / BRUSH RELAY
L-09 FUEL INJECTION PUMP
M-13 THROTTLE ACTUATOR (MECHANICAL)
M-27 ROTARY SCREEN BRUSH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 145
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0295H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 146
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

4d series 1348 - 1407

A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT
B-40 FUEL TEMP (7.5L)
B-41 AIR TEMP / BOOST PRESS (7.5L)
B-42 COOLANT TEMP (7.5L)
B-43 FLYWHEEL RPM (7.5L)
F-23 THROTTLE / BRUSH FUSE
K-15 THROTTLE / BRUSH RELAY
L-09 FUEL INJECTION PUMP (7.5L)
M-27 ROTARY SCREEN BRUSH
S-36 ENGINE THROTTLE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 147
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0296H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 148
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

4e series 1408 and above

A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT
B-40 FUEL TEMP (7.5L)
B-41 AIR TEMP / BOOST PRESS (7.5L)
B-42 COOLANT TEMP (7.5L)
B-43 FLYWHEEL RPM (7.5L)
F-23 THROTTLE / BRUSH FUSE
L-09 FUEL INJECTION PUMP (7.5L)
M-27 ROTARY SCREEN BRUSH
S-36 ENGINE THROTTLE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 149
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0388H0B 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 150
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.05)
5a series 1206 - 1237
B-03 ENGINE OIL TEMP (IVECO)
B-07 AIR FILTER PRESSURE
B-30 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
B-31 COOLANT TEMP (MECHANICAL)
F-28 FUEL PUMP FUSE
K-07 FUEL PUMP RELAY
M-23 FUEL PUMP
S-58 ENGINE OIL TEMP SWITCH (BAS)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 151
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-5 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 152
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

5b-series 1238 - 1281

B-03 ENGINE OIL TEMP (IVECO)
B-07 AIR FILTER PRESSURE
B-30 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
B-31 COOLANT TEMP (MECHANICAL)
F-28 FUEL PUMP FUSE
K-07 FUEL PUMP RELAY
M-23 FUEL PUMP
S-58 ENGINE OIL TEMP SWITCH (BAS)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 153
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-5_1102 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 154
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

5c-series 1282 - 1347

B-05 ENGINE FLYWHEEL RPM (IVECO)
B-07 ENGINE CAMSHAFT RPM (IVECO)
B-23 BOOST PRESSURE (IVECO)
B-36 FUEL TEMP (IVECO)
B-44 COOLANT TEMP (IVECO)
B-54 AIR TEMP (IVECO)
F-28 FUEL PUMP FUSE
K-07 FUEL PUMP RELAY
L-33 ENGINE BRAKE (IVECO)
L-34 FUEL ACTUATOR 1 (IVECO)
L-35 FUEL ACTUATOR 2 (IVECO)
L-36 FUEL ACTUATOR 3 (IVECO)
L-37 FUEL ACTUATOR 4 (IVECO)
L-38 FUEL ACTUATOR 5 (IVECO)
L-39 FUEL ACTUATOR 6 (IVECO)
M-23 FUEL PUMP

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 155
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0297H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 156
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

5d-series 1348 - 1407

B-03 ENGINE OIL TEMP (IVECO)
B-22 REAR LADDER
B-30 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (7.5L)
B-52 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (IVECO)
R-01 FUEL LEVEL
R-15 AIR FILTER RESISTOR
S-58 ENGINE OIL TEMP SWITCH (7.5L)
S-61 AIR FILTER SWITCH
S-62 FUEL FILTER SWITCH (IVECO)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 157
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0298H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 158
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

5e-series 1408 and above

B-03 ENGINE OIL TEMP (IVECO)
B-22 REAR LADDER
B-30 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (7.5L)
B-52 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (IVECO)
R-01 FUEL LEVEL
R-15 AIR FILTER RESISTOR
S-58 ENGINE OIL TEMP SWITCH (7.5L)
S-61 AIR FILTER SWITCH
S-62 FUEL FILTER SWITCH (IVECO)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 159
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0389H0B 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 160
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.06)
6a series 1206 - 1237
B-01 ROTOR/DRUM RPM
B-13 STRAW WALKER RPM (CX)
R-01 FUEL LEVEL
S-28 GRAIN BIN 3/4 FULL
S-29 GRAIN BIN FULL
S-39 BRAKE PRESSURE
W-04 SPLICE BLOCK D

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 161
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-6 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 162
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

6b series 1238 - 1281

B-01 ROTOR / DRUM RPM
B-13 STRAW WALKER RPM (CX)
R-01 FUEL LEVEL
S-28 GRAIN BIN 3/4 FULL
S-29 GRAIN BIN FULL
S-39 BRAKE PRESSURE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 163
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-6_1103 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 164
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

6c series 1282 - 1347

B-03 ENGINE OIL TEMP (IVECO)
B-30 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
B-31 COOLANT TEMP (MECHANICAL)
B-52 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (IVECO)
R-15 AIR FILTER RESISTOR
S-58 ENGINE OIL TEMP SWITCH
S-61 AIR FILTER SWITCH
S-62 FUEL FILTER SWITCH (IVECO)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 165
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0299H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 166
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

6d-series 1348 - 1407

B-05 ENGINE FLYWHEEL RPM (IVECO)
B-07 ENGINE CAMSHAFT RPM (IVECO)
B-23 BOOST PRESSURE (IVECO)
B-36 FUEL TEMP (IVECO)
B-44 COOLANT TEMP (IVECO)
B-54 AIR TEMP (IVECO)
F-28 FUEL PUMP FUSE
K-07 FUEL PUMP RELAY
L-33 ENGINE BRAKE (IVECO)
L-34 FUEL ACTUATOR 1 (IVECO)
L-35 FUEL ACTUATOR 2 (IVECO)
L-36 FUEL ACTUATOR 3 (IVECO)
L-37 FUEL ACTUATOR 4 (IVECO)
L-38 FUEL ACTUATOR 5 (IVECO)
L-39 FUEL ACTUATOR 6 (IVECO)
M-23 FUEL PUMP

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 167
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0300H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 168
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

6e series 1408 and above

B-05 ENGINE FLYWHEEL RPM (IVECO)
B-07 ENGINE CAMSHAFT RPM (IVECO)
B-23 BOOST PRESSURE (IVECO)
B-36 FUEL TEMP (IVECO)
B-44 COOLANT TEMP (IVECO)
B-54 AIR TEMPERATURE (IVECO)
F-28 FUEL PUMP FUSE
K-07 FUEL PUMP RELAY
L-33 ENGINE BRAKE (IVECO)
L-34 FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 1)
L-35 FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 4)
L-36 FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 2)
L-37 FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 6)
L-38 FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 3)
L-39 FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 5)
M-23 FUEL PUMP

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 169
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0390H0B 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 170
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.07)
7a series 1206 - 1237
B-10 CHOPPER RPM
B-33 LEFT WALKER LOSS (CX)
B-34 RIGHT WALKER LOSS (CX)
B-35 LOW CONTROL PRESSURE
B-45 GEARBOX CLUTCH TEMP
S-33 HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR LEVEL
S-37 CHARGE PRESSURE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 171
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-7 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 172
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

7b - series 1238 - 1281

B-10 CHOPPER RPM
B-33 LEFT WALKER LOSS (CX)
B-34 RIGHT WALKER LOSS (CX)
B-35 LOW CONTROL PRESSURE
B-45 GEARBOX CLUTCH TEMP
S-33 HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR LEVEL
S-37 CHARGE PRESSURE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 173
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-7_1104 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 174
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

7c - series 1282 - 1347

B-01 DRUM RPM
B-13 STRAW WALKER RPM (CX)
R-01 FUEL LEVEL
S-28 GRAIN 3/4 FULL
S-29 GRAIN BIN FULL
S-39 BRAKE PRESSURE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 175
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0301H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 176
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

7d - series 1348 and above

L-01 NEUTRAL LOCK SOLENOID
R-04 GROUND SPEED POT
S-09 PARK BRAKE
S-10 REAR WHEEL ASSIST
S-11 DUAL RANGE
S-12 ON THE ROAD SWITCH
S-24 GEAR SELECT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 177
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0302H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 178
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 08 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.08)
8a series 1206 - 1237

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 179
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-8 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 180
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

8b series 1238 - 1281

FRAME-8_1105 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 181
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

8c series 1282 - 1347

B-10 CHOPPER RPM
B-33 LEFT WALKER LOSS (CX)
B-34 RIGHT WALKER LOSS (CX)
B-35 LOW CONTROL PRESSURE
B-45 GEARBOX CLUTCH TEMP
S-33 HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR LEVEL
S-37 CHARGE PRESSURE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 182
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0303H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 183
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

8d series 1348 and above

B-46 HYDROSTAT MOTOR TEMP
H-08 BACK UP ALARM
L-05 PRESSURE RELEASE
L-26 REAR WHEEL ASSIST
L-27 DUAL RANGE
S-49 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
S-55 LH BRAKE WEAR SWITCH
S-56 RH BRAKE WEAR SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 184
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0304H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 185
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.09)
9a -series 1206 - 1237
B-15 REEL RPM
B-17 GROUND SPEED RPM
B-37 TRANS SHIFT POSITION
F-25 TRANSMISSION SHIFT FUSE
M-02 TRANSMISSION SHIFT MOTOR
M-09 REEL SPEED MOTOR

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 186
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-9 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 187
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

9b - series 1238 - 1281

B-15 REEL RPM
B-17 GROUND SPEED RPM
B-37 TRANS SHIFT POSITION
F-25 TRANSMISSION SHIFT FUSE
M-02 TRANSMISSION SHIFT MOTOR
M-09 REEL SPEED MOTOR

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 188
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-9_1106 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 189
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

9c - series 1282 - 1347

B-15 REEL RPM
B-17 GROUND SPEED RPM
B-37 TRANS SHIFT POSITION
F-25 TRANSMISSION SHIFT FUSE
M-02 TRANSMISSION SHIFT MOTOR
M-09 REEL SPEED MOTOR

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 190
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0305H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 191
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

9d - series 1348 - 1407

B-17 GROUND SPEED RPM
B-37 TRANS SHIFT POSITION
B-53 PARK BRAKE PRESSURE
F-25 TRANSMISSION SHIFT FUSE
L-10 PARK BRAKE DISENGAGE
L-23 GROUND SPEED HYDROSTATE
L-32 BRAKE LIMITING
M-02 TRANSMISSION SHIFT MOTOR
S-22 NEUTRAL
S-37 CHARGE PRESSURE
S-39 BRAKE PRESSURE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 192
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0306H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 193
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

9e - series 1408 and above

B-17 GROUND SPEED RPM
B-37 TRANS SHIFT POSITION
B-53 PARK BRAKE PRESSURE
F-25 TRANSMISSION SHIFT FUSE
L-10 PARK BRAKE DISENGAGE
L-23 GROUND SPEED HYDROSTATE
L-32 BRAKE LIMITING
M-02 TRANSMISSION SHIFT MOTOR
S-22 NEUTRAL
S-37 CHARGE PRESSURE
S-39 BRAKE PRESSURE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 194
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0391H0B 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 195
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.10)
10a - series 1206 - 1237
F-46 ASD POWER FUSE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 196
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-10 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 197
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10b - series 1238 - 1281

FRAME-10_1107 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 198
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10c - series 1282 - 1347

F-46 ASD POWER FUSE (CR)

ZEIL05CX0307H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 199
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10d - series 1348 - 1407

B-18 HYDRAULIC OIL RESERVOIR TEMP
B-32 GEARBOX TEMPERATURE
B-35 LOW CONTROL PRESSURE
S-17 ROTOR SPEED
S-18 FEEDER SPEED
S-32 RETURNS FILTER BYPASS
S-33 HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR LEVEL
S-34 GEARBOX FILTER BYPASS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 200
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0308H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 201
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10e - series 1408 and above

B-18 HYDRAULIC OIL RESERVOIR TEMPERATURE
B-32 GEARBOX TEMPERATURE
B-35 LOW CONTROL PRESSURE
S-17 ROTOR SPEED
S-18 NOT USED
S-32 RETURNS FILTER BYPASS
S-33 HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR LEVEL
S-34 GEARBOX FILTER BYPASS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 202
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0392H0B 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 203
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.11)
11a - series 1206 - 1237
B-09 REVERSER DISENGAGED
B-16 CLEANING FAN RPM
B-46 HYDROSTAT MOTOR TEMP
F-22 SHOE LEVELING MOTOR FUSE
M-03 SHOE LEVELLING ACTUATOR
R-02 LATERAL FLOAT POT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 204
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-11 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 205
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

11b - series 1238 - 1281

B-09 REVERSER DISENGAGED
B-16 CLEANING FAN RPM
B-46 HYDROSTAT MOTOR TEMP
F-22 SHOE LEVELING MOTOR FUSE
M-03 SHOE LEVELING ACTUATOR
R-02 LATERAL FLOAT POT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 206
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-11_1108 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 207
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

11c - series 1282 - 1347

B-09 REVERSER DISENGAGED
B-16 CLEANING FAN RPM
B-46 HYDROSTAT MOTOR TEMP
F-22 SHOE LEVELING MOTOR FUSE
M-03 SHOE LEVELING ACTUATOR
R-02 LATERAL FLOAT POT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 208
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0309H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 209
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

11d - series 1348 - and above

S-03 MULTIFUNCTION HANDLE
S-04 HEADER HEIGHT MODE
S-06 HHC FINE ADJUST
S-08 REEL SPEED MODE
S-21 ALTERNATIVE SETTINGS
S-51 VERTICAL KNIVES

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 210
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0310H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 211
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.12)
12a series 1206 - 1237
K-17 FAN / REVERSER RELAY
M-05 CLEANING FAN ADJUST MOTOR
M-10 FEEDER REVERSER ACTUATOR

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 212
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-12 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 213
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

12b series 1238 - 1281

K-17 FAN / REVERSER RELAY
M-05 CLEANING FAN ADJUST MOTOR
M-10 FEEDER REVERSER ACTUATOR

FRAME-12_1109 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 214
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

12c series 1282 - 1347

K-17 FAN / REVERSER RELAY
M-05 CLEANING FAN ADJUST MOTOR
M-10 FEEDER REVERSER ACTUATOR

ZEIL05CX0311H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 215
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

12d series 1348 and above

K-42 RH VERTICAL KNIFE RELAY (OP)
K-43 LH VERTICAL KNIFE RELAY (OP)
L-13 REEL DOWN
L-14 REEL UP
L-15 REEL AFT
L-16 REEL FORE
L-17 REEL DRIVE
M-09 REEL SPEED MOTOR

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 216
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0312H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 217
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.13)
13a series 1206 - 1237
B-47 COVERS CLOSED
F-24 FAN / REVERSER FUSE
K-16 CONCAVE / COVERS RELAY
M-04 CONCAVE CLEARANCE MOTOR
M-12 COVERS MOTOR

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 218
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-13 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 219
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

13b series 1238 -1281

B-47 COVERS OPEN
F-24 FAN / REVERSER FUSE
K-16 CONCAVE / COVERS RELAY
M-04 CONCAVE CLEARANCE MOTOR
M-12 COVERS MOTOR

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 220
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-13_1110 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 221
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

13c series 1282 -1347

B-47 COVERS OPEN
F-24 FAN / REVERSER FUSE
K-16 CONCAVE / COVERS RELAY
M-04 CONCAVE CLEARANCE MOTOR
M-12 COVERS MOTOR

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 222
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0313H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 223
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

13d series 1348 -1407

B-15 REEL RPM
R-20 HEADER TYPE MODULE
R-24 REEL HORIZONTAL POSITION
R-25 REEL VERTICAL POSITION
W-07 FEEDBACK RECEPTACLE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 224
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0314H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 225
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

13e series 1408 and above

B-15 REEL RPM
R-20 HEADER TYPE MODULE
R-24 REEL HORIZONTAL POSITION
R-25 REEL VERTICAL POSITION
W-07 FEEDBACK RECEPTACLE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 226
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0393H0B 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 227
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.14)
14a series 1206 - 1237
B-02 LATERAL INCLINATION
B-04 ROTARY SEPARATOR RPM (CX)
B-06 LEFT RETURNS RPM
B-08 CLEAN GRAIN ELEVATOR RPM
B-39 RIGHT RETURNS RPM
S-55 LH BRAKE WEAR SWITCH
S-56 RH BRAKE WEAR SWITCH
W-05 SPLICE BLOCK E

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 228
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-14 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 229
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

14b series 1238 - 1281

B-02 LATERAL INCLINATION
B-04 ROTARY SEPARATOR RPM (CX)
B-06 LEFT RETURNS RPM
B-08 CLEAN GRAIN ELEVATOR RPM
B-39 RIGHT RETURNS RPM
R-06 CONCAVE POSITION
S-55 LH BRAKE WEAR SWITCH
S-56 RH BRAKE WEAR SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 230
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-14_1111 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 231
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

14c series 1282 - 1347

B-02 LATERAL INCLINATION
B-04 ROTARY SEPARATOR RPM (CX)
B-06 LEFT RETURNS RPM
B-08 CLEAN GRAIN ELEVATOR RPM
B-39 RIGHT RETURNS RPM
R-06 CONCAVE POSITION
S-49 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
S-55 LH BRAKE WEAR SWITCH
S-56 RH BRAKE WEAR SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 232
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0315H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 233
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

14d/e series 1348 - 1479

A-07 HHC MODULE
B-29 HEADER LIFT PRESSURE
L-06 HEADER HEIGHT ACCUMULATOR
L-18 LATERAL FLOAT CW
L-19 LATERAL FLOAT CCW
R-02 LATERAL FLOAT POT
R-03 FEEDER ANGLE
R-12 LEFT STUBBLE HEIGHT
R-13 RIGHT STUBBLE HEIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 234
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0316H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 235
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

14f series 1480 and above

A-07 HHC MODULE
B-29 HEADER LIFT PRESSURE
L-06 HEADER HEIGHT ACCUMULATOR
L-18 LATERAL FLOAT CW
L-19 LATERAL FLOAT CCW
R-02 LATERAL FLOAT POT
R-03 FEEDER ANGLE
R-12 LEFT STUBBLE HEIGHT
R-13 RIGHT STUBBLE HEIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 236
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0536H0A 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 237
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.15)
15a series 1206 - 1237
B-05 STRAW WALKER PROTECTION (CX)
B-11 SWATH PLATE POSITION
B-18 HYD OIL RESERVOIR TEMP
B-21 SIEVES LOSS
B-22 REAR LADDER
B-23 CHOPPER SPREADER HOOD (CX)
B-32 GEARBOX TEMPERATURE
B-38 UNLOAD CRADLE
S-32 RETURNS FILTER BYPASS
S-34 GEARBOX FILTER BYPASS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 238
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-15 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 239
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

15b series 1238 - 1281

B-11 SWATH PLATE POSITION
B-18 HYD OIL RESERVOIR TEMP
B-21 SIEVES LOSS
B-22 REAR LADDER
B-32 GEARBOX TEMPERATURE
B-38 UNLOAD CRADLE
S-32 RETURNS FILTER BYPASS
S-34 GEARBOX FILTER BYPASS
S-59 STRAW WALKER PROTECT (CX)
S-60 CHOPPER PROTECTION (CX)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 240
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-15_1112 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 241
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

15c series 1282 - 1347

B-11 SWATH PLATE POSITION
B-18 HYD OIL RESERVOIR TEMP
B-21 SIEVES LOSS
B-22 REAR LADDER
B-32 GEARBOX TEMPERATURE
B-38 UNLOAD CRADLE
S-32 RETURNS FILTER BYPASS
S-34 GEARBOX FILTER BYPASS
S-59 STRAW WALKER PROTECT (CX)
S-60 CHOPPER PROTECTION (CX)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 242
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0317H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 243
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

15d series 1348 and above

ZEIL05CX0318H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 244
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.16)
16a series 1206 - 1237
F-27 SIEVE / CHOPPER FUSE
K-18 UPPER / LOWER SIEVE RELAY
M-06 UPPER SIEVE ACUATOR
M-07 LOWER SIEVE ACTUATOR
S-35 UPPER SIEVE REAR ADJUST
S-46 LOWER SIEVE REAR ADJUST

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 245
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-16 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 246
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

16b series 1238 - 1281

F-27 SIEVE / SPREADER FUSE
K-18 UPPER / LOWER SIEVE RELAY
M-06 UPPER SIEVE ACUATOR
M-07 LOWER SIEVE ACTUATOR
S-35 UPPER SIEVE REAR ADJUST
S-46 LOWER SIEVE REAR ADJUST

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 247
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-16_1113 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 248
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

16c series 1282 - 1347

F-27 SIEVE / SPREADER FUSE
K-18 UPPER / LOWER SIEVE RELAY
M-06 UPPER SIEVE ACUATOR
M-07 LOWER SIEVE ACTUATOR
S-35 UPPER SIEVE REAR ADJUST
S-46 LOWER SIEVE REAR ADJUST

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 249
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0319H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 250
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

16d series 1348 - 1407

B-09 REVERSER DISENGAGE
F-24 FAN, REVERSER FUSE
K-17 FAN / REVERSER RELAY
K-19 FEEDER DISENGAGE
L-20 FEEDER JOG FORWARD
L-21 FEEDER JOG REVERSE
L-24 FEEDER CLUTCH
M-05 CLEANING FAN ADJUST MOTOR
M-10 FEEDER REVERSER ACTUATOR
S-07 FEEDER REVERSER
S-31 FEEDER ENGAGE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 251
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0320H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 252
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

16e series 1408 and above

B-09 REVERSER DISENGAGE
F-24 FAN, REVERSER FUSE
K-17 FAN, REVERSER RELAY
K-19 NOT USED
L-20 FEEDER JOG FORWARD
L-21 FEEDER JOG REVERSE
L-24 FEEDER CLUTCH
M-05 CLEANING FAN ADJUST MOTOR
M-10 FEEDER REVERSER ACTUATOR
S-07 FEEDER REVERSER
S-31 FEEDER ENGAGE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 253
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0394H0B 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 254
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.17)
17a series 1206 - 1237
F-26 CROSS AUGER TENT FUSE
K-19 CHOPPER / SPREADER RELAY
M-08 CROSS AUGER TENT MOTOR
M-11 SPREADER PLATE MOTOR

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 255
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-17 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 256
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

17b series 1238 - 1281

F-26 CROSS AUGER TENT FUSE
M-08 CROSS AUGER TENT MOTOR
M-11 SPREADER PLATE MOTOR

FRAME-17_1114 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 257
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

17c series 1282 - 1347

F-26 CROSS AUGER TENT FUSE
M-08 CROSS AUGER TENT MOTOR
M-11 SPREADER PLATE MOTOR

ZEIL05CX0321H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 258
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

17d series 1348 and above

B-45 GEARBOX CLUTCH TEMP
K-16 CONCAVE / COVERS RELAY
M-04 CONCAVE CLEARANCE MOTOR
M-12 COVERS MOTOR
R-06 CONCAVE POSITION
S-16 CONCAVE CLEARANCE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 259
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0322H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 260
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.18)
18a series 1206 - 1237
A-07 HHC MODULE (EMR-OBE)
B-29 HEADER LIFT PRESSURE
F-45 HHC MODULE FUSE
R-03 FEEDER ANGLE POT
R-12 LH STUBBLE HEIGHT
R-13 RH STUBBLE HEIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 261
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-18 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 262
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

18b series 1238 - 1281

A-07 HHC MODULE (EMR-OBE)
B-29 HEADER LIFT PRESSURE
F-45 HHC MODULE FUSE
R-03 FEEDER ANGLE POT
R-12 LEFT STUBBLE HEIGHT
R-13 RIGHT STUBBLE HEIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 263
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-18_1115 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 264
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

18c series 1282 - 1347

A-07 HHC MODULE
B-29 HEADER LIFT PRESSURE
F-45 HHC MODULE
R-03 FEEDER ANGLE
R-12 LEFT STUBBLE HEIGHT
R-13 RIGHT STUBBLE HEIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 265
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0323H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 266
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

18d series 1348 - 1407

B-01 DRUM RPM
K-28 THRESHER LATCHING
L-22 GEARBOX CLUTCH
L-29 DRUM INCREASE
L-30 DRUM DECREASE
S-30 THRESHER ENGAGE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 267
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0324H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 268
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

18e series 1408 - 1479

B-01 DRUM RPM
K-28 THRESHER LATCHING
L-22 GEARBOX CLUTCH
L-29 DRUM INCREASE
L-30 DRUM DECREASE
S-30 THRESHER ENGAGE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 269
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0395H0B 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 270
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

18f series 1480 and above

B-01 DRUM RPM
K-28 THRESHER LATCHING
L-22 GEARBOX CLUTCH
L-29 DRUM INCREASE
L-30 DRUM DECREASE
S-30 THRESHER ENGAGE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 271
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0537H0A 6

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 272
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.19)
19a series 1206 - 1237
A-07 HHC MODULE (EMR-OBE)
B-12 MOISTURE SENSOR
L-06 HEADER HEIGHT ACCUMULATOR
L-18 LATERAL FLOAT CW
L-19 LATERAL FLOAT CCW
M-28 SAMPLE MOTOR
R-05 YIELD SENSOR

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 273
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-19 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 274
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

19b series 1238 - 1281

A-07 HHC MODULE (EMR-OBE)
B-12 MOISTURE SENSOR
L-06 HEADER HEIGHT ACCUMULATOR
L-18 LATERAL FLOAT CW
L-19 LATERAL FLOAT CCW
M-28 SAMPLE MOTOR
R-05 YIELD SENSOR

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 275
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-19_1116 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 276
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

19c series 1282 - 1347

A-07 HHC MODULE
B-12 MOISTURE SENSOR
L-06 HEADER HEIGHT ACCUMULATOR
L-18 LATERAL FLOAT CW
L-19 LATERAL FLOAT CCW
M-28 SAMPLE MOTOR
R-05 YIELD SENSOR

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 277
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0325H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 278
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

19d series 1348 and above

B-16 CLEANING FAN RPM
B-21 SIEVES LOSS
F-22 SHOE LEVELLING MOTOR FUSE
M-03 SHOE LEVELLING ACTUATOR
S-13 UPPER SIEVE
S-14 LOWER SIEVE
S-15 FAN SPEED

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 279
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0326H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 280
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.20)
20a series 1206 - 1237
F-43 CCM-1A FUSE
F-47 CCM-3 FUSE
H-08 BACK UP ALARM
L-26 REAR WHEEL ASSIST
L-28 CHAFF SPREADER

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 281
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-20 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 282
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

20b series 1238 - 1281

F-43 CCM-1A FUSE
F-47 CCM-3 FUSE
H-08 BACK UP ALARM
L-26 REAR WHEEL ASSIST
L-28 CHAFF SPREADER / BLOWER

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 283
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-20_1117 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 284
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

20c series 1282 - 1347

F-43 CCM-1A FUSE
F-47 CCM-3 FUSE
H-08 BACK UP ALARM
K-42 RH VERTICAL KNIFE RELAY (OP)
K-43 LH VERTICAL KNIFE RELAY (OP)
L-26 REAR WHEEL ASSIST
L-28 CHAFF SPREADER

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 285
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0327H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 286
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

20d series 1348 and above

B-02 LATERAL INCLINATION
B-04 ROTARY SEPARATOR RPM
B-06 LEFT RETURNS RPM
B-08 CLEAN GRAIN ELEVATOR RPM
B-13 STRAW WALKER RPM
B-33 LEFT WALKER LOSS
B-34 RIGHT WALKER LOSS
B-39 RIGHT RETURNS RPM
S-59 STRAW WALKER PROTECTION
S-60 CHOPPER SPREADER HOOD

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 287
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0328H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 288
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.21)
21a series 1206 - 1237
F-36 CCM-2A FUSE
F-37 CCM-2B FUSE
L-03 UNLOAD TUBE IN
L-04 UNLOAD TUBE OUT
L-08 UNLOAD TUBE CLUTCH
L-10 PARK BRAKE DISENGAGE
L-17 REEL DRIVE
L-29 DRUM INCREASE
L-30 DRUM DECREASE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 289
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-21 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 290
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

21b series 1238 -1281

F-36 CCM-2A FUSE
F-37 CCM-2B FUSE
L-03 UNLOAD TUBE IN
L-04 UNLOAD TUBE OUT
L-08 UNLOAD TUBE CLUTCH
L-10 PARK BRAKE DISENGAGE
L-17 REEL DRIVE
L-29 DRUM INCREASE
L-30 DRUM DECREASE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 291
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-21_1118 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 292
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

21c series 1282 -1347

F-36 CCM-2A FUSE
F-37 CCM-2B FUSE
L-03 UNLOAD TUBE IN
L-04 UNLOAD TUBE OUT
L-08 UNLOAD TUBE CLUTCH
L-10 PARK BRAKE DISENGAGE
L-17 REEL DRIVE
L-29 DRUM INCREASE
L-30 DRUM DECREASE
L-32 BRAKE LIMITING

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 293
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0329H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 294
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

21d series 1348 and above

F-27 SIEVE / SPREADER FUSE
K-18 UPPER / LOWER SIEVE RELAY
M-06 UPPER SIEVE ACTUATOR
M-07 LOWER SIEVE ACTUATOR
S-35 UPPER SIEVE REAR ADJUST
S-46 LOWER SIEVE REAR ADJUST

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 295
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0330H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 296
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.22)
22a-series 1206 - 1237
F-44 CCM-1B FUSE
L-05 FOOT AND INCH
L-13 REEL DOWN
L-14 REEL UP
L-15 REEL AFT
L-16 REEL FORE
L-20 FEEDER JOG FORWARD
L-21 FEEDER JOG REVERSE
L-27 DUAL RANGE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 297
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-22 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 298
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

22b series 1238 - 1281

F-44 CCM-1B FUSE
L-05 FOOT AND INCH
L-13 REEL DOWN
L-14 REEL UP
L-15 REEL AFT
L-16 REEL FORE
L-20 FEEDER JOG FORWARD
L-21 FEEDER JOG REVERSE
L-27 DUAL RANGE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 299
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-22_1119 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 300
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

22c series 1282 - 1347

F-44 CCM-1B FUSE
L-05 FOOT AND INCH
L-13 REEL DOWN
L-14 REEL UP
L-15 REEL AFT
L-16 REEL FORE
L-20 FEEDER JOG FORWARD
L-21 FEEDER JOG REVERSE
L-27 DUAL RANGE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 301
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0331H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 302
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

22d series 1348 - 1407

B-38 UNLOAD CRADDLE
B-47 COVERS CLOSED
F-26 CROSS AUGER TENT FUSE
L-03 UNLOAD TUBE IN
L-04 UNLOAD TUBE OUT
L-08 UNLOAD TUBE CLUTCH
S-28 GRAIN BIN 3/4 FULL
S-29 GRAIN BIN FULL
S-42 TANK EXTENSIONS SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 303
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0332H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 304
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

22e series 1408 - 1479

B-38 UNLOAD CRADDLE
B-47 COVERS CLOSED
L-03 UNLOAD TUBE IN
L-04 UNLOAD TUBE OUT
L-08 UNLOAD TUBE CLUTCH
S-28 GRAIN BIN 3/4 FULL
S-29 GRAIN BIN FULL
S-42 TANK EXTENSIONS SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 305
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0396H0B 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 306
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

22f series 1480 and above

B-38 UNLOAD CRADDLE
B-47 COVERS CLOSED
L-03 UNLOAD TUBE IN
L-04 UNLOAD TUBE OUT
L-08 UNLOAD TUBE CLUTCH
S-28 GRAIN BIN 3/4 FULL
S-29 GRAIN BIN FULL
S-42 TANK EXTENSIONS SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 307
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0538H0A 6

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 308
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.23)
23a series 1206 - 1237
F-39 MEMORY (KAPWR)
F-40 CCM-1 POWER FUSE
F-41 CCM-2 POWER FUSE
F-42 CCM-3 / CAB POWER FUSE
K-24 CCM-1 POWER RELAY
K-25 CCM-2 POWER RELAY
K-26 CCM-3 / CAB POWER RELAY

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 309
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-23 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 310
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

23b series 1238 - 1281

F-39 MEMORY (KAPWR)
F-40 CCM-1 POWER FUSE
F-41 CCM-2 POWER FUSE
F-42 CCM-3 / CAB POWER FUSE
K-24 CCM-1 POWER RELAY
K-25 CCM-2 POWER RELAY
K-26 CCM-3 / CAB POWER RELAY

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 311
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-23_1120 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 312
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

23c series 1282 - 1347

F-39 MEMORY (KAPWR)
F-40 CCM-1 POWER FUSE
F-41 CCM-2 POWER FUSE
F-42 CCM-3 / CAB POWER FUSE
K-24 CCM-1 POWER RELAY
K-25 CCM-2 POWER RELAY
K-26 CCM-3 / CAB POWER RELAY

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 313
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0333H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 314
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

23d series 1348 and above

B-10 CHOPPER RPM
B-11 SWATH PLATE POSITION
L-28 CHAFF SPREADER
M-11 SPREADER PLATE MOTOR
S-23 SPREADER PLATE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 315
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0334H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 316
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.24)
24a series 1206 - 1237
A-02 MAIN DISPLAY MODULE (MDM)
A-03 SHAFT SPEED MONITOR (SSM)
F-38 KEY SWITCH FUSE
S-02 KEY SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 317
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-24 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 318
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

24b series 1238 - 1281

A-02 MAIN DISPLAY MODULE (MDM)
A-03 SHAFT SPEED MONITOR (SSM)
F-38 KEY SWITCH FUSE
S-02 KEY SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 319
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-24_1121 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 320
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

24c series 1282 - 1347

A-02 MAIN DISPLAY MODULE (MDM)
A-03 SHAFT SPEED MONITOR (SSM)
F-38 KEY SWITCH FUSE
S-02 KEY SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 321
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0335H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 322
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

24d series 1348 and above

B-12 MOISTURE SENSOR
F-47 CCM-3 FUSE
M-28 SAMPLE MOTOR
R-05 YIELD SENSOR

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 323
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0336H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 324
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.25)
25a series 1206 - 1237
A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ELEC)
A-07 HHC MODULE (EMR-OBE)
A-08 ASD AMPLIFIER (CR)
A-10 DATA LOGGER (DLU)
A-11 GPS MODULE (DGPS)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 325
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-25 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 326
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

25b series 1238 -1281

A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ELEC)
A-07 HHC MODULE (EMR-OBE)
A-10 DATA LOGGER (DLU)
A-11 GPS MODULE (DGPS)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 327
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-25_1122 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 328
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

25c series 1282 -1347

A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT
A-07 HHC MODULE
A-10 DATA LOGGER
A-11 GPS MODULE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 329
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0337H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 330
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

25d series 1348 -1407

F-48 RH CONSOLE FUSE
H-01 AUDIO ALARM
W-01 SPLICE BLOCK A
W-02 SPLICE BLOCK B
W-06 SPLICE BLOCK F

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 331
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0338H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 332
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

25e series 1408 - 1479

F-48 RH CONSOLE FUSE
H-01 AUDIO ALARM
W-01 SPLICE BLOCK A
W-02 SPLICE BLOCK B
W-06 SPLICE BLOCK F

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 333
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0397H0B 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 334
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

25f series 1480 and above

F-48 RH CONSOLE FUSE
H-01 AUDIO ALARM
W-01 SPLICE BLOCK A
W-02 SPLICE BLOCK B
W-06 SPLICE BLOCK F

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 335
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0539H0A 6

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 336
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.26)
26a series 1206 - 1237
L-22 GEARBOX CLUTCH
L-23 GROUND SPEED HYDROSTATE
L-24 FEEDER CLUTCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 337
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-26 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 338
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

26b series 1238 - 1281

L-22 GEARBOX CLUTCH
L-23 GROUND SPEED HYDROSTATE
L-24 FEEDER CLUTCH

FRAME-26_1123 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 339
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

26c series 1282 - 1347

L-22 GEARBOX CLUTCH
L-23 GROUND SPEED HYDROSTATE
L-24 FEEDER CLUTCH

ZEIL05CX0339H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 340
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

26d series 1348 and above

F-43 CCM-1A FUSE
F-44 CCM-1B FUSE

ZEIL05CX0340H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 341
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.27)
27a series 1206 - 1237
F-48 RH CONSOLE FUSE
K-28 THRESHING LATCHING
S-22 NEUTRAL SWITCH
S-30 THRESHER ENGAGE
S-31 FEEDER ENGAGE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 342
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-27 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 343
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

27b series 1238 - 1281

F-48 RH CONSOLE FUSE
K-28 THRESHING LATCHING
S-22 NEUTRAL SWITCH
S-30 THRESHER ENGAGE
S-31 FEEDER ENGAGE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 344
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-27_1124 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 345
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

27c series 1282 - 1347

F-48 RH CONSOLE FUSE
K-19 FEEDER DISENGAGE (AF)
K-28 THRESHING LATCHING
S-22 NEUTRAL SWITCH
S-30 THRESHER ENGAGE
S-31 FEEDER ENGAGE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 346
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0341H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 347
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

27d series 1348 - 1407

F-49 CAB FUSE
S-05 SEAT SWITCH
W-03 SPLICE BLOCK C

ZEIL05CX0342H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 348
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

27e series 1408 - 1479

F-49 CAB FUSE
S-05 SEAT SWITCH
W-03 SPLICE BLOCK C

ZEIL05CX0398H0B 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 349
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

27f series 1480 and above

F-49 CAB FUSE
S-05 SEAT SWITCH
W-03 SPLICE BLOCK C

ZEIL05CX0540H0A 6

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 350
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.28)
28a series 1206 - 1237
H-01 AUDIO ALARM
L-01 NEUTRAL LOCK SOLENOID
R-04 GROUND SPEED POT
S-03 MULTIFUNCTION HANDLE
S-04 HEADER HEIGHT MODE
S-06 HHC FINE ADJUST
S-24 GEAR SELECT
S-36 ENGINE THROTTLE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 351
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-28 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 352
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

28b series 1238 - 1281

H-01 AUDIO ALARM
L-01 NEUTRAL LOCK SOLENOID
R-04 GROUND SPEED POT
S-03 MULTIFUNCTION HANDLE
S-04 HEADER HEIGHT MODE
S-06 HHC FINE ADJUST
S-24 GEAR SELECT
S-36 ENGINE THROTTLE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 353
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-28_1125 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 354
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

28c series 1282 - 1347

H-01 AUDIO ALARM
L-01 NEUTRAL LOCK SOLENOID
R-04 GROUND SPEED POT
S-03 MULTIFUNCTION HANDLE
S-04 HEADER HEIGHT MODE
S-06 HHC FINE ADJUST
S-24 GEAR SELECT
S-36 ENGINE THROTTLE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 355
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0343H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 356
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

28d series 1348 and above

F-36 CCM-2A FUSE
F-37 CCM-2B FUSE
F-40 CCM-1 POWER FUSE
F-41 CCM-2 POWER FUSE
F-42 CCM-3, CAB POWER FUSE
F-46 NOT USED
K-24 CCM-1 POWER RELAY
K-25 CCM-2 POWER RELAY
K-26 CCM-3, CAB POWER RELAY

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 357
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0344H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 358
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.29)
29a series 1206 - 1237
S-09 PARK BRAKE
S-10 REAR WHEEL ASSIST
S-11 DUAL RANGE
S-12 ON THE ROAD SWITCH
W-01 SPLICE BLOCK A
W-02 SPLICE BLOCK B

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 359
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-29 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 360
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

29b series 1238 - 1281

S-09 PARK BRAKE
S-10 REAR WHEEL ASSIST
S-11 DUAL RANGE
S-12 ON THE ROAD SWITCH
W-01 SPLICE BLOCK A
W-02 SPLICE BLOCK B

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 361
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-29_1126 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 362
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

29c series 1282 - 1347

S-09 PARK BRAKE
S-10 REAR WHEEL ASSIST
S-11 DUAL RANGE
S-12 ON THE ROAD SWITCH
W-01 SPLICE BLOCK A
W-02 SPLICE BLOCK B

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 363
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0345H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 364
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

29d series 1348 - 1407

F-38 KEY SWITCH FUSE
F-39 MEMORY (KAPWR)
J-10 DIAGNOSTIC OUTLET
S-02 KEU SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 365
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0346H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 366
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

29e series 1408 and above

F-38 KEY SWITCH FUSE
F-39 MEMORY (KAPWR)
J-10 DIAGNOSTIC OUTLET
S-02 KEY SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 367
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0399H0B 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 368
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 30 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.30)
30a series 1206 - 1237
S-07 FEEDER REVERSER
S-08 REEL SPEED MODE
S-21 ALTERNATE SETTINGS
S-23 SPREADER PLATE
S-51 VERTICAL KNIVES
W-06 SPLICE BLOCK F

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 369
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-30 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 370
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

30b series 1238 - 1281

S-07 FEEDER REVERSER
S-08 REEL SPEED MODE
S-21 ALTERNATE SETTINGS
S-23 SPREADER PLATE
S-51 VERTICAL KNIVES
W-06 SPLICE BLOCK F

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 371
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-30_1127 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 372
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

30c series 1282 - 1347

S-07 FEEDER REVERSER
S-08 REEL SPEED MODE
S-21 ALTERNATE SETTINGS
S-23 SPREADER PLATE
S-51 VERTICAL KNIVES
W-06 SPLICE BLOCK F

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 373
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0347H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 374
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

30d series 1348 - 1407

A-02 MAIN DISPLAY MODULE
A-03 SHAFT SPEED MONITOR
A-10 DATA LOGGER
A-21 FUTURE OPTION
F-12 GPS POWER FUSE
J-10 DIAGNOSTIC OUTLET

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 375
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0348H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 376
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

30e series 1408 - 1479

A-02 MAIN DISPLAY MODULE
A-03 SHAFT SPEED MONITOR
A-10 DATA LOGGER
A-21 FUTURE OPTION
A-23 CROP EDGE SCANNER
F-12 GPS POWER FUSE
J-10 DIAGNOSTIC OUTLET

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 377
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0400H0B 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 378
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

30f series 1480 and above

A-02 MAIN DISPLAY MODULE
A-03 SHAFT SPEED MONITOR
A-10 DATA LOGGER
A-21 FUTURE OPTION
A-23 CROP EDGE SCANNER
F-12 GPS POWER FUSE
J-10 DIAGNOSTIC OUTLET

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 379
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0541H0A 6

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 380
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.31)
31a series 1206 - 1237
S-13 UPPER SIEVE
S-14 LOWER SIEVE
S-15 FAN SPEED
S-16 CONCAVE CLEARANCE
S-17 ROTOR (DRUM) SPEED
S-18 FEEDER SPEED

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 381
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-31 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 382
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

31b series 1238 - 1281

S-13 UPPER SIEVE
S-14 LOWER SIEVE
S-15 FAN SPEED
S-16 CONCAVE CLEARANCE
S-17 DRUM SPEED
S-18 FEEDER SPEED

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 383
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-31_1128 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 384
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

31c series 1282 - 1347

S-13 UPPER SIEVE
S-14 LOWER SIEVE
S-15 FAN SPEED
S-16 CONCAVE CLEARANCE
S-17 DRUM SPEED
S-18 FEEDER SPEED

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 385
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0349H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 386
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

31d series 1348 - 1407

A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT
A-07 HHC MODULE
A-11 GPS MODULE
F-45 HHC MODULE FUSE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 387
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0350H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 388
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

31e series 1408 - 1479

A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT
A-07 HHC MODULE
A-11 GPS MODULE
F-45 HHC MODULE FUSE
L-57 STEER RIGHT SOLENOID
L-58 STEER LEFT SOLENOID
S-78 AUTOPILOT SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 389
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0401H0B 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 390
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

31f series 1408 - 1479

A-01 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT
A-07 HHC MODULE
A-11 GPS MODULE
F-45 HHC MODULE FUSE
L-57 STEER RIGHT SOLENOID
L-58 STEER LEFT SOLENOID
L-59 STEER ENABLE SOLENOID
S-78 AUTOPILOT SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 391
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0542H0A 6

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 392
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 32 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.32)
32a series 1206 - 1237
A-05 FLASHER MODULE
E-07 LH NASO FLASHING LAMP
E-08 RH NASO FLASHING LAMP
E-09 TURN INDICATOR
E-10 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR
F-56 HAZARD LIGHTS FUSE
S-25 HAZARD SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 393
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-32 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 394
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

32b series 1238 - 1281

A-05 FLASHER MODULE
E-07 LH NASO FLASHING LAMP
E-08 RH NASO FLASHING LAMP
E-09 TURN INDICATOR
E-10 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR
F-56 HAZARD LIGHTS FUSE
S-25 HAZARD SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 395
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-32_1129 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 396
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

32c series 1282 - 1347

A-05 FLASHER MODULE
E-01 LH HEADER FLASHING LAMP
E-02 RH HEADER FLASHING LAMP
E-07 LH NASO FLASHING LAMP
E-08 RH NASO FLASHING LAMP
E-09 TURN INDICATOR
E-10 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR
E-40 HEADER LH MARKER LT
E-41 HEADER RH MARKER LT
F-56 HAZARD LIGHTS FUSE
S-25 HAZARD SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 397
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0351H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 398
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

32d series 1348 - 1407

ZEIL05CX0352H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 399
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

32e series 1408 - 1479

B-69 STEERING WHEEL POSITION
B-70 REAR AXLE ANGLE
M-35 TURNTABLE ACTUATOR

ZEIL05CX0402H0B 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 400
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

32f series 1480 and above

B-69 STEERING WHEEL POSITION
B-70 REAR AXLE ANGLE
M-35 TURNTABLE ACTUATOR

ZEIL05CX0543H0A 6

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 401
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.33)
33a series 1206 - 1237
E-01 LH HEADER FLASHING LAMP
E-02 RH HEADER FLASHING LAMP
E-03 LH FRONT HAZARD LAMP
E-04 RH FRONT HAZARD LAMP
F-34 LH MARKER LIGHTS FUSE
F-35 RH MARKER LIGHTS FUSE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 402
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-33 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 403
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

33b series 1238 - 1281

E-01 LH HEADER FLASHING LAMP
E-02 RH HEADER FLASHING LAMP
E-03 LH FRONT HAZARD LAMP
E-04 LH FRONT HAZARD LAMP
F-20 LH MARKER LIGHTS FUSE
F-21 RH MARKER LIGHTS FUSE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 404
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-33_1130 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 405
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

33c series 1282 - 1347

E-03 LH FRONT HAZARD LAMP
E-04 LH FRONT HAZARD LAMP
E-39 UNLOAD TUBE MARKER LT (FR)
E-49 RH POSITION LAMP
E-50 LH POSITION LAMP
E-51 RH FLASHING LAMP
E-52 LH FLASHING LAMP
E-53 LH FRONT AUTRIA LAMP
E-54 LH FRONT AUSTRIA LAMP
F-20 LH MARKER LIGHTS FUSE
F-21 RH MARKER LIGHTS FUSE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 406
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0353H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 407
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

33d series 1348 - 1407

A-05 FLASHER MODULE
E-01 LH HEADER FLASHING LAMP (NA)
E-02 RH HEADER FLASHING LAMP (NA)
E-07 LH NASO FLASHING LAMP (NA)
E-08 RH NASO FLASHING LAMP (NA)
E-09 TURN INDICATOR
E-10 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR
E-40 HEADER LH MARKER LAMP (EU)
E-41 HEADER RH MARKER LAMP (EU)
F-56 HAZARD LIGHTS FUSE
S-25 HAZARD SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 408
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0354H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 409
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

33e series 1408 and above

A-05 FLASHER MODULE
E-01 LH HEADER FLASHING LAMP (NA)
E-02 RH HEADER FLASHING LAMP (NA)
E-07 LH NASO FLASHING LAMP (NA)
E-08 RH NASO FLASHING LAMP (NA)
E-09 TURN INDICATOR
E-10 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR
E-40 HEADER LH MARKER LAMP (EU)
E-41 HEADER RH MARKER LAMP (EU)
F-56 HAZARD LIGHTS FUSE
S-25 HAZARD SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 410
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0403H0B 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 411
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.34)
34a series 1206 - 1237
E-05 LH REAR FLASHING LAMP
E-06 RH REAR FLASHING LAMP
E-11 LH BRAKE / TAIL LAMP
E-12 RH BRAKE / TAIL LAMP
J-09 TRAILER OUTLET

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 412
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-34 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 413
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

34b series 1238 - 1281

E-05 LH REAR FLASHING LAMP
E-06 RH REAR FLASHING LAMP
E-11 LH BRAKE / TAIL LAMP
E-12 RH BRAKE / TAIL LAMP
J-09 TRAILER OUTLET

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 414
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-34_1131 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 415
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

34c series 1282 - 1347

E-05 LH REAR FLASHING LAMP
E-06 RH REAR FLASHING LAMP
E-11 LH BRAKE / TAIL LAMP
E-12 RH BRAKE / TAIL LAMP
E-55 RH REAR AUSTRIA LAMP
E-56 LH REAR AUSTRIA LAMP
E-57 RH LICENSE PLATE LAMP
E-58 LH LICENSE PLATE LAMP
J-09 TRAILER OUTLET

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 416
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0355H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 417
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

34d series 1348 - 1407

E-03 LH FRONT HAZARD LAMP
E-04 LH FRONT HAZARD LAMP
E-39 UNLOAD TUBE MARKER LT (FR)
E-49 RH POSITION LAMP
E-50 LH POSITION LAMP
E-51 RH FLASHING LAMP
E-52 LH FLASHING LAMP
E-53 LH FRONT AUTRIA LAMP
E-54 LH FRONT AUSTRIA LAMP
F-20 LH MARKER LIGHTS FUSE
F-21 RH MARKER LIGHTS FUSE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 418
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0356H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 419
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

34e series 1408 and above

E-03 LH FRONT HAZARD LAMP
E-04 LH FRONT HAZARD LAMP
E-39 UNLOAD TUBE MARKER LIGHT (FR)
E-49 RH POSITION MARKER LIGHT
E-50 LH POSITION MARKER LIGHT
E-51 RH FLASHING MARKER LIGHT
E-52 LH FLASHING MARKER LIGHT
E-53 RH FRONT AUTRIA MARKER LIGHT
E-54 LH FRONT AUSTRIA MARKER LIGHT
F-20 LH MARKER LIGHTS FUSE
F-21 RH MARKER LIGHTS FUSE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 420
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0404H0B 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 421
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.35)
35a series 1206 - 1237
A-05 FLASHER MODULE
F-51 HORN / MARKER LTS FUSE
H-02 HORN
S-26 ROAD LIGHT SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 422
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-35 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 423
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

35b series 1238 - 1281

A-05 FLASHER MODULE
F-51 HORN / MARKER LTS FUSE
H-02 HORN
S-26 ROAD LIGHT SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 424
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-35_1132 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 425
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

35c series 1282 - 1347

A-05 FLASHER MODULE
F-51 HORN / MARKER LTS FUSE
H-02 HORN
K-02 LIGHT CONTROL RELAY (AF)
S-26 ROAD LIGHT SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 426
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0357H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 427
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

35d series 1348 - 1407

E-05 LH REAR FLASHING LAMP
E-06 RH REAR FLASHING LAMP
E-11 LH BRAKE / TAIL LAMP
E-12 RH BRAKE / TAIL LAMP
E-55 RH REAR AUSTRIA LAMP
E-56 LH REAR AUSTRIA LAMP
E-57 RH LICENSE PLATE LAMP
E-58 LH LICENSE PLATE LAMP
J-09 TRAILER OUTLET

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 428
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0358H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 429
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

35e series 1408 and above

E-05 LH REAR FLASHING LIGHT
E-06 RH REAR FLASHING LIGHT
E-11 LH BRAKE / TAIL LIGHT
E-12 RH BRAKE / TAIL LIGHT
E-55 RH REAR AUSTRIA MARKER LIGHT
E-56 LH REAR AUSTRIA MARKER LIGHT
E-57 RH LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
E-58 LH LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
J-09 TRAILER OUTLET

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 430
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0405H0B 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 431
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.36)
36a series 1206 - 1237
E-13 LH ROAD LIGHT
E-14 RH ROAD LIGHT
E-34 DOME LIGHT
F-32 HIGH BEAM FUSE
F-33 LOW BEAM FUSE
F-52 DOME / BRAKE LT FUSE
K-04 HIGH BEAM RELAY
K-05 LOW BEAM RELAY
K-20 TIME DELAY MODULE
K-33 BRAKE LIGHTS RELAY
S-40 LH DOOR SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 432
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-36 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 433
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

36b series 1238 - 1281

E-13 LH ROAD LIGHT
E-14 RH ROAD LIGHT
E-34 DOME LIGHT
F-32 HIGH BEAM FUSE
F-33 LOW BEAM FUSE
F-52 DOME / BRAKE LT FUSE
K-04 HIGH BEAM RELAY
K-05 LOW BEAM RELAY
K-20 TIME DELAY MODULE
K-33 BRAKE LIGHTS RELAY
S-40 LH DOOR SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 434
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-36_1133 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 435
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

36c series 1282 - 1347

E-13 LH ROAD LIGHT
E-14 RH ROAD LIGHT
E-34 DOME LIGHT
F-32 HIGH BEAM FUSE
F-33 LOW BEAM FUSE
F-52 DOME / BRAKE LT FUSE
K-04 HIGH BEAM RELAY
K-05 LOW BEAM RELAY
K-20 TIME DELAY MODULE
K-33 BRAKE LIGHTS RELAY
S-40 LH DOOR SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 436
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0359H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 437
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

36d series 1348 - 1407

A-05 FLASHER MODULE
E-13 LH ROAD LIGHT
E-14 RH ROAD LIGHT
F-32 HIGH BEAM FUSE
F-33 LOW BEAM FUSE
F-51 HORN / MARKER LTS FUSE
H-02 HORN
K-02 LIGHT CONTROL RELAY (AF)
K-04 HIGH BEAM RELAY
K-05 LOW BEAM RELAY
S-26 ROAD LIGHT SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 438
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0360H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 439
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

36e series 1408 and above

A-05 FLASHER MODULE
E-13 LH ROAD LIGHT
E-14 RH ROAD LIGHT
F-32 HIGH BEAM FUSE
F-33 LOW BEAM FUSE
F-51 HORN / MARKER LIGHTS FUSE
H-02 HORN
K-02 LIGHT CONTROL RELAY
K-04 HIGH BEAM RELAY
K-05 LOW BEAM RELAY
S-26 ROAD LIGHT SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 440
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0406H0B 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 441
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.37)
37a series 1206 - 1237

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 442
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-37 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 443
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

37b series 1238 - 1281

FRAME-37_1134 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 444
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

37c series 1282 - 1347

E-13 LH ROAD LIGHT
E-14 RH ROAD LIGHT
E-47 LH FLIP UP ROAD LIGHT
E-48 RH FLIP UP ROAD LIGHT
K-40 FLIP UP LOW BEAM RELAY
K-41 FLIP UP HIGH BEAM RELAY

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 445
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0361H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 446
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

37d series 1348 and above

E-13 LH ROAD LIGHT
E-14 RH ROAD LIGHT
E-47 LH FLIP UP ROAD LIGHT
E-48 RH FLIP UP ROAD LIGHT
K-40 FLIP UP LOW BEAM RELAY
K-41 FLIP UP HIGH BEAM RELAY

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 447
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0362H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 448
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.38)
38a series 1206 - 1237
E-27 LH REAR WORK LIGHT
E-28 RH REAR WORK LIGHT
F-55 REAR WORK LTS FUSE
K-31 REAR WORK LTS RELAY

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 449
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-38 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 450
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

38b series 1238 - 1281

E-27 LH REAR WORK LIGHT
E-28 RH REAR WORK LIGHT
F-55 REAR WORK LTS FUSE
K-31 REAR WORK LTS RELAY

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 451
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-38_1135 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 452
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

38c series 1282 - 1347

E-27 LH REAR WORK LIGHT
E-28 RH REAR WORK LIGHT
E-42 LH FRONT SHIELD LIGHT
E-43 LH REAR SHIELD LIGHT
E-44 RH FRONT SHIELD LIGHT
E-45 RH REAR SHIELD LIGHT
E-46 ENGINE LIGHT
F-34 UNDER SHIELD LIGHTS FUSE
F-55 REAR WORK LIGHTS FUSE
K-31 REAR WORK LIGHTS RELAY
S-63 LEFT SHIELD LIGHT SWITCH
S-64 ENGINE LIGHT SWITCH
S-65 RIGHT SHIELD LIGHT SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 453
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0363H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 454
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

38d series 1348 and above

E-34 DOME LIGHT
E-35 CONSOLE LIGHT
F-34 NOT USED
F-52 DOME / BRAKE LIGHTS FUSE
K-20 TIME DELAY MODULE
K-33 BRAKE LIGHTS RELAY
S-40 LH DOOR SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 455
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0364H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 456
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 39 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.39)
39a series 1206 - 1237
E-31 LH FRONT BEACON LIGHT
E-32 RH FRONT BEACON LIGHT
E-33 REAR BEACON LIGHT
F-53 BEACON LIGHTS FUSE
J-01 RH FRONT SERVICE SOCKET
J-02 LH FRONT SERVICE SOCKET
J-03 RH SIDE SERVICE SOCKET
J-04 LH SIDE SERVICE SOCKET
J-05 ENGINE SERVICE SOCKET
K-29 BEACON LIGHTS RELAY

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 457
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-39 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 458
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

39b series 1238 - 1281

E-31 LH FRONT BEACON LIGHT
E-32 RH FRONT BEACON LIGHT
E-33 REAR BEACON LIGHT
F-15 SERVICE SOCKETS FUSE
F-53 BEACON LTS FUSE
J-01 RH FT SERVICE SOCKET
J-02 LH FT SERVICE SOCKET
J-03 RH SIDE SERVICE SOCKET
J-04 LH SIDE SERVICE SOCKET
J-05 ENGINE SERVICE SOCKET
K-29 BEACON LIGHTS RELAY

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 459
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-39_1136 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 460
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

39c series 1282 - 1347

E-31 LH FRONT BEACON LIGHT
E-32 RH FRONT BEACON LIGHT
E-33 REAR BEACON LIGHT
F-15 SERVICE SOCKETS FUSE
F-53 BEACON LTS FUSE
J-01 RH FT SERVICE SOCKET
J-02 LH FT SERVICE SOCKET
J-03 RH SIDE SERVICE SOCKET
J-04 LH SIDE SERVICE SOCKET
J-05 ENGINE SERVICE SOCKET
K-29 BEACON LIGHTS RELAY

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 461
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0365H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 462
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

39d series 1348 - 1407

E-31 LH FRONT BEACON LIGHT
E-32 RH FRONT BEACON LIGHT
E-33 REAR BEACON LIGHT
F-15 SERVICE SOCKETS FUSE
F-53 BEACON LIGHTS FUSE
J-01 RH FRONT SERVICE SOCKET
J-02 LH FRONT SERVICE SOCKET
J-03 RH SIDE SERVICE SOCKET
J-04 LH SIDE SERVICE SOCKET
J-05 ENGINE SERVICE SOCKET
K-29 BEACON LIGHTS RELAY
S-41 BEACON LIGHT SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 463
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0366H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 464
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

39e series 1408 and above

E-31 LH FRONT BEACON LIGHT
E-32 RH FRONT BEACON LIGHT
E-33 REAR BEACON LIGHT
F-15 SERVICE SOCKETS FUSE
F-53 BEACON LIGHTS FUSE
J-02 LH FRONT SERVICE SOCKET
J-04 LH SIDE SERVICE SOCKET
J-05 ENGINE SERVICE SOCKET
K-29 BEACON LIGHTS RELAY
S-41 BEACON LIGHT SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 465
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0407H0B 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 466
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.40)
40a series 1206 - 1237
E-21 LH HEADER LIGHT
E-22 RH HEADER LIGHT
E-23 LH LOWER WORK LIGHT
E-24 RH LOWER WORK LIGHT
E-29 UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT
E-30 GRAIN TANK LIGHT
F-30 HEADER WORK LIGHTS FUSE
F-50 SIDE LIGHTS FUSE
F-54 LOWER WORK LIGHTS FUSE
K-22 HEADER WORK LIGHTS RELAY
K-30 LOWER WORK LIGHTS RELAY
K-32 UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT RELAY

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 467
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-40 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 468
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

40b series 1238 - 1281

E-21 LH HEADER LIGHT
E-22 RH HEADER LIGHT
E-23 LH LOWER WORK LIGHT
E-24 RH LOWER WORK LIGHT
E-29 UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT
E-30 GRAIN TANK LIGHT
E-38 CENTER WORK LIGHT
F-30 HEADER WORK LIGHTS FUSE
F-50 SIDE LIGHTS FUSE
F-54 LOWER WORK LIGHTS FUSE
K-22 HEADER WORK LIGHTS RELAY
K-30 LOWER WORK LIGHTS RELAY
K-32 UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT RELAY

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 469
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-40_1137 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 470
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

40c series 1282 - 1347

E-21 LH HEADER LIGHT
E-22 RH HEADER LIGHT
E-23 LH LOWER WORK LIGHT
E-24 RH LOWER WORK LIGHT
E-29 UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT
E-30 GRAIN TANK LIGHT
E-38 CENTER WORK LIGHT
F-30 HEADER WORK LIGHTS FUSE
F-50 SIDE LIGHTS FUSE
F-54 LOWER WORK LIGHTS FUSE
K-22 HEADER WORK LIGHTS RELAY
K-30 LOWER WORK LIGHTS RELAY
K-32 UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT RELAY

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 471
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0367H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 472
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

40d series 1348 and above

E-21 LH HEADER LIGHT
E-22 RH HEADER LIGHT
E-23 LH LOWER WORK LIGHT
E-24 RH LOWER WORK LIGHT
E-29 UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT
E-30 GRAIN TANK LIGHT
E-38 CENTER WORK LIGHT
F-30 HEADER WORK LIGHTS FUSE
F-50 SIDE LIGHTS FUSE
F-54 LOWER WORK LIGHTS FUSE
K-22 HEADER WORK LIGHTS RELAY
K-30 LOWER WORK LIGHTS RELAY
K-32 UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT RELAY

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 473
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0368H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 474
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 41 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.41)
41a series 1206 - 1237
E-15 LH CAB OUTER WORK LIGHT
E-16 RH CAB OUTER WORK LIGHT
E-17 LH CAB INNER WORK LIGHT
E-18 RH CAB INNER WORK LIGHT
E-19 LH CAB MID WORK LIGHT
E-20 RH CAB MID WORK LIGHT
F-06 LH CAB WORK LIGHTS FUSE
F-07 RH CAB WORK LIGHTS FUSE
F-29 DISTANCE WORK LIGHTS FUSE
F-31 CAB ROOF WORK LIGHTS FUSE
K-01 CAB ROOF WORK LIGHTS RELAY
K-21 CAB INNER WORK LIGHTS RELAY

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 475
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-41 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 476
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

41b series 1238 - 1281

E-15 LH CAB OUTER WORK LIGHT
E-16 RH CAB OUTER WORK LIGHT
E-17 LH CAB INNER WORK LIGHT
E-18 RH CAB INNER WORK LIGHT
E-19 LH CAB MID WORK LIGHT
E-20 RH CAB MID WORK LIGHT
F-06 LH CAB WORK LIGHTS FUSE
F-07 RH CAB WORK LIGHTS FUSE
F-29 DISTANCE WORK LIGHTS FUSE
F-31 CAB ROOF WORK LIGHTS FUSE
K-01 CAB ROOF WORK LIGHTS RELAY
K-21 DISTANCE WORK LIGHTS RELAY

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 477
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-41_1138 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 478
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

41c series 1282 - 1347

E-15 LH CAB OUTER WORK LIGHT
E-16 RH CAB OUTER WORK LIGHT
E-17 LH CAB INNER WORK LIGHT
E-18 RH CAB INNER WORK LIGHT
E-19 LH CAB MID WORK LIGHT
E-20 RH CAB MID WORK LIGHT
F-06 LH CAB WORK LIGHTS FUSE
F-07 RH CAB WORK LIGHTS FUSE
F-29 DISTANCE WORK LIGHTS FUSE
F-31 CAB ROOF WORK LIGHTS FUSE
K-01 CAB ROOF WORK LIGHTS RELAY
K-21 DISTANCE WORK LIGHTS RELAY
K-27 ROAD LIGHTS RELAY (AF)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 479
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0369H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 480
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

41d series 1348 and above

E-15 LH CAB OUTER WORK LIGHT
E-16 RH CAB OUTER WORK LIGHT
E-17 LH CAB INNER WORK LIGHT
E-18 RH CAB INNER WORK LIGHT
E-19 LH CAB MID WORK LIGHT
E-20 RH CAB MID WORK LIGHT
F-06 LH CAB WORK LIGHTS FUSE
F-07 RH CAB WORK LIGHTS FUSE
F-29 DISTANCE WORK LIGHTS FUSE
F-31 CAB ROOF WORK LIGHTS FUSE
K-01 CAB ROOF WORK LIGHTS RELAY
K-21 DISTANCE WORK LIGHTS RELAY
K-27 ROAD LIGHTS RELAY

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 481
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0370H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 482
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 42 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.42)
42a series 1206 - 1237
A-09 HVAC CONTROL MODULE
E-35 CONSOLE LIGHT
F-49 CAB FUSE
S-05 SEAT SWITCH
S-41 BEACON LIGHT SWITCH
S-42 TANK EXTENSIONS SWITCH
S-43 WORK LIGHT SWITCH
S-44 REAR WORK LIGHT SWITCH
W-03 SPLICE BLOCK C

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 483
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-42 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 484
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

42b series 1238 -1281

A-09 HVAC CONTROL MODULE
E-35 CONSOLE LIGHT
F-49 CAB FUSE
S-05 SEAT SWITCH
S-41 BEACON LIGHT SWITCH
S-42 TANK EXTENSIONS SWITCH
S-43 WORK LIGHT SWITCH
S-44 REAR WORK LIGHT SWITCH
W-03 SPLICE BLOCK C

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 485
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-42_1139 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 486
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

42c series 1282 -1347

A-09 HVAC CONTROL MODULE
E-35 CONSOLE LIGHT
F-49 CAB FUSE
S-05 SEAT SWITCH
S-41 BEACON LIGHT SWITCH
S-42 TANK EXTENSIONS SWITCH
S-43 WORK LIGHT SWITCH
S-44 REAR WORK LIGHT SWITCH
W-03 SPLICE BLOCK C

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 487
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0371H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 488
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

42d series 1348 and above

E-27 LH REAR WORK LIGHT
E-28 RH REAR WORK LIGHT
F-55 REAR WORK LIGHTS FUSE
K-31 REAR WORK LIGHTS RELAY
S-43 WORK LIGHT SWITCH
S-44 REAR WORK LIGHT SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 489
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0372H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 490
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 43 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.43)
43a series 1206 - 1237
M-19 RH MIRROR UP / DOWN
M-20 RH MIRROR IN / OUT
M-21 LH MIRROR UP / DOWN
M-22 LH MIRROR IN / OUT
M-30 GERMAN MIRROR UP / DOWN
M-31 GERMAN MIRROR IN / OUT
R-10 RH MIRROR HEAT
R-11 LH MIRROR HEAT
R-14 RH GERMAN MIRROR HEAT
S-19 MIRROR HEAT SWITCH
S-27 MIRROR ADJUST SWITCH
S-57 MIRROR SELECT SWITCH (D)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 491
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-43 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 492
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

43b series 1238 -1281

M-19 RH MIRROR UP / DOWN
M-20 RH MIRROR IN / OUT
M-21 LH MIRROR UP / DOWN
M-22 LH MIRROR IN / OUT
M-30 GERMAN MIRROR UP / DOWN
M-31 GERMAN MIRROR IN / OUT
R-10 RH MIRROR HEAT
R-11 LH MIRROR HEAT
R-14 GERMAN MIRROR HEAT
S-19 MIRROR HEAT SWITCH
S-27 MIRROR ADJUST SWITCH
S-57 MIRROR SELECT SWITCH (D)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 493
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-43_1140 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 494
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

43c series 1282 -1347

F-64 SWITCH BYPASS FUSES
M-19 RH MIRROR UP / DOWN
M-20 RH MIRROR IN / OUT
M-21 LH MIRROR UP / DOWN
M-22 LH MIRROR IN / OUT
M-30 GERMAN MIRROR UP / DOWN
M-31 GERMAN MIRROR IN / OUT
R-10 RH MIRROR HEAT
R-11 LH MIRROR HEAT
R-14 GERMAN MIRROR HEAT
S-19 MIRROR HEAT SWITCH
S-27 MIRROR ADJUST SWITCH
S-57 MIRROR SELECT SWITCH (D)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 495
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0373H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 496
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

43d series 1348 and above

E-25 LH SIDE WORK LIGHT
E-26 RH SIDE WORK LIGHT
E-37 SIEVE LIGHT
F-14 SERVICE LIGHTS FUSE
K-34 TIMED SIDE WORK LIGHT RELAY
K-35 SIDE WORK LIGHT RELAY
S-54 SIEVE LIGHT SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 497
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0374H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 498
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 44 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.44)
44a series 1206 - 1226
E-25 LH SIDE WORK LIGHT
E-26 RH SIDE WORK LIGHT
F-16 SEAT PUMP FUSE
K-34 TIMED SIDE WORK LIGHT RELAY
K-35 SIDE WORK LIGHT RELAY
M-24 WIPER WASHER MOTOR
M-26 SEAT PUMP MOTOR
S-38 WASHER SWITCH
S-45 SEAT ADJUST SWITCH
S-49 UP LIMIT SWITCH
S-50 DOWN LIMIT SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 499
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-44 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 500
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

44b series 1238 - 1281

E-25 LH SIDE WORK LIGHT
E-26 RH SIDE WORK LIGHT
F-16 SEAT PUMP FUSE
K-34 TIMED SIDE WORK LIGHT RELAY
K-35 SIDE WORK LIGHT RELAY
M-24 WIPER WASHER MOTOR
M-26 SEAT PUMP MOTOR
S-38 WASHER SWITCH
S-45 SEAT ADJUST LIMIT SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 501
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-44_1141 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 502
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

44c series 1282 - 1347

E-25 LH SIDE WORK LIGHT
E-26 RH SIDE WORK LIGHT
F-16 SEAT PUMP FUSE
K-34 TIMED SIDE WORK LIGHT RELAY
K-35 SIDE WORK LIGHT RELAY
M-24 WIPER WASHER MOTOR
M-26 SEAT PUMP MOTOR
S-38 WASHER SWITCH
S-45 SEAT ADJUST LIMIT SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 503
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0375H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 504
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

44d/e series 1348 - 1479

F-64 SWITCH BYPASS FUSES
M-19 RH MIRROR UP / DOWN
M-20 RH MIRROR IN / OUT
M-21 LH MIRROR UP / DOWN
M-22 LH MIRROR IN / OUT
M-30 GERMAN MIRROR UP / DOWN
M-31 GERMAN MIRROR IN / OUT
R-10 RH MIRROR HEAT
R-11 LH MIRROR HEAT
R-14 GERMAN MIRROR HEAT
S-19 MIRROR HEAT SWITCH
S-27 MIRROR ADJUST SWITCH
S-57 MIRROR SELECT SWITCH (D)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 505
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0376H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 506
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

44f series 1480 and above

F-64 SWITCH BYPASS FUSES
M-19 RH MIRROR UP / DOWN
M-20 RH MIRROR IN / OUT
M-21 LH MIRROR UP / DOWN
M-22 LH MIRROR IN / OUT
M-30 GERMAN MIRROR UP / DOWN
M-31 GERMAN MIRROR IN / OUT
R-10 RH MIRROR HEAT
R-11 LH MIRROR HEAT
R-14 GERMAN MIRROR HEAT
S-19 MIRROR HEAT SWITCH
S-27 MIRROR ADJUST SWITCH
S-57 MIRROR SELECT SWITCH (D)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 507
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0544H0A 5

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 508
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 45 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.45)
45a series 1206 - 1237
F-03 ACCESSORY 1 FUSE
F-04 WIPER FUSE
F-05 CIGAR LIGHTER FUSE
F-08 ACCESSORY OUTLET FUSE
F-09 WASHER / MIRROR FUSE
F-10 ACCESSORY SOCKET FUSE
J-06 ACCESSORY SOCKET
J-08 ACCESSORY OUTLET
K-06 WIPER RELAY
K-08 ACCESSORY 1 RELAY
M-25 WIPER MOTOR
R-08 CIGAR LIGHTER
S-20 WIPER SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 509
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-45 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 510
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

45b series 1238 -1281

F-03 ACCESSORY 1 FUSE
F-04 WIPER FUSE
F-05 CIGAR LIGHTER FUSE
F-08 ACCESSORY OUTLET FUSE
F-09 WASHER / MIRROR FUSE
F-10 ACCESSORY SOCKET FUSE
J-06 ACCESSORY SOCKET
J-08 ACCESSORY OUTLET
K-06 WIPER RELAY
K-08 ACCESSORY 1 RELAY
M-25 WIPER MOTOR
R-08 CIGAR LIGHTER
S-20 WIPER SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 511
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-45_1142 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 512
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

45c series 1282 -1347

F-03 ACCESSORY 1 FUSE
F-04 WIPER FUSE
F-05 CIGAR LIGHTER FUSE
F-08 ACCESSORY OUTLET FUSE
F-09 WASHER / MIRROR FUSE
F-10 ACCESSORY SOCKET FUSE
J-06 ACCESSORY SOCKET
J-08 ACCESSORY OUTLET
K-06 WIPER RELAY
K-08 ACCESSORY 1 RELAY
M-25 WIPER MOTOR
R-08 CIGAR LIGHTER
S-20 WIPER SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 513
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0377H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 514
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

45d series 1348 and above

F-03 ACCESSORY 1 FUSE
F-04 WIPER FUSE
F-05 CIGAR LIGHTER FUSE
F-08 ACCESSORY OUTLET FUSE
F-09 WASHER / MIRROR FUSE
F-10 ACCESSORY SOCKET FUSE
J-06 ACCESSORY SOCKET
J-08 ACCESSORY OUTLET
K-06 WIPER RELAY
K-08 ACCESSORY 1 RELAY
M-24 WIPER WASHER MOTOR
M-25 WIPER MOTOR
R-08 CIGAR LIGHTER
S-20 WIPER SWITCH
S-38 WASHER SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 515
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0378H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 516
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 46 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.46)
46a series 1206 - 1237
A-04 RADIO
E-37 SIEVE LIGHT
F-02 ACCESSORY 2 FUSE
F-11 RADIO FUSE
F-12 GPS POWER FUSE
F-13 TRANSCEIVER POWER FUSE
F-14 SERVICE LIGHTS FUSE
H-04 REAR LEFT SPEAKER
H-05 FRONT LEFT SPEAKER
H-06 REAR RIGHT SPEAKER
H-07 FRONT RIGHT SPEAKER
J-07 TRANSCEIVER POWER OUTLET
K-03 ACCESSORY 2 RELAY
S-54 SIEVE LIGHT SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 517
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-46 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 518
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

46b series 1238 - 1281

A-04 RADIO
E-37 SIEVE LIGHT
F-02 ACCESSORY 2 FUSE
F-11 RADIO FUSE
F-12 GPS POWER FUSE
F-13 TRANSCEIVER POWER FUSE
F-14 SERVICE LIGHTS FUSE
H-04 REAR LEFT SPEAKER
H-05 FRONT LEFT SPEAKER
H-06 REAR RIGHT SPEAKER
H-07 FRONT RIGHT SPEAKER
J-07 TRANSCEIVER POWER OUTLET
K-03 ACCESSORY 2 RELAY
S-54 SIEVE LIGHT SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 519
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-46_1143 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 520
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

46c series 1282 - 1347

A-04 RADIO
E-37 SIEVE LIGHT
F-02 ACCESSORY 2 FUSE
F-11 RADIO FUSE
F-12 GPS POWER FUSE
F-13 TRANSCEIVER POWER FUSE
F-14 SERVICE LIGHTS FUSE
F-35 RADIO KAPWR
H-04 REAR LEFT SPEAKER
H-05 FRONT LEFT SPEAKER
H-06 REAR RIGHT SPEAKER
H-07 FRONT RIGHT SPEAKER
J-07 TRANSCEIVER POWER OUTLET
K-03 ACCESSORY 2 RELAY
S-54 SIEVE LIGHT SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 521
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0379H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 522
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

46d series 1348 and above

A-04 RADIO
F-02 ACCESSORY 2 FUSE
F-11 RADIO FUSE
F-13 TRANSCEIVER POWER FUSE
F-16 SEAT PUMP FUSE
F-35 RADIO KAPWR FUSE
H-04 REAR LEFT SPEAKER
H-05 FRONT LEFT SPEAKER
H-06 REAR RIGHT SPEAKER
H-07 FRONT RIGHT SPEAKER
J-07 TRANSCEIVER POWER OUTLET
K-03 ACCESSORY 2 RELAY
M-26 SEAT PUMP MOTOR
S-54 SIEVE LIGHT SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 523
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0380H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 524
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.47)
47a series 1206 - 1237
A-09 HVAC CONTROL MODULE
B-25 AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR (ATC)
B-26 CAB TEMP SENSOR (ATC)
B-27 OUTLET TEMP SENSOR (ATC)
B-28 EVAPORATOR TEMP SENSOR (ATC)
B-36 SOLAR SENSOR (ATC)
M-15 COLD BOX DOOR MOTOR (ATC)
M-16 WATER VALVE MOTOR
S-53 FREEZE SWITCH (MANUAL A/C)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 525
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-47 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 526
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

47b series 1238 - 1281

A-09 HVAC CONTROL MODULE
B-25 AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR (ATC)
B-26 CAB TEMP SENSOR (ATC)
B-27 OUTLET TEMP SENSOR (ATC)
B-28 EVAPORATOR TEMP SENSOR (ATC)
B-36 SOLAR SENSOR (ATC)
M-15 COLD BOX DOOR MOTOR (ATC)
M-16 WATER VALVE MOTOR
S-53 FREEZE SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 527
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-47_1144 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 528
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

47c series 1282 - 1347

A-09 HVAC CONTROL MODULE
B-25 AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR (ATC)
B-26 CAB TEMP SENSOR (ATC)
B-27 OUTLET TEMP SENSOR (ATC)
B-28 EVAPORATOR TEMP SENSOR (ATC)
M-15 COLD BOX DOOR MOTOR (ATC)
M-16 WATER VALVE MOTOR
S-53 FREEZE SWITCH (MANUAL AC)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 529
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0381H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 530
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

47d series 1348 and above

A-09 HVAC CONTROL MODULE
B-25 AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR (ATC)
B-26 CAB TEMP SENSOR (ATC)
B-27 OUTLET TEMP SENSOR (ATC)
B-28 EVAPORATOR TEMP SENSOR (ATC)
M-15 COLD BOX DOOR MOTOR (ATC)
M-16 WATER VALVE MOTOR
S-53 FREEZE SWITCH (MANUAL AC)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 531
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0382H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 532
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 48 (A.30.A.88 -

C.20.E.48)
48a series 1206 - 1237
F-17 SEPARATOR BLOWER FUSE
F-18 MAIN BLOWER FUSE
F-19 A/C CLUTCH FUSE
K-09 SEPARATOR BLOWER RELAY
K-10 A/C CLUTCH RELAY
K-11 MAIN BLOWER RELAY HIGH
K-12 MAIN BLOWER RELAY MEDIUM
K-13 MAIN BLOWER RELAY LOW
L-07 A/C CLUTCH
M-17 MAIN BLOWER MOTOR
M-18 SEPARATOR BLOWER MOTOR
S-47 A/C HIGH PRESSURE
S-48 A/C LOW PRESSURE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 533
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-48 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 534
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

48b series 1238 - 1281

F-17 SEPARATOR BLOWER FUSE
F-18 MAIN BLOWER FUSE
F-19 A/C CLUTCH FUSE
K-09 SEPARATOR BLOWER RELAY
K-10 A/C CLUTCH RELAY
K-11 MAIN BLOWER RELAY HIGH
K-12 MAIN BLOWER RELAY MEDIUM
K-13 MAIN BLOWER RELAY LOW
L-07 A/C CLUTCH
M-17 MAIN BLOWER MOTOR
M-18 SEPARATOR BLOWER MOTOR
S-47 A/C HIGH PRESSURE
S-48 A/C LOW PRESSURE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 535
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

FRAME-48_1145 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 536
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

48c series 1282 - 1347

F-17 SEPARATOR BLOWER FUSE
F-18 MAIN BLOWER FUSE
F-19 A/C CLUTCH FUSE
K-09 SEPARATOR BLOWER RELAY
K-10 A/C CLUTCH RELAY
K-11 MAIN BLOWER RELAY HIGH
K-12 MAIN BLOWER RELAY MEDIUM
K-13 MAIN BLOWER RELAY LOW
L-07 A/C CLUTCH
M-17 MAIN BLOWER MOTOR
M-18 SEPARATOR BLOWER MOTOR
S-47 A/C HIGH PRESSURE
S-48 A/C LOW PRESSURE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 537
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0383H0B 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 538
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

48d series 1348 and above

A-09 HVAC CONTROL MODULE
F-17 SEPARATOR BLOWER FUSE
F-18 MAIN BLOWER FUSE
F-19 A/C CLUTCH FUSE
K-09 SEPARATOR BLOWER RELAY
K-10 A/C CLUTCH RELAY
K-11 MAIN BLOWER RELAY HIGH
K-12 MAIN BLOWER RELAY MEDIUM
K-13 MAIN BLOWER RELAY LOW
L-07 A/C CLUTCH
M-17 MAIN BLOWER MOTOR
M-18 SEPARATOR BLOWER MOTOR
S-47 A/C HIGH PRESSURE
S-48 A/C LOW PRESSURE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 539
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ZEIL05CX0384H0B 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 540
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X066

X066 CONNECTOR X066 - COLD START INDICATOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 03 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X211

X211 CONNECTOR X211 - GRID HEATER RELAY Wiring harness - Component diagram 03
(IVECO) (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.03)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 541
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X005

CONNECTOR X005
MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 025 (RD) B(+)
2 026 (RD) B(+)
3 030 (RD) B(+)
4 031 (RD) B(+)
5 013 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
6 092 (WH) RELAY K-23 ACTUATION
7 176 (PU) LIGHTING
8 177 (PU) LIGHTING
9 178 (WH) RELAY K-10 ACTUATION
10 186 (PU) RELAY K-4 LIGHTING FEED
11 196 (PU) COLUMN LIGHTING
12 200 (PU) COLUMN LIGHTING
13 237 (PU) RELAY K-5 LIGHTING FEED
14 278 (WH) MAIN FRAME ACTUATION
15 786 (RD)
16 790 (WH)
17 792 (WH)
18 -
19 510 (WH) RELAY K-19 ACTUATION
20 -
21 1215 (RD) RELAY K-19 ACTUATION
22 533 (WH) RELAY K-19 ACTUATION
23 839 (WH)
24 -
25 859 (OR)
26 -
27 915 (YE) MAIN FRAME SIGNAL
28 916 (BL) MAIN FRAME PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
29 917 (YE) MAIN FRAME SIGNAL

X005
MAIN FRAME

X005
CAB MAIN

X005 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 542
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10010899_41 2
X005 - MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS TO CAB MAIN (CM) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 543
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X010

CONNECTOR X010
MAIN FRAME/ENGINE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 524 (GY) BRUSH MOTOR DECREASING ACTUATION
2 821 (WH) BRUSH MOTOR ACTUATION
3 829 (WH)
4 -
5 092 (WH) RELAY COIL ACTUATION
6 419 (YE) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL
7 814 (WH) ACTUATION SPLICE
8 420 (YE) AIR FILTER SIGNAL
9 -
10 504 (YE) ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SIGNAL
11 178 (WH) A/C CLUTCH ACTUATION
12 650 (RD) SERVICE SOCKET B(+)
13 463 (PK) AIR FILTER REFERENCE VOLTAGE
14 468 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND SPLICE
15 915 (YE) A/C LOW PRESSURE SIGNAL
16 571 (YE) IVECO ENGINE SIGNAL
17 827 (YE) ECU-B SIGNAL
18 429 (YE) IVECO ENGINE SIGNAL
19 819 (YE) ECU-B B(+)
20 -
21 820 (GN) ECU-B GROUND
22 916 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND SPLICE
23 859 (OR)
24 -
25 917 (YE) A/C HIGH PRESSURE SIGNAL
26 808 (YE) ECU-B SIGNAL
27 -
28 809 (WH) ACTUATION SPLICE
29 -

X010
MAIN FRAME

X010
ENGINE

X010 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 544
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10004682_7 4
X010 - ENGINE (EN) HARNESS TO MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 545
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X015

CONNECTOR X015
CCM-2 J1
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 050 (RD) B(+)
2 166 (YE) CCM-2 SIGNAL
3 167 (YE) CCM-2 SIGNAL
4 100 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
5 204 (PU) CCM-2 SIGNAL
6 502 (WH) RELAY K-15 ACTUATION
7 111 (YE) CCM-2 SIGNAL
8 216 (BK) GROUND
9 168 (YE) CCM-2 SIGNAL
10 -
11 231 (PU) CCM-2 LIGHTING FEED
12 839 (WH) CCM-2 ACTUATION
13 132 (GN) GROUND
14 131 (YE) B(+)
15 1209 (PU)
16 -
17 113 (YE) CONSOLE SIGNAL
18 183 (WH) RELAY K-33 ACTUATION
19 134 (GN) GROUND
20 133 (YE) B(+)
21 090 (OR) RELAY K-23 IGNITION B(+)
22 -
23 -
24 182 (WH) RELAY K-29 ACTUATION

1z0o2004117012 5
X015
CCM-2 J1

10004693_44 6

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 546
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

X015 - CCM2-J1 FROM CAB MAIN (CM) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 547
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X016

CONNECTOR X016
CCM-2 J2
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 524 (GY) ENGINE DECREASING ACTUATION
2 037 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
3 514 (BK) GROUND
4 568 (WH) GEARBOX ACTUATION
5 1504 (WH)
6 574 (WH) VALVE STACK ACTUATION
7 567 (WH) VALVE STACK ACTUATION
8 566 (WH) VALVE STACK ACTUATION
9 039 (OR) IGNITION (B+)
10 -
11 025 (RD) B(+)
12 688 (BK) GROUND
13 571 (WH) ENGINE ACTUATION
14 465 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
15 572 (WH) GEARBOX ACTUATION
16 573 (WH) VALVE STACK ACTUATION
17 427 (YE) FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL
18 689 (BK) GROUND
19 423 (YE) GEARBOX SIGNAL
20 601 (BL) GEARBOX ACTUATION
21 821 (WH) CCM-2 ACTUATION
22 400 (YE) GRAIN TANK SIGNAL
23 675 (GN) GROUND
24 429 (YE) ENGINE SIGNAL
25 410 (YE) STRAW HOOD SIGNAL
26 402 (YE) STRAW HOOD SIGNAL
27 504 (YE) ENGINE SIGNAL
28 414 (YE) STRAW WALKER RDM SIGNAL
29 420 (YE) ENGINE SIGNAL
30 878 (WH) GEARBOX PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
31 459 (PK) CCM-2 REFERENCE VOLTAGE
32 674 (YE) B(+)
33 419 (YE) ENGINE SIGNAL
34 418 (YE) BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL
35 684 (YE) GEARBOX SIGNAL
36 421 (YE) ENGINE SIGNAL
37 416 (YE) ROTOR DRUM RPM SIGNAL
38 413 (YE) STRAW HOOD SIGNAL
39 424 (YE) GEARBOX SIGNAL
40 877 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND GEARBOX

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 548
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1z0o2004117014 7
X016
CCM-2 J2

vfen05cx0004a0b 8
X016 - CCM-2 J2 FROM MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 549
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X193

CONNECTOR X193
ECU CONNECTOR B (ELECTRONIC 7.5L AND ALL IVECO CURSOR)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 815 (BK) GROUND
2 816 (BK) GROUND
3 810 (WH) ENGINE POWER RELAY ACTUATION
4 811 (WH) ENGINE POWER RELAY ACTUATION
5 -
6 -
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 822 (BK) ECU-A ACTUATION
11 820 (GN) ECU-A GROUND
12 819 (YE) ECU-B B(+)
13 827 (YE) ECU-B SIGNAL
14 -
15 -
16 -
17 -
18 -
19 -
20 -
21 -
22 -
23 -
24 -
25 -
26 -
27 808 (YE) ENGINE POWER RELAY SIGNAL
28 -
29 -
30 -
31 -
32 -
33 -
34 -
35 -

X193 9
X193
ECU CONNECTOR B

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 550
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

vfen05cx0132a0b 10
X193 - ECU CONNECTOR B FROM ENGINE (EN) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 551
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X199

CONNECTOR X199
RELAY COIL
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
85 (1) 800 (BL) GROUND
86 (2) 092 (WH) RELAY COIL ACTUATION

X199 11
X199
RELAY COIL

vfen05cx0138a0b 12
X199 - RELAY COIL FROM ENGINE (EN) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 552
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X290

CONNECTOR X290
FUEL SOLENOID
CAV WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 571 (WH) FUEL SOLENOID INCREASING ACTUATION
B 837 (WH) FUEL SOLENOID INCREASING ACTUATION
C 838 (BK) GROUND

X290 13
X290
FUEL SOLENOID

vfen05cx0196a0b 14
X290 - FUEL SOLENOID FROM ENGINE (EN) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 553
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 03 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X005

X005 CONNECTOR X005 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 02
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X010

X010 CONNECTOR X010 - MAIN FRAME/ENGINE Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X014

X014 CONNECTOR X014 - CCM-3 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 17 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.17)

CONNECTOR X015

X015 CONNECTOR X015 - CCM-1 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X034

X034 CONNECTOR X034 - EXPANSION/MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88

FRAME - C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X193

X193 CONNECTOR X193 - ECU CONNECTOR B Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 554
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X004

CONNECTOR X004
MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 032 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
2 033 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
3 1159 (WH)
4 035 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
5 036 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
6 037 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
7 1214 (RD)
8 039 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
9 065 (PU) RELAX K-30 LIGHTING FEED
10 067 (PU) RELAY K-31 LIGHTING FEED
11 068 (RD) B(+)
12 578 (PU) RELAY K-29 LIGHTING FEED
13 875 (BL)
14 1210 (BL) RELAY K-32 LIGHTING FEED
15 077 (PU) RELAY K-32 LIGHTING FEED
16 078 (PU) RELAY K-33 LIGHTING FEED
17 827 (YE) CONN-DAM SIGNAL
18 193 (WH) COLUMN ACTUATION
19 856 (WH) RELAY K-07 ACTUATION
20 814 (WH) MAIN FRAME ACTUATION
21 064 (OR)
22 243 (PU) COLUMN LIGHTING FEED
23 244 (PU) COLUMN LIGHTING FEED
24 808 (YE) RELAY K-14 SIGNAL
25 809 (WH) RELAY K-14 ACTUATION
26 525 (WH) RELAY K-15 ACTUATION
27 821 (WH) RELAY K-15 ACTUATION
28 829 (WH) RELAY K-15 ACTUATION
29 523 (WH) RELAY K-16 ACTUATION
30 695 (WH) RELAY K-16 ACTUATION
31 696 (WH) RELAY K-16 ACTUATION

X004
MAIN FRAME

X004
CAB MAIN

X004 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 555
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10010899_3 2
X004 - MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS TO CAB MAIN (CM) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 556
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X066

CONNECTOR X066
COLD START INDICATOR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 -
2 -
3 -
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 814 (WH) COLD START INDICATOR ACTUATION
8 -
9 294 (BK) GROUND
10 -

X066 3
X066
COLD START INDICATOR

vfen05cx0022a0b 4
X066 - COLD START INDICATOR FROM CAB MAIN (CM) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 557
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X192

CONNECTOR X192
ECU CONNECTOR A (ELECTRONIC 7.5L ONLY)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 826 (YE) FUEL INJECTOR PUMP SIGNAL
2 893 (YE) FLYWHEEL RPM SIGNAL
3 -
4 -
5 892 (BL) COOLANT TEMP GROUND
6 882 (BL) ENGINE OIL PRESS GROUND
7 -
8 -
9 813 (WH) ACTUATION
10 890 (YE) AIR TEMP/BOOST PRESS SIGNAL
11 883 (YE) ENGINE OIL PRESS SIGNAL
12 889 (YE) AIR TEMP/BOOST PRESS SIGNAL
13 823 (BL) FUEL INJECTION PUMP GROUND
14 884 (BL) FLY WHEEL RPM GROUND
15 -
16 -
17 885 (BL) AIR TEMP/BOOST PRESS GROUND
18 -
19 -
20 -
21 -
22 891 (YE) COOLANT TEMP SIGNAL
23 888 (PK) AIR TEMP/BOOST PRESS LIGHTING
24 -
25 898 (WH) FUEL INJECTION PUMP ACTUATION
26 897 (WH) FUEL INJECTION PUMP ACTUATION
27 870 (GY) FUEL INJECTION PUMP DECREASING RETRACTION
28 871 (GY) FUEL INJECTION PUMP DECREASING ACTUATION
29 -
30 -
31 -
32 -
33 896 (BL) FUEL INJECTION PUMP GROUND
34 894 (YE) FUEL INJECTION PUMP SIGNAL
35 895 (YE) FUEL INJECTION PUMP SIGNAL

X192 5
X192
ECU CONNECTOR A

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 558
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

vfen05cx0131a0b 6
X192 - ECU CONNECTOR A FROM ENGINE (EN) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 559
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X211

CONNECTOR X211
GRID HEATER RELAY
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 (A) 818 (WH) GRID HEATER RELAY ACTUATION
2 (B) 822 (BK) GROUND

X211 7
X211
GRID HEATER RELAY

vfen05cx0146a0b 8
X211 - GRID HEATER RELAY FROM ENGINE (EN) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 560
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 04 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.04)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X005

X005 CONNECTOR X005 MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 02
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X010

X010 CONNECTOR X010 MAIN FRAME/ENGINE Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X015

X015 CONNECTOR X015 - CCM-1 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X016

X016 CONNECTOR X016 - CCM-2 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X027

X027 CONNECTOR X027 - RHM J7A Wiring harness - Component diagram 28 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.28)

CONNECTOR X029

X029 CONNECTOR X029 - RHM J8A Wiring harness - Component diagram 28 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.28)

CONNECTOR X060

X060 CONNECTOR X060 - ENGINE THROTTLE Wiring harness - Component diagram 28 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.28)

CONNECTOR X192

X192 CONNECTOR X192 - ECU CONNECTOR A Wiring harness - Component diagram 03

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.03)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 561
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X196

CONNECTOR X196
THROTTLE MOTOR (MECH. 7.5L)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 829 (WH) THROTTLE/BRUSH RELAY OUTPUT
B 828 (GY) THROTTLE/BRUSH DECREASING ACTUATION

X196 1
X196
THROTTLE MOTOR

vfen05cx0135a0b 2
X196 - THROTTLE MOTOR FROM ENGINE (EN) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 562
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X203

CONNECTOR X203
FUEL INJECTION PUMP (ELECTRONIC 7.5L ONLY)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 896 (BL) FUEL INJECTION PUMP PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
2 -
3 893 (YE) FUEL INJECTION PUMP SIGNAL
4 884 (BL) FUEL INJECTION PUMP PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
5 894 (YE) FUEL INJECTION PUMP SIGNAL
6 895 (YE) FUEL INJECTION PUMP SIGNAL
7 899 (WH) FUEL INJECTION PUMP INCREASING ACTUATION
8 812 (GY) FUEL INJECTION PUMP DECREASING ACTUATION

X203 3
X203
FUEL INJECTION PUMP

vfen05cx0141a0b 4
X203 - FUEL INJECTION PUMP FROM ENGINE (EN) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 563
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X206

CONNECTOR X206
ROTARY SCREEN BRUSH
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 821 (WH) THROTTLE/BRUSH RELAY OUTPUT
B 524 (GY) THROTTLE/BRUSH DECREASING ACTION

X206 5
X206
ROTARY SCREEN BRUSH

vfen05cx0142a0b 6
X206 - ROTARY SCREEN BRUSH FROM ENGINE (EN) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 564
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X207

CONNECTOR X207
FLYWHEEL RPM (ELECTRONIC 7.5L ONLY)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 824 (BL) FLYWHEEL RPM GROUND
2 826 (YE) FLYWHEEL RPM SIGNAL
3 825 (BL) FLYWHEEL RPM GROUND

X207 7
X207
FLYWHEEL RPM

vfen05cx0143a0b 8
X207 - FLYWHEEL RPM FROM ENGINE (EN) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 565
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X210

CONNECTOR X210
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE/BOOST PRESSURE (ELECTRONIC 7.5L ONLY)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 885 (BL) AMBIENT TEMPERATURE/BOOST PRESSURE GROUND
2 890 (YE) AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SIGNAL
3 888 (PK) AMBIENT TEMPERATURE REFERENCE VOLTAGE
4 889 (YE) BOOST PRESSURE SIGNAL

X210 9
X210
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE/BOOST PRESSURE

vfen05cx0145a0b 10
X210 - AMBIENT TEMPERATURE/BOOST PRESSURE FROM ENGINE (EN) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 566
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X212

CONNECTOR X212
FUEL TEMPERATURE (ELECTRONIC 7.5L ONLY)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 -
2 882 (BL) FUEL TEMPERATURE GROUND
3 883 (YE) FUEL TEMPERATURE SIGNAL

X212 11
X212
FUEL TEMPERATURE

vfen05cx0147a0b 12
X212 - FUEL TEMPERATURE FROM ENGINE (EN) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 567
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X214

CONNECTOR X214
COOLANT TEMPERATURE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 891 (YE) COOLANT TEMPERATURE SIGNAL
2 892 (BL) GROUND

X214 13
X214
COOLANT TEMPERATURE

vfen05cx0148a0b 14
X214 - COOLANT TEMPERATURE FROM ENGINE (EN) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 568
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 05 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.05)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X005

X005 CONNECTOR X005 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 02
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X010

X010 CONNECTOR X010 - MAIN FRAME/ENGINE Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X016

X016 CONNECTOR X016 - CCM-2 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X019

X019 CONNECTOR X019 - CCM-1 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X024

X024 CONNECTOR X024 - MAIN FRAME/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
WALKER - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X071

X071 CONNECTOR X071 - STRAW HOOD/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
WALKER - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X192

X192 CONNECTOR X192 - ECU CONNECTOR A Wiring harness - Component diagram 03 (A.30.A.88
(ELECTRONIC 7.5L ONLY) - C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X251

X251 CONNECTOR X251 - REAR LADDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 15 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.15)

CONNECTOR X330

X330 CONNECTOR X330 - AIR FILTER RESISTOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 33 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.33)

CONNECTOR X337

X337 CONNECTOR X337 - ENGINE OIL PRESSURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 33 (A.30.A.88
(IVECO) - C.20.F.33)

CONNECTOR X338

X338 CONNECTOR X338 - FUEL FILTER SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 33 (A.30.A.88
(IVECO) - C.20.F.33)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 569
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X369

X369 CONNECTOR X369 - ENGINE FLYWHEEL RPM Wiring harness - Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88
(IVECO) - C.20.F.36)

CONNECTOR X370

X370 CONNECTOR X370 - ENGINE CAMSHAFT RPM Wiring harness - Component diagram 37 (A.30.A.88
(IVECO) - C.20.F.37)

CONNECTOR X371

X371 CONNECTOR X371 - BOOST PRESSURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 37 (A.30.A.88
(IVECO) - C.20.F.37)

CONNECTOR X372

X372 CONNECTOR X372 - FUEL TEMPERATURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 37 (A.30.A.88
(IVECO) - C.20.F.37)

CONNECTOR X373

X373 CONNECTOR X373 - COOLANT Wiring harness - Component diagram 37 (A.30.A.88

TEMPERATURE (IVECO) - C.20.F.37)

CONNECTOR X374

X374 CONNECTOR X374 - AIR TEMPERATURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 37 (A.30.A.88
(IVECO) - C.20.F.37)

CONNECTORS X376 - X381

X376 - CONNECTORS X376 - X381 - FUEL Wiring harness - Component diagram 37 (A.30.A.88
X381 ACTUATORS 1-6 (IVECO) - C.20.F.37)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 570
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X183

CONNECTOR X183
FUEL PUMP
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 856 (WH) FUEL PUMP ACTUATION
B 845 (BK) GROUND

X183 1
X183
FUEL PUMP

vfen05cx0125a0b 2
X183 - FUEL PUMP FROM MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 571
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X197

CONNECTOR X197
ENGINE/ENGINE (IVECO)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 852 (BL) FUEL FILTER SWITCH GROUND
2 -
3 -
4 853 (BL) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GROUND
5 490 (PK) AIR FILTER REFERENCE VOLTAGE
6 419 (YE) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL
7 -
8 -
9 504 (YE) ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SIGNAL
10 850 (BL) ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE GROUND
11 -
12 429 (YE) FUEL FILTER SWITCH SIGNAL

AMP_174661-2 3
X197
ENGINE/ENGINE (IVECO)

vfen05cx0136a0b 4
X197 - ENGINE (EN) HARNESS TO ENGINE (IVECO)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 572
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X201

CONNECTOR X201
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (7.5L)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 853 (BL) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GROUND
B 490 (PK) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE OUTPUT
C 419 (YE) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL

X201 5
X201
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (7.5L)

vfen05cx0139a0b 6
X201 - ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (7.5L) FROM ENGINE (EN) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 573
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X202

CONNECTOR X202
AIR FILTER
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 851 (BL) AIR PRESSURE GROUND
2 864 (YE) AIR PRESSURE LIGHTING

X202 7
X202
AIR FILTER

vfen05cx0140a0b 8
X202 - AIR FILTER FROM ENGINE (EN) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 574
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X209

CONNECTOR X209
ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 504 (YE) ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SIGNAL
B 850 (BL) CCM VOLTAGE GROUND

X209 9
X209
ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE

vfen05cx0144a0b 10
X209 - ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE FROM ENGINE (EN) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 575
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X311

CONNECTOR X311
ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE (IVECO)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 (B) 504 (YE) ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SIGNAL
2 (A) 850 (BL) CCM VOLTAGE GROUND

CONN_X311 11
X311
ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE (IVECO)

vfen05cx0214a0b 12
X311 - ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE (IVECO) FROM ENGINE (EN) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 576
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X010

X010 CONNECTOR X010 - MAIN FRAME/ENGINE Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X016

X016 CONNECTOR X016 - CCM-2 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X183

X183 CONNECTOR X183 - FUEL PUMP Wiring harness - Component diagram 05 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.05)

CONNECTOR X197

X197 CONNECTOR X197 - ENGINE/ENGINE (IVECO) Wiring harness - Component diagram 05 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.05)

CONNECTOR X202

X202 CONNECTOR X202 - AIR FILTER SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 05 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.05)

CONNECTOR X311

X311 CONNECTOR X311 - ENGINE OIL Wiring harness - Component diagram 05 (A.30.A.88
TEMPERATURE (IVECO) - C.20.F.05)

CONNECTOR X330

X330 CONNECTOR X330 - AIR FILTER RESISTOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 33 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.33)

CONNECTOR X337

X337 CONNECTOR X337 - ENGINE OIL PRESSURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 33 (A.30.A.88
(IVECO) - C.20.F.33)

CONNECTOR X338

X338 CONNECTOR X338 - FUEL FILTER SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 33 (A.30.A.88
(IVECO) - C.20.F.33)

CONNECTOR X369

X369 CONNECTOR X369 - ENGINE FLYWHEEL RPM Wiring harness - Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88
(IVECO) - C.20.F.36)

CONNECTOR X370

X370 CONNECTOR X370 - ENGINE CAMSHAFT RPM Wiring harness - Component diagram 37 (A.30.A.88
(IVECO) - C.20.F.37)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 577
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X371

X371 CONNECTOR X371 - BOOST PRESSURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 37 (A.30.A.88
(IVECO) - C.20.F.37)

CONNECTOR X372

X372 CONNECTOR X372 - FUEL TEMPERATURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 37 (A.30.A.88
(IVECO) - C.20.F.37)

CONNECTOR X373

X373 CONNECTOR X373 - COOLANT Wiring harness - Component diagram 37 (A.30.A.88

TEMPERATURE (IVECO) - C.20.F.37)

CONNECTOR X374

X374 CONNECTOR X374 - AIR TEMPERATURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 37 (A.30.A.88
(IVECO) - C.20.F.37)

CONNECTORS X376 - X381

X376 - CONNECTORS X376 - X381 - FUEL Wiring harness - Component diagram 37 (A.30.A.88
X381 ACTUATORS 1-6 (IVECO) - C.20.F.37)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 578
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X009

CONNECTOR X009
MAIN
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A -
B 067 (PU) GRAIN TANK LIGHTING
C -
D 077 (PU) GRAIN TANK LIGHTING
E 400 (YE) GRAIN TANK SIGNAL
F -
G 440 (PK) GRAIN TANK REFERENCE VOLTAGE
H 443 (BL) GRAIN TANK PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
J 646 (PU) GRAIN TANK LIGHTING
K 668 (BK) GROUND
L 672 (BK) GROUND
M -
N -
P 530 (PU)

X009
MAIN FRAME

X009
GRAIN TANK

X009 1

10010900_6 2
CONNECTOR X009, GRAIN TANK (GT) HARNESS TO MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 579
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X107

CONNECTOR X107
3/4 FULL BIN SENSOR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 440 (PK) 3/4 FULL SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE
B 445 (YE) FULL BIN SENSOR SIGNAL
C 400 (YE) 3/4 FULL BIN SENSOR SIGNAL

X107 3
X107
3/4 FULL BIN SENSOR

vfen05cx0052a0b 4

X107 - 3/4 FULL BIN SENSOR FROM GRAIN TANK X109 - FULL BIN SENSOR FROM GRAIN TANK (GT)
(GT) HARNESS HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 580
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X109

CONNECTOR X109
FULL BIN SENSOR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 443 (BL) FULL BIN SENSOR PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
B 445 (YE) FULL BIN SENSOR SIGNAL
C -

X109 5
X109
FULL BIN SENSOR

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 581
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X140

CONNECTOR X140 (SERIES 1206, 1212, AND 1226 ONLY)

FM RADIO
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 973 (BK) RADIO GROUND
2 830 (RD) RADIO B+ MEMORY
3 081 (OR) RADIO B+ KEYED ON
4 976 (WH) FRONT RIGHT SPEAKER (+)
5 978 (BL) RIGHT SPEAKERS (-)
6 977 (WH) FRONT LEFT SPEAKER (+)
7 974 (WH) REAR RIGHT SPEAKER (+)
8 981 (BL) LEFT SPEAKERS (-)
9 975 (WH) REAR LEFT SPEAKER (+)

X140 6
X140
FM RADIO

CONNECTOR X140 (SERIES 1238 AND ABOVE)

MAIN FRAME/PLATFORM
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 186 (PU) ROAD LIGHTS, HIGH BEAM, B+
2 193 (WH) HORN, B+
3 237 (WH) ROAD LIGHTS, LOW BEAM, B+
4 278 (WH) WASHER MOTOR, B+
5 411 (YE) CONCAVE POSITION SIGNAL
6 418 (YE) BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL
7 430 (YE) LATERAL INCLINATION SIGNAL
8 453 (PK) 5 VOLT REFERENCE
9 456 (BL) CONCAVE POSITION, REF GROUND
10 462 (BL) LATERAL INCLINATION, REF GROUND
11 615 (PU) LH FRONT HAZARD LIGHT, B+
12 616 (PU) RH FRONT HAZARD LIGHT, B+
13 624 (PU) LH FRONT HAZARD LIGHT, RUNNING, B+
14 627 (PU) RH FRONT HAZARD LIGHT, RUNNING, B+
15 637 (PU) FLIP UP KIT, B+
16 644 (PU) LH LOWER WORK LIGHT, B+
17 645 (PU) RH LOWER WORK LIGHT, B+
18 647 (RD) LH FRONT SERVICE SOCKET, B+
19 651 (RD) RH FRONT SERVICE SOCKET, B+
20 694 (GY) CONCAVE MOTOR, DECREASING ACTUATION, B+
21 695 (WH) CONCAVE MOTOR, INCREASING ACTUATION, B+
22 740 (YE) FEEDER ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL
23 751 (PK) 10V REF, FEEDER ANGLE SENSOR

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 582
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X140 (SERIES 1238 AND ABOVE)

MAIN FRAME/PLATFORM
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
24 756 (BL) FEEDER ANGLE SENSOR
25 766 (BK FEEDER ANGLE SENSOR, REF GROUND
26 1504 (WH) BRAKE LIMITING, SIGNAL
27 - -
28 - -
29 - -
30 - -
31 - -

DE_HDP24-24-31P 7
X140
MAIN FRAME/PLATFORM

vfen05cx0083a0b 8

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 583
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X173

CONNECTOR X173
BRAKE PRESSURE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 (A) 497 (OR) GROUND

CONNECTOR X173
BRAKE PRESSURE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 (B) 418 (YE) BRAKE PRESSURE SIGNAL

X173 9
X173
BRAKE PRESSURE

vfen05cx0115a0b 10
X173 - BRAKE PRESSURE FROM MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 584
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X177

CONNECTOR X177
DRUM RPM
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 495 (BL) DRUM RPM GROUND
2 416 (YE) DRUM RPM SIGNAL

X177 11
X177
DRUM RPM

vfen05cx0119a0b 12
X177 - DRUM RPM FROM MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 585
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X184

CONNECTOR X184
FUEL LEVEL
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 427 (YE) FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL
2 467 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD GROUND

X184 13
X184
FUEL LEVEL

vfen05cx0126a0b 14
X184 - FUEL LEVEL MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 586
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X185

CONNECTOR X185
STRAW WALKER RPM
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 493 (BL) STRAW WALKER RPM GROUND
2 414 (YE) STRAW WALKER RPM SIGNAL

X185 15
X185
STRAW WALKER RPM

vfen05cx0127a0b 16
X185 - STRAW WALKER RPM FROM MAIN FRAME HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 587
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X009

X009 CONNECTOR X009 - GRAIN TANK/MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88
FRAME - C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X016

X016 CONNECTOR X016 - CCM-2 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X026

X026 CONNECTOR X026 - RHM J6 Wiring harness - Component diagram 23 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.23)

CONNECTOR X027

X027 CONNECTOR X027 - RHM J7A Wiring harness - Component diagram 28 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.28)

CONNECTOR X029

X029 CONNECTOR X029 - RHM J8A Wiring harness - Component diagram 28 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.28)

CONNECTOR X041

X041 CONNECTOR X041 - NEUTRAL LOCK Wiring harness - Component diagram 28 (A.30.A.88
SOLENOID - C.20.F.28)

CONNECTOR X048

X048 CONNECTOR X048 - GEAR SELECT Wiring harness - Component diagram 28 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.28)

CONNECTOR X049

X049 CONNECTOR X049 - ON THE ROAD Wiring harness - Component diagram 29 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.29)

CONNECTOR X050

X050 CONNECTOR X050 - DUEL RANGE Wiring harness - Component diagram 29 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.29)

CONNECTOR X051

X051 CONNECTOR X051 - REAR WHEEL ASSIST Wiring harness - Component diagram 29 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.29)

CONNECTOR X052

X052 CONNECTOR X052 - PARK BRAKE Wiring harness - Component diagram 29 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.29)

CONNECTOR X057

X057 CONNECTOR X057 - GROUND SPEED Wiring harness - Component diagram 28 (A.30.A.88
POTENTIOMETER - C.20.F.28)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 588
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X107

X107 CONNECTOR X107 - 3/4 FULL BIN SENSOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X109

X109 CONNECTOR X109 - FULL BIN SENSOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X140

X140 CONNECTOR X140 - MAIN FRAME/PLATFORM Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X173

X173 CONNECTOR X173 - BRAKE PRESSURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X177

X177 CONNECTOR X177 - DRUM RPM Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X184

X184 CONNECTOR X184 - FUEL LEVEL Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X185

X185 CONNECTOR X185 - STRAW WALKER RPM Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.06)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 589
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X008

CONNECTOR X008
MAIN FRAME/FRONT FRAME
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 -
2 027 (RD) B(+)
3 -
4 -
5 -
6 415 (YE) MAIN FRAME SIGNAL
7 401 (BL) B(+)
8 485 (YE) MAIN FRAME SIGNAL
9 872 (GY) MAIN FRAME DECREASING ACTUATION
10 873 (WH) MAIN FRAME ACTUATION
11 879 (GY) MAIN FRAME DECREASING ACTUATION
12 880 (WH) MAIN FRAME ACTUATION
13 555 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
14 425 (BL)
15 613 (PU) FEEDER LIGHTING
16 618 (PU) FEEDER LIGHTING
17 682 (YE) MAIN FRAME SIGNAL
18 758 (PK) MAIN FRAME REFERENCE VOLTAGE
19 771 (WH) FEEDER ACTUATION
20 748 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND FOR FEEDER
21 874 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
22 881 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
23 738 (YE) FEEDER SIGNAL
24 739 (YE) FEEDER SIGNAL
25 548 (WH) VALVE STACK ACTUATION
26 549 (WH) VALVE STACK ACTUATION
27 435 (YE) MAIN FRAME SIGNAL
28 772 (WH) FEEDER ACTUATION
29 776 (BK) FEEDER GROUND

X008
FRONT FRAME

X008
MAIN FRAME

X008 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 590
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014690_5 2
X008 - MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS TO FRONT FRAME (FF) HARNESS (BEHIND CAB)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 591
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X011

CONNECTOR X011
MAIN FRAME/GEARBOX
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 422 (YE) GEARBOX SIGNAL
B 423 (YE) LOW CONTROL PRESS SIGNAL
C 424 (YE) RESERVOIR LEVEL SIGNAL
D 486 (PK) LOW CONTROL PRESSREFERENCE VOLTAGE
E 446 (YE) RESERVOIR TEMPERATURE SIGNAL
F 874 (BL)
G 881 (BL) GROUND SPLICE
H 488 (BL) GROUND SPLICE
J 872 (GY)
K 873 (WH)
L 875 (BL) GEARBOX VALVE PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
M 876 (WH) GEARBOX VALVE ACTUATION
N 877 (BL) GEARBOX VALVE PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
O 878 (WH) GEARBOX VALVE ACTUATION
P 879 (GY) GROUND HYDROSTATDECREASING ACTUATION
Q 880 (WH) GEAR HYDROSTAT ACTUATION
R 572 (WH) GEARBOX VALVE ACTUATION
S 568 (WH) GEARBOX VALVE ACTUATION
T 601 (BL) GEARBOX VALVE PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
U 682 (YE) CLUTCH TEMPERATURE SIGNAL
V 683 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND SPLICE
W 684 (YE) CHANGE PRESSURE SIGNAL
X -

X011
MAIN FRAME

X011
GEARBOX

X011 3

10004682_43 4
X011 - GEARBOX (GB) HARNESS TO MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 592
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X017

CONNECTOR X017
CCM-2 J3
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 560 (WH) VALVE STACK ACTUATION
2 556 (WH) VALVE STACK ACTUATION
3 558 (WH) VALVE STACK ACTUATION
4 557 (WH) VALVE STACK ACTUATION
5 559 (WH) VALVE STACK ACTUATION
6 711 (GY) FEEDER DECREASING ACTUATION
7 028 (RD) B(+)
8 712 (WH) FEED ACTUATION
9 516 (BK) GROUND
10 517 (BK) GROUND
11 038 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
12 -
13 737 (YE) FEEDER SIGNAL
14 403 (YE) PROPULSION SIGNAL
15 575 (WH) PROPULSION ACTUATION
16 515 (BK) GROUND
17 -
18 766 (BL) GROUND
19 526 (GY) CCM-2 DECREASING ACTUATION
20 527 (GY) CCM-2 ACTUATION
21 879 (GY) CCM-2 DECREASING ACTUATION
22 729 (YE) FEEDER SIGNAL
23 -
24 1116 (YE) FEEDER SIGNAL
25 779 (YE)
26 1557 (PK)
27 409 (YE) PROPULSION SIGNAL
28 407 (YE) PROPULSION SIGNAL
29 507 (RD) B(+)
30 508 (RD) B(+)
31 880 (WH) CCM-2 ACTUATION
32 780 (YE)
33 682 (YE) CCM-2 SIGNAL
34 1536 (YE)
35 881 (BL) CCM-2 PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
36 405 (YE) PROPULSION SIGNAL
37 406 (YE) PROPULSION SIGNAL
38 408 (YE) PROPULSION SIGNAL
39 528 (WH) CCM-2 ACTUATION
40 529 (WH) CCM-2 ACTUATION

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 593
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1z0o2004117015 5
X017
CCM-2 J3

vfen05cx0005a0b 6
X017 - CCM-2 J3 FROM FRONT FRAME (FF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 594
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X024

CONNECTOR X024
MAIN FRAME/STRAW WALKER
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 -
2 078 (PU) LIGHTING FEED
3 413 (YE) CHOPPER RPM SIGNAL
4 415 (YE) SWATH PLATE POSITION SIGNAL
5 431 (YE) SIEVES LOSS SIGNAL
6 432 (YE) WALKER PROTECTION SIGNAL
7 447 (YE) RETURNS FILTER SIGNAL
8 448 (YE) GEARBOX FILTER SIGNAL
9 243 (PU) LEFT NASO LIGHT LIGHTING FEED
10 244 (PU) RIGHT NASO LIGHT LIGHTING FEED
11 461 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
12 492 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
13 452 (WH) BACK-UP ALARM ACTUATION
14 485 (YE) UNLOAD CADDLE SIGNAL
15 569 (WH) REAR WHEEL ASSIST CONTROL
16 570 (YE) REAR LADDER SWITCH SIGNAL
17 576 (WH) CHAFF SPREADER ACTUATION
18 -
19 578 (PU) BEACON LIGHT LIGHTING FEED
20 614 (PU) LIGHTING FEED
21 617 (PU) LIGHTING FEED
22 410 (YE) LEFT WALKER LOSS SIGNAL
23 402 (YE) RIGHT WALKER LOSS SIGNAL
24 -
25 -
26 -
27 -
28 604 (OR)
29 625 (PU) LIGHTING FEED
30 626 (PU) LIGHTING FEED
31 649 (RD) B(+)

X024
MAIN FRAME

X024
STRAW WALKER

X024 7

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 595
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014684_11 8
X024 - STRAW WALKER (SW) HARNESS TO MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 596
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X071

CONNECTOR X071
STRAW HOOD/STRAW WALKER
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 473 (PK) SEPARATOR PLATE REFERENCE VOLTAGE
2 471 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD GROUND
3 481 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD GROUND
4 632 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD GROUND
5 458 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD GROUND
6 413 (YE) CHOPPER RPM SIGNAL
7 402 (YE) RIGHT WALKER LOSS SIGNAL
8 432 (YE) STRAW WALKER PROTECTION/CHOPPER SPREADER HOOD
SIGNAL
9 415 (YE) SWATH PLATE POSITION SIGNAL
10 477 (YE) SEPARATOR PLATE SENSOR SIGNAL
11 570 (YE) REAR LADDER SIGNAL
12 482 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD GROUND
13 678 (RD) B(+)
14 452 (WH) ALARM DECREASING ACTUATION
15 510 (WH) CHOP/SPREADER RELAY POWER
16 509 (GY) CHOP/DROP MOTOR DECREASING ACTUATION
17 243 (PU) LIGHTING FEED
18 412 (PU) LIGHTING FEED
19 619 (PU) LIGHTING FEED
20 629 (PU) LIGHTING FEED
21 421 (PU) LIGHTING FEED
22 578 (PU) BEACON LIGHT LIGHTING FEED
23 244 (PU) LIGHTING FEED
24 622 (PU) LIGHTING FEED
25 630 (BL) LIGHTING FEED
26 478 (BK) GROUND
27 628 (BK) GROUND
28 -
29 -
30 -
31 -

X071
STRAW WALKER

X071
STRAW HOOD

X071 9

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 597
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10010903_17 10
X071 - STRAW WALKER (SW) HARNESS TO STRAW HOOD (SH) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 598
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X078

CONNECTOR X078
STRAW HOOD BOTTOM/STRAW WALKER
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 539 (YE) UPPER SIEVE REAR ADJUST SIGNAL
2 550 (BK) GROUND
3 540 (YE) UPPER SIEVE REAR ADJUST SIGNAL
4 541 (YE) LOWER SIEVE REAR ADJUST SIGNAL
5 551 (BK) GROUND
6 542 (YE) LOWER SIEVE REAR ADJUST SIGNAL
7 457 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
8 410 (YE) LEFT WALKER LOSS SIGNAL

X078
STRAW HOOD BOTTOM

X078
STRAW WALKER

X078 11

10010893_52 12
X078 - STRAW WALKER (SW) HARNESS TO STRAW HOOD BOTTOM (SB) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 599
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X098

CONNECTOR X098
CONTROL PRESSURE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 434 (BL) LOW CONTROL PRESSURE GROUND
B 486 (PK) LOW CONTROL PRESSURE LIGHTING
C 423 (YE) LOW CONTROL PRESSURE SIGNAL

X098 13
X098
CONTROL PRESSURE

vfen05cx0045a0b 14
X098 - CONTROL PRESSURE FROM GEARBOX (GB) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 600
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X099

CONNECTOR X099
CLUTCH TEMPERATURE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 685 (BL) GEARBOX CLUTCH TEMP GROUND
B 682 (YE) GEARBOX CLUTCH TEMP SIGNAL

X099 15
X099
CLUTCH TEMPERATURE

vfen05cx0046a0b 16

X099 - CLUTCH TEMPERATURE FROM GEARBOX X101 - CHARGE PRESSURE FROM GEARBOX (GB)
(GB) HARNESS HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 601
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X101

CONNECTOR X101
CHARGE PRESSURE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
- 684 (YE) CHANGE PRESSURE SIGNAL

X101 17
X101
CHARGE PRESSURE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 602
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X104

CONNECTOR X104
RESERVOIR LEVEL
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 487 (BK) GROUND
B 424 (YE) RESERVOIR LEVEL SIGNAL

X104 18
X104
RESERVOIR LEVEL

vfen05cx0049a0b 19
X104 - RESERVOIR LEVEL FROM GEARBOX (GB) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 603
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X241

CONNECTOR X241
LEFT WALKER LOSS
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 457 (BL) LEFT WALKER LOSS GROUND
2 410 (YE) LEFT WALKER LOSS SIGNAL

X241 20
X241
LEFT WALKER LOSS

vfen05cx0167a0b 21
X241 - LEFT WALKER LOSS STRAW HOOD BOTTOM (SB) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 604
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X250

CONNECTOR X250
RIGHT WALKER LOSS
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 458 (BL) RIGHT WALKER LOSS GROUND
2 402 (YE) RIGHT WALKER LOSS SIGNAL

X250 22
X250
RIGHT WALKER LOSS

vfen05cx0176a0b 23
X250 - RIGHT WALKER LOSS FROM STRAW HOOD (SH) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 605
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X253

CONNECTOR X253
CHOPPER RPM
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 632 (BL) CHOPPER RPM GROUND
2 413 (YE) CHOPPER RPM SIGNAL

X253 24
X253
CHOPPER RPM

vfen05cx0179a0b 25
X253 - CHOPPER RPM FROM STRAW HOOD (SH) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 606
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 08 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.08)

CONNECTOR X008

X008 CONNECTOR X008 - MAIN FRAME/FRONT Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
FRAME - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X017

X017 CONNECTOR X017 - CCM-2 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X019

X019 CONNECTOR X019 - CCM-1 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X020

X020 CONNECTOR X020 - CCM-1 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 11 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.11)

CONNECTOR X023

X023 CONNECTOR X023 - FRONT FRAME/LOWER Wiring harness - Component diagram 09 (A.30.A.88
FRAME - C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X024

X024 CONNECTOR X024 - MAIN FRAME/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
WALKER - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X031

X031 CONNECTOR X031 - FRONT FRAME/CAB Wiring harness - Component diagram 09 (A.30.A.88
FRAME - C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X071

X071 CONNECTOR X071 - STRAW HOOD/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
WALKER - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X072

X072 CONNECTOR X072 - LOWER FRAME Wiring harness - Component diagram 15 (A.30.A.88
REAR/STRAW WALKER - C.20.F.15)

CONNECTOR X084

X084 CONNECTOR X084 - LH BRAKE PADS Wiring harness - Component diagram 14 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.14)

CONNECTOR X085

X085 CONNECTOR X085 - RH BRAKE PADS Wiring harness - Component diagram 14 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.14)

CONNECTOR X091

X091 CONNECTOR X091- HYDROSTAT Wiring harness - Component diagram 11 (A.30.A.88

TEMPERATURE - C.20.F.11)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 607
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X092

X092 CONNECTOR X092 - FOOT AND INCH/DUEL Wiring harness - Component diagram 22 (A.30.A.88
RANGE - C.20.F.22)

CONNECTOR X096

X096 CONNECTOR X096 - STRAW HOOD Wiring harness - Component diagram 15 (A.30.A.88
TOP/STRAW HOOD - C.20.F.15)

CONNECTOR X233

X233 CONNECTOR X233 - REAR WHEEL ASSIST Wiring harness - Component diagram 20 (A.30.A.88
(RWA) SOLENOID - C.20.F.20)

CONNECTOR X248

X248 CONNECTOR X248 - BACK UP ALARM Wiring harness - Component diagram 20 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.20)

CONNECTOR X293

X293 CONNECTOR X293 - DUEL RANGE Wiring harness - Component diagram 22 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.22)

CONNECTOR X294

X294 CONNECTOR X2954 - LH BRAKE WEAR Wiring harness - Component diagram 14 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.14)

CONNECTOR X295

X295 CONNECTOR X295 - RH BRAKE WEAR Wiring harness - Component diagram 14 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.14)

CONNECTOR X327

X327 CONNECTOR X327 - BRAKE FLUID LEVEL Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X328

X328 CONNECTOR X328- BRAKE FLUID LEVEL Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.32)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 608
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 09 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X001

X001 CONNECTOR X001 - CAB MAIN/CONSOLE Wiring harness - Component diagram 23 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.23)

CONNECTOR X008

X008 CONNECTOR X008 Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X011

X011 CONNECTOR X011 - MAIN FRAME/GEARBOX Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X015

X015 CONNECTOR X015 - CCM-2 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X016

X016 CONNECTOR X016 - CCM-2 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X017

X017 CONNECTOR X017 - CCM-2 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X035

X035 CONNECTOR X035 - PARK BRAKE Wiring harness - Component diagram 21 (A.30.A.88
DISENGAGE - C.20.F.21)

CONNECTOR X059

X059 CONNECTOR X059 - NEUTRAL Wiring harness - Component diagram 27 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.27)

CONNECTOR X100

X100 CONNECTOR X100 - GROUND SPEED Wiring harness - Component diagram 26 (A.30.A.88
HYDROSTAT - C.20.F.26)

CONNECTOR X101

X101 CONNECTOR X101 - CHARGE PRESSURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X140

X140 CONNECTOR X140 - MAIN FRAME/PLATFORM Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X173

X173 CONNECTOR X173 - BRAKE PRESSURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.06)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 609
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X329

X329 CONNECTOR X329 - BRAKE LIMITING Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X368

X368 CONNECTOR X368 - PARK BRAKE PRESSURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.36)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 610
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X007

CONNECTOR X007
FRONT FRAME/FEEDER
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 719 (WH) FEEDER REVERSER ACTUATION
2 770 (GY) FEEDER REVERSER DECREASING ACTUATION
3 712 (WH) FEEDER ACTUATION
4 -
5 613 (PU) FEEDER LIGHTING FEED
6 618 (PU) FEEDER LIGHTING FEED
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 733 (YE) REVERSER POSITION SIGNAL
11 -
12 749 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND FOR FEEDER
13 750 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND FOR FEEDER
14 737 (YE) FEEDER SIGNAL
15 738 (YE) FEEDER SIGNAL
16 739 (YE) FEEDER SIGNAL
17 741 (YE) FEEDER SIGNAL
18 752 (PU)
19 711 (GY) FEEDER DECREASING ACTUATION
20 1223 (PK)
21 776 (BK) GROUND
22 757 (PK) LAT FLOAT POT REFERENCE VOLTAGE
23 779 (YE)
24 780 (YE)
25 775 (BK) GROUND
26 758 (PK) REFERENCE VOLTAGE FEEDER
27 1116 (YE)
28 748 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND FOR FEEDER
29 -

X007
FRONT FRAME

X007
FEEDER

X007 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 611
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10004660_4 2
CONNECTOR X007 - FEEDER (FE) HARNESS TO FRONT FRAME (FF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 612
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X023

CONNECTOR X023
FRONT FRAME/LOWER FRAME
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 707 (GY) PROPULSION DECREASING ACTUATION
2 710 (WH) PROPULSION ACTUATION
3 715 (GY) PROPULSION DECREASING ACTUATION
4 716 (WH) PROPULSION ACTUATION
5 042 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND PROPULSION
6 403 (YE) PROPULSION SIGNAL
7 404 (YE) PROPULSION SIGNAL
8 405 (YE) PROPULSION SIGNAL
9 406 (YE) PROPULSION SIGNAL
10 407 (YE) PROPULSION SIGNAL
11 408 (YE) PROPULSION SIGNAL
12 409 (YE) PROPULSION SIGNAL
13 575 (WH) PROPULSION ACTUATION
14 434 (YE) LH BRAKE PADS SIGNAL
15 721 (YE) PROPULSION SIGNAL
16 723 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
17 727 (PK) PROPULSION REFERENCE VOLTAGE
18 -
19 761 (GY) PROPULSION DECREASING ACTUATION
20 -
21 762 (WH) PROPULSION ACTUATION
22 763 (WH) PROPULSION ACTUATION
23 -
24 -
25 765 (BK) GROUND
26 773 (YE) PROPULSION SIGNAL
27 -
28 835 (YE) RH BRAKE PADS SIGNAL
29 836 (BK) GROUND

X023
FRONT FRAME

X023
LOWER FRAME

X023 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 613
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10010898_10 4
CONNECTOR X023 - FRONT FRAME (FF) W/H TO LOWER FRAME (LF) W/H

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 614
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X031

CONNECTOR X031
FRONT FRAME/CAB MAIN
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 034 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
2 038 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
3 027 (RD) B(+)
4 028 (RD) B(+)
5 1501 (YE)
6 752 (PU)
7 580 (OR) IGNITION B(+) LOWER FRAME
8 714 (WH) RELAY K-17 ACTUATION
9 768 (WH) RELAY K-17 ACTUATION
10 719 (WH) RELAY K-17 ACTUATION
11 -
12 763 (WH) RELAY K-17 ACTUATION
13 -
14 029 (RD) B(+)
15 -
16 024 (RD)
17 -
18 017 (RD) B(+)
19 -

X031
FRONT FRAME

X031
CAB MAIN

X031 5

10010899_50 6
CONNECTOR X031 - FRONT FRAME (FF) HARNESS TO CAB MAIN (CM) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 615
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X032

CONNECTOR X032
HEADER/FEEDER
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 738 (YE) FEEDER SIGNAL
2 739 (YE) FEEDER SIGNAL
3 -
4 -
5 848 (PK) FEEDER REFERENCE VOLTAGE
6 847 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND FOR FEEDER
7 737 (YE) FEEDER SIGNAL
8 779 (YE)
9 780 (YE)
10 -
11 -
12 1223 (PK)
13 750 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND FOR FEEDER
14 -
15 -
16 -
17 -
18 -
19 -
20 712 (WH) FEEDER ACTUATION
21 776 (BK) GROUND
22 613 (PU) FEEDER LIGHTING FEED
23 849 (PK) FEEDER REFERENCE VOLTAGE
24 752 (PU)
25 846 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND FOR FEEDER
26 711 (GY) FEEDER DECREASING ACTUATION
27 1116 (YE)
28 618 (PU) FEEDER LIGHTING FEED
29 -
30 775 (BK) GROUND
31 -

X032
HEADER

X032
FEEDER

X032 7

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 616
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014680_13 8
X032 - HEADER HARNESS TO FEEDER (FE) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 617
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X087

CONNECTOR X087
GROUND R.P.M.
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 (A) 717 (BL) GROUND SPEED RPM GROUND
2 (B) 403 (YE) GROUND SPEED RPM SIGNAL

X087 9
X087
GROUND R.P.M.

vfen05cx0035a0b 10
X087 - GROUND R.P.M FROM LOWER FRAME (LF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 618
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X093

CONNECTOR X093
TRANS SHIFT POSITION
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 407 (YE) TRANS SHIFT POSITION SIGNAL
2 405 (YE) TRANS SHIFT POSITION SIGNAL
3 406 (YE) TRANS SHIFT POSITION SIGNAL
4 408 (YE) TRANS SHIFT POSITION SIGNAL
5 409 (YE) TRANS SHIFT POSITION SIGNAL
6 426 (BL) TRANS SHIFT POSITION GROUND

X093 11
X093
TRANS SHIFT POSITION

vfen05cx0041a0b 12
X093 - TRANS SHIFT POSITION FROM LOWER FRAME (LF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 619
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X094

CONNECTOR X094
TRANSMISSION SHIFT MOTOR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 716 (WH) TRANSMISSION SHIFT MOTOR ACTUATION
B 715 (GY) TRANSMISSION SHIFT MOTOR DECREASING ACTUATION

X094 13
X094
TRANSMISSION SHIFT MOTOR

vfen05cx0042a0b 14
X094 - TRANSMISSION SHIFT MOTOR FROM LOWER FRAME (LF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 620
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X308

CONNECTOR X308
REEL SPEED MOTOR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 712 (WH) REEL SPEED INCREASE ACTUATION
B 711 (GY) REEL SPEED DECREASE ACTUATION

vfen05cx0212a0b 15
X308 - REEL SPEED MOTOR FROM FEEDER (FE) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 621
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X309

CONNECTOR X309
REEL RPM
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 750 (BL) REEL RPM GROUND
B 737 (YE) REEL RPM SIGNAL

vfen05cx0213a0b 16
X309 - REEL RPM FROM FRONT FRAME (FF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 622
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 10 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.10)

CONNECTOR X007

X007 CONNECTOR X007 - FEEDER/FRONT FRAME Wiring harness - Component diagram 09

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X011

X011 CONNECTOR X011 - MAIN FRAME/GEARBOX Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X016

X016 CONNECTOR X016 - CCM-2 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X019

X019 CONNECTOR X019 - CCM-1 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X024

X024 CONNECTOR X024 - MAIN FRAME/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
WALKER - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X030

X030 CONNECTOR X030 - RHM J8 B Wiring harness - Component diagram 31 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.31)

CONNECTOR X031

X031 CONNECTOR X031 - FRONT FRAME/CAB Wiring harness - Component diagram 09

MAIN (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X046

X046 CONNECTOR X046 - ROTOR SPEED Wiring harness - Component diagram 30 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.30)

CONNECTOR X047

X04 CONNECTOR X047 - FEEDER SPEED Wiring harness - Component diagram 31 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.31)

CONNECTOR X097

X097 CONNECTOR X097 - GEARBOX Wiring harness - Component diagram 15 (A.30.A.88

TEMPERATURE - C.20.F.15)

CONNECTOR X098

X098 CONNECTOR X098 - LOW CONTROL Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
PRESSURE - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X103

X103 CONNECTOR X103 - HYDRAULIC OIL Wiring harness - Component diagram 15 (A.30.A.88
RESERVOIR TEMPERATURE - C.20.F.15)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 623
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X104

X104 CONNECTOR X104 - HYDRAULIC OIL Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
RESERVOIR LEVEL - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X238

X238 CONNECTOR X238 - GEARBOX FILTER Wiring harness - Component diagram 15 (A.30.A.88
BYPASS - C.20.F.15)

CONNECTOR X239

X239 CONNECTOR X239 - RETURNS FILTER Wiring harness - Component diagram 15 (A.30.A.88
BYPASS - C.20.F.15)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 624
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 11 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.11)

CONNECTOR X007

X007 CONNECTOR X007 Wiring harness - Component diagram 09

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X008

X008 CONNECTOR X008 Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X023

X023 CONNECTOR X023 Wiring harness - Component diagram 09

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X027

X027 CONNECTOR X027 Wiring harness - Component diagram 28 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.28)

CONNECTOR X028

X028 CONNECTOR X028 Wiring harness - Component diagram 28 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.28)

CONNECTOR X029

X029 CONNECTOR X029 Wiring harness - Component diagram 28 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.28)

CONNECTOR X031

X031 CONNECTOR X031 Wiring harness - Component diagram 09

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X038

X038 CONNECTOR X038 Wiring harness - Component diagram 30 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.30)

CONNECTOR X040

X040 CONNECTOR X040 Wiring harness - Component diagram 30 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.30)

CONNECTOR X061

X061 CONNECTOR X061 Wiring harness - Component diagram 28 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.28)

CONNECTOR X062

X062 CONNECTOR X062 Wiring harness - Component diagram 28 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.28)

CONNECTOR X063

X063 CONNECTOR X063 Wiring harness - Component diagram 30 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.30)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 625
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X385

X385 CONNECTOR X385 Wiring harness - Component diagram 38 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.38)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 626
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X020

CONNECTOR X020
CCM-1 J3
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 -
2 -
3 762 (WH) PROPULSION ACTUATION
4 -
5 561 (WH) VALVE STACK ACTUATION
6 713 (GY) CCM-1 DECREASING ACTUATION
7 027 (RD) B(+)
8 714 (WH) CCM-1 ACTUATION
9 702 (BK) GROUND
10 703 (BK) GROUND
11 034 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
12 768 (WH) CCM-1 ACTUATION
13 404 (YE) PROPULSION SIGNAL
14 743 (YE) FEEDER SIGNAL
15 562 (WH) VALVE STACK ACTUATION
16 704 (BK) GROUND
17 741 (YE)
18 501 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
19 705 (GY) CCM-1 DECREASING ACTUATION
20 706 (GY) CCM-1 DECREASING ACTUATION
21 872 (GY) CCM-1 DECREASING ACTUATION
22 741 (YE) FEED SIGNAL
23 -
24 -
25 -
26 726 (PK) CCM-1 REFERENCE VOLTAGE
27 733 (YE) FEEDER SIGNAL
28 -
29 700 (RD) B(+)
30 701 (RD) B(+)
31 873 (WH) CCM-1 ACTUATION
32 721 (YE) PROPULSION SIGNAL
33 773 (YE) PROPULSION SIGNAL
34 -
35 874 (BL) CCM-1 PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
36 485 (YE) CCM-1 SIGNAL
37 415 (YE) CCM-1 SIGNAL
38 435 (YE) CCM-1 SIGNAL
39 708 (WH) CCM-1 ACTUATION
40 709 (WH) CCM-1 ACTUATION

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 627
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1z0o2004117019 1
X020
CCM-1 J3

vfen05cx0007a0b 2
X020 - CCM-1 J3 FROM FRONT FRAME (FF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 628
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X079

CONNECTOR X079
REVERSER DISENGAGE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 777 (BL) REVERSER DISENGAGE GROUND
2 733 (YE) REVERSER DISENGAGE SIGNAL

X079 3
X079
REVERSER DISENGAGE

vfen05cx0030a0b 4
X079 - REVERSER DISENGAGE FROM FEEDER (FE) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 629
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X081

CONNECTOR X081
LAT FLOAT POT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 757 (PK) LATERAL FLOAT POT REFERENCE VOLTAGE
B 745 (BL) LATERAL FLOAT POT GROUND
C 741 (YE) LATERAL FLOAT POT SIGNAL

X081 5
X081
LAT FLOAT POT

vfen05cx0032a0b 6
X081 - LAT FLOAT POT FROM FEEDER (FE) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 630
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X088

CONNECTOR X088
SHOE MOTOR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 727 (PK) SHOE LEVELING ACTUATOR LIGHTING
B 724 (BL) SHOE LEVELING ACTUATOR GROUND
C 721 (YE) SHOE LEVELING ACTUATOR SIGNAL
D 710 (WH) SHOE LEVELING ACTUATOR ACTUATION
E 707 (GY) SHOE LEVELING ACTUATOR DECREASING ACTUATION

X088 7
X088
SHOE MOTOR

vfen05cx0036a0b 8
X088 - SHOE MOTOR FROM LOWER FRAME (LF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 631
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X089

CONNECTOR X089
CLEANING FAN R.P.M.
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 (A) 718 (BL) CLEANING FAN RPM GROUND
2 (B) 404 (YE) CLEANING FAN RPM SIGNAL

X089 9
X089
CLEANING FAN R.P.M.

vfen05cx0037a0b 10
X089 - CLEANING FAN R.P.M. FROM LOWER FRAME (LF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 632
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X091

CONNECTOR X091
HYDROSTAT TEMP
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 774 (BL) HYDROSTAT MOTOR TEMP GROUND
B 773 (YE) HYDROSTAT MOTOR TEMP SIGNAL

X091 11
X091
HYDROSTAT TEMP

vfen05cx0039a0b 12
X091 - HYDROSTAT TEMP FROM LOWER FRAME (LF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 633
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 12 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.12)

CONNECTOR X007

X007 CONNECTOR X007 - FRONT FRAME/FEEDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 09

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X019

X019 CONNECTOR X019 - CCM-1 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.36)

CONNECTOR X020

X020 CONNECTOR X020 - CCM-1 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 11

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.11)

CONNECTOR X021

X021 CONNECTOR X021 - FRONT FRAME/FEEDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 19 (A.30.A.88
VALVE - C.20.F.19)

CONNECTOR X022

X022 CONNECTOR X022 - MAIN FRAME/VALVE Wiring harness - Component diagram 18 (A.30.A.88
STACK - C.20.F.18)

CONNECTOR X023

X023 CONNECTOR X023 - FRONT FRAME/LOWER Wiring harness - Component diagram 09

FRAME (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X031

X031 CONNECTOR X031 - FRONT FRAME/CAB Wiring harness - Component diagram 09

MAIN (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X032

X032 CONNECTOR X032 - HEADER/FEEDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 09 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X274

X274 CONNECTOR X274 - REEL DRIVE Wiring harness - Component diagram 21 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.21)

CONNECTOR X269

X269 CONNECTOR X269 - REEL DOWN Wiring harness - Component diagram 22 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.22)

CONNECTOR X273

X273 CONNECTOR X273 - REEL UP Wiring harness - Component diagram 22 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.22)

CONNECTOR X268

X268 CONNECTOR X268 - REEL AFT Wiring harness - Component diagram 22 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.22)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 634
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X272

X272 CONNECTOR X272 - REEL FORE Wiring harness - Component diagram 22 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.22)

CONNECTOR X308

X308 CONNECTOR X308 - REEL SPEED MOTOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 09 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X365

X365 CONNECTOR X365 - LH VERTICAL KNIFE Wiring harness - Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88
RELAY (OP) - C.20.F.36)

CONNECTOR X364

X364 CONNECTOR X364 - RH VERTICAL KNIFE Wiring harness - Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88
RELAY (OP) - C.20.F.36)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 635
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X080

CONNECTOR X080
FEEDER REVERSER
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 719 (WH) FAN/REVERSER RELAY OUTPUT
B 770 (GY) FEEDER REVERSER DECREASING ACTUATION

X080 1
X080
FEEDER REVERSER

vfen05cx0031a0b 2
X080 - FEEDER REVERSER FROM FEEDER (FE) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 636
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X090

CONNECTOR X090
CLEANING FAN MOTOR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 763 (WH) CLEANING FAN ADJUSTER ACTUATION
B 761 (GY) CLEANING FAN ADJUST MOTOR DECREASING ACTUATION

X090 3
X090
CLEANING FAN MOTOR

vfen05cx0038a0b 4
X090 - CLEANING FAN MOTOR FROM LOWER FRAME (LF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 637
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 13 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X005

X005 CONNECTOR X005 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 02
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X007

X007 CONNECTOR X007 - FRONT FRAME/FEEDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 09 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X008

X008 CONNECTOR X008 - MAIN FRAME/FRONT Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

FRAME (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X017

X017 CONNECTOR X017 - CCM-2 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 11

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.11)

CONNECTOR X020

X020 CONNECTOR X020 - CCM-1 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 11

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.11)

CONNECTOR X032

X032 CONNECTOR X032 - HEADER/FEEDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 09 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X140

X140 CONNECTOR X140 (1238 AND ABOVE) - MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 06
FRAME/PLATFORM (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X309

X309 CONNECTOR X309 - REEL RPM Wiring harness - Component diagram 09 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X430

X430 CONNECTOR X430 - FEEDBACK RECEPTACLE Wiring harness - Component diagram 43 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.43)

CONNECTOR X434

X434 CONNECTOR X434 - HEADER TYPE MODULE Wiring harness - Component diagram 43 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.43)

CONNECTOR X436

X436 CONNECTOR X436 - REEL HORIZONTAL Wiring harness - Component diagram 43 (A.30.A.88
POSITION - C.20.F.43)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 638
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X437

X437 CONNECTOR X437 - REEL VERTICAL Wiring harness - Component diagram 43 (A.30.A.88
POSITION - C.20.F.43)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 639
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X018

CONNECTOR X018
CCM-1 J1
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 052 (RD) B(+) FOR SPLICE
2 198 (PU) COLUMN LIGHTING
3 171 (YE) CCM-1 SIGNAL
4 099 (OR) IGNITION B(+) TO SPLICE
5 117 (WH) RELAY K-34 ACTUATION
6 692 (WH) RELAY K-16 ACTUATION
7 112 (YE) CCM-1 SIGNAL
8 215 (BK) GROUND
9 194 (PU) COLUMN LIGHTING
10 -
11 190 (WH) RELAY K-1 ACTUATION
12 181 (WH) RELAY K-32 ACTUATION
13 138 (GN) GROUND
14 137 (YE) B(+)
15 170 (YE) CCM-1 SIGNAL
16 -
17 225 (YE) CCM-1 SIGNAL
18 184 (WH) RELAY K-31 ACTUATION
19 130 (GN) CONSOLE GROUND
20 129 (YE) CONSOLE B(+)
21 212 (OR) CCM-1 LIGHTING FEED
22 -
23 107 (BK) RELAY K-26 GROUND
24 180 (WH) RELAY K-35 ACTUATION

1z0o2004117016 1
X018
CCM-1 J1

10004693_45 2
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 640
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X018 - CCM1-J1 FROM CAB MAIN (CM) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 641
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X019

CONNECTOR X019
CCM-1 J2
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 522 (GY) CCM-1 DECREASE ACTUATION
2 032 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
3 513 (BK) GROUND
4 -
5 -
6 452 (WH)
7 771 (WH) CCM-1 ACTUATION
8 772 (WH) CCM-1 ACTUATION
9 033 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
10 -
11 026 (RD) B(+)
12 686 (BK) GROUND
13 452 (WH) CCM-1 ACTUATION
14 460 (BL) CCM-1 PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
15 576 (WH) STRAW HOOD ACTUATION
16 569 (WH) STRAW HOOD ACTUATION
17 570 (YE) STRAW HOOD SIGNAL
18 687 (BK) GROUND
19 411 (YE) CONCAVE MOTOR SIGNAL
20 876 (WH) GEARBOX ACTUATION
21 523 (WH) CCM-1 ACTUATION
22 -
23 -
24 446 (YE) GEARBOX SIGNAL
25 431 (YE) STRAW HOOD SIGNAL
26 -
27 422 (YE) GEARBOX SIGNAL
28 450 (YE) CLEAN GRAIN RPM SIGNAL
29 -
30 876 (WH)
31 453 (PK) CCM-1 REFERENCE VOLTAGE
32 -
33 430 (YE) LATERAL INLET SIGNAL
34 447 (YE) STRAW HOOD SIGNAL
35 448 (YE) STRAW HOOD SIGNAL
36 436 (YE) SEPARATOR RPM SIGNAL
37 441 (YE) RIGHT RETURNS RPM SIGNAL
38 433 (YE) LEFT RETURNS RPM SIGNAL
39 432 (YE) STRAW HOOD SIGNAL
40 875 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND GEARBOX

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 642
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1z0o2004117018 3
X019
CCM-1 J2

vfen05cx0006a0b 4
X019 - CCM-1 J2 FROM MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 643
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X176

CONNECTOR X176
CONCAVE MOTOR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 498 (PK) CONCAVE MOTOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE
B 456 (BL) CONCAVE MOTOR GROUND
C 411 (YE) CONCAVE MOTOR SIGNAL
D 695 (WH) CONCAVE MOTOR ACTUATION
E 694 (GY) CONCAVE MOTOR DECREASING ACTUATION

X176 5
X176
CONCAVE MOTOR

vfen05cx0118a0b 6
X176 - CONCAVE MOTOR FROM MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 644
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X195

CONNECTOR X195
COVERS CLOSED
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 435 (YE) COVERS MOTOR SIGNAL
2 454 (BL) GROUND
3 693 (GY) COVER MOTOR DECREASING ACTUATION
4 696 (WH) COVER MOTOR ACTUATION

X195 7
X195
COVERS CLOSED

vfen05cx0134a0b 8
X195 - COVERS CLOSED FROM MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 645
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X288

CONNECTOR X288
COVERS POSITION
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 454 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
2 435 (YE) COVERS POSITION SIGNAL

X288 9
X288
COVERS POSITION

vfen05cx0194a0b 10
X288 - COVERS POSITION MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 646
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X289

CONNECTOR X289
COVERS ACTUATOR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 696 (WH) COVERS ACTUATOR INCREASING ACTUATION
B 693 (GY) COVERS ACTUATOR DECREASING ACTUATION

X289 11
X289
COVERS ACTUATOR

vfen05cx0195a0b 12
X289 - COVERS ACTUATOR FROM MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 647
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 14 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.14)

CONNECTOR X007

X007 CONNECTOR X007 - FRONT FRAME/FEEDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 09 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X008

X008 CONNECTOR X008 - MAIN FRAME/FRONT Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

FRAME (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X019

X019 CONNECTOR X019 - CCM-1 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X020

X020 CONNECTOR X020 - CCM-1 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 11 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.11)

CONNECTOR X021

X021 CONNECTOR X021 - FRONT FRAME/FEEDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 19 (A.30.A.88
VALVE - C.20.F.19)

CONNECTOR X022

X022 CONNECTOR X022 - MAIN FRAME/VALVE Wiring harness - Component diagram 18 (A.30.A.88
STACK - C.20.F.18)

CONNECTOR X023

X023 CONNECTOR X023 - FRONT FRAME/LOWER Wiring harness - Component diagram 09

FRAME (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X031

X031 CONNECTOR X031 - FRONT FRAME/CAB Wiring harness - Component diagram 09

MAIN (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X032

X032 CONNECTOR X032 - HEADER/FEEDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 09 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X081

X081 CONNECTOR X081 - LAT FLOAT POT Wiring harness - Component diagram 11 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.11)

CONNECTOR X140

X140 CONNECTOR X140 (1238 AND ABOVE) - MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 06
FRAME/PLATFORM (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X174

X174 CONNECTOR X174 - FEEDER ANGLE Wiring harness - Component diagram 18 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.18)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 648
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X189

X189 CONNECTOR X189 - CONCAVE POSITION Wiring harness - Component diagram 14 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.14)

CONNECTOR X195

X195 CONNECTOR X195 - COVERS CLOSED Wiring harness - Component diagram 13

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X267

X267 CONNECTOR X267 - LATERAL FLOAT CL Wiring harness - Component diagram 19 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.19)

CONNECTOR X271

X271 CONNECTOR X271 - LATERAL FLOAT CCW Wiring harness - Component diagram 19 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.19)

CONNECTOR X279

X279 CONNECTOR X279 - HEADER LIFT PRESSURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 18 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.18)

CONNECTOR X280

X280 CONNECTOR X280 - HEADER HEIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 19 (A.30.A.88
ACCUMULATOR - C.20.F.19)

CONNECTOR X281

X281 CONNECTOR X281 - HHC MODULE Wiring harness - Component diagram 18 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.18)

CONNECTOR X305

X305 CONNECTOR X305 - LEFT STUBBLE HEIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 18 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.18)

CONNECTOR X306

X306 CONNECTOR X306 - RIGHT STUBBLE HEIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 18 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.18)

CONNECTOR X327

X327 CONNECTOR X327 - BRAKE FLUID LEVEL Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
SWITCH - C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X328

X328 CONNECTOR X328 - BRAKE FLUID LEVEL Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
SWITCH - C.20.F.32)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 649
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X084

CONNECTOR X084
LH BRAKE PADS
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 866 (BK) GROUND
2 607 (YE) LH BRAKE PADS SIGNAL

X084 1
X084
LH BRAKE PADS

vfen05cx0033a0b 2

X084 - LH BRAKE PADS FROM LOWER FRAME (LF) X085 - RH BRAKE PADS FROM LOWER FRAME (LF)
HARNESS HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 650
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X085

CONNECTOR X085
RH BRAKE PADS
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 867 (BK) GROUND
2 835 (YE) RH BRAKE PADS SIGNAL

X085 3
X085
RH BRAKE PADS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 651
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X170

CONNECTOR X170
LATERAL INCLINATION SENSOR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 451 (PK) LATERAL INCLINATION SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE
B 462 (BL) LATERAL INCLINATION SENSOR GROUND
C 430 (YE) LATERAL INCLINATION SENSOR SIGNAL

X170 4
X170
LATERAL INCLINATION SENSOR

vfen05cx0112a0b 5
X170 - LATERAL INCLINATION SENSOR FROM MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 652
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X180

CONNECTOR X180
SPLICE BLOCK E
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 401 (BL) SENSORS GROUND
B 461 (BL) SENSORS GROUND
C 488 (BL) SENSORS GROUND
D 491 (BL) CLEAN GRAIN ELEVATOR RPM GROUND
E 442 (BL) RIGHT RETURNS RPM GROUND
F 500 (BL) LEFT RETURNS RPM GROUND

X180 6
X180
SPLICE BLOCK E

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 653
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X181

CONNECTOR X181
LEFT RETURNS RPM
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 500 (BL) LEFT RETURNS RPM GROUND
2 433 (YE) LEFT RETURNS RPM SIGNAL

X181 7
X181
LEFT RETURNS RPM

vfen05cx0123a0b 8
X181 - LEFT RETURNS RPM FROM MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 654
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X182

CONNECTOR X182
CLEAN GRAIN RPM
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 491 (BL) CLEAN GRAIN RPM GROUND
2 450 (YE) CLEAN GRAIN RPM SIGNAL

X182 9
X182
CLEAN GRAIN RPM

vfen05cx0124a0b 10
X182 - CLEAN GRAIN RPM FROM MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 655
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X186

CONNECTOR X186
RIGHT RETURNS RPM
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 442 (BL) RIGHT RETURNS RPM GROUND
2 441 (YE) RIGHT RETURNS RPM SIGNAL

X186 11
X186
RIGHT RETURNS RPM

vfen05cx0128a0b 12
X186 - RIGHT RETURNS RPM FROM MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 656
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X187

CONNECTOR X187
SEPARATOR RPM
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 503 (BL) ROTARY SEPARATOR RPM GROUND
2 436 (YE) ROTARY SEPARATOR RPM SIGNAL

X187 13
X187
SEPARATOR RPM

vfen05cx0129a0b 14
X187 - SEPARATOR RPM FROM MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 657
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X294

CONNECTOR X294
LH BRAKE WEAR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 866 (BK) GROUND

RING_TERMINAL 15
X294
LH BRAKE WEAR

vfen05cx0198a0b 16

X294 - LH BRAKE WEAR FROM LOWER FRAME (LF) X295 - RH BRAKE WEAR FROM LOWER FRAME (LF)
HARNESS HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 658
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X295

CONNECTOR X295
RH BRAKE WEAR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 867 (BK) GROUND

RING_TERMINAL 17
X295
RH BRAKE WEAR

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 659
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 15 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.15)

CONNECTOR X008

X008 CONNECTOR X008 - MAIN FRAME/FRONT Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

FRAME (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X011

X011 CONNECTOR X011 - MAIN FRAME/GEARBOX Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X019

X019 CONNECTOR X019 - CCM-1 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X020

X020 CONNECTOR X020 - CCM-1 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 11

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.11)

CONNECTOR X024

X024 CONNECTOR X024 - MAIN FRAME/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

WALKER (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X071

X071 CONNECTOR X071 - STRAW HOOD/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

WALKER (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 660
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X072

CONNECTOR X072
LOWER FRAME REAR/STRAW WALKER
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 569 (WH) REAL WHEEL ASSIST INCREASING ACTUATION
B 602 (BK) GROUND
C 494 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
D 431 (YE) SIEVES LOSS SIGNAL
E 793 (PK) UPPER SIEVES SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE
F 795 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
G 475 (YE) UPPER SIEVES SENSOR SIGNAL
H 792 (WH) UPPER SIEVES MOTOR INCREASING ACTUATION
J 791 (GY) UPPER SIEVES MOTOR DECREASING ACTUATION
K 794 (PK) LOWER SIEVES SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE
L 796 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
M 476 (YE) LOWER SIEVES SENSOR SIGNAL
N 790 (WH) LOWER SIEVES MOTOR INCREASING ACTUATION
P 789 (GY) LOWER SIEVES MOTOR DECREASING ACTUATION

X072
LOWER FRAME REAR

X072
STRAW WALKER

X072 1

10010893_18 2
X072 - STRAW WALKER (SW) HARNESS TO LOWER FRAME REAR (LR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 661
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X096

CONNECTOR X096
STRAW HOOD TOP/STRAW HOOD
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 478 (BK) GROUND
2 432 (YE) STRAW WALKER PROTECTION/CHOPPER SPREADER HOOD
SIGNAL
3 452 (WH) BACK UP ALARM INCREASING ACTUATION
4 578 (PU) BEACON LIGHT RELAY OUTPUT

X096
STRAW HOOD TOP

X096
STRAW HOOD

X096 3

10010894 4
X096 - STRAW HOOD (SH) HARNESS TO STRAW HOOD TOP (ST) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 662
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X097

CONNECTOR X097
GEARBOX TEMPERATURE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 466 (BL) GEARBOX TEMPERATURE GROUND
B 422 (YE) GEARBOX TEMPERATURE SIGNAL

X097 5
X097
GEARBOX TEMPERATURE

vfen05cx0044a0b 6
X097 - GEARBOX TEMPERATURE GEARBOX (GB) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 663
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X103

CONNECTOR X103
RESERVOIR TEMPERATURE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 480 (BL) HYD OIL RESERVOIR TEMP GROUND
B 446 (YE) HYD OIL RESERVOIR TEMP SIGNAL

X103 7
X103
RESERVOIR TEMPERATURE

vfen05cx0048a0b 8
X103 - RESERVOIR TEMPERATURE GEARBOX (GB) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 664
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X232

CONNECTOR X232
SIEVES LOSS
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 494 (BL) SIEVES LOSS GROUND
2 431 (YE) SIEVES LOSS SIGNAL

X232 9
X232
SIEVES LOSS

vfen05cx0159a0b 10
X232 - SIEVES LOSS FROM LOWER FRAME REAR (LR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 665
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X238

CONNECTOR X238
GEARBOX FILTER BYPASS
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 484 (BK) GROUND
B 448 (YE) GEARBOX FILTER BYPASS SIGNAL

X238 11
X238
GEARBOX FILTER BYPASS

vfen05cx0165a0b 12

X238 - GEARBOX FILTER BYPASS FROM STRAW X239 - RETURNS FILTER BYPASS FROM STRAW
WALKER (SW) HARNESS WALKER (SW) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 666
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X239

CONNECTOR X239
RETURNS FILTER BYPASS
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 603 (BK) GROUND
B 447 (YE) RETURNS FILTER BYPASS SIGNAL

X239 13
X239
RETURNS FILTER BYPASS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 667
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X240

CONNECTOR X240
SWATH PLATE POSITION
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 482 (BL) SWATH PLATE POSITION GROUND
2 415 (YE) SWATH PLATE POSITION SIGNAL

X240 14
X240
SWATH PLATE POSITION

vfen05cx0166a0b 15
X240 - SWATH PLATE POSITION FROM STRAW HOOD (SH) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 668
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X244

CONNECTOR X244
UNLOAD CRADLE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 444 (BL) UNLOAD CRADLE GROUND
2 485 (YE) UNLOAD CRADLE SIGNAL

X244 16
X244
UNLOAD CRADLE

vfen05cx0170a0b 17
X244 - UNLOAD CRADLE FROM STRAW WALKER (SW) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 669
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X249

CONNECTOR X249
STRAW WALKER PROTECTION
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 499 (BK) / 496 (BK) GROUND
2 423 (YE) / 417 (YE) STRAW WALKER PROTECTION SIGNAL

X249 18
X249
STRAW WALKER PROTECTION

vfen05cx0175a0b 19
X249 - STRAW WALKER PROTECTION FROM STRAW HOOD TOP (ST) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 670
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X251

CONNECTOR X251
REAR LADDER
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 481 (BL) REAR LADDER GROUND
2 570 (YE) REAR LADDER SIGNAL

X251 20
X251
REAR LADDER

vfen05cx0177a0b 21
X251 - REAR LADDER FROM STRAW HOOD (SW) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 671
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X307

CONNECTOR X307
CHOPPER PROTECTION
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 496 (BK) GROUND
2 417 (YE) CHOPPER PROTECTION SIGNAL

X249 22
X307
CHOPPER PROTECTION

vfen05cx0211a0b 23
X307 - CHOPPER PROTECTION FROM STRAW HOOD TOP (ST) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 672
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X001

X001 CONNECTOR X001 - CAB MAIN/CONSOLE Wiring harness - Component diagram 23 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.23)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X005

X005 CONNECTOR X005 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 02
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X007

X007 CONNECTOR X007 - FRONT FRAME/FEEDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 09 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X011

X011 CONNECTOR X011 - MAIN FRAME/GEARBOX Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X018

X018 CONNECTOR X018 - CCM-1 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X019

X019 CONNECTOR X019 - CCM-1 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X020

X020 CONNECTOR X020 - CCM-1 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 11 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.11)

CONNECTOR X021

X021 CONNECTOR X021 - FRONT FRAME/FEEDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 19 (A.30.A.88
VALVE - C.20.F.19)

CONNECTOR X023

X023 CONNECTOR X023 - FRONT FRAME/LOWER Wiring harness - Component diagram 09 (A.30.A.88
FRAME - C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X029

X029 CONNECTOR X029 - RHM J8A Wiring harness - Component diagram 28 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.28)

CONNECTOR X031

X031 CONNECTOR X031 - FRONT FRAME/CAB Wiring harness - Component diagram 09 (A.30.A.88
MAIN - C.20.F.09)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 673
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X035

X035 CONNECTOR X035 - GEARBOX VALVE Wiring harness - Component diagram 21 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.21)

CONNECTOR X039

X039 CONNECTOR X039 - FEEDER REVERSER Wiring harness - Component diagram 30 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.30)

CONNECTOR X056

X056 CONNECTOR X056 - FEEDER ENGAGE Wiring harness - Component diagram 27 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.27)

CONNECTOR X072

X072 CONNECTOR X072 - LOWER FRAME Wiring harness - Component diagram 15

REAR/STRAW WALKER (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.15)

CONNECTOR X078

X078 CONNECTOR X078 - STRAW HOOD Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

BOTTOM/STRAW WALKER (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X079

X079 CONNECTOR X079 - REVERSER DISENGAGE Wiring harness - Component diagram 11 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.11)

CONNECTOR X080

X080 CONNECTOR X080 - FEEDER REVERSER Wiring harness - Component diagram 12 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.12)

CONNECTOR X090

X090 CONNECTOR X090 - CLEANING FAN MOTOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 12 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.12)

CONNECTOR X266

X266 CONNECTOR X266 - FEEDER REVERSE Wiring harness - Component diagram 22 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.22)

CONNECTOR X270

X270 CONNECTOR X270 - FEEDER FORWARD Wiring harness - Component diagram 22 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.22)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 674
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X012

CONNECTOR X012
CCM-3 J1
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 049 (RD) B(+) TO SPLICE
2 -
3 -
4 101 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
5 518 (WH) RELAY K-19 ACTUATION
6 787 (WH) RELAY K-18 ACTUATION
7 1061 (YE)
8 217 (BK) GROUND
9 1745 (YE)
10 -
11 -
12 -
13 134 (GN) GROUND
14 133 (YE) B(+)
15 -
16 -
17 1212 (YE)
18 -
19 -
20 -
21 1744 (YE)
22 -
23 -
24 -

1z0o2004117008 1
X012
CCM-3 J1

10004693_8 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 675
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

X012 - CCM3-J1 FROM CAB MAIN (CM) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 676
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X013

CONNECTOR X013
CCM-3 J2
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 785 (GY) EX STRAW HOOD DECREASING ACTUATION
2 505 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
3 520 (BK) GROUND
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 582 (WH) CCM-3 ACTUATION
8 581 (WH) CCM-3 ACTUATION
9 506 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
10 -
11 511 (RD) B(+)
12 690 (BK) GROUND
13 837 (WH)
14 439 (BL) EX STRAW HOOD PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
15 -
16 -
17 540 (YE) EX STRAW HOOD SIGNAL
18 691 (BK) GROUND
19 476 (YE) EX STRAW HOOD SIGNAL
20 1730 (BL)
21 786 (RD) B(+)
22 475 (YE) EX STRAW HOOD SIGNAL
23 -
24 -
25 838 (YE)
26 -
27 -
28 -
29 1705 (YE)
30 -
31 683 (PK) EX STRAW HOOD REFERENCE VOLTAGE
32 -
33 477 (YE) EX STRAW HOOD SIGNAL
34 539 (YE) EX STRAW HOOD SIGNAL
35 542 (YE) EX STRAW HOOD SIGNAL
36 -
37 -
38 -
39 541 (YE) EX STRAW HOOD SIGNAL
40 -

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 677
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1z0o2004117010 3
X013
CCM-3 J2

vfen05cx0002a0b 4
X013 - CCM-3 J2 FROM EXPANSION (EX) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 678
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X025

CONNECTOR X025
STRAW WALKER/EXPANSION
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 683 (PK) EX STRAW HOOD REFERENCE VOLTAGE
2 439 (BL) EX STRAW HOOD PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
3 475 (YE) EX STRAW HOOD SIGNAL
4 476 (YE) EX STRAW HOOD SIGNAL
5 477 (YE) EX STRAW HOOD SIGNAL
6 539 (YE) EX STRAW HOOD SIGNAL
7 540 (YE) EX STRAW HOOD SIGNAL
8 509 (GY) EX STRAW HOOD DECREASING ACTUATION
9 541 (YE) EX STRAW HOOD SIGNAL
10 510 (WH) EX STRAW HOOD ACTUATION
11 542 (YE) EX STRAW HOOD SIGNAL
12 550 (BK) GROUND
13 551 (BK) GROUND
14 785 (GY) EX STRAW HOOD DECREASING ACTUATION
15 790 (WH) EX STRAW HOOD ACTUATION
16 -
17 792 (WH) EX STRAW HOOD ACTUATION
18 -
19 550 (BK) GROUND

X025
STRAW WALKER

X025
EXPANSION

X025 5

50014684_47 6
X025 - STRAW WALKER (SW) HARNESS TO EXPANSION (EX) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 679
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X034

CONNECTOR X034
EXPANSION/MAIN FRAME A
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 030 (RD) B(+)
2 031 (RD) B(+)
3 035 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
4 036 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
5 581 (WH) VALVE STACK ACTUATION
6 582 (WH) VALVE STACK ACTUATION

X034
EXPANSION A

X034
MAIN FRAME A

X034 7

50014690_51 8
X034 - MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS TO EXPANSION (EX) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 680
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X219

CONNECTOR X219
EXPANSION B/MAIN FRAME B
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 786 (RD) UPPER/LOWER SIEVE RELAY B+
2 790 (WH) UPPER/LOWER SIEVE RELAY OUTPUT
3 792 (WH) UPPER/LOWER SIEVE RELAY OUTPUT
4 - OPEN
5 - OPEN
6 - OPEN

X219
EXPANSION B

X219
MAIN FRAME B

X219 9

vfen05cx0151a0b 10
X219 - EXPANSION B (EX) HARNESS TO MAIN FRAME B (MF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 681
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X225

CONNECTOR X225
UPPER SIEVE ADJUST
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 539 (YE) UPPER SIEVE ADJUST SIGNAL
2 550 (BK) UPPER SIEVE ADJUST GROUND
3 540 (YE) UPPER SIEVE ADJUST SIGNAL
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 -

X225 11
X225
UPPER SIEVE ADJUST

vfen05cx0156a0b 12

X225 - UPPER SIEVE ADJUST FROM STRAW HOOD X226 - LOWER SIEVE ADJUST FROM STRAW HOOD
BOTTOM (SB) HARNESS BOTTOM (SB) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 682
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X226

CONNECTOR X226
LOWER SIEVE ADJUST
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 541 (YE) LOWER SIEVE ADJUST SIGNAL
2 551 (BK) GROUND
3 542 (YE) LOWER SIEVE ADJUST SIGNAL
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 -

X226 13
X226
LOWER SIEVE ADJUST

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 683
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X227

CONNECTOR X227
UPPER SIEVE MOTOR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 793 (PK) UPPER SIEVE MOTOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE
B 795 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
C 475 (YE) UPPER SIEVE MOTOR SIGNAL
D 792 (WH) UPPER SIEVE MOTOR ACTUATION
E 791 (GY) UPPER SIEVE MOTOR DECREASING ACTUATION

X227 14
X227
UPPER SIEVE MOTOR

vfen05cx0157a0b 15
X227 - UPPER SIEVE MOTOR FROM LOWER FRAME REAR (LR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 684
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X228

CONNECTOR X228
LOWER SIEVE MOTOR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 794 (PK) LOWER SIEVE MOTOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE
B 796 (BL) LOWER SIEVE PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
C 476 (YE) LOWER SIEVES MOTOR SIGNAL
D 790 (WH) LOWER SIEVES MOTOR ACTUATION
E 789 (GY) LOWER SIEVES MOTOR DECREASING ACTUATION

X228 16
X228
LOWER SIEVE MOTOR

vfen05cx0158a0b 17
X228 - LOWER SIEVE MOTOR FROM LOWER FRAME REAR (LR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 685
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 17 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.17)

CONNECTOR X000

X000 CONNECTOR X000 - CROSS AUGER TENT Wiring harness - Component diagram 17 (A.30.A.88
MOTOR - C.20.F.17)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X005

X005 CONNECTOR X005 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 02
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X008

X008 CONNECTOR X008 - MAIN FRAME/FRONT Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
FRAME - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X011

X011 CONNECTOR X011 - MAIN FRAME/GEARBOX Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X012

X012 CONNECTOR X012 - CCM-3 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 16

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X013

X013 CONNECTOR X013 - CCM-3 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X017

X017 CONNECTOR X017 - CCM-2 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X018

X018 CONNECTOR X018 - CCM-1 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X019

X019 CONNECTOR X019 - CCM-1 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X025

X025 CONNECTOR X025 - STRAW WALKER/ Wiring harness - Component diagram 16

EXPANSION (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X030

X030 CONNECTOR X030 - RHM J8B Wiring harness - Component diagram 31 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.31)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 686
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X034

X034 CONNECTOR X034 - EXPANSION/MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 16

FRAME A (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X044

X044 CONNECTOR X044 - CONCAVE CLEARANCE Wiring harness - Component diagram 31 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.31)

CONNECTOR X071

X071 CONNECTOR X071 - STRAW HOOD/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

WALKER (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X099

X099 CONNECTOR X099 - CLUTCH TEMPERATURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X140

X140 CONNECTOR X140 - MAIN FRAME/PLATFORM Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88
(SERIES 1238 AND ABOVE) - C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X176

X176 CONNECTOR X176 - CONCAVE MOTOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 13 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X189

X189 CONNECTOR X189 - CONCAVE POSITION Wiring harness - Component diagram 14 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.14)

CONNECTOR X195

X195 CONNECTOR X195 - COVERS CLOSED Wiring harness - Component diagram 13 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X219

X219 CONNECTOR X219 - EXPANSION B/MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 16

FRAME B (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X289

X289 CONNECTOR X289 - COVERS ACTUATOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 13 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.13)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 687
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X014

CONNECTOR X014
CCM-3 J3
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1727 (GR)
2 1726 (WH)
3 -
4 -
5 -
6 509 (GY) EX STRAW HOOD DECREASING ACTUATION
7 512 (RD) CCM-3 B(+)
8 510 (RD) EX STRAW HOOD ACTUATION
9 536 (BK) GROUND
10 537 (BK) GROUND
11 -
12 -
13 -
14 -
15 -
16 521 (BK) GROUND
17 593 (YE) MOISTURE SENSOR SIGNAL
18 563 (BK)
19 779 (GY)
20 780 (GY)
21 -
22 -
23 594 (YE)
24 -
25 -
26 -
27 -
28 -
29 534 (RD) B (+)
30 535 (RD) B(+)
31 -
32 552 (YE) YIELD SENSOR SIGNAL
33 -
34 595 (YE) MOISTURE SENSOR SIGNAL
35 -
36 -
37 -
38 -
39 783 (WH)
40 784 (WH)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 688
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1z0o2004117011 1
X014
CCM-3 J3

vfen05cx0003a0b 2
X014 - CCM-3 J3 FROM EXTENSION (EX) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 689
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X224

CONNECTOR X224
SPREADER PLATE MOTOR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 473 (PK) SPREADER PLATE MOTOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE
B 471 (BL) SPREADER PLATE MOTOR PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
C 477 (YE) SPREADER PLATE MOTOR SIGNAL
D 510 (WH) SPREADER PLATE MOTOR ACTUATION
E 509 (GY) SPREADER PLATE MOTOR DECREASING ACTUATION

X224 3
X224
SPREADER PLATE MOTOR

vfen05cx0155a0b 4
X224 - SPREADER PLATE MOTOR FROM STRAW HOOD (SH) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 690
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 18 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.18)

CONNECTOR X001

X001 CONNECTOR X001 - CAB MAIN/CONSOLE Wiring harness - Component diagram 23 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.23)

CONNECTOR X005

X005 CONNECTOR X005 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 02
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X007

X007 CONNECTOR X007 - FRONT FRAME/FEEDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 09

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X008

X008 CONNECTOR X008 - MAIN FRAME/FRONT Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

FRAME (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X011

X011 CONNECTOR X011 - MAIN FRAME/GEARBOX Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X012

X012 CONNECTOR X012 - CCM-3 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X013

X013 CONNECTOR X013 - CCM-3 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X015

X015 CONNECTOR X015 - CCM-2 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X016

X016 CONNECTOR X016 - CCM-2 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X018

X018 CONNECTOR X018 - CCM-1 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X020

X020 CONNECTOR X020 - CCM-1 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 11 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.11)

CONNECTOR X032

X032 CONNECTOR X032 - HEADER/FEEDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 09

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 691
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X034

X034 CONNECTOR X034 - EXPANSION/MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88

FRAME A - C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X035

X035 CONNECTOR X035 - GEARBOX VALVE Wiring harness - Component diagram 21 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.21)

CONNECTOR X055

X055 CONNECTOR X055 - THRESHER ENGAGE Wiring harness - Component diagram 27 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.27)

CONNECTOR X140

X140 CONNECTOR X140 (SERIES 1238 AND Wiring harness - Component diagram 06
ABOVE) - MAIN FRAME/PLATFORM (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X177

X177 CONNECTOR X177 - DRUM RPM Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X275

X275 CONNECTOR X275 - DRUM DECREASE Wiring harness - Component diagram 21 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.21)

CONNECTOR X278

X278 CONNECTOR X278 - DRUM INCREASE Wiring harness - Component diagram 21 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.21)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 692
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X022

CONNECTOR X022
MAIN FRAME/VALVE STACK
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 013 (OR) IGNITION B(+) BOSCH HHC
B 501 (BK) GROUND SPLICE
C 600 (BK) GROUND SPLICE
D 738 (YE) BOSCH HHC SIGNAL
E 739 (YE) BOSCH HHC SIGNAL
F 548 (WH) BOSCH HHC ACTUATION
G 549 (WH) BOSCH HHC ACTUATION
H 555 (BL) BOSCH HHC PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
J 740 (YE) BOSCH HHC SIGNAL
K 546 (BL) BOSCH HHC PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
L 547 (PK) REFERENCE VOLTAGE SPLICE
M 771 (WH) VALVE STACK ACTUATION
N 772 (WH) VALVE STACK ACTUATION
O 566 (WH) DRUM DECREASE ACTUATION
P 567 (WH) DRUM INCREASE ACTUATION
Q 573 (WH) UNLOAD TUBE OUT ACTUATION
R 574 (WH) UNLOAD TUBE IN ACTUATION
S 544 (YE) BOSCH HHC B(+)
T 545 (GN) BOSCH HHC GROUND
U -
V -
W -
X -

X022
MAIN FRAME

X022
VALVE STACK

X022 1

10004649_9 2
X022 - VALVE STACK (MS) HARNESS TO MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 693
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X174

CONNECTOR X174
FEEDER ANGLE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 756 (BL) FEEDER ANGLE GROUND
2 740 (YE) FEEDER ANGLE SIGNAL
3 751 (PK) FEEDER ANGLE REFERENCE VOLTAGE

X174 3
X174
FEEDER ANGLE

vfen05cx0116a0b 4
X174 - FEEDER ANGLE FROM MAIN FRAME (MF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 694
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X279

CONNECTOR X279
HDR HEIGHT PRESSURE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 725 (BL) SENSOR GROUND
2 722 (YE) HDR HEIGHT PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
3 728 (PK) HDR HEIGHT PRESSURE REFERENCE VOLTAGE

X279 5
X279
HDR HEIGHT PRESSURE

vfen05cx0190a0b 6

X279 - HDR HEIGHT PRESSURE FROM MAIN VALVE X281 - HHC MODULE FROM MAIN VALVE STACK
STACK (MV) HARNESS (MV) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 695
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X281

CONNECTOR X281
HHC MODULE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 759 (WH) HEADER HEIGHT ACCUMULATOR SOLENOID ACTUATION
2 013 (OR) SWITCHED (B+)
3 438 (BK) GROUND
4 472 (BL) HEADER LEFT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND
5 474 (PK) REFERENCE VOLTAGE
6 545 (GN) DATA (-)
7 548 (WH) LATERAL FLOAT CW ACTUATION
8 549 (WH) LATERAL FLOAT CCW ACTUATION
9 722 (YE) HDR HEIGHT PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
10 -
11 -
12 544 (YE) DATA (+)
13 555 (BL) LATERAL FLOAT GROUND
14 740 (YE) FEEDER ANGLE SIGNAL
15 738 (YE) LEFT STUBBLE HEIGHT SIGNAL
16 739 (YE) RIGHT STUBBLE HEIGHT SIGNAL

X281 7
X281
HHC MODULE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 696
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X305

CONNECTOR X305
LEFT STUBBLE HEIGHT POT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 847 (BL) SENSOR GROUND
2 738 (YE) LEFT STUBBLE HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL
3 848 (PK) LEFT STUBBLE HEIGHT REFERENCE VOLTAGE

X279 8
X305
LEFT STUBBLE HEIGHT POT

vfen05cx0209a0b 9
X305 - LEFT STUBBLE HEIGHT POT FROM HEADER (HH) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 697
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X306

CONNECTOR X306
RIGHT STUBBLE HEIGHT POT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 846 (BL) SENSOR GROUND
2 739 (YE) RIGHT STUBBLE HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL
3 849 (PK) RIGHT STUBBLE HEIGHT REFERENCE VOLTAGE

X279 10
X306
RIGHT STUBBLE HEIGHT POT

vfen05cx0210a0b 11
X306 - RIGHT STUBBLE HEIGHT POT FROM HEADER (HH) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 698
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 19 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.19)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB Wiring harness - Component diagram 03

FRAME (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X008

X008 CONNECTOR X008 - MAIN FRAME/FRONT Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

FRAME (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X013

X013 CONNECTOR X013 - LOWER FRAME Wiring harness - Component diagram 15

REAR/STRAW WALKER (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.15)

CONNECTOR X014

X014 CONNECTOR X014 - CCM-3 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 17

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.17)

CONNECTOR X019

X019 CONNECTOR X019 - CCM-1 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X020

X020 CONNECTOR X020 - CCM-1 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 11 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.11)

CONNECTOR X022

X022 CONNECTOR X022 - MAIN FRAME/VALVE Wiring harness - Component diagram 18

STACK (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.18)

CONNECTOR X023

X023 CONNECTOR X023 - FRONT FRAME/LOWER Wiring harness - Component diagram 23 (A.30.A.88
FRAME - C.20.F.23)

CONNECTOR X024

X024 CONNECTOR X024 - MAIN FRAME/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
WALKER - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X030

X030 CONNECTOR X030 - RHM J8B Wiring harness - Component diagram 31 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.31)

CONNECTOR X031

X031 CONNECTOR X031 - FRONT FRAME/FEEDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 09 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X034

X034 CONNECTOR X034 - EXPANSION/MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 16

FRAME A (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.16)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 699
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X042

X042 CONNECTOR X042 - LOWER SIEVES Wiring harness - Component diagram 31 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.31)

CONNECTOR X043

X043 CONNECTOR X043 - UPPER SIEVES Wiring harness - Component diagram 31 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.31)

CONNECTOR X045

X045 CONNECTOR X045 - FAN SPEED Wiring harness - Component diagram 31 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.31)

CONNECTOR X072

X072 CONNECTOR X072 - LOWER FRAME Wiring harness - Component diagram 15 (A.30.A.88
REAR/STRAW WALKER - C.20.F.15)

CONNECTOR X088

X088 CONNECTOR X088 - SHOE MOTOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 11 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.11)

CONNECTOR X089

X089 CONNECTOR X089 - CLEANING FAN R.P.M Wiring harness - Component diagram 11 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.11)

CONNECTOR X232

X232 CONNECTOR X232 - SIEVES LOSS Wiring harness - Component diagram 15 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.15)

CONNECTOR X281

X281 CONNECTOR X281 - HHC MODULE Wiring harness - Component diagram 18

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.18)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 700
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X021

CONNECTOR X021
FRONT FRAME/FEEDER VALVE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 561 (WH) FEEDER FORWARD ACTUATION
B 590 (BK) FEEDER FORWARD GROUND
C 562 (WH) FEEDER REVERSE ACTUATION
D 591 (BK) FEEDER REVERSE GROUND
E 556 (WH) REEL DRIVE ACTUATION
F 585 (BK) REEL DRIVE GROUND
G 549 (WH) LATERAL FLOAT CW ACTUATION
H 554 (BL) LATERAL FLOAT CW PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
J 548 (WH) LATERAL FLOAT CCW ACTUATION
K 553 (BL) LATERAL FLOAT CCW PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
L 558 (WH) REEL UP ACTUATION
M 587 (BK) REEL UP GROUND
N 557 (WH) REEL DOWN ACTUATION
O 586 (BK) REEL DOWN GROUND
P 560 (WH) REEL FORE ACTUATION
Q 589 (BK) REEL FORE GROUND
R 559 (WH) REEL AFT ACTUATION
S 588 (BK) REEL AFT GROUND
T -
U -
V -
W -
X -

X021
FRONT FRAME

X021
FEEDER VALVE

X021 1

10004660_46 2
X021 - FEEDER VALVES (FV) HARNESS TO FRONT FRAME (FF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 701
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X221

CONNECTOR X221
MOISTURE SENSOR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 699 (OR) SWITCHED B+
2 565 (BK) GROUND
3 593 (YE) MOISTURE SENSOR SIGNAL
4 594 (YE) MOISTURE SENSOR SIGNAL
5 595 (YE) MOISTURE SENSOR SIGNAL
6 -

X221 3
X221
MOISTURE SENSOR

vfen05cx0152a0b 4
X221 - MOISTURE SENSOR FROM EXPANSION (EX) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 702
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X222

CONNECTOR X222
SAMPLE MOTOR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 682 (OR) SWITCHED B+
2 564 (BK) GROUND
3 838 (YE) GROUND
4 837 (WH) FUEL SOLENOID MECHANICAL INCREASING ACTUATION

X222 5
X222
SAMPLE MOTOR

vfen05cx0153a0b 6
X222 - SAMPLE MOTOR FROM EXPANSION (EX) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 703
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X223

CONNECTOR X223
YIELD SENSOR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 698 (OR) SWITCHED B+
B 563 (BK) GROUND
C 552 (YE) YIELD SENSOR SIGNAL

X223 7
X223
YIELD SENSOR

vfen05cx0154a0b 8
X223 - YIELD SENSOR FROM EXPANSION (EX) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 704
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X267

CONNECTOR X267
LATERAL FLOAT CW
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 549 (WH) LATERAL FLOAT CW CONTROL
2 554 (BL) LATERAL FLOAT CW GROUND

X267 9
X267
LATERAL FLOAT CW

vfen05cx0187a0b 10

X267 - LATERAL FLOAT CW FROM FEEDER VALVE X271 - LATERAL FLOAT CCW FROM FEEDER VALVE
STACK (FV) HARNESS STACK (FV) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 705
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X271

CONNECTOR X271
LATERAL FLOAT CCW
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 548 (WH) LATERAL FLOAT CCW CONTROL
2 553 (BL) LATERAL FLOAT CCW GROUND

X271 11
X271
LATERAL FLOAT CCW

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 706
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X280

CONNECTOR X280
ACCUMULATOR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 759 (WH) ACCUMULATOR CONTROL
2 760 (BK) GROUND

X280 12
X280
ACCUMULATOR

vfen05cx0191a0b 13
X280 - ACCUMULATOR FROM MAIN VALVE STACK (MV) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 707
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 20 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.20)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X007

X007 CONNECTOR X007 - FRONT FRAME/FEEDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 09

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X008

X008 CONNECTOR X008 - MAIN FRAME/FRONT Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

FRAME (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X013

X013 CONNECTOR X013 - CCM-3 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 16

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X016

X016 CONNECTOR X016 - CCM-2 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X019

X019 CONNECTOR X019 - CCM-1 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X022

X022 CONNECTOR X022 - MAIN FRAME/VALVE Wiring harness - Component diagram 18 (A.30.A.88
STACK - C.20.F.18)

CONNECTOR X024

X024 CONNECTOR X024 - MAIN FRAME/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

WALKER (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X034

X034 CONNECTOR X034 - EXPANSION/MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 16

FRAME A (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X071

X071 CONNECTOR X071 - STRAW HOOD/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

WALKER (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X072

X072 CONNECTOR X072 - LOWER FRAME Wiring harness - Component diagram 15

REAR/STRAW WALKER (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.15)

CONNECTOR X078

X078 CONNECTOR X078 - STRAW HOOD Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
BOTTOM/STRAW WALKER - C.20.F.07)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 708
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X096

X096 CONNECTOR X096 - STRAW HOOD Wiring harness - Component diagram 15

TOP/STRAW HOOD (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.15)

CONNECTOR X140

X140 CONNECTOR X140 (SERIES 1238 AND Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88
ABOVE) - MAIN FRAME/PLATFORM - C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X170

X170 CONNECTOR X170 - LATERAL INCLINATION Wiring harness - Component diagram 14 (A.30.A.88
SENSOR - C.20.F.14)

CONNECTOR X181

X181 CONNECTOR X181 - LEFT RETURNS RPM Wiring harness - Component diagram 14 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.14)

CONNECTOR X182

X182 CONNECTOR X182 - CLEAN GRAIN RPM Wiring harness - Component diagram 14 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.14)

CONNECTOR X185

X185 CONNECTOR X185 - STRAW WALKER RPM Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X186

X186 CONNECTOR X186 - RIGHT RETURNS RPM Wiring harness - Component diagram 14 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.14)

CONNECTOR X187

X187 CONNECTOR X187 - SEPARATOR RPM Wiring harness - Component diagram 14 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.14)

CONNECTOR X241

X241 CONNECTOR X241 - LEFT WALKER LOSS Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X249

X249 CONNECTOR X249 - STRAW WALKER Wiring harness - Component diagram 15 (A.30.A.88
PROTECTION - C.20.F.15)

CONNECTOR X250

X250 CONNECTOR X250 - RIGHT WALKER LOSS Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X307

X307 CONNECTOR X307 - CHOPPER SPREADER Wiring harness - Component diagram 15 (A.30.A.88
HOOD - C.20.F.15)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 709
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X364

X364 CONNECTOR X364 - RH VERTICAL KNIFE Wiring harness - Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88
RELAY (OP) - C.20.F.36)

CONNECTOR X365

X365 CONNECTOR X365 - LH VERTICAL KNIFE Wiring harness - Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88
RELAY (OP) - C.20.F.36)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 710
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X233

CONNECTOR X233
REAR WHEEL ASSIST (RWA) SOLENOID
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 569 (WH) REAR WHEEL ASSIST CONTROL
B 602 (BK) GROUND

X233 1
X233
RWA SOLENOID

vfen05cx0160a0b 2
X233 - RWA SOLENOID FROM LOWER FRAME REAR (LR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 711
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X235

CONNECTOR X235
CHAFF SPREADER SOLENOID
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 576 (WH) CHAFF SPREADER SOLENOID CONTROL
B 577 (BK) GROUND

X235 3
X235
CHAFF SPREADER SOLENOID

vfen05cx0162a0b 4
X235 - CHAFF SPREADER SOLENOID FROM STRAW WALKER (SW) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 712
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X248

CONNECTOR X248
BACK UP ALARM
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 452 (WH) BACK UP ALARM ACTUATION
2 455 (BK) GROUND

X248 5
X248
BACK UP ALARM

vfen05cx0174a0b 6
X248 - BACK UP ALARM FROM STRAW HOOD TOP (ST) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 713
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 21 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.21)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X005

X005 CONNECTOR X005 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X011

X011 CONNECTOR X011 - MAIN FRAME/GEARBOX Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X012

X012 CONNECTOR X012- CCM-3 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X013

X013 CONNECTOR X013- CCM-3 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X016

X016 CONNECTOR X016 - CCM-2 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X017

X017 CONNECTOR X017 - CCM-2 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X021

X021 CONNECTOR X021 - FRONT FRAME/FEEDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 19

VALVE (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.19)

CONNECTOR X022

X022 CONNECTOR X022 - MAIN FRAME/VALVE Wiring harness - Component diagram 18

STACK (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.18)

CONNECTOR X025

X025 CONNECTOR X025 - STRAW WALKER/ Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88
EXPANSION - C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X034

X034 CONNECTOR X034 - EXPANSION/MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88

FRAME A - C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X072

X072 CONNECTOR X072 - LOWER FRAME Wiring harness - Component diagram 15 (A.30.A.88
REAR/STRAW WALKER - C.20.F.15)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 714
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X078

X078 CONNECTOR X078 - STRAW HOOD Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
BOTTOM/STRAW WALKER - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X140

X140 CONNECTOR X140 (SERIES 1238 AND Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88
ABOVE) - MAIN FRAME/PLATFORM - C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X219

X219 CONNECTOR X219 - EXPANSION B/MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88
FRAME B - C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X225

X225 CONNECTOR X225 - UPPER SIEVE Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88
ADJUSTMENT - C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X226

X226 CONNECTOR X226 - LOWER SIEVE Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88
ADJUSTMENT - C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X227

X227 CONNECTOR X227 - UPPER SIEVE MOTOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X228

X228 CONNECTOR X228 - LOWER SIEVE Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88
ACTUATOR - C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X329

X329 CONNECTOR X329 - BRAKE LIMITING Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.32)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 715
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X035

CONNECTOR X035
GEARBOX VALVE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 876 (WH) FEEDER CLUTCH ACTUATION
2 875 (BL) FEEDER CLUTCH GROUND
3 572 (WH) PARK BRAKE DISENGAGE ACTUATION
4 605 (BK) PARK BRAKE DISENGAGE GROUND
5 568 (WH) UNLOAD TUBE CLUTCH ACTUATION
6 601 (BL) UNLOAD TUBE CLUTCH GROUND
7 878 (WH) GEARBOX CLUTCH ACTUATION
8 877 (BL) GEARBOX CLUTCH GROUND

1z0o2004117045 1
X035
GEARBOX VALVE

10004669_15 2
X035, W/H - GEARBOX VALVE FROM GEARBOX (GB) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 716
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X274

CONNECTOR X274
REEL DRIVE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 556 (WH) REEL DRIVE CONTROL
2 585 (BK) GROUND

X274 3
X274
REEL DRIVE

vfen05cx0188a0b 4
X274 - REEL DRIVE FROM FEEDER VALVE STACK (FV) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 717
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X275

CONNECTOR X275
DRUM DECREASE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 567 (WH) DRUM DECREASE CONTROL
2 597 (BK) GROUND

X275 5
X275
DRUM DECREASE

vfen05cx0189a0b 6

X275 - DRUM DECREASE FROM MAIN VALVE STACK X276 - UNLOAD TUBE IN FROM MAIN VALVE STACK
(MV) HARNESS (MV) HARNESS
X277 - UNLOAD TUBE OUT FROM MAIN VALVE X278 - DRUM INCREASE FROM MAIN VALVE STACK
STACK (MV) HARNESS (MV) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 718
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X276

CONNECTOR X276
UNLOAD TUBE IN
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 574 (WH) UNLOAD TUBE IN CONTROL
2 599 (BK) GROUND

X276 7
X276
UNLOAD TUBE IN

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 719
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X277

CONNECTOR X277
UNLOAD TUBE OUT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 573 (WH) UNLOAD TUBE OUT CONTROL
2 598 (BK) GROUND

X277 8
X277
UNLOAD TUBE OUT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 720
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X278

CONNECTOR X278
DRUM INCREASE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 566 (WH) DRUM INCREASE CONTROL
2 596 (BK) GROUND

X278 9
X278
DRUM INCREASE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 721
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 22 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.22)

CONNECTOR X002

X002 CONNECTOR X002 - CAB MAIN/ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 24 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.24)

CONNECTOR X005

X005 CONNECTOR X005 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X008

CONNECTOR X009

X009 CONNECTOR X009 - MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X011

X011 CONNECTOR X011 - MAIN FRAME/GEARBOX Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X014

X014 CONNECTOR X014 - CCM-3 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 17 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.17)

CONNECTOR X015

X015 CONNECTOR X015 - CCM-2 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X016

X016 CONNECTOR X016 - CCM-2 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X017

X017 CONNECTOR X017 - CCM-2 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X020

X020 CONNECTOR X020 - CCM-1 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 11

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.11)

CONNECTOR X021

X021 CONNECTOR X021 - FRONT FRAME/FEEDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 19

VALVE (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.19)

CONNECTOR X022

X022 CONNECTOR X022 - MAIN FRAME/VALVE Wiring harness - Component diagram 17 (A.30.A.88
STACK - C.20.F.17)

CONNECTOR X023

X023 CONNECTOR X023 - FRONT FRAME/LOWER Wiring harness - Component diagram 09

FRAME (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 722
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X024

X024 CONNECTOR X024 - MAIN FRAME/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
WALKER - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X031

X031 CONNECTOR X031 - FRONT FRAME/CAB Wiring harness - Component diagram 09

MAIN (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X034

X034 CONNECTOR X034 - EXPANSION/MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88

FRAME - C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X035

X035 CONNECTOR X035 - GEARBOX VALVE Wiring harness - Component diagram 21 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.21)

CONNECTOR X107

X107 CONNECTOR X107 - 3/4 FULL BIN SENSOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X109

X109 CONNECTOR X109 - FULL BIN SENSOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X125

X125 CONNECTOR X125 - GRAIN TANK Wiring harness - Component diagram 41 (A.30.A.88
EXTENSIONS SWITCH - C.20.F.41).

CONNECTOR X195

X195 CONNECTOR X195 - COVERS CLOSED Wiring harness - Component diagram 13 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.13).

CONNECTOR X244

X244 CONNECTOR X244 - UNLOAD CRADLE Wiring harness - Component diagram 15 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.15).

CONNECTOR X276

X276 CONNECTOR X276 - UNLOAD TUBE IN Wiring harness - Component diagram 21 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.21).

CONNECTOR X277

X277 CONNECTOR X277 - UNLOAD TUBE OUT Wiring harness - Component diagram 21 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.21).

CONNECTOR X288

X288 CONNECTOR X288 - COVERS POSITION Wiring harness - Component diagram 13 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.13).

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 723
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X293

X293 CONNECTOR X293 - DUAL RANGE Wiring harness - Component diagram 22 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.22).

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 724
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X092

CONNECTOR X092
FOOT AND INCH/DUAL RANGE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 575 (WH) FOOT AND INCH CONTROL
B 606 (BK) GROUND
C 762 (WH) DUAL RANGE CONTROL
D 764 (BK) GROUND

X092 1
X092
FOOT AND INCH/DUAL RANGE

vfen05cx0040a0b 2
X092 - FOOT AND INCH/DUAL RANGE FROM LOWER FRAME (LF) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 725
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X266

CONNECTOR X266
FEEDER REVERSE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 562 (WH) FEEDER REVERSE CONTROL
2 591 (BL) GROUND

X266 3
X266
FEEDER REVERSE

vfen05cx0186a0b 4

X266 - FEEDER REVERSE FROM FEEDER VALVE
(FV) HARNESS
X269 - REEL DOWN FROM FEEDER VALVE (FV)
HARNESS
X272 - REEL FORE FROM FEEDER VALVE (FV)
HARNESS
X268 - REEL AFT FROM FEEDER VALVE (FV)
HARNESS
X270 - FEEDER FORWARD FROM FEEDER VALVE
(FV) HARNESS
X273 - REEL UP FROM FEEDER VALVE (FV)
HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 726
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X268

CONNECTOR X268
REEL AFT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 559 (WH) REEL AFT CONTROL
2 588 (BK) GROUND

X268 5
X268
REEL AFT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 727
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X269

CONNECTOR X269
REEL DOWN
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 557 (WH) REEL DOWN CONTROL
2 586 (BK) GROUND

X269 6
X269
REEL DOWN

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 728
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X270

CONNECTOR X270
FEEDER FORWARD
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 561 (WH) FEEDER FORWARD CONTROL
2 590 (BK) GROUND

X270 7
X270
FEEDER FORWARD

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 729
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X272

CONNECTOR X272
REEL FORE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 560 (WH) REEL FORE CONTROL
2 589 (BK) GROUND

X272 8
X272
REEL FORE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 730
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X273

CONNECTOR X273
REEL UP
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 558 (WH) REEL UP CONTROL
2 587 (BK) GROUND

X273 9
X273
REEL UP

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 731
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 23 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.23)

CONNECTOR X008

X008 CONNECTOR X008- MAIN FRAME/FRONT Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
FRAME - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X012

X012 CONNECTOR X012 - CCM-3 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 16

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X013

X013 CONNECTOR X013 - CCM-3 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X014

X014 CONNECTOR X014 - CCM-3 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 17 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.17)

CONNECTOR X015

X015 CONNECTOR X015 - CCM-2 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X016

X015 CONNECTOR X016 - CCM-2 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X018

X018 CONNECTOR X018 - CCM-1 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X019

X019 CONNECTOR X019 - CCM-1 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X020

X020 CONNECTOR X020 - CCM-1 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 11 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.11)

CONNECTOR X024

X024 CONNECTOR X024 - MAIN FRAME/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
WALKER - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X025

X025 CONNECTOR X025 - STRAW WALKER/ Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88
EXPANSION - C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X029

X029 CONNECTOR X029 - RHM J8A Wiring harness - Component diagram 28 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.28)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 732
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X037

X037 CONNECTOR X037 - SPREADER PLATE Wiring harness - Component diagram 30 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.30)

CONNECTOR X071

X071 CONNECTOR X071 - STRAW HOOD/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
WALKER - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X224

X224 CONNECTOR X224 - SPREADER PLATE Wiring harness - Component diagram 17 (A.30.A.88
MOTOR - C.20.F.17)

CONNECTOR X235

X235 CONNECTOR X235 - CHAFF SPREADER Wiring harness - Component diagram 20 (A.30.A.88
SOLENOID - C.20.F.20)

CONNECTOR X240

X240 CONNECTOR X240 - SWATH PLATE POSITION Wiring harness - Component diagram 15 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.15)

CONNECTOR X253

X253 CONNECTOR X253 - CHOPPER RPM Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.07)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 733
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X001

CONNECTOR X001
CAB MAIN/CONSOLE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1212 (YE)
2 051 (RD) B(+) FOR RHM
3 108 (OR) IGNITION B(+) RHM
4 -
5 -
6 127 (YE) B(+) FOR RHM
7 128 (GN) GROUND FOR RHM
8 129 (YE) B(+) FOR RHM
9 130 (GN) GROUND FOR RHM
10 135 (RD) B(+) FOR RHM
11 136 (BK) GROUND FOR RHM
12 122 (BK) GROUND FOR SPLICE BLOCK A
13 147 (YE) SIGNAL TO SPLICE
14 118 (YE) SIGNAL TO SPLICE
15 112 (YE) SIGNAL FOR FEEDER ENGAGE
16 119 (YE) SIGNAL TO SPLICE
17 113 (YE) SIGNAL FOR NEUTRAL SWITCH
18 093 (WH) ACTUATION FOR RHM
19 225 (YE)
20 -
21 1744 (YE)
22 1745 (YE)
23 -
24 -

X001
CONSOLE

X001
CAB MAIN

X001 1

10010921_1 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 734
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

X001 - CAB MAIN (CM) HARNESS TO RH CONSOLE (RC) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 735
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X026

CONNECTOR X026
RHM J6
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 130 (GN) GROUND FOR RHM
2 129 (YE) B(+)
3 136 (BK) GROUND
4 098 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
5 089 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
6 320 (BL) PRINT CIRCUIT GROUND
7 323 (BL) PRINT CIRCUIT GROUND
8 -
9 -
10 128 (GN) GROUND
11 127 (YE) B(+)
12 135 (RD) B(+)
13 051 (RD) B(+)
14 -
15 389 (BK) GROUND SPLICE BLOCK A
16 316 (PK) REFERENCE VOLTAGE FOR GROUND SPEED
17 319 (PK) REFERENCE VOLTAGE FOR GEAR SELECT
18 388 (BK) GROUND FOR AUDIO ALARM
19 376 (WH) ACTUATION FOR AUDIO ALARM
20 352 (BK) GROUND FOR SPLICE BLOCK A

1z0o2004117030 3
X026
RHM J6

10010917_12 4
X026 - RHM J6 FROM RH CONSOLE (RC) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 736
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 24 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.24)

CONNECTOR X001

X001 CONNECTOR X001 - CAB MAIN/CONSOLE Wiring harness - Component diagram 23

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.23)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X005

X005 CONNECTOR X005 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 02
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X010

X010 CONNECTOR X010 - MAIN FRAME/ENGINE Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X012

X012 CONNECTOR X012 - CCM-3 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 16

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X014

X014 CONNECTOR X014 - CCM-3 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 17 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.17)

CONNECTOR X013

X013 CONNECTOR X013 - CCM-3 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 16

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X015

X015 CONNECTOR X015 - CCM-2 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X016

X016 CONNECTOR X016 - CCM-2 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X018

X018 CONNECTOR X018 - CCM-1 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X019

X019 CONNECTOR X019 - CCM-1 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X026

X026 CONNECTOR X026 - RHM J6 Wiring harness - Component diagram 23

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.23)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 737
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X034

X034 CONNECTOR X034 - EXPANSION/MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88

FRAME A - C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X221

X221 CONNECTOR X221 - MOISTURE SENSOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 19 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.19)

CONNECTOR X222

X222 CONNECTOR X222 - SAMPLE MOTOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 19 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.19)

CONNECTOR X223

X223 CONNECTOR X223 - YIELD SENSOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 19 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.19)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 738
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X002

CONNECTOR X002
CAB MAIN/ROOF
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A (1) 045 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
B (2) 058 (PU) LIGHTING
C (3) 072 (PU) RELAY K-35 LIGHTING FEED
D (4) 059 (PU) LIGHTING
E (5) 061 (PU) RELAY K-21 IGNITION B(+)
F (6) 048 (RD) B(+)
G (7) 063 (PU) K-22 LIGHTING FEED
H (8) 079 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
J (9) 081 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
K (10) 082 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
L (11) 083 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
M (12) 166 (YE) CCM-2 SIGNAL
N (13) 167 (YE) CCM-2 SIGNAL
P (14) 272 (OR) RELAY K-6 IGNITION B(+)
R (15) 170 (YE) CCM-2 SIGNAL
S (16) 171 (YE) CCM-2 SIGNAL
T (17) 278 (WH) RELAY K-115 ACTUATION
U (18) 232 (PU) LIGHTING
V (19) 965 (RD) RELAY K-20 B(+)
W (20) 076 (PU) RELAY K-34 LIGHTING FEED
X (21) 579 (PU) RELAY K-29 LIGHTING FEED
Y (22) 210 (PU) -

X002
CAB MAIN

X002
ROOF

X002 1

10010915_2 2
X002 - CAB MAIN (CM) HARNESS TO CAB ROOF (CR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 739
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X064

CONNECTOR X064
MAIN DISPLAY MODULE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 143 (YE) DATA HIGH SIDE
B -
C 097 (OR) SWITCHED B+
D 057 (RD) UNSWITCHED B+
E 144 (GN) DATA LOW SIDE
F 145 (BK) GROUND

X064 3
X064
MAIN DISPLAY MODULE

vfen05cx0020a0b 4
X064 - MAIN DISPLAY MODULE FROM CAB MAIN (CM) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 740
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X065

CONNECTOR X065
DIAGNOSTICS AND MAINTENANCE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 146 (BK) CHASSIS GROUND
B 142 (RD) B+
C 271 (YE) B+
D 270 (GN) CHASSIS GROUND
E 827 (YE) DAM CONN SIGNAL
F 135 (RD) B+
G 136 (BK) CHASSIS GROUND
H -
J -

X065 5
X065
DIAGNOSTICS AND MAINTENANCE

vfen05cx0021a0b 6
X065 - DIAGNOSTICS AND MAINTENANCE FROM CAB MAIN (CM) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 741
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X068

CONNECTOR X068
KEY SW
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 053 (RD) / 125 (RD) UNSWITCHED (B+)
2 091 (OR) SWITCHED (START)
3 -
4 123 (OR) SWITCHED (ACC)
5 859 (OR)
6 096 (OR) SWITCHED (IGN)

X068 7
X068
KEY SW

vfen05cx0024a0b 8
X068 - KEY SW FROM CAB MAIN (CM) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 742
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 25 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.25)

CONNECTOR X001

X001 CONNECTOR X001 - CAB MAIN/CONSOLE Wiring harness - Component diagram 23

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.23)

CONNECTOR X010

X010 CONNECTOR X010 - MAIN FRAME/ENGINE Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X012

X012 CONNECTOR X012 - CCM-3 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 16

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X015

X015 CONNECTOR X015 - CCM-2 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X016

X016 CONNECTOR X016 - CCM-2 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X018

X018 CONNECTOR X018 - CCM-1 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X022

X022 CONNECTOR X022 - MAIN FRAME/VALVE Wiring harness - Component diagram 18

STACK (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.18)

CONNECTOR X026

X026 CONNECTOR X026 - RHM J6 Wiring harness - Component diagram 23

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.23)

CONNECTOR X027

X027 CONNECTOR X027 - RHM J7A Wiring harness - Component diagram 28 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.28)

CONNECTOR X053

X053 CONNECTOR X053 - SPLICE BLOCK A Wiring harness - Component diagram 29 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.29)

CONNECTOR X054

X054 CONNECTOR X054 - SPLICE BLOCK B Wiring harness - Component diagram 29 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.29)

CONNECTOR X058

X058 CONNECTOR X058 - AUDIO ALARM Wiring harness - Component diagram 28 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.28)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 743
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X193

X193 CONNECTOR X193 - ECU CONNECTOR B Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(ELECTRONIC 7.5L AND ALL IVECO CURSOR) (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X198

X198 CONNECTOR X198 - SPLICE BLOCK F Wiring harness - Component diagram 30 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.30)

CONNECTOR X281

X281 CONNECTOR X281 - HHC MODULE Wiring harness - Component diagram 18

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.18)

CONNECTOR X471

X471 CONNECTOR X471 - SPLICE BLOCK A Wiring harness - Component diagram 47 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.47)

CONNECTOR X472

X472 CONNECTOR X472 - SPLICE BLOCK B Wiring harness - Component diagram 47 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.47)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 744
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X003

CONNECTOR X003
CAB MAIN/ ROOF
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 131 (YE) CCM-2 B(+)
2 132 (GN) GROUND
3 900 (WH) RELAY K-10 ACTUATION
4 137 (YE) CCM-1 B(+)
5 902 (WH) RELAY K-9
6 138 (GN) GROUND
7 904 (WH) RELAY K-11 ACTUATION
8 905 (WH) RELAY K-12 ACTUATION
9 906 (WH) RELAY K-13 ACTUATION
10 907 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND FOR HVAC
11 908 (YE) HVAC SIGNAL
12 909 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND FOR HVAC
13 910 (YE) HVAC SIGNAL
14 911 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND FOR HVAC
15 912 (YE) HVAC SIGNAL
16 913 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND FOR HVAC
17 914 (YE) HVAC SIGNAL
18 915 (YE) SIGNAL FOR MAIN FRAME
19 916 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND FOR MAIN FRAME
20 917 (YE) SIGNAL FOR MAIN FRAME
21 918 (BK) GROUND HVAC
22 919 (YE) SIGNAL HVAC
23 920 (OR) IGNITION B(+) HVAC
24 978 (PU)
25 922 (BK) GROUND FOR HVAC
26 923 (YE) SIGNAL HVAC
27 924 (OR) IGNITION B(+) HVAC
28 934 (BL) COLUMN PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
29 939 (YE) COLUMN SIGNAL
30 981 (PU)
31 967 (YE) RELAY K-23 ACTUATION

X003
CAB MAIN

X003
ROOF

X003 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 745
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10010915_40 2
CONNECTOR X003 - CAB MAIN (CM) HARNESS TO CAB ROOF (CR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 746
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X142

CONNECTOR X142
G.P.S. UNIT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 903 (OR) B+ IGNITION
2 999 (YE) B+
3 282 (BK) GROUND
4 996 (GN) GROUND

X142 3
X142
G.P.S. UNIT

vfen05cx0085a0b 4
X142 - G.P.S. UNIT FROM CAB ROOF (CR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 747
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X159

CONNECTOR X159
DATA LOGGER
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 831 (RD) DATA LOGGER B+
2 807 (YE) DATA LOGGER B+
3 -
4 -
5 805 (OR) B+ IGNITION
6 854 (BK) GROUND
7 806 (GN) DATA LOGGER GROUND
8 855 (BK) GROUND

X159 5
X159
DATA LOGGER

vfen05cx0101a0b 6
X159 - DATA LOGGER FROM CAB ROOF (CR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 748
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 26 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.26)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X007

X007 CONNECTOR X007 - FRONT FRAME/FEEDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 09 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X008

X008 CONNECTOR X008 - MAIN FRAME/FRONT Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
FRAME - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X011

X011 CONNECTOR X011 - MAIN FRAME/GEARBOX Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X012

X012 CONNECTOR X012 - CCM-3 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 16

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X013

X013 CONNECTOR X013 - CCM-3 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X015

X015 CONNECTOR X015 - CCM-2 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X016

X016 CONNECTOR X016 - CCM-2 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X017

X017 CONNECTOR X017 - CCM-2 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X018

X018 CONNECTOR X018 - CCM-1 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X019

X019 CONNECTOR X019 - CCM-1 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X020

X020 CONNECTOR X020 - CCM-1 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 11

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.11)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 749
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X023

X023 CONNECTOR X023 - FRONT FRAME/LOWER Wiring harness - Component diagram 09 (A.30.A.88
FRAME - C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X024

X024 CONNECTOR X024 - MAIN FRAME/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
WALKER - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X025

X025 CONNECTOR X025 - STRAW WALKER/ Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88
EXPANSION - C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X031

X031 CONNECTOR X031 - FRONT FRAME/CAB Wiring harness - Component diagram 09 (A.30.A.88
MAIN - C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X035

X035 CONNECTOR X035 Wiring harness - Component diagram 21

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.21)

CONNECTOR X140

X140 CONNECTOR X140 (SERIES 1238 AND Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88
ABOVE) - MAIN FRAME/PLATFORM- - C.20.F.06)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 750
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X100

CONNECTOR X100
GROUND SPEED HYDROSTAT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 879 (GY) GROUND SPEED HYDROSTAT DECREASING ACTUATION
B 886 (BL) GROUND SPEED HYDROSTAT GROUND
C 887 (BL) GROUND SPEED HYDROSTAT GROUND
D 880 (WH) GROUND SPEED HYDROSTAT ACTUATION

X100 1
X100
GROUND SPEED HYDROSTAT

vfen05cx0047a0b 2
X100 - GROUND SPEED HYDROSTAT FROM GEARBOX (GB) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 751
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 27 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.27)

CONNECTOR X001

X001 CONNECTOR X001 - CAB MAIN/CONSOLE Wiring harness - Component diagram 23

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.23)

CONNECTOR X002

X002 CONNECTOR X002 - CAB MAIN/ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 24 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.24)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X008

X008 CONNECTOR X008 - MAIN FRAME/FRONT Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
FRAME - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X011

X011 CONNECTOR X011 - MAIN FRAME/GEARBOX Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X015

X015 CONNECTOR X015 - CCM-2 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X016

X016 CONNECTOR X016 - CCM-2 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X017

X017 CONNECTOR X017 - CCM-2 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X024

X024 CONNECTOR X024 - MAIN FRAME/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
WALKER - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X073

X073 CONNECTOR X073 - SEAT SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 42 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.42)

CONNECTOR X133

X133 CONNECTOR X133 - SPLICE BLOCK C Wiring harness - Component diagram 42 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.42)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 752
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X055

CONNECTOR X055
THRESHER ENGAGE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 -
2 858 (YE) THRESHER ENGAGE SIGNAL
3 110 (OR) THRESHER ENGAGE B+ IGNITION
4 -
5 302 (YE) THRESHER ENGAGE SIGNAL
6 857 (YE) THRESHER ENGAGE SIGNAL

X055 1
X055
THRESHER ENGAGE

vfen05cx0015a0b 2

X055 - THRESHER ENGAGE FROM RH CONSOLE X056 - FEEDER ENGAGE FROM RH CONSOLE (RC)
(RC) HARNESS HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 753
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X056

CONNECTOR X056
FEEDER ENGAGE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 -
2 860 (YE) FEEDER ENGAGE SIGNAL
3 861 (YE) FEEDER ENGAGE SIGNAL
4 -
5 112 (YE) FEEDER ENGAGE SIGNAL
6 861 (YE) FEEDER ENGAGE SIGNAL

X056 3
X056
FEEDER ENGAGE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 754
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X059

CONNECTOR X059
NEUTRAL SWITCH
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 300 (OR) NEUTRAL SWITCH B+ IGNITION
2 093 (WH) NEUTRAL SWITCH SIGNAL
3 113 (YE) NEUTRAL SWITCH ACTUATION

X059 4
X059
NEUTRAL SWITCH

vfen05cx0017a0b 5
X059 - NEUTRAL SWITCH FROM RH CONSOLE (RC) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 755
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 28 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.28)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X016

X016 CONNECTOR X016 - CCM-2 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X017

X017 CONNECTOR X017 - CCM-2 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X018

X018 CONNECTOR X018 - CCM-1 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X026

X026 CONNECTOR X026 - RHM J6 Wiring harness - Component diagram 23

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.23)

CONNECTOR X031

X031 CONNECTOR X031 - FRONT FRAME/CAB Wiring harness - Component diagram 09 (A.30.A.88
MAIN - C.20.F.09)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 756
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X027

CONNECTOR X027
RHM J7A
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 381 (YE) GROUND SPEED SIGNAL
2 -
3 -
4 364 (BK) GROUND FOR SPLICE BLOCK A
5 356 (BK) GROUND FOR SPLICE BLOCK A
6 304 (YE) SIGNAL FOR HHC FINE ADJUST
7 303 (YE) SIGNAL FOR HHC FINE ADJUST
8 355 (PU) LIGHTING FOR PARK BRAKE
9 -
10 -
11 391 (YE) GEAR SELECT SIGNAL
12 301 (WH) ACTUATION FOR NEUTRAL LOCK
13 305 (WH) ACTUATION FOR NEUTRAL LOCK
14 228 (PU) LIGHTING FOR VERTICAL KNIVES
15 354 (PU) LIGHTING FOR REEL SPEED
16 353 (PU) LIGHTING FOR HEADER HEIGHT
17 338 (PU) THROTTLE SIGNAL
18 329 (PU) SPLICE BLOCK C LIGHTING FEED

1z0o2004117032 1
X027
RHM J7A

10010917_48 2

1 X027 - RHM J7A FROM RH CONSOLE (RC) 2 X028 - FROM MULTI-FUNCTION HANDLE (MFH)
HARNESS
3 X029 - RHM J8A FROM RH CONSOLE (RC)
HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 757
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X028

CONNECTOR X028
RHM MFH
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 (PU)
2 (PK)
3
4 (GN)
5 (WH)
6 (BK)
7 (RD)
8 (BL)
9 (GY)
10 (YE)
11 (BN)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 758
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X029

CONNECTOR X029
RHM J8A
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 335 (YE) PARK BRAKE SIGNAL
2 332 (YE) REEL SPEED SIGNAL
3 330 (YE) HEADER HEIGHT SIGNAL
4 322 (YE) THROTTLE SIGNAL
5 326 (YE) FEEDER DIRECTION SIGNAL
6 337 (YE) DUAL RANGE SIGNAL
7 230 (YE) VERTICAL KNIVES SIGNAL
8 -
9 334 (YE) PARK BRAKE SIGNAL
10 333 (YE) REEL SPEED SIGNAL
11 331 (YE) HEADER HEIGHT SIGNAL
12 328 (YE) ALTERNATE SETTING SIGNAL
13 318 (YE) THROTTLE SIGNAL
14 325 (YE) SPREADER PLATE SIGNAL
15 229 (YE) VERTICAL KNIVES SIGNAL
16 339 (YE) ON THE ROAD SIGNAL
17 336 (YE) REAR WHEEL ASSIST SIGNAL
18 324 (YE) SPREADER PLATE SIGNAL

1z0o2004117034 3
X029
RHM J8A

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 759
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X041

CONNECTOR X041
NEUTRAL LOCK
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 301, 305 (WH) NEUTRAL LOCK SOLENOID FEED
B 317 (BK) NEUTRAL LOCK SOLENOID GROUND

X041 4
X041
NEUTRAL LOCK

vfen05cx0009a0b 5
X041 - NEUTRAL LOCK FROM RH CONSOLE (RC) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 760
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X048

CONNECTOR X048
GEAR SELECT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 319 (PK) GEAR SELECT REFERENCE VOLTAGE
B 323 (BL) GEAR SELECT GROUND
C 391 (YE) GEAR SELECT SIGNAL

X048 6
X048
GEAR SELECT

vfen05cx0011a0b 7
X048 - GEAR SELECT FROM RH CONSOLE (RC) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 761
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X057

CONNECTOR X057
GROUND SPEED
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 316 (PK) GROUND SPEED REFERENCE VOLTAGE
2 320 (BL) GROUND SPEED GROUND
3 381 (YE) GROUND SPEED SIGNAL

X057 8
X057
GROUND SPEED

vfen05cx0016a0b 9

X057 - GROUND SPEED FROM RH CONSOLE (RC) X058 - AUDIO ALARM FROM RH CONSOLE (RC)
HARNESS HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 762
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X058

CONNECTOR X058
AUDIO ALARM
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 376 (WH) AUDIO ALARM FEED
B 388 (BK) AUDIO ALARM GROUND

X058 10
X058
AUDIO ALARM

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 763
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X060

CONNECTOR X060
THROTTLE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 322 (YE) THROTTLE SIGNAL
2 369 (OR) THROTTLE B+ IGNITION
3 318 (YE) THROTTLE SIGNAL
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 394 (PU) THROTTLE LIGHTING
8 -
9 390 (BK) THROTTLE GROUND
10 338 (PU) THROTTLE LIGHTING

X060 11
X060
THROTTLE

vfen05cx0018a0b 12

X060 - THROTTLE FROM RH CONSOLE (RC) X061 - HEADER HEIGHT FROM RH CONSOLE (RC)
HARNESS HARNESS
X062 - HHC FINE ADJUST FROM RH CONSOLE (RC)
HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 764
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X061

CONNECTOR X061
HEADER HEIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 331 (YE) HEADER HEIGHT MODE SIGNAL
2 361 (OR) HEADER HEIGHT MODE B+ IGNITION
3 330 (YE) HEADER HEIGHT MODE SIGNAL
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 395 (PU) HEADER HEIGHT MODE LIGHTING
8 -
9 379 (BK) HEADER HEIGHT MODE GROUND
10 353 (PU) HEADER HEIGHT MODE LIGHTING

X061 13
X061
HEADER HEIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 765
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X062

CONNECTOR X062
HHC FINE ADJUST
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 303 (YE) HHC FINE ADJUST SIGNAL
2 360 (OR) HHC FINE ADJUST B+ IGNITION
3 304 (YE) HHC FINE ADJUST SIGNAL
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 382 (PU) HHC FINE ADJUST LIGHTING
8 -
9 378 (BK) HHC FINE ADJUST GROUND
10 -

X062 14
X062
HHC FINE ADJUST

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 766
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 29 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.29)

CONNECTOR X001

X001 CONNECTOR X001 - CAB MAIN/CONSOLE Wiring harness - Component diagram 23

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.23)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X005

X005 CONNECTOR X005 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X010

X010 CONNECTOR X010 - MAIN FRAME/ENGINE Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X012

X012 CONNECTOR X012 - CCM-3 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X015

X015 CONNECTOR X015 - CCM-2 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X018

X018 CONNECTOR X018 - CCM-1 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X026

X026 CONNECTOR X026 - RHM J6 Wiring harness - Component diagram 23

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.23)

CONNECTOR X027

X027 CONNECTOR X027 - RHM J7A Wiring harness - Component diagram 28

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.28)

CONNECTOR X029

X029 CONNECTOR X029 - RHM J8A Wiring harness - Component diagram 28

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.28)

CONNECTOR X065

X065 CONNECTOR X065 - DIAGNOSTICS AND Wiring harness - Component diagram 24 (A.30.A.88
MAINTENANCE - C.20.F.24)

CONNECTOR X068

X068 CONNECTOR X068 - KEY SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 24 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.24)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 767
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X193

X193 CONNECTOR X193 - ECU CONNECTOR B Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88
(ELECTRONIC 7.5L AND ALL IVECO CURSOR) - C.20.F.02)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 768
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X049

CONNECTOR X049
ON THE ROAD
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 -
2 368 (OR) ON THE ROAD SWITCH B+ IGNITION
3 339 (YE) ON THE ROAD SWITCH SIGNAL
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 291 (PU) ON THE ROAD SWITCH LIGHTING
8 -
9 392 (BK) ON THE ROAD SWITCH GROUND
10 -

X049 1
X049
ON THE ROAD

vfen05cx0012a0b 2

X049 - ON THE ROAD FROM RH CONSOLE (RC) X050 - DUAL RANGE FROM RH CONSOLE (RC)
HARNESS HARNESS
X051 REAR WHEEL ASSIST FROM RH CONSOLE X052 - PARK BRAKE FROM RH CONSOLE (RC)
(RC) HARNESS HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 769
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X050

CONNECTOR X050
DUAL RANGE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 -
2 367 (OR) DUAL RANGE B+ IGNITION
3 337 (YE) DUAL RANGE SIGNAL
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 290 (PU) DUAL RANGE LIGHTING
8 -
9 385 (BK) DUAL RANGE GROUND
10 -

X050 3
X050
DUAL RANGE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 770
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X051

CONNECTOR X051
REAR WHEEL ASSIST
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 -
2 366 (OR) REAR WHEEL ASSIST B+ IGNITION
3 336 (YE) REAR WHEEL ASSIST SIGNAL
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 289 (PU) REAR WHEEL ASSIST LIGHTING
8 -
9 384 (BK) REAR WHEEL ASSIST GROUND
10 -

X051 4
X051
REAR WHEEL ASSIST

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 771
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X052

CONNECTOR X052
PARK BRAKE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 335 (YE) PARK BRAKE SIGNAL
2 365 (OR) PARK BRAKE B+ IGNITION
3 334 (YE) PARK BRAKE SIGNAL
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 397 (PU) PARK BRAKE LIGHTING
8 -
9 393 (BK) PARK BRAKE GROUND
10 355 (PU) PARK BRAKE LIGHTING

X052 5
X052
PARK BRAKE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 772
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X053

CONNECTOR X053
SPLICE BLOCK A
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 1750 (BK) CHASSIS GROUND
B 317 (BK) GROUND FOR NEUTRAL LOCK SOLENOID
C 352 (BK) GROUND FOR RPM
D 356 (BK) GROUND FOR RHM
E 364 (BK) GROUND FOR RHM
F 383 (BK) GROUND FOR HEADER HEIGHT MODE
G 384 (BK) GROUND FOR DUAL RANGE
H 385 (BK) GROUND FOR DUAL RANGE
J 389 (BK) GROUND FOR RHM
K 392 (BK) GROUND FOR ON THE ROAD SWITCH
L 393 (BK) GROUND FOR PARK BRAKE
M 399 (BK) GROUND FOR REEL SPEED MODE, VERTICAL KNIVES, FEEDER
REVERSER, ALTERNATE SETTING, AND SPREADER PLATES

X053 6
X053
SPLICE BLOCK A

vfen05cx0013a0b 7

X053 - SPLICE BLOCK A FROM RH CONSOLE (RC) X054 - SPLICE BLOCK B FROM RH CONSOLE (RC)
HARNESS HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 773
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X054

CONNECTOR X054
SPLICE BLOCK B
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 327 (OR) B+ FOR LOWER SIEVE, UPPER SERVE, CONCAVE CLEARANCE
FAN SPEED, ROTOR DRUM SPEED, AND FEEDER REVERSER,
REEL SPEED MODE
B 321 (OR) B+ FOR FEEDER REVERSER, REEL SPEED MODE, VERTICAL
KNIVES, ALTERNATE SETTING AND SPREADER PLATE
C 365 (OR) B+ FOR PARK BRAKE
D 366 (OR) B+ FOR REAR WHEEL ASSIST
E 367 (OR) B+ FOR DUAL RANGE
F 368 (OR) B+ FOR ON THE ROAD SWITCH
G 360 (OR) B+ FOR HHC FINE ADJUST
H 361 (OR) B+ FOR HEADER HEIGHT MODE
J 098 (OR) B+ FOR RHM
K 369 (OR) B+ FOR ENGINE THROTTLE
L 089 (OR) B+ FOR RHM
M 287 (OR) B+ FOR THRESHER ENGAGE

X054 8
X054
SPLICE BLOCK B

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 774
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 30 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.30)

CONNECTOR X001

X001 CONNECTOR X001 - CAB MAIN/CONSOLE Wiring harness - Component diagram 23 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.23)

CONNECTOR X002

X002 CONNECTOR X002 - CAB MAIN/ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 24 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.24)

CONNECTOR X003

X003 CONNECTOR X003 - CAB MAIN/ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 25 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.25)

CONNECTOR X012

X012 CONNECTOR X012 - CCM-3 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X015

X015 CONNECTOR X015 - CCM-2 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X018

X018 CONNECTOR X018 - CCM-1 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X026

X026 CONNECTOR X026 - RHM J6 Wiring harness - Component diagram 23 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.23)

CONNECTOR X027

X027 CONNECTOR X027 - RHM J7A Wiring harness - Component diagram 28

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.28)

CONNECTOR X029

X029 CONNECTOR X029 - RHM J8A Wiring harness - Component diagram 28

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.28)

CONNECTOR X064

X064 CONNECTOR X064 - MAIN DISPLAY MODULE Wiring harness - Component diagram 24 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.24)

CONNECTOR X065

X065 CONNECTOR X065 - DIAGNOSTICS AND Wiring harness - Component diagram 24 (A.30.A.88
MAINTENANCE - C.20.F.24)

CONNECTOR X142

X142 CONNECTOR X142 - FUTURE OPTION Wiring harness - Component diagram 25 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.25)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 775
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X159

X159 CONNECTOR X159 - DATA LOGGER Wiring harness - Component diagram 25 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.25)

CONNECTOR X319

X319 CONNECTOR X319 - MAIN DISPLAY MODULE Wiring harness - Component diagram 31 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.31)

CONNECTOR X320

X320 CONNECTOR X320 - SHAFT SPEED MONITOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X468

X468 CONNECTOR X468 - CROP EDGE SCANNER Wiring harness - Component diagram 46 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.46)

CONNECTOR X469

X469 CONNECTOR X469 - AUTO GUIDANCE/AUTO Wiring harness - Component diagram 46 (A.30.A.88
GUIDANCE OUTER ROOF - C.20.F.46)

CONNECTOR X475

X475 CONNECTOR X475 - AUTO GUIDANCE/CAB Wiring harness - Component diagram 47 (A.30.A.88
ROOF - C.20.F.47)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 776
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X037

CONNECTOR X037
SPREADER PLATE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 325 (YE) SPREADER PLATE SIGNAL
2 357 (OR) SPREADER PLATE IGNITION B+
3 324 (YE) SPREADER PLATE SIGNAL
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 398 (PU) SPREADER PLATE LIGHTING
8 -
9 386 (BK) SPREADER PLATE GROUND
10 -

X037 1
X037
SPREADER PLATE

vfen05cx0008a0b 2

X037 - SPREADER PLATE FROM RH CONSOLE (RC) X038 - ALTERNATE SETTINGS FROM RH CONSOLE
HARNESS (RC) HARNESS
X039 - FEEDER REVERSER FROM RH CONSOLE X040 - REEL SPEED MODE FROM RH CONSOLE
(RC) HARNESS (RC) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 777
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X038

CONNECTOR X038
ALTERNATE SETTINGS
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 -
2 359 (OR) ALTERNATE SETTING IGNITION B+
3 328 (YE) ALTERNATE SETTING SIGNAL
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 249 (PU) ALTERNATE SETTING LIGHTING
8 -
9 377 (BK) ALTERNATE SETTING GROUND
10 -

X038 3
X038
ALTERNATE SETTINGS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 778
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X039

CONNECTOR X039
FEEDER REVERSER
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 326 (YE) FEEDER REVERSER SIGNAL
2 358 (OR) FEEDER REVERSER B+
3 -
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 293 (PU) FEEDER REVERSER LIGHTING
8 387 (BK) FEEDER REVERSER CHASSIS GROUND
9 -
10 -

X039 4
X039
FEEDER REVERSER

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 779
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X040

CONNECTOR X040
REEL SPEED MODE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 333 (YE) REEL SPEED MODE SIGNAL
2 362 (OR) REEL SPEED MODE IGNITION B+
3 332 (YE) REEL SPEED MODE SIGNAL
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 396 (PU) REEL SPEED MODE REFERENCE VOLTAGE
8 -
9 380 (BK) REEL SPEED MODE GROUND
10 354 (PU) REEL SPEED MODE REFERENCE VOLTAGE

X040 5
X040
REEL SPEED MODE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 780
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X063

CONNECTOR X063
VERTICAL KNIVES
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 230 (YE) VERTICAL KNIVES SWITCH SIGNAL
2 248 (OR) SWITCHED B+
3 229 (YE) VERTICAL KNIVES SWITCH SIGNAL
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 292 (PU) CCM ILLUMINATION CONTEST
8 -
9 226 (BK) GROUND
10 228 (PU) VERTICAL KNIVES SWITCH INDICATOR CONTROL

X063 6
X063
VERTICAL KNIVES

vfen05cx0019a0b 7
X063 - VERTICAL KNIVES FROM RH CONSOLE (RC) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 781
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X198

CONNECTOR X198
SPLICE BLOCK F
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 288 (PU) LIGHTING FOR HHC FINE ADJUST
B 289 (PU) LIGHTING FOR REAR WHEEL ASSIST
C 290 (PU) LIGHTING FOR DUAL RANGE
D 291 (PU) LIGHTING FOR ON THE ROAD SWITCH
E 292 (PU) LIGHTING FOR VERTICAL KNIVES
F 293 (PU) LIGHTING FOR FEEDER REVERSER
G 249 (PU) LIGHTING FOR ALTERNATE SETTINGS
H 329 (PU) LIGHTING FOR RHM
J 396 (PU) LIGHTING FOR REEL SPEED MODE
K 397 (PU) LIGHTING FOR PARK BRAKE
L 398 (PU) LIGHTING FOR SPREADER PLATE
M 1752 (PU)

X198 8
X198
SPLICE BLOCK F

vfen05cx0137a0b 9
X198 - SPLICE BLOCK F FROM RH CONSOLE (RC) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 782
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 31 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.31)

CONNECTOR X001

X001 CONNECTOR X001 - CAB MAIN/CONSOLE Wiring harness - Component diagram 23 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.23)

CONNECTOR X002

X002 CONNECTOR X002 - CAB MAIN/ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 24 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.24)

CONNECTOR X003

X003 CONNECTOR X003 - CAB MAIN/ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 25 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.25)

CONNECTOR X005

X005 CONNECTOR X005 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X010

X010 CONNECTOR X010 - MAIN FRAME/ENGINE Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X012

X012 CONNECTOR X012 - CCM-3 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X013

X013 CONNECTOR X013 - CCM-3 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X014

X014 CONNECTOR X014 -CCM-3 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 17 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.17)

CONNECTOR X015

X015 CONNECTOR X015 - CCM-2 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X016

X016 CONNECTOR X016 - CCM-2 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X018

X018 CONNECTOR X018 - CCM-1 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X022

X022 CONNECTOR X022 - MAIN FRAME/VALVE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18
STACK (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.18)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 783
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X026

X026 CONNECTOR X026 - RHM J6 Wiring harness - Component diagram 23 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.23)

CONNECTOR X064

X064 CONNECTOR X064- MAIN DISPLAY MODULE Wiring harness - Component diagram 24 (A.30.A.88
(MDM) - C.20.F.24)

CONNECTOR X065

X065 CONNECTOR X065- DIAGNOSTICS AND Wiring harness - Component diagram 24 (A.30.A.88
MAINTENANCE - C.20.F.24)

CONNECTOR X142

X142 CONNECTOR X142 - G.P.S. UNIT Wiring harness - Component diagram 25 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.25)

CONNECTOR X159

X159 CONNECTOR X159 - DATA LOGGER (DLU) Wiring harness - Component diagram 25 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.25)

CONNECTOR X193

X193 CONNECTOR X193 - ENGINE CONTROL UNIT Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88
(ECU) B - C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X281

X281 CONNECTOR X281 - HEADER HEIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 18 (A.30.A.88
CONTROL (HHC) MODULE - C.20.F.18)

CONNECTOR X314

X314 CONNECTOR X314 - FM RADIO B Wiring harness - Component diagram 46 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.46)

CONNECTOR X315

X315 CONNECTOR X315 - FM RADIO C Wiring harness - Component diagram 46 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.46)

CONNECTOR X319

X319 CONNECTOR X319 - MAIN DISPLAY MODULE Wiring harness - Component diagram 31 (A.30.A.88
(MDM) - C.20.F.31)

CONNECTOR X320

X320 CONNECTOR X320 - SHAFT SPEED MONITOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
(SSM) - C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X321

X321 CONNECTOR X321 - GPS MODULE/MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
FRAME - C.20.F.32)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 784
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X476

X476 CONNECTOR X476 - AUTO GUIDANCE 2/AUTO Wiring harness - Component diagram 47 (A.30.A.88
GUIDANCE VALVES - C.20.F.47)

CONNECTOR X477

X477 CONNECTOR X477 - STEER LEFT SOLENOID Wiring harness - Component diagram 47 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.47)

CONNECTOR X478

X478 CONNECTOR X478 - STEER RIGHT SOLENOID Wiring harness - Component diagram 47 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.47)

CONNECTOR X484

X484 CONNECTOR X484 - AUTOPILOT Wiring harness - Component diagram 48 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.48)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 785
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X030

CONNECTOR X030
RHM J8B
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 342 (YE) LOWER SIEVE SIGNAL
2 341 (YE) UPPER SIEVE SIGNAL
3 347 (YE) CONCAVE CLEARANCE SIGNAL
4 348 (YE) ROTOR/DRUM SPEED SIGNAL
5 350 (YE) FEEDER SPEED SIGNAL
6 343 (YE) LOWER SIEVE SIGNAL
7 340 (YE) UPPER SIEVE SIGNAL
8 346 (YE) CONCAVE CLEARANCE SIGNAL
9 344 (YE) FAN SPEED SIGNAL
10 345 (YE) FAN SPEED SIGNAL
11 349 (YE) ROTOR/DRUM SPEED SIGNAL
12 351 (YE) FEEDER SPEED SIGNAL

1z0o2004117035 1
X030
RHM J8B

10010917_49 2
X030 - RHM J8B FROM RH CONSOLE (RC) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 786
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X042

CONNECTOR X042
LOWER SIEVES
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 342 (YE) LOWER SIEVES SIGNAL
2 371 (OR) LOWER SIEVES IGNITION B+
3 343 (YE) LOWER SIEVES SIGNAL
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 -

X042 3
X042
LOWER SIEVES

vfen05cx0010a0b 4

X042 - LOWER SIEVES FROM RH CONSOLE (RC) X043 - UPPER SIEVES FROM RH CONSOLE (RC)
HARNESS HARNESS
X044 - CONCAVE CLEARANCE FROM RH CONSOLE X044 - FAN SPEED FROM RH CONSOLE (RC)
(RC) HARNESS HARNESS
X046 - ROTOR/DRUM SPEED FROM RH CONSOLE X047 - FEEDER SPEED FROM RH CONSOLE (RC)
(RC) HARNESS HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 787
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X043

CONNECTOR X043
UPPER SIEVES
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 340 (YE) UPPER SIEVES SIGNAL
2 370 (OR) UPPER SIEVES IGNITION B+
3 341 (YE) UPPER SIEVES SIGNAL
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 -

X043 5
X043
UPPER SIEVES

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 788
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X044

CONNECTOR X044
CONCAVE CLEARANCE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 346 (YE) CONCAVE CLEARANCE SIGNAL
2 373 (OR) CONCAVE CLEARANCE IGNITION B+
3 347 (YE) CONCAVE CLEARANCE SIGNAL
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 -

X044 6
X044
CONCAVE CLEARANCE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 789
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X045

CONNECTOR X045
FAN SPEED
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 344 (YE) FAN SPEED SIGNAL
2 372 (OR) FAN SPEED IGNITION B+
3 345 (YE) FAN SPEED SIGNAL
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 -

X045 7
X045
FAN SPEED

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 790
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X046

CONNECTOR X046
ROTOR/DRUM SPEED
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 348 (YE) ROTOR/DRUM SPEED SIGNAL
2 374 (OR) ROTOR/DRUM SPEED IGNITION B+
3 349 (YE) ROTOR/DRUM SPEED SIGNAL
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 -

X046 8
X046
ROTOR/DRUM SPEED

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 791
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X047

CONNECTOR X047
FEEDER SPEED
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 350 (YE) FEEDER SPEED SIGNAL
2 375 (OR) FEEDER SPEED IGNITION B+
3 351 (YE) FEED SPEED SIGNAL
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 -

X047 9
X047
FEEDER SPEED

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 792
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X003

X003 CONNECTOR X003 - CAB MAIN/ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 25 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.25)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X005

X005 CONNECTOR X005 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 02
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X007

X007 CONNECTOR X007 - FRONT FRAME/FEEDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 09 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X008

X008 CONNECTOR X008 - MAIN FRAME/FRONT Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
FRAME - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X013

X013 CONNECTOR X013 - CCM-3 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.16)

CONNECTOR X014

X014 CONNECTOR X014- CCM-3 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 17 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.17)

CONNECTOR X015

X015 CONNECTOR X015 - CCM-2 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X017

X017 CONNECTOR X017 - CCM-2 J3 Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X019

X019 CONNECTOR X019- CCM-1 J2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X024

X024 CONNECTOR X024 - MAIN FRAME/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
WALKER - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X031

X031 CONNECTOR X031 - FRONT FRAME/CAB Wiring harness - Component diagram 09 (A.30.A.88
MAIN - C.20.F.09)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 793
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X032

X032 CONNECTOR X032 - HEADER/FEEDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 09 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X071

X071 CONNECTOR X071 - STRAW HOOD/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

WALKER (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X303

X303 CONNECTOR X303 - LH HEADER FLASHING Wiring harness - Component diagram 33 (A.30.A.88
LAMP - C.20.F.33)

CONNECTOR X304

X304 CONNECTOR X304 - RH HEADER FLASHING Wiring harness - Component diagram 33 (A.30.A.88
LAMP - C.20.F.33)

CONNECTOR X462

X462 CONNECTOR X462 - REAR AXLE ANGLE Wiring harness - Component diagram 46 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.46)

CONNECTOR X464

X464 CONNECTOR X464 - STEERING WHEEL Wiring harness - Component diagram 46 (A.30.A.88
POSITION - C.20.F.46)

CONNECTOR X479

X479 CONNECTOR X479 Wiring harness - Component diagram 47 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.47)

CONNECTOR X480

X480 CONNECTOR X480 - TURNABLE ACTUATOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 48 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.48)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 794
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X033

CONNECTOR X033
CAB MAIN/STEERING COLUMN
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 054 (RD) B(+)
2 1209 (PU) COLUMN SIGNAL
3 173 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
4 043 (YE) COLUMN SIGNAL
5 193 (WH) COLUMN ACTUATION
6 201 (PU) COLUMN LIGHTING
7 196 (PU) COLUMN LIGHTING
8 197 (PU) COLUMN LIGHTING
9 200 (PU) COLUMN LIGHTING
10 204 (PU) COLUMN SIGNAL
11 214 (PU) COLUMN LIGHTING
12 219 (BK) GROUND
13 243 (PU) COLUMN LIGHTING
14 244 (PU) COLUMN LIGHTING
15 934 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
16 939 (YE) COLUMN SIGNAL

X033
CAB MAIN

X033
STEERING COLUMN

X033 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 795
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10010914_14 2
X033 - STEERING COLUMN (SC) HARNESS TO CAB MAIN (CM) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 796
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X242

CONNECTOR X242
LEFT NASO LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 (A) 243 (PU) FLASHER MODULE OUTPUT
2 (B) 679 (BK) GROUND

X242 3
X242
LEFT NASO LIGHT

CONNECTOR X243

CONNECTOR X243
LEFT TAIL LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 629 (PU) BRAKE LIGHTS RELAY OUTPUT
2 412 (PU) ROAD LIGHT SWITCH OUTPUT
3 619 (PU) FLASHER MODULE OUTPUT
4 634 (BK) GROUND

X243 4
X243
LEFT TAIL LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 797
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X245

CONNECTOR X245
RIGHT NASO LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 (A) 244 (PU) FLASHER MODULE OUTPUT
2 (B) 680 (BK) GROUND

X245 5
X245
RIGHT NASO LIGHT

CONNECTOR X246

CONNECTOR X246
RIGHT TAIL LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 630 (PU) BRAKE LIGHTS RELAY OUTPUT
2 421 (PU) ROAD LIGHT SWITCH OUTPUT
3 621 (PU) FLASHER MODULE OUTPUT
4 635 (BK) GROUND

X246 6
X246
RIGHT TAIL LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 798
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X255

CONNECTOR X255
FLASHER MODULE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 102 (RD) B(+)
2 207 (PU) HAZARD SWITCH LIGHTING
3 199 (PU) FLASHER MODULE LIGHTING
4 195 (PU) FLASHER MODULE LIGHTING
5 208 (PU) HIGH BEAM/TRAILER LIGHTING
6 141 (BK) GROUND
7 201 (PU) FLASHER MODULE LIGHTING
8 197 (PU) FLASHER MODULE LIGHTING
9 204 (PU) FLASHER MODULE LIGHTING
10 243 (PU) FLASHER MODULE LIGHTING
11 244 (PU) FLASHER MODULE LIGHTING
12 -

X255 7
X255
FLASHER MODULE

vfen05cx0181a0b 8
X255 - FLASHER MODULE FROM STEERING COLUMN (SC) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 799
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X257

CONNECTOR X257
TURN INDICATOR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 -
2 -
3 -
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 140 (PU) TURN INDICATOR LIGHTING FEED
8 -
9 209 (BK) GROUND
10 139 (PU) TURN INDICATOR LIGHTING FEED

X257 9
X257
TURN INDICATOR

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 800
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X258

CONNECTOR X258
HIGH BEAM/TRAILER
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 -
2 -
3 -
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 208 (PU) HIGH BEAM/TRAILER LIGHTING
8 -
9 221 (BK) GROUND
10 043 (PU) HIGH BEAM/TRAILER LIGHTING

X258 10
X258
HIGH BEAM/TRAILER

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 801
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X259

CONNECTOR X259
HAZARD SWITCH
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 -
2 040 (RD) B(+)
3 207 (PU)/1209 (PU) HAZARD SWITCH LIGHTING
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 -
8 -
9 220 (BK) GROUND
10 -

X259 11
X259
HAZARD SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 802
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X322

CONNECTOR X322
UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 077 (PU) UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT B+
2 699 (BK) GROUND

PAC_12124819 12
X322
UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT

vfen05cx0221a0b 13
X322 - UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT FROM UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT (TL) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 803
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X323

CONNECTOR X323
UNLOAD TUBE MARKER LIGHT (fr)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 530 (PU) RELAY K 02 LIGHTING CONTROL
B 531 (BK) GROUND

AMP_282080-1 14
X323
UNLOAD TUBE MARKER LIGHT (fr)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 804
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X327

CONNECTOR X327
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH - SIGNAL
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1501 (YE) BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH - SIGNAL

AMP_154719 15
X327
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH

vfen05cx0223a0b 16

X327 - BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH FROM FRONT X328 - BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH FROM FRONT
FRAME (FF) HARNESS FRAME (FF) HARNESS

CONNECTOR X328

CONNECTOR X328
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH - GROUND
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1502 (BK) BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH - GROUND

AMP_154719 17
X328

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 805
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 806
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X329

CONNECTOR X329
BRAKE LIMITING
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 1504 (WH) CCM-2 J2
B 1505 (BK) GROUND

PAC_12015792 18
X329
BRAKE LIMITING

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 807
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 33 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.33)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X005

X005 CONNECTOR X005 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 02
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X007

X007 CONNECTOR X007 - FRONT FRAME/FEEDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 09

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X008

X008 CONNECTOR X008 - MAIN FRAME/FRONT Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

FRAME (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X009

X009 CONNECTOR X009 - GRAIN TANK/MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88
FRAME - C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X015

X015 CONNECTOR X015 - CCM-2 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X018

X018 CONNECTOR X018 - CCM-1 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X024

X024 CONNECTOR X024 - MAIN FRAME/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
WALKER - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X031

X031 CONNECTOR X031 - FRONT FRAME/CAB Wiring harness - Component diagram 09

MAIN (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X032

X032 CONNECTOR X032 - HEADER/FEEDER Wiring harness - Component diagram 09

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.09)

CONNECTOR X033

X033 CONNECTOR X033 - CAB MAIN/STEERING Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
COLUMN - C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X071

X071 CONNECTOR X071 - STRAW HOOD/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
WALKER - C.20.F.07)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 808
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X105

X105 CONNECTOR X105 - UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 40 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.40)

CONNECTOR X140

X140 CONNECTOR X140 (SERIES 1238 AND Wiring harness - Component diagram 06
ABOVE) - MAIN FRAME/PLATFORM (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X242

X242 CONNECTOR X242 - LH NASO FLASHING Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
LIGHT (NA) - C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X243

X243 CONNECTOR X243 - STRAW HOOD/TAIL Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
LIGHTS - C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X245

X245 CONNECTOR X245 - RH NASO FLASHING Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
LIGHT (NA) - C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X246

X246 CONNECTOR X246 - STRAW HOOD/TAIL Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
LIGHTS - C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X255

X255 CONNECTOR X255 - FLASHER MODULE Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X257

X257 CONNECTOR X257 - TURN INDICATOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X258

X258 CONNECTOR X258 - HIGH BEAM INDICATOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X259

X259 CONNECTOR X259 - HAZARD SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X323

X323 CONNECTOR X323 - UNLOAD TUBE MARKER Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
LIGHT (fr) - C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X350

X350 CONNECTOR X350 - RH POSITION LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 35 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.35)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 809
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X351

X351 CONNECTOR X351 - LH POSITION LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 35 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.35)

CONNECTOR X352

X352 CONNECTOR X352 - RH FLASHING LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 35 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.35)

CONNECTOR X353

X353 CONNECTOR X353 - LH FLASHING LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 35 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.35)

CONNECTOR X354

X354 CONNECTOR X354 - LH FRONT AUSTRIA Wiring harness - Component diagram 35 (A.30.A.88
LIGHT - C.20.F.35)

CONNECTOR X355

X355 CONNECTOR X355 - RH FRONT AUSTRIA Wiring harness - Component diagram 35 (A.30.A.88
LIGHT - C.20.F.35)

CONNECTOR X356

X356 CONNECTOR X356 - LH FRONT HAZARD Wiring harness - Component diagram 35 (A.30.A.88
LIGHT - C.20.F.35)

CONNECTOR X357

X357 CONNECTOR X357 - RH FRONT HAZARD Wiring harness - Component diagram 35 (A.30.A.88
LIGHT - C.20.F.35)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 810
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X160

CONNECTOR X160
LEFT FRONT HAZARD LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 624 (PU) ROAD LIGHT SWITCH OUTPUT
B 615 (PU) FLASHER MODULE OUTPUT
C 620 (BK) GROUND

X160 1
X160
LEFT FRONT HAZARD LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 811
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X165

CONNECTOR X165
RIGHT FRONT HAZARD LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 627 (PU) ROAD LIGHT SWITCH OUTPUT
B 616 (PU) FLASHER MODULE CIRCUIT
C 621 (BK) GROUND

X165 2
X165
RIGHT FRONT HAZARD LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 812
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X218

CONNECTOR X218
RH FLASHING
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 637 (PU) ROAD LIGHT SWITCH OUTPUT
2 776 (BK) GROUND

DEUTSCH_DT06-2S 3
X218
RH FLASHING

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 813
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X330

CONNECTOR X330
AIR FILTER RESISTOR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 860 (YE) GROUND
B 469 (PK) REFERENCE VOLTAGE
C -

DEUTSCH_DT06-3S 4
X330
AIR FILTER RESISTOR

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 814
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X331

CONNECTOR X331
FLIP UP LOW BEAM RELAY
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1509 (PU) LOW BEAM RELAY ACTUATION B+
2 1510 (BK) GROUND
3 1518 (PU) LOW BEAM RELAY FEED B+
4 1515 (PU) LOW BEAM RELAY OUTPUT (ROAD LIGHT)
5 1512 (PU) LOW BEAM RELAY OUTPUT (FLIP UP)

PAC_12065685 5
X331
FLIP UP LOW BEAM RELAY

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 815
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X332

CONNECTOR X332
FLIP UP HIGH BEAM RELAY
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1507 (PU) HIGH BEAM RELAY ACTUATION B+
2 1511 (BK) GROUND
3 1527 (PU) HIGH BEAM RELAY FEED B+
4 1524 (PU) HIGH BEAM RELAY OUTPUT (ROAD LIGHT)
5 1521(PU) HIGH BEAM RELAY OUTPUT (FLIP UP)

PAC_12065685 6
X332
FLIP UP HIGH BEAM RELAY

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 816
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X333

CONNECTOR X333
LH FLIP UP ROAD LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1513 (PU) FLIP UP LOW BEAM RELAY OUTPUT
2 1523 (PU) FLIP UP HIGH BEAM RELAY OUTPUT
3 1530 (BK) GROUND
4 1508 (PU) LH FLIP UP ROAD LIGHT ACTUATION B+

DEUTSCH_DT06-4S 7
X333
LH FLIP UP ROAD LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 817
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X334

CONNECTOR X334
RH FLIP UP ROAD LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1514 (PU) FLIP UP LOW BEAM RELAY OUTPUT
2 1522 (PU) FLIP UP HIGH BEAM RELAY OUTPUT
3 1531 (BK) GROUND
4 1506 (PU) RH FLIP UP ROAD LIGHT ACTUATION B+

DEUTSCH_DT06-4S 8
X334
RH FLIP UP ROAD LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 818
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X335

CONNECTOR X335
LH ROAD LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 1525 (PU) FLIP UP HIGH BEAM RELAY OUTPUT
B 1516 (PU) FLIP UP LOW BEAM RELAY OUTPUT
C 1532 (BK) GROUND

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 819
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X336

CONNECTOR X336
RH ROAD LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 1526 (PU) FLIP UP HIGH BEAM RELAY OUTPUT
B 1517 (PU) FLIP UP LOW BEAM RELAY OUTPUT
C 1535 (BK) GROUND

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 820
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X337

CONNECTOR X337
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (IVECO)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A BN ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GROUND
B OR AIR FILTER REFERENCE VOLTAGE
C OR ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL

X201 9
X337
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (IVECO)

vfen05cx0233a0b 10
X337 - ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (IVECO) FROM ENGINE (EN) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 821
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 34 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.34)

CONNECTOR X005

X005 CONNECTOR X005 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 02
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X009

X009 CONNECTOR X009 - GRAIN TANK/MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88
FRAME - C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X024

X024 CONNECTOR X024 - MAIN FRAME/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 13

WALKER (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X071

X071 CONNECTOR X071 - STRAW HOOD/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

WALKER (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X105

X105 CONNECTOR X105 - UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 40 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.40)

CONNECTOR X140

X140 CONNECTOR X140 (SERIES 1238 AND Wiring harness - Component diagram 06
ABOVE) - MAIN FRAME/PLATFORM (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X160

X160 CONNECTOR X160 - LEFT FRONT HAZARD Wiring harness - Component diagram 33 (A.30.A.88
LIGHT - C.20.F.33)

CONNECTOR X165

X165 CONNECTOR X165 - RIGHT FRONT HAZARD Wiring harness - Component diagram 33 (A.30.A.88
LIGHT - C.20.F.33)

CONNECTOR X243

X243 CONNECTOR X243 - STRAW HOOD/TAIL Wiring harness - Component diagram 32

LIGHTS (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X246

X246 CONNECTOR X246 - STRAW HOOD/TAIL Wiring harness - Component diagram 32

LIGHTS (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X323

X323 CONNECTOR X323 - UNLOAD TUBE MARKER Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
LIGHT (fr) - C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X350

X350 CONNECTOR X350 - RH POSITION LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 35 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.35)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 822
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X351

X351 CONNECTOR X351 - LH POSITION LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 35 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.35)

CONNECTOR X352

X352 CONNECTOR X352 - RH FLASHING LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 35 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.35)

CONNECTOR X353

X353 CONNECTOR X353 - LH FLASHING LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 35 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.35)

CONNECTOR X354

X354 CONNECTOR X354 - LH FRONT AUSTRIA Wiring harness - Component diagram 35 (A.30.A.88
LIGHT - C.20.F.35)

CONNECTOR X355

X355 CONNECTOR X355 - RH FRONT AUSTRIA Wiring harness - Component diagram 35 (A.30.A.88
LIGHT - C.20.F.35)

CONNECTOR X356

X356 CONNECTOR X356 - LH FRONT HAZARD Wiring harness - Component diagram 35 (A.30.A.88
LIGHT - C.20.F.35)

CONNECTOR X357

X357 CONNECTOR X357 - RH FRONT HAZARD Wiring harness - Component diagram 35 (A.30.A.88
LIGHT - C.20.F.35)

CONNECTOR X358

X358 CONNECTOR X358 - STRAW HOOD/MARKING Wiring harness - Component diagram 35 (A.30.A.88
LIGHTS (AUSTRIA) - C.20.F.35)

CONNECTOR X359

X359 CONNECTOR X359 - STRAW HOOD/LICENSE Wiring harness - Component diagram 35 (A.30.A.88
PLATE) - C.20.F.35)

CONNECTOR X360

X360 CONNECTOR X360 - RH REAR AUSTRIA Wiring harness - Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88
LIGHT - C.20.F.36)

CONNECTOR X361

X361 CONNECTOR X361 - LH REAR AUSTRIA LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.36)

CONNECTOR X362

X362 CONNECTOR X362 - RH LICENSE PLATE Wiring harness - Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88
LIGHT - C.20.F.36)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 823
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X363

X363 CONNECTOR X363 - LH LICENSE PLATE Wiring harness - Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88
LIGHT - C.20.F.36)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 824
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X285

CONNECTOR X285
STRAW WALKER/TRAILER OUTLET
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 997 (PU) BRAKE LAMPS
2 992 (PU) LEFT TURN/HAZARD LAMPS
3 993 (PU) RIGHT TURN/HAZARD LAMPS
4 994 (PU) LEFT TAIL LAMPS
5 995 (PU) RIGHT TAIL LAMPS
6 998 (BK) GROUND

X285 1
X285
STRAW WALKER/TRAILER OUTLET

vfen05cx0192a0b 2
X285 - STRAW WALKER (SW) HARNESS TO TRAILER OUTLET (TO) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 825
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X299

CONNECTOR X299
LH BRAKE/TAIL LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 (RD) LH BRAKE LIGHT
2 (BK) GROUND
3 (WH) LH TAIL LIGHT

AMP_282087 3
X299
LH BRAKE/TAIL LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 826
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X300

CONNECTOR X300
RH BRAKE/TAIL LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 (RD) RH BRAKE LIGHT
2 (BK) GROUND
3 (WH) RH TAIL LIGHT

AMP_282087 4
X300
RH BRAKE/TAIL LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 827
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X301

CONNECTOR X301
LH REAR FLASHING LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A (YE) LH REAR FLASHING LIGHT
B (BK) GROUND

AMP_282080-1 5
X301
LH REAR FLASHING LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 828
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X302

CONNECTOR X302
RH REAR FLASHING LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 (YE) RH REAR FLASHING LIGHT
2 (BK) GROUND

AMP_282080-1 6
X302
RH REAR FLASHING LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 829
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 35 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.35)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X015

X015 CONNECTOR X015 - CCM-2 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X018

X018 CONNECTOR X018 - CCM-1 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X024

X024 CONNECTOR X024 - MAIN FRAME/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
WALKER - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X033

X033 CONNECTOR X033 - CAB MAIN/STEERING Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
COLUMN - C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X071

X071 CONNECTOR X071 - STRAW HOOD/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
WALKER - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X140

X140 CONNECTOR X140 (SERIES 1238 AND Wiring harness - Component diagram 06
ABOVE) - MAIN FRAME/PLATFORM (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X243

X243 CONNECTOR X243 - STRAW HOOD/TAIL Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
LIGHTS - C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X246

X246 CONNECTOR X246 - STRAW HOOD/TAIL Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
LIGHTS - C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X255

X255 CONNECTOR X255 - FLASHER MODULE Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X285

X285 CONNECTOR X285 - STRAW WALKER/ Wiring harness - Component diagram 34 (A.30.A.88
TRAILER OUTLET - C.20.F.34)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 830
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X360

X360 CONNECTOR X360 - RH REAR AUSTRIA Wiring harness - Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88
LIGHT - C.20.F.36)

CONNECTOR X361

X361 CONNECTOR X361 - LH REAR AUSTRIA LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.36)

CONNECTOR X362

X362 CONNECTOR X362 - RH LICENSE PLATE Wiring harness - Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88
LIGHT - C.20.F.36)

CONNECTOR X363

X363 CONNECTOR X363 - LH LICENSE PLATE Wiring harness - Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88
LIGHT - C.20.F.36)

CONNECTOR X421

X421 CONNECTOR X421 - LH Wiring harness - Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.36)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 831
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X172

CONNECTOR X172
HORN
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 193 (WH) HORN ACTUATION

CONNECTOR X172
HORN
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 631 (BK) GROUND

X172 1
X172
HORN

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 832
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X256

CONNECTOR X256
ROAD LIGHTS SWITCH
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 173 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
2 203 (PU) ROAD LIGHT SWITCH LIGHTING FEED
3 202 (PU) ROAD LIGHT SWITCH LIGHTING FEED
4 218 (YE) ROAD LIGHT SWITCH SIGNAL
5 213 (RD) IGNITION B(+)
6 055 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
7 169 (YE) ROAD LIGHT SWITCH SIGNAL
8 214 (RD) IGNITION B(+)
9 193 (WH) ROAD LIGHT SWITCH ACTUATION

X256 2
X256
ROAD LIGHTS SWITCH

vfen05cx0182a0b 3
X256 - ROAD LIGHTS SWITCH FROM CAB MAIN (CM) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 833
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X350

CONNECTOR X350
RH POSITION MARKER LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1553 (WH) LIGHT CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
2 1554 (BK) GROUND

DEUTSCH_DT06-2S 4
X350 - RH POSITION MARKER LIGHT FROM MARKING LTS FRONT RH (MR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 834
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X351

CONNECTOR X351
LH POSITION MARKER LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1563 (WH) LIGHT CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
2 1564 (BK) GROUND

DEUTSCH_DT06-2S 5
X351 - LH POSITION MARKER LIGHT FROM MARKING LTS FRONT RH (MR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 835
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X352

CONNECTOR X352
RH FLASHING MARKER LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1551 (YE) FLASHER MODULE OUTPUT
2 1552 (BK) GROUND

DEUTSCH_DT06-2S 6
X352 - RH FLASHING MARKER LIGHT FROM MARKING LTS FRONT RH (MR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 836
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X353

CONNECTOR X353
LH FLASHING MARKER LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1561 (YE) FLASHER MODULE OUTPUT
2 1562 (BK) GROUND

DEUTSCH_DT06-2S 7
X353 - LH FLASHING MARKER LIGHT FROM MARKING LTS FRONT LH (ML) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 837
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X354

CONNECTOR X354
RH FRONT AUSTRIA MARKER LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 1555 (WH) LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
B 1556 (BK) GROUND

AMP_282080-1 8
X354 - RH FRONT AUSTRIA MARKER LIGHT FROM MARKING LTS FRONT RH (MR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 838
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X355

CONNECTOR X355
LH FRONT AUSTRIA MARKER LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 1565 (WH) LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
B 1566 (BK) GROUND

AMP_282080-1 9
X355 - LH FRONT AUSTRIA MARKER LIGHT FROM MARKING LTS FRONT LH (ML) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 839
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X356

CONNECTOR X356
RH FRONT HAZARD LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 1559 (WH) LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
B 1558 (YE) FLASHER MODULE OUTPUT
C 1550 (BK) GROUND

DEUTSCH_DT06-3S 10
X356 - RH FRONT HAZARD LIGHT FROM MARKING LTS FRONT RH (MR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 840
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X357

CONNECTOR X357
LH FRONT HAZARD LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 1549 (WH) LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
B 1548 (YE) FLASHER MODULE OUTPUT
C 1560 (BK) GROUND

DEUTSCH_DT06-3S 11
X357 - LH FRONT HAZARD LIGHT FROM MARKING LTS FRONT LH (ML) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 841
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X358

CONNECTOR X358
RH MARKER LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1573 (WH) LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
2 1575 (BK) GROUND

DEUTSCH_DT06-2S 12
X358 - RH MARKER LIGHT FROM STRAW HOOD (SH) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 842
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X359

CONNECTOR X359
LH MARKER LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1571 (PU) LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
2 1574 (BK) GROUND

DEUTSCH_DT06-2S 13
X359 - LH MARKER LIGHT FROM STRAW HOOD (SH) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 843
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.36)

CONNECTOR X002

X002 CONNECTOR X002 - CAB MAIN/ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 24 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.24)

CONNECTOR X003

X003 CONNECTOR X003 - CAB MAIN/ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 25 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.25)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X005

X005 CONNECTOR X005 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 02
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X015

X015 CONNECTOR X015 - CCM-2 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X018

X018 CONNECTOR X018 - CCM-1 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X033

X033 CONNECTOR X033 - CAB MAIN/STEERING Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
COLUMN - C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X140

X140 CONNECTOR X140 (SERIES 1238 AND Wiring harness - Component diagram 06
ABOVE) - MAIN FRAME/PLATFORM (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X172

X172 CONNECTOR X172 - HORN Wiring harness - Component diagram 35 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.35)

CONNECTOR X255

X255 CONNECTOR X255 - FLASHER MODULE Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X256

X256 CONNECTOR X256 - ROAD LIGHT SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 35 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.35)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 844
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X129

CONNECTOR X129
DOME LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 971 (BK) GROUND
2 865 (YE) DOME LIGHT CONTROL

X129 1
X129
DOME LIGHT

vfen05cx0072a0b 2
X129 - DOME LIGHT FROM CAB ROOF (CR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 845
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X137

CONNECTOR X137
DOOR SWITCH
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 967 (YE) DOOR SWITCH SIGNAL

X137 3
X137
DOOR SWITCH

vfen05cx0080a0b 4
X137 - DOOR SWITCH FROM CAB ROOF (CR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 846
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X164

CONNECTOR X164
LEFT ROAD LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 642 (BK) GROUND
B 638 (PU) LOW BEAM RELAY OUTPUT
C 640 (PU) HIGH BEAM RELAY OUTPUT

X164 5
X164
LEFT ROAD LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 847
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X169

CONNECTOR X169
RIGHT ROAD LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 643 (BK) GROUND
B 639 (PU) LOW BEAM RELAY OUTPUT
C 641 (PU) HIGH BEAM RELAY OUTPUT

X169 6
X169
RIGHT ROAD LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 848
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X296

CONNECTOR X296
DOME LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 965 (RD) B+

AMP_154719 7
X296
DOME LIGHT

vfen05cx0200a0b 8
X296 - DOME LIGHT FROM CAB ROOF (CR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 849
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X360

CONNECTOR X360
RH REAR AUSTRIA LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A (1) (WH) LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
B (2) (BK) GROUND

AMP_282080-1 9
X360
RH REAR AUSTRIA LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 850
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X361

CONNECTOR X361
LH REAR AUSTRIA LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A (1) (WH) LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
B (2) (BK) GROUND

AMP_282080-1 10
X361
LH REAR AUSTRIA LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 851
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X362

CONNECTOR X362
RH LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A (1) 1577 (PU) LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
B (2) 1580 (BK) GROUND

AMP_282080-1 11
X362
RH LICENSE PLATE LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 852
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X363

CONNECTOR X363
LH LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A (1) 1578 (PU) LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
B (2) 1581 (BK) GROUND

AMP_282080-1 12
X363
LH LICENSE PLATE LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 853
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X369

CONNECTOR X369
ENGINE FLYWHEEL RPM (IVECO)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 (WH) FLYWHEEL RPM SIGNAL
2 (BK) FLYWHEEL RPM GROUND
3 (BK) FLYWHEEL RPM GROUND

X207 13
X369
ENGINE FLYWHEEL RPM (IVECO)

vfen05cx0252a0b 14
X369 - ENGINE FLYWHEEL RPM (IVECO) FROM ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (A-01)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 854
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 37 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.37)

CONNECTOR X140

X140 CONNECTOR X140 (SERIES 1238 AND Wiring harness - Component diagram 06
ABOVE) - MAIN FRAME/PLATFORM (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X164

X164 CONNECTOR X164 - LEFT ROAD LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.36)

CONNECTOR X169

X169 CONNECTOR X169 - RIGHT ROAD LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.36)

CONNECTOR X281

X281 CONNECTOR X281 - HEADER HEIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 18 (A.30.A.88
CONTROL (HHC) MODULE - C.20.F.18)

CONNECTOR X331

X331 CONNECTOR X331 - FLIP UP LOW BEAM Wiring harness - Component diagram 33 (A.30.A.88
RELAY - C.20.F.33)

CONNECTOR X332

X332 CONNECTOR X332 - FLIP UP HIGH BEAM Wiring harness - Component diagram 33 (A.30.A.88
RELAY - C.20.F.33)

CONNECTOR X333

X333 CONNECTOR X333 - LH FLIP UP ROAD LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 33 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.33)

CONNECTOR X334

X334 CONNECTOR X334 - RH FLIP UP ROAD LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 33 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.33)

CONNECTOR X335

X335 CONNECTOR X335 - LH ROAD LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 33 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.33)

CONNECTOR X336

X336 CONNECTOR X336 - RH ROAD LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 33 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.33)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 855
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X370

CONNECTOR X370
ENGINE CAMSHAFT RPM (IVECO)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 (WH) CAMSHAFT RPM SIGNAL
2 (BK) CAMSHAFT RPM GROUND
3 (BN) CAMSHAFT RPM GROUND

X207 1
X370
ENGINE CAMSHAFT RPM (IVECO)

vfen05cx0253a0b 2
X370 - ENGINE CAMSHAFT RPM (IVECO) FROM ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (A-01)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 856
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X371

CONNECTOR X371/X374
BOOST PRESSURE/AIR TEMPERATURE (IVECO)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1
2
3
4

vfen05cx0254a0b 3
X371/X374 - BOOST PRESSURE/AIR TEMPERATURE (IVECO) FROM ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (A-01)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 857
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X372

CONNECTOR X372
FUEL TEMPERATURE (IVECO)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 (WH/RD)
2 (OR/BK)

vfen05cx0253a0b 4
X372 - FUEL TEMPERATURE (IVECO) FROM ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (A-01)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 858
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X373

CONNECTOR X373
COOLANT TEMPERATURE (IVECO)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 (PK)
2 (YE)

vfen05cx0256a0b 5
X373 - COOLANT TEMPERATURE (IVECO) FROM ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (A-01)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 859
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X376

CONNECTORS X376-X379
FUEL ACTUATORS (IVECO)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A (WH) FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 1) FEED
B (RD) FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 1) GROUND
C (YE) FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 2) FEED
D (RD) FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 2) GROUND
E (GN) FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 3) FEED
F (RD) FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 3) GROUND
G (BL) FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 4) FEED
H (BK) FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 4) GROUND
I (PU) FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 5) FEED
J -
K -
L (BK) FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 5) GROUND
M (GY) FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 6) FEED
N (BK) FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 6) GROUND

vfen05cx0259a0b 6
X376-X379 - FUEL ACTUATORS (IVECO) FROM ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (A-01)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 860
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 38 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.38)

CONNECTOR X002

X002 CONNECTOR X002 - CAB MAIN/ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 24 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.24)

CONNECTOR X003

X003 CONNECTOR X003 - CAB MAIN/ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 25 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.25)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X005

X005 CONNECTOR X005 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 02
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X009

X009 CONNECTOR X009 - GRAIN TANK/MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88
FRAME - C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X015

X015 CONNECTOR X015 - CCM-2 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X018

X018 CONNECTOR X018 - CCM-1 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X129

X129 CONNECTOR X129 - DOME LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.36)

CONNECTOR X137

X137 CONNECTOR X137 - DOOR SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.36)

CONNECTOR X138

X138 CONNECTOR X138 - RIGHT CONSOLE LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 42 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.42)

CONNECTOR X296

X296 CONNECTOR X296 - RIGHT ROAD LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.36)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 861
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X106

CONNECTOR X106
LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 652 (PU) LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT LIGHTING FEED
B 661 (BK) GROUND

X106 1
X106
LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 862
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X110

CONNECTOR X110
RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 653 (PU) RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT LIGHTING FEED
B 662 (BK) GROUND

X110 2
X110
RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 863
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X380-X381

CONNECTORS X380-X381
FUEL ACTUATORS (IVECO)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A (WH) FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 1) FEED
B (RD) FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 1) GROUND
C (YE) FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 2) FEED
D (RD) FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 2) GROUND
E (GN) FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 3) FEED
F (RD) FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 3) GROUND
G (BL) FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 4) FEED
H (BK) FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 4) GROUND
I (PU) FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 5) FEED
J -
K -
L (BK) FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 5) GROUND
M (GY) FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 6) FEED
N (BK) FUEL ACTUATOR (CYLINDER 6) GROUND

vfen05cx0259a0b 3
X380-X381 - FUEL ACTUATORS (IVECO) FROM ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (A-01)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 864
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X385

CONNECTORS X385
MULTI-FUNCTION HANDLE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 (WH) RIGHT HAND MODULE (RHM)
2 (BN) RIGHT HAND MODULE (RHM)
3 (GN) RIGHT HAND MODULE (RHM)
4 (YE) RIGHT HAND MODULE (RHM)
5 (GY) RIGHT HAND MODULE (RHM)
6 (PK) RIGHT HAND MODULE (RHM)
7 (BL) RIGHT HAND MODULE (RHM)
8 (RD) RIGHT HAND MODULE (RHM)
9 (BK) RIGHT HAND MODULE (RHM)
10 (PU) RIGHT HAND MODULE (RHM)

vfen05cx0265a0b 4
X385 - MULTI-FUNCTION HANDLE FROM RIGHT HAND MODULE (RHM)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 865
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 39 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.39)

CONNECTOR X002

X002 CONNECTOR X002 - CAB MAIN/ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 24

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.24)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X010

X010 CONNECTOR X010 - MAIN FRAME/ENGINE Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X015

X015 CONNECTOR X015 - CCM-2 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X024

X024 CONNECTOR X024 - MAIN FRAME/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

WALKER (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X071

X071 CONNECTOR X071 - STRAW HOOD/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07

WALKER (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X096

X096 CONNECTOR X096 - STRAW HOOD Wiring harness - Component diagram 15

TOP/STRAW HOOD (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.15)

CONNECTOR X130

X130 CONNECTOR X130 - BEACON LIGHT SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 42 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.42)

CONNECTOR X140

X140 CONNECTOR X140 (SERIES 1238 AND ABOVE Wiring harness - Component diagram 06
- MAIN FRAME/PLATFORM (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.06)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 866
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X036

CONNECTOR X036
CAB ROOF/OUTER ROOF
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 058 (PU) LIGHTING FEED
2 059 (PU) LIGHTING FEED
3 061 (PU) LIGHTING FEED
4 063 (PU)
5 072 (PU) RIGHT MIRROR LIGHTING FEED
6 076 (PU) LEFT MIRROR LIGHTING FEED
7 579 (PU) LIGHTING FEED
8 245 (BK) GROUND
9 246 (BK) GROUND
10 262 (BK) GROUND
11 266 (BK) GROUND
12 295 (BK) GROUND
13 665 (BK) GROUND
14 280 (BK) WIPER MOTOR GROUND
15 275 (WH) WIPER MOTOR ACTUATION
16 276 (WH) WIPER MOTOR ACTUATION
17 277 (WH) WIPER MOTOR ACTUATION
18 931 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
19 955 (WH)
20 963 (GY) RIGHT MIRROR DECREASING ACTUATION
21 962 (WH) RIGHT MIRROR ACTUATION
22 958 (WH) LEFT MIRROR ACTUATION
23 959 (WH) LEFT MIRROR ACTUATION
24 964 (WH) RIGHT MIRROR ACTUATION
25 961 (GY) LEFT MIRROR DECREASING ACTUATION
26 954 (GY)
27 978 (PU)
28 981 (PU)
29 210 (PU)
30 -
31 -

1z0o2004117047 1
X036
OUTER ROOF

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 867
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

10010916_16 2
X036 - CAB ROOF (CR) HARNESS TO OUTER ROOF (OR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 868
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X113

CONNECTOR X113
LEFT BEACON LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 (A) 663 (PU) LEFT BEACON LIGHT LIGHTING FEED
2 (B) 666 (BK) GROUND

X113 3
X113
LEFT BEACON LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 869
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X119

CONNECTOR X119
RIGHT BEACON LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 (A) 664 (PU) RIGHT BEACON LIGHT LIGHTING FEED
2 (B) 667 (BK) GROUND

X119 4
X119
RIGHT BEACON LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 870
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X161

CONNECTOR X161
LEFT FRONT SERVICE SOCKET
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 656 (BK) GROUND
B 647 (RD) UNSWITCHED (B+)

X161 5
X161
LEFT FRONT SERVICE SOCKET

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 871
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X166

CONNECTOR X166
RIGHT FRONT SERVICE SOCKET
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 660 (BK) GROUND
B 651 (RD) UNSWITCHED (B+)

X166 6
X166
RIGHT FRONT SERVICE SOCKET

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 872
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X194

CONNECTOR X194
SERVICE SOCKET
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 659 (BK) GROUND
B 650 (RD) B+

X194 7
X194
SERVICE SOCKET

vfen05cx0133a0b 8
X194 - SERVICE SOCKET FROM ENGINE (EN) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 873
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X236

CONNECTOR X236
LEFT SERVICE SOCKET
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 657 (BK) GROUND
B 648 (RD) B+

X236 9
X236
LEFT SERVICE SOCKET

vfen05cx0163a0b 10
X236 - LEFT SERVICE SOCKET FROM STRAW WALKER (SW) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 874
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X247

CONNECTOR X247
REAR BEACON LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 (A) 578 (PU) BEACON LIGHT RELAY OUTPUT
2 (B) 623 (BK) GROUND

X247 11
X247
REAR BEACON LIGHT

vfen05cx0173a0b 12
X247 - REAR BEACON LIGHT FROM STRAW HOOD TOP (ST) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 875
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X252

CONNECTOR X252
RIGHT SERVICE SOCKET
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 658 (BK) GROUND
B 678 (RD) B+

X252 13
X252
RIGHT SERVICE SOCKET

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 876
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 40 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.40)

CONNECTOR X002

X002 CONNECTOR X002 - CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 24

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.24)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X009

X009 CONNECTOR X009 - MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 06

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X018

X018 CONNECTOR X018 - CCM-1 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X036

X036 CONNECTOR X036 - CAB ROOF/OUTER ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 39
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.39)

CONNECTOR X140

X140 CONNECTOR X140 (SERIES 1238 AND ABOVE Wiring harness - Component diagram 06
- MAIN FRAME/PLATFORM (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X316

X316 CONNECTOR X316 - CENTER WORK LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 31 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.31)

CONNECTOR X322

X322 CONNECTOR X322 - UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.32)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 877
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X105

CONNECTOR X105
UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 077 (PU) WORK LIGHT LIGHTING FEED
2 669 (BK) GROUND

X105 1
X105
UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT

vfen05cx0050a0b 2
X105 - UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT FROM GRAIN TANK (GT) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 878
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X108

CONNECTOR X108
GRAIN TANK LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 646 (PU) GRAIN TANK LIGHT LIGHTING FEED
2 681 (BK) GROUND

X108 3
X108
GRAIN TANK LIGHT

vfen05cx0053a0b 4
X108 - GRAIN TANK LIGHT FROM GRAIN TANK (GT) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 879
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X162

CONNECTOR X162
LEFT HEADER LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 257 (PU) RIGHT CENTER WORK LIGHTS RELAY OUTPUT
B 267 (BK) GROUND

X162 5
X162
LEFT HEADER LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 880
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X163

CONNECTOR X163
LEFT LOWER WORK LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 644 (PU) LOWER WORK LIGHTS RELAY OUTPUT
B 654 (BK) GROUND

X163 6
X163
LEFT LOWER WORK LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 881
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X167

CONNECTOR X167
RIGHT HEADER LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 258 (PU) RIGHT CENTER WORK LIGHT RELAY OUTPUT
B 268 (BK) GROUND

X167 7
X167
RIGHT HEADER LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 882
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X168

CONNECTOR X168
RIGHT LOWER WORK LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 645 (PU) LOWER WORK LIGHT RELAY OUTPUT
B 655 (BK) GROUND

X168 8
X168
RIGHT LOWER WORK LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 883
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 41 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.41)

CONNECTOR X002

X002 CONNECTOR X002 - CAB MAIN/ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 24

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.24)

CONNECTOR X003

X003 CONNECTOR X003 - CAB MAIN/ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 25 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.25)

CONNECTOR X018

X018 CONNECTOR X018 - CCM-1 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X036

X036 CONNECTOR X036 - CAB ROOF/OUTER ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 39
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.39)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 884
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X112

CONNECTOR X112
LEFT OUTER WORK LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 251 (PU) LEFT OUTER WORK LIGHT LIGHTING FEED
B 259 (BK) GROUND

X112 1
X112
LEFT OUTER WORK LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 885
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X114

CONNECTOR X114
LEFT MIDDLE WORK LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 252 (PU) LEFT MIDDLE WORK LIGHT LIGHTING FEED
B 260 (BK) GROUND

X114 2
X114
LEFT MIDDLE WORK LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 886
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X115

CONNECTOR X115
LEFT INNER WORK LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 255 (PU) LEFT INNER WORK LIGHT LIGHTING FEED
B 261 (BK) GROUND

X115 3
X115
LEFT INNER WORK LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 887
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X117

CONNECTOR X117
RIGHT INNER WORK LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 256 (PU) RIGHT INNER WORK LIGHT LIGHTING FEED
B 265 (BK) GROUND

X117 4
X117
RIGHT INNER WORK LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 888
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X118

CONNECTOR X118
RIGHT MIDDLE WORK LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 253 (PU) RIGHT MIDDLE WORK LIGHT LIGHTING FEED
B 263 (BK) GROUND

X118 5
X118
RIGHT MIDDLE WORK LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 889
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X120

CONNECTOR X120
RIGHT OUTER WORK LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 254 (PU) RIGHT OUTER WORK LIGHT LIGHTING FEED
B 264 (BK) GROUND

X120 6
X120
RIGHT OUTER WORK LIGHT

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 890
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 42 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.42)

CONNECTOR X002

X002 CONNECTOR X002 - CAB MAIN/ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 24

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.24)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X009

X009 CONNECTOR X009 - MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X015

X015 CONNECTOR X015 - CCM-2 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X018

X018 CONNECTOR X018 - CCM-1 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X036

X036 CONNECTOR X036 - CAB ROOF/OUTER ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 39 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.39)

CONNECTOR X106

X106 CONNECTOR X106 - LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 38 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.38)

CONNECTOR X110

X110 CONNECTOR X110 - RH REAR WORK LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 38 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.38)

CONNECTOR X173

X173 CONNECTOR X173 - BRAKE PRESSURE Wiring harness - Component diagram 06

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.06)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 891
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X073

CONNECTOR X073
SEAT SWITCH
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 046 (OR) SEAT SWITCH GROUND
B 168 (YE) SEAT SWITCH SIGNAL

X073 1
X073
SEAT SWITCH

vfen05cx0027a0b 2
X073 - SEAT SWITCH FROM CAB MAIN (CM) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 892
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X125

CONNECTOR X125
GRAIN TANK EXTENSIONS SWITCH
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 -
2 124 (OR) SWITCHED B+
3 167 (YE) TANK EXTENSIONS SWITCH SIGNAL
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 284 (PU) TANK EXTENSIONS SWITCH ILLUMINATION CONTROL
8 -
9 298 (BK) GROUND
10 -

X125 3
X125
GRAIN TANK EXTENSIONS SWITCH

vfen05cx0068a0b 4

X125 - GRAIN TANK EXTENSIONS SWITCH FROM
CAB ROOF (CR) HARNESS
X130 - BEACON LIGHT SWITCH FROM CAB ROOF
(CR) HARNESS
X132 - FRONT WORK LIGHTS SWITCH FROM CAB
ROOF (CR) HARNESS
X128 - HVAC CONTROL PANEL FROM CAB ROOF
(CR) HARNESS
X131 - REAR WORK LIGHT SWITCH FROM CAB
ROOF (CR) HARNESS
X133 - SPLICE BLOCK C FROM CAB ROOF (CR)
HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 893
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X128

CONNECTOR X128
HVAC CONTROL PANEL
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
C1 972 (PU) CCM ILLUMINATION CONTROL
C2 901 (OR) SWITCHED B+
C3 900 (WH) A/C CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL
C4 902 (WH) SEPARATOR BLOWER RELAY CONTROL
C5 -
C6 -
C7 904 (WH) MAIN BLOWER RELAY 3 CONTROL
C8 905 (WH) MAIN BLOWER RELAY 2 CONTROL
C9 906 (WH) MAIN BLOWER RELAY 1 CONTROL
C10 907 (BL) EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND (ATC)
C11 908 (YE) EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL (ATC)
C12 909 (BL) AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
C13 910 (YE) AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
C14 911 (BL) OUTLET TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND
C15 912 (YE) OUTLET TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
C16 913 (BL) CAB TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND
D1 914 (YE) CAB TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
D2 915 (YE) A/C LOW PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL
D3 916 (BL) A/C PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND
D4 917 (YE) A/C HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL
D5 918 (BK) RECIRC DOOR GROUND
D6 919 (YE) RECIRC DOOR SIGNAL
D7 920 (OR) RECIRC DOOR B+
D8 -
D9 922 (BK) WATER VALVE GROUND
D10 923 (YE) WATER VALVE SIGNAL
D11 924 (OR) WATER VALVE B+
D12 939 (YE) SOLAR SENSOR SIGNAL
D13 934 (BL) SOLAR SENSOR GROUND
D14 921 (BK) GROUND
D15 -
D16 -
C11 908 (YE) FREEZE SWITCH SIGNAL (MTC)
C10 907 (BL) FREEZE SWITCH GROUND (MTC)

X128 5
X128
HVAC CONTROL PANEL

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 894
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X130

CONNECTOR X130
BEACON LIGHT SWITCH
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 -
2 172 (OR) BEACON LIGHT SWITCH IGNITION B+
3 166 (YE) BEACON LIGHT SWITCH SIGNAL
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 283 (PU) BEACON LIGHT SWITCH LIGHTING FEED
8 -
9 297 (BK) BEACON LIGHT SWITCH GROUND
10 -

X130 6
X130
BEACON LIGHT SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 895
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X131

CONNECTOR X131
REAR WORK LIGHT SWITCH
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 -
2 239 (OR) REAR WORK LIGHT SWITCH IGNITION FEED
3 170 (YE) REAR WORK LIGHT SWITCH SIGNAL
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 233 (PU) REAR WORK LIGHT SWITCH LIGHTING FEED
8 -
9 223 (BK) REAR WORK LIGHT SWITCH GROUND
10 -

X131 7
X131
REAR WORK LIGHT SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 896
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X132

CONNECTOR X132
FRONT WORK LIGHTS SWITCH
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 -
2 240 (OR) FRONT WORK LIGHTS SWITCH IGNITION B(+)
3 171 (YE) FRONT WORK LIGHT SWITCH SIGNAL
4 -
5 245 (BK) FRONT WORK LIGHT SWITCH IGNITION B(+)
6 952 (BK) FRONT WORK LIGHT SWITCH LIGHTING FEED
7 235 (PU) FRONT WORK LIGHT SWITCH LIGHTING FEED
8 -
9 224 (BK) FRONT WORK LIGHT SWITCH GROUND
10 -

X132 8
X132
FRONT WORK LIGHTS SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 897
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X133

CONNECTOR X133
SPLICE BLOCK C
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 175 (PU) CONSOLE LIGHTING FEED
B 232 (PU) CCM-1 LIGHTING FEED
C 233 (PU) REAR WORK LIGHT SWITCH LIGHTING FEED
D 235 (PU) WORK LIGHT SWITCH LIGHTING FEED
E 273 (PU) WIPER SWITCH LIGHTING FEED
F 283 (PU) BEACON LIGHT SWITCH LIGHTING FEED
G 284 (PU) TANK EXTENSIONS SWITCH LIGHTING FEED
H 285 (PU) MIRROR HEAT SWITCH LIGHTING FEED
J 286 (PU) WASHER SWITCH LIGHTING FEED
K -
L -
M 972 (PU) HVAC LIGHTING FEED

X133 9
X133
SPLICE BLOCK C

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 898
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X138

CONNECTOR X138
RIGHT CONSOLE LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 175 (PU) RIGHT CONSOLE LIGHT LIGHTING FEED
2 269, 973 (BK) GROUND

X138 10
X138
RIGHT CONSOLE LIGHT

vfen05cx0081a0b 11
X138 - RIGHT CONSOLE LIGHT FROM CAB ROOF (CR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 899
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 43 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.43)

CONNECTOR X002

X002 CONNECTOR X002 - CAB MAIN/ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 24 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.24)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X018

X018 CONNECTOR X018 - CCM-1 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X024

X024 CONNECTOR X024 - MAIN FRAME/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
WALKER - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X036

X036 CONNECTOR X036 - CAB ROOF/OUTER ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 39
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.39)

CONNECTOR X234

X234 CONNECTOR X234 - SIEVE LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 46 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.46)

CONNECTOR X237

X237 CONNECTOR X237 - SIEVE LIGHT SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 46 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.46)

CONNECTOR X297

X297 CONNECTOR X297 - LH SIDE WORK LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 44 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.44)

CONNECTOR X298

X298 CONNECTOR X298 - RH SIDE WORK LIGHT Wiring harness - Component diagram 44 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.44)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 900
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X111

CONNECTOR X111
LEFT MIRROR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 959 (WH) LEFT MIRROR IN/OUT ACTUATION
2 961 (GY) LEFT MIRROR DECREASING ACTUATION
3 935 (OR) HEATED MIRROR SWITCH OUTPUT
4 958 (WH) LEFT MIRROR UP/DOWN ACTUATION
5 076 (PU)
6 671 (BK) GROUND

X111 1
X111
LEFT MIRROR

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 901
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X121

CONNECTOR X121
RIGHT MIRROR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 962 (WH) RIGHT MIRROR IN/OUT ACTUATION
2 956 (GY) RIGHT MIRROR DECREASING ACTUATION
3 932 (OR) HEATED MIRROR SWITCH OUTPUT
4 955 (WH) RIGHT MIRROR UP/DOWN ACTUATION
5 072 (PU)
6 670 (BK) GROUND

X121 2
X121
RIGHT MIRROR

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 902
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X126

CONNECTOR X126
MIRROR ADJUST SWITCH
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 949 (BK) GROUND
B 959 (WH) LEFT MIRROR IN/OUT ACTUATION
C 961 (GY) LEFT MIRROR DECREASING ACTUATION
D 958 (WH) LEFT MIRROR UP/DOWN ACTUATION
E 957 (WH) RIGHT MIRROR UP/DOWN ACTUATION
F 954 (GY) RIGHT MIRROR DECREASING ACTUATION
G 960 (WH) RIGHT MIRROR IN/OUT ACTUATION
H 274 (OR) SWITCHED B+

X126 3
X126
MIRROR ADJUST SWITCH

vfen05cx0069a0b 4

X126 - MIRROR ADJUST SWITCH FROM CAB ROOF X127 - MIRROR HEAT SWITCH FROM CAB ROOF
(CR) HARNESS (CR) HARNESS
X178 - MIRROR SELECT SWITCH FROM CAB ROOF
(CR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 903
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X127

CONNECTOR X127
MIRROR HEAT SWITCH
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 -
2 953 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
3 931 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 285 (PU) MIRROR HEAT SWITCH LIGHTING
8 -
9 950 (BK) GROUND
10 -

X127 5
X127
MIRROR HEAT SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 904
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X178

CONNECTOR X178
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 963 (GY) RH GERMAN MIRROR DECREASING ACTUATION
2 957 (WH) MIRROR ADJUST SWITCH OUTPUT
3 955 (WH) LH GERMAN MIRROR DECREASING ACTUATION
4 964 (WH)
5 960 (WH) MIRROR SELECT SWITCH LIGHTING FEED
6 962 (WH)
7 -
8 -
9 952 (BK) GROUND
10 -

X178 6
X178
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 905
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X287

CONNECTOR X287
GERMAN THIRD MIRROR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 964 (WH) GERMAN MIRROR INCREASING ACTUATION
2 966 (GY) GERMAN MIRROR DECREASING ACTUATION
3 862 (OR) MIRROR HEAT POWER FEED
4 963 (GY) GERMAN MIRROR INCREASING ACTUATION
5 -
6 863 (BK) GROUND

X287 7
X287
GERMAN THIRD MIRROR

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 906
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X430

CONNECTOR X430
FEEDBACK RECEPTACLE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 - CCM-2 REFERENCE VOLTAGE A
2 - REEL VERTICAL POSITION (CCM-2 REFERENCE VOLTAGE A)
3 - CCM-2 REFERENCE GROUND B
4 - REEL VERTICAL POSITION (CCM-2 REFERENCE GROUND B)
5 - REEL HORIZONTAL POSITION (CCM-2 REFERENCE GROUND B)
6 - REEL RPM (CCM-2 REFERENCE GROUND B)
7 - REEL HORIZONTAL POSITION (CCM-2 REFERENCE VOLTAGE A)
8 - -

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 907
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X434

CONNECTOR X434
HEADER TYPE MODULE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A - CCM-2 REFERENCE VOLTAGE A
B - HEADER TYPE MODULE SIGNAL
C - -
D - -
E - -
F - CCM-2 REFERENCE GROUND B

vfen05cx0268a0b 8
X434 - HEADER TYPE MODULE FROM HEADER (HH) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 908
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X436

CONNECTOR X436
REEL HORIZONTAL POSITION
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A - CCM-2 REFERENCE VOLTAGE A
B - CCM-2 REFERENCE GROUND B
C - REEL HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL

vfen05cx0269a0b 9
X436 - REEL HORIZONTAL POSITION FROM HEADER (HH) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 909
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X437

CONNECTOR X437
REEL VERTICAL POSITION
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A CCM-2 REFERENCE VOLTAGE A
B CCM-2 REFERENCE GROUND B
C REEL VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL

vfen05cx0270a0b 10
X437 - REEL VERTICAL POSITION FROM HEADER (HH) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 910
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 44 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.44)

CONNECTOR X002

X002 CONNECTOR X002 - CAB MAIN/ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 24

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.24)

CONNECTOR X005

X005 CONNECTOR X005 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 02
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X018

X018 CONNECTOR X018 - CCM-1 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 13

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.13)

CONNECTOR X036

X036 CONNECTOR X036 - CAB ROOF/OUTER ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 39
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.39)

CONNECTOR X111

X111 CONNECTOR X111 - LEFT MIRROR Wiring harness - Component diagram 43

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.43)

CONNECTOR X121

X121 CONNECTOR X121 - RIGHT MIRROR Wiring harness - Component diagram 43

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.43)

CONNECTOR X126

X126 CONNECTOR X126 - MIRROR ADJUST Wiring harness - Component diagram 43 (A.30.A.88
SWITCH - C.20.F.43)

CONNECTOR X127

X127 CONNECTOR X127 - Wiring harness - Component diagram 43 (A.30.A.88

- C.20.F.43)

CONNECTOR X140

X140 CONNECTOR X140 (SERIES 1206, 1212, AND Wiring harness - Component diagram 06
1226 ONLY) - FM RADIO (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X178

X178 CONNECTOR X178 - MIRROR SELECT Wiring harness - Component diagram 43 (A.30.A.88
SWITCH - C.20.F.43)

CONNECTOR X287

X287 CONNECTOR X287 - GERMAN THIRD MIRROR Wiring harness - Component diagram 43 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.43)

CONNECTOR X312

X312 CONNECTOR X312 - SEAT ADJUST LIMIT Wiring harness - Component diagram 31 (A.30.A.88
SWITCH - C.20.F.31)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 911
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X313

X313 CONNECTOR X313 - SEAT PUMP MOTOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 31 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.31)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 912
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X074

CONNECTOR X074
SEAT PUMP
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 080 (OR) SEAT PUMP GROUND
B 164 (BK) SEAT PUMP SIGNAL

X074 1
X074
SEAT PUMP

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 913
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X134

CONNECTOR X134
WASHER SWITCH
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 -
2 279 (OR) WASHER SWITCH IGNITION B(+)
3 278 (WH) WASHER SWITCH ACTUATION
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 286 (PU) WASHER SWITCH LIGHTING
8 -
9 951 (BK) GROUND
10 -

X134 2
X134
WASHER SWITCH

vfen05cx0077a0b 3
X134 - WASHER SWITCH FROM CAB ROOF (CR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 914
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X171

CONNECTOR X171
WIPER WASHER MOTOR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 449 (BK) GROUND
2 278 (WH) WIPER WASHER MOTOR ACTUATION

X171 4
X171
WIPER WASHER MOTOR

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 915
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 45 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.45)

CONNECTOR X002

X002 CONNECTOR X002 - CAB MAIN/ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 24

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.24)

CONNECTOR X005

X005 CONNECTOR X005 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X015

X015 CONNECTOR X015 - CCM-2 J1 Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X036

X036 CONNECTOR X036 - CAB ROOF/OUTER ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 39
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.39)

CONNECTOR X134

X134 CONNECTOR X134 - WASHER SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 44 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.44)

CONNECTOR X171

X171 CONNECTOR X171 - WIPER WASHER MOTOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 44 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.44)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 916
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X067

CONNECTOR X067
ACCESSORY. SOCKET
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 084 (OR) IGNITION B+
2 151 (BK) GROUND

X067 1
X067
ACCESSORY. SOCKET

vfen05cx0023a0b 2
X067 - ACCESSORY. SOCKET FROM CAB MAIN (CM) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 917
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X069

CONNECTOR X069
CIGAR LIGHTER
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 085 (OR) IGNITION B(+)
2 152 (BK) GROUND

X069 3
X069
CIGAR LIGHTER

vfen05cx0025a0b 4

X069 - CIGAR LIGHTER FROM CAB MAIN (CM) X070 - CIGAR LIGHTER FROM CAB MAIN (CM)
HARNESS HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 918
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X070

CONNECTOR X070
CIGAR LIGHTER
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
3 206 (PU) CIGAR LIGHTER LIGHT FEED (BACK LIGHTING A)

X070 5
X070
CIGAR LIGHTER

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 919
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X075

CONNECTOR X075
ACCESSORY OUTLET
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
3 247 (PU) ACCESSORY OUTLET LIGHT FEED (BACK LIGHTING A)

X075 6
X075
ACCESSORY OUTLET

vfen05cx0028a0b 7

X075 - ACCESSORY OUTLET FROM CAB MAIN (CB) X076 - ACCESSORY OUTLET FROM CAB MAIN (CB)
HARNESS HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 920
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X076

CONNECTOR X076
ACCESSORY OUTLET
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 086 (OR) IGNITION B+
2 153 (BK) GROUND

X076 8
X076
ACCESSORY OUTLET

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 921
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X116

CONNECTOR X116
WIPER MOTOR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 280 (BK) GROUND
2 -
3 275 (WH) WIPER LOW SPEED
4 277 (WH) WIPER HIGH SPEED
5 276 (WH) WIPER PACK POSITION

X116 9
X116
WIPER MOTOR

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 922
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X135

CONNECTOR X135
WIPER SWITCH
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 276 (WH) WIPER SWITCH ACTUATION
2 272 (OR) WIPER SWITCH IGNITION B(+)
3 275 (WH) WIPER SWITCH ACTUATION
4 -
5 -
6 277 (WH) WIPER SWITCH ACTUATION
7 273 (PU) WIPER SWITCH LIGHTING
8 -
9 296 (BK) GROUND
10 -

X135 10
X135
WIPER SWITCH

vfen05cx0078a0b 11
X135 - WIPER SWITCH FROM CAB ROOF (CR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 923
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 46 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.46)

CONNECTOR X002

X002 CONNECTOR X002 - CAB MAIN/ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 24

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.24)

CONNECTOR X004

X004 CONNECTOR X004 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 03
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.03)

CONNECTOR X024

X024 CONNECTOR X024 - MAIN FRAME/STRAW Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88
WALKER - C.20.F.07)

CONNECTOR X074

X074 CONNECTOR X074 - SEAT PUMP Wiring harness - Component diagram 44 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.44)

CONNECTOR X140

X140 CONNECTOR X140 (SERIES 1206, 1212, AND Wiring harness - Component diagram 06
1226 ONLY) - FM RADIO (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.06)

CONNECTOR X312

X312 CONNECTOR X312 - SEAT ADJUST SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 31 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.31)

CONNECTOR X313

X313 CONNECTOR X313 - SEAT PUMP MOTOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 31 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.F.31)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 924
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X122

CONNECTOR X122
RIGHT REAR SPEAKER
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 979 (BL) RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (-)
B 974 (WH) RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (+)

X122 1
X122
RIGHT REAR SPEAKER

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 925
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X123

CONNECTOR X123
LEFT REAR SPEAKER
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 982 (BL) LEFT REAR SPEAKER (-)
B 975 (WH) LEFT REAR SPEAKER (+)

X123 2
X123
LEFT REAR SPEAKER

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 926
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X136

CONNECTOR X136
FRONT LEFT SPEAKER
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 983 (BL) FRONT LEFT SPEAKER (-)
B 977 (WH) FRONT LEFT SPEAKER (+)

X136 3
X136
FRONT LEFT SPEAKER

vfen05cx0079a0b 4
X136 - FRONT LEFT SPEAKER FROM CAB ROOF (CR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 927
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X139

CONNECTOR X139
FRONT RIGHT SPEAKER
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 980 (BL) FRONT RIGHT SPEAKER (-)
B 976 (WH) FRONT RIGHT SPEAKER (+)

X139 5
X139
FRONT RIGHT SPEAKER

vfen05cx0082a0b 6
X139 - FRONT RIGHT SPEAKER FROM CAB ROOF (CR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 928
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X141

CONNECTOR X141
TRANSCEIVER
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 (A) 083 (OR) IGNITION B+
2 (B) 281 (BK) GROUND

X141 7
X141
TRANSCEIVER

vfen05cx0084a0b 8
X141 - TRANSCEIVER FROM CAB ROOF (CR) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 929
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X234

CONNECTOR X234
SIEVE LIGHT
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 610 (PU) SIEVE LIGHT SWITCH OUTPUT
B 611 (BK) GROUND

X234 9
X234
SIEVE LIGHT

vfen05cx0161a0b 10
X234 - SIEVE LIGHT FROM STRAW WALKER (SW) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 930
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X237

CONNECTOR X237
SIEVE LIGHT SWITCH
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 -
2 604 (OR) B+
3 610 (PU) SIEVE LIGHT SWITCH OUTPUT
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 -

X237 11
X237
SIEVE LIGHT SWITCH

vfen05cx0164a0b 12
X237 - SIEVE LIGHT SWITCH FROM STRAW WALKER (SW) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 931
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X314 (SERIES 1238 AND ABOVE)

CONNECTOR X314 (SERIES 1238 AND ABOVE)

FM RADIO “B"
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 **
2 **
3 **
4 830 RD RADIO POWER, B+
5 **
6 **
7 081 OR KEEP ALIVE POWER, B+
8 973 BK RADIO GROUND TO CAB ROOF #4

X314 13
X314
FM RADIO “B"

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 932
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X315 (SERIES 1238 AND ABOVE)

CONNECTOR X315 (SERIES 1238 AND ABOVE)

FM RADIO “C"
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 974 WH REAR RIGHT SPEAKER, SUPPLY
2 979 BL REAR RIGHT SPEAKER, GROUND
3 976 WH FRONT RIGHT SPEAKER, SUPPLY
4 980 BL FRONT RIGHT SPEAKER, GROUND
5 977 WH FRONT LEFT SPEAKER, SUPPLY
6 983 BL FRONT LEFT SPEAKER, GROUND
7 975 WH REAR LEFT SPEAKER, SUPPLY
8 982 BL REAR LEFT SPEAKER, GROUND

X315 14
X315
FM RADIO “C"

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 933
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X462

CONNECTOR X462
REAR AXLE ANGLE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 1735 (OR) REAR AXLE ANGLE REFERENCE VOLTAGE
B 1719 (BL) GROUND
C 1732 (YE) REAR AXLE ANGLE SIGNAL

DEUTSCH_DT06-3S 15
X462
REAR AXLE ANGLE

vfen05cx0271a0b 16
X462 - REAR AXLE ANGLE FROM AUTO GUIDANCE 2 (AG2) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 934
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X464

CONNECTOR X464
STEERING WHEEL POSITION
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1720 (BL) GROUND
2 1739 (YE) STEERING WHEEL POSITION REFERENCE VOLTAGE

DEUTSCH_DT06-2S 17
X464
STEERING WHEEL POSITION

vfen05cx0272a0b 18
X464 - STEERING WHEEL POSITION FROM AUTO GUIDANCE 2 (AG2) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 935
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X468

CONNECTOR X468
CROP EDGE SCANNER
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 -
2 -
3 1707 (BK) CAB ROOF GROUND
4 1700 (YE) CAN HIGH
5 1701 (GN) CAN LOW
6 1708 (OR) CAB +12 VOLTS
7 -
8 -

DEUTSCH_DT06-8S 19
X468
CROP EDGE SCANNER

vfen05cx0273a0b 20
X468 - CROP EDGE SCANNER FROM AUTO GUIDANCE OUTER ROOF (AG3) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 936
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X469

CONNECTOR X469
AUTO GUIDANCE OUTER ROOF/AUTO GUIDANCE 1
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1
2 1701 (GN) CAN LOW
3 1700 (YE) CAN HIGH
4
5
6
7
8
9 1707 (BK) CAB ROOF GROUND
10
11 1708 (OR) CAB +12 VOLTS
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

DE_HDP26-24-19S 21
X469
AUTO GUIDANCE OUTER ROOF/AUTO GUIDANCE 1

vfen05cx0274a0b 22
X469 - AUTO GUIDANCE OUTER ROOF (AG3) TO AUTO GUIDANCE 1 (AG1)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 937
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 47 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.47)

CONNECTOR X003

X003 CONNECTOR X003 - CAB MAIN/ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 25

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.25)

CONNECTOR X033

X033 CONNECTOR X033 - CAB MAIN/STEERING Wiring harness - Component diagram 32

COLUMN (A.30.A.88-C.20.F.32)

CONNECTOR X128

X128 CONNECTOR X128 - HVAC CONTROL PANEL Wiring harness - Component diagram 42
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.42)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 938
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X006

CONNECTOR X006
CAB MAIN/HVAC
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 907 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND EVAPORATOR PROBE
B 926 (WH) EVAPORATOR PROBE ACTUATION
C 908 (YE) SIGNAL EVAPORATOR PROBE
D 928 (WH) MAIN BLOWER ACTUATION
E 929 (WH) MAIN BLOWER ACTUATION
F 909 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND AMBIENT SENSOR
G 946 (WH)
H 910 (YE) SIGNAL AMBIENT SENSOR
J 911 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND OUTLET TEMP SENSOR
K 912 (YE) SIGNAL OUTLET TEMP SENSOR
L 913 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND CAB TEMP SENSOR
M 914 (YE) SIGNAL CAB TEMP SENSOR
N 918 (BK) GROUND COLD BOX DOOR
P 919 (YE) SIGNAL COLD BOX DOOR
R 920 (OR) IGNITION B(+) FOR COLD BOX DOOR
S 922 (BK) GROUND FOR WATER VALVE
T 923 (YE) SIGNAL WATER VALVE
U 924 (OR) IGNITION B(+) FOR WATER VALVE
V 1584 (YE)
W 1583 (BL)
X -

X006
HVAC

X006
CAB MAIN

X006 1

10010899_42 2
CONNECTOR X006, A/C HARNESS TO CAB MAIN (CM) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 939
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X146

CONNECTOR X146
AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR (AUTO TEMP ONLY)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 909 (BL) AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR GROUND
2 910 (YE) AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL

X146 3
X146
AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR (AUTO TEMP ONLY)

vfen05cx0088a0b 4
X146 - AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR (AUTO TEMP ONLY) FROM HVAC (AUTO) (AC) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 940
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X147

CONNECTOR X147
COLD BOX DOOR (AUTO TEMP ONLY)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A (10) 920 (OR) B+
B -
C (7) 918 (BK) GROUND
D (8) 919 (YE) COLD BOX DOOR SIGNAL
E -
F -

X147 5
X147
COLD BOX DOOR (AUTO TEMP ONLY)

vfen05cx0089a0b 6

X147 - COLD BOX DOOR (AUTO TEMP ONLY) FROM X148 - OUTLET TEMP SENSOR (AUTO TEMP ONLY)
HVAC (AUTO) (AC) HARNESS FROM HVAC (AUTO) (AC) HARNESS
X149 - CAB TEMPERATURE SENSOR (AUTO TEMP X150 - EVAPORATOR PROBE (AUTO TEMP ONLY)
ONLY) FROM HVAC (AUTO) (AC) HARNESS FROM HVAC (AUTO) (AC) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 941
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X148

CONNECTOR X148
OUTLET TEMP SENSOR (AUTO TEMP ONLY)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 911 (BL) OUTLET TEMP SENSOR GROUND
2 912 (YE) OUTLET TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL

X148 7
X148
OUTLET TEMP SENSOR (AUTO TEMP ONLY)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 942
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X149

CONNECTOR X149
CAB TEMPERATURE SENSOR (AUTO TEMP ONLY)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 913 (BL) CAB TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND
2 914 (YE) CAB TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL

X149 8
X149
CAB TEMPERATURE SENSOR (AUTO TEMP ONLY)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 943
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X150

CONNECTOR X150
EVAPORATOR PROBE (AUTO TEMP ONLY)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 907 (BL) EVAPORATOR PROBE GROUND
2 908 (YE) EVAPORATOR PROBE SIGNAL

X150 9
X150
EVAPORATOR PROBE (AUTO TEMP ONLY)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 944
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X151

CONNECTOR X151
WATER VALVE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A (10) 924 (OR) SWITCHED (B+)
B -
C (7) 922 (BK) GROUND
D (8) 923 (YE) WATER VALVE SIGNAL
E -
F -

X151 10
X151
WATER VALVE

vfen05cx0093a0b 11
X151 - WATER VALVE FROM HVAC (AUTO) (AC) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 945
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X153

CONNECTOR X153
FREEZE SWITCH (MANUAL A/C ONLY)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 907 (BL) FREEZE SWITCH GROUND

X153 12
X153
FREEZE SWITCH (MANUAL A/C ONLY)

CONNECTOR X154

CONNECTOR X154
FREEZE SWITCH (MANUAL A/C ONLY)
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 908 (YE) FREEZE SWITCH SIGNAL

X154 13
X154
FREEZE SWITCH (MANUAL A/C ONLY)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 946
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X254

CONNECTOR X254
SOLAR SENSOR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 934 (BL) PRINTED CIRCUIT GROUND
B 939 (YE) SOLAR SENSOR SIGNAL

X254 14
X254
SOLAR SENSOR

vfen05cx0180a0b 15
X254 - SOLAR SENSOR FROM STEERING COLUMN (SC) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 947
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X471

CONNECTOR X471
RH CONSOLE/AUTO GUIDANCE 6 (GROUND
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 1751 (BK) CAB FLOOR GROUND

CONNECTOR X472

CONNECTOR X472
RH CONSOLE/AUTO GUIDANCE 6
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 1749 (OR) RH CONSOLE +12 VOLTS

vfen05cx0275a0b 16

X471 - RH CONSOLE (RC) HARNESS TO AUTO X472 - RH CONSOLE (RC) HARNESS TO AUTO
GUIDANCE 6 (AG6) HARNESS GUIDANCE 6 (AG6) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 948
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X476

CONNECTOR X476
AUTO GUIDANCE 2/AUTO GUIDANCE VALVES
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1729 (BL) GROUND
2 1728 (BL) GROUND
3 1727 (GR) DECREASING ACTUATION
4 1726 (WH) INCREASING ACTUATION

DEUTSCH_DT06-4S 17
X476
AUTO GUIDANCE 2/AUTO GUIDANCE VALVES

vfen05cx0278a0b 18
X476 - AUTO GUIDANCE 2 (AG2) TO AUTO GUIDANCE VALVES (AG4)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 949
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X477

CONNECTOR X477
STEER LEFT SOLENOID
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1727 (GR) DECREASING ACTUATION
2 1729 (BL) GROUND

X266 19
X477
STEER LEFT SOLENOID

vfen05cx0279a0b 20

X477 - STEER LEFT SOLENOID FROM AUTO X478 - STEER RIGHT SOLENOID FROM AUTO
GUIDANCE VALVES (AG4) HARNESS GUIDANCE VALVES (AG4) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 950
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X478

CONNECTOR X478
STEER RIGHT SOLENOID
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1726 (WH) INCREASING ACTUATION
2 1728 (BL) GROUND

X266 21
X478
STEER RIGHT SOLENOID

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 951
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Component diagram 48 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.48)

CONNECTOR X003

X003 CONNECTOR X003 - CAB MAIN/ROOF Wiring harness - Component diagram 25

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.25)

CONNECTOR X005

X005 CONNECTOR X005 - MAIN FRAME/CAB MAIN Wiring harness - Component diagram 02
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X006

X006 CONNECTOR X006 - CAB MAIN/HVAC Wiring harness - Component diagram 47

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.47)

CONNECTOR X010

X010 CONNECTOR X010 - MAIN FRAME/ENGINE Wiring harness - Component diagram 02

(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.02)

CONNECTOR X128

X128 CONNECTOR X128 - HVAC CONTROL PANEL Wiring harness - Component diagram 42
(A.30.A.88-C.20.F.42)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 952
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X143

CONNECTOR X143
SEPARATOR BLOWER
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 926 (WH) SEPARATOR BLOWER ACTUATION

X143 1
X143
SEPARATOR BLOWER

vfen05cx0086a0b-2 2

X143 - SEPARATOR BLOWER FROM HVAC (AC) X144 - SEPARATOR BLOWER FROM HVAC (AC)
HARNESS HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 953
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X144

CONNECTOR X144
SEPARATOR BLOWER
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 933 (BK) SEPARATOR BLOWER GROUND

X144 3
X144
SEPARATOR BLOWER

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 954
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X152

CONNECTOR X152
MAIN BLOWER
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 928 (WH) MAIN BLOWER FEED
2 929 (WH) MAIN BLOWER FEED
3 946 (WH) MAIN BLOWER FEED
4 948 (BK) B+ FOR MAIN BLOWER

X152 4
X152
MAIN BLOWER

vfen05cx0094a0b 5
X152 - MAIN BLOWER FROM HVAC (AC) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 955
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X155

CONNECTOR X155
GROUND
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 948 (BK) GROUND

X155 6
X155
GROUND

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 956
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X156

CONNECTOR X156
HIGH SPEED
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 946 (RD) HIGH SPEED SIGNAL

X156 7
X156
HIGH SPEED

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 957
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X157

CONNECTOR X157
MEDIUM SPEED
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 929 (OR) MEDIUM SPEED SIGNAL

X157 8
X157
MEDIUM SPEED

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 958
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X158

CONNECTOR X158
LOW SPEED
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 928 (YE) LOW SPEED SIGNAL

X158 9
X158
LOW SPEED

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 959
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X215

CONNECTOR X215
A/C CLUTCH
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 178 (WH) A/C CLUTCH RELAY OUTPUT
B 673 (BK) GROUND

X215
A/C CLUTCH

X215
A/C CLUTCH

X215 10

vfen05cx0149a0b-4 11

X215 - A/C CLUTCH FROM ENGINE (EN) HARNESS X216 - A/C HIGH PRESSURE FROM ENGINE (EN)
HARNESS
X217 - A/C LOW PRESSURE FROM ENGINE (EN)
HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 960
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X216

CONNECTOR X216
A/C HIGH PRESSURE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 (A) 917 (YE) A/C HIGH PRESSURE SIGNAL
2 (B) 925 (BL) A/C HIGH PRESSURE GROUND

X216 12
X216
A/C HIGH PRESSURE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 961
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X217

CONNECTOR X217
A/C LOW PRESSURE
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 (A) 915 (YE) A/C LOW PRESSURE SIGNAL
2 (B) 927 (BL) A/C LOW PRESSURE GROUND

X217 13
X217
A/C LOW PRESSURE

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 962
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X480

CONNECTOR X480
TURNABLE ACTUATOR
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
A 1703 (PK) REFERENCE VOLTAGE
B 1704 (BL) GROUND
C 1705 (YE) SIGNAL
D 1706 (WH) INCREASING ACTUATION
E 1702 (GY) DECREASING ACTUATION

PAC_12146045 14
X480
TURNABLE ACTUATOR

vfen05cx0282a0b-3 15
X480 - TURNABLE ACTUATOR FROM AUTO GUIDANCE OUTER ROOF (AG3) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 963
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X484

CONNECTOR X484
AUTOPILOT SWITCH
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1745 (YE) SIGNAL CCM-3 JI
2 1747 (OR) RH CONSOLE +12 VOLTS
3 1744 (YE) SIGNAL CCM-3 JI
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 1752 (PU) BACK LIGHTING "B"
8 -
9 1746 (BK) CAB FLOOR GROUND
10 -

EATON_25-13936 16
X484
AUTOPILOT SWITCH

vfen05cx0285a0b 17
X484 - AUTOPILOT SWITCH FROM AUTO GUIDANCE 6 (AG6) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 964
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X485

CONNECTOR X485
AUTO GUIDANCE 2
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1753 (YE) SIGNAL
2 1754 (YE) SIGNAL
3 1756 (PK) REFERENCE VOLTAGE
4 1755 (BL) GROUND

DEUTSCH_DT06-4S 18
X485
AUTO GUIDANCE 2

vfen05cx0286a0b 19
X485 - AUTO GUIDANCE 2 HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 965
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CONNECTOR X486

CONNECTOR X486
STEER ENABLE SOLENOID
POS WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
1 1759 (BK) GROUND
2 1758 (WH) INCREASING ACTUATION

X266 20
X486
STEER ENABLE SOLENOID

vfen05cx0287a0b 21
X486 - STEER ENABLE SOLENOID FROM AUTO GUIDANCE VALVE (AG4) HARNESS

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 966
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Overview (A.30.A.88 - C.10.A.10)

50010884 1
Ground (Earth) Locations

1 Rear Frame Ground 2 Front Frame Ground

3 Cab Floor Ground 4 Cab Roof Ground
5 Engine Ground (Left Rear Mount)

NOTE: Cab Floor Ground is shown as two locations. Upper location on rear deck is main ground point. Location at
bottom attaches ground strap from cab to front frame ground (2).

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 967
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50010885 2
Main Frame (MF), Main Valves (MV), Engine (EN) Gearbox (GB) W/H’s (Series 1206, 1212 and 1226 only)

1 Engine (EN) W/H 2 Gearbox (GB) W/H

3 X024 To Straw walker W/H 4 Main frame (MF) W/H
5 X022 To Main Valve stack W/H 6 Main valve stack (MV) W/H
7 X281 Bosch HHC 8 X004 To Cab main W/H
9 X019 CCM1-J2 10 X016 CCM2-J2
11 X219 To Expansion W/H 12 X034 To Expansion W/H
13 X008 To Front frame W/H 14 X005 To Cab main W/H
15 X009 To Grain tank W/H 16 X195 Tank extensions
17 X011 To Gearbox W/H 18 X010 To Engine W/H

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 968
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014699 3
Main Frame (MF), Main Valves (MV), and Platform (PH) W/H’s (Series 1238 and above)

1 Main frame (MF) W/H 2 X022 To Main valve stack W/H

3 Main valve stack (MV) W/H 4 X281 Bosch HHC
5 X140 To Platform W/H 6 Platform (PH) W/H
7 X016 CCM2-J2 8 X019 CCM1-J2
9 X219 To Expansion W/H 10 X034 To Expansion W/H
11 X008 To Front frame W/H 12 X004 To Cab main W/H
13 X005 To Cab main W/H 14 X009 To Grain tank W/H

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 969
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014669 4
Main Frame (MF), Engine (EN), and Gearbox (GB) W/H’s (Series 1238 and above)

1 Main frame (MF) W/H 2 X195 Tank extensions

3 X024 To Straw walker W/H 4 X011 To Gearbox W/H
5 X010 To Engine W/H 6 Engine (EN) W/H
7 Gearbox (GB) W/H

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 970
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50010886 5
Lower Frame (LF), Front Frame (FF), Feeder (FE) and Feeder Valves (FV) W/H’s

1 X008 To Main Frame W/H 2 X031 To Cab Main W/H

3 Front Frame W/H 4 X023 To Lower Frame W/H
5 Lower Frame (LF) W/H 6 X021 To Feeder Valves W/H
7 Feeder Valves(FV) W/H 8 X032 To Header W/H
9 Feeder (FE) W/H 10 X007 To Feeder W/H
11 X012 CCM2-J3 12 X020 CCM1-J3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 971
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50010887 6
Straw Walker (SW), Straw Hood (SH), Straw Hood Top (ST),
Straw Hood Bottom (SB) and Lower Frame Rear (LR) W/H’s

1 X096 To Straw Hood Top (ST) W/H 2 Straw Hood Top(ST) W/H
3 Straw Hood Bottom(SB) W/H 4 X078 To Straw Hood Bottom W/H
5 X072 To Lower Frame Rear W/H 6 X285 To Trailer Hitch
7 Lower Frame Rear(LR) W/H 8 Rear Frame Ground(1)
9 X025 To Expansion(EX) W/H 10 X024 To Main Frame (MF) W/H
11 X071 To Straw Hood (SH) W/H 12 Straw Hood (SH) W/H
13 Straw Walker(SW) W/H

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 972
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50010888 7
Expansion (EX), Grain Tank (GT) and Unload Tube Light W/H’s

1 Unload Tube Light W/H 2 X025 To Straw Walker W/H

3 X105 To Unload Tube Light W/H 4 Expansion (EX) W/H
5 X009 To Main Frame (MF) W/H 6 Front Frame Ground(2)
7 X034 To Main Frame W/H 8 X219 To Mainframe W/H
9 X013 CCM3-J2 10 X014 CCM3-J3
11 Grain Tank (GT) W/H 12 To Moisture Sensor
13 To Yield Monitor

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 973
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50010889 8
Cab Main (CM) W/H

1 Fuse Panel 2 X005 To Main Frame W/H

3 X031 To Front Frame W/H 4 X004 To Main Frame W/H
5 X006 To HVAC W/H 6 X018 CCM1-J1
7 X015 CCM2-J1 8 X012 CCM3-J1
9 X033 To Steering Column W/H 10 To SSM and MDM (Infoview™ Monitor)
11 X001 To RH Console 12 To Start Panel
13 X002 To Cab Roof W/H 14 X003To Cab Roof W/H

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 974
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50010890 9
HVAC (AC) W/H

1 X006 To Cab Main W/H 2 To Separator Blower Fan

3 Cab Floor Ground, 3, (Outside of Cab) 4 HVAC Harness (Runs Behind Cab)
5 To Cab Blower Fan

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 975
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50010891 10
Cab Roof (CR) W/H

1 X142 To GPS Unit 2 X128 To HVAC Control Panel

3 Cab Roof Ground(4) 4 X003 To Cab Main W/H
5 X002 To Cab Main W/H 6 Door Switch
7 X036 To Outer Roof W/H 8 X140 To FM Radio
9 X159 To Data Logger 10 Dome Light

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 976
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50010892 11
Outer Roof (OR) W/H

1 X036 To Cab Roof W/H

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 977
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E090 12

1. BIN COVERS SENSOR B47 4. CONNECTOR X020

2. CONNECTOR X195 5. CONNECTOR X019
3. CONNECTOR X008

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 978
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E087 13

1. SWATH PLATE POSITION SENSOR B11 5. CONNECTOR X008

2. CONNECTOR X071 6. CONNECTOR X020
3. CONNECTOR X024 7. CONNECTOR X019
4. SPLICE BLOCK E, W05

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 979
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E092 14

1. UNLOAD TUBE CRADLED SENSOR B38 4. CONNECTOR X008

2. CONNECTOR X024 5. CONNECTOR X020
3. SPLICE BLOCK E, W05 6. CONNECTOR X019

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 980
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E097 15

1. FEEDER REVERSER DISENGAGE SENSOR B09

2. CONNECTOR X007
3. CONNECTOR X020

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 981
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E089 16

1. STRAW WALKER PROTECTION SWITCH B05 4. CONNECTOR X024

2. CONNECTOR X096 5. CONNECTOR X019
3. CONNECTOR X071

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 982
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E094 17

1. RETURN FILTER BYPASS SWITCH S32

2. CONNECTOR X024
3. CONNECTOR X019

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 983
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E095 18

1. GEARBOX FILTER BYPASS SWITCH S34 3. CONNECTOR X019

2. CONNECTOR X024

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 984
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E179 19

1. FRONT WORK LIGHTS SWITCH S43 3. CONNECTOR X018

2. CONNECTOR X043 4. FUSE F49

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 985
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E179_53 20

1. REAR WORK LIGHTS SWITCH S54 3. CONNECTOR X018

2. CONNECTOR X002 4. FUSE F44

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 986
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E170 21

1. TURN SIGNAL SWITCH S26 4. FUSE F51

2. CONNECTOR X256 5. CONNECTOR X018
3. FUSES F34 AND F35

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 987
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E100 22

1. CLEANING FAN RPM SENSOR B16 3. CONNECTOR X020

2. CONNECTOR X023

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 988
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E104 23

1. LEFT RETURNS RPM SENSOR B06 3. CONNECTOR X019

2. SPLICE BLOCK E, W05

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 989
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014707 24

1. LEFT RETURNS RPM SENSOR B06 3. CONNECTOR X019

2. CONNECTOR X008 4. CONNECTOR X020

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 990
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E105 25

1. CLEAN GRAIN RPM SENSOR B08 3. CONNECTOR X019

2. SPLICE BLOCK E, W05

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 991
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E106 26

1. ROTARY SEPARATOR RPM SENSOR B04 2. CONNECTOR X019

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 992
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E107 27

1. RIGHT RETURNS RPM SENSOR B39 3. CONNECTOR X019

2. SPLICE BLOCK E, W05

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 993
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014708 28

1. RIGHT RETURNS RPM SENSOR B39 3. CONNECTOR X019

2. CONNECTOR X008 4. CONNECTOR X020

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 994
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E101 29

1. HYDROSTATIC MOTOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR B46

2. CONNECTOR X023
3. CONNECTOR X020

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 995
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E111 30

1. HYDRAULIC OIL RESERVOIR TEMPERATURE B18 3. SPLICE BLOCK E, W05

2. CONNECTOR X011 4. CONNECTOR X019

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 996
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014709 31

1. HYDRAULIC OIL RESERVOIR TEMPERATURE B18 4. CONNECTOR X019

2. CONNECTOR X011 5. CONNECTOR X020
3. CONNECTOR X008

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 997
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E180 32

1. GEARBOX TEMPERATURE SENSOR B32 3. SPLICE BLOCK E, W05

2. CONNECTOR X011 4. CONNECTOR X019

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 998
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014709_56 33

1. GEARBOX TEMPERATURE SENSOR B32 4. CONNECTOR X019

2. CONNECTOR X011 5. CONNECTOR X020
3. CONNECTOR X008

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 999
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50010943 34

1. REAR LADDER SENSOR B22 5. CONNECTOR X008

2. CONNECTOR X071 6. CONNECTOR X019
3. CONNECTOR X024 7. CONNECTOR X020
4. SPLICE BLOCK E, W05

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1000
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E098 35

1. LATERAL FLOAT POTENTIOMETER R02 3. CONNECTOR X020

2. CONNECTOR X007

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1001
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E102 36

1. SHOE LEVELING ACTUATOR M03

2. CONNECTOR X023
3. CONNECTOR X020

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1002
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E113 37

1. LATERAL INCLINATION SENSOR B02 2. CONNECTOR X019

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1003
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014710 38

1. LATERAL INCLINATION SENSOR B02 3. CONNECTOR X019

2. CONNECTOR X140

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1004
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E114 39

1. CONCAVE CLEARANCE ACTUATOR M04 2. CONNECTOR X019

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1005
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014710_57 40

1. CONCAVE POSITION POTENTIOMETER R06 3. CONNECTOR X019

(PART OF CONCAVE ACTUATOR M04)
2. CONNECTOR X140

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1006
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E115 41

1. LATERAL INCLINATION SENSOR B02 3. CONNECTOR X019

2. CONCAVE CLEARANCE ACTUATOR M04

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1007
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E116 42

1. CONNECTOR X020 4. CONNECTOR X007

2. CONNECTOR X023 5. LATERAL FLOAT POTENTIOMETER R02
3. SHOE LEVELING ACTUATOR M03

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1008
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50010948 43

1. KEY SWITCH S02

2. CONNECTOR X018
3. FUSE F38

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1009
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E181 44

1. FAN SPEED MOTOR M05 4. FAN/REVERSER RELAY K17

2. CONNECTOR X023 5. CONNECTOR X020
3. CONNECTOR X031

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1010
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E182 45

1. FEEDER REVERSER ACTUATOR M10 4. FAN/REVERSER RELAY K17

2. CONNECTOR X007 5. CONNECTOR X020
3. CONNECTOR X031

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1011
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E183 46

1. CONCAVE CLEARANCE ACTUATOR M04 3. CONCAVE/COVERS RELAY K16

2. CONNECTOR X004 4. CONNECTOR X019

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1012
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E091 47

1. GRAIN BIN COVERS MOTOR M12 3. CONNECTOR X004

2. CONNECTOR X195 4. CONNECTOR X019

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1013
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E172 48

1. FUSE F39 2. CONNECTOR X018

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1014
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E099 49

1. FEEDER ENGAGE SWITCH S31

2. CONNECTOR X001
3. CONNECTOR X018
4. FUSE F42
5. CAB POWER RELAY K26
6. FUSE F48
7. THRESHER LATCHING RELAY K28
2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1015
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E112 50

1. FEEDER CLUTCH SOLENOID L24 3. CONNECTOR X011

2. CONNECTOR X035 4. CONNECTOR X019

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1016
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E096 51

1. CHAFF SPREADER VALVE SOLENOID L28 3. CONNECTOR X019

2. CONNECTOR X024

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1017
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E103 52

1. DUAL RANGE VALVE L27

2. CONNECTOR X023
3. CONNECTOR X020

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1018
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E117 53

1. FEEDER JOG FORWARD SOLENOID L20

2. CONNECTOR X021
3. CONNECTOR X020

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1019
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E184 54

1. CONNECTOR X020 3. FAN/REVERSER RELAY K17

2. CONNECTOR X031

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1020
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E088 55

1. BACK UP ALARM H08 4. CONNECTOR X024

2. CONNECTOR X096 5. CONNECTOR X019
3. CONNECTOR X071

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1021
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E109 56

1. REAR WHEEL ASSIST SOLENOID L26 3. CONNECTOR X024

2. CONNECTOR X072 4. CONNECTOR X019

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1022
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E118 57

1. FEEDER JOG REVERSE SOLENOID L21

2. CONNECTOR X021
3. CONNECTOR X020

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1023
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E173 58

1. CONNECTOR X018
2. UNLOAD TUBE LIGHT RELAY K32

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1024
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E174 59

1. CONNECTOR X018
2. CONCAVE / COVERS RELAY K16

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1025
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E175 60

1. CONNECTOR X018 4. HEADER WORK LIGHTS RELAY K22

2. CAB ROOF WORK LIGHTS RELAY K01 5. LOWER WORK LIGHTS RELAY K30
3. DISTANCE WORK LIGHTS RELAY K21

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1026
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E176 61

1. CONNECTOR X018
2. REAR WORK LIGHTS RELAY K31

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1027
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

RH01E177 62

1. CONNECTOR X018
2. SIDE WORK LIGHT RELAY K35

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1028
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013711 63

1 Transmission Shift Position Sensor B37 2 Connector X023

3 Connector X017

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1029
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013711_51 64

1 Transmission Shift Position Sensor B37 2 Connector X023

3 Connector X017

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1030
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013711_52 65

1 Transmission Shift Position Sensor B37 2 Connector X023

3 Connector X017

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1031
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013711_53 66

1 Transmission Shift Position Sensor B37 2 Connector X023

3 Connector X017

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1032
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013711_54 67

1 Transmission Shift Position Sensor B37 2 Connector X023

3 Connector X017

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1033
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013712 68

1 Hydraulic Reservoir Level Switch S33 2 Connector X011

3 Connector X016

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1034
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013713 69

1 Brake Pressure Switch S39 2 Connector X016

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1035
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014711 70

1 Brake Pressure Switch S39 2 Connector X140

3 Connector X016

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1036
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013712_55 71

1 Charge Pressure Switch S37 2 Connector X011

3 Connector X016

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1037
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50010949 72

1 Beacon Light Switch S41 2 Connector X002

3 Fuse F49 4 Connector X015

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1038
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50010949_56 73

1 Tank Extensions Switch S42 2 Connector X002

3 Fuse F49 4 Connector X015

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1039
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014677 74

1 Key Switch S02 2 Connector X015

3 Connector X005 4 Fuse F38
5 Neutral Start Relay K23 6 Connector X010
7 Start Relay K36

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1040
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013714 75

1 Seat Switch S05 2 Connector X073

3 Connector X015 4 Fuse F49

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1041
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013715 76

1 Reel RPM Sensor B15 (On Header) 2 Connector X032

3 Connector X007 4 Connector X017

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1042
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013711_57 77

1 Ground Speed Sensor B17 2 Connector X023

3 Connector X017

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1043
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013716 78

1 Straw Chopper RPM Sensor B10 2 Connector X071

3 Connector X024 4 Splice Block D, W04 (Series 1206, 1212, 1226 Only)
5 Connector X016

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1044
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014712 79

1 Straw Chopper RPM Sensor B10 2 Connector X071

3 Connector X024 4 Connector X008
5 Connector X016 6 Connector X017

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1045
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013717 80

1 Straw Walker RPM Sensor B13 2 Connector X016

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1046
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013718 81

1 Alternator G01, Engine RPM Terminal 2 Connector X010

3 Connector X016 4 Engine Ground #5
5 Chassis Ground #1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1047
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013717_58 82

1 Drum/Rotor RPM Sensor B01 2 Connector X016

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1048
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013720 83

1 Gearbox Clutch Temp Sensor B45 2 Connector X011

3 Splice Block D, W04 (Series 1206, 1212, 1226 Only) 4 Connector X008
5 Connector X017

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1049
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013720_59 84

1 Gearbox Clutch Temp Sensor B45 2 Connector X011

3 Connector X008 4 Connector X017

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1050
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013718_60 85

1 Coolant Temp (Mechanical) B31 2 Connector X010

3 Splice Block D, W04 (Series 1206, 1212, 1226 Only) 4 Connector X016

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1051
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014713 86

1 Coolant Temp (Mechanical) B31 2 Connector X010

3 Connector X008 4 Connector X016
5 Connector X017

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1052
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013718_61 87

1 Engine Oil Temperature Sensor B03 (Iveco Only) 2 Coolant Oil Temperature Switch S58 (NH7.5L Only)
3 Connector X010 4 Splice Block D, W04 (Series 1206, 1212, 1226 Only)
5 Connector X016

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1053
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014713_62 88

1 Engine Oil Temperature Sensor B03 2 Connector X010

3 Connector X008 4 Connector X016
5 Connector X017

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1054
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013717_63 89

1 Fuel Level Sensor R01 2 Splice Block D, W04 (Series 1206, 1212, 1226 Only)
3 Connector X016

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1055
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014714 90

1 Fuel Level Sensor R01 2 Connector X008

3 Connector X016 4 Connector X017

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1056
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013721 91

1 Grain Bin 3/4 Full Sensor S28 2 Grain Bin Full Sensor S29
3 Connector X009 4 Splice Block D, W04 (Series 1206, 1212, 1226, Only)
5 Connector X016

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1057
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014715 92

1 Grain Bin 3/4 Full Sensor S28 2 Grain Bin Full Sensor S29
3 Connector X009 4 Connector X008
5 Connector X016 6 Connector X017

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1058
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013718_64 93

1 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor B30 2 Connector X010

3 Splice Block D, W04 (Series 1206, 1212, 1226 Only) 4 Connector X016

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1059
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014713_65 94

1 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor B30 2 Connector X010

3 Connector X008 4 Connector X016
5 Connector X017

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1060
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013712_66 95

1 Low Control Pressure Sensor B35 2 Connector X011

3 Splice Block D, W04 (Series 1206, 1212, 1226 Only) 4 Connector X016

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1061
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014716 96

1 Low Control Pressure Sensor B35 2 Connector X011

3 Connector X008 4 Connector X016
5 Connector X017

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1062
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013718_67 97

1 Air Filter Pressure Sensor B07 2 Connector X010

3 Splice Block D, W04 (Series 1206, 1212, 1226 Only) 4 Connector X016

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1063
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014713_68 98

1 Air Filter Pressure Sensor B07 2 Connector X010

3 Connector X008 4 Connector X016
5 Connector X017

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1064
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013714_69 99

1 Fuse F48 2 Neutral Switch S22

3 Connector X001 4 Connector X015

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1065
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013722 100

1 Air Filter Pressure Sensor B07 2 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor B30
3 Low Control Pressure Sensor B35 4 Connector X010
5 Connector X011 6 Grain Bin 3/4 Full Sensor S28

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1066
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

7 Grain Bin Full Sensor S29 8 Connector X009

9 Connector X016

50013714_70 101

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1067
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Fuse F38 2 Key Switch S02

3 Connector X015

50013715_71 102

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1068
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Reel Speed Motor M09 (On Header) 2 Connector X032

3 Connector X007 4 Connector X017

50013711_72 103

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1069
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Transmission Shift Motor - M02 2 Connector X023

3 Connector X017

50013723 104

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1070
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Rotary Screen Brush Motor M27 2 Connector X010

3 Connector X004 4 Throttle/Brush Relay K15
5 Connector X016

50013723_74 105

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1071
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Engine Throttle Motor M13 2 Connector X010

3 Connector X004 4 Throttle/Brush Relay K15
5 Connector X016

50014592 106

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1072
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Fuse F48 2 Thresher Latching Relay K28

3 Connector X001 4 Thresher Engage Switch S30
5 Connector X015

50014593 107

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1073
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Unload Tube Clutch Solenoid L08 2 Connector X035

3 Connector X011 4 Connector X016

50014593_76 108

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1074
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Thresher Clutch Solenoid L22 2 Connector X035

3 Connector X011 4 Connector X016

50013720_77 109

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1075
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Ground Speed Hydrostat L23 2 Connector X011

3 Connector X008 4 Connector X017

50014593_79 110

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1076
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Park Brake Disengage Solenoid L10 2 Connector X035

3 Connector X011 4 Connector X016

50013718_80 111

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1077
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Fuel Solenoid L02 2 ECU Connector B, X193

3 Connector X010 4 Connector X016

50014593_82 112

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1078
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Unload Tube Clutch Solenoid L08 2 Connector X035

3 Connector X011 4 Connector X016

50014594 113

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1079
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Reel Fore Solenoid L16 (Front, Third From Top) 2 Connector X021
3 Connector X017

50014594_83 114

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1080
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Reel Drive Solenoid L17 (Front, Bottom Valve) 2 Connector X021

3 Connector X017

50014594_84 115

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1081
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Reel Up Solenoid L14 (Front, Fourth From Top) 2 Connector X021

3 Connector X017

50014594_85 116

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1082
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Reel Down Solenoid L13 (Back, Fourth From Top) 2 Connector X021
3 Connector X017

50014594_86 117

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1083
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Reel Aft Solenoid L15 (Back, Third From Top) 2 Connector X021
3 Connector X017

50014595 118

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1084
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Drum Increase Solenoid L29 (Second From Top, 2 Connector X022

Towards Combine)
3 Connector X016

50014595_87 119

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1085
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Drum Decrease Solenoid L30 (Second From Top, 2 Connector X022

Away From Combine)
3 Connector X016

50014595_88 120

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1086
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Unload Tube In Solenoid L03 (Top, Away From 2 Connector X022

Combine)
3 Connector X016

50014595_89 121

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1087
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Unload Tube Out Solenoid L04 (Top, Towards 2 Connector X022

Combine)
3 Connector X016

50013711_90 122

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1088
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Hydrostatic Motor Foot and Inch Solenoid L05 2 Connector X023

3 Connector X017

50014596 123

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1089
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Grid Heater Relay K37 2 Connector X010

3 Connector X005 4 Connector X015
5 Cold Start Indicator E36

50014596_91 124

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1090
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Grid Heater Relay K39 2 Connector X010

3 Connector X005 4 Connector X015
5 Cold Start Indicator E36

50013714_92 125

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1091
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

1 Connector X015 2 Throttle/Brush Relay K15

50014597 126

1 Connector X015 2 Mirror Select Switch S57

3 Mirror Heat Switch S19 4 Covers Open Switch S42

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1092
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

5 Climate Control Module A09 6 Splice Block C, W03

7 Wiper Switch S20 8 Washer Switch S38
9 Beacon Light Switch S41 10 Rear Work Lights Switch S44
11 Front Work Lights Switch S43 12 Console Light E35
13 Cigar Lighter R08 14 Accessory Outlet J08

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1093
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013714_93 127

1 Connector X015 2 Brake Lights Relay K33

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1094
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50013714_94 128

1 Connector X015 2 Beacon Light Relay K29

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1095
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014598 129

1 Connector X015 2 Connector X033

3 Flasher Module A05

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1096
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014601 130

1 Moisture Sensor - B12 2 Connector X221

3 Connector X014

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1097
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014601_67 131

1 Yield Sensor R05 2 Connector X223

3 Connector X014

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1098
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014604 132

1 Spreader Plate Motor M11 2 Connector X224

3 Connector X071 4 Upper Sieve Actuator M06
5 Lower Sieve Actuator M07 6 Connector X072
7 Connector X025 8 Connector X013

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1099
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014605 133

1 Fuse F38 2 Key Switch S02

3 Connector X012

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1100
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014606 134

1 Spreader Plate Motor M11 2 Connector X224

3 Connector X071 4 Connector X025
5 Connector X014

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1101
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014605_69 135

1 Fuse F39 2 Connector X012

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1102
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014601_70 136

1 Sample Motor M28 2 Connector X222

3 Connector X013

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1103
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014605_71 137

1 Upper/Lower Sieve Relay K18 2 Connector X012

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1104
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014607_73 138

1 Upper Sieve Actuator M06 2 Connector X072

Lower Sieve Actuator M07
3 Connector X025 4 Connector X005
5 Upper/Lower Sieve Relay K18 6 Connector X013
7 Connector X219

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1105
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014635_75 139

1 Feeder Angle Sensor R03 2 Connector X022

3 Connector X281 4 Connector X140

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1106
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014636 140

1 Header Lift Pressure Sensor B29 2 Connector X281

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1107
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014637_76 141

1 Right Stubble Height Sensor R13 2 Left Stubble Height Sensor R12
3 Connector X032 4 Connector X007
5 Connector X008 6 Connector X022
7 Connector X281

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1108
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014640 142

1 Lateral Float CW Solenoid L18 (Second from top, left 2 Lateral Float CCW Solenoid L19 (Second from top,
side) right side)
3 Connector X021 4 Connector X008
5 Connector X022 6 Connector X281

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1109
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

50014640_78 143

1 Right Stubble Height Sensor R13 2 Left Stubble Height Sensor R12
3 Connector X032 4 Connector X007
5 Feeder Angle Sensor R03 6 Connector X140
7 Connector X008 8 Connector X022
9 Header Lift Pressure Sensor B29 10 Connector X281

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1110
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Preliminary test (A.30.A - F.40.A.20)

NOTE: This section is only intended as a general guide to using a digital multimeter. Always refer to the manufac-
turer’s operators manual for correct operation.
1. A multimeter is an electronic measuring device. The
different types of measurement that can be made de-
pend upon the make and model of the multimeter.
Most types of multimeter have the capacity to mea-
sure:
- Current (A) ac or dc
- Resistance (Ω)
- Voltage (V) ac or dc
- Continuity (Buzz test)
More expensive multimeters have other functions,
such as the capacity to measure frequency (Hz) and
test diodes.

1z0o2004112117 1

2. General Operation:
Before proceeding with a test, decide on what is go-
ing to be measured (Voltage, Current etc.). Rotate
the dial until the pointer is within the relevant zone.
Within each zone there are different scales. The
scale that is selected will represent the maximum
value that the multimeter will read. Always select
a scale which is greater than the value that you in-
tend to measure. If you are unsure of the value to be
measured, always select the highest scale and then
reduce the scale once you have an idea of the mea-
sured value.

1z0o2004112118 2

3. Why are there different scales ?

The closer that the scale is to the measured value,
the more accurate the reading will be e.g. If measur-
ing the voltage of a battery with the scale set at 200
V, the display may read 12 V. However, if the scale
was set to 20 V the display may read a more accu-
rate reading of 12.27 V.

1z0o2004112119 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1111
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

4. Measuring Voltage (Volts):

Set the range dial to either ac or dc volts. Connect
the Black test probe to the “COM" terminal and the
Red test probe to the “V/Ω" terminal. Place the test
probes across the component to be measured with
the circuit complete (closed). Read off the display
value

1z0o2004112120 4

5. Measuring Current (Amps):

Set the range dial to either ac or dc current. When
measuring current up to 2 amps, connect the Red
test probe to the "A" terminal. When measuring cur-
rent up to 10 amps, connect the Red test probe to
the 10 "A" terminal. Always connect the Black test
probe to the "COM" terminal. When taking measure-
ment of current, always break the circuit and connect
the multi meter in series with the circuit. Read off the
display value.
NOTE: For protection, multi meters are usually fused at 10
A.

1z0o2004112121 5

6. Measuring Resistance (Ohms):

Set the range dial to the desired Q position. Connect
the Red test probe to the “V/Ω" terminal. Connect
the Black test probe to the “COM" terminal. If the
resistance being measured is connected in a circuit,
then turn off the power to the circuit. Connect the
test probes to the measuring point and read off the
display value.

1z0o2004112122 6

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1112
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

7. Continuity (Buzzer) test:

Set the range dial to the “Buzz" position. Connect
the Red test probe to the “V/Ω" terminal. Connect
the Black test probe to the “COM" terminal. Connect
the test probes to the measuring point. In general, if
the resistance is less than 50Ω then the buzzer will
sound, indicating continuity.

1z0o2004112123 7

8. Note: Buzzers on different multi meters will sound at

different ohmic values, depending on the quality of
the meter. This can often be misleading. For exam-
ple, when checking a corroded earth point. A poor
quality multi meter may buzz at 150Ω, indicating con-
tinuity and no problem. When using a higher quality
multi meter for the same test, it would not buzz due
to the high resistance. When carrying out such tests,
we should always check the value of resistance as
well as listening out for the buzz.
A good connection gives low resistance.
A bad connection gives high resistance.

1z0o2004112124 8

9. SUMMARY:
When measuring -
Voltage (V):
Connect across the component with the circuit
closed.
Current (A):
Connect in series with the circuit. Circuit closed.
Resistance (Ω):
Connect across the component with the circuit open.
Continuity (Buzz):
Connect the meter across the component with the
circuit open. (Always check the value of resistance
as well!!)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1113
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Service instruction (A.30.A -

F.10.A.05)
Troubleshooting and fault finding of the electrical system should always be carried out in a logical and planned se-
quence. Many apparent faults associated with electronic components are often hastily diagnosed and result in the
replacement of expensive components. An extra few minutes confirming the apparent fault will result in a more posi-
tive and cost effective repair.
The monitor is used to indicate, in coded format, any malfunction detected in the electrical and electronic systems.
Two different coded formats are used to indicate concerns; alarms and errors.
An alarm is an indication of some mechanical condition on the vehicle, and alerts the operator to perform necessary
maintenance, or to change operating conditions to correct the alarm condition. Examples of alarms would be to
indicate an engine overheat condition, blocked filters, or improper control operation. Alarms are not used to indicate
faults with electrical circuits.
An error is an indication of a fault with an electrical circuit or component, and alerts the operator that the circuit or
component is no longer functioning. Examples of error messages include open circuits, shorts to ground, or short to
high voltage. These errors are typically the result of wire harness damage, or sensor mis adjustment or failure.
When investigating an electrical concern, the first step is to fully understand the problem. Get a clear description of
the concern from the operator, and if possible, operate the vehicle to confirm the problem.
Diagnostic procedures for each error code are detailed in this manual.
Where the fault finding procedure requires checks for continuity, a visual inspection of the wiring should be made prior
to conducting test to ensure that obvious ‘mechanical’ damage has not occurred to the harness or connectors.
In some cases, use of a multi meter will be necessary to locate the source of the fault. A good quality multi meter,
capable of measuring voltage, current, and resistance of at least 20,000 ohms, is an essential item to perform fault
finding.

IMPORTANT: Use of powered test lights or any 12 volt source to test or activate electrical circuits may result in internal
failure of the computer modules. Never apply a 12 volt source directly to a solenoid or other device to prevent damage
to the combine electrical system.
1. When using a multi meter, it is good practice to select
a high range and work downwards to avoid damaging
the instrument.
IMPORTANT: Care should be used when using the multi-
meter. Only use the instrument as instructed to avoid dam-
age to the internal elements of the microprocessors on the
combine. When checking the continuity of wiring, sensors
or switches, it is necessary to isolate the combine modules
and ensure the key switch is turned off to prevent possible
further damage. The key switch should only be switched
on and the combine modules connected where specifically
instructed in the fault finding procedure.

55_3_55_3_10 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1114
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

2. During fault finding, it will often be necessary to un-

couple connectors for inspection, or to provide ac-
cess for testing. When using the combine on-board
diagnostics, uncoupling connectors as directed in the
fault finding procedures will often be necessary to
locate the source of the fault. Unless specifically
noted, connectors should not be back-probed using
test spoons or other tools, to prevent damage to the
connector and wire seals.

CAUTION
Never couple or uncouple electrical connectors while
the engine is running, to prevent machine damage and
personal injury due to electrical shock. Z018

WARNING
To avoid personal injury, never attempt to access elec-
trical connectors under the cab while the engine is
running. Accidental contact with the straw elevator
angle sensor or inappropriate access to the electrical
circuits to the modules may cause the straw elevator
to move unexpectedly, resulting in personal injury or
death. Z028

3. If it is found necessary to clean the connectors a

contact spray should be used. DO NOT USE ANY
OTHER METHOD FOR CLEANING TERMINALS.
Do not use a cleaner that contains Trichloro-ethy-
lene, this solvent will damage the plastic body of the
connector. It is preferable to use a cleaner with a
Freon T.F. base.

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1115
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Alternator drive system - Overhaul (A.30.A.40 - F.10.A.40)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

TA6010093B 1
Fan Belt Tensioner

1 Water Pump Pulley 2 Air Conditioning Compressor

3 Crankshaft Pulley 4 Tensioner Pulley
51/2 in. Square Drive Hole 6 Tensioner Attaching Bolt
7 Alternator 8 Idler Pulley
1. Fan Belt Tensioner
The fan belt should be removed in the following man-
ner. Attach a 1/2 in. square drive ratchet into the
tensioner arm (5) Figure 1. Rotate clockwise and re-
move the fan belt from the pulley and allow the ten-
sioner to return to its untensioned position once the
belt has been removed.
Remove the tensioner from the pump by loosening
and removing the centre attaching bolt.
2. Inspection and Repair
Checking of the tensioner assembly operation should
be carried out, with the tensioner assembly still at-
tached to the front cover. To check the spring load,
place a “break back" torque bar pre-set to, 70-85 Nm
(52-63 ft. lb.) on to the pulley attaching bolt. Raise
the lever up through an arc of 20 ° maximum. If the
torque bar does not “break" within the range a new
tensioner assembly is required.
Ensure the tensioner pulley, rotates freely by hand.
If not replace with new parts.

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1116
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

3. Re-Assembly
Fit a new pulley to the assembly if required, and
torque the attaching bolt to, 46.5-60 Nm (34.5-44 ft.
lb.)
To re-assemble the arm assembly, position the ten-
sioner on to the front cover, fit the mounting bolt
through the assembly, and torque the bolt to, 46.5-60
Nm (34.5-44 ft. lb.).
4. Refitment of the fan belt is the reverse of the removal
procedure, but ensure the “Poly V” belt, is positioned
correctly onto all of the pulleys.
5. Refer to Water pump drive system - Overhaul
(B.50.A.21 - F.10.A.40) and Compressor drive -
Overhaul (E.40.C.42 - F.10.A.40).
6. Idler Pulley
One idler pulley is fitted to the engine. Located on the
right hand side of the engine, under the water pump
(1).
Check that the idler pulley rotates freely, if tight or
worn, replace with new. Removal and replacement
is by the attaching bolt through the centre of the idler
pulley. Torque the bolt to 46.5-60 Nm (34.5-44 ft.
lb.).

TA6010093B_779 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1117
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Replace (A.30.A.88 - F.10.A.30)

1. If a wire within the harness is found to be beyond re-
pair or is open circuit, a jumper wire may be installed
as a temporary repair until such time when a new
harness assembly can be installed. Use the follow-
ing procedure to install an additional wire:
Locate the faulty wire using the procedures de-
scribed in the fault code charts.
Disconnect the affected connectors.
If fitted carefully roll back the seal between the con-
nector and harness outer covering.
Remove the pins from the connector blocks of the af-
fected wire using the appropriate removal tool found
in the harness repair kit.
NOTE: Use the instructions supplied with the kit to ensure
correct pin removal.

1z0o2004112115 1

2. From the harness repair kit select the correct pin for
the connectors. Obtain locally the correct cross-sec-
tional size wire and measure out the length required
by following the harness routing.
Join the new wire to the new pins as described in the
harness repair kit and install one of the pins into its
connector.
If possible attempt to run the new wire within the ex-
isting harness outer covering, if this is not possible
run the wire along the harness, securing regularly
with suitable ties. With the wire correctly routed instal
the second terminal into its connector block. Replace
the connector seal if removed.
To ensure that the repair has been effective check
for continuity of the new wire using a suitable multi-
meter.
NOTE: This is a temporary repair only. Ensure the dam-
aged cable is replaced as soon as possible to prevent
ingress of water or chemicals.

1z0o2004112116 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1118
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Repair (A.30.A.88 - F.75.C.32)

1. Temporary Wiring Harness Repair
The following method to repair wiring is a temporary
expedient only. Wiring should be replaced as soon
as possible. Do not attempt to repair the wire on any
system sensors as these are sealed and should only
be replaced with a new component.
NOTE: When conducting a cable repair it is important that
only RESIN CORED SOLDER is used. Use of other types
of solder may result in further cable damage.
2. To carry out a temporary repair, proceed as follows:-
Locate damaged portion of cable then cut away outer
protective cover on both sides of the damaged area.

1z0o2004112111 1

3. Peel back the cable from both ends of the damaged

area and carefully cut away the inner cable cover at
the damaged area and strip about 13 mm (1/2 in) of
insulation from the wires. Do not cut away any wire
strands.
Using a suitable solvent, clean about 2 in (50 mm)
from each cover end. Clean the grey cable cover and
the individual leads.
Twist two bare leads together for each damaged
lead, being careful to match wire colours, then sol-
der the leads using resin cored solder. Tape each
repaired lead with vinyl insulation tape.

1z0o2004112112 2

4. Wind a layer of vinyl insulation tape up to the grey

cable cover at each end of the repair section. Make
a paper trough, then apply silicon rubber compound
(non hardening sealant) over the repaired section up
to the cover ends. Sufficient sealant must be used to
fill the ends of the cut away area.

1z0o2004112113 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1119
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

5. Allow the compound to cure then cover the area with

insulating tape taking the tape well over each end of
the repair. An overlap of at least 2 in (50 mm) of tape
at each end is necessary.
Check to ensure the repair is satisfactory and secure
the repaired cable so that repeat damage is avoided.
NOTE: This is a temporary repair only. Ensure the dam-
aged cable is replaced as soon as possible to prevent
ingress of water or chemicals.

1z0o2004112114 4

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1120
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Problem solving (A.30.A -

G.40.A.30)
OPERATION

Four electrical tests will be required to properly troubleshoot electrical concerns on the combine.
Each test is described in detail. Ensure that all steps are reviewed and followed when testing.
1. Continuity test, short to ground
2. Voltage measurement, short to 12 volts
3. Resistance test for components
4. Continuity test, open circuits

TROUBLESHOOTING

1. ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURE 1: CONTINUITY TEST - SHORT TO GROUND CONDITIONS FOR PER-
FORMING TESTS:
1. Power OFF, key switch OFF, (sometimes battery dis-
connected or fuse pulled out if specified in procedure).
2. Connectors at each end or ends of circuit discon-
nected to prevent false readings.
3. Set meter to measure resistance or ohms, and mea-
sure circuit resistance. Use black lead to make contact
with a plated metal part on the chassis such as a jump
start post if fitted. Make sure the surface of the part is
not corroded. Use the red meter lead to touch the con-
nector pins, one pin at a time, and avoid contact with
the case of metal connectors.
4. Determine if measured resistance falls within guide-
lines specified in the procedure. 3 - 4 ohms indicates
a direct short to chassis ground and must be located
and repaired. Higher resistances usually indicate cir-
cuit paths through modules, and that an additional con-
nector needs to be disconnected to perform the test.
More than 100K ohms indicates that the circuit is free
of shorts to ground.

55_3_55_3_18 1

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1121
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

2. ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURE 2: VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT OR SHORT TO POSITIVE SUPPLY

VOLTS CONDITIONS FOR PERFORMING SHORT TO POSITIVE SUPPLY TESTS:
1. Key switch ON (sometimes OFF, if specified in pro-
cedure).
2. Connectors at sensor, switch or potentiometer end
disconnected. All other connectors must be recon-
nected to perform test.
3. Set meter to measure DC VOLTS, and measure
circuit voltage as illustrated. Use the red meter lead to
touch the connector pins, one pin at a time, and avoid
contact with the case of metal connectors. Use the
black lead to make contact with a plated metal part on
the chassis such as a jump start post if fitted. Make
sure the surface of the part is not corroded.
4. Determine if measured voltage falls within guide-
lines specified in the procedure.

ZDF0225A 2

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1122
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

3. ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURE 3: RESISTANCE TEST FOR ELECTRICAL PARTS CONDITIONS FOR
PERFORMING RESISTANCE TEST
1. Disconnect combine part by unplugging electrical
connectors to expose the part assembly connector for
testing.
2. Set electrical meter to measure resistance or Ohms
and insert test probes into connector terminals spec-
ified in procedure. When checking potentiometers,
measure from wiper terminal to each of the other
terminals while TURNING THE POT SHAFT. This
will ensure no open spots escape detection. When
checking rocker or rotary switches, actuate the switch
while measuring for opens and shorts.
3. Compare measured values to values specified in the
fault code procedures. Allow plus or minus 5 percent
of range tolerance for all measurements.

ZDF0224A 3

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1123
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

4. ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURE 4: CONTINUITY TEST - CHECK FOR OPEN CIRCUITS CONDITIONS
FOR PERFORMING CONTINUITY TESTS:
1. Key switch OFF (sometimes disconnect battery or
pull fuses).
2. Connectors at both ends of the circuit disconnected.
All other connectors must be reconnected to perform
test.
3. Set meter to measure resistance or ohms, and mea-
sure circuit resistance as illustrated. Use the red meter
lead to touch the connector pins, one pin at a time, and
avoid contact with the case of metal connectors. Use
the black lead to make contact with the connector pin
at the other end of the circuit. Avoid contact with other
pins in the connector and the connector case, if it is
metal.
4. Determine if measured resistance falls within guide-
lines specified in the procedure. If the resistance is no
more than 3 - 4 ohms, the circuit is continuous. More
resistance usually indicates dirty or corroded terminals
in connectors, and 100K ohms indicates an open cir-
cuit.

55_3_55_3_21 4

IMPORTANT: Ensure that all steps are reviewed and followed when testing.

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1124
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Fuse and relay box - Problem solving (A.30.A.80 - G.40.A.30)

OPERATION

Power distribution consists of the following:

1. Unswitched battery power is available at all times. The battery positive terminal is connected to the unswitched
power bus from which all unswitched power circuits are energized.
Power is available to all of the following fuses 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 16, 17, 18, 19, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32,
33, 34, 35, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55 and 56 regardless of the Ignition Switch position.
2. Switched battery power is supplied to the system when the Ignition System is ON. This switching is controlled by
Accessory 2 Relay, Accessory 3 Relay, Cab Work Lts Relay, CCM-1 Power Relay, CCM-2 Power Relay and CCM-3
Cab Power Relay.
When the ignition is switched ON, the Cab Power Relay is energized, supplying battery power to fuses 47, 48, 49.
Additionally the Accessory 2 Relay, Accessory 3 Relay, Cab Work Lts Relay, CCM-1 Power Relay and CCM-2 Power
Relay are energized and power is distributed to fuses 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 36, 37, 43, 44, 45 and 46.

TROUBLESHOOTING

Before troubleshooting the power distribution system make sure that the following operating conditions are met:
A. The batteries are fully charged and all connections are clean and tight.
B. The transmission is in neutral or park.
C. Check all connectors for full installation, loose, corroded or pushed out terminals.
D. Determine if the power source being investigated is switched or unswitched.
E. If the power source problem is a switched power source, the relay controlling the circuit needs to be determined
and tested.
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

CAUTION
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

Problem Possible Cause Correction

No power at one fuse.
No power at switched
fuses 47, 48, 49.
No power at switched
fuses 36, 37, 43, 44, 45, 46.
No power at switched
fuses 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13.
Power supply to fuse Go to fuse/circuit chart to determine power
supply circuit.
CCM-3 Cab Power Relay A - CCM-3 Cab Power Relay Test.Fuse
and relay box CCM3 relay - Testing
(A.50.A.80.73 - G.40.A.20).
CCM-2 Power Relay B - CCM-2 Power Relay Test.Fuse
and relay box CCM2 relay - Testing
(A.50.A.80.72 - G.40.A.20).
CCM-1 Power Relay C - CCM-1 Power Relay TestFuse
and relay box CCM1 relay - Testing
(A.50.A.80.71 - G.40.A.20).
Accessory 3 Relay D - Accessory 3 Relay TestFuse and
relay box Auxilary relay - Testing
(A.50.A.80.61 - G.40.A.20).
Accessory 2 Relay E - Accessory 2 Relay TestFuse and
relay box Auxilary relay - Testing
(A.50.A.80.61 - G.40.A.20).

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1125
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Alternator - Testing (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Place transmission in PARK.
Start engine and set at 1200 rpm.
Measure voltage at battery.
2 Place negative lead of DVOM to
Battery positive terminal and posi-
tive lead to starter B+ terminal.
Read voltage.
3 Attach positive lead of DVOM to B+
terminal of Alternator and negative
lead to starter B+ terminal.
Read voltage.
4 Measure for 12 volts at the B+ ter-
minal of the Alternator, while turning
various load on and off (lights, heater
fans etc.)
5 Stop engine, Ignition Switch in “OFF"
position.
Measure resistance between Alter-
nator housing and engine ground.
12.8-14.5 volts. High resistance between Battery and
If good reading, charging system is B+ terminal at Alternator.
operating properly. Go to next test point.
Less than 0.4 volts. High resistance between Battery and
If good reading, circuit is good. starter B+ terminal.
Go to next test point. Repair/replace wiring as needed.
Less than 0.4 volts. High resistance in circuit 802 (RD).
If good reading, go to next test point. Repair/replace wiring as needed.
Voltage varies between 12.8 - 14.5 Alternator
volts in response to load applied. Go to next test point.
If good reading, charging system is
operating properly
Less than 1 ohm. High resistance on circuit 803 (BK)
If good reading, repair or replace Al- from Alternator to engine ground.
ternator. Clean surfaces at Alternator and
engine block. Ensure that all mount-
ings are clean and tight.

Alternator - Testing (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1126
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Ignition in “OFF" position.
Disconnect Alternator connector (pin
R) and in-line connector X010.
Measure resistance between alter-
nator connector (pin R) and in-line
connector X010 (pin 9).
2 Check circuit 421 (YE) between
in-line connector X010 (pin 9) and
CCM-J2 (pin 36).
See Service Manual for testing of
CCM wiring.
Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit in Alternator RPM circuit
If good reading, go to next test point. 421 (YE).
Check all connectors for full installa-
tion, loose corroded, pushed out, or
bent terminals.
If good reading, Alternator RPM cir- Open 421(YE) circuit between in-line
cuit wiring okay. connector X010 (pin 9) and CCM-J2
connector X017 (pin 36).

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1127
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Alternator - Problem solving (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.30)

OPERATION

The Alternator (B+) connector X213A is connected to the battery via terminal B+ on the Starter Motor and is grounded
to the engine through connector X213B.
The Alternator is self exciting and does not require an excitation circuit. Charging system output is controlled by an
integral voltage regulator/brush assembly. The regulator is set to 14.2 volt regulation. The Alternator is temperature
compensated so that output will drop as the Alternator warms up.
For vehicles equipped with a 7.5 L engine w/mech governor, the Alternator provides engine RPM information to the
CCM through circuit 421.
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.01)
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.02)

TROUBLESHOOTING

Before troubleshooting the starting system make sure that the following operating conditions are met:
A. The batteries are fully charged and all connections are clean and tight.
B. Transmission in neutral or park.
C. Check all connectors for full installation, loose, corroded, pushed out, or bent terminals.
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

CAUTION
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

Problem Possible Cause Correction

System not charging or Alternator belt See engine repair section of Service Man-
charging poorly. Battery ual to replace or adjust belt.
goes dead.
B+ circuit A - Charging System Output Test, test
points 2-4.Alternator - Testing (A.30.A.82
- G.40.A.20).
Alternator A - Charging System Output Test, test
points 4-6.Alternator - Testing (A.30.A.82
- G.40.A.20).
System overcharging Alternator A - Charging System Output Test, test
points 2-4.Alternator - Testing (A.30.A.82
- G.40.A.20).

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1128
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

0420.2-BATTERY VOLTAGE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE 146) (A.30.A.83 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0420.2 - BATTERY VOLTAGE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 146)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
No Battery signal or minimum value battery signal not reached

Possible failure modes:

1. Battery fault
2. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check battery voltage.

A. If voltage is less than 9.5 Volts, check the battery and charging system. Ensure the battery has the correct
voltage and remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service tool. Operate
the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.

B. If the voltage is greater than 9.5 Volts continue with step 3.

3. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 4.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 4.
4. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and
the relay K-14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the
holder and pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as
required.

B. If continuity is good remove the fault code from the ECU memory, using the electronic service tool and
operate the engine. The fault may be intermittent, wiggle test the harness to attempt to induce the fault. If
fault reoccurs repeat step 4. If fault does not occur continue with vehicle operation.
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.24)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.02)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1129
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

0420.3-BATTERY VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 146) (A.30.A.83 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0420.3 - BATTERY VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 146)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
No Battery signal or minimum value battery signal not reached

Possible failure modes:

1. Battery fault
2. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check battery voltage.

A. If voltage is less than 9.5 Volts, check the battery and charging system. Ensure the battery has the correct
voltage and remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service tool. Operate
the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.

B. If the voltage is greater than 9.5 Volts continue with step 3.

3. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 4.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 4.
4. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and
the relay K-14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the
holder and pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as
required.

B. If continuity is good remove the fault code from the ECU memory, using the electronic service tool and
operate the engine. The fault may be intermittent, wiggle test the harness to attempt to induce the fault. If
fault reoccurs repeat step 4. If fault does not occur continue with vehicle operation.
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.24)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.02)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1130
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

0420.3-BATTERY VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 146) (A.30.A.83 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0420.3 - BATTERY VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 146)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
No Battery signal or minimum value battery signal not reached

Possible failure modes:

1. Battery fault
2. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check battery voltage.

A. If voltage is less than 11 Volts, check the battery and charging system. Ensure the battery has the correct
voltage and remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service tool. Operate
the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3

B. If the voltage is greater than 11 Volts continue with step 3.

3. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 4.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 4.
4. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and
the relay K-14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the
holder and pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as
required.

B. If continuity is good remove the fault code from the ECU memory, using the electronic service tool and
operate the engine. The fault may be intermittent, wiggle test the harness to attempt to induce the fault. If
fault reoccurs repeat step 4. If fault does not occur continue with vehicle operation.
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.03)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.24)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.02)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1131
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

0420.3-BATTERY VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 146) (A.30.A.83 - G.30.B.54)
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820

0420.3 - BATTERY VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 146)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
No Battery signal or minimum value battery signal not reached

Possible failure modes:

1. Battery fault
2. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check battery voltage.

A. If voltage is less than 11 Volts, check the battery and charging system. Ensure the battery has the correct
voltage and remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service tool. Operate
the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3

B. If the voltage is greater than 11 Volts continue with step 3.

3. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 4.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 4.
4. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and
the relay K-14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the
holder and pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as
required.

B. If continuity is good remove the fault code from the ECU memory, using the electronic service tool and
operate the engine. The fault may be intermittent, wiggle test the harness to attempt to induce the fault. If
fault reoccurs repeat step 4. If fault does not occur continue with vehicle operation.
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.03)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.24)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.02)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1132
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

0420.4-BATTERY VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 146) (A.30.A.83 - G.30.B.53)
0420.4 - BATTERY VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 146)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
No Battery signal or minimum value battery signal not reached

Possible failure modes:

1. Battery fault
2. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check battery voltage.

A. If voltage is less than 9.5 Volts, check the battery and charging system. Ensure the battery has the correct
voltage and remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service tool. Operate
the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.

B. If the voltage is greater than 9.5 Volts continue with step 3.

3. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 4.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 4.
4. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and
the relay K-14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the
holder and pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as
required.

B. If continuity is good remove the fault code from the ECU memory, using the electronic service tool and
operate the engine. The fault may be intermittent, wiggle test the harness to attempt to induce the fault. If
fault reoccurs repeat step 4. If fault does not occur continue with vehicle operation.
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.03)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.24)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.02)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1133
 Index

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - 30.A

0420.2-BATTERY VOLTAGE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 146) 1129
(A.30.A.83 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0420.3-BATTERY VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 1130
146) (A.30.A.83 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0420.3-BATTERY VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 1131
146) (A.30.A.83 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880
0420.3-BATTERY VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 1132
146) (A.30.A.83 - G.30.B.54)
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820
0420.4-BATTERY VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 1133
146) (A.30.A.83 - G.30.B.53)
Alternator - Problem solving (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.30) 1128
Alternator - Testing (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.20) 1126
Alternator - Testing (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.20) 1126
Alternator drive system - Overhaul (A.30.A.40 - F.10.A.40) 1116
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification (A.30.A - C.40.C.20) 103
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component localisation (A.30.A - C.40.B.20) 65
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical symbol (A.30.A - C.20.C.40) 16
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical symbol (A.30.A - C.20.C.40) 23
CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX840 Series 1238 - 1281, CX860 Series 1238 - 1281, CX880 Series 1238 - 1281
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical symbol (A.30.A - C.20.C.40) 30
CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX740 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347,
CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX840 Series 1282 - 1347, CX860 Series 1282 - 1347, CX880 Series 1282 - 1347
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical symbol (A.30.A - C.20.C.40) 38
CX720 Series 1348 - 1407, CX740 Series 1348 - 1407, CX760 Series 1348 - 1407, CX780 Series 1348 - 1407,
CX820 Series 1348 - 1407, CX840 Series 1348 - 1407, CX860 Series 1348 - 1407, CX880 Series 1348 - 1407
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical symbol (A.30.A - C.20.C.40) 47
CX720 Series 1408 - 1479, CX740 Series 1408 - 1479, CX760 Series 1408 - 1479, CX780 Series 1408 - 1479,
CX820 Series 1408 - 1479, CX840 Series 1408 - 1479, CX860 Series 1408 - 1479, CX880 Series 1408 - 1479
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical symbol (A.30.A - C.20.C.40) 56
CX720 Series 1480 - ...., CX740 Series 1480 - ...., CX760 Series 1480 - ...., CX780 Series 1480 - ...., CX820
Series 1480 - ...., CX840 Series 1480 - ...., CX860 Series 1480 - ...., CX880 Series 1480 - ....
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - General specification (A.30.A - D.40.A.10) 6
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Preliminary test (A.30.A - F.40.A.20) 1111
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Problem solving (A.30.A - G.40.A.30) 1121
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Service instruction (A.30.A - F.10.A.05) 1114
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Special tools (A.30.A - D.20.A.40) 14
Fuse and relay box - Problem solving (A.30.A.80 - G.40.A.30) 1125
Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.02) 541
Wiring harness - Component diagram 03 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.03) 554
Wiring harness - Component diagram 04 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.04) 561
Wiring harness - Component diagram 05 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.05) 569
Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.06) 577

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1134
Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.07) 588
Wiring harness - Component diagram 08 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.08) 607
Wiring harness - Component diagram 09 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.09) 609
Wiring harness - Component diagram 10 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.10) 623
Wiring harness - Component diagram 11 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.11) 625
Wiring harness - Component diagram 12 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.12) 634
Wiring harness - Component diagram 13 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.13) 638
Wiring harness - Component diagram 14 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.14) 648
Wiring harness - Component diagram 15 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.15) 660
Wiring harness - Component diagram 16 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.16) 673
Wiring harness - Component diagram 17 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.17) 686
Wiring harness - Component diagram 18 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.18) 691
Wiring harness - Component diagram 19 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.19) 699
Wiring harness - Component diagram 20 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.20) 708
Wiring harness - Component diagram 21 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.21) 714
Wiring harness - Component diagram 22 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.22) 722
Wiring harness - Component diagram 23 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.23) 732
Wiring harness - Component diagram 24 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.24) 737
Wiring harness - Component diagram 25 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.25) 743
Wiring harness - Component diagram 26 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.26) 749
Wiring harness - Component diagram 27 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.27) 752
Wiring harness - Component diagram 28 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.28) 756
Wiring harness - Component diagram 29 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.29) 767
Wiring harness - Component diagram 30 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.30) 775
Wiring harness - Component diagram 31 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.31) 783
Wiring harness - Component diagram 32 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.32) 793
Wiring harness - Component diagram 33 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.33) 808
Wiring harness - Component diagram 34 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.34) 822
Wiring harness - Component diagram 35 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.35) 830
Wiring harness - Component diagram 36 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.36) 844
Wiring harness - Component diagram 37 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.37) 855
Wiring harness - Component diagram 38 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.38) 861
Wiring harness - Component diagram 39 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.39) 866
Wiring harness - Component diagram 40 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.40) 877
Wiring harness - Component diagram 41 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.41) 884
Wiring harness - Component diagram 42 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.42) 891
Wiring harness - Component diagram 43 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.43) 900
Wiring harness - Component diagram 44 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.44) 911
Wiring harness - Component diagram 45 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.45) 916
Wiring harness - Component diagram 46 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.46) 924
Wiring harness - Component diagram 47 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.47) 938
Wiring harness - Component diagram 48 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.F.48) 952
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.01) 113
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.02) 123
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.03) 133
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.04) 141
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.05) 151
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.06) 161
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.07) 171
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 08 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.08) 179
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.09) 186
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.10) 196
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.11) 204
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.12) 212

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1135
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.13) 218
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.14) 228
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.15) 238
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.16) 245
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.17) 255
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.18) 261
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.19) 273
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.20) 281
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.21) 289
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.22) 297
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.23) 309
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.24) 317
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.25) 325
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.26) 337
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.27) 342
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.28) 351
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.29) 359
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 30 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.30) 369
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.31) 381
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 32 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.32) 393
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.33) 402
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.34) 412
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.35) 422
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.36) 432
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.37) 442
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.38) 449
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 39 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.39) 457
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.40) 467
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 41 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.41) 475
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 42 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.42) 483
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 43 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.43) 491
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 44 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.44) 499
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 45 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.45) 509
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 46 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.46) 517
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.47) 525
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 48 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.48) 533
Wiring harness - Overview (A.30.A.88 - C.10.A.10) 967
Wiring harness - Repair (A.30.A.88 - F.75.C.32) 1119
Wiring harness - Replace (A.30.A.88 - F.10.A.30) 1118

2 4/7/2006
A.30.A / 1136
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A

LIGHTING SYSTEM - 40.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 1
 Contents

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A

LIGHTING SYSTEM - 40.A

FUNCTIONAL DATA
LIGHTING SYSTEM
Logical diagram (A.40.A - C.20.B.72) 5

SERVICE
Inner work light
Replace (A.40.A.32 - F.10.A.30) 6

DIAGNOSTIC
LIGHTING SYSTEM
Problem solving (A.40.A - G.40.A.30) 7
Head light
E0011-04-Road Lights Signal Shorted To Low Source (A.40.A.11.83 - G.30.B.53) 12
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series
1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0011-04-Road Lights Signal Shorted To Low Source (A.40.A.11.83 - G.30.B.53) 14

CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series
1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX840 Series 1238 - 1281, CX860 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX880 Series 1238 - 1281

E0011-04-Road Lights Signal Shorted To Low Source (A.40.A.11.83 - G.30.B.53) 16

CX720 Series 1408 and above, CX720 Series 1348 - 1407, CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX740 Series
1408 and above, CX740 Series 1348 - 1407, CX740 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series 1408 and
above, CX760 Series 1348 - 1407, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series 1408 and above, CX780
Series 1348 - 1407, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1408 and above, CX820 Series 1348 -
1407, CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX840 Series 1408 and above, CX840 Series 1348 - 1407, CX840
Series 1282 - 1347, CX860 Series 1408 and above, CX860 Series 1348 - 1407, CX860 Series 1282 -
1347, CX880 Series 1408 and above, CX880 Series 1348 - 1407, CX880 Series 1282 - 1347

Relay - Testing (A.40.A.11.82 - G.40.A.20) 17

Relay - Testing (A.40.A.11.82 - G.40.A.20) 17
Switch - Testing (A.40.A.11.83 - G.40.A.20) 18
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.11.85 - G.40.A.20) 19
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.11.85 - G.40.A.20) 19
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.11.85 - G.40.A.20) 20
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.11.85 - G.40.A.20) 20
Turn/hazard light
E0008-04-Left Turn Signal Shorted To Low Source (A.40.A.13.83 - G.30.B.53) 21
E0012-04-Right Turn Signal Shorted To Low Source (A.40.A.13.83 - G.30.B.53) 22
E0201-11-Flasher System Selection Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.13.86 - 23
G.30.B.46)
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20) 24
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20) 24

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 2
 Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20) 24
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20) 25
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20) 25
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20) 26
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20) 26
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20) 27
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20) 27
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20) 27
Flasher unit - Testing (A.40.A.13.86 - G.40.A.20) 28
Hazard switch - Testing (A.40.A.13.90 - G.40.A.20) 30
Brake light
E0199-11-Brake Lights relay Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.14.82 - G.30.B.46) 31
Relay - Testing (A.40.A.14.82 - G.40.A.20) 32
Indicator lamp - Testing (A.40.A.14.84 - G.40.A.20) 32
Indicator lamp - Testing (A.40.A.14.84 - G.40.A.20) 33
Indicator lamp - Testing (A.40.A.14.84 - G.40.A.20) 33
Indicator lamp - Testing (A.40.A.14.84 - G.40.A.20) 33
Beacon
E0136-04-Beacon Lights Switch Shorted to Low Source (A.40.A.15.83 - G.30.B.53) 35
E0200-11-Beacon Lights relay Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.15.82 - G.30.B.46) 37
Relay - Testing (A.40.A.15.82 - G.40.A.20) 38
Switch - Testing (A.40.A.15.83 - G.40.A.20) 38
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.15.85 - G.40.A.20) 39
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.15.85 - G.40.A.20) 39
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.15.85 - G.40.A.20) 39
Front work light
E0070-11-Front Work Lights Relay Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.16.82 - G.30.B.46) 41
E0073-11-Field Lights Relay Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.16.82 - G.30.B.46) 42
Rear work light
E0010-04-Rear Work Lights Switch Shorted To Low Source (A.40.A.17.83 - G.30.B.53) 44
E0071-11-Rear Work Lights Relay Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.17.82 - G.30.B.46) 45
Relay - Testing (A.40.A.17.82 - G.40.A.20) 45
Switch - Testing (A.40.A.17.83 - G.40.A.20) 46
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.17.85 - G.40.A.20) 47
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.17.85 - G.40.A.20) 47
Side work light
E0072-11-Side Work Lights Relay Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.18.82 - G.30.B.46) 48
Relay - Testing (A.40.A.18.82 - G.40.A.20) 48
Relay - Testing (A.40.A.18.82 - G.40.A.20) 49
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.18.85 - G.40.A.20) 49
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.18.85 - G.40.A.20) 50
Cleaning shoe service light
Switch - Testing (A.40.A.20.83 - G.40.A.20) 51

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 3
 Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.20.85 - G.40.A.20) 51
Dome light
Relay - Testing (A.40.A.23.82 - G.40.A.20) 53
Switch - Testing (A.40.A.23.83 - G.40.A.20) 53
Testing (A.40.A.23 - G.40.A.20) 54
Testing (A.40.A.23 - G.40.A.20) 55
Problem solving (A.40.A.23 - G.40.A.30) 56
Back light
E0198-11-Backlighting lamps Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.24.88 - G.30.B.46) 58
Work light
E0009-04-Front Work Lights Switch Shorted To Low Source (A.40.A.30.83 - G.30.B.53) 61
Relay - Testing (A.40.A.30.82 - G.40.A.20) 61
Switch - Testing (A.40.A.30.83 - G.40.A.20) 62
Switch - Testing (A.40.A.30.83 - G.40.A.20) 63
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.30.85 - G.40.A.20) 64
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.30.85 - G.40.A.20) 64
Inner work light
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.32.85 - G.40.A.20) 65
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.32.85 - G.40.A.20) 65
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.32.85 - G.40.A.20) 65
Middle work light
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.33.85 - G.40.A.20) 67
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.33.85 - G.40.A.20) 67
Outer work light
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.34.85 - G.40.A.20) 69
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.34.85 - G.40.A.20) 69
Unloading tube light
E0068-11-Unload Tube Light Relay Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.35 - G.30.B.46) 71
Relay - Testing (A.40.A.35.82 - G.40.A.20) 71
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.35.85 - G.40.A.20) 72
Grain tank light
Testing (A.40.A.38 - G.40.A.20) 74
Header work light
Relay - Testing (A.40.A.39.82 - G.40.A.20) 75
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.39.85 - G.40.A.20) 75
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.39.85 - G.40.A.20) 75

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 4
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

LIGHTING SYSTEM - Logical diagram (A.40.A - C.20.B.72)

The road light switch (1) on the CX combine is a multi-function switch that contains the following functions:
Road & Park lights
Turn signal switch
Horn
Head light “Dip" switch
The switch is a single, self-contained unit, and has its own harness which plugs into connector X256 on the cab main
harness at the base of the steering column.

10010914_1146 1

Refer to Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.35).

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.36).

The schematic symbol for the road light switch contains all these functions, which may provide some confusion when
troubleshooting a problem with one of the circuits passing through this switch.
Starting at the top left of the switch, the first stalk symbol (1) shows the turn signal switch. Power is provided from the
key switch “ign" terminal to pin 6. With the switch in a left turn position, power is sent through the switch to pin 3, and
out to the flasher module and CCM1. A right turn position would supply power through the switch to pin 2, and out to
the flasher module.
At the same location is the horn button (2) When the stalk is pressed inwards, connection is made between pin 8
(supplied from fuse F-51) and pin 9 to supply the horn circuit directly.
The second stalk symbol (3) indicates the headlight “Dip" switch, used to select high or low beams, or flash the high
beams. Power from pin 8 (supplied from fuse F-51) flows through the switch to pin 4 when the high beams are selected
or flashed, and out to the high beam indicator E-10 and to the high beam relay K-04. While the “Flash" position works
at all times, the high beam position only functions when the road lights are turned on, as described next.
The second symbol (4) on this stalk indicates the stalk may be rotated to select the parking lights and the road lights.
Power is supplied to pin 5 from fuse F-51. When the stalk is rotated to the first position, connection is made in the
switch to pin 1, and power flows through the switch to supply the marker (E-03, E-04) and tail (E-11, E-12) lamps.
When the stalk is rotated to the second position, a connection is also made to pin 4 or 7, depending on stalk position.
Power flows through the switch to engage the low beam relay K-05, or high beam relay K-04, to power the road lights.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 5
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Inner work light - Replace (A.40.A.32 - F.10.A.30)

1. Replacement of the cab roof lights is performed by
removing cover (1) Remove the defective bulb and
insert a new one. Install the cover to complete re-
placement.

40015800 1

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 6
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

LIGHTING SYSTEM - Problem solving (A.40.A - G.40.A.30)

OPERATION

Exterior lighting consists of the following:

- LH and RH Header Lights
- LH and RH NASO Flashing Lamps
- LH and RH Header Flashing Lamps
- LH and RH Front Hazard Lamps
- LH and RH Rear Flashing Lamps
- LH and RH Road Lights
- LH and RH Brake/Tail Lamps
- LH and RH Front Beacons
- LH and RH Rear Work Lights
- LH and RH Side Work Lights
- LH and RH Lower Work Lights
- LH and RH Cab Inner Work Lights
- LH and RH Cab Outer Work Lights
- LH and RH Cab Mid Work Lights
- Sieve Light
- Unload Tube Light
- Grain Tank Light

The various lamps are controlled by switches and operated via relays as follows:
- Road Light Switch is powered directly from battery.
- Road Light Switch includes Off, Low Beam, High Beam positions, Left/Right Turn positions and Horn Switch.
- Work Light Switch includes Work Light Switch itself and Inner Work Switch. Inner Work Switch is powered through
LH Center Work Lights Relay when Work Light Switch is closed.

Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 32 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.32)

Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.33)
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.34)
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.35)
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.36)
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.38)
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 39 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.39)
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.40)
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 41 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.41)

TROUBLESHOOTING

Before troubleshooting the Exterior Lighting system make sure that the following operating conditions are met:
A. The batteries are fully charged and all connections are clean and tight.
B. Transmission in neutral or park.
C. Check all connectors for full installation, loose, corroded, pushed out, or bent terminals.
D. Fuses F-6, 7, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55 and 56 are intact and have power.
E. If one of the worklamp circuits is not working, try swapping a relay from aworking system for a quick and easy
relay check. Otherwise, follow the circuit diagnostic tests to determine the fault.
F. If a bulb is not working, substitute with a known good bulb to verify circuit operation.
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 7
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

CAUTION
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

Problem Possible Cause Correction

LH and RH NASO Flashing Bulbs C - LH NASO Flashing Lamp TestTurn/
Lamps do not operate. hazard light Electrical light - Testing
(A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20).
Flasher Module B - Flasher Module TestTurn/hazard light
Flasher unit - Testing (A.40.A.13.86 -
G.40.A.20).
Hazard Switch A - Hazard Switch TestTurn/hazard light
Hazard switch - Testing (A.40.A.13.90 -
G.40.A.20).
LH and RH Header Bulbs E - LH Header Flashing Lamp TestTurn/
Flashing Lamps do not hazard light Electrical light - Testing
operate. (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20).
Flasher Module B - Flasher Module TestTurn/hazard light
Flasher unit - Testing (A.40.A.13.86 -
G.40.A.20).
Hazard Switch A - Hazard Switch TestTurn/hazard light
Hazard switch - Testing (A.40.A.13.90 -
G.40.A.20).
LH and RH Front Hazard Bulbs G - LH Front Hazard Lamp Test (Hazard
Lamps (Hazard Bulbs) do Bulb)Turn/hazard light Electrical light -
not operate. Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20).
Flasher Module B - Flasher Module TestTurn/hazard light
Flasher unit - Testing (A.40.A.13.86 -
G.40.A.20).
Hazard Switch A - Hazard Switch TestTurn/hazard light
Hazard switch - Testing (A.40.A.13.90 -
G.40.A.20).
Rear Beacon Light does Bulbs DD - Rear Beacon TestBeacon Electrical
not operate. light - Testing (A.40.A.15.85 - G.40.A.20).
Beacon Light Relay CC - Beacon Light Relay TestBeacon Re-
lay - Testing (A.40.A.15.82 - G.40.A.20).
Beacon Light Switch GGG - Beacon Light Switch TestBeacon
Switch - Testing (A.40.A.15.83 -
G.40.A.20).
LH and RH Front Beacons Bulbs EE - LH Front Beacon TestBeacon Elec-
do not operate. trical light - Testing (A.40.A.15.85 -
G.40.A.20).
Beacon Light Relay CC - Beacon Light Relay TestBeacon Re-
lay - Testing (A.40.A.15.82 - G.40.A.20).
Beacon Light Switch GGG - Beacon Light Switch TestBeacon
Switch - Testing (A.40.A.15.83 -
G.40.A.20).
LH Side Work Light does Bulb LL - LH Side Work Light TestSide
not operate. work light Electrical light - Testing
(A.40.A.18.85 - G.40.A.20).

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 8
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Problem Possible Cause Correction

LH Side Work Light Relay
Work Light Switch
RH Side Work Light does Bulb
not operate.
RH Side Work Light Relay
Work Light Switch
Unload Tube Light does Bulb
not operate.
Unload Tube Light Relay
Grain Tank Light does not Bulb
operate.
Lower Work Lights Relay
Work Light Switch
LH and RH Lower Work Bulbs
Lights do not operate.
Lower Work Light Relay
Work Light Switch
LH and RH Header Lights Bulbs
do not operate.
Header Work Lights Relay
Work Light Switch
LH and RH Cab Outer Bulbs
Work Lights do not
operate.
Cab Roof Work Lights Relay
Work Light Switch
LH and RH Cab Mid Work Bulbs
Lights do not operate.
II - LH Side Work Light Relay TestSide
work light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.18.82
- G.40.A.20).
EEE - Work Light Switch TestWork
light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.30.83 -
G.40.A.20).
MM - RH Side Work Light TestSide
work light Electrical light - Testing
(A.40.A.18.85 - G.40.A.20).
JJ - RH Side Work Light Relay TestSide
work light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.18.82
- G.40.A.20).
EEE - Work Light Switch TestWork
light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.30.83 -
G.40.A.20).
NN - Unload Tube Light TestUnloading
tube light Electrical light - Testing
(A.40.A.35.85 - G.40.A.20).
KK - Unload Tube Light Relay
TestUnloading tube light Relay -
Testing (A.40.A.35.82 - G.40.A.20).
PP - Grain Tank Light TestGrain tank light
- Testing (A.40.A.38 - G.40.A.20).
OO - Lower Work Lights Relay TestWork
light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.30.82 -
G.40.A.20).
EEE - Work Light Switch TestWork
light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.30.83 -
G.40.A.20).
QQ - LH Lower Work Light TestWork light
Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.30.85 -
G.40.A.20).
OO - Lower Work Lights Relay TestWork
light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.30.82 -
G.40.A.20).
EEE - Work Light Switch TestWork
light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.30.83 -
G.40.A.20).
TT - LH Header Light TestHeader
work light Electrical light - Testing
(A.40.A.39.85 - G.40.A.20).
SS - Header Work Lights Relay
TestHeader work light Relay - Test-
ing (A.40.A.39.82 - G.40.A.20).
EEE - Work Light Switch TestWork
light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.30.83 -
G.40.A.20).
XX - LH Cab Outer Work Light TestOuter
work light Electrical light - Testing
(A.40.A.34.85 - G.40.A.20).
VV - Cab Roof Work Lights Relay TestWork
light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.30.83 -
G.40.A.20).
EEE - Work Light Switch TestWork
light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.30.83 -
G.40.A.20).
YY - LH Cab Mid Work Light TestMiddle
work light Electrical light - Testing
(A.40.A.33.85 - G.40.A.20).

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 9
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Problem Possible Cause Correction

Cab Roof Work Lights Relay VV - Cab Roof Work Lights Relay TestWork
light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.30.83 -
G.40.A.20).
Work Light Switch EEE - Work Light Switch TestWork
light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.30.83 -
G.40.A.20).
LH and RH Front Hazard Bulbs I - LH Front Hazard Lamp Test (Marker
Lamps (Marker Bulbs) do Bulb)Turn/hazard light Electrical light -
not operate. Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20).
Road Light Switch Q - Road Light Switch Tests 1,2
and 10Head light Switch - Testing
(A.40.A.11.83 - G.40.A.20).
LH and RH Cab Inner Work Bulbs CCC - LH Cab Inner Work Light TestInner
Lights do not operate. work light Electrical light - Testing
(A.40.A.32.85 - G.40.A.20).
Work Light Switch EEE - Work Light Switch TestWork
light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.30.83 -
G.40.A.20).
LH and RH Rear Flashing Bulbs K - LH Rear Flashing Lamp TestTurn/haz-
Lamps do not operate. ard light Electrical light - Testing
(A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20).
Flasher Module B - Flasher Module TestTurn/hazard light
Flasher unit - Testing (A.40.A.13.86 -
G.40.A.20).
Hazard Switch A - Hazard Switch TestTurn/hazard light
Hazard switch - Testing (A.40.A.13.90 -
G.40.A.20).
LH and RH Brake/Tail Bulbs M - LH Brake/Tail Lamp Test (Marker
Lamps (Marker Bulbs) do Bulb)Brake light Indicator lamp - Testing
not operate. (A.40.A.14.84 - G.40.A.20).
Road Light Switch Q - Road Light Switch Tests 1, 2
and 10Head light Switch - Testing
(A.40.A.11.83 - G.40.A.20).
LH and RH Brake/Tail Bulbs O - LH Brake/Tail Lamp Test (Brake
Lamps (Brake Bulbs) do Bulb)Brake light Indicator lamp - Testing
not operate. (A.40.A.14.84 - G.40.A.20).
Brake Lights Relay Y - Brake Lights Relay TestBrake light Re-
lay - Testing (A.40.A.14.82 - G.40.A.20).
LH and RH Road Lights Bulbs T - LH Road Light Test (Low Beam
(Low Beam Bulbs) do not Bulb)Head light Electrical light - Test-
operate. ing (A.40.A.11.85 - G.40.A.20).
Low Beam Relay R - Low Beam Relay TestHead light Relay
- Testing (A.40.A.11.82 - G.40.A.20).
Road Light Switch Q - Road Light Switch Tests 1, 2
and 11Head light Switch - Testing
(A.40.A.11.83 - G.40.A.20).
LH and RH Road Lights Bulbs V - LH Road Light Test (High Beam
(High Beam Bulbs) do not Bulb)Head light Electrical light - Test-
operate. ing (A.40.A.11.85 - G.40.A.20).
High Beam Relay S - High Beam Relay TestHead light Relay
- Testing (A.40.A.11.82 - G.40.A.20).
Road Light Switch Q - Road Light Switch Tests 3,4 and 9Head
light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.11.83 -
G.40.A.20).
LH and RH Rear Work Bulbs AA - LH Rear Work Light TestRear
Lights do not operate. work light Electrical light - Testing
(A.40.A.17.85 - G.40.A.20).

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 10
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Problem Possible Cause Correction

Rear Work Lights Relay
Rear Work Light Switch
Sieve Light does not Bulbs
operate.
Sieve Light Switch
Z - Rear Work Lights Relay TestRear work
light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.17.82 -
G.40.A.20).
FFF - Rear Work Light Switch TestRear
work light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.17.83
- G.40.A.20).
HH - Sieve Light TestCleaning shoe ser-
vice light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.20.83
- G.40.A.20).
GG - Sieve Light Switch TestCleaning
shoe service light Electrical light - Test-
ing (A.40.A.20.85 - G.40.A.20).

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 11
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

E0011-04-Road Lights Signal Shorted To Low Source (A.40.A.11.83

- G.30.B.53)
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series
1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0011-04 - Road Lights Signal Shorted To Low Source

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1206 - 1237 only.

Cause:
The road light switch (S26) circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Switch or CCM1 supply wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. The input to CCM1 for the road light signal is supplied by the “Park" lights output (Pin1) of the road light switch
(S26).

Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Electrical" sub menu.
Select “Road Lights Signal" and check voltage range.
The normal operating range for the road lights signal switch - ON 4.0 - 5.0 volts
The normal operating range for the road lights signal switch - OFF 0.5 - 4.0 volts

A. If a short to ground is present, the voltage indicated will be less than 0.5 V
2. Check fuses F-34 and F-51. If a short to ground occurred, one of these fuses will have failed.

A. If fuse F-34 has failed, the short is in one of the following wires:
wire 212 purple, fuse F-34 to CCM1 pin J1-21
wire 177 purple, fuse F-34 to MF harness splice
wire 624 purple, MF splice to LH front hazard light E-03
wire 625 purple, MF splice to SW harness splice
wire 994 purple, SW splice to trailer outlet J09, pin 58 L
wire 412 purple, SW splice to LH tail lamp E-11
Locate the short and repair.

B. If fuse F-51 has failed, go to Step 3.

C. If both fuses are okay, go to Step 8.

3. Replace fuse F-51. Turn the key switch “On".

A. If fuse F-51 immediately fails, the short to ground is in wire 213 red to road light switch S-26 pin 5 (lights)
or wire 214 red to road light switch S-26 pin 8 (horn). Locate the short and repair.

B. If fuse F-51 is okay, go to Step 4.

4. Turn the Road Light switch S-26 to the “Park" lights position and inspect fuse F-51.

A. If fuse F-51 immediately fails, the short to ground is in wire 173 orange from the road light switch S-25 pin
1 to fuse F-34, or in wire 174 orange, from fuse F-34 to fuse F-35. Locate the short and repair.

B. If fuse F-51 is okay, go to Step 5.

5. Turn the Road Light switch S-26 to the “Road" lights, “Low Beam" position and inspect fuse F-51.

A. If fuse F-51 immediately fails, the short to ground is in wire 169 yellow, from the road light switch S-26 pin
7 to the Low Beam relay K-05 pin 1. Locate the short and repair.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 12
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

B. If fuse F-51 is okay, go to Step 6.

6. Turn the Road Light switch S-26 to the “Road" lights, “High Beam" position and inspect fuse F-51.

A. If fuse F-51 immediately fails, the short to ground is in one of the following wires:
wire 218 yellow, road light switch S-26 pin 4 to CM harness splice
wire 191 yellow, CM splice to High Beam relay K-04 pin 1.
wire 043 yellow, CM splice to High Beam indicator lamp E-10
Locate the short and repair.

B. If fuse F-51 is okay, go to Step 7.

7. Blow the horn by depressing the road light switch S-26, and inspect fuse F-51.

A. If fuse F-51 immediately fails, the short to ground is in wire 193 white, from the road light switch S-26 pin
9 to horn H-02. Locate the short and repair.

B. If fuse F-51 is okay, go to Step 8.

8. A. If both fuses are okay, and testing does not reveal any short to ground in the circuit, the fault is either
intermittent or is no longer valid. Erase the error code and continue operation.
Series 1206-1237
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.33)
Series 1206-1237
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.34)
Series 1206-1237
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.35)

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 13
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

E0011-04-Road Lights Signal Shorted To Low Source (A.40.A.11.83

- G.30.B.53)
CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX840 Series
1238 - 1281, CX860 Series 1238 - 1281, CX880 Series 1238 - 1281

E0011-04 - Road Lights Signal Shorted To Low Source

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1238 - 1281 only.

Cause:
The road light switch (S26) circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Switch or CCM1 supply wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. The input to CCM1 for the road light signal is supplied by the “Park" lights output (Pin1) of the road light switch
(S26).

Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Electrical" sub menu.
Select “Road Lights Signal" and check voltage range.
The normal operating range for the road lights signal switch - ON 4.0 - 5.0 volts
The normal operating range for the road lights signal switch - OFF 0.5 - 4.0 volts

A. If a short to ground is present, the voltage indicated will be less than 0.5 V
2. Check fuses F-20 and F-51. If a short to ground occurred, one of these fuses will have failed.

A. If fuse F-20 has failed, the short is in one of the following wires:
wire 212 purple, fuse F-20 to CCM1 pin J1-21
wire 177 purple, fuse F-20 to MF harness splice
wire 624 purple, MF splice to LH front hazard light E-03
wire 625 purple, MF splice to SW harness splice
wire 994 purple, SW splice to trailer outlet J09, pin 58 L
wire 412 purple, SW splice to LH tail lamp E-11
Locate the short and repair.

B. If fuse F-51 has failed, go to Step 3.

C. If both fuses are okay, go to Step 8.

3. Replace fuse F-51. Turn the key switch “On".

A. If fuse F-51 immediately fails, the short to ground is in wire 213 red to road light switch S-26 pin 5 (lights)
or wire 214 red to road light switch S-26 pin 8 (horn). Locate the short and repair.

B. If fuse F-51 is okay, go to Step 4.

4. Turn the Road Light switch S-26 to the “Park" lights position and inspect fuse F-51.

A. If fuse F-51 immediately fails, the short to ground is in wire 173 orange from the road light switch S-25 pin
1 to fuse F-20, or in wire 174 orange, from fuse F-20 to fuse F-21. Locate the short and repair.

B. If fuse F-51 is okay, go to Step 5.

5. Turn the Road Light switch S-26 to the “Road" lights, “Low Beam" position and inspect fuse F-51.

A. If fuse F-51 immediately fails, the short to ground is in wire 169 yellow, from the road light switch S-26 pin
7 to the Low Beam relay K-05 pin 1. Locate the short and repair.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 14
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

B. If fuse F-51 is okay, go to Step 6.

6. Turn the Road Light switch S-26 to the “Road" lights, “High Beam" position and inspect fuse F-51.

A. If fuse F-51 immediately fails, the short to ground is in one of the following wires:
wire 218 yellow, road light switch S-26 pin 4 to CM harness splice
wire 191 yellow, CM splice to High Beam relay K-04 pin 1.
wire 043 yellow, CM splice to High Beam indicator lamp E-10
Locate the short and repair.

B. If fuse F-51 is okay, go to Step 7.

7. Blow the horn by depressing the road light switch S-26, and inspect fuse F-51.

A. If fuse F-51 immediately fails, the short to ground is in wire 193 white, from the road light switch S-26 pin
9 to horn H-02. Locate the short and repair.

B. If fuse F-51 is okay, go to Step 8.

8. A. If both fuses are okay, and testing does not reveal any short to ground in the circuit, the fault is either
intermittent or is no longer valid. Erase the error code and continue operation.
Series 1238-1281
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.33)
Series 1238-1281
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.34)
Series 1238-1281
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.35)

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 15
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

E0011-04-Road Lights Signal Shorted To Low Source (A.40.A.11.83

- G.30.B.53)
CX720 Series 1408 and above, CX720 Series 1348 - 1407, CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX740 Series 1408 and above, CX740 Series 1348 - 1407, CX740
Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series 1408 and above, CX760 Series 1348 - 1407, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series 1408 and above, CX780 Series
1348 - 1407, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1408 and above, CX820 Series 1348 - 1407, CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX840 Series 1408
and above, CX840 Series 1348 - 1407, CX840 Series 1282 - 1347, CX860 Series 1408 and above, CX860 Series 1348 - 1407, CX860 Series 1282
- 1347, CX880 Series 1408 and above, CX880 Series 1348 - 1407, CX880 Series 1282 - 1347

E0011-04 - Road Lights Signal Shorted To Low Source

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1282 and above.

Cause:
The road light switch (S-26) circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Switch or CCM1 supply wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. The input to CCM1 for the road light signal is supplied by the “Park" lights output (Pin1) of the road light switch
(S-26).

Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Electrical" sub menu.
Select “Road Lights Signal" and check voltage range.
The normal operating range for the road lights signal switch - ON 4.0 - 5.0 volts
The normal operating range for the road lights signal switch - OFF 0.5 - 4.0 volts

A. If the voltage reading is low out of range (< 0.5 V), continue with step 2.

B. If the voltage readings are within the proper limits, the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and the wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. Check fuse F-51. If a short to ground occurred, the fuse will have failed.

A. If fuse F-51 has failed, go to step 3.

B. If the fuse is OK, continue with step 8.

3. Replace fuse F-51.

A. If fuse F-51 immediately fails, the short to ground is in wire 213 red to road light switch S-26 pin 5 (lights)
or wire 214 red to road light switch S-26 pin 8 (horn). Locate the short and repair.

B. If fuse F-51 is OK, continue with step 4.

4. Turn the Road Light switch S-26 to the “Park" lights position and inspect fuse F-51.

A. If fuse F-51 immediately fails, the short to ground is in one of the following wires:
wire 173 orange from the road light switch S-25 pin 1 to light control relay K-02 pin 5
wire 114 orange, light control relay K-02 pin 5 to pin 1
wire 212 orange, light control relay K-02 pin 5 to pin 1 to CCM1 connector X018, pin J1-21.
Locate the short and repair.

B. If fuse F-51 is OK, continue with step 5.

5. Turn the Road Light switch S-26 to the “Road" lights, “Low Beam" position and inspect fuse F-51.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 16
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

A. If fuse F-51 immediately fails, the short to ground is in wire 169 yellow, from the road light switch S-26 pin
7 to the Low Beam relay K-05 pin 1. Locate the short and repair.

B. If fuse F-51 is OK, continue with step 6.

6. Turn the Road Light switch S-26 to the “Road" lights, “High Beam" position and inspect fuse F-51.

A. If fuse F-51 immediately fails, the short to ground is in one of the following wires:
wire 218 yellow, road light switch S-26 pin 4 to CM harness splice
wire 191 yellow, CM splice to High Beam relay K-04 pin 1.
wire 043 yellow, CM splice to connector X033 pin 4.
wire 043 purple, connector X033 pin 4 to High Beam indicator lamp E-10
Locate the short and repair.

B. If fuse F-51 is OK, continue with step 7.

7. Blow the horn by depressing the road light switch S-26, and inspect fuse F-51.

A. If fuse F-51 immediately fails, the short to ground is in wire 193 white, from the road light switch S-26 pin
9 to horn H-02. Locate the short and repair.

B. If fuse F-51 is OK, continue with step 8.

8. A. If fuse F-51 is OK and testing does not reveal any short to ground in the circuit, the fault is either intermittent
or is no longer valid. Erase the error code and continue operation.
Series 1282 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 32 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.32)
Series 1282 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.35)
Series 1282 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.36)

Head light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.11.82 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point
1 Turn Road Light Switch to “Low
Beam" position.
Measure for 12 volts at Low Beam
Relay (pin 5).
2 Turn Road Light Switch to “Low
Beam" position.
Measure for 12 volts at Low Beam
Relay (pin 1).
3 Measure for 12 volts at Low Beam
Relay (pin 3).
4 Disconnect the Low Beam Relay.
Measure resistance on circuit 156
(BK) between Low Beam Relay (pin
2) and ground.
Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
12 volts. Low Beam Relay.
If good reading, relay is functioning Adjacent circuits.
properly. Go to next test point.
12 volts. Open or short to ground in circuit 169
If good reading, go to next test point. (YE) between Low Beam Relay (pin
1) and Road Light Switch connector
X256 (pin 7).
A short to ground will blow the Fuse
#51.
Road Light Switch.
12 volts. Open circuit 236 (RD) between Low
If good reading, go to next test point. Beam Relay (pin 3) and Fuse #33.
Short to ground on circuit 237 (PU)
between Low Beam Relay (pin 5)
and Low Beam Lamps connector
X256 (pin B).
A short to ground will blow the Fuse
#33.
Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 156 (BK) between
If good reading, replace Low Beam Low Beam Relay (pin 2) and ground.
Relay.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 17
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Head light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.11.82 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Turn Road Light Switch to “High 12 volts. High Beam Relay.
Beam" position. If good reading, relay is functioning Adjacent circuits.
Measure for 12 volts at High Beam properly. Go to next test point.
Relay (pin 5).
2 Turn Road Light Switch to “High 12 volts. Open or short to ground in circuit
Beam" position. If good reading, go to next test point. 191 (YE) or 218 (YE) between High
Measure for 12 volts at HighBeam Beam Relay (pin 1) and Road Light
Relay (pin 1). Switch connector X256 (pin 4). A
short to ground will blow the Fuse
#51.
Road Light Switch.
3 Measure for 12 volts at High Beam 12 volts. Open circuit 185 (RD) between High
Relay (pin 3). If good reading, go to next test point. Beam Relay (pin 3) and Fuse #32.
Short to ground on circuit 186 (PU)
between High Beam Relay (pin 5)
and Low Beam Lamps connector
X169 (pin B).
A short to ground will blow the Fuse
#32.
4 Disconnect the High Beam Relay. Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 192 (BK) between
Measure resistance on circuit 192 If good reading, replace the High High Beam Relay (pin 2) and ground.
(BK) between High Beam Relay (pin Beam Relay.
2) and ground.

Head light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.11.83 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) or an
unpowered test light for these tests.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Measure for 12 volts at Road Light 12 volts. Open or short to ground on cir-
Switch connector X256 (pin 5). If good reading, go to test point 3. cuit 213 (RD) between Road Light
Switch connector X256 (pin 5) and
Fuse #51.
2 Disconnect Road Light Switch. 12 volts. Open or short to ground on cir-
Measure for 12 volts at Road Light If good reading, replace Road Light cuit 213 (RD) between Road Light
Switch connector X256 (pin 5). Switch. Switch connector X256 (pin 5) and
Fuse #51.
3 Reconnect Road Light Switch. 12 volts. Open or short to ground on cir-
Measure for 12 volts at Road Light If good reading, go to test point 5. cuit 214 (RD) between Road Light
Switch connector (pin 8). Switch connector X256 (pin 8) and
Fuse #51.
4 Disconnect Road Light Switch. 12 volts. Open or short to ground on cir-
Measure for 12 volts at Road Light If good reading, replace Road Light cuit 214 (RD) between Road Light
Switch connector X256 (pin 8). Switch. Switch connector X256 (pin 5) and
Fuse #51.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 18
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

5 Place Ignition in “ON" position. 12 volts. Open or short to ground on circuit 96
Measure for 12 volts at Road Light If good reading, go to test point 7. (OR) or 55 (OD) between Road Light
Switch connector X256 (pin 6). Switch connector X256 (pin 6) and
Ignition Switch connector X068 (pin
6).
6 Disconnect Road Light Switch. 12 volts. Open or short to ground on circuit 96
Measure for 12 volts at Road Light If good reading, replace Road Light (OR) or 55 (OD) between Road Light
Switch connector X256 (pin 6). Switch. Switch connector X256 (pin 6) and
Ignition Switch connector X068 (pin
6).
7 Place Ignition in “ON" position and 0 - 12 volts. Road Light Switch
Road Light Switch in the “RIGHT" If good reading, go to next test point. Short to ground on circuit 197 (PU)
turn position. between Road Light Switch connec-
Measure for 12 volts at Road Light tor X256 and CCM1 (pin J1-2) and
Switch connector X256 (pin 3). Flasher Module connector X255 (pin
8).
8 Place Ignition in “ON" position and 0 - 12 volts. Road Light Switch
Road Light Switch in the “LEFT" turn If good reading, go to next test point. Short to ground on circuit 201 (PU)
position. between Road Light Switch connec-
Measure for 12 volts at Road Light tor X256 (pin 2) and CCM1 (pin J1-9)
Switch connector X256 (pin 2). and Flasher Module connector X255
(pin 7).
9 Place Road Light Switch in the “High 12 volts. Road Light Switch.
Beam" position. If good reading, Road Light Switch is Short to ground on circuits 218 (YE),
Measure voltage at Road Light working properly. 43 (YE) and 191 (YE) between Road
Switch connector X256 (pin 4). Go to next text point. Light Switch connector X256 (pin 4)
and High Beam Relay (pin 1) or High
Beam Indicator.
10 Place Road Light Switch in the “Haz- 12 volts. Road Light Switch.
ard" position. If good reading, Road Light Switch is Short to ground on circuit 173 (OR)
Measure voltage at Road Light working properly. between Road Light Switch connec-
Switch connector X256 (pin 1). Go to next text point. tor X256 (pin 1) and Fuse #34.
11 Place Road Light Switch in the “Low 12 volts. Road Light Switch.
Beam" position. If good reading, Road Light Switch is Short to ground on circuits 169 (YE)
Measure voltage at Road Light working properly. between Road Light Switch connec-
Switch connector X256 (pin 7). tor X256 (pin 7) and Low Beam Re-
lay (pin 1).

Head light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.11.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Turn Road Light Switch to "Low 12 volts. Perform Low Beam Relay Test.
Beam" position. Measure for 12 If good reading, go to next test point.
volts at Low Beam Relay (pin 5).
2 Measure the voltage at LH Road 12 volts. Open circuit 237 (PU) or 638 (PU)
Light connector X164 (pin B). If good reading, go to next test point. between Low Beam Relay (pin 5)
and LH Road Light connector X164
(pin B).
3 Disconnect the LH Road Light. Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 642 (BK) between LH
Measure the resistance on circuit If good reading, replace the low Road Light connector X164 (pin C)
642(BK) between LH Road Light beam bulb of the LH Road Light. and ground.
connector X164 (pin C) and ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 19
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Head light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.11.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Turn Road Light Switch to "Low 12 volts. Perform Low Beam Relay Test.
Beam" position. Measure for 12 If good reading, go to next test point.
volts at Low Beam Relay (pin 5).
2 Measure the for 12 volts at RH Road 12 volts. Open circuit 237 (PU) or 639 (PU)
Light connector X169 (pin B). If good reading, go to next test point. between Low Beam Relay (pin 5)
and RH Road Light connector X169
(pin B).
3 Disconnect the RH Road Light. Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 643 (BK) between RH
Measure the resistance on circuit If good reading, replace the low Road Light connector X169 (pin C)
643(BK) between RH Road Light beam bulb of the RH Road Light. and ground.
connector X169 (pin C) and ground.

Head light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.11.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Turn Road Light Switch to "High 12 volts. Perform High Beam Relay Test.
Beam" position. Measure for 12 If good reading, go to next test point.
volts at High Beam Relay (pin 5).
2 Measure the voltage at LH Road 12 volts. Open circuit 186 (PU) or 640 (PU)
Light connector X164 (pin A). If good reading, go to next test point. between High Beam Relay (pin 5)
and LH Road Light connector X164
(pin A).
3 Disconnect the LH Road Light. Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 642 (BK) between LH
Measure the resistance on circuit If good reading, replace the High Road Light connector X164 (pin C)
642(BK) between LH Road Light beam bulb of the LH Road Light. and ground.
connector X164 (pin C) and ground.

Head light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.11.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Turn Road Light Switch to "High 12 volts. Perform High Beam Relay Test.
Beam" position. Measure for 12 If good reading, go to next test point.
volts at High Beam Relay (pin 5).
2 Measure the voltage at RH Road 12 volts. Open circuit 186 (PU) or 641 (PU)
Light connector X169 (pin A). If good reading, go to next test point. between High Beam Relay (pin 5)
and RH Road Light connector X169
(pin A).
3 Disconnect the RH Road Light. Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 643 (BK) between RH
Measure the resistance on circuit If good reading, replace the High Road Light connector X169 (pin C)
643(BK) between RH Road Light beam bulb of the RH Road Light. and ground.
connector X169 (pin C) and ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 20
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

E0008-04-Left Turn Signal Shorted To Low Source (A.40.A.13.83 -

G.30.B.53)
E0008-04 - Left Turn Signal Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
The left turn signal switch (S-26) circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Switch or CCM1 supply wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Electrical" sub menu.
Select “Left Turn signal" and check voltage range.
The normal operating range for the left turn signal switch - ON 4.0 - 5.0 volts.
The normal operating range for the left turn signal switch - OFF 0.5 - 4.0 volts.
NOTE: Check fuse 38. If a short to ground occurred on this circuit the fuse will have blown.

A. If the voltage reading is 0 - 0.5 volts in either switch position continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is 0.5 - 4.0 volts with the switch OFF and 0 to 0.5 with the switch ON. Continue with
Step 3.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView display remains near zero. The short to ground is somewhere between the
switch and CCM1. Disconnect the cab main harness from the steering column harness at connector X033.

A. If the voltage increases to 0.5 - 4.0 volts the short is in the electronic flasher, or steering column harness
wire 197 purple. Replace the electronic flasher before attempting to repair the steering column harness.
Erase fault code and operate system.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView display the short is somewhere in the cab main harness between
connector X033, CCM1 and the road light switch connector X256 in wires 197,198 or 202 purple.
3. The voltage reading is 0.5 - 4.0 volts with the switch OFF and 0 to 0.5 with the switch ON. The short to ground
is between the fuse and switch.

A. The short is in the cab main harness wire 055 orange. Visually inspect the cab main harness for damage,
bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires. Locate short and repair.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.35)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.36)

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 21
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

E0012-04-Right Turn Signal Shorted To Low Source (A.40.A.13.83 -

G.30.B.53)
E0012-04 - Right Turn Signal Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
The right turn signal switch (S-26) circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Switch or CCM1 supply wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Electrical" sub menu.
Select “Right Turn signal" and check voltage range.
The normal operating range for the right turn signal switch - ON 4.0 - 5.0 volts
The normal operating range for the right turn signal switch - OFF 0.5 - 4.0 volts

A. If the voltage reading is 0 - 0.5 volts in either switch position continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is 0.5 - 4.0 volts with the switch OFF and 0 to 0.5 with the switch ON. Continue with
Step 3.
NOTE: Check fuse F-38. If a short to ground occurred on this circuit the fuse will have blown.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView display remains near zero. The short to ground is somewhere between the
switch and CCM1. Disconnect the cab main harness from the steering column harness at connector X033.

A. If the voltage increases to 0.5 - 4.0 volts the short is in the electronic flasher, or steering column harness
wire 201 purple. Replace the electronic flasher before attempting to repair the steering column harness.
Erase fault code and operate system.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView display the short is somewhere in the cab main harness between
connector X033, CCM1 and the road light switch connector X256 in wires 201,194 or 203 purple.
3. The voltage reading is 0.5 - 4.0 volts with the switch OFF and 0 to 0.5 with the switch ON. The short to ground
is between the fuse and switch.

A. The short is in the cab main harness wire 055 orange. Visually inspect the cab main harness for damage,
bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires. Locate short and repair.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.35)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.36)

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 22
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

E0201-11-Flasher System Selection Unidentified Failure Code

(A.40.A.13.86 - G.30.B.46)
E0201-11 - Flasher System Selection Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The Flasher System Selection circuit open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad flasher module.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. The CCM2 module is used to control the flashing lights operating mode, depending on which market area the
combine is operating in. The correct flashing light mode is selected in the Configuration Info screen, Electrical
sub-menu. “NASO" should be selected if the combine is being used in North America, while “ISO" should be
used for all other market areas. This ensures that the flashing lights respond correctly to meet legal and ho-
mologation requirements.

When "ISO" is selected, the CCM2 module will send a 12 volt signal to the flasher module A-05 to switch it into
the "ISO" operating mode. If a 12 volt signal is not applied, then the flasher module will operate in the "NASO"
operating mode.

Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Electrical" sub menu.
Select “Flasher System Selection" and select the “Status" screen. Press the “Enter" key to manually power the
circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the reading is within the proper range, the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 6.
2. Key Off. Disconnect connector X255 from the Flasher module A-05. Use a multimeter to check for continuity
between connector X255 pin 9 (harness side) and chassis ground. Flex the steering column (SC) harness
between the flasher module and connector X033 while making this check.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 3.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 4.

3. Disconnect connector X033. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X033 pin 10 and
chassis ground. Flex the cab main (CM) harness between the connector X033 and connector X015 while making
this check.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the steering column (SC) harness between
connector X033 and connector X255 wire 204 purple. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the cab main (CM) harness between connector
X033 and connector X015 wire 204 purple. Locate the short and repair.
4. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power
the circuit. Use a multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X255 pin 9 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, continue with step 5.

B. If 12 volts is found, continue with step 6.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 23
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

5. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power
the circuit. Use a multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X033 pin 10 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is present, the open circuit is in the steering column (SC) harness between connector X255 pin
9 and connector X033 pin 10 wire 204 purple. Locate the open circuit and repair.

B. If 12 volts is not present there is an open circuit in the cab main (CM) harness between connector X033
pin 10 and connector X015 pin J1-5 wire 204 purple. Locate the open and repair.
6. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.35)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.36)

Turn/hazard light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Place Hazard Switch in the “ON" po- 0 - 12 volts. Open circuit 243 (PU) between
sition. If good reading, go to test point 2. Flasher Module connector X255 (pin
Measure the voltage at LH NASO 10) and LH NASO Flashing Lamp
Flashing Lamp, connector X242 ter- connector X242 (pin A).
minal A. Short to ground on circuit 243 (PU)
between Flasher Module connector
X255 (pin 10) and LH NASO Flash-
ing Lamp connector X242 (pin A).
See Test B- Flasher Module step 16.
Go to next test point.
2 Disconnect the LH NASO Flashing Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 679 (BK) between LH
Lamp. If good reading, replace the bulb. NASO Flashing Lamp connector
Measure resistance on circuit 679 X242 (pin B) and ground.
(BK) between LH NASO Flashing
connector X242 (pin B) and ground.

Turn/hazard light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Place Hazard Switch in the “ON" po- 0 - 12 volts. Open circuit 244 (PU) between
sition. If good reading, go to test point 2. Flasher Module connector X255 (pin
Measure the voltage at RH NASO 11) and RH NASO Flashing Lamp
Flashing Lamp, connector X245 ter- connector X245 (pin A).
minal A. Short to ground on circuit 244 (PU)
between Flasher Module connector
X255 (pin 11) and RH NASO Flash-
ing Lamp connector X245 (pin A).
See Test B- Flasher Module step 18.
Go to next test point.
2 Disconnect the RH NASO Flashing Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 680 (BK) between RH
Lamp. If good reading, replace the bulb. NASO Flashing Lamp connector
Measure resistance on circuit 680 X245 (pin B) and ground.
(BK) between RH NASO Flashing
Lamp, connector X245 (pin B) and
ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 24
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Turn/hazard light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Place Hazard Switch in the “ON" po- 0 - 12 volts. Open circuit 613 (PU) between
sition. If good reading, go to next test point. Flasher Module connector X255 (pin
Measure the voltage at LH Header 3) and LH Header Flashing Lamp
Flashing Lamp connector X303 (pin connector X303 (pin A).
A). Short to ground on circuit 613 (PU)
between Flasher Module connector
X255 (pin 3) and LH Header Flash-
ing Lamp connector X303 (pin A).
See text B-Flasher Module Test step
8.
Go to next test point.
2 Disconnect the LH Header Flashing Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 775 (BK) or 776 (BK)
Lamp. If good reading, replace the bulb. between LH Header Flashing Lamp
Measure the resistance on circuit connector X303 (pin B) and ground.
775 (BK) and 776 (BK) between the
LH Header Flasher Lamp connector
X303 (pin B) and ground.

Turn/hazard light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Place Hazard Switch in the “ON" po- 0 - 12 volts. Open circuit 618 (PU) between
sition. If good reading, go to next test point. Flasher Module connector X255 (pin
Measure the voltage at RH Header 4) and RH Header Flashing Lamp
Flashing Lamp connector X304 (pin connector X304 (pin A).
A). Short to ground on circuit 613 (PU)
between Flasher Module connector
X255 (pin 4) and RH Header Flash-
ing Lamp connector X304 (pin A).
See text B-Flasher Module Test step
8.
Go to next test point.
2 Disconnect the RH Header Flashing Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 775 (BK) or 776 (BK)
Lamp. If good reading, replace the bulb. between RH Header Flashing Lamp
Measure the resistance on circuit connector X304 (pin B) and ground.
775 (BK) and 776 (BK) between the
RH Header Flasher Lamp connector
X304 (pin B) and ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 25
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Turn/hazard light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Place Hazard Switch in the “ON" po- 0 - 12 volts. Open circuit 615 (PU) between
sition. If good reading, go to next test point.
Flasher Module connector X255
Measure the voltage at LH Front (pin 3) and LH Front Hazard Lamp
Hazard Lamp connector X160 (pin connector X160 (pin A).
A). Short to ground on circuit 615 (PU)
between Flasher Module (pin 3) and
LH Front Hazard Lamp (pin A).
See Test B-Flasher Module Test step
8.
Go to next test point.
2 Disconnect the LH Front Hazard Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 620 (BK) between LH
Lamp. If good reading, replace the hazard Front Hazard Lamp connector X160
Measure the resistance on circuit bulb of the LH Front Hazard Lamp. (pin C) and ground.
620 (BK) between LH Front Hazard
Lamp connector X160 (pin C) and
ground.

Turn/hazard light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Place Hazard Switch in the “ON" po- 0 - 12 volts. Open circuit 616 (PU) between
sition. If good reading, go to next test point.
Flasher Module connector X255 (pin
Measure the voltage at RH Front 3) and RH Hazard Lamp connector
Hazard Lamp connector X165 (pin X165 (pin A).
A). Short to ground on circuit 616 (PU)
between Flasher Module connector
X255 (pin 4) and
RH Front Hazard Lamp connector
X165 (pin A).
See Test B-Flasher Module Test step
8.
Go to next test point.
2 Disconnect the RH Front Hazard Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 621 (BK) between RH
Lamp. If good reading, replace the hazard Front Hazard Lamp connector X165
Measure the resistance on circuit bulb of the RH Front Hazard Lamp. (pin C) and ground.
621 (BK) between RH Front Hazard
Lamp connector X165 (pin C) and
ground.

Turn/hazard light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Turn Road Light Switch to Marker 12 volts. Perform Road Light Switch Test.
Lights position. If good reading, go to next test point.
Measure for 12 volts at Fuse #34.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 26
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

2 Measure for 12 volts at LH Front 12 volts. Open circuit 624 (PU) between Fuse
Hazard Lamp connector X160 (pin If good reading, go to next test point. #34 and LH Front Hazard Lamp con-
B). nector X160 (pin B).
Short to ground on circuit 624 (PU)
between Fuse #34 and LH Front
Hazard Lamp connector X160 (pin
B). Any short to ground will blow the
Fuse #34.
3 Disconnect the LH Front Hazard Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 620 (BK) between LH
Lamp. If good reading, replace the marker Front Hazard Lamp connector X160
Measure the resistance on circuit bulb of the LH Front Hazard Lamp. (pin C) and ground.
620 (BK) between LH Front Hazard
Lamp connector X160 (pin C) and
ground.

Turn/hazard light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Turn Road Light Switch to Marker 12 volts. Perform Road Light Switch Test.
Lights position. If good reading, go to next test point.
Measure for 12 volts at Fuse F-35.
2 Measure for 12 volts at RH Front 12 volts. Open circuit 627 (PU) between Fuse
Hazard Lamp connector X165 (pin If good reading, go to next test point. F-35 and RH Front Hazard Lamp
B). connector X165 (pin B).
Short to ground on circuit 627 (PU)
between Fuse F-35 and RH Front
Hazard Lamp connector X165 (pin
B). Any short to ground will blow the
Fuse #35.
3 Disconnect the RH Front Hazard Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 621 (BK) between RH
Lamp. If good reading, replace the marker Front Hazard Lamp connector X165
Measure the resistance on circuit bulb of the RH Front Hazard Lamp. (pin C) and ground.
621 (BK) between RH Front Hazard
Lamp connector X165 (pin C) and
ground.

Turn/hazard light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Place Hazard Switch in the “ON" po- 0 - 12 volts. Open circuit 619 (PU) between
sition. If good reading, go to test point 2. Flasher Module connector X255
Measure the voltage at LH Rear (pin 3) and LH Rear Flashing Lamp
Flashing Lamp connector X301 (pin connector X301 (pin A).
1). Short to ground on circuit 619 (PU)
between Flasher Module connector
X255 (pin 3) and LH Rear Flashing
Lamp connector X301 (pin A).
See test B-Flasher Module Test step
8. Go to next test point.
2 Disconnect the LH Rear Flashing Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 634 (BK) between LH
Lamp. If good reading, replace the bulb. Rear Flashing Lamp connector X301
Measure the resistance on circuit (pin 2) and ground.
634 (BK) between LH Rear Flashing
Lamp connector X301 (pin 2) and
ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 27
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Turn/hazard light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Place Hazard Switch in the “ON" po- 0 - 12 volts. Open circuit 622 (PU) between
sition. If good reading, go to test point 2. Flasher Module (pin 3) and RH Rear
Measure the voltage at RH Rear Flashing Lamp connector X302 (pin
Flashing Lamp connector X302 (pin 1).
1). Short to ground on circuit 622 (PU)
between Flasher Module connector
X255 (pin 3) and RH Rear Flashing
Lamp connector X302 (pin A).
See test B-Flasher Module Test step
8. Go to next test point.
2 Disconnect the RH Rear Flashing Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 635 (BK) between RH
Lamp. If good reading, replace the bulb. Rear Flashing Lamp connector X302
Measure the resistance on circuit (pin B) and ground.
635 (BK) between RH Rear Flash-
ing Lamp connector X302 (pin B)
and ground.

Turn/hazard light Flasher unit - Testing (A.40.A.13.86 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) or an
unpowered test light for these tests.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Measure for 12 volts at Flasher 12 volts. Open in power feed circuit between
Module connector X255 (pin 1). If good reading, go to next test point. Flasher Module connector X255 (pin
1) and Fuse #56. Short to ground,
which affect circuit between Flasher
Module connector X255 (pin 1) and
Fuse F-56 (see test A-Hazard Switch
Test, steps 1-4).
2 Close the Hazard Switch. Measure 12 volts. Open in circuit 207 (PU) between
for 12 volts at Flasher Module con- If good reading, go to next test point. Flasher Module connector X255 (pin
nector X255 (pin 2). 2) and Hazard Switch (pin 3).
Perform Hazard Switch Test.
3 Place Road Light Switch in “LEFT" 12 volts. Perform Road Light Switch Test.
turn position. If good reading, go to next test point.
Measure for 12 volts at the Road
Light Switch connector X256 (pin 2).
4 Measure for 12 volts at Flasher 12 volts. Open in circuit 203 (PU) between
Module connector X255 (pin 7). If good reading, go to next test point. Flasher Module connector X255 (pin
7) and Road Light Switch connector
X256 (pin 2).
5 Place Road Light Switch in “RIGHT" 12 volts. Perform Road Light Switch Test.
turn position. If good reading, go to next test point.
Measure for 12 volts at the Road
Light Switch connector X256 (pin 3).
2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 28
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

6 Measure for 12 volts at Flasher 12 volts. Open in circuit 202 (PU) between
Module connector X255 (pin 8). If good reading, go to next test point. Flasher Module connector X255 (pin
8) and Road Light Switch connector
X256 (pin 3).
7 Disconnect the Flasher Module. Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 141 (BK) between the
Measure resistance on circuit 141 Flasher Module connector X255 (pin
(BK) between Flasher Module con- 6) and ground.
nector X255 (pin 6) and ground.
8 Reconnect the Flasher Module. 0 - 12 volts. Flasher Module.
Place Hazard Switch in the “ON" po- If good reading, go to test point 13. Short to ground on circuit 199 (PU),
sition. 200 (PU), 195 (PU)or 196 (PU) be-
Measure for voltage at Flasher Mod- tween Flasher Module connector
ule connector X255 (pins 3 and 4). X255 (pins 3 and 4) and Turn Indi-
cator and flashing lamps.
Go to next test point.
9 Disconnect the Flasher Module. LH flashing lamps illuminate. Short to ground will blow Fuse #56.
Place a jumper wire across pins 1 If good reading, go to next test point. Repair short to ground.
and 4 of the Flasher Module connec-
tor X255.
10 Disconnect the Flasher Module. RH flashing lamps illuminate. Short to ground will blow fuse F-56.
Place a jumper wire across pins 1 If good reading, go to next test point. Repair short to ground.
and 3 of the Flasher Module connec-
tor X255.
11 Reconnect the Flasher Module. 0 - 12 volts. Open circuit 199 (PU) or 196 (PU)
Place Hazard Switch in the “ON" po- If good reading, go to next test point. between Flasher Module connector
sition. X255 (pins 3 and 4) and Turn Indica-
Measure for voltage at Turn Indicator tor connector X257 (pins 7and 10).
connector X257 (pins 7 and 10).
12 Measure resistance on circuit 209 Less than 1 ohm. Turn Indicator
(BK) between Turn Indicator connec- If good reading, go to next test point. Open in circuit 141 (BK) between the
tor X257 (pin 9) and ground. Flasher Module connector X255 (pin
6) and ground.
13 Measure 12 volts at Flasher Module 12 volts. Flasher Module.
connector X255 (pin 5). If good reading, go to text point 16. Short to ground on circuit 208 (PU)
between Flasher Module connector
X255 (pin 5) and High Beam Indica-
tor connector X258 (pin 7).
Go to next test point.
14 Disconnect the Flasher Module. High Beam Indicator illuminates. Short to ground on circuit 208 (PU)
Place a jumper wire across pins 1 If good reading, go to next test point. will blow fuse F-56.
and 5 of the Flasher Module connec- Repair short to ground between
tor X255. Flasher Module connector X255 (pin
5) and High Beam Indicator connec-
tor X258 (pin 7).
15 Measure resistance on circuit 221 Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 221 (BK) between High
(BK) between High Beam Indicator If good reading, check High Beam Beam Indicator connector X258 (pin
connector X258 (pin 9) and ground. Indicator. 9) and ground.
16 Place Hazard Switch in the “ON" po- 0 - 12 volts. Flasher Module.
sition. If good reading, go to test point 17. Short to ground on circuit 243 (PU)
Measure the voltage at Flasher Mod- between Flasher Module connector
ule connector X255 (pin 10). X255 (pin 10) and LH NASO Flash-
ing Lamp connector X242 (pin A).
Go to next test point.
17 Disconnect the Flasher Module. LH NASO Flashing Lamp illumi- Short to ground on circuit 243 (PU)
Place a jumper wire across pins 1 nates. will blow Fuse #56.
and 10 of the Flasher Module con- If good reading, go to next test point. Repair short to ground on circuit 243
nector. (PU) between Flasher Module con-
nector X255 (pin 10) and LH NASO
Flashing Lamp connector X242 (pin
A).
2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 29
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

18 Measure the voltage at Flasher Mod- 0 - 12 volts. Flasher Module.
ule connector X255 (pin 11). Short to ground on circuit 244 (PU)
between Flasher Module connector
X255 (pin 11) and RH NASO Flash-
ing Lamp connector X245 (pin A).
Go to next test point.
19 Disconnect the Flasher Module. RH NASO Flashing Lamp illumi- Short to ground on circuit 244 (PU)
Place a jumper wire across pins 1 nates. will blow fuse F-56.
and 11 of the Flasher Module con- If good reading, replace the Flasher Repair short to ground on circuit 244
nector X255. Module. (PU) between Flasher Module con-
nector X255 (pin 11) and RH NASO
Flashing Lamp connector X245 (pin
A).

Turn/hazard light Hazard switch - Testing (A.40.A.13.90 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) or an
unpowered test light for these tests.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Measure for 12 V at Hazard Switch 12 volts. Open circuit 40 (RD) or 54 (RD)
connector X259 (pin 2). If good reading, go to test point 3. between Hazard Switch connector
X259 (pin 2) and Fuse #56.
Short to ground between Hazard
Switch connector X259 (pin 2) and
fuse F-56.
Go to next test point.
2 Disconnect the Flasher Module. 12 volts. Short to ground in circuit 102 (RD)
Measure for 12 V at Hazard Switch If good reading, check Flasher Mod- between Flasher Module connector
connector X259 (pin 2). ule. X255 (pin 1) and fuse F-56.
3 Place Hazard Switch in the closed 12 volts. Hazard Switch.
position. If good reading, go to next test point.
Measure for 12 V at Hazard Switch
connector X259 (pin 3).
4 Measure for 12 V at Hazard Switch 12 volts. Hazard Switch.
connector X259 (pin 9). If good reading, go to next test point.
5 Place Hazard Switch in the open po- Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 220 (BK) or 219 (BK)
sition. If good reading, Hazard Switch is op- between Hazard Switch connector
Measure resistance from Hazard eration properly. X259 (pin 9) and ground.
Switch connector X259 (pin 9) to
ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 30
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

E0199-11-Brake Lights relay Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.14.82

- G.30.B.46)
E0199-11 - Brake Lights relay Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The Brake lights Relay (K-33) circuit is open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad relay.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Infoview monitor - Dealer Diagnostics screen.

Select "CCM2" sub menu.
Select “Brake Lights relay" and select the “Status" screen. Press the “Enter" key to manually power the circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the reading is within the proper range, the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 7.
2. Turn the key switch to the OFF position and remove the Brake Lights Relay K33. Use a multimeter to check the
resistance of the relay coil. The proper resistance range for the relay coil is 74.3 - 78.3 ohms.

A. If out of specification replace relay.

B. If the coil is within specification continue with Step 3.

3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between relay socket pin 1 and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity to ground is found continue with Step 4.

B. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground on wire 183 white in the cab main (CM) harness
between the fuse panel and connector X015 pin J1-18. Locate the short and repair.
4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between relay socket pin 2 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity to ground is found continue with Step 5.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit on wire 159 black in the cab main (CM) harness
between the fuse panel and cab ground 3. Locate the open and repair.
5. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the Infoview monitor - Dealer Diagnostics screen to manually power
the brake lights relay. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between relay socket pin 1 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present continue with Step 6.

B. If 12 volts is found continue with Step 7.

6. Key switch to the ON position. Use the Infoview monitor - Dealer Diagnostics screen to manually power the
brake lights relay. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X015 J1-18 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, replace the CCM2 with a known good controller.

B. If 12 volts is present, the open is between connector X015 J1-18 and relay socket pin 1 wire 183 white.
Locate the open and repair.
7. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 31
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

A.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.36)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.38)

Brake light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.14.82 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) or an
unpowered test light for these tests.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Depress brake pedal.
Measure for 12 volts at Brake Lights
Relay (pin 5).
2 Depress brake pedal.
Measure for 12 volts at Brake Lights
Relay (pin 1).
3 Measure for 12 volts at Brake Lights
Relay (pin 3).
4 Disconnect the Brake Lights Relay.
Measure resistance on circuit 159
(BK) between Brake Lights Relay
(pin 2) and ground.
12 volts. Brake Lights Relay.
If good reading, the relay is OK. Adjacent circuits.
Go to next test point.
12 volts. Open or short to ground in circuit 183
If good reading, go to next test point. (WH) between Brake Lights Relay
(pin 1) and CCM-2 connector X015
(pin J1-18).
See Service manual for testing of
CCM.
12 volts. Open circuit 56 (RD) between Brake
If good reading, go to next test point. Lights Relay (pin 3) and Fuse #52.
Short to ground on circuit 78 (PU)
between Brake Lights Relay (pin 5)
and Brake Lamps.
A short will cause Fuse #52 to blow.
Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 159 (BK) between
If good reading, go to next test point. Brake Lights Relay (pin 2) and
ground.

Brake light Indicator lamp - Testing (A.40.A.14.84 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Turn Road Light Switch to Marker 12 volts. Perform Road Light Switch Test.
Lights position. If good reading, go to next test point.
Measure for 12 volts at fuse F-34.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 32
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

2 Measure for 12 volts at LH Brake/ 12 volts. Open circuit 412 (PU) between fuse
Tail Lamp connector X299 (pin 3). If good reading, go to next test point. F-34 and LH Brake/Tail Lamp con-
nector X299 (pin 3).
Short to ground in circuit 412 (PU)
between Fuse 34 and LH Brake/Tail
Lamp connector X299 (pin B). Any
short to ground will blow the fuse
F-34.
3 Disconnect the LH Brake/Tail Lamp. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 634 (BK) between LH
Measure the resistance on circuit If good reading, replace the marker Brake/Tail Lamp connector X299
634 (BK) between LH Brake/Tail bulb of the LH Brake/Tail Lamp. (pin 2) and ground.
Lamp connector X299 (pin 2) and
ground.

Brake light Indicator lamp - Testing (A.40.A.14.84 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Turn Road Light Switch to Marker 12 volts. Perform Road Light Switch Test.
Lights position. If good reading, go to next test point.
Measure 12 volts at fuse F-35.
2 Measure for 12 volts at RH Brake/ 12 volts. Open circuit 421 (PU) between fuse
Tail Lamp connector X300 (pin 3). If good reading, go to next test point. F-35 and RH Brake/Tail Lamp con-
nector X300 (pin 3).
Short to ground in circuit 421 (PU)
between fuse F-35 and RH Brake/
Tail Lamp connector X300 (pin 3).
Any short to ground will blow the fuse
F-35.
3 Disconnect the RH Brake/Tail Lamp. Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 635 (BK) between
Measure the resistance on circuit If good reading, replace the marker RH Brake/Tail Lamp connector X300
635 (BK) between RH Brake/Tail bulb of the RH Brake/Tail Lamp. (pin 2) and ground.
Lamp connector X300 (pin 2) and
ground.

Brake light Indicator lamp - Testing (A.40.A.14.84 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi- 12 volts. Perform Brake Light Relay Test.
tion. If good reading, go to next test point.
Depress brake pedal.
Measure for 12 volts at Brake Light
Relay (pin 5).
2 Depress brake pedal. 12 volts. Open circuit 629 (PU) between
Measure for 12 volts at LH Brake/ If good reading, go to next test point. Brake Light Relay (pin 5) and LH
Tail Lamp connector X299 (pin 1). Brake/Tail Lamp connector X299
(pin 1).
Short to ground on circuit 629 (PU)
between Brake Light Relay (pin 5)
and LH Brake/Tail Lamp connector
X299 (pin 1). Any short to ground will
blow the fuse F-52.
3 Disconnect the LH Brake/Tail Lamp. Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 634 (BK) between
Measure the resistance on circuit If good reading, replace the brake LH Brake/Tail Lamp connector X299
634 (BK) between LH Brake/Tail bulb of the LH Brake/Tail Lamp. (pin 2) and ground.
Lamp connector X299 (pin 2) and
ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 33
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Brake light Indicator lamp - Testing (A.40.A.14.84 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi- 12 volts. Perform Brake Light Relay Test.
tion. If good reading, go to next test point.
Depress brake pedal.
Measure for 12 volts at Brake Light
Relay (pin 5).
2 Depress brake pedal. 12 volts. Open circuit 630 (PU) between
Measure for 12 volts at RH Brake/ If good reading, go to next test point. Brake Light Relay (pin 5) and RH
Tail Lamp connector X300 (pin 1). Brake/Tail Lamp connector X300
(pin 1).
Short to ground on circuit 630 (PU)
between Brake Light Relay (pin 5)
and RH Brake/Tail Lamp connector
X300 (pin 1). Any short to ground will
blow the fuse F-52.
3 Disconnect the RH Brake/Tail Lamp. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 635 (BK) between RH
Measure the resistance on circuit If good reading, replace the brake Brake/Tail Lamp connector X300
635 (BK) between RH Brake/Tail bulb of the RH Brake/Tail Lamp. (pin 2) and ground.
Lamp connector X300 (pin 2) and
ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 34
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

E0136-04-Beacon Lights Switch Shorted to Low Source

(A.40.A.15.83 - G.30.B.53)
E0136-04 - Beacon Lights Switch Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The beacon light switch (S-41) circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Switch supply wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Electrical" sub menu.
Select “Beacon lights switch" and check voltage range. Cycle the beacon light switch between the On and Off
positions.
The normal operating range for the beacon light in the "Off" position is 0.5 - 3.5 volts.
The normal operating range for the beacon light in the "On" position is 3.5 - 5.0 volts.
NOTE : The beacon light switch actually supplies 12 volts (battery voltage) to the module when in the On posi-
tion, however, the Diagnostic screen bar graph only displays to 5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low (0 - 0.5 volts) continue with step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits continue the troubleshooting at step 5.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. Check fuse F-49.

A. If fuse has failed, continue with step 3.

B. If fuse is okay, continue with step 4.

3. Replace fuse F49.

A. If fuse immediately fails, there is a short to ground on one of the following wires in the cab main (CM) or
cab roof (CR) harnesses:
Wire 046 orange, fuse F-49 through connector X073 to seat switch S05
Wire 045 orange, fuse F-49 through connector X002 pin A to cab roof harness splice
Wire 901 orange, harness splice to HVAC module connector X128 pin C2
Wire 240 orange, harness splice to rear work light switch connector X132 pin 2
Wire 172 orange, harness splice to beacon light switch connector X130 pin 2
Wire 124 orange, harness splice to tank extensions switch connector X125 pin 2
Wire 239 orange, harness splice to rear work lights switch connector X131 pin 2
Locate the short to ground and repair.

B. If fuse is OK, continue with step 4.

4. Place the beacon light switch in the ON position.

A. If fuse immediately fails, there is a short to ground in the cab main (CM) or cab roof (CR) harnesses
between the beacon lights switch connector X130 pin 3 through connector X002 pin M to connector X015
pin J1-2 wire 166 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If fuse is okay, continue with step 5.

5. Operate the machine while monitoring Infoview display. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase the
fault code and continue operation.
2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 35
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.27)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 39 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.39)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 42 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.42)

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 36
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

E0200-11-Beacon Lights relay Unidentified Failure Code

(A.40.A.15.82 - G.30.B.46)
E0200-11 - Beacon Lights relay Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The Beacon lights relay (K-29) circuit is open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad relay.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Electrical" sub menu.
Select “Beacon Lights relay" and select the “Status" screen. Press the “Enter" key to manually power the circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the reading is within the proper range, the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 7.
2. Turn the key switch to the OFF position and remove the Beacon Lights Relay K-29. Use a multimeter to check
the resistance of the relay coil. The proper resistance range for the relay coil is 74.3 - 78.3 ohms.

A. If out of specification replace relay.

B. If the coil is within specification continue with Step 3.

3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between relay socket pin 1 and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity to ground is found continue with Step 4.

B. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground on wire 182 white in the cab main (CM) harness
between the fuse panel and connector X015 pin J1-24. Locate the short and repair.
4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between relay socket pin 2 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity to ground is found continue with Step 5.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit on wire 160 black in the cab main (CM) harness
between the fuse panel and cab ground 3. Locate the open and repair.
5. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power the
beacon lights relay. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between relay socket pin 1 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present continue with Step 6.

B. If 12 volts is found continue with Step 7.

6. Key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power the beacon
lights relay. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X015 J1-24 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, replace the CCM2 with a known good controller.

B. If 12 volts is present, the open is between connector X015 J1-24 and relay socket pin 1 wire 182 white.
Locate the open and repair.
7. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 37
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

A.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 39 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.39)

Beacon Relay - Testing (A.40.A.15.82 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) or an
unpowered test light for these tests.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi- 12 volts. Beacon Light Relay.
tion. Close Beacon Light Switch. If good reading, the relay is operating Adjacent circuits.
Measure for 12 volts at Beacon properly. Go to next test point.
Light Relay (pin 5).
2 Measure for 12 volts at Beacon 12 volts. Open or short to ground in circuit
Light Relay (pin 1). If good reading, go to next test point. between Beacon Light Relay (pin
1) and CCM-2 connector X015 (pin
J1-24). See Service Manual for test-
ing of CCM.
3 Measure for 12 volts at Beacon 12 volts. Open in circuit 69 (RD) between
Light Relay (pin 3). If good reading, go to next test point. Beacon Light Relay (pin 3) and Fuse
#53. Short to ground on circuit 578
(PU) between Beacon Light Relay
(pin 5) and Rear Beacon Light con-
nector X247 (pin A). A short will
cause Fuse #53 to blow.
4 Disconnect the Beacon Light Re- Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 160 (BK) between Bea-
lay. Measure resistance on circuit If good reading, go to next test point. con Light Relay (pin 2) and ground.
160(BK) between Beacon Light Re-
lay (pin 2) and ground.

Beacon Switch - Testing (A.40.A.15.83 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) or an
unpowered test light for these tests.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 38
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi-
tion.
Measure for 12 volts at Beacon
Light Switch connector X130 (pin 2).
2 Close Beacon Light Switch.
Measure for 12 volts at Beacon
Light Switch connector X130 (pin 3).
12 volts. Open circuit 172 (OR) or 45 (OR) be-
If good reading, go to next test point. tween Beacon Light Switch connec-
tor X130 (pin 2) and Fuse #49.
12 volts. Beacon Light Switch.
If good reading, system OK. Short to ground on circuit 166 (YE)
between Beacon Light Switch con-
nector X130 (pin 3) and CCM-2 (pin
J1-2)
A short to ground will blow Fuse #49.

Beacon Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.15.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi- 12 volts. Perform Beacon Light Relay Test.
tion. Close Beacon Light Switch. If good reading, go to next test point.
Measure for 12 volts at Beacon
Light Relay (pin 5).
2 Measure the voltage at Rear Beacon 12 volts. Open circuit 578 (PU) between Bea-
Light connector X247 (pin A). If good reading, go to next test point. con Light Relay (pin 5) and Rear
Beacon Light connector X247 (pin
A).
3 Disconnect the Rear Beacon. Mea- Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 623 (BK) between Rear
sure the resistance on circuit 623 If good reading, replace the Beacon Beacon Light connector X247 (pin B)
(BK) between Rear Beacon Light Light bulb of the Rear Beacon. and ground.
connector X247 (pin B) and ground.

Beacon Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.15.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Place Ignition Switch in "ON" posi- 12 volts. Perform Beacon Light Relay Test.
tion. Close Beacon Light Switch. If good reading, go to next test point.
Measure for 12 volts at Beacon
Light Relay (pin 5).
2 Measure for 12 volts at LH Front 12 volts. Open in circuit 579 (PU) or 663 (PU)
Beacon Light connector X113 (pin If good reading, go to next test point. between Beacon Light Relay (pin 5)
A). and LH Front Beacon Light connec-
tor X113 (pin A).
3 Disconnect the LH Front Beacon. Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 666 (BK) between LH
Measure the resistance on circuit If good reading, replace the Beacon Front Beacon Light connector X113
666(BK) between LH Front Beacon Light bulb of the LH Front Beacon. (pin B) and ground.
Light connector X113 (pin B) and
ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 39
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Beacon Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.15.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Place Ignition Switch in "ON" posi- 12 volts. Perform Beacon Light Relay Test.
tion. Close Beacon Light Switch. If good reading, go to next test point.
Measure for 12 volts at Beacon
Light Relay (pin 5).
2 Measure for 12 volts at RH Front 12 volts. Open in circuit 579 (PU) or 664 (PU)
Beacon Light connector X119 (pin If good reading, go to next test point. between Beacon Light Relay (pin 5)
A). and RH Front Beacon Light connec-
tor X119 (pin A).
3 Disconnect the RH Front Beacon. Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 667 (BK) between RH
Measure the resistance on circuit If good reading, replace the Beacon Front Beacon Light connector X119
667 (BK) between RH Front Beacon Light bulb of the RH Front Beacon. (pin B) and ground.
Light connector X119 (pin B) and
ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 40
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

E0070-11-Front Work Lights Relay Unidentified Failure Code

(A.40.A.16.82 - G.30.B.46)
E0070-11 - Front Work Lights Relay Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The front work lights relay(s) (K-01, K-21, K-22 or K-30) circuit is open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad relay(s).
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Several relays are used to control the numerous work lights installed on the combine, but all of the relays are
engaged using a single output signal from CCM1. Since the relays are wired in parallel, it is possible to have
a single relay fail, preventing certain lighting from coming on, without having a fault code indicated. This fault
code will only occur if there is a short to ground anywhere on the supply wiring to the relays, or if there is an
open circuit between the CCM1 module and the first relay (K-01). An open circuit on one of the relay ground
paths, or in the supply wiring to the K-21, K-22, or K-30 relays will not cause this error to be displayed

Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Electrical" sub menu.
Select “Front Work Lights relay" and select the “Status" screen. Press the “Enter" key to manually power the
circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates “OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 4.
2. Key OFF. Remove the Cab Roof Work Lights relay K-01, and use a multimeter to check between relay base pin
1 and chassis ground.

A. If there is not continuity to ground, continue with step 3.

B. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the cab main (CM) harness between connector
X018 pin J1-11 and the work lights relays on one of the following wires:
Wire 190 white, connector X018 pin J1-11 to relay K-01 pin 1
Wire 189 white, relay K-01 pin 1 to relay K-21 pin 1
Wire 188 white, relay K-21 pin 1 to relay K-22 pin 1 (Series 1206 - 1281)
Wire 187 white, relay K-22 pin 1 to relay K-30 pin 1 (Series 1206 - 1281)
Locate the short and repair.
3. Key OFF. Remove the Cab Roof Work Lights relay K-01. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to
manually power the front work lights relays. Use a multimeter to check for 12 V power between relay base pin
1 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 V is not present, there is an open circuit in the cab main (CM) harness between connector X018 pin
J1-11 and relay base (K-01) pin 1 wire 190 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If 12 V is present, continue with step 4.

4. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.40)
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 41 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.41)
2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 41
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

E0073-11-Field Lights Relay Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.16.82

- G.30.B.46)
E0073-11 - Field Lights Relay Unidentified Failure Code

Context:
Three relays are used to control the numerous work lights installed on the combine, but all relays are engaged using
a single output signal from CCM1. Since the three relays are wired in parallel, it is possible to have a single relay
fail, preventing certain lighting from coming on, without having a fault code indicated. This fault code will only occur if
there is a short to ground anywhere on the supply wiring to the relays, or if there is an open circuit between the CCM1
module and the first relay (K-27). An open circuit on one of the relay ground paths, or in the supply wiring to K-22 or
K-30 relay will not cause this error to be displayed.

Cause:
The front work lights relay(s) (K-27, K-22, or K-30) circuit is open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad relay(s).
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Infoview monitor- ""Diagnose info"" screen. Select the "Electrical" sort menu, and select "Field Lights
Relay". Change the drop-down list to "STATUS", and press the "Enter" button to change the circuit output to
"ON".
The "STATUS" screen should indicate "OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates "ERROR", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates "OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with Step 4.
2. Key OFF. Remove the Road Lights relay K-27, and use a multimeter to check for continuity between relay base
pin 1 and chassis ground.

A. If there is not continuity to ground, continue with Step 3.

B. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the cab main (CM) harness between connector
X018 pin J1-5 and the work lights relays on one of the following wires:
- wire 117 white, connector X018 pin J1-5 to relay K-27 pin 1.
- wire 188 white, relay K-27 pin 1 to relay K-22 pin 1.
- wire 187 white, relay K-22 pin 1 to relay K-30 pin 1.
Locate the short and repair.
3. Key OFF. Remove the Road Lights relay K-27. Use the Infoview monitor- ""Diagnose info"" screen controls to
manually power the field lights relays. Use a multimeter to check for 12 V power between relay base pin 1 and
chassis ground.

A. If 12 V is not present, there is an open circuit in the cab main (CM) harness between connector X018 pin
J1-5 and relay base (K-27) pin 1 wire 117 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If 12 V is present, continue with Step 4.

4. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken
wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1282 and above

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 42
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.40)

Series 1282 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 41 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.41)

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 43
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

E0010-04-Rear Work Lights Switch Shorted To Low Source

(A.40.A.17.83 - G.30.B.53)
E0010-04 - Rear Work Lights Switch Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
The rear work lights switch (S-44) circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Switch or CCM1 supply wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Electrical" sub menu.
Select “Rear Work Lights switch" and check voltage range.
The normal operating range for the rear work lights switch - ON 4.0 - 5.0 volts
The normal operating range for the rear work lights switch - OFF 0.5 - 4.0 volts
NOTE: Check fuse F-49. If a short to ground occurred on this circuit the fuse will have blown.

A. If the voltage reading is 0 - 0.5 volts in either switch position continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is 0.5 - 4.0 volts with the switch OFF and 0 - 0.5 volts with the switch ON. Continue
with Step 3.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView display is 0 - 0.5 volts. The short to ground is somewhere between the
switch and CCM1. Disconnect the cab main harness from the cab roof harness at connector X002.

A. If the voltage increases to 0.5 - 4.0 volts, the short is between connector X002 and the switch, cab roof
harness wire 170 yellow. Locate and repair the short.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView display the short is between connector X002 and connector X018
J1-15 CCM1, cab main harness wire 170 yellow.
3. The voltage reading is 0.5 - 4.0 volts with the switch OFF and 0 - 0.5 volts with the switch ON. The short to
ground is between the fuse and switch. Disconnect the cab main harness from the cab roof harness at connector
X002. Operate the switch again and observe InfoView display.

A. If the voltage reading is 0.5 - 4.0 volts with the switch OFF and 0 - 0.5 volts with the switch ON. The short
is between connector X002 and the switch, in the cab roof harness wire 239 or 045 orange. Locate and
repair the short.

B. If the voltage reading remains between 0.5 - 4.0 volts the short is between connector X002 and fuse F-49,
in cab main harness wire 045 orange.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 42 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.42)

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 44
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

E0071-11-Rear Work Lights Relay Unidentified Failure Code

(A.40.A.17.82 - G.30.B.46)
E0071-11 - Rear Work Lights Relay Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The rear work lights relay (K-31) circuit is open or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Circuit connection/wiring damaged between CCM1 and relay.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Info View Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "CCM1" sub menu.
Select “Rear Work Lights relay" and select the “Status" screen. Press the “Enter" key to manually power the
circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates “OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 5.
2. Turn the key switch to the OFF position and remove the rear work light relay K-31 from relay base in cab. Use
a multimeter to check for continuity between relay base (K-31) pin 1 and chassis ground. Flex the cab main
harness while making this check.

A. If no continuity to ground is found continue with Step 3.

B. If there is continuity to ground the short to ground is in the cab main harness between relay base and
connector X018 J1-18 wire 184 white. Locate the short and repair.
3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between relay base (K-31) pin 2 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with Step 4.

B. If no continuity to ground is found, there is an open circuit in the cab main (CM) harness between relay
base pin 2 and cab ground #3 wire 158 black. Locate the open and repair.
4. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power the rear
work light relay K-31. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between relay base (K-31) pin 1 and chassis
ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present the open is between the relay base K-31 and connector X018 J1-18 wire 184
white.

B. If 12 volts is found continue with Step 5.

5. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.38)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 42 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.42)

Rear work light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.17.82 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) or an
unpowered test light for these tests.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 45
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi-
tion. Close Rear Work Light Switch.
Measure for 12 volts at Rear Work
Lights Relay (pin 5).
2 Measure for 12 volts at Rear Work
Lights Relay (pin 1).
3 Measure for 12 volts at Rear Work
Lights Relay (pin 3).
4 Disconnect the Rear Work Lights
Relay. Measure resistance on circuit
158 (BK) between Rear Work Lights
Relay (pin 2) and ground.
12 volts. Rear Work Lights Relay.
If good reading, the relay is operating Adjacent circuits.
properly. Go to next test point.
12 volts. Open or short circuit 184 (WH) be-
If good reading, go to next test point. tween Rear Work Lights Relay (pin
1) and CCM-1 connector X018 (pin
J1-18).
See Service Manual for testing of
CCM.
12 volts. Open in circuit 66 (RD) between
If good reading, go to next test point. Rear Work Lights Relay (pin 3) and
Fuse #55.
Short to ground on circuit 67 (PU) be-
tween Rear Work Lights Relay (pin
5) and Rear Work Lights connector
X106 and X110 (pin A).
A short to ground will blow the Fuse
#55.
Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 158 (BK) between
If good reading, go to next test point. Rear Work Lights Relay (pin 2) and
ground.

Rear work light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.17.83 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) or an
unpowered test light for these tests.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 46
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi-
tion.
Measure for 12 volts at Rear Work
Light Switch connector X131 (pin 2).
2 Close Rear Work Light Switch.
Measure for 12 volts at Rear Work
Light Switch connector X131 (pin 3).
12 volts. Open circuit 239 (OR) or 45 (OR) be-
If good reading, go to next test point. tween Rear Work Light Switch con-
nector X131 (pin 2) and Fuse #49.
12 volts. Rear Work Light Switch. Short to
If good reading, system OK. ground on circuit 170 (YE) between
Rear Work Light Switch connector
X131 (pin 3) and CCM-1 (pin J1-15)
A short to ground will blow Fuse #49.

Rear work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.17.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point
1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi-
tion. Close Rear Work Light Switch.
Measure for 12 volts at Rear Work
Lights Relay (pin 5).
2 Measure the voltage at LH Rear
Work Light connector X106 (pin A).
3 Disconnect the LH Rear Work Light.
Measure the resistance o circuit 661
(BK) between LH Rear Work Light
connector X106 (pin B) and ground.
Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
12 volts. Perform Rear Work Lights Relay
If good reading, go to next test point. Test.
12 volts. Open circuit 652 (PU) or 67 (PU) be-
If good reading, go to next test point. tween Rear Work Lights Relay (pin
5) and LH Rear Work Light connec-
tor X106 (pin A).
Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 661 (BK) between LH
If good reading, replace the Rear Rear Work Light connector X106 (pin
Work Lights bulb of the LH Rear B) and ground.
Work Light.

Rear work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.17.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point
1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi-
tion. Close Rear Work Light Switch.
Measure for 12 volts at Rear Work
Lights Relay (pin 5).
2 Measure the voltage at RH Rear
Work Light connector X110 (pin A).
3 Disconnect the RH Rear Work Light.
Measure the resistance in circuit 662
(BK) between LH Rear Work Light
connector X110 (pin B) and ground.
Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
12 volts. Perform Rear Work Lights Relay
If good reading, go to next test point. Test.
12 volts. Open circuit 653 (PU) or 67 (PU) be-
If good reading, go to next test point. tween Rear Work Lights Relay (pin
5) and RH Rear Work Light connec-
tor X110 (pin A).
Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 662 (BK) between RH
If good reading, replace the Rear Rear Work Light connector X110 (pin
Work Lights bulb of the RH Rear B) and ground.
Work Light.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 47
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

E0072-11-Side Work Lights Relay Unidentified Failure Code

(A.40.A.18.82 - G.30.B.46)
E0072-11 - Side Work Lights Relay Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The side work lights relay (K-35) circuit open or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Circuit connection/wiring damaged between CCM1 and relay.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Info View Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Electrical" sub menu.
Select “Side Work Lights relay" and select the “Status" screen. Press the “Enter" key to manually power the
circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates “OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 5.
2. Turn the key switch to the OFF position and remove the side work light relay K-35 from relay base in cab. Use
a multimeter to check for continuity between relay base (K-35) pin 1 and chassis ground. Flex the cab main
harness while making this check.

A. If no continuity to ground is found continue with Step 3.

B. If there is continuity to ground the short to ground is in the cab main harness between relay base and
connector X018 J1-24 wire 180 white. Locate the short and repair.
3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between relay base (K-35) pin 2 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with Step 4.

B. If no continuity to ground is found, there is an open circuit in the cab main (CM) harness between relay
base pin 2 and cab ground #3 wire 161 black. Locate the open and repair.
4. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power the side
work light relay K-35. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between relay base (K-35) pin 1 and chassis
ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present the open is between the relay base K-35 and connector X018 J1-24 wire 180
white.

B. If 12 volts is found continue with Step 5.

5. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 43 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.43)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 44 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.44)

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 48
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Side work light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.18.82 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point
1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi-
tion.
Close Work Light Switch.
Measure for 12 volts at LH Side
Work Light Relay (pin 5).
2 Open LH Door Switch. Measure for
12 volts at LH Side Work Light Relay
(pin 1).
3 Measure for 12 volts at LH Side
Work Light Relay
(pin 3).
4 Disconnect the LH Side Work Light
Relay. Measure the resistance on
circuit 162 (BK) between LH Side
Work Light Relay (pin 2) and ground.
Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
12 volts. LH Side Work Light Relay.
If good reading, the relay is operating Adjacent circuits.
properly. Go to next test point.
12 volts. Open or short to ground in circuit
If good reading, go to next test point. 969 (PU) between Time Delay Mod-
ule (pin 87) and LH Side Work Light
Relay (pin 1).
Time Delay Module.
See Interior Lights section for test-
ing.
12 volts. Open in circuit 73 (RD) between LH
If good reading, go to next test point. Side Work Light Relay (pin 3) and
Fuse #50. Short to ground on cir-
cuit 76 (PU) 165 (PU) or 72 (PU) be-
tween LH Side Work Light Relay (pin
5) and Side Work Lights connector
X297 and X298 (pin A).
A short will cause Fuse #50 to blow.
Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 162 (BK) between LH
If good reading, replace LH Side Side Work Light Relay (pin 2) and
Work Light Relay. ground.

Side work light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.18.82 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi- 12 volts. RH Side Work Light Relay.
tion. If good reading, the relay is operating Adjacent circuits.
Close Work Light Switch. properly. Go to next test point.
Measure for 12 volts at RH Side
Work Light Relay (pin 5).
2 Measure for 12 volts at RH Side 12 volts. Open or short to ground in circuit 180
Work Light Relay (pin 1). If good reading, go to next test point. (WH) between RH Side Work Light
Relay (pin 1) and CCM-2 connector
X015 (pin J1-24).
See Service Manual for testing of
CCM.
3 Measure for 12 volts at RH Side 12 volts. Open circuit 71 (RD) or 73 (RD) be-
Work Light Relay If good reading, go to next test point. tween RH Side Work Light Relay (pin
(pin 3). 3) and Fuse #50. Short to ground on
circuit 72 (PU), 165 (PU) or 76 (PU)
between RH Side Work Light Relay
(pin 5) and Side Work Lights connec-
tors X297 and X298 (pin A).
A short will cause Fuse #50 to blow.
4 Disconnect the RH Side Work Light Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 161 (BK) between RH
Relay. Measure the resistance on If good reading, replace RH Side Side Work Light Relay (pin 2) and
circuit 161(BK) between RH Side Work Light Relay. ground.
Work Light Relay (pin 2) and ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 49
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Side work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.18.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi- 12 volts. Perform LH Side Work Light Relay
tion. If good reading, go to next test point. Test.
Close Work Light Switch. Measure
for 12 volts at Side Work Light Relay
(pin 5).
2 Measure for 12 volts at LH Side 12 volts. Open circuit 76 (PU) between LH
Work Light connector X297 (pin A). If good reading, go to next test point. Side Work Lights Relay (pin 5) and
LH Side Work Light connector X297
(pin A).
3 Disconnect the LH Side Work Light. Less Than 1 ohm. Open circuit 671 (BK) between LH
Measure the resistance on circuit If good reading, replace the LH Side Side Work Light Relay (pin B) and
671 (BK) between LH Side Work Work Light bulb. ground.
Light connector X297 (pin B) and
ground.

Side work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.18.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi- 12 volts. Perform RH Side Work Light Relay
tion. If good reading, go to next test point. Test.
Close Work Light Switch. Measure
for 12 volts at Side Work Light Relay
(pin 5).
2 Measure for 12 volts at RH Side 12 volts. Open circuit 72 (PU) between RH
Work Light connector X298 (pin A). If good reading, go to next test point. Side Work Lights Relay (pin 5) and
RH Side Work Light connector X298
(pin A).
3 Disconnect the RH Side Work Light. Less Than 1 ohm. Open circuit 670 (BK) between RH
Measure the resistance on circuit If good reading, replace the RH Side Side Work Light Relay (pin B) and
670 (BK) between RH Side Work Work Light bulb. ground.
Light connector X298 (pin B) and
ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 50
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Cleaning shoe service light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.20.83 -

G.40.A.20)
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) or an
unpowered test light for these tests.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Measure the voltage at Sieve Light 12 volts. Blown Fuse #14
Switch connector X237 (pin 2). If good reading, go to next test point. Open circuit 604 (OR) between
Sieve Light Switch connector X237
(pin 2) and Fuse #14.
Short to ground on circuit 604 (OR)
between Sieve Light switch connec-
tor X237 (pin 2) and Fuse #14.
A short to ground will blow the Fuse
#14.
2 Close Sieve Light Switch. 12 volts. Sieve Light Switch
Measure for 12 volts at Sieve Light If good reading, switch is working Short to ground in circuit 610 (PU be-
Switch connector X237 (pin 3). properly. tween Sieve Light switch connector
X237 (pin 3) and Sieve Light connec-
tor X234 (pin A).
A short to ground will blow the Fuse
#14.

Cleaning shoe service light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.20.85 -

G.40.A.20)
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) or an
unpowered test light for these tests.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Close Sieve Light Switch. Measure 12 volts. Perform Sieve Light Switch Test.
for 12 volts at Sieve Light Switch If good reading, go to next test point.
connector X237 pin 3).

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 51
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

2 Measure for 12 volts at Sieve Light 12 volts. Open circuit 610 (PU) between
connector X234 (pin A). If good reading, go to next test point. Sieve Light Switch connector X234
(pin 3) and Sieve Light connector
X237 (pin A).
3 Disconnect the Sieve Light. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 611 (BK) between Sieve
Measure the resistance on circuit If good reading, replace the Sieve Light connector X234 (pin A) and
611 (BK) between Sieve Light con- Light bulb. ground.
nector X234 (pin B) and ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 52
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Dome light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.23.82 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Check for 12 volts at Time Delay 12 volts. Open circuit 75 (RD) between Brake
Module (pin 87A). If good reading, go to test point 4. Lights Relay (pin 3) and Time Delay
Module (pin 87A).
Go to next test point.
2 Check for 12 volts at Brake Lights 12 volts. Open circuit 56 (RD) between Brake
Relay (pin 3). If good reading, repair open in circuit Lights Relay (pin 3) and Fuse #52.
75 (RD). Go to next test point.
3 Check for 12 volts at Fuse #52. 12 volts. Blown Fuse #52.
If good reading, repair open in circuit Open in B+ circuit. See Power Dis-
56 (RD). tribution for testing.
Go to next test point.
4 Disconnect Time Delay Module. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 968 (BK) between Time
Check resistance to ground at Time If good reading, go to next test point. Delay Module and ground.
Delay Module (pin 85).
5 Reconnect Time Delay Module. 12 volts. Open circuit 967 (YE) or 865 (YE)
Ground LH Door Switch connector If good reading, go to test point 8. between LH Door Switch connector
X137 (pin 3). Check in-line connector X003 (pin X137 (pin 3) and Time Delay Module
Check for 12 voltsat Timer Delay 31) for connection. (pin 86).
Module (pin 87). Disconnect ground Check in-line connector X003 (pin
from LH Door Switch connector 31) for connection.
X137 and check for 112 volts. In Go to next test point.
each case 12 volts should be at
Timer Delay Module (pin 87) for 60
seconds.
6 Ground circuit 967 (YE) at Dome 12 volts. Open circuit 865 (YE) between LH
Light connector X129 (pin 1). If good reading, go to next test point. Door Switch connector X137 (pin 3)
Check for 12 volts at Time Delay and Dome Light connector X129 (pin
Module (pin 87). 1).
7 Ground circuit 967 (YE) at Time De- 12 volts. Replace Time Delay Module.
lay (pin 86). If good reading, repair circuit 967
Check for 12 volts at Time Delay (YE) between Dome Light connector
Module (pin 87). X129 (pin 1) and Time Delay Module
(pin 86).
8 Open Driver’s door. 12 volts. Open circuit 969 (PU) between Time
Check for 12 volts at Timed Side If good reading, Time Delay Module Delay Module (pin 87) and Timed
Work Light Relay (pin 1). is operating properly. Side Work Light Relay (pin 1).
See Exterior Lighting for further test-
ing.

Dome light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.23.83 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests.
2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 53
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Check 12 volts at Dome Light con- 12 volts. Open circuit 965 (RD) between
nector X296 (pin 1). If good reading, go to test point 5. Dome Light connector X296 (pin 1)
and Time Delay Module (pin 87A).
Go to next test point.
2 Check for 12 volts at Time Delay 12 volts. Open circuit 75 (RD) between Brake
Module (pin 87A). If good reading, repair open in circuit Lights Relay (pin 3) and Time Delay
965 (RD). Module (pin 87A).
Go to next test point.
3 Check for 12 volts at Brake Lights 12 volts. Open circuit 56 (RD) between Brake
Relay (pin 3). If good reading, repair open in circuit Lights Relay (pin 3) and Fuse #52.
75 (RD). Go to next test point.
4 Check for 12 volts at Fuse #52. 12 volts. Blown Fuse #52.
If good reading, repair open in circuit Open in B+ circuit. See Power Dis-
56 (RD). tribution for testing.
5 Check resistance of circuit 971 (BK) Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 971 (BK) between
between Dome Light connector If good reading, repair or replace Dome Light and ground.
X129 (pin 2) and ground. bulb and or Dome Light.
6 Switch Dome Light to door opera- 12 volts. Bulb or dome light and switch as-
tion. If good reading, go to next test point. sembly.
Close LH door.
Check for 12 volts at Dome Light
connector X129 (pin 1) circuit
865(YE).
7 Check for 12 volts LH Door Switch 12 volts. Open circuit 865 (YE) between
connector X137 (pin 3). If good reading, go to next test point.
Dome Light connector X129 (pin
1) and LH Door Switch connector
X137 (pin 3).
8 Open door. Less than 1 ohm. LH Door Switch, or ground connec-
Check resistance between ground If good reading, Dome Light and LH tion of Door Switch.
terminal of LH Door Switch connec- Door Switch circuits are operating
tor X137 (pin 2) and ground. properly.

Dome light - Testing (A.40.A.23 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Place Ignition Switch in “IGN" posi- 12 volts. Open circuit 329 PU between Splice
tion. If good reading, go to next test point. Block connector X198 (pin H) and
Place Road Light Switch in “PARK" RHM connector X027 (pin 18).
or “HEAD" position. Refer to Service Manual for CCM-1
Check for 12 volts at Splice Block testing.
connector X198 (pin H).

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 54
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

2 Ignition Switch in “IGN" position. 12 volts. Open circuit 231 PU or 232 PU be-
Check for 12 volts at Splice Block If good reading, go to next test point. tween Splice Block connector X133
connector X198 (pin B). (pin B) and CCM-2 (pin J1-11).
Check in-line connector X002 (pin U)
for connection.
Refer to Service Manual for CCM-2
testing.
3 Place Ignition Switch in “OFF" posi- Less than 1 ohm. Open ground circuit between Splice
tion. If good reading, ground wiring to Block connector X053 (pin A) and
Place Road Light Switch in “OFF" Splice Block X053 is functioning ground.
position. properly.
Check resistance between Splice
Block connector X053 (pin A) and
ground.

Dome light - Testing (A.40.A.23 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point
1 Place Ignition Switch in “IGN" posi-
tion.
Place Road Light Switch in “PARK"
or “HEAD" position.
Check for 12 volts at switch connec-
tor X049 (pin 7) not illuminating.
2 Place Ignition Switch in “OFF" posi-
tion.
Place Road Light Switch in “OFF"
position.
Check resistance between switch
not illuminating (pin 9 or pin 8) and
ground.
Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
12 volts. Splice Block
If good reading, go to next test point. Open circuit (PU wire) between
Splice Block connector X198 and
switch not illuminating (pin 7).
Less than 1 ohm. Splice Block
If good reading, check illumination Open circuit (BK wire) between
LED and switch. Splice Block X053 and switch not
illuminating (pin 9 or pin 8).
Open circuit (BK wire) between
switch not illuminating (pin 9 or pin
8) and ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 55
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Dome light - Problem solving (A.40.A.23 - G.40.A.30)

OPERATION

Interior lighting consists of a switchable Dome Light with LH Door Switch, Time Delay Module and side lights mounted
on each mirror. The Dome Light has an integral switch that can be set in the off, dome or door position.

When the Dome Light switch is set in the door position, the light will illuminate when the driver’s door is opened. When
the LH Door Switch is closed a ground signal is provided to illuminate the Dome Light and activate a 60 second timing
cycle in the Timer Delay Module. The Time Delay Module looks for a “change of state” and will power the side lights
mounted on each mirror anytime the LH Door Switch is opened or closed. The timing cycle will be deactivated when
ever the Ignition Key is in the “RUN” position.

Unswitched power is provided to the Dome Light so it can be operated at any time by placing the Dome Light Switch
in the dome position.

The Dome Light switch can be placed in the off so that the Dome Light will not illuminate even when the door is
opened.

Illumination lights in the vehicle are controlled by the CCM and RHM. The CCM receives a signal from the Road Light
Switch indicating that the switch has been placed in the “PARK” or “RUN” position. A signal is also sent by the CCM
to the RHM indicating the position of the Road Light Switch. Power to the illumination lights is supplied by the CCM
and RHM and will operate them at full intensity during the daytime or at a lower intensity for nighttime operation of
the vehicle.

Power is applied to the Horn Switch at all times. The Horn Switch is integrated in to the Road Light Switch. When the
operator closes the Horn Switch contact, current flows through the Horn Switch to operate the horn.

Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.27)

Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.28)
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.29)
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 30 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.30)
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 42 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.42)
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 43 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.43)
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 44 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.44)
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 45 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.45)
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.23)
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.24)
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.36)
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.35)

TROUBLESHOOTING

Before troubleshooting the Interior Lighting and Horn System, make sure that the following operating conditions
are met:
A. The batteries are fully charged, and all connections are clean and tight.
B. Transmission in neutral or park.
C. Check all connectors for full installation, loose, corroded, pushed out or bent terminals.
D. Fuses F-51 and F-52 are good.
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 56
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

CAUTION
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

Problem Possible Cause Correction

Dome light does not Fuse/Power Supply B - Dome Lamp and Switch Circuit
operate. TestDome light Switch - Testing
(A.40.A.23.83 - G.40.A.20).
Circuit B - Dome Lamp and Switch Circuit
TestDome light Switch - Testing
(A.40.A.23.83 - G.40.A.20).
Door switch B - Dome Lamp and Switch Circuit Test,
test point 8.Dome light Switch - Testing
(A.40.A.23.83 - G.40.A.20).
Dome light operates when Door switch B - Dome Lamp and Switch Circuit Test,
turned ON, but not with test point 8.Dome light Switch - Testing
door. (A.40.A.23.83 - G.40.A.20).
Circuit B - Dome Lamp and Switch Circuit
TestDome light Switch - Testing
(A.40.A.23.83 - G.40.A.20).
Dome light assembly B - Dome Lamp and Switch Circuit Test,
test point 6.Dome light Switch - Testing
(A.40.A.23.83 - G.40.A.20).
Dome light operates with Dome light assembly B - Dome Lamp and Switch Circuit Test,
door, but not when turned test point 9.Dome light Switch - Testing
ON. (A.40.A.23.83 - G.40.A.20).
Circuit B - Dome Lamp and Switch Circuit Test,
test points 6 - 9.Dome light Switch - Test-
ing (A.40.A.23.83 - G.40.A.20).
Dome light does not Fuse/Power Supply B - Dome Lamp and Switch Circuit
operate. TestDome light Switch - Testing
(A.40.A.23.83 - G.40.A.20).
Circuit B - Dome Lamp and Switch Circuit
TestDome light Switch - Testing
(A.40.A.23.83 - G.40.A.20).
Door switch B - Dome Lamp and Switch Circuit Test,
test point 8.Dome light Switch - Testing
(A.40.A.23.83 - G.40.A.20).
Time Delay Module does Time Delay Module C - Time Delay Module Circuit TestDome
not operate. light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.23.82 -
G.40.A.20).
Illumination lights do not Circuit D - Illumination Lights Power and
operate. Ground Circuit TestDome light - Test-
ing (A.40.A.23 - G.40.A.20).
One Illumination light Circuit E - Switch Illumination Circuit TestDome
does not operate. light - Testing (A.40.A.23 - G.40.A.20).
Accessory Socket or Circuit F - Accessory Socket and Cigar Lighter Illu-
Cigar Lighter Illumination mination Circuit TestDISTRIBUTION SYS-
light does not operate. TEMS - Testing (A.34.A.50 - G.40.A.20).

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 57
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

E0198-11-Backlighting lamps Unidentified Failure Code

(A.40.A.24.88 - G.30.B.46)
E0198-11 - Backlighting lamps Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The Backlighting Lamps circuit is open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. The backlighting circuit is used to power the backlights in the HVAC module and all cab roof switches. Power is
sent from CCM2 to the splice block C, W03 , in the cab roof. From there, power is distributed to all switches for
backlighting. The backlighting circuits in each cab roof switch are grounded to the cab roof ground 4.

A short to ground between the module and any one of the switch backlights fed by this circuit will cause this error,
while an open circuit must be between the CCM2 module and the splice block C, W03, in order to generate this
error. An open circuit between the splice block and one of the switches will result in that backlight not functioning,
while the overall circuit will still perform properly.

Enter the InfoVview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Electrical" sub menu.
Select “Backlighting Lamps" and select the “Status" screen. Press the “Enter" key to manually power the circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates “OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 49.
2. Key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power the back-
lighting lamps circuit. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X015 J1-11 and chassis
ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, replace the CCM2 with a known good controller.

B. If 12 volts is present, continue with step 3.

3. Key off. Remove the HVAC controller from its DIN slot to provide access to the cab roof harness. Remove
the cap/buss strip from the cab roof harness splice block C connector X133. Use the multimeter to check for
continuity between connector X133 pin B and chassis ground. There should be no continuity, or very high
continuity to ground, depending on the type of multimeter used.

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the cab main (CM) harness or cab roof (CR)
harness between connector X015 pin J1-11 through connector X002 pin U to connector X133 pin B on
one of the following wires:
wire 231 purple, connector X015 pin J1-11 to cab main harness splice
wire 247 purple, cab main harness splice to connector X075 on accessory socket J-08
wire 206 purple, cab main harness splice to connector X070 on cigar lighter R-08
wire 232 purple, cab main harness splice to connector X002, pin U
wire 232 purple, connector X002 pin U to connector X133 pin B
Locate short and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 4.

4. Key switch to the ON position. Use the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power the back-
lighting lamps circuit. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X133 pin B and chassis
ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 58
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

A. If 12 volts is not present, there is an open circuit in the cab main (CM) harness or cab roof (CR) harness
between connector X015 pin J1-11 through connector X002 pin U to connector X133 pin B on wires 231
purple or 232 purple. Locate open and repair.

B. If 12 volts is present, continue with step 5.

5. Key off. Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X133 pin A and chassis ground. There
should be no continuity, or very high continuity to ground, depending on the type of multimeter used.

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the cab roof (CR) harness between connector
X133 pin A to connector X138 pin 1 wire 175 purple to the console light E-35 .

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 6.

6. Key off. Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X133 pin C and chassis ground. There
should be no continuity, or very high continuity to ground, depending on the type of multimeter used.

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the cab roof (CR) harness between connector
X133 pin C to connector X131 pin 7 wire 233 purple to the rear work lights switch S-44 .

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 7.

7. Key off. Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X133 pin D and chassis ground. There
should be no continuity, or very high continuity to ground, depending on the type of multimeter used.

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the cab roof (CR) harness between connector
X133 pin D to connector X132 pin 7 wire 235 purple to the work lights switch S-43 .

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 8.

8. Key off. Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X133 pin E and chassis ground. There
should be no continuity, or very high continuity to ground, depending on the type of multimeter used.

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the cab roof (CR) harness between connector
X133 pin E to connector X135 pin 7 wire 273 purple to the wiper switch S-20 .

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 9.

9. Key off. Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X133 pin F and chassis ground. There
should be no continuity, or very high continuity to ground, depending on the type of multimeter used.

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the cab roof (CR) harness between connector
X133 pin F to connector X130 pin 7 wire 283 purple to the beacon light switch S-41 .

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 10.

10. Key off. Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X133 pin G and chassis ground. There
should be no continuity, or very high continuity to ground, depending on the type of multimeter used.

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the cab roof (CR) harness between connector
X133 pin G to connector X125 pin 7 wire 284 purple to the tank extensions switch S-42 .

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 11.

11. Key off. Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X133 pin H and chassis ground. There
should be no continuity, or very high continuity to ground, depending on the type of multimeter used.

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the cab roof (CR) harness between connector
X133 pin H to connector X127 pin 7 wire 285 purple to the RH mirror up/down switch S-19 .

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 12.

12. Key off. Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X133 pin J and chassis ground. There
should be no continuity, or very high continuity to ground, depending on the type of multimeter used.

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the cab roof (CR) harness between connector
X133 pin J to connector X134 pin 7 wire 286 purple to the washer switch S-38 .

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 59
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 13.

13. Key off. Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X133 pin K and chassis ground. There
should be no continuity, or very high continuity to ground, depending on the type of multimeter used.

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the cab roof (CR) harness between connector
X133 pin K to connector X178 pin 5 wire 864 purple to the mirror select switch S-57 .

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 14.

14. Key off. Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X133 pin M and chassis ground. There
should be no continuity, or very high continuity to ground, depending on the type of multimeter used.

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the cab roof (CR) harness between connector
X133 pin M to connector X128 pin C1 wire 972 purple to the HVAC control module A-09 .

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 15.

15. Remove the tank extensions switch S-42 from the cab roof head liner, and unplug connector X125 . Use the
multimeter to check for continuity between connector X125 pin 9 and chassis ground.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, remove the cab headliner and check the condition of the cab roof ground
4 . If all switch backlighting ground wires were disconnected from this ground point, this could also gen-
erate this fault code.

B. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 16.

16. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.27)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 42 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.42)

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 60
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

E0009-04-Front Work Lights Switch Shorted To Low Source

(A.40.A.30.83 - G.30.B.53)
E0009-04 - Front Work Lights Switch Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
The front work lights switch (S-43) circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Switch or CCM1 supply wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "CCM1" sub menu.
Select “Front Work Lights switch" and check voltage range.
The normal operating range for the front work lights switch - ON 4.0 - 5.0 volts.
The normal operating range for the front work lights switch - OFF 0.5 - 4.0 volts.
NOTE: Check fuse F-49. If a short to ground occurred on this circuit the fuse will have blown.

A. If the voltage reading is 0 - 0.5 volts in either switch position continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is 0.5 - 4.0 volts with the switch OFF and 0 - 0.5 volts with the switch ON. Continue
with Step 3.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView display remains near zero. The short to ground is somewhere between the
switch and CCM1. Disconnect the cab main harness from the cab roof harness at inline connector X002.

A. If the voltage increases to 0.5 - 4.0 volts the short is between connector X002 and the switch, cab roof
harness wire 171 yellow. Locate and repair the short.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView display the short is between connector X002 and connector X018
J1-3, CCM1, cab main harness wire 171 yellow.
3. The voltage reading is 0.5 - 4.0 volts with the switch OFF and 0 - 0.5 volts with the switch ON. The short to
ground is between the fuse and switch. Disconnect the cab main harness from the cab roof harness at connector
X002. Operate the switch again and observe InfoView display.

A. If the voltage reading is 0.5 - 4.0 volts with the switch OFF and 0 - 0.5 volts with the switch ON. The short
is between connector X002 and the switch, in the cab roof harness wire 240 or 045 orange. Locate and
repair the short.

B. If the voltage reading remains between 0.5 - 4.0 volts the short is between connector X002 and fuse F-49,
in cab main harness wire 045 orange.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 42 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.42)

Work light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.30.82 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) or an
unpowered test light for these tests.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 61
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi-
tion.
Close Work Light Switch.
Measure for 12 volts at Lower Work
Lights Relay (pin 5).
2 Measure for 12 volts at Lower Work
Lights Relay (pin 1).
3 Measure for 12 volts at Lower Work
Lights Relay (pin 3).
4 Disconnect the Lower Work Lights
Relay. Measure resistance on circuit
157 (BK) to Lower Work Lights Relay
(pin 2) and ground.
12 volts. Lower Work Lights Relay.
If good reading, the relay is operating Adjacent circuits.
properly. Go to next test point.
12 volts. Open or short to ground in circuit
If good reading, go to next test point. 187 (WH), 188 (WH), 189 (WH)
or 190(WH) between Lower Work
Lights Relay (pin 1) and CCM-1
(J1-11).
See Service Manual for testing of
CCM.
12 volts. Open in circuit 64 (RD) between
If good reading, go to next test point. Lower Work Lights Relay (pin 3) and
Fuse F-54.
Short to ground in circuit 65 (PU),
645 (PU), 644 (PU) or 646 (PU) be-
tween Lower Work Lights Relay (pin
3) and Lower Work Lights or Grain
Tank Light.
A short will cause the Fuse F-54 to
blow.
Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 157 (BK) to Lower
If good reading, replace Lower Work Work Lights Relay (pin 2) and
Lights Relay. ground.

Work light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.30.83 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) or an
unpowered test light for these tests.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 62
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi-
tion.
Close Work Light Switch.
Measure for 12 volts at Cab Roof
Work Lights Relay (pin 87).
2 Measure for 12 volts at Cab roof
Work Lights Relay (pin 86).
3 Measure for 12 volts at Cab Roof
Work Lights Relay (pin 30).
4 Disconnect the Cab Roof Work
Lights Relay. Measure resistance
on circuit 154 (BK) between Cab
Roof Work Lights Relay (pin 85) and
ground.
12 volts. Cab Work Lights Relay.
If good reading, the relay is operating Adjacent circuits.
properly. Go to next test point.
12 volts. Open or short circuit 190 (WH) be-
If good reading, go to next test point. tween Cab Roof Work Lights Relay
(pin 86) and CCM-1 (pin J1-11).
See Service Manual for testing of
CCM.
12 volts. Open circuit 22 (RD) between Cab
If good reading, go to next test point. Roof Work Lights Relay (pin 30) and
Fuse #31. Short to ground in circuit
23 (OR) or 88 (OR) between Cab
Roof Work Lights Relay (pin 87) and
Mid/Outer Work Lights.
A short will cause Fuse #31 to blow.
Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 54 (BK) between Cab
If good reading, replace Cab Roof Roof Work Lights Relay (pin 85) and
Work Lights Relay. ground.

Work light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.30.83 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) or an
unpowered test light for these tests.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi- 12 volts. Open or short circuit 240 (OR) or
tion. If good reading, go to next test point. 45 (OR) between Work Light Switch
Measure for 12 volts at Work Light connector X132 (pin 2) and Fuse
Switch connector X132 (pin 2). #49.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 63
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

2 Close Work Light Switch. 12 volts. Work Light Switch.
Measure for 12 volts at Work Light If good reading, go to next test point. Short to ground on circuit 171(YE)
Switch connector X132 (pin 3). between Work Light Switch connec-
tor X132 (pin 3) and CCM-1 (pin
J1-3)
A short will cause Fuse #49 to blow.
3 Measure for 12 volts at Work Light 12 volts. Open circuit 21 (OR) between Work
Switch connector X132 (pin 5). If good reading, go to next test point. Light Switch connector X132 (pin 5)
and Distance Work Lights Relay (pin
5).
4 Measure for 12 volts at Work Light 12 volts. Work Light Switch. Short to ground
Switch connector X132 (pin 6). If good reading, go to next test point. on circuit 61 (PU) between Work
Light Switch connector X132 (pin 6)
and Cab Inner Work Lights connec-
tor X115 and X117 (pin A).

Work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.30.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi- 12 volts. Perform Lower Work Lights Relay
tion. If good reading, go to next test point. Test.
Close Work Light Switch. Measure
for 12 volts at LH Lower Work Relay
(pin 5).
2 Measure for 12 volts at LH Lower 12 volts. Open circuit 65 (PU) or 644 (PU) be-
Work Light connector X163 (pin A).If good reading, go to next test point. tween Lower Work Lights Relay (pin
5) and LH Lower Work Light connec-
tor X163 (pin A).
3 Disconnect the LH Lower Work Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 654 (BK) between LH
Light. Measure the resistance on If good reading, replace the LH Lower Work Light connector X163
circuit 654 (BK) between LH Lower Lower Work Light bulb. (pin B) and ground.
Work Light connector X163 (pin B)
and ground.

Work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.30.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi- 12 volts. Perform Lower Work Lights Relay
tion. If good reading, go to next test point. Test.
Close Work Light Switch. Measure
for 12 volts at RH Lower Work Relay
(pin 5).
2 Measure for 12 volts at RH Lower 12 volts. Open circuit 65 (PU) or 645 (PU) be-
Work Light connector X168 (pin A).If good reading, go to next test point. tween Lower Work Lights Relay (pin
5) and RH Lower Work Light connec-
tor X168 (pin A).
3 Disconnect the RH Lower Work Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 655 (BK) between RH
Light. Measure the resistance on If good reading, replace the RH Lower Work Light connector X168
circuit 655 (BK) between RH Lower Lower Work Light bulb. (pin B) and ground.
Work Light connector X168 (pin B)
and ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 64
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Inner work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.32.85 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) or an
unpowered test light for these tests.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi- 12 volts. Distance Work Lights Relay.
tion. If good reading, the relay is operating Adjacent circuits.
Close Work Light Switch. properly. Go to next test point.
Measure for 12 volts at Cab Work
Lights Relay (pin 5).
2 Measure the voltage at Distance 12 volts. Open or short circuit 189 (WH) or
Work Lights Relay (pin 1). If good reading, go to next test point. 190 (WH) between Distance Work
Lights Relay (pin 1) and CCM-1 (pin
J1-11).
See Service Manual for testing of
CCM.
3 Measure for 12 volts at Distance 12 volts. Open circuit 60 (RD) between Dis-
Work Lights Relay (pin 3). If good reading, go to next test point. tance Work Lights Relay (pin 3) and
fuse F-29.
Short to ground on circuit 21 (OR)
between Distance Work Lights Relay
(pin 3) and Work Light Switch con-
nector X132 (pin 5).
A short will cause fuse F-29 to blow.
4 Disconnect the Distance Work Lights Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 155 (BK) between Dis-
Relay. If good reading, replace Distance tance Work Lights Relay (pin 2) and
Measure the resistance on circuit Work Lights Relay. ground.
155 (BK) between Distance Work
Lights Relay (pin 2) and ground.

Inner work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.32.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi- 12 volts. Perform the Work Light Switch Test.
tion. If good reading, go to next test point.
Close Work Light Switch.
Measure for 12 volts at Distance
Work Lights Relay (pin 6).
2 Measure for 12 volts at LH Cab In- 12 volts. Open circuit 61 (PU) or 255 (PU) be-
ner Work Lights Relay (pin A). If good reading, go to next test point. tween Work Light Switch connector
X132 (pin 6) and LH Cab Inner Work
Light connector X115 (pin A).
3 Disconnect the LH Cab Inner Work Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 261 (BK) between LH
Light. Measure the resistance on cir- If good reading, replace the LH Cab Cab Inner Work Light connector
cuit 261 (BK) between LH Cab Inner Inner Work Light bulb. X115 (pin B) and ground.
Work Light connector X115 (pin B)
and ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 65
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Inner work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.32.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi- 12 volts. Perform the Work Light Switch Test.
tion. If good reading, go to next test point.
Close Work Light Switch.
Measure for 12 volts at Distance
Work Lights Relay (pin 6).
2 Measure for 12 volts at RH Cab In- 12 volts. Open circuit 61 (PU) or 256 (PU) be-
ner Work Lights Relay (pin A). If good reading, go to next test point. tween Work Light Switch connector
X132 (pin 6) and RH Cab Inner Work
Light connector X117 (pin A).
3 Disconnect the RH Cab Inner Work Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 265 (BK) between RH
Light. Measure the resistance on cir- If good reading, replace the RH Cab Cab Inner Work Light connector
cuit 265 (BK) between RH Cab Inner Inner Work Light bulb. X117 (pin B) and ground.
Work Light connector X117 (pin B)
and ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 66
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Middle work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.33.85 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) or an
unpowered test light for these tests.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi-
tion.
Close Work Light Switch.
Measure for 12 volts at Cab Roof
Work Lights Relay (pin 87).
2 Measure for 12 volts at Fuse #6,
circuit 23 (OR).
3 Measure for 12 volts at LH Cab Mid
Work Light connector X114 (pin A).
4 Disconnect the LH Cab Mid Work
Light.
Measure the resistance on circuit
260 (BK) between LH Cab Mid Work
Light connector X114 (pin B) and
ground.
12 volts. Perform Cab Roof Work Lights Relay
If good reading, go to next test point. Test. (Refer to Work light Switch -
Testing (A.40.A.30.83 - G.40.A.20).
12 volts. Open circuit 23 (OR) between Fuse
If good reading, go to next test point. #6 and Cab Roof Work Lights Relay
(pin 87).
12 volts. Fuse F-6, Open circuit 58 (PU) or
If good reading, go to next test point. 252 (PU) between fuse F-6 and LH
Cab Mid Work Light connector X114
(pin A).
Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 260 (BK) between LH
If good reading, replace the LH Cab Cab Mid Work Light connector X114
Mid Work Light bulb. (pin B) and ground.

Middle work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.33.85 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) or an
unpowered test light for these tests.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi- 12 volts. Perform Cab Roof Work Lights Relay
tion. If good reading, go to next test point. Test. (Refer to Work light Switch -
Close Work Light Switch. Testing (A.40.A.30.83 - G.40.A.20).
Measure for 12 volts at Cab Roof
Work Lights Relay (pin 87).

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 67
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

2 Measure for 12 volts at Fuse #7, 12 volts. Open circuit 88 (OR) between fuse
circuit 88 (OR). If good reading, go to next test point. F-7 and Cab Roof Work Lights Relay
(pin 87).
3 Measure for 12 volts at RH Cab Mid 12 volts. Fuse F-7 Open circuit 59 (PU) or 253
Work Light connector X118 (pin A). If good reading, go to next test point. (PU) between fuse F-6 and RH Cab
Mid Work Light connector X118 (pin
A).
4 Disconnect the RH Cab Mid Work Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 263 (BK) between RH
Light. If good reading, replace the RH Cab Cab Mid Work Light connector X118
Measure the resistance on circuit Mid Work Light bulb. (pin B) and ground.
263 (BK) between RH Cab Mid
Work Light connector X118 (pin B)
and ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 68
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Outer work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.34.85 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) or an
unpowered test light for these tests.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi-
tion.
Close Work Light Switch. Measure
for 12 volts at Cab Roof Work Lights
Relay (pin 87).
2 Measure for 12 volts at Fuse #6,
circuit 23 (OR).
3 Measure for 12 volts at LH Cab
Outer Work Light connector X112
(pin A).
4 Disconnect the LH Cab Outer Work
Light. Measure the resistance on cir-
cuit 259 (BK) between LH Cab Outer
Work Light connector X112 (pin B)
and ground.
12 volts. Perform Cab Roof Work Lights Relay
If good reading, go to next test point. Test (refer to Work light Switch -
Testing (A.40.A.30.83 - G.40.A.20).
12 volts. Open circuit 23 (OR) between fuse
If good reading, go to next test point. F-6 and Cab Roof Work Lights Relay
(pin 87).
12 volts. Fuse F-6, Open circuit 58 (PU) or
If good reading, go to next test point. 251 (PU) between fuse F-6 and LH
Cab Outer Work Light connector
X112 (pin A).
Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 259 (BK) between LH
If good reading, replace the LH Cab Cab Outer Work Light connector
Outer Work Light bulb. X112 (pin B) and ground.

Outer work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.34.85 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) or an
unpowered test light for these tests.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi-
tion.
Close Work Light Switch.
Measure for 12 volts at Cab Roof
Work Lights Relay (pin 87).
2 Measure for 12 volts at Fuse #7,
circuit 88 (OR).
12 volts. Perform Cab Roof Work Lights Relay
If good reading, go to next test point. Test. (Refer to Work light Switch -
Testing (A.40.A.30.83 - G.40.A.20).
12 volts. Open circuit 88 (OR) between fuse
If good reading, go to next test point. F-7 and Cab Roof Work Lights Relay
(pin 87).
2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 69
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

3 Measure for 12 volts at RH Cab 12 volts. Fuse F-7 Open circuit 59 (PU) or 254
Outer Work Light connector X120 If good reading, go to next test point. (PU) between fuse F-7 and RH Cab
(pin A). Outer Work Light connector X120
(pin A).
4 Disconnect the RH Cab Outer Work Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 264 (BK) between RH
Light. If good reading, replace the RH Cab Cab Outer Work Light connector
Measure the resistance on circuit Outer Work Light bulb. X120 (pin B) and ground.
264 (BK) between RH Cab Outer
Work Light connector X120 (pin B)
and ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 70
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

E0068-11-Unload Tube Light Relay Unidentified Failure Code

(A.40.A.35 - G.30.B.46)
E0068-11 - Unload Tube Light Relay Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The unload tube light relay (K-32) circuit open or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Circuit connection/wiring damaged between CCM1 and relay.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Info View Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Electrical" sub menu.
Select “Unload Tube Light relay" and select the “Status" screen. Press the “Enter" key to manually power the
circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates “OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 5.
2. Turn the key switch to the OFF position and remove the unload tube light relay K-32 from relay base in cab.
Use a multimeter to check for continuity between relay base (K-32) pin 1 and chassis ground. Flex the cab main
harness while making this check.

A. If no continuity to ground is found continue with Step 3.

B. If there is continuity to ground the short to ground is in the cab main harness between relay base and
connector X018 J1-12 wire 181 white. Locate the short and repair.
3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between relay base (K-32) pin 2 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with Step 4.

B. If no continuity to ground is found, there is an open circuit in the cab main (CM) harness between relay
base pin 2 and cab ground #3 wire 163 black. Locate the open and repair.
4. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power the unload
tube light relay K-32. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between relay base (K-32) pin 1 and chassis
ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present the open is between the relay base K-32 and connector X018 J1-12 wire 181
white.

B. If 12 volts is found continue with Step 5.

5. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.40)

Unloading tube light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.35.82 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) or an
unpowered test light for these tests.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 71
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi-
tion.
Activate and Unload Tube Light Re-
lay.
Measure for 12 volts at Unload Tube
Light Relay (pin 5).
2 Measure for 12 volts at Unload Tube
Light Relay (pin 1).
3 Measure for 12 volts at Unload Tube
Light Relay (pin 3).
4 Disconnect the Unload Tube Light
Relay, Measure the resistance on
circuit 163 (BK) between Unload
Tube Light Relay (pin 2) and ground.
12 volts. Unload Tube Light Relay.
If good reading, the relay is operating Adjacent circuits.
properly. Go to next test point.
12 volts. Open or short to ground in circuit be-
If good reading, go to next test point. tween Unload Tube Light Relay (pin
1) and CCM-1 (J1-12).
See Service Manual for testing of
CCM.
12 volts. Open in circuit 74 (RD) between Un-
If good reading, go to next test point. load Tube Light Relay (pin 3) and
fuse F-50. Short to ground on circuit
77 (PU) between Unload Tube Light
Relay (pin 5) and Unload Tube Light
connector X105 (pin A).
A short will cause fuse F-50 to blow.
Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 163 (BK) between
If good reading, replace Unload Unload Tube Light Relay (pin 2) and
Tube Light Relay. ground.

Unloading tube light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.35.85 -

G.40.A.20)
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) or an
unpowered test light for these tests.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 72
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi- 12 volts. Perform Unload Tube Light Relay
tion. If good reading, go to next test point. Test.
Activate Unload Tube Light Relay.
Measure for 12 volts at Unload Tube
Relay (pin 5).
12 volts.
2 Measure for 12 volts at Unload Tube Open circuit 77 (PU) between Un-
Light connector X105 (pin A). If good reading, go to next test point. load Tube Relay (pin 5) and Unload
Tube Light connector X105 (pin A).
3 Disconnect the Unload Tube Light. Less Than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 669 (BK) between
Measure the resistance on circuit If good reading, replace the Unload Unload Tube Light connector X105
669 (BK) between Unload Tube Tube Light bulb. (pin B) and ground.
Light connector X105 (pin B) and
ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 73
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Grain tank light - Testing (A.40.A.38 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) or an
unpowered test light for these tests.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi- 12 volts. Perform Lower Work Lights Relay
tion. If good reading, go to next test point. Test.
Close Work Light Switch. Measure
for 12 volts at Grain Tank Relay (pin
5).
2 Measure for 12 volts at Grain Tank 12 volts. Open circuit 65 (PU) or 646 (PU) be-
Light connector X108 (pin A). If good reading, go to next test point. tween Lower Work Lights Relay (pin
5) and Grain Tank Light connector
X108 (pin A).
3 Disconnect the Grain Tank Light. Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 681 (BK) between
Measure the resistance on circuit If good reading, replace the Grain Grain Tank Light connector X108
681 (BK) between Grain Tank Light Tank Light bulb. (pin B) and ground.
connector X108 (pin B) and ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 74
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Header work light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.39.82 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) or an
unpowered test light for these tests.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi-
tion.
Close Work Light Switch.
Measure for 12 volts at Header
Work Lights Relay (pin 5).
2 Measure for 12 volts at Header
Work Lights Relay (pin 1).
3 Measure for 12 volts at Header
Work Lights Relay (pin 3).
4 Disconnect the Header Work Lights
Relay. Measure resistance on cir-
cuit 238 (BK) between Header Work
Lights Relay (pin 2) and ground.
12 volts. Header Work Lights Relay Test.
If good reading, the relay is operating Adjacent circuits.
properly. Go to next test point.
12 volts. Open or short on circuit 188 (PU),
If good reading, go to next test point. 189 (PU) or 190 (PU) between
Header Work Lights Relay (pin 1)
and CCM-1
(pin J1-11).
See Service Manual for testing of
CCM.
12 volts. Open in circuit 62 (RD) between
If good reading, go to next test point. Header Work Lights Relay (pin 3)
and Fuse #30. Short to ground in
circuit 63 (PU), 258 (PU) or 257 (PU)
between Header Work Lights Relay
(pin 5) and Header lights connectors
X167 and X168 (pin A).
A short will cause Fuse #30 to blow.
Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 238 (BK) between
If good reading, replace Header Header Work Lights Relay (pin 2)
Work Lights Relay. and ground.

Header work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.39.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi- 12 volts. Perform Header Work Lights Relay
tion. If good reading, go to next test point. Test.
Close Work light Switch, measure for
12 volts at Header Work Lights Re-
lay (pin 5).
2 Measure for 12 volts at LH Header 12 volts. Open circuit 63 (PU) or 257 (PU)
Light connector X162 (pin A). If good reading, go to next test point. between Header Lights Relay (pin
5) and LH Header Light connector
X162 (pin A).
3 Disconnect the LH Header Light. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 267 (BK) between LH
Measure the resistance on circuit If good reading, replace the LH Header Light connector X162 (pin B)
267(BK) between LH Header Light Header Light bulb. and ground.
connector X162 (pin B) and ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 75
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Header work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.39.85 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Place Ignition Switch in “ON" posi- 12 volts. Perform Header Work Lights Relay
tion. If good reading, go to next test point. Test.
Close Work light Switch
Measure for 12 volts at Header
Work Lights Relay (pin 5).
2 Measure for 12 volts at RH Header 12 volts. Open circuit 63 (PU) or 258 (PU)
Light connector X167 (pin A). If good reading, go to next test point. between Header Lights Relay (pin
5) and RH Header Light connector
X167 (pin A).
3 Disconnect the RH Header Light. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 268 (BK) between RH
Measure the resistance on circuit If good reading, replace the RH Header Light connector X167 (pin B)
268(BK) between RH Header Light Header Light bulb. and ground.
connector X167 (pin B) and ground.

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 76
 Index

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A

LIGHTING SYSTEM - 40.A

Beacon Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.15.85 - G.40.A.20) 39
Beacon Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.15.85 - G.40.A.20) 39
Beacon Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.15.85 - G.40.A.20) 39
Beacon Relay - Testing (A.40.A.15.82 - G.40.A.20) 38
Beacon Switch - Testing (A.40.A.15.83 - G.40.A.20) 38
Brake light Indicator lamp - Testing (A.40.A.14.84 - G.40.A.20) 32
Brake light Indicator lamp - Testing (A.40.A.14.84 - G.40.A.20) 33
Brake light Indicator lamp - Testing (A.40.A.14.84 - G.40.A.20) 33
Brake light Indicator lamp - Testing (A.40.A.14.84 - G.40.A.20) 33
Brake light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.14.82 - G.40.A.20) 32
Cleaning shoe service light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.20.85 - G.40.A.20) 51
Cleaning shoe service light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.20.83 - G.40.A.20) 51
Dome light - Problem solving (A.40.A.23 - G.40.A.30) 56
Dome light - Testing (A.40.A.23 - G.40.A.20) 54
Dome light - Testing (A.40.A.23 - G.40.A.20) 55
Dome light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.23.82 - G.40.A.20) 53
Dome light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.23.83 - G.40.A.20) 53
E0008-04-Left Turn Signal Shorted To Low Source (A.40.A.13.83 - G.30.B.53) 21
E0009-04-Front Work Lights Switch Shorted To Low Source (A.40.A.30.83 - G.30.B.53) 61
E0010-04-Rear Work Lights Switch Shorted To Low Source (A.40.A.17.83 - G.30.B.53) 44
E0011-04-Road Lights Signal Shorted To Low Source (A.40.A.11.83 - G.30.B.53) 12
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237
E0011-04-Road Lights Signal Shorted To Low Source (A.40.A.11.83 - G.30.B.53) 14
CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX840 Series 1238 - 1281, CX860 Series 1238 - 1281, CX880 Series 1238 - 1281
E0011-04-Road Lights Signal Shorted To Low Source (A.40.A.11.83 - G.30.B.53) 16
CX720 Series 1408 and above, CX720 Series 1348 - 1407, CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX740 Series 1408 and
above, CX740 Series 1348 - 1407, CX740 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series 1408 and above, CX760 Series
1348 - 1407, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series 1408 and above, CX780 Series 1348 - 1407, CX780
Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1408 and above, CX820 Series 1348 - 1407, CX820 Series 1282 - 1347,
CX840 Series 1408 and above, CX840 Series 1348 - 1407, CX840 Series 1282 - 1347, CX860 Series 1408 and
above, CX860 Series 1348 - 1407, CX860 Series 1282 - 1347, CX880 Series 1408 and above, CX880 Series
1348 - 1407, CX880 Series 1282 - 1347
E0012-04-Right Turn Signal Shorted To Low Source (A.40.A.13.83 - G.30.B.53) 22
E0068-11-Unload Tube Light Relay Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.35 - G.30.B.46) 71
E0070-11-Front Work Lights Relay Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.16.82 - G.30.B.46) 41
E0071-11-Rear Work Lights Relay Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.17.82 - G.30.B.46) 45
E0072-11-Side Work Lights Relay Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.18.82 - G.30.B.46) 48
E0073-11-Field Lights Relay Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.16.82 - G.30.B.46) 42
E0136-04-Beacon Lights Switch Shorted to Low Source (A.40.A.15.83 - G.30.B.53) 35
E0198-11-Backlighting lamps Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.24.88 - G.30.B.46) 58
E0199-11-Brake Lights relay Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.14.82 - G.30.B.46) 31
E0200-11-Beacon Lights relay Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.15.82 - G.30.B.46) 37
E0201-11-Flasher System Selection Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.13.86 - G.30.B.46) 23
Grain tank light - Testing (A.40.A.38 - G.40.A.20) 74
Head light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.11.85 - G.40.A.20) 19

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 77
Head light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.11.85 - G.40.A.20) 19
Head light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.11.85 - G.40.A.20) 20
Head light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.11.85 - G.40.A.20) 20
Head light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.11.82 - G.40.A.20) 17
Head light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.11.82 - G.40.A.20) 17
Head light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.11.83 - G.40.A.20) 18
Header work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.39.85 - G.40.A.20) 75
Header work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.39.85 - G.40.A.20) 75
Header work light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.39.82 - G.40.A.20) 75
Inner work light - Replace (A.40.A.32 - F.10.A.30) 6
Inner work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.32.85 - G.40.A.20) 65
Inner work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.32.85 - G.40.A.20) 65
Inner work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.32.85 - G.40.A.20) 65
LIGHTING SYSTEM - Logical diagram (A.40.A - C.20.B.72) 5
LIGHTING SYSTEM - Problem solving (A.40.A - G.40.A.30) 7
Middle work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.33.85 - G.40.A.20) 67
Middle work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.33.85 - G.40.A.20) 67
Outer work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.34.85 - G.40.A.20) 69
Outer work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.34.85 - G.40.A.20) 69
Rear work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.17.85 - G.40.A.20) 47
Rear work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.17.85 - G.40.A.20) 47
Rear work light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.17.82 - G.40.A.20) 45
Rear work light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.17.83 - G.40.A.20) 46
Side work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.18.85 - G.40.A.20) 49
Side work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.18.85 - G.40.A.20) 50
Side work light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.18.82 - G.40.A.20) 48
Side work light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.18.82 - G.40.A.20) 49
Turn/hazard light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20) 24
Turn/hazard light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20) 24
Turn/hazard light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20) 24
Turn/hazard light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20) 25
Turn/hazard light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20) 25
Turn/hazard light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20) 26
Turn/hazard light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20) 26
Turn/hazard light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20) 27
Turn/hazard light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20) 27
Turn/hazard light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.13.85 - G.40.A.20) 27
Turn/hazard light Flasher unit - Testing (A.40.A.13.86 - G.40.A.20) 28
Turn/hazard light Hazard switch - Testing (A.40.A.13.90 - G.40.A.20) 30
Unloading tube light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.35.85 - G.40.A.20) 72
Unloading tube light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.35.82 - G.40.A.20) 71
Work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.30.85 - G.40.A.20) 64
Work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.30.85 - G.40.A.20) 64
Work light Relay - Testing (A.40.A.30.82 - G.40.A.20) 61
Work light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.30.83 - G.40.A.20) 62
Work light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.30.83 - G.40.A.20) 63

2 4/7/2006
A.40.A / 78
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A

ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - 50.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 1
 Contents

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A

ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - 50.A

TECHNICAL DATA
Control module
Service limits (A.50.A.91 - D.20.A.20) 5
Farming system
Sensing system - Special tools (A.50.A.96.95 - D.20.A.40) 7

FUNCTIONAL DATA
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Overview (A.50.A - C.10.A.10) 8
Fault code index (A.50.A - C.40.G.10) 11
Monitor
Overview (A.50.A.90 - C.10.A.10) 37
Control module
Overview (A.50.A.91 - C.40.B.10) 56
Data bus
Overview (A.50.A.92 - C.10.A.10) 58
Farming system
Sensing system - Dynamic description (A.50.A.96.95 - C.30.A.10) 60

SERVICE
Farming system
Sensing system - Adjust (A.50.A.96.95 - F.45.A.01) 61
Sensing system - Adjust (A.50.A.96.95 - F.45.A.01) 63

DIAGNOSTIC
Fuse and relay box
CCM1 relay - Testing (A.50.A.80.71 - G.40.A.20) 65
CCM2 relay - Testing (A.50.A.80.72 - G.40.A.20) 65
CCM3 relay - Testing (A.50.A.80.73 - G.40.A.20) 66
Auxilary relay - Testing (A.50.A.80.61 - G.40.A.20) 66
Auxilary relay - Testing (A.50.A.80.61 - G.40.A.20) 67
Audio system
Antenna - Testing (A.50.A.87.80 - G.40.A.20) 69
Speaker - Testing (A.50.A.87.84 - G.40.A.20) 69
Testing (A.50.A.87 - G.40.A.20) 70
Problem solving (A.50.A.87 - G.40.A.30) 72
Control module

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 2
 0000-Module Offline (A.50.A.91 - G.30.B.10) 74
0000-Communication lost (A.50.A.91 - G.30.B.42) 77
E0037-03-CCM1 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted To High Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.54) 82
E0037-04-CCM1 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted To Low Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.53) 83
E0038-03-CCM1 8V Ref Voltage Shorted To High Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.54) 84
E0038-04-CCM1 8V Ref Voltage Shorted To Low Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.53) 85
E0039-03-CCM1 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted To High Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.54) 86
E0039-04-CCM1 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted To High Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.53) 87
E0040-03-CCM1 Key Switch Voltage Shorted To High Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.54) 88
E0040-04-CCM1 Key Switch Voltage Shorted To Low Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.53) 90
E0046-03-CCM1 Battery Voltage Shorted To High Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.54) 92
E0046-04-CCM1 Battery Voltage Shorted To Low Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.53) 94
E0165-03-CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted To High Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.54) 96
E0165-04-CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted To Low Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.53) 97
E0166-03-CCM2 8V Ref Voltage Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.54) 99
E0166-04-CCM2 8V Ref Voltage Shorted to Low Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.53) 100
E0168-03-CCM2 Keyswitch Voltage Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.54) 101
E0168-04-CCM2 Keyswitch Voltage Shorted to Low Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.53) 103
E0174-03-CCM2 Battery Voltage Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.54) 105
E0174-04-CCM2 Battery Voltage Shorted to Low Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.53) 107
E0167-03-CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted To High Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.54) 109
E0167-04-CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted to Low Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.53) 110
E0293-03-CCM3 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.54) 111
E0293-04-CCM3 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted to Low Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.53) 114
E0294-03-CCM3 8V Ref Voltage Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.54) 116
E0294-04-CCM3 8V Ref Voltage Shorted to Low Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.53) 117
E0295-03-CCM3 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.54) 118
E0295-04-CCM3 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted to Low Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.53) 119
E0296-03-CCM3 Keyswitch Voltage Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.54) 120
E0296-04-CCM3 Keyswitch Voltage Shorted to Low Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.53) 122
E0302-03-CCM3 Battery Voltage Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.54) 124
E0302-04-CCM3 Battery Voltage Shorted to Low Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.53) 126
E0641-03-RHM 5V Reference Voltage Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.91.60 - 128
G.30.B.54)
E0641-04-RHM 5V Reference Voltage Shorted to Low Source (A.50.A.91.60 - 129
G.30.B.53)
E0678-06-Current Protection Line 0 Short Circuit (A.50.A.91.60 - G.30.B.52) 130
E0679-06-Current Protection Line 1 Short Circuit (A.50.A.91.60 - G.30.B.52) 132
E0680-06-Current Protection Line 2 Short Circuit (A.50.A.91.60 - G.30.B.52) 134
Farming system
E0283-03-Moisture Temp sensor Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.96.95 - G.30.B.54) 136
E0283-05-Moisture Temp sensor Line Disconnected (A.50.A.96.95 - G.30.B.50) 137
E0284-03-Moisture Sensor - Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.96.95 - G.30.B.54) 138

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 3
 E0284-05-Moisture Sensor - Line Disconnected (A.50.A.96.95 - G.30.B.50) 139
E0285-03-Moisture Sensor + Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.96.95 - G.30.B.54) 140
E0285-05-Moisture Sensor + Line Disconnected (A.50.A.96.95 - G.30.B.50) 141
E0288-03-Grain Yield Sensor Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.96.95 - G.30.B.54) 142
E0288-05-Grain Yield Sensor Line Disconnected (A.50.A.96.95 - G.30.B.50) 143
E0310-11-Bypass Unit Engage output Unidentified Failure Code (A.50.A.96.95 - 144
G.30.B.46)
Software
E0084-14-Voting Conflicts Found Special Instructions (A.50.A.93 - G.30.E.11) 146
E0085-14-Voting Differences Found Special Instructions (A.50.A.93 - G.30.E.11) 147

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 4
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module - Service limits (A.50.A.91 - D.20.A.20)

Module Power Ground Comments
MDM Connector X064 pin C wire Connector X064 pin F wire Power from fuse F-38
097 orange 145 black through key switch
May also test at white plastic
circuit board connector prior
to replacing module
SSM Connector X064 pin C wire Connector X064 pin F wire Power from fuse F-38
097 orange 145 black through key switch
May also test at white plastic
circuit board connector prior
to replacing module
RHM KAM* power at connector Connector X026 pins 15 & Main power from fuse F-42
X026 pin 13 wire 051 red 20 wires 389 & 352 black through Cab power relay
Main power at connector K-26 to fuse F-48 and
X026 pins 4 & 5 wires 098 through splice block B, W02
& 089 orange Ground path though splice
block A, W01
Refer to Wiring harness
- Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.E.23), Wiring
harness - Electrical
schematic frame 27
(A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.27)
& Wiring harness -
Electrical schematic
frame 29 (A.30.A.88 -
C.20.E.29).
CCM1 KAM* power at connector Connector X018 pin J1-8 KAM power from fuse F-39
X018 pin J1-1 wire 052 red wire 215 black Main power from fuse F-38
Main power at connector Connector X019 pin J2-12 through key switch
X018 pin J1-4 wire 099 red & 18 wires 686 & 687 black Refer to Wiring harness
- Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.E.23) & Wiring
harness - Electrical
schematic frame 24
(A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.24).
CCM2 KAM* power at connector Connector X015 pin J1-8 KAM power from fuse F-39
X015 pin J1-1 wire 050 red wire 216 black Main power from fuse F-38
Main power at connector Connector X016 pin J2-12 through key switch
X015 pin J1-4 wire 100 red & 18 wires 688 & 689 black Refer to Wiring harness
- Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.E.23) & Wiring
harness - Electrical
schematic frame 24
(A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.24).
CCM3 KAM* power at connector Connector X012 pin J1-8 KAM power from fuse F-39
X012 pin J1-1 wire 049 red wire 217 black Main power from fuse F-38
Main power at connector Connector X013 pin J2-12 through key switch
X012 pin J1-4 wire 101 red & 18 wires 690 & 691 black Refer to Wiring harness
- Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A.88
- C.20.E.23) & Wiring
harness - Electrical
schematic frame 24
(A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.24).

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 5
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Module Power Ground Comments

ECU Connector X193 pin 3 & 4 Connector X193 pins 1 & 2 Refer to B.20.A.92 -
wires 810 & 811 white. wires 815 & 816 black C.20.A.72 for more
information on ECU power
supply
DLU KAM* power at connector Connector X159 pins 6 & 8 KAM power from fuse F-39
X159 pin 1 wire 831 red wires 854 & 855 black Main power from fuse F-12
Main power at connector
X159 pin 5 wire 805 orange
DGPS Connector X142 pin 1 wire Connector X142 pin 3 wire Power from fuse F-12
903 orange 282 black

NOTE: KAM* = Keep Alive Memory; constant, key-off power.

Module Network Connection Comments

SSM Connector X320 pin 4 (CAN HI) and Connects to splice in MDM harness
pin 3 (CAN LO) just before reaching connector X064
Refer to Wiring harness - Electrical
schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88 -
C.20.E.24).
DLU Connector X159 pin 2 wire 807 yellow Connects to network at splice in cab
(CAN HI) and pin 7 wire 806 green roof (CR) harness
(CAN LO) Refer to Wiring harness - Electrical
schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88 -
C.20.E.25).
DGPS Connector X142 pin 2 wire 999 yellow Connects to network at splice in cab
(CAN HI) and pin 4 wire 996 green roof (CR) harness
(CAN LO) Refer to Wiring harness - Electrical
schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88 -
C.20.E.25).
CCM3 Connector X012 pin J1-14 wire 133 Connects to network at CCM2
yellow (CAN HI) and pin J1-13 wire connector X015 pins J1-20 (CAN HI)
134 green (CAN LO) and J1-19 (CAN LO)
Refer to Wiring harness - Electrical
schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88 -
C.20.E.25).
HHC 1st check - Connector X281 pin 12 Connects to network through
wire 544 yellow (CAN HI) and pin 6 connector X022 to splice in main
wire 545 green (CAN LO) frame (MF) harness.
2nd check — Connector X022 pin S If 1st check indicates high or
wire 544 yellow (CAN HI) and pin T infinite resistance, use 2nd check to
wire 545 green (CAN LO) determine which harness fault is in.
Refer to Wiring harness - Electrical
schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88 -
C.20.E.25).

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 6
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Farming system Sensing system - Special tools (A.50.A.96.95 -

D.20.A.40)

ZDA4312A 1

A= 260 mm (10-1/4 in)

B= 142 mm (5-19/32 in)
C= 192 mm (7-9/16 in)
D= 23.5 mm (59/64 in)
E= 213 mm (8-3/8 in)
F= 8 mm (5/16 in)
G= 23 mm (15/16 in)
H= 105 mm (4-1/8 in)
I= 1 mm (3/64 in)
K= 252 mm (9-15/16 in)
V= 7 mm x 16 mm (1/4 in x 5/8 in)
W= 7 mm (1/4 in)
R= 600 mm (23-5/8 in)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 7
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Overview (A.50.A - C.10.A.10)

BSC1362 1

The CX combines use the latest technology in electronics to provide excellent reliability and serviceability, and to
provide enhanced functionality. The system consists of several electronic modules, along with conventional copper
wiring to all devices and sensors. The electronic modules are connected together using a special twisted copper wire
pair, that allows the modules to communicate with each other using Controller Area Network (CAN) technology. This
technology allows the modules to perform many functions through the use of shared input and output resources, thus
minimizing sensors and wiring components on the combine.

All of the modules communicate information from the combine sensors, switches and operator controls to each other
and to the InfoView display, and then drive the appropriate outputs, such as solenoids and actuators. The operator
instructs the electronic modules what to do, the modules interpret the commands, and direct the combine sub systems
to complete the functions as required. In addition, the modules check for faults and display or store this information as
required for reference in servicing. The modules also provide built-in diagnostics, allowing the technician to monitor
activity, or test devices directly through the modules.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 8
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

50010883 2

The CX combine is equipped with a minimum of 6 electronic modules, and may be equipped with as many as 10
modules, depending on the configuration and options installed. These modules are:

Main Display Module (MDM) (1) or InfoviewTM monitor; provides the main display of information for the operator.

Shaft Speed Monitor (SSM) (2) provides the display for shaft speed alarms, and for fuel level and coolant temp gauges.

Right Hand Module (RHM) (3) most operator inputs, including from the multi-function handle (MFH), are fed into this
module, which then reports this information to the other modules in the network for action.

Chassis Control Module (1) (CCM1) and (2) (CCM2) (4) these modules drive most of the actuators and solenoids,
and monitor most of the sensors and switches on the combine.

Header Height Control (HHC) (5) module is located on the main stack valve assembly. It receives inputs from the
feeder angle and lift pressure sensors on the combine and height sensors on the header, and controls the accumulator,
header raise/lower and header tilt solenoids.

Chassis Control Module (3) (CCM3) (6) [optional] is installed and used to control certain options on the combine, such
as the precision farming devices.

Data Logger Unit (DLU) (7) [optional] is available with some precision farming systems, and records data provided by
the precision farming sensors.

Differential GPS module (8) [optional] is available with some precision farming systems, and provides location data
to be recorded with the harvest data for mapping purposes.

Engine Control Unit (ECU) (9) [optional] is installed on certain engine models to provide enhanced engine control and
performance.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 9
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

A Diagnostic and Maintenance (DAM) connector (1), allows the NH Special Service Tool to be connected to the net-
work, in order to load new operating software into the modules, and to provide more detailed testing and diagnostic
abilities.

ZDA2372A 3

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 10
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Fault code index (A.50.A - C.40.G.10)
Code Description
385.2 0385.2 - ECU DEFECT, DATA INCORRECT
(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 201)
385.3 0385.3 - ECU DEFECT, SHORTED TO HIGH
SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE
201)
385.4 0385.4 - ECU DEFECT, SHORTED TO LOW
SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE
201)
386.2 0386.2 - EEPROM DEFECT, DATA
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE XXX)
386.3 0386.3 - EEPROM DEFECT, SHORTED TO
HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE XXX)
386.4 0386.4 - EEPROM DEFECT, SHORTED TO
LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE XXX)
393.2 0393.2 - MAIN RELAY DEFECT, DATA
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 199)
393.3 0393.3 - MAIN RELAY DEFECT, SHORTED
TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 199)
393.4 0393.4 - MAIN RELAY DEFECT, SHORTED
TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 199)
394.2 0394.2 - AFTERRUN NOT COMPLETED,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 64)
394.3 0394.3 - AFTERRUN NOT COMPLETED,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 64)
394.4 0394.4 - AFTERRUN NOT COMPLETED,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 64)
397.2 0397.2 - SHUT-OFF TESTS, DATA
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE XXX)
397.3 0397.3 - SHUT-OFF TESTS, SHORTED TO
HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE XXX)
397.4 0397.4 - SHUT-OFF TESTS, SHORTED TO
LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE XXX)
399.2 0399.2 - COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 148)
399.2 0399.2 - COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 148)
399.3 0399.3 - COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS,
SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 148)
399.3 0399.3 - COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS,
SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 148)
2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 11
Reference
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Electrical control Relay - Incorrect value
(B.20.A.91.21 - G.30.C.10)
Electrical control Relay - Short circuit to B+
(B.20.A.91.21 - G.30.B.54)
Electrical control Relay - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.91.21 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Sensing system Coolant temperature - Incorrect
value (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.C.10)
Sensing system Coolant temperature - Incorrect
value (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.C.10)
Sensing system Coolant temperature - Short
circuit to B+ (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.54)
Sensing system Coolant temperature - Short
circuit to B+ (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.54)
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description
399.4 0399.4 - COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS,
SHORT TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 148)
399.4 0399.4 - COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS,
SHORT TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 148)
400.2 0400.2 - BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 145)
400.2 0400.2 - BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE XXX)
400.3 0400.3 - BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 145)
400.3 0400.3 - BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)
400.4 0400.4 - BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 145)
400.4 0400.4 - BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)
401.2 0401.2 - FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 21)
401.2 0401.2 - FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE XXX)
401.3 0401.3 - FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR,
SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 21)
401.3 0401.3 - FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR,
SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)
401.4 0401.4 - FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR,
SHORT TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 21)
401.4 0401.4 - FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR,
SHORT TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)
402.2 0402.2 - BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 147)
402.2 0402.2 - BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE XXX)
402.3 0402.3 - BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 147)
402.3 0402.3 - BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)
402.4 0402.4 - BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 147)
2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 12
Reference
Sensing system Coolant temperature - Short
circuit to ground (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.53)
Sensing system Coolant temperature - Short
circuit to ground (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.53)
Sensing system Air temperature sensor - Incorrect
value (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.C.10)
Sensing system Air temperature sensor - Incorrect
value (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.C.10)
Sensing system Air temperature sensor - Short
circuit to B+ (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
Sensing system Air temperature sensor - Short
circuit to B+ (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
Sensing system Air temperature sensor - Short
circuit to ground (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
Sensing system Air temperature sensor - Short
circuit to ground (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Incorrect
value (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.C.10)
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Incorrect
value (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.C.10)
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Short
circuit to B+ (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.B.54)
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Short
circuit to B+ (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.B.54)
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Short
circuit to ground (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.B.53)
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Short
circuit to ground (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.B.53)
Sensing system Air pressure sensor - Incorrect
value (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.C.10)
Sensing system Air pressure sensor - Incorrect
value (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.C.10)
Sensing system Air pressure sensor - Short
circuit to B+ (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
Sensing system Air pressure sensor - Short
circuit to B+ (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
Sensing system Air pressure sensor - Short
circuit to ground (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.53)
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description
402.4 0402.4 - BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)
403.2 0403.2 - AMBIENT PRESSURE SENSOR,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 144)
403.3 0403.3 - AMBIENT PRESSURE SENSOR,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 144)
403.4 0403.4 - AMBIENT PRESSURE SENSOR,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 144)
408.2 0408.2 - ENGINE OVERSPEED, DATA
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 208)
408.2 0408.2 - ENGINE OVERSPEED, DATA
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 208)
408.3 0408.3 - ENGINE OVERSPEED, SHORTED
TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 208)
408.3 0408.3 - ENGINE OVERSPEED, SHORTED
TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 208)
408.4 0408.4 - ENGINE OVERSPEED, SHORTED
TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 208)
408.4 0408.4 - ENGINE OVERSPEED, SHORTED
TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 208)
412.2 0412.2 - INK SIGNAL, DATA INCORRECT
(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)
412.3 0412.3 - INK SIGNAL, SHORTED TO HIGH
SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE
XXX)
412.4 0412.4 - INK SIGNAL, SHORTED TO LOW
SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE
XXX)
413.2 0413.2 - SEG SIGNAL, DATA INCORRECT
(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)
413.3 0413.3 - SEG SIGNAL, SHORTED TO HIGH
SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE
XXX)
413.4 0413.4 - SEG SIGNAL, SHORTED TO LOW
SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE
XXX)
414.2 0414.2 - CYLINDER 1, DATA INCORRECT
(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)
414.3 0414.3 - CYLINDER 1, SHORTED TO HIGH
SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE
XXX)
414.4 0414.4 - CYLINDER 1, SHORTED TO LOW
SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE
XXX)
415.2 0415.2 - CYLINDER 4, DATA INCORRECT
(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)
2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 13
Reference
Sensing system Air pressure sensor - Short
circuit to ground (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Sensing system Speed sensor - Incorrect value
(B.10.A.95.80 - G.30.C.10)
Sensing system Flywheel speed sensor - Incorrect
value (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.C.10)
Sensing system Speed sensor - Short circuit to
B+ (B.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
Sensing system Flywheel speed sensor - Short
circuit to B+ (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.B.54)
Sensing system Speed sensor - Short circuit to
ground (B.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
Sensing system Flywheel speed sensor - Short
circuit to ground (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.B.53)
Sensing system Flywheel speed sensor - Incorrect
value (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.C.10)
Sensing system Flywheel speed sensor - Short
circuit to B+ (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.B.54)
Sensing system Flywheel speed sensor - Short
circuit to ground (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.B.53)
Sensing system Camshaft speed sensor -
Incorrect value (B.10.A.95.82 - G.30.C.10)
Sensing system Camshaft speed sensor - Short
circuit to B+ (B.10.A.95.82 - G.30.B.54)
Sensing system Camshaft speed sensor - Short
circuit to ground (B.10.A.95.82 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description
415.3 0415.3 - CYLINDER 4, SHORTED TO HIGH
SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE
XXX)
415.4 0415.4 - CYLINDER 4, SHORTED TO LOW
SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE
XXX)
416.2 0416.2 - CYLINDER 2, DATA INCORRECT
(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)
416.3 0416.3 - CYLINDER 2, SHORTED TO HIGH
SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE
XXX)
416.4 0416.4 - CYLINDER 2, SHORTED TO LOW
SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE
XXX)
417.2 0417.2 - CYLINDER 6, DATA INCORRECT
(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)
417.3 0417.3 - CYLINDER 6, SHORTED TO HIGH
SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE
XXX)
417.4 0417.4 - CYLINDER 6, SHORTED TO LOW
SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE
XXX)
418.2 0418.2 - CYLINDER 3, DATA INCORRECT
(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)
418.3 0418.3 - CYLINDER 3, SHORTED TO HIGH
SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE
XXX)
418.4 0418.4 - CYLINDER 3, SHORTED TO LOW
SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE
XXX)
419.2 0419.2 - CYLINDER 5, DATA INCORRECT
(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)
419.3 0419.3 - CYLINDER 5, SHORTED TO HIGH
SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE
XXX)
419.4 0419.4 - CYLINDER 5, SHORTED TO LOW
SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE
XXX)
420.2 0420.2 - BATTERY VOLTAGE, DATA
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 146)
420.3 0420.3 - BATTERY VOLTAGE, SHORTED
TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 146)
420.3 0420.3 - BATTERY VOLTAGE, SHORTED
TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 146)
420.3 0420.3 - BATTERY VOLTAGE, SHORTED
TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 146)
420.4 0420.4 - BATTERY VOLTAGE, SHORTED
TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 146)
435.2 0435.2 - AMBIENT PRESSURE (PHY),
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 16)
2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 14
Reference
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Battery - Incorrect value (A.30.A.83 - G.30.C.10)
Battery - Short circuit to B+ (A.30.A.83 - G.30.B.54)
Battery - Short circuit to B+ (A.30.A.83 - G.30.B.54)
Battery - Short circuit to B+ (A.30.A.83 - G.30.B.54)
Battery - Short circuit to ground (A.30.A.83 -
G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description
435.3 0435.3 - AMBIENT PRESSURE (PHY),
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 16)
435.4 0435.4 - AMBIENT PRESSURE (PHY),
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 16)
436.2 0436.2 - SHUT-OFF UNDER VOLTAGE,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 164)
436.3 0436.3 - SHUT-OFF UNDER VOLTAGE,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 164)
436.4 0436.4 - SHUT-OFF UNDER VOLTAGE,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 164)
437.2 0437.2 - SHUT-OFF EXCESS VOLTAGE,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 163)
437.3 0437.3 - SHUT-OFF EXCESS VOLTAGE,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 163)
437.4 0437.4 - SHUT-OFF EXCESS VOLTAGE,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 163)
438.2 0438.2 - SHUT-OFF MONITOR MODULE,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 160)
438.3 0438.3 - SHUT-OFF MONITOR MODULE,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 160)
438.4 0438.4 - SHUT-OFF MONITOR MODULE,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 160)
439.2 0439.2 - SHUT-OFF PATH MES0, DATA
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 162)
439.3 0439.3 - SHUT-OFF PATH MES0, SHORTED
TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 162)
439.4 0439.4 - SHUT-OFF PATH MES0, SHORTED
TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 162)
440.2 0440.2 - SHUT-OFF PATH MES1, DATA
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 161)
440.3 0440.3 - SHUT-OFF PATH MES1, SHORTED
TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 161)
440.4 0440.4 - SHUT-OFF PATH MES1, SHORTED
TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 161)
441.2 0441.2 - BOOST AIR TEMP (PHY), DATA
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 17)
441.3 0441.3 - BOOST AIR TEMP (PHY),
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 17)
2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 15
Reference
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Sensing system Air temperature sensor - Incorrect
value (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.C.10)
Sensing system Air temperature sensor - Short
circuit to B+ (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

441.4 0441.4 - BOOST AIR TEMP (PHY),
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 17)
442.2 0442.2 - BATTERY VOLTAGE FILTER,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 18)
442.3 0442.3 - BATTERY VOLTAGE FILTER,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 18)
442.4 0442.4 - BATTERY VOLTAGE FILTER,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 18)
443.2 0443.2 - ERROR AT POSITION 5, DATA
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 49)
443.3 0443.3 - ERROR AT POSITION 5, SHORTED
TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 49)
443.4 0443.4 - ERROR AT POSITION 5, SHORTED
TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 49)
444.2 0444.2 - ERROR AT POSITION 6, DATA
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 50)
444.3 0444.3 - ERROR AT POSITION 6, SHORTED
TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 50)
444.4 0444.4 - ERROR AT POSITION 6, SHORTED
TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 50)
445.2 0445.2 - ERROR AT POSITION 7, DATA
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 51)
445.3 0445.3 - ERROR AT POSITION 7, SHORTED
TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 51)
445.4 0445.4 - ERROR AT POSITION 7, SHORTED
TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 51)
446.2 0446.2 - ERROR AT POSITION 8, DATA
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 52)
446.3 0446.3 - ERROR AT POSITION 8, SHORTED
TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 52)
446.4 0446.4 - ERROR AT POSITION 8, SHORTED
TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 52)
447.2 0447.2 - ERROR AT POSITION 13, DATA
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 48)
447.3 0447.3 - ERROR AT POSITION 13,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 48)
447.4 0447.4 - ERROR AT POSITION 13,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 48)
Sensing system Air temperature sensor - Short
circuit to ground (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 16
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description
448.2 0448.2 - COOLANT TEMP SENS (PHY),
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 20)
448.3 0448.3 - COOLANT TEMP SENS (PHY),
SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 20)
448.4 0448.4 - COOLANT TEMP SENS (PHY),
SHORT TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 20)
449.2 0449.2 - ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, DATA
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 149)
449.3 0449.3 - ENGINE SPEED SENSOR,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 149)
449.4 0449.4 - ENGINE SPEED SENSOR,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 149)
450.2 0450.2 - EEPROM CHECK SUM HW, DATA
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 192)
450.3 0450.3 - EEPROM CHECK SUM HW,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 192)
450.4 0450.4 - EEPROM CHECK SUM HW,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 192)
451.2 0451.2 - EEPROM CHECK SUM DATA,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 193)
451.3 0451.3 - EEPROM CHECK SUM DATA,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 193)
451.4 0451.4 - EEPROM CHECK SUM DATA,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 193)
452.2 0452.2 - EEPROM CHECK SUM MAIN
REL, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 194)
452.3 0452.3 - EEPROM CHECK SUM MAIN REL,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 194)
452.4 0452.4 - EEPROM CHECK SUM MAIN REL,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 194)
453.2 0453.2 - EEPROM CHECK SUM DEF
MEM, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 195)
453.3 0453.3 - EEPROM CHECK SUM DEF MEM,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 195)
453.4 0453.4 - EEPROM CHECK SUM DEF MEM,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 195)
454.2 0454.2 - EEPROM CHECK SUM HOURS,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 196)
2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 17
Reference
Sensing system Coolant temperature - Incorrect
value (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.C.10)
Sensing system Coolant temperature - Short
circuit to B+ (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.54)
Sensing system Coolant temperature - Short
circuit to ground (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.53)
Sensing system Flywheel speed sensor - Incorrect
value (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.C.10)
Sensing system Flywheel speed sensor - Short
circuit to B+ (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.B.54)
Sensing system Flywheel speed sensor - Short
circuit to ground (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description
454.3 0454.3 - EEPROM CHECK SUM HOURS,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 196)
454.4 0454.4 - EEPROM CHECK SUM HOURS,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 196)
455.2 0455.2 - EEPROM CHECK SUM
ACTUATOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 197)
455.3 0455.3 - EEPROM CHECK SUM
ACTUATOR, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE
(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 197)
455.4 0455.4 - EEPROM CHECK SUM
ACTUATOR, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE
(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 197)
456.2 0456.2 - EEPROM CHECK SUM STARTER,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 198)
456.3 0456.3 - EEPROM CHECK SUM STARTER,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 198)
456.4 0456.4 - EEPROM CHECK SUM STARTER,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 198)
459.2 0459.2 - HIGH IDLE CTRL PARAM SET,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 80)
459.3 0459.3 - HIGH IDLE CTRL PARAM SET,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 80)
459.4 0459.4 - HIGH IDLE CTRL PARAM SET,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 80)
460.2 0460.2 - BELOW HIGH IDLE MINIMUM,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 81)
460.3 0460.3 - BELOW HIGH IDLE MINIMUM,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 81)
460.4 0460.4 - BELOW HIGH IDLE MINIMUM,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 81)
463.2 0463.2 - INVALID INTERM SPD SETP, DATA
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 83)
463.3 0463.3 - INVALID INTERM SPD SETP,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 83)
463.4 0463.4 - INVALID INTERM SPD SETP,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 83)
464.2 0464.2 - INVALID FUEL LIM SETP, DATA
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 85)
464.3 0464.3 - INVALID FUEL LIM SETP,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 85)
2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 18
Reference
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

464.4 0464.4 - INVALID FUEL LIM SETP,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 85)
465.2 0465.2 - MIN. FUEL LIM SETPOINT, DATA
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 86)
465.3 0465.3 - MIN. FUEL LIM SETPOINT,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 86)
465.4 0465.4 - MIN. FUEL LIM SETPOINT,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 86)
466.2 0466.2 - INVALID LOW IDLE SETP, DATA
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 87)
466.3 0466.3 - INVALID LOW IDLE SETP,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 87)
466.4 0466.4 - INVALID LOW IDLE SETP,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 87)
467.2 0467.2 - INVALID LOW IDLE PARAM, DATA
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 88)
467.3 0467.3 - INVALID LOW IDLE PARAM,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 88)
467.4 0467.4 - INVALID LOW IDLE PARAM,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 88)
468.2 0468.2 - EXCEED LOW IDLE SETPOINT,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 89)
468.3 0468.3 - EXCEED LOW IDLE SETPOINT,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 89)
468.4 0468.4 - EXCEED LOW IDLE SETPOINT,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 89)
469.2 0469.2 - INVALID ENGINE STOP REQ,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 53)
469.3 0469.3 - INVALID ENGINE STOP REQ,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 53)
469.4 0469.4 - INVALID ENGINE STOP REQ,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 53)
470.2 0470.2 - FUEL TEMPERATURE (PHY, DATA
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 22)
470.3 0470.3 - FUEL TEMPERATURE (PHY),
SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 22)
470.4 0470.4 - FUEL TEMPERATURE (PHY),
SHORT TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 22)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Incorrect
value (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.C.10)
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Short
circuit to B+ (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.B.54)
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Short
circuit to ground (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.B.53)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 19
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description
471.2 0471.2 - AUX ENG SPEED SENSOR, DATA
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 150)
471.3 0471.3 - AUX ENG SPEED SENSOR,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 150)
471.4 0471.4 - AUX ENG SPEED SENSOR,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 150)
472.2 0472.2 - BOOST PRESSURE (PHY), DATA
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT
CODE 19)
472.3 0472.3 - BOOST PRESSURE (PHY),
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 19)
472.4 0472.4 - BOOST PRESSURE (PHY),
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 19)
473.2 0473.2 - TIMEOUT AFTERRUN DR-MODE,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 65)
473.3 0473.3 - TIMEOUT AFTERRUN DR-MODE,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 65)
473.4 0473.4 - TIMEOUT AFTERRUN DR-MODE,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 65)
477.2 0477.2 - RESIST GOV DEVIATION QTY,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 165)
477.3 0477.3 - RESIST GOV DEVIATION QTY,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 165)
477.4 0477.4 - RESIST GOV DEVIATION QTY,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 165)
478.2 0478.2 - STOP POS CONTROL RACK,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 166)
478.3 0478.3 - STOP POS CONTROL RACK,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 166)
478.4 0478.4 - STOP POS CONTROL RACK,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 166)
479.2 0479.2 - RACK TRAVEL SENS DEFECT,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 167)
479.3 0479.3 - RACK TRAVEL SENS DEFECT,
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 167)
479.4 0479.4 - RACK TRAVEL SENS DEFECT,
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE
TOOL FAULT CODE 167)
480.2 0480.2 - RACK SENS INTERMIT CONT,
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL
FAULT CODE 168)
2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 20
Reference
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Sensing system Air pressure sensor - Incorrect
value (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.C.10)
Sensing system Air pressure sensor - Short
circuit to B+ (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
Sensing system Air pressure sensor - Short
circuit to ground (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.B.54)
Injection control - Short circuit to ground
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.C.10)
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

480.3 0480.3 - RACK SENS INTERMIT CONT, Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE G.30.B.54)
TOOL FAULT CODE 168)
480.4 0480.4 - RACK SENS INTERMIT CONT, Injection control - Short circuit to ground
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
TOOL FAULT CODE 168)
481.2 0481.2 - STAND ALONE OPERATION, Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL G.30.C.10)
FAULT CODE 176)
481.3 0481.3 - STAND ALONE OPERATION, Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE G.30.B.54)
TOOL FAULT CODE 176)
481.4 0481.4 - STAND ALONE OPERATION, Injection control - Short circuit to ground
SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
TOOL FAULT CODE 176)
482.2 0482.2 - SELF TEST, DATA INCORRECT Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 200) G.30.C.10)
482.3 0482.3 - SELF TEST, SHORTED TO HIGH Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE G.30.B.54)
200)
482.4 0482.4 - SELF TEST, SHORTED TO LOW Injection control - Short circuit to ground
SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
200)
483.2 0483.2 - CAN ELEMENT, DATA INCORRECT Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 177) G.30.C.10)
483.3 0483.3 - CAN ELEMENT, SHORTED TO Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT G.30.B.54)
CODE 177)
483.4 0483.4 - CAN ELEMENT, SHORTED TO Injection control - Short circuit to ground
LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CODE 177)
484.2 0484.2 - CAN BUS OFF STATE, DATA Injection control - Incorrect value (B.20.A.92 -
INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT G.30.C.10)
CODE 178)
484.3 0484.3 - CAN BUS OFF STATE, SHORTED Injection control - Short circuit to B+ (B.20.A.92 -
TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT G.30.B.54)
CODE 178)
484.4 0484.4 - CAN BUS OFF STATE, SHORTED Injection control - Short circuit to ground
TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CODE 178)
E0001-03 E0001-03 - Bin Covers Open Sensor Sensing system Grain tank covers sensor - Short
Shorted To High Source circuit to B+ (K.60.B.95.82 - G.30.B.54)
E0001-04 E0001-04 - Bin Covers Open Sensor Sensing system Grain tank covers sensor - Short
Shorted To low Source circuit to ground (K.60.B.95.82 - G.30.B.53)
E0001-05 E0001-05 - Bin Covers Open Sensor Line Sensing system Grain tank covers sensor - Open
Disconnected circuit (K.60.B.95.82 - G.30.B.50)
E0002-03 E0002-03 - Swath Plate Position Shorted Sensing system Swath plate position sensor -
To High Source Short circuit to B+ (K.64.C.95.82 - G.30.B.54)
E0002-04 E0002-04 - Swath Plate Position Shorted Sensing system Swath plate position sensor -
To Low Source Short circuit to ground (K.64.C.95.82 - G.30.B.53)
E0002-05 E0002-05 - Swath Plate Position Line Sensing system Swath plate position sensor -
Disconnected Open circuit (K.64.C.95.82 - G.30.B.50)
E0002-05 E0002-05 - Swath Plate Position Line Sensing system Swath plate position sensor -
Disconnected Open circuit (K.64.C.95.82 - G.30.B.50)
E0003-03 E0003-03 - Unload Tube Cradled Shorted Sensing system Unload cradle sensor - Short
To High Source circuit to B+ (K.72.B.95.80 - G.30.B.54)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 21
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

E0003-04 E0003-04 - Unload Tube Cradled Shorted Sensing system Unload cradle sensor - Short
To Low Source circuit to ground (K.72.B.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0003-05 E0003-05 - Unload Tube Cradled Line Sensing system Unload cradle sensor - Open
Disconnected circuit (K.72.B.95.80 - G.30.B.50)
E0003-05 E0003-05 - Unload Tube Cradled Line Sensing system Unload cradle sensor - Open
Disconnected circuit (K.72.B.95.80 - G.30.B.50)
E0004-03 E0004-03 - Fdr Reverser Disengaged Sensing system Reverse disengaged sensor -
Shorted To High Source Short circuit to B+ (K.25.E.95.82 - G.30.B.54)
E0004-04 E0004-04 - Fdr Reverser Disengaged Sensing system Reverse disengaged sensor -
Shorted To Low Source Short circuit to ground (K.25.E.95.82 - G.30.B.53)
E0004-05 E0004-05 - Fdr Reverser Disengaged Line Sensing system Reverse disengaged sensor -
Disconnected Open circuit (K.25.E.95.82 - G.30.B.50)
E0005-03 E0005-03 - Straw Walker Protection Sensing system Straw walker sensor - Short
Shorted To High Source circuit to B+ (K.42.E.95.50 - G.30.B.54)
E0006-03 E0006-03 - Return Filter Bypass Shorted Sensing system Differential pressure switch -
To High Source Short circuit to B+ (A.10.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0007-03 E0007-03 - Gearbox Filter Bypass Shorted Sensing system Differential pressure switch -
To High Source Short circuit to B+ (A.12.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0008-04 E0008-04 - Left Turn Signal Shorted To Turn/hazard light Turn switch - Short circuit to
Low Source ground (A.40.A.13.83 - G.30.B.53)
E0009-04 E0009-04 - Front Work Lights Switch Work light Switch - Short circuit to ground
Shorted To Low Source (A.40.A.30.83 - G.30.B.53)
E0010-04 E0010-04 - Rear Work Lights Switch Rear work light Switch - Short circuit to ground
Shorted To Low Source (A.40.A.17.83 - G.30.B.53)
E0011-04 E0011-04 - Road Lights Signal Shorted To Head light Switch - Short circuit to ground
Low Source (A.40.A.11.83 - G.30.B.53)
E0011-04 E0011-04 - Road Lights Signal Shorted To Head light Switch - Short circuit to ground
Low Source (A.40.A.11.83 - G.30.B.53)
E0011-04 E0011-04 - Road Lights Signal Shorted To Head light Switch - Short circuit to ground
Low Source (A.40.A.11.83 - G.30.B.53)
E0012-04 E0012-04 - Right Turn Signal Shorted To Turn/hazard light Turn switch - Short circuit to
Low Source ground (A.40.A.13.83 - G.30.B.53)
E0013-03 E0013-03 - Cleaning Fan RPM Sensor Sensing system Fan speed sensor - Short circuit
Shorted To High Source to B+ (K.62.B.95.52 - G.30.B.54)
E0013-04 E0013-04 - Cleaning Fan RPM Sensor Sensing system Fan speed sensor - Short circuit
Shorted To Low Source to ground (K.62.B.95.52 - G.30.B.53)
E0013-05 E0013-05 - Cleaning Fan RPM Sensor Line Sensing system Fan speed sensor - Open circuit
Disconnected (K.62.B.95.52 - G.30.B.50)
E0015-03 E0015-03 - Left Returns RPM Sensor Sensing system Tailing speed sensor - Short
Shorted To High Source circuit to B+ (K.62.C.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
E0015-04 E0015-04 - Left Returns RPM Sensor Sensing system Tailing speed sensor - Short
Shorted To Low Source circuit to ground (K.62.C.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0015-05 E0015-05 - Left Returns RPM Sensor Line Sensing system Tailing speed sensor - Open
Disconnected circuit (K.62.C.95.80 - G.30.B.50)
E0015-05 E0015-05 - Left Returns RPM Sensor Line Sensing system Tailing speed sensor - Open
Disconnected circuit (K.62.C.95.80 - G.30.B.50)
E0016-03 E0016-03 - Clean Grain Elevator RPM Sensing system Speed sensor - Short circuit to
Shorted To High Source B+ (K.60.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0016-04 E0016-04 - Clean Grain Elevator RPM Sensing system Speed sensor - Short circuit to
Shorted To Low Source ground (K.60.B.95.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0016-05 E0016-05 - Clean Grain Elevator RPM Line Sensing system Speed sensor - Open circuit
Disconnected (K.60.B.95.81 - G.30.B.50)
E0016-05 E0016-05 - Clean Grain Elevator RPM Line Sensing system Speed sensor - Open circuit
Disconnected (K.60.B.95.81 - G.30.B.50)
E0017-03 E0017-03 - Rotary Separator RPM Shorted Sensing system Speed sensor - Short circuit to
To High Source B+ (K.42.C.95.50 - G.30.B.54)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 22
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

E0017-04 E0017-04 - Rotary Separator RPM Shorted Sensing system Speed sensor - Short circuit to
To Low Source ground (K.42.C.95.50 - G.30.B.53)
E0017-05 E0017-05 - Rotary Separator RPM Line Sensing system Speed sensor - Open circuit
Disconnected (K.42.C.95.50 - G.30.B.50)
E0018-03 E0018-03 - Right Returns RPM Sensor Sensing system Tailing speed sensor - Short
Shorted To High Source circuit to B+ (K.62.C.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
E0018-04 E0018-04 - Right Returns RPM Sensor Sensing system Tailing speed sensor - Short
Shorted To Low Source circuit to ground (K.62.C.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0018-05 E0018-05 - Right Returns RPM Sensor Sensing system Tailing speed sensor - Open
Line Disconnected circuit (K.62.C.95.80 - G.30.B.50)
E0018-05 E0018-05 - Right Returns RPM Sensor Sensing system Tailing speed sensor - Open
Line Disconnected circuit (K.62.C.95.80 - G.30.B.50)
E0023-03 E0023-03 - Hydrostat Motor Temp Shorted Sensing system Temperature sensor - Short
To High Source circuit to B+ (C.20.F.95.90 - G.30.B.54)
E0023-04 E0023-04 - Hydrostatic Motor Temp Sensing system Temperature sensor - Short
Shorted To Low Source circuit to ground (C.20.F.95.90 - G.30.B.53)
E0023-05 E0023-05 - Hydrostatic Motor Temp Line Sensing system Temperature sensor - Open
Disconnected circuit (C.20.F.95.90 - G.30.B.50)
E0024-03 E0024-03 - Hydraulic Reservoir Temp Sensing system Temperature sensor - Short
Shorted To High Source circuit to B+ (A.10.A.95.90 - G.30.B.54)
E0024-04 E0024-04 - Hydraulic Reservoir Temp Sensing system Temperature sensor - Short
Shorted To Low Source circuit to ground (A.10.A.95.90 - G.30.B.53)
E0024-05 E0024-05 - Hydraulic Reservoir Temp Line Sensing system Temperature sensor - Open
Disconnected circuit (A.10.A.95.90 - G.30.B.50)
E0024-05 E0024-05 - Hydraulic Reservoir Temp Line Sensing system Temperature sensor - Open
Disconnected circuit (A.10.A.95.90 - G.30.B.50)
E0025-03 E0025-03 - Gearbox Temp Sensor Shorted Sensing system Temperature sensor - Short
To High Source circuit to B+ (C.50.B.95.90 - G.30.B.54)
E0025-04 E0025-04 - Gearbox Temp Sensor Shorted Sensing system Temperature sensor - Short
To Low Source circuit to ground (C.50.B.95.90 - G.30.B.53)
E0025-05 E0025-05 - Gearbox Temp Sensor Line Sensing system Temperature sensor - Open
Disconnected circuit (C.50.B.95.90 - G.30.B.50)
E0025-05 E0025-05 - Gearbox Temp Sensor Line Sensing system Temperature sensor - Open
Disconnected circuit (C.50.B.95.90 - G.30.B.50)
E0026-03 E0026-03 - Rear Ladder Sensor Shorted Sensing system Rear ladder sensor - Short circuit
To High Source to B+ (E.50.B.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
E0026-04 E0026-04 - Rear Ladder Sensor Shorted Sensing system Rear ladder sensor - Short circuit
To Low Source to ground (E.50.B.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0026-05 E0026-05 - Rear Ladder Sensor Line Sensing system Rear ladder sensor - Open circuit
Disconnected (E.50.B.95.80 - G.30.B.50)
E0026-05 E0026-05 - Rear Ladder Sensor Line Sensing system Rear ladder sensor - Open circuit
Disconnected (E.50.B.95.80 - G.30.B.50)
E0029-03 E0029-03 - Lateral Float Sensor Shorted Sensing system Lateral adjustment potentiometer
To High Source - Short circuit to B+ (K.25.E.95.84 - G.30.B.54)
E0029-05 E0029-05 - Lateral Float Sensor Line Sensing system Lateral adjustment potentiometer
Disconnected - Open or short circuit (K.25.E.95.84 - G.30.B.51)
E0032-03 E0032-03 - Shoe Position Sensor Shorted Motor Shoe leveling motor - Short circuit to B+
To High Source (K.62.B.28.60 - G.30.B.54)
E0032-05 E0032-05 - Shoe Position Sensor Line Motor Shoe leveling motor - Open or short circuit
Disconnected (K.62.B.28.60 - G.30.B.51)
E0033-03 E0033-03 - Lateral Inclination Sens Sensing system Lateral inclination sensor - Short
Shorted To High Source circuit to B+ (K.62.B.95.50 - G.30.B.54)
E0033-03 E0033-03 - Lateral Inclination Sens Sensing system Lateral inclination sensor - Short
Shorted To High Source circuit to B+ (K.62.B.95.50 - G.30.B.54)
E0033-05 E0033-05 - Lateral Inclination Sens Line Sensing system Lateral inclination sensor - Open
Disconnected or short circuit (K.62.B.95.50 - G.30.B.51)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 23
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

E0033-05 E0033-05 - Lateral Inclination Sens Line Sensing system Lateral inclination sensor - Open
Disconnected or short circuit (K.62.B.95.50 - G.30.B.51)
E0034-03 E0034-03 - Concave Position Sensor Electrical motor - Short circuit to B+ (K.40.B.82 -
Shorted To High Source G.30.B.54)
E0034-03 E0034-03 - Concave Position Sensor Electrical motor - Short circuit to B+ (K.40.B.82 -
Shorted To High Source G.30.B.54)
E0034-05 E0034-05 - Concave Position Sensor Line Electrical motor - Open or short circuit (K.40.B.82
Disconnected - G.30.B.51)
E0034-05 E0034-05 - Concave Position Sensor Line Electrical motor - Open or short circuit (K.40.B.82
Disconnected - G.30.B.51)
E0037-03 E0037-03 - CCM1 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted Control module CCM1 - Short circuit to B+
To High Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0037-04 E0037-04 - CCM1 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted Control module CCM1 - Short circuit to ground
To Low Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0038-03 E0038-03 - CCM1 8V Ref Voltage Shorted Control module CCM1 - Short circuit to B+
To High Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0038-04 E0038-04 - CCM1 8V Ref Voltage Shorted Control module CCM1 - Short circuit to ground
To Low Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0039-03 E0039-03 - CCM1 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted Control module CCM1 - Short circuit to B+
To High Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0039-04 E0039-04 - CCM1 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted Control module CCM1 - Short circuit to ground
To High Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0040-03 E0040-03 - CCM1 Key Switch Voltage Control module CCM1 - Short circuit to B+
Shorted To High Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0040-04 E0040-04 - CCM1 Key Switch Voltage Control module CCM1 - Short circuit to ground
Shorted To Low Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0041-06 E0041-06 - Current Sense Fan Motor Short Motor Fan speed motor - High current
Circuit (K.62.B.28.62 - G.30.B.25)
E0042-06 E0042-06 - Current Sense Reverser Short Reversing system - High current (K.25.E.42 -
Circuit G.30.B.25)
E0043-06 E0043-06 - Current Sense Lev Shoe Short Motor Shoe leveling motor - High current
Circuit (K.62.B.28.60 - G.30.B.25)
E0044-06 E0044-06 - Current Sense Concave CL Electrical motor - High current (K.40.B.82 -
Short Circuit G.30.B.25)
E0045-06 E0045-06 - Current Sense Bin Covers Sensing system Grain tank covers sensor - High
Short Circuit current (K.60.B.95.82 - G.30.B.25)
E0046-03 E0046-03 - CCM1 Battery Voltage Shorted Control module CCM1 - Short circuit to B+
To High Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0046-04 E0046-04 - CCM1 Battery Voltage Shorted Control module CCM1 - Short circuit to ground
To Low Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0047-03 E0047-03 - V Supply Feeder Clutch Command Engage switch - Short circuit to B+
Shorted To High Source (K.25.E.05.83 - G.30.B.54)
E0047-04 E0047-04 - V Supply Feeder Clutch Command Engage switch - Short circuit to ground
Shorted To Low Source (K.25.E.05.83 - G.30.B.53)
E0050-03 E0050-03 - Isense Feeder Clutch Shorted Control valve Clutch control valve - Short circuit
To A High Source to B+ (K.25.E.14.20 - G.30.B.54)
E0052-11 E0052-11 - Feeder Clutch Valve Control valve Clutch control valve - Unidentified
Unidentified Failure Code failure (K.25.E.14.20 - G.30.B.46)
E0053-11 E0053-11 - Chaff Spreader Valve Control valve - Unidentified failure (K.64.D.14 -
Unidentified Failure Code G.30.B.46)
E0059-11 E0059-11 - Dual Range Valve Unidentified Command Speed command - Unidentified failure
Failure Code (C.20.F.05.05 - G.30.B.46)
E0061-11 E0061-11 - Feeder Jog Forward Valve Command Drive switch - Unidentified failure
Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.B.05.07 - G.30.B.46)
E0062-11 E0062-11 - Fan Sp / Reverser Select Motor Fan speed motor - Unidentified failure
Unidentified Failure Code (K.62.B.28.62 - G.30.B.46)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 24
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

E0063-11 E0063-11 - Vertical Knife L Unidentified Electrical control Vertical knives relay -
Failure Code Unidentified failure (K.25.D.90.82 - G.30.B.46)
E0064-11 E0064-11 - Vertical Knife R Unidentified Electrical control Vertical knives relay -
Failure Code Unidentified failure (K.25.D.90.82 - G.30.B.46)
E0065-11 E0065-11 - Backup Alarm Unidentified Back up alarm - Unidentified failure (E.50.B.82 -
Failure Code G.30.B.46)
E0066-11 E0066-11 - Rear Wheel Assist Valve Command - Unidentified failure (D.14.E.05 -
Unidentified Failure Code G.30.B.46)
E0067-11 E0067-11 - Feeder Jog Reverse Valve Command Drive switch - Unidentified failure
Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.B.05.07 - G.30.B.46)
E0068-11 E0068-11 - Unload Tube Light Relay Unloading tube light - Unidentified failure
Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.35 - G.30.B.46)
E0069-11 E0069-11 - Covers / Concave Cl Sel Electrical motor - Unidentified failure (K.40.B.82 -
Unidentified Failure Code G.30.B.46)
E0070-11 E0070-11 - Front Work Lights Relay Front work light Relay - Unidentified failure
Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.16.82 - G.30.B.46)
E0071-11 E0071-11 - Rear Work Lights Relay Rear work light Relay - Unidentified failure
Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.17.82 - G.30.B.46)
E0072-11 E0072-11 - Side Work Lights Relay Side work light Relay - Unidentified failure
Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.18.82 - G.30.B.46)
E0073-11 E0073-11 - Field Lights Relay Unidentified Front work light Relay - Unidentified failure
Failure Code (A.40.A.16.82 - G.30.B.46)
E0075-05 E0075-05 - Leveling Shoe Motor Line Motor Shoe leveling motor - Unidentified failure
Disconnected (K.62.B.28.60 - G.30.B.46)
E0076-05 E0076-05 - Fan Speed Motor Line Motor Fan speed motor - High current
Disconnected (K.62.B.28.62 - G.30.B.25)
E0077-05 E0077-05 - Reverser Motor Line Motor Fan speed motor - High current
Disconnected (K.62.B.28.62 - G.30.B.25)
E0078-05 E0078-05 - Concave Clearance Motor Line Electrical motor - Open circuit (K.40.B.82 -
Disconnected G.30.B.50)
E0079-05 E0079-05 - Grain Bin Covers Motor Line Electrical motor - High current (K.60.B.82 -
Disconnected G.30.B.25)
E0080-12 E0080-12 - HHC Module Bad Intelligent Command valve - Corrupted (G.10.A.12 -
Device G.30.E.13)
E0084-14 E0084-14 - Voting Conflicts Found Special Software - Special instruction (A.50.A.93 -
Instructions G.30.E.11)
E0085-14 E0085-14 - Voting Differences Found Software - Special instruction (A.50.A.93 -
Special Instructions G.30.E.11)
E0128-03 E0128-03 - Trans Shift Gear N sens Sensing system Shift position sensor - Short
Shorted To High Source circuit to B+ (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0128-04 E0128-04 - Trans Shift Gear N sens Sensing system Shift position sensor - Short
Shorted To Low Source circuit to ground (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0128-05 E0128-05 - Trans Shift Gear N sens Line Sensing system Shift position sensor - Open
Disconnected circuit (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.50)
E0129-03 E0129-03 - Trans Shift Gear 3 sens Shorted Sensing system Shift position sensor - Short
To High Source circuit to B+ (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0129-04 E0129-04 - Trans Shift Gear 3 sens Shorted Sensing system Shift position sensor - Short
To Low Source circuit to ground (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0129-05 E0129-05 - Trans Shift Gear 3 sens Line Sensing system Shift position sensor - Open
Disconnected circuit (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.50)
E0130-03 E0130-03 - Trans Shift Gear 2 sens Shorted Sensing system Shift position sensor - Short
To High Source circuit to B+ (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0130-04 E0130-04 - Trans Shift Gear 2 sens Shorted Sensing system Shift position sensor - Short
To Low Source circuit to ground (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0130-05 E0130-05 - Trans Shift Gear 2 sens Line Sensing system Shift position sensor - Open
Disconnected circuit (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.50)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 25
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

E0131-03 E0131-03 - Trans Shift Gear 1 sens Shorted Sensing system Shift position sensor - Short
To High Source circuit to B+ (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0131-04 E0131-04 - Trans Shift Gear 1 sens Shorted Sensing system Shift position sensor - Short
To Low Source circuit to ground (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0131-05 E0131-05 - Trans Shift Gear 1 sens Line Sensing system Shift position sensor - Open
Disconnected circuit (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.50)
E0132-03 E0132-03 - Trans Shift Gear 4 sens Shorted Sensing system Shift position sensor - Short
To High Source circuit to B+ (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0132-04 E0132-04 - Trans Shift Gear 4 sens Shorted Sensing system Shift position sensor - Short
To Low Source circuit to ground (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0132-05 E0132-05 - Trans Shift Gear 4 sens Line Sensing system Shift position sensor - Open
Disconnected circuit (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.50)
E0133-03 E0133-03 - Hydraulic Reservoir Level Sensing system Reservoir level sensor - Short
Shorted To High Source circuit to B+ (A.10.A.95.93 - G.30.B.54)
E0134-03 E0134-03 - Brake Pressure Switch Shorted Sensing system Pressure sensor - Short circuit to
To High Source B+ (D.30.C.95.82 - G.30.B.54)
E0134-03 E0134-03 - Brake Pressure Switch Shorted Sensing system Pressure sensor - Short circuit to
To High Source B+ (D.30.C.95.82 - G.30.B.54)
E0135-01 E0135-01 - Charge Pressure Switch Valid Sensing system Charge pressure switch - Under
Below Normal limit value (C.20.F.95.86 - G.30.C.20)
E0135-03 E0135-03 - Charge Pressure Switch Sensing system Charge pressure switch - Short
Shorted To High Source circuit to B+ (C.20.F.95.86 - G.30.B.54)
E0135-05 E0135-05 - Charge Pressure Switch Line Sensing system Charge pressure switch - Open
Disconnected circuit (C.20.F.95.86 - G.30.B.50)
E0136-04 E0136-04 - Beacon Lights Switch Shorted Beacon Switch - Short circuit to ground
to Low Source (A.40.A.15.83 - G.30.B.53)
E0137-04 E0137-04 - Open Covers Switch Shorted Command Grain tank covers switch - Short circuit
to Low Source to ground (K.60.B.05.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0139-04 E0139-04 - Key Switch - Start Shorted to Start control Start switch - Short circuit to ground
Low Source (B.80.A.90.82 - G.30.B.53)
E0140-04 E0140-04 - Operator Seat Switch Shorted Operator presence system (OPS) Seat switch -
To Low Source Short circuit to ground (E.50.B.96.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0141-03 E0141-03 - Header Reel RPM sensor Sensing system Speed sensor - Short circuit to
Shorted To High Source B+ (K.25.B.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
E0141-04 E0141-04 - Header Reel RPM sensor Sensing system Speed sensor - Short circuit to
Shorted To Low Source ground (K.25.B.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0141-05 E0141-05 - Header Reel RPM sensor Line Sensing system Speed sensor - Open circuit
Disconnected (K.25.B.95.80 - G.30.B.50)
E0142-03 E0142-03 - Groundspeed RPM sensor Sensing system Ground speed sensor - Short
Shorted To High Source circuit to B+ (C.20.B.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
E0142-04 E0142-04 - Groundspeed RPM sensor Sensing system Ground speed sensor - Short
Shorted To Low Source circuit to ground (C.20.B.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0142-05 E0142-05 - Groundspeed RPM sensor Line Sensing system Ground speed sensor - Open
Disconnected circuit (C.20.B.95.80 - G.30.B.50)
E0143-03 E0143-03 - Chopper RPM sensor Shorted Sensing system Speed sensor - Short circuit to
To High Source B+ (K.64.C.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
E0143-04 E0143-04 - Chopper RPM sensor Shorted Sensing system Speed sensor - Short circuit to
To Low Source ground (K.64.C.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0143-05 E0143-05 - Chopper RPM Sensor Line Sensing system Speed sensor - Open circuit
Disconnected (K.64.C.95.80 - G.30.B.50)
E0143-05 E0143-05 - Chopper RPM Sensor Line Sensing system Speed sensor - Open circuit
Disconnected (K.64.C.95.80 - G.30.B.50)
E0144-03 E0144-03 - Straw Walker RPM sensor Sensing system Straw walker sensor - Short
Shorted To High Source circuit to B+ (K.42.E.95.50 - G.30.B.54)
E0144-04 E0144-04 - Straw Walker RPM sensor Sensing system Straw walker sensor - Short
Shorted To Low Source circuit to ground (K.42.E.95.50 - G.30.B.53)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 26
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

E0144-05 E0144-05 - Straw Walker RPM sensor Line Sensing system Straw walker sensor - Open
Disconnected circuit (K.42.E.95.50 - G.30.B.50)
E0145-03 E0145-03 - Engine RPM sensor Shorted Sensing system Speed sensor - Short circuit to
to High Source B+ (B.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
E0145-04 E0145-04 - Engine RPM sensor Shorted Sensing system Speed sensor - Short circuit to
to Low Source ground (B.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0145-05 E0145-05 - Engine RPM sensor Line Sensing system Speed sensor - Open circuit
disconnected (B.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.50)
E0146-03 E0146-03 - Thresher RPM sensor Shorted Sensing system Drum speed sensor - Short circuit
To High Source to B+ (K.40.B.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
E0146-04 E0146-04 - Thresher RPM sensor Shorted Sensing system Drum speed sensor - Short circuit
To Low Source to ground (K.40.B.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0146-05 E0146-05 - Thresher RPM sensor Line Sensing system Drum speed sensor - Open circuit
Disconnected (K.40.B.95.80 - G.30.B.50)
E0148-03 E0148-03 - Header Type Module Shorted Sensing system Header type module - Short
to High Source circuit to B+ (K.25.D.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
E0151-03 E0151-03 - Thresher Clutch Temp Shorted Sensing system Clutch temperature sensor -
To High Source Short circuit to B+ (K.40.B.95.82 - G.30.B.54)
E0151-04 E0151-04 - Thresher Clutch Temp Shorted Sensing system Clutch temperature sensor -
To Low Source Short circuit to ground (K.40.B.95.82 - G.30.B.53)
E0151-05 E0151-05 - Thresher Clutch Temp Line Sensing system Clutch temperature sensor -
Disconnected Open circuit (K.40.B.95.82 - G.30.B.50)
E0151-05 E0151-05 - Thresher Clutch Temp Line Sensing system Clutch temperature sensor -
Disconnected Open circuit (K.40.B.95.82 - G.30.B.50)
E0152-00 E0152-00 - Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Valid Sensing system Coolant temperature - Over limit
Above Normal value (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.C.22)
E0152-02 E0152-02 - Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Data Sensing system Coolant temperature - Incorrect
Incorrect value (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.C.10)
E0152-03 E0152-03 - Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Sensing system Coolant temperature - Short
Shorted To High Source circuit to B+ (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.54)
E0152-04 E0152-04 - Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Sensing system Coolant temperature - Short
Shorted To Low Source circuit to ground (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.53)
E0152-05 E0152-05 - Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Line Sensing system Coolant temperature - Open
Disconnected circuit (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.50)
E0152-05 E0152-05 - Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Line Sensing system Coolant temperature - Open
Disconnected circuit (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.50)
E0153-00 E0153-00 - Engine Oil Temperature Valid Sensing system Oil temperature - Over limit value
Above Normal (B.60.A.95.92 - G.30.C.22)
E0153-03 E0153-03 - Engine Oil Temperature Sensing system Oil temperature - Short circuit to
Shorted To High Source B+ (B.60.A.95.92 - G.30.B.54)
E0153-04 E0153-04 - Engine Oil Temperature Sensing system Oil temperature - Short circuit to
Shorted To Low Source ground (B.60.A.95.92 - G.30.B.53)
E0153-05 E0153-05 - Engine Oil Temperature Line Sensing system Oil temperature - Open circuit
Disconnected (B.60.A.95.92 - G.30.B.50)
E0153-05 E0153-05 - Engine Oil Temperature Line Sensing system Oil temperature - Open circuit
Disconnected (B.60.A.95.92 - G.30.B.50)
E0153-05 E0153-05 - Engine Oil Temperature Line Sensing system Oil temperature - Open circuit
Disconnected (B.60.A.95.92 - G.30.B.50)
E0154-03 E0154-03 - Fuel Level sensor Shorted To Sensing system Level sensor - Short circuit to B+
High Source (B.20.A.95.90 - G.30.B.54)
E0154-04 E0154-04 - Fuel Level sensor Shorted To Sensing system Level sensor - Short circuit to
Low Source ground (B.20.A.95.90 - G.30.B.53)
E0154-05 E0154-05 - Fuel level sensor Line Sensing system Level sensor - Open circuit
Disconnected (B.20.A.95.90 - G.30.B.50)
E0154-05 E0154-05 - Fuel level sensor Line Sensing system Level sensor - Open circuit
Disconnected (B.20.A.95.90 - G.30.B.50)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 27
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

E0158-03 E0158-03 - Reel Horizontal Position Sensing system Vertical position sensor - Short
Shorted to High Source circuit to B+ (K.25.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0158-05 E0158-05 - Reel Horizontal Position Line Sensing system Vertical position sensor - Open
Disconnected circuit (K.25.B.95.81 - G.30.B.50)
E0159-03 E0159-03 - Grain Bin Full sensor Shorted Sensing system Level sensor - Short circuit to B+
To High Source (K.60.B.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
E0159-03 E0159-03 - Grain Bin Full sensor Shorted Sensing system Level sensor - Short circuit to B+
To High Source (K.60.B.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
E0159-05 E0159-05 - Grain Bin Full sensor Line Sensing system Level sensor - Open circuit
Disconnected (K.60.B.95.80 - G.30.B.50)
E0160-03 E0160-03 - Reel Vertical Position Shorted Sensing system Horizontal position sensor - Short
to High Source circuit to B+ (K.25.B.95.82 - G.30.B.54)
E0160-05 E0160-05 - Reel Vertical Position Line Sensing system Horizontal position sensor - Open
Disconnected circuit (K.25.B.95.82 - G.30.B.50)
E0161-01 E0161-01 - Engine Oil Pressure Valid Sensing system Oil pressure - Under limit value
Below Normal (B.60.A.95.91 - G.30.C.20)
E0161-03 E0161-03 - Engine Oil Pressure sens Sensing system Oil pressure - Short circuit to B+
Shorted To High Source (B.60.A.95.91 - G.30.B.54)
E0161-03 E0161-03 - Engine Oil Pressure sens Sensing system Oil pressure - Short circuit to B+
Shorted To High Source (B.60.A.95.91 - G.30.B.54)
E0161-05 E0161-05 - Engine Oil Pressure sens Line Sensing system Oil pressure - Open circuit
Disconnected (B.60.A.95.91 - G.30.B.50)
E0162-01 E0162-01 - Control Pressure sensor , Valid Sensing system Pressure sensor - Under limit
Below Normal value (A.12.A.95.91 - G.30.C.20)
E0162-03 E0162-03 - Control Pressure sensor Sensing system Pressure sensor - Short circuit to
Shorted To High Source B+ (A.12.A.95.91 - G.30.B.54)
E0162-03 E0162-03 - Control Pressure sensor Sensing system Pressure sensor - Short circuit to
Shorted To High Source B+ (A.12.A.95.91 - G.30.B.54)
E0162-05 E0162-05 - Control Pressure sensor Line Sensing system Pressure sensor - Open circuit
Disconnected (A.12.A.95.91 - G.30.B.50)
E0163-03 E0163-03 - Engine Air Filter sensor Sensing system Air pressure sensor - Short
Shorted To High Source circuit to B+ (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0163-03 E0163-03 - Engine Air Filter sensor Sensing system Air pressure sensor - Short
Shorted To High Source circuit to B+ (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0163-03 E0163-03 - Engine Air Filter sensor Sensing system Air pressure sensor - Short
Shorted To High Source circuit to B+ (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0163-05 E0163-05 - Engine Air Filter sensor Line Sensing system Air pressure sensor - Open circuit
Disconnected (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.50)
E0163-05 E0163-05 - Engine Air Filter sensor Line Sensing system Air pressure sensor - Open circuit
Disconnected (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.50)
E0164-03 E0164-03 - V Supply Ground Spd Hydro Sensing system Neutral position switch - Short
Shorted To High Source circuit to B+ (C.20.B.95.82 - G.30.B.54)
E0164-04 E0164-04 - V Supply Ground Spd Hydro Sensing system Neutral position switch - Short
Shorted To Low Source circuit to ground (C.20.B.95.82 - G.30.B.53)
E0165-03 E0165-03 - CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted Control module CCM2 - Short circuit to B+
To High Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.54)
E0165-04 E0165-04 - CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted Control module CCM2 - Short circuit to ground
To Low Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.53)
E0166-03 E0166-03 - CCM2 8V Ref Voltage Shorted Control module CCM2 - Short circuit to B+
to High Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.54)
E0166-04 E0166-04 - CCM2 8V Ref Voltage Shorted Control module CCM2 - Short circuit to ground
to Low Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.53)
E0167-03 E0167-03 - CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted Control module CCM2 - Short circuit to B+
To High Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.54)
E0167-04 E0167-04 - CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted Control module CCM2 - Short circuit to ground
to Low Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.53)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 28
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Code Description
E0168-03 E0168-03 - CCM2 Keyswitch Voltage
Shorted to High Source
E0168-04 E0168-04 - CCM2 Keyswitch Voltage
Shorted to Low Source
E0169-06 E0169-06 - Current Sense Reel Speed
Short Circuit
E0171-06 E0171-06 - Curr Sense Transm Shift Short
Circuit
E0172-06 E0172-06 - Curr Sense Rot Scr Brush
Short Circuit
E0172-06 E0172-06 - Curr Sense Rot Scr Brush
Short Circuit
E0173-06 E0173-06 - Curr Sense Eng Throttle Short
Circuit
E0174-03 E0174-03 - CCM2 Battery Voltage Shorted
to High Source
E0174-04 E0174-04 - CCM2 Battery Voltage Shorted
to Low Source
E0175-03 E0175-03 - V Supply Thresher Clutch
Shorted to High Source
E0175-04 E0175-04 - V Supply Thresher Clutch
Shorted to Low Source
E0177-03 E0177-03 - Isense Unload Cross Auger
Shorted to High Source
E0178-03 E0178-03 - Isense Thresher Clutch Shorted
to High Source
E0179-03 E0179-03 - LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro
Shorted to High Source
E0179-04 E0179-04 - LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro
Shorted to Low Source
E0179-05 E0179-05 - LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro
Line Disconnected
E0180-11 E0180-11 - Thresher Clutch valve
Unidentified Failure Code
E0181-11 E0181-11 - Parking Brake Disengage valve
Unidentified Failure Code
E0182-11 E0182-11 - Fuel Shutoff / Terminal 15
Unidentified Failure Code
E0182-11 E0182-11 - Fuel Shutoff / Terminal 15
Unidentified Failure Code
E0183-11 E0183-11 - Brake Limiting Valve
Unidentified Failure Code
E0184-11 E0184-11 - Unload Cross Auger valve
Unidentified Failure Code
E0185-11 E0185-11 - Header Reel Fore valve
Unidentified Failure Code
E0186-11 E0186-11 - Header Reel Drive valve
Unidentified Failure Code
E0187-11 E0187-11 - Header Reel Up valve
Unidentified Failure Code
E0188-11 E0188-11 - Header Reel Down valve
Unidentified Failure Code
E0189-11 E0189-11 - Header Reel Back valve
Unidentified Failure Code
E0191-11 E0191-11 - Thresher Speed Increase
Unidentified Failure Code
2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 29
Reference
Control module CCM2 - Short circuit to B+
(A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.54)
Control module CCM2 - Short circuit to ground
(A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.53)
Speed regulation system - High current (K.25.B.42
- G.30.B.25)
Electrical motor - High current (C.20.B.82 -
G.30.B.25)
Rotary screen Screen brush - High current
(B.50.A.58.60 - G.30.B.25)
Rotary screen Screen brush - High current
(B.50.A.58.60 - G.30.B.25)
Sensing system Throttle position sensor - High
current (B.20.A.95.80 - G.30.B.25)
Control module CCM2 - Short circuit to B+
(A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.54)
Control module CCM2 - Short circuit to ground
(A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.53)
Command - Short circuit to B+ (K.40.B.05 -
G.30.B.54)
Command - Short circuit to ground (K.40.B.05 -
G.30.B.53)
Command valve Unload engage - Short circuit to
B+ (K.72.B.12.21 - G.30.B.54)
Command valve - Short circuit to B+ (K.40.B.12 -
G.30.B.54)
Electrical control Solenoid - Short circuit to B+
(C.20.F.91.11 - G.30.B.54)
Electrical control Solenoid - Short circuit to
ground (C.20.F.91.11 - G.30.B.53)
Electrical control Solenoid - Open circuit
(C.20.F.91.11 - G.30.B.50)
Command valve - Unidentified failure (K.40.B.12 -
G.30.B.46)
Electrical control Solenoid - Unidentified failure
(D.32.C.91.11 - G.30.B.46)
Fuel shut-off Electrical shut-off - Unidentified
failure (B.20.A.13.81 - G.30.B.46)
Fuel shut-off Electrical shut-off - Unidentified
failure (B.20.A.13.81 - G.30.B.46)
Electronic control Brake limitation solenoid -
Unidentified failure (D.30.C.92.82 - G.30.B.46)
Command valve Unload engage - Unidentified
failure (K.72.B.12.21 - G.30.B.46)
Control valve For and Aft - Unidentified failure
(K.25.B.13.06 - G.30.B.46)
Control valve Drive - Unidentified failure
(K.25.B.13.07 - G.30.B.46)
Control valve Raise and Lower - Unidentified
failure (K.25.B.13.05 - G.30.B.46)
Control valve Raise and Lower - Unidentified
failure (K.25.B.13.05 - G.30.B.46)
Control valve For and Aft - Unidentified failure
(K.25.B.13.06 - G.30.B.46)
Command valve - Unidentified failure (K.40.B.12 -
G.30.B.46)
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

E0192-11 E0192-11 - Thresher Speed Decrease Command valve - Unidentified failure (K.40.B.12 -
Unidentified Failure Code G.30.B.46)
E0193-11 E0193-11 - Unload Tube In valve Command valve Unload swing - Unidentified
Unidentified Failure Code failure (K.72.B.12.20 - G.30.B.46)
E0194-11 E0194-11 - Unload Tube Out valve Command valve Unload swing - Unidentified
Unidentified Failure Code failure (K.72.B.12.20 - G.30.B.46)
E0195-11 E0195-11 - Foot-an-Inch valve Unidentified
Control valve - Unidentified failure (C.20.F.13 -
Failure Code G.30.B.46)
E0196-11 E0196-11 - Grid Heater output Unidentified
Cold start control Grid heater control module -
Failure Code Unidentified failure (B.80.A.91.84 - G.30.B.46)
E0196-11 E0196-11 - Grid Heater output Unidentified
Cold start control Grid heater control module -
Failure Code Unidentified failure (B.80.A.91.84 - G.30.B.46)
E0196-11 E0196-11 - Grid Heater output Unidentified
Cold start control Grid heater control module -
Failure Code Unidentified failure (B.80.A.91.84 - G.30.B.46)
E0197-11 E0197-11 - Rot Scr Brush / Throttle Rotary screen Screen brush - Unidentified failure
Unidentified Failure Code (B.50.A.58.60 - G.30.B.46)
E0198-11 E0198-11 - Backlighting lamps Unidentified
Back light Wiring harness - Unidentified failure
Failure Code (A.40.A.24.88 - G.30.B.46)
E0199-11 E0199-11 - Brake Lights relay Unidentified
Brake light Relay - Unidentified failure
Failure Code (A.40.A.14.82 - G.30.B.46)
E0200-11 E0200-11 - Beacon Lights relay Beacon Relay - Unidentified failure (A.40.A.15.82 -
Unidentified Failure Code G.30.B.46)
E0201-11 E0201-11 - Flasher System Selection Turn/hazard light Flasher unit - Unidentified failure
Unidentified Failure Code (A.40.A.13.86 - G.30.B.46)
E0202-11 E0202-11 - Ground Speed Hydrostat Command Transmission command - Unidentified
Unidentified Failure Code failure (C.20.F.05.07 - G.30.B.46)
E0203-05 E0203-05 - Transmission Shift Motor LineElectrical motor - Unidentified failure (C.20.B.82 -
Disconnected G.30.B.46)
E0204-05 E0204-05 - Header Reel Speed Motor Speed regulation system - Unidentified failure
Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.B.42 - G.30.B.46)
E0206-05 E0206-05 - Rotary Screen Brush Motor Rotary screen Screen brush - Unidentified failure
Line Disconnected (B.50.A.58.60 - G.30.B.46)
E0206-05 E0206-05 - Rotary Screen Brush Motor Rotary screen Screen brush - Unidentified failure
Line Disconnected (B.50.A.58.60 - G.30.B.46)
E0207-05 E0207-05 - Engine Throttle Motor Line Throttle command Electrical throttle - Open circuit
Disconnected (B.20.A.06.81 - G.30.B.50)
E0208-02 E0208-02 - ECU Module Data Incorrect Injection control - Corrupted (B.20.A.92 -
G.30.E.13)
E0261-03 E0261-03 - Lower Sieve Decrease - Rear Command Lower sieve remote switch - Short
Switch Shorted To High Source circuit to B+ (K.62.B.05.61 - G.30.B.54)
E0261-04 E0261-04 - Lower Sieve Decrease - Rear Command Lower sieve remote switch - Short
Switch Shorted to Low Source circuit to ground (K.62.B.05.61 - G.30.B.53)
E0262-03 E0262-03 - Upper Sieve Decrease - Rear Command Upper sieve remote switch - Short
Switch Shorted To High Source circuit to B+ (K.62.B.05.56 - G.30.B.54)
E0262-04 E0262-04 - Upper Sieve Decrease - Rear Command Upper sieve remote switch - Short
Switch Shorted to Low Source circuit to ground (K.62.B.05.56 - G.30.B.53)
E0263-03 E0263-03 - Lower Sieve Increase - Rear Command Lower sieve remote switch - Short
Switch Shorted To High Source circuit to B+ (K.62.B.05.61 - G.30.B.54)
E0263-04 E0263-04 - Lower Sieve Increase - Rear Command Lower sieve remote switch - Short
Switch Shorted To Low Source circuit to ground (K.62.B.05.61 - G.30.B.53)
E0282-03 E0282-03 - Upper Sieve Increase - Rear Command Upper sieve remote switch - Short
Switch Shorted To High Source circuit to B+ (K.62.B.05.56 - G.30.B.54)
E0282-04 E0282-04 - Upper Sieve Increase - Rear Command Upper sieve remote switch - Short
Switch Shorted To Low Source circuit to ground (K.62.B.05.56 - G.30.B.53)
E0283-03 E0283-03 - Moisture Temp sensor Shorted Sensing system Moisture sensor - Short circuit to
to High Source B+ (A.50.A.96.95.80 - G.30.B.54)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 30
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

E0283-05 E0283-05 - Moisture Temp sensor Line Sensing system Moisture sensor - Open circuit
Disconnected (A.50.A.96.95.80 - G.30.B.50)
E0284-03 E0284-03 - Moisture Sensor - Shorted to Sensing system Moisture sensor - Short circuit to
High Source B+ (A.50.A.96.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
E0284-05 E0284-05 - Moisture Sensor - Line Sensing system Moisture sensor - Open circuit
Disconnected (A.50.A.96.95.80 - G.30.B.50)
E0285-03 E0285-03 - Moisture Sensor + Shorted to Sensing system Moisture sensor - Short circuit to
High Source B+ (A.50.A.96.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
E0285-05 E0285-05 - Moisture Sensor + Line Farming system Sensing system - Open circuit
Disconnected (A.50.A.96.95 - G.30.B.50)
E0287-03 E0287-03 - Upper Sieve Position Sensor Motor Upper sieve motor - Short circuit to B+
Shorted To High Source (K.62.B.28.55 - G.30.B.54)
E0287-05 E0287-05 - Upper Sieve Position Sensor Motor Upper sieve motor - Open circuit
Line Disconnected (K.62.B.28.55 - G.30.B.50)
E0288-03 E0288-03 - Grain Yield Sensor Shorted to Sensing system Grain flow sensor - Short circuit
High Source to B+ (A.50.A.96.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0288-05 E0288-05 - Grain Yield Sensor Line Sensing system Grain flow sensor - Open circuit
Disconnected (A.50.A.96.95.81 - G.30.B.50)
E0289-03 E0289-03 - Spreader Plate Position Sensor Spreader hood - Short circuit to B+ (K.64.C.75 -
Shorted To High Source G.30.B.54)
E0289-05 E0289-05 - Spreader Plate Position Sensor Spreader hood - Open circuit (K.64.C.75 -
Line Disconnected G.30.B.50)
E0290-03 E0290-03 - Lower Sieve Position Sensor Motor Lower sieve motor - Short circuit to B+
Shorted To High Source (K.62.B.28.56 - G.30.B.54)
E0290-05 E0290-05 - Lower Sieve Position Sensor Motor Lower sieve motor - Open circuit
Line Disconnected (K.62.B.28.56 - G.30.B.50)
E0293-03 E0293-03 - CCM3 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted Control module CCM3 - Short circuit to B+
to High Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.54)
E0293-04 E0293-04 - CCM3 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted Control module CCM3 - Short circuit to ground
to Low Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.53)
E0294-03 E0294-03 - CCM3 8V Ref Voltage Shorted Control module CCM3 - Short circuit to B+
to High Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.54)
E0294-04 E0294-04 - CCM3 8V Ref Voltage Shorted Control module CCM3 - Short circuit to ground
to Low Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.53)
E0295-03 E0295-03 - CCM3 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted Control module CCM3 - Short circuit to B+
to High Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.54)
E0295-04 E0295-04 - CCM3 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted Control module CCM3 - Short circuit to ground
to Low Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.53)
E0296-03 E0296-03 - CCM3 Keyswitch Voltage Control module CCM3 - Short circuit to B+
Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.54)
E0296-04 E0296-04 - CCM3 Keyswitch Voltage Control module CCM3 - Short circuit to ground
Shorted to Low Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.53)
E0297-06 E0297-06 - Current Sense Spreader Pl Spreader hood - High current (K.64.C.75 -
Short Circuit G.30.B.25)
E0300-06 E0300-06 - Current Sense Lower Sieve Motor Lower sieve motor - High current
Short Circuit (K.62.B.28.56 - G.30.B.25)
E0301-06 E0301-06 - Current Sense Upper Sieve Motor Upper sieve motor - High current
Short Circuit (K.62.B.28.55 - G.30.B.25)
E0302-03 E0302-03 - CCM3 Battery Voltage Shorted Control module CCM3 - Short circuit to B+
to High Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.54)
E0302-04 E0302-04 - CCM3 Battery Voltage Shorted Control module CCM3 - Short circuit to ground
to Low Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.53)
E0310-11 E0310-11 - Bypass Unit Engage output Sensing system Moisture sensor - Unidentified
Unidentified Failure Code failure (A.50.A.96.95.80 - G.30.B.46)
E0325-11 E0325-11 - Upper/Lower Sieve Sel Electrical control Relay - Unidentified failure
Unidentified Failure Code (K.62.B.90.80 - G.30.B.46)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 31
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

E0332-05 E0332-05 - Spreader Plates motor Line Spreader hood - Unidentified failure (K.64.C.75 -
Disconnected G.30.B.46)
E0334-05 E0334-05 - Lower Sieve motor Line Motor Lower sieve motor - Unidentified failure
Disconnected (K.62.B.28.56 - G.30.B.46)
E0335-05 E0335-05 - Upper Sieve motor Line Motor Upper sieve motor - Unidentified failure
Disconnected (K.62.B.28.55 - G.30.B.46)
E0512-03 E0512-03 - Feeder Angle sensor Shorted Sensing system Height sensor - Unidentified
to High Source failure (G.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.46)
E0512-03 E0512-03 - Feeder Angle sensor Shorted Sensing system Height sensor - Unidentified
to High Source failure (G.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.46)
E0512-05 E0512-05 - Feeder Angle Sensor Line Sensing system Height sensor - Open circuit
Disconnected (G.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.50)
E0512-05 E0512-05 - Feeder Angle Sensor Line Sensing system Height sensor - Open circuit
Disconnected (G.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.50)
E0512-14 E0512-14 - Feeder Angle Sensor Special Sensing system Height sensor - Special
Instructions instruction (G.10.A.95.80 - G.30.E.11)
E0512-14 E0512-14 - Feeder Angle Sensor Special Sensing system Height sensor - Special
Instructions instruction (G.10.A.95.80 - G.30.E.11)
E0513-03 E0513-03 - Header Lift Pressure sens Sensing system Pressure sensor - Unidentified
Shorted to High Source failure (G.10.A.95.81 - G.30.B.46)
E0513-05 E0513-05 - Header Lift Pressure sens Line Sensing system Pressure sensor - Open circuit
Disconnected (G.10.A.95.81 - G.30.B.50)
E0513-14 E0513-14 - Header Lift Pressure Sensor Sensing system Pressure sensor - Special
Special Instructions instruction (G.10.A.95.81 - G.30.E.11)
E0514-00 E0514-00 - R Stubble Height / Flex R Valid Sensing system Stubble height sensor (RH) - Over
Above Normal limit value (G.30.A.95.52 - G.30.C.22)
E0514-01 E0514-01 - R Stubble Height / Flex R Valid Sensing system Stubble height sensor (RH) -
Below Normal Under limit value (G.30.A.95.52 - G.30.C.20)
E0514-03 E0514-03 - R Stubble Height / Flex R Sensing system Lateral float switch - Short circuit
Shorted to High Source to B+ (G.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
E0514-05 E0514-05 - R Stubble Height / Flex R Line Sensing system Lateral float switch - Open circuit
Disconnected (G.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.50)
E0514-14 E0514-14 - R Stubble Height / Flex R Sensing system Stubble height sensor (RH) -
Special Instructions Special instruction (G.30.A.95.52 - G.30.E.11)
E0515-00 E0515-00 - L Stubble Height / Flex L Valid Sensing system Stubble height sensor (LH) - Over
Above Normal limit value (G.30.A.95.51 - G.30.C.22)
E0515-01 E0515-01 - L Stubble Height / Flex L Valid Sensing system Stubble height sensor (LH) -
Below Normal Under limit value (G.30.A.95.51 - G.30.C.20)
E0515-03 E0515-03 - L Stubble Height / Flex L Sensing system Lateral float switch - Short circuit
Shorted to High Source to B+ (G.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
E0515-05 E0515-05 - L Stubble Height / Flex L Line Sensing system Lateral float switch - Open circuit
Disconnected (G.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.50)
E0515-14 E0515-14 - L Stubble Height / Flex L Sensing system Stubble height sensor (LH) -
Special Instructions Special instruction (G.30.A.95.51 - G.30.E.11)
E0516-05 E0516-05 - Lateral Float CCW valve Line Command valve - Open circuit (G.30.A.12 -
Disconnected G.30.B.50)
E0516-11 E0516-11 - Lateral Float CCW valve UFC Command valve - Unidentified failure (G.30.A.12 -
Unidentified Fault Code G.30.B.46)
E0517-05 E0517-05 - Lateral Float CW valve Line Command valve - Open circuit (G.30.A.12 -
Disconnected G.30.B.50)
E0517-11 E0517-11 - Lateral Float CW valve UFC Command valve - Unidentified failure (G.30.A.12 -
Unidentified Failure Code G.30.B.46)
E0519-11 E0519-11 - Header Up valve UFC Command valve Header lift valve - Unidentified
Unidentified Failure Code failure (G.10.A.12.20 - G.30.B.46)
E0520-11 E0520-11 - HHC 12V Supply Voltage Command valve Header lift valve - Unidentified
Unidentified Failure Code failure (G.10.A.12.20 - G.30.B.46)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 32
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

E0523-11 E0523-11 - HHC Diagnostic LED Status Electronic control - Unidentified failure (G.10.A.92
Unidentified Failure Code - G.30.B.46)
E0524-11 E0524-11 - 10V Reference Voltage Electronic control - Unidentified failure (G.10.A.92
Unidentified Failure Code - G.30.B.46)
E0524-11 E0524-11 - 10V Reference Voltage Electronic control - Unidentified failure (G.10.A.92
Unidentified Failure Code - G.30.B.46)
E0525-11 E0525-11 - HHC Accumulator Valve Accumulator valve - Unidentified failure (G.10.A.31
Unidentified Failure Code - G.30.B.46)
E0641-03 E0641-03 - RHM 5V Reference Voltage Control module Armrest controller - Short circuit
Shorted to High Source to B+ (A.50.A.91.60 - G.30.B.54)
E0641-04 E0641-04 - RHM 5V Reference Voltage Control module Armrest controller - Short circuit
Shorted to Low Source to ground (A.50.A.91.60 - G.30.B.53)
E0643-03 E0643-03 - MFH Position Input Shorted to Command Transmission command - Short circuit
High Source to B+ (C.20.F.05.07 - G.30.B.54)
E0643-03 E0643-03 - MFH Position Input Shorted to Command Transmission command - Short circuit
High Source to ground (C.20.F.05.07 - G.30.B.53)
E0643-04 E0643-04 - MFH Position Input Shorted to Command Transmission command - Short circuit
Low Source to ground (C.20.F.05.07 - G.30.B.53)
E0643-13 E0643-13 - MFH Position Input Needs Command Transmission command - Not
Calibration calibrated (C.20.F.05.07 - G.30.D.20)
E0645-03 E0645-03 - Gear Select Input Shorted to Transmission command Gear select switch - Short
High Source circuit to B+ (C.20.B.05.80 - G.30.B.54)
E0645-05 E0645-05 - Gear Select Input Line Transmission command Gear select switch - Open
Disconnected circuit (C.20.B.05.80 - G.30.B.50)
E0645-07 E0645-07 - Gear Select Input Mechanical Transmission command Gear select switch - Out
Out of Range of range (C.20.B.05.80 - G.30.C.24)
E0646-04 E0646-04 - CSW Feeder Reverse Shorted Reversing system Command - Short circuit to
to Low Source ground (K.25.E.42.05 - G.30.B.53)
E0647-04 E0647-04 - CSW Vertical Knives Left Command Vertical knives switch - Short circuit to
Shorted to Low Source ground (K.25.D.05.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0648-04 E0648-04 - CSW Spreader Plates Right Command Spreader plate switch - Short circuit to
Shorted to Low Source ground (K.64.C.05.06 - G.30.B.53)
E0648-07 E0648-07 - CSW Spreader Plates Right Command Spreader plate switch - Out of range
Mechanical Out of Range (K.64.C.05.06 - G.30.C.24)
E0649-04 E0649-04 - CSW HHC Auto Height Shorted Command Header height mode switch - Short
to Low Source circuit to ground (G.10.A.05.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0650-04 E0650-04 - CSW Vertical Knives Right Command Vertical knives switch - Short circuit to
Switch Shorted to Low Source ground (K.25.D.05.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0652-04 E0652-04 - CSW Throttle Increase Shorted Throttle command Electrical throttle - Short circuit
to Low Source to ground (B.20.A.06.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0652-07 E0652-07 - CSW Throttle Increase Throttle command Electrical throttle - Out of range
Mechanical Out of Range (B.20.A.06.81 - G.30.C.24)
E0653-04 E0653-04 - CSW HHC Compensation Command Header height mode switch - Short
Shorted to Low Source circuit to ground (G.10.A.05.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0654-04 E0654-04 - CSW Road Mode Shorted to Road mode switch - Short circuit to ground
Low Source (E.50.B.85 - G.30.B.53)
E0654-07 E0654-07 - CSW Road Mode Mechanical Road mode switch - Out of range (E.50.B.85 -
Out of Range G.30.C.24)
E0655-04 E0655-04 - CSW Spreader Plates Left Command Spreader plate switch - Short circuit to
Shorted to Low Source ground (K.64.C.05.06 - G.30.B.53)
E0655-07 E0655-07 - CSW Spreader Plates Left Command Spreader plate switch - Out of range
Mechanical Out of Range (K.64.C.05.06 - G.30.C.24)
E0656-04 E0656-04 - CSW Throttle Decrease Shorted Throttle command Electrical throttle - Short circuit
to Low Source to ground (B.20.A.06.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0656-07 E0656-07 - CSW Throttle Decrease Throttle command Electrical throttle - Out of range
Mechanical Out of Range (B.20.A.06.81 - G.30.C.24)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 33
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

E0657-04 E0657-04 - CSW Reel Speed Set Shorted Command Reel speed mode switch - Short circuit
to Low Source to ground (K.25.B.05.82 - G.30.B.53)
E0657-07 E0657-07 - CSW Reel Speed Set Command Reel speed mode switch - Out of range
Mechanical Out of Range (K.25.B.05.82 - G.30.C.24)
E0661-04 E0661-04 - CSW Reel Speed Manual Command Reel speed mode switch - Short circuit
Shorted to Low Source to ground (K.25.B.05.82 - G.30.B.53)
E0662-04 E0662-04 - CSW Fan Speed Incr. Shorted Command Fan speed switch - Short circuit to
to Low Source ground (K.62.B.05.52 - G.30.B.53)
E0662-07 E0662-07 - CSW Fan Speed Incr. Command Fan speed switch - Out of range
Mechanical Out of Range (K.62.B.05.52 - G.30.C.24)
E0663-04 E0663-04 - CSW Fan Speed Decr. Shorted Command Fan speed switch - Short circuit to
to Low Source ground (K.62.B.05.52 - G.30.B.53)
E0663-07 E0663-07 - CSW Fan Speed Decr. Command Fan speed switch - Out of range
Mechanical Out of Range (K.62.B.05.52 - G.30.C.24)
E0664-04 E0664-04 - CSW Thresher Speed Inc. Command Drum speed switch - Short circuit to
Shorted to Low Source ground (K.40.B.05.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0664-07 E0664-07 - CSW Thresher Speed Inc. Command Drum speed switch - Out of range
Mechanical Out of Range (K.40.B.05.81 - G.30.C.24)
E0665-04 E0665-04 - CSW Thresher Speed Decr. Command Drum speed switch - Short circuit to
Shorted to Low Source ground (K.40.B.05.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0665-07 E0665-07 - CSW Thresher Speed Decr. Command Drum speed switch - Out of range
Mechanical Out of Range (K.40.B.05.81 - G.30.C.24)
E0670-04 E0670-04 - CSW Concave Clear Decr. Command Concave clearance switch - Short
Shorted to Low Source circuit to ground (K.40.B.05.82 - G.30.B.53)
E0670-07 E0670-07 - CSW Concave Clear Decr. Command Concave clearance switch - Out of
Mechanical Out of Range range (K.40.B.05.82 - G.30.C.24)
E0671-04 E0671-04 - CSW Concave Clear Incr. Command Concave clearance switch - Short
Shorted to Low Source circuit to ground (K.40.B.05.82 - G.30.B.53)
E0671-07 E0671-07 - CSW Concave Clear Incr. Command Concave clearance switch - Out of
Mechanical Out of Range range (K.40.B.05.82 - G.30.C.24)
E0672-04 E0672-04 - CSW Upper Sieve Decr. Command Upper sieve switch - Short circuit to
Shorted to Low Source ground (K.62.B.05.55 - G.30.B.53)
E0672-07 E0672-07 - CSW Upper Sieve Decr. Command Upper sieve switch - Out of range
Mechanical Out of Range (K.62.B.05.55 - G.30.C.24)
E0673-04 E0673-04 - CSW Upper Sieve Incr. Shorted Command Upper sieve switch - Short circuit to
to Low Source ground (K.62.B.05.55 - G.30.B.53)
E0673-07 E0673-07 - CSW Upper Sieve Incr. Command Upper sieve switch - Out of range
Mechanical Out of Range (K.62.B.05.55 - G.30.C.24)
E0674-04 E0674-04 - CSW Lower Sieve Decr. Command Lower sieve switch - Short circuit to
Shorted to Low Source ground (K.62.B.05.60 - G.30.B.53)
E0674-07 E0674-07 - CSW Lower Sieve Decr. Command Lower sieve switch - Out of range
Mechanical Out of Range (K.62.B.05.60 - G.30.C.24)
E0675-04 E0675-04 - CSW Lower Sieve Incr. Shorted Command Lower sieve switch - Short circuit to
to Low Source ground (K.62.B.05.60 - G.30.B.53)
E0675-07 E0675-07 - CSW Lower Sieve Incr. Command Lower sieve switch - Out of range
Mechanical Out of Range (K.62.B.05.60 - G.30.C.24)
E0676-04 E0676-04 - CSW Header Usage Incr. Command Header height control fine adjust
Shorted to Low Source switch - Short circuit to ground (G.10.A.05.82 -
G.30.B.53)
E0676-07 E0676-07 - CSW Header Usage Incr. Command Header height control fine adjust
Mechanical Out of Range switch - Out of range (G.10.A.05.82 - G.30.C.24)
E0677-04 E0677-04 - CSW Header Usage Decr. Command Header height control fine adjust
Shorted to Low Source switch - Short circuit to ground (G.10.A.05.82 -
G.30.B.53)
E0677-07 E0677-07 - CSW Header Usage Decr. Command Header height control fine adjust
Mechanical Out of Range switch - Out of range (G.10.A.05.82 - G.30.C.24)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 34
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

E0678-06 E0678-06 - Current Protection Line 0 Short Control module Armrest controller - Short circuit
Circuit (A.50.A.91.60 - G.30.B.52)
E0679-06 E0679-06 - Current Protection Line 1 Short Control module Armrest controller - Short circuit
Circuit (A.50.A.91.60 - G.30.B.52)
E0680-06 E0680-06 - Current Protection Line 2 Short Control module Armrest controller - Short circuit
Circuit (A.50.A.91.60 - G.30.B.52)
E0681-04 E0681-04 - HSW Unload Tube Out Shorted Command Unload swing switch - Short circuit to
to Low Source ground (K.72.B.05.50 - G.30.B.53)
E0681-07 E0681-07 - HSW Unload Tube Out Command Unload swing switch - Out of range
Mechanical Out of Range (K.72.B.05.50 - G.30.C.24)
E0682-04 E0682-04 - HSW Unload Tube Out Lock Command Unload swing mode switch - Short
Shorted to Low Source circuit to ground (K.72.B.05.82 - G.30.B.53)
E0682-07 E0682-07 - HSW Unload Tube Out Lock Command Unload swing mode switch - Out of
Mechanical Out of Range range (K.72.B.05.82 - G.30.C.24)
E0683-04 E0683-04 - HSW Unload Auger FAULT Command Unload engage switch - Short circuit to
CODE - Engage Shorted to Low Source ground (K.72.B.05.51 - G.30.B.53)
E0683-07 E0683-07 - HSW Unload Auger FAULT Command Unload engage switch - Out of range
CODE - Engage Mechanical Out of Range (K.72.B.05.51 - G.30.C.24)
E0684-04 E0684-04 - HSW Unload Tube In Shorted Command Unload swing switch - Short circuit to
to Low Source ground (K.72.B.05.50 - G.30.B.53)
E0684-07 E0684-07 - HSW Unload Tube In Command Unload swing switch - Out of range
Mechanical Out of Range (K.72.B.05.50 - G.30.C.24)
E0685-04 E0685-04 - HSW Unload Tube In Lock Command Unload swing mode switch - Short
Shorted to Low Source circuit to ground (K.72.B.05.82 - G.30.B.53)
E0685-07 E0685-07 - HSW Unload Tube In Lock Command Unload swing mode switch - Out of
Mechanical Out of Range range (K.72.B.05.82 - G.30.C.24)
E0686-04 E0686-04 - HSW ILM (Handle) Unlock Hydrostatic lock-out Handle unlock switch - Short
Shorted to Low Source circuit to ground (E.50.B.15.08 - G.30.B.53)
E0686-07 E0686-07 - HSW ILM (Handle) Unlock Hydrostatic lock-out Handle unlock switch - Out
Mechanical Out of Range of range (E.50.B.15.08 - G.30.C.24)
E0688-04 E0688-04 - HSW Reel Fore Shorted to Low Command For and Aft switch - Short circuit to
Source ground (K.25.B.05.06 - G.30.B.53)
E0688-07 E0688-07 - HSW Reel Fore Mechanical Out Command For and Aft switch - Out of range
of Range (K.25.B.05.06 - G.30.C.24)
E0689-04 E0689-04 - HSW Reel Down Shorted to Command Raise and Lower switch - Short circuit
Low Source to ground (K.25.B.05.05 - G.30.B.53)
E0689-07 E0689-07 - HSW Reel Down Mechanical Command Raise and Lower switch - Out of range
Out of Range (K.25.B.05.05 - G.30.C.24)
E0690-04 E0690-04 - HSW Reel Up Shorted to Low Command Raise and Lower switch - Short circuit
Source to ground (K.25.B.05.05 - G.30.B.53)
E0690-07 E0690-07 - HSW Reel Up Mechanical Out Command Raise and Lower switch - Out of range
of Range (K.25.B.05.05 - G.30.C.24)
E0691-04 E0691-04 - HSW Reel Speed Decr. Shorted Command Reel speed switch - Short circuit to
to Low Source ground (K.25.B.05.08 - G.30.B.53)
E0691-07 E0691-07 - HSW Reel Speed Decr. Command Reel speed switch - Out of range
Mechanical Out of Range (K.25.B.05.08 - G.30.C.24)
E0692-04 E0692-04 - HSW Reel Back Shorted to Low Command For and Aft switch - Short circuit to
Source ground (K.25.B.05.06 - G.30.B.53)
E0692-07 E0692-07 - HSW Reel Back Mechanical Command For and Aft switch - Out of range
Out of Range (K.25.B.05.06 - G.30.C.24)
E0693-04 E0693-04 - HSW Reel Speed Incr. Shorted Command Reel speed switch - Short circuit to
to Low Source ground (K.25.B.05.08 - G.30.B.53)
E0693-07 E0693-07 - HSW Reel Speed Incr. Command Reel speed switch - Out of range
Mechanical Out of Range (K.25.B.05.08 - G.30.C.24)
E0694-04 E0694-04 - HSW FAULT CODE - Emergency Emergency stop switch - Short circuit to ground
Stop Shorted to Low Source (E.50.B.86 - G.30.B.53)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 35
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Code Description Reference

E0694-07 E0694-07 - HSW FAULT CODE - Emergency Emergency stop switch - Out of range (E.50.B.86 -
Stop Mechanical Out of Range G.30.C.24)
E0695-04 E0695-04 - HSW Lateral Tilt CCW Shorted Command Lateral float switch - Short circuit to
to Low Source ground (G.30.A.05.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0695-07 E0695-07 - HSW Lateral Tilt CCW Command Lateral float switch - Out of range
Mechanical Out of Range (G.30.A.05.80 - G.30.C.24)
E0696-04 E0696-04 - HSW Header Down Fast Command Header position switch - Short circuit
Shorted to Low Source to ground (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0696-07 E0696-07 - HSW Header Down Fast Command Header position switch - Out of range
Mechanical Out of Range (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.C.24)
E0697-04 E0697-04 - HSW Header Up Slow Shorted Command Header height control fine adjust
to Low Source switch - Short circuit to ground (G.10.A.05.82 -
G.30.B.53)
E0697-04 E0697-04 - HSW Header Up Slow Shorted Command Header position switch - Short circuit
to Low Source to ground (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0697-04 E0697-04 - HSW Header Up Slow Shorted Command Header position switch - Short circuit
to Low Source to ground (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0697-07 E0697-07 - HSW Header Up Slow Command Header height control fine adjust
Mechanical Out of Range switch - Out of range (G.10.A.05.82 - G.30.C.24)
E0697-07 E0697-07 - HSW Header Up Slow Command Header position switch - Out of range
Mechanical Out of Range (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.C.24)
E0697-07 E0697-07 - HSW Header Up Slow Command Header position switch - Out of range
Mechanical Out of Range (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.C.24)
E0698-04 E0698-04 - HSW Header Up Fast Shorted Command Header position switch - Short circuit
to Low Source to ground (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0698-07 E0698-07 - HSW Header Up Fast Command Header position switch - Out of range
Mechanical Out of Range (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.C.24)
E0699-04 E0699-04 - HSW HHC Resume Shorted to Command Header position switch - Short circuit
Low Source to ground (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0699-04 E0699-04 - HSW HHC Resume Shorted to Command Header resume switch - Short circuit to
Low Source ground (G.10.A.05.83 - G.30.B.53)
E0699-07 E0699-07 - HSW HHC Resume Mechanical Command Header position switch - Out of range
Out of Range (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.C.24)
E0699-07 E0699-07 - HSW HHC Resume Mechanical Command Header resume switch - Out of range
Out of Range (G.10.A.05.83 - G.30.C.24)
E0700-04 E0700-04 - HSW Lateral Tilt CW Shorted Command Lateral float switch - Short circuit to
to Low Source ground (G.30.A.05.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0700-07 E0700-07 - HSW Lateral Tilt CW Mechanical Command Lateral float switch - Out of range
Out of Range (G.30.A.05.80 - G.30.C.24)
E0701-04 E0701-04 - HSW Header Down Slow Command Header height control fine adjust
Shorted to Low Source switch - Short circuit to ground (G.10.A.05.82 -
G.30.B.53)
E0701-04 E0701-04 - HSW Header Down Slow Command Header position switch - Short circuit
Shorted to Low Source to ground (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0701-07 E0701-07 - HSW Header Down Slow Command Header height control fine adjust
Mechanical Out of Range switch - Out of range (G.10.A.05.82 - G.30.C.24)
E0701-07 E0701-07 - HSW Header Down Slow Command Header position switch - Out of range
Mechanical Out of Range (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.C.24)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 36
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Monitor - Overview (A.50.A.90 - C.10.A.10)

The CX combine electrical system provides two different menu options in the InfoView™ monitor to assist in trou-
bleshooting electrical concerns. The “Service Info" menu provides information regarding Active Alarms, Active Errors
and Error History for the electrical system, while the “Diagnose Info" allows independent monitoring, testing and con-
trol of electrical circuits and devices.
To access these two screens, their icons must be displayed in the main menu. Select either the “Road" or “Work"
screens, and depress the “Enter" key to bring up the “Menu" dialog box. Use the arrow keys to select “Show menu’s",
and press the “Enter" key.

20013655 1
Use the arrow keys to select “Service info", and press “Enter" to display that menu icon (open book with wrench) in
the main menu. The Menu dialog box will automatically close when the selection is made.

20013656 2
To display the Diagnostic menu icon, select “Diagnose info", and press “Enter"; the “Diagnostic info" menu icon (mag-
nifying glass) will now be displayed in the main menu.

20013657 3
To enter the Service info or Diagnose info menus, use the arrow keys to select the appropriate icon; the sub-menus
for each menu will then be displayed.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 37
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

20013658 4

SERVICE INFO MENU

When the Service info menu icon is selected, its sub-menu will be displayed in the adjacent column. The available
sub-menu items, in order from top to bottom, are:
Active alarms
Active Errors
Error history (Highlighted)
Clock
Network

20013659 5

Active Alarms

To select the Active alarms list, use the arrow keys to select the Active alarms icon (exclamation point). All alarms
that are currently active on the combine will be displayed.
An alarm is an indication of some mechanical condition on the vehicle, and alerts the operator to perform necessary
maintenance, or to change operating conditions to correct the alarm condition. Examples of alarms would be to
indicate an engine overheat condition, blocked filters, or improper control operation. Alarms are not used to indicate
faults with electrical circuits.

20013660 6
The alarm message uses an icon and unique number to identify each alarm, indicates the priority (low, medium or
high), and provides a brief text message of the alarm condition. The alarm messages do not indicate when they
occurred, or how long they have been active.
2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 38
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

In the highlighted example, the gearbox filter icon is displayed, the alarm message number is 0010, and the alarm is
a low priority. The alarm message indicates that the gearbox filter is blocked, and gearbox oil is now bypassing the
filter, which may result in gearbox damage if not corrected. The gearbox filter should be replaced to correct this alarm
condition.

20013661 7

Active Errors

To select the Active errors list, use the arrow keys to select the Active errors icon (caution symbol). All errors that are
currently active on the combine will be displayed. If there are more active errors than can be displayed on the screen,
the scroll bar will appear on the right side of the screen to indicate that additional errors are available. When the error
is corrected, it will automatically disappear from the list.
Error messages are displayed on the screen in the order that they occurred.
An error is an indication of a fault with an electrical circuit or component, and alerts the operator that the circuit or
component is no longer functioning. Examples of error messages include open circuits, shorts to ground, or short to
high voltage.

20013662 8
To review the active errors list, use the arrow keys to enter the list, and scroll up or down (if scroll bar appears). Each
error message includes a unique identifying number, and the priority of the error. A brief text message indicates the
circuit or component affected, and the type of error detected.
In the highlighted example, error message 0130-04 is a medium priority error, and indicates that the second gear shift
sensor on the transmission is shorted to a low source (ground).

20013663 9

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 39
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Additional information may be displayed for each error message. Select the desired error message using the arrow
keys, and press the “Enter" key. A dialog box will be displayed with additional information, and a menu list of options
for that error.
The circuit or component name will be displayed at the top of the box, while the error number, priority and type of error
is listed below. In addition, the module that is reporting the error (module the component is attached to) is displayed.
The next line will either indicate “Error checking" or “Error bypassed", while the last line indicates the component label
(use to locate the component on the electrical schematic), the module connector and pin number, and the module
hardware type (for engineering use).

20013664 10
The menu provides three options, as follows:
Diagnose sensor — selecting this item will immediately display the diagnose screen for this circuit or component. In
this example, a voltage bar graph is displayed, and the voltage level indicates that the sensor is shorted to ground.
Troubleshooting of this circuit may now be done using this screen to help locate the source of the fault (refer to “Di-
agnose Info Menu", later in this section, for more information).

20013665 11
Bypass error — selecting this item will result in the software in the affected module using an alternative path to handle
this particular circuit in order to get around this particular error condition. In some cases, this may restore partial
function to the affected system this circuit or component was used for.
Clear error bypass — will clear the bypass for this error, if it was previously bypassed. All error bypasses are auto-
matically cleared whenever the electrical system is powered on, in order to ensure that active errors are displayed
once again to the operator.

20013666 12

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 40
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

After working in the Active errors screen for some time, the screen may no longer accurately reflect all active errors,
possibly due to a module being connected to the network after the other modules had already powered up and re-
ported their errors. In order to ensure that all active errors are being displayed, use the arrow keys to select the Active
errors icon on the sub-menu, and press the “Enter" key. A menu box will be displayed, with a single menu option
of “Reload errors". Pressing the “Enter" key will synchronize the Infoview™ monitor and all modules with respect to
active errors.

20013667 13

Error History

To select the Error history list, use the arrow keys to select the Error history icon (open book). All errors that have
been detected active on the combine in the past will be displayed. If there are more errors than can be displayed on
the screen, the scroll bar will appear on the right side of the screen to indicate that additional errors are available.
Errors will remain in the history list until they are erased.
The Error history list is not a real-time list, and displays only those errors recorded at the time the screen is opened.
The error history is updated each time the screen is selected, or may be reloaded while working in the screen in order
to retrieve the latest information from all modules.
The Error history is useful in recording the number of times a particular error has occurred, or to review intermittent
errors that may not be currently active.

20013659 14
The Error history may be sorted in several different ways to assist in locating specific errors. With the Error history
icon selected, press the “Enter" key to display the menu box. The menu choices are:
Sort ascending
Sort descending
Erase history — erases all items out of the history. Active errors will be reloaded into the history list with the occurrence
count set to 1.
Reload history — retrieves the latest error information from all modules to update the error history. This is done
automatically whenever the Error history icon is selected, but may be done manually using this menu item if the
screen has been open for some time.
Clear all bypasses — clears all bypasses that may have been previously enabled on errors.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 41
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

20013668 15
When the “Sort" menu items are selected, a second menu box is displayed, which lists the various sorting options
that are available. Use the arrow keys to select the desired sorting criteria, and press the “Enter" key to sort the
error history. The sorting criteria available are:Default — the default sort order as established in the combine module
software. This is the order that errors appear in the history as reported by the various modules on the combine.
Date — sorts the errors by the date and time of last occurrence. This sort order is best used when trying to locate the
oldest or most recent errors.
Occ. Count — sorts the errors based on the number of times they have occurred. This sort order quickly locates
errors that have occurred frequently from those that only occur occasionally.
Fault code — sorts the errors in numerical order, using the specific identifying number for each error. This sort order
will group errors by module, since each module has a specific “block" of error numbers assigned to it.
Failure — sorts the errors by the failure type. This sort order will group all shorts to ground, open circuits or shorts
to high voltage together, which may be useful in trying to determine which errors are a result of damage to a specific
harness.
Priority — sorts the errors by low, medium and high priority.
Node — sorts the errors by the specific module that the affected circuits are attached to. This sort procedure will
group errors from a module together, but they will not be in numerical order.

20013669 16
Once the error history is sorted as desired, use the arrow keys to enter the error list, and scroll to the review the errors.
Each error message includes the identifying number, while a brief text message indicates the circuit or component
affected, and the type of error detected.
In the highlighted example, error message 0143-04 indicates that straw chopper speed sensor is shorted to a low
source (ground).

20013670 17

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 42
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Additional information may be displayed for each error message. Select the desired error message using the arrow
keys, and press the “Enter" key. A dialog box will be displayed with additional information, and a menu list of options
for that error.
The circuit or component name will be displayed at the top of the box, while the error number, priority and type of error
is listed below. In addition, the module that is reporting the error (module the component is attached to) is displayed.
The next line indicates the number of occurrences (14 in this example), and will either indicate "Error checking" or
"Error bypassed". The date and time of the last occurrence are reported. The last two lines indicate module the
affected circuit is attached to, the component label (use to locate the component on the electrical schematic), the
module connector and pin number, and the module hardware type (for engineering use).
The menu provides several options, as follows:
Erase error — erases this specific error from the error history.
Reload error — retrieves the latest information on the error from the reporting module, in order to update the number
of occurrences, and date and time of the last occurrence.
Diagnose sensor — selecting this item will immediately display the diagnose screen for this circuit or component.
Troubleshooting of the circuit may now be done using this screen to help locate the source of the fault (refer to “Diag-
nose Info Menu", later in this section, for more information).
Bypass error — selecting this item will result in the software in the affected module using an alternative path to handle
this particular circuit in order to get around this particular error condition. In some cases, this may restore partial
function to the affected system this circuit or component was used for.
Clear error bypass — will clear the bypass for this error, if it was previously bypassed. All error bypasses are auto-
matically cleared whenever the electrical system is powered on, in order to ensure that active errors are displayed
once again to the operator.

20013671 18

20013672 19

Service Menu

To select the Service menu, use the arrow keys to select the Service icon (clock). This screen displays the total engine
hours and threshing hours recorded for the combine, and also shows the date and time set in the combine electrical
system.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 43
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

20013673 20
If the current time displayed is not correct, the time may be adjusted to the correct setting. Use the arrow keys to
enter the list and select the Date & Time. Press the “Enter" key to open the clock setting box.

20013674 21
Use the arrow keys to select the desired line, and to make changes to the set values. Once all changes are made,
press the “Enter" key to save the information and return to the previous screen.

20013675 22

Network Menu

To select the Network menu, use the arrow keys to highlight the Network icon (lines and boxes). A list of all modules
on the combine will be displayed, along with information on their hardware and software revision level. If a module is
not installed on the combine, or is not reporting on the network for some reason, its icon will be “greyed out".
The Network menu is typically used to find the current revision level of the modules and the software in the electrical
system. This information may be required when reporting certain electrical errors to engineering, or to determine if
software updates are required or appropriate.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 44
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

20013676 23

DIAGNOSE INFO MENU

When the Diagnose info menu icon is selected, its sub-menu will be displayed in the adjacent column. The sub-menu
icons provide an easy way to locate a particular circuit by locating either the “system" on the combine that the circuit
supports, or by locating the circuit in the specific module that it is attached to. The available sub-menu items, in order
from top to bottom, are:
Right Hand Module
Supply (supply voltages)
Engine
Electric (power sockets, lighting, horn)
Hydraulics
Drive Line
Header
Feeder
Threshing
Cleaning
Grain Storage/Unloading
Residue (straw chopper, chaff blower)
Precision Farming
Spare (unused circuits on modules)
CCM1 (module)
CCM2 (module)
CCM3 (module)

20013677 24
Use the arrow keys to enter any particular list, and scroll as required to select the circuit to be investigated. Press the
“Enter" key to enter the diagnostics for that circuit.
The circuits in the Diagnose info screens can be generally separated into two groups; inputs and outputs.

Inputs

Inputs include supply voltages, switches (operator or machine-controlled), sensors (position, loss or speed) and
senders (pressure, temperature or level). On any of the input diagnostic screens, a simple voltage bar graph is
displayed, which may be used to determine the condition of the circuit.The bar graph also has several arrows posi-
tioned along the left side to separate the graph into ranges; each range is represented by a letter, such as “A", “B",
“C", etc. These ranges each have a specific meaning depending on the type of circuit that is being monitored.
2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 45
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

20013678 25

Proximity and Speed Sensors

Proximity and speed (RPM) sensors generally will have five ranges, as follows:
A = 0 - 0.5 v(short to ground)
B = 0.5 - 5.6 v (normal operation, no metal present)
C = 5.6 - 7.6 v (normal operation, metal present)
D = 7.6 - 9 v (open circuit)
E = >9 v (short to high voltage)
In the example shown, the Unload Tube sensor circuit is currently displaying 7.9 volts, and is in the "D" range, indi-
cating an open circuit condition exists with this circuit.

20013679 26

Temperature/Fuel Level Senders

Temperature and fuel level sensors will generally have four ranges, as follows:
A = 0 - 0.5 v (short to ground)
B = 0.5 - 4.9 v (normal operating range)
C = 4.9 - 5.2 v (open circuit)
D = >5.2 v (short to high voltage)
In the example shown, the Hydraulic Reservoir Temperature sender circuit is currently displaying 3.4 volts, and is in
the "B" range, indicating normal operation.

20013680 27

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 46
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Potentiometers/Pressure Senders/Grain Bin Level

Potentiometers, pressure senders, such as engine oil pressure, control pressure or air filter restriction, and the grain
bin level senders all operate on similar circuits, however there are some minor variation in the exact voltages between
the ranges. Refer to the troubleshooting charts for each item for specific information on that component.
A = 0 v to 0.1 v/0.2 v (short to ground)
B = 0.1 v/0.2 v to 4.7 v/4.9 v/5.2 v (normal operation)
C = > 4.7 v/4.9 v/5.2 v (short to high voltage)

20013698 28

Switches

Switches may be generally divided into two separate groups, in terms of how they function. Operator-controlled
switches in the cab are typically switched to 12 volts when they are engaged, while switches on the combine, such
as filter bypass switches, are typically switched to ground when they engage.
Operator switched circuits are normally open; when the operator moves the switch, it passes a 12 volt signal to the
module. The various ranges for these switches are:
A = <0 v (short to ground)
B = 0 v to 4 v (normal, switch off/open)
C = >4 v (normal, switch on)

20013697 29
External switches on the combine, such as the filter bypass, brake pressure or straw walker protection switches, are
switched to a ground when they are activated, so the module sees the circuit change from an open circuit to a ground.
The ranges for these switches are:
A = <1.8 v (normal, switch closed)
B = 1.8 - 10 v (normal, switch open)
C = >10 v (short to high voltage)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 47
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

20013698_5 30
The Multifunction Handle (MFH) Position Input diagnostic screens provide two different bar graphs to test the MFH
potentiometer; "Relative Position" and "Voltage". The Relative Position bar graph provides a graphical representation
of handle movement. In the example shown, the handle is in neutral, and the percentage at the bottom of the graph
indicates 0 %.

20013698_6 31
Moving the MFH forward will cause the bar graph to increase gradually, and the percentage will also increase, as
shown. If the handle is moved rearward, the graph would decrease, and a negative percentage would be indicated.
This bar graph may be used to verify a steady, linear signal is received from the MFH potentiometer while it is moved,
without any hesitation or spikes. In addition, the bar graph should not move beyond 100 % in either direction; if it
does, this is an indication that the MFH should be recalibrated. Refer to the "Calibration" section of this manual for
more information.

20013708 32
The “Voltage" screen shows the voltage signal from the MFH potentiometer when it is moved. The bar graph should
be in the “C" range when the handle is moved forward, or in the “B" range when the handle is moved in reverse.A
voltage reading in the “A" range would indicate a short to ground, while a reading in the “D" range would indicate a
short to high voltage.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 48
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

20013701 33
The Gear Select Input switch is unique in that it is a five position, rotary switch. The first diagnostic screen, "Gear",
gives an indication of the detected switch position, either 1, 2, N, 3 or 4.

20013702 34
The voltage bar graph has several ranges to indicate the various switch positions. In general, the different switch
positions relate to the bottom five arrows, as follows:
A range = <0.5 volts (short to ground)
A/B arrow = 1st gear position
B/C arrow = 2nd gear position
C/D arrow = neutral position
D/E arrow = 3rd gear position
E/F arrow = 4th gear position
G range = short to high voltage

20013703 35

Outputs

The modules on the combine take information from the various sensors and operator controls (inputs), and then turn
on or engage outputs to perform the desired functions on the combine. These outputs include things such as engaging
relays, solenoids (12v or PWM), and driving motors and actuators. The circuits in the modules are designed to handle
different types of outputs, so the diagnostic screens for the outputs generally reflect the type of output.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 49
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

20013681 36

NOTE: The output diagnostic screens may NOT be accessed while the engine is running, in order to prevent acci-
dental engagement of outputs, resulting in machine damage or personal safety concerns.

Relays and Solenoids

Relays and normal solenoids are driven by module outputs that simply switch 12 volts on or off, and are limited to
3 amps maximum current draw. Since these outputs are grounded locally, and the ground is not back through the
module, there is a limitation on the values that may actually be monitored.All relay and normal solenoid diagnostic
screens will default to a "Digital" screen, but in some cases, an additional "Status" screen is also available. Use the
arrow keys to select the desired screen.

20013682 37
On the “Digital" screen, an indication is given of the actual condition of the output, either “Off" or “On". While in this
screen, if the output is activated through normal means, this will be visible when the output condition changes.
The output may also be controlled directly from the diagnostic screen, allowing the circuit to be activated for testing
purposes. To directly control the output, press the “Enter" key; the switch icon on the bottom right of the screen will
change position as shown to indicate that the circuit is now activated.

20013683 38

NOTE: When the circuit is manually activated, the software control is automatically bypassed, and the circuit will no
longer be activated by normal means until the diagnostic screen is closed.

The “Status" screen, if available, provides some indication if the module detects an error on the circuit, typically either
a short to ground or open circuit. Select the “Status" screen by pressing the down arrow key to highlight “Status".
2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 50
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The status of the circuit will be indicated as either “OK" or “Error", depending on the detected condition. As in the
“Digital" screen, the output may be manually controlled in the “Status" screen also, simply by pressing the “Enter" key
to change the position of the switch icon on the bottom right of the screen.

20013684 39

PWM Solenoids

PWM solenoids are used where progressive engagement of the solenoid is desired, such as for the thresher, feeder
and unload clutches, chaff spreader valve and header controls. Most PWM solenoids are grounded locally, but where
precise control of the solenoid is required, the solenoid is grounded back through the module. This feedback allows
additional monitoring of the current flow through the circuit. The PWM outputs are limited to 3 amps maximum current
flow.

20013685 40
PWM outputs have two diagnostic screens available, if grounded locally, or three, if the solenoid is grounded back
through the module.
The “PWM" provides a bar graph that provides a reference of the amount of output that the software is attempting to
drive the solenoid at. When monitoring the output, it is possible to see the progressive engagement of the output on
the bar graph.

20013686 41

NOTE: If the circuit is shorted to ground, the bar graph will continue to indicate a rise in output, even though the
module has shut off the output in order to protect the output driver.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 51
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

The output may also be controlled directly by pressing the “+" or “-“ keys to set the amount of output desired, and
pressing the “Enter" key. The amount that the output will be driven is initially displayed below the arrows beside the
switch icon at the bottom right of the screen.

20013687 42
When the “Enter" key is pressed, the software will drive the output at the set value, and the switch icon will change
position to indicate that the module is driving the output.

20013688 43

NOTE: If the circuit being manually controlled is shorted to ground, the bar graph will continue to indicate a rise in
output, even though the module has shut off the output in order to protect the output driver.

The "Current" screen, if available, measures the current flow on the circuit. In general, a properly functioning circuit
should draw approximately 1 - 1.5 amps continuous when the solenoid is fully powered (100 % output). If the circuit
is shorted to ground, the bar graph should indicate high current flow until the module shuts the circuit off to protect
the output driver. If the circuit is open, the bar graph will not indicate any current flow even though the "PWM" screen
is indicating that the software is driving the output.

20013689 44

H-Bridge Outputs

H-bridge outputs are used to control motors and actuators, where the ability to drive the component in both directions
is required. H-bridge circuits have two connector pins associated with them to control both sides of the circuit, and
function by connecting one pin to ground when the opposite pin is connected to power. To reverse direction of the

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 52
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

output, the power and ground connections are switched. This type of output control allows the module to operate
motors and actuators in both directions.
H-bridge circuits are limited to 3 amps for low power circuits, 20 amps for medium power circuits, and 30 amps for
high power circuits.
Low Power H-bridge (3 amp max)
Ground Speed Hydrostat (EDC valve)
Medium Power H-bridge (20 amp max)
Fan Speed motor
Feeder Reverser motor
Concave Clearance motor
Grain Bin Covers motor
Header Reel Speed motor
Rotary Screen Brush motor
Engine Throttle motor (7.5 L mechanical only)
Spreader Plates motor
Chop-Drop motor
Upper & Lower Sieve motors
High Power H-bridge (30 amp max)
Leveling Shoe motor
Transmission Shift motor

20013690 45
H-bridge circuits have three or four available diagnostic screens. The “H-bridge" screen provides a graphic represen-
tation of the state of the circuit. In the example shown, the circuit is currently in the “Brake" mode (both sides of circuit
to ground). When the circuit is activated by the software, the icon in the top left corner of the screen will change to
reflect the current output state of the circuit.

20013691 46
The output may be manually controlled by pressing and holding the “Enter" key and one of the arrow keys simulta-
neously. In the example shown, the “Enter" and right arrow keys are being depressed, as indicated by the icon in the
lower right corner of the screen, in order to drive the motor in a clockwise direction.
The icon at the bottom right of the screen indicates the four possible states of the circuit; (from the top) no control
(free), CW rotation, Brake, CCW rotation.
Once the output has been controlled manually, the module software control has been bypassed, and the circuit will
no longer operate normally. When the “Enter" and right arrow keys are released, the output will return to the “Brake"
mode, but the Brake icon on the lower right of the screen will now be lit, indicating the circuit is operating under manual
control only.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 53
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

20013692 47
Use the down arrow key to select the “Status" screen. The status of the circuit will be indicated as either “Ok" or
“Error", depending on the detected condition.
The output may be controlled manually, as described above. In the example shown, the output is being manually
controlled in the CCW rotation (by simultaneously pressing and holding the “Enter" and left arrow keys), and the
module is detecting an error in that direction. The error may be the result of either a short to ground or open circuit.

20013693 48
The "Current" screen measures the current flow on the circuit. Refer to the chart above to determine the maximum
amperage for each motor. In general, a circuit should not draw more than 30 - 50 % of max rated amperage during
normal operation. Excessive amp draw is generally an indication of short to ground or excessive mechanical load,
due to worn or binding linkage, or lack of lubrication.
If the circuit is shorted to ground, the bar graph should indicate high current flow until the module shuts the circuit
off to protect the output driver. If the circuit is open, the bar graph will not indicate any current flow even though the
“H-bridge" icon is indicating that the software is driving the output.

20013694 49
The “Voltage" screen is used to display the feedback from the potentiometer that is built into some of the actuators
used, such as the leveling shoe or concave clearance actuators. As the actuator is operated, the voltage scale will
change to reflect the changing position of the actuator. This bar graph is essentially a duplication of the input seen
on each specific position sensor diagnostic screens, and is provided for reference (provides feedback that actuator
is actually moving).

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 54
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

20013695 50

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 55
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Control module - Overview (A.50.A.91 - C.40.B.10)

Each CCM module has two main power supplies. Keep Alive power is supplied to the module at interior connector
pin 1, while the main power supply is provided from the key switch at the interior connector pin 4. The module will
shutdown if the voltage drops below 9 V or exceeds 18 V on either of these two circuits. Key switch power is also
used to supply the 5 V and 8 V regulators for voltage outputs to sensors and potentiometers.
Each CCM module has three main ground wires to provide a ground path for all sensors and most valve outputs.
These three ground wires are linked together internally, but provide a solid ground path for the module. The module
may continue to function if one or two of these ground wires are broken, but sensor reading and other functions may
become erratic.
Some circuits on the CCM’s provide their own power supply through the engaging switch. This ensures that if power
is ever lost through the switch into the module, the output from the module is immediately disengaged. These circuits
are the ground speed hydrostat circuit (power supplied through the S22 Neutral switch), thresher engage and feeder
engage circuits.
H-bridge circuits in the modules are used to power high current draw components, such as motors and actuators, and
have their own dedicated power supplies and grounds, as listed in the charts below.

CCM1

Power Supply Ground Components Affected

X018 pin 1 (F-39) Keep Alive power
X018 pin 4 (F-38, key switch) Main power; all potentiometers,
speed & position sensors
X018 pin 8, X019 pins 12 & 18 Main module grounds
X020 pins 29 & 30 (F-22) X020 pins 9 & 10 Shoe Leveling Actuator
X020 pin 7 (F-24) X020 pin 16 Cleaning Fan Adjust motor
Feeder Reverser actuator
X019 pin 11 (F-24) X019 pin 3 Concave Clearance actuator
Grain Bin Covers actuator
X019 pin 2 (F-43) Chaff Spreader valve
X019 pin 9 (F-43) Backup Alarm
Vertical Knives
Rear Wheel Assist valve
X020 pin 11 (F-44) Feeder Jog Fwd valve
Feeder Jog Rev valve
Dual Range valve

CCM2

Power Supply Ground Components Affected

X015 pin 1 (F-39) Keep Alive power
X015 pin 4 (F-38, key switch) Main power; all potentiometers,
speed & position sensors
X015 pin 8, X016 pins 12 & 18 Main module grounds
X017 pins 29 & 30 (F-25) X017 pins 9 & 10 Transmission Shift motor
X017 pin 7 (F-23) X017 pin 16 Reel Speed motor
X016 pin 11 (F-23) X016 pin 3 Throttle actuator (Bas mech)
Rotary Screen Brush actuator
X016 pin 2 (F-36) Unload Cross Auger valve
Fuel Shutoff / Terminal 15
Park Brake Disengage valve

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 56
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Power Supply Ground Components Affected

X016 pin 9 (F-37) Unload Tube In valve
Unload Tube Out valve
Drum Increase valve
Drum Decrease valve
X017 pin 11 (F-36) Reel Fore valve
Reel Aft valve
Reel Up valve
Reel Down valve
Reel Drive valve
Foot and Inch valve

CCM3

Power Supply Ground Components Affected

X012 pin 1 (F-39)
X012 pin 4 (F-38, key switch)
X014 pins 29 & 30 (F25)
X014 pin 7 (F-23)
X013 pin 11 (F-23)
X013 pins 2 & 9 (F-36)
Keep Alive power
Main power; all potentiometers,
speed & position sensors
X012 pin 8, X013 pins 12 & 18 Main module grounds
X014 pins 9 & 10 Cross Auger Tent motor
X014 pin 16 Spreader Plates motor
X013 pin 3 Upper Sieve actuator
Lower Sieve actuator
Bypass Unit Engage output (PF
moisture sensor auger)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 57
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Data bus - Overview (A.50.A.92 - C.10.A.10)

50014679 1

CAN NETWORK

The CAN network is a multiplex system which follows the guidelines established in SAE J1939. Multiplexing simply
stated is linking two or more digital devices through a network. In the past, if an RPM sensor’s information was needed
by a tachometer, an engine controller and a transmission, all three devices would need to be hard wired to the RPM
sensor. Through the CAN Data Bus only one wire is needed. The information is then accessed through the network by
other systems that need it. Any other system on the network that does not care about RPM data ignores the message
on the network. On today’s high tech machinery, the complexity of wiring can be greatly reduced through the use of
the CAN data bus network.
The network is made up of a twisted pair of wires, identified as CAN HI (yellow) and CAN LO (green). These two
wires are used to form a "linear bus" network, in that the wires run in parallel from one end of the vehicle to the other,
and each module is connected to both wires as a "node". These two wires are connected together at each end of the
network using a 120 ohm resistor, which is known as a “termination” resistor. Because there is a 120 ohm resistor at
each end of the network, the resistance should always be 60 ohms between the CAN HI and CAN LO wires.
On the CX combine, one of these termination resistors is located in the Infoview monitor itself, while the termination
resistance on the other end of the network is located in the ECU (engine control unit) on combines equipped with an
electronic engines. On mechanical engine units, there is a connector next to the starter relay in the engine compart-
ment that contains the necessary 120 ohm termination resistor.
Each control module “tees" into the network, and acts as a separate “node" on the network. As a control module
receives data from sensors, switches and potentiometers, it broadcasts this information on the network for other mod-
ules to pick up and use as needed. Each module knows which information it needs through the software programmed
into it.
When the network is initially powered up (operator turns key on), each module on the network sends out a message
announcing its existence, and "looks" for messages from other modules on the network. After this initial message,
each control module sends out data messages as necessary, and, if necessary, it will send out another broadcast
message announcing its existence if it has not sent any messages within the last 5 seconds. This is done in order
to monitor each module’s status on the network; if a certain module has not transmitted any messages for more than
5 seconds, then the other modules on the network will generate an alarm message indicating that the module is
“offline”.

NOTE: If a control module never powers up and broadcasts its initial message, the other modules will not be aware
that it exists, and no “offline" alarm will be generated.

Optional control modules, such as the ECU (engine control unit), CCM3 (installed for Precision Farming and other
options), DLU (data logger unit, used for Precision Farming) and DGPS (differential GPS receiver), must be set to
“ON" in the Configuration screens when installed in order for their alarm messages to become active. In addition, like
2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 58
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

the other modules, they must be powered up at start-up and transmit a message in order to be recognized as being
on the network.

ALARMS

The network is capable of diagnosing itself and generating alarm messages to the operator when problems are de-
tected. The combine may continue to function when a network alarm message appears, but systems related to that
module will no longer function. The alarm messages that are related to the CAN network are listed below.

20014717 2

Alarm message Priority Description/Symptom

A2000 Communication Lost High CAN Hi & CAN LO wires are shorted
together; icons on the Infoview
monitor will be grayed out, and
lights on SSM will flash in rotating
sequence. Combine engine will not
start.
A2001 MDM Offline Med Infoview monitor is offline; icons on
the Infoview monitor will be grayed
out, and will not respond to keypad
on RHM.
A2002 CCM1 Offline Med CCM1 module is offline.
A2003 CCM2 Offline Med CCM2 module is offline.
A2004 CCM3 Offline Med CCM3 module is offline.
A2005 RHM Offline Med RHM module is offline.
A2006 SSM Offline Med SSM module is offline; lights on SSM
will flash in rotating sequence.
A2007 ECU Offline Med ECU module is offline.
A2008 HHC Offline Med HHC module is offline.
A2009 GPS Offline Med GPS module is offline.
A2010 DLU Offline Med DLU module is offline.

Whenever a network-related alarm message appears, verify the concern by navigating to the “Service Info\Network"
screen, as shown. If a module is “offline", its icon will be grayed out as shown.

20014718 3

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 59
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Farming system Sensing system - Dynamic description

(A.50.A.96.95 - C.30.A.10)
The moisture sensor measures grain that is falling out of the clean grain elevator into a small bin of the bypass unit.
The moisture content of the grain in this bin is sensed by the moisture sensor at the back of the bypass unit. The level
of grain in the bin is controlled by a proximity switch, which is located at the top of the bin and an auger at the bottom
of the bin. In order to have a good moisture reading the moisture sensor fin must always be clean and covered totally
by grain.
In other words the bin has to contain always a minimum amount of grain. The sensitivity of the proximity switch can
be adjusted. If the level sensor is set too sensitive then the auger will start turning too early and not enough grain will
be available in the sensor chamber to have a good moisture reading. As a result you will see the moisture value on
the InfoView™ fluctuating a lot and suddenly drop to a low level.
If the level sensor is set not sensitive enough the bin will always contain the same grain resulting in a practical constant
moisture reading all over the field.
NOTE: It should be remarked that although the level sensor sensitivity is set correct it is possible that due to material
blockage (pieces of maize cobs) in front of the level sensor will also cause the auger to turn continuously when the
threshing is on. This situation can be recognized when the moisture readings are abnormally low or largely fluctuating.
Therefore before changing the sensitivity of the level sensor remove the moisture sensor. Then you can look into the
bin. In the top of the bin a white circle (=level sensor head surface) must be visible without being covered by dirt or
crop residues. If you found material accumulated in front of the level sensor, remove it.
If the moisture reading is still fluctuating or the electrical motor keeps on turning all the time then it is advised to change
the sensitivity of the level sensor.

ZDA4018B 1

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 60
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Farming system Sensing system - Adjust (A.50.A.96.95 - F.45.A.01)

IMPORTANT: Before set the sensitivity, check first if the moisture sensor fin and the level sensor are clean. Refer to
Operator’s Manual: Section 4- “Moisture sensor".
1. To set the sensitivity of the proximity switch, proceed
as follows:
Pull two pins (3) out to remove the auger.

ZDA4018A 1

2. Remove the auger.

ZDA4020A 2

3. Remove all the grain out of auger chamber (4).

NOTE: No grain may be in front of the level sensor other-
wise the sensitivity setting will be biased.

ZDA4019A 3

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 61
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

4. Loosen two wing nuts (1) to remove sensor fin (2).

ZDA4021A 4

5. Put the contact on.

Remove wing nut (5) at the top and two nuts (6) at
the side to remove side plate (7).

ZDA3059A 5

6. The level sensor becomes visible. At the back of the

sensor there is a small screw (8).
If you can hear the electrical motor already turning
then turn the screw counter clockwise until the motor
stops. Turn another three full turns counter clockwise
(or six half turns).
Now the sensitivity of the level sensor should be set
correctly.
If the electrical motor is not turning then turn the
screw clockwise until the electrical motor starts turn-
ing by itself. Then turn back three full turns (or six
half turns).
Now the sensitivity of the level sensor should be set
correctly.
ZDA3060A 6

7. Install the side plate and tighten the nuts.

8. Install the sensor fin and tighten the wing nuts.
9. Install the auger with the two pins.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 62
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Farming system Sensing system - Adjust (A.50.A.96.95 - F.45.A.01)

1. Remove the cover (1).

ZDA3063A 1

2. Remove the shielding (4) (using a ladder).

ZDA3674B 2

3. Loosen the bolts (1) to remove the elevator top plate

(2).

ZDA4149A 3

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 63
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

4. Install the special assembly gauge (2) with the four

bolts.
NOTE: To make a special assembly gauge, refer to
Fig.Sensing system Grain flow sensor - Special tools
(A.50.A.96.95.81 - D.20.A.40).

ZDA3773A 4

5. Release the nuts (2) and the nuts (3) on both sides.
Adjust the sensor support (5) with the bolts (4) even
on both sides until the measurement chute Y= 1 - 3
mm (3/64 - 1/8 in) from the special assembly gauge.
( see Fig.4)
After adjusting, tighten the nuts (3) and the nuts (2).
Remove the special assembly gauge.

ZDA4156A 5

6. Install the elevator top plate and tighten the bolts.

IMPORTANT: First tighten bolts (1) then bolt, (2) (3) etc.

ZDA4149B 6

7. Install the shielding.

8. Install the cover in the grain tank.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 64
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Fuse and relay box CCM1 relay - Testing (A.50.A.80.71 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Check for 12 volts at CCM-1 Power 12 volts. Open circuit 12 (RD) between
Relay (pin 3). If good reading, continue with next CCM-1 Power Relay (pin 3) and
step. Fuse #40.
Blown Fuse #40.
2 Ignition ON. 12 volts. Open circuit 95 (OR) or 96 (OR)
Check for 12 volts at CCM-1 Power If good reading, continue with next between Ignition Switch connector
Relay (pin 1). step. X068 (pin 6) and CCM-1 Power Re-
lay (pin 1).
12 volts not available from Ignition
Switch connector X068 (pin 6), refer
to Ignition Switch test on page 244.
3 At CCM-1 Power Relay, ground (pin 12 volts. Faulty CCM-1 Power Relay.
2) and check for 12 volts at CCM-1 If good reading, CCM-1 Power Relay
Power Relay (pin 5). is operating properly.
Continue with next step.
4 Ignition OFF. Less than 1 ohm resistance. Open circuit 105 (BK) between
Check resistance of circuit 105 (BK) If good reading, relay is operating CCM-1 Power Relay (pin 2) and
between CCM-1 Power Relay (pin 2) properly. CCM-2 Power Relay (pin 2).
and CCM-2 Power Relay (pin 2). See Service Manual for testing of
CCM-1.

Fuse and relay box CCM2 relay - Testing (A.50.A.80.72 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Check for 12 volts at CCM-2 Power 12 volts. Open circuit 14 (RD) between
Relay (pin 3). If good reading, continue with next CCM-2 Power Relay (pin 3) and
step. Fuse #41.
Blown Fuse #41.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 65
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

2 Ignition ON. 12 volts. Open circuit 103 (OR), 95 (OR) or
Check for 12 volts at CCM-2 Power If good reading, continue with next 96 (OR) between Ignition Switch
Relay (pin 1). step. Connector X068 (pin 6) and CCM-2
Power Relay (pin 1).
12 volts not available from Ignition
Switch Connector X068 (pin 6), refer
to Ignition Switch test on page 244.
3 At CCM-2 Power Relay, ground (pin 12 volts. Faulty CCM-2 Power Relay.
2) and check for 12 volts at CCM-2 If good reading, CCM-2 Power Relay
Power Relay (pin 5). is operating properly.
Continue with next step.
4 Ignition OFF. Less than 1 ohm resistance. Open circuit 106 (BK) between
Check resistance of circuit 106 (BK) If good reading, relay is operating CCM-2 Power Relay (pin 2) and
between CCM-2 Power Relay (pin 2) properly. See Service Manual for CCM-3 Cab Power Relay (pin 2).
and CCM-3 Cab Power Relay (pin testing of CCM-1.
2).

Fuse and relay box CCM3 relay - Testing (A.50.A.80.73 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Check for 12 volts at CCM-3 Cab 12 volts. Open circuit 10 (RD) between
Power Relay (pin 3). If good reading, continue with next CCM-3 Cab Power Relay (pin 3)
step. and Fuse #42.
Blown Fuse #42.
2 Ignition in the “ON" position. 12 volts. Open circuit 104 (OR), 103 (OR), 95
Check for 12 volts at CCM-3 Cab If good reading, continue with next (OR) or 96 (OR) between Ignition
Power Relay (pin 1). step. Switch connector X068 (pin 6) and
CCM-3 Cab Power Relay (pin 1).
12 volts not available from Ignition
Switch connector X068 (pin 6), refer
to Ignition Switch Test on page 244.
3 At CCM-3 Cab Power Relay, ground 12 volts. Faulty CCM-3 Cab Power Relay.
(pin 2) and check for 12 volts at If good reading, CCM-3 cab power Short to ground in circuit 7 (RD). A
CCM-3 Cab Power Relay (pin 5). relay is operating properly. short to ground will blow Fuse #42.
If good reading continue with next
step.
4 At CCM-1, ground (pin J1-23) and 12 volts Open circuit 107 (BK) between
check for 12 volts at CCM-3 Cab If good reading, see Service Manual CCM-1 (pin J1-23) and CCM-3 Cab
Power Relay (pin 5). for testing of CCM-1. Power Relay (pin 2).

Fuse and relay box Auxilary relay - Testing (A.50.A.80.61 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests.
2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 66
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Check for 12 volts at Accessory 3 12 volts. Open circuit 20 (RD) between Ac-
Relay (pin 3). If good reading, continue with next cessory 3 Relay (pin 3) and Fuse #3.
step. Blown Fuse #3.
2 Ignition “ON". 12 volts. Open circuit 241 (OR) between Igni-
Check for 12 volts at Accessory 3 If good reading, continue with next tion Switch connector X068 (pin 6)
Relay (pin 1). step. and Accessory 3 Relay (pin 1).
If 12 volts not available from Ignition
Switch connector X068 (pin 6), refer
to Ignition Switch test on page 244.
3 Ignition “OFF". 12 volts. Faulty Accessory 3 Relay.
At Accessory 3 Relay, ground (pin 2) If good reading, continue with next
and check for 12 volts at Accessory step.
3 Relay (pin 5).
4 Ignition “OFF". Less than 1 ohm resistance. Open circuit 150 (BK) between Ac-
Check resistance of circuit 150 (BK) If good reading, Accessory 3 Relay cessory 3 Relay and ground.
between Accessory 3 Relay (pin 2) is operating properly.
and ground.

Fuse and relay box Auxilary relay - Testing (A.50.A.80.61 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Check for 12 volts at Accessory 2 12 volts. Open circuit 18 (RD) between Ac-
Relay (pin 3). If good reading, continue with next cessory 2 Relay (pin 3) and Fuse #2.
step. Blown Fuse #2.
2 Ignition “ON". 12 volts. Open circuit 126 (OR), 241 (OR) or
Check for 12 volts at Accessory 2 If good reading, continue with next 123 (OR) between Ignition Switch
Relay (pin 1). step. connector X068 (pin 4) and Acces-
sory 2 Relay (pin 1).
If 12 volts not available from Ignition
Switch connector X068 (pin 4), refer
to Ignition Switch test.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 67
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

3 Ignition “OFF".
At Accessory 2 Relay, ground (pin 2)
and check for 12 volts at Accessory
2 Relay (pin 5).
4 Ignition “OFF".
Check resistance of circuit 149 (BK)
between Accessory 2 Relay (pin 2)
and ground.
12 volts. Faulty Accessory 3 Relay.
If good reading, continue with next
step.
Less than 1 ohm resistance. Open circuit 149 (BK) between Ac-
If good reading, Accessory 2 Relay cessory 2 Relay and ground.
is operating properly.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 68
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Audio system Antenna - Testing (A.50.A.87.80 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Disconnect Antenna from Radio. Less than 1 ohm. Antenna.
Measure resistance between center If good reading, go to next test point.
terminal of Antenna (radio end) and
Antenna Mast.
2 Measure resistance from Antenna Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between Antenna and
ground wire to chassis ground. Antenna is good. frame ground.

Audio system Speaker - Testing (A.50.A.87.84 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Disconnect connector from the Ra- Less than 1 ohm. Open/short to ground in circuit 977
dio and Left Front Speaker. If good reading, continue with next (WH) between Left Front Speaker
Measure resistance between Ra- step. (pin 6) and Radio connector C000
dio connector C000 (pin 6) and Left (pin B).
Front Speaker (pin B).
2 Measure resistance between Left Less than 1 ohm. Open/short to ground in circuit 983
Front Speaker (pin A) and Radio If good reading, left front speaker (BL) and 981 (BL) or 982 (BL) be-
connector C000 (pin 8). wiring is okay. tween Left Front Speaker (pin A) and
Radio connector C000 (pin 8) or Left
Rear Speaker (pin A).
3 Disconnect connector from the Ra- Less than 1 ohm. Open/short to ground in circuit
dio and Right Front Speaker. If good reading, continue with next 976 (WH) between Radio connec-
Measure resistance between Radio test point. tor C000 (pin 4) and Right Front
connector C000 (pin 4) and Right Speaker connector C000 (pin B).
Front Speaker connector X000 (pin
B).

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 69
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

4 Measure resistance between Right Less than 1 ohm. Open/short to ground in circuit 980
Front Speaker connector X000 (pin If good reading, right front speaker (BL) and 978 (BL) or 979 (BL) be-
A) and Radio connector C000 (pin wiring is okay. tween Radio connector C000 (pin 5)
5). and Right Front Speaker connector
X000 (pin A) or Right Rear Speaker
connector X000 (pin A).
5 Disconnect connector from the Ra- Less than 1 ohm. Open/short to ground in circuit 974
dio, and Right Rear Speaker. If good reading, continue with next (WH) between Radio connector
Measure resistance between Radio test point. C000 (pin 7) and Right Rear Speaker
connector C000 (pin 7) and Right connector X000 (pin B).
Rear Speaker connector X000 (pin
B).
6 Measure resistance between Right Less than 1 ohm. Open/short to ground in circuit 979
Rear Speaker connector X000 (pin If good reading, right rear speaker (BL) and 978 (BL) or 980 (BL) be-
A) and Radio connector C000 (pin wiring is okay. tween Right Rear Speaker connec-
5). tor X000 (pin A) and Radio connector
C000 (pin 5) or Right Front Speaker
connector X000 (pin A).
7 Disconnect connector from the Ra- Less than 1 ohm. Open/short to ground in circuit 975
dio and Left Rear Speaker. If good reading, continue with next (WH) between Left Rear Speaker
Measure resistance between Radio test point. connector X000 (pin B) and Radio
connector C000 (pin 9) and Left Rear connector C000 (pin 9).
Speaker connector X000 (pin B).
8 Measure resistance between Left Less than 1 ohm. Open/short to ground in circuit 982
Rear Speaker connector X000 (pin If good reading, left rear speaker (BL) and 981 (BL) or 983 (BL) be-
A) and Radio connector C000 (pin wiring is okay. tween Left Rear Speaker connector
8). X000 (pin A) and Radio connector
C000 (pin 8) and Left Front Speaker
connector X000 (pin A).
9 Disconnect suspect speaker electri- Between 4 - 8 ohms. Bad circuit in speaker.
cal connector. If good reading, speaker good elec-
Measure resistance between the A trically.
and B terminals of the speaker.

Audio system - Testing (A.50.A.87 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Ignition Switch in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 973 (BK) between Ra-
Measure resistance between Radio If good reading, go to next test point dio connector X140, (pin 1) and
connector X140, (pin 1) and ground. 2. ground.
Continue with next test point.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 70
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

2 Ignition Switch in “IGN" position. 12 volts. Blown Fuse #39
Measure for 12 volts at Radio con- If good reading, go to test point 5. Open circuit 830 (RD) or 048 (RD)
nector X140 (pin 2). between Radio connector X140 (pin
2) and In-line connector X002 (pin
F).
Continue with next test point.
3 Measure for 12 volts at in-line con- 12 volts. Open circuit 48 (RD) or 47 (RD) be-
nector X002 (pin F). If good reading, repair open circuit in tween In-line connector X002 and
830 (RD) or 48 (RD). Fuse #39.
Go to test point 5.
4 Measure for 12 volts at Fuse #39. 12 volts. Open circuit between Fuse #39 and
If good reading, repair open circuit unswitched power.
48 (RD) or 47 (RD). See Power Distribution for testing.
Continue to next test point.
5 Ignition Switch in “IGN“ or “ACC" po- 12 volts. Open circuit 81 (OR) between Ra-
sition. If good reading, power and grounds dio connector X140 (pin 3) and Fuse
Measure for 12 volts at Radio con- to audio system are operating prop- #11.
nector X140 (pin 3). erly. Check for connection at in-line con-
nector X002 (pin J).
Continue to next test point.
6 Measure for 12 volts at Fuse #11. 12 volts. Open circuit 8 (OR) between Fuse
If good reading, repair open circuit #11 and Accessory 2 Relay.
81 (OR) between Radio connector Blown Fuse #11 or Accessory 2 re-
X140 (pin 3) and Fuse #11. lay.
Refer to Power Distribution for Ac-
cessory 2 Relay testing.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 71
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Audio system - Problem solving (A.50.A.87 - G.40.A.30)

OPERATION

The audio system is a four speaker AM/FM stereo with cassette. The audio system is energized by switched power
and has an Transceiver Power Outlet connector so that the operator may add additional audio equipment.
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.23)
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.24)
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.25)
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 46 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.46)

TROUBLESHOOTING

Before troubleshooting the Audio system make sure that the following operating conditions are met:
A. The batteries are fully charged and all connections are clean and tight.
B. Transmission in neutral or park.
C. Check all connectors for full installation, loose, corroded, pushed out, or bent terminals.
D. Check Fuses #2, 11, 13, 39

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

CAUTION
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

Problem Possible Cause Correction

Audio unit or Transceiver Fuse/Power Supply A - Audio System Power and Ground
Power Outlet is Supply Test Audio system - Testing
inoperative (A.50.A.87 - G.40.A.20).
Audio Unit If A - Audio System Power and Ground
Supply Test Audio system - Testing
(A.50.A.87 - G.40.A.20) results are good,
Audio unit is bad.
Blank display, radio/tape Audio unit
player operates
Audio operates, tape Audio unit
player does not operate
Noisy reception Antenna F - Antenna Test Audio system Antenna -
Testing (A.50.A.87.80 - G.40.A.20).
Audio Unit If F - Antenna Test Audio system Antenna
- Testing (A.50.A.87.80 - G.40.A.20) is
good, audio unit is bad.
Noisy reception, FM only Antenna F - Antenna TestAudio system Antenna -
Testing (A.50.A.87.80 - G.40.A.20).
Audio unit If F - Antenna Test Audio system Antenna
- Testing (A.50.A.87.80 - G.40.A.20) is
good, audio unit is bad.
Poor reception area
Poor quality/distorted Audio speaker G - Speaker Resistance TestAudio sys-
sound-One or more tem - Testing (A.50.A.87 - G.40.A.20).
speakers
2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 72
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Problem Possible Cause Correction

Circuit Perform relevant speaker circuit test(s).
Audio unit If speaker(s) and circuit(s) are good, audio
unit is bad.
Poor quality/distorted Audio speakers G - Speaker Resistance TestAudio sys-
sound from all speakers tem - Testing (A.50.A.87 - G.40.A.20).
Circuit Perform relevant speaker circuit test(s).
Audio unit If speaker(s) and circuit(s) are good, audio
unit is bad.
No sound from speakers Speakers G - Speaker Resistance TestAudio sys-
tem - Testing (A.50.A.87 - G.40.A.20).
Circuit Perform relevant speaker circuit test(s).
Audio unit If speaker(s) and circuit(s) are good, audio
unit is bad.
Transceiver Power Outlet Circuit A - Audio system power and ground supply
not operating test.Audio system - Testing (A.50.A.87 -
G.40.A.20).

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 73
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

0000-Module Offline (A.50.A.91 - G.30.B.10)

0000 - Module Offline
NOTE: If a control module never powers up and broadcasts its initial message, the other modules will not be aware
that it exists, and no “offline" alarm will be generated.

Cause:
Module offline

Possible failure modes:

1. Loss of module power.

2. CAN-related faults.

Solution:

1. There are two general conditions that may cause an individual module may go “offline"; loss of module power,
or CAN-related faults.
Each module requires a power and ground supply to provide main operating power for the module; if either of
these is lost, the module will power down and will not be active on the network.
There are several possible CAN-related faults that may cause a module to go offline. External problems include
bad or open connections to the CAN HI and CAN LO network wires as a result of damaged wiring. Internal
problems may include a failure of the CAN controller itself (the device that actually does the “communicating"
on the network), or the module may be “bussing off" due to excessive error messages.
Whenever a module transmits or receives a faulty message, it keeps a record of that error. After its error history
fills up, the CAN controller assumes that it is faulty, and will stop transmitting on the network (module has gone
“Bus Off"); this will set the alarm off. This error history is erased and reset at zero when the module is powered
down.

Note: If the Infoview monitor module (MDM) is offline, all icons will be grayed out on screen, and monitor will be
non-responsive to keypad on RHM.

20014718 1

A. Verify module is offline by navigating to the “Service Info\Network" screen, and confirm that module icon
is grayed out.
2. Turn the key switch off, and back on again. Immediately navigate back to the “Service Info\Network" screen,
and recheck the module status.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 74
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

20014719 2

A. If affected module is initially online, and then goes offline after a short period of time, it is bussing off due
to excessive error messages. The excessive number of error messages could be due to bad electrical
connections to the network, or a problem with the CAN controller in the module. Continue with step 5.

B. If the module is offline immediately after the network is powered up, continue with step 3.
3. A quick way to verify if a module has a power and ground connection is to activate a function within that module
that does not require other CAN message information (function is controlled entirely by affected module). If the
function operates, then the module is powered up, and the alarm is due to a CAN fault. See available functions
by module below. If the module that is offline is not listed below, continue with step 4.
RHM: Depress Multi Function Handle (MFH) button to activate neutral lock solenoid. If solenoid activates, the
RHM module is powered up and functioning.
CCM1: Turn on Road Lights or Work Lights. If lights come on, CCM1 is powered up and functioning.
CCM2: Turn on Beacon Lights (EU, ROW) or depress brake pedal to activate brake lights. If lights come on,
CCM2 is powered up and functioning.
CCM3: Use remote Sieve Adjust switches to activate sieve actuators (if installed). If sieves operate, CCM3 is
powered up and functioning.
SSM: If it has power but no CAN, warning lights will flash in rotating sequence.
MDM: Icons will be grayed out, and Infoview monitor is non-responsive to keypad on RHM.

Note: There are no quick tests available for CCM3 on Yield monitor-only units.

A. If the module function operates, the module is powered up, and the fault is due to a CAN problem. Continue
with step 5.

B. If the module function does not operate, the module may not be powered up. Continue with step 4.
4. Testing indicates that module is not powering up. Refer to Control module - Service limits (A.50.A.91 -
D.20.A.20) for the specific power and ground sources for each module. Use a multimeter to test for continuity
to ground on the ground path, and for 12 V power on the supply wires.

A. If the module power and ground supplies are good, but the module is still offline, continue with step 6.
5. Testing has determined that the module is offline due to a CAN fault, either with the CAN controller inside the
module, or with the physical wiring to the network. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between the two
wires that connect the module to the network. Refer to Control module - Service limits (A.50.A.91 - D.20.A.20)

Note: Several modules are connected to the network through internal solder paths on the circuit boards, and
cannot be tested as described. These modules include the Infoview monitor (MDM), RHM, CCM1, CCM2, and
the Engine Control Unit (ECU). If one of these modules are offline, continue with step 6.

A. If there is continuity between the two network wires, and the resistance measured is 60 ohms, the external
wiring is okay, and the fault is internal to the module. Continue with step 6.

B. If there is continuity between the two network wires, but the resistance is very high (> 70 ohms), there is a
bad connection in the external wiring to the network. Check the harness and connectors for damage and
repair as necessary.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 75
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

C. If there is no continuity between the two network wires, there is an open circuit in one of the two wires.
Locate the open and repair.
6. CAN fault is internal to the module. Use the Electronic Service Tool to reload the correct version software in the
module.

A. If module now functions properly, fault was due to corrupt software. Fault should be resolved.

B. If module still remains offline after software is reloaded, the module has failed internally, and must be
replaced to repair the fault.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 76
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

0000-Communication lost (A.50.A.91 - G.30.B.42)

0000 - Communication lost

Cause:
A2000 Communication lost

Possible failure modes:

1. CAN HI and CAN LO network wires are shorted together.

2. CAN HI and/or CAN LO network wires are open.

Solution:

1. The alarm message “A2000 Communication Lost" indicates that the CAN HI and CAN LO network wires are
shorted together, or that there is an open in one of the two wires.
To confirm whether CAN HI and CAN LO are shorted or open, make the following check at the diagnostic port
connector X065 on the B-post console.

Use a multimeter to check the resistance between pin D and pin C on connector X065 (1). This will quickly verify
whether there is a short or open in the system.

ZDA2372A 1

A. A reading of 0 ohms confirms that CAN HI (yellow wire) is shorted to CAN LO (green wire). Continue with
step 2.

B. A reading of 120 ohms indicates an open in either CAN HI or CAN LO. Continue with step 2.

C. A reading of 60 ohms indicates that the network wiring is okay.

2. Open the service door on the right side of the cab. Disconnect connector X001 (1). This essentially splits the
CAN system in half. Connector X001 pins 6 and 7 will be referred to as LEG 1 and connector X001 pins 8 and 9
will be referred to as LEG 2. Use a multimeter to check resistance between pins 6 and 7 (LEG 1) on the harness
end of Connector X001.

10010921 2

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 77
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

A. A reading of 0 ohms indicates that CAN HI and CAN LO are shorted together somewhere in LEG 1.
Continue with "Troubleshooting LEG 1" in this section.

B. A reading of Extreme high resistance OL (Over load-open circuit) indicates an open, or broken wire in
CAN HI or CAN LO in LEG 1. Continue with "Troubleshooting LEG 1" 7.

C. A reading of 120 ohms indicates that LEG 1 is okay. Continue with Step 3.
3. Probe Connector X001 pins 8 and 9 (LEG 2) and check resistance.

A. A reading of 0 ohms indicates that CAN HI and CAN LO are shorted together somewhere in LEG 2.
Continue with "Troubleshooting LEG 2" 16.

B. A reading of Extreme high resistance OL (Over load-open circuit) indicates an open, or broken wire in
CAN HI or CAN LO in LEG 2. Continue with "Troubleshooting LEG 2" 16.

C. A reading of 120 OHMS indicates that leg 2 is okay. Continue with step 4.
4. Use a multimeter to check resistance between pins 6 and 7 on the console end of connector X001.

A. A reading of 0 ohms indicates that CAN HI and CAN LO are shorted together somewhere inside the
right console (RC) harness. Remove the console and inspect the right console (RC) harness for damage.
Locate the short and repair.

B. If a reading of OL (overload — open circuit) is observed, continue with step 5.

5. Use a multimeter to check resistance between pins 6 and 8 on the console end of connector X001.

A. A reading of OL (overload — open circuit) indicates that there is an open circuit in the right console harness
between connector X001 pins 6 & 8 and connector X026 pins 2 and 11 wires 127 yellow and 129 yellow.
Locate the open and repair.

B. If a reading of 0 ohms is observed, continue with step 6.

6. Use a multimeter to check resistance between pins 7 and 9 on the console end of connector X001.

A. A reading of OL (overload — open circuit) indicates that there is an open circuit in the right console harness
between connector X001 pins 7 & 9 and connector X026 pins 1 and 10 wires 128 green and 130 green.
Locate the open and repair.

B. If a reading of 0 ohms is observed, the network wiring in the right console harness is okay. Reattach all
connectors and retest system.
7. TROUBLESHOOTING LEG 1 (Refer to Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88 -
C.20.E.24) and Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.25))

A. A 0 ohm reading indicates a short circuit between CAN HI and CAN LO.

B. An OL (Over load-open circuit ) indicates a broken wire.

8. Disconnect connector X064 at the MDM (Infoview Monitor) harness in the right front cab post. Use a multimeter
to check the resistance between pins A and E on the MDM harness end of connector X064.

A. A reading of 120 ohms indicates the circuit is okay through connector X064 to MDM and SSM. Continue
with step 9.

B. A reading of OL (Over load-open circuit) indicates an open wire between connector X064 and Connector
X319 in the MDM harness. Locate open and repair.

C. A reading of 0 ohms indicates a short in CAN HI and CAN LO between connector X064 and MDM Con-
nector X319 or SSM Connector X320. Examine harness for damage. Replace/repair as necessary.
9. Use a multimeter to check the resistance between Pins A and E on the cab main (CM) harness end of Connector
X064.

A. A reading of 0 ohms indicates a short exists in the cab main (CM) harness. Continue with step 10.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 78
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

B. If an OL (Overload-Open circuit) reading is observed, continue with step 11.

10. Locate and disconnect the splice in cab main harness, CAN HI wire 127YE and wire 143YE, and CAN LO
wire 128GN and 144GN. This splice is between the Diagnostic and Maintenance ( DAM) connector X065 and
MDM/SSM connector 064.
Again check the resistance between pins A and E on connector X064.

A. A 0 ohm reading indicates the short is between connector X064 MDM/SSM and connector X065 DAM
connector. Locate the short and repair as necessary.

B. An OL (Over load-open circuit) reading indicates the short is between the disconnected splice and con-
nector X001. Locate the short and repair as necessary.
11. Check for continuity between connector X064 pin E and DAM connector X065 pin D.

A. If no continuity is found, locate and repair open in cab main harness wire 144GN between connector X064
pin E and connector X065 pin D.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 12.

12. Check for continuity between DAM connector X065 pin D and connector X001 pin 7.

A. If no continuity is found, locate and repair open in cab main harness wire 128GN between splice and
connector X001 pin 7.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 13.

13. Check for continuity between connector X064 pin A and DAM connector X065 pin C.

A. If no continuity is found, locate and repair open in cab main harness wire 143YE between connector X064
pin A and connector X065 pin C.

B. If continuity is found, locate and repair open in cab main harness wire 127YE between splice and connector
X001 pin 6.
14. TROUBLESHOOTING LEG 2 (Refer to Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88-
C.20.E.25))

A. A 0 ohm reading indicates a short circuit between CAN HI and CAN LO.

B. An OL (Open Line) indicates a broken wire.

15. Disconnect connector X015, 1, from the side of CCM2. Use a multimeter to check resistance between pin 8 and
pin 9 on connector X001 at the right hand console.

A. If the reading is still 0 ohms, the short is not in the CCM2, CCM3, or main frame (MF) harness on back to
engine and HHC controllers. Continue with step 17.

B. If the reading is still OL (Over load-open circuit), continue with step 16..
16. Install a jumper wire between pins J1-13 and J1-14 on harness end of connector X015. Check resistance be-
tween pin 8 and pin 9 on connector X001 again.

A. If the reading is still OL (Over load-open circuit) the broken wire is not in the CCM2, CCM3, or main frame
(MF) harness on back to engine and HHC controllers. Continue with step 17.

B. If the reading drops to 1 - 2 ohms, the broken wire is somewhere in the disconnected circuit, CCM2,
CCM3, or main frame (MF) harness back to engine and HHC controllers. Continue with step 19.
17. Disconnect connector X018 from side of CCM1. Use a multimeter to check resistance between pin 8 and pin 9
on connector X001.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 79
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

10004693 3

A. If the reading is still 0 ohms the short is in the cab main (CM) harness between connector X001 and
connector X018 at CCM1. Locate and repair the short.

B. If the reading is still OL (Over load-open circuit), continue with step 18.
Note: Remove the jumper wire from connector X015.
18. Install a jumper wire between pins J1-19 and J1-20 on harness end of connector X018. Check resistance be-
tween pin 8 and pin 9 on connector X001 again.

A. If the reading is still OL (Over load-open circuit) the broken wire is in the cab main (CM) harness between
connector X001 and connector X018 at CCM1. Locate and repair the open circuit.

B. If the reading drops to 1 - 2 ohms the broken wire is between connector X018 in cab main (CM) harness
and the cab roof (CR) harness, data logger (DLU) and GPS module. Test these portions of the harness
for open circuits and short circuits.
19. Disconnect connector X012 at CCM3, run a jumper wire between pins 13 and 14 on the harness connector
X012. Use a multimeter to check resistance between pin 19 and pin 20 on harness end connector X015.

A. A reading of 0 ohms indicates that CAN HI and CAN LO are shorted together somewhere between con-
nector X015 and CCM3. Locate the short and repair.

B. A reading OL (Over load-open circuit) indicates an open, or broken wire in cab main harness wires 133YE
or 134GN. Locate the open and repair the circuit.

C. A reading of 1 - 2 ohms indicates this portion of the circuit is okay. Continue with step 20.
20. Remove connector X016 from the bottom of CCM2 module (under cab). Use a multimeter to check resistance
between pins J2-32 and J2-23 on CCM2 connector X016.

A. A reading of 0 ohms indicates that CAN HI and CAN LO are shorted together between CCM2 and the
engine and HHC modules. Continue with step 21.

B. A reading OL (Over load-open circuit) indicates there is a broken wire between CCM2 and the engine
module (or termination resistor on mechanical engine units). Continue with step 23.
21. Disconnect connector X022 for the HHC module. Use a multimeter to check resistance between pins J2-32 and
J2-23 on CCM2 connector X016.

A. If the reading changes to120 ohms, the short circuit is in the main valve stack (MV) harness between
connector X022 and connector X281 on the HHC module. Locate and repair the short circuit.

B. If the reading remains at 0 ohms, continue with step 22.

22. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check resistance between pin J2-32 and J2-23 on CCM2
connector X016.

A. If the reading remains at 0 ohms, the short is between connectors X022, X010 and CCM-2 in the main
frame (MF) harness. Check this portion of the circuit for the short.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 80
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

B. If the reading changes to OL (overload-open circuit), the short circuit is between connector X010 and con-
nector X193 on the engine control unit (or termination resistor on mechanical engine units) in the engine
(EN) harness. Locate short and repair.
23. Disconnect connector X010. Install a jumper wire between pins 19 and 21 on the main frame harness end.

A. If the reading is now 1 - 2 ohms, the open is between connector X0210 and the Engine control unit in the
engine (EN) harness. Locate the open circuit and repair.

B. If the reading remains at OL (over load - open circuit), the open is somewhere in the main frame (MF)
harness between connectors X022, X010 and X016 on CCM2. Locate the open through continuity checks
on the harness and repair.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 81
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0037-03-CCM1 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted To High Source

(A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0037-03 - CCM1 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The circuit is shorted to a higher than normal voltage source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Circuit wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select "CCM1 5 V Ref Voltage 3 in and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is 4.5 - 5.5 volts

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, since the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue the troubleshooting at Step 4.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView is high. Disconnect the concave position sensor connector X176.

A. If the voltage drops back to the normal range the short is in the concave position sensor, or sensor wiring.
Replace the Concave Clearance Motor.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView display then continue with Step 3.
3. The voltage reading on the InfoView is high. Disconnect the lateral inclination sensor connector X170.

A. If the voltage drops back to the normal range the short is in the lateral inclination sensor, or sensor wiring.
Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView display then the short circuit is somewhere between connectors
X170 and X176 on the main frame harness and connector X019 J2-31 on CCM1" wire 498, 451or 453
pink.
4. Visually inspect harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken
wires.

A. If no damage is found erase fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 82
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0037-04-CCM1 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted To Low Source

(A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0037-04 - CCM1 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
The circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Circuit wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select "CCM1 5 V Ref Voltage 3" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is 4.5 - 5.5 volts

A. If the voltage reading is low (less than 4.5 volts) continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits. Continue the troubleshooting at Step 4.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView is low. Disconnect the concave position sensor connector X176.

A. If the voltage increases to 4.5 - 5.5 volts the short is in the concave position sensor, or sensor wiring.
Replace the Concave Clearance Motor.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView display then continue with Step 3.
3. The voltage reading on the InfoView is low. Disconnect the lateral inclination sensor connector X170.

A. If the voltage increases to 4.5 - 5.5 volts the short is in the lateral inclination sensor, or sensor wiring.
Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView display then the short circuit is somewhere between connectors
X170 and X176 on the main frame harness and connector X019 J2-31 on CCM1 wire 498, 451 or 453
pink.
4. A. Visually inspect harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken
wires. If no damage is found erase fault code and continue operation.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.13)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.14)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.17)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.20)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.26)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 83
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0038-03-CCM1 8V Ref Voltage Shorted To High Source

(A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0038-03 - CCM1 8V Ref Voltage Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The CCM1 8V Ref Voltage circuit is shorted to a higher than normal source.

Possible failure modes:

1. 12 V short on 8 V regulated power circuit.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. The 8 V regulated power supply is provided from the key switch power to the module, and is used to provide
power to all the speed and position sensor circuits. In some cases, a 12 V short on one of the sensor signal
wires could result in backfeeding that upsets the 8 V regulator, and may cause the short to high source fault.

Enter InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select "CCM1 8V Ref Voltage" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage is 7.5 - 8.5 volts.

A. If the reading is high out of range, continue with step 2.

B. If the reading is within the proper range, reload the software in CCM1. Erase the Fault code and continue
operation. If the fault code persists, replace the module.
2. Turn off the key switch, and disconnect the battery key to remove all power from the module. Carefully remove
connectors X019 and X020 from the bottom of CCM1 module. Reconnect the battery key and enter the InfoView
monitor - Dealer Diagnostics screen.

A. Select "Supply" sub menu.

Select "CCM1 8V Ref Voltage" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage is 7.5 - 8.5 volts.

B. If the voltage reading is normal, there is a short to high source on one of the sensor wires. Continue with
step 3.

C. If the voltage reading is still high out of range then CCM1 has an internal failure. Replace the controller.
3. Turn off the key switch, and disconnect the battery key to remove all power from the module. Carefully reconnect
connectors X019 and X020 from the bottom of CCM1 module. Reconnect the battery key and enter the InfoView
monitor - Service Info screen. Use the “Active Errors" screen to check for any errors for sensor circuits short to
high source on CCM1 module.

A. If there are any sensor circuits on CCM1 that are shorted to high source, correct those circuits, and then
continue with step 1 of this troubleshooting to verify this concern is resolved.

B. If there are no sensor circuits errors on CCM1, reload the software in CCM1. Erase the fault code and
continue operation. If the fault code persists, replace the module.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 84
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0038-04-CCM1 8V Ref Voltage Shorted To Low Source

(A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0038-04 - CCM1 8V Ref Voltage Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
The CCM1 8V Ref Voltage circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info"screen.

Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select "CCM1 8 V Ref Voltage" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage is 7.5 - 8.5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low out of range then CCM1 has an internal failure. Replace the controller.

B. If the voltage reading is within proper limits, the failure may not be present at this time. Continue diagnosis
with step 2.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView monitor.

A. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 85
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0039-03-CCM1 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted To High Source

(A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0039-03 - CCM1 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The circuit is shorted to a higher than normal voltage source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Circuit wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select "CCM1 5 V Ref Voltage1" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is 4.5 - 5.5 volts

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, since the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue the troubleshooting at Step 4.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView is high. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the front frame harness
at connector X023.

A. If the voltage drops back to the normal range the short is between connector X023 and the shoe leveling
actuator (M03) in the lower frame harness.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView display then continue with Step 3.
3. The voltage reading on the InfoView is high. Disconnect the feeder harness from the front frame harness at
connector X007.

A. If the voltage drops back to the normal range the short is between connector X007 and the lateral float
potentiometer (R02) in the feeder harness.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView display then the short circuit is somewhere between connectors
X023 and X007 on the front frame harness and connector X020 J3-26 on CCM1" wire 726, 727 or 757
pink.
4. Visually inspect harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken
wires.

A. If no damage is found erase fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 86
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0039-04-CCM1 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted To High Source

(A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0039-04 - CCM1 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Circuit wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select "CCM1 5 V Ref Voltage1" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is 4.5 - 5.5 volts

A. If the voltage reading is low (less than 4.5 volts) continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits. Continue the troubleshooting at Step 4.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView is low. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the front frame harness
at connector X023.

A. If the voltage increases to 4.5 - 5.5 volts the short is between connector X023 and the shoe leveling
actuator (M-03) in the lower frame harness.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView display then continue with Step 3.
3. The voltage reading on the InfoView is low. Disconnect the feeder harness from the front frame harness at
connector X007.

A. If the voltage increases to 4.5 - 5.5 volts the short is between connector X007 and the lateral float poten-
tiometer (R-02) in the feeder harness.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView display then the short circuit is somewhere between connectors
X023 and X007 on the front frame harness and connector X020 J3-26 on CCM1" wire 726, 727 or 757
pink.
4. A. Visually inspect harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken
wires. If no damage is found erase fault code and continue operation.
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 87
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0040-03-CCM1 Key Switch Voltage Shorted To High Source

(A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0040-03 - CCM1 Key Switch Voltage Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The circuit is shorted to a higher than normal source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Circuit wiring shorted to high voltage source.

2. Faulty alternator/regulator.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Key switch voltage is used to initialize (wake-up) the module, and also supplies power to the 5 - 8 V regulators
for the regulated voltage circuits. The module will shutdown if the voltage is less than 9 volts, but there is no
shutdown for excessive voltage.

Start the combine engine. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.
Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select “CCM1 Key switch Voltage". Increase the engine RPM to high idle (maximum) and check voltage range.
The acceptable voltage range for the module is 10 - 18 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, go to Step 5.

2. Shut off the combine engine, and then turn the key switch on again. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose
info" screen.
Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select “CCM1 Key switch Voltage" and check voltage range.
The acceptable voltage range for the module is 10 - 18 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, the alternator and/or regulator has failed, and is producing
excessive voltage. Refer to Alternator - Testing (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.20) for additional alternator testing
information.

B. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, continue with Step 3.

3. Turn the key switch off to power down the system. Check the voltage at fuse F38 using a multi-meter.

A. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts,then the batteries have been mistakenly connected in series
(7.5L units), or there is a fault in the wiring of the 24 V starting system (Iveco units). Refer to Start control
- Troubleshooting (B.80.A.90 - G.40.A.10) for additional information.

B. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 4.

4. Remove the buddy seat and storage bin to gain access to connector X018 on CCM1. Turn the key on. Check
the voltage at connector X018 pin J1-4.

A. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, then a high voltage source has been connected to one of
the following wires in the cab main harness.

Wire 053 red, fuse F38 to key switch S02 pin 1

Wire 125 red, fuse F38 to ECU Power relay K14 pin 1
Wire 859 orange, key switch S02 pin 5 to ECU connector X193 pin 15 (Series 1238 and above)
Wire 096 orange, key switch S02 pin 6 to CM harness splice
Wire 055 orange, CM harness splice to Road Light switch S26 pin 6
Wire 095 orange, CM harness splice to CCM1 Power relay K24 pin 1
Wire 103 orange, CCM1 power relay K24 pin 1 to CCM2 Power relay K25 pin 1
2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 88
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Wire 104 orange, CCM2 Power relay K25 pin 1 to Cab Power relay K26 pin 1
Wire 222 orange, Cab Power relay pin 1 to Time Delay module K20 pin 30
Wire 970 white, Time Delay relay K20 pin 30 to Fuel Pump relay K07 pin 1
Wire 101 orange, CM harness splice to CCM3 connector X012 pin J1-4
Wire 100 orange, CM harness splice to CCM2 connector X015 pin J1-4
Wire 099 orange, CM harness splice to CCM1 connector X018 pin J1-4
Wire 097 orange, CM harness splice to Infoview monitor connector X064 pin C

Locate the source of high voltage and repair.

B. If the voltage reading is 10 - 18 volts, and the diagnostic screen is still indicating voltage in excess of
18 volts, there is an internal fault in CCM1. Reload the software for CCM1. If that does not correct the
concern, replace the module.
5. Erase the error code and continue operation.

A.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 89
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0040-04-CCM1 Key Switch Voltage Shorted To Low Source

(A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0040-04 - CCM1 Key Switch Voltage Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
Low battery voltage to CCM1, or the circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Loose or corroded connections, or damaged wires.

2. Batteries are discharged, and/or alternator/regulator failure.
3. CCM1 supply wiring from key switch shorted to ground.
Note: Check fuse F-38. If a short to ground occurred on this circuit the fuse will have blown.
4. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Key switch voltage is used to initialize (wake-up) the module, and also supplies power to the 5 - 8 V regulators
for the regulated voltage circuits. The module will shutdown if the voltage is less than 9 volts, but there is no
shutdown for excessive voltage.

Key switch in “Off" position. Check fuse F-38.

A. If fuse F-38 is OK, continue with Step 6.

B. If the fuse is blown, go to Step 2.

2. Replace the failed fuse F-38.

A. If the fuse is OK, continue with Step 3.

B. If the fuse immediately fails again, a short to ground exists in wire 053 red between the fuse and the key
switch in the cab main (CM) harness. Visually inspect the cab main harness for damage, bent or dislocated
pins, corroded terminals or broken wires. Locate short and repair.
3. If the fuse does not fail when it is replaced, turn the key switch to the “Acc" position.

A. If the fuse is okay, continue with Step 4.

B. If the fuse immediately fails, there is a short to ground in one of the following wires:
wire 123 orange, key switch to the Wiper relay K-06
wire 241 orange, Wiper relay K-06 to Accessory 1 relay K-08
wire 126 orange, Accessory 1 relay K-08 to Accessory 2 relay K-03
All three wires are in the cab main harness. Visually inspect the cab main harness for damage, bent or
dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires. Locate short and repair.
4. If the fuse does not fail with the key switch in the “Acc" position, turn the key switch to the “On" position.

A. If the fuse is OK, continue with Step 5.

B. If the fuse immediately fails, there is a short to ground in one of the following wires:
wire 096 orange, key switch to cab main harness splice
wire 055 orange, CM harness splice to Road Light Switch S-26
wire 095 orange, CM harness splice to CCM power relays K-24, K-25, K-26 and Time delay module K-20
wires 099, 100 & 101 orange to pins J1-4 on CCM’s 1, 2 & 3
All wires are in the cab main harness. Visually inspect the cab main harness for damage, bent or dislocated
pins, corroded terminals or broken wires. Locate short and repair.
5. If the fuse does not fail with the key switch in the “On" position, turn the key switch briefly to the “Start" position.

A. If the fuse is okay, continue with Step 6.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 90
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

B. If the fuse immediately fails, there is a short to ground in one of the following wires:
wire 091 orange from the key switch to Neutral start relay K-23
wire 090 orange from the neutral start relay K-23 pin 3 to CCM2, connector X015, pin 21.
wire 092 white from neutral start relay K-23 pin 5 to start relay K-36 pin 86
Visually inspect the cab main harness for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken
wires. Locate short and repair.
6. Key switch in “Off" position. Check the voltage at fuse F-38 using a multi-meter.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 7.

B. If the voltage reading is less than 10 volts, there is excessive resistance between the batteries and the
cab fuse panel, due to loose or corroded connections, or the batteries have discharged excessively, and
are not capable of supplying the minimum voltage requirement for CCM1. Inspect the wiring from the
batteries to the engine compartment, and from there to the cab. Recharge or replace the batteries.
7. Key switch in “On" position. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.
Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select “CCM1 Key switch Voltage" and check voltage range.
The acceptable voltage range for the module is 10 - 18 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 8.

B. If the voltage reading is less than 10 volts, there is excessive resistance between the fuse panel and
CCM1. Inspect wire 053 red to the key switch, and wires 096 and 099 orange to CCM1 connector X018
pin J1-4 for loose or corroded connections, or damage to the wires.
8. Start the combine engine. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.
Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select “CCM1 Key switch Voltage". With the engine RPM at low idle, engage road and work lights. Check
voltage range.
The acceptable voltage range for the module is 10 - 18 volts

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 9.

B. If the voltage reading is less than 10 volts, the alternator and/or regulator may have failed, and the charg-
ing system is not producing sufficient voltage. Refer to Alternator - Testing (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.20) for
additional alternator testing information.
9. Erase the error code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 91
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0046-03-CCM1 Battery Voltage Shorted To High Source

(A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0046-03 - CCM1 Battery Voltage Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The circuit is shorted to a higher than normal voltage source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Circuit wiring shorted to high voltage source.

2. Faulty alternator/regulator.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Start the Combine engine. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.
Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select “CCM1 Battery voltage". Increase the engine RPM to high idle (maximum) and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is 10.0 - 18.0 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, go to Step 5.

2. Shut off the combine engine, and then turn the key switch on again. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose
info" screen.
Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select “CCM1 Key switch Voltage" and check voltage range.
The acceptable voltage range for the module is 10 - 18 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, the alternator and/or regulator has failed, and is producing
excessive voltage. Refer to Alternator - Testing (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.20) for additional alternator testing
information.

B. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, continue with Step 3.

3. Turn the key switch off to power down the system. Check the voltage at fuse F39 using a multi-meter.

A. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, then the batteries have been mistakenly connected in series
(7.5 L units), or there is a fault in the wiring of the 24 V starting system (Iveco units). Refer to DISTRIBU-
TION SYSTEMS - Troubleshooting (A.80.A.90 - G.40.A.10) for additional information.

B. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 4.

4. Remove the buddy seat and storage bin to gain access to connector X018 on CCM1. Check the voltage at
connector X018 pin J1-1.

A. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, then a high voltage source has been connected to one of
the following wires in the cab main harness.

wire 047 red, fuse F39 to splice in the cab main (CM) harness
wire 052 red, harness splice to CCM1 connector X018, pin J1-1
wire 050 red, harness splice to CCM2 connector X015, pin J1-1
wire 049 red, harness splice to CCM3 connector X012, pin J1-1
wire 051 red, harness splice through connector X001, pin 2 to RHM connector X026, pin 13
wire 057 red, harness splice to InfoView monitor connector X064, pin D
wire 142 red, harness splice to DAM connector X065, pin B
wire 048 red, harness splice through connector X002, pin F to harness splice in cab roof (CR) harness
(Series 1206 to 1281)
wire 831 red, harness splice to DLU connector X159, pin 1 (Series 1206 to 1281)
wire 830 red, harness splice to radio connector X140, pin 2 (Series 1206 to 1281)
2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 92
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

B. If the voltage reading is 10 - 18 volts, and the diagnostic screen is still indicating voltage in excess of
18 volts, there is an internal fault in CCM1. Reload the software for CCM1. If that does not correct the
concern, replace the module.
5. Erase the error code and continue operation.

A.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 93
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0046-04-CCM1 Battery Voltage Shorted To Low Source

(A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0046-04 - CCM1 Battery Voltage Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
Low battery voltage to CCM1, or the circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Loose or corroded connections, or damaged wires.

2. Batteries are discharged, and/or alternator/regulator failure.
3. CCM1 supply wiring from fuse F-39 shorted to ground.
NOTE : Check fuse F-39. If a short to ground occurred on this circuit the fuse will have blown.
4. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Key switch in “Off" position. Check fuse F-39.

A. If fuse F-39 is OK, continue with Step 6.

B. If the fuse is blown, go to Step 2.

2. Replace the failed fuse F-39.

A. If the fuse is OK, continue with Step 3.

B. If the fuse immediately fails again, a short to ground exists in one of the following wires:
wire 047 red, fuse F-39 to splice in the cab main (CM) harness
wire 052 red, harness splice to CCM1 X018, pin J1-1
wire 050 red, harness splice to CCM2 X015, pin J1-1
wire 049 red, harness splice to CCM3 X012, pin J1-1
wire 051 red, harness splice through X001, pin 2 to RHM X026, pin 13
wire 057 red, harness splice to InfoView monitor X064, pin D
wire 142 red, harness splice to DAM connector X065, pin B
wire 048 red, harness splice through X002, pin F to harness splice in cab roof (CR) harness (Series 1206
- 1281)
wire 831 red, harness splice to DLU X159, pin 1 (Series 1206 - 1281)
wire 830 red, harness splice to radio X140, pin 2 (Series 1206 - 1281)

Visually inspect the cab main and cab roof harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded ter-
minals or broken wires. Locate short and repair.
3. Key switch in “Off" position. Check the voltage at fuse F-39 using a multi-meter.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 4.

B. If the voltage reading is less than 10 volts, there is excessive resistance between the batteries and the
cab fuse panel, due to loose or corroded connections, or the batteries have discharged excessively, and
are not capable of supplying the minimum voltage requirement for CCM1. Inspect the wiring from the
batteries to the engine compartment, and from there to the cab. Recharge or replace the batteries.
4. Key switch in “On" position.. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.
Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select “CCM1 Battery Voltage" and check voltage range.
The acceptable voltage range for the module is 10 - 18 volts

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 5.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 94
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

B. If the voltage reading is less than 10 volts, there is excessive resistance between the fuse panel and
CCM1. Inspect wires 047 & 052 red to CCM1 connector X018 pin J1-1 for loose or corroded connections,
or damage to the wires.
5. Start the combine engine. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.
Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select “CCM1 Battery Voltage". With the engine RPM at low idle, engage road and work lights. Check voltage
range.
The acceptable voltage range for the module is 10 - 18 volts

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 6.

B. If the voltage reading is less than 10 volts, the alternator and/or regulator may have failed, and the charg-
ing system is not producing sufficient voltage. Refer to Alternator - Testing (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.20) for
additional alternator testing information.
6. Erase the error code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.23)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 95
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0165-03-CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted To High Source

(A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.54)
E0165-03 - CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The CCM2 5 V Ref Voltage 3 circuit is shorted to a higher than normal source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring shorted to a high source.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select "CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 3" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage supply is 4.5 - 5.5 volts

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range 5.5 volts or more continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue the troubleshooting at step 6.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high. Disconnect connector X009, pin G.

A. If the voltage decreases to 4.5 - 5.5 volts the short is in wire 440 pink. Find and repair the short.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView monitor continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect connector X010, pin 13.

A. If the voltage decreases to 4.5 - 5.5 volts the short is in wire 463 pink.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView monitor continue with Step 4.

4. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect connector X011, pin D.

A. If the voltage decreases to 4.5 - 5.5 volts, the short is on wire 486 pink.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView monitor continue with Step 5.

5. Disconnect connector X016 J2 and check for the short circuit between connector X016 pin J2-31 and all the
other pins in connector X016 J2.

A. If continuity is found, find and repair the short circuit.

B. If no continuity is found, replace the CCM2 control unit.

6. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView monitor.

A. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 96
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0165-04-CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted To Low Source

(A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.53)
E0165-04 - CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
The CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 3 circuit is shorted to a ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring shorted to a ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select "CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 3" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage supply is 4.5 - 5.5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low out of range 4.5 volts or less continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, since the shorted wire may not be grounded at this time.
Continue the troubleshooting at step 6.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low. Disconnect connector X009 pin G.

A. If the voltage increases to 4.5 - 5.5 volts the short is in wire 440 pink. Find and repair the short.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView monitor continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high. Disconnect connector X010 pin 13.

A. If the voltage increases to 4.5 - 5.5 volts the short is in wire 463 pink.

B. If the voltage remains low on Infoview monitor continue with Step 4.

4. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low. Disconnect connector X011 pin D.

A. If the voltage increases to 4.5 - 5.5 volts, the short is on wire 486 pink.

B. If the voltage remains low on Infoview monitor continue with Step 5.

5. Disconnect connector X016 J2 and check for the short circuit between connector X016 pin J2-31 and all the
other pins in connector X016 pin J2-31.

A. If continuity is found, find and repair the short circuit.

B. If no continuity is found, replace the CCM2 control unit.

6. Operate the machine while monitoring Infoview monitor.

A. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.05)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.06)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.07)
Series 1282-1347
2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 97
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 08 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.08)

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.10)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.22)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.27)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 98
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0166-03-CCM2 8V Ref Voltage Shorted to High Source

(A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.54)
E0166-03 - CCM2 8V Ref Voltage Shorted to High Source

Cause:
The CCM2 8V Ref Voltage circuit is shorted to a higher than normal source.

Possible failure modes:

1. 12 V short on 8 V regulated power circuit.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. The 8 Vregulated power supply is provided from the key switch power to the module, and is used to provide
power to all the speed and position sensor circuits. In some cases, a 12 short on one of the sensor signal wires
could result in backfeeding that upsets the 8 V regulator, and may cause the short to high source fault.

A.
2. Enter InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.
Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select "CCM2 8V Ref Voltage" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage is 7.5 - 8.5 volts.

A. If the reading is high out of range, continue with step 2.

B. If the reading is within the proper range, reload the software in CCM2. Erase the Fault code and continue
operation. If the fault code persists, replace the module.
3. Turn off the key switch, and disconnect the battery key to remove all power from the module. Carefully remove
connectors X016 and X017 from the bottom of CCM2 module. Reconnect the battery key and enter the InfoView
monitor - "Diagnose info"screen.
Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select "CCM2 8V Ref Voltage" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage is 7.5 - 8.5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is normal, there is a short to high source on one of the sensor wires. Continue with
step 3.

B. If the voltage reading is still high out of range then CCM2 has an internal failure. Replace the controller.
4. Turn off the key switch, and disconnect the battery key to remove all power from the module. Carefully reconnect
connectors X016 and X017 from the bottom of CCM2 module. Reconnect the battery key and enter the InfoView
monitor -Service Info screen. Use the “Active Errors" screen to check for any errors for sensor circuits short to
high source on CCM2 module.

A. If there are any sensor circuits on CCM2 that are shorted to high source, correct those circuits, and then
continue with step 1 of this troubleshooting to verify this concern is resolved.

B. If there are no sensor circuits errors on CCM2, reload the software in CCM2. Erase the Fault code and
continue operation. If the fault code persists, replace the module.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 99
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0166-04-CCM2 8V Ref Voltage Shorted to Low Source (A.50.A.91.82

- G.30.B.53)
E0166-04 - CCM2 8V Ref Voltage Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The CCM2 8V Ref Voltage circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select "CCM2 8V Ref Voltage" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage is 7.5 - 8.5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low out of range then CCM2 has an internal failure. Replace the controller.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 100
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0168-03-CCM2 Keyswitch Voltage Shorted to High Source

(A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.54)
E0168-03 - CCM2 Keyswitch Voltage Shorted to High Source

Cause:
The CCM2 Keyswitch Voltage circuit is shorted to a higher than normal source.

Possible failure modes:

1. The key switch voltage circuit to the CCM2 controller is shorted to a high source.
2. Faulty alternator/regulator.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Key switch voltage is used to initialize (wake-up) the module, and also supplies power to the 5 V and 8 V regu-
lators for the regulated voltage circuits.

A. The module will shutdown if the voltage is less than 9 volts, but there is no shutdown for excessive voltage.
2. Start the combine engine. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.
Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select “CCM1 Key switch Voltage". Increase the engine RPM to high idle (maximum) and check voltage range.
The acceptable voltage range for the module is 10 - 18 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, go to Step 5.

3. Shut off the combine engine, and then turn the key switch on again. Enter the Infoview Monitor - "Diagnose info"
screen.
Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select “CCM1 Key switch Voltage" and check voltage range.
The acceptable voltage range for the module is 10 - 18 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, the alternator and/or regulator has failed, and is producing
excessive voltage. Refer to Alternator - Testing (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.20) for additional alternator testing
information.

B. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, continue with Step 3.

4. Turn the key switch off to power down the system. Check the voltage at fuse F38 using a multi-meter.

A. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, then the batteries have been mistakenly connected in series
(7.5L units), or there is a fault in the wiring of the 24 V starting system (Iveco units). Refer to DISTRIBU-
TION SYSTEMS - Troubleshooting (A.80.A.90 - G.40.A.10) for additional information.

B. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 4.

5. Remove the buddy seat and storage bin to gain access to connector X015 on CCM2. Turn the key on. Check
the voltage at connector X015 pin J1-4.

A. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, then a high voltage source has been connected to one of
the following wires:

wire 096 orange, key switch S02 to CM harness splice

wire 100 orange, harness splice to CCM2 connector X015, pin J1-4
wire 099 orange, harness splice to CCM1 connector X018, pin J1-4
wire 101 orange, harness splice to CCM3 connector X012, pin J1-4
wire 097 orange, harness splice to Infoview monitor connector X064, pin C
wire 055 orange, harness splice to road light switch connector X256, pin 6

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 101
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

wire 095 orange, harness splice to power relays K24, K25 & K26, pins 1
wire 222 orange, power relay K26 to time delay module K20, pin 30
wire 970 orange, time delay module K20, pin 30 to fuel pump relay K07, pin 1

All wires listed are located in the cab main (CM) harness. Visually inspect the cab main harness for dam-
age, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires. Locate the high voltage short and repair.

B. If the voltage reading is 10 - 18 volts, and the diagnostic screen is still indicating voltage in excess of
18 volts, there is an internal fault in CCM2. Reload the software for CCM2. If that does not correct the
concern, replace the module.
6. Erase the error code and continue operation.

A.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 102
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0168-04-CCM2 Keyswitch Voltage Shorted to Low Source

(A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.53)
E0168-04 - CCM2 Keyswitch Voltage Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The CCM2 Keyswitch Voltage circuit is shorted to a lower than normal source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Loose or corroded connections, or damaged wires.

2. Batteries are discharged, and/or alternator/regulator failure.
3. The keyswitch voltage circuit to the CCM2 controller is shorted to ground.
NOTE : Check fuse F-38. If a short to ground occurred on this circuit the fuse will have blown.
4. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Key switch voltage is used to initialize (wake-up) the module, and also supplies power to the 5 V and 8 V regu-
lators for the regulated voltage circuits.

A. The module will shutdown if the voltage is less than 9 volts, but there is no shutdown for excessive voltage.
2. Key switch in “Off" position. Check fuse F-38.

A. If fuse F-38 is OK, continue with step 6.

B. If the fuse is blown, go to step 2.

3. Replace the failed fuse F-38.

A. If the fuse is okay, continue with step 3.

B. If the fuse immediately fails again, a short to ground exists in wire 053 red between the fuse and the key
switch in the cab main (CM) harness. Visually inspect the cab main harness for damage, bent or dislocated
pins, corroded terminals or broken wires. Locate short and repair.
4. If the fuse does not fail when it is replaced, turn the key switch to the “Acc" position.

A. If the fuse is OK, continue with step 4.

B. If the fuse immediately fails, there is a short to ground in one of the following wires:
wire 123 orange, key switch to the Wiper relay K-06
wire 241 orange, Wiper relay K-06 to Accessory 1 relay K-08
wire 126 orange, Accessory 1 relay K-08 to Accessory 2 relay K-03
All three wires are in the cab main harness. Visually inspect the cab main harness for damage, bent or
dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires. Locate short and repair.
5. If the fuse does not fail with the key switch in the “Acc" position, turn the key switch to the “On" position.

A. If the fuse is okay, continue with step 5.

B. If the fuse immediately fails, there is a short to ground in one of the following wires:
wire 096 orange, key switch S-02 to CM harness splice
wire 100 orange, harness splice to CCM2 connector X015, pin J1-4
wire 099 orange, harness splice to CCM1 connector X018, pin J1-4
wire 101 orange, harness splice to CCM3 connector X012, pin J1-4
wire 097 orange, harness splice to Infoview monitor connector X064, pin C
wire 055 orange, harness splice to road light switch connector X256, pin 6
wire 095 orange, harness splice to power relays K-24, K-25 & K-26, pins 1
wire 222 orange, power relay K-26 to time delay module K-20, pin 30
wire 970 orange, time delay module K-20, pin 30 to fuel pump relay K-07, pin 1
2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 103
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

All wires are in the cab main harness. Visually inspect the cab main harness for damage, bent or dislocated
pins, corroded terminals or broken wires. Locate short and repair.
6. If the fuse does not fail with the key switch in the “On" position, turn the key switch briefly to the “Start" position.

A. If the fuse is okay, continue with step 6.

B. If the fuse immediately fails, there is a short to ground in wire 091 orange from the key switch to Neutral
start relay K-23, or wire 090 orange from the relay to CCM2, connector X015, pin J1-21. Both wires
are in the cab main harness. Visually inspect the cab main harness for damage, bent or dislocated pins,
corroded terminals or broken wires. Locate short and repair.
7. Key switch in “Off" position. Check the voltage at fuse F-38 using a multi-meter.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 7.

B. If the voltage reading is less than 10 volts, there is excessive resistance between the batteries and the
cab fuse panel, due to loose or corroded connections, or the batteries have discharged excessively, and
are not capable of supplying the minimum voltage requirement for CCM2. Inspect the wiring from the
batteries to the engine compartment, and from there to the cab. Recharge or replace the batteries.
8. Key switch in “On" position.. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.
Select "Supply"" sub menu.
Select “CCM2 Key switch Voltage" and check voltage range.
The acceptable voltage range for the module is 10 - 18 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 8.

B. If the voltage reading is less than 10 volts, there is excessive resistance between the fuse panel and
CCM2. Inspect wire 053 red to the key switch, and wires 096 and 100 orange to CCM2 connector X015
pin J1-4 for loose or corroded connections, or damage to the wires.
9. Start the combine engine. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.
Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select “CCM2 Key switch Voltage". With the engine RPM at low idle, engage road and work lights. Check
voltage range.
The acceptable voltage range for the module is 10 - 18 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 9.

B. If the voltage reading is less than 10 volts, the alternator and/or regulator may have failed, and the charg-
ing system is not producing sufficient voltage. Refer to Alternator - Testing (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.20) for
additional alternator testing information.
10. Erase the error code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 104
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0174-03-CCM2 Battery Voltage Shorted to High Source

(A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.54)
E0174-03 - CCM2 Battery Voltage Shorted to High Source

Cause:
The CCM2 Battery Voltage circuit is shorted to a higher than normal source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Circuit wiring is shorted to a high voltage source.

2. Faulty alternator/regulator.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Battery voltage is used as "keep alive memory" power in the module to retain settings and configuration infor-
mation.

A. The module will not initialize (wake-up at "key on") if battery voltage drops below 9 V, but there is no
shutdown for excessive voltage.
2. Enter InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.
Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select “CCM2 Battery Voltage" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage is 10.0 - 18.0 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, go to Step 5.

3. Shut off the combine engine, and then turn the key switch on again. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose
info" screen.
Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select “CCM1 Key switch Voltage" and check voltage range.
The acceptable voltage range for the module is 10 - 18 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, the alternator and/or regulator has failed, and is producing
excessive voltage. Refer to Alternator - Testing (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.20) for additional alternator testing
information.

B. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, continue with Step 3.

4. Turn the key switch off to power down the system. Check the voltage at fuse F39 using a multi-meter.

A. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts , then the batteries have been mistakenly connected in
series (7.5L units), or there is a fault in the wiring of the 24 V starting system (Iveco units). Refer to
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - Troubleshooting (A.80.A.90 - G.40.A.10) for additional information.

B. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 4.

5. Remove the buddy seat and storage bin to gain access to connector X015 on CCM2. Check the voltage at
connector X015 pin J1-1.

A. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, then a high voltage source has been connected to one of
the following wires in the cab main harness:
wire 047 red, fuse F39 to harness splice
wire 052 red, harness splice to CCM1 connector X018 pin J1-1
wire 049 red, harness splice to CCM3 connector X012 pin J1-1
wire 050 red, harness splice to CCM2 connector X015 pin J1-1
wire 051 red, harness splice through connector X001 pin 2 to RHM connector X026 pin 13
wire 057 red, harness splice to InfoView monitor connector X064 pin D

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 105
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

wire 048 red, harness splice through connector X002 pin F to DLU connector X159 pin 1 and radio con-
nector X140 pin 2
wire 142 red, harness splice to DAM connector X065 pin B
Locate the high voltage source and correct.

B. If the voltage reading is 10 - 18 volts, and the diagnostic screen is still indicating voltage in excess of
18 volts, there is an internal fault in CCM2. Reload the software for CCM2. If that does not correct the
concern, replace the module.
6. The short to high voltage is not present at this time.

A. Erase the error code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 106
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0174-04-CCM2 Battery Voltage Shorted to Low Source

(A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.53)
E0174-04 - CCM2 Battery Voltage Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The CCM2 Battery Voltage circuit is shorted to a lower than normal source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Loose or corroded connections, or damaged wires.

2. Batteries are discharged, and/or alternator/regulator failure.
NOTE : Check fuse F-39. If a short to ground occurred on this circuit the fuse will have blown.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Battery voltage is used as "keep alive memory" power in the module to retain settings and configuration infor-
mation.

A. The module will not initialize (wake-up at "key on") If battery voltage drops below 9 V, but there is no
shutdown for excessive voltage. This fault code would typically be seen when battery voltage drops below
10 V (threshold for the fault) but is above 9 V (shutdown threshold).
2. Key switch in “Off" position. Check fuse F-39.

A. If fuse F-39 is OK, continue with step 6.

B. If the fuse is blown, go to step 2.

3. Replace the failed fuse F-39.

A. If the fuse is okay, continue with step 3.

B. If the fuse immediately fails again, a short to ground exists in one of the following wires:
wire 047 red, fuse F39 to splice in the cab main (CM) harness
wire 052 red, harness splice to CCM1 connector X018, pin J1-1
wire 050 red, harness splice to CCM2 connector X015, pin J1-1
wire 049 red, harness splice to CCM3 connector X012, pin J1-1
wire 051 red, harness splice through connector X001, pin 2 to RHM connector X026, pin 13
wire 057 red, harness splice to Infoview monitor connector X064, pin D
wire 142 red, harness splice to DAM connector X065, pin B
wire 048 red, harness splice through connector X002, pin F to harness splice in cab roof (CR) harness
wire 831 red, harness splice to DLU connector X159, pin 1
wire 830 red, harness splice to radio connector X140, pin 2 (Series 1206 - 1237)
wire 830 red, harness splice to radio connector X314, pin 4 (Series 1238 - 1281)
Visually inspect the cab main and cab roof harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded ter-
minals or broken wires. Locate short and repair.
4. Key switch in “Off" position. Check the voltage at fuse F-39 using a multi-meter.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 4.

B. If the voltage reading is less than 10 volts, there is excessive resistance between the batteries and the
cab fuse panel, due to loose or corroded connections, or the batteries have discharged excessively, and
are not capable of supplying the minimum voltage requirement for CCM2. Inspect the wiring from the
batteries to the engine compartment, and from there to the cab. Recharge or replace the batteries.
5. Key switch in “On" position. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.
Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select “CCM2 Battery Voltage" and check voltage range.
The acceptable voltage range for the module is 10 - 18 volts.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 107
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 5.

B. If the voltage reading is less than 10 volts, there is excessive resistance between the fuse panel and
CCM2. Inspect wires 047 & 050 red to CCM2 connector X015 pin J1-1 for loose or corroded connections,
or damage to the wires.
6. Start the combine engine. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.
Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select “CCM2 Battery Voltage". With the engine RPM at low idle, engage road and work lights. Check voltage
range.
The acceptable voltage range for the module is 10 - 18 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 6.

B. If the voltage reading is less than 10 volts, the alternator and/or regulator may have failed, and the charg-
ing system is not producing sufficient voltage. Refer to Alternator - Testing (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.20) for
additional alternator testing information.
7. Erase the error code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.23)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 108
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0167-03-CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted To High Source

(A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.54)
E0167-03 - CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 1 circuit is shorted to a higher than normal source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring shorted to a high source.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select "CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 1" and check the voltage range.
The proper voltage supply is 4.5 - 5.5 volts

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range 5.5 volts or more continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue the troubleshooting at Step 5.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high. Disconnect connector X007 pin 20.

A. If the voltage decreases to 4.5 - 5.5 volts , the short is in wire 1223 pink. Find and repair the short.

B. If the voltage remains high on Infoview monitor, continue with Step 3.

3. Look for the short to B+. Disconnect connector X368 . Use a multimeter to check the voltage on connector
X368 pin B.

A. If the voltage is >5.5 volts , check for a short in wire 1537 pink. Find and repair any shorted wiring.

B. If no short was found in wire 1537 pink, the short is in wire 1557 pink. Continue with Step 4.
4. Disconnect connector X017 and check for the short circuit between connector X017 pin J3-26 and all the other
pins in connector X017 .

A. If continuity is found, find and repair the short circuit.

B. If no continuity is found, replace the CCM2 control unit.

5. Operate the machine while monitoring Infoview monitor. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase the
fault code and continue operation.

A.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 109
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0167-04-CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted to Low Source

(A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.53)
E0167-04 - CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 1 circuit is shorted to a ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring shorted to a ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select "CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 1" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage supply is 4.5 - 5.5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low out of range 4.5 volts or less, continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the shorted wire may not be grounded at this time. Con-
tinue the troubleshooting at Step 5.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is low. Disconnect connector X007 pin 20.

A. If the voltage increases to 4.5 - 5.5 volts, the short is in wire 1223 pink. Find and repair the short.

B. If the voltage remains low on the Infoview monitor, continue with Step 3.
3. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is low. Disconnect connector X368 pin B .

A. If the voltage increases to 4.5 - 5.5 volts, the short is in wire 1537 pink. Find and repair the short.

B. If the voltage remains low on the Infoview monitor, continue with Step 4.
4. Disconnect connector X017 and check for the short circuit between connector X017 pin J3-26 and all the other
pins in connector X017 .

A. If continuity is found, find and repair the short circuit.

B. If no continuity is found, replace the CCM2 control unit.

5. Operate the machine while monitoring the Infoview monitor. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation

A.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 110
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0293-03-CCM3 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted to High Source

(A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.54)
E0293-03 - CCM3 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted to High Source

Cause:
The CCM3 5V Reference Voltage 3 circuit is shorted to a higher than normal source.

Possible failure modes:

1. CCM3 5V Reference Voltage 3 wiring shorted to a higher than normal source.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "CCM3" sub menu.
Select "CCM3 5V Reference Voltage 3" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage is 4.5 - 5.5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high, out of range (>5.5 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within proper limits. The shorted wire may not be powered up at this time. Continue
diagnosis with step 5.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is high out of range. Disconnect connector X071 . Monitor
voltage reading.

A. If the voltage drops to the normal range, there is a short to high voltage in the straw hood (SH) harness
between connector X071 pin 1 and connector X224 pin A wire 473 pink. Locate the short and repair.

B. If the voltage remains high, continue with step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is high out of range. Disconnect connector X072. Monitor the
voltage reading.

A. If the voltage drops to the normal range, there is a short to high voltage in the lower frame rear (LR) harness
between connector X072 pin E and connector X227 pin A wire 793 pink or between connector X072 pin
K and connector X228 pin A wire 794 pink. Locate the short and repair.

B. If the voltage remains high, continue with step 4.

4. The voltage reading on the Infoview™ monitor is high out of range. Disconnect connector X025 . Monitor the
voltage reading.

A. If the voltage drops to the normal range, there is a short to high voltage in the straw walker (SW) harness
between connector X025 pin 1 , connector X071 pin 1 and connector X072 pins E & K on one of the
following wires:
Wire 683 pink, connector X025, pin 1 to SW harness splice
Wire 473 pink, SW harness splice to connector X071, pin 1
Wire 793 pink, SW harness splice to connector X072, pin E
Wire 794 pink, SW harness splice to connector X072, pin K
Locate the short and repair.

B. If the voltage remains high, there is a short to high voltage in the expansion (EX) harness between con-
nector X025, pin 1 and connector X013, pin J2-31 wire 683 pink. Locate the short and repair.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 111
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

5. Enter InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, select the "CCM3" sub menu, and select "CCM3 5V Refer-
ence Voltage 3". Operate the upper sieve actuator M06 in both directions while observing the voltage scale. If
remote adjust sieves are not installed, continue with step 7.

A. If the voltage reading is high, out of range (>5.5 volts), go to Step 8.

B. If the voltage reading stays within the proper limits, continue with step 6.
6. Enter InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, select the "CCM3" sub menu, and select "CCM3 5V Refer-
ence Voltage 3". Operate the lower sieve actuator M07 in both directions while observing the voltage scale.

A. If the voltage reading is high, out of range (>5.5 volts), go to Step 11.

B. If the voltage reading stays within the proper limits, continue with step 7.
7. Enter Infoview™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, select the "CCM3" sub menu, and select "CCM3 5V Ref-
erence Voltage 3". Operate the chopper spreader plates (M11) in both directions while observing the voltage
scale. If chopper spreader plates are not installed, continue with step 17.

A. If the voltage reading is high, out of range (>5.5 volts), go to Step 14.

B. If the voltage reading stays within the proper limits, continue with step 17.
8. The voltage reading on the Infoview™ monitor is high. Disconnect connector X227 to the upper sieve actuator
M06 . Operate the upper sieve actuator in both directions and monitor voltage reading.

A. The voltage remains in the normal range. The short to high voltage is occurring on wire 793 pink in the
pigtail harness of the upper sieve actuator M06 . Locate the short and repair.

B. If the voltage remains high, continue with step 9.

9. Disconnect connector X072 . Operate the upper sieve actuator in both directions and monitor voltage reading.

A. The voltage remains in the normal range. The short to high voltage is in the lower frame rear (LR) harness
between connector X072 pin E and connector X227 pin A wire 793 pink. Locate the short and repair.

B. If the voltage remains high, continue with step 10.

10. Disconnect connector X025 . Operate the upper sieve actuator in both directions and monitor voltage reading.

A. The voltage remains in the normal range. The short to high voltage is in the straw walker (SW) harness
between connector X072 pin E and connector X025 pin 1 wire 793 pink or 683 pink. Locate the short and
repair.

B. If the voltage remains high, there is a short to high voltage in the expansion (EX) harness between con-
nector X025 pin 1 and connector X013 pin J2-31 wire 683 pink. Locate the short and repair.
11. The voltage reading on the Infoview™ monitor is high. Disconnect connector X228 to the lower sieve actuator
M07 . Operate the lower sieve actuator in both directions and monitor voltage reading.

A. The voltage remains in the normal range. The short to high voltage is occurring on wire 794 pink in the
pigtail harness of the lower sieve actuator M07 . Locate the short and repair.

B. If the voltage remains high, continue with step 12.

12. Disconnect connector X072 . Operate the lower sieve actuator in both directions and monitor voltage reading.

A. The voltage remains in the normal range. The short to high voltage is in the lower frame rear (LR) harness
between connector X072 pin K and connector X228 pin A wire 794 pink. Locate the short and repair.

B. If the voltage remains high, continue with step 13.

13. Disconnect connector X025 . Operate the upper sieve actuator in both directions and monitor voltage reading.

A. The voltage remains in the normal range. The short to high voltage is in the straw walker (SW) harness
between connector X072 pin K and connector X025 pin 1 wire 794 pink or 683 pink. Locate the short and
repair.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 112
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

B. If the voltage remains high, there is a short to high voltage in the expansion (EX) harness between con-
nector X025 pin 1 and connector X013 pin J2-31 wire 683 pink. Locate the short and repair.
14. The voltage reading on the Infoview™ monitor is high. Disconnect connector X224 to the spreader plates motor
M11. Monitor voltage reading.

A. The voltage drops to the normal range. There is a short to high voltage on wire 473 pink in the harness to
the spreader plates motor M11 . Locate the short and repair.

B. If the voltage remains high, continue with step 15.

15. Disconnect connector X071 . Operate the spreader plates in both directions and monitor voltage reading.

A. The voltage remains in the normal range. The short to high voltage is in the straw hood (SH) harness
between connector X071 pin 1 and connector X224 pin A wire 473 pink. Locate the short and repair.

B. If the voltage remains high, continue with step 16.

16. Disconnect connector X025 . Operate the spreader plates in both directions and monitor voltage reading.

A. The voltage remains in the normal range. The short to high voltage is in the straw walker (SW) harness
between connector X071 pin 1 and connector X025 pin 1 wire 473 pink or 683 pink. Locate the short and
repair.

B. If the voltage remains high, there is a short to high voltage in the expansion (EX) harness between con-
nector X025 pin 1 and connector X013 pin J2-31 wire 683 pink. Locate the short and repair.
17. Operate the machine while monitoring Infoview™ monitor.

A. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 113
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0293-04-CCM3 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted to Low Source

(A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.53)
E0293-04 - CCM3 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The CCM3 5V Reference Voltage 3 circuit is shorted to a lower than normal source.

Possible failure modes:

1. CCM3 5V Reference Voltage 3 wiring is shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "CCM3" sub menu.
Select "CCM3 5V Ref Voltage 3" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage is 4.5 - 5.5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low, out of range (<4.5 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within proper limits. The shorted wire may not be grounded up at this time. Con-
tinue diagnosis with step 15.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low. Disconnect connector X224 at the spreader plates motor
M11. Monitor voltage reading.

A. The voltage increases to the normal range. There is a short to ground on wire 473 pink in the pigtail
harness to the spreader plates motor M11. Locate the short and repair.

B. If the voltage reading remains low out of range, continue with step 3.
3. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is in the normal range. Disconnect connector X071. Monitor
voltage reading.

A. The voltage increases to the normal range. There is a short to ground in the straw hood (SH) harness
between connector X071 pin 1 and connector X224 pin A wire 473 pink. Locate the short and repair.

B. If the voltage reading remains low out of range, continue with step 4.
4. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low. Disconnect connector X227 at the upper sieve actuator
M06. Monitor voltage reading.

A. The voltage increases to the normal range. There is a short to ground on wire 793 pink in the pigtail
harness to the upper sieve actuator M06. Locate the short and repair.

B. If the voltage reading remains low out of range, continue with step 5.
5. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low. Disconnect connector X228 at the lower sieve actuator
M07. Monitor voltage reading.

A. The voltage increases to the normal range. There is a short to ground on wire 794 pink in the pigtail
harness to the lower sieve actuator M07. Locate the short and repair.

B. If the voltage reading remains low out of range, continue with step 6.
6. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low. Disconnect connector X072. Monitor voltage reading.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 114
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

A. The voltage increases to the normal range. There is a short to ground in the lower frame rear (LR) harness
between connector X072 pin E and connector X227 pin A wire 793 pink or between connector X072 pin
K and connector X228 pin A wire 794 pink. Locate the short and repair.

B. If the voltage reading remains low out of range, continue with step 7.
7. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low. Disconnect connector X025. Monitor voltage reading.

A. The voltage increases to the normal range. There is a short to ground in the straw walker (SW) harness
between connector X071 pin 1, connector X072 pins E & K and connector X025 pin 1 on one of the
following wires:
Wire 683 pink, connector X025, pin 1 to SW harness splice
Wire 473 pink, SW harness splice to connector X071, pin 1
Wire 793 pink, SW harness splice to connector X072, pin E
Wire 794 pink, SW harness splice to connector X072, pin K
Locate the short and repair.

B. If the voltage reading remains low out of range, there is a short to ground in the expansion harness between
connector X025 pin 1 and connector X013 pin J2-31 wire 683 pink. Locate the short and repair.
8. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor.

A. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.16)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.17)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.23)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.26)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 115
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0294-03-CCM3 8V Ref Voltage Shorted to High Source

(A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.54)
E0294-03 - CCM3 8V Ref Voltage Shorted to High Source

Cause:
The CCM3 8V Ref Voltage circuit is shorted to a higher than normal source.

Possible failure modes:

1. 12 V short on 8 V regulated power circuit.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. The 8 Vregulated power supply is provided from the key switch power to the module, and is used to provide
power to all the speed and position sensor circuits. In some cases, a 12 V short on one of the sensor signal
wires could result in backfeeding that upsets the 8 V regulator, and may cause the short to high source fault.

Enter InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "CCM3" sub menu.
Select "CCM3 8V Ref Voltage" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage is 7.5 - 8.5 volts.

A. If the reading is high out of range, continue with step 2.

B. If the reading is within the proper range, reload the software in CCM3. Erase the Fault code and continue
operation. If the fault code persists, replace the module.
2. Turn off the key switch, and disconnect the battery key to remove all power from the module. Carefully remove
connectors X013 and X014 from the bottom of CCM3 module. Reconnect the battery key and enter the InfoView
monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.
Select "CCM3" sub menu.
Select "CCM3 8V Ref Voltage" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage is 7.5 - 8.5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is normal, there is a short to high source on one of the sensor wires. Continue with
step 3.

B. If the voltage reading is still high out of range then CCM3 has an internal failure. Replace the controller.
3. Turn off the key switch, and disconnect the battery key to remove all power from the module. Carefully reconnect
connectors X013 and X014 from the bottom of CCM3 module. Reconnect the battery key and enter the InfoView
monitor -Service Info screen. Use the “Active Errors" screen to check for any errors for sensor circuits short to
high source on CCM3 module.

A. If there are any sensor circuits on CCM3 that are shorted to high source, correct those circuits, and then
continue with step 1 of this troubleshooting to verify this concern is resolved.

B. If there are no sensor circuits errors on CCM3, reload the software in CCM3. Erase the fault code and
continue operation. If the fault code persists, replace the module.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 116
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0294-04-CCM3 8V Ref Voltage Shorted to Low Source (A.50.A.91.83

- G.30.B.53)
E0294-04 - CCM3 8V Ref Voltage Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The CCM3 8V Ref Voltage circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "CCM3" sub menu.
Select "CCM3 8V Ref Voltage" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage is 7.5 - 8.5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low out of range then CCM3 has an internal failure. Replace the controller.

B. If the voltage reading is within proper limits. The failure may not be present at this time. Continue diagnosis
with step 2.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. Operate the machine while monitoring Infoview™ monitor.

A. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 117
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0295-03-CCM3 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted to High Source

(A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.54)
E0295-03 - CCM3 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted to High Source

Cause:
The CCM3 5V Reference Voltage 1 circuit is shorted to a higher than normal source.

Possible failure modes:

1. CCM3 5V Reference Voltage 1 wiring shorted to a higher than normal source.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. The CCM3 5V Reference Voltage 1 circuit is not currently being used at this time, and there is no wiring con-
nected to this output from the module. If this fault code occurs, there may be moisture in connector X014 that
is shorting this pin to power, or there may be an internal fault in the module.

Enter InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "CCM3" sub menu.
Select "CCM3 5V Reference Voltage 1" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage is 4.5 - 5.5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high, out of range (>5.5 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within proper limits. The condition that generated the fault is not present at this
time. Continue diagnosis with step 3.
2. Disconnect connector X014 from the bottom of the CCM3 module. Verify that the connector was fully installed.
Inspect the terminals and wires at the connector for bent pins, pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged
wires. Thoroughly clean and dry the connector and reinstall it.

A. If the voltage reading remains high, out of range (>5.5 volts), there is an internal fault with the CCM3
module. If there are no other faults with the circuits attached to this module, it should be possible to
continue operation without replacing the module. If fault code E0293-03 CCM3 5V Ref Voltage 3 is also
present and can not be corrected, then the module will need to be replaced.

B. If the voltage reading is within proper limits, continue with step 3.

3. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor.

A. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 118
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0295-04-CCM3 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted to Low Source

(A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.53)
E0295-04 - CCM3 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The CCM3 5V Reference Voltage 1 circuit is shorted to a lower than normal source.

Possible failure modes:

1. CCM3 5V Reference Voltage 1 wiring is shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "CCM3" sub menu.
Select "CCM3 5V Ref Voltage 1" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage is 4.5 - 5.5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low, out of range (<4.5 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within proper limits. The condition that generated the fault is not present at this
time. Continue diagnosis with step 3.
2. Disconnect connector X014 from the bottom of the CCM3 module. Verify that the connector was fully installed.
Inspect the terminals and wires at the connector for bent pins, pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged
wires. Thoroughly clean and dry the connector and reinstall it.

A. If the voltage reading remains low, out of range (<4.5 volts), there is an internal fault with the CCM3
module. If there are no other faults with the circuits attached to this module, it should be possible to
continue operation without replacing the module. If fault code E0293-04 CCM3 5V Ref Voltage 3 is also
present and can not be corrected, then the module will need to be replaced.

B. If the voltage reading is within proper limits, continue with step 3.

3. Operate the machine while monitoring Infoview™ monitor.

A. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 119
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0296-03-CCM3 Keyswitch Voltage Shorted to High Source

(A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.54)
E0296-03 - CCM3 Keyswitch Voltage Shorted to High Source

Cause:
The CCM3 Keyswitch Voltage circuit is shorted to a higher than normal source.

Possible failure modes:

1. The keyswitch voltage circuit to the CCM2 controller is shorted to a high source.
2. Faulty alternator/regulator.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Key switch voltage is used to initialize (wake-up) the module, and also supplies power to the 5 - 8 V regulators
for the regulated voltage circuits. The module will shutdown If the voltage is less than 9 volts, but there is no
shutdown for excessive voltage.

Start the combine engine. Enter the Infoview Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.
Select "CCM3" sub menu.
Select “CCM3 Key switch Voltage". Increase the engine RPM to high idle (maximum) and check voltage range.
The acceptable voltage range for the module is 10 - 18 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, go to Step 5.

2. Shut off the combine engine, and then turn the key switch on again. Enter the Infoview Monitor - Dealer Diag-
nostics screen.
Select "CCM3" sub menu.
Select “CCM3 Key switch Voltage" and check voltage range.
The acceptable voltage range for the module is 10 - 18 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, the alternator and/or regulator has failed, and is producing
excessive voltage. Refer to Alternator - Testing (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.20) for additional alternator testing
information.

B. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, continue with Step 3.

3. Turn the key switch off to power down the system. Check the voltage at fuse F38 using a multi-meter.

A. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts , then the batteries have been mistakenly connected in
series (7.5L units), or there is a fault in the wiring of the 24 V starting system (Iveco units). Refer to
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - Troubleshooting (A.80.A.90 - G.40.A.10) for additional information.

B. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 4.

4. Remove the buddy seat and storage bin to gain access to connector X012 on CCM3. Turn the key on. Check
the voltage at connector X012 pin J1-4.

A. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, then a high voltage source has been connected to one of
the following wires:
wire 096 orange, key switch S02 to CM harness splice
wire 100 orange, harness splice to CCM2 connector X015, pin J1-4
wire 099 orange, harness splice to CCM1 connector X018, pin J1-4
wire 101 orange, harness splice to CCM3 connector X012, pin J1-4
wire 097 orange, harness splice to InfoView monitor connector X064, pin C
wire 055 orange, harness splice to road light switch connector X256, pin 6
wire 095 orange, harness splice to power relays K24, K25 & K26, pins 1
wire 222 orange, power relay K26 to time delay module K20, pin 30
2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 120
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

wire 970 orange, time delay module K20, pin 30 to fuel pump relay K07, pin 1
All wires listed are located in the cab main (CM) harness. Visually inspect the cab main harness for dam-
age, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires. Locate the high voltage short and repair.

B. If the voltage reading is 10 - 18 volts, and the diagnostic screen is still indicating voltage in excess of
18 volts, there is an internal fault in CCM2. Reload the software for CCM2. If that does not correct the
concern, replace the module.
5. Erase the error code and continue operation.

A.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 121
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0296-04-CCM3 Keyswitch Voltage Shorted to Low Source

(A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.53)
E0296-04 - CCM3 Keyswitch Voltage Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The CCM3 Keyswitch Voltage circuit is shorted to a lower than normal source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Loose or corroded connections, or damaged wires.

2. Batteries are discharged, and/or alternator/regulator failure.
3. The keyswitch voltage circuit to the CCM3 controller is shorted to ground.
NOTE : Check fuse F-38. If a short to ground occurred on this circuit the fuse will have blown.
4. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Key switch voltage is used to initialize (wake-up) the module, and also supplies power to the 5 - 8 V regulators
for the regulated voltage circuits. The module will shutdown If the voltage is less than 9 volts, but there is no
shutdown for excessive voltage.

Key switch in “Off" position. Check fuse F-38.

A. If fuse F-38 is OK, continue with step 6.

B. If the fuse is blown, go to step 2.

2. Replace the failed fuse F-38.

A. If the fuse is OK, continue with step 3.

B. If the fuse immediately fails again, a short to ground exists in wire 053 red between the fuse and the key
switch in the cab main (CM) harness. Visually inspect the cab main harness for damage, bent or dislocated
pins, corroded terminals or broken wires. Locate short and repair.
3. If the fuse does not fail when it is replaced, turn the key switch to the “Acc" position.

A. If the fuse is okay, continue with step 4.

B. If the fuse immediately fails, there is a short to ground in one of the following wires:
wire 123 orange, key switch to the Wiper relay K-06
wire 241 orange, Wiper relay K-06 to Accessory 1 relay K-08
wire 126 orange, Accessory 1 relay K-08 to Accessory 2 relay K-03
All three wires are in the cab main harness. Visually inspect the cab main harness for damage, bent or
dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires. Locate short and repair.
4. If the fuse does not fail with the key switch in the “Acc" position, turn the key switch to the “On" position.

A. If the fuse is okay, continue with step 5.

B. If the fuse immediately fails, there is a short to ground in one of the following wires:
wire 096 orange, key switch S-02 to CM harness splice
wire 100 orange, harness splice to CCM2 connector X015, pin J1-4
wire 099 orange, harness splice to CCM1 connector X018, pin J1-4
wire 101 orange, harness splice to CCM3 connector X012, pin J1-4
wire 097 orange, harness splice to InfoView connector X0644, pin C
wire 055 orange, harness splice to road light switch connector X256, pin 6
wire 095 orange, harness splice to power relays K-24, K-25 & K-26, pins 1
wire 222 orange, power relay K-26 to time delay module K-20, pin 30
wire 970 orange, time delay module K-20, pin 30 to fuel pump relay K-07, pin 1

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 122
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

All wires are in the cab main harness. Visually inspect the cab main harness for damage, bent or dislocated
pins, corroded terminals or broken wires. Locate short and repair.
5. If the fuse does not fail with the key switch in the “On" position, turn the key switch briefly to the “Start" position.

A. If the fuse is okay, continue with step 6.

B. If the fuse immediately fails, there is a short to ground in wire 091 orange from the key switch to Neutral
start relay K-23, or wire 090 orange from the relay to CCM2, connector X015, pin J1-21. Both wires
are in the cab main harness. Visually inspect the cab main harness for damage, bent or dislocated pins,
corroded terminals or broken wires. Locate short and repair.
6. Key switch in “Off" position. Check the voltage at fuse F-38 using a multi-meter.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 7.

B. If the voltage reading is less than 10 volts, there is excessive resistance between the batteries and the
cab fuse panel, due to loose or corroded connections, or the batteries have discharged excessively, and
are not capable of supplying the minimum voltage requirement for CCM3. Inspect the wiring from the
batteries to the engine compartment, and from there to the cab. Recharge or replace the batteries.
7. Key switch in “On" position.. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.
Select "CCM3" sub menu.
Select “CCM3 Key switch Voltage" and check voltage range.
The acceptable voltage range for the module is 10 - 18 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 8.

B. If the voltage reading is less than 10 volts, there is excessive resistance between the fuse panel and
CCM3. Inspect wire 053 red to the key switch, and wires 096 and 101 orange to CCM3 connector X012
pin J1-4 for loose or corroded connections, or damage to the wires.
8. Start the combine engine. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info"screen.
Select "CCM3" sub menu.
Select “CCM3 Key switch Voltage". With the engine RPM at low idle, engage road and work lights. Check
voltage range.
The acceptable voltage range for the module is 10 - 18 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 9.

B. If the voltage reading is less than 10 volts, the alternator and/or regulator may have failed, and the charg-
ing system is not producing sufficient voltage. Refer to Alternator - Testing (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.20) for
additional alternator testing information.
9. Erase the error code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 123
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0302-03-CCM3 Battery Voltage Shorted to High Source

(A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.54)
E0302-03 - CCM3 Battery Voltage Shorted to High Source

Cause:
The CCM3 Battery Voltage circuit is shorted to a higher than normal source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Circuit wiring is shorted to a high voltage source.

2. Faulty alternator/regulator.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Battery voltage is used as “keep alive memory" power in the module to retain settings and configuration infor-
mation. The module will not initialize (wake-up at “key on") if battery voltage drops below 9V, but there is no
shutdown for excessive voltage.

Start the combine engine, and run it at high idle (full throttle). Enter InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.
Select "CCM3" sub menu.
Select “CCM3 Battery Voltage" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage is 10.0 - 18.0 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, go to Step 5.

2. Shut off the combine engine, and then turn the key switch on again. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose
info" screen.
Select "CCM3" sub menu.
Select “CCM3 Key switch Voltage" and check voltage range.
The acceptable voltage range for the module is 10 - 18 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, the alternator and/or regulator has failed, and is producing
excessive voltage. Refer to Alternator - Testing (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.20) for additional alternator testing
information.

B. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, continue with Step 3.

3. Turn the key switch off to power down the system. Check the voltage at fuse F39 using a multi-meter.

A. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts , then the batteries have been mistakenly connected in
series (7.5L units), or there is a fault in the wiring of the 24 V starting system (Iveco units). Refer to
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - Troubleshooting (A.80.A.90 - G.40.A.10) for additional information.

B. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 4.

4. Remove the buddy seat and storage bin to gain access to connector X012 on CCM3. Check the voltage at
connector X012 pin J1-1.

A. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, then a high voltage source has been connected to one of
the following wires in the cab main harness:
wire 047 red, fuse F39 to harness splice
wire 052 red, harness splice to CCM1 connector X018 pin J1-1
wire 049 red, harness splice to CCM3 connector X012 pin J1-1
wire 050 red, harness splice to CCM2 connector X015 pin J1-1
wire 051 red, harness splice through connector X001 pin 2 to RHM connector X026 pin 13
wire 057 red, harness splice to Infoview monitor connector X064 pin D
wire 048 red, harness splice through connector X002 pin F to DLU connector X159 pin 1 and radio con-
nector X140 pin 2
2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 124
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

wire 142 red, harness splice to DAM connector X065 pin B

Locate the high voltage source and correct.

B. If the voltage reading is 10 - 18 volts, and the diagnostic screen is still indicating voltage in excess of
18 volts, there is an internal fault in CCM3. Reload the software for CCM3. If that does not correct the
concern, replace the module.
5. The short to high voltage is not present at this time.

A. Erase the error code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 125
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0302-04-CCM3 Battery Voltage Shorted to Low Source

(A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.53)
E0302-04 - CCM3 Battery Voltage Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The CCM3 Battery Voltage circuit is shorted to a lower than normal source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Loose or corroded connections, or damaged wires.

2. Batteries are discharged, and/or alternator/regulator failure.
NOTE : Check fuse F-39. If a short to ground occurred on this circuit the fuse will have blown.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Battery voltage is used as “keep alive memory" power in the module to retain settings and configuration infor-
mation. The module will not initialize (wake-up at “key on") if battery voltage drops below 9V, but there is no
shutdown for excessive voltage. This fault code would typically be seen when battery voltage drops below 10V
(threshold for the fault) but is above 9V (shutdown threshold).

Key switch in “Off" position. Check fuse F-39.

A. If fuse F-39 is OK, continue with step 6.

B. If the fuse is blown, go to step 2.

2. Replace the failed fuse F-39.

A. If the fuse is OK, continue with step 3.

B. If the fuse immediately fails again, a short to ground exists in one of the following wires:
wire 047 red, fuse F-39 to splice in the cab main (CM) harness
wire 052 red, harness splice to CCM1 connector X018, pin J1-1
wire 050 red, harness splice to CCM2 connector X015, pin J1-1
wire 049 red, harness splice to CCM3 connector X012, pin J1-1
wire 051 red, harness splice through connector X001, pin 2 to RHM connector X026, pin 13
wire 057 red, harness splice to Infoview monitor connector X064, pin D
wire 142 red, harness splice to DAM connector X065, pin B
wire 048 red, harness splice through connector X002, pin F to harness splice in cab roof (CR) harness
wire 831 red, harness splice to DLU connector X159, pin 1
wire 830 red, harness splice to radio connector X140, pin 2
Visually inspect the cab main and cab roof harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded ter-
minals or broken wires. Locate short and repair.
3. Key switch in “Off" position. Check the voltage at fuse F-39 using a multi-meter.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 4.

B. If the voltage reading is less than 10 volts, there is excessive resistance between the batteries and the
cab fuse panel, due to loose or corroded connections, or the batteries have discharged excessively, and
are not capable of supplying the minimum voltage requirement for CCM3. Inspect the wiring from the
batteries to the engine compartment, and from there to the cab. Recharge or replace the batteries.
4. Key switch in “On" position.. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.
Select "CCM3" sub menu.
Select “CCM3 Battery Voltage" and check voltage range.
The acceptable voltage range for the module is 10 - 18 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 5.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 126
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

B. If the voltage reading is less than 10 volts, there is excessive resistance between the fuse panel and
CCM3. Inspect wires 047 & 049 red in the cab main (CM) harness to CCM3 connector X012 pin J1-1 for
loose or corroded connections, or damage to the wires.
5. Start the combine engine. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.
Select "CCM3" sub menu.
Select “CCM3 Battery Voltage". With the engine RPM at low idle, engage road and work lights. Check voltage
range.
The acceptable voltage range for the module is 10 - 18 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 6.

B. If the voltage reading is less than 10 volts, the alternator and/or regulator may have failed, and the charg-
ing system is not producing sufficient voltage. Refer to Alternator - Testing (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.20) for
additional alternator testing information.
6. Erase the error code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.23)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 127
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0641-03-RHM 5V Reference Voltage Shorted to High Source

(A.50.A.91.60 - G.30.B.54)
E0641-03 - RHM 5V Reference Voltage Shorted to High Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the RHM 5V Reference Voltage circuit is >5.5 volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The RHM 5 V Reference wiring is shorted to 12 volts .

2. RHM internal failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview[Symbol_registersans] monitor - Diagnose Info screen, "Console"
sub menu. Select "RHM 5V Reference Voltage" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the RHM 5V Reference Voltage circuit is 4.5 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is 5.5 volts or greater, continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
2. Look for the shorted wire. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X026
. Using the proper tool, remove pin 16 wire 316 pink from connector X026 . With the wire removed from the
connector, reconnect X026 to the RHM. Turn the ignition back on and recheck the RHM 5 V Reference Voltage.

A. If the voltage is still above 5.5 volts , then continue to Step 3.

B. If the voltage now reads between 4.5 - 5.5 volts , the short is in the wiring harness. Locate and repair the
short. Reinstall the wire removed for troubleshooting, continue at Step 4.
3. Verify the RHM is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X026
. Using the proper tool, remove pin 17 wire 319 pink from connector X026 . With the wire removed from the
connector, reconnect X026 to the RHM. Turn the ignition back on and recheck the RHM 5 V Reference Voltage.

A. If the voltage is above 5.5 volts , then the fault is in the RHM. Replace the RHM. Continue troubleshooting
at Step 4.

B. If the voltage now reads between 4.5 - 5.5 volts , the short is in the wiring harness. Locate and repair the
short. Reinstall the wire removed for troubleshooting, continue at Step 4.
4. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 128
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0641-04-RHM 5V Reference Voltage Shorted to Low Source

(A.50.A.91.60 - G.30.B.53)
E0641-04 - RHM 5V Reference Voltage Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the RHM 5V Reference Voltage circuit is <4.5 volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The RHM 5V Reference wiring is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Console" sub menu. Select
"RHM 5V Reference Voltage" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the RHM 5V Reference Voltage circuit is 4.5 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is 4.5 volts or less, continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the shorted wire may not be grounded at this time. Con-
tinue troubleshooting at Step 4.
2. Look for the shorted wire. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X026
. Using the proper tool, remove pin 16 wire 316 pink from connector X026 . With the wire removed from the
connector, reconnect X026 to the RHM. Turn the ignition back on and recheck the RHM 5 V Reference Voltage.

A. If the voltage is below 4.5 volts , then continue to Step 3.

B. If the voltage now reads between 4.5 - 5.5 volts , the short is in the wiring harness. Locate and repair the
short. Reinstall the wire removed for troubleshooting, continue at Step 4.
3. Verify the RHM is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X026
. Using the proper tool, remove pin 17 wire 319 pink from connector X026 . With the wire removed from the
connector, reconnect X026 to the RHM. Turn the ignition back on and recheck the RHM 5V Reference voltage.

A. If the voltage is below 4.5 volts , then the fault is in the RHM. Replace the RHM. Continue troubleshooting
at Step 4.

B. If the voltage now reads between 4.5 - 5.5 volts , the short is in the wiring harness. Locate and repair the
short. Reinstall the wire removed for troubleshooting, continue at Step 4.
4. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent, corroded or dislocated pins, broken or pinched
wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 129
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0678-06-Current Protection Line 0 Short Circuit (A.50.A.91.60 -

G.30.B.52)
E0678-06 - Current Protection Line 0 Short Circuit

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Current Protection Line 0 circuit current is >0.2 amps .

Possible failure modes:

1. The Current Protection Line 0 circuit is shorted to another circuit causing excessive current flow.
2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. The "Line 0" circuit is the common line for the unloader switches and unlock switch in the multifunction handle,
and connects between RHM connector X028 pin 1 and MFH connector X385 pin 10.
Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "Current
Protection Line 0" and observe the current.
The normal operating range for the Current Protection Line 0 circuit is 0.00 - 0.20 amps .

A. If the current reading is >0.20 amps , continue with Step 2.

B. If the current reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 130
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 131
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0679-06-Current Protection Line 1 Short Circuit (A.50.A.91.60 -

G.30.B.52)
E0679-06 - Current Protection Line 1 Short Circuit

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Current Protection Line 1 circuit current is >0.2 amps .

Possible failure modes:

1. The Current Protection Line 1 circuit is shorted to another circuit causing excessive current flow.
2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. The "Line 1" circuit is the common line for the reel position and emergency stop switches in the multifunction
handle, and connects between RHM connector X028 pin 7 and MFH connector X385 pin 8.
Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "Current
Protection Line 1" and observe the current.
The normal operating range for the Current Protection Line 1 circuit is 0.00 - 0.20 amps .

A. If the current reading is >0.20 amps , continue with Step 2.

B. If the current reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 132
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 133
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0680-06-Current Protection Line 2 Short Circuit (A.50.A.91.60 -

G.30.B.52)
E0680-06 - Current Protection Line 2 Short Circuit

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Current Protection Line 2 circuit current is >0.2 amps .

Possible failure modes:

1. The Current Protection Line 2 circuit is shorted to another circuit causing excessive current flow.
2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. The "Line 2" circuit is the common line for the header position switches in the multifunction handle, and connects
between RHM connector X028 pin 6 and MFH connector X385 pin 9.
Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "Current
Protection Line 2" and observe the current.
The normal operating range for the Current Protection Line 2 circuit is 0.00 - 0.20 amps .

A. If the current reading is >0.20 amps , continue with Step 2.

B. If the current reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 134
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 135
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0283-03-Moisture Temp sensor Shorted to High Source

(A.50.A.96.95 - G.30.B.54)
E0283-03 - Moisture Temp sensor Shorted to High Source

Cause:
The moisture sensor (B-12) temperature circuit is shorted to a high source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Temperature sensor wiring is shorted to high source.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "CCM3" or "Precision Farming" sub menu.
Select “Moisture Temp sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is 0.1 - 9.4 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (>9.4 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at step 3.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect the sensor connector X221. Use
a multimeter to check for voltage on connector X221 pin 5.

A. If there is voltage, there is a short to high voltage in the expansion (EX) harness between connector X221
pin 5 and connector X014 pin J3-34 wire 595 yellow. Locate short and repair.

B. If there is no voltage, there is a fault in the moisture sensor. Replace the moisture sensor.
3. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor.

A. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 136
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0283-05-Moisture Temp sensor Line Disconnected (A.50.A.96.95 -

G.30.B.50)
E0283-05 - Moisture Temp sensor Line Disconnected

Cause:
The moisture sensor (B-12) temperature circuit is open or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Temperature sensor wiring is open or shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "CCM3" or "Precision Farming" sub menu.
Select “Moisture Temp sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is 0.1 - 9.4 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low out of range (0.0 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect the sensor connector X221. Use
a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X221 pin 5 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the expansion (EX) harness between connector
X221 pin 5 and connector X014 pin J3-34 wire 595 yellow. Locate short and repair.

B. If there is no continuity, continue with step 3.

3. Key off. Carefully disconnect connector X014 from the bottom of the CCM3 module. Install a jumper wire to
short connector X221 pin 5 to ground. Use a multimeter to check continuity between connector X014 pin J3-34
to chassis ground.

A. If there is no continuity, there is an open circuit in the expansion (EX) harness between connector X014
pin J3-34 and connector X221 pin 5 wire 595 yellow. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is continuity, there is a fault in the moisture sensor. Replace the moisture sensor.
4. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor.

A. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.19)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 137
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0284-03-Moisture Sensor - Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.96.95 -

G.30.B.54)
E0284-03 - Moisture Sensor - Shorted to High Source

Cause:
The moisture sensor (B-12) “-“ circuit is shorted to a high source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Moisture sensor “-“ wiring is shorted to high source.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "CCM3" or "Precision Farming" sub menu.
Select “Moisture Sensor -" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is 0.1 - 9.4 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (>9.4 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at step 3.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect the sensor connector X221. Use
a multimeter to check for voltage on connector X221 pin 4.

A. If there is voltage, there is a short to high voltage in the expansion (EX) harness between connector X221
pin 4 and connector X014 pin J3-23 wire 594 yellow. Locate short and repair.

B. If there is no voltage, there is a fault in the moisture sensor. Replace the moisture sensor.
3. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor.

A. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 138
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0284-05-Moisture Sensor - Line Disconnected (A.50.A.96.95 -

G.30.B.50)
E0284-05 - Moisture Sensor - Line Disconnected

Cause:
The moisture sensor (B-12) “-“ circuit is open or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Moisture sensor “-“ circuit wiring is open or shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "CCM3" or "Precision Farming" sub menu.
Select “Moisture Sensor -" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is 0.1 - 9.4 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low out of range (0.0 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect the sensor connector X221. Use
a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X221 pin 4 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the expansion (EX) harness between connector
X221 pin 4 and connector X014 pin J3-23 wire 594 yellow. Locate short and repair.

B. If there is no continuity, continue with step 3.

3. Key off. Carefully disconnect connector X014 from the bottom of the CCM3 module. Install a jumper wire to
short connector X221 pin 4 to ground. Use a multimeter to check continuity between connector X014 pin J3-23
to chassis ground.

A. If there is no continuity, there is an open circuit in the expansion (EX) harness between connector X014
pin J3-23 and connector X221 pin 4 wire 594 yellow. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is continuity, there is a fault in the moisture sensor. Replace the moisture sensor.
4. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor.

A. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.19)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 139
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0285-03-Moisture Sensor + Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.96.95 -

G.30.B.54)
E0285-03 - Moisture Sensor + Shorted to High Source

Cause:
The moisture sensor (B-12) “+" circuit is shorted to a high source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Moisture sensor “+" wiring is shorted to high source.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "CCM3" or "Precision Farming" sub menu.
Select “Moisture Sensor +" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is 0.1 - 9.4 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (>9.4 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at step 3.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect the sensor connector X221. Use
a multimeter to check for voltage on connector X221 pin 3.

A. If there is voltage, there is a short to high voltage in the expansion (EX) harness between connector X221
pin 3 and connector X014 pin J3-17 wire 593 yellow. Locate short and repair.

B. If there is no voltage, there is a fault in the moisture sensor. Replace the moisture sensor.
3. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor.

A. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 140
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0285-05-Moisture Sensor + Line Disconnected (A.50.A.96.95 -

G.30.B.50)
E0285-05 - Moisture Sensor + Line Disconnected

Cause:
The moisture sensor (B-12) “+" circuit is open or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Moisture sensor “+" circuit wiring is open or shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoVview™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "CCM3" or "Precision Farming" sub menu.
Select “Moisture Temp sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is 0.1 - 9.4 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low out of range (0.0 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect the sensor connector X221. Use
a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X221 pin 3 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the expansion (EX) harness between connector
X221 pin 3 and connector X014 pin J3-17 wire 593 yellow. Locate short and repair.

B. If there is no continuity, continue with step 3.

3. Key off. Carefully disconnect connector X014 from the bottom of the CCM3 module. Install a jumper wire to
short connector X221 pin 3 to ground. Use a multimeter to check continuity between connector X014 pin J3-17
to chassis ground.

A. If there is no continuity, there is an open circuit in the expansion (EX) harness between connector X014
pin J3-17 and connector X221 pin 3 wire 593 yellow. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is continuity, there is a fault in the moisture sensor. Replace the moisture sensor.
4. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor.

A. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.19)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 141
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0288-03-Grain Yield Sensor Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.96.95

- G.30.B.54)
E0288-03 - Grain Yield Sensor Shorted to High Source

Cause:
The grain yield sensor (R05) circuit is shorted to a high source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Yield sensor wiring is shorted to high source.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "CCM3" or "Precision Farming" sub menu.
Select “Grain Yield sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is 0.1 - 5.2 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (>5.2 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at step 3.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect the sensor connector X223. Use
a multimeter to check for voltage on connector X221 pin C.

A. If there is voltage, there is a short to high voltage in the expansion (EX) harness between connector X223
pin C and connector X014 pin J3-32 wire 552 yellow. Locate short and repair.

B. If there is no voltage, there is a fault in the yield sensor. Replace the yield sensor.
3. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor.

A. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 142
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0288-05-Grain Yield Sensor Line Disconnected (A.50.A.96.95 -

G.30.B.50)
E0288-05 - Grain Yield Sensor Line Disconnected

Cause:
The yield sensor (R-05) circuit is open or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor wiring is open or shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Infoview™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "CCM3" or "Precision Farming" sub menu.
Select “Grain Yield Sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is 0.1 - 5.2 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low out of range(0.0 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the Infoview™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect the sensor connector X223. Use
a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X223 pin C and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the expansion (EX) harness between connector
X223 pin C and connector X014 pin J3-32 wire 552 yellow. Locate short and repair.

B. If there is no continuity, continue with step 3.

3. Key off. Carefully disconnect connector X014 from the bottom of the CCM3 module. Install a jumper wire to
short connector X223 pin C to ground. Use a multimeter to check continuity between connector X014 pin J3-32
to chassis ground.

A. If there is no continuity, there is an open circuit in the expansion (EX) harness between connector X014
pin J3-32 and connector X223 pin C wire 552 yellow. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is continuity, there is a fault in the yield sensor. Replace the yield sensor.
4. Operate the machine while monitoring Infoview™ monitor.

A. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.19)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 143
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0310-11-Bypass Unit Engage output Unidentified Failure Code

(A.50.A.96.95 - G.30.B.46)
E0310-11 - Bypass Unit Engage output Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The sample motor (M-28) engage circuit is open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad relay in moisture sensor assembly.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "CCM3" or "Precision Farming" sub menu.
Select “Bypass Unit Engage output" and select the “Status" screen. Press the “Enter" key to manually power
the circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates “OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 6.
2. Disconnect connector X222 at the sample motor M-28. Use a multimeter to check the resistance of the sample
motor engage relay between connector X222 pins 2 & 4. The proper resistance range is 65 - 80 ohms.

A. If there is zero resistance, the sample motor engage relay is shorted internally. Replace the relay.

B. If there is infinite resistance, the sample motor engage relay is open. Replace the relay.

C. If the resistance is correct, continue with step 3.

3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X222 pin 4 (harness side) and chassis ground. Flex
the expansion (EX) harness while making this check.

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the expansion harness between connector
X222 pin 4 and connector X013 pin J2-13 wire 837 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 4.

4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X222 pin 2 (harness side) and chassis ground. Flex
the expansion (EX) harness while making this check.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the expansion (EX) harness between connector
X222 pin 2 and front frame ground #2 wire 564 black or 543 black. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 5.

5. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power the
bypass unit engage output. Use a multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X222 pin 4 and chassis
ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, there is an open circuit in the expansion harness between connector X222 pin
4 and connector X013 pin J2-13 wire 837 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If 12 volts is found, continue with step 6.

6. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 144
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

A.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.19)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 145
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0084-14-Voting Conflicts Found Special Instructions (A.50.A.93 -

G.30.E.11)
E0084-14 - Voting Conflicts Found Special Instructions

Cause:
A data location has data which is different in all of the voting modules.

Possible failure modes:

1. Vehicle configuration and calibration information corrupted.

Solution:

1. When installing a new or replacement CCM module into the vehicle, the other modules will supply current config-
uration information to this module based on true democratic voting rules. If all reporting modules have different
configuration data, there is no majority consensus as to what the values should be. As a result, configuration
information will not be written to the new or replacement module, and the configuration data will remain un-
changed (and therefore different) in all modules. If this error message appears, review machine configurations
to make sure that they are correct.Re-write configuration data using the electronic service tool (EST).

A.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 146
 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

E0085-14-Voting Differences Found Special Instructions (A.50.A.93

- G.30.E.11)
E0085-14 - Voting Differences Found Special Instructions

Cause:
A data location has data which is different in one of the voting modules.

Possible failure modes:

1. One of the voting modules has corrupted configuration and calibration data.

Solution:

1. When installing a new or replacement CCM module into the vehicle, the other modules will supply current con-
figuration information to this module based on true democratic voting rules. If one reporting module has different
configuration data, this will be reported, however, there is majority consensus as to what the value should be.
The majority data is copied to all modules on the network so that the configuration data will be the same in all
modules. This error message appears as a notification message, however, no further action is required, as the
problem is automatically corrected.

A.

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 147
 Index

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A

ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - 50.A

0000-Communication lost (A.50.A.91 - G.30.B.42) 77
0000-Module Offline (A.50.A.91 - G.30.B.10) 74
Audio system - Problem solving (A.50.A.87 - G.40.A.30) 72
Audio system - Testing (A.50.A.87 - G.40.A.20) 70
Audio system Antenna - Testing (A.50.A.87.80 - G.40.A.20) 69
Audio system Speaker - Testing (A.50.A.87.84 - G.40.A.20) 69
Control module - Overview (A.50.A.91 - C.40.B.10) 56
Control module - Service limits (A.50.A.91 - D.20.A.20) 5
Data bus - Overview (A.50.A.92 - C.10.A.10) 58
E0037-03-CCM1 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted To High Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.54) 82
E0037-04-CCM1 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted To Low Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.53) 83
E0038-03-CCM1 8V Ref Voltage Shorted To High Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.54) 84
E0038-04-CCM1 8V Ref Voltage Shorted To Low Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.53) 85
E0039-03-CCM1 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted To High Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.54) 86
E0039-04-CCM1 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted To High Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.53) 87
E0040-03-CCM1 Key Switch Voltage Shorted To High Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.54) 88
E0040-04-CCM1 Key Switch Voltage Shorted To Low Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.53) 90
E0046-03-CCM1 Battery Voltage Shorted To High Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.54) 92
E0046-04-CCM1 Battery Voltage Shorted To Low Source (A.50.A.91.81 - G.30.B.53) 94
E0084-14-Voting Conflicts Found Special Instructions (A.50.A.93 - G.30.E.11) 146
E0085-14-Voting Differences Found Special Instructions (A.50.A.93 - G.30.E.11) 147
E0165-03-CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted To High Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.54) 96
E0165-04-CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted To Low Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.53) 97
E0166-03-CCM2 8V Ref Voltage Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.54) 99
E0166-04-CCM2 8V Ref Voltage Shorted to Low Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.53) 100
E0167-03-CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted To High Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.54) 109
E0167-04-CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted to Low Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.53) 110
E0168-03-CCM2 Keyswitch Voltage Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.54) 101
E0168-04-CCM2 Keyswitch Voltage Shorted to Low Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.53) 103
E0174-03-CCM2 Battery Voltage Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.54) 105
E0174-04-CCM2 Battery Voltage Shorted to Low Source (A.50.A.91.82 - G.30.B.53) 107
E0283-03-Moisture Temp sensor Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.96.95 - G.30.B.54) 136
E0283-05-Moisture Temp sensor Line Disconnected (A.50.A.96.95 - G.30.B.50) 137
E0284-03-Moisture Sensor - Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.96.95 - G.30.B.54) 138
E0284-05-Moisture Sensor - Line Disconnected (A.50.A.96.95 - G.30.B.50) 139
E0285-03-Moisture Sensor + Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.96.95 - G.30.B.54) 140
E0285-05-Moisture Sensor + Line Disconnected (A.50.A.96.95 - G.30.B.50) 141
E0288-03-Grain Yield Sensor Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.96.95 - G.30.B.54) 142
E0288-05-Grain Yield Sensor Line Disconnected (A.50.A.96.95 - G.30.B.50) 143
E0293-03-CCM3 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.54) 111
E0293-04-CCM3 5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted to Low Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.53) 114
E0294-03-CCM3 8V Ref Voltage Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.54) 116
E0294-04-CCM3 8V Ref Voltage Shorted to Low Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.53) 117
E0295-03-CCM3 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.54) 118

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 148
E0295-04-CCM3 5V Ref Voltage 1 Shorted to Low Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.53) 119
E0296-03-CCM3 Keyswitch Voltage Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.54) 120
E0296-04-CCM3 Keyswitch Voltage Shorted to Low Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.53) 122
E0302-03-CCM3 Battery Voltage Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.54) 124
E0302-04-CCM3 Battery Voltage Shorted to Low Source (A.50.A.91.83 - G.30.B.53) 126
E0310-11-Bypass Unit Engage output Unidentified Failure Code (A.50.A.96.95 - G.30.B.46) 144
E0641-03-RHM 5V Reference Voltage Shorted to High Source (A.50.A.91.60 - G.30.B.54) 128
E0641-04-RHM 5V Reference Voltage Shorted to Low Source (A.50.A.91.60 - G.30.B.53) 129
E0678-06-Current Protection Line 0 Short Circuit (A.50.A.91.60 - G.30.B.52) 130
E0679-06-Current Protection Line 1 Short Circuit (A.50.A.91.60 - G.30.B.52) 132
E0680-06-Current Protection Line 2 Short Circuit (A.50.A.91.60 - G.30.B.52) 134
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Fault code index (A.50.A - C.40.G.10) 11
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Overview (A.50.A - C.10.A.10) 8
Farming system Sensing system - Adjust (A.50.A.96.95 - F.45.A.01) 61
Farming system Sensing system - Adjust (A.50.A.96.95 - F.45.A.01) 63
Farming system Sensing system - Dynamic description (A.50.A.96.95 - C.30.A.10) 60
Farming system Sensing system - Special tools (A.50.A.96.95 - D.20.A.40) 7
Fuse and relay box Auxilary relay - Testing (A.50.A.80.61 - G.40.A.20) 66
Fuse and relay box Auxilary relay - Testing (A.50.A.80.61 - G.40.A.20) 67
Fuse and relay box CCM1 relay - Testing (A.50.A.80.71 - G.40.A.20) 65
Fuse and relay box CCM2 relay - Testing (A.50.A.80.72 - G.40.A.20) 65
Fuse and relay box CCM3 relay - Testing (A.50.A.80.73 - G.40.A.20) 66
Monitor - Overview (A.50.A.90 - C.10.A.10) 37

2 4/7/2006
A.50.A / 149
 CNH BELGIUM N.V., Leon Claeystraat 3A, B-8210 ZEDELGEM - Belgium

AFTER SALES – Technical Information

PRINTED IN BELGIUM

COPYRIGHT BY CNH BELGIUM N.V.

All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.

New Holland policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices, specification or equipment
at any time without notices is reserved.

All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only
and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any
particular product, please consult your New Holland Dealer.

2 4/7/2006
 REPAIR MANUAL
POWER PRODUCTION

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
B
 Contents

POWER PRODUCTION - B

ENGINE B.10.A
CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM B.20.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM B.30.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

EXHAUST SYSTEM B.40.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM B.50.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

LUBRICATION SYSTEM B.60.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

STARTING SYSTEM B.80.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
B
 POWER PRODUCTION - B

ENGINE - 10.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 1
 Contents

POWER PRODUCTION - B

ENGINE - 10.A

TECHNICAL DATA
ENGINE
Torque (B.10.A - D.20.A.10) 7
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Torque (B.10.A - D.20.A.10) 8

CX860

Torque (B.10.A - D.20.A.10) 12

CX880

Special tools (B.10.A - D.20.A.40) 15

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Special tools (B.10.A - D.20.A.40) 17

CX860, CX880

General specification (B.10.A - D.40.A.10) 18

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

General specification (B.10.A - D.40.A.10) 23

CX860, CX880

Cylinder block
Torque (B.10.A.70 - D.20.A.10) 32
Cylinder head
Torque (B.10.A.72 - D.20.A.10) 34
CX860, CX880

General specification (B.10.A.72 - D.40.A.10) 34

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Valve cover
Torque (B.10.A.74 - D.20.A.10) 35
CX860

Torque (B.10.A.74 - D.20.A.10) 35

CX880

FUNCTIONAL DATA
ENGINE
Static description (B.10.A - C.30.A.20) 36
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Static description (B.10.A - C.30.A.20) 40

CX860, CX880

Overview (B.10.A - C.40.B.10) 46

CX860, CX880

Connecting rod and piston

Exploded view (B.10.A.47 - C.10.A.20) 51
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

SERVICE
ENGINE
2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 2
 Disassemble (B.10.A - F.10.A.25) 52
CX860, CX880

Remove (B.10.A - F.10.A.10) 66

CX860, CX880

Remove (B.10.A - F.10.A.10) 79

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Install (B.10.A - F.10.A.15) 94

CX860, CX880

Install (B.10.A - F.10.A.15) 107

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Overhaul (B.10.A - F.10.A.40) 123

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Complete (B.10.A - F.20.A.10) 124

CX860, CX880

Compression test (B.10.A - F.40.A.35) 130

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Service instruction (B.10.A - F.10.A.05) 131

Valve drive
Camshaft - Remove (B.10.A.40.44 - F.10.A.10) 133
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Rocker assembly - Install (B.10.A.40.43 - F.10.A.15) 134

CX860, CX880

Camshaft - Install (B.10.A.40.44 - F.10.A.15) 135

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Valve guide - Replace (B.10.A.40.45 - F.10.A.30) 137

CX860, CX880

Camshaft - Overhaul (B.10.A.40.44 - F.10.A.40) 138

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Overhaul (B.10.A.40 - F.10.A.40) 139

Overhaul (B.10.A.40 - F.10.A.40) 142
CX860, CX880

Rocker assembly - Clearance (B.10.A.40.43 - F.45.A.12) 151

CX860, CX880

Camshaft - Timing adjust (B.10.A.40.44 - F.45.A.64) 152

CX860, CX880

Crankshaft
Front seal - Remove (B.10.A.43.01 - F.10.A.10) 156
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Remove (B.10.A.43 - F.10.A.10) 159

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Front seal - Install (B.10.A.43.01 - F.10.A.15) 160

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Install (B.10.A.43 - F.10.A.15) 164

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Assemble (B.10.A.43 - F.10.A.20) 167

CX860, CX880

Front seal - Replace (B.10.A.43.01 - F.10.A.30) 172

CX860, CX880

Repair (B.10.A.43 - F.10.A.32) 173

CX860, CX880

Overhaul (B.10.A.43 - F.10.A.40) 192

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Timing gear

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 3
 Remove (B.10.A.45 - F.10.A.10) 193
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Install (B.10.A.45 - F.10.A.15) 196

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Assemble (B.10.A.45 - F.10.A.20) 199

CX860, CX880

Connecting rod and piston

Remove (B.10.A.47 - F.10.A.10) 205
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Install (B.10.A.47 - F.10.A.15) 206

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Assemble (B.10.A.47 - F.10.A.20) 207

CX860, CX880

Assemble (B.10.A.47 - F.10.A.20) 210

CX860, CX880

Repair (B.10.A.47 - F.10.A.32) 214

CX860, CX880

Overhaul (B.10.A.47 - F.10.A.40) 222

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Flywheel
Remove (B.10.A.50 - F.10.A.10) 224
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Install (B.10.A.50 - F.10.A.15) 225

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Cylinder block
Assemble (B.10.A.70 - F.10.A.20) 226
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Overhaul (B.10.A.70 - F.10.A.40) 229

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Overhaul (B.10.A.70 - F.10.A.40) 232

CX860, CX880

Rebore (B.10.A.70 - F.75.C.30) 236

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Cylinder head
Disassemble (B.10.A.72 - F.10.A.25) 237
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Remove (B.10.A.72 - F.10.A.10) 238

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Install (B.10.A.72 - F.10.A.15) 242

CX860, CX880

Assemble (B.10.A.72 - F.10.A.20) 244

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Overhaul (B.10.A.72 - F.10.A.40) 248

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Overhaul (B.10.A.72 - F.10.A.40) 249

CX860, CX880

Rear cover
Remove (B.10.A.76 - F.10.A.10) 252
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Install (B.10.A.76 - F.10.A.15) 253

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

DIAGNOSTIC
ENGINE
2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 4
 Troubleshooting (B.10.A - G.40.A.10) 255
CX860, CX880

Troubleshooting (B.10.A - G.40.A.10) 256

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Troubleshooting (B.10.A - G.40.A.10) 258

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Sensing system
0408.2-ENGINE OVERSPEED, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 260
208) (B.10.A.95.80 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0408.2-ENGINE OVERSPEED, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 261

208) (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0408.3-ENGINE OVERSPEED, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 262

FAULT CODE 208) (B.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0408.3-ENGINE OVERSPEED, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 263

FAULT CODE 208) (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0408.4-ENGINE OVERSPEED, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 264

FAULT CODE 208) (B.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0408.4-ENGINE OVERSPEED, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 265

FAULT CODE 208) (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0412.2-INK SIGNAL, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 266
(B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0412.3-INK SIGNAL, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 267
XXX) (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0412.4-INK SIGNAL, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 268
XXX) (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0413.2-SEG SIGNAL, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 269
(B.10.A.95.82 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0413.3-SEG SIGNAL, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 270
XXX) (B.10.A.95.82 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0413.4-SEG SIGNAL, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 271
XXX) (B.10.A.95.82 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0449.2-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 272

CODE 149) (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0449.3-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 274

FAULT CODE 149) (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0449.4-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 276

FAULT CODE 149) (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

E0145-03-Engine RPM sensor Shorted to High Source (B.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54) 278

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 5
E0145-04-Engine RPM sensor Shorted to Low Source (B.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.53) 279
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820

E0145-05-Engine RPM sensor Line disconnected (B.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.50) 280

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 6
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

ENGINE - Torque (B.10.A - D.20.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

TORQUE VALUES - VARIOUS Nm lbf ft

Main Bearing Bolts 81 + 90 ° 60 + 90 °
Connecting Rod Bolts 149 110
Cylinder Head Bolts (with Engine 55-95+90 ° 40-70+90 °
Cold)
Cylinder Head through Rocker Shaft As above +45 ° As above +45 °
Bolts
Intake Manifold-to-Cylinder Head 35 26
Exhaust Manifold-to-Cylinder Head 61 45
Exhaust Pipe-to-Flange 31 23
Flywheel-to-Crankshaft 197 145
Oil Pan Drain Plug 41 30
Valve Rocker Cover Bolts 24 18
Crankshaft Pulley-to-Crankshaft 224 210
Self-Locking Screw - Valve Rocker 24 18
Arm
Injector Attachment Bolts 23 17
Cover Bolts (Blanks Oil Drilling) 31 23
Oil Pump to Block 23 17
Water Pump-to-Cylinder Block 35 48
Water Pump Cover-to-Pump 27 20
Oil Pan-to-Cylinder Block 44 33
Injector Line Nuts 24 18
Leak-off Tube Banjo Fitting Bolts 6 4.4
Injection Pump-to-Front Cover 24 18
Camshaft Idler Drive Gear-to-Block 237 175
Front Cover-to-Cylinder Block 24 18
Thermostat Housing Bolts 24 18
Camshaft Gear Bolt 69 51
Camshaft Rear Gear Plate Bolts 47 35
Oil Filter Adaptor Bolts 42 31
Oil Filter Mounting Bolt Insert 34 25
Starting Motor-to-Rear Adaptor Plate 31 23
Injection Pump-to-Gear Nut 92 68
Oil Pressure Switch Assembly 31 23
Turbocharger-to-Exhaust Manifold 44 33
Nut
Fan Blade to Viscous Unit 27 21
Viscous Unit to Pulley 54 40
Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Retainer 20 15
Belt Tensioner Pulley Bolt 54 40
Temperature Senders 20 15
Tensioner to Water Pump Bolt 54 40
Idler Pulley Bolt 54 40
Pump Connector to Block 24 18

The following general nut and bolt installation torque requirements (lubricated) apply to any operation not previously
listed.

INCH SERIES Nm lbf ft

1/4 - 20 11 8
1/4 - 28 11 8
5/16 -18 19 14

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 7
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

INCH SERIES Nm lbf ft

5/16 -24 23 17
3/4 - 16 31 23
3/4 - 24 45 33
7/16 -14 65 48
7/16 -20 75 55
1/2 - 13 88 65
1/2 - 20 102 75
9/16 -18 122 90
5/6 -18 187 138
CYLINDER BLOCK PLUGS
1/4 - 27 NPT 11 8
1/4 - 18 NPT 29.8 22
3/4 - 18 NPT 38 28
3/4 - 14 NPT 27 20

ENGINE - Torque (B.10.A - D.20.A.10)

CX860

Engine F2B (CX860)

PART Thread TORQUE
N.m (ft. lbs.) kgm
Screws securing
sub-crankcase to crankcase
(see Crankshaft Gear -
Torque (B.10.A.43.10 -
D.20.A.10)) ♦
External screwsFirst phase: M 10x1.25 25 (18 ft. lbs.) 2.5
pre-torque
Internal screwsSecond M 16x2 140 (103 ft. lbs.) 14
phase: pre-torque
Internal screwsThird phase: M 16x2 60 °
angle closed
Internal screwsFourth M 16x2 60 °
phase: angle closed
External screwsFifth phase: M 10x1.25 90 °
angle closed
Piston cooling nozzle union M 12x1.5 35+/-2 (25 ft. lbs +/- 1.) 3.5±0.2
Screw securing heat M 8x1.25
exchanger to crankcase
(see Oil cooler - Torque
(B.60.A.32 - D.20.A.10)) ♦
-pre-torque 11.5+/-3.5 (8 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 1.15±0.35
-torque 19+/-3 (14 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 1.9±0.3
-plug M 42x1.5 125+/-15 (92 ft. lbs +/- 11.) 12.5±1.5
Screws securing spacer M 10x1.5 41.5+/-3.5 (30 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 4.1±0.3
and oil sump (see Oil pan
- Torque (B.60.A.23 -
D.20.A.10))
Screws securing gearbox to M 10x1.25 41.5+/-3.5 (30 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 4.1±0.3
crankcase
M 12x1.75 63+/-7 (46 ft. lbs +/- 5.) 6.3±0.7
M 8x1.25 19+/-3 (14 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 1.9±0.3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 8
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

PART Thread TORQUE

N.m (ft. lbs.) kgm
Screw securing cylinder M 16x2
head (see Cylinder head
- Torque (B.10.A.72 -
D.20.A.10)) ♦
First phase:pre-torque 50 (37 ft. lbs.) 5
Second phase:pre-torque 100 (73 ft. lbs.) 10
Third phase:angle closed 90 °
Fourth phase:angle closed 75 °

♦New screw threads are treated with MOLYCOTE and need no further lubrication whatsoever. It can be reused for
the next five disassemblies. If in doubt about the number of disassemblies already performed, always change it.

•Before assembly, lubricate with graphitized oil

TORQUE SETTINGS

Engine F2B (CX860)

PART Thread TORQUE
N.m (ft. lbs.) kgm
Screw securing rocker arm M 14x1.5
shaft ♦
First phase:pre-torque 40 (29 ft. lbs.) 4
Second phase:angle closed 60 °
Lock nut for rocker arm M 10x1.25 39+/-5 (28 ft. lbs +/- 3.) 3.9±5
adjustment screw
Screw for injector fixing M 10x1.5 36.5 (27 ft. lbs.) 3.65
brackets ♦
Screw securing thrust M 8x1.25 23.5 (17 ft. lbs.) 2.35
plates to the head ♦
Screw securing camshaft M 12x1.75
gear♦
First phase:pre-torque 50 (37 ft. lbs.) 5
Second phase: angle 40 °
closed
Screw securing phonic M 6x1 8.5+/-1.5 (6 ft. lbs +/- 1.) 0.8±0.1
wheel to timing system gear
Screws securing exhaust M 10x1.5
manifold • (see Exhaust
manifold - Torque
(B.40.A.38 - D.20.A.10))
-pre-torque 32.5+/-7.5 (24 ft. lbs +/- 5.) 3.2±0.7
-torque 47+/-2.5 (34 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 4.7±0.2

♦New screw threads are treated with MOLYCOTE and need no further lubrication whatsoever. It can be reused for
the next five disassemblies. If in doubt about the number of disassemblies already performed, always change it.

•Before assembly, lubricate with graphitized oil

TORQUE SETTINGS

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 9
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Engine F2B (CX860)

PART Thread TORQUE
N.m (ft. lbs.) kgm
Screw securing connecting M 12x1.75
rod cap ♦
First phase:pre-torque 50 (37 ft. lbs.) 5
Second phase:angle closed 40 °
Screws securing engine M 16x1.5x58
flywheel ♦
First phase:pre-torque 100 (73 ft. lbs.) 10
Second phase:angle closed 60 °
Screws securing engine M 16x1.5x110
flywheel ♦
First phase:pre-torque 100 (73 ft. lbs.) 10
Second phase:angle closed 120 °
Screws securing pulley to M 14x2
crankshaft ♦
-pre-torque 70 (51 ft. lbs.) 7
-angle closed 50 °
Screw securing damper M 12x1.75 115+/-15 (84 ft. lbs +/- 11.) 11.5±1.5
flywheel ♦
Screws securing middle M 12x1.75
gear pins ♦
First phase:pre-torque 30 (22 ft. lbs.) 3
Second phase:angle closed 90 °
Screw securing connecting M 8x1.25 24.5+/-2.5 (18 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 2.4±0.2
rod for transmission gear
adjustment ♦
Screw securing oil pump M 8x1.25 24.5+/-2.5 (18 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 2.4±0.2
suction hose
Screw securing front cover M 8x1.25 19+/-3 (14 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 1.9±0.3
to crankcase
Screw securing control unit M 8x1.25 19+/-3 (14 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 1.9±0.3
to crankcase
Screw securing fuel pump M 8x1.25 19+/-3 (14 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 1.9±0.3
to gearbox
Screw securing fuel filter M 10x1.5 37+/-3 (27 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 3.7±0.3
mount to cylinder head

♦New screw threads are treated with MOLYCOTE and need no further lubrication whatsoever. It can be reused for
the next five disassemblies. If in doubt about the number of disassemblies already performed, always change it.

•Before assembly, lubricate with graphitized oil

TORQUE SETTINGS

Engine F2B (CX860)

PART Thread TORQUE
N.m (ft. lbs.) kgm
Screws and nuts securing M 10x1.5
turbocharger • (see
Turbocharger - Torque
(B.30.A.31 - D.20.A.10))
-pre-torque 32.5+/-7.5 (24 ft. lbs +/- 5.) 3.2±0.7
-torque 46+/-2 (34 ft. lbs +/- 1.) 4.6±0.2
Screw securing water pump M 8x1.25 24.5+/-2.5 (18 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 2.4±0.2
to crankcase

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 10
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

PART Thread TORQUE

N.m (ft. lbs.) kgm
Screw securing pulley to M 10x1.25 55+/-5 (40 ft. lbs +/- 3.) 5.5±0.5
hub
Screw securing rocker arm M 6x1 9 (6 ft. lbs.) 0.9
cover (see Valve cover
- Torque (B.10.A.74 -
D.20.A.10))
Screw securing thermostat M 8x1.25 24.5+/-2.5 (18 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 2.4±0.2
box to crankcase
Screw securing automatic M 10x1.5 45+/-5 (33 ft. lbs +/- 3.) 4.5±0.5
tightener to crankcase
Screw securing fixed M 12x1.75 105+/-5 (77 ft. lbs +/- 3.) 10.5±0
tightener to crankcase
Screw securing fan mount M 8x1.25 24.5+/-2.5 (18 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 2.4±0.2
to crankcase
Screw securing starter M 10x1.5 44+/-4 (32 ft. lbs +/- 3.) 4±0.4
motor
Air heater to the cylinder M 10x1.5 30+/-3 (22 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 3±0.3
head

♦New screw threads are treated with MOLYCOTE and need no further lubrication whatsoever. It can be reused for
the next five disassemblies. If in doubt about the number of disassemblies already performed, always change it.

•Before assembly, lubricate with graphitized oil

TORQUE SETTINGS

Engine F2B (CX860)

PART Thread TORQUE
N.m (ft. lbs.) kgm
Screw securing M 10x1.5 44+/-4 (32 ft. lbs +/- 3.) 4.4±0.4
air-conditioner compressor
to mount
Screw securing M 10x1.5 44+/-4 (32 ft. lbs +/- 3.) 4.4±0.4
air-conditioner compressor
mount to crankcase
Screw securing alternator M 10x1.5 44+/-4 (32 ft. lbs +/- 3.) 4.4±0.4
mount to crankcase
Screw securing alternator M 8x1.25 24.5+/-2.5 (18 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 2.4±0.2
bracket to crankcase
Water pipe fittings M 30x1.5 35 (25 ft. lbs.) 3.5
Water temperature sensor M 16x1.5 32.5+/-2.5 (24 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 3.2±0.2
Screw securing flywheel M 6x1 8+/-4 (6 ft. lbs +/- 3.) 0.8±0.2
speed sensor
Screw securing camshaft M 6x1 8+/-4 (6 ft. lbs +/- 3.) 0.8±0.2
speed sensor
Screw securing pump M 3x0.5 1.62+/-0.3 (14 in. lbs. +/- 0.1±0.3
injector connector 2)
Screw securing overboost M 6x1 8+/-2 (6 ft. lbs +/- 1.) 0.8±0.2
pressure sensor
Screw securing absolute M 12x1.5 22.5+/-2.5 (16 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 2.2±0.2
pressure sensor
Coolant/fuel temperature M 18x1.5 35 (25 ft. lbs.) 3.5
sensor
Coolant temperature gauge M 16x1.5 23.5+/-2.5 (17 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 2.3±0.2
Filter clogging sensor 1/4 gas 25+/-1 (18+/-.5 ft. lbs.) 2.5±0.1
Oil temperature switch M 14x1.5 25+/-1 (18+/-.5 ft. lbs.) 2.5±0.1

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 11
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

PART Thread TORQUE

N.m (ft. lbs.) kgm
Oil pressure sensor M 14x1.5 25+/-1 (18+/-.5 ft. lbs.) 2.5±0.1
Oil clogging sensor 3/4-16 UNF 55+/-5 (40 ft. lbs +/- 3.) 5.5±5
Screws securing electric M 6x1 8+/-2 (6 ft. lbs +/- 1.) 0.8±0.2
cables
Screws securing heater M 6x1 12.5+/-2.5 (9 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 1.2±0.2
M 8x1.25 12.5+/-2.5 (9 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 1.2±0.2

ENGINE - Torque (B.10.A - D.20.A.10)

CX880

Engine F3A (CX880)

PART Thread TORQUE
N.m (ft. lbs.) kgm
Screws securing
sub-crankcase to crankcase
(see Crankshaft Gear -
Torque (B.10.A.43.10 -
D.20.A.10)) ♦
External screwsFirst phase: M 12x1.75 30 (22 ft. lbs.) 3
pre-torque
Internal screwsSecond M 17x2 120 (88 ft. lbs.) 12
phase: pre-torque
Internal screwsThird phase: M 17x2 90 °
angle closed
Internal screwsFourth M 17x2 45 °
phase: angle closed
External screwsFifth phase: M 12x1.75 60 °
angle closed
Piston cooling oil nozzle M 12x15 35+/-2 (25 ft. lbs +/- 1.) 3.5±0.2
union
Screws securing heat M 8x1.25
exchanger to crankcase
(see Oil cooler - Torque
(B.60.A.32 - D.20.A.10)) ♦
-pre-torque 11.5 (8 ft. lbs.) 1.15
-torque 19 (14 ft. lbs.) 1.9
Screws securing spacer M 10x1.5
and oil sump (see Oil pan
- Torque (B.60.A.23 -
D.20.A.10))
-pre-torque 38 (28 ft. lbs.) 3.8
-torque 45 (33 ft. lbs.) 4.5
Screws securing gearbox to M 12x1.25 63+/-7 (46 ft. lbs +/- 5.) 6.3±0.7
crankcase
Screw securing cylinder M 17x2
head (see Cylinder head
- Torque (B.10.A.72 -
D.20.A.10)) ♦
First phase:pre-torque 60 (44 ft. lbs.) 6
Second phase:pre-torque 120 (88 ft. lbs.) 12
Third phase:angle closed 120 °
Fourth phase:angle closed 60 °
Screw securing rocker arm M 16x1.5
shaft ♦
2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 12
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

PART Thread TORQUE

N.m (ft. lbs.) kgm
First phase:pre-torque 100 (73 ft. lbs.) 10
Second phase:angle closed 60 °
Lock nut for rocker arm M 10x1.25 39+/-5 (28 ft. lbs +/- 3.) 3.9±0.5
adjustment screw
Screw for injector fixing M 8x1.25 26 (19 ft. lbs.) 2.6
brackets ♦
Screw securing thrust M 8x1.25 19 (14 ft. lbs.) 1.9
plates to the head
Screw securing engine M 18x2
bracket to cylinder head
First phase:pre-torque 120 (88 ft. lbs.) 12
Second phase: angle 45 °
closed

♦Before assembly, lubricate with engine oil

• Before assembly, lubricate with graphitized oil

TORQUE SETTINGS

Engine F3A (CX880)

PART Thread TORQUE
N.m (ft. lbs.) kgm
Screw securing engine M 16x2
bracket to timing system
gearbox
First phase:pre-torque 100 (73 ft. lbs.) 10
Second phase: angle 60 °
closed
Screw securing camshaft M 14x2
gear ♦
First phase:pre-torque 60 (44 ft. lbs.) 6
Second phase: angle 60 °
closed
Screw securing phonic M 6x1 8.5+/-1.5 (75 in. lbs. +/- 0.8±0.1
wheel to timing system gear 13)

♦Before assembly, lubricate with engine oil

• Before assembly, lubricate with graphitized oil

TORQUE SETTINGS

Engine F3A (CX880)

PART Thread TORQUE
N.m (ft. lbs.) kgm
Screws securing exhaust M 10x1.5
manifold • (see Exhaust
manifold - Torque
(B.40.A.38 - D.20.A.10))
-pre-torque 32.5+/-7.5 (24 ft. lbs +/- 5.) 3.2±0.7
-torque 45+/-5 (33 ft. lbs +/- 3.) 4.5±0.5
Screw securing connecting M 14x2
rod cap ♦
First phase:pre-torque 60 (44 ft. lbs.) 6
Second phase:angle closed 60 °
Screws securing engine M 18x1.5
flywheel ♦
2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 13
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

PART Thread TORQUE

N.m (ft. lbs.) kgm
First phase:pre-torque 120 (88 ft. lbs.) 12
Second phase:angle closed 60 °
Third phase:angle closed 30 °
Screws securing pulley to M 14x2
crankshaft ♦
-pre-torque 70 (51 ft. lbs.) 7
-angle closed 50 °
Screws securing middle M 12x1.75
gear pins ♦
First phase:pre-torque 30 (22 ft. lbs.) 3
Second phase:angle closed 90 °
Screw securing connecting M 8x1.25 25+/-2.5 (18 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 2.5±0.2
rod for transmission gear
adjustment ♦
Screw securing oil pump M 8x1.25 25+/-2 (18 ft. lbs +/- 1.) 2.5±0.2
Screw securing oil pump M 8x1.25 25+/-2 (18 ft. lbs +/- 1.) 2.5±0.2
suction hose and pipe to
crankcase
Screw securing fuel filter to M 10x1.5 37+/-3 (27 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 3.7±0.3
cylinder head
Screw securing crankshaft M 8x1.25 25+/-2 (25 ft. lbs +/- 1.) 2.5±0.2
gasket cover
Screw securing control unit M 8x1.25 19+/-3 (14 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 1.9±0.3
mount to crankcase
Screw securing fuel pump M 8x1.25 19+/-3 (14 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 1.9±0.3
to flywheel cover box
Screw securing thermostat M 8x1.25 19+/-3 (14 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 1.9±0.3
box to cylinder head
Screw securing rocker arm M 6x1 8.5+/-1.5 (75 in. lbs. +/- 0.8±0.1
cover (see Valve cover 13)
- Torque (B.10.A.74 -
D.20.A.10))

♦Before assembly, lubricate with engine oil

• Before assembly, lubricate with graphitized oil

TORQUE SETTINGS

Engine F3A (CX880)

PART Thread TORQUE
N.m (ft. lbs.) kgm
Screws and nuts securing M 10x1.5
turbocharger • (see
Turbocharger - Torque
(B.30.A.31 - D.20.A.10))
-pre-torque 33.5+/-7.5 (24 ft. lbs +/- 5.) 3.3±0.7
-torque 46+/-2 (34 ft. lbs +/- 1.) 4.6±0.2
Screw securing water pump M 8x1.25 25+/-2 (18 ft. lbs +/- 1.) 2.5±0.2
to crankcase
Screw securing M 8x1.25 30+/-3 (22 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 3±0.3
spacer/pulley to fan
Screw securing automatic M 10x1.5 50+/-5 (37 ft. lbs +/- 3.) 5±0.5
tightener to crankcase
Screw securing fixed M 12x1.75 105+/-5 (77 ft. lbs +/- 3.) 10.5±0.5
tightener to crankcase

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 14
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

PART Thread TORQUE

N.m (ft. lbs.) kgm
Screw securing fan mount M 12x1.75 100+/-5 (73 ft. lbs +/- 3.) 10±0.5
to crankcase
Screw securing starter M 12x1.75 74+/-8 (54 ft. lbs +/- 6.) 7.4±0.8
motor
Screw securing air heater M 10x1.5 37+/-3 (27 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 3.7±0.3
to the cylinder head

♦Before assembly, lubricate with engine oil

• Before assembly, lubricate with graphitized oil

TORQUE SETTINGS

Engine F3A (CX880)

PART Thread TORQUE
N.m (ft. lbs.) kgm
Screw securing M 8x1.25 26+/-2 (19 ft. lbs +/- 1.) 2.6±0.2
air-conditioner compressor
drive belt automatic
tightener to crankcase
Screw securing alternator M 10x1.5 30+/-3 (22 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 3±0.3
bracket to crankcase L = 35
mm
L = 60 mm M 10x1.5 44+/-4 (32 ft. lbs +/- 3.) 4.4±0.4
L = 30 mm M 8x1.25 24.5+/-2.5 (18 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 2.4±0.2
Screw securing M 8x1.25 24.5+/-2.5 (18 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 2.5
air-conditioner compressor
mount
Screw securing guard M 8x1.25 24.5+/-2.5 (18 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 2.5
Filter clogging sensor fixing 3/4-16 UNF 55+/-5 (40 ft. lbs +/- 3.) 5.5
Pressure transmitter fixing M 6x1 8+/-2 (70 in. lbs. +/- 17) 0.8±0.2
Coolant/fuel temperature M 16x1.5 32.5+/-2.5 (24 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 3.2±0.2
sensor fixing
Temperature switch/ M 16x1.5 23+/-2.5 (17 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 2.3±0.2
transmitter fixing
Air temperature transmitter M 16x1.5 32.5+/-2.5 (24 ft. lbs +/- 2.) 3.2±0.2
fixing
Pulse transmitter fixing M 6x1 8+/-2 (70 in. lbs. +/- 17) 0.8±0.2
Connections to M 3x0.5 1.36+/-1.92 (12 in. lbs. +/- 0.13±0.19
injector-pump 17)
Screw securing electric M 6x1 8+/-2 (70 in. lbs. +/- 17) 0.8±0.2
cables

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 15
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

ENGINE - Special tools (B.10.A - D.20.A.40)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1z0o2004112003 1
Fuel Injection Pump Drive Gear Puller (Local manufacture or Special Tool No.295042)

1 Bolt 5/16-UNF x 2 in. (51 mm) with integral washer 2 Bolt 3/4x16-UNC x 2 in.(51 mm)
(3 bolts required)
3 Three holes 0.375 in (9.5 mm) dia. on 2.2 in (56.87
mm) dia. equally spaced material of 0.394 in. (10 mm)
Plate HRLC P&O Steel

(Prior Tool Numbers, where applicable, shown in brackets)

Description New Holland Tool SPX Ltd Tool Nuday Tool Number New Holland Tool
Number(All Markets Number Number( North
Except North America Only)
America)
Engine sling hook, 290740 - - -
(use with brackets
50075 and 50076)
Engine revolving 290090 - - -
stand
Engine overhaul 293860 - - -
brackets kit
Cylinder pressure test 291309 & 295039 - - FNH02020 and
kit FNH00882
Lube pressure check 292870 - - FNH02003
kit
Piston ring pliers 296028 - - -
Piston install band 296042 - - -
Crankshaft rear seal 297252 or 297194 FT.6212 - FNH01301
installer
Crankshaft Front Seal 297670 - - CNH297670
Puller
Crankshaft front seal 297637/1 - - CNH297637
installer
Valve guide set 295006 FT.6202 (SW.502) 2136 (SW.502) FNH02136
reamers
Valve spring 291050 - - -
compressor
Water pump impeller 295007 FT.6209 4672 FNH04672 or
seal installer T87T-6312-A

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 16
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Description New Holland Tool SPX Ltd Tool Nuday Tool Number New Holland Tool
Number(All Markets Number Number( North
Except North America Only)
America)
Injector - hand pump 290284 - - FNH01721
tester
Injector - cleaning kit 293671 - - -
Injector - splitting 293760 - - -
block
Injector - Splitting 293761 - - -
socket kit
Injection pump drive 295042 - - -
gear puller
Adjustable bridge 297102 518 9539 FNH09539
puller
Shaft protector 297107 625-A 9212 FNH09212
Step plate adaptors - 630-S 9210 FNH09210
Bushing kit - 818 9514 FNH09514
Con rod bush - FNH00035 OTC - - FNH00053
remove/install tool 134-00002
Camshaft bearing 297117 FT.6203 1255 (SW.506) FNH01255
installer
Handle (for camshaft 291896 N6261-A 1442 FNH01442
bearing installer)
Crankshaft Timing Pin 297672 - - -
Fuel Injection Pump 295005 - - FNH00536
Timing Pin

ENGINE - Special tools (B.10.A - D.20.A.40)

CX860, CX880

CAUTION
The operations described in this section can only be carried out with the ESSENTIAL tools indicated by an
(X). To work safely and efficiently and obtain the best results, it is also necessary to use the recommended
specific tools listed below and certain other tools, which are to be made according to the drawings included
in this manual. B008

PART DESCRIPTION
290884 Valve guide reamer (F3A engine only)
291046 Drift to remove valve guide (F2B engine only)
291048 Clamp to insert piston in cylinder liner (60-125 mm)
291777 Valve guide reamer (F2B engine only)
291980 Tool to remove oil filter
292045 Tool to retain cylinder liners
292243 Tool to remove remains of injector sheath
292248 Pair of gauges for angular torque with 1/2 - 3/4 in square connection
292927 Percussion extractor
293273 Crankshaft lifting tool
293296 Revolving telescopic service stand (capacity 2000 daN, torque 375 daN/m)
296011 Engine removal and installation tool
296028 Pliers for piston ring disassembly and reassembly (105-160 mm)
296151 Tool for measuring cylinder liner protrusion (use with 296209)
296153 Drift to remove valve guide (F3A engine only)
296154 Tool to remove cylinder liners (use with specific rings)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 17
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

PART DESCRIPTION
296160 Tool to remove crankshaft front gasket (F2B engine only)
296161 Tool to remove crankshaft rear gasket (F2B engine only)
296162 Tool to remove crankshaft front gasket (F3A engine only)
296163 Tool to remove crankshaft rear gasket (F3A engine only)
296164 Tool to remove injectors (F2B engine only)
296165 Extractor for injector sheath
296166 Key for fitting crankshaft front gasket (F2B engine only)
296167 Key for fitting crankshaft rear gasket (F2B engine only)
296168 Key for fitting crankshaft front gasket (F3A engine only)
296169 Key for fitting crankshaft rear gasket (F3A engine only)
296170 Tools (12+6) to retain rocker arm adjustment screw sliding blocks when disassembling and
reassembling the rocker arm shaft
296171 Caps (6) protecting injector seats (F2B engine only)
296172 Caps (6) protecting injector seats (F3A engine only)
296173 Tool to disassemble and reassemble engine valves (use with specific plates) (F3A engine only)
296174 Plate to disassemble and reassemble engine valves (use with 296173 — F3A engine only)
296175 Tool to disassemble and reassemble engine valves (F2B engine only)
296176 Key to fit gasket on valve guide (F2B engine only)
296177 Drift to reassemble valve guide (use with 291046) (F2B engine only)
296178 Drift to reassemble valve guide (use with 296153 — F3A engine only)
296179 Tool for engine flywheel rotation (use with 296180 — F3A engine only)
296180 Spacer (use with 296179 — F3A engine only)
296181 Key to fit gasket on valve guide (F3A engine only)
296182 Tool for compression to measure cylinder liner protrusion (use with 296151 and specific plates)
296183 Plate for cylinder liner compression (use with 296182 — F2B engine only)
296184 Spacers (use with 296182 — F3A engine only)
296185 Plate for cylinder liner compression (use with 296182-296184 — F3A engine only)
296186 Tool to retain engine flywheel
296187 Drift to disassemble and reassemble camshaft bushings (F2B engine only)
296188 Drift to disassemble and reassemble camshaft bushings (F3A engine only)
296189 Bracket to disassemble and reassemble engine flywheel
296190 Tool to assemble and install rocker arm shaft (use with 296170 — F3A engine only)
296191 Tool to assemble and install rocker arm shaft (use with 296170 — F2B engine only)
296192 Tool for engine T.D.C. positioning
296193 Tool for phonic wheel timing on camshaft
296194 Ring (115 mm) (use with 296154 — F2B engine only)
296195 Ring (115 mm) (use with 296154 — F3A engine only)
296196 Brackets fixing engine to rotary stand 293296 (F2B engine only)
296197 Brackets fixing engine to rotary stand 293296 (F3A engine only)
296198 Tool for upsetting injector sheath (F2B engine only)
296199 Tool for upsetting injector sheath (F3A engine only)
296201 Tool for threading injector sheaths to remove (use with 296202)
296202 Guide bushing (use with 296201 — F3A engine only)
296203 Guide bushing (use with 296205 or 296206 — F2B engine only)
296204 Guide bushing (use with 296205 or 296206 — F3A engine only)
296205 Milling cutter to rebore injector seat (use with: 296204 for F3A engine — 296203 for F2B engine)
296206 Reamer to rebore bottom of injector sheaths (use with: 296203 for F2B engine, 296204 for F3A
engine)
296207 Gauge to determine centre distance between camshaft and transmission gear (F2B engine only)
296209 Gauge to determine centre distance between camshaft and transmission gear (F3A engine only)
296210 Crankshaft front gasket cover centring ring (F2B engine only)
296211 Crankshaft front gasket cover centring ring (F3A engine only)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 18
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

ENGINE - General specification (B.10.A - D.40.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

CX720 CX740 CX760 CX780 CX820 CX840

Europe Europe and
NA
ENGINE
Type NH675 TA/CC NH675 TA/CB NH675 TA/CF NH675 TA/CA NH675 TA/AB
Gross power 160 kW 175 kW 190 kW 200 kW 220 kW
(ISO TR14396)
Governor Mech. Elec
Boost No
Rated speed 2100 rpm
Low idle speed 1300 rpm
High idle speed 2205 rpm 2100 rpm
No of Cylinders 6
Cylinder 7500 cc (458 cu. in.)
displacement
Bore 111.8 mm (4.4 in.)
Stroke 127 mm (5.0 in.)
Compression 17.0-1
Ratio
Cylinder Bore 25.5 bar (375 lbf/in2)
Compression
at Cranking
Speed of
200R.P.M.
Waterpump 3859 rpm
speed
Ventilator 1531 rpm
speed
Crankcase 23 litres (24.3 US Qts.)
cap.
(with filters)
Starter motor 4.3 kW (12 Volt)

CYLINDER BLOCK

Taper of Cylinder Bore 0.025 mm (0.001 in ) Repair Limit

0.127 mm (0.005 in ) Wear Limit
Cylinder Bore out of Round 0.030 mm (0.0015 in) Repair Limit
0.127 mm (0.0050 in) Wear Limit
Cylinder Bore Diameters 111.778-111.803 mm (4.4007-4.4017 in)
Rear Oil Seal Bore Diameter 140.77-140.87 mm (5.542-5.546 in)
Block to Head Surface Flatness 0.08 mm (0.003 in) in any 152 mm (6 in)
0.03 mm (0.001 in) in any 25.40 mm (1 in)

CYLINDER HEAD

Valve Guide Bore Diameter 9.469-9.495 mm (0.3728-0.3738 in)

Head to Block Surface Flatness 0.03 mm (0.001 in) in any 25.40 mm (1 in),
or 0.127 mm (0.005 in) overall limit

EXHAUST VALVES

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 19
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Face Angle 44 °15 ft-44 °30 ft Relative to the Head of Valve

Stem DiameterStd : 9.401-9.421 mm (0.3701-0.3709 in)
Oversize :
0.38 mm (0.015 in)
9.781-9.802 mm (0.3851-0.3859 in)
Head Diameter 42.88-43.13 mm (1.688-1.698 in)
Stem to Guide Clearance 0.048-0.094 mm (0.0019-0.0037 in)
Lash Clearance (Cold) 0.43-0.53 mm (0.017-0.021 in)

INTAKE VALVES

Face Angle 29 °15 ft-29 °30 ft Relative to Head of Valve

Stem DiameterStd : 9.426-9.446 mm (0.3711-0.3719 in)
Oversize : 0.381 mm (0.015 in)
9.807-9.827 mm (0.3861-0.3869 in)
Head Diameter 47.37-47.63 mm (1.865-1.875 in)
Stem to Guide Clearance 0.023-0.069 mm (0.0009-0.0027 in)
Lash Clearance (Cold) 0.36-0.46 mm (0.014-0.018 in)

VALVE SPRINGS

Number per Valve 1

Free Length 60.70 mm (2.390 in)
Length, loaded at 27.7-31.3 kg (61-69 lb) 48.26 mm (1.900 in)
Length, loaded at 61-69 kg (135-153 lb) 35.69 mm (1.405 in)

CAMSHAFT LOBE LIFT

Intake 8.36 mm (0.330 in)

Exhaust. 8.36 mm (0.330 in)

INSTALLED VALVE RECESSION

Intake 0.86-1.32 mm (0.034-0.052 in)

Exhaust. 1.17-1.65 mm (0.046-0.065 in)

VALVE INSERTS

Insert Oversize Exhaust Valve InsertCounterbore Intake Valve Seat In-

0.254 mm (0.010 in)
0.508 mm (0.020 in)
0.762 mm (0.030 in)
Diameter in Cylinder Head
44.17-44.20 mm (1.739-1.740 in)
44.42-44.45 mm (1.749-1.750 in)
44.68-44.70 mm (1.759-1.760 in)
sertCounterbore Diameter in
Cylinder Head
50.01-50.04 mm (1.969-1.970 in)
50.27-50.29 mm (1.979-1.980 in)
50.52-50.55 mm (1.989-1.990 in)

VALVE SEATS

Exhaust Valve Seat Angle 45 °00 ’ - 45 °30 ’

Intake Valve Seat Angle 30 °00 ’ - 30 °30 ’
Interference Valve Face Angle to Valve Seat Angle 0 °30 ’ - 1 °15 ’
Concentricity With Guide Diameter 0.051 mm (0.002 in) Total Indicator Reading Max
Seat WidthExhaust Valve 1.8-2.3 mm (0.072-0.092 in)
Intake Valve 1.9-2.5 mm (0.078-0.098 in)

CAMSHAFT IDLER GEAR

Number of teeth 47
End Play 0.076-0.35 mm (0.003-0.014 in)
Bushing Inside Diameter 50.813-50.838 mm (2.005-2.0015 in)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 20
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Adaptor Outside Diameter 50.762-50.775 mm (1.9985-1.9990 in)

Backlash with Crankshaft Gear 0.10-0.36 mm (0.004-0.014 in)
Backlash with Camshaft Gear 0.10-0.36 mm (0.004-0.014 in)
Backlash with Fuel Injection Pump 0.10-0.48 mm (0.004-0.019 in)

CAMSHAFT GEAR

Number of Teeth 52
Timing Gear Backlash with idler 0.10-0.36 mm (0.004-0.014 in)

ROCKER ARM SHAFT

Shaft Diameter 25.40-25.43 mm (1.000-1.001 in)

Shaft Support Internal Diameter 25.45-25.20 mm (1.002-1.004 in)

ROCKER ARM

Inside Diameter 25.48-25.50 mm (1.003-1.004 in)

TAPPETS

Clearance to Bore 0.015-0.058 mm (0.0006-0.0023 in)

Tappet Diameter 25.113-25.131 mm (0.9889-0.9894 in)
Tappet Bore Diameter 25.146-25.171 mm (0.9900-0.9910 in)

CAMSHAFT

Bearing Journal Diameter 60.642-60.668 mm (2.3875-2.3885 in)

Bearing Clearance 0.076-0.178 mm (0.003-0.007 in)
End Play 0.051-0.18 mm (0.0020-0.0070 in)

CONNECTING RODS

Small End Bushing (Internal Diameter) 44.460-44.467 mm (1.7504-1.7507)

Big End Bearing Clearance 0.038-0.104 mm (0.0015-0.0041 in)
Clearance Bushing to Piston Pin 0.013-0.025 mm (0.0005-0.0010 in)
Side Float 0.13-0.33 mm (0.0050-0.0130 in)
Maximum Twist 0.30 mm (0.0120 in)
Maximum Bend 0.10 mm (0.0040 in)

PISTON PIN

Outside Diameter 44.442-44.447 mm (1.7497-1.7499 in)

PISTONS

Skirt to Cylinder Clearance 0.152-0.182 mm (0.0060-0.0072 in) New or unrun

engine
0.152-0.194 mm (0.0060-0.0096 in) For run engines
Taper (Out of Round) 0.063-0.127 mm (0.0025-0.0050 in)
Grading Diameter (at Right Angles to Piston Pin) 111.64-111.74 mm (4.3951-4.3991 in)
in increments of 0.0127 mm (0.0005 in)
Piston Pin Clearance 0.0127-0.0254 mm (0.0005-0.0001 in)
at 21 °C (70 °F)
Piston Crown to Block Face, 0.005-0.015 mm (0.13-0.38 in)

PISTON RINGS

Engines With Mechanically Controlled Fuel Injection Pump

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 21

Top Compression Ring
2nd Compression Ring
Side Face Clearance To Ring Groove
Piston Groove Width
Oil Control Ring
Type
Side Face Clearance To Ring Groove
Piston Groove Width
Engines With Electronically Controlled Fuel Injection Pump,
Top Compression Ring
2nd Compression Ring
Oil Control,
Type
Side Face Clearance To Ring Groove
Piston Groove Width
CRANKSHAFT
Main Journal Diameter
Main Journal Length
(except thrust, rear, or intermediate)
Main Journal Wear Limits
Main and Crankpin Fillet Radius
Thrust Bearing Journal Length
Intermediate Bearing Journal Length
Rear Bearing Journal Length
Crankpin Journal Length
Crankpin Diameter
End Play
Crankpin Out of Round
Taper Surface Parallel to Centre Line of Main Journal
Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Journal Diameter
Crankshaft Pulley Journal Diameter
Crankshaft Timing Gear Journal Diameter
Crankshaft Flange Runout
CRANKSHAFT DRIVE GEAR
Number of teeth
MAIN BEARING
Liner length (except thrust liner)
Liner Length (Thrust Liner)
Vertical Assembled Bearing Clearance
CRANKPIN BEARINGS
POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE
Keystone tapered sides With letter "O" to the top
Parallel side external step
0.06-0.105 mm (0.0023-0.0041 in)
2.435-2.455 mm (0.0959-0.0967 in)
1 off,-Directly above the Piston Pin,
Slotted With Expander
0.030-0.070 mm (0.0011-0.0028 in)
3.02-3.04 mm (0.1189-0.1197 in)
Keystone tapered sides With letter “O" to the top
Keystone Tapered sides With letter “O" to the top
1 off,-Directly above the Piston Pin,
Slotted With Expander
0.051-0.101 mm (0.0020-0.0040 in)
4.041-4.061 mm (0.1591-0.1599 in)
- Blue 85.631-85.644 mm (3.3713-3.3718
in)
- Red 85.644-85.656 mm (3.3718-3.3723
in)
36.96-37.21 mm (1.455-1.465 in)
0.127 mm (0.005 in) Maximum
0.25 mm (0.010 in)
37.06-37.11 mm (1.459-1.461 in)
36.96-37.21 mm (1.455-1.465 in)
37.97-38.48 mm (1.495-1.515 in)
42.62-42.72 mm (1.678-1.682 in)
- Blue 69.840-69.850 mm (2.749-2.7500 in)
- Red 69.850-69.860 mm (2.750-2.7504 in)
0.10-0.36 mm (0.004-0.014 in)
0.005 mm (0.0002 in) Total Indicator Reading
0.005 mm (0.0002 in)
122.12-122.28 mm (4.808-4.814 in)
51.788-51.808 mm (2.0389-2.0397 in)
52.131-52.146 mm (2.0524-2.0530 in)
0.038 mm (0.0015 in) Max
26
27.94-28.19 mm (1.10-1.11 in)
39.91-39.96 mm (1.453-1.455 in)
0.055-0.117 mm (0.0021-0.0046 in)
2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 22
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Liner Length 31.5-31.75 mm (1.240-1.250 in)

Vertical Assembled Bearing Clearance 0.038-0.104 mm (0.0015-0.0041 in)
Bearing Clearance - Service Limit 0.127 mm (0.005 in)

CRANKSHAFT RE-GRINDING

When re-grinding a crankshaft the main and crankpin journal diameters should be reduced the same amount as the
undersize bearings used, and the following dimensions apply. The rear end of the crankshaft should be located on
the 60 ° Chamfer of the pilot bearing bore.

UNDERSIZE BEARING AVAILABLE MAIN JOURNAL DIAMETERS

0.051 mm (0.002 in) 85.580-85.593 mm (3.3693-3.3698 in)
0.254 mm (0.010 in) 85.390-85.402 mm (3.3618-3.3623 in)
0.508 mm (0.020 in) 85.136-85.148 mm (3.3518-3.3523 in)
0.762 mm (0.030 in) 84.882-84.894 mm (3.3418-3.3423 in)
1.016 mm (0.040 in) 84.628-84.640 mm (3.3318-3.3323 in)

UNDERSIZE BEARING AVAILABLE CRANKPIN JOURNAL DIAMETERS

0.051 mm (0.002 in) 69.789-69.799 mm (2.7476-2.7480 in)
0.254 mm (0.010 in) 69.956-69.606 mm (2.7400-2.7404 in)
0.508 mm (0.020 in) 69.342-69.352 mm (2.7300-2.7304 in)
0.762 mm (0.030 in) 69.088-69.098 mm (2.7200-2.7204 in)
1.016 mm (0.040 in) 68.834-68.844 mm (2.7100-2.7104 in)

FLYWHEEL

Runout of Clutch Face ( Between Outer Edge of Friction 0.127 mm (0.005 in)
Surface and Mounting Bolt Holes),
Ring Gear Runout 0.63 mm (0.025 in)

ENGINE - General specification (B.10.A - D.40.A.10)

CX860, CX880

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Engine, technical type:
-Mod. CX 860 − type F2B E0684A*B001 see data in following tables
-Mod. CX 880 − type F3A E0684D*B001 see data in following tables
Cycle diesel, 4-stroke
Injection direct
Number of on-line cylinders 6
Cylinder liners wet force-fitted in cylinder block
Piston diameter
-Mod. CX 860 115 mm (4.5 in)
-Mod. CX 880 125 mm (4.9 in)
Piston stroke
-Mod. CX 860 125 mm (4.9 in)
-Mod. CX 880 140 mm (5.5 in)
Total displacement
-Mod. CX 860 7790 cm3 (475 in3)
-Mod. CX 880 10300 cm3 (629 in3)
Compression ratio mod. CX 860 16 ± 0.8
Compression ratio mod. CX 880 17 ± 0.8
Maximum power:
-Mod. CX 860 245 kW (333 HP )
-Mod. CX 880 315 kW ( HP )
Maximum power speed 2100 rpm

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 23
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Maximum power speed for Mod. CX 860 1500 rpm
Maximum power speed for Mod. CX 880 1380 rpm
Number of main bearings 7
Sump steel

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS CX 860 CX 880

Engine, technical type: F2B F3A
Cycle diesel, 4-stroke turbocharged with aftercooler
Injection direct
Number of on-line cylinders 6
Cylinder liners wet force-fitted in cylinder block
Cylinder liner diameter 115 mm (4.5 in) 125 mm (4.9 in)
Piston stroke 125 mm (4.9 in) 140 mm (5.5 in)
Total displacement 7790 cm3 (475 in3) 10300 cm3 (629 in3)
Compression ratio mod. 16 ± 0.8 17 ± 0.8
Maximum power for:
-Mod. CX 880 245 kW (333 HP )
-Mod. CX 880 315 kW (428 HP )
Maximum power speed for Mod.: 2100 rpm
Maximum power speed for Mod. CX 1500 rpm
860
Maximum power speed for Mod. CX 1380 rpm
880
Number of main bearings 7

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS F2B F3A

Lubrication
Pump drive
Engine speed/oil pump speed ratio
Oil cleaning
Oil filter quantity
Normal oil pressure with engine warm
(100 °C +/- 5 °C [212 °F +/- 9 °F]) and
at top speed
Normal oil pressure with engine warm
(100 °C +/- 5 °C [212 °F +/- 9 °F]) and
at idling speed of 1300 rpm
Minimum permissible pressure
Adjustment valve
Valve initial opening pressure
For further lubrication technical data
Cooling system
Fan, attached to the water pump
pulley
Water pump
Engine speed/water pump speed
ratio
start of opening =
max =
For further cooling system technical
data
Rev counter
Operating system
forced, with gear pump
from crankshaft
1:1.6
mesh filter on oil intake and high-filtration cartridge on delivery line
1 2
5 bar (5 kg/cm2) (72.5 psi)
4 bar ( 4 kg/cm2) (58 psi)
2.5 bar (36.3 psi)
in the oil pump body
5 bar (5 kg/cm2) (72.5 psi)
See LUBRICATION SYSTEM - Disconnect (B.60 - F.10.A.11)
water circulation
intake, 7-blade in sheet metal
poly-V belt driven centrifugal vane type
1:1.62 1.83
85 °C (185 °F) 80 °C (176 °F)
95 °C (203 °F) 95 °C (203 °F)
See ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Consumables (B.50 - A.92.A.55)
incorporated in control panel
from gear on camshaft

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 24
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS F2B F3A

Timing system overhead valves operated by rocker arms via the camshaft located in the
engine block; the camshaft is driven by the crankshaft using helical gears
Intake:
- start: before T.D.C. 17 ° 16 °
-end: after B.D.C. 31 ° 32 °
Exhaust:
- start: before T.D.C. 48 ° 51 °
- end: after B.D.C. 9° 11 °
Valve-rocker arm clearance for timing mm mm
check:
Valve-rocker arm clearance (with
engine cold):
- intake 0.40 mm +/- 0.05 (0.016 in +/- 0.002)
- exhaust 0.40 mm +/- 0.05 (0.016 in +/- 0.002)
For further timing system technical See Valve drive - Overhaul (B.10.A.40 - F.10.A.40)
data
Fuel system
Air cleaning dual cartridge dry air filter, with clogged filter indicator with centrifugal
pre-filter and automatic dust ejector
Fuel pump gear pump
Gear operated operated via the engine timing system
Fuel filtering via mesh filter in the tank, sediment pre-filter, replaceable cartridge filter on
the delivery line to the injectors-pump
Electronic injection type BOSCH EDC MS6.2

FUEL SYSTEM DATA

F2B F3A
Turbocharger:
- HOLSET type HX40W HX50W
8584 M/AB 19HD8 9861 B A/P 22PC3
Injectors: pump electro-injectors governed by the camshaft and controlled by the
electronic control unit
BOSCH type PDE 30 12 Volt PDE 31 12 Volt
Nozzle: BOSCH type DLLA 143P894 DLLA 140
Number of nozzle holes: 8 8
Nozzle hole diameter: 0.192 mm 0.21 mm
(0.0076 in) (0.0083 in)
Pressure setting: 280 bar +/- 12 296 bar +/- 6
(4060 psi +/- 174) (4292 psi +/- 87)
Injection pressure: 1500 bar (21,750 psi)
Injection sequence: 1-4-2-6-3-5

MAIN DATA

CRANK GEAR AND CYLINDER F2B F3A

DATA
mm (in)
Diameter of cylinder liner bores on
block:
- upper 130.200 ÷ 130.225 142.000 ÷ 142.025
(5.1260 in ÷ 5.1270 in) (5.5906 in ÷ 5.5915 in)
- lower 128.510 ÷ 128.535 140.000 ÷ 140.025
(5.0595 in ÷ 5.0604 in) (5.5118 in ÷ 5.5128 in)
Cylinder liners – external diameter:
- upper 130.161 ÷ 130.186 141.961 ÷ 141.986
(5.1245 in ÷ 5.1254 in) (5.5890 in ÷ 5.5900 in)
2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 25
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

CRANK GEAR AND CYLINDER F2B F3A

DATA
mm (in)
- lower 128.475 ÷ 128.500 139.890 ÷ 139.915
(5.0581 in ÷ 5.0591 in) (5.5075 in ÷ 5.5085 in)
Cylinder liner interference – bores on
block:
- upper 0.014 ÷ 0.064 0.014 ÷ 0.064
(0.0006 in ÷ .0025 in) (0.0006 in ÷ 0.0025 in)
- lower 0.010 ÷ 0.060 0.085 ÷ 0.135
(0.0004 in ÷ 0.0024 in) (0.0033 in ÷ 0.0053 in)
Cylinder liner external diameter - -
oversizes
Cylinder liners – internal diameter
driven in and machined:
- class A 115.000 ÷ 115.012 125.000 ÷ 125.013
(4.5276 in ÷ 4.5280 in) (4.9213 in ÷ 4.9218 in)
- class B 115.010 ÷ 115.022 125.011 ÷ 125.024
(4.5280 in ÷ 4.5284 in) (4.9217 in ÷ 4.9222 in)
- protrusion of cylinder liner from 0.035 ÷ 0.065 0.045 ÷ 0.075
crankcase (.0014 in ÷ .0026 in) (0.0018 in ÷ 0.0030 in)
Pistons: Standard piston diameter 18 19
measured from skirt base:
- class A * 114.888 ÷ 114.900 124.881 ÷ 124.890
(4.5232 in ÷ 4.5236 in) (4.9166 in ÷ 4.9168 in)
- class B ** 114.898 ÷ 114.910 124.890 ÷ 124.899
(4.5235 in ÷ 4.5240 in) (4.9168 in ÷ 4.9137 in)
Pin seat diameter 46.010 ÷ 46.018 50.010 ÷ 50.018
(1.8114 in ÷ 1.8117 in) (1.9689 in ÷ 1.9692 in)
Piston assembly clearance – cylinder 0.100 ÷ 0.124 0.110 ÷ 0.134
liners (0.0039 in ÷ 0.0049 in) (0.0043 in ÷ 0.0053 in)
Piston diameter oversizes - -
Piston pin diameter 45.994 ÷ 46.000 49.994 ÷ 50.000
(1.8108 in ÷ 1.8110 in) (1.9683 in ÷ 1.9685 in)
Piston pin – pin seat clearance 0.010 ÷ 0.024 0.010 ÷ 0.024
(0.0004 in ÷ 0.0009 in) (0.0004 in ÷ 0.0009 in)

*Pistons supplied as spare parts.

** Class B pistons are assembled solely in production and are not supplied as spares.

MAIN DATA

CRANK GEAR AND CYLINDER DATA F2B F3A

mm (in)
Piston ring seat depth: 1st seat* 2.71 ÷ 2.74 2.94
(0.107 in ÷ 0.108 in) (0.116 in)
2nd seat 2.55 ÷ 2.57 3.05 ÷ 3.07
(0.100 in ÷ 0.101 in) (0.120 in ÷ 0.121 in)
3rd seat 4.02 ÷ 4.04 4.02 ÷ 4.04
(0.158 in ÷ 0.159 in) (0.158 in ÷ 0.159 in)
* measured on Ø 112 120
(4.410 in) (4.724 in)
Piston ring thickness 1st ring* 2.575 ÷ 2.595 2.796 ÷ 2.830
(0.1014 in ÷ 0.1022 in) (0.1101 in ÷ 0.1114 in)
2nd ring 2.470 ÷ 2.490 2.970 ÷ 3.000
(0.0972 in ÷ 0.0980 in) (0.1169 in ÷ 0.1181 in)
3rd ring 3.975 ÷ 3.990 3.970 ÷ 3.990
(0.1565 in ÷ 0.1571 in) (0.1563 in ÷ 0.1571 in)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 26
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

CRANK GEAR AND CYLINDER DATA F2B F3A

* measured on Ø
Piston ring - seat clearance 1
Piston ring end gap in
cylinder liner:
Small end bushing seat
diameter
mm (in)
112 (4.410 in) 120 (4.724 in)
0.115 ÷ 0.165 0.110 ÷ 0.144
(0.0045 in ÷ 0.0065 in) (0.0043 in ÷ 0.0057 in)
2 0.060 ÷ 0.100 0.050 ÷ 0.100
(0.0024 in ÷ 0.0039 in) (0.0020 in ÷ 0.0039 in)
3 0.030 ÷ 0.065 0.030 ÷ 0.070
(0.0012 in ÷ 0.0026 in) (0.0012 in ÷ 0.0028 in)
1st ring 0.35 ÷ 0.50 0.35 ÷ 0.50
(0.0138 in ÷ 0.0020 in) (0.0138 in ÷ 0.0020 in)
2nd ring 0.70 ÷ 0.95 0.60 ÷ 0.75
(0.0028 in ÷ 0.0374 in) (0.0024 in ÷0.0295 in)
3rd ring 0.30 ÷ 0.60 0.35 ÷ 0.65
(0.0012 in ÷ 0.0024 in) (0.0138 in ÷ 0.0256 in)
49.975 ÷ 50.000 54.000 ÷ 54.030
(1.9675 in ÷ 1.9683 in) (2.1260 in ÷ 2.1272 in)

MAIN DATA

CRANK GEAR AND CYLINDER F2B F3A

DATA
mm (in)
Small end bearing seat diameter:
- nominal 77.000 ÷ 77.030 87.000 ÷ 87.030
(3.0315 in ÷ 3.0327 in) (3.4252 in ÷ 3.4264 in)
- class 1 77.000 ÷ 77.010 87.000 ÷ 87.010
(3.0315 in ÷ 3.0319 in) (3.4252 in ÷ 3.4256 in)
- class 2 77.011 ÷ 77.020 87.011 ÷ 87.020
(3.0319 in ÷ 3.0323 in) (3.4256 in ÷ 3.4260 in)
- class 3 77.021 ÷ 77.030 87.021 ÷ 87.030
(3.0323 in ÷ 3.0327 in) (3.4260 in ÷ 3.4264 in)
Small end bushing diameter:
- external diameter 50.555 ÷ 50.080 54.085 ÷ 54.110
(1.9904 in ÷ 1.9717 in) (2.1293 in ÷ 2.1303 in)
- internal diameter (with bushings 46.015 ÷ 46.030 50.019 ÷ 50.035
fitted) (1.8116 in ÷ 1.8122 in) (1.9693 in ÷ 1.9699 in)
Small end bushing – seat interference 0.055 ÷ 0.105 0.055 ÷ 0.110
(0.0022 in ÷ 0.0041 in) (0.0022 in ÷ 0.0043 in)
Piston pin – bushing clearance 0.015 ÷ 0.036 0.019 ÷ 0.041
(0.0006 in ÷ 0.0014 in) (0.0007 in ÷ 0.0016 in)
Connecting rod half bearing 0.127 ÷ 0.254 - 0.508
undersizes (0.0050 in ÷ 0.0100 in - 0.0200 in)
Tolerance for parallelism between the 0.08 (0.0031 in)
two connecting rod axes:
measured 125 mm (4.921 in) from
the connecting rod stem

MAIN DATA

CRANK GEAR AND CYLINDER F2B F3A

DATA
mm (in)
Main journal diameter:
- nominal 82.910 ÷ 82.940 92.970 ÷ 93.000
(3.2642 in ÷ 3.2654 in) (3.6602 in ÷ 3.6614 in)
- class 1 82.910 ÷ 82.919 92.970 ÷ 92.979
(3.2642 in ÷ 3.2645 in) (3.6602 in ÷ 3.6606 in)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 27
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

CRANK GEAR AND CYLINDER F2B F3A

DATA
mm (in)
- class 2 82.920 ÷ 82.929 92.980 ÷ 92.989
(3.2646 in ÷ 3.2649 in) (3.6606 in ÷ 3.6610 in)
- class 3 82.930 ÷ 82.940 92.990 ÷ 93.000
(3.2650 in ÷ 3.2654 in) (3.6610 in ÷ 3.6614 in)
Connecting rod journal diameter:
- nominal 72.915 ÷ 72.945 82.970 ÷ 83.000
(2.8707 in ÷ 2.8719 in) (3.2665 in ÷ 3.2677 in)
- class 1 72.915 ÷ 72.924 82.970 ÷ 82.979
(2.8707 in ÷ 2.8710 in) (3.2665 in ÷ 3.2669 in)
- class 2 72.925 ÷ 72.934 82.980 ÷ 82.989
(2.8711 in ÷ 2.8714 in) (3.2669 in ÷ 3.2673 in)
- class 3 72.935 ÷ 72.945 82.990 ÷ 83.000
(2.8715 in ÷ 2.8719 in) (3.2673 in ÷ 3.2677 in)
Standard main journal half bearing
thickness:
- red 3.000 ÷ 3.010 2.965 ÷ 2.974
(0.1181 in ÷ 0.1185 in) (0.1167 in ÷ 0.1171 in)
- green 3.011 ÷ 3.020 2.975 ÷ 2.984
(0.1185 in ÷ 0.1189 in) (0.1171 in ÷ 0.1175 in)
- yellow * 3.021 ÷ 3.030 2.985 ÷ 2.995
(0.1189 in ÷ 0.1193 in) (0.1175 in ÷ 0.1179 in)
Standard main journal half bearing
thickness:
- red 2.000 ÷ 2.010 1.970 ÷ 1.980
(0.0787 in ÷ 0.0791 in) (0.0776 in ÷ 0.0780 in)
- green 2.011 ÷ 2.020 1.981 ÷ 1.990
(0.0792 in ÷ 0.0795 in) (0.0780 in ÷ 0.0783 in)
- yellow * 2.021 ÷ 2.030 1.991 ÷ 2.000
(0.0796 in ÷ 0.0799 in) (0.0784 in ÷ 0.0787 in)
Main bearing diameter:
- nominal 89.000 ÷ 89.030 99.000 ÷ 99.030
(3.5039 in ÷ 3.5051 in) (3.8976 in ÷ 3.8988 in)
- class 1 89.000 ÷ 89.009 99.000 ÷ 99.009
(3.5039 in ÷ 3.5043 in) (3.8976 in ÷ 3.8980 in)
- class 2 89.010 ÷ 89.019 99.010 ÷ 99.019
(3.5043 in ÷ 3.5047 in) (3.8980 in ÷ 3.8984 in)
- class 3 89.020 ÷ 89.030 99.020 ÷ 99.030
(3.5047 in ÷ 3.5051 in) (3.8984 in ÷ 3.8988 in)

MAIN DATA

CRANK GEAR AND CYLINDER F2B F3A

DATA
mm (in)
Half bearing – main journal clearance 0.040 ÷ 0.098 0.050 ÷ 0.090
(0.0016 in ÷ 0.0039 in) (0.0020 in ÷ 0.0035 in)
Connecting rod half bearing clearance 0.035 ÷ 0.093 0.040 ÷ 0.080
(0.0014 in ÷ 0.0037 in) (0.0016 in ÷ 0.0031 in)
Main bearing undersizes 0.127 - 0.254 - 0.508
(0.0050 in - 0.0100 in - 0.0200 in)
Main journal length per thrust 39.96 ÷ 40.04 45.95 ÷ 46.00
(1.5732 in ÷ 1.5764 in) (1.8091 in ÷ 1.8110 in)
Main journal width per thrust 32.94 ÷ 32.99 38.94 ÷ 38.99
(1.2969 in ÷ 1.2988 in) (1.5331 in ÷ 1.5350 in)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 28
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

CRANK GEAR AND CYLINDER F2B F3A

DATA
mm (in)
Thrust ring thickness 3.38 ÷ 3.43 3.38 ÷ 3.43
(0.1331 in ÷ 0.1350 in) (0.1331 in ÷ 0.1350 in)
Crankshaft thrust clearance 0.11 ÷ 0.34 0.10 ÷ 0.30
(0.0043 in ÷ 0.0134 in) (0.0043 in ÷ 0.0118 in)
Thrust ring oversizes 0.254 - 0.508
(0.0100 in - 0.0200 in)
Maximum tolerance for alignment ≤ 0.0050 (0.0002 in)
of main journals (total dial gauge ≤ ÷ 0.005 (0.0002 in)
reading) 0.010 (0.0004 in)
Maximum tolerance for alignment of 0.010 (0.0004 in)
connecting rod journals in relation to
main journals
Maximum ovality of main journals and
the connecting rod after grinding
Maximum taper of main journals and
the connecting rod after grinding

* Assembled solely in production and not supplied as a spare.

MAIN DATA

CYLINDER HEAD – TIMING F2B F3A

SYSTEM
mm (in)
Diameter of valve guide bores in the 12.980 ÷ 12.997 14.980 ÷ 14.997
cylinder head (0.5110 in ÷ 0.5117 in) (0.5898 in ÷ 0.5904 in)
Valve guide external diameter 13.012 ÷ 13.025 15.012 ÷ 15.025
(0.5123 in ÷ 0.5128 in) (0.5910 in ÷ 0.5915 in)
Valve guide internal diameter (after 8.023 ÷ 8.038 9.015 ÷ 9.030
fitting) (0.3159 in ÷ 0.3165 in) (0.3549 in ÷ 0.3555 in)
Valve guide and bore interference in 0.015 ÷ 0.045 0.015 ÷ 0.045
head (0.0006 in ÷ 0.0018 in) (0.0006 in ÷ 0.0018 in)
Valve guide oversizes 0.2 ÷ 0.4 (0.0079 in ÷ 0.0157 in)
Valve stem diameter 7.970 ÷ 7.985 8.960 ÷ 8.975
(0.3138 in ÷ 0.3144 in) (0.3528 in ÷ 0.3533 in)
Valve seat angle: intake 60 ° 30 ’ ± 7 ’ 30 ”
exhaust 45 ° 30 ’ ± 7 ’ 30 ”
Valve stem and relative guide 0.038 ÷ 0.068 0.040 ÷ 0.070
assembly clearance (0.0015 in ÷ 0.0027 in) (0.0016 in ÷ 0.0028 in)
Internal diameter of bore on head for 41.985 ÷ 42.020 44.185 ÷ 44.220
valve seat: intake (1.6530 in ÷ 1.6543 in) (1.7396 in ÷ 1.7409 in)
40.985 ÷ 41.020 42.985 ÷ 43.020
exhaust (1.6136 in ÷ 1.6150 in) (1.6923 in ÷ 1.6937 in)
Valve seat external diameter: intake 42.060 ÷ 42.075 44.260 ÷ 44.275
(1.6559 in ÷ 1.6565 in) (1.7425 in ÷ 1.7431 in)
exhaust 41.060 ÷ 41.075 43.060 ÷ 43.075
(1.6165 ÷ 1.6171 in) (1.6953 in ÷ 1.6959 in)
Valve seat angle in cylinder head: 60 ° - 30 ’
intake 45 ° - 30 ’
exhaust
Valve depth in relation to cylinder 0.5 ÷ 0.8 0.65 ÷ 0.95
head surface: intake (0.0197 in ÷ 0.0315 in) (0.0256 in ÷ 0.0374 in)
1.6 ÷ 1.9 1.8 ÷ 2.1
exhaust (0.0630 in ÷ 0.0748 in) (0.0709 in ÷ 0.0827 in)
Valve seat and bore fit on cylinder 0.040 ÷ 0.090 (0.0016 in ÷ 0.0035 in)
head (interference)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 29
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

CYLINDER HEAD – TIMING F2B F3A

SYSTEM
mm (in)
Valve mushroom-head diameter: 39.85 ÷ 40.15 42.985 ÷ 43.015
intake (1.5689 in ÷ 1.5807 in ) (1.6923 in ÷ 1.6935 in)
38.85 ÷ 39.15 41.985 ÷ 42.015
exhaust (1.5689 in ÷ 1.5413 in) (1.6530 in ÷ 1.6541 in)
Maximum off-centring of the valve 0.03
with the indicator resting in the centre (0.0012 in)
of the contact surface

MAIN DATA

CYLINDER HEAD – TIMING SYSTEM F2B F3A

mm (in)
Valve spring height: free height 62.6 -
spring (2.4646 in)
under a load of N – (kg) height 48.5 -
[lbs.] (1.9094 in)
454 +/- 22 5 (46.3 +/- 2.2)
[102 lbs. +/- 5]
840 +/- 42 9.5 (85.7 +/- 2.2) height 36.5 -
[189 lbs. +/- 5] (1.4370 in)
free spring height - 75
(2.9528 in)
under a load of N – (kg) height - 61
[lbs.] (2.4016 in)
500 N +/- 25 (50 +/- 2.5)
[110 lbs. +/- 5.5]
972 N +/- 48 (97.2 +/- 2.5) height - 47.8
[214 lbs. +/- 5.5] (1.8819 in)
Injector protrusion 0.7 (0.0276 in) 1.14 ÷ 1.4
(0.0449 in ÷ 0.0551 in)

MAIN DATA

CYLINDER HEAD – TIMING F2B F3A

SYSTEM mm (in)
Camshaft bushing seat diameter in 80.000 ÷ 80.030 88.000 ÷ 88.030
cylinder head (3.1496 in ÷ 3.1508 in) (3.4646 in ÷ 3.4657 in)
Camshaft support journal diameter 75.924 ÷ 75.940 82.950 ÷ 82.968
(2.9891 in ÷ 2.9898 in) (3.2657 in ÷ 3.2665 in)
Camshaft bushing external diameter 80.090 ÷ 80.115 88.153 ÷ 88.183
(3.1532 in ÷ 3.1541 in) (3.4706 in ÷ 3.4718 in)
Internal diameter of finished bushings 75.990 ÷ 76.045 83.018 ÷ 83.085
in seats (2.9917 in ÷ 2.9939 in) (3.2684 in ÷ 3.2711 in)
Bush and seat interference in block 0.060 ÷ 0.115 0.123 ÷ 0.183
(0.0024 in ÷ 0.0045 in) (0.0048 in ÷ 0.0072 in)
Coupling between bushings and 0.050 ÷ 0.121 0.050 ÷ 0.135
support journals of the camshaft (0.0020 in ÷ 0.0048 in) (0.0020 in ÷ 0.0053 in)
(assembly clearance)
Cam lift: intake 8.07 (0.3177 in) 9.30 (0.3661 in)
exhaust 7.63 (0.3004 in) 9.45 (0.3720 in)
injector-pump 8.80 ÷ 8.82 (0.3465 in ÷ 0.3472 in) 11.21 (0.4413 in)
Rocker arm support shaft diameter 37.984 ÷ 38.000 41.984 ÷ 42.000
(1.4954 in ÷ 1.4961 in) (1.6529 in ÷ 1.6535 in)
Seat diameter for rocker arm support
shaft bushings in rocker arms:

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 30
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

CYLINDER HEAD – TIMING F2B F3A

SYSTEM mm (in)
-intake valves 41.000 ÷ 41.016 45.000 ÷ 45.016
(1.6142 in ÷ 1.6148 in) (1.7717 in ÷ 1.7723 in)
-exhaust valves 41.000 ÷ 41.016 59.000 ÷ 59.019
(1.6142 in ÷ 1.6148 in) (2.3228 in ÷ 2.3236 in)
-injectors-pump 42.000 ÷ 42.016 46.000 ÷ 46.016
(1.6535 in ÷ 1.6542 in) (1.8110 in ÷ 1.8117 in)
Bushing external diameter for rocker
arms:
-intake valves 41.097 ÷ 41.135 45.090 ÷ 45.130
(1.6180 in ÷ 1.6195 in) (1.7752 in ÷ 1.7768 in)
-exhaust valves 41.097 ÷ 41.135 59.100 ÷ 59.140
(1.6180 in ÷ 1.6195 in) (2.3268 in ÷ 2.3283 in)
-injectors-pump 42.066 ÷ 42.091 46.066 ÷ 46.091
(1.6561 in ÷ 1.6571 in) (1.8136 in ÷ 1.8146 in)

MAIN DATA

CYLINDER HEAD – TIMING F2B F3A

SYSTEM
mm (in)
Bushing internal diameter for rocker
arms with bushing fitted:
-intake valves 38.025 ÷ 38.041 42.025 ÷ 42.041
(1.4970 in ÷ 1.4977 in) (1.6545 in ÷ 1.6552 in)
-exhaust valves 38.025 ÷ 38.041 56.030 ÷ 56.049
(1.4970 in ÷ 1.4977 in) (2.2059 in ÷ 2.2067 in)
-injectors-pump 38.015 ÷ 38.071 42.015 ÷ 42.071
(1.4967 in ÷ 1.4989 in) (1.6541 in ÷ 1.6563 in)
Clearance between bushings and
rocker arm support shaft:
-intake valves 0.025 ÷ 0.057 0.025 ÷ 0.057
(0.0010 in ÷ 0.0022 in) (0.0010 in ÷ 0.0022 in)
-exhaust valves 0.025 ÷ 0.057 0.025 ÷ 0.057
(0.0010 in ÷ 0.0022 in) (0.0010 in ÷ 0.0022 in)
-injectors-pump 0.015 ÷ 0.087 0.015 ÷ 0.087
(0.0006 in ÷ 0.0034 in) (0.0006 in ÷ 0.0034 in)
Coupling between bushings and
seats in rocker arms:
-intake valves 0.081 ÷ 0.135 0.074 ÷ 0.130
(0.0032 in ÷ 0.0053 in) (0.0029 in ÷ 0.0051 in)
-exhaust valves 0.086 ÷ 0.156 0.081 ÷ 0.140
(0.0034 in ÷ 0.0061 in) (0.0032 in ÷ 0.0055 in)
-injectors-pump 0.050 ÷ 0.091 0.050 ÷ 0.091
(0.0020 in ÷ 0.0036 in) (0.0020 in ÷ 0.0036 in)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 31
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Cylinder block - Torque (B.10.A.70 - D.20.A.10)

First phase external screw pre-torque:
F2B 25 N·m (18 ft. lbs.)
F3A 30 N·m (22 ft. lbs.)

MID0261A 1

Second phase internal screw pre-torque:

F2B 140 N·m (103 ft. lbs).
F3A 120 N·m(88 ft. lbs).

MID0262A 2

Third phase internal screw angle closed:

F2B 60 °
F3A 90 °

MID0263A 3

Fourth phase internal screw angle closed:

F2B 60 °
F3A 45 °

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 32
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

MID0264A 4

Fifth phase external screw angle closed:

F2B 60 °
F3A 60 °

A = front side

MID0265A 5

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 33
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Cylinder head - Torque (B.10.A.72 - D.20.A.10)

CX860, CX880

MID0266A 1
Plan of tightening sequence of screws securing cylinder head

Cylinder head - General specification (B.10.A.72 - D.40.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Insert Oversize Counter Bore in Cylinder Head

Exhaust valve insert Intake valve insert
0.25 mm (0.010 in) 44.17-44.20 mm (1.739-1.740 in) 50.01-50.04 mm (1.969-1.970 in)
0.58 mm (0.020 in) 44.42-44.45 mm (1.749-1.750 in) 50.27-50.29 mm (1.979-1.980 in)
0.76 mm (0.030 in) 44.68-44.70 mm (1.759-1.760 in) 50.52-50.55 mm (1.989-1.990 in)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 34
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Valve cover - Torque (B.10.A.74 - D.20.A.10)

CX860

MID0272A 1
Plan of tightening sequence of screws securing rocker arm cover

Valve cover - Torque (B.10.A.74 - D.20.A.10)

CX880

MID0273A 1
Plan of tightening sequence of screws securing rocker arm cover

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 35
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

ENGINE - Static description (B.10.A - C.30.A.20)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1z0o2004112004 1

The New Holland 7.5 Litre engine is a 6-cylinder turbocharged and aftercooled, having a bore of 111.8 mm (4.4 in)
and a stroke of 127 mm (5.0 in) which generates a displacement of 7.5 L (456 in3).

The engine uses a mechanical or electronically controlled in line injection pump depending on model and has been
designed to meet current emission regulations and must only be serviced by an authorised service agent. For a
detailed Description and Operation of the fuel system reference must be made to the Fuel System Chapter . Refer to
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - Static description (B.20.A - C.30.A.20).

All engines feature cross flow cylinder heads, with the inlet and exhaust manifolds on opposite sides of the cylinder
head. The fuel and air combustion process, takes place in the specially designed bowl in the crown of the pistons.

CYLINDER BLOCK ASSEMBLY

The cylinder block is an alloy cast iron with deep cylinder skirts, and water jackets for cooling the cylinders. The
cylinder bores are machined integral with the cylinder block, during the manufacturing process.

Cylinders are in line and vertical and numbered 1 to 6 from the front to the rear of the engine. They can be bored
oversize for the fitment of sleeves, which are available in service.

The oil pan is the reservoir for the engine oil lubrication system and a cast iron front cover on the front of the engine
covers the timing gear assembly.

CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY

The cylinder head incorporates an inlet and exhaust valve per cylinder with the valve rocker arm shaft assembly bolted
to the cylinder block through the cylinder head. Cylinder head retaining bolts are evenly spaced with a six point pattern
around each cylinder, this ensures an even clamping load across the cylinder head area.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 36
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

The intake and exhaust manifolds are bolted to the head, the intake manifold is mounted on the right hand side of the
engine, with the diesel injectors mounted outside the rocker cover. The exhaust manifold is mounted on the left hand
side of the engine. Water outlet connections and thermostats being attached to the front of the cylinder block.

Valve guides are integral in the cylinder head, and valves with oversize stems are available in service. Special re-
placeable sintered iron valve seats are pressed into each valve port during manufacture and oversize valve seats
also available in service.

All valves are fitted with positive valve rotators and valve stem oil seals. Valve clearance is maintained by adjustment
of the self locking adjusting screw, mounted in each of the rocker arms.

1z0o2004112005 2

CAMSHAFT ASSEMBLY

The camshaft runs in 5 replaceable bearings. The camshaft drive gear is in mesh with and driven by the camshaft
idler gear which is driven by the crankshaft timing gear.
Camshaft end thrust is controlled by a thrust plate bolted to the block, and located between the camshaft gear and
the front camshaft journal.

A helical gear is mounted on the rear of the camshaft, and drives the engine oil lubrication pump mounted forward of
the flywheel.

396-E-16 3

CRANKSHAFT ASSEMBLY

The crankshaft is supported in the cylinder block by 7 main bearings.

The crankshaft is manufactured from steel with machined finished crank webs

End thrust is controlled by a thrust bearing incorporated in the centre main bearing of the crankshaft.

An external damper is fitted to the crankshaft pulley to ensure smooth running operation. Front and rear crankshaft
oil sealing is effected by cassette type seals that are designed for long and durable service life.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 37
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

P396-E-2 4

CONNECTING RODS

Connecting rods “Teepee" (wedge) shaped at the small end have been designed to reduce the reciprocating weight
at the piston end. The connecting rods are of a heavy beam construction and are assembled as a matched set to
each engine.

They are retained in position by the connecting rod big end cap and secured by two bolts per rod. The small end of
the connecting rod is fitted with a replaceable bronze bushing, through which the free floating piston pin is fitted. The
steel pin being held in place within the piston by two snap rings.

1z0o2004112006 5

PISTONS

Pistons are constructed of an aluminium silicon alloy with an iron insert for the top ring. The combustion chamber
being recessed into the piston crowns.

Each piston has two compression rings and one oil control ring, to reduce friction and increase positive sealing. All
rings are located above the piston pin.

A Engines with Electronically Controlled

Injection Pump

B Engines with Mechanically Controlled

Injection Pump

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 38
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

BSD1856A 6

MANIFOLDS

The cross flow design aluminium intake, and cast iron exhaust manifolds, are on opposite sides of the cylinder head.
This is designed to maintain balanced heat distribution within the cylinder head. The configuration of the manifolds
also ensures minimum heat transfer to the intake manifold.

A grid heater is fitted to the intake manifold to assist in cold starting of the engine when coolant water temperature is
below 30 °C.

P396-E-32 7

TIMING GEARS

The crankshaft timing gear is heated and press fitted on to the front of the crankshaft, to a high degree of accuracy
during manufacturing. This enables precise timing being maintained during the life of the engine. The crankshaft
gear (2), drives the idler gear (3), which is attached to the front of the cylinder block. The idler gear then drives the
camshaft gear (1), and the injection pump gear (4).

The camshaft gear is bolted to the front of the camshaft, and is keyed to maintain position of the gear on the camshaft.

P396-E-36 8

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 39
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

ENGINE - Static description (B.10.A - C.30.A.20)

CX860, CX880

20015801 1
THE IVECO ENGINE

The IVECO engine is a six cylinder tubocharged and aftercooled diesel engine. The engine uses electronically con-
trolled mechanical injection pumps and has been designed to meet current emission regulations. The injection system
on this engines is a high pressure type with the pump/injector operated by an overhead camshaft. The electronic con-
trol unit is physically identical for all versions, but contains software specific to each engine family and to each different
power rating within individual families. During service, control unit software cannot be altered, except to enter certain
configuration data when required.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 40
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

20015802 2

Unlike conventional injection systems (with a single injection pump), the new injector pump injection system reduces
particulate levels due to the high pressures generated. The sophisticated electronic management system also re-
duces other pollutants.

The engine must only be serviced by an authorized service agent. The engine features cross flow cylinder heads,
with inlet and exhaust manifolds on opposite sides of the cylinder head. The fuel and air combustion process, takes
place in the specially designed bowl in the crown of the pistons.

ENGINE BLOCK AND CYLINDER LINERS

The structure comprises and engine block, which is attached to a separate base. The seal between engine block and
base is ensured by a layer of sealant. The wet cylinder liners are fitted into the engine block. They are interchangeable
and can be removed. Water tightness is assured by rubber washers fitted in the lower part of the cylinder liners.
Cylinder liner protrusion can be adjusted using shims, which are available as spares. The main journal seats are
machined with both parts of the engine block fitted together. The inner finish of the cylinder liners and the liner and
engine block structure are so well engineered that part deformation is not possible and engine oil consumption is
therefore exceptionally low. Liner bores are sorted into two categories: Category A and Category B. A piston of
corresponding category must be matched with each liner.

20015803 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 41
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

20015829 4

CRANKSHAFT

The crankshaft is steel, with built-in counterweights. The main journals and crankpins are treated by induction hard-
ening. The crankshaft is mounted on half bearings, the last of these is close to the flywheel and comprises built-in
side shoulders. On this crankshaft, the throws are arranged so that the firing order is different to that of conventional
IVECO 6 cylinder in line engines. The firing order of the IVECO engine is 1-4-2-6-3-5. The crankpins and half-bear-
ings are sorted into three thickness categories, with a difference of 0.01 mm between one category and the next.
When servicing, carefully select the category of half-bearing to be fitted to each main journal and crankpin in order to
ensure radial clearance is maintained within specified limits.

20015804 5

CRANKSHAFT SEALING RINGS

The front and rear sealing rings are Rotostat sliding type. The rings take the form of a washer (1) fitted directly onto
the crankshaft, a sealing lip (2) and a case (4) fitted into a seat on the front cover or flywheel cover case.
This type of seal offers the advantage of creating a seal on the washer (at point (3)) instead of directly on the shaft.
This sort of seal is more effective, because it is not affected by side-to-side shaft movements and the shaft itself does
not become grooved. Special tools must be used to remove and refit these seals.

20015805 6

CONNECTING RODS

The connecting rods are oblique-cut type, in pressed steel, with broaching on mating surfaces between rod and cap.
2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 42
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Data on weight category, half-bearing seat bore category and rod/cap mating numbers are stamped on the connecting
rod.

20015806 7

PISTONS

The pistons are fitted with three piston rings. The first sealing ring is trapezoid in cross-section, the second sealing
ring is chamfered, and the third is a scraper ring.

Pistons are sorted into two categories (1) and (2), according to diameter. They are elliptical in shape and made out
of aluminum alloy. The piston crown includes a high-turbulence combustion chamber.

20015807 8

CAMSHAFT

The camshaft turns on seven mounts (without removable caps), which are built into the cylinder head and fitted with
bushes. There are three drive cams per cylinder.

20015808 9

TIMING SYSTEM

The camshaft is driven by a series of helical gears in a cascade unit located to the rear of the engine. Upper interme-
diate gear (2) is fitted on an adjustable mount. This maintains the correct clearance between this gear and gear (1)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 43
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

whose position is affected by head gasket thickness tolerances. The center of rotation of all other gears is fixed and
determined by machining. Timing gears are not marked with notches or codes as on conventional models because
gear timing adjustment is no longer necessary on the new engines.

20015809 10

FLYWHEEL

A locating dowel is used to ensure the flywheel is fitted to the crankshaft in a single fixed position.

The flywheel performs conventional functions (balancing mass, mount for starter ring gear and friction surface), while
also acting as a phonic wheel for a sensor connected to the electronic control unit.

For this purpose, fifty-four holes have been made. These are divided into three sectors of eighteen holes each. Each
of these sectors is linked to one pair of crankpins (1-6, 2-5, 3-4).

The electronic system does not require the holes to be specially marked, but some ((1) (2)(3) (4) lower figure) are
notched to allow repairers to carry out certain adjustments and timing settings.
The sixth hole of each sector ((1) (2) (3), lower figure) is marked with a notch. The seventeenth hole of one of the
sectors ((4), lower figure) is marked with two notches.

The angular position of the flywheel at every instant is detected by the EDC control unit by means of an induction
sensor (positioned at (1), upper figure). The holes marked with notches should be aligned alternatively with the in-
spection hole ((2), upper figure) in the flywheel cover casing during adjustment and timing setting.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 44
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

20015810 11

AUXILIARY DRIVEBELT

Two poly-v belts transmit drive to the coolant pump, alternator, fan pulley and air conditioning compressor respectively.
A calibrated spring in the belt tensioner automatically adjusts belt tension. A fixed guide pulley on the bigger belt
increases the contact surface on coolant pump and fan pulleys.

20015811 12

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 45
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

ENGINE - Overview (B.10.A - C.40.B.10)

CX860, CX880

20015824 1
Left Side View

Ref. Description
1 Coolant Temperature Sensor (for instrument)
2 Coolant Temperature Sensor (for EDC)
3 Coolant Return Line from Turbocharger
4 Oil Delivery Line to Turbocharger
5 Turbocharger
6 Exhaust Manifold
7 Cam Cover
8 Oil Filter Mount and Intercooler
9 Oil Return Line from Turbocharger
10 Coolant Delivery Line to Turbocharger
11 Proportional Solenoid and VGT Position Sensor
12 Compressed Air Cleaner for VGT
13 Flywheel Sensor

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 46
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

20015825 2
Right Side View

Ref. Description
1 Cam Cover with Filter and Blow-by Valve
2 Rocker Cover
3 Filter Mount with Fuel Temperature Sensor
4 Sound Absorbing Panel
5 Intake Manifold with Heater Element and Air Sensor
6 Fuel Feed Pump
7 Starter Motor
8 Air Compressor
9 Electronic Control Unit
10 A.C. Compressor

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 47
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

20015826 3
Front View

Ref. Description
1 Poly-V Belt Tensioner
2 Alternator
3 Fan Pulley
4 Thermostat Case
5 Fixed Drive Pulley for Poly-V Belt
6 Coolant Pump
7 Poly-V Belt
8 Air Conditioner Compressor Drive Belt
9 Tensioner for Belt “I"
10 Viscostatic Damping Flywheel

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 48
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

20015827 4
Rear View

Ref. Description
1 Turbocharger
2 Blow by Valve
3 Blow by Filter
4 Engine Flywheel
5 Inspection Hole for Positioning Flywheel During Adjustments
6 Window for Applying Flywheel Rotation Tool

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 49
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

20015828 5
Top View

Ref. Description
1 Flywheel Cover Casing
2 Exhaust Manifold
3 Turbocharger
4 Fitting
5 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir
6 Rocker Cover
7 Compressed Air Line

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 50
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Connecting rod and piston - Exploded view (B.10.A.47 - C.10.A.20)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

BSD1858A 1
Piston Assembly

1 Con Rod 2 Piston

3 Piston Pin 4 Retainer
5 Piston Ring (Compression) 6 Piston Ring (Compression)
7 Piston Ring (Oil Control) 8 Bolt
9 Bearing Cap 10 Bearing Liner
11 Bearing Liner 12 Bush

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 51
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

ENGINE - Disassemble (B.10.A - F.10.A.25)

CX860, CX880

CAUTION
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Always wear suitable safety items
such as fitted clothing, safety goggles, gloves, shoes, etc. M954

1. Protect the electric parts before any washing with

high-pressure jets.
Here we describe and illustrate the operations for
disassembling the
Before securing the engine on the rotary stand, re-
move:
the electric cable of the engine, disconnecting it from
the control unit and from all the sensors/transmitters
to which it is connected.
F3A engine only:
With an appropriate tool (3) act in the direction of the
arrow on the tightener (5) and remove the compres-
sor drive belt (1).
Remove the compressor (2) together with the engine
mount. MID0277A 1

2. For both engines:

Remove the oil pressure adjustment valve (1).

MID0278A 2

3. Remove the engine mounts.

Remove the drive (1).

MID0279A 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 52
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

4. Secure the engine to the rotary stand with the brack-

ets:
296197, for the F3A engine;

MID0280A 4

5. 296196, for the F2B engine.

Drain the lubricating oil from the sump.

MID0281A 5

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 53
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

6. F2B engine only.

Using a suitable tool (6) act in the direction of the
arrow on the tightener (5) and remove the belt (4).
Both engines.
Using a suitable tool (3) act in the direction of the
arrow on the tightener (2) and remove the belt (1).

MID0282A 6

7. Remove:
the air-conditioner compressor (3) and its mount (4)
F2B engine only;
the alternator (2);
the mounts (2) and (5).

MID0283A 7

8. Remove:
thermostat assembly (8);
pipes together with coolant (6);
pulley (4);
water pump (7);
automatic tightener mount (1);
fixed tightener (5);
damper flywheel (3) and pulley beneath;
automatic tightener (2).

MID0284A 8

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 54
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

9. With the extractor (2):

296160, F2B engine;
296162, F3A engine, applied as illustrated in the Fig.,
remove the gasket (2) Unscrew the screws (1) and
take off the cover (3). Disconnect all the electric con-
nections and sensors.

MID0285A 9

10. From the engine exhaust side, remove the following

parts:
oil delivery pipe (1);
air pipe for actuator (5);
oil return pipe (4);
turbocharger (3);
exhaust manifold (2).

MID0286A 10

11. disconnect the oil pipes (3) and (4), and disengage
them from the clamps (←).
remove the fixing screws (1) and the heat exchanger
(2);

MID0287A 11

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 55
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

12. disconnect the fuel pipes (1) from the supply pump
(2).
Remove:
the supply pump (2);
the mount (3) together with the fuel filter (4) and pipes
(1).

MID0288A 12

13. with tool 291980 unscrew the oil filters (1).

MID0289A 13

14. Disconnect the pipes (2) and (3), from the mounts
(1) or (4), disengaging them from the clamps, and
remove them.

MID0290A 14

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 56
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

15. Take out the screws (5) and remove the mounts (1)
or (4).

MID0291A 15

16. Remove the screws (2) (Figs.15 and 16), and intake
manifolds (1).

MID0292A 16

17. Remove:
the starter motor (1);
the control unit (2) and the relevant mount;
the oil dipstick (3) from the crankcase.

MID0293A 17

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 57
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

18. Remove the rocker arm cover (1).

Remove the timing system cover (2).

MID0294A 18

19. Unscrew the screws (2) and take out the gear (1)
together with the phonic wheel.

MID0295A 19

20. Unscrew the five screws (1).

Take out the thrust plate (2) together with the ring
seal as follows:
for the F2B engine, screw three screws 10x1.5 in the
holes (A, B, C) for screws (1) and, pulling on them,
extract the plate (2).
for the F3A engine, screw three screws 10x1.5 in the
holes (A, B, C) to extract the thrust plate (2) Remove
the sheet metal gasket beneath.
Unscrew the screws (1) and remove the transmission
gear (2).

MID0296A 20

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 58
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

21. With an appropriate wrench, unscrew the screw (2)

and remove the transmission gear (1).

MID0297A 21

22. Block rotation of the engine flywheel (3) with tool

296186 (1) Unscrew the fixing screws (2) and re-
move the engine flywheel.

MID0298A 22

23. With the extractor (a):

296161, for engine F2B;
296163, for engine F3A, applied as illustrated in the
Fig., remove the ring seal (1) from the timing box.

MID0299A 23

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 59
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

24. Unscrew the screws (1) and remove the timing gear
box (2).

MID0300A 24

25. Unhook the springs (3) lever check (2) engine F3A
only.

MID0301A 25

26. Unscrew the rocker arm shaft fixing screws (1).

MID0302A 26

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 60
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

27. With tool 296170 (2), constrain the sliding blocks (3)
to the rocker arms (1).

MID0303A 27

28. With the tool (1):

296191, for the F2B engine;
296190, for the F3A engine, applied as in the Fig.,
remove the rocker arm shaft assembly.

MID0304A 28

29. Remove the crosspieces from the valves.

Unscrew the screws and remove the electric connec-
tions (1), from the solenoid valves.
Unscrew the screws (3) fixing the brackets (4) retain-
ing the pump injectors (2).
Remove the pump injectors (2).

MID0305A 29

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 61
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

30. Engine F2B only

If it proves difficult to remove the pump injectors (2),
use the extractor 296164 (1).

MID0306A 30

31. Fit the caps (1) in place of the injectors:

296171, for the F2B engine;
296172, for the F3A engine.
Remove the camshaft (2).
Remove the screws (3) fixing the cylinder head.

MID0307A 31

32. With specific ropes and lift, take off the cylinder head
(1).
Remove the gasket (2).

MID0308A 32

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 62
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

33. Unscrew the screws (2) and remove the engine oil
sump (1), together with the spacer (3) and the gas-
ket.

MID0309A 33

34. Unscrew the screws and remove the suction hose

(1).

MID0310A 34

35. Turn the crankcase (1) upright.

MID0311A 35

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 63
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

36. Unscrew the screws (2) fixing the connecting rod cap
(3), and remove it.
From the top, take out the piston connecting rod as-
sembly (1). Repeat the same operations for the other
pistons.
NOTE: Keep the connecting rod half bearings in their hous-
ings and/or note their assembly position since, if they are
to be reused, they will need to be fitted in the same position
found in disassembly.

MID0312A 36

37. Using an appropriate wrench and a hex wrench un-

screw the screws (1) and (2), and remove the sub-
crankcase (3).
NOTE: Note down the assembly position of the top and
bottom main bearing shells since, if they are to be reused,
they will need to be fitted in the same position found in
disassembly.

MID0313A 37

38. Using tool 293273 (1), remove the crankshaft (2).

MID0314A 38

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 64
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

39. Take out the main bearing shells (1) Unscrew the
screws and remove the oil nozzles (2).
Remove the cylinder liners as described in the rel-
evant paragraph on Cylinder block - Overhaul
(B.10.A.70 - F.10.A.40).

MID0315A 39

40. GENERAL NOTES

After taking down the engine, clean the parts care-
fully.
The following pages illustrate the assembly opera-
tions that must be read extremely carefully to be able
to assemble the parts correctly.
The torques of the parts and the instructions that
must be followed meticulously are given on ENGINE
- Torque (B.10.A - D.20.A.10).
41. IN ADDITION IT IS NECESSARY TO BEAR IN MIND
THAT:
When totally or partially stripping the engine, all the
gaskets need to be replaced.
Before inserting the rotary parts and gaskets in the
coupling, it is necessary to lubricate the parts with
engine oil.
When fitting the oil filter, lubricate the seal with en-
gine oil.
NOTE: The following pages give the instructions for the
main checks and measurements to make to determine
whether the parts are sound enough to be reused after
reassembly.

CAUTION
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or
fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing -
safety goggles, gloves and shoes. B026

CAUTION
Always use suitable tools to align holes. DO NOT USE
HAND OR FINGERS. B020

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 65
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

ENGINE - Remove (B.10.A - F.10.A.10)

CX860, CX880

NOTE: The engine and cooling system used in the CX Combine is designed to be removed as a modular unit. The
following engine removal procedure demonstrates the removal of the engine only from the module. This procedure
takes into consideration the possible unavailability of proper, or sufficient lifting equipment for complete module re-
moval. When possible, remove the engine and cooling system module as designed. This procedure covers the Iveco
8 Liter (F2B) and 10 Liter (F3A) engines. While some illustrations may not represent each engine exactly, the proce-
dure is essentially the same for both versions.
1. Remove the gearbox and hydraulic pumps from
the engine. (Refer to PROCESS DRIVE Primary
process drive - Remove (C.50.B - F.10.A.10))
Place a suitable container (1) below the coolant drain
hose (2).
NOTE: The Iveco engine cooling system has a coolant ca-
pacity of 42 liters (11.1 gal.). Be sure to use clean con-
tainers with adequate capacity when draining the cooling
system.

10013105_834 1

2. Turn the drain petcock (1) on the radiator (2) counter

clockwise to open the coolant drain. Drain all of the
coolant into the containers.

10013106_835 2

3. Remove the cap (1) and turn the engine oil drain
valve (2), to the open position. Drain all of the engine
oil into suitable containers.
NOTE: The Iveco 8 Liter engine has an oil capacity of 24
liters (6.34 gal. ). The Iveco 10 Liter engine has an oil
capacity of 29 liters (7.7 gal.). Be sure to use clean con-
tainers with adequate capacity when draining the engine
oil.

10013107_836 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 66
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

4. Loosen and remove the mounting hardware (1) from

the protection covers (2) Remove the covers from the
engine compartment.

40015965 4

5. Disconnect the shock absorber (1) from the engine

lid (2).

40015206 5

6. Remove the two retaining rings (1) washers (2) and

hinge pins (3) from the engine lid. Remove the en-
gine lid from the combine.

8450265 6

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 67
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

7. Remove the hardware (1) from the top and bottom

of the engine lid support bar (2) Remove the support
bar.

8450265_837 7

8. Loosen and remove the two exhaust clamps (1) on

the exhaust pipe center section (2) Remove the cen-
ter section.

40015207 8

9. Loosen and remove the clamps (1) from the air intake
tubes (2) Remove the air intake tubes from the radia-
tor housing (3) intake manifold (4) and turbocharger
(5).

40015966 9

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 68
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

10. Loosen and remove the step mounting hardware (1)

securing the step assembly (2) to the floor and en-
gine. Remove the step assembly (2) from the com-
bine

40015208 10

11. Loosen the hose clamps (1) on the upper coolant

tube (2).
Remove the coolant tube from the water pump (3)
and radiator (4).

40015967 11

12. Loosen the hose clamp (1) and retaining hardware

(2) from the ventilation tube (3).

40015209 12

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 69
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

13. Loosen and remove the hose clamp (1) securing the
ventilation tube (2) to the engine. Remove the venti-
lation tube from the engine.

40015210 13

14. Loosen the adjusting nut (1) to release the tension

on the idler pulley (2) Remove the two fan belts (3).

84073061 14

15. Loosen the hose clamps (1) and disconnect the over-
flow hoses (2) from the coolant tank (3).
Loosen the hose clamp (4) and disconnect the main
coolant supply hose (5) from the coolant tank (3).

84073060 15

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 70
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

16. Loosen and remove the clamp (1) securing the air
conditioning evaporator (2) to the radiator support
frame (3) Remove the evaporator from the support
frame and position to the side.
NOTE: Do not disconnect any of the air conditioning lines
or hoses during evaporator removal from the radiator sup-
port frame, as serious injury could result.

10013115_838 16

17. Loosen and remove the radiator support mounting

hardware (1), and remove the radiator support (2)
and coolant tank (3) as an assembly.

10013116_839 17

18. Remove the main drive belt (1) from the engine.

MID0378A 18

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 71
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

19. Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) and remove

the mounting bolts (2) from the air conditioning com-
pressor (3) Remove the compressor from the engine
and tie the assembly out of the way.
NOTE: Do not disconnect any of the air conditioning lines
or hoses during compressor removal, as serious injury
could result.

40015211 19

20. From inside the grain tank, loosen the mounting nuts
on the carriage bolts (1) and turn the rotary screen
drive pulley adjusting bolt (2) counter clockwise, to
release the tension on the drive belt (3) Remove the
drive belt.

40015956 20

21. Loosen the clamps (1) and remove the intake air boot
(2), from the air box and turbocharger.
Disconnect the connector (3) from the sensor (4) Re-
move the sensor from the air box.
Loosen and remove the mounting bolt (5) securing
the air box to the grain tank wall.

10013119_840 21

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 72
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

22. Loosen and remove the mounting bolts (1) from the
air box retaining brackets (2) Remove the brackets.
Remove the air box (3) from the grain tank wall to
gain access to the engine lid bracket mounting bolts.

10013120_841 22

23. Loosen and remove the mounting bolts (1) and re-
move the engine lid support bracket (2) from the grain
tank wall.

84050265_842 23

24. Bleed the pressure from the fuel system.

Loosen the fitting (1) and remove the fuel line (2) at
the electronic fuel control block (3).

40015957 24

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 73
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

25. Loosen the hose clamp (1) on the fuel return line (2)
and disconnect the fuel return line from the fuel pump
(3).

40015958 25

26. From inside the grain tank, loosen the hose clamp
(1) and disconnect the lower coolant hose (2) from
the engine.

40015959 26

27. Loosen the hose clamps (1) and disconnect the

heater hoses (2) from the engine.

40015959_843 27

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 74
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

28. Disconnect the main engine electrical harness con-

nector (1).

10004682_844 28

29. Open the rotary screen door and disconnect the ro-
tary screen brush electrical connector (1).

10013132_845 29

30. Feed the connector and wire loom (1) and grommet
(2) through the hole in the radiator frame. Secure
the wire loom and connector to the engine to prevent
damage during removal.
NOTE: Removal of the rubber grommet in the radiator
frame hole may be necessary to remove the radiator
screen brush electrical connector.

10013133_846 30

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 75
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

31. Cut the wire ties and separate the engine wire har-
ness (1), from the gearbox wire harness (2) Secure
each harness to prevent damage during engine re-
moval.

40015960 31

32. Remove the banjo bolt (1) from the engine oil pan (2)
Disconnect the oil hoses (3) and plug the hole in the
oil pan (2).

10010863_847 32

33. Disconnect the main starter cable (1) from the starter
(2).

40015961 33

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 76
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

34. Attach a suitable chain to the front lift eye (1) at the
front of the engine.

40015962 34

35. Attach a suitable chain to the rear lift eye (1) at the
rear of the engine.

40015963 35

36. Connect the lift chain to a suitable lifting device.

Raise the lifting device enough to support the engine
during removal of the engine mounting bolts.

10013136_848 36

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 77
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

37. Loosen the two, front, engine mounting bolts (1) and
nuts, on each side of the engine. Do not remove the
mounting bolts at this time.

40015964 37

38. Loosen the four rear, engine mounting bolts (1) on

each side of the engine. Do not remove the mounting
bolts at this time.
With the engine securely supported by the lifting de-
vice, remove all engine mounting bolts loosened in
the previous steps.
Carefully lift the engine from the frame and remove
from the combine.

10013138_849 38

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 78
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

ENGINE - Remove (B.10.A - F.10.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

NOTE: The engine and cooling system used in the CX Combine is designed to be removed as a modular unit. The
following engine removal procedure demonstrates the removal of the engine only from the module. This procedure
takes into consideration the possible unavailability of proper, or sufficient lifting equipment for complete module re-
moval. When possible, remove the engine and cooling system module as designed.
1. Remove the gearbox and hydraulic pumps from
the engine. (Refer to PROCESS DRIVE Primary
process drive - Remove (C.50.B - F.10.A.10))
Place a suitable container (1) below the coolant drain
hose (2).
NOTE: The cooling system has a coolant capacity of 31.5
liters(8.3 gal. ). Be sure to use clean containers with ad-
equate capacity when draining the cooling system.

10013105_780 1

2. Turn the drain petcock (1) on the radiator (2) counter

clockwise to open the coolant drain. Drain all of the
coolant into the containers.

10013106_781 2

3. Remove the cap (1) and turn the engine oil drain
valve (2), to the open position. Drain all of the engine
oil into suitable containers.
NOTE: The New Holland engine has an oil capacity of 23
liters (6.07 gal. ). Be sure to use clean containers with
adequate capacity when draining the engine oil.

10013107 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 79
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

4. Loosen and remove the mounting hardware from the

protection cover (1) Remove the cover from the en-
gine compartment.

84050265 4

5. Disconnect the shock absorber (1) from the engine

lid (2).

10013108 5

6. Remove the two retaining rings (1) washers (2) and

hinge pins (3) from the engine lid. Remove the en-
gine lid from the combine.

84050265B 6

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 80
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

7. Remove the hardware (1) from the top and bottom

of the engine lid support bar (2) Remove the support
bar.

84050265C 7

8. Loosen and remove the two exhaust clamps (1) on

the exhaust pipe center section (2) Remove the cen-
ter section.

10013109 8

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 81
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

9. Loosen and remove the clamps (1) from the air intake
tube (2) and remove the retaining bolt (3) and nut (4)
from the support bracket (5). Remove the hardware
securing the air intake tube to the upper coolant pipe.
Remove the air intake tube from the radiator housing
(6) and intake manifold (7).

84073059 9

10. Loosen the hose clamp (1) and remove the oil hose
(2) from the bottom of the crankcase vent filter (3).

10013139 10

11. Loosen the hose clamps (1) and remove the hoses
(2) from the oil separator (3) and ventilation tube (4).
Loosen the oil tube fittings (5) and disconnect the
tubes from the oil filter manifold (6).

10013110 11

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 82
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

12. Loosen and remove the step mounting hardware

(1) securing the step assembly (2) to the floor and
engine. Remove the step assembly (2) with the
crankcase vent filter (3) and oil filter manifold (4)
attached.

10013110_782 12

13. Loosen the hose clamps (1) and remove the top
coolant pipe (2) from the engine and radiator neck.

10013111 13

14. Loosen the hose clamps (1) and retaining hardware

(2) from the ventilation tubes (3).

10013112 14

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 83
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

15. Loosen and remove the mounting bolt (1) securing

the bracket (2) to the engine. Remove the bracket
and ventilation tubes from the engine as an assem-
bly.

10013113 15

16. Loosen the fitting (1) and remove the oil hose (2) from
the air compressor (3).
Loosen the three air compressor mounting nuts (4)
and turn the tension adjustment bolt (5) clockwise to
loosen tension on the air compressor drive belt (6)
Remove the drive belt (6) from the air compressor
(3), and engine crankshaft pulley.

10013114 16

84073061A 17

Loosen the adjusting nut (1) to release the tension on the

idler pulley (2) Remove the two fan belts (3).

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 84
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

17. Loosen the hose clamps (1) and disconnect the over-
flow hoses (2) from the coolant tank (3).
Loosen the hose clamp (4) and disconnect the main
coolant supply hose (5) from the coolant tank (3).
NOTE: Do not disconnect any of the air conditioning lines
or hoses during evaporator removal from the radiator sup-
port frame, as serious injury could result.

84073060A 18

18. Loosen and remove the clamp (1) securing the air
conditioning evaporator (2) to the radiator support
frame (3) Remove the evaporator from the support
frame and position to the side.

10013115 19

19. Loosen and remove the radiator support mounting

hardware (1), and remove the radiator support (2)
and coolant tank (3) as an assembly.

10013116 20

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 85
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

20. Remove the main drive belt (1) from the engine.
NOTE: Do not disconnect any of the air conditioning lines
or hoses during compressor removal, as serious injury
could result.

84073781A 21

21. Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) and remove

the four mounting bolts and nuts (2) from the air con-
ditioning compressor (3). Remove the compressor
from the engine and tie the assembly against the
grain tank wall, out of the way.

10013117 22

22. From inside the grain tank, loosen the mounting nuts
on the carriage bolts (1) and turn the rotary screen
drive pulley adjusting bolt (2) counter clockwise, to
release the tension on the drive belt (3) Remove the
drive belt.

10013118 23

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 86
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

23. Loosen the clamps (1) and remove the intake air boot
(2), from the air box and turbocharger.
Disconnect the connector (3) from the sensor (4) Re-
move the sensor from the air box.
Loosen and remove the mounting bolt (5) securing
the air box to the grain tank wall.

10013119 24

24. From inside the grain tank, loosen and remove the
mounting bolts (1) from the air box retaining brackets
(2) Remove the brackets. Remove the air box (3)
from the grain tank wall to gain access to the engine
lid bracket mounting bolts.

10013120 25

25. Loosen and remove the mounting bolts (1) and re-
move the engine lid support bracket (2) from the grain
tank wall.

84050265D 26

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 87
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

26. Bleed the pressure from the fuel system. Loosen the
hose clamp (1) and remove the fuel line (2) at the fuel
injection pump.

10013121 27

27. Loosen the fitting (1) on the fuel line (2) and discon-
nect the fuel line from the fuel filter (3).

10013122 28

28. From inside the grain tank, loosen the hose clamp
(1) and disconnect the lower coolant hose (2) from
the engine.
Loosen and disconnect the air compressor oil line (3)
from the back of the engine block.

10013123 29

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 88
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

29. Disconnect the main engine electrical harness con-

nector (1).

10004682 30

30. Open the rotary screen door and disconnect the ro-
tary screen brush electrical connector (1).

10013132 31

31. Feed the connector and wire loom (1) and grommet
(2) through the hole in the radiator frame. Secure
the wire loom and connector to the engine to prevent
damage during removal.
NOTE: Removal of the rubber grommet in the radiator
frame hole may be necessary to remove the radiator
screen brush electrical connector.

10013133 32

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 89
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

32. Loosen the clamps (1) and disconnect the air inlet
tube (2), from the turbocharger (3).

10013124 33

33. Loosen the nut (1) and remove the oil hose (2) from
the hose guide (3).

10013125 34

34. Cut the wire ties (1) and separate the engine wire
harness (2), from the gearbox wire harness (3) Se-
cure each harness to prevent damage during engine
removal.

10013126 35

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 90
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

35. Loosen the hose clamp (1) and disconnect the rear
heater hose (2) from the engine.

10013127 36

36. Loosen the hose clamp (1) and disconnect the front
heater hose (2) from the engine.

10013128 37

37. Remove the nut and bolt (1) from the front engine
support bracket (2).

10013129 38

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 91
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

38. Remove the banjo bolt (1) from the engine oil pan (2)
Disconnect the oil hoses (3) and plug the hole in the
oil pan (2).

10010863 39

39. Loosen and remove the nut (1) Disconnect the main
starter cable (2) from the starter solenoid (3).

10013130 40

40. Attach a suitable chain to the front lift eye (1) and to
the ECU bracket (2) at the rear of the engine.

20013162 41

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 92
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

41. Connect the lift chain to a suitable lifting device.

Raise the lifting device enough to support the engine
during removal of the engine mounting bolts.

10013136 42

42. Loosen the two front, engine mounting bolts (1) and
nuts (2) on each side of the engine. Do not remove
the mounting bolts at this time.

10013137 43

43. Loosen the four rear, engine mounting bolts (1) on

each side of the engine. Do not remove the mounting
bolts at this time.
With the engine securely supported by the lifting de-
vice, remove all of the engine mounting bolts loos-
ened in the previous steps.
Carefully lift the engine from the frame and remove
from the combine.

10013138 44

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 93
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

ENGINE - Install (B.10.A - F.10.A.15)

CX860, CX880

1. Attach a suitable chain to the front lift eye (1) at the

front of the engine.

40015962 1

2. Attach a suitable chain to the rear lift eye (1) at the

rear of the engine.

40015963 2

3. Connect the lift chain to a suitable lifting device.

Carefully lift the engine above the combine and lower
into position in the frame.

10013136_850 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 94
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

4. Position the engine in the frame, aligning the four

front mounting holes. Install the mounting bolts (1)
Install the washers and nuts on the bolt. Do not
tighten the hardware at this point.

40015964 4

5. Align the rear mounting holes and install the mount-

ing bolts (1) and washer.
Tighten and torque the front engine mounting nuts to
standard torque.
Tighten and torque the rear engine mounting bolts to
standard torque.

10013138_849 5

6. Connect the main starter cable (1) to the starter (2).

40015961 6

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 95
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

7. Remove the plug from the oil pan (1) and connect the
two oil hoses (2) to the oil pan. Secure with the banjo
bolt (3).

10010863_851 7

8. Secure the gearbox wire harness (1) to the engine

wire harness (2) and secure with wire ties.

40015960_852 8

9. Feed the rotary screen brush electrical connector

and wire loom (1) and grommet (2) up through the
hole in the radiator frame
NOTE: Removal of the rubber grommet in the radiator
frame hole may be necessary to remove the radiator
screen brush electrical connector.

10013133_846 9

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 96
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

10. Connect the rotary screen brush electrical connector

(1), and secure the wire loom with wire ties (2).

10013132_853 10

11. Connect the main engine electrical harness connec-

tor (1).

10004682_854 11

12. From inside the grain tank, connect the lower coolant
hose (1) to the engine. Secure with the hose clamp
(2) and tighten securely.

40015959_855 12

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 97
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

13. Connect the heater hoses (1) to the engine and

tighten the hose clamps (2) securely.

40015959_856 13

14. Connect the return fuel line (1) to the fuel pump (2)
and tighten the hose clamp (3) securely.

40015958_857 14

15. Connect the fuel line (1) to the electronic fuel control
block (2).
Tighten the fitting (3) securely.

40015957_858 15

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 98
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

16. Attach the engine lid support bracket (1) to the grain
tank wall and secure with three mounting bolts (2)
and nuts. Tighten the nuts securely.

84050265_859 16

17. Install the air box (1) to the inside of the grain tank
wall and secure with the two brackets (2) Install and
tighten the bracket bolts (3).

10013120_860 17

18. Install and tighten the air box mounting bolt (1).
Install the sensor (2) into the air box and connect the
wire connector (3).
Install the air intake boot (4) and secure with the
clamps (5) Tighten the clamps securely.

10013119_861 18

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 99
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

19. From inside the grain tank, install the rotary screen
brush drive belt (1) onto the pulley (2) and engine
crankshaft pulley. Turn the pulley adjusting bolt (3)
clockwise to adjust the belt tension until the belt is
tight. Tighten the lock nuts on the carriage bolts (4)
when the belt is properly adjusted.

40015956_862 19

20. Install the air conditioning compressor (1) on the en-

gine and secure with the mounting bolts (2) Tighten
the bolts securely.
Connect the electrical connectors (3) to the compres-
sor wires.

40015211_863 20

21. Install the main drive belt (1) onto the engine.

MID0378A 21

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 100
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

22. Install the radiator support (1) and coolant tank (2)
assembly onto the radiator frame and fan support
frame.
Install and tighten the mounting hardware (3).

10013116_864 22

23. Install the air conditioning evaporator (1) and secure

to the radiator support frame (2) with the clamp (3)
Tighten the clamp securely.

10013115_865 23

24. Connect the main coolant supply hose (1) to the

coolant tank (2) and tighten the hose clamp (3).
Connect the overflow hoses (4) to the coolant tank
(2), and tighten the hose clamps (5).

84073060_866 24

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 101
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

25. Install the two fan belts (1) onto the fan pulley and
engine crankshaft pulley. Tighten the adjuster nut (2)
until the washer (3) is even with the end of the gauge
(4) Tighten the nut on the idler pulley (5), when belt
adjustment is correct.

84073061_867 25

26. Install the ventilation tube (1) onto the engine and
secure with the hose clamp (2) Tighten the clamp
securely.

40015210 26

27. Connect the ventilation tube (1) to the air box and
tighten the hose clamp (2) Install and tighten the
retaining loop and hardware (3), onto the support
bracket.

40015209_868 27

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 102
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

28. Install the upper coolant tube (1) to the water pump
(2), and radiator (3).
Install and tighten the hose clamps (4) on the upper
coolant tube (1).

40015957_869 28

29. Install the step assembly (1) onto the combine

Install and tighten the step mounting hardware (2) se-
curing the step assembly (1) to the floor and engine.

40015208_870 29

30. Install the air intake tubes (1) onto the radiator hous-
ing (2), intake manifold (3) and turbocharger (4).
Install and tighten the clamps (5) on the air intake
tubes (2).

40015966_871 30

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 103
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

31. Install the exhaust pipe center section (1).

Install and tighten the two exhaust clamps (2) on the
exhaust pipe center section (1).

40015207_872 31

32. Install the engine lid support bar (1).

Install the hardware (2) onto the top and bottom of
the engine lid support bar (1).

84050265_873 32

33. Secure the engine lid (1) to the support bracket with
the hinge pins (2) washers (3) and retaining rings (4).

84050265_874 33

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 104
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

34. Connect the shock absorber (1) to the engine lid (2).

40015206 34

35. Install the engine covers (1) and secure with the
mounting hardware (2) Tighten all mounting hard-
ware securely.

40015965_875 35

36. Close the engine oil drain valve (1) and replace the
cap (2).
Fill the engine with the proper amount and type of oil.
Refer to Operators Manual
NOTE: The Iveco 8 Liter engine has an oil capacity of 24
liters (6.34 gal.). The Iveco 10 Liter engine has an oil
capacity of 29 liters (7.7 gal.).

10013107_876 36

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 105
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

37. Turn the drain petcock (1) on the radiator (2) clock-
wise to close the coolant drain. Drain all of the
coolant into the containers.
Fill the cooling system with the proper amount and
type of coolant. Refer to Operators Manual.
Install the gearbox and hydraulic pumps onto the en-
gine. (Refer to PROCESS DRIVE Primary process
drive - Install (C.50.B - F.10.A.15))
NOTE: The Iveco engine cooling system has a coolant ca-
pacity of 42 liters (11.1 gal. ).

10013106_835 37

38. Disconnect the fuel pump wire connector (1) to dis-

able the fuel pump (2).
Check the engine oil level and top off if necessary.
Crank the engine over for three ten second intervals.
This will distribute lubricating oil to the engine oper-
ating systems and will allow oil pressure to be built
before starting the engine.

50013163_877 38

39. Connect the fuel pump wire connector (1) and bleed
the air from fuel injection system, as described in the
Operators manual.
Start the engine and check all hoses, fittings and
clamps for leaks.
Be certain that all electrical components are working
properly.
NOTE: Engine automatically stalls when no oil pressure is
detected.

50013163_878 39

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 106
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

ENGINE - Install (B.10.A - F.10.A.15)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Attach a suitable chain to the front lift eye (1) and to

the ECU bracket (2) at the rear of the engine.

20013162 1

2. Connect the lift chain to a suitable lifting device.

Carefully lift the engine above the combine and lower
into position in the frame.

10013136_783 2

3. Position the engine in the frame, aligning the four

front mounting holes. Install the mounting bolts (1)
Install the washers (2), and nuts (3) on the bolt.

10013137_784 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 107
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

4. Align the rear mounting holes and install the mount-

ing bolt (1) and washer (2).
Tighten and torque the front engine mounting nuts to
217 N·m (160 ft. lbs.)
Tighten and torque the rear engine mounting bolts to
240 N·m (177 ft. lbs.)

10013138_785 4

5. Connect the main starter cable (1) to the starter so-

lenoid (2), and secure with the nut (3).

10013130_786 5

6. Remove the plug from the oil pan (1) and connect the
two oil hoses (2) to the oil pan. Secure with the banjo
bolt (3).

10010863_787 6

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 108
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

7. Secure the front engine support bracket (1) with the

bolt and nut (2) Tighten securely.

10013129_788 7

8. Connect the front heater hose (1) to the engine and

tighten the hose clamp (2) securely.

10013128_789 8

9. Connect the rear heater hose (1) to the engine and

tighten the hose clamp (2) securely.

10013127_790 9

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 109
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

10. Secure the gearbox wire harness (1) to the engine

wire harness (2) with wire ties.

10013126_791 10

11. Secure the oil hose (1) to the hose guide (2) and
tighten the nut (3).

10013125_792 11

12. Connect the air inlet tube (1) to the turbocharger (2),
and secure with the clamps (3) Tighten the clamps
securely.

10013124_793 12

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 110
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

13. Feed the rotary screen brush electrical connector

and wire loom (1) and grommet (2) up through the
hole in the radiator frame.

10013133_794 13

14. Connect the rotary screen brush electrical connector

(1), and secure the wire loom with wire ties (2).

10013132_795 14

15. Connect the main engine electrical harness connec-

tor (1).

10004682_796 15

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 111
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

16. From inside the grain tank, connect the lower coolant
hose (1) to the engine. Secure with the hose clamps
(2) Tighten the clamps securely.
Connect and tighten the air compressor oil line (3) to
the back of the engine block.

10013123_797 16

17. Connect the fuel line (1) to the fuel filter (2) and
tighten the fitting (3) securely.

10013122_798 17

18. Connect the fuel line (1) to the fuel pump and tighten
the hose clamp (2).

10013121_799 18

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 112
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

19. Use the three mounting bolts (1) to attach the engine
lid support bracket (2) to the grain tank well. Install
and tighten the nuts securely.

84050265D_800 19

20. Install the air box (1) to the inside of the grain tank
wall and secure with the two brackets (2) Install and
tighten the bracket bolts (3).

10013120_801 20

21. Install and tighten the air box mounting bolt (1).
Install the sensor (2) into the air box and connect the
wire connector (3).
Install the air intake boot (4) and secure with the
clamps (5) Tighten the clamps securely.

10013119_802 21

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 113
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

22. Install the rotary screen brush drive belt (1) onto the
pulley (2) and engine crankshaft pulley. Turn the pul-
ley adjusting bolt (3) clockwise to adjust the belt ten-
sion until the belt is tight. Tighten the lock nuts on the
carriage bolts (4) when the belt is properly adjusted.
Adjustment is correct when the belt deflection is 3
mm (1/8 in) in the center of the belt, with a force of
23 N (5.2 lbf ) applied to the belt.

10013118_803 22

23. Install the air conditioning compressor (1) on the en-

gine and secure with the four mounting bolts and nuts
(2) Tighten the nuts securely.
Connect the electrical connectors (3) to the compres-
sor wires.

10013117_804 23

24. Install the main drive belt (1) onto the engine.

84073781A_805 24

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 114
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

25. Install the radiator support (1) and coolant tank (2)
assembly onto the radiator frame (3) and fan support
frame (4).
Install and tighten the mounting hardware (5).

10013116_806 25

26. Install the air conditioning evaporator (1) and secure

to the radiator support frame (2) with the clamp (3)
Tighten the clamp securely.

10013115_807 26

27. Connect the main coolant supply hose (1) to the

coolant tank (2) and tighten the hose clamp (3).
Connect the overflow hoses (4) to the coolant tank
(2), and tighten the hose clamps (5).

84073060A_808 27

28. Install the two fan belts (1) onto the fan pulley and
engine crankshaft pulley. Tighten the adjuster nut (2)
until the washer (3) is even with the end of the gauge
(4) Tighten the nut on the idler pulley (5), when belt
adjustment is correct.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 115
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

84073061B 28

Install the air compressor drive belt (1) onto the air
compressor (2) and engine crankshaft pulley. Turn the
belt tension adjusting bolt (3) clockwise until the belt is
tight. Tighten the three air compressor mounting nuts (4)
when the belt is adjusted properly. Adjustment is correct
when the belt deflection is 3 mm (1/8 in) in the center of
the belt, with a force of 23 N (5.2 lbf ) applied to the belt.
29. Connect the oil hose (5) to the air compressor (2) and
tighten the fitting (6) securely.

10013114_809 29

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 116
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

30. Install the support bracket (1) and ventilation tubes

onto the engine and secure with the mounting bolt
(2) Tighten the mounting bolt securely.

10013113_810 30

31. Connect the ventilation tubes (1) to the air box and
tighten the hose clamps (2) Install and tighten the
retaining loops and hardware (3), onto the support
bracket.

10013112_811 31

32. Install the top coolant pipe (1) to the engine and ra-
diator neck. Tighten the hose clamps (2).

10013111_812 32

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 117
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

33. Install the step assembly (1) with the attached

crankcase vent filter (2) and oil filter manifold (3) to
the engine and floor. Install and tighten the mounting
hardware (4).
Connect the oil tubes (5) to the oil filter manifold (3),
and tighten the fittings (6).

10013110_813 33

34. Connect the hoses (1) to the oil separator (2) and
ventilation tube (3) Tighten the hose clamps (4).

10013110_814 34

35. Connect the oil hose (1) to the bottom of the

crankcase vent filter (2) and secure with the hose
clamp (3) Tighten the hose clamp.

10013139_815 35

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 118
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

36. Connect the air intake tube (1) to the radiator housing
(2), and intake manifold (3).
Install and tighten the mounting hardware securing
the air intake tube (1) to the upper coolant pipe (4).

84073059C 36

37. Install and tighten the retaining bolt (5) and nut (6),
onto the support bracket (7).
Install and tighten the clamps (8) onto the air intake
tube (9).

84073059C_816 37

38. Install the exhaust pipe center section (1) onto the
turbocharger elbow (2) and muffler, and secure with
the two exhaust clamps (3). Tighten the clamps se-
curely.

10013109_817 38

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 119
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

39. Install the engine lid support bar (1) and secure with
the hardware (2).
Install the engine lid (3) onto the mounting bracket
(4).
Secure the engine lid to the bracket with the hinge
pins (5) washers (6) and retaining rings (7).

84050265E 39

40. Connect the shock absorber (1) to the engine lid (2).

10013108_818 40

41. Install the protection cover (1) and secure with the
mounting hardware (2).

84050265F 41

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 120
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

42. Close the engine oil drain valve (1) and replace the
cap (2).
Fill the engine with the proper amount and type of oil.
Refer to Operators Manual.

10013107_819 42

43. Turn the drain petcock (1) on the radiator (2) clock-
wise to close the coolant drain. Fill the cooling sys-
tem with the proper amount and type of coolant. Re-
fer to Operators Manual.
Install the gearbox and hydraulic pumps onto the en-
gine. (Refer to PROCESS DRIVE Primary process
drive - Install (C.50.B - F.10.A.15))

10013106_820 43

44. Disconnect the fuel pump wire connector (1) to dis-

able the fuel pump (2).
Check the engine oil level and top off if necessary.
Crank the engine over for three ten second intervals.
This will distribute lubricating oil to the engine oper-
ating systems and will allow oil pressure to be built
before starting the engine.

50013163 44

45. Connect the fuel pump wire connector (1) and bleed
the air from fuel injection system, as described in the
Operators manual.
Start the engine and check all hoses, fittings and
clamps for leaks.
NOTE: Engine automatically stalls when no oil pressure is
detected.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 121
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

46. Be certain that all electrical components are working

properly.

50013163_821 45

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 122
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

ENGINE - Overhaul (B.10.A - F.10.A.40)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. In the following procedures and illustrations the en-

gine is shown removed from the vehicle however
there are certain operations that can be performed
with the engine installed.
Where it is necessary to remove the engine use a
suitable hoist or overhead gantry and standard en-
gineering procedures. Removal of the engine is de-
scribed in ENGINE - Remove (B.10 - F.10.A.10).
Dismantle the engine following conventional tech-
niques and by referring to the appropriate overhaul
sections of this chapter. Always refer to ENGINE -
Torque (B.10.A - D.20.A.10) as necessary.
For concerns relating to the fuel system refer to
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - Static descrip-
tion (B.20.A - C.30.A.20). On engines fitted with
the electronically controlled fuel injection pump refer
to POWER PRODUCTION - Fault code index (B -
C.40.G.10) in the electrical section of the manual.
NOTE: Where it is necessary to remove additional items
to gain access to the components on the engine Refer to
ENGINE - Remove (B.10 - F.10.A.10).
NOTE: All gaskets, seals, and ‘O’ rings must be replaced
during re-assembly. Where new sealant is to be applied
refer to LUBRICATION SYSTEM - General specification
(B.60.A - D.40.A.10).
2. Operations or repairs that can be performed with the
engine still in the vehicle.
Front timing cover, Pump drive gear and idler gear.
Removal of engine is required in order to remove and
replace the camshaft timing gear.
Front pulley and damper assembly.
Cylinder head and associated inlet and exhaust com-
ponents.
Fuel injection pump removal and timing.
Water pump, thermostat, and associated compo-
nents .
Oil pump relief valve.
Turbocharger.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 123
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

ENGINE - Complete (B.10.A - F.20.A.10)

CX860, CX880

1. Mount the rocker arm cover (1) and the timing sys-
tem cover (2) with new gaskets, tightening the fixing
screws to the required torque.
NOTE: The fixing screws of the rocker arm cover, 1, must
be tightened in the sequence shown in the diagrams on
page 26.

MID0364A 1

2. Mount the suction hose (1) and tighten the fixing

screws to the required torque.

MID0365A 2

3. Place the gasket (4) on the oil sump (1) position the
spacer (3) and fit the sump on the crankcase screw-
ing down the screws (2) to the required torque.

MID0366A 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 124
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

4. Mount the following, tightening the fixing screws to

the required torque:
- starter motor(1);
- control unit (2) and its mount;
- oil dipstick (3) in the crankcase.
NOTE: Check the state of the elastic elements of the con-
trol unit mount and replace them if they are deteriorated.

MID0367A 4

5. Fit the intake manifolds (1) (Fig.5 or 7) and tighten

the fixing screws (2) to the required torque.

MID0368A 5

MID0369A 6

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 125
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

6. Fit the mount (1) (for the F2B engine) or (4), (for
the F3A engine) and tighten the fixing screws to the
required torque.
Connect the oil pipes (2/7) to the mounts (1/4) tight-
ening the fittings to the required torque.

MID0370A 7

7. Fit the oil filters (1) on the relevant mounts as follows:

- oil the gaskets;
- screw down the filters until the gaskets come into
contact with the supporting bases;
- tighten the filter to a torque of 35-40 N·m (25-29 ft.
lbs.).

MID0371A 8

8. Mount the following with their gaskets and tightening

the screws to the required torque:
- fuel pump (2);
- mount (3) with fuel filter (4) and pipes (1);
- connect the pipes (1) to the fuel pump (2).

MID0372A 9

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 126
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

9. Fit the heat exchanger (2) with its gasket and tighten
the fixing screws (1), to the required torque.
Tighten the screws (4) fixing the pipe clamps (3) and
(5), to the spacer.

MID0373A 10

10. Mount the following with new gaskets:

- exhaust manifold (2);
- turbocharger (3);
- oil pipe (1) and (4);
- pipe to actuator (5).

MID0374A 11

11. Mount the following parts with their gaskets and tight-
ening the screws to the required torque:
- automatic tightener mount (1) ;
- automatic tightener;
- damper flywheel (3) and the pulley beneath;
- fixed tightener (5) ;
- water pump (7) ;
- pulley (4) ;
- pipes with coolant (6) ;
- thermostat assembly (8).

MID0375A 12

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 127
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

12. Mount the following, tightening the screws to the re-

quired torque:
- mounts (1) ;
- alternator (2) ;
- for the F2B engine only, the mount (4) and the su-
percharger (3) .

MID0376A 13

13. F2B engine only

With a suitable tool (6) operate the tightener (5) in the
direction of the arrow and fit the belt (4).
Both engines
With a suitable tool (3) operate the tightener (2) in the
direction of the arrow and fit the belt (1).
NOTE: The tighteners are automatic, so no further adjust-
ments are required after assembly.

MID0377A 14

14. Put the tool 296011 on the engine lifting hooks, fasten
this on the hoist.
Remove the screws fixing the brackets:
- 296196 for the F2B engine;
- 296197 for the F3A engine;
to the rotary stand, lift the engine and disconnect the
above-mentioned brackets. Complete assembly of
the engine with the following parts and tighten the
fixing screws or nuts to the required torque:
- fit the drive (1);
- fit the engine mounts;

MID0380A 15

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 128
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

15. fit the oil pressure adjustment valve (1).

MID0381A 16

16. F3A engine only

Fit the engine mount together with the air-conditioner
compressor (2) With an appropriate tool (3) operate
in the direction of the arrow and fit the belt (1).
For both engines, connect the engine electric cable
to the sensors and to the control unit.
Replenish the engine with the required amount and
grade of lubricating oil.

MID0382A 17

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 129
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

ENGINE - Compression test (B.10.A - F.40.A.35)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. TEST PROCEDURE
Be sure battery performance meets specifications.
2. Warm up the engine by operating for a minimum of
half an hour at 1200 rev / min.
3. Stop the engine and remove the injector and seat
washer from no1 cylinder.
4. Clean the injector bore and crank the engine to blow
out any loose carbon particles.
5. Install an engine compression test gauge, From
kit No.291309 (NA-FNH02020) with fault injector
295039 (NA-FNH00882), into the injector bore, us-
ing a new seat washer and the injector mounting
bolts.
6. Connect the gauge and hose to the adapter.
7. Crank the engine at 200 rev/min with the electric fuel
shut off wire disconnected to prevent engine start up.
8. Observe the gauge reading, and repeat the compres-
sion test, steps 5-7 for each cylinder.
9. TEST READINGS
All cylinder compressions should be uniformly within
1.7 bar (25 lbf in2) of each other.
10. A reading of more than the 1.7 bar (25 lbf in2) below
the other cylinders indicates leakage at the cylinder
head gasket, piston rings or valves.
11. A reading of more than 1.7 bar (25 lbf in2) above the
other cylinders indicates excessive carbon deposits
on the piston and cylinder head.
12. A low even compression in two adjacent cylinders
indicates a cylinder head gasket leak. Check this
item before condemning the rings or valves.
13. TEST CONCLUSION
To determine whether the rings or the valves are at
fault, squirt the equivalent of a tablespoon of heavy
oil into the combustion chamber. Crank the engine
to distribute the oil and repeat the compression test.
The oil will temporarily seal any leakage past the
rings. If approximately the same reading is obtained,
the rings are satisfactory, but the valves are leaking.
If compression has increased over the original read-
ing, there is leakage past the rings.
During a compression test, if the pressure fails to
climb steadily and remains the same during the first
two successive strokes, but climbs higher on the suc-
ceeding strokes, or fails to climb during the entire
test, suspect a sticking valve.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 130
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

ENGINE - Service instruction (B.10.A - F.10.A.05)

1. The engines installed into the CX840 (NH675
TA/AB), CX860 (IVECO F2B) and CX880 (IVECO
F3A) have electronically controlled fuel injection
systems (1).
The New Holland engine, shown, has an electron-
ically controlled fuel pump actuator. The Iveco
engines use injector pumps, one per cylinder, with
an electronically controlled solenoid determining the
fuel quantity.

1z0o2004118049 1

2. The fuel pump actuator of the NH675 engine is con-

trolled by an engine electronic control unit (ECU) (1),
which is linked to the vehicle ECU via the CAN BUS
system.
New Holland engine.

10010870_19 2

3. The fuel injector solenoids of the Iveco engines are

controlled by an engine electronic control unit (ECU)
(1), which is linked to the vehicle ECU via the CAN
BUS system.
IVECO engine ECU (1).

10010909_20 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 131
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

4. In the event of a fault occuring within the control of

the engine ECU, a fault code will be displayed on
the infoview screen, along with a description for that
code, in the same way as other vehicle fault codes
are displayed.

BTB0289 4

5. The majority of faults will not affect the operation of

the engine, although more serious faults will either
restrict engine speed and maximium fuelling, or will
disable the engine.
The alarms and errors are classified in three levels.
According to the importance of the alarm/error, fol-
lowing icons appear in the indicator bar:
1. Low priority alarm/error - no effect on engine op-
eration
2. Main priority alarm/error - restricted operation
3. High priority alarm/error - engine disabled

ZDA3299A 5

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 132
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Valve drive Camshaft - Remove (B.10.A.40.44 - F.10.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

NOTE: The camshaft bearings and tappets can only be serviced with engine removed from the vehicle.
1. Removal
Remove the engine front cover, and cylinder head.
Check the camshaft end play, see Timing gear -
Remove (B.10.A.45 - F.10.A.10), and remove gear,
install a new thrust plate prior to re-assembly if re-
quired.
After removal of the flywheel, and rear cover, remove
the camshaft oil pump drive gear (1).

TA6010057_769 1

2. Invert the engine on the stand, if camshaft bearings

are to be replaced, and remove the oil pan.
Carefully withdraw the camshaft from the front of en-
gine.
Lift out the tappets and place in a numbered rack for
reassembly.

396-E-16_770 2

3. CAMSHAFT BEARINGS
Inspect the camshaft bearings for wear or damage.
Measure the clearance between the internal diam-
eter of bearing and outside diameter of respective
journal, 0.074-0.178 mm (0.003-0.007 in).
If specification is exceeded install new bear-
ings using, Remover/Replacer Tool No 297117
(NA-FNH01255) and handle, Tool No 291896
(NA-FNH01442).
To remove, position tool against bearing to be re-
moved and attach handle, driving bearing from bore.
To install, align oil holes of new bearing with holes
in block, and drive bearing into bore using tools as
described.
TA6010071 3
NOTE: A positive alignment check can only be made with
crankshaft removed when a 4.6 mm (0.018 in) rod can
be passed down the oil passage from the crankshaft main
bearing. Bearing is correctly positioned when end of rod
passes through oil hole in the bearing.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 133
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Valve drive Rocker assembly - Install (B.10.A.40.43 - F.10.A.15)

CX860, CX880

NOTE: Before refitting the rocker arm shaft assembly, make sure that all the adjustment screws have been fully un-
screwed.
1. With tool 296170 (3) constrain the sliding blocks (4)
to the rocker arms (3).
Apply tool (1) to the rocker arm shaft (5):
296191, for the F2B engine,
296190, for the F3A engine,
and position it on the cylinder head.

MID0354A 1

2. Tighten the screws (2) fixing the rocker arm shaft in

two phases:
1st phase: tightening with torque wrench (1) to a
torque of:
- 40 N·m (4 kgm [29 ft. lbs.]), for the F2B engine;
- 100 N·m (10 kgm [73 ft. lbs.]), for the F3A engine.
2nd phase: closing, with tool tool 292248 (3), with an
angle of 60 °.
NOTE: The screws, 2, of the F2B engine are treated with
MOLYCOTE lubricant and require no lubrication whatso-
ever. They can be reused for up to five disassemblies; re-
place them if in doubt. The screws, 2, of the F3A engine
must, before assembly, be lubricated with engine oil.

MID0355A 2

3. For the F3A engine only

Constrain the levers (1) to the spacer (3) with the
springs (2).

MID0356A 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 134
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Valve drive Camshaft - Install (B.10.A.40.44 - F.10.A.15)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Apply petroleum jelly to each tappet foot, and coat

tappet body with oil. Install tappets in bores from
which they were removed.

396-E-23_771 1

2. Oil camshaft journals and apply petroleum jelly to the

cam lobes.
Install camshaft through front of engine.

39-E-16 2

3. Align the camshaft gear timing mark. Recheck end

play.

P396-E-36_762 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 135
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

4. Install camshaft pump drive gear at rear of engine.

Tighten bolt to torque of 57-77 Nm (43-58 ft. lb.).

1z0o2004112035 4

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 136
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Valve drive Valve guide - Replace (B.10.A.40.45 - F.10.A.30)

CX860, CX880

1. The valve guides are removed with drift:

- 291046, for engine F2B;
- 296153, for engine F3A.
Assembly is performed with drift:
- 291046 equipped with part 296177, for engine F2B;
- 296153 equipped with part 296178, for engine F3A.

CAUTION
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fin-
gers between parts. Always wear suitable safety items
such as fitted clothing, safety goggles, gloves, shoes,
etc. M954

MID0497A 1

2. After driving in the valve guides, rebore their hole

with the reamer:
- 291777, for engine F2B;
- 290884, for engine F3A.
* Dimension to be obtained after driving in the valve
guides.
NOTE: Parts 296177 (F2B) and 296178 (F3A) determine
the exact position of assembly of the valve guides in the
cylinder head. If they are not available, it is necessary
to drive the valve guides into the cylinder head so they
protrude from it by:
- 16.3 – 16.7 mm (0.642 - 0.657) (Fig. 237), for engine F2B;
- 31.3 – 31.7 mm (1.232 - 1.248) (Fig. 238), for engine F3A.

MID0498A 2

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 137
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Valve drive Camshaft - Overhaul (B.10.A.40.44 - F.10.A.40)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Inspect the camshaft journals, lobes, for damage, pit-

ting, or heat discolouration. If any of these conditions
exist install a new camshaft.
Inspect the oil pump drive gear on camshaft for bro-
ken or worn teeth, and mating gear on oil pump. If
any wear or damage is apparent fit new gears.
Check each tappet for wear or damage and check di-
ameters, if not to specification renew, 25.113-25.131
mm (0.99887-0.9894 in).
Measure the diameter and out-of-round condition of
bearing journals, if exceeded fit a new camshaft,
60.642-60.668 mm (2.3875-2.3885 in).

396-E-23 1

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 138
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Valve drive - Overhaul (B.10.A.40 - F.10.A.40)

NOTE: Refacing the valve seat should always be co-ordinated with refacing of the valve to ensure a compression
tight fit.
1. Examine the valve seat inserts and reface if pitted,
renew if loose or damaged.
To install a new valve insert, the cylinder head must
be counter bored, as described in Cylinder head -
General specification (B.10.A.72 - D.40.A.10). The
new insert must be chilled in dry ice prior to installa-
tion.
Valve Seat Specifications, Fig. 1
1 Valve seat angle
Intake 30.0 °-30.30 °
Exhaust 45.0 °-45.30 °
2 Valve seat width
Intake 1.9-2.4 mm (0.078-0.098 in)
Exhaust 1.8-2.3 mm (0.072-0.092 in)
3 Valve Head Face to Cylinder Head Face Depth
Intake 0.89-1.29 mm (0.035-0.051 in)
Exhaust 1.2-1.6 mm (0.048-0.064 in)
NOTE: Valve inserts of 0.010 in (0.25 mm) and 0.020 in
(0.5 mm) oversize on diameter are sometimes installed
during manufacture. Cylinder Heads with oversize inserts
are stamped so10/os, so20/os, on the exhaust manifold
side in line with the valve seat concerned.
2. Check the width of the valve seat inserts, and as
required reface by grinding to dimensions detailed in
Cylinder head - General specification (B.10.A.72
- D.40.A.10).

TA6010013 1

3. Measure the concentricity of valve seats, using a dial

indicator and measure concentricity of seat to the
valve guide bore. Total Indicator Reading should not
exceed 0.051 mm (0.002 in), Fig. 2.

TA6010015 2

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 139
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

4. Use a seat cutter to correct any seat eccentricity, or

clean up of pits and grooves. Ensure after any re-
work that seat width is within specified limits.
Rotate a new or refaced valve in the seat using engi-
neering blue, ensure all the blue is transferred to the
valve head protrusion, If any blue remains below or
around the seat raise or lower the seat accordingly,
Fig. 3, in the following manner.
Lower, the valve seats (1) Fig. 3, by removing mate-
rial from the top of seat using a, 30 ° grinding wheel
for exhaust valves and a 15 ° grinding wheel for in-
take valves.
Raise, the valve seats (2) Fig. 3, by removing ma-
terial from the bottom of seat using a, 60 ° grinding
wheel for exhaust valves and a 45 ° grinding wheel TA6010016 3
for intake valves.
5. Critical valve points, Fig. 4:
1. Valve Land Edge
2. Valve Head
3. Valve Face Angle
4. Valve Face
5. Valve Stem
6. Valve Tip

6. Valve Guides
Using a telescopic gauge, and micrometer, measure
the valve guide bore clearance, and ensure it does
not exceed,
0.114 mm (0.0045 in), on the intake valve stem,
0.140 mm (0.0055 in),
on the exhaust valve stem, Fig. 5.
NOTE: Production cylinder heads may have one or more
machined, oversize valve guide bores, or valves installed,
0.015 in (0.38 mm). Such cylinder heads have 15 or
VO15OS stamped on the cylinder head exhaust manifold
side adjacent to the valve concerned.

TA6010017 4

7. Using reamer set, 295006 (NA-FNH02136), ream

out the valve stem guide, with three reamer and pilot
combinations as follows:-
When going from a standard valve stem to an over-
size, always use reamers in sequence
38 mm (0.015 in) oversize reamer, and 0.076 mm
(0.003 in) oversize pilot.

TA6010018 5

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 140
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

8. Valve Springs
Checked on a flat surface squareness, should not
exceed 1.52 mm (0.060 in), between the square,
and spring at the top edge, Fig. 6.
Length of valve springs should be checked on both
free length, and loaded length.
Free length = 60.7 mm (2.39 in)
Installed length = 47-49.6 mm (1.86-1.95 in)
Loaded length = 48.26 mm (1.9 in) using a weight of
28-31 kg (61.96 lb)
Loaded length = 1.4 in (35.69 mm) using a weight of
61-69 kg (135-153 lb)
Ensure the valve spring retainer locks are in good
condition, and replace if worn or damaged.
TA6010019 6

9. Rocker Shaft Inspection and Reassembly

Separate rocker shaft assembly by removing the
cylinder head bolts (3) and withdraw the supports
(2) springs (1) rockers (4) and spacers (6).
Clean all components using approved cleaning solu-
tion and make sure all oil passages are clear.
Inspect rocker arm adjusting screws, and push rod
ends of the rocker arm, including the ball end of the
screws for nicks, damage, or excessive wear.
Inspect the inside diameter of the rocker arm for dam-
age or wear. If any of these characteristics are not to
specification replace with new parts.
Check the ends of the push rods for damage or wear.
If not to specification or push rods were found not to
be straight during dismantling install new rods. TA6010010 7

NOTE: Do not attempt to straighten bent push rods, re-

place with new.
10. Check the rocker shaft for signs of wear or damage
on internal and external diameters respectively.
Re-assemble the rocker shaft components onto the
shaft ensuring the shaft identification groove (1) is
positioned forwards and upwards. This ensures oil
grooves and holes face downwards.

1z0o2004112024 8

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 141
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Valve drive - Overhaul (B.10.A.40 - F.10.A.40)

CX860, CX880

CAUTION
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Always wear suitable safety items
such as fitted clothing, safety goggles, gloves, shoes, etc. M954

1. The surfaces of the supporting pins of the shaft and

those of the cams must be extra smooth. If they show
any sign of seizing or scoring, replace the shaft and
the relevant bushings.

MID0454A 1
F2B engine – Main data of the camshaft and tolerances (Dimensions in mm)

MID0455A 2
F3A engine – Main data of the camshaft and tolerances (Dimensions in mm)

TOLERANCES SUBJECT OF TOLERANCE GRAPHIC SYMBOL

ORIENTATION Perpendicularity ?
POSITION Concentricity or coaxiality

OSCILLATION Circular oscillation ?

CLASSES OF IMPORTANCE ATTRIBUTED TO THE CHARACTERISTICS GRAPHIC SYMBOL
OF THE PRODUCT
CRITICAL ©
IMPORTANT ?
SECONDARY ?

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 142
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

2. Checking cam lift and pin alignment

Place the camshaft (4) on the tailstock centres (1)
and, using a dial gauge (2) check that the lift of the
cams (3) corresponds to the values given in the fol-
lowing table:

MID0456A 3

F2B F3A
intake cam 8.07 mm 9.30 mm
(0.3177 in) (0.3661 in)
exhaust cam 7.63 mm 9.45 mm
(0.3004 in) (0.3720 in)
pump injector operating 8.80–8.82 mm 11.21 mm
cam (0.3465- 0.3472 in) (0.4413 in)
3. Again with the camshaft (4) on the tailstock centres
(1) using a dial gauge (2) check the alignment of the
supporting pins (3) : it must be no greater than 0.020
mm (0.0008 in). If there is any greater misalignment,
replace the shaft.

MID0457A 4

4. To check the assembly clearance, measure the in-

side diameter of the bushings (Figs. 6 and 7) and the
diameter of the pins (Figs. 1 and 2) of the camshaft:
the difference will give the actual clearance.
If the clearance is greater than 0.160 mm (0.0063 in),
replace the bushings and, if necessary, the camshaft
as well.

MID0458A 5

5. Bushings

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 143
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

MID0459A 6
F2B Engine – Main data for the camshaft bushings and seats on the cylinder head
(Dimensions in mm)
* Inside diameter of bushings after driving them in

MID0460A 7
F2B Engine – Main data for the camshaft bushings and seats on the cylinder head
(Dimensions in mm)
* Inside diameter of bushings after driving them in

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 144
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

MID0461A 8

6. Replacing camshaft bushings

The surfaces of the bushings must have no sign of
seizing or scoring, replace them if they do.
Using a bore gauge, measure the inside diameter
of the bushings. If it is above the tolerance value,
replace the bushings.
To disassemble and reassemble the bushings of the
camshaft, use the drift:
- 2296187, for the F2B engine;
- 296188, for the F3A engine.
A. Drift — B. Bushing positioning grub screw — C.
Reference for fitting the 7th bushing — D. Reference
for fitting bushings: 1 — 2 — 3 — 4 — 5 — 6, refer-
ence mark for the F2B engine, red mark for the F3A
engine — E. Guide bushing — G. Guide bushing to
secure to the 7th bushing mount — H. Plate for se-
curing bushing G to cylinder head — I. Grip — L. Ex-
tension coupling.
7. Disassembly
NOTE: To remove the bushings from the cylinder head it is
necessary to make the grub screw of the drift 286197 (F2B
engine), 296188 (F3A engine) coincide with the bushing.

MID0462A 9

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 145
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

8. Assembly
Assemble the drift with the extension. To fit the bush-
ings 1 — 2 — 3 — 4 — 5 — 6, proceed as follows:
1. Position the bushing to mount on the drift A making
its grub screw coincide with the seat on the bushing.
2. Position the guide bushing E and secure the guide
bushing G on the seat of the 7th bushing with the
plate H.
3. When driving in the bushing, make the reference
mark F coincide with the mark M. In this way, after
driving it home, the hole in the bushing for lubrication
coincides with the oil duct in its seat. The bushing is
completely driven home when the first yellow refer-
ence mark D is flush with the guide bushing G.
9. To mount the bushing (6):
Unscrew the grip (1) and the extension (N).
Position the extension (N) and the guide bushing (E)
as shown in the Fig.
Repeat steps 1, 2, 3 performed for driving in the
bushings (1), ( 2), ( 3), ( 4), ( 5).

MID0463A 10

10. To mount the 7th bushing:

Remove the grip and the guide bushing G secured
to the cylinder head (Fig. 10).
Fit the guide G back on without securing it with the
plates.
Position the bushing on the drift A and bring it up to
its seat, make the hole in the bushing coincide with
the lubrication hole on the head, then fit the bushing.

MID0464A 11

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 146
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

11. CHECKS, MEASUREMENTS AND REPAIRS ON

THE VALVE SPRINGS, ROCKER ARM SHAFT
AND ROCKER ARMS
Before assembly, the flexibility of the valve springs
needs to be checked with an appropriate tool. Com-
pare the load and elastic deformation data with the
data of the new springs given in the Fig. 13.
NOTE: The bushing is driven in correctly when the refer-
ence C is flush with the bushing seat.

CAUTION
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fin-
gers between parts. Always wear suitable safety items
such as fitted clothing, safety goggles, gloves, shoes,
etc. M954

MID0465A 12

12. F2B Engine — Main data for checking the valve

springs (Dimensions in mm [pounds feet])
1. Load of 454 N +/- 22 (102 lbf. +/- 5 ).
2. Load of 840 N +/- 42 (189 lbf. +/- 9.5 ).

MID0466A 13

13. F3A Engine – Main data for checking the valve

springs (Dimensions in mm [pounds feet])
1. Load of 500 N +/- 25(112.5 lbf. +/- 5.6).
2. Load of 972 N +/- 25(218.7 lbf. +/- 5.6).

MID0467A 14

14. Fitting valves and oil seal

Lubricate the stem of the valves and insert them in
their valve guides. Mount the bottom plates (3) with
a key:
- 296176, for engine F2B;
- 296181, for engine F3A.
Fit the oil seal (1) on the valve guide (2) then mount
the valves as follows.
2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 147
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

MID0468A 15

15. Mount the springs ( 6) and top plate (5).

On the cylinder head, fit the tool (2):
296175, for engine F2B;
296173 and 296174, for engine F3A.
And secure it with the bracket (4) Screw down the
lever (1) until it is possible to mount the cotters (3)
remove the tool (2)
Rocker arm shaft
Check that the mating surfaces have no scoring or
signs of seizing. If they do, replace the damaged
parts.
Check the clearance between the bushings of the
rocker arms and the shaft. If you find the bushings
worn, replace the entire rocker arm.
MID0469A 16

MID0470A 17
F2B Engine

1 Intake valve rocker arm 2 Injector rocker arm

3 Exhaust valve rocker arm.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 148
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

MID0471A 18
F3A Engine

1 Intake valve rocker arm 2 Injector rocker arm

3 Exhaust valve rocker arm.

MID0472A 19
Main data of the rocker arm shaft (Dimensions in mm)

16. ROCKER ARMS

Intake valve rocker arms
(Dimensions in mm)

MID0473A 20

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 149
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

17. Exhaust valve rocker arm

Main data for rocker arms
(Dimensions in mm)

MID0474A 21

18. Injector pump rocker arms

(Dimensions in mm)

MID0475A 22

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 150
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Valve drive Rocker assembly - Clearance (B.10.A.40.43 - F.45.A.12)

CX860, CX880

CAUTION
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Always wear suitable safety items
such as fitted clothing, safety goggles, gloves, shoes, etc. M954

1. Adjusting the clearance between the rocker arms

and the intake and exhaust valve crosspieces and
adjusting the pre-load of the pump injector rocker
arms must be done extremely conscientiously.
Take the cylinder associated with the valves involved
in the clearance adjustment into the combustion
phase.
The valves of this cylinder will be closed while they
balance those of the symmetrical cylinder.
The symmetrical cylinders are 1-6, 2-5 and 3-4.
To perform these operations correctly, proceed as
described Fuel injector - Clearance (B.20.A.29 -
F.45.A.12).

2. Adjusting clearance between rocker arms and intake

and exhaust valve crosspieces
- With a polygonal wrench, loosen the nut locking the
adjustment screw (1).
- Insert the blade of the feeler gauge (3).
- With an appropriate wrench, screw or unscrew the
adjustment screw.
- Check that the blade of the feeler gauge (3) can
slide with a slight amount of friction.
- Lock the nut (1) holding the adjustment screw still.

MID0509A 1

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 151
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Valve drive Camshaft - Timing adjust (B.10.A.40.44 - F.45.A.64)

CX860, CX880

1. Apply the tool for flywheel rotation to the gear box, 2:

- 296179 (7) for the F2B engine;
- 296179 (7) and spacer 296180 (6) for the F3A en-
gine.
NOTE: The arrow indicates the direction of rotation of the
working engine.With the above-mentioned tool, turn the en-
gine flywheel, 1, in the direction of rotation of the engine
so as to take the piston of cylinder no.1 to approximately
the T.D.C. in the phase of combustion.This condition is ac-
complished when the hole with one notch, 4, after the hole
with two notches, 5, on the engine flywheel, 1, can be seen
through the inspection window, 3.

MID0357A 1

2. The exact position of the piston of cylinder no.1 at

the T.D.C. is obtained when, in the above-described
conditions, the tool 296192 (1), enters the hole (3),
on the engine flywheel(4), through the seat (2), of the
engine speed sensor. If this is not the case, orient the
engine flywheel (4), appropriately.
Remove the tool 296192 (1).

MID0358A 2

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 152
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

3. Position the dial gauge with a magnetic base (1) with

the rod on the roller (2) of the rocker arm governing
the injector of cylinder no.1 and pre-load it by approx.
6 mm (0.236 in).
Using tool 296179, turn the crankshaft clockwise until
the pointer of the dial gauge reaches the minimum
value under which it cannot go.
Zero the dial gauge.
Turn the engine flywheel anticlockwise until on the
dial gauge you read the cam lift value of the camshaft
of:
- 4,9 —0.05 mm (0.193-0.002 in), for the F2B en-
gine;
- 44 —0.05 mm (0.175-0.002 in), for the F3A engine.

MID0359A 3

4. The camshaft timing is correct if the above cam lift

values correspond to the following conditions:
- The hole with a double notch (5) can be seen
through the inspection window.
- The tool 296192 (1) through the seat (2) of the en-
gine speed sensor, enters the hole (3) in the engine
flywheel (4).

MID0360A 4

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 153
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

5. If the conditions described in Fig.4 and indicated in

points 1 and 2 were not obtained, proceed as follows.
Loosen the screws (2) fixing the gear (1) to the
camshaft (3).
Take appropriate action on the engine flywheel to
bring about the conditions indicated in points 1 and
2, but the cam lift must not be affected.
Lock the screws (2) and repeat the check as de-
scribed above.
Tighten the screws (2) to the required torque.

MID0361A 5

6. When the slots (1) are not sufficient to recover the

timing, the camshaft turns because it becomes inte-
gral with the gear (2) The reference value of the cam
lift changes accordingly and it is necessary to pro-
ceed as follows.
Make sure the screws (2) (Fig. 5) , are locked.
Turn the engine flywheel clockwise by approx. 1/2
turn.
Turn the engine flywheel anticlockwise until the dial
gauge shows a camshaft cam lift value of:
- 4.9 mm +/- 0.05 (0.193-0.002 in), for the F2B en-
gine;
- 4.44 mm +/- 0.05 (0.175-0.002 in), for the F3A en-
gine.
Take out the screws (2) (Fig. 5) and remove the gear
(2), from the camshaft.
Repeat the steps described in Fig. 4.
Mount the gear (2) (Fig. 5) on the camshaft and
tighten the fixing screws to the required torque.
MID0362A 6

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 154
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

7. Phonic wheel timing

In the conditions described in Fig. 4, check that the
pin 296193 (2), is positioned on the marked tooth of
the phonic wheel (1). If this is not so, loosen the
screws (3), and orient the phonic wheel (1), appro-
priately.
Then tighten the screws (3) to the required torque.

MID0363A 7

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 155
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Crankshaft Front seal - Remove (B.10.A.43.01 - F.10.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Remove crankshaft pulley using Tool 297102 or

297262 (prior numbers 518 and 938) or suitable
equivalent (NA-FNH09539).

TA6010027_778 1

2. Remove drive key (1).

BSC1133A 2

3. Remove the shield (1) from the front of the seal to

expose the lip of the seal outer casing.

BSC1132A 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 156
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

4. Seal (1) separated from shield (2).

BSC1127A 4

5. Use Seal extractor Tool Number 297670 (NA-

CNH297670) to extract the seal from the engine
front cover.

BSC1325A 5

6. Position the extractor over the end of the crankshaft

and withdraw the seal.
NOTE: NOTE: Protect the end of the crankshaft using a
suitable step plate to prevent any damage when turning
the extracting bolt.

BSC1327A 6

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 157
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

7. After extracting the seal (2) withdraw wear sleeve,(1),

and O-Ring (3).
NOTE: The wear sleeve is a tight fit on the seal and may be
removed when extracting the seal. If this occurs separate
and retain the sleeve for use during installation of the new
seal.

1z0o2004112038 7

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 158
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Crankshaft - Remove (B.10.A.43 - F.10.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Remove the engine, flywheel and oil pan as previ-

ously described.
Remove the connecting rod caps, main bearing caps
and liners, and identify to facilitate re-assembly.

396-E-13 1

2. Carefully remove crankshaft from cylinder block.

6010065 2

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 159
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Crankshaft Front seal - Install (B.10.A.43.01 - F.10.A.15)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

IMPORTANT: DO NOT apply any lubricant to the seal, shield or wear sleeve during or after installation.
1. Clean all parts and install the O-ring (1).

1z0o2004112039 1

2. Carefully remove shield from the replacement seal.

NOTE: It is important that shield is removed as this will
affect the correct positioning of the seal in the engine front
cover during the installation process.

BSC1126A 2

3. Seal (1) separated from shield (2).

BSC1127A 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 160
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

4. Using fingers push the inner section of seal forward.

BSC1128A 4

5. Position seal on installation tool 297637/1

(NA-CNH297637)
NOTE: The installation tool must be used to install the seal.
Failure to use the tool will result in incorrect positioning of
the seal and consequential leakage after a few hours of
operation.

BSC1129A 5

6. Locate tool onto end of crankshaft.

BSC1130A 6

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 161
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

7. Tighten bolt to press seal into end cover.

IMPORTANT: Only tighten the bolt sufficiently to ensure
face of tool touches face of end cover.

BSC1131A 7

8. Install shield (1) onto the seal.

BSC1132A 8

9. Clean and refit the wear sleeve (1) over crankshaft

and into the seal. Use the seal installer to push the
wear sleeve into the centre of the seal.
NOTE: Only fit a new sleeve if the outer surface is worn or
damaged.

1z0o2004112040 9

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 162
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

10. Install drive key (1).

BSC1133A 10

11. Install front crankshaft pulley using T bar tool No

297262 (prior number 938) (NA-FNH09506) or suit-
able equivalent.
Check and top up engine with oil as specified in op-
erators manual.

1z0o2004112041 11

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 163
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Crankshaft - Install (B.10.A.43 - F.10.A.15)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Check the crankshaft bearing clearance using a plas-

tigauge as follows.
Position a piece of correct size plastigauge across
the full width of the bearing cap, approximately 6.35
mm (0.25 in) off centre, Fig. 1.

TA6010068 1

2. Install the cap and tighten bolts to 149 Nm (110 ft.

lb.).
Remove the cap and use the scale to check the width
of the flattened plastigauge, Fig.1.
Widest point, of gauge establishes the minimum
clearance.
Narrowest point, of gauge establishes maximum
clearance. The difference between the two readings
is the taper.
NOTE: Normally main bearing journals wear evenly and
will not be out-of-round, but if a bearing which is to specifi-
cation is fitted to an out-of round journal, ensure liner suits
maximum diameter of journal.
6010069 2

3. If the combinations of bearings do not produce speci-

fied clearance, refinish crankshaft and fit appropriate
size service bearings.
Ensure bearing liners are clean and align with the oil
galleries and integral oil jets. The tang on the bearing
must align with the slots in the block and cap.
IMPORTANT: Engines may be assembled with bearings of
different material, but bearings of the same material must
be used on the same journal.

396-E-26_775 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 164
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

4. Coat liners with oil and install crankshaft.

6010065 4

5. Install a thrust bearing cap with flange type bearing

first, installing remaining bearing caps to their original
location and tightening finger tight.

396-E-9 5

6. Tighten the main bearing caps in two stages:

Stage 1, tighten all bolts to a torque of 81 Nm (60 ft.
lb. ).
Stage 2, using a torque angle gauge tighten all bolts
a further 90 °in a single stroke.

6010069_776 6

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 165
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

7. Check crankshaft end play with a dial indicator

gauge, pry crankshaft towards front of engine and
set dial indicator to zero. Pry crankshaft towards
rear of engine and note reading on dial if end play
exceeds 0.10-0.20 mm (0.004-0.008 in ) fit a new
thrust bearing.

BSB0079A 7

8. If the end play is less than specification check thrust

bearing for burrs, scratches, or dirt, and re-align
thrust bearing as in operation 7.
Install rear crankshaft oil seal as previously de-
scribed in Rear cover - Remove (B.10.A.76 -
F.10.A.10).
NOTE: Do not pre-install seal into retainer. To ensure seal
concentricity, it must be assembled with rear plate and in-
stallation tool when fitted to crankshaft.

TA6010070 8

9. Install the camshaft idler gear ensuring the timing

marks are correctly alligned.

P396-E-36_777 9

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 166
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Crankshaft - Assemble (B.10.A.43 - F.10.A.20)

CX860, CX880

NOTE: On finding there is no need to replace the crankshaft bearings, it is necessary to fit them back on in the
same sequence and position found during disassembly. If you need to replace them, select the crankshaft bearings
according to the selection described on Crankshaft - Repair (B.10.A.43 - F.10.A.32).

CAUTION
Do not make any adjustments to the bearings. Z106

1. Fitting the crankshaft bearings

If dismantled, refit the oil nozzles (2) tightening the
union (3) to the required torque.
Put the half bearings (1) on the crankshaft mounts of
the crankcase.
The crankshaft bearings are supplied as spare parts
with an undersized internal diameter of 0.127 —
0.254 — 0.508 mm (.005 - .010 - .020 in).

MID0316A 1

2. Using a hoist and hook 293273 (1), mount the crank-

shaft (2).

MID0317A 2

3. Put the half bearings (1) on the main bearings in the

sub-crankcase,(2).

MID0318A 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 167
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

4. Apply LOCTITE 5699 sealant on the crankcase with

an appropriate tool (1), as shown in the Fig.
The box contains a diagram for applying LOCTITE
5699 sealant.

CAUTION
Fit within 10 min. of applying the sealant. Z107

MID0319A 4

5. Fit the sub-crankcase (1) using a hoist and appropri-

ate hooks.

MID0320A 5

6. Screw down the screws (1) and tighten them accord-

ing to the torques and phases shown in the following
Figs.
NOTE: The sub-crankcase fixing screws of the F2B engine
are treated with MOLYCOTE lubricant and need no lubri-
cation whatsoever. They can be reused for up to five dis-
assemblies; replace them if in doubt. The sub-crankcase
fixing screws of the F3A engine must, before assembly, be
lubricated with engine oil.

MID0321A 6

MID0322A 7
First phase
2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 168
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

F2B 25 N·m (18 ft. lbs.) F3A 30 N·m (22 ft. lbs.)

MID0323A 8
Second phase

F2B 140 N·m (103 ft. lbs.) F3A 120 N·m (88 ft. lbs.)

MID0324A 9
Third phase

F2B 60 ° F3A 90 °

MID0325A 10
Fourth phase

F2B 60 ° F3A 45 °

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 169
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

MID0326A 11
Fifth phase

F2B 90 ° F3A 60 °

A = front side
7. Checking crankshaft shoulder clearence
The shoulder clearance is checked by placing a dial
gauge (1) with a magnetic base on the crankshaft (2)
as shown in the Fig.
If the clearance is found to be greater than as re-
quired, replace the rear main thrust bearing shells
and check the clearance again.

MID0327A 12

8. With the centring ring (2):

296210, for the F2B engine;
296211, for the F3A engine, position the front cover
(1) on the crankcase, screws down the screws (3)
and tighten them to the required torque.

MID0328A 13

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 170
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

9. Key the ring seal (1) onto the crankshaft, on which

you should apply the tool (3):
296166, for the F2B engine;
296168, for the F3A engine.
Screw down the nut (4) to mount the ring seal (1)
completely in the cover (2).

MID0329A 14

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 171
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Crankshaft Front seal - Replace (B.10.A.43.01 - F.10.A.30)

CX860, CX880

1. Drain off the coolant from the engine cooling system.

Disconnect the pipes from the thermostat box. Dis-
connect the engine cooling fan.
Using a suitable tool (6) turn in the direction of the
arrow on the tightener (5) and remove the belt (4).
Using a suitable tool (3) turn in the direction of the
arrow on the tightener (2) and remove the belt (1).
Take out the fixing screws and remove the damper
flywheel (7) and the pulley beneath.

CAUTION
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fin-
gers between parts. Always wear suitable safety items
such as fitted clothing, safety goggles, gloves, shoes,
etc. M954

MID0506A 1

2. With the extractor (2):

- 296160, for engine F2B;
- 296162, for engine F3A, applied as shown in the
Fig.
Extract the seal (4) Unscrew the screws (3) and take
off the cover (1).
Disconnect all the electrical connections and sen-
sors.

MID0507A 2

3. Key the ring seal (1) onto the crankshaft and onto this
apply tool (2):
- 296166 (1) for engine F2B;
- 296168, for engine F3A.
Screw the nut (3) down to mount the ring seal (1)
completely in the cover.
Fit the remaining parts back on, following the oppo-
site sequence to disassembly.
On completion, fill the cooling system with the re-
quired type and amount of coolant.

MID0508A 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 172
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Crankshaft - Repair (B.10.A.43 - F.10.A.32)

CX860, CX880

CAUTION
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Always wear suitable safety items
such as fitted clothing, safety goggles, gloves, shoes, etc. M954

1. Measuring main journals and crankpins

Before grinding the pins, measure the pins of the
shaft (2) with a micrometric gauge (1) and establish,
depending on the level of undersizing of the bear-
ings, to what diameter you need to reduce the pins.
The classes of undersizing are 0.127 -0.254 - 0.508
mm ( 0.0050 - 0.0100 - 0.0200 in).
It is advisable to note down the measurements in a
table Fig.2
NOTE: All the main journals and crankpins should always
be ground to the same class of undersizing so as not to
alter the balance of the crankshaft.

MID0392A 1

MID0393A 2

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 173
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

MID0394A 3
F2B Engine – Main data of crankshaft and main bearing shells
Check the state of the main journals and crankpins of the crankshaft. They must have no scoring,
ovalization or excessive wear. The data given refer to the normal diameter of the pins.

2. F2B Engine
X. Detail of the fittings of the main journals
(dimensions in mm)

MID0395A 4

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 174
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

3. F2B Engine
Y. Detail of the fittings of the main journals
(dimensions in mm)

MID0396A 5

MID0397A 6
Engine F3A - Main data of crankshaft and main bearing shells

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 175
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

4. F3B Engine
X. Detail of the fittings of the main journals
(dimensions in mm)

MID0398A 7

5. F3B Engine
Y. Detail of the fittings of the main journals
(dimensions in mm)

MID0399A 8

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 176
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

6. Replacing oil pump and timing system gear

Check that the teeth of the gear are neither damaged
nor worn, but if they are then take it out with an ap-
propriate extractor.
When fitting the gear (1) on the crankshaft (2) heat it
for approx. 15 minutes in an oven at a temperature
of 180 °C.
After driving it home, leave it to cool.
NOTE: For engine F3A only: After heating the gear, 1, fit
it on the shaft by applying a load of 6000 N (1350 lbf.) to
the gear, positioning the load at the distance shown in Fig.
140. After cooling, the gear must have no axial movement
under a load of 29100 N (6547.5 lbf.).

MID0400A 9

7. SELECTING MAIN AND BIG END BEARING

SHELLS
To obtain the required assembly clearances, the
main and big end bearing shells need to be selected
as described below.
This operation makes it possible to identify the most
suitable half bearings for each of the pins of the shaft
(the half bearings may even be of a different class
from one pin to another).
Depending on the thickness, the half bearings are
selected in classes of tolerance, marked by a colour
(red-green — red/black — green/black).
The following tables give the characteristics of the
main and big end bearing shells available as spares
in the standard (STD) sizes and in the permissi-
ble oversizes (+0.127, +0.254, +0.508 [0.0050 in,
0.0100 in, 0.0200 in]).

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 177
POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

MID0401A 10

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 178
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

8. PRELIMINARY APPRAISAL OF DATA TO MAKE

THE SELECTION
For each of the pins of the crankshaft, it is necessary
to carry out the following:
Main journals
- determine the class of diameter of the seat in the
crankcase;
- determine the class of diameter of the main journal;
- choose the class of half bearings to fit.
Crankpins
- determine the class of diameter of the seat in the
connecting rod;
- determine the class of diameter of the crankpin;
- choose the class of half bearings to fit.
Selecting small end bearings (pins with nominal di-
ameter)
Two sets of Figs. are marked on the front of the
crankcase, in the position shown, (Fig. 11 at top):
- a four-digit number represents the coupling number
of the crankcase with its respective sub-crankcase;
- the following seven digits, taken singly, represent
the class of diameter of each of the main bearing
seats to which they refer, (Fig. 11 at bottom);
- each of these digits may be 1, 2 or 3.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 179
POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

MID0402A 11

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 180
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

9. Selecting the main bearing shells (pins with nominal

diameter)
Main journals and crankpins: determining the class
of diameter of the pins.
Three sets of Figs. are marked on the crankshaft, in
the position shown by the arrow (Fig. 12 at top):
- the first number, comprising five digits, is the serial
number of the shaft;
- underneath this number, on the left, a set of six
digits refers to the crankpins and is preceded by a
single digit, which indicates the status of the pins (1
= STD, 2 = -0.127 [0.0050 in]), the other six digits,
taken singly, represent the class of diameter of each
of the crankshafts to which they refer (Fig.12 at top).
- the set of seven digits, on the right, refers to the
main journals and is preceded by a single digit, which
indicates the status of the pins (1 = STD, 2 = -0.127
[0.0050 in]), the other seven digits, taken singly, rep-
resent the class of diameter of each of the main jour-
nals to which they refer (Fig.12 at bottom).

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 181
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

MID0403A 12

10. Selecting the main bearing shells (pins with nominal

diameter)
After measuring the essential data, for each of the
main journals, on the crankcase and crankshaft,
choose the type of half bearings to use, according
to the following table:

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 182
POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

MID0404A 13

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 183
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

11. Selecting the main bearing shells (ground pins)

If the pins have been ground, the procedure de-
scribed so far cannot be applied. In this case, it is
necessary to check that the new diameter of the pins
is as indicated in the table and to fit the only type
of half bearings contemplated for the undersize at
issue.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 184
POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

MID0405A 14

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 185
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

12. Selecting the big end bearing shells (pins with nomi-
nal diameter)
On the body of the connecting rod, in position “A",
there are three markings:
13. Numbers identifying the cap-connecting rod cou-
pling.
The number specifying the class of the diameter of
the half-bearing seat may be: 1, 2 or 3.
Determine the type of big end bearing shell to fit on
each pin, following the guidelines of the table (Fig.
16).

MID0406A 15
Letter specifying the weight classes:

F2B F3A
A = 2890 - 2920 g. 3973 - 4003 g.
(6.4 - 6.44 lbs. ) (8.76 - 8.83 lbs. )
B = 2921 - 2950 g. 4004 - 4034 g
(6.44 - 6.5 lbs. ) (8.8 - 8.89 lbs.)
C = 2951 - 2980 g. 4035 - 4065 g.
(6.5 - 6.6 lbs.) (8.9 - 8.96 lbs.)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 186
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

MID0407A 16
Number specifying the selection of the diameter of the big end bearing seat:

F2B F3A
1 = 77.000 - 77.010 mm 87.000 - 87.010 mm
(3.0315 - 3.0319 in) (3.4252 - 3.4256 in)
2 =77.011 - 77.020 mm 87.011 - 87.020 mm
(3.0319 - 3.0323 in) (3.4256 - 3.4260 in)
3 = 77.021 - 77.030 mm 87.021 - 87.030 mm
(3.0323 - 3.0327 in) (3.4260 - 3.4264 in)
14. Selecting the big end bearing shells (ground pins)
If the pins have been ground, the procedure de-
scribed so far cannot be applied.
In this case, it is necessary to check (for each under-
size) which field of tolerance contains the new diam-
eter of the big-end journals and to fit the half bearings
identified according to the relevant table.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 187
POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

MID0408A 17

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 188
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

15. Checking main journal assembly clearance

If dismantled, mount the oil nozzles (3) making
the grub screw coincide with the hole (2) on the
crankcase.
Put the half bearings (1) on the main bearings.
NOTE: Clean the parts carefully and remove every trace of
oil.

MID0409A 18

16. With a hoist and hook 293273 (1), fit on the crank-
shaft (2).

MID0410A 19

17. Place the half bearings (1) on the main bearings in

the sub-crankcase (2).
Check the assembly clearance between the main
journals of the crankshaft and the respective bear-
ings, proceeding as follows:

MID0411A 20

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 189
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

18. Put a length of calibrated wire on the pins of the

crankshaft (2) parallel to the longitudinal axis.
With a hoist and appropriate hooks, mount the
sub-crankcase (1).

MID0412A 21

19. Screw down the internal screws (1) and tighten them
in the sequence given in the diagram of Fig.23 and
to the torques given on POWER PRODUCTION -
Torque (B - D.20.A.10).
The closed angle is done with tool 292248 (2).
NOTE: The screws, 1, of the F2B engine are treated with
MOLYCOTE lubricant and need no lubrication whatsoever.
They can be reused for up to five disassemblies; replace
them if in doubt. The screws, 1, of the F3A engine must,
before assembly, be lubricated with engine oil.

MID0413A 22

MID0414A 23
Diagram of the tightening sequence of the screws fixing the sub-crankcase under the crankcase.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 190
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

20. Remove the sub-crankcase

The clearance between the crankshaft bearings and
the relevant pins is measured by comparing the width
taken on by the calibrated wire (2) at the point of
greatest crushing, with the graduated scale on the
case (1) containing the calibrated wire.
The numbers given on the scale give the clearance of
the coupling in millimetres. If you find the clearance
is not as required, replace the half bearings and re-
peat the check.

MID0415A 24

21. Checking crankshaft end float

The end float is checked by placing a dial gauge (1)
with a magnetic base on the crankshaft (2) as shown
in Fig.25 . If you find the clearance is higher than as
required, replace the rear main thrust bearing shells
and repeat the clearance check.

MID0416A 25

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 191
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Crankshaft - Overhaul (B.10.A.43 - F.10.A.40)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

NOTE: Current production engines may have a crankshaft with main or crankpin journals ground 0.25 mm (0.010 in)
undersize. These are identified with the letters 010 MUS and/or 010 PUS respectively, letters being stamped on one
of the crankshaft counter balance weights.
1. Thoroughly clean bearings, journals, and caps, and
inspect for wear, scores, or damage replace as re-
quired.
NOTE: It is recommended that all the main bearings should
be replaced if it is found necessary to replace any one set
of main bearings.

1z0o2004112036 1

2. If crankshaft timing gear teeth are worn or damaged it

will be necessary to replace the complete crankshaft
assembly.

1z0o2004112037 2

3. Wash the crankshaft and drilled passages in a suit-

able solvent. Dress minor imperfections using an oil
stone but for severely marked journals machine to
the next undersize bearing size.
Measure diameter of each journal, Fig. 3, in four
places to determine out-of-round, taper, or wear.
Measuring, A, compared with B, indicates vertical ta-
per.
Measuring, C, compared with D, indicates horizontal
taper.
Measuring, A and B, compared with C and D, indi-
cates journal out-of-round.
If the journal exceeds specified limits refer to EN-
GINE - General specification (B.10.A - D.40.A.10)
and refinish journal to the next undersize bearing. TA6010067 3
Examine the rear oil seal journal for score marks,
remove minor imperfections with fine emery cloth,
and if severely damaged renew the crankshaft.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 192
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Timing gear - Remove (B.10.A.45 - F.10.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

IMPORTANT: If the injection pump timing has been checked ensure the timing pins 295005 (NA-FNH00536) and
297672 have been before removed before proceeding. Refer to Fuel injection pump - Timing check (B.20.A.21 -
F.40.B.12).
1. Using puller, 297102 (518 or FT.9539) (NA-
FNH09539), and shaft protector 297107 (625-A or
9212) (NA-FNH09212), remove crankshaft damper.

TA6010027 1

2. Remove the front cover plate.

SBD1848A 2

3. When the engine timing has been checked (as de-

scribed in “Injection Pump Timing Check" earlier in
this chapterFuel injection pump - Timing check
(B.20.A.21 - F.40.B.12)) the timing marks (dots) on
the crankshaft and camshaft timing gears align.
1. Camshaft Gear
2. Camshaft Timing Gear
3. Camshaft Idler Gear
4. Injection Pump Drive Gear

NOTE: The crankshaft timing gear (2) should not be re-

moved. The gear is heat shrunk on to the crankshaft and
aligned to the crankshaft No1 pin, to within 0.10 mm (0.004
in). If the gear is damaged a new crankshaft is required. P396-E-36_759 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 193
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

4. Before removing the timing gears perform the follow-

ing checks:-
Use a dial indicator or feeler gauge, Fig. 4, to mea-
sure the backlash between each set of gears.
Rotate the gears and check the backlash at four
equal points on the gears. Renew if the backlash
exceeds the following:-
Crankshaft to camshaft idler gear,
0.1-0.36 mm (0.004-0.014 in)
Camshaft to camshaft idler gear,
0.1-0.36 mm (0.004-0.014 in)
Fuel injection pump to camshaft idler gear
0.10-0.48 mm (0.004-0.019 in)

TA6010029 4

5. Check camshaft gear end float as follows:-

Pry the camshaft gear using a lever, away from thrust
plate. Using a dial indicator or feeler gauge, check
the clearance.

P396-E-28 5

6. if clearance is outside 0.05-1.8 mm (0.002-0.007 in)

limit, fit a new camshaft thrust plate, item 1, Fig. 6.
NOTE: The camshaft gear is an interference fit with the
camshaft and removal requires a three legged puller. It is
recommended that this gear is only removed when neces-
sary and during a total engine rebuild. This will enable both
the gear and camshaft to be removed from the front of the
engine.

396-E-45 6

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 194
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

7. Check idler gear end float using similar procedure

described for the camshaft gear. If outside limits of
0.073-0.35 mm (0.003 in-0.014 in) fit a new idler
gear wear plate (1).

396-E-46 7

8. To remove the fuel pump drive gear remove the 4

retaining bolts.

396-E-36 8

9. If required the timing gear rear cover plate may now

be removed. Remove the six retaining bolts and
carefully pry the cover from the engine block. When
replacing the cover tighten retaining bolts to a torque
of 24 Nm (18 ft. lb.).

1z0o2004112029 9

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 195
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Timing gear - Install (B.10.A.45 - F.10.A.15)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Wash the gears using a suitable solvent, and exam-

ine gear teeth for wear, burrs, or scratches. Minor
marks can be removed using a fine abrasive, thor-
oughly clean before re-assembly.
Ensure the camshaft idler gear adaptor is free from
obstruction and bushing is not damaged. Camshaft
key and key-way should be checked for damage and
repaired as required.

1z0o2004112030 1

2. Installation
Position piston no.1 at Top Dead Centre and install
timing pin 297672.

BSC1304A_760 2

3. Ensure the timing marks on the pump are aligned and

screw the rigid timing pin 295005 (NA-FNH00536-1)
through the pump flange and timing plate.

BSC1303A 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 196
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

4. If the pump has been removed during engine over-

haul refit pump onto engine.

BSD1847A_761 4

5. Install timing gears ensuring the timing marks on the

crankshaft, idler and camshaft gears align.
Fit the pump drive gear and remove pump timing pin.
Torque bolts as follows.
Camshaft gear 69 Nm (51 lbf.ft)
Idler Gear 204-279 Nm (150-205 lb.ft )
Pump Drive Gear 38 N (28 lbf.ft).

P396-E-36_762 5

6. Remove crankshaft timing pin and install plug.

BSD1542B_763 6

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 197
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

7. Position gasket on the front cover plate.

Install the front cover, ensuring alignment with dowel
pins. Tighten the retaining bolts in the (1)-(4) se-
quence shown to a torque of 34-41 Nm (25-30 ft.lb.
).
Install the oil pan as described on Oil pan - Install
(B.60.A.23 - F.10.A.15).
Install new front crankshaft oil seal as described
in Crankshaft Front seal - Install (B.10.A.43.01 -
F.10.A.15).

1z0o2004112031 7

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 198
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Timing gear - Assemble (B.10.A.45 - F.10.A.20)

CX860, CX880

1. Fit the oil pump (4) intermediate gears (2) together

with connecting rod (1) and tighten the screws (3) in
two stages:
pre-torque 30 N·m (22 ft. lbs.)
closed angle 90 °
NOTE: The screws, 3, fixing the intermediate gear of the
F2B engine are treated with MOLYCOTE lubricant and re-
quire no lubrication whatsoever. They can be reused for up
to five disassemblies; replace them if in doubt. The screws,
,) fixing the intermediate gear of the F3A engine must, be-
fore assembly, be lubricated with engine oil.

MID0339A 1

2. Apply LOCTITE 5699 silicone on the gear box (2)

with an appropriate tool (1) as shown in the Fig.

CAUTION
Fit within 10 min. of applying the sealant. Z107

MID0340A 2

3. Tighten the fixing screws of the timing system box to

the torques indicated here and according to the given
sequence.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 199
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

MID0341A 3

F2B ENGINE
13 screws M12 x 1.75 x 80; 63 N·m (46 ft. lbs.)

3 screws M10 x 1.5 x 35; 42 N·m (31 ft. lbs.)

1 screw M10 x 1.5 x 100; 42 N·m (31 ft. lbs.)

1 screw M10 x 1.5 x 180; 42 N·m (31 ft. lbs.)

2 screws M18 x 1.25 x 125; 24 N·m (17 ft. lbs.)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 200
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

MID0342A 4

F3A ENGINE
10 screws M12 x 1.75 x 100; 63 N·m (46 ft. lbs.)

2 screws M12 x 1.75 x 70; 63 N·m (46 ft. lbs.)

4 screws M12 x 1.75 x 35; 63 N·m (46 ft. lbs.)

1 screw M12 x 1.75 x 120; 63 N·m (46 ft. lbs.)

2 screws M12 x 1.75 x 193; 63 N·m (46 ft. lbs.)

4. Key the ring seal (1) onto the crankshaft, on which

you should apply the tool (2):
296167, for the F2B engine;
296169, for the F3A engine.
Screw down the nut (3) to mount the ring seal (1)
completely in the gear box (4).

MID0343A 5

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 201
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

5. ENGINE FLYWHEEL ASSEMBLY

Detail of punching on engine flywheel of piston posi-
tion:
(A) Hole on flywheel with 1 notch, corresponding to
the TDC of pistons 3-4.
(B) Hole on flywheel with 1 notch, corresponding to
the TDC of pistons 1-6.
(C) Hole on flywheel with 1 notch, corresponding to
the TDC of pistons 2-5.
(D) Hole on flywheel with 2 notches, position corre-
sponding to 54 °.
NOTE: If the teeth of the rim mounted on the engine fly-
wheel, for starting the engine, are badly damaged, replace
the rim. Assembly must be done after heating the rim to a
temperature of 200°C (392°F).

MID0344A 6

6. Fit the engine flywheel without locking the fixing

screws (2) and insert the pin 296192 (1).
NOTE: The engine flywheel fixing screws of the F2B en-
gine are treated with MOLYCOTE lubricant and require no
lubrication whatsoever. They can be reused for up to five
disassemblies; replace them if in doubt. The engine fly-
wheel fixing screws of the F3A engine must, before assem-
bly, be lubricated with engine oil.

MID0345A 7

7. Lock rotation with tool 296186 (1); tighten the screws

(2) in the following phases:

MID0346A 8

F2B F3A
1st phase 100 N.m (10 Kgm [73 ft. lbs. ] 120 N.m (12 Kgm [88 ft. lbs. ]
8. Second phase: closed angle with tool 292248 (1).

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 202
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

MID0347A 9

F2B F3A
2 nd phase 60 ° 60 °
3 rd phase - 30 °
9. FITTING CAMSHAFT
Mount the camshaft (4) arranging it with the holes
(→) positioned as in Fig. 10
Lubricate the ring seal (3), and fit it on the shoulder
plate (2).
Mount the shoulder plate,(3), with the sheet metal
gasket,(1), and tighten the screws (5), to the required
torque.

MID0348A 10

10. Apply the gauge (1):

296207, for the F2B engine;
296209, for the F3A engine.
Check and adjust the position of the connecting rod
(3) for the transmission gear, lock the screw (2) to the
required torque.

MID0349A 11

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 203
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

11. Fit the transmission gear (1) back on and lock the
screws (2) with an appropriate hex wrench to the re-
quired torque.

MID0350A 12

12. Fit the gear (2) back on the camshaft, without fully
locking the screws,(5), positioning it so that the 4
slots are centred with the camshaft fixing holes. Us-
ing a dial gauge with a magnetic base (1) check the
clearance between the gears (2) and (3), which must
be:
0.15 - 0.20 mm (0.006 - 0.008 in), for the F2B engine;
0.073 - 0.195 mm (0.0029 - 0.0077 in), for the F3A
engine.
If this is not so, adjust the clearance as follows:
loosen the screws (4), fixing the transmission gear
(3) loosen the screw (2) (Fig. 11), fixing the lever,
move the connecting rod (3), (Fig. 11), to obtain
therequired clearance; lock the screw (2), (Fig. 11),
fixing the connecting rod and the screws (4), (Fig. MID0351A 13
13), fixing the transmission gear to the required
torque.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 204
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Connecting rod and piston - Remove (B.10.A.47 - F.10.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

NOTE: The pistons, crankshaft and cylinder block can only be serviced with the engine removed from the vehicle.
1. Removal

2. Remove the oil pan.

With cylinder head removed clean off any ridge from
the top of the cylinder bores, with a ridge remover to
enable removal of the pistons, this is essential if old
pistons are to be re-used as failure to do so could
result in ring land damage.

BSD1853A 1

3. With the piston at the bottom of the stroke remove

the end cap bolts, cap, and liner.

TA6010033 2

4. Using the handle end of a hammer push the pis-

ton assembly out through the top of the block, and
remove the bearing liner from the connecting rod,
Fig.2.
Turn the crankshaft again and repeat the process for
the remaining pistons.
NOTE: Bearing caps and liners must be kept with their re-
spective connecting rods.

BSD1850A_772 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 205
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Connecting rod and piston - Install (B.10.A.47 - F.10.A.15)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Select the correct bearing liners as in the following

crankshaft section, and install in the rod and cap,
ensure the liner tang locates in the slots of the rod
and cap.
Turn the crankshaft to position No 1 crankpin at the
bottom of the stroke, and lubricate all parts with new
engine oil.
Locate piston into bore ensuring the dot on the con-
necting rod and arrow or grade letter on the pistons
face towards the front of the engine.

BSD1850A 1

2. Using ring compressor, Tool No.296042, and a soft

drive, slide pistons into bores.

6010050 2

3. Ensure the connecting rod bearing liner, seats on the

crankpin with the bearing cap fitted, to the connecting
rod as a matched assembly. Fit new bolts lubricated
with oil, and tighten to a torque value of 149 Nm (15
Kgf m, 110 ft. lb.).
Using feeler gauges, check the side clearance of
each connecting rod to crankshaft, Fig. 3, 0.13-0.33
mm (0.005-0.013 in) and continue for remaining as-
semblies.
Refit the oil pump tube/screen,and oil pan as previ-
ously described, refill engine oil and coolant, and run
the engine checking for leaks.

TA6010051 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 206
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Connecting rod and piston - Assemble (B.10.A.47 - F.10.A.20)

CX860, CX880

1. Fit the rings (1) on the pistons (2) with the pliers
291160 (3) The rings have to be fitted with the word
"TOP" (4) facing upwards, also arrange the openings
of the piston rings so they are out of step with each
other by 120 °.
NOTE: On finding there is no need to replace the connect-
ing rod bearings, it is necessary to fit them back on in the
same sequence and position found during disassembly. If
you need to replace them, select the connecting rod bear-
ings according to the selection described on Crankshaft -
Repair (B.10.A.43 - F.10.A.32).

MID0330A 1

2. Lubricate the half bearings (1) and (2), and fit them
on the connecting rod (2) and on the cap (4).

CAUTION
Do not make any adjustments to the bearings. Z106

MID0331A 2

3. Lubricate the pistons, piston rings and the inside of

the cylinder liners.
With the aid of the clamp 291048 (2) fit the connect-
ing rod-piston assemblies (1) in the cylinder liners ac-
cording to the diagram of Fig. 4 checking that:
The number of each connecting rod corresponds to
the cap coupling number.
The symbol (2) (Fig. 4), punched on the top of the
pistons faces towards the engine flywheel; or the
cavity in the shell of the pistons corresponds to the
position of the oil nozzles.
NOTE: Class A pistons are supplied as spares and they
can also be fitted in a class B cylinder liner.
MID0332A 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 207
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

MID0333A 4
Outline for fitting the connecting rod-piston assembly in the cylinder liner

1 Connecting rod-piston assembly. 2 Punched zone on the top of the piston with symbol for
the assembly position and class of selection.
3 Connecting rod punching zone.
4. Connect the connecting rods to the relevant pins of
the crankshaft. Fit on the caps of the connecting rod
(1) together with the half bearings.
Screw down the fixing screws (2) and tighten them in
two stages to the torques given in the following table:

MID0334A 5

F2B F3A
1st phase 50 Nm (5 kgm [37 ft. lbs.]) 60 Nm (6 kgm [44 ft. lbs.])
2nd phase, angle 40 ° 60 °

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 208
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

5. Angle closing is performed with tool 292248 (3).

NOTE: The connecting rod cap fixing screws of the F2B
engine are treated with MOLYCOTE lubricant and need no
lubrication whatsoever. They can be reused for up to five
disassemblies; replace them if in doubt. The connecting
rod cap fixing screws of the F3A engine must, before as-
sembly, be lubricated with engine oil.
NOTE: Lubricate the relevant parts before final assembly.
Before reusing the connecting rod cap fixing screws, mea-
sure the thread diameter is no lower than: - 11,4 mm (.449″)
- Engine F2B; - 13,4 mm (.528″) - Engine F3A. Replace the
screw if its diameter is any lower.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 209
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Connecting rod and piston - Assemble (B.10.A.47 - F.10.A.20)

CX860, CX880

1. Piston-connecting rod assembly

1. Connecting rod body
2. Half bearings
3. Connecting rod cap
4. Cap fixing screws
5. Split ring
6. Oil scraper ring with slots with spiral spring
7. Ring seal
8. Trapezoidal ring seal
9. Piston pin
10. Piston

MID0438A 1

2. Connecting rod-piston coupling

NOTE: The piston, 1, has to be fitted on the connecting rod,
2, so that the symbol, 4, showing the assembly position in
the cylinder liner and the punch mark, 3, of the connecting
rod are observed as shown in the Fig.

MID0439A 2

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 210
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

3. Mount the pin (2) and constrain it to the piston (1)

with the split rings (3).

MID0440A 3

4. Fitting the piston rings

To fit the piston rings (1) on the piston (2) use the
pliers 296028 (3).
The rings need to be fitted with the word ”TOP”(4),
facing upwards, also direct the openings of the rings
so they are staggered 120 ° apart.

MID0441A 4

5. Fitting the connecting rod piston assemblies in the

cylinder liners
Fit the half bearings (1) selected as described un-
der the heading “Selecting the main and big end
bearing shells" in Crankshaft - Repair (B.10.A.43 -
F.10.A.32), on both the connecting rod and the cap.

MID0442A 5

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 211
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

MID0443A 6
Diagram for fitting the connecting rod-piston assembly in the cylinder liner

1 Connecting rod--piston assembly 2 Punch mark area on the top of the piston with symbols
for assembly position and selection class
3 Connecting rod punch mark area.
6. With the aid of the clamp 291048 (1), (Fig. 7),mount
the connecting rod-piston assemblies (2), in the
cylinder liners, checking that:
- The openings of the piston rings are staggered 120
° apart.
- The pistons are all of the same class, A or B.
- The symbol punched on the top of the pistons is
facing towards the engine flywheel; or the cavity in
the piston skirt corresponds to the position of the oil
nozzles.

MID0444A 7

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 212
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

7. Checking connecting rod pin assembly clearance

Carry out the following operations to measure the
clearance. Connect the connecting rods to the rel-
evant pins of the crankshaft, place a length of cal-
ibrated wire on the pins of the crankshaft. Mount
the connecting rod caps (1) with the half bearings.
Tighten the screws (2) fixing the connecting rod caps
to the following torques:
NOTE: The screws, 2, of the F2B engine are treated with
MOLYCOTE lubricant and need no lubrication whatsoever.
They can be reused for up to five disassemblies; replace
them if in doubt. The screws, 2, of the F3A engine must,
before assembly, be lubricated with engine oil.

MID0445A 8

F2B F3A
1st phase 50 Nm (5 kgm [37 ft. lbs.]) 60 Nm (6 kgm [44 ft. lbs.])
2nd phase, angle 40 ° 60 °
8. The closed angle is performed with the tool 292248
(3).
Remove the caps and determine the existing clear-
ance, comparing the width of the calibrated wire with
the graduated scale on the bag containing the wire.
NOTE: Lubricate the relevant parts prior to final assembly.
Before reusing the screws fixing the connecting rod caps,
measure to check the diameter of the thread is no less than:
- 11.4 mm (0.449″) — F2B engine; - 13.4 mm (0.528″) —
F3A engine. For lower values, replace the screw.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 213
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Connecting rod and piston - Repair (B.10.A.47 - F.10.A.32)

CX860, CX880

CAUTION
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Always wear suitable safety items
such as fitted clothing, safety goggles, gloves, shoes, etc. M954

1. Clean the parts thoroughly before doing any work.

Check the pistons, they must have no sign of seizure,
scoring, cracking or excessive wear; if this is not so,
replace them.

2. Piston
Remove the piston rings (2) from the piston (3) with
the pliers 291160 (1).

MID0417A 1

3. Remove the split rings (2) holding the piston pin with
round-nose pliers (1).

MID0418A 2

4. Remove the piston pin (1).

If disassembly is difficult, use an appropriate drift.

MID0419A 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 214
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

5. Measuring piston diameter

Using a micrometer (2) measure the diameter of the
piston (1) to determine the assembly clearance.
The pistons are selected in two classes A and B ac-
cording to the diameter.
NOTE: The diameter has to be measured at the distance
X from the base of the piston skirt:X = 18 mm (0.709″), for
the F2B engine;X = 19 mm (0.748″), for the F3A engine.

MID0420A 4

6. As spares they are supplied in class A and can also

be mounted in the cylinder liners with inside diameter
class B.
The clearance between piston and cylinder liner can
also be measured with a feeler gauge (1).

MID0421A 5

7. Piston pin
The pins are mounted with clearance both on the
small end and on the piston.
Measure the diameter of the pin (1) with a micrometer
(2).

MID0422A 6

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 215
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

8. Conditions for correct pin-piston coupling

When fitting new pins (1) check they couple correctly
with the seat on the piston in the following manner:
- Lubricate the pin and seat on the piston pin bosses
with engine oil.
- Holding the pin upright, insert it into the piston pin
bosses.
- The pin has to be able to go in by simply pressing it.
- The pin must not slip out of the bosses on its own.

MID0423A 7

MID0424A 8
F2B Engine - Main data for piston, piston rings and pin
* Measured on ∅ 112 mm.

MID0425A 9
F2B Engine - Main data for piston, piston rings and pin
* Measured on ∅ 112 mm.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 216
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

9. Piston rings
Check the thickness of the piston ring (2) with a mi-
crometer (1).

MID0426A 10

10. Check the clearance between the ring seals (2) and
their seats on the piston (1) with a feeler gauge (3).

MID0427A 11

11. The ring seal (2) of the 1st slot is trapezoidal in

shape. The clearance "X" between the ring seal and
its seat is measured by placing the piston (1), with
the ring in the cylinder liner (3) so that the ring seal
is half out of the cylinder liner.

MID0428A 12

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 217
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

12. Using a feeler gauge (2) check the opening between

the ends of the ring seals (1) inserted in the cylinder
liner (3).
On finding a higher or lower distance between the
ends than as required, replace the piston rings.

MID0429A 13

13. CHECKS, MEASUREMENTS AND REPAIRS ON

THE CONNECTING RODS
Clean the parts thoroughly before doing any work.
F2B Engine - Main data for the connecting rod, bush-
ing, pin and half bearings (Dimensions in mm)
* Dimension to be obtained after driving home the
bushing.

CAUTION
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fin-
gers between parts. Always wear suitable safety items
such as fitted clothing, safety goggles, gloves, shoes,
etc. M954

MID0430A 14

14. F3A Engine - Main data for the connecting rod, bush-
ing, pin and half bearings (Dimensions in mm)
* Dimension to be obtained after driving home the
bushing.
The data for the classes of selection for the big-end
bearing seat and weights are punched on the big end
of the connecting rod.
Outline of connecting-rod punch-marks
NOTE: When fitting the connecting rods, check they are all
of the same class.

MID0431A 15
Letter specifying class of weight:

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 218
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

F2B F3A
A = 2890 - 2920 g. 3973 - 4003 g.
(6.371 - 6.437 in ) (8.759 - 8.825 lbs. )
B = 2921 - 2950 g. 4004 - 4034 g
(6.440 - 6.504 in ) (8.827 - 8.893 lbs.)
C = 2951 - 2980 g. 4035 - 4065 g.
(6.506 - 6.570 in) (8.896 - 8.962 lbs.)

MID0432A 16
Number indicating the selection of the big-end bearing seat diameter:

F2B F3A
1 = 77.000 - 77.010 mm 87.000 - 87.010 mm
(3.0315 - 3.0319 in) (3.4252 - 3.4256 in)
2 =77.011 - 77.020 mm 87.011 - 87.020 mm
(3.0319 - 3.0323 in) (3.4256 - 3.4260 in)
3 = 77.021 - 77.030 mm 87.021 - 87.030 mm
(3.0323 - 3.0327 in) (3.4260 - 3.4264 in)
15. Numbers identifying the cap-connecting rod cou-
pling.
Bushings
The bushing (2) is disassembled and assembled with
the appropriate drift (1).
NOTE: After driving home the bushing in the small end of
the connecting rod, scalp the portion that comes out of the
side then rebore the bushing in order to obtain the required
diameter.

MID0433A 17

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 219
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

16. Rebore the small-end bushing with a boring ma-

chine.

MID0434A 18

17. Checking connecting rods

The alignment of the connecting rod, twisting and
bending are checked with the appropriate tool.
Checking alignment
Check the alignment of the connecting rods (1) as
follows:
- Fit the connecting rod (1) on the spindle of the tool,
5, and lock it with the screw (4).
- Place the spindle (3) on the V-prisms resting the
connecting rod (1) on the stop bar (2).

MID0435A 19

18. Checking twisting

Check the twist of the connecting rod (5) by compar-
ing two points ((A) and (B)) of the pin (3) on the hor-
izontal plane of the connecting rod.
Position the mount (1) of the dial gauge (2) so that
the latter is pre-loaded by approx. 0.5 mm (0.020 in)
on the pin (3) at point (A) and zero the dial gauge (2)
Move the spindle (4) with the connecting rod (5) and
on the opposite side (B) of the pin (3) compare any
deviation: the difference between (A) and (B) must
be no greater than 0.08 mm (0.003 in).

MID0436A 20

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 220
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

19. Checking bending

Check the bend of the connecting rod (5) by com-
paring two points (C) and (D) of the pin (3) on the
vertical plane of the connecting rod. Position the ver-
tical mount (1) of the dial gauge (2) so that the latter
rests on the pin (3) at point (C). Swing the connecting
rod forwards and backwards, searching for the high-
est position of the pin and zero the dial gauge (2) in
this condition. Move the spindle with the connecting
rod (5) and on the opposite side (D) of the pin (3) re-
peat the check for the highest point. The difference
between points (C) and (D) must be no greater than
0.08 mm (0.003 in).

MID0437A 21

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 221
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Connecting rod and piston - Overhaul (B.10.A.47 - F.10.A.40)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Remove piston pin snap rings from each side of

piston and remove pin. Using an expander, Tool
No.296028, remove the piston rings.
Ensure each piston and rod assembly, remains
matched together for re-assembly into the cylinder
block.
Clean the piston, and connecting rod assembly, in a
suitable solvent and inspect for damage to ring lands,
skirts, or pin bosses.
Check connecting rod components for damage, and
place in an alignment fixture to check for distortion,
and ensure that any distortion, is within specification
as follows.
Maximum Twist 0.30 mm (0.012 in).
Maximum Bend 0.10 mm (0.004 in). TA6010034 1
Check piston pin bushing for damage or wear in the
following manner.
Measure the outside diameter of the piston pin, and
inside diameter of the connecting rod bushing, to the
following:-
Piston Pin Outside Diameter
44.442-44.447 mm (1.7497-17499 in).
Connecting Rod Bush internal Diameter
44.460-44.467 mm (1.750-1.751 in)
2. CONNECTING ROD BUSH REPLACEMENT
If connecting rod bushes are not to specification re-
place the old bush using using the following proce-
dure.
Place the connecting rod securely in a bench press.
Manufacture from suitable bar stock, a press tool with
the end face ground at an angle, to suit the connect-
ing rod bush side face. Position the tool on the bush,
and gently drive the bush from its position. It is rec-
ommended a guide is manufactured to assist align-
ment of the bar stock during this operation.
A new bush can then be fitted in a similar manner,
by using a suitable piece of bar stock, with an end
face machined flat to suit the standard parallel bush.
Use a guide as described, and gently drive in the new 6010035 2
bush into the connecting rod.
NOTE: Ensure the split in the small end bush is at right
angles to centre line of connecting rod.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 222
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

3. After installation grind the side faces of the new bush

to match the side faces of the connecting rod. Ensure
all sharp edges are removed, and loose chippings
are cleaned from the connecting rod before re-as-
sembly into the engine.
With a new bush fitted drill a hole through the top of
the connecting rod using a 4.6 mm (0.187 in) bit. Drill
through the existing oil hole, Fig. 3.

TA6010036 3

4. Use an expanding reamer to obtain correct bushing

to piston pin clearance referring to specification sec-
tion. Remove burrs, and chippings, before refitting.
On re-assembly of piston lubricate all of the compo-
nents with engine oil. Assemble the connecting rod,
and piston, with the letter or grade mark on the pis-
ton, aligned to the pip (1), Figure 4, on the connecting
rod. Install the piston pin and retainers.

TA6010045 4

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 223
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Flywheel - Remove (B.10.A.50 - F.10.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. To gain access to the flywheel remove the engine.

Prior to removing flywheel use a dial indicator to mea-
sure flywheel run-out. The maximum total indicator
reading should be 0.127 mm (0.005 in) If not to spec-
ification check crankshaft to flywheel seating.

TA6010053 1

2. Support flywheel, remove retaining bolts and sepa-

rate flywheel from crankshaft.

BSD1851A 2

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 224
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Flywheel - Install (B.10.A.50 - F.10.A.15)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Inspect the flywheel ring gear, and if damaged renew

in the following manner,
Cut old ring gear free from the flywheel.
Clean the mating surfaces of the new ring gear, and
flywheel.
Use temperature indicating crayons to mark the side
face of the ring gear in six equal places, mark with
a 204 °C (400 °F) crayon at a point 13 mm (0.5 in)
below the root of the teeth, and mark with a 212 °C (
450 °) crayon at a point just below root of the teeth.
Use an oxy-acetylene torch with a tip size of No.2
maximum, and direct the flame against the internal
face of the gear.
Quickly place the hot gear on the flywheel, with flat
face against the shoulder on the flywheel. The gear 1z0o2004112034 1
to flywheel runout should be checked using a dial in-
dicator and should not exceed a Total Indicator Read-
ing of 0.63 mm (0.025 in).
Installation
Clean the crankshaft rear flange and mating surface
of the flywheel. Install the flywheel, torquing the bolts
to, 197 Nm (145 ft. lb.).

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 225
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Cylinder block - Assemble (B.10.A.70 - F.10.A.20)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

NOTE: Pistons that are replaced must be of the same type that were removed and have the same identification letters,
and numbers, as embossed on the piston crown
1. Upon re-assembly with the piston at Top Dead Cen-
tre, ensure the piston to block height is correct using
a dial indicator to, Fig. 1.
13-0.38 mm (0.005-0.015 in)

TA6010043 1

2. Check the piston to bore clearance in the following

manner.
A, Measure the cylinder bore diameter at point A,
82.6 mm (3.25 in.) from the top of the block.
B, Measure the diameter of the piston at point B, 25.4
mm (1.00 in) from the bottom of the piston.
C, Subtract piston diameter from the bore diameter
and the resultant figure for a new, unused engine
should be:
152-0.178 mm (0.0060-0.0070 in)

TA6010044 2

3. After an engine has run and settled down the maxi-

mum bore to piston clearance allowed is 0.250 mm.
(0.011 in).
Where pistons are only available as standard. New
pistons should always be fitted if the clearance ex-
ceeds specification.
D, If clearance is
E, If the clearance is “less" hone bore to obtain de-
sired clearance.
Lubricate all of the components with engine oil and
assemble the connecting rod, and piston, with the
letter or grade mark on the piston, aligned to the pip
(1) on the connecting rod. Install the piston pin and
retainers.
TA6010045_773 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 226
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

4. Check the piston ring gap width, using a feeler

gauge, in a vertical position at the top, middle, and
bottom of the bore, Fig. 4.
Ring Gap Specifications(new rings and bore):
Top compression ring 0.29-0.53 mm (0.012-0.021
in),
2nd compression ring 0.49-0.63 mm (0.020-0.029
in),
Oil control ring. 0.29-0.58 mm (0.012-0.023 in),

TA6010046 4

5. Using a new piston ring, check with a feeler gauge,

the gap between the ring and groove.
Engines with mechanically controlled fuel injection
pump
2nd compression ring - . 0.06-0.105 mm (0.0023-
0.0041 in),
Oil control ring 0.030-0.070 mm (0.0011-0.0028 in),.
Engines with electronically controlled fuel injection
pump Oil control ring
0.051-0.101 mm (0.0020-0.0040 in),.
Install the piston rings, but note the following:

6010048 5

6. Always ensure the correct expander, Tool

No.296028, is used to remove or install rings,
Fig.5.

6010047 6

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 227
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

7. Install top and second compression rings with the

word top towards the top of the piston. Ensure the
ring gaps are staggered a minimum of 120 ° from
each other on the diameter, and with no gap on the
thrust side of the piston.
A Engines with Electronically Controlled Injection
Pump
B Engines with Mechanically Controlled Injection
Pump
NOTE: Before installing new pistons and rings into a used
cylinder bore, remove the high polish from the cylinder
walls by honing as previously described.

BSD1856A_774 7

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 228
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Cylinder block - Overhaul (B.10.A.70 - F.10.A.40)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

T A6010038 1
Cylinder Block Core Plug and Sensor Ports, Front and Left Hand Side

T A6010039 2
Cylinder Block Core Plug and Sensor Ports, Rear and Right Hand Side

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 229
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

1. Cylinder block plugs, and senders, require changing

if leaking or rusty, and must be replaced. Clean the
old sealant off the block, and fit new plugs with sealer.
Fig. 1, refers to the front and left hand side of the
cylinder block.
Plug (1) torque to 8-14 Nm (6-10 ft. lb.) Use sealant,
E.
Plug (2) torque 27-47 Nm (20-35 ft. lb.) Use sealant,
E.
Pipe Plug (3) torque to 24-34 Nm (18-25 ft. lb.) Use
sealant, E.
Plug (4) drive in to block. Use sealant G.
Fig. 2, refers to the rear and right hand side of the
block.
Pipe plug (1) torque to 8-14 Nm (6-10 ft. lb.). Use
sealant, E.
Pipe plug (2) torque to 24-34 Nm (18-25 ft. lb.). Use
sealant, E.
Plug (3) drive into block. Use sealant, G.
Plug (4) torque to 54-81 Nm (40-60 ft. lb.), Use
sealant, E.
Oil Jets (5) replace with new if damaged, apply en-
gine oil only on re-assembly “Do not use sealant"
NOTE: New part mating faces, and threads, should be
coated in sealant, refer to ENGINE - General specifica-
tion (B.10.A - D.40.A.10). Assemble in the following man-
ner.
2. CYLINDER BORE
Check the cylinder bore for scuffing or rings around
the ring travel area. Irregularities can be felt by run-
ning a finger over the surface. To check out-of-round-
ness, wear, or taper, use a telescopic gauge, Fig. 3.
Measure lengthwise,
A, to B, and C, to D, and compare dimensions. Vari-
ances between the readings will indicate “taper".
Measure crosswise,
C, to D, and compare dimensions lengthwise. A, to
B. Variances will indicate an out-of-round condition.

TA6010040 3

3. Specifications
Taper of cylinder bore, repair limit- 0.025 mm (0.001
in) wear limit - 0.127 mm (0.005 in)
Cylinder bore out of round, repair limit - 0.03 mm
(0.0015 in) wear limit- 0.127 mm (0.005 in)
Cylinder bore diameter, 111.778-111.803 mm
(4.4007-4.4017 in).
NOTE: Repair Limit’ refers to the tolerance allowed after a
repair has been performed, i.e. the repair must be within
the repair limit. The ‘Wear Limit’ is the tolerance prior to
repair.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 230
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

4. Where only minor imperfections exist and bores are

to specification, hone the bores prior to installing new
piston rings. Provided piston to bore clearance, does
not exceed 0.250 mm (0.011 in).
Sleeving of the cylinder bores becomes expedient
when.:-
Minor imperfections to the bores are outside of the
specification.
Oil consumption is high.
Replacing sleeves, installed in service.
Cylinder bore is damaged beyond re-boring limits.
Oversize pistons available: 0.020 in ((0.51 mm)
0.040 in ((1.00 mm)
NOTE: Oversize pistons are available in specific markets
TA6010041 4
only. In markets where these are available the bore should
be bored or honed to fit the next oversize piston.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 231
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Cylinder block - Overhaul (B.10.A.70 - F.10.A.40)

CX860, CX880

1.

CAUTION
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fin-
gers between parts. Always wear suitable safety items
such as fitted clothing, safety goggles, gloves, shoes,
etc. M954

NOTE: Check the inside diameter of the cylinder liners to

verify the extent of ovalization, taper and wear with the
gauge, 2, equipped with a dial gauge, 1, previously zeroed
on the ring gauge, 3: -- 296194 of diameter 115 mm (4.528)
(F2B engine); -- 296195 of diameter 125 mm (4.921) (F3A
engine). If the ring gauge is not available, use a microme-
ter.

MID0383A 1

2. Outline for checking the diameter of the cylinder lin-

ers (dimensions in mm)
1. 1st measurement
2. 2nd measurement
3. 3rd measurement.
The measurements have to be made on each single
cylinder liner at three different heights and on two
planes (A-B) at right angles to each other, as shown
in Fig.2

MID0384A 2

MID0385A 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 232
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Selection class F2B F3A

A 115 - 115.012 mm 125 - 125.013 mm
(4.5276 - 4.5280 in) (4.9213 - 4.9218 in)
B 115.010 - 115.022 in 125.011 - 125.024 in
(4.5280 - 4.5284 in) (4.9217 - 4.9222 in)
3. On finding greater wear than 0.150 mm (0.0059 in)
or maximum ovalization of 0.100 mm (0.0039 in)
over the values given in the Fig., it is necessary to
replace the cylinder liner as grinding, lapping and
dressing are not permitted.
X = Selection class marking area.
NOTE: The cylinder liners are supplied as spares with se-
lection class "A". Class B is mounted solely in production.

MID0386A 4

Ø F2B F3A
A 130.200 - 130.225 mm 142.000 - 142.025 mm
(5.1260 - 5.0591 in) (5.5906 - 5.5915 in)
B 128.510 - 128.535 mm 140.000 - 140.025 mm
(5.0595 - 5.0604 in) (5.5118 - 5.5128 in)
C 130.161 - 130.186 mm 141.961 - 141.986 mm
(5.1245 - 5.1254 in) (5.5890 - 5.5900 in)
D 128.475 - 128.500 mm 139.890 - 139.915 mm
(5.0581 - 5.1270 in) (5.5075 - 5.5085 in)
4. The diagram illustrated in Fig. 4 gives the outside di-
ameters of the cylinder liner and the inside diameters
of their seats.
If necessary, the cylinder liners can be taken out and
fitted in different seats anumber of times.
Check the state of the plugs of the cylinder assembly:
if rusty or there is any doubt at all about their seal,
replace them.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 233
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

5. Replacing the cylinder liners

Disassembly
Position the parts (2) and the plate (4) of tool 296154
as illustrated in the Fig., checking that the plate (4) ,
rests correctly on the cylinder liner.
Screw down the nut of screw (1) , and extract the
cylinder liner (3) , from the crankcase.

MID0387A 5

6. Assembly
Always replace the water ring seals (3) (4) and (5)
. Fit the adjustment ring (1) on the cylinder liner (2).
Lubricate its bottom portion and fit it in the cylinder
assembly with an appropriate tool.
NOTE: The adjustment ring (1) is supplied as a spare in
the following thicknesses: 0.08 mm — 0.10 mm — 0.12
mm (0.003 - 0.004 - 0.005″).

MID0388A 6

7. Checking protrusion
Check the protrusion of the cylinder liners with tool
296182 (2), and tightening the screw (1), to the
torque of:
- 170 N·m (125 ft. lbs.), for the F2B engine;
- 220 N·m (162 ft. lbs.), for the F3A engine.
Measure, with the dial gauge (3) that the protrusion
of the cylinder liner from the supporting surface of
the cylinder head is the value X indicated in the ta-
ble of Fig. 8. If this is not so, replace the adjustment
ring (1), (Fig. 6), supplied as a spare in several thick-
nesses.

MID0389A 7

MID0390A 8
Cylinder liner protrusion
2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 234
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Protrusion F2B F3A

X 0.035 – 0.065 mm 0.045 – 0.075 mm
(0.0014 - 0.0026 in) (0.0018 - 0.0030 in)
8. On completing assembly, lock the cylinder liners (1)
to the crankcase (2), with the pins 292045 (3).

MID0391A 9

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 235
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Cylinder block - Rebore (B.10.A.70 - F.75.C.30)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Measure the outside diameter (1) of the sleeve in

several places, and average the dimension. Counter
bore the cylinder block (see TRAVELLING - Storing
(F.10.A.40 - B.10.A.70)) using the average dimen-
sion to obtain a press fit, between bore and sleeve.
Interference of sleeve to the cylinder bore to be
0.025-0.076 mm (0.001-0.003 in).
Counter bore to a depth of 204.7 mm (8.06 in), from
the block face, surface finish of the bore is not to
exceed (80 microns). Leave a step at the bottom of
the bore a minimum of 9.60-10.16 mm (0.38-0.400
in), allowing for run out of chamfers.
Bore through diameter, to the diameter of, 114.3-
116.0 mm (4.454-4.456 in).
Clean the cylinder bores and thoroughly dry. TA6010042 1
Grease the sleeve with a general purpose grease
and press the sleeve home to the lip in the bore. The
top of the sleeve should protrude through the top of
the block, 0.127-1.0 mm (0.005-0.040 in).
Bore the sleeve to, 110.00-111.76 mm (4.3985-4.400
in).
Skim the block face, and top of sleeves, to achieve
the specified flatness of 0.08 mm (0.003 in) in any
152 mm (6 in) 0.03 mm (0.001 in) in any 25.4 mm
(1 in). A chamfer in the internal diameter at the top
of the sleeve to 45 ° x 0.5 mm (0.020 in) should be
maintained, to prevent piston damage on re-assem-
bly.
Break the sharp edge at the bottom of the sleeve
prior to honing.
Hone the cylinder bore to, Grade B, 111.790-111.803
mm (4.4012-4.4017 in.)
Maximum Taper, 0.025 mm (0.001 in) through to bot-
tom of the bore.
Maximum Ovality, 0.038 mm (0.0015 in)
NOTE: Surface finish to be an average of 20 to 30 Microns,
cross hatched at 35 °-55 °.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 236
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Cylinder head - Disassemble (B.10.A.72 - F.10.A.25)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Using a valve spring compressor, tool No.291050 (1)

remove the retainer locks (2) and place in a num-
bered rack.
Clean the cylinder head, and remove carbon de-
posits from around the valve heads.

TA601001 1 1

1z0o2004112022 2
Inlet and Exhaust Valves

1 Keepers 2 Spring Retainer

3 Seal 4 Spring
5 Inlet Valve 6 Exhaust Valve
7 Spring 8 Seal
9 Spring Rotator 10 Spring Rotator
11 Keepers

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 237
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Cylinder head - Remove (B.10.A.72 - F.10.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Cylinder Head Removal

NOTE: The cylinder head can be removed with the engine
installed in the combine.
2. Drain the engine coolant by placing a suitable con-
tainer (1), below the coolant drain hose (2).

10013105 1

3. Drain the coolant from the engine block using drain

tap (1) on left hand side of the radiator (2).

10013106 2

4. Remove all necessary hardware and components in

order to gain access to the cylinder head. Refer to
ENGINE - Remove (B.10 - F.10.A.10) for further de-
tails.

1z0o2004112014 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 238
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

5. Remove the fan belt.

ZDA2991A 4

6. Clean the area surrounding the fuel injectors. Dis-

connect and remove injector lines (1) and leak off
lines (2) from the fuel injectors and injection pump.
Cap all exposed openings.

1z0o2004112015 5

7. Remove injectors from the cylinder head.

1z0o2004112016 6

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 239
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

8. Remove the turbocharger assembly, ensuring all

openings are capped to prevent dirt ingress.

1z0o2004112017 7

9. Remove the thermostat housing (1) and water pump

housing,(2).

1z0o2004112018 8

10. Remove the rocker cover and gasket.

1z0o2004112019 9

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 240
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

11. Loosen the rocker shaft retaining bolts (which also

serve as head bolts) evenly and alternately and re-
move the rocker shaft assembly.
NOTE: Leave bolts in the rocker shaft supports during re-
moval, as they retain the support on the shaft.

1z0o2004112020 10

12. Remove pushrods in turn and place in a numbered

rack to maintain the same position for reassembly.

1z0o2004112021 11

13. Remove remaining cylinder head bolts by working

progressively from each end of the cylinder head to-
wards the centre.
Carefully lift the cylinder head assembly away from
the engine block.

BSD1849A 12

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 241
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Cylinder head - Install (B.10.A.72 - F.10.A.15)

CX860, CX880

1. Check that the pistons 1-6 are exactly at the T.D.C.

Put the gasket (2), on the crankcase.
Fit the cylinder head (1) and tighten the fixing screws
according to the tightening sequence given in the di-
agram of Fig. 1 and in four successive stages as
shown in the Figs.
NOTE: The cylinder head fixing screws of the F2B engine
are treated with MOLYCOTE lubricant and need no lubri-
cation whatsoever. They can be reused for up to five dis-
assemblies; replace them if in doubt. The cylinder head
fixing screws of the F3A engine must, before assembly, be
lubricated with engine oil.

MID0335A 1

2. Tightening sequence of the cylinder head fixing

screws.

MID0336A 2

3. Pre-tightening with torque wrench (1).

MID0337A 3

F2B F3A
1st phase 50 Nm (5 kgm [37 ft. lbs.]) 60 Nm (6 kgm [44 ft. lbs.])
2nd phase, angle 100 Nm (10 kgm [73 ft. lbs.]) 120 Nm (12 kgm [88 ft. lbs.])
4. Angle closing with tool 292248 (1).

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 242
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

MID0338A 4

F2B F3A
1st phase 90 ° 120 °
2nd phase 75 ° 60 °

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 243
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Cylinder head - Assemble (B.10.A.72 - F.10.A.20)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Insert the valves into the guide bores from which they
were removed and lap with a suitable paste. Ensure
all traces of paste is removed after lapping.
Use a spring compressor to reassemble the valves,
valve springs, retainers, rotators, and collets, and
install new valve stem seals.
NOTE: Lubricate all components with clean engine oil on
re-assembly.

TA601001 1_757 1

2. Install new gasket and lower cylinder head into place

while ensuring the gasket remains in position.
loosely position all cylinder head bolts except those
which retain the rocker shaft assembly.
NOTE: Cylinder head bolts may only be removed and refit-
ted four times after which they must be replaced with new
parts.

BSD1849A_758 2

3. Install rocker push rods in cylinder head and locate

rocker shaft assembly onto cylinder head using the
longer cylinder head bolts.

1z0o2004112023 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 244
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

4. Tighten the cylinder head bolts in sequence progres-

sively in the following stages, Fig. 4.
NOTE: Lightly lubricate the bolts prior to assembly, and
tighten to the torque specification, with the engine cold.

1z0o2004112025 4

5. Stage 1, all bolts, 55 Nm (40 lbf.ft)

BSB0080A 5

6. Stage 2, all bolts, 95 Nm (70 lbf.ft)

BSB0081A 6

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 245
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

7. Stage 3, all bolts, a further 90 ° using a torque angle

gauge, Fig. 7.

BSB0082A 7

8. Stage 4, Rocker shaft securing bolts only, tighten a

further 45 °, Fig.8, using a torque angle gauge. In
sequence (2),(8),(10),(16),(18),(24),(26).

BSB0083A 8

9. Stage 4 Rocker shaft bolts

BSB0084A 9

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 246
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

10. Adjust valve clearance setting with each piston in

turn at Top Dead Centre, and rockers free to move,
Fig. 10.
Intake Valve clearance,
0.36-0.46 mm (0.014-0.018 in).
Exhaust Valve clearance,
0.43-0.53 mm (0.017-0.021 in).
NOTE: Valve clearance is to be set, only when the engine
is cold.

1z0o2004112026 10

11. Install the injectors with new seat washers, cork

seals, and torque to 23 N m (17 lbf.ft) Fig. 11.
Install the injector lines and torque to 24 Nm (18
lbf.ft). Install the leak off line with new washers, and
torque the leak off banjo bolts to, 6 Nm (4.4 lbf.ft).
NOTE: Hold the leak off plastic tubing when tightening to
prevent the pipes pivoting, during torque up.
12. Exhaust manifold bolts are to be refitted and tight-
ened to a torque of, 38 Nm (28 lbf.ft).
Intake manifold bolts are to be refitted and tightened
to a torque of, 38 Nm (28 lbf.ft).

1z0o2004112027 11

13. Using new gaskets install intake and exhaust mani-

folds. Initially install all bolts finger tight ensuring the
gaskets are aligned with the inlet and exhaust ports.
Tighten the bolts to a torque of 61 Nm working from
the central bolts outwards.
Re tighten the bolts to a torque of 61 Nm.
NOTE: When the manifold bolts are torqued the gaskets
may show signs of distortion between the inlet and exhaust
ports. This is normal for this type of gasket and is the rea-
son for the retorquing procedure.

1z0o2004112028 12

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 247
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Cylinder head - Overhaul (B.10.A.72 - F.10.A.40)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Replace cylinder head core plugs if discoloured

(rusty), or leaking. Before fitting new plugs remove
all old sealer from the cylinder head. Apply sealant
G, see ENGINE - General specification (B.10.A -
D.40.A.10), to the new plug mating faces, and drive
the new plugs into location.
The core plugs fitted to the Cylinder Head are:-
6 off, In the top, and 1 off, in the rear of the cylinder
head.
5 off, in the intake face.
Scrape all gasket surfaces clean, wash cylinder head
in a suitable solvent and clean valve guide bores.
NOTE: Ensure injector washers have been removed prior
to cleaning.
TA6010008 1

2. Inspect cylinder head for nicks and burrs on mating

face, Remove using a suitable abrasive and ensure
faces are clean after repair.
Using a straight edge and feeler gauges, check that
the flatness of the cylinder head in all directions does
not exceed, 0.03 mm (0.001 in) in any (25.4 mm (1
in), or 0.127 mm (0.005 in), overall limit.
If the cylinder head has been resurfaced, determine
that all head bolt faces will seat by placing the cylin-
der head less gasket, on the cylinder block and in-
stalling bolts hand tight.

TA6010012 2

3. Ensure rocker shaft supports are fitted with long

bolts. Using a feeler gauge, check clearance be-
tween underside of bolt heads and cylinder head or
rocker shaft support.
If a 0.25 mm (0.010 in) feeler gauge can be inserted
under the bolt head the bolt has bottomed. Therefore
the cylinder block thread must be increased using a
9/16-13 UNC-2A Thread tap. Identify each head bolt
to ensure they are reinstalled in the bolt holes they
were checked in.

1z0o2004112023 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 248
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Cylinder head - Overhaul (B.10.A.72 - F.10.A.40)

CX860, CX880

CAUTION
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Always wear suitable safety items
such as fitted clothing, safety goggles, gloves, shoes, etc. M954

1. Checking the hydraulic seal

Before removing the cylinder head, check the hy-
draulic seal with appropriate equipment: replace the
cylinder head if there is any leakage.

2. Removing the valves

With the bracket (4) secure the tool (2):
- 296175, for the F2B engine;
- 296173-296174, for the F3A engine to the cylinder
head.
Screw down with the lever (1) until it is possible to
remove the cotters (3). Remove the tool (2) and ex-
tract the top plate (5) spring (6) and bottom plate (7)
Repeat this process for all the valves. Turn the cylin-
der head over and extract the valves (8).

MID0446A 1

3. Checking head mating surface on cylinder assembly

Check the mating surface (1) of the head on the cylin-
der assembly with a rule (2) and a feeler gauge (3) If
you find any deformation greater than 0.2 mm (0.008
in), replace the cylinder head.
NOTE: After this process you need to check the valve cav-
ity and injector protrusion.

MID0447A 2

4. Valves
Decarbonizing and checking the valves
Decarbonize the valves using the specific metal
brush.
Check that the valves show no signs of seizure or
cracking and, in addition, check with a micrometer
that the diameter of the valve stem comes within the
required values (see Figs.:4- 5); if it does not, replace
the valves.

MID0448A 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 249
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

5. Check with a micrometer that the diameter of the

valve stems is as specified in the Fig.:
- 7.985 — 8.000 for the F2B engine; (0.3144-0.3150
in)
- 8.960 — 8.975 for the F3A engine. (0.3528-0.3533
in)
F2B Engine – Main data of the valves and valve
guides (Dimensions in mm)
* Measurement to make after driving in the valve
guides.
1. Intake
2. Exhaust.

MID0449A 4

6. F3A Engine – Main data of the valves and valve

guides (Dimensions in mm)
* Measurement to make after driving in the valve
guides.
1. Intake
2. Exhaust.
Valve grinding
If necessary, grind the seats on the valves with a
grinding machine, scalping as little material as pos-
sible.
Checking clearance between stem-valve and rele-
vant valve guide
Using a dial gauge with a magnetic base, check the
clearance between the valve stem and the relevant
guide. If the clearance is too great, replace the valve
and, if necessary, the valve guide.

MID0450A 5

7. VALVE SEATS ON THE HEAD

Reboring
NOTE: The valve seats on the cylinder head are ground ev-
ery time the valves or valve guides are ground or replaced.

MID0451A 6
Engine F2B – Main data on the intake and exhaust valve seats (Dimensions in mm)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 250
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

1 Intake valve seat 2 Exhaust valve seat

MID0452A 7
Engine F3A — Main data on the intake and exhaust valve seats (Dimensions in mm)

1 Intake valve seat 2 Exhaust valve seat

8. Check the valve seats (2) If you find any slight scor-
ing or burns, rebore them with the tool (1) according
to the angles given in Figs.6 and 7. If you need to
replace them, with the same tool and taking care not
to damage the cylinder head, scalp as muchmaterial
as possible from the valve seats until it is possible,
with a punch, to extract them from the cylinder head.
Heat the cylinder head to 80-100 °C (176-212 °F)
and, using a suitable drift, mount the new valve seats
(chilled in liquid nitrogen) (2) in them. Using the tool
(1) rebore the valve seats according to the angles
given in Figs.6 and 7.
After reboring the valve seats, use tool 296151 and
the dial gauge to check that the position of the valves
in relation to the face of the cylinder head is:
For engine F2B: MID0453A 8
-0.5 - -0.8 mm (-0.0197 - -0.0315 in) (cavity) intake
valves;
-1.6 - -1.9 mm (-0.0630 - -0.0748 in) (cavity) exhaust
valves.
-0.65 - -0.95 mm (-0.0256 - -0.0374 in) (cavity) intake
valves;
-1.8 - -2.1 mm (-0.0709 - -0.0827 in) (cavity) exhaust
valves.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 251
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Rear cover - Remove (B.10.A.76 - F.10.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. To gain access to the engine oil pump, camshaft

gear, or end of crankshaft remove the oil pan and
flywheel as previously described.
Remove the 12 attaching bolts, and gently pry off
cover plate (1) .
Clean off all sealer, remove crankshaft oil seal, and
check for damage or distortion around the sealing
faces.

P396-E-54 1

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 252
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Rear cover - Install (B.10.A.76 - F.10.A.15)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Install new gasket and rear plate, tightening the re-

taining bolts (2) and (3) finger tight, see F.10.A.10 -
B.10.A.76.
Apply a liberal coating of new engine oil on a new oil
seal. and position the rear seal over the end of the
crankshaft. Locate tool, No 297252 (NA-FNH01301)
(1) Fig. 1, on the end of the crankshaft using the
three attaching bolts. Tighten evenly, and squarely,
until the seal is fully seated.
As an alternative the rear crankshaft oil seal can be
installed using the following installation tool.

TA6010054 1

2. Apply a liberal coating of clean engine oil to the rear

seal retainer, seal, and journal. A new seal should
be mounted on the crankshaft, then bolt tool 297194
(1) Fig. 2, to the crankshaft end and install the new
seal squarely.
Secure centre stock of tool to crankshaft flange with
two screws. Assemble cylinder end plate to centre
stock and secure with nut and washer as in, Fig. 2.
Tighten the nut until outer diameter of tool abuts re-
tainer. Tool must not be over tightened as stress and
distortion could be imposed on the retainer.

TA6010055 2

3. Remove the tool after assembly.

NOTE: The first seal replacement should be pushed into
retainer with plain end of tool and subsequent seals with
stepped end of tool which will reposition seal 1.52 mm
(0.060 in) further in.

TA6010056 3

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 253
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

4. Place a straight edge along the rear of the engine

block above the seal carrier. Ensure the edge of the
carrier is aligned to the block to within 0.15 mm, pro-
truding or 0.22 mm recessed. If not within this spec-
ification orientate the carrier around the slotted bolts
(2) and (3) on F.10.A.10 - B.10.A.76. Hand tighten
this bolt followed by the remaining bolts and ensure
the carrier is still correctly aligned. Fully tighten the
twelve bolts, in sequence to 11-14 Nm (8-10 ft. lb.)
and then 16-23 Nm (12-17 ft. lb.), see. F.10.A.10 -
B.10.A.76.

1z0o2004112033 4

5. Place a dial indicator, on the end of the crankshaft

and ensure seal runout is within 0.51 mm (0.020 in)
Total Indicator Reading.
Refit the oil pan.

TA6010056_764 5

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 254
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

ENGINE - Troubleshooting (B.10.A - G.40.A.10)

CX860, CX880

NOTE: Preliminary conditions

Electric troubleshooting has to have been performed with specific instruments.
The air system must be efficient.
The engine must have the proper oil pressure.
If the engine works but has occasional or non-constant trouble, check the earth connections on connector B of the
control unit PIN 1 and PIN 2.
Problem Possible Cause Correction
THE ENGINE FAILS TO Batteries:
START Low charge Recharge
Connections to terminals not efficient Clean, check, tighten the terminals or re-
place them
Starter motor:
Not efficient Check or replace
Heater:
Not efficient Check supply and earth connection. Re-
place.
Check heater relay perform active diagno-
sis
Main relay
Not efficient Check, replace
Fuse Replace
Fuel supply pump
Fails to prime (incoming air) Check seal on intake branch. Check pres-
sure on filter inlet.
Fuel circuit
Not correctly filled (air in the circuit) Check seal
Bleed
Fuel filter and pre-filter
Clogged< Replace
ENGINE STOPS Fuel tank
No diesel Refuel and bleed circuit
Mesh filter Pre-filter Fuel filter
Clogged Clean, replace
Trouble with fuel circuit
See POOR ENGINE PERFORMANCE See POOR ENGINE PERFORMANCE
Speed
Idling speed too low Adjust
Main relay
Broken down Replace
POOR ENGINE Fuel circuit
PERFORMANCE Mesh filter on tank clogged Clean
(LOW POWER, Fuel pre-filter clogged Replace
CONSUMPTION TOO Fuel filter clogged Replace
HIGH, NOISY) Air in circuit Check intake seals (quick couplings when
Valve 0.8 bars on fuel return from cylinder hot)
head:
a) Jammed open (low pressure) Replace
b) Jammed shut (high temperature) Replace
Bad fuel leakage Check, repair
Supply pump broken (seized, broken cou- Check pressure on filter inlet Replace
pling, pressure adjustment valve, etc.)
Injectors
Irregular operation Replace
Diesel leakage from O-rings Check for fuel in the engine
Air supply to engine
Air filtration (constriction clogged filter) Check cartridge clogging indicator. Elimi-
nate constriction Replace filter

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 255
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Problem Possible Cause Correction

Gas exhaust
Leakage on exhaust manifold Check - eliminate
Turbocharger
Sound blades Check
Sound bearings (clearance, etc.) Replace turbocharger
Waste-gate valve off setting or inefficient Adjust or replace waste-gate valve and ad-
just
Injector control cams
Wear Check, replace
Valves
Too much or no clearance Check, replace
GREY-WHITE SMOKE Water in cylinders
FROM ENGINE Leakage from head gasket Check water circuit pressurization liquid
Leakage from injector sheaths level
Incoming water from intake system
Water in diesel Check tank cleaning
BLUE SMOKE FROM Oil in cylinders
ENGINE Too much oil consumption
Oil blow-by from turbine
Blow-by from valve guide
ENGINE OVERHEATS Coolant level
Under minimum Check for leaks
Top up to level
Fan and water pump drive belt
Not efficient Check tension
Replace
Check whether water leaks from drainage
hole
Water pump
Not efficient Replace
Thermostat
Jammed shut or partially open Replace
Radiator
Clogged outside Wash or replace
Air filter
Clogged Check filter clogging indicator
Sleeves close Replace filter
Cylinder head gasket
Compression blow-by from cylinder head Check water circuit pressure
gasket Replace
Fan
It cuts in late Replace
It slips too much

ENGINE - Troubleshooting (B.10.A - G.40.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

IMPORTANT: When effecting a repair the cause of the problem must be investigated and corrected to avoid repeat
failures.
Problem Possible Cause Correction
Engine does not develop Clogged air cleaner Clean or renew element
full power
Fuel line obstructed Clean
Faulty injectors Clean and reset
Incorrect valve clearance adjustment Check and reset
Burnt, worn or sticking valves Replace valves with new or oversize,
and/or machine the valve guide bores
Blown head gasket Check head flatness and fit new gasket
2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 256
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Problem Possible Cause Correction

Incorrect fuel delivery Check injectors and pump
Low cylinder compression Renew piston rings or re-bore/re-sleeve as
necessary
Oil pressure warning light Bulb burnt out Renew bulb
fails to operate
Warning Light pressure switch faulty Renew pressure switch
Warning light circuit faulty Check and renew wiring
Excessive exhaust smoke Oil leak on compressor or turbine side of Overhaul turbocharger
turbocharger, where fitted
Exhaust leak on exhaust manifold side of Fit new gasket
turbocharger, where fitted
Air cleaner dirty or restricted Clean
Excessive fuel delivery Overhaul injection pump and injectors
Engine knocks Diluted or thin oil Check crankshaft bearings for damage,
change as required. Drain and refill with
specified oil and renew filter. Ascertain
cause of dilution
Insufficient oil supply Check oil level and top up as necessary.
Overhaul or renew pump as necessary.
Check oil filter is not clogged
Low oil pressure Overhaul pump or relief valve as necessary
Excessive crankshaft end play Install new thrust bearing liner
Flywheel or ring gear runout excessive Skim flywheel or fit new ring gear
Excessive connecting rod or main bearing Install new bearing inserts and/or regrind
clearance crankshaft
Bent or twisted connecting rods Renew connecting rods
Crankshaft journals out-of-round Regrind crankshaft and fit under size bear-
ing inserts
Excessive piston-to-cylinder bore clear- Re-bore/re-sleeve block and fit new pistons
ance
Excessive piston ring clearance Fit new pistons and rings
Broken rings Fit new rings, check bore and pistons for
damage
Excessive piston pin clearance Fit new piston or pin
Piston pin retainer loose or missing Install new retainer, and check bore/pistons
for damage
Excessive camshaft play Install new thrust plate
Imperfections on timing gear teeth Renew timing gear
Excessive timing gear backlash Check and adjust backlash / renew timing
gear
Engine overheats Hose connection leaking or collapsed Tighten hose connection, renew hose if
damaged
Radiator cap defective or not sealing Renew radiator cap
Radiator leakage Repair/renew radiator
Improper fan belt adjustment Re-adjust fan belt
Radiator fins restricted Clean with compressed air
Faulty thermostat Renew thermostat
Internal engine leakage Check for source of leakage, renew gasket
or defective parts
Water pump faulty Overhaul water pump
Exhaust gas leakage into cooling system Renew cylinder head gasket, check head
for damage or distortion
Coolant aeration Tighten all connections and check coolant
level is correct. Ensure cylinder head gas-
ket has not blown
Cylinder head gasket improperly installed Renew cylinder head gasket
Hot spot due to rust and scale or clogged Reverse flush entire cooling system
water jackets
Obstruction to radiator air flow Remove the obstruction
2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 257
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Problem Possible Cause Correction

Extended engine idling Do not allow engine to idle for long periods
Oil cooler tube blocked Clean
Radiator core tubes blocked Check free flow
Water temperature gauge Faulty temperature sender Renew sender switch
fails to reach normal
operating temperature
Incorrect or faulty thermostat Renew thermostat
Faulty water temperature gauge Renew temperature gauge
Low oil pressure Engine oil level low Top up, as necessary
Wrong grade of oil Drain and refill with correct grade of oil
Blocked oil pump sump screen Clean pump screen
Oil pressure relief valve faulty Fit new relief valve
Oil pump worn Renew oil pump
Excessive oil pump rotor and shaft assem- Overhaul pump
bly clearance
Excessive main or connecting rod bearing Install new bearings inserts and / or regrind
clearance crankshaft if necessary
Excessive oil Engine oil level too high Reduce oil level
consumption
External oil leaks Renew gaskets and seals, where neces-
sary. Check mating surfaces for damage
or distortion
Worn valves, valve guides or bores Renew
Cylinder head gasket leaking Renew gasket. Check head for damage or
distortion
Oil loss past the pistons and rings Renew rings and/or re-bore/ re-sleeve
block as necessary
Oil cooler leak Repair/renew oil cooler assembly
Engine tends to keep Air cleaner dirty or restricted Clean or renew element
firing after fuel is shut off
Oil leak on compressor side of tur- Overhaul turbocharger
bocharger where fitted

ENGINE - Troubleshooting (B.10.A - G.40.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

IMPORTANT: Whenever effecting a repair, the cause of the problem must be identified and corrected to avoid repeat
failures. The following table lists problems and their possible causes with recommended remedial action.
Problem Possible Cause Correction
Engine overheats Hose connection leaking or collapsed Tighten hose connection, replace hose if
damaged
Radiator cap defective or not sealing Replace radiator cap
Radiator leakage Repair/replace radiator
Improper fan belt adjustment Readjust fan belt
Radiator fins restricted Clean with compressed air
Faulty thermostat Replace thermostat
Internal engine leakage Check for source of leakage, replace gas-
ket or defective parts
Water pump faulty Overhaul water pump
Exhaust gas leakage into cooling system Replace cylinder head gasket, check head
for damage or distortion
Coolant aeration Tighten all connections and check coolant
level is correct. Ensure cylinder head gas-
ket has not blown
Cylinder head gasket improperly installed Replace cylinder head gasket
Hot spot due to rust and scale or clogged Reverse flush entire cooling system
water jackets

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 258
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

Problem Possible Cause Correction

Obstruction to radiator air flow
Extended engine idling
Oil cooler tube blocked
Radiator core tubes blocked
Water temperature gauge Faulty temperature sender
fails to reach normal
operating temperature
Incorrect or faulty thermostat
Faulty water temperature gauge
Remove the obstruction
Do not allow engine to idle for long periods
Clean
Check free flow
Renew sender switch
Renew thermostat
Renew temperature gauge

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 259
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

0408.2-ENGINE OVERSPEED, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE 208) (B.10.A.95.80 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0408.2 - ENGINE OVERSPEED, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 208)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Engine has exceeded the overspeed limit

Possible failure modes:

1. Speed sensor faulty

2. Faulty Vehicle electronic control unit (CCM2) software or hardware

Solution:

1. Check the engine speed sensor.

A. Using a suitable multi-meter check across the speed sensor terminals for a short circuit or an open circuit
and between each terminal for a short to ground. If any of the above conditions exist replace the engine
speed sensor. The sensor resistance value is 880 - 920 Ω between the terminals 1 and 2.

B. If the sensor appears to be okay continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair / replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the infoview screen. If the infoview is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectIfy these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 260
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

0408.2-ENGINE OVERSPEED, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE 208) (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0408.2 - ENGINE OVERSPEED, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 208)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Engine has exceeded the overspeed limit

Possible failure modes:

1. Speed sensor faulty

2. Faulty Vehicle electronic control unit (CCM2) software or hardware

Solution:

1. Check the engine speed sensor.

A. Using a suitable multi-meter check across the speed sensor terminals for a short circuit or an open circuit
and between each terminal for a short to ground. If any of the above conditions exist replace the engine
speed sensor. The sensor resistance value is 880 - 920 Ω between the terminals 2 and 3.

B. If the sensor appears to be okay continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair / replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the infoview screen. If the infoview is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectIfy these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 261
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

0408.3-ENGINE OVERSPEED, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 208) (B.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0408.3 - ENGINE OVERSPEED, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 208)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Engine has exceeded the overspeed limit

Possible failure modes:

1. Speed sensor faulty

2. Faulty Vehicle electronic control unit (CCM2) software or hardware

Solution:

1. Check the engine speed sensor.

A. Using a suitable multi-meter check across the speed sensor terminals for a short circuit or an open circuit
and between each terminal for a short to ground. If any of the above conditions exist replace the engine
speed sensor. The sensor resistance value is 880 - 920 Ω between the terminals 1 and 2.

B. If the sensor appears to be okay continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair / replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the infoview screen. If the infoview is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectIfy these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 262
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

0408.3-ENGINE OVERSPEED, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 208) (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0408.3 - ENGINE OVERSPEED, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 208)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Engine has exceeded the overspeed limit

Possible failure modes:

1. Speed sensor faulty

2. Faulty Vehicle electronic control unit (CCM2) software or hardware

Solution:

1. Check the engine speed sensor.

A. Using a suitable multi-meter check across the speed sensor terminals for a short circuit or an open circuit
and between each terminal for a short to ground. If any of the above conditions exist replace the engine
speed sensor. The sensor resistance value is 880 - 920 Ω between the terminals 2 and 3.

B. If the sensor appears to be okay continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair / replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the infoview screen. If the infoview is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectIfy these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 263
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

0408.4-ENGINE OVERSPEED, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 208) (B.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0408.4 - ENGINE OVERSPEED, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 208)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Engine has exceeded the overspeed limit

Possible failure modes:

1. Speed sensor faulty

2. Faulty Vehicle electronic control unit (CCM2) software or hardware

Solution:

1. Check the engine speed sensor.

A. Using a suitable multi-meter check across the speed sensor terminals for a short circuit or an open circuit
and between each terminal for a short to ground. If any of the above conditions exist replace the engine
speed sensor. The sensor resistance value is 880 - 920 Ω between the terminals 1 and 2.

B. If the sensor appears to be okay continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair / replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the infoview screen. If the infoview is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectIfy these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 264
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

0408.4-ENGINE OVERSPEED, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 208) (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0408.4 - ENGINE OVERSPEED, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 208)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Engine has exceeded the overspeed limit

Possible failure modes:

1. Speed sensor faulty

2. Faulty Vehicle electronic control unit (CCM2) software or hardware

Solution:

1. Check the engine speed sensor.

A. Using a suitable multi-meter check across the speed sensor terminals for a short circuit or an open circuit
and between each terminal for a short to ground. If any of the above conditions exist replace the engine
speed sensor. The sensor resistance value is 880 - 920 Ω between the terminals 2 and 3.

B. If the sensor appears to be okay continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair / replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the infoview screen. If the infoview is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectIfy these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 265
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

0412.2-INK SIGNAL, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT

CODE XXX) (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0412.2 - INK SIGNAL, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Fuel restricted and speed restricted to 1500 rev/min.

Cause:
Primary (flywheel) engine speed sensor

Possible failure modes:

1. Speed sensor faulty

2. Wiring to speed sensor faulty

Solution:

1. Check the engine speed sensor.

A. Using a suitable multi-meter check across the speed sensor terminals for a short circuit or an open circuit
and between each terminal for a short to ground. If any of the above conditions exist replace the engine
speed sensor. The sensor resistance value is 880 - 920 Ω between the terminals 2 and 3.

B. If the sensor appears to be okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the engine speed sensor to flywheel air gap. The gap should be 0.5-1.5 mm.
NOTE : The air gap is a set dimension determined by design and is not adjustable. The only reason the air
gap will be incorrect is if damage has occurred to either the speed sensor or flywheel or if the sensor has been
incorrectly installed.

A. Remove the engine flywheel speed sensor and inspect for damage or a build up of dirt. With the sensor
removed also inspect the flywheel for damage. If any damage is evident replace the component.

B. If the engine speed sensor to flywheel air gap is correct continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring to the speed sensor.

A. With the keystart switch OFF, disconnect the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the
engine ECU. Using a suitable multi-meter check for continuity between pin 2 of the speed sensor and pin
1 of the engine ECU connector. Also check for continuity between pins 1 and 3 of the speed sensor and
pin 13 of the engine ECU connector. If an open circuit is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as
required.

B. With the keystart switch OFF, and the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the engine
ECU still disconnected check for a short to ground on each of the speed sensor pins. If a short to ground
is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as required.

C. With the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the engine ECU still disconnected, turn
the keystart ON, (not cranking), and check for a short to +12 V on each of the speed sensor pins. If a short
to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as required.

D. With the keystart switch OFF, reconnect the engine ECU connector. Turn the keystart ON, (not cranking),
and check for approximately 0.25 V at the speed sensor connector, pin 2. If 0.25 V is not indicated replace
the engine ECU.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 266
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

0412.3-INK SIGNAL, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE XXX) (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0412.3 - INK SIGNAL, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Fuel restricted and speed restricted to 1500 rev/min.

Cause:
Primary (flywheel) engine speed sensor

Possible failure modes:

1. Speed sensor faulty

2. Wiring to speed sensor faulty

Solution:

1. Check the engine speed sensor.

A. Using a suitable multi-meter check across the speed sensor terminals for a short circuit or an open circuit
and between each terminal for a short to ground. If any of the above conditions exist replace the engine
speed sensor. The sensor resistance value is 880 - 920 Ω between the terminals 2 and 3.

B. If the sensor appears to be okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the engine speed sensor to flywheel air gap. The gap should be 0.5-1.5 mm.
NOTE : The air gap is a set dimension determined by design and is not adjustable. The only reason the air
gap will be incorrect is if damage has occurred to either the speed sensor or flywheel or if the sensor has been
incorrectly installed.

A. Remove the engine flywheel speed sensor and inspect for damage or a build up of dirt. With the sensor
removed also inspect the flywheel for damage. If any damage is evident replace the component.

B. If the engine speed sensor to flywheel air gap is correct continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring to the speed sensor.

A. With the keystart switch OFF, disconnect the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the
engine ECU. Using a suitable multi-meter check for continuity between pin 2 of the speed sensor and pin
1 of the engine ECU connector. Also check for continuity between pins 1 and 3 of the speed sensor and
pin 13 of the engine ECU connector. If an open circuit is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as
required.

B. With the keystart switch OFF, and the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the engine
ECU still disconnected check for a short to ground on each of the speed sensor pins. If a short to ground
is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as required.

C. With the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the engine ECU still disconnected, turn
the keystart ON, (not cranking), and check for a short to +12 V on each of the speed sensor pins. If a short
to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as required.

D. With the keystart switch OFF, reconnect the engine ECU connector. Turn the keystart ON, (not cranking),
and check for approximately 0.25 V at the speed sensor connector, pin 2. If 0.25 V is not indicated replace
the engine ECU.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 267
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

0412.4-INK SIGNAL, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE XXX) (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0412.4 - INK SIGNAL, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Fuel restricted and speed restricted to 1500 rev/min.

Cause:
Primary (flywheel) engine speed sensor

Possible failure modes:

1. Speed sensor faulty

2. Wiring to speed sensor faulty

Solution:

1. Check the engine speed sensor.

A. Using a suitable multi-meter check across the speed sensor terminals for a short circuit or an open circuit
and between each terminal for a short to ground. If any of the above conditions exist replace the engine
speed sensor. The sensor resistance value is 880 - 920 Ω between the terminals 2 and 3.

B. If the sensor appears to be okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the engine speed sensor to flywheel air gap. The gap should be 0.5-1.5 mm.
NOTE : The air gap is a set dimension determined by design and is not adjustable. The only reason the air
gap will be incorrect is if damage has occurred to either the speed sensor or flywheel or if the sensor has been
incorrectly installed.

A. Remove the engine flywheel speed sensor and inspect for damage or a build up of dirt. With the sensor
removed also inspect the flywheel for damage. If any damage is evident replace the component.

B. If the engine speed sensor to flywheel air gap is correct continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring to the speed sensor.

A. With the keystart switch OFF, disconnect the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the
engine ECU. Using a suitable multi-meter check for continuity between pin 2 of the speed sensor and pin
1 of the engine ECU connector. Also check for continuity between pins 1 and 3 of the speed sensor and
pin 13 of the engine ECU connector. If an open circuit is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as
required.

B. With the keystart switch OFF, and the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the engine
ECU still disconnected check for a short to ground on each of the speed sensor pins. If a short to ground
is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as required.

C. With the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the engine ECU still disconnected, turn
the keystart ON, (not cranking), and check for a short to +12 V on each of the speed sensor pins. If a short
to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as required.

D. With the keystart switch OFF, reconnect the engine ECU connector. Turn the keystart ON, (not cranking),
and check for approximately 0.25 V at the speed sensor connector, pin 2. If 0.25 V is not indicated replace
the engine ECU.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 268
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

0413.2-SEG SIGNAL, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT

CODE XXX) (B.10.A.95.82 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0413.2 - SEG SIGNAL, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Fuel restricted and speed restricted to 1500 rev/min.

Cause:
Secondary (camshaft) engine speed sensor

Possible failure modes:

1. Speed sensor faulty

2. Wiring to speed sensor faulty

Solution:

1. Check the camshaft speed sensor.

A. Using a suitable multi-meter check across the speed sensor terminals for a short circuit or an open circuit
and between each terminal for a short to ground. If any of the above conditions exist replace the engine
speed sensor. The sensor resistance value is 880 - 920 Ω between the terminals 2 and 3.

B. If the sensor appears to be okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the camshaft speed sensor to phonic wheel air gap. The gap should be 0.5-1.5 mm.
NOTE : The air gap is a set dimension determined by design and is not adjustable. The only reason the air gap
will be incorrect is if damage has occurred to either the speed sensor or phonic wheel or if the sensor has been
incorrectly installed.

A. Remove the camshaft speed sensor and inspect for damage or a build up of dirt. With the sensor removed
also inspect the camshaft for damage. If any damage is evident replace the component.

B. If the camshaft speed sensor to phonic wheel air gap is correct continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring to the speed sensor.

A. With the keystart switch OFF, disconnect the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the
engine ECU. Using a suitable multi-meter check for continuity between pin 1 of the speed sensor and pin
2 of the engine ECU connector. Also check for continuity between pins 2 and 3 of the speed sensor and
pin 14 of the engine ECU connector. If an open circuit is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as
required.

B. With the keystart switch OFF, and the camshaft speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the engine
ECU still disconnected check for a short to ground on each of the speed sensor pins. If a short to ground
is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as required.

C. With the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the engine ECU still disconnected, turn
the keystart ON, (not cranking), and check for a short to +12 V on each of the speed sensor pins. If a short
to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as required.

D. With the keystart switch OFF, reconnect the engine ECU connector. Turn the keystart ON, (not cranking),
and check for approximately 0.25 V at pin 3 of the speed sensor. If 0.25 V is not indicated replace the
engine ECU.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 269
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

0413.3-SEG SIGNAL, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE XXX) (B.10.A.95.82 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0413.3 - SEG SIGNAL, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Fuel restricted and speed restricted to 1500 rev/min.

Cause:
Secondary (camshaft) engine speed sensor

Possible failure modes:

1. Speed sensor faulty

2. Wiring to speed sensor faulty

Solution:

1. Check the camshaft speed sensor.

A. Using a suitable multi-meter check across the speed sensor terminals for a short circuit or an open circuit
and between each terminal for a short to ground. If any of the above conditions exist replace the engine
speed sensor. The sensor resistance value is 880 - 920 Ω between the terminals 2 and 3.

B. If the sensor appears to be okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the camshaft speed sensor to phonic wheel air gap. The gap should be 0.5-1.5 mm.
NOTE : The air gap is a set dimension determined by design and is not adjustable. The only reason the air gap
will be incorrect is if damage has occurred to either the speed sensor or phonic wheel or if the sensor has been
incorrectly installed.

A. Remove the camshaft speed sensor and inspect for damage or a build up of dirt. With the sensor removed
also inspect the camshaft for damage. If any damage is evident replace the component.

B. If the camshaft speed sensor to phonic wheel air gap is correct continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring to the speed sensor.

A. With the keystart switch OFF, disconnect the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the
engine ECU. Using a suitable multi-meter check for continuity between pin 1 of the speed sensor and pin
2 of the engine ECU connector. Also check for continuity between pins 2 and 3 of the speed sensor and
pin 14 of the engine ECU connector. If an open circuit is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as
required.

B. With the keystart switch OFF, and the camshaft speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the engine
ECU still disconnected check for a short to ground on each of the speed sensor pins. If a short to ground
is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as required.

C. With the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the engine ECU still disconnected, turn
the keystart ON, (not cranking), and check for a short to +12 V on each of the speed sensor pins. If a short
to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as required.

D. With the keystart switch OFF, reconnect the engine ECU connector. Turn the keystart ON, (not cranking),
and check for approximately 0.25 V at pin 3 of the speed sensor. If 0.25 V is not indicated replace the
engine ECU.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 270
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

0413.4-SEG SIGNAL, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE XXX) (B.10.A.95.82 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0413.4 - SEG SIGNAL, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Fuel restricted and speed restricted to 1500 rev/min.

Cause:
Secondary (camshaft) engine speed sensor

Possible failure modes:

1. Speed sensor faulty

2. Wiring to speed sensor faulty

Solution:

1. Check the camshaft speed sensor.

A. Using a suitable multi-meter check across the speed sensor terminals for a short circuit or an open circuit
and between each terminal for a short to ground. If any of the above conditions exist replace the engine
speed sensor. The sensor resistance value is 880 - 920 Ω between the terminals 2 and 3.

B. If the sensor appears to be okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the camshaft speed sensor to phonic wheel air gap. The gap should be 0.5-1.5 mm.
NOTE : The air gap is a set dimension determined by design and is not adjustable. The only reason the air gap
will be incorrect is if damage has occurred to either the speed sensor or phonic wheel or if the sensor has been
incorrectly installed.

A. Remove the camshaft speed sensor and inspect for damage or a build up of dirt. With the sensor removed
also inspect the camshaft for damage. If any damage is evident replace the component.

B. If the camshaft speed sensor to phonic wheel air gap is correct continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring to the speed sensor.

A. With the keystart switch OFF, disconnect the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the
engine ECU. Using a suitable multi-meter check for continuity between pin 1 of the speed sensor and pin
2 of the engine ECU connector. Also check for continuity between pins 2 and 3 of the speed sensor and
pin 14 of the engine ECU connector. If an open circuit is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as
required.

B. With the keystart switch OFF, and the camshaft speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the engine
ECU still disconnected check for a short to ground on each of the speed sensor pins. If a short to ground
is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as required.

C. With the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the engine ECU still disconnected, turn
the keystart ON, (not cranking), and check for a short to +12 V on each of the speed sensor pins. If a short
to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as required.

D. With the keystart switch OFF, reconnect the engine ECU connector. Turn the keystart ON, (not cranking),
and check for approximately 0.25 V at pin 3 of the speed sensor. If 0.25 V is not indicated replace the
engine ECU.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 271
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

0449.2-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 149) (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0449.2 - ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 149)

Context:
Engine enabled - Speed restricted to 1800 rev/min.

Cause:
Engine flywheel speed sensor fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Speed sensor faulty

2. Wiring to speed sensor faulty

Solution:

1. Check the engine speed sensor.

A. Using a suitable multi-meter check across the speed sensor terminals for a short circuit or an open circuit
and between each terminal for a short to ground. If any of the above conditions exist replace the engine
speed sensor. The sensor resistance value is 880 - 920 Ω between the terminals 1 and 2.

B. If the sensor appears to be okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the engine speed sensor to flywheel air gap. The gap should be 0.5-1.5 mm.
NOTE : The air gap is a set dimension determined by design and is not adjustable. The only reason the air
gap will be incorrect is if damage has occurred to either the speed sensor or flywheel or if the sensor has been
incorrectly installed.

A. Remove the engine flywheel speed sensor and inspect for damage or a build up of dirt. With the sensor
removed also inspect the flywheel for damage. If any damage is evident replace the component.

B. If the engine speed sensor to flywheel air gap is correct continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring to the speed sensor.

A. With the keystart switch OFF, disconnect the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the
engine ECU. Using a suitable multi--meter check for continuity between pin 2 of the speed sensor and pin
1 of the engine ECU connector. Also check for continuity between pins 1 and 3 of the speed sensor and
pin 13 of the engine ECU connector. If an open circuit is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as
required.

B. With the keystart switch OFF, and the engine speed sensor connector X207 and connector X192 of the
engine ECU still disconnected check for a short to ground on each of the speed sensor pins. If a short to
ground is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as required.

C. With the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the engine ECU still disconnected, turn
the keystart ON, (not cranking), and check for a short to +12 V on each of the speed sensor pins. If a short
to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as required.

D. With the keystart switch OFF, reconnect the engine ECU connector. Turn the keystart ON, (not cranking),
and check for a voltage of approximately 0.25 V at pin 2 of the speed sensor connector. If 0.25 V is not
indicated replace the engine ECU. E. If the wiring checks out okay and the fault still exists continue with
step 4.
4. Fuel injection pump assembly fault
NOTE : The fuel injection pump has an integral speed sensor which is not a serviceable item and may produce
this error if faulty.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 272
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

A. With the keystart switch OFF, disconnect the connector, onto the fuel injection pump. Using a suitable
multi-meter check across terminals 3 and 4 on the pump. If either an open circuit or short to ground is
indicated the integral speed sensor is faulty.

B. Remove the fuel injection pump and have it tested/repaired by an authorised Bosch agent.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 273
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

0449.3-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 149) (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0449.3 - ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 149)

Context:
Engine enabled - Speed restricted to 1800 rev/min.

Cause:
Engine flywheel speed sensor fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Speed sensor faulty

2. Wiring to speed sensor faulty

Solution:

1. Check the engine speed sensor.

A. Using a suitable multi-meter check across the speed sensor terminals for a short circuit or an open circuit
and between each terminal for a short to ground. If any of the above conditions exist replace the engine
speed sensor. The sensor resistance value is 880 - 920 Ω between the terminals 1 and 2.

B. If the sensor appears to be okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the engine speed sensor to flywheel air gap. The gap should be 0.5-1.5 mm.
NOTE : The air gap is a set dimension determined by design and is not adjustable. The only reason the air
gap will be incorrect is if damage has occurred to either the speed sensor or flywheel or if the sensor has been
incorrectly installed.

A. Remove the engine flywheel speed sensor and inspect for damage or a build up of dirt. With the sensor
removed also inspect the flywheel for damage. If any damage is evident replace the component.

B. If the engine speed sensor to flywheel air gap is correct continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring to the speed sensor.

A. With the keystart switch OFF, disconnect the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the
engine ECU. Using a suitable multi--meter check for continuity between pin 2 of the speed sensor and pin
1 of the engine ECU connector. Also check for continuity between pins 1 and 3 of the speed sensor and
pin 13 of the engine ECU connector. If an open circuit is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as
required.

B. With the keystart switch OFF, and the engine speed sensor connector X207 and connector X192 of the
engine ECU still disconnected check for a short to ground on each of the speed sensor pins. If a short to
ground is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as required.

C. With the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the engine ECU still disconnected, turn
the keystart ON, (not cranking), and check for a short to +12 V on each of the speed sensor pins. If a short
to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as required.

D. With the keystart switch OFF, reconnect the engine ECU connector. Turn the keystart ON, (not cranking),
and check for a voltage of approximately 0.25 V at pin 2 of the speed sensor connector. If 0.25 V is not
indicated replace the engine ECU. E. If the wiring checks out okay and the fault still exists continue with
step 4.
4. Fuel injection pump assembly fault
NOTE : The fuel injection pump has an integral speed sensor which is not a serviceable item and may produce
this error if faulty.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 274
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

A. With the keystart switch OFF, disconnect the connector, onto the fuel injection pump. Using a suitable
multi-meter check across terminals 3 and 4 on the pump. If either an open circuit or short to ground is
indicated the integral speed sensor is faulty.

B. Remove the fuel injection pump and have it tested/repaired by an authorised Bosch agent.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 275
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

0449.4-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 149) (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0449.4 - ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 149)

Context:
Engine enabled - Speed restricted to 1800 rev/min.

Cause:
Engine flywheel speed sensor fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Speed sensor faulty

2. Wiring to speed sensor faulty

Solution:

1. Check the engine speed sensor.

A. Using a suitable multi-meter check across the speed sensor terminals for a short circuit or an open circuit
and between each terminal for a short to ground. If any of the above conditions exist replace the engine
speed sensor. The sensor resistance value is 880 - 920 Ω between the terminals 1 and 2.

B. If the sensor appears to be okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the engine speed sensor to flywheel air gap. The gap should be 0.5-1.5 mm.
NOTE : The air gap is a set dimension determined by design and is not adjustable. The only reason the air
gap will be incorrect is if damage has occurred to either the speed sensor or flywheel or if the sensor has been
incorrectly installed.

A. Remove the engine flywheel speed sensor and inspect for damage or a build up of dirt. With the sensor
removed also inspect the flywheel for damage. If any damage is evident replace the component.

B. If the engine speed sensor to flywheel air gap is correct continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring to the speed sensor.

A. With the keystart switch OFF, disconnect the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the
engine ECU. Using a suitable multi--meter check for continuity between pin 2 of the speed sensor and pin
1 of the engine ECU connector. Also check for continuity between pins 1 and 3 of the speed sensor and
pin 13 of the engine ECU connector. If an open circuit is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as
required.

B. With the keystart switch OFF, and the engine speed sensor connector X207 and connector X192 of the
engine ECU still disconnected check for a short to ground on each of the speed sensor pins. If a short to
ground is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as required.

C. With the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the engine ECU still disconnected, turn
the keystart ON, (not cranking), and check for a short to +12 V on each of the speed sensor pins. If a short
to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as required.

D. With the keystart switch OFF, reconnect the engine ECU connector. Turn the keystart ON, (not cranking),
and check for a voltage of approximately 0.25 V at pin 2 of the speed sensor connector. If 0.25 V is not
indicated replace the engine ECU. E. If the wiring checks out okay and the fault still exists continue with
step 4.
4. Fuel injection pump assembly fault
NOTE : The fuel injection pump has an integral speed sensor which is not a serviceable item and may produce
this error if faulty.

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 276
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

A. With the keystart switch OFF, disconnect the connector, onto the fuel injection pump. Using a suitable
multi-meter check across terminals 3 and 4 on the pump. If either an open circuit or short to ground is
indicated the integral speed sensor is faulty.

B. Remove the fuel injection pump and have it tested/repaired by an authorised Bosch agent.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 277
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

E0145-03-Engine RPM sensor Shorted to High Source (B.10.A.95.80

- G.30.B.54)
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820

E0145-03 - Engine RPM sensor Shorted to High Source

Cause:
The Alternator RPM Sensor (G-01) circuit is shorted to a higher than normal voltage source. (NH7.5 L Mechanical
Engines Only)

Possible failure modes:

1. Circuit wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Engine RPM sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage for the Engine RPM sensor circuit is 4.6 volts (no metal) to 6.6 volts (metal).
The proper voltage with the sensor wire disconnected is 7.3 - 9.0 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high, out of range (>9.0 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within proper limits. The shorted wire may not be powered up at this time. Continue
with step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the alternator RPM sensor Terminal R at the
sensor.

A. If the voltage decreases to 7.3 - 9.0 volts, the short is in alternator. Repair the alternator.

B. If voltage remains high on the InfoView monitor, continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high. Disconnect connector X010.

A. If the voltage decreases to 7.3 - 9.0 volts, the short is in the engine (EN) harness between the alternator
and connector X010 pin 9 on wire 421 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains high on the InfoView monitor, the short is in the mainframe (MF) harness between
connector X010 pin 9 and connector X016 pin J2-36 wire 421 yellow.
4. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 278
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

E0145-04-Engine RPM sensor Shorted to Low Source (B.10.A.95.80

- G.30.B.53)
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820

E0145-04 - Engine RPM sensor Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Alternator RPM Sensor (G-01) circuit is shorted to ground. (NH7.5L Mechanical Engines Only)

Possible failure modes:

1. Circuit wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "CCM2" sub menu.
Select “Engine RPM sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage for the Engine RPM sensor circuit is 4.6 volts (no metal) to 6.6 volts (metal).
The proper voltage with the sensor wire disconnected is 7.3 - 9.0 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low (0 - 0.5 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within proper limits, continue troubleshooting with Step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low. Disconnect the alternator RPM sensor Terminal R at the
sensor.

A. If the voltage increases to 7.3 - 9.0 volts, the short is in the alternator. Repair the alternator.

B. If voltage remains low on the Infoview monitor, continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low. Disconnect connector X010.

A. If the voltage increases to 7.3 - 9.0 volts, the short is in the engine (EN) harness between the alternator
and connector X010 pin 9 on wire 421 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains low on the Infoview monitor, the short is in the main frame (MF) harness between
connector X010 pin 9 and connector X016 pin J2-36 wire 421 yellow.
4. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 279
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

E0145-05-Engine RPM sensor Line disconnected (B.10.A.95.80 -

G.30.B.50)
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820

E0145-05 - Engine RPM sensor Line disconnected

Cause:
The Alternator RPM Sensor (G-01) circuit is open. (NH7.5L Mechanical Engines Only)

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor wiring open.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Engine RPM sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage for the Engine RPM sensor circuit is 4.6 volts (no metal) to 6.6 volts (metal).
The proper voltage with the sensor wire disconnected is 7.3 - 9.0 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high (7.3 - 9.0 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within proper limits, continue troubleshooting with Step 5.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high. Disconnect the alternator RPM sensor Terminal R at the
sensor and connect to a known good ground.

A. If the voltage decreases to 0.5 volts or less, the open is in the alternator or alternator ground wire. Con-
tinue with step 4.

B. If voltage remains high on the Infoview monitor, continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high. Disconnect connector X010 and use a jumper wire to short
connector X010 pin 9 to chassis ground.

A. If the voltage decreases to 0.5 volts or less, the open is in the engine (EN) harness between the alternator
and connector X010 pin 9 on wire 421 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains high on the Infoview monitor, the open is in the main frame (MF) harness between
connector X010 pin 9 and connector X016 pin J2-36 wire 421 yellow.
4. Remove the ground wire from the alternator. Use a multimeter to check for continuity to chassis ground on the
ground wire.

A. If there is continuity to ground, the open is in the alternator. Repair the alternator.

B. If there is no continuity, there is an open circuit in the alternator ground wire 803 black to the engine ground
#5 or to the chassis ground #1. Locate the open and repair.
5. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 280
 Index

POWER PRODUCTION - B

ENGINE - 10.A
0408.2-ENGINE OVERSPEED, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 208) 260
(B.10.A.95.80 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0408.2-ENGINE OVERSPEED, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 208) 261
(B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880
0408.3-ENGINE OVERSPEED, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 262
208) (B.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0408.3-ENGINE OVERSPEED, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 263
208) (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880
0408.4-ENGINE OVERSPEED, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 264
208) (B.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0408.4-ENGINE OVERSPEED, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 265
208) (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880
0412.2-INK SIGNAL, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) (B.10.A.95.83 - 266
G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880
0412.3-INK SIGNAL, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 267
(B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880
0412.4-INK SIGNAL, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 268
(B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880
0413.2-SEG SIGNAL, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) (B.10.A.95.82 - 269
G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880
0413.3-SEG SIGNAL, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 270
(B.10.A.95.82 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880
0413.4-SEG SIGNAL, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 271
(B.10.A.95.82 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880
0449.2-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 149) 272
(B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0449.3-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 274
CODE 149) (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0449.4-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 276
CODE 149) (B.10.A.95.83 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
Connecting rod and piston - Assemble (B.10.A.47 - F.10.A.20) 207
CX860, CX880
Connecting rod and piston - Assemble (B.10.A.47 - F.10.A.20) 210
CX860, CX880
Connecting rod and piston - Exploded view (B.10.A.47 - C.10.A.20) 51
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 281
Connecting rod and piston - Install (B.10.A.47 - F.10.A.15) 206
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Connecting rod and piston - Overhaul (B.10.A.47 - F.10.A.40) 222
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Connecting rod and piston - Remove (B.10.A.47 - F.10.A.10) 205
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Connecting rod and piston - Repair (B.10.A.47 - F.10.A.32) 214
CX860, CX880
Crankshaft - Assemble (B.10.A.43 - F.10.A.20) 167
CX860, CX880
Crankshaft - Install (B.10.A.43 - F.10.A.15) 164
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Crankshaft - Overhaul (B.10.A.43 - F.10.A.40) 192
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Crankshaft - Remove (B.10.A.43 - F.10.A.10) 159
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Crankshaft - Repair (B.10.A.43 - F.10.A.32) 173
CX860, CX880
Crankshaft Front seal - Install (B.10.A.43.01 - F.10.A.15) 160
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Crankshaft Front seal - Remove (B.10.A.43.01 - F.10.A.10) 156
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Crankshaft Front seal - Replace (B.10.A.43.01 - F.10.A.30) 172
CX860, CX880
Cylinder block - Assemble (B.10.A.70 - F.10.A.20) 226
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Cylinder block - Overhaul (B.10.A.70 - F.10.A.40) 229
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Cylinder block - Overhaul (B.10.A.70 - F.10.A.40) 232
CX860, CX880
Cylinder block - Rebore (B.10.A.70 - F.75.C.30) 236
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Cylinder block - Torque (B.10.A.70 - D.20.A.10) 32
Cylinder head - Assemble (B.10.A.72 - F.10.A.20) 244
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Cylinder head - Disassemble (B.10.A.72 - F.10.A.25) 237
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Cylinder head - General specification (B.10.A.72 - D.40.A.10) 34
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Cylinder head - Install (B.10.A.72 - F.10.A.15) 242
CX860, CX880
Cylinder head - Overhaul (B.10.A.72 - F.10.A.40) 248
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Cylinder head - Overhaul (B.10.A.72 - F.10.A.40) 249
CX860, CX880
Cylinder head - Remove (B.10.A.72 - F.10.A.10) 238
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Cylinder head - Torque (B.10.A.72 - D.20.A.10) 34
CX860, CX880
E0145-03-Engine RPM sensor Shorted to High Source (B.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54) 278
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820
E0145-04-Engine RPM sensor Shorted to Low Source (B.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.53) 279
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820
E0145-05-Engine RPM sensor Line disconnected (B.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.50) 280
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820
ENGINE - Complete (B.10.A - F.20.A.10) 124
CX860, CX880
ENGINE - Compression test (B.10.A - F.40.A.35) 130
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
ENGINE - Disassemble (B.10.A - F.10.A.25) 52
CX860, CX880
ENGINE - General specification (B.10.A - D.40.A.10) 18
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 282
ENGINE - General specification (B.10.A - D.40.A.10) 23
CX860, CX880
ENGINE - Install (B.10.A - F.10.A.15) 94
CX860, CX880
ENGINE - Install (B.10.A - F.10.A.15) 107
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
ENGINE - Overhaul (B.10.A - F.10.A.40) 123
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
ENGINE - Overview (B.10.A - C.40.B.10) 46
CX860, CX880
ENGINE - Remove (B.10.A - F.10.A.10) 66
CX860, CX880
ENGINE - Remove (B.10.A - F.10.A.10) 79
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
ENGINE - Service instruction (B.10.A - F.10.A.05) 131
ENGINE - Special tools (B.10.A - D.20.A.40) 15
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
ENGINE - Special tools (B.10.A - D.20.A.40) 17
CX860, CX880
ENGINE - Static description (B.10.A - C.30.A.20) 36
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
ENGINE - Static description (B.10.A - C.30.A.20) 40
CX860, CX880
ENGINE - Torque (B.10.A - D.20.A.10) 7
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
ENGINE - Torque (B.10.A - D.20.A.10) 8
CX860
ENGINE - Torque (B.10.A - D.20.A.10) 12
CX880
ENGINE - Troubleshooting (B.10.A - G.40.A.10) 255
CX860, CX880
ENGINE - Troubleshooting (B.10.A - G.40.A.10) 256
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
ENGINE - Troubleshooting (B.10.A - G.40.A.10) 258
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Flywheel - Install (B.10.A.50 - F.10.A.15) 225
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Flywheel - Remove (B.10.A.50 - F.10.A.10) 224
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Rear cover - Install (B.10.A.76 - F.10.A.15) 253
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Rear cover - Remove (B.10.A.76 - F.10.A.10) 252
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Timing gear - Assemble (B.10.A.45 - F.10.A.20) 199
CX860, CX880
Timing gear - Install (B.10.A.45 - F.10.A.15) 196
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Timing gear - Remove (B.10.A.45 - F.10.A.10) 193
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Valve cover - Torque (B.10.A.74 - D.20.A.10) 35
CX860
Valve cover - Torque (B.10.A.74 - D.20.A.10) 35
CX880
Valve drive - Overhaul (B.10.A.40 - F.10.A.40) 139
Valve drive - Overhaul (B.10.A.40 - F.10.A.40) 142
CX860, CX880
Valve drive Camshaft - Install (B.10.A.40.44 - F.10.A.15) 135
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Valve drive Camshaft - Overhaul (B.10.A.40.44 - F.10.A.40) 138
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Valve drive Camshaft - Remove (B.10.A.40.44 - F.10.A.10) 133
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 283
Valve drive Camshaft - Timing adjust (B.10.A.40.44 - F.45.A.64) 152
CX860, CX880
Valve drive Rocker assembly - Clearance (B.10.A.40.43 - F.45.A.12) 151
CX860, CX880
Valve drive Rocker assembly - Install (B.10.A.40.43 - F.10.A.15) 134
CX860, CX880
Valve drive Valve guide - Replace (B.10.A.40.45 - F.10.A.30) 137
CX860, CX880

2 4/7/2006
B.10.A / 284
 POWER PRODUCTION - B

FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - 20.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 1
 Contents

POWER PRODUCTION - B

FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - 20.A

TECHNICAL DATA
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Torque (B.20.A - D.20.A.10) 14
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Special tools (B.20.A - D.20.A.40) 14

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Fuel shut-off
General specification (B.20.A.13 - D.40.A.10) 16
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

FUNCTIONAL DATA
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Overview (B.20.A - C.10.A.10) 17
CX860

Overview (B.20.A - C.10.A.10) 19

CX880

Static description (B.20.A - C.30.A.20) 21

Static description (B.20.A - C.30.A.20) 23
CX860, CX880

Fuel injection pump

Static description (B.20.A.21 - C.30.A.20) 24
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820

Static description (B.20.A.21 - C.30.A.20) 31

CX840

Fuel injector
Dynamic description (B.20.A.29 - C.30.A.10) 36
CX860, CX880

Static description (B.20.A.29 - C.30.A.20) 37

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Static description (B.20.A.29 - C.30.A.20) 40

CX860, CX880

Fuel transfer pump

Static description (B.20.A.34 - C.30.A.20) 42
CX860, CX880

Injection control
Logical diagram (B.20.A.92 - C.20.B.72) 43
CX840, CX860, CX880

SERVICE
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Bleed (B.20.A - F.35.A.25) 47
CX860, CX880

Fuel shut-off
2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 2
 Electrical shut-off - Remove (B.20.A.13.81 - F.10.A.10) 48
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Electrical shut-off - Install (B.20.A.13.81 - F.10.A.15) 49

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Electrical shut-off - Electrical test (B.20.A.13.81 - F.40.A.50) 50

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Mechanical shut-off - Adjust (B.20.A.13.67 - F.45.A.01) 52

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Fuel injection pump

Remove (B.20.A.21 - F.10.A.10) 53
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Install (B.20.A.21 - F.10.A.15) 55

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Bleed (B.20.A.21 - F.35.A.25) 58

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Timing check (B.20.A.21 - F.40.B.12) 59

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Timing check (B.20.A.21 - F.40.B.12) 63

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Adjust (B.20.A.21 - F.45.A.01) 67

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820

Adjust (B.20.A.21 - F.45.A.01) 68

CX840

Fuel injector
Disassemble (B.20.A.29 - F.10.A.25) 69
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Remove (B.20.A.29 - F.10.A.10) 70

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Remove (B.20.A.29 - F.10.A.10) 71

CX860, CX880

Install (B.20.A.29 - F.10.A.15) 74

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Install (B.20.A.29 - F.10.A.15) 75

CX860, CX880

Assemble (B.20.A.29 - F.10.A.20) 78

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Replace (B.20.A.29 - F.10.A.30) 79

CX860, CX880

Overhaul (B.20.A.29 - F.10.A.40) 80

CX860, CX880

Cleaning (B.20.A.29 - F.30.A.10) 84

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Measure (B.20.A.29 - F.40.A.16) 86

CX860, CX880

Test (B.20.A.29 - F.40.C.01) 87

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Clearance (B.20.A.29 - F.45.A.12) 89

CX860, CX880

Fuel transfer pump

Remove (B.20.A.34 - F.10.A.10) 90
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Install (B.20.A.34 - F.10.A.15) 91

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Fuel line
2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 3
 Low pressure - Remove (B.20.A.36.10 - F.10.A.10) 92
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

High pressure - Remove (B.20.A.36.20 - F.10.A.10) 93

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Low pressure - Install (B.20.A.36.10 - F.10.A.15) 95

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

High pressure - Install (B.20.A.36.20 - F.10.A.15) 96

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

DIAGNOSTIC
Throttle command
E0207-05-Engine Throttle Motor Line Disconnected (B.20.A.06.81 - G.30.B.50) 97
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820

E0652-04-CSW Throttle Increase Shorted to Low Source (B.20.A.06.81 - G.30.B.53) 104

E0652-07-CSW Throttle Increase Mechanical Out of Range (B.20.A.06.81 - G.30.C.24) 105
E0656-04-CSW Throttle Decrease Shorted to Low Source (B.20.A.06.81 - G.30.B.53) 107
E0656-07-CSW Throttle Decrease Mechanical Out of Range (B.20.A.06.81 - G.30.C.24) 108
Fuel shut-off
E0182-11-Fuel Shutoff / Terminal 15 Unidentified Failure Code (B.20.A.13.81 - 110
G.30.B.46)
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above,
CX780 Series 1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and above

E0182-11-Fuel Shutoff / Terminal 15 Unidentified Failure Code (B.20.A.13.81 - 112

G.30.B.46)
CX840 Series 1206 - 1226, CX860 Series 1206 - 1226, CX880 Series 1206 - 1226

Electrical control
0393.2-MAIN RELAY DEFECT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 114
199) (B.20.A.91.21 - G.30.C.10)
CX840, CX860, CX880

0393.3-MAIN RELAY DEFECT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 116

FAULT CODE 199) (B.20.A.91.21 - G.30.B.54)
CX840, CX860, CX880

0393.4-MAIN RELAY DEFECT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 118
CODE 199) (B.20.A.91.21 - G.30.B.53)
CX840, CX860, CX880

Injection control
0385.2-ECU DEFECT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 201) 120
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840, CX860, CX880

0385.3-ECU DEFECT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 121
201) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840, CX860, CX880

0385.4-ECU DEFECT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 122
201) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840, CX860, CX880

0386.2-EEPROM DEFECT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 123
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0386.3-EEPROM DEFECT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 124

CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0386.4-EEPROM DEFECT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 125

CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 4
0394.2-AFTERRUN NOT COMPLETED, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 126
CODE 64) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840, CX860, CX880

0394.3-AFTERRUN NOT COMPLETED, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE 127

TOOL FAULT CODE 64) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840, CX860, CX880

0394.4-AFTERRUN NOT COMPLETED, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE 128

TOOL FAULT CODE 64) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840, CX860, CX880

0397.2-SHUT-OFF TESTS, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 129
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0397.3-SHUT-OFF TESTS, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 130

CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0397.4-SHUT-OFF TESTS, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 131

CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0403.2-AMBIENT PRESSURE SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 132

CODE 144) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840, CX860, CX880

0403.3-AMBIENT PRESSURE SENSOR, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE 133

TOOL FAULT CODE 144) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840, CX860, CX880

0403.4-AMBIENT PRESSURE SENSOR, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE 134

TOOL FAULT CODE 144) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840, CX860, CX880

0414.2-CYLINDER 1, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 135

(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0414.3-CYLINDER 1, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 136

XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0414.4-CYLINDER 1, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 137

XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0415.2-CYLINDER 4, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 138

(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0415.3-CYLINDER 4, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 139

XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0415.4-CYLINDER 4, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 140

XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0416.2-CYLINDER 2, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 141

(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0416.3-CYLINDER 2, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 142

XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0416.4-CYLINDER 2, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 143

XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0417.2-CYLINDER 6, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 144

(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 5
0417.3-CYLINDER 6, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 145
XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0417.4-CYLINDER 6, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 146

XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0418.2-CYLINDER 3, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 147

(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0418.3-CYLINDER 3, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 148

XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0418.4-CYLINDER 3, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 149

XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0419.2-CYLINDER 5, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 150

(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0419.3-CYLINDER 5, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 151

XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0419.4-CYLINDER 5, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 152

XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0435.2-AMBIENT PRESSURE (PHY), DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 153

CODE 16) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0435.3-AMBIENT PRESSURE (PHY), SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 154

FAULT CODE 16) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0435.4-AMBIENT PRESSURE (PHY), SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 155

FAULT CODE 16) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0436.2-SHUT-OFF UNDER VOLTAGE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 156

CODE 164) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0436.3-SHUT-OFF UNDER VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE 157

TOOL FAULT CODE 164) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0436.4-SHUT-OFF UNDER VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE 158

TOOL FAULT CODE 164) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0437.2-SHUT-OFF EXCESS VOLTAGE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 159

CODE 163) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0437.3-SHUT-OFF EXCESS VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE 160

TOOL FAULT CODE 163) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0437.4-SHUT-OFF EXCESS VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE 161

TOOL FAULT CODE 163) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0438.2-SHUT-OFF MONITOR MODULE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 162

CODE 160) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0438.3-SHUT-OFF MONITOR MODULE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE 163

TOOL FAULT CODE 160) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 6
0438.4-SHUT-OFF MONITOR MODULE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE 164
TOOL FAULT CODE 160) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0439.2-SHUT-OFF PATH MES0, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 165
162) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0439.3-SHUT-OFF PATH MES0, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 166

FAULT CODE 162) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0439.4-SHUT-OFF PATH MES0, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 167

FAULT CODE 162) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0440.2-SHUT-OFF PATH MES1, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 168
161) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0440.3-SHUT-OFF PATH MES1, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 169

FAULT CODE 161) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0440.4-SHUT-OFF PATH MES1, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 170

FAULT CODE 161) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0442.2-BATTERY VOLTAGE FILTER, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 171

CODE 18) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0442.3-BATTERY VOLTAGE FILTER, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 172

FAULT CODE 18) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0442.4-BATTERY VOLTAGE FILTER, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 173

FAULT CODE 18) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0443.2-ERROR AT POSITION 5, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 174

49) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0443.3-ERROR AT POSITION 5, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 175

FAULT CODE 49) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0443.4-ERROR AT POSITION 5, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 176

FAULT CODE 49) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0444.2-ERROR AT POSITION 6, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 177

50) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0444.3-ERROR AT POSITION 6, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 178

FAULT CODE 50) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0444.4-ERROR AT POSITION 6, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 179

FAULT CODE 50) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0445.2-ERROR AT POSITION 7, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 180

51) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0445.3-ERROR AT POSITION 7, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 181

FAULT CODE 51) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0445.4-ERROR AT POSITION 7, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 182

FAULT CODE 51) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 7
0446.2-ERROR AT POSITION 8, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 183
52) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0446.3-ERROR AT POSITION 8, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 184

FAULT CODE 52) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0446.4-ERROR AT POSITION 8, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 185

FAULT CODE 52) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0447.2-ERROR AT POSITION 13, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 186
48) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0447.3-ERROR AT POSITION 13, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 187

FAULT CODE 48) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0447.4-ERROR AT POSITION 13, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 188

FAULT CODE 48) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0450.2-EEPROM CHECK SUM HW, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 189
CODE 192) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0450.3-EEPROM CHECK SUM HW, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 190
FAULT CODE 192) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0450.4-EEPROM CHECK SUM HW, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 191
FAULT CODE 192) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0451.2-EEPROM CHECK SUM DATA, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 192
CODE 193) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0451.3-EEPROM CHECK SUM DATA, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE 193

TOOL FAULT CODE 193) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0451.4-EEPROM CHECK SUM DATA, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 194
FAULT CODE 193) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0452.2-EEPROM CHECK SUM MAIN REL, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL 195
FAULT CODE 194) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0452.3-EEPROM CHECK SUM MAIN REL, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE 196
TOOL FAULT CODE 194) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0452.4-EEPROM CHECK SUM MAIN REL, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE 197
TOOL FAULT CODE 194) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0453.2-EEPROM CHECK SUM DEF MEM, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL 198
FAULT CODE 195) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0453.3-EEPROM CHECK SUM DEF MEM, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE 199
TOOL FAULT CODE 195) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0453.4-EEPROM CHECK SUM DEF MEM, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE 200
TOOL FAULT CODE 195) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0454.2-EEPROM CHECK SUM HOURS, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 201
CODE 196) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 8
0454.3-EEPROM CHECK SUM HOURS, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE 202
TOOL FAULT CODE 196) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0454.4-EEPROM CHECK SUM HOURS, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE 203

TOOL FAULT CODE 196) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0455.2-EEPROM CHECK SUM ACTUATOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL 204

FAULT CODE 197) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0455.3-EEPROM CHECK SUM ACTUATOR, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE 205

TOOL FAULT CODE 197) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0455.4-EEPROM CHECK SUM ACTUATOR, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE 206

TOOL FAULT CODE 197) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0456.2-EEPROM CHECK SUM STARTER, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL 207

FAULT CODE 198) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0456.3-EEPROM CHECK SUM STARTER, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE 208

TOOL FAULT CODE 198) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0456.4-EEPROM CHECK SUM STARTER, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE 209

TOOL FAULT CODE 198) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0459.2-HIGH IDLE CTRL PARAM SET, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 210
CODE 80) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0459.3-HIGH IDLE CTRL PARAM SET, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE 211
TOOL FAULT CODE 80) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0459.4-HIGH IDLE CTRL PARAM SET, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE 212
TOOL FAULT CODE 80) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0460.2-BELOW HIGH IDLE MINIMUM, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 213
CODE 81) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0460.3-BELOW HIGH IDLE MINIMUM, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE 214

TOOL FAULT CODE 81) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0460.4-BELOW HIGH IDLE MINIMUM, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE 215

TOOL FAULT CODE 81) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0463.2-INVALID INTERM SPD SETP, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 216
CODE 83) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0463.3-INVALID INTERM SPD SETP, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 217
FAULT CODE 83) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0463.4-INVALID INTERM SPD SETP, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 218
FAULT CODE 83) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0464.2-INVALID FUEL LIM SETP, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 219
85) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0464.3-INVALID FUEL LIM SETP, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 220
FAULT CODE 85) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 9
0464.4-INVALID FUEL LIM SETP, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 221
FAULT CODE 85) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0465.2-MIN. FUEL LIM SETPOINT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 222
CODE 86) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0465.3-MIN. FUEL LIM SETPOINT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 223
FAULT CODE 86) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0465.4-MIN. FUEL LIM SETPOINT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 224
FAULT CODE 86) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0466.2-INVALID LOW IDLE SETP, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 225
87) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0466.3-INVALID LOW IDLE SETP, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 226
FAULT CODE 87) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0466.4-INVALID LOW IDLE SETP, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 227
FAULT CODE 87) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0467.2-INVALID LOW IDLE PARAM, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 228
CODE 88) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0467.3-INVALID LOW IDLE PARAM, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 229
FAULT CODE 88) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0467.4-INVALID LOW IDLE PARAM, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 230
FAULT CODE 88) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0468.2-EXCEED LOW IDLE SETPOINT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 231
CODE 89) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0468.3-EXCEED LOW IDLE SETPOINT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE 232

TOOL FAULT CODE 89) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0468.4-EXCEED LOW IDLE SETPOINT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE 233

TOOL FAULT CODE 89) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0469.2-INVALID ENGINE STOP REQ, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 234
CODE 53) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0469.3-INVALID ENGINE STOP REQ, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 235
FAULT CODE 53) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0469.4-INVALID ENGINE STOP REQ, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 236
FAULT CODE 53) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0471.2-AUX ENG SPEED SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 237
CODE 150) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0471.3-AUX ENG SPEED SENSOR, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 239
FAULT CODE 150) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0471.4-AUX ENG SPEED SENSOR, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 241
FAULT CODE 150) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 10
0473.2-TIMEOUT AFTERRUN DR-MODE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL 243
FAULT CODE 65) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0473.3-TIMEOUT AFTERRUN DR-MODE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE 244

TOOL FAULT CODE 65) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0473.4-TIMEOUT AFTERRUN DR-MODE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE 245

TOOL FAULT CODE 65) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0477.2-RESIST GOV DEVIATION QTY, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 246
CODE 165) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0477.3-RESIST GOV DEVIATION QTY, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE 247

TOOL FAULT CODE 165) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0477.4-RESIST GOV DEVIATION QTY, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE 248

TOOL FAULT CODE 165) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0478.2-STOP POS CONTROL RACK, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 249
CODE 166) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0478.3-STOP POS CONTROL RACK, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 250
FAULT CODE 166) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0478.4-STOP POS CONTROL RACK, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 251
FAULT CODE 166) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0479.2-RACK TRAVEL SENS DEFECT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 252
CODE 167) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0479.3-RACK TRAVEL SENS DEFECT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE 253

TOOL FAULT CODE 167) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0479.4-RACK TRAVEL SENS DEFECT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE 254

TOOL FAULT CODE 167) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0480.2-RACK SENS INTERMIT CONT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 255
CODE 168) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0480.3-RACK SENS INTERMIT CONT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE 256

TOOL FAULT CODE 168) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0480.4-RACK SENS INTERMIT CONT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE 257

TOOL FAULT CODE 168) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0481.2-STAND ALONE OPERATION, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 258

CODE 176) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0481.3-STAND ALONE OPERATION, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 260

FAULT CODE 176) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0481.4-STAND ALONE OPERATION, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 262

FAULT CODE 176) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0482.2-SELF TEST, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 200) 264
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 11
 0482.3-SELF TEST, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 265
200) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0482.4-SELF TEST, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 266
200) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0483.2-CAN ELEMENT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 177) 267
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0483.3-CAN ELEMENT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 268

CODE 177) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0483.4-CAN ELEMENT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 269
177) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0484.2-CAN BUS OFF STATE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 270
178) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0484.3-CAN BUS OFF STATE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 271
FAULT CODE 178) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0484.4-CAN BUS OFF STATE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 272
CODE 178) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

E0208-02-ECU Module Data Incorrect (B.20.A.92 - G.30.E.13) 273

Sensing system
0401.2-FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 274
CODE 21) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0401.2-FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 275

CODE XXX) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0401.3-FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE 276

TOOL FAULT CODE 21) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0401.3-FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE 277

TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0401.4-FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, SHORT TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 278

FAULT CODE 21) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0401.4-FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, SHORT TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 279

FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0470.2-FUEL TEMPERATURE (PHY, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 280

CODE 22) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0470.3-FUEL TEMPERATURE (PHY), SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 281

FAULT CODE 22) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0470.4-FUEL TEMPERATURE (PHY), SHORT TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 282

FAULT CODE 22) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

E0154-03-Fuel Level sensor Shorted To High Source (B.20.A.95.90 - G.30.B.54) 283

E0154-04-Fuel Level sensor Shorted To Low Source (B.20.A.95.90 - G.30.B.53) 284

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 12
E0154-05-Fuel level sensor Line Disconnected (B.20.A.95.90 - G.30.B.50) 285
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series
1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0154-05-Fuel level sensor Line Disconnected (B.20.A.95.90 - G.30.B.50) 286

CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above,
CX780 Series 1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and above, CX840 Series 1238 and above,
CX860 Series 1238 and above, CX880 Series 1238 and above

E0173-06-Curr Sense Eng Throttle Short Circuit (B.20.A.95.80 - G.30.B.25) 287

CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series
1282 - 1347, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347,
CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series
1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX820 Series 1206 - 1237

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 13
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - Torque (B.20.A - D.20.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

N·m Ft. lbs.

Injector attachment bolts 23 17
Injector line nuts 24 18
Injection pump drive gear 30 23
Injection pump rear mounting bolts 38 28
Injection pump-to-front adaptor plate 38 28
Injection pump-to-gear drive bolts 67 50
Injection timing gear access cover 38 28
Leak-off tube banjo fitting bolts 9 7
Lift pump mounting to main junction 8 6
pump, nuts, 3

FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - Special tools (B.20.A - D.20.A.40)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Description New Holland Tool SPX Ltd Tool Nuday Tool Number New Holland Tool
Number (All Markets Number Number (North
Except North America Only)
America)
Crankshaft Timing Pin 297672 - - -
Fuel Injection Pump 295005 - - FNH00536
Timing Pin
Injector - hand pump 290284 - - FNH01721 with
tester Nozzle Test FNH00041
Adaptor
Injector - cleaning kit 293671 - - -
Injector - splitting 293760 - - -
block
Injector - Splitting 293761 - - -
socket kit
Injection pump drive 295042 - - -
gear puller

SPECIAL TOOLS

1z0o2004112054 1
Fuel Injection Pump Drive Gear Puller
(Local manufacture or Special Tool No.295042)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 14
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

1 Bolt 5/16-UNF x 2 in. (51 mm) with integral washer 2 Bolt 3/4x16-UNC x 2 in.(51 mm)
(3 bolts required)
3 Three holes 0.375 in (9.5 mm) dia. on 2.2 in (56.87
mm) dia. equally spaced material of 0.394 in. (10 mm)
Plate HRLC P&O Steel

(Prior Tool Numbers, where applicable, shown in brackets)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 15
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel shut-off - General specification (B.20.A.13 - D.40.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Specifications: @ Rated voltage 12 V and rated temp. 20 ° C (68 ° F)

Pull current: 60 amps
Hold current: 0.87 amps
Pull rating: 93.4 N (21 lbs) @ 25 mm (1 in)stroke
Hold rating: 178 N (40 lbs)
Plunger stroke: 25.4 mm (1 in) maximum

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 16
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - Overview (B.20.A - C.10.A.10)

CX860

MID0275A 1
F2B Engine — Fuel supply system diagram

1 Temperature sensor 2 Bleeder

3 Secondary fuel filter 4 Bypass valve (0.3-0.4 bars [4.4-5.8 psi])
5 Fuel supply pump 6 Integrated valve (3.5 bars [50.8 psi])
7 Pressure relief valve (5 bars [72.5 psi]) 8 Fuel tank
2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 17
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

9 Priming pump 10 Primary fuel filter

11 Check valve (opening 0.1 bars [1.5 psi]) 12 Heater
13 Electronic control unit 14 Fuel return fitting with incorporated valve (0.2 bars
[3 psi])
15 Injectors-pump 16 Electric fuel pump

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 18
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - Overview (B.20.A - C.10.A.10)

CX880

MID0276A 1
F3A Engine — Fuel supply system diagram

1 Temperature sensor 2 Bleeder

3 Secondary fuel filter 4 Bypass valve (0.3-0.4 bars [4.4-5.8 psi])
5 Fuel supply pump 6 Integrated valve (3.5 bars [50.8 psi])
7 Pressure relief valve (5 bars [72.5 psi]) 8 Fuel tank
2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 19
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

9 Priming pump 10 Primary fuel filter

11 Check valve (opening 0.1 bars [1.5 psi]) 12 Heater
13 Electronic control unit 14 Fuel return fitting with incorporated valve (0.2 bars
[3 psi])
15 Injectors-pump

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 20
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - Static description (B.20.A -

C.30.A.20)
The New Holland 7.5 Litre engine is fitted with either a mechanically controlled governor Bosch P7100 in line fuel
injection pump.

BSD1882A 1
or

Electronically controlled Bosch P7100 in line fuel injection pump .

Further explanation on the operation of these pumps is given on Fuel injection pump - Static description (B.20.A.21
- C.30.A.20).

BSD1847A_822 2
The fuel system irrespective of the type of fuel pump installed is fitted with a fuel prefilter (1) and water separator (2)
located beneath the fuel tank.

The primary purpose of this assembly is to remove water and solid contaminates from the fuel before the fuel enters
the gallery of the injection pump. The plunger and barrel assemblies (pumping elements) of the injection pump are
matched to each other with an accuracy of a few ten thousandths of an inch. Impurities of this size can cause severe
damage, or excessive wear, to the injection pump and injector assemblies.

ZDA2720A 3
A separate fuel filter (1) and water separator (2) is also installed immediately before the fuel enters the injection pump.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 21
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

BSD1779A 4
A fuel supply pump is also fitted to all pumps at the entry point into the injection pump fuel system. The supply pump
is mechanically driven by the injection pump camshaft. The purpose of the supply pump is to draw fuel from the
tank, and pressurize the fuel to a minimum of 1.4 bar (20 lbf/in2) in order to cause fuel to flow through the filter
and to provide sufficient pressure for pumping element filling. The supply pump housing also contains a sedimenter
assembly consisting of a clear bowl (2) and strainer screen (3) The clear bowl should be inspected for sediment every
50 hours and cleaned every 600 hours.

On top of the supply pump is fitted a primer pump (1) which is used to prime the injection pump with fuel when the
filter element has been changed as described in the operators manual.

BSD1880A 5

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 22
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - Static description (B.20.A -

C.30.A.20)
CX860, CX880

The new Bosch PDE 30 pump injectors can achieve higher injection pressures than conventional systems with a
separate pump and external piping.
The electronic injection management (EDC) already applied to some conventional engine versions is similar in basic
layout, but the new system is much more sophisticated and differs in many respects, e.g. individual management
of each individual injector and advanced fault diagnostics function built into the electronic control unit. The MS6
electronic control unit also manages many other systems, including turbocharging.

Electronic Control Unit

To reduce the number of connections, the length of injector connection leads and hence signal interference, the control
unit is fitted directly onto the engine via a heat exchanger (used for cooling) by means of flexible blocks which reduce
vibrations transmitted by the engine.
An internal environmental pressure sensor further improves injection system management.
The control unit is equipped with a highly advanced self diagnostic system. It is able to take environmental factors into
consideration in order to detect and store anomalies (even if intermittent) occurring within the system during vehicle
operation to ensure more effective, reliable repairs.
The MS6.2 electronic control unit manages the following main functions: fuel injection, accessory functions, self-
diagnosis, recovery.
It also permits: interface with other on-board electronic systems, EOL and Service programming, and fault diagnosis.

20015816 1

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 23
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel injection pump - Static description (B.20.A.21 - C.30.A.20)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820

The fuel injection pump, the heart of the fuel system, consists of a number of sub assemblies.

On the mechanically controlled pump the control rack which adjusts the fuel delivery through the pumping elements
within the pump is controlled by the flyweights and springs in the mechanical governor assembly which in turn is
influenced by the throttle lever, pump and engine speed.

BSD1881A 1

Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

The purpose of the fuel shutoff solenoid (1) is to move the mechanical fuel shutoff lever to the “RUN" position when the
key switch is turned on, and to keep the lever in that position while the key switch remains in the “RUN" position. When
the key switch is turned “OFF," the solenoid is de-energized, and allows spring force within the governor housing to
move the mechanical shutoff lever to the “FUEL-OFF" position.

Governor

The rear portion of the injection pump assembly houses the all-speed “RSV" mechanical governor. The governor
receives inputs from the following:

• Throttle control lever,(4).

• Intake manifold pressure (2).
• Injection pump camshaft speed (3).
• Engine oil pressure, located on engine side of pump (not shown).
• Mechanical fuel shutoff lever (5) controlled by the fuel shutoff solenoid (1).

BSD1882B 2

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 24
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

70-150-2205 3

1 Governor housing 2 Starting spring

3 Throttle control lever 4 Governor housing
5 Shutoff idle stop 6 Tensioning lever
7 Guide lever 8 Governor spring
9 Auxiliary idle speed spring 10 Torque control & idle speed helical compression
spring
11 Full load stop (fuel delivery) 12 Fulcrum lever
13 Guide bushing 14 Flyweight
15 Swivelling lever 16 Rocker
17 Strap 18 Control rack

Receiving these inputs, the governor, by moving the pumping element control rack (18), controls engine-off, excess
fuel for starting, minimum and maximum idle speeds, and any midrange speeds independent of load. A pair of fly-
weights (14), are attached to the pump camshaft. The force of the flyweights increases with engine speed. The force
of the weights operates against that of the governor spring (8) The tension on the governor spring is varied by the
position of the throttle lever (3) Also contained within the governor housing is the starting spring (2) This lightweight
spring pulls the fuel control rack fully forward to the excess fuel position whenever the engine is not running. As soon
as the engine starts and the flyweights begin to generate force, the starting spring is overcome and the rack returns
to normal fuel delivery.

Aneroid assembly

The aneroid assembly prevents excessive smoke under load by limiting maximum fuel delivery until the turbocharger
is providing sufficient air to effect clean combustion. An example of this operation would be starting a load out onto a
roadway, when the engine is idling, and throttle position and load are increased simultaneously.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 25
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

70-150-2206 4

1 Headless setscrew 2 Plate washer

3 Governor cover 4 Strap
5 Fulcrum lever 6 Starting spring
7 Governor housing 8 Control rod
9 Bell crank 10 Control shaft
11 Guide bushing 12 Helical compression spring
13 Diaphragm 14 Charge air pressure

The aneroid also contains a hydraulic activator (1) which is controlled by engine oil pressure (A). When there is no oil
pressure (B), the activator allows the control rack full travel to the excess fuel position. Without this feature, during
starting, fuel delivery would be extremely limited due to lack of turbocharger boost pressure.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 26
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

70-150-2207 5

1 Hydraulic activator 2 Bell crank

3 Strap

Overflow Valve Assembly

The supply pump has a capacity of about twice that of the requirements of the high-pressure pumping elements. This
excess flow provides cooling and lubrication for the injection pump. Flow from the supply pump travels through the
filter element and then to the fuel gallery of injection pump, where it is available to fill the pumping elements. The
fuel must be pressurized in order to properly fill the pumping elements. The job of the overflow valve which is housed
within the body of the banjo bolt (1) is to maintain a pressure of approximately 1.5 bar (22 lbf/in2) in the fuel gallery.
Once that pressure is reached, the overflow valve opens and allows the excess fuel to return to the tank.

BSD1883B 6

High-Pressure Pumping Elements

The high-pressure pumping elements, one for each engine cylinder, supply fuel at a pressure of approximately 240
bar (3500 lbf/in2) to the injectors. The pumping elements must provide the fuel in a precisely measured amount at
the proper time.
Operation of the individual element is as follows:

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 27
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

70-150-2209 7

Fuel Delivery Cycle

Reference (A) - Bottom dead centre / Fuel in

Reference (B) - Spill port closure / Fuel Pressurized

Reference (C) - Spill port opening / Fuel delivery ends

(A) With the plunger (1) at the bottom of the stroke, fuel flows into the barrel through the spill port (2) and fills the
space above the plunger.

(B) As the plunger (1) rises, the spill port in the barrel (3) is covered and the fuel is trapped. This is the point of port
closure. The continued upward movement of the plunger pressurizes the trapped fuel until the delivery valve (at the
base of each high-pressure injection line) is lifted from its seat. High- pressure fuel is transmitted through the line to
the injector and injection takes place through the injector nozzle.

(C) Injection stops when the upper edge of the helix (4) uncovers the lower edge of the spill port. Pressure escapes
to the fuel gallery. The drop in pressure causes the injector to close and injection to stop. After fuel delivery ceases,
the plunger continues to the top of the stroke and is returned by a spring for the next cycle.

1z0o2004112055 8

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 28
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Because the end of delivery is reached when the helix on the plunger uncovers the spill port (1) the amount of fuel
delivered is varied by turning the pump plunger as shown at (D). If the plunger is turned until the vertical groove
completely uncovers the spill port as shown at (E), during the entire lift of the plunger, there will be no fuel delivered
to the engine. This is because injection pressure cannot be reached, thereby shutting off the engine.

The plungers are rotated by a control rack splined to each plunger. Rack movement is determined by the control rod,
actuated by the governor.

1z0o2004112056 9

Fuel Delivery and Timing During Starting

The plungers (1) are equipped with starting grooves (2) on their crown. The purpose of this groove is to assist in
starting the engine by providing both excess fuel and slightly retarded timing. When the key switch is turned on,
the fuel shutoff solenoid retracts, moving the mechanical shutoff lever to the “RUN" position. The starting spring in
the governor housing pulls the control rack fully forward, beyond the normal maximum fuel position. This aligns the
starting groove with the spill port. With the starting groove aligned with the spill port, there is a delay in spill port
closure which, in turn, delays the start of injection. Note also that there is no helix in this region of the plunger, so
once injection begins, it is not cut off until the plunger reaches the end of its stroke. This provides a very large amount
of fuel to aid starting.

1z0o2004112057 10

Delivery Valves

A delivery valve is located above each plunger. The delivery valve serves as a one-way valve which allows fuel under
injection pressure to move into the high pressure tubes and prevents fuel from coming back. The valve also serves to
rapidly reduce pressure in the injection line once pressure from the plunger has ceased. Rapid pressure reduction is
required to ensure the injector valve snaps shut to prevent fuel “dribble," a condition which can cause carbon formation
on the injector tip.

(a) Valve closed

(b) Valve open during fuel delivery

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 29
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

1z0o2004112058 11

Components are identified as follows:

1. Delivery valve holder
2. Spring
3. Valve
4. Valve seat
5. Valve holder

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 30
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel injection pump - Static description (B.20.A.21 - C.30.A.20)

CX840

The electronically managed fuel injection pump is of similar construction to the mechanical pump described previously
with the exception that the mechanical governor is replaced with an electronic actuator located in a housing (1) on the
end of the pump. Refer to Fuel injection pump - Static description (B.20.A.21 - C.30.A.20) for all aspects other
than the electronic actuator.

BSD1847A_823 1

BSD1861A 2
Electronically Controlled Fuel Pump Actuator

1 Engine Electronic Control Unit (ECU) 2 Fuel Rack Actuator

3 Fuel Rack Position Sensor 4 Fuel Rack
5 Speed Sensor

The actuator is managed by an engine electronic control unit which receives signals from:-

A. intake manifold boost pressure and air temperature sensor

B. Coolant temperature sensor
C. Fuel temperature sensor (where fitted)
2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 31
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

D. Engine speed sensor on flywheel

E. Engine throttle switch setting
F. Engine speed sensor
G. Fuel Rack Position Sensor

These input signals are computed by the electronic control unit to send a signal to the electronic actuator which po-
sitions the fuel rack in accordance with fuelling demands on the engine.

1z0o2004112059 3
Electronically controlled Bosch P7100 in line fuel injection system.
2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 32
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

The schematic shown above illustrates the various features which control or influence pump fuelling, it also includes
the optional cold start aid described in Cold start aid - Static description (B.80.A.30 - C.30.A.20).

Servicing of the actuator components and injection pump must be performed by an authorised service agent.

Identification of components not located within the injection pump housing are as follows:-

Electronic control unit

Located on the vehicle structure to the left hand side of the engine. The unit monitors and controls engine operations.
If the unit fails the engine will stop.

BSD1874A 4
Boost pressure and temperature sensor

Located on the inlet manifold the sensor is used for smoke control

if the sensor fails the engine speed and fuel quantity may be reduced.

BSD1873A 5
Coolant temperature sensor
Located adjacent to the water pump and top engine hose.

The sensor is used for cold start and over heat protection. If the sensor fails cold start capability may be reduced and
overheat protection will be lost.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 33
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

BSD1876A 6
Fuel temperature sensor (where fitted)
Located on the body of the fuel injection pump and is used to compensate for variations in fuel temperature during
engine cold start up.

BSD1878A 7
Engine speed sensor (located on the flywheel)

This sensor acts as a backup should the speed sensor in the injection pump actuator housing fail. Should both sensors
fail to operate the engine will shut-down.

Fig. 8 identifies the position of the harness connector to this sensor at the rear of the engine. To gain access to this
sensor the engine must be removed from the vehicle.

BSD1877A 8

Fault Finding

In addition to monitoring and control of the fuelling system the engine electronic control unit also offers a comprehen-
sive diagnosis system. When fuelling faults occur on the engine the appropriate fault codes (1) are displayed on the
info view screen in the vehicle cab.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 34
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

ZDA2315A 9
When a fault is displayed reference should be made to the ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Fault code index (A.50.A -
C.40.G.10) in this manual to determine and resolve the concern.

ZDA2735A 10

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 35
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel injector - Dynamic description (B.20.A.29 - C.30.A.10)

CX860, CX880

The pump-injector is composed of a pumping element, nozzle and solenoid valve.

1. Diesel/oil ring seal — 2. Diesel/diesel ring seal — 3. Diesel/exhaust gas ring seal.

Pumping element

The pumping element is operated by a rocker arm that, in its turn, is directly governed by the cam of the camshaft.
The pumping element can ensure a high delivery pressure. Its return stroke is activated by a spring.

Nozzle

The fault diagnosis program, of the control unit, checks the operation of each injector (it deactivates one at a time and
checks the capacity of the other five).
Fault diagnosis makes it possible to distinguish between errors of an electrical origin from those of a mechanical/
hydraulic origin.
It indicates broken pump-injectors.
It is therefore necessary to interpret all the control unit’s error messages correctly.
Any defects in the injectors require them to be replaced as no repairs are permitted.

MID0495A 1

Solenoid valve

The solenoid, which is energized at each active phase in the cycle, governs a slide valve, with a signal from the control
unit, that shuts off the delivery pipe of the pumping element.
When the solenoid is not energized, the valve is open.

Fuel is pumped but it flows back into the return pipe with the standard transfer pressure of approximately 5 bars.

When the solenoid is energized, the valve shuts. As the fuel cannot flow back into the return pipe, it is pumped into
the nozzle at high pressure, causing the needle to lift.

The amount of fuel injected depends on the closing time of the slide valve and hence on how long the solenoid is
energized.

The solenoid valve is joined to the injector body and cannot be removed. On the top there are two screws securing
the cables transmitting the signal from the control unit.

To ensure signal transmission, tighten the screws with a torque wrench to a torque of 1.36 — 1.92 N·m (0.136 —
0.192 kgm [12-17 in. lbs.]).

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 36
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel injector - Static description (B.20.A.29 - C.30.A.20)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

The job of the injector assembly is to atomize the fuel in order to facilitate proper combustion. The injector must
cleanly deliver the fuel into the combustion chamber with a good spray pattern. There must also be a “crisp" start,
and end of, injection with no drips either before or after the injection cycle.

The nozzle is housed within a nozzle holder. In order to properly place the fuel charge into the combustion chamber,
dowel pins orient the nozzle within the holder, and a clamp ring orients the holder within the engine cylinder head.

Operation of the injection nozzle is as follows:

70-150-2210 1

1. High pressure inlet line

2. Edge-type filter
3. Pressure channel
4. Intermediate disc
5. Nozzle-retaining nut
6. Union nut for fuel-injection tubing
7. Holder body
8. Leak-off port
9. Pressure-adjusting shims
10. Pressure spring
11. Pressure spindle
12. Locating pins (locating the nozzle)
13. Injection nozzle

The high-pressure line delivers the fuel charge from the injection pump. Fuel enters the inlet and passes through the
edge-type filter. Coarse foreign particles are retained by the filter.
2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 37
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

A passage routes fuel through the nozzle holder to the nozzle valve. The nozzle valve is lifted off its seat by the
high-pressure inlet fuel (1) acting on the annulus in the valve.

When the nozzle valve opens, a definite quantity of fuel (determined by the injection pump output for each plunger
stroke) is forced out through the orifices. The fuel becomes finely atomized as it is sprayed into the combustion
chamber at high velocity. Once fuel flow from the pump ceases, the spring pressure forces the needle valve back
onto its seat via the spindle and needle valve stem. Fuel dribble should not occur, as might happen if the nozzle
showed excessive wear.

The nozzle assembly is lubricated by a small amount of fuel which seeps between the lapped surfaces of the nozzle
and valve which accumulates around the spring.

The leakage fuel (2) is routed out the nozzle holder through a leak-off connector and returned back to the fuel tank.

70-150-2211 2

Low-Pressure Fuel Lines

The purpose of the low-pressure fuel lines (3) is to carry fuel from the tank to the injection pump gallery and to return
excess fuel from the pump and injectors (2) to the tank.

High-Pressure Fuel Lines

The purpose of the high-pressure fuel lines (1) is to carry fuel, under high pressure, from the injection pump to the
injector assemblies. These lines are a precise length to provide proper fuel delivery. For this reason, always use the
correct line if replacement is required.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 38
POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

BSD1883A 3

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 39
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel injector - Static description (B.20.A.29 - C.30.A.20)

CX860, CX880

The pump injector consists mainly of three parts: solenoid (1) pumping element (2) and nozzle (3) These three parts
cannot be individually replaced and cannot be serviced.

The pumping element is operated mechanically upon each cycle by a rocker. It compresses the fuel in the delivery
chamber.

Nozzle configuration and operation are similar to those of conventional injector nozzles. It is opened by fuel under
pressure to inject a fine spray of fuel into the combustion chamber.

The solenoid is controlled directly by the electronic control unit and determines delivery mode on the basis of a control
signal.

An injector case houses the lower part of the pump injector in the cylinder head.

20015817 1

Filling Stage

During the filling stage, pumping element (2) moves upward. The highest point of the cam is passed and the rocker
roller moves toward the cam base ring. Fuel valve (1) is opened and fuel is free to flow into the injector from the
cylinder head lower channel (4) Filling continues until the pumping element reaches the top end of its travel.

20015818 2

Injection Stage

The injection stage begins when the solenoid is excited at a certain point on the pumping element descending stroke
and fuel valve (1) closes. The instant at which delivery starts is processed by the electronic control unit and varies
according to engine service conditions. The cam continues to push pumping element (2) via the rocker and the injec-
tion stage continues until fuel valve (1) remains closed.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 40
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

20015819 3

Flow-back Stage

Injection finishes when fuel valve (1) opens at a certain point on the pumping element descending stroke following
solenoid de-activation. Fuel flows through open valve (1) the injector holes and channel (4) in the cylinder head.
The time for which the solenoid is excited is processed by the electronic control unit and represents the duration of
injection (output). It varies according to engine service conditions.

The electronic control unit is able to monitor current uptake by the solenoid in order to establish whether injection
has taken place correctly or if mechanical problems have occurred, e.g. binding. The control unit can detect injector
errors only when the engine is running or during start up.

20015820 4

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 41
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel transfer pump - Static description (B.20.A.34 - C.30.A.20)

CX860, CX880

Fuel is supplied via a fuel pump, fuel filter and pre-filter, 6 pump-injectors governed by the camshaft by means of
rocker arms and by the electronic control unit.

Fuel pump
A. Fuel inlet
B. Fuel delivery
C. Bypass nut
D. Fuel return from the pump-injectors
E. Pressure relief valve
Opening pressure: 5-8 bars (72.5-116 psi)

MID0493A 1

Section of the fuel pump

1. Oil or fuel leakage gauge

MID0494A 2

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 42
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Injection control - Logical diagram (B.20.A.92 - C.20.B.72)

CX840, CX860, CX880

50014702 1
Series 1206 - 1237 only

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 43
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

A-01 =ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ELEC) K-14=ECU POWER RELAY

K-39=GRID HEATER RELAY (IVECO) R-09=ENGINE GRID HEATER (IVECO)
F-01=ECU POWER FUSE

ENGINE

ECU Power Supply

The CX840, CX860 and CX880 combines are equipped with engines that utilize electronic controllers to control the
fuelling systems on the engines. The Engine Control Unit (ECU) has a special startup and shutdown procedure re-
quired for proper operation.
When the key is first turned on, all other modules receive power through the key switch, causing them to “wake up"
and start functioning. When CCM2 first “wakes up", it immediately applies power to connector X016 pin J2-13. This
power travels through the wire harnesses to the ECU connector X193 pin 15, signaling the ECU to “wake-up". The
ECU then connects the ground path for the coil of the ECU Power relay K-14, causing the relay to energize and
provide main power for the ECU at connector X193 pins 3 & 4, as well as for the grid heater relay K-39.
If the operator turns the key off, or activates a “kill-stall", the CCM2 module shuts off power at connector X016 pin
J2-13, which cuts off the power supply to the ECU connector X193 pin 15. When this power supply is lost, the ECU
starts its “shut down" routine, including saving files and operating information to memory, and shuts down the engine
fuelling system to stop the engine. After several seconds, the ECU disconnects the ground path for the ECU Power
relay K-14 coil, and the relay unlatches, stopping main power supply to the ECU.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 44
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

50014703 2
Series 1238 and above

A-01 =ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ELEC) F-01 =ECU POWER FUSE

K-14=ECU POWER RELAY K-39=GRID HEATER RELAY (IVECO)
R-09 =ENGINE GRID HEATER (IVECO)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 45
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

When the key is first turned on, power from the key switch S-02 pin 5 travels through the wire harnesses to the ECU
connector X193, pin 15, signaling the ECU to “wake-up". The ECU then connects the ground path for the coil of the
ECU Power relay K-14, causing the relay to energize and provide main power for the ECU at connector X193, pins 3
& 4, as well as for the grid heater relay K-39.
If the operator turns the key off, this cuts off the power supply to the ECU connector X193, pin 15. When this power
supply is lost, the ECU starts its “shut down" routine, including saving files and operating information to memory, and
shuts down the engine fuelling system to stop the engine. After several seconds, the ECU disconnects the ground
path for the ECU Power relay K-14 coil, and the relay unlatches, stopping main power supply to the ECU.
Engine shutdown in the event of machine problems, or for an operator-signaled “kill-stall", is handled by sending a
message to the ECU through CAN, and the ECU shuts down the engine without powering itself off in the process.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 46
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - Bleed (B.20.A - F.35.A.25)

CX860, CX880

CAUTION
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Always wear suitable safety items
such as fitted clothing, safety goggles, gloves, shoes, etc. M954

1. Before starting the engine, bleed the fuel system as

follows:

MID0522A 1

2. For the bled fuel to run off into a container, fit tubes
to the bleed screws:
- (1), (Fig. 1), on the pre-filter mount;
- (2), (Fig. 2), situata sul supporto filtro;
- (4), (Fig. 3), on the front of the cylinder head.
- Operate the pump (3) Fig. 1, on the pre-filter mount
until fuel flows out through the screw (1) without any
bubbles of air in it. Tighten the screw (1).
- Repeat these steps for screw (2) Fig. 2.

MID0523A 2

3. Repeat these steps for screw (4) Fig. 3.

NOTE: Never let fuel foul the drive belts of the alternator,
water pump, etc.

MID0524A 3

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 47
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel shut-off Electrical shut-off - Remove (B.20.A.13.81 - F.10.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Removal
Disconnect the wire connector from the fuel shutoff
solenoid.
Remove the solenoid plunger linkage from the pump
run/stop lever (1).
Remove the two cap screws which hold the fuel shut-
off solenoid to the engine block.

70-150-2242 1

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 48
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel shut-off Electrical shut-off - Install (B.20.A.13.81 - F.10.A.15)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Attach the fuel shutoff solenoid to the engine block

with two cap screws.
Torque cap screw to 5 N·m - 7 N·m (42 in. lbs - 60
in. lbs).
Attach the solenoid plunger linkage to the pump run/
stop lever (1).
Connect the wire connector to the fuel shutoff sole-
noid (1).
Check the fuel shutoff solenoid for proper adjust-
ment.
Start and stop the engine to check for proper opera-
tion of the solenoid.

70-150-2243 1

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 49
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel shut-off Electrical shut-off - Electrical test (B.20.A.13.81 -

F.40.A.50)
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. In cases where the proper function of the fuel shutoff

solenoid is suspect, the following steps will diagnose
both the solenoid and the electrical feed to the pull
coil terminal, hold coil terminal, and common ground
terminal.

70-150-2213 1

Ref Function
1 Ground
2 Pull
3 Hold
2. Preliminary Checks
3. Place the transmission in NEUTRAL and set the
parking brake.
4. Check the battery voltage. Must be 12 volts or
higher.
5. Verify that the solenoid plunger and pump control
lever (1) move freely the full range, with no evidence
of binding or sticking.
6. With key switch in the “off" position, the control lever
will be in the down position.
7. Turn the key switch to the “run" position. With the
engine running the control lever will be in the “up"
position
8. Check the fuel shutoff solenoid linkage adjustment
as described later. If readjusted, try restarting the
engine while observing the solenoid for proper func-
tion.
9. Inspect the electrical connections between the sole-
noid and harness to ensure good positive contacts,
and not sign of rust or corrosion.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 50
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

BSD1881A_1 2

10. Checking Electrical Feed

70-150-2213 3

Ref Function
1 Ground
2 Pull
3 Hold
11. Attach the positive lead of the voltmeter to the "hold
coil terminal" of the solenoid. Attach the negative
lead of the voltmeter to the "common ground termi-
nal" of the solenoid. Turn the ignition switch to the
"RUN" position. The voltmeter should read a mini-
mum of 9 volts. Less than 9 voltsindicates a bad cir-
cuit. Also, there should be a 0.87 amp current draw.
12. Attach the positive lead of the voltmeter to the “pull
coil terminal" of the solenoid. Attach the negative
lead of the voltmeter to the “common ground termi-
nal" of the solenoid.
Turn the key switch to the "RUN" position. A volt-
age of at least 9 volts should be present for approxi-
mately two seconds, and the solenoid plunger should
retract. Also there should be a 60.3 amp draw.
13. Attach the voltmeter leads between the solenoid
"common ground" terminal and a good ground on
the frame. While the solenoid is in the "PULL" and
"HOLD" positions, the voltmeter should read 0 volts.
If there is voltage, the ground circuit needs to be
checked.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 51
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel shut-off Mechanical shut-off - Adjust (B.20.A.13.67 - F.45.A.01)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Turn the key switch to the “RUN" position. The sole-

noid should fully retract.
2. Remove the solenoid rod from the mechanical fuel
shutoff lever.
3. Pull the mechanical fuel shutoff lever to the full “RUN"
position.
4. It should now be possible to insert the fuel shutoff
solenoid ball joint over the mechanical shutoff lever
pin.
5. If necessary, adjust the fuel shutoff solenoid rod in
order to accomplish step 4.

70-150-2238 1

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 52
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel injection pump - Remove (B.20.A.21 - F.10.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

IMPORTANT: Internal repairs to the fuel injection pump must be accomplished through a Bosch authorized Diesel
Service Dealer (DSD). The only adjustment that can be accomplished to the pump on-vehicle is low speed idle ad-
justment.
Before removing any fuel lines, clean the exterior of the fuel injection pump with clean fuel oil or solvent to help prevent
the entry of dirt or other contamination. The area can be steam cleaned (which is probably the best method of getting
the area clean), but it can only be done when the engine is cold and shut off.
IMPORTANT: Do not wash or steam clean the engine while it is running or still hot from running. Serious damage to
the injection pump could occur.
1. Removal
Disconnect the negative battery cables from the bat-
tery and/or batteries.
Perform the injection pump timing check Fuel injec-
tion pump - Timing check (B.20.A.21 - F.40.B.12)
and install the injection pump timing pin 295005 (NA-
FNH00536-1).

1z0o2004112065 1

2. Remove pump drive gear retaining bolts (1) retaining

plate (2) and gear (3).

70-150-2224 2

3. Disconnect all pipework and fuel lines. Cap all open-

ings to prevent dirt contamination.
On electronically controlled injection pumps discon-
nect the harness connection to the electronic actua-
tor.

CAUTION
Use two wrenches on these high pressure lines to pre-
vent distorting or rotating the pumping element. Z030

BSD1847A_830 3

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 53
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

4. On mechanically controlled injection pumps remove

the tube assembly from the boost control and discon-
nect the throttle linkage.

BSD1881A_831 4

5. Remove the four retaining nuts and withdraw the

pump from the engine.

BSD1882A 5

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 54
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel injection pump - Install (B.20.A.21 - F.10.A.15)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Using 29 mm socket (1-1/8 inch ) socket rotate

crankshaft to top dead centre (TDC) with number 1
cylinder firing (on compression stroke).
NOTE: If engine is at TDC with number 1 cylinder on ex-
haust stroke the pump timing will be 180 ° out of phase.

1z0o2004112063 1

2. insert the crankshaft timing pin 297672 into the side

of the block.

BSC1304A_826 2

3. If necessary gently turn the crankshaft to engage the

rounded end of the timing pin in the slot of the crank-
shaft. This is not visible and must be performed by
‘feel’.

BSC1306A_827 3

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 55
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

4. When the timing pin is located in the slot of the crank-

shaft the pin is fully seated.
Do Not attempt to rotate the crankshaft when timing
pin is fully inserted as damage will occur.

BSC1305A_828 4

5. With the pump on the bench, rotate the injec-

tion pump clockwise until the threaded hole in the
pump drive flange aligns with the pump timing
plate. Screw the injection pump timing pin 295005
(NA-FNH00536-1) into the pump.

P396-E-48_829 5

6. Refit pump onto engine and tighten the four retaining

nuts to a torque of 27-34 N·m (20-25 lbf.ft).

BSD1847A_822 6

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 56
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

7. Refit pump gear and plate.

Tighten gear retaining bolts to a torque of 54-75 N·m
(40-55 lbf.ft).
Remove timing pins from pump and side of engine
block.

1z0o2004112065 7

8. Refit injection pump timing gear cover and fan belts.

1z0o2004112061 8

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 57
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel injection pump - Bleed (B.20.A.21 - F.35.A.25)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. It may be necessary after injection pump removal or

injector removal to purge the high pressure lines of
air to allow the engine to start.
If the engine fails to start after several turns bleed the
system using the following procedure:
‘Crack’ open in turn, starting at injector number 1, the
nut (1), of each high pressure lines. Crank the engine
on the starter motor to expel the air. With the aid of
an assistant, tighten the injector nuts as the engine
begins to fire.

WARNING
Wear suitable eye and skin protective clothing. Fuel
may be expelled under high pressure.Take extreme
care of moving belts and pulleys. Z117 1z0o2004112066 1

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 58
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel injection pump - Timing check (B.20.A.21 - F.40.B.12)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. If a fuel related concern is identified check the injec-

tion pump timing before proceeding with any other
disassembly.
NOTE: Where it is necessary to remove additional items
to gain access to the components on the engine Refer to
ENGINE - Remove (B.10 - F.10.A.10).
2. Remove engine drive belts.

1z0o2004112009 1

3. Remove injection pump timing cover.

1z0o2004112010 2

4. Using 29 mm socket (1-1/8 in ) socket rotate crank-

shaft to top dead centre (TDC) with number 1 cylinder
firing.

1z0o2004112011 3

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 59
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

5. When engine is at TDC the threaded hole in the in-

jection pump drive flange aligns with the pump timing
plate.

1z0o2004112012 4

6. To ensure the crankshaft is accurately positioned at

TDC remove the crankshaft timing plug (1) from the
side of the engine block.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT disturb the timing pin bush (2) This
has been accurately set during original manufacture. If the
bush is moved then pump timing CAN NOT be accurately
set.

BSD1542B 5

7. insert the crankshaft timing pin 297672 into the side

of the block.

BSC1304A 6

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 60
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

8. If necessary gently turn the crankshaft to engage the

rounded end of the timing pin in the slot of the crank-
shaft. This is not visible and must be performed by
‘feel’.

BSC1306A 7

9. When the timing pin is located in the slot of the crank-

shaft the pin is fully seated.
Do Not attempt to rotate the crankshaft when timing
pin is fully inserted as damage will occur.

BSC1305A 8

10. Check that the injection pump go/no-go timing pin

Tool No 295005 (NA-FNH00536-2) will screw into the
pump hub.
If the pin engages in the pump timing plate (inset,
Figure 10) when the crankshaft is at TDC the pump
timing is correct.
IMPORTANT: The engine must never be rotated while the
timing pin is installed.

1z0o2004112013 9

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 61
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

11. If pump timing is incorrect and timing pin can not be

screwed into pump, remove pump timing gear, install
rigid timing pin 295005 (NA-FNH00536-1) into pump
and refit timing gear.
NOTE: This injection pump timing check assumes that the
crankshaft and camshaft timing gears were correctly posi-
tioned during engine assembly. To check the position of
these timing gears it is necessary to remove the engine
front cover.

P396-E-48 10

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 62
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel injection pump - Timing check (B.20.A.21 - F.40.B.12)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. If a fuel related concern is identified check the injec-

tion pump timing before proceeding with any other
disassembly.
Remove all necessary hardware and components in
order to gain access to the front timing cover.

1z0o2004112060 1

2. Remove the fan belt.

ZDA2991A_824 2

3. To remove the fan belt release the tension applied by

the belt tensioning pulley.

1z0o2004112061 3

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 63
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

4. Remove injection pump timing cover.

1z0o2004112062 4

5. Using 29 mm socket (1-1/8 inch ) socket rotate

crankshaft to top dead centre (TDC) with number 1
cylinder firing.

1z0o2004112063 5

6. When engine is at TDC the threaded hole in the in-

jection pump drive flange aligns with the pump timing
plate.

1z0o2004112064 6

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 64
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

7. To ensure the crankshaft is accurately positioned at

TDC remove the crankshaft timing plug (1) from the
side of the engine block.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT disturb the timing pin bush (2) This
has been accurately set during original manufacture. If the
bush is moved then pump timing CAN NOT be accurately
set.

BSD1542B_825 7

8. Insert the crankshaft timing pin 297672 into the side

of the block.

BSC1304A_826 8

9. If necessary gently turn the crankshaft to engage the

rounded end of the timing pin in the slot of the crank-
shaft. This is not visible and must be performed by
‘feel’.

BSC1306A_827 9

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 65
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

10. When the timing pin is located in the slot of the crank-
shaft the pin is fully seated.
Do Not attempt to rotate the crankshaft when timing
pin is fully inserted as damage will occur.

BSC1305A_828 10

11. Check that the injection pump timing pin Tool No

295005 (NA-FNH00536-2) will screw into the pump
hub.
If the pin engages in the pump timing plate (inset, Fig.
12) when the crankshaft is at TDC the pump timing
is correct.
IMPORTANT: The engine must never be rotated while the
timing pin is installed.

1z0o2004112065 11

12. If pump timing is incorrect and timing pin can not be

screwed into pump, remove pump timing gear, install
timing pin 295005 (NA-FNH00536-1) into pump and
refit timing gear.
NOTE: This injection pump timing check assumes that the
crankshaft and camshaft timing gears were correctly posi-
tioned during engine assembly. To check the position of
these timing gears it is necessary to remove the engine
front cover.

P396-E-48_829 12

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 66
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel injection pump - Adjust (B.20.A.21 - F.45.A.01)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820

1. Electronically Controlled Fuel Injection Pumps

The electronically controlled fuel injection pumps are
controlled by the microprocessor and no adjustment
is necessary in service.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 67
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel injection pump - Adjust (B.20.A.21 - F.45.A.01)

CX840

NOTE: Before proceeding, make certain that the throttle controls are properly adjusted.
1. Ensure the throttle control is in the full idle position.
Back off the low idle auxiliary adjustment screw
(2)Adjust the low idle screw (1) so that the engine
speed is 1290 RPM +/- 10.
Thread the low idle auxiliary screw in until low idle
speed reaches 1310 RPM +/- 10.
Run the throttle up to high idle and then back down
to the low idle position to confirm correct speed set-
tings.

70-150-2236 1

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 68
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel injector - Disassemble (B.20.A.29 - F.10.A.25)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Disassembly
Place the injector in a holding fixture, Tool
No.293760, with the nozzle uppermost. Do not
clamp the injector body in a vice. Use socket tool,
295008, (kit 293761), to loosen the nozzle retaining
nut.
Remove the nozzle retaining nut, complete with the
nozzle body, needle valve and the dowelled adaptor
plate.

TA6010117 1

2. Remove the injector body from the holding fixture, in-

vert and carefully remove the spring seat, spring and
adjustment shims. To avoid damage, place all dis-
mantled components in suitable baths of clean fuel
oil.
NOTE: To prevent corrosion of injector components after
cleaning, rinse in clean fuel oil and place in a suitable bath
of clean fuel oil.

TA6010118 2

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 69
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel injector - Remove (B.20.A.29 - F.10.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Ensure the areas around the injectors and fuel pump

are clean prior to disassembly.
Remove the injector high pressure lines (1).
Remove banjo bolts (3) holding leak-off line (4) to the
fuel injector (2) Start at No. 1 injector and work back.
Remove leak off line and discard the two copper
washers (one either side of the banjo fitting). New
washers must be used for reassembly.

70-150-209 1

2. Remove the injector retaining bolts and washers (1)

and hold-down clamp (2).
Turn the injector (3) clockwise to loosen it, then re-
move from the head.
Remove the copper sealing washer (4) from the in-
jector. If the washer is not on the injector it has re-
mained in the head and must be extracted. Discard
the copper washers.
Make sure the injector cavity is clean of carbon be-
fore installing new copper washer.
Remove the cork dust seal (5) from the injector.
NOTE: Each injector should have a cork seal under the
retaining flange, remove the seal from either the cylinder
head or injector and discard. New seals should always be
70-150-210 2
installed on reassembly.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 70
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel injector - Remove (B.20.A.29 - F.10.A.10)

CX860, CX880

CAUTION
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Always wear suitable safety items
such as fitted clothing, safety goggles, gloves, shoes, etc. M954

1. Removal
From underneath the vehicle, take the inspection
cover off the timing system gearbox.
Fit the flywheel rotation tool on the gearbox (2):
- 296179 (7) for engine F2B;
- 296179 (7) and spacer 296180 (6) for engine F3A.
NOTE: The arrow shows in which direction the engine
turns. Using the above-mentioned tool, turn the engine
flywheel, 1, in the direction of rotation of the engine so
as to bring the piston of cylinder no. 1 approximately to
the T.D.C. in the phase of combustion. This condition is
accomplished when the hole with one reference mark, 4,
after the hole with two reference marks, 5, on the engine
flywheel, 1, can be seen through the inspection window, 3.

MID0510A 1

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 71
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

2. The exact position of the piston of cylinder no. (1) at

the T.D.C. is obtained when, in the above-described
conditions, the tool 296192 (1), enters the hole (3),
in the engine flywheel (4), through the seat (2), of the
engine speed sensor.
If this is not the case, turn the engine flywheel (4),
appropriately.
Remove the tool 296192 (1).
From the engine bay

MID0511A 2

3. Take out the fixing screws and remove the tappet

cover.
Disconnect the fuel pipes from the fuel filter and from
the cylinder head.
Unhook the springs (3) lever check (2) engine F3A
only.
Unscrew the rocker arm shaft fixing screws (1).

MID0512A 3

4. With tool 296170 (2) constrain the sliding blocks (3)

to the rocker arms (1).

MID0513A 4

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 72
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

5. With the tool (1):

- 296191, for the F2B engine;
- 296190, for the F3A engine, applied, remove the
rocker arm shaft assembly.

MID0514A 5

6. Remove the crosspieces from the valves.

Unscrew the screws and remove the electric connec-
tions (1) from the solenoid valves.
Unscrew the screws (3) fixing the brackets (4) retain-
ing the pump injectors (2).
Remove the pump injectors (2).
Engine F2B only

MID0515A 6

7. If you have any difficulty in removing the pump injec-

tors (2) use the extractor 296164 (1).

MID0516A 7

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 73
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel injector - Install (B.20.A.29 - F.10.A.15)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. The installation is the reverse of the removal proce-

dure noting the following points.
Install a new cork seal to the underside of the retain-
ing flange.
Install a new copper washer on the end of the injec-
tor.

70-150-210 1

2. Install the injector.

1z0o2004112076 2

3. Be sure to install the clamp with the raised side facing

up.
Install the retaining bolts and washers. Torque the
bolts evenly to 22 N·m (17 ft. lbs.).
Install the leak-off line using new copper washers (6),
Fig. 1, on either side of the banjo fitting.
Torque the leak-off line retaining bolt (7) to 4.5 N·m
(40 in. lbs).
Install the high pressure line and tighten the connec-
tor to 24 N·m (18 ft. lbs.).
Repeat the process on the remaining injectors.
It may be necessary to bleed the fuel system of air
in order to start the engine. Refer to Fuel injection
pump - Bleed (B.20.A.21 - F.35.A.25).
1z0o2004112001 3

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 74
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel injector - Install (B.20.A.29 - F.10.A.15)

CX860, CX880

1. Refitting
Thoroughly clean the pump-injector seat and the
pump-injectors.
Fit the ring seals (1) (2) and (3), onto the injectors.

MID0517A 1

2. Mount the injectors and, using a torque wrench (2)

lock the screws fixing the injector brackets (1) to
the required torque. Screw down the screws for the
electrical connections (4) locking them with a torque
screwdriver (3) to a torque of 1.36 — 1.92 N·m (0.136
— 0.192 kgm [12-17 in. lbs.]).
- Position the intake and exhaust valve crosspieces.
NOTE: Position the crosspieces on the valve stem, all with
the largest hole on the same side.

MID0518A 2

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 75
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

3. Using tool 296170 (3) constrain the sliding blocks (4)

to the rocker arms (3).
Apply tool (1) to the rocker arm shaft (5):
- 296191, for engine F2B;
- 296190, for engine F3A.
And position it on the cylinder head.
NOTE: Before reassembling the rocker arm shaft as-
sembly, make sure all the adjustment screws are fully
unscrewed.

MID0519A 3

4. Tighten the screws (2) fixing the rocker arm shaft in

two stages:
Stage 1: tightening with a torque wrench (1) to a
torque of
- 40 N·m (4 kgm [29 ft. lbs.]), for engine F2B;
- 100 N·m (10 kgm [73 ft. lbs.]), for engine F3A.
Stage 2: closing, with tool tool 292248 (3), with an
angle of 60 °.

MID0520A 4

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 76
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

5. For engine F3A only

Constrain the levers (1) to the spacer (3) with the
springs (2).
Adjust the rocker arm clearance as described
in Valve drive Rocker assembly - Clearance
(B.10.A.40.43 - F.45.A.12)
Mount the rocker arm cover.
With a new gasket, tightening the fixing screws to
the required torque and in the tightening sequence
given on Crankshaft Gear - Torque (B.10.A.43.10 -
D.20.A.10).

MID0521A 5

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 77
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel injector - Assemble (B.20.A.29 - F.10.A.20)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Make sure all parts are absolutely clean and undam-

aged prior to re-assembly. Rinse all parts in clean
fuel oil and assemble the components while still wet.
Place the shims, spring and spring seat into the injec-
tor body bore. Place the injector body into the holding
fixture.
Assemble the needle valve into the nozzle body and
then position the dowelled adaptor plate onto the
nozzle body. Insert this assembly into the nozzle re-
taining nut.

TA6010113_833 1

2. Carefully assemble the dowelled adaptor plate and

the nozzle retaining nut assembly onto the injector
body, tighten the retaining nut to 45 N·m (33 ft. lbs)
torque.
To set the nozzle opening pressure, connect the in-
jector to the test rig as described in Fuel injector
- Test (B.20.A.29 - F.40.C.01) and add or subtract
shims from the spring until the specified initial setting
opening pressure of between 280-300 bar (4060-
4350 lbf/in2) is achieved.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 78
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel injector - Replace (B.20.A.29 - F.10.A.30)

CX860, CX880

1. The injectors have to be replaced with great care

(see the description on for ENGINE - Disassemble
(B.10.A - F.10.A.25)disassembly).
For each injector replaced, hook up to the electronic
diagnosis station or instrument and, when directed
by the program, enter the code number stamped on
the injector (Fig. 1) to reprogram the control unit.
NOTE: If the job is done with the engine on the vehicle,
before disassembling the pump-injectors, drain off the fuel
contained in the pipes in the cylinder head by unscrewing
the delivery and return fittings on the cylinder head.
NOTE: If the electronic diagnosis instrument is not avail-
able, it is exceptionally possible to replace an injector with-
out control unit identification.
NOTE: When checking the rocker arm clearance, you need
to check the pump-injector pre-load.

MID0496A 1

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 79
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel injector - Overhaul (B.20.A.29 - F.10.A.40)

CX860, CX880

CAUTION
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Always wear suitable safety items
such as fitted clothing, safety goggles, gloves, shoes, etc. M954

1. To replace the injector case (2) proceed as follows:

Thread the case (2) with tool 296201 (1).
The steps described in Figs.1, 2, 3, 4 must be per-
formed by securing the tools with bracket A to the
cylinder head.

MID0499A 1

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 80
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

2. Screw the extractor 296165 (2), into the case (3)

Screw down the nut (1) and extract the case from
the cylinder head.

MID0500A 2

3. With tool 292243 (2), remove any residues (1) left in

the groove of the cylinder head.

MID0501A 3

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 81
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

4. Lubricate the ring seals (3) and fit them on the case
(4).
With tool (2):
- 296198, for engine F2B;
- 296199, for engine F3A;
secured to the cylinder head with bracket A, drive in
the new case, screw down the screw (1) pressing the
bottom of the case.

MID0502A 4

5. Rebore the hole in the case (3) with the reamer

296206 (1).

MID0503A 5

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 82
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

6. Rebore the seat of the injector in the case (3) with

the milling cutter 296206 (1) and (2), equipped with
guide bushing:
- 296203, for engine F2B;
- 296204, for engine F3A.

MID0504A 6

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 83
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel injector - Cleaning (B.20.A.29 - F.30.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Clean the injector body by soaking in a carbon sol-

vent and brushing with a brass wire brush. Inspect
the body for damaged threads and pressure face,
making sure the holes in the injector nozzle are thor-
oughly clean with no signs of corrosion or pitting.
Clean the spring and spring seat using a brass wire
brush and check for scoring, pitting or corrosion.
Clean the dowelled adaptor plate using a brass wire
brush. Inspect the plate for loose or bent dowels, a
damaged pressure face or corrosion.

TA6010113 1

2. Clean the needle valve and body by soaking in a car-

bon solvent and brushing with a brass wire brush.
Using the tools included in the Injector Nozzle Clean-
ing Kit, Tool No.293671, clean the nozzle as follows:
NOTE: If the needle valve is in any way damaged or blued,
it must be discarded and a new matched needle valve and
nozzle body assembly obtained. It is not possible to grind
or lap the three special angles on the valve point.

1z0o2004112071 2

3. Clean the spray holes with a nozzle cleaning wire

held in a pin vise so that it protrudes for only 1.5
mm (0.06 in.), thereby giving maximum resistance
to bending. Insert the wire into each hole, pushing
and rotating gently until each hole is cleared.

1z0o2004112072 3

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 84
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

4. Clean the needle valve seat using the valve seat

scraper by rotating and pushing the tool onto the
valve seating.
Clean the fuel port using the fuel port scraper. Insert
the scraper into the port, press hard against the side
of the cavity and rotate to clear all carbon deposits
from this area.

1z0o2004112073 4

5. Use a Reverse Flush Nozzle Adaptor on the injector

tester and reverse flush the nozzle to remove the
carbon loosened during cleaning, Step 2.
After flushing the nozzle, polish the valve seat by
placing a very small amount of tallow on the end of a
polishing stick and rotate in the nozzle.

1z0o2004112074 5

6. Clean the top of the needle valve using a needle

valve scraper.
Clean the nozzle retaining nut using a brass wire
brush and check to see that the threads are not dam-
aged and are free from carbon deposits.

1z0o2004112075 6

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 85
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel injector - Measure (B.20.A.29 - F.40.A.16)

CX860, CX880

1. Check injector protrusion (2) with a dial gauge (1)

The protrusion needs to be:
- 7 mm (0.028 in), for engine F2B;
- 14 — 1.4 mm (0.045-0.055 in), for engine F3A.

MID0505A 1

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 86
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel injector - Test (B.20.A.29 - F.40.C.01)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

WARNING
The spray from a fuel injector tester can pierce human skin with fatal results. When an injector is spraying,
the nozzle holder should be turned away from the operator and any other persons. Z024

1. During the Nozzle Opening Pressure and Spray Pat-

tern Tests, collect the spray in a container partly filled
with rags to absorb the spray.
When conducting the Nozzle Seat Leakage Test, re-
lease the injector tester pump pressure before touch-
ing the nozzle tip with a sheet of blotting paper.

WARNING
The spray is flammable make sure no open flames are
in the area of the tester and do not generate excessive
vapor. Z025

1z0o2004112067 1

2. Fill the injector tester, Tool No.290284 (NA-

FNH01721), with a calibrating type fuel oil and
leave the filler cap loose to prevent a vacuum form-
ing during testing.
Prime the tester until oil is emitted from the tester line,
then connect the injector.
Make sure the knob on the right-hand side of the
tester is screwed in to prevent the gauge being over-
pressurized if the injector nozzle is blocked.
Pump the tester and check the nozzle is free to
open. Open the pressure gauge valve and begin
injector testing. If the nozzle is blocked or the needle
jammed, disassemble the injector.
Nozzle Opening Pressure Setting - Slowly pump the
injector tester and observe the pressure at which the 1z0o2004112068 2
needle valve lifts and fuel is injected from the noz-
zle tip. The minimum acceptable opening pressure
is 280 bar (4060 lbf/in2) and the specification for
new injectors is 300 bar (4350 lbf/in2). If the open-
ing pressure is below 280 bar (4060 lbf/in2) reset to
specification by adding shims to the injector spring
as shown in the injector disassembly procedure.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 87
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

3. Spray Pattern - Pump the tester rapidly (80 to 90

strokes per/min.) and observe the spray pattern from
the holes. An atomized spray (1) free from distortion
and irregular streaks of fuel should be observed. A
non uniform or split stream spray (2) is not accept-
able.
NOTE: The tester is not regarded as providing a suitable
test for atomization under working conditions, but gives an
indication of the working of the nozzle.

1z0o2004112069 3

4. Nozzle Seat Leakage - Wipe the nozzle tip dry and

apply a pressure 10 bar (145 lbf/in2) below the
opening pressure. The nozzle tip and bottom face
must remain essentially dry and there must be no
tendency for blobs of fuel to collect or drip. A slight
dampness can be ignored. If there is any leakage
from the nozzle seat, the nozzle assembly must be
cleaned or replaced.

1z0o2004112070 4

5. Nozzle Back Leakage - Apply a pressure 10 bar (145

lbf/in2) below the opening pressure, then release the
handle and time the pressure drop. The pressure
should drop 100-150 bar (1450-2175 lbf/in2) in 5-45
seconds . If below (5), the nozzle assembly must be
replaced. If above 45 seconds, check for carbon on
the valve and/or blocked back leak drillings.
NOTE: If the injectors meet the tests carried out then refit
the injectors to the engine.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 88
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel injector - Clearance (B.20.A.29 - F.45.A.12)

CX860, CX880

1. - With a polygonal wrench, loosen the nut locking

the rocker arm adjustment screw (5) pump injector
rocker arm screw (6).
- With an appropriate wrench (4) screw the adjust-
ment screw to take the pumping element to the end
of its travel.
- Using a torque wrench, tighten the adjustment
screw to a torque of 5 N·m (0.5 kgm [44 in lbs. ]).
- Unscrew the adjustment screw by 1/2 — 3/4 of a
turn.
- Tighten the lock nut.
Ignition sequence: 1-4-2-6-3-5
NOTE: To make the above-mentioned adjustments cor-
rectly, you must follow the sequence given in the table,
checking correct positioning at each phase of rotation with
pin 296192 to be inserted in the 11th hole of each of the
three sectors of 18 holes each.

MID0509A 1

Start and clockwise Balance valves of cylinder Adjust clearance of Adjust pre-load of
rotation no. valves of cylinder no. injectors of cylinder
no.
1 and 6 at T.D.C. 6 1 5
120 ° 3 4 1
120 ° 5 2 4
120 ° 1 6 2
120 ° 4 3 6
120 ° 2 5 3

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 89
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel transfer pump - Remove (B.20.A.34 - F.10.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Removal
Remove the fuel inlet and outlet lines from the lift
pump.
Remove the three nuts which mount the lift pump to
the fuel injection pump.
Remove the lift pump.
Clean all old gasket material from the lift pump and
the fuel injection pump mating surfaces.
If required, remove the fuel inlet tube fitting. Discard
the seal ring.

BSD1880B 1

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 90
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel transfer pump - Install (B.20.A.34 - F.10.A.15)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. If needed, rotate the crankshaft so the low side of the

fuel injector pump camshaft lobe is facing out.
Install the lift pump gasket onto the fuel injection
pump. Make sure the gasket mating surfaces are
clean.
Install the lift pump onto the fuel injection pump.
Place the mounting nuts on the studs and tighten to
7 N·m - 9 N·m (5 ft. lbs. - 7 ft. lbs.).
Start and stop the engine to check proper operation
of the solenoid.
Install the inlet and outlet lines on the fuel lift pump.
Tighten until the coupling contacts the body shoulder
7 N·m (5 ft. lbs.).
Loosen the inlet line to the fuel injection pump. Oper-
ate the hand primer on the lift pump to displace any BSD1880B 1
air that might be in the fuel lines. Tighten the con-
nection.
Start the engine and run it for approximately two min-
utes. Observe all connections for fuel leaks.
Stop the engine and check for oil leakage from the
lift pump gasket.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 91
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel line Low pressure - Remove (B.20.A.36.10 - F.10.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

NOTE: Before removing any fuel lines, clean the exterior of the fuel lines with fuel oil or solvent to prevent the entry
of dirt into the fuel system when the fuel lines are removed. Blow dry with compressed air.
1. Removal
Disconnect the battery ground cables from all batter-
ies.
Disconnect and remove the low-pressure fuel line as-
sembly (3), including the filter. Cap the lines as they
are removed. Inspect the rubber spacers at the ends
of the lines for distortion. Replace as required.
If required, remove the banjo bolt which connects the
pump return tube (2) Remove and discard the seals
on the banjo bolt.

BSD1883A_832 1

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 92
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel line High pressure - Remove (B.20.A.36.20 - F.10.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

70-150-2249 1

1. Removal
In the case of damage to a single fuel injection line,
do not attempt to remove it by itself. Always remove
the fuel injection lines as a set. It is much easier
to get them off the engine, and it helps to prevent
damaging the injection lines that are still good.
2. Remove the low-pressure fuel lines following the pro-
cedures described in Fuel line Low pressure - Re-
move (B.20.A.36.10 - F.10.A.10).
3. Disconnect the fuel injection lines at the injectors. As
the line is removed, use a plastic cap to prevent the
entry of dirt into the system.
4. Disconnect the fuel lines at the fuel injection pump
(3). Cap each line and pumping element as the line
is removed to prevent the entry of dirt into the system.
Use two wrenches on the lines to prevent accidental
rotation of the pumping element.
5. Detach the bracket (1) holding the fuel injection line
assembly to the intake manifold.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 93
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

6. Carefully wiggle the fuel injection lines (2) out from

under the intake manifold and remove them from the
engine. Start from the back and move toward the
front of the engine.
Once removed from the engine, individual fuel lines
can be removed from the assembly for replacement.
Keep in mind when ordering parts that each line is
different and cannot be interchanged; therefore, or-
der lines individually for the particular cylinder the line
goes to.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 94
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel line Low pressure - Install (B.20.A.36.10 - F.10.A.15)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Install the low-pressure fuel lines and filter assembly

back on the engine. Make sure the tubes have fully
seated into their correct fittings before tightening the
retaining nuts to specification.
If removed, install the banjo bolt (1) with new seals
to the pump return tube. Tighten the valve to 30 N·m
- 40 N·m (22 ft. lbs. - 30 ft. lbs.).
If removed, install the fuel inlet fitting with a new seal
to the pump. Tighten to 30 N·m - 40 N·m (22 ft. lbs.
- 30 ft. lbs.).
Connect the battery ground cable to both batteries.
Run the engine and check for leaks.

BSD1883B 1

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 95
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Fuel line High pressure - Install (B.20.A.36.20 - F.10.A.15)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Make sure the clamps (4) holding lines together are

tight.
NOTE: High-pressure fuel lines must be installed as a set.
It is much easier than installing them individually.
2. Wiggle the high-pressure fuel injection lines into po-
sition on the engine. Start from the back and go to-
ward the front of the engine.
3. Install the injection lines (2) onto the injection pump
(3) and tighten the nuts to 22 N·m - 27 N·m (16 ft.
lbs. - 20 ft. lbs.). Tighten the bracket (1) holding the
high-pressure fuel lines to the intake manifold. Use
two wrenches to tighten the lines to prevent acciden-
tal rotation of the pumping element.
4. Connect the high fuel injection lines to the fuel injec-
tors one at a time starting with cylinder No. 1.
NOTE: Do not remove the caps from the fuel lines or com-
ponents until they are to be connected. This will help pre-
vent the entry of dirt into the system.
5. Tighten the fuel injection line to injector nuts to 22
N·m - 27 N·m (16 ft. lbs. - 20 ft. lbs.).
6. Install the low-pressure fuel lines and filter assembly
back on the engine. Tighten the nuts to specification.
7. Connect the battery ground cables to both batteries.
8. Run the engine and check for leaks.
9. If necessary, purge the high-pressure fuel lines of air
by loosening the connector one-half to one turn and
cranking the engine until solid fuel, free from bubbles,
sprays from the connection. Refer to Fuel injection
pump - Bleed (B.20.A.21 - F.35.A.25)

WARNING
Wear safety glasses or a protective face shield when
working with high-pressure fuel. Keep eyes and hands
away from nozzle spray. Fuel spraying from the nozzle
under high pressure can penetrate the skin and cause
blood poisoning. Medical attention should be provided
immediately in the event of skin penetration.Take ex-
treme care of moving belts and pulleys. Z031
70-150-2232 1

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 96
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

E0207-05-Engine Throttle Motor Line Disconnected (B.20.A.06.81 -

G.30.B.50)
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820

E0207-05 - Engine Throttle Motor Line Disconnected

Cause:
The engine throttle motor (M-13) circuit open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad motor.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. This is an H-bridge-controlled circuit (refer to Rotary screen Screen brush - Logical diagram (B.50.A.58.60 -
C.20.B.72)). The Rotary screen brush motor (M27) circuit is paired with the engine throttle motor (M13) circuit,
and the module switches between these two circuits using the Throttle/Brush relay K-15. Because these circuits
are connected and driven from the same module outputs, the troubleshooting procedure must consider both
circuits at the same time.

Enter the Infoview monitor - service info screens

Record and erase service history
Enter the Infoview monitor - Diagnose Info screens. Select CCM2, and scroll down to select “Rotary Screen
Brush motor". Manually operate the motor in both directions.
Start the combine, and operate the engine throttle in both directions.
Record in which direction(s) each circuit operates.
Reload error history. Check for fault codes 0172-06 and 0206-05 (Rotary screen brush motor) and fault codes
0173-06 and 0207-05 (Throttle motor).
Use the following table to determine the location of the fault.

Symptom Errors
0172-06 0173-06 0206-11 0207-11
Rotary screen X Go to step 2 Motor bound
brush motor up
operates in 1 X Go to step 3 Short to
direction only ground
Rotary screen X X Go to step 6 Short to
brush motor ground
and Throttle
motor (7.5L
mechanical
engine only)
operate in 1 di-
rection only
Rotary screen X Go to step 10 Open
brush motor X Go to step 18 Short to
does not op- ground
erate in either
direction
Throttle mo- X Go to step 19 Motor bound
tor (7.5L me- up
chanical en- X Go to step 20 Short to
gine only) op- ground
erates in 1 di-
rection only

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 97
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Symptom Errors
Throttle motor X Go to step 23 Open
(7.5L mechan- X Go to step 32 Short to
ical engine ground
only) does not
operate in ei-
ther direction
Both Rotary X X Go to step 33 Open
screen brush Go to step 38 Fuse 23 blown
motor and or open
Throttle mo-
tor (7.5L me-
chanical en-
gine only) do
not operate in
either direc-
tion

A.
2. The rotary screen brush mechanism is mechanically bound up, resulting in high current draw.

A. See the appropriate repair manual chapter for repair and adjustment of the rotary screen brush linkage.
3. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to short to ground between the rotary screen brush motor and the Throttle/
Brush relay K15. Disconnect the batteries using the battery key. Unplug the rotary screen brush motor connector
X206 . Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X206 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 4.

B. If no continuity is found, erase the fault codes and continue operation.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position. Power must be removed from the module prior to testing for short to ground condition on the motor
circuit to remove this ground path.
4. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 2 and chassis
ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X206 pin A and connector
X010 pin 2 wire 821 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 5

5. Disconnect connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 27 and
chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X010 pin 2 and connector
X004 pin 27 wire 821 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X004 pin 27 and the Throttle/
Brush relay K15 pin 4 on the fuse panel. Locate the short and repair.
6. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to short to ground between the rotary screen brush motor and/or the throttle
motor and the CCM2 module. Disconnect the batteries using the battery key. Unplug the rotary screen brush
motor connector X206 and the throttle motor connector X196 . Use the multimeter to check for continuity be-
tween connector X206 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 7.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 8.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position. Power must be removed from the module prior to testing for short to ground condition on the motor
circuit to remove this ground path.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 98
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

7. Disconnect inline connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 1 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the short to ground is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin
1 and connector X016 pin J2-1 wire 524 gray. Locate the short and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin
1, the rotary screen brush motor connectorX206 pin B and connector X196 pin B on one of the following
wires:
Wire 524 gray, connector X010 pin 1 to harness splice
Wire 817 gray, harness splice to connector X206 pin B
Wire 828 gray, harness splice to connector X196 pin B
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the short to ground and repair.
8. Remove the Throttle/Brush relay K15 from the fuse panel. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between the
relay terminal 3 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 9.

B. If no continuity is found, erase the fault codes and continue operation.

9. Disconnect inline connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 26
and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the short to ground is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X004 pin
26 and connector X016 pin J2-21 wire 525 gray. Locate the short and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the cab main (CM) harness between connector X004 pin
26 and the Throttle/Brush relay K15 pin 3 on the fuse panel.
10. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to open circuit condition. Disconnect the rotary screen brush motor con-
nector X206. Measure the resistance of the motor between terminals A and B. The correct resistance is xx to
xx ohms.

A. The resistance is infinite, indicating an open condition in the motor. Replace the rotary screen brush motor.

B. The resistance is in specification. Continue with step 11.

11. Ensure that the batteries are connected using the battery key, and that fuse F23 is good. Use the multimeter to
check for continuity between connector X206 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 13.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 12.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position, irregardless of key switch position, as long as it receives power through fuse F23. This ground path
may be used to test for an open circuit condition.
12. Disconnect inline connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 1 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the open circuit is in the harness between connector X010 pin 1 and connector X206
pin B . Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X010 pin 1 and connector
X016 pin J2-1 on wire 524 gray. Locate the open and repair.
13. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X206 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, continue with step 14.

B. If continuity is found, recheck the motor for continuity at step 10. Erase the fault codes and continue
operation.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 99
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

14. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 2 and chassis
ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X206 pin A and connector X010
pin 2 wire 821 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 15.

15. Remove the Throttle/Brush relay K15 from the fuse panel. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between
Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 4 and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in wire 821 white from the fuse panel through connector X004
pin 27 to connector X010 pin 2 . Locate the open and repair.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 16.

NOTE: Continuity check is being done back through circuit through the motor. The resistance will read signifi-
cantly higher than previous tests, but should not be higher than 10 ohms above the motor resistance measured
in step 10.
16. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the relay has failed open between terminals 3 and 4. Replace the relay.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 17.

17. Disconnect connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 26 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between the Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 on
the fuse panel connector X004 pin 26 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, , the open circuit is in the harness between connector X004 pin 26 and connector
X016 pin J2-21 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.
18. Fault codes and operating condition indicate that the motor has shorted to ground. Disconnect rotary screen
brush motor connector X206. Measure between terminals A or B on the motor connector and a known good
ground. There should be no continuity to ground.

A. There is continuity to ground, indicating a short to ground in the motor. Replace the rotary screen brush
motor.

B. There is no continuity to ground. Erase the fault codes and continue operation.
19. The throttle mechanism is mechanically bound up, resulting in high current draw.

A. See the appropriate repair manual chapter for repair and adjustment of the throttle linkage.
20. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to short to ground between the throttle motor and the Throttle/Brush relay
K15. Disconnect the batteries using the battery key. Unplug the throttle motor connector X196 . Use a multi-
meter to check for continuity between connector X196 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 21.

B. If no continuity is found, erase the fault codes and continue operation.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position. Power must be removed from the module prior to testing for short to ground condition on the motor
circuit to remove this ground path.
21. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 3 and chassis
ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X196 pin A and connector
X010 pin 3 wire 829 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 22.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 100
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

22. Disconnect connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 28 and
chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X010 pin 3 and connector
X004 pin 28 wire 829 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X004 pin 28 and the Throttle/
Brush relay K15 pin 5 on the fuse panel. Locate the short and repair.
23. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to open circuit condition. Disconnect the throttle motor connector X196.
Measure the resistance of the motor between terminals A and B. The correct resistance is xx to xx ohms.

A. The resistance is infinite, indicating an open condition in the motor. Replace the throttle motor.

B. The resistance is in specification. Continue with step 24.

24. Replace the Throttle/Brush relay K15 on the fuse panel with a known good relay, and retest the throttle circuit
function.

A. If the throttle circuit now functions properly, the relay was faulty, and was not providing continuity between
terminals 3 & 5 when energized. Replace the relay.

B. If the throttle circuit still does not work, continue with step 25.
25. Ensure that the batteries are connected using the battery key, and that fuse F23 is good. Use the multimeter to
check for continuity between connector X196 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 27.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 26.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position, irregardless of key switch position, as long as it receives power through fuse F23. This ground path
may be used to test for an open circuit condition.
26. Disconnect inline connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 1 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the open circuit is in the harness between connector X010 pin 1 and connector X196
pin B . Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X010 pin 1 and connector
X016 pin J2-1 on wire 524 gray. Locate the open and repair.
27. Remove the Throttle/Brush relay K15 on the fuse panel, and install a jumper wire between terminals 3 & 5. Use
a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X196 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, continue with step 28.

B. If continuity is found, recheck the motor for continuity at step 23. Erase the fault codes and continue
operation.
28. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 3 and chassis
ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X196 pin A and connector X010
pin 3 wire 829 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 29.

29. Remove the jumper wire between terminals 3 & 5 for relay K15 on the fuse panel. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 5 and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in wire 829 white from the fuse panel through connector X004
pin 28 to connector X010 pin 3 . Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 30.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 101
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

NOTE: Continuity check is being done back through circuit through the motor. The resistance will read signifi-
cantly higher than previous tests, but should not be higher than 10 ohms above the motor resistance measured
in step 23.
30. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, replace the relay. Erase the fault codes and continue operation.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 31.

31. Disconnect connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 26 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between the Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 on
the fuse panel connector X004 pin 26 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, , the open circuit is in the harness between connector X004 pin 26 and connector
X016 pin J2-21 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.
32. Fault codes and operating condition indicate that the motor has shorted to ground. Disconnect throttle motor
connector X196. Measure between terminals A or B on the motor connector and a known good ground. There
should be no continuity to ground.

A. There is continuity to ground, indicating a short to ground in the motor. Replace the throttle motor.

B. There is no continuity to ground. Erase the fault codes and continue operation.
33. Fault codes and operating condition indicates that there is an open circuit on shared wiring between the throttle
motor and rotary screen brush motor circuits. Replace the Throttle/Brush relay K15 on the fuse panel with a
known good relay, and retest the throttle circuit function.

A. If both circuits now function properly, the relay was faulty, and was not providing continuity between the
work terminal 3 and terminals 4 & 5. Replace the relay.

B. If both circuits still do not work, continue with step 34.

34. Ensure that the batteries are connected using the battery key, and that fuse F23 is good. Remove the Throttle/
Brush relay K15 on the fuse panel. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between Throttle/Brush relay K15
terminal 3 and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, continue with step 35.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 36.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position, irregardless of key switch position, as long as it receives power through fuse F23. This ground path
may be used to test for an open circuit condition.
35. Disconnect connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 26 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between the Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 on
the fuse panel connector X004 pin 26 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, , the open circuit is in the harness between connector X004 pin 26 and connector
X016 pin J2-21 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.
36. Unplug the throttle motor connector X196. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X196
pin B and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, continue with step 37.

B. If continuity is found, erase the fault codes and continue operation.

37. Disconnect inline connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 1 and
chassis ground.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 102
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the engine (EN) harness, wire 524 gray between connector X010
pin 1 and harness splice. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin
1 and connector X016 pin J2-1 on wire 524 gray. Locate the open and repair.
38. If the throttle motor and rotary brush screen motor do not operate in either direction, and there are no error
codes indicated, the supply power for the circuit may not be present. Remove fuse F23 and inspect.

A. Fuse has failed. Go to step 39.

B. Fuse is okay. Go to step 40.

39. If fuse has failed, replace the fuse.

A. If fuse immediately fails, a short to ground exists on one of the two following wires:
Wire 025 red, from the fuse panel through connector X005 pin 1 to connector X016 pin J2-11 on CCM2
module.
Wire 028 red, from the fuse panel through connector X031 pin 4 to connector X017 pin J3-7 on CCM2
module.
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the short to ground and repair.

B. Fuse is okay. Go to step 40.

40. Test for 12 V power at connector X016 pin J2-11 on the CCM2 module under the cab.

A. If there is no power, there is an open circuit on wire 025 red, from the fuse panel through connector X005
pin 1 to connector X016 pin J2-11 on CCM2 module. Locate the open and repair. After repair, go to step
41.

B. If there is power, go to step 41.

41. Test for continuity to ground at connector X016 pin J2-3 on the CCM2 module under the cab.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit on wire 514 black, from connector X016 pin J2-3
on CCM2 module to the front frame ground #2 . Locate the open and repair. After repair, go to step 42.

B. If there is continuity to ground, go to step 42.

42. Once it has been verified that power is being supplied to the module, recheck the circuit operation as described
in step 1.

A. If the fuse fails during the testing, a short to ground on the circuit being operated at the time of failure is
causing the fuse to fail.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 103
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

E0652-04-CSW Throttle Increase Shorted to Low Source

(B.20.A.06.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0652-04 - CSW Throttle Increase Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Console Switch (CSW) Throttle Increase circuit voltage is <0.500
volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The CSW Throttle Increase circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Console" sub menu. Select
"CSW Throttle Increase" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the CSW Throttle Increase circuit is 0.5 - 12.0 volts.
Note that the Infoview monitor is limited to 0.0 - 5.0 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is <0.500 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the wire may not be shorted at this time. Continue trou-
bleshooting at Step 4.
2. Verify the RHM is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X029 .
Using the proper tool, remove pin 13 wire 318 yellow from X029 . With the wire removed from the connector,
reconnect X029 . Turn the ignition back on and recheck the CSW Throttle Increase voltage.

A. If the voltage now reads >0.500 volts , the RHM is good. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the voltage is still <0.500 volts , then the fault is in the RHM. Reinstall the wire removed for troubleshoot-
ing. Reload the system software to see if the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading
the software, replace the RHM. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
3. Verify circuit 318 yellow is good. Inspect for a short to ground between Right Console Harness connector X029
pin 13 and Throttle Increase switch S-36 connector X060 pin 3.

A. If the circuit checks good, continue troubleshooting at Step 4.

B. Locate the short. Repair the shorted wiring. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
4. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 104
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

E0652-07-CSW Throttle Increase Mechanical Out of Range

(B.20.A.06.81 - G.30.C.24)
E0652-07 - CSW Throttle Increase Mechanical Out of Range

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Console Switch (CSW) Throttle Increase circuit voltage is >3.500
volts since power up.

Possible failure modes:

1. The CSW Throttle Increase circuit voltage is out of range.

2. RHM internal failure.
3. The Engine Throttle switch S-36 is stuck or shorted to >3.500 volts .

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Console" sub menu. Select
"CSW Throttle Increase" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the CSW Throttle Increase circuit is 0.5 - 12.0 volts .
Note that the Infoview monitor is limited to 0.0 - 5.0 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is >3.500 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 5.
2. Verify the RHM is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X029 .
Using the proper tool, remove pin 13 wire 318 yellow from X029 . With the wire removed from the connector,
reconnect X029 . Turn the ignition back on and recheck the CSW Throttle Increase voltage.

A. If the voltage now reads <3.500 volts , the RHM is good. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the voltage is still >3.500 volts , then the fault is in the RHM. Reinstall the wire removed for troubleshoot-
ing. Reload the system software to see if the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading
the software, replace the RHM. Continue troubleshooting at Step 5.
3. Verify the Engine Throttle switch S-36 is good. Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage at Engine Throttle switch
S-36 connector X060 pin 3. While observing the voltage reading, operate the Engine Throttle switch S-36.

A. If the voltage reading varies from <3.500 - 12.00 volts, then the switch is working properly. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 4.

B. If the voltage never reads <3.500 volts , turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Engine Throttle switch
S-36 connector X060 . Using the proper tool, remove pin 3 wire 318 yellow from X060 . With the wire
removed from the connector, reconnect X060 . Turn the ignition back on and recheck the voltage reading.
If the voltage reading still does not drop to <3.500 volts , reinstall the wire removed for troubleshooting.
Replace Engine Throttle switch S-36. Continue troubleshooting at Step 5.
4. Verify circuit 324 yellow is good. Inspect for a short to another wire between Right Console Harness connector
X029 pin 13 and Engine Throttle switch S-36 connector X060 pin 3.

A. If the circuit checks good, continue troubleshooting at Step 5.

B. Locate the short. Repair the shorted wiring. Continue troubleshooting at Step 5.
5. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)
2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 105
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 106
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

E0656-04-CSW Throttle Decrease Shorted to Low Source

(B.20.A.06.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0656-04 - CSW Throttle Decrease Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Console Switch (CSW) Throttle Decrease circuit voltage is
<0.500 volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The CSW Throttle Decrease circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Console" sub menu. Select
"CSW Throttle Decrease" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the CSW Throttle Decrease circuit is 0.5 - 12.0 volts.
Note that the Infoview monitor is limited to 0.0 - 5.0 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is <0.500 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the wire may not be shorted at this time. Continue trou-
bleshooting at Step 4.
2. Verify the RHM is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X029
. Using the proper tool, remove pin 4 wire 322 yellow from X029 . With the wire removed from the connector,
reconnect X029 . Turn the ignition back on and recheck the CSW Throttle Decrease voltage.

A. If the voltage now reads >0.500 volts , the RHM is good. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the voltage is still <0.500 volts , then the fault is in the RHM. Reinstall the wire removed for troubleshoot-
ing. Reload the system software to see if the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading
the software, replace the RHM. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
3. Verify circuit 322 yellow is good. Inspect for a short to ground between Right Console Harness connector X029
pin 4 and Throttle Decrease switch S-36 connector X060 pin 1.

A. If the circuit checks good, continue troubleshooting at Step 4.

B. Locate the short. Repair the shorted wiring. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
4. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 107
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

E0656-07-CSW Throttle Decrease Mechanical Out of Range

(B.20.A.06.81 - G.30.C.24)
E0656-07 - CSW Throttle Decrease Mechanical Out of Range

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Console Switch (CSW) Throttle Decrease circuit voltage is
>3.500 volts since power up.

Possible failure modes:

1. The CSW Throttle Decrease circuit voltage is out of range.

2. RHM internal failure.
3. The Engine Throttle switch S-36 is stuck or shorted to >3.500 volts .

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Console" sub menu. Select
"CSW Throttle Decrease" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the CSW Throttle Decrease circuit is 0.5 - 12.0 volts .
Note that the Infoview monitor is limited to 0.0 - 5.0 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is >3.500 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 5.
2. Verify the RHM is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X029
. Using the proper tool, remove pin 4 wire 322 yellow from X029 . With the wire removed from the connector,
reconnect X029 . Turn the ignition back on and recheck the CSW Throttle Decrease voltage.

A. If the voltage now reads <3.500 volts , the RHM is good. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the voltage is still >3.500 volts , then the fault is in the RHM. Reinstall the wire removed for troubleshoot-
ing. Reload the system software to see if the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading
the software, replace the RHM. Continue troubleshooting at Step 5.
3. Verify the Engine Throttle switch S-36 is good. Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage at Engine Throttle switch
S-36 connector X060 pin 1. While observing the voltage reading, operate the Engine Throttle switch S-36.

A. If the voltage reading varies from <3.500 - 12.0 volts, then the switch is working properly. Continue trou-
bleshooting at Step 4.

B. If the voltage never reads <3.500 volts , turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Engine Throttle switch
S-36 connector X060 . Using the proper tool, remove pin 1 wire 322 yellow from X060 . With the wire
removed from the connector, reconnect X060 . Turn the ignition back on and recheck the voltage reading.
If the voltage reading still does not drop to <3.500 volts , reinstall the wire removed for troubleshooting.
Replace Engine Throttle switch S-36. Continue troubleshooting at Step 5.
4. Verify circuit 324 yellow is good. Inspect for a short to another wire between Right Console Harness connector
X029 pin 4 and Engine Throttle switch S-36 connector X060 pin 1.

A. If the circuit checks good, continue troubleshooting at Step 5.

B. Locate the short. Repair the shorted wiring. Continue troubleshooting at Step 5.
5. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)
2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 108
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 109
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

E0182-11-Fuel Shutoff / Terminal 15 Unidentified Failure Code

(B.20.A.13.81 - G.30.B.46)
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above, CX780 Series 1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238
and above

E0182-11 - Fuel Shutoff / Terminal 15 Unidentified Failure Code

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX 720, CX 740, CX 760, CX 780 and CX 820 combines with 7.5 L mechanical
governor engines only. The troubleshooting chart for this fault code on CX 840, CX 860 and CX 880 combines with
electronic governor engines follows this chart.

Cause:
The fuel solenoid (L-02) circuit open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad solenoid.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select "Fuel Shutoff / Terminal 15" and select the "Status" screen. Press the "Enter" key to manually power the
circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" If the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates “OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 9.
2. Disconnect connector X290. Use a multimeter to check between connector X290 pin A (valve side) and chassis
ground.

A. If there is continuity, the fuel solenoid is shorted to ground. Replace the solenoid.

B. If there is no continuity, continue with step 3.

3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X290 pin A (harness side) and chassis ground.
Flex the engine (EN) harness between the fuel solenoid and connector X010 while making this check.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 4.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 5.

4. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 16 and
chassis ground. Flex the main frame (MF) harness between the connector X010 and connector X016 while
making this check.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the engine (EN) harness between connector
X010 and connector X290 wire 571 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector
X010 and connector X016 wire 571 white. Locate the short and repair.
5. Disconnect connector X290. Use a multimeter to check the resistance of the fuel solenoid coil between connec-
tor X290 pins A & B. The proper resistance range is XX to XX ohms.

A. If there is no continuity, replace solenoid.

B. If the coil is within specification, continue with step 6.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 110
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

6. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X290 pin B (harness side) and chassis ground.
Flex the engine (EN) harness between the fuel solenoid and engine ground 5 while making this check.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the engine (EN) harness between connector
X290 pin B and the engine ground 5 wire 838 black. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 7.

7. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the Infoview monitor - Dealer Diagnostics screen to manually power
the fuel solenoid. Use a multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X290 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, continue with step 8.

B. If 12 volts is found, continue with step 9.

8. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the Infoview monitor - Dealer Diagnostics screen to manually power
the fuel solenoid. Use a multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X010 pin 16 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is present, the open circuit is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X290 pin A and
connector X010 pin 16 wire 571 white. Locate the open circuit and repair.

B. If 12 volts is not present there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010
pin 16 and connector X016 pin J2-13 wire 571 white. Locate the open and repair.
9. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 111
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

E0182-11-Fuel Shutoff / Terminal 15 Unidentified Failure Code

(B.20.A.13.81 - G.30.B.46)
CX840 Series 1206 - 1226, CX860 Series 1206 - 1226, CX880 Series 1206 - 1226

E0182-11 - Fuel Shutoff / Terminal 15 Unidentified Failure Code

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX 840, CX 860 and CX 880 combines with electronic governor engines only.
The troubleshooting chart for this fault code on CX 720, CX 740, CX 760, CX 780 and CX 820 combines with 7.5L
mechanical governor engines is listed before this chart.
NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1206 - 1237 only. This fault code is not active on CX
combine Series 1238 and Above.

Cause:
The output circuit to terminal 15 of Engine Control Unit (ECU) is open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select "Fuel Shutoff / Terminal 15" and select the "Status" screen. Press the "Enter" key to manually power the
circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" If the circuit is working properly

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates “OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 6.
2. Key Off. Disconnect connector X193. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X193 pin 15
(harness side) and chassis ground. Flex the engine (EN) harness between the ECU and connector X010 while
making this check.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 3.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 4.

3. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 16 and
chassis ground. Flex the main frame (MF) harness between the connector X010 and connector X016 while
making this check.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the engine (EN) harness between connector
X010 and connector X193 wire 571 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector
X010 and connector X016 wire 571 white. Locate the short and repair.
4. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power
the circuit. Use a multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X193 pin 15 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, continue with step 5.

B. If 12 volts is found, continue with step 6.

5. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power
the circuit. Use a multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X010 pin 16 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is present, the open circuit is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X193 pin 15 and
connector X010 pin 16 wire 571 white. Locate the open circuit and repair.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 112
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

B. If 12 volts is not present there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010
pin 16 and connector X016 pin J2-13 wire 571 white. Locate the open and repair.
6. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 113
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0393.2-MAIN RELAY DEFECT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE 199) (B.20.A.91.21 - G.30.C.10)
CX840, CX860, CX880

0393.2 - MAIN RELAY DEFECT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 199)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Defective main relay (K-14) - not switching off

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty relay
2. Fault in wiring harness

Solution:

1. Replace relay K-14

A. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU using the electronic service tool. Check the operation of the
engine. If the fault reoccurs continue with step 2.
2. Check wiring between relay K-14 and engine ECU. (Short to low source)

A. ENSURE THE KEYSTART SWITCH IS OFF. Remove relay K-14 and disconnect the connectors from the
engine ECU (A-01). Using a suitable multi-meter, check for a short to ground at pin 27 of X193. If no short
to ground is indicated continue with step 3.

B. If a short to ground is indicated, disconnect connector X010, if a short to ground is still indicated trace and
repair the wiring between the engine ECU (A-01) and connector X010.

C. Continue to trace the short to ground at the female side of connector X010. Disconnect connector X004
and check for a short to ground at X010 pin 26. If a short is indicated repair the wiring between connectors
X010 and X004. If no short is indicated here then the short to ground must be between the male side of
connector X004 and holder of relay K-14.
3. Check wiring between relay K-14 and engine ECU. (Short to high source)

A. Remove relay K-14 and disconnect the connectors from the engine ECU (A-01). Using a suitable multi-
meter check for a short to +12 Vat pins 3 and 4 of X192. If no short to +12 Vis indicated continue with step
4.

B. If a short to +12 V is indicated, disconnect connector X010, if as short to+12 Vis still indicated trace and
repair the wiring between the engine ECU (A-01) and connector X010.

C. Continue to trace the short to +12 Vat the female side of connector X010. Disconnect connector X004
and check for a short to +12 Vat X010 pin 28. If a short is indicated repair the wiring between connectors
X010 and X004. If no short is indicated here then the short to +12 V must be between the male side of
connector X004 and holder of relay K-14.
4. Check for good connections onto engine ECU and at connectors X004 and X010. Check main Engine ECU
relay, K-14, for correct operation. Remove the fault code from the ECU memory using the electronic service
tool. Operate the engine, the fault may be intermittent, wiggle test the harness and operate other functions to
attempt to induce fault. If fault reoccurs return to step 2. If fault does not occur continue with vehicle operation.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 114
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)

Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 115
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0393.3-MAIN RELAY DEFECT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 199) (B.20.A.91.21 - G.30.B.54)
CX840, CX860, CX880

0393.3 - MAIN RELAY DEFECT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 199)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Defective main relay (K14) - not switching off

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty relay
2. Fault in wiring harness

Solution:

1. Replace relay K-14

A. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU using the electronic service tool. Check the operation of the
engine. If the fault reoccurs continue with step 2.
2. Check wiring between relay K-14 and engine ECU. (Short to low source)

A. ENSURE THE KEYSTART SWITCH IS OFF. Remove relay K-14 and disconnect the connectors from the
engine ECU (A-01). Using a suitable multi-meter, check for a short to ground at pin 27 of X193. If no short
to ground is indicated continue with step 3.

B. If a short to ground is indicated, disconnect connector X010, if a short to ground is still indicated trace and
repair the wiring between the engine ECU (A-01) and connector X010.

C. Continue to trace the short to ground at the female side of connector X010. Disconnect connector X004
and check for a short to ground at X010 pin 26. If a short is indicated repair the wiring between connectors
X010 and X004. If no short is indicated here then the short to ground must be between the male side of
connector X004 and holder of relay K-14.
3. Check wiring between relay K-14 and engine ECU. (Short to high source)

A. Remove relay K-14 and disconnect the connectors from the engine ECU (A-01). Using a suitable multi-
meter check for a short to +12 Vat pins 3 and 4 of X192. If no short to +12 Vis indicated continue with step
4.

B. If a short to +12 V is indicated, disconnect connector X010, if as short to+12 Vis still indicated trace and
repair the wiring between the engine ECU (A-01) and connector X010.

C. Continue to trace the short to +12 Vat the female side of connector X010. Disconnect connector X004
and check for a short to +12 Vat X010 pin 28. If a short is indicated repair the wiring between connectors
X010 and X004. If no short is indicated here then the short to +12 V must be between the male side of
connector X004 and holder of relay K-14.
4. Check for good connections onto engine ECU and at connectors X004 and X010. Check main Engine ECU
relay, K-14, for correct operation. Remove the fault code from the ECU memory using the electronic service
tool. Operate the engine, the fault may be intermittent, wiggle test the harness and operate other functions to
attempt to induce fault. If fault reoccurs return to step 2. If fault does not occur continue with vehicle operation.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 116
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)

Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 117
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0393.4-MAIN RELAY DEFECT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 199) (B.20.A.91.21 - G.30.B.53)
CX840, CX860, CX880

0393.4 - MAIN RELAY DEFECT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 199)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Defective main relay (K-14) - not switching off

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty relay
2. Fault in wiring harness

Solution:

1. Replace relay K-14

A. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU using the electronic service tool. Check the operation of the
engine. If the fault reoccurs continue with step 2.
2. Check wiring between relay K-14 and engine ECU. (Short to low source)

A. ENSURE THE KEYSTART SWITCH IS OFF. Remove relay K-14 and disconnect the connectors from the
engine ECU (A-01). Using a suitable multi-meter, check for a short to ground at pin 27 of X193. If no short
to ground is indicated continue with step 3.

B. If a short to ground is indicated, disconnect connector X010, if a short to ground is still indicated trace and
repair the wiring between the engine ECU (A-01) and connector X010.

C. Continue to trace the short to ground at the female side of connector X010. Disconnect connector X004
and check for a short to ground at X010 pin 26. If a short is indicated repair the wiring between connectors
X010 and X004. If no short is indicated here then the short to ground must be between the male side of
connector X004 and holder of relay K-14.
3. Check wiring between relay K-14 and engine ECU. (Short to high source)

A. Remove relay K-14 and disconnect the connectors from the engine ECU (A-01). Using a suitable multi-
meter check for a short to +12 Vat pins 3 and 4 of X192. If no short to +12 Vis indicated continue with step
4.

B. If a short to +12 V is indicated, disconnect connector X010, if as short to+12 Vis still indicated trace and
repair the wiring between the engine ECU (A-01) and connector X010.

C. Continue to trace the short to +12 Vat the female side of connector X010. Disconnect connector X004
and check for a short to +12 Vat X010 pin 28. If a short is indicated repair the wiring between connectors
X010 and X004. If no short is indicated here then the short to +12 V must be between the male side of
connector X004 and holder of relay K-14.
4. Check for good connections onto engine ECU and at connectors X004 and X010. Check main Engine ECU
relay, K-14, for correct operation. Remove the fault code from the ECU memory using the electronic service
tool. Operate the engine, the fault may be intermittent, wiggle test the harness and operate other functions to
attempt to induce fault. If fault reoccurs return to step 2. If fault does not occur continue with vehicle operation.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 118
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)

Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 119
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0385.2-ECU DEFECT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT

CODE 201) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840, CX860, CX880

0385.2 - ECU DEFECT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 201)

Context:
Engine disabled - fuel pump shut off.

Cause:
An error in the monitoring module.

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU malfunction.

Solution:

1. Check the condition of the fuse F-01, the ECU fuse (20 Amp) and the fuse F-38, the relay K-14 and the keystart
switch fuse (7.5 Amp). Check for good connections onto the ECU and at the connectors X004 and X010. Check
the main ECU relay, K-14, for correct operation.

A. If a fuse is blown or the relay is faulty replace and check engine operation. If engine performs okay, remove
the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service tool.

B. If the fuses, relay and wiring are okay continue with step 2.
2. Attempt to reload the engine ECU software using the Electronic Service Tool.

A. If the software is accepted check engine for correct operation.

B. If the software is not accepted continue with step 3.

3. Substitute the engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 120
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0385.3-ECU DEFECT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE 201) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840, CX860, CX880

0385.3 - ECU DEFECT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 201)

Context:
Engine disabled - fuel pump shut off.

Cause:
An error in the monitoring module.

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU malfunction.

Solution:

1. Check the condition of the fuse F-01, the ECU fuse (20 Amp) and the fuse F-38, the relay K-14 and the keystart
switch fuse (7.5 Amp). Check for good connections onto the ECU and at the connectors X004 and X010. Check
the main ECU relay, K-14, for correct operation.

A. If a fuse is blown or the relay is faulty replace and check engine operation. If engine performs okay, remove
the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service tool.

B. If the fuses, relay and wiring are okay continue with step 2.
2. Attempt to reload the engine ECU software using the Electronic Service Tool.

A. If the software is accepted check engine for correct operation.

B. If the software is not accepted continue with step 3.

3. Substitute the engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 121
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0385.4-ECU DEFECT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE 201) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840, CX860, CX880

0385.4 - ECU DEFECT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 201)

Context:
Engine disabled - fuel pump shut off.

Cause:
An error in the monitoring module.

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU malfunction.

Solution:

1. Check the condition of the fuse F-01, the ECU fuse (20 Amp) and the fuse F-38, the relay K-14 and the keystart
switch fuse (7.5 Amp). Check for good connections onto the ECU and at the connectors X004 and X010. Check
the main ECU relay, K-14, for correct operation.

A. If a fuse is blown or the relay is faulty replace and check engine operation. If engine performs okay, remove
the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service tool.

B. If the fuses, relay and wiring are okay continue with step 2.
2. Attempt to reload the engine ECU software using the Electronic Service Tool.

A. If the software is accepted check engine for correct operation.

B. If the software is not accepted continue with step 3.

3. Substitute the engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 122
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0386.2-EEPROM DEFECT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0386.2 - EEPROM DEFECT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine enabled - fuel restricted and speed restricted to 1500 rev/min.

Cause:
An error in the Engine ECU EEPROM.

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU malfunction.

Solution:

1. Check the condition of the fuse F-01, the ECU fuse (20 Amp) and the fuse F-38, the relay K-14 and the keystart
switch fuse (7.5 Amp). Check for good connections onto the ECU and at the connectors X004 and X010. Check
the main ECU relay, K-14, for correct operation.

A. If a fuse is blown or the relay is faulty replace and check engine operation. If engine performs okay, remove
the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service tool.

B. If the fuses, relay and wiring are okay continue with step 2.
2. Attempt to reload the engine ECU software using the Electronic Service Tool.

A. If the software is accepted check engine for correct operation.

B. If the software is not accepted continue with step 3.

3. Substitute the engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 123
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0386.3-EEPROM DEFECT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0386.3 - EEPROM DEFECT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine enabled - fuel restricted and speed restricted to 1500 rev/min.

Cause:
An error in the Engine ECU EEPROM.

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU malfunction.

Solution:

1. Check the condition of the fuse F-01, the ECU fuse (20 Amp) and the fuse F-38, the relay K-14 and the keystart
switch fuse (7.5 Amp). Check for good connections onto the ECU and at the connectors X004 and X010. Check
the main ECU relay, K-14, for correct operation.

A. If a fuse is blown or the relay is faulty replace and check engine operation. If engine performs okay, remove
the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service tool.

B. If the fuses, relay and wiring are okay continue with step 2.
2. Attempt to reload the engine ECU software using the Electronic Service Tool.

A. If the software is accepted check engine for correct operation.

B. If the software is not accepted continue with step 3.

3. Substitute the engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 124
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0386.4-EEPROM DEFECT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0386.4 - EEPROM DEFECT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine enabled - fuel restricted and speed restricted to 1500 rev/min.

Cause:
An error in the Engine ECU EEPROM.

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU malfunction.

Solution:

1. Check the condition of the fuse F-01, the ECU fuse (20 Amp) and the fuse F-38, the relay K-14 and the keystart
switch fuse (7.5 Amp). Check for good connections onto the ECU and at the connectors X004 and X010. Check
the main ECU relay, K-14, for correct operation.

A. If a fuse is blown or the relay is faulty replace and check engine operation. If engine performs okay, remove
the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service tool.

B. If the fuses, relay and wiring are okay continue with step 2.
2. Attempt to reload the engine ECU software using the Electronic Service Tool.

A. If the software is accepted check engine for correct operation.

B. If the software is not accepted continue with step 3.

3. Substitute the engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 125
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0394.2-AFTERRUN NOT COMPLETED, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 64) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840, CX860, CX880

0394.2 - AFTERRUN NOT COMPLETED, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 64)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Afterrun monitoring not completed

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty Main Relay (K-14)

2. Low battery voltage

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-01 and F-38.

A. Replace the fuse if blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the battery voltage.

A. If voltage is less than 9.5 Volts, check the battery and charging system. Ensure the battery has the correct
voltage and remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service tool. Operate
the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.

B. If the voltage is greater than 9.5 Volts continue with step 3.

3. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 4.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 4.
4. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove the relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193
and the relay K-14 holder. Check between the pin 2 of the holder and the pin 27 of X193 and between pin
5 of the holder and pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the
wiring as required.

B. If continuity is good remove the fault code from the ECU memory, using the electronic service tool and
operate the engine. The fault may be intermittent, wiggle test the harness to attempt to induce the fault. If
fault reoccurs repeat step 4. If fault does not occur continue with vehicle operation.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 126
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0394.3-AFTERRUN NOT COMPLETED, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 64) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840, CX860, CX880

0394.3 - AFTERRUN NOT COMPLETED, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 64)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Afterrun monitoring not completed

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty Main Relay (K-14)

2. Low battery voltage

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-01 and F-38.

A. Replace the fuse if blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the battery voltage.

A. If voltage is less than 9.5 Volts, check the battery and charging system. Ensure the battery has the correct
voltage and remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service tool. Operate
the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.

B. If the voltage is greater than 9.5 Volts continue with step 3.

3. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 4.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 4.
4. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove the relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193
and the relay K-14 holder. Check between the pin 2 of the holder and the pin 27 of X193 and between pin
5 of the holder and pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the
wiring as required.

B. If continuity is good remove the fault code from the ECU memory, using the electronic service tool and
operate the engine. The fault may be intermittent, wiggle test the harness to attempt to induce the fault. If
fault reoccurs repeat step 4. If fault does not occur continue with vehicle operation.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 127
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0394.4-AFTERRUN NOT COMPLETED, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 64) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840, CX860, CX880

0394.4 - AFTERRUN NOT COMPLETED, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 64)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Afterrun monitoring not completed

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty Main Relay (K-14)

2. Low battery voltage

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-01 and F-38.

A. Replace the fuse if blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the battery voltage.

A. If voltage is less than 9.5 Volts, check the battery and charging system. Ensure the battery has the correct
voltage and remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service tool. Operate
the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.

B. If the voltage is greater than 9.5 Volts continue with step 3.

3. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 4.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 4.
4. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove the relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193
and the relay K-14 holder. Check between the pin 2 of the holder and the pin 27 of X193 and between pin
5 of the holder and pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the
wiring as required.

B. If continuity is good remove the fault code from the ECU memory, using the electronic service tool and
operate the engine. The fault may be intermittent, wiggle test the harness to attempt to induce the fault. If
fault reoccurs repeat step 4. If fault does not occur continue with vehicle operation.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 128
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0397.2-SHUT-OFF TESTS, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0397.2 - SHUT-OFF TESTS, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine enabled - fuel restricted and speed restricted to 1500 rev/min.

Cause:
Shut-off test failure within the engine ECU

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU malfunction.

Solution:

1. Check the condition of the fuse F-01, the ECU fuse (20 Amp) and the fuse F-38, the relay K-14 and the keystart
switch fuse (7.5 Amp). Check for good connections onto the ECU and at the connectors X004 and X010. Check
the main ECU relay, K-14, for correct operation.

A. If a fuse is blown or the relay is faulty replace and check engine operation. If engine performs okay, remove
the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service tool.

B. If the fuses, relay and wiring are okay continue with step 2.
2. Attempt to reload the engine ECU software using the Electronic Service Tool.

A. If the software is accepted check engine for correct operation.

B. If the software is not accepted continue with step 3.

3. Substitute the engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 129
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0397.3-SHUT-OFF TESTS, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0397.3 - SHUT-OFF TESTS, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine enabled - fuel restricted and speed restricted to 1500 rev/min.

Cause:
Shut-off test failure within the engine ECU

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU malfunction.

Solution:

1. Check the condition of the fuse F-01, the ECU fuse (20 Amp) and the fuse F-38, the relay K-14 and the keystart
switch fuse (7.5 Amp). Check for good connections onto the ECU and at the connectors X004 and X010. Check
the main ECU relay, K-14, for correct operation.

A. If a fuse is blown or the relay is faulty replace and check engine operation. If engine performs okay, remove
the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service tool.

B. If the fuses, relay and wiring are okay continue with step 2.
2. Attempt to reload the engine ECU software using the Electronic Service Tool.

A. If the software is accepted check engine for correct operation.

B. If the software is not accepted continue with step 3.

3. Substitute the engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 130
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0397.4-SHUT-OFF TESTS, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0397.4 - SHUT-OFF TESTS, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine enabled - fuel restricted and speed restricted to 1500 rev/min.

Cause:
Shut-off test failure within the engine ECU

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU malfunction.

Solution:

1. Check the condition of the fuse F-01, the ECU fuse (20 Amp) and the fuse F-38, the relay K-14 and the keystart
switch fuse (7.5 Amp). Check for good connections onto the ECU and at the connectors X004 and X010. Check
the main ECU relay, K-14, for correct operation.

A. If a fuse is blown or the relay is faulty replace and check engine operation. If engine performs okay, remove
the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service tool.

B. If the fuses, relay and wiring are okay continue with step 2.
2. Attempt to reload the engine ECU software using the Electronic Service Tool.

A. If the software is accepted check engine for correct operation.

B. If the software is not accepted continue with step 3.

3. Substitute the engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 131
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0403.2-AMBIENT PRESSURE SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 144) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840, CX860, CX880

0403.2 - AMBIENT PRESSURE SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 144)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
No signal or signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible

Possible failure modes:

1. Failure within ECU

Solution:

1. Replace engine ECU.

A.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 132
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0403.3-AMBIENT PRESSURE SENSOR, SHORTED TO HIGH

SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 144) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840, CX860, CX880

0403.3 - AMBIENT PRESSURE SENSOR, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 144)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
No signal or signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible

Possible failure modes:

1. Failure within ECU

Solution:

1. Replace engine ECU.

A.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 133
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0403.4-AMBIENT PRESSURE SENSOR, SHORTED TO LOW

SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 144) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840, CX860, CX880

0403.4 - AMBIENT PRESSURE SENSOR, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 144)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
No signal or signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible

Possible failure modes:

1. Failure within ECU

Solution:

1. Replace engine ECU.

A.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 134
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0414.2-CYLINDER 1, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT

CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0414.2 - CYLINDER 1, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine speed restricted and only operating on 5 cylinders

Cause:
Injection circuit fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty injector
2. Wiring fault between injector and engine ECU.

Solution:

1. Check the connector at the Injector.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the injector.
NOTE : The separate injector harness assembly is specially constructed to avoid interference from elec-
tromagnetic sources, therefore no repairs should be attempted on this harness. If the connector or wiring
is damaged it will be necessary to replace the complete injector harness assembly.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the injector.

A. With the connector removed, measure the resistance across the injector coil terminals. The resistance
should be 0.56-0.57Ω. If the coil is outside the range or indicates either a short or open circuit, replace
the injector assembly.

B. If the injector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check the wiring between the injector and Engine ECU.
NOTE : A common positive is supplied to groups of three injectors. Injectors for cylinders 1, 2 and 3 are supplied
from pin 24 of X192 (engine ECU) and injectors for cylinders4, 5 and 6 are supplied from pin 25 of X192 (engine
ECU).

A. Disconnect the injector harness and engine ECU connector X192. Using a suitable multi-meter check the
injector control wiring between pin A of the injector harness connector and pin 35 of X192, engine ECU.
Check the wiring for continuity and short to ground. Repair/replace the wiring if a fault is found. If no fault
is found continue with step B.

B. Reconnect connector X192 to the engine ECU. With the keystart ON (not cranking), check for a short to
+12 V at pin A of the injector harness connector. If a short to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair
the wiring as required. If +12 V does not exist continue with step C.

C. With the keystart OFF, check the wiring on the separate injector harness assembly. Using a suitable multi-
meter check across pins A and B, with the injector still connected, the resistance should be approximately
0.56 - 0.57 Ω. Having previously eliminated the injector coil, if an open or short circuit is indicated the fault
is in the harness. Replace the harness.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 135
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0414.3-CYLINDER 1, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0414.3 - CYLINDER 1, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine speed restricted and only operating on 5 cylinders

Cause:
Injection circuit fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty injector
2. Wiring fault between injector and engine ECU.

Solution:

1. Check the connector at the Injector.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the injector.
NOTE : The separate injector harness assembly is specially constructed to avoid interference from elec-
tromagnetic sources, therefore no repairs should be attempted on this harness. If the connector or wiring
is damaged it will be necessary to replace the complete injector harness assembly.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the injector.

A. With the connector removed, measure the resistance across the injector coil terminals. The resistance
should be 0.56-0.57Ω. If the coil is outside the range or indicates either a short or open circuit, replace
the injector assembly.

B. If the injector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check the wiring between the injector and Engine ECU.
NOTE : A common positive is supplied to groups of three injectors. Injectors for cylinders 1, 2 and 3 are supplied
from pin 24 of X192 (engine ECU) and injectors for cylinders4, 5 and 6 are supplied from pin 25 of X192 (engine
ECU).

A. Disconnect the injector harness and engine ECU connector X192. Using a suitable multi-meter check the
injector control wiring between pin A of the injector harness connector and pin 35 of X192, engine ECU.
Check the wiring for continuity and short to ground. Repair/replace the wiring if a fault is found. If no fault
is found continue with step B.

B. Reconnect connector X192 to the engine ECU. With the keystart ON (not cranking), check for a short to
+12 V at pin A of the injector harness connector. If a short to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair
the wiring as required. If +12 V does not exist continue with step C.

C. With the keystart OFF, check the wiring on the separate injector harness assembly. Using a suitable multi-
meter check across pins A and B, with the injector still connected, the resistance should be approximately
0.56 - 0.57 Ω. Having previously eliminated the injector coil, if an open or short circuit is indicated the fault
is in the harness. Replace the harness.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 136
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0414.4-CYLINDER 1, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0414.4 - CYLINDER 1, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine speed restricted and only operating on 5 cylinders

Cause:
Injection circuit fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty injector
2. Wiring fault between injector and engine ECU.

Solution:

1. Check the connector at the Injector.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the injector.
NOTE : The separate injector harness assembly is specially constructed to avoid interference from elec-
tromagnetic sources, therefore no repairs should be attempted on this harness. If the connector or wiring
is damaged it will be necessary to replace the complete injector harness assembly.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the injector.

A. With the connector removed, measure the resistance across the injector coil terminals. The resistance
should be 0.56-0.57Ω. If the coil is outside the range or indicates either a short or open circuit, replace
the injector assembly.

B. If the injector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check the wiring between the injector and Engine ECU.
NOTE : A common positive is supplied to groups of three injectors. Injectors for cylinders 1, 2 and 3 are supplied
from pin 24 of X192 (engine ECU) and injectors for cylinders4, 5 and 6 are supplied from pin 25 of X192 (engine
ECU).

A. Disconnect the injector harness and engine ECU connector X192. Using a suitable multi-meter check the
injector control wiring between pin A of the injector harness connector and pin 35 of X192, engine ECU.
Check the wiring for continuity and short to ground. Repair/replace the wiring if a fault is found. If no fault
is found continue with step B.

B. Reconnect connector X192 to the engine ECU. With the keystart ON (not cranking), check for a short to
+12 V at pin A of the injector harness connector. If a short to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair
the wiring as required. If +12 V does not exist continue with step C.

C. With the keystart OFF, check the wiring on the separate injector harness assembly. Using a suitable multi-
meter check across pins A and B, with the injector still connected, the resistance should be approximately
0.56 - 0.57 Ω. Having previously eliminated the injector coil, if an open or short circuit is indicated the fault
is in the harness. Replace the harness.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 137
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0415.2-CYLINDER 4, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT

CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0415.2 - CYLINDER 4, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine speed restricted and only operating on 5 cylinders

Cause:
Injection circuit fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty injector
2. Wiring fault between injector and engine ECU.

Solution:

1. Check the connector at the Injector.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the injector.
NOTE : The separate injector harness assembly is specially constructed to avoid interference from elec-
tromagnetic sources, therefore no repairs should be attempted on this harness. If the connector or wiring
is damaged it will be necessary to replace the complete injector harness assembly.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the injector.

A. With the connector removed, measure the resistance across the injector coil terminals. The resistance
should be 0.56 - 0.57 Ω. If the coil is outside the range or indicates either a short or open circuit, replace
the injector assembly.

B. If the injector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check the wiring between the injector and Engine ECU.
NOTE : A common positive is supplied to groups of three injectors. Injectors for cylinders 1, 2 and 3 are supplied
from pin 24 of X192 (engine ECU) and injectors for cylinders4, 5 and 6 are supplied from pin 25 of X192 (engine
ECU).

A. Disconnect the injector harness and engine ECU connector X192. Using a suitable multi-meter check the
injector control wiring between pin G of the injector harness connector and pin 26 of X192, engine ECU.
Check the wiring for continuity and short to ground. Repair/replace the wiring if a fault is found. If no fault
is found continue with step B

B. Reconnect connector X192 to the engine ECU. With the keystart ON (not cranking), check for a short to
+12 V at pin G of the injector harness connector. If a short to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair
the wiring as required. If +12 V does not exist continue with step C.

C. With the keystart OFF, check the wiring on the separate injector harness assembly. Using a suitable multi-
meter check across pins G and H, with the injector still connected, the resistance should be approximately
0.56 - 0.57 Ω. Having previously eliminated the injector coil, if an open or short circuit is indicated the fault
is in the harness. Replace the harness.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 138
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0415.3-CYLINDER 4, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0415.3 - CYLINDER 4, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine speed restricted and only operating on 5 cylinders

Cause:
Injection circuit fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty injector
2. Wiring fault between injector and engine ECU.

Solution:

1. Check the connector at the Injector.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the injector.
NOTE : The separate injector harness assembly is specially constructed to avoid interference from elec-
tromagnetic sources, therefore no repairs should be attempted on this harness. If the connector or wiring
is damaged it will be necessary to replace the complete injector harness assembly.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the injector.

A. With the connector removed, measure the resistance across the injector coil terminals. The resistance
should be 0.56 - 0.57 Ω. If the coil is outside the range or indicates either a short or open circuit, replace
the injector assembly.

B. If the injector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check the wiring between the injector and Engine ECU.
NOTE : A common positive is supplied to groups of three injectors. Injectors for cylinders 1, 2 and 3 are supplied
from pin 24 of X192 (engine ECU) and injectors for cylinders4, 5 and 6 are supplied from pin 25 of X192 (engine
ECU).

A. Disconnect the injector harness and engine ECU connector X192. Using a suitable multi-meter check the
injector control wiring between pin G of the injector harness connector and pin 26 of X192, engine ECU.
Check the wiring for continuity and short to ground. Repair/replace the wiring if a fault is found. If no fault
is found continue with step B

B. Reconnect connector X192 to the engine ECU. With the keystart ON (not cranking), check for a short to
+12 V at pin G of the injector harness connector. If a short to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair
the wiring as required. If +12 V does not exist continue with step C.

C. With the keystart OFF, check the wiring on the separate injector harness assembly. Using a suitable multi-
meter check across pins G and H, with the injector still connected, the resistance should be approximately
0.56 - 0.57 Ω. Having previously eliminated the injector coil, if an open or short circuit is indicated the fault
is in the harness. Replace the harness.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 139
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0415.4-CYLINDER 4, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0415.4 - CYLINDER 4, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine speed restricted and only operating on 5 cylinders

Cause:
Injection circuit fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty injector
2. Wiring fault between injector and engine ECU.

Solution:

1. Check the connector at the Injector.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the injector.
NOTE : The separate injector harness assembly is specially constructed to avoid interference from elec-
tromagnetic sources, therefore no repairs should be attempted on this harness. If the connector or wiring
is damaged it will be necessary to replace the complete injector harness assembly.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the injector.

A. With the connector removed, measure the resistance across the injector coil terminals. The resistance
should be 0.56 - 0.57 Ω. If the coil is outside the range or indicates either a short or open circuit, replace
the injector assembly.

B. If the injector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check the wiring between the injector and Engine ECU.
NOTE : A common positive is supplied to groups of three injectors. Injectors for cylinders 1, 2 and 3 are supplied
from pin 24 of X192 (engine ECU) and injectors for cylinders4, 5 and 6 are supplied from pin 25 of X192 (engine
ECU).

A. Disconnect the injector harness and engine ECU connector X192. Using a suitable multi-meter check the
injector control wiring between pin G of the injector harness connector and pin 26 of X192, engine ECU.
Check the wiring for continuity and short to ground. Repair/replace the wiring if a fault is found. If no fault
is found continue with step B

B. Reconnect connector X192 to the engine ECU. With the keystart ON (not cranking), check for a short to
+12 V at pin G of the injector harness connector. If a short to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair
the wiring as required. If +12 V does not exist continue with step C.

C. With the keystart OFF, check the wiring on the separate injector harness assembly. Using a suitable multi-
meter check across pins G and H, with the injector still connected, the resistance should be approximately
0.56 - 0.57 Ω. Having previously eliminated the injector coil, if an open or short circuit is indicated the fault
is in the harness. Replace the harness.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 140
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0416.2-CYLINDER 2, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT

CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0416.2 - CYLINDER 2, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine speed restricted and only operating on 5 cylinders

Cause:
Injection circuit fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty injector
2. Wiring fault between injector and engine ECU.

Solution:

1. Check the connector at the Injector.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the injector.
NOTE : The separate injector harness assembly is specially constructed to avoid interference from elec-
tromagnetic sources, therefore no repairs should be attempted on this harness. If the connector or wiring
is damaged it will be necessary to replace the complete injector harness assembly.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the injector.

A. With the connector removed, measure the resistance across the injector coil terminals. The resistance
should be 0.56 - 0.57 Ω. If the coil is outside the range or indicates either a short or open circuit, replace
the injector assembly.

B. If the injector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check the wiring between the injector and Engine ECU.
NOTE : A common positive is supplied to groups of three injectors. Injectors for cylinders 1, 2 and 3 are supplied
from pin 24 of X192 (engine ECU) and injectors for cylinders4, 5 and 6 are supplied from pin 25 of X192 (engine
ECU).

A. Disconnect the injector harness and engine ECU connector X192. Using a suitable multi-meter check the
injector control wiring between pin C of the injector harness connector and pin 34 of X192, engine ECU.
Check the wiring for continuity and short to ground. Repair/replace the wiring if a fault is found. If no fault
is found continue with step B.

B. Reconnect connector X192 to the engine ECU. With the keystart ON (not cranking), check for a short to
+12 V at pin C of the injector harness connector. If a short to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair
the wiring as required. If +12 V does not exist continue with step C.

C. With the keystart OFF, check the wiring on the separate injector harness assembly. Using a suitable multi-
meter check across pins C and D, with the injector still connected, the resistance should be approximately
0.56 - 0.57 Ω. Having previously eliminated the injector coil, if an open or short circuit is indicated the fault
is in the harness. Replace the harness.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 141
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0416.3-CYLINDER 2, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0416.3 - CYLINDER 2, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine speed restricted and only operating on 5 cylinders

Cause:
Injection circuit fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty injector
2. Wiring fault between injector and engine ECU.

Solution:

1. Check the connector at the Injector.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the injector.
NOTE : The separate injector harness assembly is specially constructed to avoid interference from elec-
tromagnetic sources, therefore no repairs should be attempted on this harness. If the connector or wiring
is damaged it will be necessary to replace the complete injector harness assembly.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the injector.

A. With the connector removed, measure the resistance across the injector coil terminals. The resistance
should be 0.56 - 0.57 Ω. If the coil is outside the range or indicates either a short or open circuit, replace
the injector assembly.

B. If the injector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check the wiring between the injector and Engine ECU.
NOTE : A common positive is supplied to groups of three injectors. Injectors for cylinders 1, 2 and 3 are supplied
from pin 24 of X192 (engine ECU) and injectors for cylinders4, 5 and 6 are supplied from pin 25 of X192 (engine
ECU).

A. Disconnect the injector harness and engine ECU connector X192. Using a suitable multi-meter check the
injector control wiring between pin C of the injector harness connector and pin 34 of X192, engine ECU.
Check the wiring for continuity and short to ground. Repair/replace the wiring if a fault is found. If no fault
is found continue with step B.

B. Reconnect connector X192 to the engine ECU. With the keystart ON (not cranking), check for a short to
+12 V at pin C of the injector harness connector. If a short to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair
the wiring as required. If +12 V does not exist continue with step C.

C. With the keystart OFF, check the wiring on the separate injector harness assembly. Using a suitable multi-
meter check across pins C and D, with the injector still connected, the resistance should be approximately
0.56 - 0.57 Ω. Having previously eliminated the injector coil, if an open or short circuit is indicated the fault
is in the harness. Replace the harness.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 142
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0416.4-CYLINDER 2, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0416.4 - CYLINDER 2, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine speed restricted and only operating on 5 cylinders

Cause:
Injection circuit fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty injector
2. Wiring fault between injector and engine ECU.

Solution:

1. Check the connector at the Injector.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the injector.
NOTE : The separate injector harness assembly is specially constructed to avoid interference from elec-
tromagnetic sources, therefore no repairs should be attempted on this harness. If the connector or wiring
is damaged it will be necessary to replace the complete injector harness assembly.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the injector.

A. With the connector removed, measure the resistance across the injector coil terminals. The resistance
should be 0.56 - 0.57 Ω. If the coil is outside the range or indicates either a short or open circuit, replace
the injector assembly.

B. If the injector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check the wiring between the injector and Engine ECU.
NOTE : A common positive is supplied to groups of three injectors. Injectors for cylinders 1, 2 and 3 are supplied
from pin 24 of X192 (engine ECU) and injectors for cylinders4, 5 and 6 are supplied from pin 25 of X192 (engine
ECU).

A. Disconnect the injector harness and engine ECU connector X192. Using a suitable multi-meter check the
injector control wiring between pin C of the injector harness connector and pin 34 of X192, engine ECU.
Check the wiring for continuity and short to ground. Repair/replace the wiring if a fault is found. If no fault
is found continue with step B.

B. Reconnect connector X192 to the engine ECU. With the keystart ON (not cranking), check for a short to
+12 V at pin C of the injector harness connector. If a short to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair
the wiring as required. If +12 V does not exist continue with step C.

C. With the keystart OFF, check the wiring on the separate injector harness assembly. Using a suitable multi-
meter check across pins C and D, with the injector still connected, the resistance should be approximately
0.56 - 0.57 Ω. Having previously eliminated the injector coil, if an open or short circuit is indicated the fault
is in the harness. Replace the harness.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 143
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0417.2-CYLINDER 6, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT

CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0417.2 - CYLINDER 6, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine speed restricted and only operating on 5 cylinders

Cause:
Injection circuit fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty injector
2. Wiring fault between injector and engine ECU.

Solution:

1. Check the connector at the Injector.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the injector.
NOTE : The separate injector harness assembly is specially constructed to avoid interference from elec-
tromagnetic sources, therefore no repairs should be attempted on this harness. If the connector or wiring
is damaged it will be necessary to replace the complete injector harness assembly.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the injector.

A. With the connector removed, measure the resistance across the injector coil terminals. The resistance
should be 0.56 - 0.57 Ω. If the coil is outside the range or indicates either a short or open circuit, replace
the injector assembly.

B. If the injector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check the wiring between the injector and Engine ECU.
NOTE : A common positive is supplied to groups of three injectors. Injectors for cylinders 1, 2 and 3 are supplied
from pin 24 of X192 (engine ECU) and injectors for cylinders4, 5 and 6 are supplied from pin 25 of X192 (engine
ECU).

A. Disconnect the injector harness and engine ECU connector X192. Using a suitable multi-meter check the
injector control wiring between pin M of the injector harness connector and pin 27 of X192, engine ECU.
Check the wiring for continuity and short to ground. Repair/replace the wiring if a fault is found. If no fault
is found continue with step B.

B. Reconnect connector X192 to the engine ECU. With the keystart ON (not cranking), check for a short to
+12 V at pin M of the injector harness connector. If a short to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair
the wiring as required. If +12 V does not exist continue with step C.

C. With the keystart OFF, check the wiring on the separate injector harness assembly. Using a suitable multi-
meter check across pins M and N, with the injector still connected, the resistance should be approximately
0.56 - 0.57 Ω. Having previously eliminated the injector coil, if an open or short circuit is indicated the fault
is in the harness. Replace the harness.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 144
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0417.3-CYLINDER 6, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0417.3 - CYLINDER 6, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine speed restricted and only operating on 5 cylinders

Cause:
Injection circuit fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty injector
2. Wiring fault between injector and engine ECU.

Solution:

1. Check the connector at the Injector.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the injector.
NOTE : The separate injector harness assembly is specially constructed to avoid interference from elec-
tromagnetic sources, therefore no repairs should be attempted on this harness. If the connector or wiring
is damaged it will be necessary to replace the complete injector harness assembly.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the injector.

A. With the connector removed, measure the resistance across the injector coil terminals. The resistance
should be 0.56 - 0.57 Ω. If the coil is outside the range or indicates either a short or open circuit, replace
the injector assembly.

B. If the injector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check the wiring between the injector and Engine ECU.
NOTE : A common positive is supplied to groups of three injectors. Injectors for cylinders 1, 2 and 3 are supplied
from pin 24 of X192 (engine ECU) and injectors for cylinders4, 5 and 6 are supplied from pin 25 of X192 (engine
ECU).

A. Disconnect the injector harness and engine ECU connector X192. Using a suitable multi-meter check the
injector control wiring between pin M of the injector harness connector and pin 27 of X192, engine ECU.
Check the wiring for continuity and short to ground. Repair/replace the wiring if a fault is found. If no fault
is found continue with step B.

B. Reconnect connector X192 to the engine ECU. With the keystart ON (not cranking), check for a short to
+12 V at pin M of the injector harness connector. If a short to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair
the wiring as required. If +12 V does not exist continue with step C.

C. With the keystart OFF, check the wiring on the separate injector harness assembly. Using a suitable multi-
meter check across pins M and N, with the injector still connected, the resistance should be approximately
0.56 - 0.57 Ω. Having previously eliminated the injector coil, if an open or short circuit is indicated the fault
is in the harness. Replace the harness.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 145
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0417.4-CYLINDER 6, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0417.4 - CYLINDER 6, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine speed restricted and only operating on 5 cylinders

Cause:
Injection circuit fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty injector
2. Wiring fault between injector and engine ECU.

Solution:

1. Check the connector at the Injector.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the injector.
NOTE : The separate injector harness assembly is specially constructed to avoid interference from elec-
tromagnetic sources, therefore no repairs should be attempted on this harness. If the connector or wiring
is damaged it will be necessary to replace the complete injector harness assembly.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the injector.

A. With the connector removed, measure the resistance across the injector coil terminals. The resistance
should be 0.56 - 0.57 Ω. If the coil is outside the range or indicates either a short or open circuit, replace
the injector assembly.

B. If the injector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check the wiring between the injector and Engine ECU.
NOTE : A common positive is supplied to groups of three injectors. Injectors for cylinders 1, 2 and 3 are supplied
from pin 24 of X192 (engine ECU) and injectors for cylinders4, 5 and 6 are supplied from pin 25 of X192 (engine
ECU).

A. Disconnect the injector harness and engine ECU connector X192. Using a suitable multi-meter check the
injector control wiring between pin M of the injector harness connector and pin 27 of X192, engine ECU.
Check the wiring for continuity and short to ground. Repair/replace the wiring if a fault is found. If no fault
is found continue with step B.

B. Reconnect connector X192 to the engine ECU. With the keystart ON (not cranking), check for a short to
+12 V at pin M of the injector harness connector. If a short to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair
the wiring as required. If +12 V does not exist continue with step C.

C. With the keystart OFF, check the wiring on the separate injector harness assembly. Using a suitable multi-
meter check across pins M and N, with the injector still connected, the resistance should be approximately
0.56 - 0.57 Ω. Having previously eliminated the injector coil, if an open or short circuit is indicated the fault
is in the harness. Replace the harness.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 146
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0418.2-CYLINDER 3, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT

CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0418.2 - CYLINDER 3, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine speed restricted and only operating on 5 cylinders

Cause:
Injection circuit fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty injector
2. Wiring fault between injector and engine ECU.

Solution:

1. Check the connector at the Injector.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the injector.
NOTE : The separate injector harness assembly is specially constructed to avoid interference from elec-
tromagnetic sources, therefore no repairs should be attempted on this harness. If the connector or wiring
is damaged it will be necessary to replace the complete injector harness assembly.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the injector.

A. With the connector removed, measure the resistance across the injector coil terminals. The resistance
should be 0.56 - 0.57 Ω. If the coil is outside the range or indicates either a short or open circuit, replace
the injector assembly.

B. If the injector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check the wiring between the injector and Engine ECU.
NOTE : A common positive is supplied to groups of three injectors. Injectors for cylinders 1, 2 and 3 are supplied
from pin 24 of X192 (engine ECU) and injectors for cylinders 4, 5 and 6 are supplied from pin 25 of X192 (engine
ECU).

A. Disconnect the injector harness and engine ECU connector X192. Using a suitable multi-meter check the
injector control wiring between pin E of the injector harness connector and pin 33 of X192, engine ECU.
Check the wiring for continuity and short to ground. Repair/replace the wiring if a fault is found. If no fault
is found continue with step B.

B. Reconnect connector X192 to the engine ECU. With the keystart ON (not cranking), check for a short to
+12 V at pin E of the injector harness connector. If a short to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair
the wiring as required. If +12 V does not exist continue with step C.

C. With the keystart OFF, check the wiring on the separate injector harness assembly. Using a suitable multi-
meter check across pins E and F, with the injector still connected, the resistance should be approximately
0.56 - 0.57 Ω. Having previously eliminated the injector coil, if an open or short circuit is indicated the fault
is in the harness. Replace the harness.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 147
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0418.3-CYLINDER 3, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0418.3 - CYLINDER 3, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine speed restricted and only operating on 5 cylinders

Cause:
Injection circuit fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty injector
2. Wiring fault between injector and engine ECU.

Solution:

1. Check the connector at the Injector.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the injector.
NOTE : The separate injector harness assembly is specially constructed to avoid interference from elec-
tromagnetic sources, therefore no repairs should be attempted on this harness. If the connector or wiring
is damaged it will be necessary to replace the complete injector harness assembly.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the injector.

A. With the connector removed, measure the resistance across the injector coil terminals. The resistance
should be 0.56 - 0.57 Ω. If the coil is outside the range or indicates either a short or open circuit, replace
the injector assembly.

B. If the injector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check the wiring between the injector and Engine ECU.
NOTE : A common positive is supplied to groups of three injectors. Injectors for cylinders 1, 2 and 3 are supplied
from pin 24 of X192 (engine ECU) and injectors for cylinders 4, 5 and 6 are supplied from pin 25 of X192 (engine
ECU).

A. Disconnect the injector harness and engine ECU connector X192. Using a suitable multi-meter check the
injector control wiring between pin E of the injector harness connector and pin 33 of X192, engine ECU.
Check the wiring for continuity and short to ground. Repair/replace the wiring if a fault is found. If no fault
is found continue with step B.

B. Reconnect connector X192 to the engine ECU. With the keystart ON (not cranking), check for a short to
+12 V at pin E of the injector harness connector. If a short to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair
the wiring as required. If +12 V does not exist continue with step C.

C. With the keystart OFF, check the wiring on the separate injector harness assembly. Using a suitable multi-
meter check across pins E and F, with the injector still connected, the resistance should be approximately
0.56 - 0.57 Ω. Having previously eliminated the injector coil, if an open or short circuit is indicated the fault
is in the harness. Replace the harness.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 148
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0418.4-CYLINDER 3, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0418.4 - CYLINDER 3, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine speed restricted and only operating on 5 cylinders

Cause:
Injection circuit fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty injector
2. Wiring fault between injector and engine ECU.

Solution:

1. Check the connector at the Injector.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the injector.
NOTE : The separate injector harness assembly is specially constructed to avoid interference from elec-
tromagnetic sources, therefore no repairs should be attempted on this harness. If the connector or wiring
is damaged it will be necessary to replace the complete injector harness assembly.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the injector.

A. With the connector removed, measure the resistance across the injector coil terminals. The resistance
should be 0.56 - 0.57 Ω. If the coil is outside the range or indicates either a short or open circuit, replace
the injector assembly.

B. If the injector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check the wiring between the injector and Engine ECU.
NOTE : A common positive is supplied to groups of three injectors. Injectors for cylinders 1, 2 and 3 are supplied
from pin 24 of X192 (engine ECU) and injectors for cylinders 4, 5 and 6 are supplied from pin 25 of X192 (engine
ECU).

A. Disconnect the injector harness and engine ECU connector X192. Using a suitable multi-meter check the
injector control wiring between pin E of the injector harness connector and pin 33 of X192, engine ECU.
Check the wiring for continuity and short to ground. Repair/replace the wiring if a fault is found. If no fault
is found continue with step B.

B. Reconnect connector X192 to the engine ECU. With the keystart ON (not cranking), check for a short to
+12 V at pin E of the injector harness connector. If a short to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair
the wiring as required. If +12 V does not exist continue with step C.

C. With the keystart OFF, check the wiring on the separate injector harness assembly. Using a suitable multi-
meter check across pins E and F, with the injector still connected, the resistance should be approximately
0.56 - 0.57 Ω. Having previously eliminated the injector coil, if an open or short circuit is indicated the fault
is in the harness. Replace the harness.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 149
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0419.2-CYLINDER 5, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT

CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0419.2 - CYLINDER 5, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine speed restricted and only operating on 5 cylinders

Cause:
Injection circuit fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty injector
2. Wiring fault between injector and engine ECU.

Solution:

1. Check the connector at the Injector.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the injector.
NOTE : The separate injector harness assembly is specially constructed to avoid interference from elec-
tromagnetic sources, therefore no repairs should be attempted on this harness. If the connector or wiring
is damaged it will be necessary to replace the complete injector harness assembly.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the injector.

A. With the connector removed, measure the resistance across the injector coil terminals. The resistance
should be 0.56 - 0.57 Ω. If the coil is outside the range or indicates either a short or open circuit, replace
the injector assembly.

B. If the injector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check the wiring between the injector and Engine ECU.
NOTE : A common positive is supplied to groups of three injectors. Injectors for cylinders 1, 2 and 3 are supplied
from pin 24 of X192 (engine ECU) and injectors for cylinders4, 5 and 6 are supplied from pin 25 of X192 (engine
ECU).

A. Disconnect the injector harness and engine ECU connector X192. Using a suitable multi-meter check the
injector control wiring between pin I of the injector harness connector and pin 28 of X192, engine ECU.
Check the wiring for continuity and short to ground. Repair/replace the wiring if a fault is found. If no fault
is found continue with step B.

B. Reconnect connector X192 to the engine ECU. With the keystart ON (not cranking), check for a short to
+12 V at pin I of the injector harness connector. If a short to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair
the wiring as required. If +12 V does not exist continue with step C.

C. With the keystart OFF, check the wiring on the separate injector harness assembly. Using a suitable multi-
meter check across pins I and L, with the injector still connected, the resistance should be approximately
0.56 - 0.57 Ω. Having previously eliminated the injector coil, if an open or short circuit is indicated the fault
is in the harness. Replace the harness.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 150
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0419.3-CYLINDER 5, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0419.3 - CYLINDER 5, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine speed restricted and only operating on 5 cylinders

Cause:
Injection circuit fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty injector
2. Wiring fault between injector and engine ECU.

Solution:

1. Check the connector at the Injector.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the injector.
NOTE : The separate injector harness assembly is specially constructed to avoid interference from elec-
tromagnetic sources, therefore no repairs should be attempted on this harness. If the connector or wiring
is damaged it will be necessary to replace the complete injector harness assembly.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the injector.

A. With the connector removed, measure the resistance across the injector coil terminals. The resistance
should be 0.56 - 0.57 Ω. If the coil is outside the range or indicates either a short or open circuit, replace
the injector assembly.

B. If the injector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check the wiring between the injector and Engine ECU.
NOTE : A common positive is supplied to groups of three injectors. Injectors for cylinders 1, 2 and 3 are supplied
from pin 24 of X192 (engine ECU) and injectors for cylinders4, 5 and 6 are supplied from pin 25 of X192 (engine
ECU).

A. Disconnect the injector harness and engine ECU connector X192. Using a suitable multi-meter check the
injector control wiring between pin I of the injector harness connector and pin 28 of X192, engine ECU.
Check the wiring for continuity and short to ground. Repair/replace the wiring if a fault is found. If no fault
is found continue with step B.

B. Reconnect connector X192 to the engine ECU. With the keystart ON (not cranking), check for a short to
+12 V at pin I of the injector harness connector. If a short to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair
the wiring as required. If +12 V does not exist continue with step C.

C. With the keystart OFF, check the wiring on the separate injector harness assembly. Using a suitable multi-
meter check across pins I and L, with the injector still connected, the resistance should be approximately
0.56 - 0.57 Ω. Having previously eliminated the injector coil, if an open or short circuit is indicated the fault
is in the harness. Replace the harness.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 151
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0419.4-CYLINDER 5, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0419.4 - CYLINDER 5, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine speed restricted and only operating on 5 cylinders

Cause:
Injection circuit fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty injector
2. Wiring fault between injector and engine ECU.

Solution:

1. Check the connector at the Injector.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the injector.
NOTE : The separate injector harness assembly is specially constructed to avoid interference from elec-
tromagnetic sources, therefore no repairs should be attempted on this harness. If the connector or wiring
is damaged it will be necessary to replace the complete injector harness assembly.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the injector.

A. With the connector removed, measure the resistance across the injector coil terminals. The resistance
should be 0.56 - 0.57 Ω. If the coil is outside the range or indicates either a short or open circuit, replace
the injector assembly.

B. If the injector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check the wiring between the injector and Engine ECU.
NOTE : A common positive is supplied to groups of three injectors. Injectors for cylinders 1, 2 and 3 are supplied
from pin 24 of X192 (engine ECU) and injectors for cylinders4, 5 and 6 are supplied from pin 25 of X192 (engine
ECU).

A. Disconnect the injector harness and engine ECU connector X192. Using a suitable multi-meter check the
injector control wiring between pin I of the injector harness connector and pin 28 of X192, engine ECU.
Check the wiring for continuity and short to ground. Repair/replace the wiring if a fault is found. If no fault
is found continue with step B.

B. Reconnect connector X192 to the engine ECU. With the keystart ON (not cranking), check for a short to
+12 V at pin I of the injector harness connector. If a short to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair
the wiring as required. If +12 V does not exist continue with step C.

C. With the keystart OFF, check the wiring on the separate injector harness assembly. Using a suitable multi-
meter check across pins I and L, with the injector still connected, the resistance should be approximately
0.56 - 0.57 Ω. Having previously eliminated the injector coil, if an open or short circuit is indicated the fault
is in the harness. Replace the harness.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 152
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0435.2-AMBIENT PRESSURE (PHY), DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 16) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0435.2 - AMBIENT PRESSURE (PHY), DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 16)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
No signal or signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible

Possible failure modes:

1. Failure within ECU

Solution:

1. Replace engine ECU.

A.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 153
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0435.3-AMBIENT PRESSURE (PHY), SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 16) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0435.3 - AMBIENT PRESSURE (PHY), SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 16)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
No signal or signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible

Possible failure modes:

1. Failure within ECU

Solution:

1. Replace engine ECU.

A.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 154
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0435.4-AMBIENT PRESSURE (PHY), SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 16) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0435.4 - AMBIENT PRESSURE (PHY), SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 16)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
No signal or signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible

Possible failure modes:

1. Failure within ECU

Solution:

1. Replace engine ECU.

A.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 155
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0436.2-SHUT-OFF UNDER VOLTAGE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 164) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0436.2 - SHUT-OFF UNDER VOLTAGE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 164)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
+5 Volts monitoring undervoltage (Internal fault within the fuel injection pump)

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

Solution:

1. Replace fuel injection pump

A. NOTE : Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector, X203, to the pump and ensure the
fit is good and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 156
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0436.3-SHUT-OFF UNDER VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 164) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0436.3 - SHUT-OFF UNDER VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 164)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
+5 Volts monitoring undervoltage (Internal fault within the fuel injection pump)

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

Solution:

1. Replace fuel injection pump

A. NOTE : Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector, X203, to the pump and ensure the
fit is good and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 157
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0436.4-SHUT-OFF UNDER VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 164) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0436.4 - SHUT-OFF UNDER VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 164)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
+5 Volts monitoring undervoltage (Internal fault within the fuel injection pump)

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

Solution:

1. Replace fuel injection pump

A. NOTE : Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector, X203, to the pump and ensure the
fit is good and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 158
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0437.2-SHUT-OFF EXCESS VOLTAGE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 163) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0437.2 - SHUT-OFF EXCESS VOLTAGE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 163)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
+5 Volts monitoring over voltage

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

Solution:

1. Replace fuel injection pump

A. NOTE : Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector, X203, to the pump and ensure the
fit is good and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 159
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0437.3-SHUT-OFF EXCESS VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 163) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0437.3 - SHUT-OFF EXCESS VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 163)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
+5 Volts monitoring over voltage

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

Solution:

1. Replace fuel injection pump

A. NOTE : Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector, X203, to the pump and ensure the
fit is good and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 160
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0437.4-SHUT-OFF EXCESS VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 163) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0437.4 - SHUT-OFF EXCESS VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 163)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
+5 Volts monitoring over voltage

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

Solution:

1. Replace fuel injection pump

A. NOTE : Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector, X203, to the pump and ensure the
fit is good and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 161
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0438.2-SHUT-OFF MONITOR MODULE, DATA INCORRECT

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 160) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0438.2 - SHUT-OFF MONITOR MODULE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 160)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
After run actuator test monitoring module fault (Internal fault within either the fuel injection pump or engine ECU)

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

2. Faulty engine ECU

Solution:

1. Remove the fuel injection pump and have it tested at an authorised Bosch fuel injection agent.
NOTE : Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector, X203, to the pump and ensure the fit is
good and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

A. If the pump is confirmed as faulty by the authorised Bosch agent then replace the pump assembly.

B. If the pump is okay continue with step 2.

2. If the pump is okay or a new pump is installed and the fault still exists it is likely that the engine ECU is faulty.
NOTE : Prior to replacing the Engine ECU inspect the connectors, X192 and X19, to the ECU and ensure the
fit is good and that there is no pin damage within the connectors.

A. Reload the engine software into the ECU using the Electronic Service Tool. Attempt to operate the engine.
If the engine runs without producing further faults continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the ECU will not accept software or still does not allow engine operation replace the engine ECU.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 162
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0438.3-SHUT-OFF MONITOR MODULE, SHORTED TO HIGH

SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 160) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0438.3 - SHUT-OFF MONITOR MODULE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 160)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
After run actuator test monitoring module fault (Internal fault within either the fuel injection pump or engine ECU)

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

2. Faulty engine ECU

Solution:

1. Remove the fuel injection pump and have it tested at an authorised Bosch fuel injection agent.
NOTE : Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector, X203, to the pump and ensure the fit is
good and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

A. If the pump is confirmed as faulty by the authorised Bosch agent then replace the pump assembly.

B. If the pump is okay continue with step 2.

2. If the pump is okay or a new pump is installed and the fault still exists it is likely that the engine ECU is faulty.
NOTE : Prior to replacing the Engine ECU inspect the connectors, X192 and X193, to the ECU and ensure the
fit is good and that there is no pin damage within the connectors.

A. Reload the engine software into the ECU using the Electronic Service Tool. Attempt to operate the engine.
If the engine runs without producing further faults continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the ECU will not accept software or still does not allow engine operation replace the engine ECU.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 163
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0438.4-SHUT-OFF MONITOR MODULE, SHORTED TO LOW

SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 160) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0438.4 - SHUT-OFF MONITOR MODULE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 160)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
After run actuator test monitoring module fault (Internal fault within either the fuel injection pump or engine ECU)

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

2. Faulty engine ECU

Solution:

1. Remove the fuel injection pump and have it tested at an authorised Bosch fuel injection agent.
NOTE : Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector, X203, to the pump and ensure the fit is
good and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

A. If the pump is confirmed as faulty by the authorised Bosch agent then replace the pump assembly.

B. If the pump is okay continue with step 2.

2. If the pump is okay or a new pump is installed and the fault still exists it is likely that the engine ECU is faulty.
NOTE : Prior to replacing the Engine ECU inspect the connectors, X192 and X19, to the ECU and ensure the
fit is good and that there is no pin damage within the connectors.

A. Reload the engine software into the ECU using the Electronic Service Tool. Attempt to operate the engine.
If the engine runs without producing further faults continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the ECU will not accept software or still does not allow engine operation replace the engine ECU.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 164
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0439.2-SHUT-OFF PATH MES0, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE 162) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0439.2 - SHUT-OFF PATH MES0, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 162)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Internal fault within either the fuel injection pump or engine ECU

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

2. Faulty engine ECU

Solution:

1. Remove the fuel injection pump and have it tested at an authorised Bosch fuel injection agent.
NOTE : Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector to the pump and ensure the fit is good
and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

A. If the pump is confirmed as faulty by the authorised Bosch agent then replace the pump assembly.

B. If the pump is okay continue with step 2.

2. If the pump is okay or a new pump is installed and the fault still exists it is likely that the engine ECU is faulty.
NOTE : Prior to replacing the Engine ECU inspect the connectors to the ECU and ensure the fit is good and that
there is no pin damage within the connectors.

A. Reload the engine software into the ECU using the Electronic Service Tool. Attempt to operate the engine.
If the engine runs without producing further faults continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the ECU will not accept software or still does not allow engine operation replace the engine ECU.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 165
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0439.3-SHUT-OFF PATH MES0, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 162) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0439.3 - SHUT-OFF PATH MES0, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 162)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Internal fault within either the fuel injection pump or engine ECU

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

2. Faulty engine ECU

Solution:

1. Remove the fuel injection pump and have it tested at an authorised Bosch fuel injection agent.
NOTE : Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector to the pump and ensure the fit is good
and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

A. If the pump is confirmed as faulty by the authorised Bosch agent then replace the pump assembly.

B. If the pump is okay continue with step 2.

2. If the pump is okay or a new pump is installed and the fault still exists it is likely that the engine ECU is faulty.
NOTE : Prior to replacing the Engine ECU inspect the connectors to the ECU and ensure the fit is good and that
there is no pin damage within the connectors.

A. Reload the engine software into the ECU using the Electronic Service Tool. Attempt to operate the engine.
If the engine runs without producing further faults continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the ECU will not accept software or still does not allow engine operation replace the engine ECU.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 166
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0439.4-SHUT-OFF PATH MES0, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 162) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0439.4 - SHUT-OFF PATH MES0, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 162)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Internal fault within either the fuel injection pump or engine ECU

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

2. Faulty engine ECU

Solution:

1. Remove the fuel injection pump and have it tested at an authorised Bosch fuel injection agent.
NOTE : Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector to the pump and ensure the fit is good
and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

A. If the pump is confirmed as faulty by the authorised Bosch agent then replace the pump assembly.

B. If the pump is okay continue with step 2.

2. If the pump is okay or a new pump is installed and the fault still exists it is likely that the engine ECU is faulty.
NOTE : Prior to replacing the Engine ECU inspect the connectors to the ECU and ensure the fit is good and that
there is no pin damage within the connectors.

A. Reload the engine software into the ECU using the Electronic Service Tool. Attempt to operate the engine.
If the engine runs without producing further faults continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the ECU will not accept software or still does not allow engine operation replace the engine ECU.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 167
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0440.2-SHUT-OFF PATH MES1, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE 161) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0440.2 - SHUT-OFF PATH MES1, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 161)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Internal fault within either the fuel injection pump or engine ECU

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

2. Faulty engine ECU

Solution:

1. Remove the fuel injection pump and have it tested at an authorised Bosch fuel injection agent.
NOTE : Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector to the pump and ensure the fit is good
and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

A. If the pump is confirmed as faulty by the authorised Bosch agent then replace the pump assembly.

B. If the pump is okay continue with step 2.

2. If the pump is okay or a new pump is installed and the fault still exists it is likely that the engine ECU is faulty.
NOTE : Prior to replacing the Engine ECU inspect the connectors to the ECU and ensure the fit is good and that
there is no pin damage within the connectors.

A. Reload the engine software into the ECU using the Electronic Service Tool. Attempt to operate the engine.
If the engine runs without producing further faults continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the ECU will not accept software or still does not allow engine operation replace the engine ECU.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 168
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0440.3-SHUT-OFF PATH MES1, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 161) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0440.3 - SHUT-OFF PATH MES1, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 161)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Internal fault within either the fuel injection pump or engine ECU

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

2. Faulty engine ECU

Solution:

1. Remove the fuel injection pump and have it tested at an authorised Bosch fuel injection agent.
NOTE : Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector to the pump and ensure the fit is good
and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

A. If the pump is confirmed as faulty by the authorised Bosch agent then replace the pump assembly.

B. If the pump is okay continue with step 2.

2. If the pump is okay or a new pump is installed and the fault still exists it is likely that the engine ECU is faulty.
NOTE : Prior to replacing the Engine ECU inspect the connectors to the ECU and ensure the fit is good and that
there is no pin damage within the connectors.

A. Reload the engine software into the ECU using the Electronic Service Tool. Attempt to operate the engine.
If the engine runs without producing further faults continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the ECU will not accept software or still does not allow engine operation replace the engine ECU.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 169
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0440.4-SHUT-OFF PATH MES1, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 161) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0440.4 - SHUT-OFF PATH MES1, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 161)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Internal fault within either the fuel injection pump or engine ECU

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

2. Faulty engine ECU

Solution:

1. Remove the fuel injection pump and have it tested at an authorised Bosch fuel injection agent.
NOTE : Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector to the pump and ensure the fit is good
and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

A. If the pump is confirmed as faulty by the authorised Bosch agent then replace the pump assembly.

B. If the pump is okay continue with step 2.

2. If the pump is okay or a new pump is installed and the fault still exists it is likely that the engine ECU is faulty.
NOTE : Prior to replacing the Engine ECU inspect the connectors to the ECU and ensure the fit is good and that
there is no pin damage within the connectors.

A. Reload the engine software into the ECU using the Electronic Service Tool. Attempt to operate the engine.
If the engine runs without producing further faults continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the ECU will not accept software or still does not allow engine operation replace the engine ECU.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 170
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0442.2-BATTERY VOLTAGE FILTER, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 18) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0442.2 - BATTERY VOLTAGE FILTER, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 18)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Battery voltage is outside Signal Range Check.

Possible failure modes:

1. Battery fault
2. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-01 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check battery voltage.

A. If voltage is less than 9.5 Volts, check the battery and charging system . Ensure the battery has the correct
voltage and remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service tool. Operate
the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.

B. If the voltage is greater than 9.5 Volts continue with step 3.

3. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 4.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 4.
4. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and
the relay K-14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the
holder and pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as
required.

B.If continuity is good remove the fault code from the ECU memory, using the electronic service tool and
operate the engine. The fault may be intermittent, wiggle test the harness to attempt to induce the fault. If
fault reoccurs repeat step 4. If fault does not occur continue with vehicle operation.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 171
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0442.3-BATTERY VOLTAGE FILTER, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 18) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0442.3 - BATTERY VOLTAGE FILTER, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 18)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Battery voltage is outside Signal Range Check.

Possible failure modes:

1. Battery fault
2. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-01 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check battery voltage.

A. If voltage is less than 9.5 Volts, check the battery and charging system . Ensure the battery has the correct
voltage and remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service tool. Operate
the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.

B. If the voltage is greater than 9.5 Volts continue with step 3.

3. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 4.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 4.
4. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and
the relay K-14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the
holder and pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as
required.

B.If continuity is good remove the fault code from the ECU memory, using the electronic service tool and
operate the engine. The fault may be intermittent, wiggle test the harness to attempt to induce the fault. If
fault reoccurs repeat step 4. If fault does not occur continue with vehicle operation.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 172
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0442.4-BATTERY VOLTAGE FILTER, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 18) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0442.4 - BATTERY VOLTAGE FILTER, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 18)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Battery voltage is outside Signal Range Check.

Possible failure modes:

1. Battery fault
2. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-01 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check battery voltage.

A. If voltage is less than 9.5 Volts, check the battery and charging system . Ensure the battery has the correct
voltage and remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service tool. Operate
the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.

B. If the voltage is greater than 9.5 Volts continue with step 3.

3. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 4.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 4.
4. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and
the relay K-14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the
holder and pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as
required.

B.If continuity is good remove the fault code from the ECU memory, using the electronic service tool and
operate the engine. The fault may be intermittent, wiggle test the harness to attempt to induce the fault. If
fault reoccurs repeat step 4. If fault does not occur continue with vehicle operation.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 173
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0443.2-ERROR AT POSITION 5, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE 49) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0443.2 - ERROR AT POSITION 5, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 49)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Message cannot be transmitted due to high CAN BUS loading

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Fault in CAN BUS wiring between vehicle ECU and engine ECU

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

A. NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the
level is suitable for use with that machine configuration.
2. Check the CAN BUS wiring between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU
NOTE : The CAN wiring for the Header Height Control ECU is also spliced into the same wires used between
the vehicle ECU and engine ECU. Therefore other fault codes may be exhibited related to the HHC module. If
no other errors are exhibited the fault may be an Open Circuit prior to the splices.

A. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and HHC
module connector X281. Check for continuity between engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and CCM2
connector, X016, pin J2-23 and between engine ECU connector X193, pin 12 and CCM2 connector, X016,
pin J2-32. An open circuit in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

B. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for a short to ground at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
engine ECU connector X193, pin 12. A short circuit to ground in either wire indicates a fault and requires
tracing and repairing.

C.Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and HHC module connector X281.
With the keystart ON, check for a short to +12 V at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and engine ECU
connector X193, pin 12. A short to +12 V in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.25)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.31)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 174
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0443.3-ERROR AT POSITION 5, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 49) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0443.3 - ERROR AT POSITION 5, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 49)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Message cannot be transmitted due to high CAN BUS loading

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Fault in CAN BUS wiring between vehicle ECU and engine ECU

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

A. NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the
level is suitable for use with that machine configuration.
2. Check the CAN BUS wiring between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU
NOTE : The CAN wiring for the Header Height Control ECU is also spliced into the same wires used between
the vehicle ECU and engine ECU. Therefore other fault codes may be exhibited related to the HHC module. If
no other errors are exhibited the fault may be an Open Circuit prior to the splices.

A. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and HHC
module connector X281. Check for continuity between engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and CCM2
connector, X016, pin J2-23 and between engine ECU connector X193, pin 12 and CCM2 connector, X016,
pin J2-32. An open circuit in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

B. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for a short to ground at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
engine ECU connector X193, pin 12. A short circuit to ground in either wire indicates a fault and requires
tracing and repairing.

C.Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and HHC module connector X281.
With the keystart ON, check for a short to +12 V at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and engine ECU
connector X193, pin 12. A short to +12 V in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.25)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.31)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 175
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0443.4-ERROR AT POSITION 5, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 49) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0443.4 - ERROR AT POSITION 5, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 49)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Message cannot be transmitted due to high CAN BUS loading

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Fault in CAN BUS wiring between vehicle ECU and engine ECU

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

A. NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the
level is suitable for use with that machine configuration.
2. Check the CAN BUS wiring between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU
NOTE : The CAN wiring for the Header Height Control ECU is also spliced into the same wires used between
the vehicle ECU and engine ECU. Therefore other fault codes may be exhibited related to the HHC module. If
no other errors are exhibited the fault may be an Open Circuit prior to the splices.

A. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and HHC
module connector X281. Check for continuity between engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and CCM2
connector, X016, pin J2-23 and between engine ECU connector X193, pin 12 and CCM2 connector, X016,
pin J2-32. An open circuit in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

B. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for a short to ground at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
engine ECU connector X193, pin 12. A short circuit to ground in either wire indicates a fault and requires
tracing and repairing.

C.Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and HHC module connector X281.
With the keystart ON, check for a short to +12 V at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and engine ECU
connector X193, pin 12. A short to +12 V in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.25)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.31)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 176
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0444.2-ERROR AT POSITION 6, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE 50) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0444.2 - ERROR AT POSITION 6, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 50)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Message cannot be transmitted due to high CAN BUS loading

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Fault in CAN BUS wiring between vehicle ECU and engine ECU

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

A. NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the
level is suitable for use with that machine configuration.
2. Check the CAN BUS wiring between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU
NOTE : The CAN wiring for the Header Height Control ECU is also spliced into the same wires used between
the vehicle ECU and engine ECU. Therefore other fault codes may be exhibited related to the HHC module. If
no other errors are exhibited the fault may be an Open Circuit prior to the splices.

A. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and HHC
module connector X281. Check for continuity between engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and CCM2
connector, X016, pin J2-23 and between engine ECU connector X193, pin 12 and CCM2 connector, X016,
pin J2-32. An open circuit in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

B. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for a short to ground at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
engine ECU connector X193, pin 12. A short circuit to ground in either wire indicates a fault and requires
tracing and repairing.

C. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and HHC module connector X281.
With the keystart ON, check for a short to +12 V at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and engine ECU
connector X193, pin 12. A short to +12 V in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 177
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0444.3-ERROR AT POSITION 6, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 50) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0444.3 - ERROR AT POSITION 6, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 50)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Message cannot be transmitted due to high CAN BUS loading

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Fault in CAN BUS wiring between vehicle ECU and engine ECU

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

A. NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the
level is suitable for use with that machine configuration.
2. Check the CAN BUS wiring between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU
NOTE : The CAN wiring for the Header Height Control ECU is also spliced into the same wires used between
the vehicle ECU and engine ECU. Therefore other fault codes may be exhibited related to the HHC module. If
no other errors are exhibited the fault may be an Open Circuit prior to the splices.

A. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and HHC
module connector X281. Check for continuity between engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and CCM2
connector, X016, pin J2-23 and between engine ECU connector X193, pin 12 and CCM2 connector, X016,
pin J2-32. An open circuit in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

B. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for a short to ground at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
engine ECU connector X193, pin 12. A short circuit to ground in either wire indicates a fault and requires
tracing and repairing.

C. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and HHC module connector X281.
With the keystart ON, check for a short to +12 V at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and engine ECU
connector X193, pin 12. A short to +12 V in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 178
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0444.4-ERROR AT POSITION 6, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 50) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0444.4 - ERROR AT POSITION 6, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 50)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Message cannot be transmitted due to high CAN BUS loading

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Fault in CAN BUS wiring between vehicle ECU and engine ECU

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

A. NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the
level is suitable for use with that machine configuration.
2. Check the CAN BUS wiring between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU
NOTE : The CAN wiring for the Header Height Control ECU is also spliced into the same wires used between
the vehicle ECU and engine ECU. Therefore other fault codes may be exhibited related to the HHC module. If
no other errors are exhibited the fault may be an Open Circuit prior to the splices.

A. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and HHC
module connector X281. Check for continuity between engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and CCM2
connector, X016, pin J2-23 and between engine ECU connector X193, pin 12 and CCM2 connector, X016,
pin J2-32. An open circuit in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

B. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for a short to ground at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
engine ECU connector X193, pin 12. A short circuit to ground in either wire indicates a fault and requires
tracing and repairing.

C. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and HHC module connector X2811.
With the keystart ON, check for a short to +12 V at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and engine ECU
connector X193, pin 12. A short to +12 V in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 179
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0445.2-ERROR AT POSITION 7, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE 51) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0445.2 - ERROR AT POSITION 7, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 51)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Message cannot be transmitted due to high CAN BUS loading

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Fault in CAN BUS wiring between vehicle ECU and engine ECU

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

A. NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the
level is suitable for use with that machine configuration.
2. Check the CAN BUS wiring between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU
NOTE : The CAN wiring for the Header Height Control ECU is also spliced into the same wires used between
the vehicle ECU and engine ECU. Therefore other fault codes may be exhibited related to the HHC module. If
no other errors are exhibited the fault may be an Open Circuit prior to the splices.

A. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and HHC
module connector X281. Check for continuity between engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and CCM2
connector, X016, pin J2-23 and between engine ECU connector X193, pin 12 and CCM2 connector, X016,
pin J2-32. An open circuit in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

B. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for a short to ground at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
engine ECU connector X193, pin 12. A short circuit to ground in either wire indicates a fault and requires
tracing and repairing.

C.Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and HHC module connector X2811.
With the keystart ON, check for a short to +12 V at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and engine ECU
connector X193, pin 12. A short to +12 V in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.25)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.31)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 180
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0445.3-ERROR AT POSITION 7, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 51) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0445.3 - ERROR AT POSITION 7, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 51)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Message cannot be transmitted due to high CAN BUS loading

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Fault in CAN BUS wiring between vehicle ECU and engine ECU

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

A. NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the
level is suitable for use with that machine configuration.
2. Check the CAN BUS wiring between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU
NOTE : The CAN wiring for the Header Height Control ECU is also spliced into the same wires used between
the vehicle ECU and engine ECU. Therefore other fault codes may be exhibited related to the HHC module. If
no other errors are exhibited the fault may be an Open Circuit prior to the splices.

A. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and HHC
module connector X281. Check for continuity between engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and CCM2
connector, X016, pin J2-23 and between engine ECU connector X193, pin 12 and CCM2 connector, X016,
pin J2-32. An open circuit in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

B. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for a short to ground at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
engine ECU connector X193, pin 12. A short circuit to ground in either wire indicates a fault and requires
tracing and repairing.

C.Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and HHC module connector X2811.
With the keystart ON, check for a short to +12 V at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and engine ECU
connector X193, pin 12. A short to +12 V in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.25)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.31)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 181
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0445.4-ERROR AT POSITION 7, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 51) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0445.4 - ERROR AT POSITION 7, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 51)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Message cannot be transmitted due to high CAN BUS loading

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Fault in CAN BUS wiring between vehicle ECU and engine ECU

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

A. NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the
level is suitable for use with that machine configuration.
2. Check the CAN BUS wiring between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU
NOTE : The CAN wiring for the Header Height Control ECU is also spliced into the same wires used between
the vehicle ECU and engine ECU. Therefore other fault codes may be exhibited related to the HHC module. If
no other errors are exhibited the fault may be an Open Circuit prior to the splices.

A. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and HHC
module connector X281. Check for continuity between engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and CCM2
connector, X016, pin J2-23 and between engine ECU connector X193, pin 12 and CCM2 connector, X016,
pin J2-32. An open circuit in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

B. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for a short to ground at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
engine ECU connector X193, pin 12. A short circuit to ground in either wire indicates a fault and requires
tracing and repairing.

C.Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and HHC module connector X2811.
With the keystart ON, check for a short to +12 V at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and engine ECU
connector X193, pin 12. A short to +12 V in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.25)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.31)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 182
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0446.2-ERROR AT POSITION 8, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE 52) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0446.2 - ERROR AT POSITION 8, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 52)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Message cannot be transmitted due to high CAN BUS loading

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Fault in CAN BUS wiring between vehicle ECU and engine ECU

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

A. NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the
level is suitable for use with that machine configuration.
2. Check the CAN BUS wiring between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU
NOTE : The CAN wiring for the Header Height Control ECU is also spliced into the same wires used between
the vehicle ECU and engine ECU. Therefore other fault codes may be exhibited related to the HHC module. If
no other errors are exhibited the fault may be an Open Circuit prior to the splices.

A. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and HHC
module connector X281. Check for continuity between engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and CCM2
connector, X016, pin J2-23 and between engine ECU connector X193, pin 12 and CCM2 connector, X016,
pin J2-32. An open circuit in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

B. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for a short to ground at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
engine ECU connector X193, pin 12. A short circuit to ground in either wire indicates a fault and requires
tracing and repairing.

C. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and HHC module connector X2811.
With the keystart ON, check for a short to +12 V at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and engine ECU
connector X193, pin 12. A short to +12 V in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 183
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0446.3-ERROR AT POSITION 8, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 52) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0446.3 - ERROR AT POSITION 8, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 52)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Message cannot be transmitted due to high CAN BUS loading

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Fault in CAN BUS wiring between vehicle ECU and engine ECU

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

A. NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the
level is suitable for use with that machine configuration.
2. Check the CAN BUS wiring between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU
NOTE : The CAN wiring for the Header Height Control ECU is also spliced into the same wires used between
the vehicle ECU and engine ECU. Therefore other fault codes may be exhibited related to the HHC module. If
no other errors are exhibited the fault may be an Open Circuit prior to the splices.

A. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and HHC
module connector X281. Check for continuity between engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and CCM2
connector, X016, pin J2-23 and between engine ECU connector X193, pin 12 and CCM2 connector, X016,
pin J2-32. An open circuit in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

B. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for a short to ground at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
engine ECU connector X193, pin 12. A short circuit to ground in either wire indicates a fault and requires
tracing and repairing.

C. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and HHC module connector X2811.
With the keystart ON, check for a short to +12 V at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and engine ECU
connector X193, pin 12. A short to +12 V in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 184
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0446.4-ERROR AT POSITION 8, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 52) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0446.4 - ERROR AT POSITION 8, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 52)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Message cannot be transmitted due to high CAN BUS loading

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Fault in CAN BUS wiring between vehicle ECU and engine ECU

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

A. NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the
level is suitable for use with that machine configuration.
2. Check the CAN BUS wiring between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU
NOTE : The CAN wiring for the Header Height Control ECU is also spliced into the same wires used between
the vehicle ECU and engine ECU. Therefore other fault codes may be exhibited related to the HHC module. If
no other errors are exhibited the fault may be an Open Circuit prior to the splices.

A. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and HHC
module connector X281. Check for continuity between engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and CCM2
connector, X016, pin J2-23 and between engine ECU connector X193, pin 12 and CCM2 connector, X016,
pin J2-32. An open circuit in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

B. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for a short to ground at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
engine ECU connector X193, pin 12. A short circuit to ground in either wire indicates a fault and requires
tracing and repairing.

C. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X193 and HHC module connector X281.
With the keystart ON, check for a short to +12 V at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and engine ECU
connector X193, pin 12. A short to +12 V in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 185
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0447.2-ERROR AT POSITION 13, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 48) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0447.2 - ERROR AT POSITION 13, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 48)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Message cannot be transmitted due to high CAN BUS loading

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Fault in CAN BUS wiring between vehicle ECU and engine ECU

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

A. NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the
level is suitable for use with that machine configuration.
2. Check the CAN BUS wiring between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU
NOTE : The CAN wiring for the Header Height Control ECU is also spliced into the same wires used between
the vehicle ECU and engine ECU. Therefore other fault codes may be exhibited related to the HHC module. If
no other errors are exhibited the fault may be an Open Circuit prior to the splices.

A. Ensure the key start is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for continuity between engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
CCM2 connector, X016, pin J2-23 and between engine ECU connector X193, pin 12 and CCM2 connector,
X016, pin J2-32. An open circuit in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

B. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for a short to ground at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
engine ECU connector X193, pin 12. A short circuit to ground in either wire indicates a fault and requires
tracing and repairing.

C.Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and HHC module connector X281.
With the key start ON, check for a short to +12 V at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and engine ECU
connector X193, pin 12. A short to +12 V in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.25)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.31)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 186
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0447.3-ERROR AT POSITION 13, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 48) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0447.3 - ERROR AT POSITION 13, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 48)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Message cannot be transmitted due to high CAN BUS loading

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Fault in CAN BUS wiring between vehicle ECU and engine ECU

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

A. NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the
level is suitable for use with that machine configuration.
2. Check the CAN BUS wiring between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU
NOTE : The CAN wiring for the Header Height Control ECU is also spliced into the same wires used between
the vehicle ECU and engine ECU. Therefore other fault codes may be exhibited related to the HHC module. If
no other errors are exhibited the fault may be an Open Circuit prior to the splices.

A. Ensure the key start is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for continuity between engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
CCM2 connector, X016, pin J2-23 and between engine ECU connector X193, pin 12 and CCM2 connector,
X016, pin J2-32. An open circuit in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

B. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for a short to ground at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
engine ECU connector X193, pin 12. A short circuit to ground in either wire indicates a fault and requires
tracing and repairing.

C.Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and HHC module connector X281.
With the key start ON, check for a short to +12 V at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and engine ECU
connector X193, pin 12. A short to +12 V in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.25)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.31)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 187
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0447.4-ERROR AT POSITION 13, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 48) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0447.4 - ERROR AT POSITION 13, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 48)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Message cannot be transmitted due to high CAN BUS loading

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Fault in CAN BUS wiring between vehicle ECU and engine ECU

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

A. NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the
level is suitable for use with that machine configuration.
2. Check the CAN BUS wiring between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU
NOTE : The CAN wiring for the Header Height Control ECU is also spliced into the same wires used between
the vehicle ECU and engine ECU. Therefore other fault codes may be exhibited related to the HHC module. If
no other errors are exhibited the fault may be an Open Circuit prior to the splices.

A. Ensure the key start is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for continuity between engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
CCM2 connector, X016, pin J2-23 and between engine ECU connector X193, pin 12 and CCM2 connector,
X016, pin J2-32. An open circuit in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

B. Ensure the keystart is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for a short to ground at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
engine ECU connector X193, pin 12. A short circuit to ground in either wire indicates a fault and requires
tracing and repairing.

C.Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and HHC module connector X281.
With the key start ON, check for a short to +12 V at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and engine ECU
connector X193, pin 12. A short to +12 V in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.25)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.31)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 188
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0450.2-EEPROM CHECK SUM HW, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 192) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0450.2 - EEPROM CHECK SUM HW, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 192)

Context:
Engine Disabled - Fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Engine ECU fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

2. Engine ECU fault

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 3.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and the
relay 14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the holder and
pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as required.

B. If continuity is good continue with step 4.

4. Replace Engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 189
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0450.3-EEPROM CHECK SUM HW, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 192) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0450.3 - EEPROM CHECK SUM HW, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 192)

Context:
Engine Disabled - Fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Engine ECU fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

2. Engine ECU fault

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 3.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and the
relay 14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the holder and
pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as required.

B. If continuity is good continue with step 4.

4. Replace Engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 190
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0450.4-EEPROM CHECK SUM HW, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 192) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0450.4 - EEPROM CHECK SUM HW, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 192)

Context:
Engine Disabled - Fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Engine ECU fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

2. Engine ECU fault

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 3.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and the
relay 14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the holder and
pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as required.

B. If continuity is good continue with step 4.

4. Replace Engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 191
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0451.2-EEPROM CHECK SUM DATA, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 193) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0451.2 - EEPROM CHECK SUM DATA, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 193)

Context:
Engine Disabled - Fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Engine ECU fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

2. Engine ECU fault

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 3.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and the
relay 14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the holder and
pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as required.

B. If continuity is good continue with step 4.

4. Replace Engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 192
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0451.3-EEPROM CHECK SUM DATA, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 193) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0451.3 - EEPROM CHECK SUM DATA, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 193)

Context:
Engine Disabled - Fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Engine ECU fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

2. Engine ECU fault

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 3.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and the
relay 14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the holder and
pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as required.

B. If continuity is good continue with step 4.

4. Replace Engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 193
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0451.4-EEPROM CHECK SUM DATA, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 193) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0451.4 - EEPROM CHECK SUM DATA, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 193)

Context:
Engine Disabled - Fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Engine ECU fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

2. Engine ECU fault

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 3.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and the
relay 14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the holder and
pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as required.

B. If continuity is good continue with step 4.

4. Replace Engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 194
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0452.2-EEPROM CHECK SUM MAIN REL, DATA INCORRECT

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 194) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0452.2 - EEPROM CHECK SUM MAIN REL, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 194)

Context:
Engine Disabled - Fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Engine ECU fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

2. Engine ECU fault

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 3.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and the
relay 14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the holder and
pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as required.

B. If continuity is good continue with step 4.

4. Replace Engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 195
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0452.3-EEPROM CHECK SUM MAIN REL, SHORTED TO HIGH

SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 194) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0452.3 - EEPROM CHECK SUM MAIN REL, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 194)

Context:
Engine Disabled - Fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Engine ECU fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

2. Engine ECU fault

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 3.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and the
relay 14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the holder and
pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as required.

B. If continuity is good continue with step 4.

4. Replace Engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 196
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0452.4-EEPROM CHECK SUM MAIN REL, SHORTED TO LOW

SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 194) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0452.4 - EEPROM CHECK SUM MAIN REL, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 194)

Context:
Engine Disabled - Fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Engine ECU fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

2. Engine ECU fault

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 3.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and the
relay 14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the holder and
pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as required.

B. If continuity is good continue with step 4.

4. Replace Engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 197
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0453.2-EEPROM CHECK SUM DEF MEM, DATA INCORRECT

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 195) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0453.2 - EEPROM CHECK SUM DEF MEM, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 195)

Context:
Engine Disabled - Fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Engine ECU fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

2. Engine ECU fault

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 3.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and the
relay 14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the holder and
pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as required.

B. If continuity is good continue with step 4.

4. Replace Engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 198
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0453.3-EEPROM CHECK SUM DEF MEM, SHORTED TO HIGH

SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 195) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0453.3 - EEPROM CHECK SUM DEF MEM, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 195)

Context:
Engine Disabled - Fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Engine ECU fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

2. Engine ECU fault

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 3.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and the
relay 14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the holder and
pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as required.

B. If continuity is good continue with step 4.

4. Replace Engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 199
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0453.4-EEPROM CHECK SUM DEF MEM, SHORTED TO LOW

SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 195) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0453.4 - EEPROM CHECK SUM DEF MEM, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 195)

Context:
Engine Disabled - Fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Engine ECU fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

2. Engine ECU fault

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 3.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and the
relay 14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the holder and
pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as required.

B. If continuity is good continue with step 4.

4. Replace Engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 200
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0454.2-EEPROM CHECK SUM HOURS, DATA INCORRECT

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 196) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0454.2 - EEPROM CHECK SUM HOURS, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 196)

Context:
Engine Disabled - Fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Engine ECU fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

2. Engine ECU fault

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 3.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and the
relay 14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the holder and
pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as required.

B. If continuity is good continue with step 4.

4. Replace Engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 201
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0454.3-EEPROM CHECK SUM HOURS, SHORTED TO HIGH

SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 196) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0454.3 - EEPROM CHECK SUM HOURS, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 196)

Context:
Engine Disabled - Fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Engine ECU fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

2. Engine ECU fault

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 3.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and the
relay 14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the holder and
pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as required.

B. If continuity is good continue with step 4.

4. Replace Engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 202
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0454.4-EEPROM CHECK SUM HOURS, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 196) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0454.4 - EEPROM CHECK SUM HOURS, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 196)

Context:
Engine Disabled - Fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Engine ECU fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

2. Engine ECU fault

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 3.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and the
relay 14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the holder and
pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as required.

B. If continuity is good continue with step 4.

4. Replace Engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 203
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0455.2-EEPROM CHECK SUM ACTUATOR, DATA INCORRECT

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 197) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0455.2 - EEPROM CHECK SUM ACTUATOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 197)

Context:
Engine Disabled - Fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Engine ECU fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

2. Engine ECU fault

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 3.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and the
relay 14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the holder and
pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as required.

B. If continuity is good continue with step 4.

4. Replace Engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 204
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0455.3-EEPROM CHECK SUM ACTUATOR, SHORTED TO HIGH

SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 197) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0455.3 - EEPROM CHECK SUM ACTUATOR, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 197)

Context:
Engine Disabled - Fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Engine ECU fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

2. Engine ECU fault

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 3.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and the
relay 14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the holder and
pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as required.

B. If continuity is good continue with step 4.

4. Replace Engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 205
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0455.4-EEPROM CHECK SUM ACTUATOR, SHORTED TO LOW

SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 197) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0455.4 - EEPROM CHECK SUM ACTUATOR, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 197)

Context:
Engine Disabled - Fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Engine ECU fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

2. Engine ECU fault

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 3.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and the
relay 14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the holder and
pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as required.

B. If continuity is good continue with step 4.

4. Replace Engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 206
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0456.2-EEPROM CHECK SUM STARTER, DATA INCORRECT

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 198) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0456.2 - EEPROM CHECK SUM STARTER, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 198)

Context:
Engine Disabled - Fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Engine ECU fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

2. Engine ECU fault

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 3.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and the
relay 14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the holder and
pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as required.

B. If continuity is good continue with step 4.

4. Replace Engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 207
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0456.3-EEPROM CHECK SUM STARTER, SHORTED TO HIGH

SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 198) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0456.3 - EEPROM CHECK SUM STARTER, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 198)

Context:
Engine Disabled - Fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Engine ECU fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

2. Engine ECU fault

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 3.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and the
relay 14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the holder and
pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as required.

B. If continuity is good continue with step 4.

4. Replace Engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 208
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0456.4-EEPROM CHECK SUM STARTER, SHORTED TO LOW

SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 198) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0456.4 - EEPROM CHECK SUM STARTER, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 198)

Context:
Engine Disabled - Fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Engine ECU fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU main relay (K-14) faulty

2. Engine ECU fault

Solution:

1. Check fuses F-1 and F-38.

A. Replace fuse If blown. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic service
tool and check the operation of the engine. If fuse blows again inspect wiring harness for damage.

B. If fuses are okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the Main Relay (K-14).

A. Remove the relay and check its operation. If okay continue with step 3.

B. Replace the relay if faulty. Remove the fault code from the engine ECU memory using the electronic
service tool. Operate the engine, if the fault reoccurs continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring harness.

A. Remove relay K-14 and check for continuity of the wiring between the engine ECU connector X193 and the
relay 14 holder. Check between pin 2 of the holder and pin 27 of X193 and between pin 5 of the holder and
pins 3 and 4 of X193. If an open circuit is indicated at any stage repair or replace the wiring as required.

B. If continuity is good continue with step 4.

4. Replace Engine ECU.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 209
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0459.2-HIGH IDLE CTRL PARAM SET, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 80) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0459.2 - HIGH IDLE CTRL PARAM SET, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 80)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Invalid value of position transmitted from Vehicle ECU (CCM2)

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 210
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0459.3-HIGH IDLE CTRL PARAM SET, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 80) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0459.3 - HIGH IDLE CTRL PARAM SET, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 80)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Invalid value of position transmitted from Vehicle ECU (CCM2)

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 211
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0459.4-HIGH IDLE CTRL PARAM SET, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 80) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0459.4 - HIGH IDLE CTRL PARAM SET, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 80)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Invalid value of position transmitted from Vehicle ECU (CCM2)

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 212
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0460.2-BELOW HIGH IDLE MINIMUM, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 81) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0460.2 - BELOW HIGH IDLE MINIMUM, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 81)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal transmitted from Vehicle ECU (CCM2) below minimum level

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 213
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0460.3-BELOW HIGH IDLE MINIMUM, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 81) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0460.3 - BELOW HIGH IDLE MINIMUM, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 81)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal transmitted from Vehicle ECU (CCM2) below minimum level

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 214
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0460.4-BELOW HIGH IDLE MINIMUM, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 81) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0460.4 - BELOW HIGH IDLE MINIMUM, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 81)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal transmitted from Vehicle ECU (CCM2) below minimum level

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 215
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0463.2-INVALID INTERM SPD SETP, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 83) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0463.2 - INVALID INTERM SPD SETP, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 83)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Invalid intermediate speed set point

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 216
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0463.3-INVALID INTERM SPD SETP, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 83) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0463.3 - INVALID INTERM SPD SETP, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 83)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Invalid intermediate speed set point

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 217
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0463.4-INVALID INTERM SPD SETP, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 83) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0463.4 - INVALID INTERM SPD SETP, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 83)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Invalid intermediate speed set point

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 218
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0464.2-INVALID FUEL LIM SETP, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 85) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0464.2 - INVALID FUEL LIM SETP, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 85)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Invalid fuel limitation set point transmitted through the vehicle ECU.

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 219
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0464.3-INVALID FUEL LIM SETP, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 85) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0464.3 - INVALID FUEL LIM SETP, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 85)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Invalid fuel limitation set point transmitted through the vehicle ECU.

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 220
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0464.4-INVALID FUEL LIM SETP, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 85) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0464.4 - INVALID FUEL LIM SETP, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 85)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Invalid fuel limitation set point transmitted through the vehicle ECU.

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 221
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0465.2-MIN. FUEL LIM SETPOINT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 86) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0465.2 - MIN. FUEL LIM SETPOINT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 86)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Invalid fuel limitation set point transmitted through the vehicle ECU.

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 222
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0465.3-MIN. FUEL LIM SETPOINT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 86) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0465.3 - MIN. FUEL LIM SETPOINT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 86)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Invalid fuel limitation set point transmitted through the vehicle ECU.

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 223
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0465.4-MIN. FUEL LIM SETPOINT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 86) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0465.4 - MIN. FUEL LIM SETPOINT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 86)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Invalid fuel limitation set point transmitted through the vehicle ECU.

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 224
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0466.2-INVALID LOW IDLE SETP, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 87) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0466.2 - INVALID LOW IDLE SETP, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 87)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Invalid low idle set point.

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 225
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0466.3-INVALID LOW IDLE SETP, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 87) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0466.3 - INVALID LOW IDLE SETP, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 87)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Invalid low idle set point.

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 226
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0466.4-INVALID LOW IDLE SETP, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 87) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0466.4 - INVALID LOW IDLE SETP, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 87)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Invalid low idle set point.

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 227
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0467.2-INVALID LOW IDLE PARAM, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 88) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0467.2 - INVALID LOW IDLE PARAM, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 88)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Vehicle ECU error, Invalid low idle parameter set.

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 228
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0467.3-INVALID LOW IDLE PARAM, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 88) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0467.3 - INVALID LOW IDLE PARAM, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 88)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Vehicle ECU error, Invalid low idle parameter set.

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 229
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0467.4-INVALID LOW IDLE PARAM, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 88) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0467.4 - INVALID LOW IDLE PARAM, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 88)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Vehicle ECU error, Invalid low idle parameter set.

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 230
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0468.2-EXCEED LOW IDLE SETPOINT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 89) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0468.2 - EXCEED LOW IDLE SETPOINT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 89)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Vehicle ECU error, low idle set point high maximum value exceeded.

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 231
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0468.3-EXCEED LOW IDLE SETPOINT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 89) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0468.3 - EXCEED LOW IDLE SETPOINT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 89)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Vehicle ECU error, low idle set point high maximum value exceeded.

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 232
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0468.4-EXCEED LOW IDLE SETPOINT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 89) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0468.4 - EXCEED LOW IDLE SETPOINT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 89)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Vehicle ECU error, low idle set point high maximum value exceeded.

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 233
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0469.2-INVALID ENGINE STOP REQ, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 53) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0469.2 - INVALID ENGINE STOP REQ, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 53)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Vehicle ECU error, invalid engine stop request.

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 234
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0469.3-INVALID ENGINE STOP REQ, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 53) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0469.3 - INVALID ENGINE STOP REQ, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 53)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Vehicle ECU error, invalid engine stop request.

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 235
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0469.4-INVALID ENGINE STOP REQ, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 53) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0469.4 - INVALID ENGINE STOP REQ, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 53)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Vehicle ECU error, invalid engine stop request.

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 236
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0471.2-AUX ENG SPEED SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 150) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0471.2 - AUX ENG SPEED SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 150)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Fuel injection pump integral speed sensor fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Speed sensor faulty

2. Wiring to speed sensor faulty

Solution:

1. Check the engine flywheel speed sensor.

A. Using a suitable multi-meter check across the speed sensor terminals for a short circuit or an open circuit
and between each terminal for a short to ground. If any of the above conditions exist replace the engine
speed sensor. The sensor resistance value is 880 - 920 Ω between the terminals 1 and 2.

B. If the sensor appears to be okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the engine speed sensor to flywheel air gap. The gap should be 0.5-1.5 mm.
NOTE : The air gap is a set dimension determined by design and is not adjustable. The only reason the air
gap will be incorrect is if damage has occurred to either the speed sensor or flywheel or if the sensor has been
incorrectly installed.

A. Remove the engine flywheel speed sensor and inspect for damage or a build up of dirt. With the sensor
removed also inspect the flywheel for damage. If any damage is evident replace the component.

B. If the engine speed sensor to flywheel air gap is correct continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring to the speed sensor.

A. With the key start switch OFF, disconnect the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the
engine ECU. Using a suitable multi--meter check for continuity between pin 2 of the speed sensor and pin
1 of the engine ECU connector. Also check for continuity between pins 1 and 3 of the speed sensor and
pin 13 of the engine ECU connector. If an open circuit is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as
required.

B. With the key start switch OFF, and the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the engine
ECU still disconnected check for a short to ground on each of the speed sensor pins. If a short to ground
is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as required.

C. With the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the engine ECU still disconnected, turn
the key start ON, (not cranking), and check for a short to +12 V on each of the speed sensor pins. If a
short to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as required.

D. With the key start switch OFF, reconnect the engine ECU connector. Turn the key start ON, (not cranking),
and check for approximately 0.25 V at the speed sensor connector. If 0.25 V is not indicated replace the
engine ECU.

E. If the wiring checks out okay and the fault still exists continue with step 4.
4. Fuel injection pump assembly fault
NOTE : The fuel injection pump has an integral speed sensor which is not a serviceable item and may produce
this error if faulty.
2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 237
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

A. With the key start switch OFF, disconnect the connector onto the fuel injection pump. Using a suitable
multi-meter check across terminals 3 and 4 on the pump. If either an open circuit or short to ground is
indicated the integral speed sensor is faulty. Remove the fuel injection pump and have it tested/repaired
by an authorized Bosch agent.

B. If the test indicates that the sensor is okay, remove the error code from the ECU memory and operate the
engine. If the fault re-occurs, replace the fuel injection pump.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 238
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0471.3-AUX ENG SPEED SENSOR, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 150) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0471.3 - AUX ENG SPEED SENSOR, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 150)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Fuel injection pump integral speed sensor fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Speed sensor faulty

2. Wiring to speed sensor faulty

Solution:

1. Check the engine flywheel speed sensor.

A. Using a suitable multi-meter check across the speed sensor terminals for a short circuit or an open circuit
and between each terminal for a short to ground. If any of the above conditions exist replace the engine
speed sensor. The sensor resistance value is 880 - 920 Ω between the terminals 1 and 2.

B. If the sensor appears to be okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the engine speed sensor to flywheel air gap. The gap should be 0.5-1.5 mm.
NOTE : The air gap is a set dimension determined by design and is not adjustable. The only reason the air
gap will be incorrect is if damage has occurred to either the speed sensor or flywheel or if the sensor has been
incorrectly installed.

A. Remove the engine flywheel speed sensor and inspect for damage or a build up of dirt. With the sensor
removed also inspect the flywheel for damage. If any damage is evident replace the component.

B. If the engine speed sensor to flywheel air gap is correct continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring to the speed sensor.

A. With the key start switch OFF, disconnect the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the
engine ECU. Using a suitable multi--meter check for continuity between pin 2 of the speed sensor and pin
1 of the engine ECU connector. Also check for continuity between pins 1 and 3 of the speed sensor and
pin 13 of the engine ECU connector. If an open circuit is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as
required.

B. With the key start switch OFF, and the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the engine
ECU still disconnected check for a short to ground on each of the speed sensor pins. If a short to ground
is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as required.

C. With the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the engine ECU still disconnected, turn
the key start ON, (not cranking), and check for a short to +12 V on each of the speed sensor pins. If a
short to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as required.

D. With the key start switch OFF, reconnect the engine ECU connector. Turn the key start ON, (not cranking),
and check for approximately 0.25 V at the speed sensor connector. If 0.25 V is not indicated replace the
engine ECU.

E. If the wiring checks out okay and the fault still exists continue with step 4.
4. Fuel injection pump assembly fault
NOTE : The fuel injection pump has an integral speed sensor which is not a serviceable item and may produce
this error if faulty.
2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 239
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

A. With the key start switch OFF, disconnect the connector onto the fuel injection pump. Using a suitable
multi-meter check across terminals 3 and 4 on the pump. If either an open circuit or short to ground is
indicated the integral speed sensor is faulty. Remove the fuel injection pump and have it tested/repaired
by an authorized Bosch agent.

B. If the test indicates that the sensor is okay, remove the error code from the ECU memory and operate the
engine. If the fault re-occurs, replace the fuel injection pump.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 240
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0471.4-AUX ENG SPEED SENSOR, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 150) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0471.4 - AUX ENG SPEED SENSOR, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 150)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Fuel injection pump integral speed sensor fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Speed sensor faulty

2. Wiring to speed sensor faulty

Solution:

1. Check the engine flywheel speed sensor.

A. Using a suitable multi-meter check across the speed sensor terminals for a short circuit or an open circuit
and between each terminal for a short to ground. If any of the above conditions exist replace the engine
speed sensor. The sensor resistance value is 880 - 920 Ω between the terminals 1 and 2.

B. If the sensor appears to be okay continue with step 2.

2. Check the engine speed sensor to flywheel air gap. The gap should be 0.5-1.5 mm.
NOTE : The air gap is a set dimension determined by design and is not adjustable. The only reason the air
gap will be incorrect is if damage has occurred to either the speed sensor or flywheel or if the sensor has been
incorrectly installed.

A. Remove the engine flywheel speed sensor and inspect for damage or a build up of dirt. With the sensor
removed also inspect the flywheel for damage. If any damage is evident replace the component.

B. If the engine speed sensor to flywheel air gap is correct continue with step 3.
3. Check the wiring to the speed sensor.

A. With the key start switch OFF, disconnect the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the
engine ECU. Using a suitable multi--meter check for continuity between pin 2 of the speed sensor and pin
1 of the engine ECU connector. Also check for continuity between pins 1 and 3 of the speed sensor and
pin 13 of the engine ECU connector. If an open circuit is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as
required.

B. With the key start switch OFF, and the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the engine
ECU still disconnected check for a short to ground on each of the speed sensor pins. If a short to ground
is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as required.

C. With the engine speed sensor connector and connector X192 of the engine ECU still disconnected, turn
the key start ON, (not cranking), and check for a short to +12 V on each of the speed sensor pins. If a
short to +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair the wiring as required.

D. With the key start switch OFF, reconnect the engine ECU connector. Turn the key start ON, (not cranking),
and check for approximately 0.25 V at the speed sensor connector. If 0.25 V is not indicated replace the
engine ECU.

E. If the wiring checks out okay and the fault still exists continue with step 4.
4. Fuel injection pump assembly fault
NOTE : The fuel injection pump has an integral speed sensor which is not a serviceable item and may produce
this error if faulty.
2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 241
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

A. With the key start switch OFF, disconnect the connector onto the fuel injection pump. Using a suitable
multi-meter check across terminals 3 and 4 on the pump. If either an open circuit or short to ground is
indicated the integral speed sensor is faulty. Remove the fuel injection pump and have it tested/repaired
by an authorized Bosch agent.

B. If the test indicates that the sensor is okay, remove the error code from the ECU memory and operate the
engine. If the fault re-occurs, replace the fuel injection pump.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 242
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0473.2-TIMEOUT AFTERRUN DR-MODE, DATA INCORRECT

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 65) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0473.2 - TIMEOUT AFTERRUN DR-MODE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 65)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Vehicle ECU error, afterrun operations not completed within set time.

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 243
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0473.3-TIMEOUT AFTERRUN DR-MODE, SHORTED TO HIGH

SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 65) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0473.3 - TIMEOUT AFTERRUN DR-MODE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 65)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Vehicle ECU error, afterrun operations not completed within set time.

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 244
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0473.4-TIMEOUT AFTERRUN DR-MODE, SHORTED TO LOW

SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 65) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0473.4 - TIMEOUT AFTERRUN DR-MODE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 65)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Vehicle ECU error, afterrun operations not completed within set time.

Possible failure modes:

1. Conflict between vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

2. Vehicle ECU (CCM2) hardware functionality

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software.
NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the level
is suitable for use with that machine configuration.

A. Download the correct level of software into the vehicle ECU and into the engine ECU. Operate the engine.
If the fault has cleared continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.

2. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 245
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0477.2-RESIST GOV DEVIATION QTY, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 165) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0477.2 - RESIST GOV DEVIATION QTY, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 165)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Pump control error (Internal fault within the fuel injection pump)

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

Solution:

1. Replace fuel injection pump

A.
NOTE: Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector to the pump and ensure the fit is good
and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 246
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0477.3-RESIST GOV DEVIATION QTY, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 165) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0477.3 - RESIST GOV DEVIATION QTY, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 165)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Pump control error (Internal fault within the fuel injection pump)

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

Solution:

1. Replace fuel injection pump

A.
NOTE: Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector to the pump and ensure the fit is good
and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 247
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0477.4-RESIST GOV DEVIATION QTY, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 165) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0477.4 - RESIST GOV DEVIATION QTY, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 165)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Pump control error (Internal fault within the fuel injection pump)

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

Solution:

1. Replace fuel injection pump

A.
NOTE: Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector to the pump and ensure the fit is good
and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 248
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0478.2-STOP POS CONTROL RACK, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 166) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0478.2 - STOP POS CONTROL RACK, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 166)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Pump control error (Internal fault within the fuel injection pump)

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

Solution:

1. Replace fuel injection pump

A.
NOTE: Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector to the pump and ensure the fit is good
and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 249
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0478.3-STOP POS CONTROL RACK, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 166) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0478.3 - STOP POS CONTROL RACK, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 166)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Pump control error (Internal fault within the fuel injection pump)

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

Solution:

1. Replace fuel injection pump

A.
NOTE: Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector to the pump and ensure the fit is good
and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 250
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0478.4-STOP POS CONTROL RACK, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 166) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0478.4 - STOP POS CONTROL RACK, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 166)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Pump control error (Internal fault within the fuel injection pump)

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

Solution:

1. Replace fuel injection pump

A.
NOTE: Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector to the pump and ensure the fit is good
and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 251
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0479.2-RACK TRAVEL SENS DEFECT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 167) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0479.2 - RACK TRAVEL SENS DEFECT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 167)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Pump control error (Internal fault within the fuel injection pump)

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

Solution:

1. Replace fuel injection pump

A.
NOTE: Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector to the pump and ensure the fit is good
and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 252
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0479.3-RACK TRAVEL SENS DEFECT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 167) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0479.3 - RACK TRAVEL SENS DEFECT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 167)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Pump control error (Internal fault within the fuel injection pump)

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

Solution:

1. Replace fuel injection pump

A.
NOTE: Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector to the pump and ensure the fit is good
and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 253
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0479.4-RACK TRAVEL SENS DEFECT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 167) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0479.4 - RACK TRAVEL SENS DEFECT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 167)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Pump control error (Internal fault within the fuel injection pump)

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

Solution:

1. Replace fuel injection pump

A.
NOTE: Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector to the pump and ensure the fit is good
and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 254
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0480.2-RACK SENS INTERMIT CONT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 168) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0480.2 - RACK SENS INTERMIT CONT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 168)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Pump control error (Internal fault within the fuel injection pump)

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

Solution:

1. Replace fuel injection pump

A.
NOTE: Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector to the pump and ensure the fit is good
and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 255
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0480.3-RACK SENS INTERMIT CONT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 168) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0480.3 - RACK SENS INTERMIT CONT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 168)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Pump control error (Internal fault within the fuel injection pump)

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

Solution:

1. Replace fuel injection pump

A.
NOTE: Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector to the pump and ensure the fit is good
and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 256
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0480.4-RACK SENS INTERMIT CONT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 168) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0480.4 - RACK SENS INTERMIT CONT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 168)

Context:
Engine Disabled - fuel pump shut off

Cause:
Pump control error (Internal fault within the fuel injection pump)

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel injection pump assembly

Solution:

1. Replace fuel injection pump

A.
NOTE: Prior to replacing the fuel injection pump inspect the connector to the pump and ensure the fit is good
and that there is no pin damage within the connector.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 257
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0481.2-STAND ALONE OPERATION, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 176) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0481.2 - STAND ALONE OPERATION, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 176)

Context:
Engine enabled - fuel restricted and speed restricted to 1500 rev/min.

Cause:
Faulty connection between engine ECU and Vehicle ECU

Possible failure modes:

1. Wiring fault between engine ECU and Vehicle ECU

2. Incorrect vehicle ECU

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

A. NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the
level is suitable for use with that machine configuration.
2. Check the CAN BUS wiring between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU
NOTE : The CAN wiring for the Header Height Control ECU is also spliced into the same wires used between
the vehicle ECU and engine ECU. Therefore other fault codes may be exhibited related to the HHC module. If
no other errors are exhibited the fault may be an Open Circuit prior to the splices.

A. Ensure the key start is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for continuity between engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
CCM2 connector, X016, pin J2-23 and between engine ECU connector X193, pin 12 and CCM2 connector,
X016, pin J2-32. An open circuit in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

B. Ensure the key start is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for a short to ground at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
engine ECU connector X193, pin 12. A short circuit to ground in either wire indicates a fault and requires
tracing and repairing.

C. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and HHC module connector X281.
With the key start ON, check for a short to +12 V at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and engine ECU
connector X193, pin 12. A short to +12 V in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.
3. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.25)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)
Series 1348 and above
2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 258
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.31)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 259
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0481.3-STAND ALONE OPERATION, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 176) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0481.3 - STAND ALONE OPERATION, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 176)

Context:
Engine enabled - fuel restricted and speed restricted to 1500 rev/min.

Cause:
Faulty connection between engine ECU and Vehicle ECU

Possible failure modes:

1. Wiring fault between engine ECU and Vehicle ECU

2. Incorrect vehicle ECU

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

A. NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the
level is suitable for use with that machine configuration.
2. Check the CAN BUS wiring between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU
NOTE : The CAN wiring for the Header Height Control ECU is also spliced into the same wires used between
the vehicle ECU and engine ECU. Therefore other fault codes may be exhibited related to the HHC module. If
no other errors are exhibited the fault may be an Open Circuit prior to the splices.

A. Ensure the key start is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for continuity between engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
CCM2 connector, X016, pin J2-23 and between engine ECU connector X193, pin 12 and CCM2 connector,
X016, pin J2-32. An open circuit in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

B. Ensure the key start is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for a short to ground at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
engine ECU connector X193, pin 12. A short circuit to ground in either wire indicates a fault and requires
tracing and repairing.

C. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and HHC module connector X281.
With the key start ON, check for a short to +12 V at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and engine ECU
connector X193, pin 12. A short to +12 V in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.
3. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.25)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)
Series 1348 and above
2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 260
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.31)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 261
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0481.4-STAND ALONE OPERATION, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 176) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0481.4 - STAND ALONE OPERATION, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 176)

Context:
Engine enabled - fuel restricted and speed restricted to 1500 rev/min.

Cause:
Faulty connection between engine ECU and Vehicle ECU

Possible failure modes:

1. Wiring fault between engine ECU and Vehicle ECU

2. Incorrect vehicle ECU

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

A. NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the
level is suitable for use with that machine configuration.
2. Check the CAN BUS wiring between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU
NOTE : The CAN wiring for the Header Height Control ECU is also spliced into the same wires used between
the vehicle ECU and engine ECU. Therefore other fault codes may be exhibited related to the HHC module. If
no other errors are exhibited the fault may be an Open Circuit prior to the splices.

A. Ensure the key start is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for continuity between engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
CCM2 connector, X016, pin J2-23 and between engine ECU connector X193, pin 12 and CCM2 connector,
X016, pin J2-32. An open circuit in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

B. Ensure the key start is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for a short to ground at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
engine ECU connector X193, pin 12. A short circuit to ground in either wire indicates a fault and requires
tracing and repairing.

C. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and HHC module connector X281.
With the key start ON, check for a short to +12 V at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and engine ECU
connector X193, pin 12. A short to +12 V in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.
3. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair/replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.25)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)
Series 1348 and above
2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 262
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.31)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 263
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0482.2-SELF TEST, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT

CODE 200) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0482.2 - SELF TEST, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 200)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
A fault has occurred during the engine ECU self test routine after start up.

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU fault

Solution:

1. Stop and restart the engine.

A. Stop the engine. Clear the fault code from the memory and restart.

B. If the fault self heals continue with vehicle operation. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.
2. Download engine ECU software.

A. Download the correct level software into the engine ECU. Restart the engine.

B. If the fault has been eliminated continue with vehicle operation. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 3.
3. Replace the engine ECU.

A.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 264
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0482.3-SELF TEST, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE 200) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0482.3 - SELF TEST, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 200)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
A fault has occurred during the engine ECU self test routine after start up.

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU fault

Solution:

1. Stop and restart the engine.

A. Stop the engine. Clear the fault code from the memory and restart.

B. If the fault self heals continue with vehicle operation. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.
2. Download engine ECU software.

A. Download the correct level software into the engine ECU. Restart the engine.

B. If the fault has been eliminated continue with vehicle operation. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 3.
3. Replace the engine ECU.

A.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 265
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0482.4-SELF TEST, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE 200) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0482.4 - SELF TEST, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 200)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
A fault has occurred during the engine ECU self test routine after start up.

Possible failure modes:

1. Engine ECU fault

Solution:

1. Stop and restart the engine.

A. Stop the engine. Clear the fault code from the memory and restart.

B. If the fault self heals continue with vehicle operation. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 2.
2. Download engine ECU software.

A. Download the correct level software into the engine ECU. Restart the engine.

B. If the fault has been eliminated continue with vehicle operation. If the fault re-occurs continue with step 3.
3. Replace the engine ECU.

A.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 266
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0483.2-CAN ELEMENT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT

CODE 177) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0483.2 - CAN ELEMENT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 177)

Context:
Engine enabled - fuel restricted and speed restricted to 1500 rev/min.

Cause:
Faulty connection between engine ECU and Vehicle ECU

Possible failure modes:

1. Wiring fault between engine ECU and Vehicle ECU

2. Incorrect vehicle ECU

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

A. NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the
level is suitable for use with that machine configuration.
2. Check the CAN BUS wiring between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU
NOTE : The CAN wiring for the Header Height Control ECU is also spliced into the same wires used between
the vehicle ECU and engine ECU. Therefore other fault codes may be exhibited related to the HHC module. If
no other errors are exhibited the fault may be an Open Circuit prior to the splices.

A. Ensure the key start is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for continuity between engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
CCM2 connector, X016, pin J2-23 and between engine ECU connector X193, pin 12 and CCM2 connector,
X016, pin J2-32. An open circuit in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

B. Ensure the key start is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for a short to ground at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
engine ECU connector X193, pin 12. A short circuit to ground in either wire indicates a fault and requires
tracing and repairing.

C. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and HHC module connector X281.
With the key start ON, check for a short to +12 V at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and engine ECU
connector X193, pin 12. A short to +12 V in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.
3. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair / replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.25)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.31)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 267
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0483.3-CAN ELEMENT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 177) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0483.3 - CAN ELEMENT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 177)

Context:
Engine enabled - fuel restricted and speed restricted to 1500 rev/min.

Cause:
Faulty connection between engine ECU and Vehicle ECU

Possible failure modes:

1. Wiring fault between engine ECU and Vehicle ECU

2. Incorrect vehicle ECU

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

A. NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the
level is suitable for use with that machine configuration.
2. Check the CAN BUS wiring between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU
NOTE : The CAN wiring for the Header Height Control ECU is also spliced into the same wires used between
the vehicle ECU and engine ECU. Therefore other fault codes may be exhibited related to the HHC module. If
no other errors are exhibited the fault may be an Open Circuit prior to the splices.

A. Ensure the key start is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for continuity between engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
CCM2 connector, X016, pin J2-23 and between engine ECU connector X193, pin 12 and CCM2 connector,
X016, pin J2-32. An open circuit in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

B. Ensure the key start is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for a short to ground at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
engine ECU connector X193, pin 12. A short circuit to ground in either wire indicates a fault and requires
tracing and repairing.

C. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and HHC module connector X281.
With the key start ON, check for a short to +12 V at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and engine ECU
connector X193, pin 12. A short to +12 V in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.
3. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair / replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.25)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.31)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 268
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0483.4-CAN ELEMENT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 177) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0483.4 - CAN ELEMENT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 177)

Context:
Engine enabled - fuel restricted and speed restricted to 1500 rev/min.

Cause:
Faulty connection between engine ECU and Vehicle ECU

Possible failure modes:

1. Wiring fault between engine ECU and Vehicle ECU

2. Incorrect vehicle ECU

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

A. NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the
level is suitable for use with that machine configuration.
2. Check the CAN BUS wiring between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU
NOTE : The CAN wiring for the Header Height Control ECU is also spliced into the same wires used between
the vehicle ECU and engine ECU. Therefore other fault codes may be exhibited related to the HHC module. If
no other errors are exhibited the fault may be an Open Circuit prior to the splices.

A. Ensure the key start is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for continuity between engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
CCM2 connector, X016, pin J2-23 and between engine ECU connector X193, pin 12 and CCM2 connector,
X016, pin J2-32. An open circuit in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

B. Ensure the key start is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for a short to ground at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
engine ECU connector X193, pin 12. A short circuit to ground in either wire indicates a fault and requires
tracing and repairing.

C. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and HHC module connector X281.
With the key start ON, check for a short to +12 V at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and engine ECU
connector X193, pin 12. A short to +12 V in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.
3. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair / replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.25)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.31)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 269
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0484.2-CAN BUS OFF STATE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL

FAULT CODE 178) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0484.2 - CAN BUS OFF STATE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 178)

Context:
Engine enabled - fuel restricted and speed restricted to 1500 rev/min.

Cause:
Faulty connection between engine ECU and Vehicle ECU

Possible failure modes:

1. Wiring fault between engine ECU and Vehicle ECU

2. Incorrect vehicle ECU

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

A. NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the
level is suitable for use with that machine configuration.
2. Check the CAN BUS wiring between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU
NOTE : The CAN wiring for the Header Height Control ECU is also spliced into the same wires used between
the vehicle ECU and engine ECU. Therefore other fault codes may be exhibited related to the HHC module. If
no other errors are exhibited the fault may be an Open Circuit prior to the splices.

A. Ensure the key start is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for continuity between engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
CCM2 connector, X016, pin J2-23 and between engine ECU connector X193, pin 12 and CCM2 connector,
X016, pin J2-32. An open circuit in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

B. Ensure the key start is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for a short to ground at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
engine ECU connector X193, pin 12. A short circuit to ground in either wire indicates a fault and requires
tracing and repairing.

C. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and HHC module connector X281.
With the key start ON, check for a short to +12 V at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and engine ECU
connector X193, pin 12. A short to +12 V in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.
3. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair / replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.25)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.31)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 270
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0484.3-CAN BUS OFF STATE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 178) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0484.3 - CAN BUS OFF STATE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 178)

Context:
Engine enabled - fuel restricted and speed restricted to 1500 rev/min.

Cause:
Faulty connection between engine ECU and Vehicle ECU

Possible failure modes:

1. Wiring fault between engine ECU and Vehicle ECU

2. Incorrect vehicle ECU

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

A. NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the
level is suitable for use with that machine configuration.
2. Check the CAN BUS wiring between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU
NOTE : The CAN wiring for the Header Height Control ECU is also spliced into the same wires used between
the vehicle ECU and engine ECU. Therefore other fault codes may be exhibited related to the HHC module. If
no other errors are exhibited the fault may be an Open Circuit prior to the splices.

A. Ensure the key start is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for continuity between engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
CCM2 connector, X016, pin J2-23 and between engine ECU connector X193, pin 12 and CCM2 connector,
X016, pin J2-32. An open circuit in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

B. Ensure the key start is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for a short to ground at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
engine ECU connector X193, pin 12. A short circuit to ground in either wire indicates a fault and requires
tracing and repairing.

C. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and HHC module connector X281.
With the key start ON, check for a short to +12 V at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and engine ECU
connector X193, pin 12. A short to +12 V in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.
3. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair / replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.25)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.31)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 271
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0484.4-CAN BUS OFF STATE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 178) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0484.4 - CAN BUS OFF STATE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 178)

Context:
Engine enabled - fuel restricted and speed restricted to 1500 rev/min.

Cause:
Faulty connection between engine ECU and Vehicle ECU

Possible failure modes:

1. Wiring fault between engine ECU and Vehicle ECU

2. Incorrect vehicle ECU

Solution:

1. Check the compatibility between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU software

A. NOTE : If new software has been downloaded into either the vehicle ECU or engine ECU check that the
level is suitable for use with that machine configuration.
2. Check the CAN BUS wiring between the vehicle ECU and engine ECU
NOTE : The CAN wiring for the Header Height Control ECU is also spliced into the same wires used between
the vehicle ECU and engine ECU. Therefore other fault codes may be exhibited related to the HHC module. If
no other errors are exhibited the fault may be an Open Circuit prior to the splices.

A. Ensure the key start is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for continuity between engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
CCM2 connector, X016, pin J2-23 and between engine ECU connector X193, pin 12 and CCM2 connector,
X016, pin J2-32. An open circuit in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.

B. Ensure the key start is OFF. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and
HHC module connector X281. Check for a short to ground at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and
engine ECU connector X193, pin 12. A short circuit to ground in either wire indicates a fault and requires
tracing and repairing.

C. Disconnect the CCM2 connector, X016, Engine ECU connector X192 and HHC module connector X281.
With the key start ON, check for a short to +12 V at engine ECU connector X193, pin 11 and engine ECU
connector X193, pin 12. A short to +12 V in either wire indicates a fault and requires tracing and repairing.
3. Check CCM2 controller

A. Check the hardware of the CCM2 controller. Remove and inspect the connectors, check the installation
of the controller to the vehicle frame, check the ground connections for the controller and check the power
feeds from fuse F-36 and fuse F-37. Repair / replace any damaged items.

B. Check the software installed in the controller on the InfoView screen. If the InfoView is indicating software
installed and has no CCM2 ECU errors, download the correct level software again into the controller.
Operate the engine, if the error re-occurs substitute the CCM2 controller.
NOTE: If CCM2 ECU errors are indicated rectify these errors first. Refer to the CCM2 fault code charts.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.25)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.31)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 272
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

E0208-02-ECU Module Data Incorrect (B.20.A.92 - G.30.E.13)

E0208-02 - ECU Module Data Incorrect

Cause:
The ECU module (A-01) software is incompatible with the current CCM2 module software.

Possible failure modes:

1. Incorrect software loaded in either ECU module or CCM2 module.

Solution:

1. The ECU module communicates with the CCM2 module to report error messages and other operational infor-
mation. In some cases, due to design changes, there may be some incompatibility between certain versions of
the software installed in either module.

A. If this error message appears, contact the New Holland service department to obtain information on soft-
ware version compatibilities.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 273
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0401.2-FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 21) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0401.2 - FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 21)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
No signal or signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel temperature sensor (B40)

2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Check connector at sensor.

A. Ensure the connector, X212, is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and
that the fit is tight on the sensor. Repair or replace damaged components as required.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check sensor.

A. Remove the connector and check the sensor using a suitable multi-meter. Measure the resistance across
the sensor terminals, the resistance should vary between 8-10kΩ@-10°C, 2.2-2.7kΩ@20°C and 0.29-
0.36kΩ@80°C. Check for a short to ground between each sensor terminal and the engine block, an open
circuit should be recorded on each terminal. If any readings are incorrect replace the sensor.

B. If the sensor is okay continue with step 4.

3. Check wiring

A. Disconnect the sensor connector. With the keystart switch ON, measure the voltage at pin 3, +5 V should
be measured. If no voltage is measured check the wiring for continuity between Pin 3 of the sensor con-
nector and pin 11 of engine ECU connector X192. Repair wiring as required.
Check for voltage on Pin 2 , 0 V should be measured. If voltage is measured trace and repair short circuit
in wiring between Pin 2 of the sensor connector and Pin 6 of the engine ECU connector X192. With the
keystart OFF, also check for continuity of the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor connector and Pin 6 of the
engine ECU connector X192 and for a short to ground. Trace fault and repair as required.

B.If the wiring is okay suspect a faulty engine ECU. Download engine software using the electronic service
tool and operate engine. If fault still occurs substitute engine ECU.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 274
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0401.2-FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0401.2 - FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
No signal or signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel temperature sensor (B40)

2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Check connector at sensor.

A. Ensure the connector X212 is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and
that the fit is tight on the sensor. Repair or replace damaged components as required.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check sensor.

A. To test the sensor the voltage needs to be read between the output wire, pin 1 and the sensor ground, pin
2, of the connector. Using a suitable probe into the wire, the voltage should range from 0.6-2.4 V between
60 °-90 °C. If there is voltage but out of range replace sensor, if Zero volts is indicated continue with step
B.

B. Remove the connector and check the sensor using a suitable multi-meter. Measure the resistance across
the sensor terminals, the resistance should vary between 8-10kΩ@-10°C, 2.2-2.7kΩ@20°C and 0.29-
0.36kΩ@80°C. Check for a short to ground between each sensor terminal and the engine block, an open
circuit should be recorded on each terminal. If any readings are incorrect replace the sensor. If the sensor
is okay continue with step 3.
3. Check wiring

A. Disconnect the sensor connector. With the keystart switch ON, measure the voltage at pin 1, +5 V should
be measured. If no voltage is measured check the wiring for continuity between Pin 1 of the sensor con-
nector and pin 11 of engine ECU connector X192. Repair wiring as required.
Check for voltage on Pin 2 , 0 V should be measured. If voltage is measured trace and repair short circuit
in wiring between Pin 2 of the sensor connector and Pin 6 of the engine ECU connector X192.
With the keystart OFF, also check for continuity of the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor connector and Pin
6 of the engine ECU connector X192, and for a short to ground. Trace fault and repair as required.

B. If the wiring is okay suspect a faulty engine ECU. Download engine software using the electronic service
tool and operate engine. If fault still occurs substitute engine ECU.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 275
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0401.3-FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 21) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0401.3 - FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 21)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
No signal or signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel temperature sensor (B40)

2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Check connector at sensor.

A. Ensure the connector, X212, is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and
that the fit is tight on the sensor. Repair or replace damaged components as required.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check sensor.

A. Remove the connector and check the sensor using a suitable multi-meter. Measure the resistance across
the sensor terminals, the resistance should vary between 8-10kΩ@-10°C, 2.2-2.7kΩ@20°C and 0.29-
0.36kΩ@80°C. Check for a short to ground between each sensor terminal and the engine block, an open
circuit should be recorded on each terminal. If any readings are incorrect replace the sensor.

B. If the sensor is okay continue with step 4.

3. Check wiring

A. Disconnect the sensor connector. With the keystart switch ON, measure the voltage at pin 3, +5 V should
be measured. If no voltage is measured check the wiring for continuity between Pin 3 of the sensor con-
nector and pin 11 of engine ECU connector X192. Repair wiring as required.
Check for voltage on Pin 2 , 0 V should be measured. If voltage is measured trace and repair short circuit
in wiring between Pin 2 of the sensor connector and Pin 6 of the engine ECU connector X192. With the
keystart OFF, also check for continuity of the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor connector and Pin 6 of the
engine ECU connector X192, and for a short to ground. Trace fault and repair as required.

B.If the wiring is okay suspect a faulty engine ECU. Download engine software using the electronic service
tool and operate engine. If fault still occurs substitute engine ECU.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 276
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0401.3-FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0401.3 - FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
No signal or signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel temperature sensor (B40)

2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Check connector at sensor.

A. Ensure the connector X212 is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and
that the fit is tight on the sensor. Repair or replace damaged components as required.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check sensor.

A. To test the sensor the voltage needs to be read between the output wire, pin 1 and the sensor ground, pin
2, of the connector. Using a suitable probe into the wire, the voltage should range from 0.6-2.4 V between
60 °-90 °C. If there is voltage but out of range replace sensor, if Zero volts is indicated continue with step
B.

B. Remove the connector and check the sensor using a suitable multi-meter. Measure the resistance across
the sensor terminals, the resistance should vary between 8-10kΩ@-10°C, 2.2-2.7kΩ@20°C and 0.29-
0.36kΩ@80°C. Check for a short to ground between each sensor terminal and the engine block, an open
circuit should be recorded on each terminal. If any readings are incorrect replace the sensor. If the sensor
is okay continue with step 3.
3. Check wiring

A. Disconnect the sensor connector. With the keystart switch ON, measure the voltage at pin 1, +5 V should
be measured. If no voltage is measured check the wiring for continuity between Pin 1 of the sensor con-
nector and pin 11 of engine ECU connector X192. Repair wiring as required.
Check for voltage on Pin 2 , 0 V should be measured. If voltage is measured trace and repair short circuit
in wiring between Pin 2 of the sensor connector and Pin 6 of the engine ECU connector X192.
With the keystart OFF, also check for continuity of the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor connector and Pin
6 of the engine ECU connector X192, and for a short to ground. Trace fault and repair as required.

B. If the wiring is okay suspect a faulty engine ECU. Download engine software using the electronic service
tool and operate engine. If fault still occurs substitute engine ECU.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 277
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0401.4-FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, SHORT TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 21) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0401.4 - FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, SHORT TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 21)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
No signal or signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel temperature sensor (B40)

2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Check connector at sensor.

A. Ensure the connector X212 is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and
that the fit is tight on the sensor. Repair or replace damaged components as required.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check sensor.

A. Remove the connector and check the sensor using a suitable multi-meter. Measure the resistance across
the sensor terminals, the resistance should vary between 8-10kΩ@-10°C, 2.2-2.7kΩ@20°C and 0.29-
0.36kΩ@80°C. Check for a short to ground between each sensor terminal and the engine block, an open
circuit should be recorded on each terminal. If any readings are incorrect replace the sensor.

B. If the sensor is okay continue with step 4.

3. Check wiring

A. Disconnect the sensor connector. With the keystart switch ON, measure the voltage at pin 3, +5 V should
be measured. If no voltage is measured check the wiring for continuity between Pin 3 of the sensor con-
nector and pin 11 of engine ECU connector X192. Repair wiring as required.
Check for voltage on Pin 2 , 0 V should be measured. If voltage is measured trace and repair short circuit
in wiring between Pin 2 of the sensor connector and Pin 6 of the engine ECU connector X192. With the
keystart OFF, also check for continuity of the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor connector and Pin 6 of the
engine ECU connector X192, and for a short to ground. Trace fault and repair as required.

B.If the wiring is okay suspect a faulty engine ECU. Download engine software using the electronic service
tool and operate engine. If fault still occurs substitute engine ECU.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 278
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0401.4-FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, SHORT TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0401.4 - FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, SHORT TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
No signal or signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel temperature sensor (B40)

2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Check connector at sensor.

A. Ensure the connector X212 is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and
that the fit is tight on the sensor. Repair or replace damaged components as required.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check sensor.

A. To test the sensor the voltage needs to be read between the output wire, pin 1 and the sensor ground, pin
2, of the connector. Using a suitable probe into the wire, the voltage should range from 0.6-2.4 V between
60 °-90 °C. If there is voltage but out of range replace sensor, if Zero volts is indicated continue with step
B.

B. Remove the connector and check the sensor using a suitable multi-meter. Measure the resistance across
the sensor terminals, the resistance should vary between 8-10kΩ@-10°C, 2.2-2.7kΩ@20°C and 0.29-
0.36kΩ@80°C. Check for a short to ground between each sensor terminal and the engine block, an open
circuit should be recorded on each terminal. If any readings are incorrect replace the sensor. If the sensor
is okay continue with step 3.
3. Check wiring

A. Disconnect the sensor connector. With the keystart switch ON, measure the voltage at pin 1, +5 V should
be measured. If no voltage is measured check the wiring for continuity between Pin 1 of the sensor con-
nector and pin 11 of engine ECU connector X192. Repair wiring as required.
Check for voltage on Pin 2 , 0 V should be measured. If voltage is measured trace and repair short circuit
in wiring between Pin 2 of the sensor connector and Pin 6 of the engine ECU connector X192.
With the keystart OFF, also check for continuity of the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor connector and Pin
6 of the engine ECU connector X192, and for a short to ground. Trace fault and repair as required.

B. If the wiring is okay suspect a faulty engine ECU. Download engine software using the electronic service
tool and operate engine. If fault still occurs substitute engine ECU.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 279
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0470.2-FUEL TEMPERATURE (PHY, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 22) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0470.2 - FUEL TEMPERATURE (PHY, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 22)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
No signal or signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel temperature sensor (B40)

2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Check connector at sensor.

A. Ensure the connector X212 is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and
that the fit is tight on the sensor. Repair or replace damaged components as required.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check sensor.

A. Remove the connector and check the sensor using a suitable multi-meter. Measure the resistance across
the sensor terminals, the resistance should vary between 8-10kΩ@-10°C, 2.2-2.7kΩ@20°C and 0.29-
0.36kΩ@80°C. Check for a short to ground between each sensor terminal and the engine block, an open
circuit should be recorded on each terminal. If any readings are incorrect replace the sensor.

B. If the sensor is okay continue with step 4.

3. Check wiring

A. Disconnect the sensor connector. With the keystart switch ON, measure the voltage at pin 3, +5 V should
be measured. If no voltage is measured check the wiring for continuity between Pin 3 of the sensor con-
nector and pin 11 of engine ECU connector X192. Repair wiring as required.
Check for voltage on Pin 2 , 0 V should be measured. If voltage is measured trace and repair short circuit
in wiring between Pin 2 of the sensor connector and Pin 6 of the engine ECU connector X192. With the
keystart OFF, also check for continuity of the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor connector and Pin 6 of the
engine ECU connector X192, and for a short to ground. Trace fault and repair as required.

B.If the wiring is okay suspect a faulty engine ECU. Download engine software using the electronic service
tool and operate engine. If fault still occurs substitute engine ECU.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 280
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0470.3-FUEL TEMPERATURE (PHY), SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 22) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0470.3 - FUEL TEMPERATURE (PHY), SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 22)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
No signal or signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel temperature sensor (B40)

2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Check connector at sensor.

A. Ensure the connector X212 is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and
that the fit is tight on the sensor. Repair or replace damaged components as required.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check sensor.

A. Remove the connector and check the sensor using a suitable multi-meter. Measure the resistance across
the sensor terminals, the resistance should vary between 8-10kΩ@-10°C, 2.2-2.7kΩ@20°C and 0.29-
0.36kΩ@80°C. Check for a short to ground between each sensor terminal and the engine block, an open
circuit should be recorded on each terminal. If any readings are incorrect replace the sensor.

B. If the sensor is okay continue with step 4.

3. Check wiring

A. Disconnect the sensor connector. With the keystart switch ON, measure the voltage at pin 3, +5 V should
be measured. If no voltage is measured check the wiring for continuity between Pin 3 of the sensor con-
nector and pin 11 of engine ECU connector X192. Repair wiring as required.
Check for voltage on Pin 2 , 0 V should be measured. If voltage is measured trace and repair short circuit
in wiring between Pin 2 of the sensor connector and Pin 6 of the engine ECU connector X192. With the
keystart OFF, also check for continuity of the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor connector and Pin 6 of the
engine ECU connector X192, and for a short to ground. Trace fault and repair as required.

B.If the wiring is okay suspect a faulty engine ECU. Download engine software using the electronic service
tool and operate engine. If fault still occurs substitute engine ECU.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 281
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

0470.4-FUEL TEMPERATURE (PHY), SHORT TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 22) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0470.4 - FUEL TEMPERATURE (PHY), SHORT TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 22)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
No signal or signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty fuel temperature sensor (B40)

2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Check connector at sensor.

A. Ensure the connector X212 is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and
that the fit is tight on the sensor. Repair or replace damaged components as required.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 2.

2. Check sensor.

A. Remove the connector and check the sensor using a suitable multi-meter. Measure the resistance across
the sensor terminals, the resistance should vary between 8-10kΩ@-10°C, 2.2-2.7kΩ@20°C and 0.29-
0.36kΩ@80°C. Check for a short to ground between each sensor terminal and the engine block, an open
circuit should be recorded on each terminal. If any readings are incorrect replace the sensor.

B. If the sensor is okay continue with step 4.

3. Check wiring

A. Disconnect the sensor connector. With the keystart switch ON, measure the voltage at pin 3, +5 V should
be measured. If no voltage is measured check the wiring for continuity between Pin 3 of the sensor con-
nector and pin 11 of engine ECU connector X192. Repair wiring as required.
Check for voltage on Pin 2 , 0 V should be measured. If voltage is measured trace and repair short circuit
in wiring between Pin 2 of the sensor connector and Pin 6 of the engine ECU connector X192. With the
keystart OFF, also check for continuity of the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor connector and Pin 6 of the
engine ECU connector X192, and for a short to ground. Trace fault and repair as required.

B.If the wiring is okay suspect a faulty engine ECU. Download engine software using the electronic service
tool and operate engine. If fault still occurs substitute engine ECU.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 282
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

E0154-03-Fuel Level sensor Shorted To High Source (B.20.A.95.90 -

G.30.B.54)
E0154-03 - Fuel Level sensor Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The fuel level sensor (R-01) circuit is shorted to 12 volts.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Fuel Level Sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is - 0.5 - 4.9 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range, (> 5.2 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at step 3.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high. Disconnect the fuel level sensor connector X184.

A. If the voltage drops to 4.9 - 5.2 volts, the short is in the sensor or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains high on Infoview monitor, the short circuit is in the main frame harness between
connector X184 pin 1 and connector X016 pin J2-17 wire 504 yellow.
3. Operate the machine while monitoring Infoview monitor.

A. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 283
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

E0154-04-Fuel Level sensor Shorted To Low Source (B.20.A.95.90 -

G.30.B.53)
E0154-04 - Fuel Level sensor Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
The fuel level sensor (R-01) circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Fuel Level sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is 0.5 - 4.9 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low out of range (0 - 0.5 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is low less than 0.5 volts. Disconnect the fuel level sensor con-
nector X184.

A. If the voltage increases to 4.9 - 5.2 volts, the short is in the sensor or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains low, the short is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X184 pin 1 and
connector X016 pin J2-17 wire 427 yellow. Locate the short and repair.
3. Operate the machine while monitoring Infoview monitor.

A. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 284
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

E0154-05-Fuel level sensor Line Disconnected (B.20.A.95.90 -

G.30.B.50)
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series
1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0154-05 - Fuel level sensor Line Disconnected

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1206 - 1237 only.

Cause:
The fuel level sensor (R-01) circuit is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply or ground wiring is open.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Fuel Level sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is 0.5 - 4.9 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (4.9 - 5.2 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high (4.9 - 5.2 volts). Disconnect the fuel level sensor connector
X184. Use a jumper wire to short connector X184 pin 1 to chassis ground.

A. If voltage drops to less than 0.5 volts, the open circuit is not in the supply side of the circuit. Continue with
step 3.

B. If the voltage remains high, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X184
pin 1 and connector X016 pin J2-17 wire 427 yellow. Locate the open and repair.
3. Remove the cap and buss bar assembly from the splice block D, W04 in the main frame harness. Use a multi-
meter to check for continuity between the splice block D, W04 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X184 pin 2 and
splice block D, W04 pin C wire 467 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between splice block
D, W04 pin A and connector X016 pin J2-14 wire 425 blue or 465 blue. Locate the open and repair.
4. Operate the machine while monitoring Infoview display.

A. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.
Series 1206-1237
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.06)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 285
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

E0154-05-Fuel level sensor Line Disconnected (B.20.A.95.90 -

G.30.B.50)
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above, CX780 Series 1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and
above, CX840 Series 1238 and above, CX860 Series 1238 and above, CX880 Series 1238 and above

E0154-05 - Fuel level sensor Line Disconnected

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1238 and above.

Cause:
The fuel level sensor (R-01) circuit is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply or ground wiring is open.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Fuel Level sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is 0.5 - 4.9 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (4.9 - 5.2 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high (4.9 - 5.2 volts). Disconnect the fuel level sensor connector
X184. Use a jumper wire to short connector X184 pin 1 to chassis ground.

A. If voltage drops to less than 0.5 volts, the open circuit is not in the supply side of the circuit. Continue with
step 3.

B. If the voltage remains high, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X184
pin 1 and connector X016 pin J2-17 wire 427 yellow. Locate the open and repair.
3. Disconnect the main frame harness from the front frame harness at connector X008. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between the harness end of connector X008 pin 14 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X184 pin 2 and
connector X008 pin 14 wire 467 blue or 425 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open circuit is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X008 pin 14 and connector X017 pin J3-18 wire 425 blue or 766 blue. Locate the open and repair.
4. Operate the machine while monitoring Infoview display.

A. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 286
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

E0173-06-Curr Sense Eng Throttle Short Circuit (B.20.A.95.80 -

G.30.B.25)
CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1282 - 1347, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series
1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237

E0173-06 - Curr Sense Eng Throttle Short Circuit

Cause:
The Throttle actuator motor (M-13) circuit indicates a high current draw. (7.5 L mechanical governor engine only)

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Excessive mechanical load on motor.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. This is an H-bridge-controlled circuit (refer to Rotary screen Screen brush - Logical diagram (B.50.A.58.60 -
C.20.B.72)). The Rotary screen brush motor (M27) circuit is paired with the engine throttle motor (M13) circuit,
and the module switches between these two circuits using the Throttle/Brush relay K-15. Because these circuits
are connected and driven from the same module outputs, the troubleshooting procedure must consider both
circuits at the same time.

Enter the Infoview monitor - service info screens

Record and erase service history
Enter the Infoview monitor - Diagnose Info screens. Select CCM2, and scroll down to select “Rotary Screen
Brush motor". Manually operate the motor in both directions.
Start the combine, and operate the engine throttle in both directions.
Record in which direction(s) each circuit operates.
Reload error history. Check for fault codes 0172-06 and 0206-05 (Rotary screen brush motor) and fault codes
0173-06 and 0207-05 (Throttle motor).
Use the following table to determine the location of the fault.

Symptom Errors
0172-06 0173-06 0206-05 0207-05
Rotary screen X Go to step 2 Motor bound
brush motor up
operates in 1 X Go to step 3 Short to
direction only ground
Rotary screen X X Go to step 6 Short to
brush motor ground
and Throttle
motor (7.5L
mechanical
engine only)
operate in 1 di-
rection only
Rotary screen X Go to step 10 Open
brush motor X Go to step 18 Short to
does not op- ground
erate in either
direction

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 287
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Symptom Errors
Throttle mo- X Go to step 19 Motor bound
tor (7.5L me- up
chanical en- X Go to step 20 Short to
gine only) op- ground
erates in 1 di-
rection only
Throttle motor X Go to step 23 Open
(7.5L mechan- X Go to step 32 Short to
ical engine ground
only) does not
operate in ei-
ther direction
Both Rotary X X Go to step 33 Open
screen brush Go to step 38 Fuse 23 blown
motor and or open
Throttle mo-
tor (7.5L me-
chanical en-
gine only) do
not operate in
either direc-
tion

A.
2. The rotary screen brush mechanism is mechanically bound up, resulting in high current draw.

A. See the appropriate repair manual chapter for repair and adjustment of the rotary screen brush linkage.
3. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to short to ground between the rotary screen brush motor and the Throt-
tle/Brush relay K-15. Disconnect the batteries using the battery key. Unplug the rotary screen brush motor
connector X206. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X206 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 4.

B. If no continuity is found, erase the fault codes and continue operation.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position. Power must be removed from the module prior to testing for short to ground condition on the motor
circuit to remove this ground path.
4. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 2 and chassis
ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X206 pin A and connector
X010 pin 2 wire 821 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 5

5. Disconnect connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 27 and
chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X010 pin 2 and connector
X004 pin 27 wire 821 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X004 pin 27 and the Throttle/
Brush relay K15 pin 4 on the fuse panel. Locate the short and repair.
6. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to short to ground between the rotary screen brush motor and/or the throttle
motor and the CCM2 module. Disconnect the batteries using the battery key. Unplug the rotary screen brush
motor connector X206 and the throttle motor connector X196 . Use the multimeter to check for continuity be-
tween connector X206 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 7.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 288
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 8.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position. Power must be removed from the module prior to testing for short to ground condition on the motor
circuit to remove this ground path.
7. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 1 and chassis
ground.

A. If continuity is found the short to ground is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin
1 and connector X016 pin J2-1 wire 524 gray. Locate the short and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin
1, the rotary screen brush motor connectorX206 pin B and connector X196 pin B on one of the following
wires :
Wire 524 gray, connector X010 pin 1 to harness splice
Wire 817 gray, harness splice to connector X206 pin B
Wire 828 gray, harness splice to connector X196 pin B
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the short to ground and repair.
8. Remove the Throttle/Brush relay K15 from the fuse panel. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between the
relay terminal 3 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 9.

B. If no continuity is found, erase the fault codes and continue operation.

9. Disconnect connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 26 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the short to ground is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X004 pin
26 and connector X016 pin J2-21 wire 525 gray. Locate the short and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the cab main (CM) harness between connector X004 pin
26 and the Throttle/Brush relay K15 pin 3 on the fuse panel.
10. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to open circuit condition. Disconnect the rotary screen brush motor con-
nector X206. Measure the resistance of the motor between terminals A and B. The correct resistance is xx to
xx ohms.

A. The resistance is infinite, indicating an open condition in the motor. Replace the rotary screen brush motor.

B. The resistance is in specification. Continue with step 11.

11. Ensure that the batteries are connected using the battery key, and that fuse F23 is good. Use the multimeter to
check for continuity between connector X206 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 13.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 12.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position, irregardless of key switch position, as long as it receives power through fuse F23. This ground path
may be used to test for an open circuit condition.
12. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 1 and chassis
ground.

A. If continuity is found the open circuit is in the harness between connector X010 pin 1 and connector X206
pin B . Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X010 pin 1 and connector
X016 pin J2-1 on wire 524 gray. Locate the open and repair.
13. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X206 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, continue with step 14.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 289
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

B. If continuity is found, recheck the motor for continuity at step 10. Erase the fault codes and continue
operation.
14. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 2 and chassis
ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X206 pin A and connector X010
pin 2 wire 821 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 15.

15. Remove the Throttle/Brush relay K15 from the fuse panel. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between
Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 4 and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in wire 821 white from the fuse panel through connector X004
pin 27 to connector X010 pin 2 . Locate the open and repair.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 16.

NOTE: Continuity check is being done back through circuit through the motor. The resistance will read signifi-
cantly higher than previous tests, but should not be higher than 10 ohms above the motor resistance measured
in step 10.
16. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the relay has failed open between terminals 3 and 4. Replace the relay.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 17.

17. Disconnect connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 26 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between the Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 on
the fuse panel connector X004 pin 26 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, , the open circuit is in the harness between connector X004 pin 26 and connector
X016 pin J2-21 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.
18. Fault codes and operating condition indicate that the motor has shorted to ground. Disconnect rotary screen
brush motor connector X206. Measure between terminals A or B on the motor connector and a known good
ground. There should be no continuity to ground.

A. There is continuity to ground, indicating a short to ground in the motor. Replace the rotary screen brush
motor.

B. There is no continuity to ground. Erase the fault codes and continue operation.
19. The throttle mechanism is mechanically bound up, resulting in high current draw.

A. See the appropriate repair manual chapter for repair and adjustment of the throttle linkage.
20. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to short to ground between the throttle motor and the Throttle/Brush relay
K15. Disconnect the batteries using the battery key. Unplug the throttle motor connector X196 . Use a multi-
meter to check for continuity between connector X196 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 21.

B. If no continuity is found, erase the fault codes and continue operation.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position. Power must be removed from the module prior to testing for short to ground condition on the motor
circuit to remove this ground path.
21. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 3 and chassis
ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X196 pin A and connector
X010 pin 3 wire 829 white. Locate the short and repair.
2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 290
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 22.

22. Disconnect connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 28 and
chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X010 pin 3 and connector
X004 pin 28 wire 829 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X004 pin 28 and the Throttle/
Brush relay K15 pin 5 on the fuse panel. Locate the short and repair.
23. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to open circuit condition. Disconnect the throttle motor connector X196.
Measure the resistance of the motor between terminals A and B. The correct resistance is xx to xx ohms.

A. The resistance is infinite, indicating an open condition in the motor. Replace the throttle motor.

B. The resistance is in specification. Continue with step 24.

24. Replace the Throttle/Brush relay K15 on the fuse panel with a known good relay, and retest the throttle circuit
function.

A. If the throttle circuit now functions properly, the relay was faulty, and was not providing continuity between
terminals 3 & 5 when energized. Replace the relay.

B. If the throttle circuit still does not work, continue with step 25.
25. Ensure that the batteries are connected using the battery key, and that fuse F23 is good. Use the multimeter to
check for continuity between connector X196 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 27.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 26.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position, irregardless of key switch position, as long as it receives power through fuse F23. This ground path
may be used to test for an open circuit condition.
26. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 1 and chassis
ground.

A. If continuity is found the open circuit is in the harness between connector X010 pin 1 and connector X196
pin B . Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X010 pin 1 and connector
X016 pin J2-1 on wire 524 gray. Locate the open and repair.
27. Remove the Throttle/Brush relay K15 on the fuse panel, and install a jumper wire between terminals 3 & 5. Use
a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X196 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, continue with step 28.

B. If continuity is found, recheck the motor for continuity at step 23. Erase the fault codes and continue
operation.
28. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 3 and chassis
ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X196 pin A and connector X010
pin 3 wire 829 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 29.

29. Remove the jumper wire between terminals 3 & 5 for relay K15 on the fuse panel. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 5 and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in wire 829 white from the fuse panel through connector X004
pin 28 to connector X010 pin 3 . Locate the open and repair.

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 291
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 30.

NOTE: Continuity check is being done back through circuit through the motor. The resistance will read signifi-
cantly higher than previous tests, but should not be higher than 10 ohms above the motor resistance measured
in step 23.
30. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, replace the relay. Erase the fault codes and continue operation.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 31.

31. Disconnect connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 26 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between the Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 on
the fuse panel connector X004 pin 26 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, , the open circuit is in the harness between connector X004 pin 26 and connector
X016 pin J2-21 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.
32. Fault codes and operating condition indicate that the motor has shorted to ground. Disconnect throttle motor
connector X196. Measure between terminals A or B on the motor connector and a known good ground. There
should be no continuity to ground.

A. There is continuity to ground, indicating a short to ground in the motor. Replace the throttle motor.

B. There is no continuity to ground. Erase the fault codes and continue operation.
33. Fault codes and operating condition indicates that there is an open circuit on shared wiring between the throttle
motor and rotary screen brush motor circuits. Replace the Throttle/Brush relay K15 on the fuse panel with a
known good relay, and retest the throttle circuit function.

A. If both circuits now function properly, the relay was faulty, and was not providing continuity between the
work terminal 3 and terminals 4 & 5. Replace the relay.

B. If both circuits still do not work, continue with step 34.

34. Ensure that the batteries are connected using the battery key, and that fuse F23 is good. Remove the Throttle/
Brush relay K15 on the fuse panel. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between Throttle/Brush relay K15
terminal 3 and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, continue with step 35.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 36.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position, irregardless of key switch position, as long as it receives power through fuse F23. This ground path
may be used to test for an open circuit condition.
35. Disconnect connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 26 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between the Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 on
the fuse panel connector X004 pin 26 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, , the open circuit is in the harness between connector X004 pin 26 and connector
X016 pin J2-21 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.
36. Unplug the throttle motor connector X196. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X196
pin B and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, continue with step 37.

B. If continuity is found, erase the fault codes and continue operation.

37. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 1 and chassis
ground.
2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 292
 POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the engine (EN) harness, wire 524 gray between connector X010
pin 1 and harness splice. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin
1 and connector X016 pin J2-1 on wire 524 gray. Locate the open and repair.
38. If the throttle motor and rotary brush screen motor do not operate in either direction, and there are no error
codes indicated, the supply power for the circuit may not be present. Remove fuse F23 and inspect.

A. Fuse has failed. Go to step 39.

B. Fuse is okay. Go to step 40.

39. If fuse has failed, replace the fuse.

A. If fuse immediately fails, a short to ground exists on one of the two following wires :
Wire 025 red, from the fuse panel through connector X005 pin 1 to connector X016 pin J2-11 on CCM2
module.
Wire 028 red, from the fuse panel through connector X031 pin 4 to connector X017 pin J3-7 on CCM2
module.
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the short to ground and repair.

B. Fuse is okay. Go to step 40.

40. Test for 12 V power at connector X016 pin J2-11 on the CCM2 module under the cab.

A. If there is no power, there is an open circuit on wire 025 red, from the fuse panel through connector X005
pin 1 to connector X016 pin J2-11 on CCM2 module. Locate the open and repair. After repair, go to step
41.

B. If there is power, go to step 41.

41. Test for continuity to ground at connector X016 pin J2-3 on the CCM2 module under the cab.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit on wire 514 black, from connector X016 pin J2-3
on CCM2 module to the front frame ground #2 . Locate the open and repair. After repair, go to step 42.

B. If there is continuity to ground, go to step 42.

42. Once it has been verified that power is being supplied to the module, recheck the circuit operation as described
in step 1.

A. If the fuse fails during the testing, a short to ground on the circuit being operated at the time of failure is
causing the fuse to fail.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 293
 Index

POWER PRODUCTION - B

FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - 20.A

0385.2-ECU DEFECT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 201) (B.20.A.92 - 120
G.30.C.10)
CX840, CX860, CX880
0385.3-ECU DEFECT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 201) 121
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840, CX860, CX880
0385.4-ECU DEFECT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 201) 122
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840, CX860, CX880
0386.2-EEPROM DEFECT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 123
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880
0386.3-EEPROM DEFECT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 124
XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880
0386.4-EEPROM DEFECT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 125
XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880
0393.2-MAIN RELAY DEFECT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 199) 114
(B.20.A.91.21 - G.30.C.10)
CX840, CX860, CX880
0393.3-MAIN RELAY DEFECT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 116
199) (B.20.A.91.21 - G.30.B.54)
CX840, CX860, CX880
0393.4-MAIN RELAY DEFECT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 118
199) (B.20.A.91.21 - G.30.B.53)
CX840, CX860, CX880
0394.2-AFTERRUN NOT COMPLETED, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 126
64) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840, CX860, CX880
0394.3-AFTERRUN NOT COMPLETED, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 127
FAULT CODE 64) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840, CX860, CX880
0394.4-AFTERRUN NOT COMPLETED, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 128
FAULT CODE 64) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840, CX860, CX880
0397.2-SHUT-OFF TESTS, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 129
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880
0397.3-SHUT-OFF TESTS, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 130
XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880
0397.4-SHUT-OFF TESTS, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 131
XXX) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880
0401.2-FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 274
21) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0401.2-FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 275
XXX) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 294
0401.3-FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 276
CODE 21) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0401.3-FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 277
CODE XXX) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880
0401.4-FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, SHORT TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 278
CODE 21) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0401.4-FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, SHORT TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 279
CODE XXX) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880
0403.2-AMBIENT PRESSURE SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 132
144) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840, CX860, CX880
0403.3-AMBIENT PRESSURE SENSOR, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 133
FAULT CODE 144) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840, CX860, CX880
0403.4-AMBIENT PRESSURE SENSOR, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 134
FAULT CODE 144) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840, CX860, CX880
0414.2-CYLINDER 1, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - 135
G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880
0414.3-CYLINDER 1, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 136
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880
0414.4-CYLINDER 1, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 137
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880
0415.2-CYLINDER 4, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - 138
G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880
0415.3-CYLINDER 4, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 139
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880
0415.4-CYLINDER 4, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 140
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880
0416.2-CYLINDER 2, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - 141
G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880
0416.3-CYLINDER 2, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 142
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880
0416.4-CYLINDER 2, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 143
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880
0417.2-CYLINDER 6, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - 144
G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880
0417.3-CYLINDER 6, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 145
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880
0417.4-CYLINDER 6, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 146
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880
0418.2-CYLINDER 3, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - 147
G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880
0418.3-CYLINDER 3, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 148
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 295
0418.4-CYLINDER 3, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 149
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880
0419.2-CYLINDER 5, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) (B.20.A.92 - 150
G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880
0419.3-CYLINDER 5, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 151
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880
0419.4-CYLINDER 5, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) 152
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880
0435.2-AMBIENT PRESSURE (PHY), DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 153
16) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0435.3-AMBIENT PRESSURE (PHY), SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 154
CODE 16) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0435.4-AMBIENT PRESSURE (PHY), SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 155
CODE 16) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0436.2-SHUT-OFF UNDER VOLTAGE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 156
164) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0436.3-SHUT-OFF UNDER VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 157
CODE 164) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0436.4-SHUT-OFF UNDER VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 158
CODE 164) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0437.2-SHUT-OFF EXCESS VOLTAGE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 159
163) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0437.3-SHUT-OFF EXCESS VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 160
FAULT CODE 163) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0437.4-SHUT-OFF EXCESS VOLTAGE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 161
FAULT CODE 163) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0438.2-SHUT-OFF MONITOR MODULE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 162
160) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0438.3-SHUT-OFF MONITOR MODULE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 163
FAULT CODE 160) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0438.4-SHUT-OFF MONITOR MODULE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 164
FAULT CODE 160) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0439.2-SHUT-OFF PATH MES0, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 162) 165
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0439.3-SHUT-OFF PATH MES0, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 166
CODE 162) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0439.4-SHUT-OFF PATH MES0, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 167
162) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0440.2-SHUT-OFF PATH MES1, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 161) 168
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0440.3-SHUT-OFF PATH MES1, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 169
CODE 161) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 296
0440.4-SHUT-OFF PATH MES1, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 170
161) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0442.2-BATTERY VOLTAGE FILTER, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 171
18) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0442.3-BATTERY VOLTAGE FILTER, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 172
CODE 18) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0442.4-BATTERY VOLTAGE FILTER, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 173
CODE 18) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0443.2-ERROR AT POSITION 5, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 49) 174
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0443.3-ERROR AT POSITION 5, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 175
CODE 49) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0443.4-ERROR AT POSITION 5, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 176
49) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0444.2-ERROR AT POSITION 6, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 50) 177
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0444.3-ERROR AT POSITION 6, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 178
CODE 50) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0444.4-ERROR AT POSITION 6, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 179
50) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0445.2-ERROR AT POSITION 7, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 51) 180
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0445.3-ERROR AT POSITION 7, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 181
CODE 51) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0445.4-ERROR AT POSITION 7, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 182
51) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0446.2-ERROR AT POSITION 8, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 52) 183
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0446.3-ERROR AT POSITION 8, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 184
CODE 52) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0446.4-ERROR AT POSITION 8, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 185
52) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0447.2-ERROR AT POSITION 13, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 48) 186
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0447.3-ERROR AT POSITION 13, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 187
CODE 48) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0447.4-ERROR AT POSITION 13, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 188
CODE 48) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0450.2-EEPROM CHECK SUM HW, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 192) 189
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0450.3-EEPROM CHECK SUM HW, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 190
CODE 192) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 297
0450.4-EEPROM CHECK SUM HW, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 191
CODE 192) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0451.2-EEPROM CHECK SUM DATA, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 192
193) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0451.3-EEPROM CHECK SUM DATA, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 193
CODE 193) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0451.4-EEPROM CHECK SUM DATA, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 194
CODE 193) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0452.2-EEPROM CHECK SUM MAIN REL, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 195
194) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0452.3-EEPROM CHECK SUM MAIN REL, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 196
FAULT CODE 194) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0452.4-EEPROM CHECK SUM MAIN REL, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 197
FAULT CODE 194) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0453.2-EEPROM CHECK SUM DEF MEM, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 198
195) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0453.3-EEPROM CHECK SUM DEF MEM, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 199
FAULT CODE 195) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0453.4-EEPROM CHECK SUM DEF MEM, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 200
FAULT CODE 195) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0454.2-EEPROM CHECK SUM HOURS, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 201
196) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0454.3-EEPROM CHECK SUM HOURS, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 202
FAULT CODE 196) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0454.4-EEPROM CHECK SUM HOURS, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 203
FAULT CODE 196) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0455.2-EEPROM CHECK SUM ACTUATOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 204
CODE 197) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0455.3-EEPROM CHECK SUM ACTUATOR, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 205
FAULT CODE 197) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0455.4-EEPROM CHECK SUM ACTUATOR, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 206
FAULT CODE 197) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0456.2-EEPROM CHECK SUM STARTER, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 207
198) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0456.3-EEPROM CHECK SUM STARTER, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 208
FAULT CODE 198) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0456.4-EEPROM CHECK SUM STARTER, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 209
FAULT CODE 198) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0459.2-HIGH IDLE CTRL PARAM SET, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 210
80) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0459.3-HIGH IDLE CTRL PARAM SET, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 211
CODE 80) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 298
0459.4-HIGH IDLE CTRL PARAM SET, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 212
CODE 80) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0460.2-BELOW HIGH IDLE MINIMUM, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 213
81) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0460.3-BELOW HIGH IDLE MINIMUM, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 214
CODE 81) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0460.4-BELOW HIGH IDLE MINIMUM, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 215
CODE 81) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0463.2-INVALID INTERM SPD SETP, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 216
83) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0463.3-INVALID INTERM SPD SETP, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 217
CODE 83) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0463.4-INVALID INTERM SPD SETP, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 218
CODE 83) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0464.2-INVALID FUEL LIM SETP, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 85) 219
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0464.3-INVALID FUEL LIM SETP, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 220
CODE 85) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0464.4-INVALID FUEL LIM SETP, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 221
CODE 85) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0465.2-MIN. FUEL LIM SETPOINT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 86) 222
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0465.3-MIN. FUEL LIM SETPOINT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 223
CODE 86) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0465.4-MIN. FUEL LIM SETPOINT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 224
CODE 86) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0466.2-INVALID LOW IDLE SETP, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 87) 225
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0466.3-INVALID LOW IDLE SETP, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 226
CODE 87) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0466.4-INVALID LOW IDLE SETP, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 227
CODE 87) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0467.2-INVALID LOW IDLE PARAM, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 88) 228
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0467.3-INVALID LOW IDLE PARAM, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 229
CODE 88) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0467.4-INVALID LOW IDLE PARAM, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 230
CODE 88) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0468.2-EXCEED LOW IDLE SETPOINT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 231
89) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0468.3-EXCEED LOW IDLE SETPOINT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 232
FAULT CODE 89) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 299
0468.4-EXCEED LOW IDLE SETPOINT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 233
FAULT CODE 89) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0469.2-INVALID ENGINE STOP REQ, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 234
53) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0469.3-INVALID ENGINE STOP REQ, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 235
CODE 53) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0469.4-INVALID ENGINE STOP REQ, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 236
CODE 53) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0470.2-FUEL TEMPERATURE (PHY, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 22) 280
(B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0470.3-FUEL TEMPERATURE (PHY), SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 281
CODE 22) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0470.4-FUEL TEMPERATURE (PHY), SHORT TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 282
CODE 22) (B.20.A.95.89 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0471.2-AUX ENG SPEED SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 150) 237
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0471.3-AUX ENG SPEED SENSOR, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 239
CODE 150) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0471.4-AUX ENG SPEED SENSOR, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 241
CODE 150) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0473.2-TIMEOUT AFTERRUN DR-MODE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 243
65) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0473.3-TIMEOUT AFTERRUN DR-MODE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 244
FAULT CODE 65) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0473.4-TIMEOUT AFTERRUN DR-MODE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 245
FAULT CODE 65) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0477.2-RESIST GOV DEVIATION QTY, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 246
165) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0477.3-RESIST GOV DEVIATION QTY, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 247
CODE 165) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0477.4-RESIST GOV DEVIATION QTY, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 248
CODE 165) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0478.2-STOP POS CONTROL RACK, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 249
166) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0478.3-STOP POS CONTROL RACK, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 250
CODE 166) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0478.4-STOP POS CONTROL RACK, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 251
CODE 166) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0479.2-RACK TRAVEL SENS DEFECT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 252
167) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0479.3-RACK TRAVEL SENS DEFECT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 253
FAULT CODE 167) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 300
0479.4-RACK TRAVEL SENS DEFECT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 254
CODE 167) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0480.2-RACK SENS INTERMIT CONT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 255
168) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0480.3-RACK SENS INTERMIT CONT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 256
CODE 168) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0480.4-RACK SENS INTERMIT CONT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 257
CODE 168) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0481.2-STAND ALONE OPERATION, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 258
176) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0481.3-STAND ALONE OPERATION, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 260
CODE 176) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0481.4-STAND ALONE OPERATION, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 262
CODE 176) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0482.2-SELF TEST, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 200) (B.20.A.92 - 264
G.30.C.10)
CX840
0482.3-SELF TEST, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 200) 265
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0482.4-SELF TEST, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 200) 266
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0483.2-CAN ELEMENT, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 177) (B.20.A.92 - 267
G.30.C.10)
CX840
0483.3-CAN ELEMENT, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 177) 268
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0483.4-CAN ELEMENT, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 177) 269
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0484.2-CAN BUS OFF STATE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 178) 270
(B.20.A.92 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0484.3-CAN BUS OFF STATE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 271
178) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0484.4-CAN BUS OFF STATE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 272
178) (B.20.A.92 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
E0154-03-Fuel Level sensor Shorted To High Source (B.20.A.95.90 - G.30.B.54) 283
E0154-04-Fuel Level sensor Shorted To Low Source (B.20.A.95.90 - G.30.B.53) 284
E0154-05-Fuel level sensor Line Disconnected (B.20.A.95.90 - G.30.B.50) 285
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237
E0154-05-Fuel level sensor Line Disconnected (B.20.A.95.90 - G.30.B.50) 286
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above, CX780 Series
1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and above, CX840 Series 1238 and above, CX860 Series 1238 and
above, CX880 Series 1238 and above
E0173-06-Curr Sense Eng Throttle Short Circuit (B.20.A.95.80 - G.30.B.25) 287
CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1282 - 1347,
CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 301
E0182-11-Fuel Shutoff / Terminal 15 Unidentified Failure Code (B.20.A.13.81 - G.30.B.46) 110
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above, CX780 Series
1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and above
E0182-11-Fuel Shutoff / Terminal 15 Unidentified Failure Code (B.20.A.13.81 - G.30.B.46) 112
CX840 Series 1206 - 1226, CX860 Series 1206 - 1226, CX880 Series 1206 - 1226
E0207-05-Engine Throttle Motor Line Disconnected (B.20.A.06.81 - G.30.B.50) 97
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820
E0208-02-ECU Module Data Incorrect (B.20.A.92 - G.30.E.13) 273
E0652-04-CSW Throttle Increase Shorted to Low Source (B.20.A.06.81 - G.30.B.53) 104
E0652-07-CSW Throttle Increase Mechanical Out of Range (B.20.A.06.81 - G.30.C.24) 105
E0656-04-CSW Throttle Decrease Shorted to Low Source (B.20.A.06.81 - G.30.B.53) 107
E0656-07-CSW Throttle Decrease Mechanical Out of Range (B.20.A.06.81 - G.30.C.24) 108
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - Bleed (B.20.A - F.35.A.25) 47
CX860, CX880
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - Overview (B.20.A - C.10.A.10) 17
CX860
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - Overview (B.20.A - C.10.A.10) 19
CX880
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - Special tools (B.20.A - D.20.A.40) 14
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - Static description (B.20.A - C.30.A.20) 21
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - Static description (B.20.A - C.30.A.20) 23
CX860, CX880
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - Torque (B.20.A - D.20.A.10) 14
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Fuel injection pump - Adjust (B.20.A.21 - F.45.A.01) 67
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820
Fuel injection pump - Adjust (B.20.A.21 - F.45.A.01) 68
CX840
Fuel injection pump - Bleed (B.20.A.21 - F.35.A.25) 58
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Fuel injection pump - Install (B.20.A.21 - F.10.A.15) 55
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Fuel injection pump - Remove (B.20.A.21 - F.10.A.10) 53
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Fuel injection pump - Static description (B.20.A.21 - C.30.A.20) 24
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820
Fuel injection pump - Static description (B.20.A.21 - C.30.A.20) 31
CX840
Fuel injection pump - Timing check (B.20.A.21 - F.40.B.12) 59
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Fuel injection pump - Timing check (B.20.A.21 - F.40.B.12) 63
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Fuel injector - Assemble (B.20.A.29 - F.10.A.20) 78
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Fuel injector - Cleaning (B.20.A.29 - F.30.A.10) 84
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Fuel injector - Clearance (B.20.A.29 - F.45.A.12) 89
CX860, CX880
Fuel injector - Disassemble (B.20.A.29 - F.10.A.25) 69
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Fuel injector - Dynamic description (B.20.A.29 - C.30.A.10) 36
CX860, CX880
Fuel injector - Install (B.20.A.29 - F.10.A.15) 74
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Fuel injector - Install (B.20.A.29 - F.10.A.15) 75
CX860, CX880
Fuel injector - Measure (B.20.A.29 - F.40.A.16) 86
CX860, CX880
Fuel injector - Overhaul (B.20.A.29 - F.10.A.40) 80
CX860, CX880

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 302
Fuel injector - Remove (B.20.A.29 - F.10.A.10) 70
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Fuel injector - Remove (B.20.A.29 - F.10.A.10) 71
CX860, CX880
Fuel injector - Replace (B.20.A.29 - F.10.A.30) 79
CX860, CX880
Fuel injector - Static description (B.20.A.29 - C.30.A.20) 37
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Fuel injector - Static description (B.20.A.29 - C.30.A.20) 40
CX860, CX880
Fuel injector - Test (B.20.A.29 - F.40.C.01) 87
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Fuel line High pressure - Install (B.20.A.36.20 - F.10.A.15) 96
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Fuel line High pressure - Remove (B.20.A.36.20 - F.10.A.10) 93
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Fuel line Low pressure - Install (B.20.A.36.10 - F.10.A.15) 95
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Fuel line Low pressure - Remove (B.20.A.36.10 - F.10.A.10) 92
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Fuel shut-off - General specification (B.20.A.13 - D.40.A.10) 16
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Fuel shut-off Electrical shut-off - Electrical test (B.20.A.13.81 - F.40.A.50) 50
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Fuel shut-off Electrical shut-off - Install (B.20.A.13.81 - F.10.A.15) 49
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Fuel shut-off Electrical shut-off - Remove (B.20.A.13.81 - F.10.A.10) 48
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Fuel shut-off Mechanical shut-off - Adjust (B.20.A.13.67 - F.45.A.01) 52
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Fuel transfer pump - Install (B.20.A.34 - F.10.A.15) 91
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Fuel transfer pump - Remove (B.20.A.34 - F.10.A.10) 90
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Fuel transfer pump - Static description (B.20.A.34 - C.30.A.20) 42
CX860, CX880
Injection control - Logical diagram (B.20.A.92 - C.20.B.72) 43
CX840, CX860, CX880

2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 303
 2 4/7/2006
B.20.A / 304
 POWER PRODUCTION - B

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM - 30.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 1
 Contents

POWER PRODUCTION - B

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM - 30.A

TECHNICAL DATA
Turbocharger
Torque (B.30.A.31 - D.20.A.10) 4
CX860, CX880

DIAGNOSTIC
Sensing system
0400.2-BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 5
CODE 145) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0400.2-BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 7

CODE XXX) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0400.3-BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 9

FAULT CODE 145) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0400.3-BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 11

FAULT CODE XXX) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0400.4-BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 13

FAULT CODE 145) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0400.4-BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 15

FAULT CODE XXX) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0402.2-BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 17

CODE 147) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0402.2-BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 19

CODE XXX) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0402.3-BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE 21

TOOL FAULT CODE 147) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0402.3-BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE 23

TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0402.4-BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE 25

TOOL FAULT CODE 147) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0402.4-BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE 27

TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 2
0441.2-BOOST AIR TEMP (PHY), DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 29
17) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0441.3-BOOST AIR TEMP (PHY), SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 31

FAULT CODE 17) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0441.4-BOOST AIR TEMP (PHY), SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 33

FAULT CODE 17) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0472.2-BOOST PRESSURE (PHY), DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 35

CODE 19) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0472.3-BOOST PRESSURE (PHY), SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 37

FAULT CODE 19) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0472.4-BOOST PRESSURE (PHY), SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 39

FAULT CODE 19) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

E0163-03-Engine Air Filter sensor Shorted To High Source (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54) 41

CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series
1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0163-03-Engine Air Filter sensor Shorted To High Source (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54) 43

CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series
1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX840 Series 1238 - 1281, CX860 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX880 Series 1238 - 1281

E0163-03-Engine Air Filter sensor Shorted To High Source (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54) 45

CX720 Series 1282 and above, CX740 Series 1282 and above, CX760 Series 1282 and above,
CX780 Series 1282 and above, CX820 Series 1282 and above, CX840 Series 1282 and above,
CX860 Series 1282 and above, CX880 Series 1282 and above

E0163-05-Engine Air Filter sensor Line Disconnected (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.50) 47

CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series
1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series
1238 - 1281, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1238 - 1281, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX880 Series 1238 - 1281, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0163-05-Engine Air Filter sensor Line Disconnected (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.50) 49

CX720 Series 1282 and above, CX740 Series 1282 and above, CX760 Series 1282 and above,
CX780 Series 1282 and above, CX820 Series 1282 and above, CX840 Series 1282 and above,
CX860 Series 1282 and above, CX880 Series 1282 and above

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 3
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

Turbocharger - Torque (B.30.A.31 - D.20.A.10)

CX860, CX880

MID0268A 1
Plan of tightening sequence of screws and nuts securing turbocharger

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 4
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0400.2-BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 145) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0400.2 - BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 145)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty sensor
2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Mechanical Fault

A. Inspect the tubing between turbocharger and inlet manIfold. Ensure that no leakage points exist and all
connections are tight.

B. If the tubing and connections are okay continue with step 2.

2. Harness connector fault

A. Inspect the harness connector onto the sensor. Ensure that the connector is not damaged, the pins are
correctly located in the connector body and that it is a tight fit onto the sensor.

B. If the harness connector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Sensor Fault

Resistance in Ω
Temperature in °C Minimum Nominal Maximum
-40 ± 1 38313 45313 53103
-30 ± 1 22362 26114 30258
-20 ± 1 13402 15462 17718
-10 ± 1 8244 9397 10661
0±1 5227 5896 6623
10 ± 1 3396 3792 4222
20 ± 1 2262 2500 2760
30 ± 1 1555 1707 1867
40 ± 1 1080 1175 1277
50 ± 1 771 834 900
60 ± 1 555 595 639
70 ± 1 408 435 465
80 ± 1 304 322 342
90 ± 1 231 243 257
100 ± 1 178 186 196
110 ± 1 137 144 152
120 ± 1 106 112 119
130 ± 1 84 89 95

A. Test the sensor. To test the pressure part of the sensor the voltage needs to be read on the output wire,
EN-889-YE, pin 4 of the connector. Using a suitable probe into the wire, the voltage should range from

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 5
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0.7-0.8 V at 70 kPa(10 lbf.in2 ), idle erpm, to 4.0-4.1 V at 360 kPa (52 lbf.in2 ), max erpm. If there is
voltage but out of range replace sensor, if Zero volts is indicated continue with step 4.
To test the temperature part of the sensor measure the resistance across pins 1 and 2 of the sensor. The
resistance will vary according to the temperature detailed in the table above.

B. If the sensor is to specification continue with step 4.

4. Wiring faulty

A. Check the wiring from the engine ECU to the sensor connector, X210. With the keystart ON, +5 V should
be measured on wire EN--888--PK, pin 3 of sensor connector (+5V common line). If ZERO volts is indi-
cated check for an Open Circuit or Short to ground back to the engineECU, connector X192, pin 23. Trace
fault and repair wiring as required. If wiring to pin 3 is okay continue with step B.

B. With the keystart OFF, continuity to ground should be indicated on wire EN--885--BL, pin 1 of sensor
connector (ground common line). If no ground is indicated, check for anOpen circuit back to the engine
ECU, connector X192, pin17. Trace fault and repair wiring as required. With the keystart ON, check pin 1
for a short to +12 V. If +12 V is indicated trace fault and repair wiring to pin 1. If the wiring to pin 1 is okay
continue with step C or D.

C. For an air temperature sensor error check the wiring to pin 2 of the sensor connector. Check for an open
circuit back to engine ECU, connector X192, pin 10. Check also for a short to ground, and a short to +12
V. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.

D. For a boost pressure sensor error check the wiring to pin 4 of the sensor connector. Check for an open
circuit back to engine ECU, connector X193, pin 12. Check also for a short to ground, and a short to +12
V. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 6
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0400.2-BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0400.2 - BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty sensor
2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Harness connector fault

A. Inspect the harness connector onto the sensor. Ensure that the connector is not damaged, the pins are
correctly located in the connector body and that it is a tight fit onto the sensor.

B. If the harness connector is okay continue with step 3.

2. Sensor Fault

Resistance in Ω
Temperature in °C Minimum Nominal Maximum
-40 ± 1 38313 45313 53103
-30 ± 1 22362 26114 30258
-20 ± 1 13402 15462 17718
-10 ± 1 8244 9397 10661
0±1 5227 5896 6623
10 ± 1 3396 3792 4222
20 ± 1 2262 2500 2760
30 ± 1 1555 1707 1867
40 ± 1 1080 1175 1277
50 ± 1 771 834 900
60 ± 1 555 595 639
70 ± 1 408 435 465
80 ± 1 304 322 342
90 ± 1 231 243 257
100 ± 1 178 186 196
110 ± 1 137 144 152
120 ± 1 106 112 119
130 ± 1 84 89 95

A. To test the sensor measure the resistance across pins 1 and 2 of the sensor. The resistance will vary
according to the temperature detailed in the table above.

B. If the sensor is to specification continue with step 3.

3. Wiring faulty

A. Check the wiring from the engine ECU to the sensor connector. With the key start ON, +5 V should be
measured on pin1 of sensor connector (+5 common line). If 0 V is indicated, check for an open circuit or

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 7
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

short to ground back to the engine ECU, connector X192, pin 17. Trace the fault and repair the wiring as
required. If the wiring to pin 1 is okay continue with step B.

B. With the key start OFF, continuity to ground should be indicated on pin 2 of sensor connector (ground
common line). If no ground is indicated, check for an Open circuit back to the engine ECU, connector
X192, pin 10. Trace fault and repair wiring as required. With the key start ON, check pin 2 for a short to
+12 V. If +12 V is indicated trace fault and repair wiring to pin2.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 8
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0400.3-BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 145) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0400.3 - BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 145)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty sensor
2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Mechanical Fault

A. Inspect the tubing between turbocharger and inlet manIfold. Ensure that no leakage points exist and all
connections are tight.

B. If the tubing and connections are okay continue with step 2.

2. Harness connector fault

A. Inspect the harness connector onto the sensor. Ensure that the connector is not damaged, the pins are
correctly located in the connector body and that it is a tight fit onto the sensor.

B. If the harness connector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Sensor Fault

Resistance in Ω
Temperature in °C Minimum Nominal Maximum
-40 ± 1 38313 45313 53103
-30 ± 1 22362 26114 30258
-20 ± 1 13402 15462 17718
-10 ± 1 8244 9397 10661
0±1 5227 5896 6623
10 ± 1 3396 3792 4222
20 ± 1 2262 2500 2760
30 ± 1 1555 1707 1867
40 ± 1 1080 1175 1277
50 ± 1 771 834 900
60 ± 1 555 595 639
70 ± 1 408 435 465
80 ± 1 304 322 342
90 ± 1 231 243 257
100 ± 1 178 186 196
110 ± 1 137 144 152
120 ± 1 106 112 119
130 ± 1 84 89 95

A. Test the sensor. To test the pressure part of the sensor the voltage needs to be read on the output wire,
EN-889-YE, pin 4 of the connector. Using a suitable probe into the wire, the voltage should range from

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 9
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0.7-0.8 V at 70 kPa(10 lbf.in2 ), idle erpm, to 4.0-4.1 V at 360 kPa (52 lbf.in2 ), max erpm. If there is
voltage but out of range replace sensor, if Zero volts is indicated continue with step 4.
To test the temperature part of the sensor measure the resistance across pins 1 and 2 of the sensor. The
resistance will vary according to the temperature detailed in the table above.

B. If the sensor is to specification continue with step 4.

4. Wiring faulty

A. Check the wiring from the engine ECU to the sensor connector, X210. With the keystart ON, +5 V should
be measured on wire EN--888--PK, pin 3 of sensor connector (+5V common line). If ZERO volts is indi-
cated check for an Open Circuit or Short to ground back to the engineECU, connector X192, pin 23. Trace
fault and repair wiring as required. If wiring to pin 3 is okay continue with step B.

B. With the keystart OFF, continuity to ground should be indicated on wire EN--885--BL, pin 1 of sensor
connector (ground common line). If no ground is indicated, check for anOpen circuit back to the engine
ECU, connector X192, pin17. Trace fault and repair wiring as required. With the keystart ON, check pin 1
for a short to +12 V. If +12 V is indicated trace fault and repair wiring to pin 1. If the wiring to pin 1 is okay
continue with step C or D.

C. For an air temperature sensor error check the wiring to pin 2 of the sensor connector. Check for an open
circuit back to engine ECU, connector X192, pin 10. Check also for a short to ground, and a short to +12
V. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.

D. For a boost pressure sensor error check the wiring to pin 4 of the sensor connector. Check for an open
circuit back to engine ECU, connector X193, pin 12. Check also for a short to ground, and a short to +12
V. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 10
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0400.3-BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0400.3 - BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty sensor
2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Harness connector fault

A. Inspect the harness connector onto the sensor. Ensure that the connector is not damaged, the pins are
correctly located in the connector body and that it is a tight fit onto the sensor.

B. If the harness connector is okay continue with step 3.

2. Sensor Fault

Resistance in Ω
Temperature in °C Minimum Nominal Maximum
-40 ± 1 38313 45313 53103
-30 ± 1 22362 26114 30258
-20 ± 1 13402 15462 17718
-10 ± 1 8244 9397 10661
0±1 5227 5896 6623
10 ± 1 3396 3792 4222
20 ± 1 2262 2500 2760
30 ± 1 1555 1707 1867
40 ± 1 1080 1175 1277
50 ± 1 771 834 900
60 ± 1 555 595 639
70 ± 1 408 435 465
80 ± 1 304 322 342
90 ± 1 231 243 257
100 ± 1 178 186 196
110 ± 1 137 144 152
120 ± 1 106 112 119
130 ± 1 84 89 95

A. To test the sensor measure the resistance across pins 1 and 2 of the sensor. The resistance will vary
according to the temperature detailed in the table above.

B. If the sensor is to specification continue with step 3.

3. Wiring faulty

A. Check the wiring from the engine ECU to the sensor connector. With the key start ON, +5 V should be
measured on pin1 of sensor connector (+5 common line). If 0 V is indicated, check for an open circuit or

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 11
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

short to ground back to the engine ECU, connector X192, pin 21. Trace the fault and repair the wiring as
required. If the wiring to pin 1 is okay continue with step B.

B. With the key start OFF, continuity to ground should be indicated on pin 2 of sensor connector (ground
common line). If no ground is indicated, check for an Open circuit back to the engine ECU, connector
X192, pin 4. Trace fault and repair wiring as required. With the key start ON, check pin 2 for a short to
+12 V. If +12 V is indicated trace fault and repair wiring to pin2.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 12
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0400.4-BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 145) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0400.4 - BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 145)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty sensor
2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Mechanical Fault

A. Inspect the tubing between turbocharger and inlet manIfold. Ensure that no leakage points exist and all
connections are tight.

B. If the tubing and connections are okay continue with step 2.

2. Harness connector fault

A. Inspect the harness connector onto the sensor. Ensure that the connector is not damaged, the pins are
correctly located in the connector body and that it is a tight fit onto the sensor.

B. If the harness connector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Sensor Fault

Resistance in Ω
Temperature in °C Minimum Nominal Maximum
-40 ± 1 38313 45313 53103
-30 ± 1 22362 26114 30258
-20 ± 1 13402 15462 17718
-10 ± 1 8244 9397 10661
0±1 5227 5896 6623
10 ± 1 3396 3792 4222
20 ± 1 2262 2500 2760
30 ± 1 1555 1707 1867
40 ± 1 1080 1175 1277
50 ± 1 771 834 900
60 ± 1 555 595 639
70 ± 1 408 435 465
80 ± 1 304 322 342
90 ± 1 231 243 257
100 ± 1 178 186 196
110 ± 1 137 144 152
120 ± 1 106 112 119
130 ± 1 84 89 95

A. Test the sensor. To test the pressure part of the sensor the voltage needs to be read on the output wire,
EN-889-YE, pin 4 of the connector. Using a suitable probe into the wire, the voltage should range from

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 13
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0.7-0.8 V at 70 kPa(10 lbf.in2 ), idle erpm, to 4.0-4.1 V at 360 kPa (52 lbf.in2 ), max erpm. If there is
voltage but out of range replace sensor, if Zero volts is indicated continue with step 4.
To test the temperature part of the sensor measure the resistance across pins 1 and 2 of the sensor. The
resistance will vary according to the temperature detailed in the table above.

B. If the sensor is to specification continue with step 4.

4. Wiring faulty

A. Check the wiring from the engine ECU to the sensor connector, X210. With the keystart ON, +5 V should
be measured on wire EN--888--PK, pin 3 of sensor connector (+5V common line). If ZERO volts is indi-
cated check for an Open Circuit or Short to ground back to the engineECU, connector X192, pin 23. Trace
fault and repair wiring as required. If wiring to pin 3 is okay continue with step B.

B. With the keystart OFF, continuity to ground should be indicated on wire EN--885--BL, pin 1 of sensor
connector (ground common line). If no ground is indicated, check for anOpen circuit back to the engine
ECU, connector X192, pin17. Trace fault and repair wiring as required. With the keystart ON, check pin 1
for a short to +12 V. If +12 V is indicated trace fault and repair wiring to pin 1. If the wiring to pin 1 is okay
continue with step C or D.

C. For an air temperature sensor error check the wiring to pin 2 of the sensor connector. Check for an open
circuit back to engine ECU, connector X192, pin 10. Check also for a short to ground, and a short to +12
V. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.

D. For a boost pressure sensor error check the wiring to pin 4 of the sensor connector. Check for an open
circuit back to engine ECU, connector X193, pin 12. Check also for a short to ground, and a short to +12
V. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 14
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0400.4-BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0400.4 - BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty sensor
2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Harness connector fault

A. Inspect the harness connector onto the sensor. Ensure that the connector is not damaged, the pins are
correctly located in the connector body and that it is a tight fit onto the sensor.

B. If the harness connector is okay continue with step 3.

2. Sensor Fault

Resistance in Ω
Temperature in °C Minimum Nominal Maximum
-40 ± 1 38313 45313 53103
-30 ± 1 22362 26114 30258
-20 ± 1 13402 15462 17718
-10 ± 1 8244 9397 10661
0±1 5227 5896 6623
10 ± 1 3396 3792 4222
20 ± 1 2262 2500 2760
30 ± 1 1555 1707 1867
40 ± 1 1080 1175 1277
50 ± 1 771 834 900
60 ± 1 555 595 639
70 ± 1 408 435 465
80 ± 1 304 322 342
90 ± 1 231 243 257
100 ± 1 178 186 196
110 ± 1 137 144 152
120 ± 1 106 112 119
130 ± 1 84 89 95

A. To test the sensor measure the resistance across pins 1 and 2 of the sensor. The resistance will vary
according to the temperature detailed in the table above.

B. If the sensor is to specification continue with step 3.

3. Wiring faulty

A. Check the wiring from the engine ECU to the sensor connector. With the key start ON, +5 V should be
measured on pin1 of sensor connector (+5 common line). If 0 V is indicated, check for an open circuit or

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 15
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

short to ground back to the engine ECU, connector X192, pin 21. Trace the fault and repair the wiring as
required. If the wiring to pin 1 is okay continue with step B.

B. With the key start OFF, continuity to ground should be indicated on pin 2 of sensor connector (ground
common line). If no ground is indicated, check for an Open circuit back to the engine ECU, connector
X192, pin 4. Trace fault and repair wiring as required. With the key start ON, check pin 2 for a short to
+12 V. If +12 V is indicated trace fault and repair wiring to pin2.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 16
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0402.2-BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 147) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0402.2 - BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 147)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty sensor
2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Mechanical Fault

A. Inspect the tubing between turbocharger and inlet manIfold. Ensure that no leakage points exist and all
connections are tight.

B. If the tubing and connections are okay continue with step 2.

2. Harness connector fault

A. Inspect the harness connector onto the sensor. Ensure that the connector is not damaged, the pins are
correctly located in the connector body and that it is a tight fit onto the sensor.

B. If the harness connector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Sensor Fault

Resistance in Ω
Temperature in °C Minimum Nominal Maximum
-40 ± 1 38313 45313 53103
-30 ± 1 22362 26114 30258
-20 ± 1 13402 15462 17718
-10 ± 1 8244 9397 10661
0±1 5227 5896 6623
10 ± 1 3396 3792 4222
20 ± 1 2262 2500 2760
30 ± 1 1555 1707 1867
40 ± 1 1080 1175 1277
50 ± 1 771 834 900
60 ± 1 555 595 639
70 ± 1 408 435 465
80 ± 1 304 322 342
90 ± 1 231 243 257
100 ± 1 178 186 196
110 ± 1 137 144 152
120 ± 1 106 112 119
130 ± 1 84 89 95

A. Test the sensor. To test the pressure part of the sensor the voltage needs to be read on the output wire,
EN-889-YE, pin 4 of the connector. Using a suitable probe into the wire, the voltage should range from

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 17
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0.7-0.8 V at 70 kPa(10 lbf.in2 ), idle erpm, to 4.0-4.1 V at 360 kPa (52 lbf.in2 ), max erpm. If there is
voltage but out of range replace sensor, if Zero volts is indicated continue with step 4.
To test the temperature part of the sensor measure the resistance across pins 1 and 2 of the sensor. The
resistance will vary according to the temperature detailed in the table above.

B. If the sensor is to specification continue with step 4.

4. Wiring faulty

A. Check the wiring from the engine ECU to the sensor connector, X210. With the keystart ON, +5 V should
be measured on wire EN--888--PK, pin 3 of sensor connector (+5V common line). If ZERO volts is indi-
cated check for an Open Circuit or Short to ground back to the engineECU, connector X192, pin 23. Trace
fault and repair wiring as required. If wiring to pin 3 is okay continue with step B.

B. With the keystart OFF, continuity to ground should be indicated on wire EN--885--BL, pin 1 of sensor
connector (ground common line). If no ground is indicated, check for anOpen circuit back to the engine
ECU, connector X192, pin17. Trace fault and repair wiring as required. With the keystart ON, check pin 1
for a short to +12 V. If +12 V is indicated trace fault and repair wiring to pin 1. If the wiring to pin 1 is okay
continue with step C or D.

C. For an air temperature sensor error check the wiring to pin 2 of the sensor connector. Check for an open
circuit back to engine ECU, connector X192, pin 10. Check also for a short to ground, and a short to +12
V. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.

D. For a boost pressure sensor error check the wiring to pin 4 of the sensor connector. Check for an open
circuit back to engine ECU, connector X193, pin 12. Check also for a short to ground, and a short to +12
V. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 18
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0402.2-BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0402.2 - BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty sensor
2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Mechanical Fault

A. Inspect the tubing between turbocharger and inlet manIfold. Ensure that no leakage points exist and all
connections are tight.

B. If the tubing and connections are okay continue with step 2.

2. Harness connector fault

A. Inspect the harness connector onto the sensor. Ensure that the connector is not damaged, the pins are
correctly located in the connector body and that it is a tight fit onto the sensor.

B. If the harness connector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Sensor Fault

A. To test the sensor the voltage needs to be read between the output wire, pin 1 and the sensor ground, pin
3, of the connector. Using a suitable probe into the wire, the voltage should range from 0.9-1.1 V at 450
- 550 rpm , to 1.0-1.3 V at 2660 rpm . If there is voltage but out of range replace sensor, if Zero volts is
indicated continue with step 4.

B. The resistance of the wiring within the sensor can also be checked:
resistance between pins 1 and 2 = 3.3 kΩ
resistance between pins 2 and 3 = 2.5 kΩ
resistance between pins 1 and 3 = 2.5 kΩ
If the sensor is to specification continue with step 4.
4. Wiring faulty

A. Check the wiring from the engine ECU to the sensor connector. With the key start ON, +5 V should be
measured on pin 2 of sensor connector. If 0 volts is indicated check for an open circuit or short to ground
back to the engine ECU, connector X192, pin 23. Trace the fault and repair the wiring as required. If the
wiring to pin 2 is okay, continue with step B.

B. With the key start OFF, continuity to ground should be indicated on pin 3 of sensor connector. If no ground
is indicated, check for an open circuit back to the engine ECU, connector X192, pin17. Trace the fault and
repair the wiring as required. If wiring to pin 3 is okay, continue with step C.

C. With the key start ON, check pin 1 for a short to +12 V. If +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair the
wiring to pin 1. If okay, check for an open circuit back to engine ECU, connector X193, pin 12. Check also
for a short to ground. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.
Series 1206 and above
2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 19
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 20
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0402.3-BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 147) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0402.3 - BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 147)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty sensor
2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Mechanical Fault

A. Inspect the tubing between turbocharger and inlet manIfold. Ensure that no leakage points exist and all
connections are tight.

B. If the tubing and connections are okay continue with step 2.

2. Harness connector fault

A. Inspect the harness connector onto the sensor. Ensure that the connector is not damaged, the pins are
correctly located in the connector body and that it is a tight fit onto the sensor.

B. If the harness connector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Sensor Fault

Resistance in Ω
Temperature in °C Minimum Nominal Maximum
-40 ± 1 38313 45313 53103
-30 ± 1 22362 26114 30258
-20 ± 1 13402 15462 17718
-10 ± 1 8244 9397 10661
0±1 5227 5896 6623
10 ± 1 3396 3792 4222
20 ± 1 2262 2500 2760
30 ± 1 1555 1707 1867
40 ± 1 1080 1175 1277
50 ± 1 771 834 900
60 ± 1 555 595 639
70 ± 1 408 435 465
80 ± 1 304 322 342
90 ± 1 231 243 257
100 ± 1 178 186 196
110 ± 1 137 144 152
120 ± 1 106 112 119
130 ± 1 84 89 95

A. Test the sensor. To test the pressure part of the sensor the voltage needs to be read on the output wire,
EN-889-YE, pin 4 of the connector. Using a suitable probe into the wire, the voltage should range from

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 21
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0.7-0.8 V at 70 kPa(10 lbf.in2 ), idle erpm, to 4.0-4.1 V at 360 kPa (52 lbf.in2 ), max erpm. If there is
voltage but out of range replace sensor, if Zero volts is indicated continue with step 4.
To test the temperature part of the sensor measure the resistance across pins 1 and 2 of the sensor. The
resistance will vary according to the temperature detailed in the table above.

B. If the sensor is to specification continue with step 4.

4. Wiring faulty

A. Check the wiring from the engine ECU to the sensor connector, X210. With the keystart ON, +5 V should
be measured on wire EN--888--PK, pin 3 of sensor connector (+5V common line). If ZERO volts is indi-
cated check for an Open Circuit or Short to ground back to the engineECU, connector X192, pin 23. Trace
fault and repair wiring as required. If wiring to pin 3 is okay continue with step B.

B. With the keystart OFF, continuity to ground should be indicated on wire EN--885--BL, pin 1 of sensor
connector (ground common line). If no ground is indicated, check for anOpen circuit back to the engine
ECU, connector X192, pin17. Trace fault and repair wiring as required. With the keystart ON, check pin 1
for a short to +12 V. If +12 V is indicated trace fault and repair wiring to pin 1. If the wiring to pin 1 is okay
continue with step C or D.

C. For an air temperature sensor error check the wiring to pin 2 of the sensor connector. Check for an open
circuit back to engine ECU, connector X192, pin 10. Check also for a short to ground, and a short to +12
V. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.

D. For a boost pressure sensor error check the wiring to pin 4 of the sensor connector. Check for an open
circuit back to engine ECU, connector X193, pin 12. Check also for a short to ground, and a short to +12
V. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 22
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0402.3-BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0402.3 - BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty sensor
2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Mechanical Fault

A. Inspect the tubing between turbocharger and inlet manIfold. Ensure that no leakage points exist and all
connections are tight.

B. If the tubing and connections are okay continue with step 2.

2. Harness connector fault

A. Inspect the harness connector onto the sensor. Ensure that the connector is not damaged, the pins are
correctly located in the connector body and that it is a tight fit onto the sensor.

B. If the harness connector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Sensor Fault

A. To test the sensor the voltage needs to be read between the output wire, pin 1 and the sensor ground, pin
3, of the connector. Using a suitable probe into the wire, the voltage should range from 0.9-1.1 V at 450
- 550 rpm , to 1.0-1.3 V at 2660 rpm . If there is voltage but out of range replace sensor, if Zero volts is
indicated continue with step 4.

B. The resistance of the wiring within the sensor can also be checked:
resistance between pins 1 and 2 = 3.3 kΩ
resistance between pins 2 and 3 = 2.5 kΩ
resistance between pins 1 and 3 = 2.5 kΩ
If the sensor is to specification continue with step 4.
4. Wiring faulty

A. Check the wiring from the engine ECU to the sensor connector. With the key start ON, +5 V should be
measured on pin 2 of sensor connector. If 0 volts is indicated check for an open circuit or short to ground
back to the engine ECU, connector X192, pin 23. Trace the fault and repair the wiring as required. If the
wiring to pin 2 is okay, continue with step B.

B. With the key start OFF, continuity to ground should be indicated on pin 3 of sensor connector. If no ground
is indicated, check for an open circuit back to the engine ECU, connector X192, pin17. Trace the fault and
repair the wiring as required. If wiring to pin 3 is okay, continue with step C.

C. With the key start ON, check pin 1 for a short to +12 V. If +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair the
wiring to pin 1. If okay, check for an open circuit back to engine ECU, connector X193, pin 12. Check also
for a short to ground. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.
Series 1206 and above
2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 23
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 24
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0402.4-BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 147) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0402.4 - BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 147)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty sensor
2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Mechanical Fault

A. Inspect the tubing between turbocharger and inlet manIfold. Ensure that no leakage points exist and all
connections are tight.

B. If the tubing and connections are okay continue with step 2.

2. Harness connector fault

A. Inspect the harness connector onto the sensor. Ensure that the connector is not damaged, the pins are
correctly located in the connector body and that it is a tight fit onto the sensor.

B. If the harness connector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Sensor Fault

Resistance in Ω
Temperature in °C Minimum Nominal Maximum
-40 ± 1 38313 45313 53103
-30 ± 1 22362 26114 30258
-20 ± 1 13402 15462 17718
-10 ± 1 8244 9397 10661
0±1 5227 5896 6623
10 ± 1 3396 3792 4222
20 ± 1 2262 2500 2760
30 ± 1 1555 1707 1867
40 ± 1 1080 1175 1277
50 ± 1 771 834 900
60 ± 1 555 595 639
70 ± 1 408 435 465
80 ± 1 304 322 342
90 ± 1 231 243 257
100 ± 1 178 186 196
110 ± 1 137 144 152
120 ± 1 106 112 119
130 ± 1 84 89 95

A. Test the sensor. To test the pressure part of the sensor the voltage needs to be read on the output wire,
EN-889-YE, pin 4 of the connector. Using a suitable probe into the wire, the voltage should range from

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 25
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0.7-0.8 V at 70 kPa(10 lbf.in2 ), idle erpm, to 4.0-4.1 V at 360 kPa (52 lbf.in2 ), max erpm. If there is
voltage but out of range replace sensor, if Zero volts is indicated continue with step 4.
To test the temperature part of the sensor measure the resistance across pins 1 and 2 of the sensor. The
resistance will vary according to the temperature detailed in the table above.

B. If the sensor is to specification continue with step 4.

4. Wiring faulty

A. Check the wiring from the engine ECU to the sensor connector, X210. With the keystart ON, +5 V should
be measured on wire EN--888--PK, pin 3 of sensor connector (+5V common line). If ZERO volts is indi-
cated check for an Open Circuit or Short to ground back to the engineECU, connector X192, pin 23. Trace
fault and repair wiring as required. If wiring to pin 3 is okay continue with step B.

B. With the keystart OFF, continuity to ground should be indicated on wire EN--885--BL, pin 1 of sensor
connector (ground common line). If no ground is indicated, check for anOpen circuit back to the engine
ECU, connector X192, pin17. Trace fault and repair wiring as required. With the keystart ON, check pin 1
for a short to +12 V. If +12 V is indicated trace fault and repair wiring to pin 1. If the wiring to pin 1 is okay
continue with step C or D.

C. For an air temperature sensor error check the wiring to pin 2 of the sensor connector. Check for an open
circuit back to engine ECU, connector X192, pin 10. Check also for a short to ground, and a short to +12
V. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.

D. For a boost pressure sensor error check the wiring to pin 4 of the sensor connector. Check for an open
circuit back to engine ECU, connector X193, pin 12. Check also for a short to ground, and a short to +12
V. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 26
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0402.4-BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0402.4 - BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE XXX)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty sensor
2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Mechanical Fault

A. Inspect the tubing between turbocharger and inlet manIfold. Ensure that no leakage points exist and all
connections are tight.

B. If the tubing and connections are okay continue with step 2.

2. Harness connector fault

A. Inspect the harness connector onto the sensor. Ensure that the connector is not damaged, the pins are
correctly located in the connector body and that it is a tight fit onto the sensor.

B. If the harness connector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Sensor Fault

A. To test the sensor the voltage needs to be read between the output wire, pin 1 and the sensor ground, pin
3, of the connector. Using a suitable probe into the wire, the voltage should range from 0.9-1.1 V at 450
- 550 rpm , to 1.0-1.3 V at 2660 rpm . If there is voltage but out of range replace sensor, if Zero volts is
indicated continue with step 4.

B. The resistance of the wiring within the sensor can also be checked:
resistance between pins 1 and 2 = 3.3 kΩ
resistance between pins 2 and 3 = 2.5 kΩ
resistance between pins 1 and 3 = 2.5 kΩ
If the sensor is to specification continue with step 4.
4. Wiring faulty

A. Check the wiring from the engine ECU to the sensor connector. With the key start ON, +5 V should be
measured on pin 2 of sensor connector. If 0 volts is indicated check for an open circuit or short to ground
back to the engine ECU, connector X192, pin 23. Trace the fault and repair the wiring as required. If the
wiring to pin 2 is okay, continue with step B.

B. With the key start OFF, continuity to ground should be indicated on pin 3 of sensor connector. If no ground
is indicated, check for an open circuit back to the engine ECU, connector X192, pin17. Trace the fault and
repair the wiring as required. If wiring to pin 3 is okay, continue with step C.

C. With the key start ON, check pin 1 for a short to +12 V. If +12 V is indicated trace the fault and repair the
wiring to pin 1. If okay, check for an open circuit back to engine ECU, connector X193, pin 12. Check also
for a short to ground. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.
Series 1206 and above
2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 27
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 28
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0441.2-BOOST AIR TEMP (PHY), DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 17) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0441.2 - BOOST AIR TEMP (PHY), DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 17)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty sensor
2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Mechanical Fault

A. Inspect the tubing between turbocharger and inlet manIfold. Ensure that no leakage points exist and all
connections are tight.

B. If the tubing and connections are okay continue with step 2.

2. Harness connector fault

A. Inspect the harness connector onto the sensor. Ensure that the connector is not damaged, the pins are
correctly located in the connector body and that it is a tight fit onto the sensor.

B. If the harness connector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Sensor Fault

Resistance in Ω
Temperature in °C Minimum Nominal Maximum
-40 ± 1 38313 45313 53103
-30 ± 1 22362 26114 30258
-20 ± 1 13402 15462 17718
-10 ± 1 8244 9397 10661
0±1 5227 5896 6623
10 ± 1 3396 3792 4222
20 ± 1 2262 2500 2760
30 ± 1 1555 1707 1867
40 ± 1 1080 1175 1277
50 ± 1 771 834 900
60 ± 1 555 595 639
70 ± 1 408 435 465
80 ± 1 304 322 342
90 ± 1 231 243 257
100 ± 1 178 186 196
110 ± 1 137 144 152
120 ± 1 106 112 119
130 ± 1 84 89 95

A. Test the sensor. To test the pressure part of the sensor the voltage needs to be read on the output wire,
EN-889-YE, pin 4 of the connector. Using a suitable probe into the wire, the voltage should range from

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 29
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0.7-0.8 V at 70 kPa(10 lbf.in2 ), idle erpm, to 4.0-4.1 V at 360 kPa (52 lbf.in2 ), max erpm. If there is
voltage but out of range replace sensor, if Zero volts is indicated continue with step 4.
To test the temperature part of the sensor measure the resistance across pins 1 and 2 of the sensor. The
resistance will vary according to the temperature detailed in the table above.

B. If the sensor is to specification continue with step 4.

4. Wiring faulty

A. Check the wiring from the engine ECU to the sensor connector, X210. With the keystart ON, +5 V should
be measured on wire EN--888--PK, pin 3 of sensor connector (+5V common line). If ZERO volts is indi-
cated check for an Open Circuit or Short to ground back to the engineECU, connector X192, pin 23. Trace
fault and repair wiring as required. If wiring to pin 3 is okay continue with step B.

B. With the keystart OFF, continuity to ground should be indicated on wire EN--885--BL, pin 1 of sensor
connector (ground common line). If no ground is indicated, check for anOpen circuit back to the engine
ECU, connector X192, pin17. Trace fault and repair wiring as required. With the keystart ON, check pin 1
for a short to +12 V. If +12 V is indicated trace fault and repair wiring to pin 1. If the wiring to pin 1 is okay
continue with step C or D.

C. For an air temperature sensor error check the wiring to pin 2 of the sensor connector. Check for an open
circuit back to engine ECU, connector X192, pin 10. Check also for a short to ground, and a short to +12
V. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.

D. For a boost pressure sensor error check the wiring to pin 4 of the sensor connector. Check for an open
circuit back to engine ECU, connector X193, pin 12. Check also for a short to ground, and a short to +12
V. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 30
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0441.3-BOOST AIR TEMP (PHY), SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 17) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0441.3 - BOOST AIR TEMP (PHY), SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 17)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty sensor
2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Mechanical Fault

A. Inspect the tubing between turbocharger and inlet manIfold. Ensure that no leakage points exist and all
connections are tight.

B. If the tubing and connections are okay continue with step 2.

2. Harness connector fault

A. Inspect the harness connector onto the sensor. Ensure that the connector is not damaged, the pins are
correctly located in the connector body and that it is a tight fit onto the sensor.

B. If the harness connector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Sensor Fault

Resistance in Ω
Temperature in °C Minimum Nominal Maximum
-40 ± 1 38313 45313 53103
-30 ± 1 22362 26114 30258
-20 ± 1 13402 15462 17718
-10 ± 1 8244 9397 10661
0±1 5227 5896 6623
10 ± 1 3396 3792 4222
20 ± 1 2262 2500 2760
30 ± 1 1555 1707 1867
40 ± 1 1080 1175 1277
50 ± 1 771 834 900
60 ± 1 555 595 639
70 ± 1 408 435 465
80 ± 1 304 322 342
90 ± 1 231 243 257
100 ± 1 178 186 196
110 ± 1 137 144 152
120 ± 1 106 112 119
130 ± 1 84 89 95

A. Test the sensor. To test the pressure part of the sensor the voltage needs to be read on the output wire,
EN-889-YE, pin 4 of the connector. Using a suitable probe into the wire, the voltage should range from

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 31
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0.7-0.8 V at 70 kPa(10 lbf.in2 ), idle erpm, to 4.0-4.1 V at 360 kPa (52 lbf.in2 ), max erpm. If there is
voltage but out of range replace sensor, if Zero volts is indicated continue with step 4.
To test the temperature part of the sensor measure the resistance across pins 1 and 2 of the sensor. The
resistance will vary according to the temperature detailed in the table above.

B. If the sensor is to specification continue with step 4.

4. Wiring faulty

A. Check the wiring from the engine ECU to the sensor connector, X210. With the keystart ON, +5 V should
be measured on wire EN--888--PK, pin 3 of sensor connector (+5V common line). If ZERO volts is indi-
cated check for an Open Circuit or Short to ground back to the engineECU, connector X192, pin 23. Trace
fault and repair wiring as required. If wiring to pin 3 is okay continue with step B.

B. With the keystart OFF, continuity to ground should be indicated on wire EN--885--BL, pin 1 of sensor
connector (ground common line). If no ground is indicated, check for anOpen circuit back to the engine
ECU, connector X192, pin17. Trace fault and repair wiring as required. With the keystart ON, check pin 1
for a short to +12 V. If +12 V is indicated trace fault and repair wiring to pin 1. If the wiring to pin 1 is okay
continue with step C or D.

C. For an air temperature sensor error check the wiring to pin 2 of the sensor connector. Check for an open
circuit back to engine ECU, connector X192, pin 10. Check also for a short to ground, and a short to +12
V. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.

D. For a boost pressure sensor error check the wiring to pin 4 of the sensor connector. Check for an open
circuit back to engine ECU, connector X193, pin 12. Check also for a short to ground, and a short to +12
V. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 32
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0441.4-BOOST AIR TEMP (PHY), SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 17) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0441.4 - BOOST AIR TEMP (PHY), SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 17)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty sensor
2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Mechanical Fault

A. Inspect the tubing between turbocharger and inlet manIfold. Ensure that no leakage points exist and all
connections are tight.

B. If the tubing and connections are okay continue with step 2.

2. Harness connector fault

A. Inspect the harness connector onto the sensor. Ensure that the connector is not damaged, the pins are
correctly located in the connector body and that it is a tight fit onto the sensor.

B. If the harness connector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Sensor Fault

Resistance in Ω
Temperature in °C Minimum Nominal Maximum
-40 ± 1 38313 45313 53103
-30 ± 1 22362 26114 30258
-20 ± 1 13402 15462 17718
-10 ± 1 8244 9397 10661
0±1 5227 5896 6623
10 ± 1 3396 3792 4222
20 ± 1 2262 2500 2760
30 ± 1 1555 1707 1867
40 ± 1 1080 1175 1277
50 ± 1 771 834 900
60 ± 1 555 595 639
70 ± 1 408 435 465
80 ± 1 304 322 342
90 ± 1 231 243 257
100 ± 1 178 186 196
110 ± 1 137 144 152
120 ± 1 106 112 119
130 ± 1 84 89 95

A. Test the sensor. To test the pressure part of the sensor the voltage needs to be read on the output wire,
EN-889-YE, pin 4 of the connector. Using a suitable probe into the wire, the voltage should range from

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 33
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0.7-0.8 V at 70 kPa(10 lbf.in2 ), idle erpm, to 4.0-4.1 V at 360 kPa (52 lbf.in2 ), max erpm. If there is
voltage but out of range replace sensor, if Zero volts is indicated continue with step 4.
To test the temperature part of the sensor measure the resistance across pins 1 and 2 of the sensor. The
resistance will vary according to the temperature detailed in the table above.

B. If the sensor is to specification continue with step 4.

4. Wiring faulty

A. Check the wiring from the engine ECU to the sensor connector, X210. With the keystart ON, +5 V should
be measured on wire EN--888--PK, pin 3 of sensor connector (+5V common line). If ZERO volts is indi-
cated check for an Open Circuit or Short to ground back to the engineECU, connector X192, pin 23. Trace
fault and repair wiring as required. If wiring to pin 3 is okay continue with step B.

B. With the keystart OFF, continuity to ground should be indicated on wire EN--885--BL, pin 1 of sensor
connector (ground common line). If no ground is indicated, check for anOpen circuit back to the engine
ECU, connector X192, pin17. Trace fault and repair wiring as required. With the keystart ON, check pin 1
for a short to +12 V. If +12 V is indicated trace fault and repair wiring to pin 1. If the wiring to pin 1 is okay
continue with step C or D.

C. For an air temperature sensor error check the wiring to pin 2 of the sensor connector. Check for an open
circuit back to engine ECU, connector X192, pin 10. Check also for a short to ground, and a short to +12
V. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.

D. For a boost pressure sensor error check the wiring to pin 4 of the sensor connector. Check for an open
circuit back to engine ECU, connector X193, pin 12. Check also for a short to ground, and a short to +12
V. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 34
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0472.2-BOOST PRESSURE (PHY), DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 19) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0472.2 - BOOST PRESSURE (PHY), DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 19)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty sensor
2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Mechanical Fault

A. Inspect the tubing between turbocharger and inlet manIfold. Ensure that no leakage points exist and all
connections are tight.

B. If the tubing and connections are okay continue with step 2.

2. Harness connector fault

A. Inspect the harness connector onto the sensor. Ensure that the connector is not damaged, the pins are
correctly located in the connector body and that it is a tight fit onto the sensor.

B. If the harness connector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Sensor Fault

Resistance in Ω
Temperature in °C Minimum Nominal Maximum
-40 ± 1 38313 45313 53103
-30 ± 1 22362 26114 30258
-20 ± 1 13402 15462 17718
-10 ± 1 8244 9397 10661
0±1 5227 5896 6623
10 ± 1 3396 3792 4222
20 ± 1 2262 2500 2760
30 ± 1 1555 1707 1867
40 ± 1 1080 1175 1277
50 ± 1 771 834 900
60 ± 1 555 595 639
70 ± 1 408 435 465
80 ± 1 304 322 342
90 ± 1 231 243 257
100 ± 1 178 186 196
110 ± 1 137 144 152
120 ± 1 106 112 119
130 ± 1 84 89 95

A. Test the sensor. To test the pressure part of the sensor the voltage needs to be read on the output wire,
EN-889-YE, pin 4 of the connector. Using a suitable probe into the wire, the voltage should range from

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 35
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0.7-0.8 V at 70 kPa(10 lbf.in2 ), idle erpm, to 4.0-4.1 V at 360 kPa (52 lbf.in2 ), max erpm. If there is
voltage but out of range replace sensor, if Zero volts is indicated continue with step 4.
To test the temperature part of the sensor measure the resistance across pins 1 and 2 of the sensor. The
resistance will vary according to the temperature detailed in the table above.

B. If the sensor is to specification continue with step 4.

4. Wiring faulty

A. Check the wiring from the engine ECU to the sensor connector, X210. With the keystart ON, +5 V should
be measured on wire EN--888--PK, pin 3 of sensor connector (+5V common line). If ZERO volts is indi-
cated check for an Open Circuit or Short to ground back to the engineECU, connector X192, pin 23. Trace
fault and repair wiring as required. If wiring to pin 3 is okay continue with step B.

B. With the keystart OFF, continuity to ground should be indicated on wire EN--885--BL, pin 1 of sensor
connector (ground common line). If no ground is indicated, check for anOpen circuit back to the engine
ECU, connector X192, pin17. Trace fault and repair wiring as required. With the keystart ON, check pin 1
for a short to +12 V. If +12 V is indicated trace fault and repair wiring to pin 1. If the wiring to pin 1 is okay
continue with step C or D.

C. For an air temperature sensor error check the wiring to pin 2 of the sensor connector. Check for an open
circuit back to engine ECU, connector X192, pin 10. Check also for a short to ground, and a short to +12
V. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.

D. For a boost pressure sensor error check the wiring to pin 4 of the sensor connector. Check for an open
circuit back to engine ECU, connector X193, pin 12. Check also for a short to ground, and a short to +12
V. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 36
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0472.3-BOOST PRESSURE (PHY), SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 19) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0472.3 - BOOST PRESSURE (PHY), SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 19)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty sensor
2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Mechanical Fault

A. Inspect the tubing between turbocharger and inlet manIfold. Ensure that no leakage points exist and all
connections are tight.

B. If the tubing and connections are okay continue with step 2.

2. Harness connector fault

A. Inspect the harness connector onto the sensor. Ensure that the connector is not damaged, the pins are
correctly located in the connector body and that it is a tight fit onto the sensor.

B. If the harness connector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Sensor Fault

Resistance in Ω
Temperature in °C Minimum Nominal Maximum
-40 ± 1 38313 45313 53103
-30 ± 1 22362 26114 30258
-20 ± 1 13402 15462 17718
-10 ± 1 8244 9397 10661
0±1 5227 5896 6623
10 ± 1 3396 3792 4222
20 ± 1 2262 2500 2760
30 ± 1 1555 1707 1867
40 ± 1 1080 1175 1277
50 ± 1 771 834 900
60 ± 1 555 595 639
70 ± 1 408 435 465
80 ± 1 304 322 342
90 ± 1 231 243 257
100 ± 1 178 186 196
110 ± 1 137 144 152
120 ± 1 106 112 119
130 ± 1 84 89 95

A. Test the sensor. To test the pressure part of the sensor the voltage needs to be read on the output wire,
EN-889-YE, pin 4 of the connector. Using a suitable probe into the wire, the voltage should range from

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 37
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0.7-0.8 V at 70 kPa(10 lbf.in2 ), idle erpm, to 4.0-4.1 V at 360 kPa (52 lbf.in2 ), max erpm. If there is
voltage but out of range replace sensor, if Zero volts is indicated continue with step 4.
To test the temperature part of the sensor measure the resistance across pins 1 and 2 of the sensor. The
resistance will vary according to the temperature detailed in the table above.

B. If the sensor is to specification continue with step 4.

4. Wiring faulty

A. Check the wiring from the engine ECU to the sensor connector, X210. With the keystart ON, +5 V should
be measured on wire EN--888--PK, pin 3 of sensor connector (+5V common line). If ZERO volts is indi-
cated check for an Open Circuit or Short to ground back to the engineECU, connector X192, pin 23. Trace
fault and repair wiring as required. If wiring to pin 3 is okay continue with step B.

B. With the keystart OFF, continuity to ground should be indicated on wire EN--885--BL, pin 1 of sensor
connector (ground common line). If no ground is indicated, check for anOpen circuit back to the engine
ECU, connector X192, pin17. Trace fault and repair wiring as required. With the keystart ON, check pin 1
for a short to +12 V. If +12 V is indicated trace fault and repair wiring to pin 1. If the wiring to pin 1 is okay
continue with step C or D.

C. For an air temperature sensor error check the wiring to pin 2 of the sensor connector. Check for an open
circuit back to engine ECU, connector X192, pin 10. Check also for a short to ground, and a short to +12
V. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.

D. For a boost pressure sensor error check the wiring to pin 4 of the sensor connector. Check for an open
circuit back to engine ECU, connector X193, pin 12. Check also for a short to ground, and a short to +12
V. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 38
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0472.4-BOOST PRESSURE (PHY), SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 19) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0472.4 - BOOST PRESSURE (PHY), SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 19)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty sensor
2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Mechanical Fault

A. Inspect the tubing between turbocharger and inlet manIfold. Ensure that no leakage points exist and all
connections are tight.

B. If the tubing and connections are okay continue with step 2.

2. Harness connector fault

A. Inspect the harness connector onto the sensor. Ensure that the connector is not damaged, the pins are
correctly located in the connector body and that it is a tight fit onto the sensor.

B. If the harness connector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Sensor Fault

Resistance in Ω
Temperature in °C Minimum Nominal Maximum
-40 ± 1 38313 45313 53103
-30 ± 1 22362 26114 30258
-20 ± 1 13402 15462 17718
-10 ± 1 8244 9397 10661
0±1 5227 5896 6623
10 ± 1 3396 3792 4222
20 ± 1 2262 2500 2760
30 ± 1 1555 1707 1867
40 ± 1 1080 1175 1277
50 ± 1 771 834 900
60 ± 1 555 595 639
70 ± 1 408 435 465
80 ± 1 304 322 342
90 ± 1 231 243 257
100 ± 1 178 186 196
110 ± 1 137 144 152
120 ± 1 106 112 119
130 ± 1 84 89 95

A. Test the sensor. To test the pressure part of the sensor the voltage needs to be read on the output wire,
EN-889-YE, pin 4 of the connector. Using a suitable probe into the wire, the voltage should range from

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 39
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

0.7-0.8 V at 70 kPa(10 lbf.in2 ), idle erpm, to 4.0-4.1 V at 360 kPa (52 lbf.in2 ), max erpm. If there is
voltage but out of range replace sensor, if Zero volts is indicated continue with step 4.
To test the temperature part of the sensor measure the resistance across pins 1 and 2 of the sensor. The
resistance will vary according to the temperature detailed in the table above.

B. If the sensor is to specification continue with step 4.

4. Wiring faulty

A. Check the wiring from the engine ECU to the sensor connector, X210. With the keystart ON, +5 V should
be measured on wire EN--888--PK, pin 3 of sensor connector (+5V common line). If ZERO volts is indi-
cated check for an Open Circuit or Short to ground back to the engineECU, connector X192, pin 23. Trace
fault and repair wiring as required. If wiring to pin 3 is okay continue with step B.

B. With the keystart OFF, continuity to ground should be indicated on wire EN--885--BL, pin 1 of sensor
connector (ground common line). If no ground is indicated, check for anOpen circuit back to the engine
ECU, connector X192, pin17. Trace fault and repair wiring as required. With the keystart ON, check pin 1
for a short to +12 V. If +12 V is indicated trace fault and repair wiring to pin 1. If the wiring to pin 1 is okay
continue with step C or D.

C. For an air temperature sensor error check the wiring to pin 2 of the sensor connector. Check for an open
circuit back to engine ECU, connector X192, pin 10. Check also for a short to ground, and a short to +12
V. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.

D. For a boost pressure sensor error check the wiring to pin 4 of the sensor connector. Check for an open
circuit back to engine ECU, connector X193, pin 12. Check also for a short to ground, and a short to +12
V. If any fault is indicated trace and repair the wiring as required.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 40
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

E0163-03-Engine Air Filter sensor Shorted To High Source

(B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series
1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0163-03 - Engine Air Filter sensor Shorted To High Source

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1206 - 1237 only.

Cause:
The engine air filter sensor (B-07) circuit is shorted to 12 volts.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Engine controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Engine Air Filter sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range for the engine air filter sensor (key On, engine OFF or Running) is 0.3 - 5.2 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (>5.2 volts) continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage is in the proper range, the shorted wire may not be energized at this time. Continue with
step 8.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the air filter pressure sensor connector X202.
Use a multimeter to check for voltage on connector X202 pin B. There should be 5 volts present.

A. If high (>5.5 volts) voltage is found, the regulated voltage supply is incorrect. The error "E0165-03 CCM2
5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted to High Source" should be listed in the “Active Errors" screen in the InfoView
monitor. Correct that error, and then check to determine if this error has been resolved.

B. If correct voltage is found, continue with step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the air filter pressure sensor connector X202.
Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X202 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 6.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 4.

4. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame harness at connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for
continuity between the harness end of connector X010 pin 14 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin 14 and
connector X202 pin A wire 851 blue or 468 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 5.

5. Remove the cap and buss bar assembly from the splice block D, W04 in the main frame harness. Use a multi-
meter to check for continuity between the splice block D, W04 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin 14
and splice block D, W04 pin D wire 468 blue. Locate the open and repair.

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 41
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between splice block
D, W04 pin A and connector X016 pin J2-14 wire 425 blue or 465 blue. Locate the open and repair.
6. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the air filter pressure sensor connector X202.
Use a multimeter to check for voltage on connector X202 pin C.

A. If no voltage is found, continue with step 8.

B. If high (>5.2 volts) voltage is found, continue with step 7.

7. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame harness at connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for
voltage on connector X010 pin 8.

A. If no voltage is found, the short is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X202 pin C and connector
X010 pin 8 wire 420 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high (>5.2 volts) voltage is found, the short is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010
pin 8 and connector X016 pin J2-29 wire 420 yellow. Locate the short and repair.
8. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView display.

A. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 42
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

E0163-03-Engine Air Filter sensor Shorted To High Source

(B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX840 Series
1238 - 1281, CX860 Series 1238 - 1281, CX880 Series 1238 - 1281

E0163-03 - Engine Air Filter sensor Shorted To High Source

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1238 1281 only.

Cause:
The engine air filter sensor (B-07) circuit is shorted to 12 volts.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Engine controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Engine Air Filter sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range for the engine air filter sensor (key On, engine OFF or Running) is 0.3 - 5.2 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (>5.2 volts) continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage is in the proper range, the shorted wire may not be energized at this time. Continue with
step 8.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the air filter pressure sensor connector X202.
Use a multimeter to check for voltage on connector X202 pin B. There should be 5 volts present.

A. If high (>5.5 volts) voltage is found, the regulated voltage supply is incorrect. The error "E0165-03 CCM2
5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted to High Source" should be listed in the “Active Errors" screen in the InfoView
monitor. Correct that error, and then check to determine if this error has been resolved.

B. If correct voltage is found, continue with step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the air filter pressure sensor connector X202.
Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X202 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 6.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 4.

4. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame harness at connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for
continuity between the harness end of connector X010 pin 14 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin 14 and
connector X202 pin A wire 851 blue or 468 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 5.

5. Disconnect the main frame harness from the front frame harness at connector X008. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between the harness end of connector X008 pin 14 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin 14
and connector X008 pin 14 wire 468 blue or 425 blue. Locate the open and repair.

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 43
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open circuit is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X008 pin 14 and connector X017 pin J3-18 wire 425 blue or 766 blue. Locate the open and repair.
6. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the air filter pressure sensor connector X202.
Use a multimeter to check for voltage on connector X202 pin C.

A. If no voltage is found, continue with step 8.

B. If high (>5.2 volts) voltage is found, continue with step 7.

7. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame harness at connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for
voltage on connector X010 pin 8.

A. If no voltage is found, the short is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X202 pin C and connector
X010 pin 8 wire 420 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high (>5.2 volts) voltage is found, the short is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010
pin 8 and connector X016 pin J2-29 wire 420 yellow. Locate the short and repair.
8. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView display.

A. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.
Series 1238-1281
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.05)
Series 1238-1281
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.06)
Series 1238-1281
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 44
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

E0163-03-Engine Air Filter sensor Shorted To High Source

(B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
CX720 Series 1282 and above, CX740 Series 1282 and above, CX760 Series 1282 and above, CX780 Series 1282 and above, CX820 Series 1282 and
above, CX840 Series 1282 and above, CX860 Series 1282 and above, CX880 Series 1282 and above

E0163-03 - Engine Air Filter sensor Shorted To High Source

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1282 and above.

Cause:
The engine air filter switch (S61) circuit is shorted to 12 volts.

Possible failure modes:

1. Switch supply or signal wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Switch ground path open.
3. Engine controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Engine Air Filter sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range for the engine air filter switch (key On, engine OFF or Running) is 0.3 - 5.2 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (>5.2 volts) continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage is in the proper range, the shorted wire may not be energized at this time. Continue with
step 7.

NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the resistor plug at connector X330. Use a
multimeter to check for voltage on connector X330 pin B. There should be 5 volts present.

A. If high (>5.5 volts) voltage is found, the regulated voltage supply is incorrect. The error "E0165-03 CCM2
5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted to High Source" should be listed in the “Active Errors" screen in the InfoView
monitor. Correct that error, and then check to determine if this error has been resolved.

B. If correct voltage is found, continue with step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the air filter pressure switch connector X202.
Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X202 pin 1 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 6.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 4.

4. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame harness at connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for
continuity between the harness end of connector X010 pin 14 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin 14 and
connector X202 pin 1 wire 851 blue or 468 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 5.

5. Disconnect the main frame harness from the front frame harness at connector X008. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between the harness end of connector X008 pin 14 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin 14
and connector X008 pin 14 wire 468 blue or 425 blue. Locate the open and repair.
2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 45
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open circuit is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X008 pin 14 and connector X017 pin J3-18 wire 425 blue or 766 blue. Locate the open and repair.
6. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame har-
ness at connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for voltage on the mainframe end of connector X010 pin 8.

A. If no voltage is found, the short is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X202 pin C and connector
X010 pin 8 wire 420 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high (>5.5 volts) voltage is found, the short is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010
pin 8 and connector X016 pin J2-29 wire 420 yellow. Locate the short and repair.
7. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView display.

A. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 46
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

E0163-05-Engine Air Filter sensor Line Disconnected (B.30.A.95.81

- G.30.B.50)
CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX760 Series
1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1238 - 1281, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1238 - 1281, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0163-05 - Engine Air Filter sensor Line Disconnected

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1206 - 1281 only.

Cause:
The engine air filter sensor (B-07) circuit is open or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor signal wiring open or shorted to ground.

2. Loss of power to the sensor.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Engine air filter sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range for the engine air filter sensor (key On, engine Off or Running) is — 0.3 - 5.2 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low out of range (<0.3 volts) continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage is normal the shorted wire may not be grounded t this time. Continue with step 5.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low (<0.3 volts). Disconnect the air filter pressure sensor con-
nector X202. Use a multimeter to check for voltage on connector X202 pin B. There should be 5 volts present.

A. If no voltage is found, continue with step 3.

B. If correct voltage is found, continue with step 5.

3. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame harness at connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for
voltage on connector X010 pin 13. There should be 5 volts present.

A. If voltage is found, there is an open circuit in the engine (EN) harness between connector X202 pin B and
connector X010 pin 13 wire 469 pink or 463 pink. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, continue with step 4.

4. Carefully disconnect the main frame harness from the CCM2 module at connector X016. Use a multimeter to
check for voltage on the CCM2 module connector X016 pin J2-31. There should be 5 volts present.

A. If voltage is found, there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin
13 and connector X016 pin J2-31 wire 459 pink or 463 pink. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, there is an internal fault with the CCM2 module. Replace the module.
5. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low (<0.3 volts). Disconnect the air filter pressure sensor con-
nector X202. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X202 pin C and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 6.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 7.

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 47
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

6. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame harness at connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for
continuity between the harness end of connector X010 pin 8 and chassis ground.

A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin
8 and connector X202 pin C wire 420 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the main frame (MF) harness between con-
nector X010 pin 8 and connector X016 pin J2-29 wire 420 yellow. Locate the short and repair.
7. Carefully disconnect the main frame harness from the CCM2 module at connector X016. Install a jumper wire
between the harness end of connector X016 pin J2-29 and chassis ground. Use a multimeter to check for
continuity between connector X202 pin C and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 9.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 8.

8. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame harness at connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for
continuity between the harness end of connector X010 pin 8 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, there is an open circuit in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin 8
and connector X202 pin C wire 420 yellow. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between con-
nector X010 pin 8 and connector X016 pin J2-29 wire 420 yellow. Locate the open and repair.
9. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView display.

A. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.
Series 1206-1281
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.05)
Series 1206-1281
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.06)

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 48
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

E0163-05-Engine Air Filter sensor Line Disconnected (B.30.A.95.81

- G.30.B.50)
CX720 Series 1282 and above, CX740 Series 1282 and above, CX760 Series 1282 and above, CX780 Series 1282 and above, CX820 Series 1282 and
above, CX840 Series 1282 and above, CX860 Series 1282 and above, CX880 Series 1282 and above

E0163-05 - Engine Air Filter sensor Line Disconnected

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1282 and above.

Cause:
The engine air filter switch (S61) circuit is open or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Switch signal wiring open or shorted to ground.

2. Loss of power to the switch.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Engine air filter sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range for the engine air filter switch (key On, engine Off or Running) is — 0.3 - 5.2 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low out of range (<0.3 volts) continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage is normal the shorted wire may not be grounded at this time. Continue with step 8.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low (<0.3 volts). Disconnect the resistor plug at X330. Use a
multimeter to check for voltage on connector X330 pin B. There should be 5 volts present.

A. If no voltage is found, continue with step 3.

B. If correct voltage is found, continue with step 5.

3. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame harness at connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for
voltage on connector X010 pin 13. There should be 5 volts present.

A. If voltage is found, there is an open circuit in the engine (EN) harness between connector X330 pin B and
connector X010 pin 13 wire 469 pink or 463 pink. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, continue with step 4.

4. Carefully disconnect the main frame harness from the CCM2 module at connector X016. Use a multimeter to
check for voltage on the CCM2 module connector X016 pin J2-31. There should be 5 volts present.

A. If voltage is found, there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin
13 and connector X016 pin J2-31 wire 459 pink or 463 pink. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, there is an internal fault with the CCM2 module. Replace the module.
5. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low (<0.3 volts). Disconnect the engine harness from the main
frame harness at connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between the harness end of con-
nector X010 pin 8 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin 8
and connector X202 pin C wire 420 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 49
 POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 6.

6. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low (<0.3 volts). Use a multimeter to check for continuity be-
tween the main frame harness end of connector X010 pin 8 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the main frame (MF) harness between con-
nector X010 pin 8 and connector X016 pin J2-29 wire 420 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is no continuity, continue with step 7.

7. Carefully disconnect the main frame harness from the CCM2 module at connector X016. Install a jumper wire
between the harness end of connector X016 pin J2-29 and chassis ground. Use a multimeter to check for
continuity between connector X202 pin 2 and chassis ground, and between connector X330 pin A and chassis
ground.

A. If continuity is found from both connectors, continue with step 9.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 8.

8. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame harness at connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for
continuity between the harness end of connector X010 pin 8 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, there is an open circuit in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin 8,
connector X330 pin A and connector X202 pin 2 wire 420 yellow, 860 yellow or 864 yellow. Locate the
open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between con-
nector X010 pin 8 and connector X016 pin J2-29 wire 420 yellow. Locate the open and repair.
9. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView display.

A. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 50
 Index

POWER PRODUCTION - B

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM - 30.A

0400.2-BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 145) 5
(B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0400.2-BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 7
XXX) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880
0400.3-BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 9
CODE 145) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0400.3-BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 11
CODE XXX) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880
0400.4-BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 13
CODE 145) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0400.4-BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 15
CODE XXX) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880
0402.2-BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 17
147) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0402.2-BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 19
XXX) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880
0402.3-BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 21
CODE 147) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0402.3-BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR, SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 23
CODE XXX) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880
0402.4-BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 25
CODE 147) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0402.4-BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR, SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 27
CODE XXX) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880
0441.2-BOOST AIR TEMP (PHY), DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 17) 29
(B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0441.3-BOOST AIR TEMP (PHY), SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 31
CODE 17) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0441.4-BOOST AIR TEMP (PHY), SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 33
CODE 17) (B.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0472.2-BOOST PRESSURE (PHY), DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 19) 35
(B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0472.3-BOOST PRESSURE (PHY), SHORTED TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 37
CODE 19) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 51
0472.4-BOOST PRESSURE (PHY), SHORTED TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 39
CODE 19) (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
E0163-03-Engine Air Filter sensor Shorted To High Source (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54) 41
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237
E0163-03-Engine Air Filter sensor Shorted To High Source (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54) 43
CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX840 Series 1238 - 1281, CX860 Series 1238 - 1281, CX880 Series 1238 - 1281
E0163-03-Engine Air Filter sensor Shorted To High Source (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.54) 45
CX720 Series 1282 and above, CX740 Series 1282 and above, CX760 Series 1282 and above, CX780 Series
1282 and above, CX820 Series 1282 and above, CX840 Series 1282 and above, CX860 Series 1282 and
above, CX880 Series 1282 and above
E0163-05-Engine Air Filter sensor Line Disconnected (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.50) 47
CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1238 - 1281, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX860 Series 1238 - 1281, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1238 - 1281, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237
E0163-05-Engine Air Filter sensor Line Disconnected (B.30.A.95.81 - G.30.B.50) 49
CX720 Series 1282 and above, CX740 Series 1282 and above, CX760 Series 1282 and above, CX780 Series
1282 and above, CX820 Series 1282 and above, CX840 Series 1282 and above, CX860 Series 1282 and
above, CX880 Series 1282 and above
Turbocharger - Torque (B.30.A.31 - D.20.A.10) 4
CX860, CX880

2 4/7/2006
B.30.A / 52
 POWER PRODUCTION - B

EXHAUST SYSTEM - 40.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
B.40.A / 1
 Contents

POWER PRODUCTION - B

EXHAUST SYSTEM - 40.A

TECHNICAL DATA
Exhaust manifold
Torque (B.40.A.38 - D.20.A.10) 3
CX860, CX880

2 4/7/2006
B.40.A / 2
 POWER PRODUCTION - EXHAUST SYSTEM

Exhaust manifold - Torque (B.40.A.38 - D.20.A.10)

CX860, CX880

MID0267A 1
Plan of tightening sequence of screws securing exhaust manifold

2 4/7/2006
B.40.A / 3
 Index

POWER PRODUCTION - B

EXHAUST SYSTEM - 40.A

Exhaust manifold - Torque (B.40.A.38 - D.20.A.10) 3
CX860, CX880

2 4/7/2006
B.40.A / 4
 POWER PRODUCTION - B

ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - 50.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 1
 Contents

POWER PRODUCTION - B

ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - 50.A

TECHNICAL DATA
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
General specification (B.50.A - D.40.A.10) 5
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

General specification (B.50.A - D.40.A.10) 5

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

FUNCTIONAL DATA
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Static description (B.50.A - C.30.A.20) 7
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Static description (B.50.A - C.30.A.20) 9

CX860, CX880

Water pump
Sectional view (B.50.A.20 - C.10.A.30) 10
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Static description (B.50.A.20 - C.30.A.20) 11

CX860, CX880

Water pump drive system

Overview (B.50.A.21 - C.10.A.10) 12
CX860, CX880

Rotary screen
Screen brush - Logical diagram (B.50.A.58.60 - C.20.B.72) 14

SERVICE
Thermostat
Remove (B.50.A.18 - F.10.A.10) 16
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Install (B.50.A.18 - F.10.A.15) 17

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Replace (B.50.A.18 - F.10.A.30) 18

CX860, CX880

Check (B.50.A.18 - F.40.A.11) 19

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Check (B.50.A.18 - F.40.A.11) 20

CX860, CX880

Water pump
Disassemble (B.50.A.20 - F.10.A.25) 22
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Remove (B.50.A.20 - F.10.A.10) 24

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Install (B.50.A.20 - F.10.A.15) 25

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 2
 Assemble (B.50.A.20 - F.10.A.20) 26
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Replace (B.50.A.20 - F.10.A.30) 28

CX860, CX880

DIAGNOSTIC
Rotary screen
E0172-06-Curr Sense Rot Scr Brush Short Circuit (B.50.A.58.60 - G.30.B.25) 29
CX720 Series 1348 - 1407, CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX720 Series
1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1348 - 1407, CX740 Series 1282 - 1347, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1348 - 1407, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series
1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1348 - 1407, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347,
CX780 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1348 - 1407, CX820 Series
1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237

E0172-06-Curr Sense Rot Scr Brush Short Circuit (B.50.A.58.60 - G.30.B.25) 36

CX840 Series 1348 - 1407, CX840 Series 1282 - 1347, CX840 Series 1238 - 1281, CX840 Series
1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1348 - 1407, CX860 Series 1282 - 1347, CX860 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1348 - 1407, CX880 Series 1282 - 1347, CX880 Series
1238 - 1281, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0197-11-Rot Scr Brush / Throttle Unidentified Failure Code (B.50.A.58.60 - G.30.B.46) 40

CX720 Series 1348 - 1407, CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX720 Series
1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1348 - 1407, CX740 Series 1282 - 1347, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1348 - 1407, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series
1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1348 - 1407, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347,
CX780 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1348 - 1407, CX820 Series
1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237

E0206-05-Rotary Screen Brush Motor Line Disconnected (B.50.A.58.60 - G.30.B.46) 42

CX720 Series 1348 - 1407, CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX720 Series
1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1348 - 1407, CX740 Series 1282 - 1347, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1348 - 1407, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series
1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1348 - 1407, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347,
CX780 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1348 - 1407, CX820 Series
1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237

E0206-05-Rotary Screen Brush Motor Line Disconnected (B.50.A.58.60 - G.30.B.46) 49

CX840 Series 1348 - 1407, CX840 Series 1282 - 1347, CX840 Series 1238 - 1281, CX840 Series
1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1348 - 1407, CX860 Series 1282 - 1347, CX860 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1348 - 1407, CX880 Series 1282 - 1347, CX880 Series
1238 - 1281, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

Sensing system
0399.2-COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL 53
FAULT CODE 148) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0399.2-COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL 54

FAULT CODE 148) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0399.3-COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS, SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE 55

TOOL FAULT CODE 148) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0399.3-COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS, SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE 56

TOOL FAULT CODE 148) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0399.4-COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS, SHORT TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE 57

TOOL FAULT CODE 148) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0399.4-COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS, SHORT TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE 58

TOOL FAULT CODE 148) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0448.2-COOLANT TEMP SENS (PHY), DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 59

CODE 20) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 3
0448.3-COOLANT TEMP SENS (PHY), SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 60
FAULT CODE 20) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0448.4-COOLANT TEMP SENS (PHY), SHORT TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 61

FAULT CODE 20) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

E0152-00-Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Valid Above Normal (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.C.22) 62

E0152-02-Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Data Incorrect (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.C.10) 63
E0152-03-Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Shorted To High Source (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.54) 64
CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series
1282 - 1347, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347,
CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series
1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX820 Series 1206 - 1237

E0152-04-Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Shorted To Low Source (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.53) 65

CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series
1282 - 1347, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347,
CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series
1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX820 Series 1206 - 1237

E0152-05-Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Line Disconnected (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.50) 66

CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series
1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237

E0152-05-Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Line Disconnected (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.50) 68

CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1282 - 1347, CX740 Series
1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347,
CX780 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 4
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - General specification (B.50.A -

D.40.A.10)
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

THERMOSTAT

Opening Temperature 79-83 °C (174-181 °F)

Fully Open 93-96 °C (199-205 °F)

RADIATOR CAP

Opening Pressure 1.0 bar (14.5 lbs in2)

WATER PUMP

Type Centrifugal
Drive Poly V Belt, 8 rib

FAN BELT

Belt Tension Maintained by Automatic Tensioner

COOLING SYSTEM CAPACITIES

See Operators Manual

COOLING FLUID

Content Mixture - Water 50 %,New Holland Antifreeze50 %.

(New Holland Antifreeze specification: NH900A)

ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - General specification (B.50.A -

D.40.A.10)
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

TIGHTENING TORQUES

Description Nm Ft.lbs.
Thermostat housing 18 24
Temperature senders 15 20
Tensioner pulley bolt 40 54
Tensioner front cover 40 54
Idler pulleys 40 54
Pump connector to block 18 24
Water pump to block 48 65
Fan blade to support body 17 23
Fan blade to clutch support body 78 105

THERMOSTAT

Opening temperature 79 ° C - 83 ° C (174 ° F - 181 ° F)

Fully open 93 ° C - 96 ° C (199 ° F - 205 ° F)

WATER PUMP

Type Centrifugal V-belt drive

DRIVE BELT

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 5
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

Belt tension Maintained by tensioner

COOLING CAPACITIES

See Operators Manual

COOLANT FLOW

Coolant flow at rated engine speed 340.6 L/min (90 US gpm)

COOLING FLUID

See Operators Manual.

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 6
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Static description (B.50.A - C.30.A.20)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

COOLING SYSTEM (New Holland 7.5 litre Engine)

The function of the water pump mounted at the front of the engine is to maintain a continuous flow of water around the
cooling system. This is essential to ensure correct engine temperature and performance during vehicle operation.

The water pump, is driven by a Poly V-belt, from the crankshaft pulley when the engine is running. The drive belt
tension is maintained by a spring-loaded belt tensioner bolted to the front cover.

1z0o2004112042 1
The thermostats are located in the top of the housing above the water pump body and control the flow of the water as
required by temperature changes.
NOTE: A faulty thermostat may cause the engine to operate at a too hot or too cold operating temperature. If not
replaced, this could result in damage to the engine or impaired engine performance.
IMPORTANT: Do not operate an engine without a thermostat.

BSD1857A 2
The cooling system is of the recirculating bypass type with full-length water jackets for each cylinder. The coolant is
drawn from the bottom of the radiator by the water pump which passes the coolant to the cylinder block. The coolant
then flows through cored passages to cool the cylinder walls.
NOTE: These engines are also fitted with an oil cooler in the circuit. Coolant from the radiator passes through the oil
cooler before entering the cylinder block.

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 7
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

1z0o2004112043 3
Passages in the cylinder head gasket allow coolant to flow from the cylinder block into the cylinder head. Cored pas-
sages also direct the coolant to the fuel injector nozzle locations before entering the thermostat housing. Dependent
upon water temperature, water either re-enters the water pump or is circulated through the radiator for cooling.

When the thermostat is closed, a recirculating bypass allows the coolant to recirculate from the head to the block, to
effect faster warm-up.

1z0o2004112044 4
Once the engine has reached its normal operating temperature, the thermostat will open and allow water to be drawn
through the radiator by the pump action. Cooled water then returns to the engine system.

Cooling occurs as the coolant passes down through the radiator cores which are exposed to the air cooling system.
Air is pulled through a rotary screen and the radiator by means of a powerful engine-mounted fan. Air is also pulled
through the ducting (1) mounted under the radiator and up the front of the rotary screen to lift large chaff particles
off the surface of the rotary screen. A brush, mounted inside the rotary screen, dislodges the particles to prevent
plugging of the rotary screen.

50014599 5

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 8
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Static description (B.50.A - C.30.A.20)

CX860, CX880

20015815 1

The coolant pump is housed in a seat in the engine block. Many possible sources of leaks are eliminated by the
almost total lack of outer pies, sleeves and collars.

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 9
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

Water pump - Sectional view (B.50.A.20 - C.10.A.30)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1z0o2004112052 1
Water Pump Dimensions

1 Seat and Seal Assembly 2 Impeller

3 Bearing 4 Pulley
5 Pulley Shaft Mating Face

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 10
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

Water pump - Static description (B.50.A.20 - C.30.A.20)

CX860, CX880

The water pump is a centrifugal vane pump. The pump bearing forms a single piece with the impeller shaft, the drive
pulley is keyed onto this shaft.
Section on the water pump

MID0488A 1

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 11
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

Water pump drive system - Overview (B.50.A.21 - C.10.A.10)

CX860, CX880

ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM FOR FAN DRIVE BELT - WATER PUMP - ALTERNATOR FOR F2B ENGINE

1. Alternator
2. Water pump
3. Crankshaft
4. Supercharger

MID0378A_879 1

ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM FOR FAN DRIVE BELT - WATER PUMP - ALTERNATOR FOR F3A ENGINE

1. Alternator
2. Water pump
3. Crankshaft
4. Supercharger.

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 12
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

MID0379A 2

Refer to Alternator drive system (A.30.A.40 - E.40.C.42)

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 13
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

Rotary screen Screen brush - Logical diagram (B.50.A.58.60 -

C.20.B.72)
The rotary screen brush is mounted inside the rotary screen, and is used to periodically remove dust, chaff and other
debris from the rotary screen to allow for good airflow through the hydraulic coolers and engine radiator. The rotary
screen brush is controlled by the combine electronics, and not by the operator.

1z0o2004112147 1
When the operator first turns the key to power up the electrical system, the electronics will ensure that the radiator
screen brush is retracted (Actuator extended). During operation in the field, the electronics will activate the actuator
to engage the brush (Brush In) whenever the operator engages the grain tank unloading system, as long as it has
been at least 10 minutes since the last occurance.

The brush motor is powered for 7 seconds to apply the brush to the surface of the screen, and is then reversed for
7 seconds to return the brush to the “Home” position (not contacting the rotary screen).

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 14
POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

1z0o2004112140 2

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 15
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

Thermostat - Remove (B.50.A.18 - F.10.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. THERMOSTAT
Removal
Drain the coolant system below that of the level of
the thermostat housing.
Remove the thermostat housing and withdraw the
two thermostats.

BSD1857A 1

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 16
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

Thermostat - Install (B.50.A.18 - F.10.A.15)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Installation of the thermostats is the reverse of the

removal procedure, but observe the following:
Coat the new gasket with New Holland sealer
82995774 (NA-L51831DS) and position on the ther-
mostat housing, prior to installing the thermostat.
Coat the edge of the thermostat with grease and in-
stall, with the heat element located in the cylinder
head.
Refit the thermostat housing and torque the bolts to
20 Nm - 28 Nm (15 ft. lbs. - 21 ft. lbs.).

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 17
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

Thermostat - Replace (B.50.A.18 - F.10.A.30)

CX860, CX880

CAUTION
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Always wear suitable safety items
such as fitted clothing, safety goggles, gloves, shoes, etc. M954

1. Drain off the coolant from the engine cooling system.

Disconnect the coolant pipes from the thermostat
box (4) (Fig. 1).
Take out the fixing screws and disconnect the ther-
mostat box (4) (Fig. 1).
Replace the thermostat and fit the box back on by
carrying out the operations for removal in reverse
order, fitting a new gasket and tightening the fixing
screws to the required torque. On completion, fill the
cooling system with the required type and amount of
coolant.

MID0525A 1

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 18
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

Thermostat - Check (B.50.A.18 - F.40.A.11)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Place both thermostats in a container of water and

raise the temperature to 100 ° C (212 ° F). If either
thermostat fails to open when hot, or close properly
when cooled, it must be replaced.

RI-1-107 1

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 19
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

Thermostat - Check (B.50.A.18 - F.40.A.11)

CX860, CX880

1. F2B engine thermostat

Check the thermostats work properly, replace them
if there is any doubt.
1. Start of travel at 85 °C +/- 3 °C (185 °F +/- 15 °F)
2. Travel 9.5 mm at 98 °C +/- 0.2 °C (208 °F +/- 1 °F)

MID0489A 1

Water circulating in the engine

MID0490A 2

Water leaving the thermostat

2. F3A engine thermostat

Temperature of start of travel 84 °C (183.2 °F)
Minimum travel 15 mm at 94 °C +/- 2 °C (201.2 °F
+/- 3.6 °F)

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 20
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

MID0491A 3

Water circulating in the engine

MID0492A 4

Water leaving the thermostat

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 21
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

Water pump - Disassemble (B.50.A.20 - F.10.A.25)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Remove the securing bolts from the adaptor cover

on the rear of the pump body. Carefully ease out the
adaptor. Remove and discard the O- ring.

1z0o2004112045 1

2. With the adapter cover removed, pry the backplate

off.

1z0o2004112046 2

3. Place the pump body between the two supports (3)

and by gently pressing on the shaft, push the shaft
and pulley (4) away from the impeller (2) and out of
the pump body (1).

1z0o2004112047 3

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 22
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

4. With the impeller/shaft assembly removed from the

pump, place the pulley (1) on supports (2) and press
out the shaft assembly (3) from the pulley.
The seal assembly attached to the bearing shaft is
not removable or serviceable. During the manufac-
turing process, the seal is pressed onto the shaft and
destroyed on removal. This is to meet pre-load con-
ditions and maintain an effective wear seal.

1z0o2004112048 4

5. Inspection and Repair

Check the bearing shaft and seal assembly for signs
of wear or leaks and if evident, the assembly must
be replaced with new parts.
6. The impeller should be checked for worn or damaged
vanes and must be replaced if not to an acceptable
standard.
7. Clean and check the pump body for signs of cracks,
erosion or leaks. If any of these faults are in evidence
and likely to cause pump failure at a later date, the
pump body must be repaired or replaced with a new
one.

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 23
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

Water pump - Remove (B.50.A.20 - F.10.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. To overhaul the water pump components, i.e, bear-

ing, impeller or shaft seal, carry out the following:
Drain the cooling system.
Remove the bolts securing the fan shroud and move
the shroud to gain access to the engine.
Remove the fan belt from the vehicle.
Disconnect tube (1) from rear of cylinder head at the
water pump (flexible coupling).
Withdraw the four bolts (2) which pass through the
water pump and into the block, and slide the com-
plete pump forward and away from the block.
Note the sealing O-ring which may come off with the
pump or be left on the block.
Also observe the transfer tube between the water
pump and thermostat housing. Ensure the tube and BSD1855A 1
O-rings do not become dislodged and lost.

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 24
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

Water pump - Install (B.50.A.20 - F.10.A.15)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Installation of water pump to the engine is the reverse

of disassembly.
2. Ensure the drive belt tensioner pulley rotates freely
and the swinging arm of the tensioner returns to rest
freely. Gently lever the arm up, to enable the drive
belt to be seated in the grooves on the pulleys.
3. After installation , refill the cooling system and run
the engine checking for leaks.

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 25
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

Water pump - Assemble (B.50.A.20 - F.10.A.20)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. To install the bearing (1) into the pump body (3) place
the body rear face down onto a flat surface. Install
the bearing with the longer stepped end of the shaft
in the body and using a sleeve (4) that contacts the
bearing outer race only. Use a press (5) to press the
bearing into the body. Once installed in the body, the
bearing case end face must be flush with the pump
front face to within (0.00 mm - 0.076 mm (0.000 in -
0.006 in) (6).
NOTE: Use Loctite 262, New Holland Part # 82995772
(NA-L26231) around the pulley bore chamfer and press the
pulley onto the shaft.

R1-2-11 1

2. With the water pump (4) placed front face down and
the shaft (6) supported with suitable blocks (5) place
the seal assembly (3) on the end of the shaft with its
smallest diameter uppermost. To insert the seal as-
sembly, place tool (2) over the seal and use a press
(1) to press until the lip on the seal body seats on the
pump body.

1z0o2004112049 2

3. With the seal installed correctly, the seal working

height should be maintained at 10.9 mm - 11.7 mm
(0.430 in - 0.460 in) (1).

1z0o2004112050 3

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 26
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

4. With the water pump rear (1) face up, and the shaft
supported, place the impeller (2) over the shaft (3)
and press the impeller into the water pump body. In-
stalled correctly the face of the impeller fins to the op-
erating face of the water pump should be 0.25 mm -
0.88 mm (0.010 in - 0.035 in).
To achieve this, check the dimension from the rear
face of the impeller to the rear face of the pump. The
dimension should be maintained at 28.07 mm - 28.58
mm (1.105 in - 1.125 in) (5).
With the pump rear face down and the shaft sup-
ported, press the pulley onto the shaft ensuring the
pulley front face to the rear face of the pump dimen-
sion is 157.10 mm - 157.86 mm (6.185 in - 6.215 in).
1z0o2004112051 4

5. Ensure a new O ring is fitted and place the water

pump backplate in position. Make sure the water
pump pulley/impeller assembly rotates freely by
hand prior to reassembly. If not, disassemble and
recheck the dimensions.

1z0o2004112053 5

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 27
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

Water pump - Replace (B.50.A.20 - F.10.A.30)

CX860, CX880

CAUTION
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Always wear suitable safety items
such as fitted clothing, safety goggles, gloves, shoes, etc. M954

1. Drain off the coolant from the engine cooling system.

Using a suitable tool (3) turn in the direction of the
arrow on the tightener (2) and remove the drive belt
(1).
Take out the fixing screws and remove the water
pump (5).
For refitting, reverse the removal operations, fitting
a new ring seal on the water pump and tightening
the fixing screws to the required torque. On comple-
tion, fill the cooling system with the required type and
amount of coolant.

MID0525A 1

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 28
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

E0172-06-Curr Sense Rot Scr Brush Short Circuit (B.50.A.58.60 -

G.30.B.25)
CX720 Series 1348 - 1407, CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1348 - 1407, CX740 Series
1282 - 1347, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1348 - 1407, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1348 - 1407, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series
1348 - 1407, CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237

E0172-06 - Curr Sense Rot Scr Brush Short Circuit

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX 720, CX 740, CX 760, CX 780 and CX 820 combines with 7.5 L mechanical
governor engines only. The troubleshooting chart for this fault code on CX 840, CX 860 and CX 880 combines with
electronic governor engines follows this chart.

Cause:
The Rotary Screen Brush motor (M-27) circuit indicates high current draw.

Possible failure modes:

1. Circuit wiring short to ground.

2. Excessive mechanical load on motor.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. This is an H-bridge-controlled circuit (refer to Rotary screen Screen brush - Logical diagram (B.50.A.58.60 -
C.20.B.72)). The Rotary screen brush motor (M27) circuit is paired with the engine throttle motor (M13) circuit,
and the module switches between these two circuits using the Throttle/Brush relay K-15. Because these circuits
are connected and driven from the same module outputs, the troubleshooting procedure must consider both
circuits at the same time.

Enter the InfoView monitor - service info screens.

Record and erase service history
Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose Info" screens. Select CCM2, and scroll down to select “Rotary Screen
Brush motor". Manually operate the motor in both directions.
Start the combine, and operate the engine throttle in both directions.
Record in which direction(s) each circuit operates.
Reload error history. Check for fault codes 0172-06 and 0206-05 (Rotary screen brush motor) and fault codes
0173-06 and 0207-05 (Throttle motor).
Use the following table to determine the location of the fault.

Symptom Errors
0172-06 0173-06 0206-05 0207-05
Rotary screen X Go to step 2 Motor bound
brush motor up
operates in 1 X Go to step 3 Short to
direction only ground
Rotary screen X X Go to step 6 Short to
brush motor ground
and Throttle
motor (7.5L
mechanical
engine only)
operate in 1 di-
rection only
Rotary screen X Go to step 10 Open
brush motor X X Go to step 18 Short to
does not op- ground
erate in either
direction

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 29
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

Symptom Errors
Throttle mo- X Go to step 19 Motor bound
tor (7.5L me- up
chanical en- X Go to step 20 Short to
gine only) op- ground
erates in 1 di-
rection only
Throttle motor X Go to step 23 Open
(7.5L mechan- X Go to step 32 Short to
ical engine ground
only) does not
operate in ei-
ther direction
Both Rotary X X Go to step 33 Open
screen brush Go to step 38 Fuse 23 blown
motor and or open
Throttle mo-
tor (7.5L me-
chanical en-
gine only) do
not operate in
either direc-
tion

A.
2. The rotary screen brush mechanism is mechanically bound up, resulting in high current draw.

A. See the appropriate repair manual chapter for repair and adjustment of the rotary screen brush linkage.
3. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to short to ground between the rotary screen brush motor and the Throttle/
Brush relay K15. Disconnect the batteries using the battery key. Unplug the rotary screen brush motor connector
X206 . Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X206 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 4.

B. If no continuity is found, erase the fault codes and continue operation.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position. Power must be removed from the module prior to testing for short to ground condition on the motor
circuit to remove this ground path.
4. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 2 and chassis
ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X206 pin A and connector
X010 pin 2 wire 821 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 5

5. Disconnect connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 27 and
chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X010 pin 2 and connector
X004 pin 27 wire 821 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X004 pin 27 and the Throttle/
Brush relay K15 pin 4 on the fuse panel. Locate the short and repair.
6. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to short to ground between the rotary screen brush motor and/or the throttle
motor and the CCM2 module. Disconnect the batteries using the battery key. Unplug the rotary screen brush
motor connector X206 and the throttle motor connector X196 . Use the multimeter to check for continuity be-
tween connector X206 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 7.

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 30
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 8.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position. Power must be removed from the module prior to testing for short to ground condition on the motor
circuit to remove this ground path.
7. Disconnect inline connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 1 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the short to ground is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin
1 and connector X016 pin J2-1 wire 524 gray. Locate the short and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin
1, the rotary screen brush motor connector X206 pin B and connector X196 pin B on one of the following
wires :
Wire 524 gray, connector X010 pin 1 to harness splice
Wire 817 gray, harness splice to connector X206 pin B
Wire 828 gray, harness splice to connector X196 pin B
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the short to ground and repair.
8. Remove the Throttle/Brush relay K15 from the fuse panel. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between the
relay terminal 3 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 9.

B. If no continuity is found, erase the fault codes and continue operation.

9. Disconnect inline connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 26
and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the short to ground is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X004 pin
26 and connector X016 pin J2-21 wire 525 gray. Locate the short and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the cab main (CM) harness between connector X004 pin
26 and the Throttle/Brush relay K15 pin 3 on the fuse panel.
10. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to open circuit condition. Disconnect the rotary screen brush motor con-
nector X206. Measure the resistance of the motor between terminals A and B. The correct resistance is xx to
xx ohms.

A. The resistance is infinite, indicating an open condition in the motor. Replace the rotary screen brush motor..

B. The resistance is in specification. Continue with step 11.

11. Ensure that the batteries are connected using the battery key, and that fuse F23 is good. Use the multimeter to
check for continuity between connector X206 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 13.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 12.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position, irregardless of key switch position, as long as it receives power through fuse F23. This ground path
may be used to test for an open circuit condition.
12. Disconnect inline connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 1 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the open circuit is in the harness between connector X010 pin 1 and connector X206
pin B . Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X010 pin 1 and connector
X016 pin J2-1 on wire 524 gray. Locate the open and repair.
13. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X206 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, continue with step 14.

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 31
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

B. If continuity is found, recheck the motor for continuity at step 10. Erase the fault codes and continue
operation.
14. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 2 and chassis
ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X206 pin A and connector X010
pin 2 wire 821 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 15.

15. Remove the Throttle/Brush relay K15 from the fuse panel. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between
Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 4 and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in wire 821 white from the fuse panel through connector X004
pin 27 to connector X010 pin 2 . Locate the open and repair.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 16.

NOTE: Continuity check is being done back through circuit through the motor. The resistance will read signifi-
cantly higher than previous tests, but should not be higher than 10 ohms above the motor resistance measured
in step 10.
16. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the relay has failed open between terminals 3 and 4. Replace the relay.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 17.

17. Disconnect connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 26 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between the Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 on
the fuse panel connector X004 pin 26 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, , the open circuit is in the harness between connector X004 pin 26 and connector
X016 pin J2-21 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.
18. Fault codes and operating condition indicate that the motor has shorted to ground. Disconnect rotary screen
brush motor connector X206. Measure between terminals A or B on the motor connector and a known good
ground. There should be no continuity to ground.

A. There is continuity to ground, indicating a short to ground in the motor. Replace the rotary screen brush
motor.

B. There is no continuity to ground. Erase the fault codes and continue operation.
19. The throttle mechanism is mechanically bound up, resulting in high current draw.

A. See the appropriate repair manual chapter for repair and adjustment of the throttle linkage.
20. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to short to ground between the throttle motor and the Throttle/Brush relay
K15. Disconnect the batteries using the battery key. Unplug the throttle motor connector X196 . Use a multi-
meter to check for continuity between connector X196 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 21.

B. If no continuity is found, erase the fault codes and continue operation.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position. Power must be removed from the module prior to testing for short to ground condition on the motor
circuit to remove this ground path.
21. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 3 and chassis
ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X196 pin A and connector
X010 pin 3 wire 829 white. Locate the short and repair.
2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 32
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 22.

22. Disconnect connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 28 and
chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X010 pin 3 and connector
X004 pin 28 wire 829 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X004 pin 28 and the Throttle/
Brush relay K15 pin 5 on the fuse panel. Locate the short and repair.
23. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to open circuit condition. Disconnect the throttle motor connector X196.
Measure the resistance of the motor between terminals A and B. The correct resistance is xx to xx ohms.

A. The resistance is infinite, indicating an open condition in the motor. Replace the throttle motor.

B. The resistance is in specification. Continue with step 24.

24. Replace the Throttle/Brush relay K15 on the fuse panel with a known good relay, and retest the throttle circuit
function.

A. If the throttle circuit now functions properly, the relay was faulty, and was not providing continuity between
terminals 3 & 5 when energized. Replace the relay.

B. If the throttle circuit still does not work, continue with step 25.
25. Ensure that the batteries are connected using the battery key, and that fuse F23 is good. Use the multimeter to
check for continuity between connector X196 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 27.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 26.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position, irregardless of key switch position, as long as it receives power through fuse F23. This ground path
may be used to test for an open circuit condition.
26. Disconnect inline connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 1 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the open circuit is in the harness between connector X010 pin 1 and connector X196
pin B . Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X010 pin 1 and connector
X016 pin J2-1 on wire 524 gray. Locate the open and repair.
27. Remove the Throttle/Brush relay K15 on the fuse panel, and install a jumper wire between terminals 3 & 5. Use
a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X196 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, continue with step 28.

B. If continuity is found, recheck the motor for continuity at step 23. Erase the fault codes and continue
operation.
28. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 3 and chassis
ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X196 pin A and connector X010
pin 3 wire 829 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 29.

29. Remove the jumper wire between terminals 3 & 5 for relay K15 on the fuse panel. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 5 and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in wire 829 white from the fuse panel through connector X004
pin 28 to connector X010 pin 3 . Locate the open and repair.

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 33
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 30.

NOTE: Continuity check is being done back through circuit through the motor. The resistance will read signifi-
cantly higher than previous tests, but should not be higher than 10 ohms above the motor resistance measured
in step 23.
30. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, replace the relay. Erase the fault codes and continue operation.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 31.

31. Disconnect connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 26 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between the Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 on
the fuse panel connector X004 pin 26 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, , the open circuit is in the harness between connector X004 pin 26 and connector
X016 pin J2-21 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.
32. Fault codes and operating condition indicate that the motor has shorted to ground. Disconnect throttle motor
connector X196. Measure between terminals A or B on the motor connector and a known good ground. There
should be no continuity to ground.

A. There is continuity to ground, indicating a short to ground in the motor. Replace the throttle motor.

B. There is no continuity to ground. Erase the fault codes and continue operation.
33. Fault codes and operating condition indicates that there is an open circuit on shared wiring between the throttle
motor and rotary screen brush motor circuits. Replace the Throttle/Brush relay K15 on the fuse panel with a
known good relay, and retest the throttle circuit function.

A. If both circuits now function properly, the relay was faulty, and was not providing continuity between the
work terminal 3 and terminals 4 & 5. Replace the relay.

B. If both circuits still do not work, continue with step 34.

34. Ensure that the batteries are connected using the battery key, and that fuse F23 is good. Remove the Throttle/
Brush relay K15 on the fuse panel. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between Throttle/Brush relay K15
terminal 3 and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, continue with step 35.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 36.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position, irregardless of key switch position, as long as it receives power through fuse F23. This ground path
may be used to test for an open circuit condition.
35. Disconnect connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 26 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between the Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 on
the fuse panel connector X004 pin 26 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, , the open circuit is in the harness between connector X004 pin 26 and connector
X016 pin J2-21 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.
36. Unplug the throttle motor connector X196. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X196
pin B and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, continue with step 37.

B. If continuity is found, erase the fault codes and continue operation.

37. Disconnect inline connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 1 and
chassis ground.
2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 34
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the engine (EN) harness, wire 524 gray between connector X010
pin 1 and harness splice. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin
1 and connector X016 pin J2-1 on wire 524 gray. Locate the open and repair.
38. If the throttle motor and rotary brush screen motor do not operate in either direction, and there are no error
codes indicated, the supply power for the circuit may not be present. Remove fuse F23 and inspect.

A. Fuse has failed. Go to step 39.

B. Fuse is okay. Go to step 40.

39. If fuse has failed, replace the fuse.

A. If fuse immediately fails, a short to ground exists on one of the two following wires:Wire 025 red, from the
fuse panel through connector X005 pin 1 to connector X016 pin J2-11 on CCM2 module.Wire 028 red,
from the fuse panel through connector X031 pin 4 to connector X017 pin J3-7 on CCM2 module.
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the short to ground and repair.

B. Fuse is okay. Go to step 40.

40. Test for 12 V power at connector X016 pin J2-11 on the CCM2 module under the cab.

A. If there is no power, there is an open circuit on wire 025 red, from the fuse panel through connector X005
pin 1 to connector X016 pin J2-11 on CCM2 module. Locate the open and repair. After repair, go to step
41.

B. If there is power, go to step 41.

41. Test for continuity to ground at connector X016 pin J2-3 on the CCM2 module under the cab.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit on wire 514 black, from connector X016 pin J2-3
on CCM2 module to the front frame ground #2 . Locate the open and repair. After repair, go to step 42.

B. If there is continuity to ground, go to step 42.

42. Once it has been verified that power is being supplied to the module, recheck the circuit operation as described
in step 1.

A. If the fuse fails during the testing, a short to ground on the circuit being operated at the time of failure is
causing the fuse to fail.
Series 1206-1407
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 35
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

E0172-06-Curr Sense Rot Scr Brush Short Circuit (B.50.A.58.60 -

G.30.B.25)
CX840 Series 1348 - 1407, CX840 Series 1282 - 1347, CX840 Series 1238 - 1281, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1348 - 1407, CX860
Series 1282 - 1347, CX860 Series 1238 - 1281, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1348 - 1407, CX880 Series 1282 - 1347, CX880 Series
1238 - 1281, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0172-06 - Curr Sense Rot Scr Brush Short Circuit

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX 840, CX 860 and CX 880 combines with electronic governor engines only.
The troubleshooting chart for this fault code on CX 720, CX 740, CX 760, CX 780 and CX 820 combines with 7.5 L
mechanical governor engines is listed before this chart.

Cause:
The Rotary Screen Brush motor (M-27) circuit indicates high current draw.

Possible failure modes:

1. Circuit wiring short to ground.

2. Excessive mechanical load on motor.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. This is an H-bridge-controlled circuit (refer to Rotary screen Screen brush - Logical diagram (B.50.A.58.60
- C.20.B.72)).

Enter the InfoView monitor - service info screens

Record and erase service history
Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose Info" screens. Select CCM2, and scroll down to select “Rotary Screen
Brush motor". Manually operate the motor in both directions.
Record in which direction the circuit operates.
Reload error history. Check for fault codes 0172-06 and 0206-06.
Use the following table to determine the location of the fault

Symptom Errors
0172-06 0206-05
Rotary screen brush X Go to step 2 Motor bound up
motor operates in 1 X Go to step 3 Short to ground
direction only
Rotary screen brush X Go to step 12 Open
motor does not oper- Go to step 20 Fuse 23 blown or
ate in either direction open

A.
2. The rotary screen brush mechanism is mechanically bound up, resulting in high current draw.

A. See the appropriate repair manual chapter for repair and adjustment of the rotary screen brush linkage.
3. Fault code indicates circuit has shorted to ground. Disconnect rotary screen brush motor connector X206. Mea-
sure between terminals A or B on the motor connector and a known good ground. There should be no continuity
to ground.

A. There is continuity to ground, indicating a short to ground in the motor. Replace the rotary screen brush
motor.

B. There is no continuity to ground. Continue with step 4.

4. Replace the Throttle/Brush relay K-15 with a known good relay, and retest the circuit.

A. If the circuit now works properly, then the relay had shorted out internally. Replace the relay.

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 36
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

B. The circuit does not work properly. Continue with step 5.

5. Disconnect the batteries using the battery key. Unplug the rotary screen brush motor connector X206 . Use the
multimeter to check for continuity between connector X206 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 6.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 7.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position. Power must be removed from the module prior to testing for short to ground condition on the motor
circuit to remove this ground path.
6. Disconnect inline connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 1 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the short to ground is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin
1 and connector X016 pin J2-1 wire 524 gray. Locate the short and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin 1
and connector X206 pin B on wire 524 gray. Locate the short to ground and repair.
7. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X206 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 8.

B. If no continuity is found, erase the fault codes and continue operation.

8. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 2 and chassis
ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X206 pin A and connector
X010 pin 2 wire 821 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 9.

9. Remove the Throttle/Brush relay K15 from the fuse panel. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between the
Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 4 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the short to ground is in wire 821 white from the fuse panel through connector X004
pin 27 to connector X010 pin 2 . Locate the short and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 10.

10. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between the Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 11.

B. If no continuity is found, replace the relay. Erase the fault codes and continue operation.
11. Disconnect inline connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 26
and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the short to ground is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X004 pin
26 and connector X016 pin J2-21 wire 525 gray. Locate the short and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the cab main (CM) harness between connector X004 pin
26 and the Throttle/Brush relay K15 pin 3 on the fuse panel.
12. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to open circuit condition. Disconnect the rotary screen brush motor con-
nector X206. Measure the resistance of the motor between terminals A and B. The correct resistance is xx to
xx ohms.

A. The resistance is infinite, indicating an open condition in the motor. Replace the rotary screen brush motor.

B. The resistance is in specification. Continue with step 13.

13. Ensure that the batteries are connected using the battery key, and that fuse F23 is good. Use the multimeter to
check for continuity between connector X206 pin B and chassis ground.
2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 37
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 15.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 14.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position, irregardless of key switch position, as long as it receives power through fuse F23. This ground path
may be used to test for an open circuit condition.
14. Disconnect inline connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 1 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the open circuit is in the harness between connector X010 pin 1 and connector X206
pin B . Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X010 pin 1 and connector
X016 pin J2-1 on wire 524 gray. Locate the open and repair.
15. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X206 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, continue with step 16.

B. If continuity is found, recheck the motor for continuity at step 12. Erase the fault codes and continue
operation.
16. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 2 and chassis
ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X206 pin A and connector X010
pin 2 wire 821 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 17.

17. Remove the Throttle/Brush relay K15 from the fuse panel. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between
Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 4 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X004 pin 27 and connector
X010 pin 2 wire 821 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 18.

NOTE: Continuity check is being done back through circuit through the motor. The resistance will read signifi-
cantly higher than previous tests, but should not be higher than 10 ohms above the motor resistance measured
in step 12.
18. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the relay has failed open between terminals 3 and 4. Replace the relay.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 19.

19. Disconnect connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 26 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between the Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 on
the fuse panel connector X004 pin 26 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, , the open circuit is in the harness between connector X004 pin 26 and connector
X016 pin J2-21 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.
20. If the rotary brush screen motor does not operate in either direction, and there are no error codes indicated, the
supply power for the circuit may not be present. Remove fuse F23 and inspect.

A. Fuse has failed. Go to step 21.

B. Fuse is okay. Go to step 22.

21. If fuse has failed, replace the fuse.

A. If fuse immediately fails, a short to ground exists on one of the two following wires :
2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 38
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

Wire 025 red, from the fuse panel through connector X005 pin 1 to connector X016 pin J2-11 on CCM2
module.
Wire 028 red, from the fuse panel through connector X031 pin 4 to connector X017 pin J3-7 on CCM2
module.
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the short to ground and repair.

B. Fuse is okay. Go to step 22.

22. Test for 12 V power at connector X016 pin J2-11 on the CCM2 module under the cab.

A. If there is no power, there is an open circuit on wire 025 red, from the fuse panel through connector X005
pin 1 to connector X016 pin J2-11 on CCM2 module. Locate the open and repair. After repair, go to step
23.

B. If there is power, go to step 23.

23. Test for continuity to ground at connector X016 pin J2-3 on the CCM2 module under the cab.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit on wire 514 black, from connector X016 pin J2-3
on CCM2 module to the front frame ground #2 . Locate the open and repair. After repair, go to step 24.

B. If there is continuity to ground, go to step 24.

24. Once it has been verified that power is being supplied to the module, recheck the circuit operation as described
in step 1.

A. If the fuse fails during the testing, a short to ground on the circuit being operated at the time of failure is
causing the fuse to fail. Start the troubleshooting at step 3 to locate the short to ground.
Series 1206-1407
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 39
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

E0197-11-Rot Scr Brush / Throttle Unidentified Failure Code

(B.50.A.58.60 - G.30.B.46)
CX720 Series 1348 - 1407, CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1348 - 1407, CX740 Series
1282 - 1347, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1348 - 1407, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1348 - 1407, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series
1348 - 1407, CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237

E0197-11 - Rot Scr Brush / Throttle Unidentified Failure Code

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX 720, CX 740, CX 760, CX 780 and CX 820 combines with 7.5L mechanical
governor engines only.

Cause:
The Throttle/Brush Relay (K-15) circuit is open, or shorted to ground. (7.5L mechanical governor units only)

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad relay.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Rot Scr Brush / Throttle" and select the “Status" screen. Press the “Enter" key to manually power the
circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates “OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 7.
2. Turn the key switch to the OFF position and remove the Throttle/Brush Relay K-15. Use a multimeter to check
the resistance of the throttle/brush relay coil. The proper resistance range for the throttle/brush relay coil is 74.3
- 78.3 ohms.

A. If out of specification replace relay.

B. If the coil is within specification continue with Step 3.

3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between relay socket pin 1 and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity to ground is found continue with Step 4.

B. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground on wire 502 white in the cab main (CM) harness
between the fuse panel and connector X015 pin J1-6. Locate the short and repair.
4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between relay socket pin 2 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity to ground is found continue with Step 5.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit on wire 148 black in the cab main (CM) harness
between the fuse panel and cab ground 3. Locate the open and repair.
5. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power the
throttle/brush relay. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between relay socket pin 1 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present continue with Step 6.

B. If 12 volts is found continue with Step 7.

6. Key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power the throttle/
brush relay. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X015 J1-6 and chassis ground.
2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 40
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

A. If 12 volts is not present, replace the CCM2 with a known good controller.

B. If 12 volts is present, the open is between connector X015 J1-6 and relay socket pin 1 wire 502 white.
Locate the open and repair.
7. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1206-1407
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 41
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

E0206-05-Rotary Screen Brush Motor Line Disconnected

(B.50.A.58.60 - G.30.B.46)
CX720 Series 1348 - 1407, CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1348 - 1407, CX740 Series
1282 - 1347, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1348 - 1407, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1348 - 1407, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series
1348 - 1407, CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237

E0206-05 - Rotary Screen Brush Motor Line Disconnected

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX 720, CX 740, CX 760, CX 780 and CX 820 combines with 7.5L mechanical
governor engines only. The troubleshooting chart for this fault code on CX 840, CX 860 and CX 880 combines with
electronic governor engines follows this chart.

Cause:
The rotary screen brush motor (M-27) control voltage circuit open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad motor.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. This is an H-bridge-controlled circuit (refer to Rotary screen Screen brush - Logical diagram (B.50.A.58.60
- C.20.B.72)). The Rotary screen brush motor (M-27) circuit is paired with the engine throttle motor (M-13)
circuit, and the module switches between these two circuits using the Throttle/Brush relay K-15. Because these
circuits are connected and driven from the same module outputs, the troubleshooting procedure must consider
both circuits at the same time.

Enter the InfoView monitor - service info screens

Record and erase service history
Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose Info" screens. Select CCM2, and scroll down to select “Rotary Screen
Brush motor". Manually operate the motor in both directions.
Start the combine, and operate the engine throttle in both directions.
Record in which direction(s) each circuit operates.
Reload error history. Check for fault codes 0172-06 and 0206-05 (Rotary screen brush motor) and fault codes
0173-06 and 0207-05 (Throttle motor).
Use the following table to determine the location of the fault

Symptom Errors
0172-06 0173-06 0206-05 0207-05
Rotary screen X Go to step 2 Motor bound
brush motor up
operates in 1 X Go to step 3 Short to
direction only ground
Rotary screen X X Go to step 6 Short to
brush motor ground
and Throttle
motor (7.5L
mechanical
engine only)
operate in 1 di-
rection only
Rotary screen X Go to step 10 Open
brush motor X Go to step 18 Short to
does not op- ground
erate in either
direction

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 42
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

Symptom Errors
Throttle mo- X Go to step 19 Motor bound
tor (7.5L me- up
chanical en- X Go to step 20 Short to
gine only) op- ground
erates in 1 di-
rection only
Throttle motor X Go to step 23 Open
(7.5L mechan- X Go to step 32 Short to
ical engine ground
only) does not
operate in ei-
ther direction
Both Rotary X X Go to step 33 Open
screen brush Go to step 38 Fuse 23 blown
motor and or open
Throttle mo-
tor (7.5L me-
chanical en-
gine only) do
not operate in
either direc-
tion

A. .
2. The rotary screen brush mechanism is mechanically bound up, resulting in high current draw.

A. See the appropriate repair manual chapter for repair and adjustment of the rotary screen brush linkage..
3. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to short to ground between the rotary screen brush motor and the Throttle/
Brush relay K15. Disconnect the batteries using the battery key. Unplug the rotary screen brush motor connector
X206 . Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X206 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 4.

B. If no continuity is found, erase the fault codes and continue operation.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position. Power must be removed from the module prior to testing for short to ground condition on the motor
circuit to remove this ground path.
4. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 2 and chassis
ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X206 pin A and connector
X010 pin 2 wire 821 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 5

5. Disconnect connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 27 and
chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X010 pin 2 and connector
X004 pin 27 wire 821 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X004 pin 27 and the Throttle/
Brush relay K15 pin 4 on the fuse panel. Locate the short and repair.
6. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to short to ground between the rotary screen brush motor and/or the throttle
motor and the CCM2 module. Disconnect the batteries using the battery key. Unplug the rotary screen brush
motor connector X206 and the throttle motor connector X196 . Use the multimeter to check for continuity be-
tween connector X206 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 7.

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 43
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 8.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position. Power must be removed from the module prior to testing for short to ground condition on the motor
circuit to remove this ground path.
7. Disconnect inline connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 1 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the short to ground is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin
1 and connector X016 pin J2-1 wire 524 gray. Locate the short and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin
1, the rotary screen brush motor connector X206 pin B and connector X196 pin B on one of the following
wires:
Wire 524 gray, connector X010 pin 1 to harness splice
Wire 817 gray, harness splice to connector X206 pin B
Wire 828 gray, harness splice to connector X196 pin B
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the short to ground and repair.
8. Remove the Throttle/Brush relay K15 from the fuse panel. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between the
relay terminal 3 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 9.

B. If no continuity is found, erase the fault codes and continue operation.

9. Disconnect inline connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 26
and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the short to ground is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X004 pin
26 and connector X016 pin J2-21 wire 525 gray. Locate the short and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the cab main (CM) harness between connector X004 pin
26 and the Throttle/Brush relay K15 pin 3 on the fuse panel.
10. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to open circuit condition. Disconnect the rotary screen brush motor con-
nector X206. Measure the resistance of the motor between terminals A and B. The correct resistance is xx to
xx ohms.

A. The resistance is infinite, indicating an open condition in the motor. Replace the rotary screen brush motor.

B. The resistance is in specification. Continue with step 11.

11. Ensure that the batteries are connected using the battery key, and that fuse F23 is good. Use the multimeter to
check for continuity between connector X206 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 13.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 12.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position, irregardless of key switch position, as long as it receives power through fuse F23. This ground path
may be used to test for an open circuit condition.
12. Disconnect inline connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 1 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the open circuit is in the harness between connector X010 pin 1 and connector X206
pin B . Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X010 pin 1 and connector
X016 pin J2-1 on wire 524 gray. Locate the open and repair.
13. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X206 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, continue with step 14.

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 44
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

B. If continuity is found, recheck the motor for continuity at step 10. Erase the fault codes and continue
operation.
14. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 2 and chassis
ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X206 pin A and connector X010
pin 2 wire 821 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 15.

15. Remove the Throttle/Brush relay K15 from the fuse panel. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between
Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 4 and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in wire 821 white from the fuse panel through connector X004
pin 27 to connector X010 pin 2 . Locate the open and repair.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 16.

NOTE: Continuity check is being done back through circuit through the motor. The resistance will read signifi-
cantly higher than previous tests, but should not be higher than 10 ohms above the motor resistance measured
in step 10.
16. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the relay has failed open between terminals 3 and 4. Replace the relay.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 17.

17. Disconnect connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 26 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between the Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 on
the fuse panel connector X004 pin 26 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, , the open circuit is in the harness between connector X004 pin 26 and connector
X016 pin J2-21 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.
18. Fault codes and operating condition indicate that the motor has shorted to ground. Disconnect rotary screen
brush motor connector X206. Measure between terminals A or B on the motor connector and a known good
ground. There should be no continuity to ground.

A. There is continuity to ground, indicating a short to ground in the motor. Replace the rotary screen brush
motor.

B. There is no continuity to ground. Erase the fault codes and continue operation.
19. The throttle mechanism is mechanically bound up, resulting in high current draw.

A. See the appropriate repair manual chapter for repair and adjustment of the throttle linkage.
20. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to short to ground between the throttle motor and the Throttle/Brush relay
K15. Disconnect the batteries using the battery key. Unplug the throttle motor connector X196 . Use a multi-
meter to check for continuity between connector X196 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 21.

B. If no continuity is found, erase the fault codes and continue operation.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position. Power must be removed from the module prior to testing for short to ground condition on the motor
circuit to remove this ground path.
21. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 3 and chassis
ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X196 pin A and connector
X010 pin 3 wire 829 white. Locate the short and repair.
2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 45
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 22.

22. Disconnect connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 28 and
chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X010 pin 3 and connector
X004 pin 28 wire 829 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X004 pin 28 and the Throttle/
Brush relay K15 pin 5 on the fuse panel. Locate the short and repair.
23. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to open circuit condition. Disconnect the throttle motor connector X196.
Measure the resistance of the motor between terminals A and B. The correct resistance is xx to xx ohms.

A. The resistance is infinite, indicating an open condition in the motor. Replace the throttle motor.

B. The resistance is in specification. Continue with step 24.

24. Replace the Throttle/Brush relay K15 on the fuse panel with a known good relay, and retest the throttle circuit
function.

A. If the throttle circuit now functions properly, the relay was faulty, and was not providing continuity between
terminals 3 & 5 when energized. Replace the relay.

B. If the throttle circuit still does not work, continue with step 25.
25. Ensure that the batteries are connected using the battery key, and that fuse F23 is good. Use the multimeter to
check for continuity between connector X196 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 27.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 26.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position, irregardless of key switch position, as long as it receives power through fuse F23. This ground path
may be used to test for an open circuit condition.
26. Disconnect inline connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 1 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the open circuit is in the harness between connector X010 pin 1 and connector X196
pin B . Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X010 pin 1 and connector
X016 pin J2-1 on wire 524 gray. Locate the open and repair.
27. Remove the Throttle/Brush relay K15 on the fuse panel, and install a jumper wire between terminals 3 & 5. Use
a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X196 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, continue with step 28.

B. If continuity is found, recheck the motor for continuity at step 23. Erase the fault codes and continue
operation.
28. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 3 and chassis
ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X196 pin A and connector X010
pin 3 wire 829 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 29.

29. Remove the jumper wire between terminals 3 & 5 for relay K15 on the fuse panel. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 5 and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in wire 829 white from the fuse panel through connector X004
pin 28 to connector X010 pin 3 . Locate the open and repair.

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 46
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 30.

NOTE: Continuity check is being done back through circuit through the motor. The resistance will read signifi-
cantly higher than previous tests, but should not be higher than 10 ohms above the motor resistance measured
in step 23.
30. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, replace the relay. Erase the fault codes and continue operation.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 31.

31. Disconnect connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 26 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between the Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 on
the fuse panel connector X004 pin 26 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, , the open circuit is in the harness between connector X004 pin 26 and connector
X016 pin J2-21 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.
32. Fault codes and operating condition indicate that the motor has shorted to ground. Disconnect throttle motor
connector X196. Measure between terminals A or B on the motor connector and a known good ground. There
should be no continuity to ground.

A. There is continuity to ground, indicating a short to ground in the motor. Replace the throttle motor.

B. There is no continuity to ground. Erase the fault codes and continue operation.
33. Fault codes and operating condition indicates that there is an open circuit on shared wiring between the throttle
motor and rotary screen brush motor circuits. Replace the Throttle/Brush relay K15 on the fuse panel with a
known good relay, and retest the throttle circuit function.

A. If both circuits now function properly, the relay was faulty, and was not providing continuity between the
work terminal 3 and terminals 4 & 5. Replace the relay.

B. If both circuits still do not work, continue with step 34.

34. Ensure that the batteries are connected using the battery key, and that fuse F23 is good. Remove the Throttle/
Brush relay K15 on the fuse panel. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between Throttle/Brush relay K15
terminal 3 and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, continue with step 35.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 36.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position, irregardless of key switch position, as long as it receives power through fuse F23. This ground path
may be used to test for an open circuit condition.
35. Disconnect connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 26 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between the Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 on
the fuse panel connector X004 pin 26 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, , the open circuit is in the harness between connector X004 pin 26 and connector
X016 pin J2-21 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.
36. Unplug the throttle motor connector X196. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X196
pin B and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, continue with step 37.

B. If continuity is found, erase the fault codes and continue operation.

37. Disconnect inline connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 1 and
chassis ground.
2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 47
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the engine (EN) harness, wire 524 gray between connector X010
pin 1 and harness splice. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin
1 and connector X016 pin J2-1 on wire 524 gray. Locate the open and repair.
38. If the throttle motor and rotary brush screen motor do not operate in either direction, and there are no error
codes indicated, the supply power for the circuit may not be present. Remove fuse F23 and inspect.

A. Fuse has failed. Go to step 39.

B. Fuse is okay. Go to step 40.

39. If fuse has failed, replace the fuse.

A. If fuse immediately fails, a short to ground exists on one of the two following wires:
Wire 025 red, from the fuse panel through connector X005 pin 1 to connector X016 pin J2-11 on CCM2
module.
Wire 028 red, from the fuse panel through connector X031 pin 4 to connector X017 pin J3-7 on CCM2
module.
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the short to ground and repair.

B. Fuse is okay. Go to step 40.

40. Test for 12 V power at connector X016 pin J2-11 on the CCM2 module under the cab.

A. If there is no power, there is an open circuit on wire 025 red, from the fuse panel through connector X005
pin 1 to connector X016 pin J2-11 on CCM2 module. Locate the open and repair. After repair, go to step
41.

B. If there is power, go to step 41.

41. Test for continuity to ground at connector X016 pin J2-3 on the CCM2 module under the cab.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit on wire 514 black, from connector X016 pin J2-3
on CCM2 module to the front frame ground #2 . Locate the open and repair. After repair, go to step 42.

B. If there is continuity to ground, go to step 42.

42. Once it has been verified that power is being supplied to the module, recheck the circuit operation as described
in step 1.

A. If the fuse fails during the testing, a short to ground on the circuit being operated at the time of failure is
causing the fuse to fail.
Series 1206-1407
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 48
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

E0206-05-Rotary Screen Brush Motor Line Disconnected

(B.50.A.58.60 - G.30.B.46)
CX840 Series 1348 - 1407, CX840 Series 1282 - 1347, CX840 Series 1238 - 1281, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1348 - 1407, CX860
Series 1282 - 1347, CX860 Series 1238 - 1281, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1348 - 1407, CX880 Series 1282 - 1347, CX880 Series
1238 - 1281, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0206-05 - Rotary Screen Brush Motor Line Disconnected

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX 840, CX 860 and CX 880 combines with electronic governor engines only.
The troubleshooting chart for this fault code on CX 720, CX 740, CX 760, CX 780 and CX 820 combines with 7.5L
mechanical governor engines is listed before this chart.

Cause:
The rotary screen brush motor (M-27) control voltage circuit open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad motor.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. This is an H-bridge-controlled circuit (refer to Rotary screen Screen brush - Logical diagram (B.50.A.58.60
- C.20.B.72))

Enter the InfoView monitor - service info screens

Record and erase service history
Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose Info" screens. Select CCM2, and scroll down to select “Rotary Screen
Brush motor". Manually operate the motor in both directions.
Record in which direction the circuit operates.
Reload error history. Check for fault codes 0172-06 and 0206-05.
Use the following table to determine the location of the fault.

Symptom Errors
0172-06 0206-05
Rotary screen brush X Go to step 2 Motor bound up
motor operates in 1 X Go to step 3 Short to ground
direction only
Rotary screen brush X Go to step 12 Open
motor does not oper- Go to step 20 Fuse 23 blown or
ate in either direction open

A.
2. The rotary screen brush mechanism is mechanically bound up, resulting in high current draw.

A. See the appropriate repair manual chapter for repair and adjustment of the rotary screen brush linkage.
3. Fault code indicates circuit has shorted to ground. Disconnect rotary screen brush motor connector X206. Mea-
sure between terminals A or B on the motor connector and a known good ground. There should be no continuity
to ground.

A. There is continuity to ground, indicating a short to ground in the motor. Replace the rotary screen brush
motor.

B. There is no continuity to ground. Continue with step 4.

4. Replace the Throttle/Brush relay K15 with a known good relay, and retest the circuit.

A. If the circuit now works properly, then the relay had shorted out internally. Replace the relay.

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 49
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

B. The circuit does not work properly. Continue with step 5.

5. Disconnect the batteries using the battery key. Unplug the rotary screen brush motor connector X206 . Use the
multimeter to check for continuity between connector X206 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 6.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 7.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position. Power must be removed from the module prior to testing for short to ground condition on the motor
circuit to remove this ground path.
6. Disconnect inline connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 1 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the short to ground is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin
1 and connector X016 pin J2-1 wire 524 gray. Locate the short and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin 1
and connector X206 pin B on wire 524 gray. Locate the short to ground and repair.
7. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X206 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 8.

B. If no continuity is found, erase the fault codes and continue operation.

8. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 2 and chassis
ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X206 pin A and connector
X010 pin 2 wire 821 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 9.

9. Remove the Throttle/Brush relay K15 from the fuse panel. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between the
Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 4 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the short to ground is in wire 821 white from the fuse panel through connector X004
pin 27 to connector X010 pin 2 . Locate the short and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 10.

10. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between the Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 11.

B. If no continuity is found, replace the relay. Erase the fault codes and continue operation.
11. Disconnect inline connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 26
and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the short to ground is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X004 pin
26 and connector X016 pin J2-21 wire 525 gray. Locate the short and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the cab main (CM) harness between connector X004 pin
26 and the Throttle/Brush relay K15 pin 3 on the fuse panel.
12. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to open circuit condition. Disconnect the rotary screen brush motor con-
nector X206. Measure the resistance of the motor between terminals A and B. The correct resistance is xx to
xx ohms.

A. The resistance is infinite, indicating an open condition in the motor. Replace the rotary screen brush motor.

B. The resistance is in specification. Continue with step 13.

13. Ensure that the batteries are connected using the battery key, and that fuse F23 is good. Use the multimeter to
check for continuity between connector X206 pin B and chassis ground.
2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 50
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 15.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 14.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position, irregardless of key switch position, as long as it receives power through fuse F23. This ground path
may be used to test for an open circuit condition.
14. Disconnect inline connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 1 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the open circuit is in the harness between connector X010 pin 1 and connector X206
pin B . Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X010 pin 1 and connector
X016 pin J2-1 on wire 524 gray. Locate the open and repair.
15. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X206 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, continue with step 16.

B. If continuity is found, recheck the motor for continuity at step 12. Erase the fault codes and continue
operation.
16. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 2 and chassis
ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X206 pin A and connector X010
pin 2 wire 821 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 17.

17. Remove the Throttle/Brush relay K15 from the fuse panel. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between
Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 4 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X004 pin 27 and connector
X010 pin 2 wire 821 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 18.

NOTE: Continuity check is being done back through circuit through the motor. The resistance will read signifi-
cantly higher than previous tests, but should not be higher than 10 ohms above the motor resistance measured
in step 12.
18. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the relay has failed open between terminals 3 and 4. Replace the relay.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 19.

19. Disconnect connector X004. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 26 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between the Throttle/Brush relay K15 terminal 3 on
the fuse panel connector X004 pin 26 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, , the open circuit is in the harness between connector X004 pin 26 and connector
X016 pin J2-21 wire 525 white. Locate the open and repair.
20. If the rotary brush screen motor does not operate in either direction, and there are no error codes indicated, the
supply power for the circuit may not be present. Remove fuse F23 and inspect.

A. Fuse has failed. Go to step 21.

B. Fuse is okay. Go to step 22.

21. If fuse has failed, replace the fuse.

A. If fuse immediately fails, a short to ground exists on one of the two following wires:
2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 51
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

Wire 025 red, from the fuse panel through connector X005 pin 1 to connector X016 pin J2-11 on CCM2
module.
Wire 028 red, from the fuse panel through connector X031 pin 4 to connector X017 pin J3-7 on CCM2
module.
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the short to ground and repair.

B. Fuse is okay. Go to step 22.

22. Test for 12 V power at connector X016 pin J2-11 on the CCM2 module under the cab.

A. If there is no power, there is an open circuit on wire 025 red, from the fuse panel through connector X005
pin 1 to connector X016 pin J2-11 on CCM2 module. Locate the open and repair. After repair, go to step
23.

B. If there is power, go to step 23.

23. Test for continuity to ground at connector X016 pin J2-3 on the CCM2 module under the cab.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit on wire 514 black, from connector X016 pin J2-3
on CCM2 module to the front frame ground #2 . Locate the open and repair. After repair, go to step 24.

B. If there is continuity to ground, go to step 24.

24. Once it has been verified that power is being supplied to the module, recheck the circuit operation as described
in step 1.

A. If the fuse fails during the testing, a short to ground on the circuit being operated at the time of failure is
causing the fuse to fail. Start the troubleshooting at step 3 to locate the short to ground.
Series 1206-1407
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 52
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

0399.2-COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS, DATA INCORRECT

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 148) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0399.2 - COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 148)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty coolant sensor

2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Check the engine coolant level

A. Ensure the coolant level is within the min/max indicators. Adjust as required. If the level was very low,
i.e., no fluid visible in the header tank, investigate the cause of the fluid loss and repair. Remove the fault
code from the ECU memory, using the electronic service tool and operate the engine, if the fault does not
reoccur continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault reoccurs continue with step 2

2. Check connector at sensor.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the sensor. Repair or replace damaged components as required.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check sensor.

A. Remove the connector and check the sensor using a suitable multi-meter. Measure the resistance across
the sensor terminals, the resistance should vary between 8 - 10 kΩ at -10 °C, 2.2 - 2.7 kΩ at 20 °C and
0.29 - 0.36 kΩ at 80 °C. Check for a short to ground between each sensor terminal and the engine block,
an open circuit should be recorded on each terminal. If any readings are incorrect replace the sensor.

B. If the sensor is okay continue with step 4.

4. Check wiring

A. Disconnect the sensor connector. With the key start switch ON, measure the voltage at pin 1 ,+5 V should
be measured. If no voltage is measured check the wiring for continuity between Pin 1 of the sensor con-
nector, X214 and pin 22 of engine ECU connector X192. Repair wiring as required. Check for voltage on
Pin 2 , 0 V should be measured. If voltage is measured trace and repair short circuit in wiring between Pin
2 of the sensor connector and Pin 5 of the engine ECU connector X192. With the key start OFF, also check
for continuity of the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor connector and Pin 5 of the engine ECU connector
X192, and for a short to ground. Trace fault and repair as required.

B.If the wiring is okay suspect a faulty engine ECU. Download engine software using the electronic service
tool and operate engine. If fault still occurs substitute engine ECU.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 53
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

0399.2-COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS, DATA INCORRECT

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 148) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880

0399.2 - COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 148)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty coolant sensor

2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Check the engine Coolant level

A. Ensure the coolant level is within the min/max indicators. Adjust as required. If the level was very low,
i.e., no fluid visible in the header tank, investigate the cause of the fluid loss and repair. Remove the fault
code from the ECU memory, using the electronic service tool and operate the engine, if the fault does not
reoccur continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault reoccurs continue with step 2

2. Check connector at sensor.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the sensor. Repair or replace damaged components as required.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check sensor.

A. Remove the connector and check the sensor using a suitable multi-meter. Measure the resistance across
the sensor terminals, the resistance should vary between 8 - 10 kΩ at -10 °C, 2.2 - 2.7 kΩ at 20 °C and
0.29 - 0.36 kΩ at 80 °C. Check for a short to ground between each sensor terminal and the engine block,
an open circuit should be recorded on each terminal. If any readings are incorrect replace the sensor.

B. If the sensor is okay continue with step 4.

4. Check wiring

A. Disconnect the sensor connector. With the key start switch ON, measure the voltage at pin 2 (blue wire),+5
V should be measured. If no voltage is measured check the wiring for continuity between Pin 2 of the
sensor connector, X214 and pin 5 of engine ECU connector X192. Repair wiring as required. Check for
voltage on Pin 1 ,0 V should be measured. If voltage is measured trace and repair short circuit in wiring
between Pin 1 of the sensor connector and Pin 22 of the engine ECU connector X192. With the key start
OFF, also check for continuity of the wire between Pin 1 of the sensor connector and Pin 22 of the engine
ECU connector X192, and for a short to ground. Trace fault and repair as required.

B. If the wiring is okay suspect a faulty engine ECU. Download engine software using the electronic service
tool and operate engine. If fault still occurs substitute engine ECU.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 54
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

0399.3-COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS, SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 148) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0399.3 - COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS, SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 148)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty coolant sensor

2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Check the engine coolant level

A. Ensure the coolant level is within the min/max indicators. Adjust as required. If the level was very low,
i.e., no fluid visible in the header tank, investigate the cause of the fluid loss and repair. Remove the fault
code from the ECU memory, using the electronic service tool and operate the engine, if the fault does not
reoccur continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault reoccurs continue with step 2

2. Check connector at sensor.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the sensor. Repair or replace damaged components as required.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check sensor.

A. Remove the connector and check the sensor using a suitable multi-meter. Measure the resistance across
the sensor terminals, the resistance should vary between 8 - 10 kΩ at -10 °C, 2.2 - 2.7 kΩ at 20 °C and
0.29 - 0.36 kΩ at 80 °C. Check for a short to ground between each sensor terminal and the engine block,
an open circuit should be recorded on each terminal. If any readings are incorrect replace the sensor.

B. If the sensor is okay continue with step 4.

4. Check wiring

A. Disconnect the sensor connector. With the key start switch ON, measure the voltage at pin 1 ,+5 V should
be measured. If no voltage is measured check the wiring for continuity between Pin 1 of the sensor con-
nector, X214 and pin 22 of engine ECU connector X192. Repair wiring as required. Check for voltage on
Pin 2 , 0 V should be measured. If voltage is measured trace and repair short circuit in wiring between Pin
2 of the sensor connector and Pin 5 of the engine ECU connector X192. With the key start OFF, also check
for continuity of the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor connector and Pin 5 of the engine ECU connector
X192, and for a short to ground. Trace fault and repair as required.

B.If the wiring is okay suspect a faulty engine ECU. Download engine software using the electronic service
tool and operate engine. If fault still occurs substitute engine ECU.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 55
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

0399.3-COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS, SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 148) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880

0399.3 - COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS, SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 148)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty coolant sensor

2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Check the engine Coolant level

A. Ensure the coolant level is within the min/max indicators. Adjust as required. If the level was very low,
i.e., no fluid visible in the header tank, investigate the cause of the fluid loss and repair. Remove the fault
code from the ECU memory, using the electronic service tool and operate the engine, if the fault does not
reoccur continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault reoccurs continue with step 2

2. Check connector at sensor.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the sensor. Repair or replace damaged components as required.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check sensor.

A. Remove the connector and check the sensor using a suitable multi-meter. Measure the resistance across
the sensor terminals, the resistance should vary between 8 - 10 kΩ at -10 °C, 2.2 - 2.7 kΩ at 20 °C and
0.29 - 0.36 kΩ at 80 °C. Check for a short to ground between each sensor terminal and the engine block,
an open circuit should be recorded on each terminal. If any readings are incorrect replace the sensor.

B. If the sensor is okay continue with step 4.

4. Check wiring

A. Disconnect the sensor connector. With the key start switch ON, measure the voltage at pin 2 (blue wire),+5
V should be measured. If no voltage is measured check the wiring for continuity between Pin 2 of the
sensor connector, X214 and pin 5 of engine ECU connector X192. Repair wiring as required. Check for
voltage on Pin 1 ,0 V should be measured. If voltage is measured trace and repair short circuit in wiring
between Pin 1 of the sensor connector and Pin 22 of the engine ECU connector X192. With the key start
OFF, also check for continuity of the wire between Pin 1 of the sensor connector and Pin 22 of the engine
ECU connector X192, and for a short to ground. Trace fault and repair as required.

B. If the wiring is okay suspect a faulty engine ECU. Download engine software using the electronic service
tool and operate engine. If fault still occurs substitute engine ECU.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 56
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

0399.4-COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS, SHORT TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 148) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0399.4 - COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS, SHORT TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 148)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty coolant sensor

2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Check the engine coolant level

A. Ensure the coolant level is within the min/max indicators. Adjust as required. If the level was very low,
i.e., no fluid visible in the header tank, investigate the cause of the fluid loss and repair. Remove the fault
code from the ECU memory, using the electronic service tool and operate the engine, if the fault does not
reoccur continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault reoccurs continue with step 2

2. Check connector at sensor.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the sensor. Repair or replace damaged components as required.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check sensor.

A. Remove the connector and check the sensor using a suitable multi-meter. Measure the resistance across
the sensor terminals, the resistance should vary between 8 - 10 kΩ at -10 °C, 2.2 - 2.7 kΩ at 20 °C and
0.29 - 0.36 kΩ at 80 °C. Check for a short to ground between each sensor terminal and the engine block,
an open circuit should be recorded on each terminal. If any readings are incorrect replace the sensor.

B. If the sensor is okay continue with step 4.

4. Check wiring

A. Disconnect the sensor connector. With the key start switch ON, measure the voltage at pin 1 ,+5 V should
be measured. If no voltage is measured check the wiring for continuity between Pin 1 of the sensor con-
nector, X214 and pin 22 of engine ECU connector X192. Repair wiring as required. Check for voltage on
Pin 2 , 0 V should be measured. If voltage is measured trace and repair short circuit in wiring between Pin
2 of the sensor connector and Pin 5 of the engine ECU connector X192. With the key start OFF, also check
for continuity of the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor connector and Pin 5 of the engine ECU connector
X192, and for a short to ground. Trace fault and repair as required.

B.If the wiring is okay suspect a faulty engine ECU. Download engine software using the electronic service
tool and operate engine. If fault still occurs substitute engine ECU.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 57
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

0399.4-COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS, SHORT TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 148) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880

0399.4 - COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS, SHORT TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 148)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty coolant sensor

2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Check the engine Coolant level

A. Ensure the coolant level is within the min/max indicators. Adjust as required. If the level was very low,
i.e., no fluid visible in the header tank, investigate the cause of the fluid loss and repair. Remove the fault
code from the ECU memory, using the electronic service tool and operate the engine, if the fault does not
reoccur continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault reoccurs continue with step 2

2. Check connector at sensor.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the sensor. Repair or replace damaged components as required.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check sensor.

A. Remove the connector and check the sensor using a suitable multi-meter. Measure the resistance across
the sensor terminals, the resistance should vary between 8 - 10 kΩ at -10 °C, 2.2 - 2.7 kΩ at 20 °C and
0.29 - 0.36 kΩ at 80 °C. Check for a short to ground between each sensor terminal and the engine block,
an open circuit should be recorded on each terminal. If any readings are incorrect replace the sensor.

B. If the sensor is okay continue with step 4.

4. Check wiring

A. Disconnect the sensor connector. With the key start switch ON, measure the voltage at pin 2 (blue wire),+5
V should be measured. If no voltage is measured check the wiring for continuity between Pin 2 of the
sensor connector, X214 and pin 5 of engine ECU connector X192. Repair wiring as required. Check for
voltage on Pin 1 ,0 V should be measured. If voltage is measured trace and repair short circuit in wiring
between Pin 1 of the sensor connector and Pin 22 of the engine ECU connector X192. With the key start
OFF, also check for continuity of the wire between Pin 1 of the sensor connector and Pin 22 of the engine
ECU connector X192, and for a short to ground. Trace fault and repair as required.

B. If the wiring is okay suspect a faulty engine ECU. Download engine software using the electronic service
tool and operate engine. If fault still occurs substitute engine ECU.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 58
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

0448.2-COOLANT TEMP SENS (PHY), DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE

TOOL FAULT CODE 20) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.C.10)
CX840

0448.2 - COOLANT TEMP SENS (PHY), DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 20)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty coolant sensor

2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Check the engine coolant level

A. Ensure the coolant level is within the min/max indicators. Adjust as required. If the level was very low,
i.e., no fluid visible in the header tank, investigate the cause of the fluid loss and repair. Remove the fault
code from the ECU memory, using the electronic service tool and operate the engine, if the fault does not
reoccur continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault reoccurs continue with step 2

2. Check connector at sensor.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the sensor. Repair or replace damaged components as required.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check sensor.

A. Remove the connector and check the sensor using a suitable multi-meter. Measure the resistance across
the sensor terminals, the resistance should vary between 8 - 10 kΩ at -10 °C, 2.2 - 2.7 kΩ at 20 °C and
0.29 - 0.36 kΩ at 80 °C. Check for a short to ground between each sensor terminal and the engine block,
an open circuit should be recorded on each terminal. If any readings are incorrect replace the sensor.

B. If the sensor is okay continue with step 4.

4. Check wiring

A. Disconnect the sensor connector. With the key start switch ON, measure the voltage at pin 1 ,+5 V should
be measured. If no voltage is measured check the wiring for continuity between Pin 1 of the sensor con-
nector, X214 and pin 22 of engine ECU connector X192. Repair wiring as required. Check for voltage on
Pin 2 , 0 V should be measured. If voltage is measured trace and repair short circuit in wiring between Pin
2 of the sensor connector and Pin 5 of the engine ECU connector X192. With the key start OFF, also check
for continuity of the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor connector and Pin 5 of the engine ECU connector
X192, and for a short to ground. Trace fault and repair as required.

B.If the wiring is okay suspect a faulty engine ECU. Download engine software using the electronic service
tool and operate engine. If fault still occurs substitute engine ECU.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 59
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

0448.3-COOLANT TEMP SENS (PHY), SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 20) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.54)
CX840

0448.3 - COOLANT TEMP SENS (PHY), SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 20)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty coolant sensor

2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Check the engine coolant level

A. Ensure the coolant level is within the min/max indicators. Adjust as required. If the level was very low,
i.e., no fluid visible in the header tank, investigate the cause of the fluid loss and repair. Remove the fault
code from the ECU memory, using the electronic service tool and operate the engine, if the fault does not
reoccur continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault reoccurs continue with step 2

2. Check connector at sensor.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the sensor. Repair or replace damaged components as required.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check sensor.

A. Remove the connector and check the sensor using a suitable multi-meter. Measure the resistance across
the sensor terminals, the resistance should vary between 8 - 10 kΩ at -10 °C, 2.2 - 2.7 kΩ at 20 °C and
0.29 - 0.36 kΩ at 80 °C. Check for a short to ground between each sensor terminal and the engine block,
an open circuit should be recorded on each terminal. If any readings are incorrect replace the sensor.

B. If the sensor is okay continue with step 4.

4. Check wiring

A. Disconnect the sensor connector. With the key start switch ON, measure the voltage at pin 1 ,+5 V should
be measured. If no voltage is measured check the wiring for continuity between Pin 1 of the sensor con-
nector, X214 and pin 22 of engine ECU connector X192. Repair wiring as required. Check for voltage on
Pin 2 , 0 V should be measured. If voltage is measured trace and repair short circuit in wiring between Pin
2 of the sensor connector and Pin 5 of the engine ECU connector X192. With the key start OFF, also check
for continuity of the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor connector and Pin 5 of the engine ECU connector
X192, and for a short to ground. Trace fault and repair as required.

B.If the wiring is okay suspect a faulty engine ECU. Download engine software using the electronic service
tool and operate engine. If fault still occurs substitute engine ECU.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 60
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

0448.4-COOLANT TEMP SENS (PHY), SHORT TO LOW SOURCE

(SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 20) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.53)
CX840

0448.4 - COOLANT TEMP SENS (PHY), SHORT TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 20)

Context:
Engine enabled - no restriction on fuel or speed

Cause:
Signal range outside threshold limits
Signal not plausible or intermittent fault

Possible failure modes:

1. Faulty coolant sensor

2. Faulty connector or wiring

Solution:

1. Check the engine coolant level

A. Ensure the coolant level is within the min/max indicators. Adjust as required. If the level was very low,
i.e., no fluid visible in the header tank, investigate the cause of the fluid loss and repair. Remove the fault
code from the ECU memory, using the electronic service tool and operate the engine, if the fault does not
reoccur continue with vehicle operation.

B. If the fault reoccurs continue with step 2

2. Check connector at sensor.

A. Ensure the connector is not damaged, the terminals are in the correct position in the housing, and that the
fit is tight on the sensor. Repair or replace damaged components as required.

B. If the connector is okay continue with step 3.

3. Check sensor.

A. Remove the connector and check the sensor using a suitable multi-meter. Measure the resistance across
the sensor terminals, the resistance should vary between 8 - 10 kΩ at -10 °C, 2.2 - 2.7 kΩ at 20 °C and
0.29 - 0.36 kΩ at 80 °C. Check for a short to ground between each sensor terminal and the engine block,
an open circuit should be recorded on each terminal. If any readings are incorrect replace the sensor.

B. If the sensor is okay continue with step 4.

4. Check wiring

A. Disconnect the sensor connector. With the key start switch ON, measure the voltage at pin 1 ,+5 V should
be measured. If no voltage is measured check the wiring for continuity between Pin 1 of the sensor con-
nector, X214 and pin 22 of engine ECU connector X192. Repair wiring as required. Check for voltage on
Pin 2 , 0 V should be measured. If voltage is measured trace and repair short circuit in wiring between Pin
2 of the sensor connector and Pin 5 of the engine ECU connector X192. With the key start OFF, also check
for continuity of the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor connector and Pin 5 of the engine ECU connector
X192, and for a short to ground. Trace fault and repair as required.

B.If the wiring is okay suspect a faulty engine ECU. Download engine software using the electronic service
tool and operate engine. If fault still occurs substitute engine ECU.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 61
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

E0152-00-Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Valid Above Normal (B.50.A.95.90

- G.30.C.22)
E0152-00 - Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Valid Above Normal

Cause:
The coolant temperature is > 115 °C. (NH7.5L Mechanical Engines Only)

Possible failure modes:

1. The coolant temperature sensor B-31 reports that the coolant temperature is above acceptable limits - this is
normal operation of the circuit and indicates a cooling system failure.
2. Coolant temperature sensor B-31 failure.

Solution:

1. The presence of this fault code indicates the engine coolant has exceeded 115 °C. This is not a failure to be
diagnosed electrically unless the sensor is faulty.

A. Locate and repair the mechanical fault in the cooling system.

B. If no cooling system fault can be found, replace the coolant temperature sensor B-31. Continue trou-
bleshooting with Step 2.
2. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1206-1281
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.05)
Series 1282-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.06)

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 62
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

E0152-02-Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Data Incorrect (B.50.A.95.90 -

G.30.C.10)
E0152-02 - Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Data Incorrect

Cause:
The ECU coolant temperature sensor reports an error (Electronic engines only)

Possible failure modes:

1. The engine ECU has detected a coolant temperature fault and has notified CCM2. This is proper operation of
the system and indicates a cooling fault exists.

Solution:

1. Troubleshoot the engine ECU or refer to fault code E0399 for further details.

A.
Series 1206-1281
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.05)
Series 1282-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.06)

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 63
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

E0152-03-Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Shorted To High Source

(B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.54)
CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1282 - 1347, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series
1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237

E0152-03 - Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Shorted To High Source

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX Combines Series 1206 - 1347 that are equipped with a NH 7.5 L mechan-
ical engine. This fault does not apply to units with electronic engines.

Cause:
The coolant temperature sensor (B-31) circuit is shorted to 12 volts. (NH7.5L Mechanical Engines Only)

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is - 0.5 - 4.9 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (>5.2 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the coolant temperature sensor connector
X310.

A. If the voltage drops to 0.5 - 4.9 volts, the short is in the sensor or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView monitor, continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame har-
ness at connector X010.

A. If the voltage drops to 0.5 - 4.9 volts, the short is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin
18 and connector X310 pin B wire 429 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView monitor the short circuit is in the main frame harness between
connector X010 pin 18 and connector X016 pin J2-24 wire 429 yellow.
4. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView monitor. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation.

A.

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 64
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

E0152-04-Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Shorted To Low Source

(B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.53)
CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1282 - 1347, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series
1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237

E0152-04 - Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Shorted To Low Source

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX Combines Series 1206 - 1347 that are equipped with a NH 7.5 L mechan-
ical engine. This fault does not apply to units with electronic engines.

Cause:
The coolant temperature sensor (B-31) circuit is shorted to ground. (NH7.5L Mechanical Engines Only)

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is 0.5 - 4.9 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low out of range (0 - 0.5 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low (0 volts). Disconnect the coolant temperature sensor con-
nector X310.

A. If the voltage increases to 0.5 - 4.9 volts, the short is in the sensor or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains low, continue with step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame harness
at connector X010.

A. If the voltage increases to 0.5 - 4.9 volts, the short is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010
pin 18 and connector 310 pin B wire 429 yellow. Locate the short to ground and repair.

B. If the voltage remains low, the short is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin 18
and connector X016 pin J2-24 wire 429 yellow. Locate the short and repair.
4. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView display. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation.

A.

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 65
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

E0152-05-Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Line Disconnected (B.50.A.95.90

- G.30.B.50)
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237

E0152-05 - Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Line Disconnected

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1206 1237 only. The troubleshooting chart for CX com-
bines Series 1238 and above follows this chart.

Cause:
The coolant temperature sensor (B-31) circuit is open. (NH7.5L Mechanical Engines Only)

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply or ground wiring is open.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is 0.5 - 4.9 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (4.9 - 5.2 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at step 7.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high (4.9 - 5.2 volts). Disconnect the coolant temperature sensor
connector X310. Use a jumper wire to short connector X310 pin B to chassis ground.

A. If voltage drops to less than 0.5 volts, the open circuit is not in the supply side of the circuit. Continue with
step 4.

B. If the voltage remains high, continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high (4.9 - 5.2 volts). Disconnect the engine harness from the
main frame harness at connector X010. Use a jumper wire to short connector X010 pin 18 to chassis ground.

A. If voltage drops to less than 0.5 volts, the open is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin
18 and coolant temperature sensor connector X310 pin B wire 429 yellow. Locate the open and repair.

B. If voltage remains high, the open is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin 18 and
connector X016 pin J2-24 wire 429 yellow. Locate the open and repair.
4. Disconnect the coolant temperature sensor connector X310. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between
the harness end of connector X310 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the ground path for the sensor is complete, and the fault is in the sensor itself. Replace
the sensor.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the ground path for the sensor is open. Continue with step 5.
5. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame harness at connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for
continuity between the harness end of connector X010 pin 14 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin 14 and
connector X310 pin A wire 852 blue or 468 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 6.

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 66
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

6. Remove the cap and buss bar assembly from the splice block D, W04 in the main frame harness. Use a multi-
meter to check for continuity between the splice block D, W04 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin 14
and splice block D, W04 pin D wire 468 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between splice block
D, W04 pin A and connector X016 pin J2-14 wire 425 blue or 465 blue. Locate the open and repair.
7. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView display. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1206-1237
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.05)

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 67
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

E0152-05-Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Line Disconnected (B.50.A.95.90

- G.30.B.50)
CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1282 - 1347, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series
1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281

E0152-05 - Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Line Disconnected

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1238 and above.

Cause:
The coolant temperature sensor (B-31) circuit is open. (NH7.5 L Mechanical Engines Only)

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply or ground wiring is open.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is 0.5 - 4.9 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (4.9 - 5.2 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at step 7.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high (4.9 - 5.2 volts). Disconnect the coolant temperature sensor
connector X310. Use a jumper wire to short connector X310 pin B to chassis ground.

A. If voltage drops to less than 0.5 volts, the open circuit is not in the supply side of the circuit. Continue with
step 4.

B. If the voltage remains high, continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high (4.9 - 5.2 volts). Disconnect the engine harness from the
main frame harness at connector X010. Use a jumper wire to short connector X010 pin 18 to chassis ground.

A. If voltage drops to less than 0.5 volts, the open is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin
18 and coolant temperature sensor connector X310 pin B wire 429 yellow. Locate the open and repair.

B. If voltage remains high, the open is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin 18 and
connector X016 pin J2-24 wire 429 yellow. Locate the open and repair.
4. Disconnect the coolant temperature sensor connector X310. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between
the harness end of connector X310 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the ground path for the sensor is complete, and the fault is in the sensor itself. Replace
the sensor.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the ground path for the sensor is open. Continue with step 5.
5. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame harness at connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for
continuity between the harness end of connector X010 pin 14 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin 14 and
connector X310 pin A wire 852 blue or 468 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 6.

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 68
 POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

6. Disconnect the main frame harness from the front frame harness at connector X008. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between the harness end of connector X008 pin 14 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin 14
and connector X008 pin 14 wire 468 blue or 425 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open circuit is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X008 pin 14 and connector X017 pin J3-18 wire 425 blue or 766 blue. Locate the open and repair.
7. Operate the machine while monitoring Infoview display. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1238-1281
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.05)
Series 1282-1407
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.06)

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 69
 Index

POWER PRODUCTION - B

ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - 50.A

0399.2-COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 53
148) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0399.2-COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS, DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 54
148) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.C.10)
CX860, CX880
0399.3-COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS, SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 55
FAULT CODE 148) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0399.3-COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS, SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL 56
FAULT CODE 148) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.54)
CX860, CX880
0399.4-COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS, SHORT TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 57
CODE 148) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
0399.4-COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENS, SHORT TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 58
CODE 148) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.53)
CX860, CX880
0448.2-COOLANT TEMP SENS (PHY), DATA INCORRECT (SERVICE TOOL FAULT CODE 20) 59
(B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.C.10)
CX840
0448.3-COOLANT TEMP SENS (PHY), SHORT TO HIGH SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 60
CODE 20) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.54)
CX840
0448.4-COOLANT TEMP SENS (PHY), SHORT TO LOW SOURCE (SERVICE TOOL FAULT 61
CODE 20) (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.53)
CX840
E0152-00-Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Valid Above Normal (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.C.22) 62
E0152-02-Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Data Incorrect (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.C.10) 63
E0152-03-Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Shorted To High Source (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.54) 64
CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1282 - 1347,
CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237
E0152-04-Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Shorted To Low Source (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.53) 65
CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1282 - 1347,
CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237
E0152-05-Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Line Disconnected (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.50) 66
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 -
1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237
E0152-05-Coolant Temp / Fuel Filt Line Disconnected (B.50.A.95.90 - G.30.B.50) 68
CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1282 - 1347, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281
E0172-06-Curr Sense Rot Scr Brush Short Circuit (B.50.A.58.60 - G.30.B.25) 29
CX720 Series 1348 - 1407, CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX720 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX740 Series 1348 - 1407, CX740 Series 1282 - 1347, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX760 Series 1348 - 1407, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX780 Series 1348 - 1407, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX820 Series 1348 - 1407, CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 70
E0172-06-Curr Sense Rot Scr Brush Short Circuit (B.50.A.58.60 - G.30.B.25) 36
CX840 Series 1348 - 1407, CX840 Series 1282 - 1347, CX840 Series 1238 - 1281, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX860 Series 1348 - 1407, CX860 Series 1282 - 1347, CX860 Series 1238 - 1281, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX880 Series 1348 - 1407, CX880 Series 1282 - 1347, CX880 Series 1238 - 1281, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237
E0197-11-Rot Scr Brush / Throttle Unidentified Failure Code (B.50.A.58.60 - G.30.B.46) 40
CX720 Series 1348 - 1407, CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX720 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX740 Series 1348 - 1407, CX740 Series 1282 - 1347, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX760 Series 1348 - 1407, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX780 Series 1348 - 1407, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX820 Series 1348 - 1407, CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237
E0206-05-Rotary Screen Brush Motor Line Disconnected (B.50.A.58.60 - G.30.B.46) 42
CX720 Series 1348 - 1407, CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX720 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX740 Series 1348 - 1407, CX740 Series 1282 - 1347, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX760 Series 1348 - 1407, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX780 Series 1348 - 1407, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX820 Series 1348 - 1407, CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237
E0206-05-Rotary Screen Brush Motor Line Disconnected (B.50.A.58.60 - G.30.B.46) 49
CX840 Series 1348 - 1407, CX840 Series 1282 - 1347, CX840 Series 1238 - 1281, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX860 Series 1348 - 1407, CX860 Series 1282 - 1347, CX860 Series 1238 - 1281, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX880 Series 1348 - 1407, CX880 Series 1282 - 1347, CX880 Series 1238 - 1281, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - General specification (B.50.A - D.40.A.10) 5
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - General specification (B.50.A - D.40.A.10) 5
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Static description (B.50.A - C.30.A.20) 7
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Static description (B.50.A - C.30.A.20) 9
CX860, CX880
Rotary screen Screen brush - Logical diagram (B.50.A.58.60 - C.20.B.72) 14
Thermostat - Check (B.50.A.18 - F.40.A.11) 19
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Thermostat - Check (B.50.A.18 - F.40.A.11) 20
CX860, CX880
Thermostat - Install (B.50.A.18 - F.10.A.15) 17
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Thermostat - Remove (B.50.A.18 - F.10.A.10) 16
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Thermostat - Replace (B.50.A.18 - F.10.A.30) 18
CX860, CX880
Water pump - Assemble (B.50.A.20 - F.10.A.20) 26
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Water pump - Disassemble (B.50.A.20 - F.10.A.25) 22
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Water pump - Install (B.50.A.20 - F.10.A.15) 25
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Water pump - Remove (B.50.A.20 - F.10.A.10) 24
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Water pump - Replace (B.50.A.20 - F.10.A.30) 28
CX860, CX880
Water pump - Sectional view (B.50.A.20 - C.10.A.30) 10
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Water pump - Static description (B.50.A.20 - C.30.A.20) 11
CX860, CX880
Water pump drive system - Overview (B.50.A.21 - C.10.A.10) 12
CX860, CX880

2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 71
 2 4/7/2006
B.50.A / 72
 POWER PRODUCTION - B

LUBRICATION SYSTEM - 60.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 1
 Contents

POWER PRODUCTION - B

LUBRICATION SYSTEM - 60.A

TECHNICAL DATA
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
General specification (B.60.A - D.40.A.10) 4
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Oil pan
Torque (B.60.A.23 - D.20.A.10) 5
CX860, CX880

Oil cooler
Torque (B.60.A.32 - D.20.A.10) 6
CX860, CX880

FUNCTIONAL DATA
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Overview (B.60.A - C.10.A.10) 7
CX860, CX880

Static description (B.60.A - C.30.A.20) 8

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Static description (B.60.A - C.30.A.20) 12

CX860, CX880

Oil pan
Static description (B.60.A.23 - C.30.A.20) 13
CX860, CX880

Oil filter
Static description (B.60.A.24 - C.30.A.20) 14
CX860, CX880

SERVICE
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Disconnect (B.60.A - F.10.A.11) 16
CX860, CX880

Oil pump
Remove (B.60.A.20 - F.10.A.10) 19
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Install (B.60.A.20 - F.10.A.15) 20

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Overhaul (B.60.A.20 - F.10.A.40) 21

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Oil pan
Remove (B.60.A.23 - F.10.A.10) 22
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Install (B.60.A.23 - F.10.A.15) 23

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Oil pressure regulator valve

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 2
 Remove (B.60.A.25 - F.10.A.10) 24
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Install (B.60.A.25 - F.10.A.15) 25

Oil cooler
Overhaul (B.60.A.32 - F.10.A.40) 26
CX860, CX880

DIAGNOSTIC
Sensing system
E0153-00-Engine Oil Temperature Valid Above Normal (B.60.A.95.92 - G.30.C.22) 29
E0153-03-Engine Oil Temperature Shorted To High Source (B.60.A.95.92 - G.30.B.54) 30
E0153-04-Engine Oil Temperature Shorted To Low Source (B.60.A.95.92 - G.30.B.53) 31
E0153-05-Engine Oil Temperature Line Disconnected (B.60.A.95.92 - G.30.B.50) 32
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

E0153-05-Engine Oil Temperature Line Disconnected (B.60.A.95.92 - G.30.B.50) 33

CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0153-05-Engine Oil Temperature Line Disconnected (B.60.A.95.92 - G.30.B.50) 35

CX860 Series 1408 and above, CX860 Series 1348 - 1407, CX860 Series 1282 - 1347, CX860
Series 1238 - 1281, CX880 Series 1408 and above, CX880 Series 1348 - 1407, CX880 Series 1282
- 1347, CX880 Series 1238 - 1281

E0161-01-Engine Oil Pressure Valid Below Normal (B.60.A.95.91 - G.30.C.20) 37

E0161-03-Engine Oil Pressure sens Shorted To High Source (B.60.A.95.91 - G.30.B.54) 38
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series
1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0161-03-Engine Oil Pressure sens Shorted To High Source (B.60.A.95.91 - G.30.B.54) 40

CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above,
CX780 Series 1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and above, CX840 Series 1238 and above,
CX860 Series 1238 and above, CX880 Series 1238 and above

E0161-05-Engine Oil Pressure sens Line Disconnected (B.60.A.95.91 - G.30.B.50) 42

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 3
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

LUBRICATION SYSTEM - General specification (B.60.A - D.40.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

OIL PUMP

Flow Rate 91 l/min. (20 lmp Gpm)

@2100 Engine RPM and 1.38 bar(20 lbf/in2)
Rotor Clearance 0.025-0.15 mm (0.001-0.006 in)
Rotor to Pump Housing Clearance 0.15-0.28 mm (0.006-0.011 in)
Rotor End Play 0.025-0.089 mm (0.001-0.0035 in)
Pump Gear to Camshaft Gear Backlash 0.40-0.56 mm (0.016-0.022 in)

OIL PRESSURE

Minimum At Low Idle Speed 0.83 bar (12 lbf/in2) at normal operating temperature
Minimum At Engine Rated Speed 2.41 bar (35 lbf/in2) at normal operating temperature

OIL FILTER SUPPORT

Relief Valve, Operating Pressure 3.8-4.1 bars (55-60 lbf/in2)

Flow Rate 68.1-75.7 l/min. (15-16.6 imp gals/min,18-20 US
gals/min)

ENGINE OILS AND CHANGE PERIODS

Refer to Operators Manual

ENGINE OIL CAPACITIES

Model Imp Pints U.S Gals Litres

6 CYL 48.6 6.08 23.0

GREASE AND SEALANTS

Code Number Number Name

(All Markets Except North (North America Only)
America)
A NLG1 Grade 2 9861804DS Grease
9861804CDS*
B ESF-M1C43-A N/A Grease-Silicone Light
Consistency
C 82995768 L56531 Sealer-Anaerobic Low
strength (Loctite[Sym-
bol_registersans] 565)
D&J 82995776 L81724 Sealer-Silicone
E&F 82995774 N/A Sealer-Polyester Urethane
G 82995773 L24231 Sealer-Anaerobic (Loc-
tite[Symbol_registersans]
565)
K 82995772 L26231 Thread and Stud Lock(Loc-
tite[Symbol_registersans]
565)
L 82995771 L51831DS Flexible Gasket Sealant

* NOTE: Canada Part Numbers Only

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 4
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Oil pan - Torque (B.60.A.23 - D.20.A.10)

CX860, CX880

MID0271A 1
Plan of tightening sequence of screws securing engine oil sump

First phase: from 1 to 16 Second phase: from 17 to 32

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 5
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Oil cooler - Torque (B.60.A.32 - D.20.A.10)

CX860, CX880

MID0269A 1
Plan of tightening sequence of screws securing heat exchanger

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 6
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

LUBRICATION SYSTEM - Overview (B.60.A - C.10.A.10)

CX860, CX880

MID0274A 1
Lubrication diagram

Oil by gravity

Oil under pressure

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 7
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

LUBRICATION SYSTEM - Static description (B.60.A - C.30.A.20)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1z0o2004112000 1
Engine Lubrication System

Lubrication of the engine, Fig. 1, is maintained by a rotor type oilpumpmounted in the rear of the engine block, forward
of the flywheel on the left hand side of the engine.

TA6010058 2
The oil pump is driven from the rear of the camshaft and draws oil from the engine oil pan through a tube and screen
assembly.

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 8
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

1z0o2004112007 3
A spring loaded relief valve is integral with the dummy oil filter head mounted on the left hand side of the engine block
and prevents over pressurisation of the system.

396-E-18 4
3
The spin on type oil filter is mounted at the rear of the engine.

SMC10001 5
Oil flows from the filter to the main oil gallery, which runs the length of the cylinder block and also intersects the
camshaft follower chamber.

The main gallery supplies oil to the crankshaft main bearings, connecting rods and both big and small ends. The
underside of the pistons and pins, are lubricated by oil pressure jets mounted adjacent to each main journal housing.

The camshaft drive gear bushing is pressure lubricated through a drilled passage from the front main bearing. The
gear has small oil passages machined on both sides allowing excess oil to escape.

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 9
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

396-E-26 6
An intermittent flow of oil is directed to the valve rocker arm shaft assembly via a drilled passage in the cylinder block.
This is located vertically above No.1 camshaft bearing (1), and aligns to a hole in the cylinder head. The rotation of
the camshaft allows a controlled intermediate flow of lubrication.

396-E-16_755 7
Timing gears are lubricated by splashed oil from the cam follower chamber, and the pressure lubricated camshaft
drive gear bushing.

P396-E-36_756 8
The turbocharger is supplied with oil from the oil filter support housing (1), mounted on the left hand side of the engine.

SMC10008 9
The fuel injection pump is pressure lubricated from a port (1), on the right hand side of the engine block.

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 10
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

The fuel pump is either electronically controlled using an electronic control unit

BSD1847A 10
or

Mechanically controlled depending on model build

1z0o2004112008 11

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 11
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

LUBRICATION SYSTEM - Static description (B.60.A - C.30.A.20)

CX860, CX880

20015812 1

LUBRICATION
Lubrication is forced circulation type via gear pump. The pump is gear driven by the crankshaft. An oil pressure valve
is fitted to the pump. A heat exchanger and oil filter are attached to the lubrication circuit. The oil thermostat is housed
in the heat exchanger case.

The filter mount is fitted with:

An oil filter by-pass valve

A pressure sender unit for the pressure gauge

A low pressure switch for the warning light

An oil temperature sender unit

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 12
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Oil pan - Static description (B.60.A.23 - C.30.A.20)

CX860, CX880

The oil sump is fastened to the engine block in a new way, i.e. it is flexibly mounted.

The edge of sump (1) is enclosed inside a thick rubber “C" gasket (2) and is contained and supported by an aluminum
element (3) bolted to the engine block.

This solution prevents noise and improves the seal. It also requires fewer bolts than the conventional system. A
further benefit of this system is that the gasket does not need changing every time it is removed.

20015813 1

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 13
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Oil filter - Static description (B.60.A.24 - C.30.A.20)

CX860, CX880

OIL FILTER

The new generation of filters fitted to this engine are more effective because they are able to trap more particles of
smaller size than conventional filters with a paper cartridge.

External Coil

The filter elements are tightly would up in a coil. This means that each fold is firmly anchored to the coil. Fluid is
therefore filtered evenly over the septum surface even under difficult conditions, e.g. cold starts with high viscosity
fluid and peak flow rates. This system also ensures even flow distribution over the entire length of the filter element.
Less load is lost and the unit lasts longer.

Upstream Mount

The filter is fitted with an exclusive mount to optimize slow distribution and stiffen the filter element. The mount takes
the form of a sturdy high strength nylon and synthetic material mesh.

Filter Septum

Consists of inert inorganic fibers bonded with resin of exclusive manufacture to a structure with graduated pores. The
septum is manufactured in accordance with precise requirements and is subject to strict quality control checks.

Downstream Mount

The septum is further strengthened by a mount and sturdy nylon mesh. This extra mount is particularly useful during
cold starts and long periods of use. Filter performance remains constant and reliable throughout its working life and
from element to element, regardless of changes in service conditions.

Structural Parts

The O rings fitted to the filter element ensure an excellent seal between element and container to eliminate the risk of
bypass and maintain filter performance constant. Corrosion resistant bases and a sturdy internal steel core complete
the filter element structure.

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 14
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

20015814 1
These high filtration devices have so far only adopted for industrial processes. When used on vehicles, they enable
us to:

1. Reduce wear on engine components with time

2. Maintain oil performance/properties and thus extend oil change intervals.

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 15
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

LUBRICATION SYSTEM - Disconnect (B.60.A - F.10.A.11)

CX860, CX880

1. Lubrication is by forced circulation, obtained with a

gear pump (1).
The pump is governed, via gearing, by the crankshaft
(2).
Check that the gears have no sign of wear or seizure;
if they do, replace the entire pump. To replace the
gear (2) see under the relevant heading on Crank-
shaft - Repair (B.10.A.43 - F.10.A.32).

CAUTION
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fin-
gers between parts. Always wear suitable safety items
such as fitted clothing, safety goggles, gloves, shoes,
etc. M954
MID0476A 1

MID0477A 2
F2B Engine – Oil pump section
1.Overpressure valve — Pressure of starting opening 10.1 bars +/- 0.7

2. F2B Engine – Main data for checking the overpres-

sure valve spring
1. Load of 190 N +/- 6 (42.8 lbf. +/- 1.4 )
2. Load of 324 N +/- 9 (72.9 lbf. +/- 2 ).

MID0478A 3

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 16
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

3. F3A Engine — Oil pump section

1. Overpressure valve
Pressure of starting opening 10.1 bars +/- 0.7 (146
psi +/- 10).

MID0479A 4

4. F3A Engine – Main data for checking the overpres-

sure valve spring
1. Load of 334 N +/- 22 (75.1 lbf. +/- 5 )
2. Load of 526 N +/- 24 (118.4 lbf. +/- 5.4 ).

MID0480A 5

5. Oil pressure control valve

Pressure of starting opening 5 bars (72.5 psi).
The oil pressure control valve is located on the left
side of the crankcase.

MID0481A 6

6. Main data for checking the oil pressure control valve

spring

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 17
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

MID0482A 7

F2B F3A
1. Load N 168.9 (38 lbf. ) 194.5 +/- 5 (43.8 lbf. +/- 1.1 )
2. Load N 308 +/- 15 (69.3 lbf. +/- 3.41 ) 450.5 +/- 20 (101.4 lbf. +/- 4.5 )
A mm 63 (14.2 lbf. ) 68.1 (15.3 lbf. )
B mm 51 (11.5 lbf. ) 56 (12.6 lbf. )
C mm 41 (9.2 lbf. ) 40 (9.0 lbf. )

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 18
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Oil pump - Remove (B.60.A.20 - F.10.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

NOTE: The oil pump can only be removed with the engine split from the transmission and the flywheel, back plate,
engine oil pan, and oil pump tube removed.
1. Prior to pump removal check pump gear to camshaft
gear backlash does not exceed, 0.40-0.56 mm
(0.016-0.022 in).

TA6010057 1

2. Loosen and remove the camshaft gear, to expose

the oil pump, detach the 3 pump mounting bolts, and
withdraw the pump from the block.

TA6010058_765 2

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 19
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Oil pump - Install (B.60.A.20 - F.10.A.15)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Clean and coat parts in new engine oil. Place outer

rotor in pump body, and ensure free rotation. Insert
inner rotor, and pump plate assembly, into the body
and ensure that shaft is fully seated into bushing.
Assemble the front plate to the body and torque the
retaining bolts to, 23.0-28.4 Nm (17-21 ft. lb.).
NOTE: After tightening ensure the drive gear rotates freely
by hand, at least 5 revolutions, if not “disassemble" and
repeat the exercise.

TA6010059_766 1

2. Fit a new O-Ring (1) Fig. 1, to the output tube, lu-

bricate and insert the pump into the block tightening
the bolts to 23.0-28.4 Nm (17-21 ft. lb.).
Fit a new O-Ring (2) Fig. 1, into the suction port.
Lubricate and insert tube/screen assembly (2) into
pump (1) through bottom of engine. Fitting a new
gasket (4) and torque the attaching bolts (3) Fig. 3,
to, 27-34 Nm (20-25 ft.lb. ).

TA6010058_767 2

3. Refit gears as previously described along with the

rear plate, and flywheel.
NOTE: Plug (5) Fig. 3, is factory installed to facilitate ma-
chining, and should not be removed during the life of the
engine.

TA6010062 3

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 20
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Oil pump - Overhaul (B.60.A.20 - F.10.A.40)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Loosen and remove the pump face plate by 4 bolts.

Disassemble the pump and discard the O-rings.

TA6010059 1

2. Inspection and Repair

Wash all parts in a suitable solvent and inspect inside
of pump plate, and body, for excessive wear or dam-
age. If visually okay check in the following manner.
Invert pump plate/rotor assembly, and place outer
rotor over inner rotor. Placing a ruler across top of
both, slide a feeler gauge, between ruler and inner
rotor and measure clearance which must be 0.025-
0.089 mm (0.001-0.0035 in), Fig. 2.

TA6010060 2

3. Place outer rotor in pump body and check clearance,

by inserting a feeler gauge between the rotor and
body. Check clearance does not exceed a maximum
of 0.55 mm (0.022 in). If exceeded a new pump is
required.
NOTE: If not to specification replace the oil pump, as re-
duced pump pressure through wear could result in reduced
engine life.

TA6010061 3

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 21
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Oil pan - Remove (B.60.A.23 - F.10.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Remove engine as described in ENGINE - Remove

(B.10 - F.10.A.10).
Drain engine oil through oil pan drain plug and re-
move the dipstick.
Remove oil pan bolts and lower pan to the ground.
Inspection and repair
Clean gasket material from sump face, clean sump in
a suitable solvent, inspect sump for cracks damaged
threads or damaged sump face.

1z0o2004112032 1

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 22
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Oil pan - Install (B.60.A.23 - F.10.A.15)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Installation is the reverse of removal but with the fol-

lowing requirements.
Ensure block face is clean and free of gasket mate-
rial.
NOTE: Before installing the oil pan ensure that the rear oil
seal carrier (2) is correctly aligned with the block (1) ie, less
than 0.15 mm protrusion or 0.22 mm recessed.

1z0o2004112033 1

2. Apply gasket sealant 82995770 (NA-L51831DS,

Loctite 518) to the areas shown and install a new
gasket to the oil pan.

BSF1845A 2

3. Position the oil pan and install a bolt finger tight at

each corner. Install remaining bolts, and torque to
44 Nm (33 ft. lb.).

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 23
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Oil pressure regulator valve - Remove (B.60.A.25 - F.10.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Removal
Remove plug (3) spring (2) and valve (1) To en-
sure correct operation of the pressure relief valve,
check spring length, Free length = 52.8 mm (2.08 in
). Compressed length = 37.0 mm (1.46 in) using a
weight of 15.6 kgs (34.3 lbs).
Clean assembly in a suitable solvent and ensure all
ports are free of dirt.
Check the parts for damage, wear, and replace as
necessary. Failure to do so could result in premature
wear to the engine, due to oil bypassing the filter and
returning back to the system.

396-E-18_768 1

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 24
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Oil pressure regulator valve - Install (B.60.A.25 - F.10.A.15)

1. Lubricate the pressure relief valve (1) and spring (2)
and insert into housing, ensuring free movement. Fit
a new O-Ring to plug (3) and torque to 55 Nm (42 ft.
lb.).

396-E-18_768 1

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 25
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Oil cooler - Overhaul (B.60.A.32 - F.10.A.40)

CX860, CX880

1. Heat exchanger
The heat exchanger is fitted with:
H. Oil filter clogging indicator.
I. Oil temperature transmitter.
J. Oil pressure transmitter.
K. Low oil pressure switch.
L. Filter bypass valve.
M. Thermostat
Number of heat exchanger elements:
- F2B engine, 7;
- F3A engine, 9.

MID0483A 1

MID0484A 2

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 26
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

2. Bypass valve
The valve quickly opens at a pressure of:
- F2B engine, 3.4 bars +/- 0.3 (49.3 psi +/- 4.4)
- F3A engine, 3 bars (43.5 psi)

MID0485A 3

3. Thermostat valve
Start of opening
- travel 0.1 mm (0.004 in) at a temperature of 82 °C
+/- 2 (179.6 °F +/- 3.6)
End of opening
- travel 8 mm (0.315 in) at a temperature of 97 °C
(206.6 °F).

MID0486A 4

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 27
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

4. Oil filter
High-filtration oil filter.
When fitting the filters, observe the following:
- Oil the seals.
- Screw the filters down to bring the seals into contact
with the bases.
- Tighten the filter to a torque of 35-40 N·m (25-29 ft.
lbs.).
NOTE: Always replace the ring seals every time after re-
moving the pipes or taking the covers off the oil filter mount.

MID0487A 5

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 28
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

E0153-00-Engine Oil Temperature Valid Above Normal (B.60.A.95.92

- G.30.C.22)
E0153-00 - Engine Oil Temperature Valid Above Normal

Cause:
The oil temperature is > 130 °C for IVECO or > 126 °C for NH 7.5L.

Possible failure modes:

1. The oil temperature sensor B-03 [IVECO] or engine oil temperature switch S-58 [NH 7.5L] reports that the oil
temperature is above acceptable limits -this is normal operation of the circuit and indicates an oil cooling failure.
2. Oil temperature sensor B-03 or engine oil temperature switch S-58 failure.

Solution:

1. The presence of this fault code indicates the engine oil has exceeded 130 °C for IVECO (126 °C for NH 7.5L).
This is not a failure to be diagnosed electrically unless the sensor is faulty.

A. Locate and repair the mechanical fault in the oil cooling system.

B. If no oil cooling system fault can be found, replace the oil temperature sensor B-03 [IVECO] or engine oil
temperature switch S-58 [NH 7.5L]. Continue troubleshooting with Step 2.
2. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.05)
Series 1282-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.06)

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 29
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

E0153-03-Engine Oil Temperature Shorted To High Source

(B.60.A.95.92 - G.30.B.54)
E0153-03 - Engine Oil Temperature Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The engine oil temperature sensor (B-03) [Iveco] or engine oil temperature switch (S58) [NH7.5L] circuit is shorted to
12 volts.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “engine oil temperature" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is - 0.5 - 4.9 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (>5.2 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the engine oil temperature sensor connector
X311 (Iveco) or connector X209 (NH7.5L).

A. If the voltage drops to 4.9 - 5.2 volts, the short is in the sensor or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView monitor, continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame har-
ness at connector X010.

A. If the voltage drops to 4.9 - 5.2 volts, the short is in the engine harness between connector X010 pin 10
and connector X311 pin B (Iveco) or connector X209 pin A (NH7.5L) wire 504 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView monitor, the short circuit is in the main frame harness between
connector X010 pin 10 and connector X016 pin J2-27 wire 504 yellow.
4. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView monitor. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation.

A.

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 30
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

E0153-04-Engine Oil Temperature Shorted To Low Source

(B.60.A.95.92 - G.30.B.53)
E0153-04 - Engine Oil Temperature Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
The engine oil temperature sensor (B-03)[Iveco] or engine oil temperature switch (S58)[NH 7.5L] circuit is shorted to
ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Engine Oil Temperature" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is 0.5 - 4.9 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low out of range (0 - 0.5 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low (0.5 volts or less). Disconnect the coolant temperature
sensor connector X311.

A. If the voltage increases to 0.5 - 4.9 volts, the short is in the sensor or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains low out of range, continue with step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame harness
at connector X010.

A. If the voltage increases to 0.5 - 4.9 volts, the short is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010
pin 10 and connector X311 pin B (Iveco) or connector X209 pin A (NH 7.5L) wire 504 yellow. Locate the
short to ground and repair.

B. If the voltage remains low out of range, the short is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector
X010 pin 10 and connector X016 pin J2-27 wire 504 yellow. Locate the short to ground and repair.
4. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView monitor.

A. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 31
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

E0153-05-Engine Oil Temperature Line Disconnected (B.60.A.95.92

- G.30.B.50)
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

E0153-05 - Engine Oil Temperature Line Disconnected

Cause:
The engine oil temperature switch (S-58)[NH 7.5L] circuit is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply or ground wiring is open.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “engine oil temperature" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is 0.5 - 4.9 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (4.9 - 5.2 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high (4.9 - 5.2 volts). Disconnect the engine oil temperature
sensor connector X209. Use a jumper wire to short connector X209 pin A to chassis ground.

A. If voltage drops to less than 0.5 volts, the sensor has failed open. Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains high, continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high (4.9 - 5.2 volts). Disconnect the engine harness from the
main frame harness at connector X010. Use a jumper wire to short connector X010 pin 10 to chassis ground.

A. If voltage drops to less than 0.5 volts, the open is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin
10 and engine oil temperature switch connector X209 pin A wire 429 yellow. Locate the open and repair.

B. If voltage remains high, the open is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin 10 and
connector X016 pin J2-27 wire 429 yellow. Locate the open and repair.
4. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView monitor.

A. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 32
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

E0153-05-Engine Oil Temperature Line Disconnected (B.60.A.95.92

- G.30.B.50)
CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0153-05 - Engine Oil Temperature Line Disconnected

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1206 - 1237 only.

Cause:
The engine oil temperature sensor (B-03)[Iveco] circuit is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply or ground wiring is open.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “engine oil temperature" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is 0.5 - 4.9 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (4.9 - 5.2 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at step 7.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high (4.9 - 5.2 volts). Disconnect the engine oil temperature
sensor connector X311. Use a jumper wire to short connector X311 pin B to chassis ground.

A. If voltage drops to less than 0.5 volts, the open circuit is not in the supply side of the circuit. Continue with
step 4.

B. If the voltage remains high, continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high (4.9 - 5.2 volts). Disconnect the engine harness from the
main frame harness at connector X010. Use a jumper wire to short connector X010 pin 10 to chassis ground.

A. If voltage drops to less than 0.5 volts, the open is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin
10 and engine oil temperature switch connector X209 pin A wire 429 yellow. Locate the open and repair.

B. If voltage remains high, the open is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin 10 and
connector X016 pin J2-27 wire 429 yellow. Locate the open and repair.
4. Disconnect the engine oil temperature sensor connector X311. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between
the harness end of connector X311 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the ground path for the sensor is complete, and the fault is in the sensor itself. Replace
the sensor.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the ground path for the sensor is open. Continue with step 5.
5. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame harness at connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for
continuity between the harness end of connector X010 pin 14 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin 14 and
connector X311 pin A wire 850 blue or 468 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 6.

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 33
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

6. Remove the cap and buss bar assembly from the splice block D, W04 in the main frame harness. Use a multi-
meter to check for continuity between the splice block D, W04 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin 14
and splice block D, W04 pin D wire 468 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between splice block
D, W04 pin A and connector X016 pin J2-14 wire 425 blue or 465 blue. Locate the open and repair.
7. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView monitor.

A. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.
Series 1206-1237
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.05)
Series 1206-1237
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.06)

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 34
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

E0153-05-Engine Oil Temperature Line Disconnected (B.60.A.95.92

- G.30.B.50)
CX860 Series 1408 and above, CX860 Series 1348 - 1407, CX860 Series 1282 - 1347, CX860 Series 1238 - 1281, CX880 Series 1408 and above, CX880
Series 1348 - 1407, CX880 Series 1282 - 1347, CX880 Series 1238 - 1281

E0153-05 - Engine Oil Temperature Line Disconnected

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1238 and above.

Cause:
The engine oil temperature sensor (B-03)[Iveco] circuit is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply or ground wiring is open.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “engine oil temperature" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is 0.5 - 4.9 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (4.9 - 5.2 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at step 7.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high (4.9 - 5.2 volts). Disconnect the engine oil temperature
sensor connector X311. Use a jumper wire to short connector X311 pin B to chassis ground.

A. If voltage drops to less than 0.5 volts, the open circuit is not in the supply side of the circuit. Continue with
step 4.

B. If the voltage remains high, continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high (4.9 - 5.2 volts). Disconnect the engine harness from the
main frame harness at connector X010. Use a jumper wire to short connector X010 pin 10 to chassis ground.

A. If voltage drops to less than 0.5 volts, the open is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin
10 and engine oil temperature switch connector X209 pin A wire 429 yellow. Locate the open and repair.

B. If voltage remains high, the open is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin 10 and
connector X016 pin J2-27 wire 429 yellow. Locate the open and repair.
4. Disconnect the engine oil temperature sensor connector X311. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between
the harness end of connector X311 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the ground path for the sensor is complete, and the fault is in the sensor itself. Replace
the sensor.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the ground path for the sensor is open. Continue with step 5.
5. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame harness at connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for
continuity between the harness end of connector X010 pin 14 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin 14 and
connector X311 pin A wire 850 blue or 468 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 6.

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 35
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

6. Disconnect the main frame harness from the front frame harness at connector X008. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between the harness end of connector X008 pin 14 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin 14
and connector X008 pin 14 wire 468 blue or 425 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open circuit is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X008 pin 14 and connector X017 pin J3-18 wire 425 blue or 766 blue. Locate the open and repair.
7. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView monitor. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1238 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.05)
Series 1238-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.06)
Series 1282-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.07)
Series 1238-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.27)

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 36
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

E0161-01-Engine Oil Pressure Valid Below Normal (B.60.A.95.91 -

G.30.C.20)
E0161-01 - Engine Oil Pressure Valid Below Normal

Cause:
Engine running for > 10 seconds with pressure < 1.0 bar .

Possible failure modes:

1. The engine oil pressure sensor B-30 (NH 7.5L) or B-52 (IVECO) reports that the oil pressure is below acceptable
limits - this is normal operation of the circuit and indicates an oil pressure failure.
2. Oil pressure sensor B-30 (NH 7.5L) or B-52 (IVECO) failure.

Solution:

1. The presence of this fault code indicates the engine oil pressure has dropped below 1.0 bar while the engine
has been running for over 10 seconds . This is not a failure to be diagnosed electrically unless the sensor is
faulty.

A. Locate and repair the mechanical fault in the oil pressure system.

B. If no oil pressure system fault can be found, replace the oil pressure sensor B-30 (NH 7.5L) or B-52
(IVECO). Continue troubleshooting with Step 2.
2. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.05)
Series 1282-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.06)

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 37
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

E0161-03-Engine Oil Pressure sens Shorted To High Source

(B.60.A.95.91 - G.30.B.54)
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series
1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0161-03 - Engine Oil Pressure sens Shorted To High Source

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1206 - 1237 only

Cause:
The engine oil pressure sensor (B-30) circuit is shorted to 12 volts.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Engine oil pressure sens" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range for the engine oil pressure sensor (key On, engine OFF) is - 0.5 - 0.8 volts.
The proper voltage range for the engine oil pressure sensor (key On, engine Running) is - 0.8 - 4.9 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (>5.2 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If voltage is normal, the shorted wire may not be energized at this time. Continue with step 8.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high. Disconnect the engine oil pressure sensor connector X201.
Use a multimeter to check for voltage on connector X201 pin B. There should be 5 volts present.

A. If high (>5.5 volts) voltage is found, the regulated voltage supply is incorrect. The error "E0165-03 CCM2
5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted to High Source" should be listed in the “Active Errors" screen in the Infoview
monitor. Correct that error, and then check to determine if this error has been resolved.

B. If correct voltage is found, continue with step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high. Disconnect the engine oil pressure sensor connector X201.
Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X201 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 6.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 4.

4. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame harness at connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for
continuity between the harness end of connector X010 pin 14 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin 14 and
connector X201 pin A wire 853 blue or 468 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 5.

5. Remove the cap and buss bar assembly from the splice block D, W04 in the main frame harness. Use a multi-
meter to check for continuity between the splice block D, W04 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin 14
and splice block D, W04 pin D wire 468 blue. Locate the open and repair.

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 38
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between splice block
D, W04 pin A and connector X016 pin J2-14 wire 425 blue or 465 blue. Locate the open and repair.
6. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high. Disconnect the engine oil pressure sensor connector X201.
Use a multimeter to check for voltage on connector X201 pin C.

A. If no voltage is found, continue with step 8.

B. If high (>5.2 volts) voltage is found, continue with step 7.

7. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame harness at connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for
voltage on connector X010 pin 6.

A. If no voltage is found, the short is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X201 pin C and connector
X010 pin 6 wire 419 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high (>5.2 volts) voltage is found, the short is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010
pin 6 and connector X016 pin J2-33 wire 419 yellow. Locate the short and repair.
8. Operate the machine while monitoring Infoview display. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation.

A.

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 39
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

E0161-03-Engine Oil Pressure sens Shorted To High Source

(B.60.A.95.91 - G.30.B.54)
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above, CX780 Series 1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and
above, CX840 Series 1238 and above, CX860 Series 1238 and above, CX880 Series 1238 and above

E0161-03 - Engine Oil Pressure sens Shorted To High Source

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1238 and above.

Cause:
The engine oil pressure sensor (B-30) circuit is shorted to 12 volts.

Possible failure modes:

1. Switch supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Engine oil pressure sens" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range for the engine oil pressure sensor (key On, engine OFF) is — 0.5 - 0.8 volts.
The proper voltage range for the engine oil pressure sensor (key On, engine Running) is — 0.8 - 4.9 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (>5.2 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If voltage is normal, the shorted wire may not be energized at this time. Continue with step 8.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high. Disconnect the engine oil pressure sensor connector X201.
Use a multimeter to check for voltage on connector X201 pin B. There should be 5 volts present.

A. If high (>5.5 volts) voltage is found, the regulated voltage supply is incorrect. The error "E0165-03 CCM2
5V Ref Voltage 3 Shorted to High Source" should be listed in the “Active Errors" screen in the Infoview
monitor. Correct that error, and then check to determine if this error has been resolved.

B. If correct voltage is found, continue with step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the engine oil pressure sensor connector X201.
Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X201 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 6.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 4.

4. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame harness at connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for
continuity between the harness end of connector X010 pin 14 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin 14 and
connector X201 pin A wire 853 blue or 468 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 5.

5. Disconnect the main frame harness from the front frame harness at connector X008. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between the harness end of connector X008 pin 14 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin 14
and connector X008 pin 14 wire 468 blue or 425 blue. Locate the open and repair.

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 40
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open circuit is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X008 pin 14 and connector X017 pin J3-18 wire 425 blue or 766 blue. Locate the open and repair.
6. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the engine oil pressure sensor connector X201.
Use a multimeter to check for voltage on connector X201 pin C.

A. If no voltage is found, continue with step 8.

B. If high (>5.2 volts) voltage is found, continue with step 7.

7. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame harness at connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for
voltage on connector X010 pin 6.

A. If no voltage is found, the short is in the engine (EN) harness between connector X201 pin C and connector
X010 pin 6 wire 419 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high (>5.2 volts) voltage is found, the short is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010
pin 6 and connector X016 pin J2-33 wire 419 yellow. Locate the short and repair.
8. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView display.

A. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 41
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

E0161-05-Engine Oil Pressure sens Line Disconnected

(B.60.A.95.91 - G.30.B.50)
E0161-05 - Engine Oil Pressure sens Line Disconnected

Cause:
The engine oil pressure sensor (B-30) circuit signal wire is open or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor signal wiring open or shorted to ground.

2. Loss of power to the sensor.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Info View Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Engine oil pressure sens" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range for the engine oil pressure sensor (key On, engine OFF) is 0.5 - 0.8 volts.
The proper voltage range for the engine oil pressure sensor (key On, engine Running) is 0.8 - 4.9 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low out of range (<0.3 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage is normal, the shorted wire may not be open or grounded at this time. Continue with step 9.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low (<0.3 volts). Disconnect the engine oil pressure sensor
connector X201. Use a multimeter to check for voltage on connector X201 pin B. There should be 5 volts
present.

A. If no voltage is found, continue with step 3.

B. If correct voltage is found, continue with step 5.

3. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame harness at connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for
voltage on connector X010 pin 13. There should be 5 volts present.

A. If voltage is found, there is an open circuit in the engine (EN) harness between connector X201 pin B and
connector X010 pin 13 wire 490 pink or 463 pink. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, continue with step 4.

4. Carefully disconnect the main frame harness from the CCM2 module at connector X016. Use a multimeter to
check for voltage on the CCM2 module connector X016 pin J2-31. There should be 5 volts present.

A. If voltage is found, there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010 pin
13 and connector X016 pin J2-31 wire 459 pink or 463 pink. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, there is an internal fault with the CCM2 module. Replace the module.
5. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low (<0.3 volts). Disconnect the engine oil pressure sensor
connector X201. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X201 pin C and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 6.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 7.

6. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame harness at connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for
continuity between the harness end of connector X010 pin 6 and chassis ground.

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 42
 POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin
6 and connector X201 pin C wire 419 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the main frame (MF) harness between con-
nector X010 pin 6 and connector X016 pin J2-33 wire 419 yellow. Locate the short and repair.
7. Carefully disconnect the main frame harness from the CCM2 module at connector X016. Install a jumper wire
between the harness end of connector X016 pin J2-33 and chassis ground. Use a multimeter to check for
continuity between connector X201 pin C and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 9.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 8.

8. Disconnect the engine harness from the main frame harness at connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for
continuity between the harness end of connector X010 pin 6 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, there is an open circuit in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin 6
and connector X201 pin C wire 419 yellow. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between con-
nector X010 pin 6 and connector X016 pin J2-33 wire 419 yellow. Locate the open and repair.
9. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView display.

A. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.05)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.06)
Series 1282-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.07)
Series 1238-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.27)

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 43
 Index

POWER PRODUCTION - B

LUBRICATION SYSTEM - 60.A

E0153-00-Engine Oil Temperature Valid Above Normal (B.60.A.95.92 - G.30.C.22) 29
E0153-03-Engine Oil Temperature Shorted To High Source (B.60.A.95.92 - G.30.B.54) 30
E0153-04-Engine Oil Temperature Shorted To Low Source (B.60.A.95.92 - G.30.B.53) 31
E0153-05-Engine Oil Temperature Line Disconnected (B.60.A.95.92 - G.30.B.50) 32
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
E0153-05-Engine Oil Temperature Line Disconnected (B.60.A.95.92 - G.30.B.50) 33
CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237
E0153-05-Engine Oil Temperature Line Disconnected (B.60.A.95.92 - G.30.B.50) 35
CX860 Series 1408 and above, CX860 Series 1348 - 1407, CX860 Series 1282 - 1347, CX860 Series 1238 -
1281, CX880 Series 1408 and above, CX880 Series 1348 - 1407, CX880 Series 1282 - 1347, CX880 Series
1238 - 1281
E0161-01-Engine Oil Pressure Valid Below Normal (B.60.A.95.91 - G.30.C.20) 37
E0161-03-Engine Oil Pressure sens Shorted To High Source (B.60.A.95.91 - G.30.B.54) 38
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237
E0161-03-Engine Oil Pressure sens Shorted To High Source (B.60.A.95.91 - G.30.B.54) 40
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above, CX780 Series
1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and above, CX840 Series 1238 and above, CX860 Series 1238 and
above, CX880 Series 1238 and above
E0161-05-Engine Oil Pressure sens Line Disconnected (B.60.A.95.91 - G.30.B.50) 42
LUBRICATION SYSTEM - Disconnect (B.60.A - F.10.A.11) 16
CX860, CX880
LUBRICATION SYSTEM - General specification (B.60.A - D.40.A.10) 4
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
LUBRICATION SYSTEM - Overview (B.60.A - C.10.A.10) 7
CX860, CX880
LUBRICATION SYSTEM - Static description (B.60.A - C.30.A.20) 8
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
LUBRICATION SYSTEM - Static description (B.60.A - C.30.A.20) 12
CX860, CX880
Oil cooler - Overhaul (B.60.A.32 - F.10.A.40) 26
CX860, CX880
Oil cooler - Torque (B.60.A.32 - D.20.A.10) 6
CX860, CX880
Oil filter - Static description (B.60.A.24 - C.30.A.20) 14
CX860, CX880
Oil pan - Install (B.60.A.23 - F.10.A.15) 23
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Oil pan - Remove (B.60.A.23 - F.10.A.10) 22
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Oil pan - Static description (B.60.A.23 - C.30.A.20) 13
CX860, CX880
Oil pan - Torque (B.60.A.23 - D.20.A.10) 5
CX860, CX880
Oil pressure regulator valve - Install (B.60.A.25 - F.10.A.15) 25
Oil pressure regulator valve - Remove (B.60.A.25 - F.10.A.10) 24
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Oil pump - Install (B.60.A.20 - F.10.A.15) 20
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 44
Oil pump - Overhaul (B.60.A.20 - F.10.A.40) 21
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Oil pump - Remove (B.60.A.20 - F.10.A.10) 19
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 45
 2 4/7/2006
B.60.A / 46
 POWER PRODUCTION - B

STARTING SYSTEM - 80.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
B.80.A / 1
 Contents

POWER PRODUCTION - B

STARTING SYSTEM - 80.A

FUNCTIONAL DATA
Cold start aid
Static description (B.80.A.30 - C.30.A.20) 3
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

DIAGNOSTIC
Engine starter
Testing (B.80.A.82 - G.40.A.20) 4
Testing (B.80.A.82 - G.40.A.20) 4
Start control
E0139-04-Key Switch - Start Shorted to Low Source (B.80.A.90.82 - G.30.B.53) 6
Start relay - Testing (B.80.A.90.80 - G.40.A.20) 6
Start relay - Testing (B.80.A.90.80 - G.40.A.20) 7
Safety switch - Testing (B.80.A.90.81 - G.40.A.20) 7
Start switch - Testing (B.80.A.90.82 - G.40.A.20) 8
Start switch - Testing (B.80.A.90.82 - G.40.A.20) 8
Neutral start relay - Testing (B.80.A.90.84 - G.40.A.20) 9
Problem solving (B.80.A.90 - G.40.A.30) 11
Cold start control
E0196-11-Grid Heater output Unidentified Failure Code (B.80.A.91.84 - G.30.B.46) 14
CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series
1282 - 1347, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347,
CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series
1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX820 Series 1206 - 1237

E0196-11-Grid Heater output Unidentified Failure Code (B.80.A.91.84 - G.30.B.46) 16

CX860 Series 1282 - 1347, CX860 Series 1238 - 1281, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series
1282 - 1347, CX880 Series 1238 - 1281, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0196-11-Grid Heater output Unidentified Failure Code (B.80.A.91.84 - G.30.B.46) 18

CX860 Series 1408 and above, CX860 Series 1348 - 1407, CX880 Series 1408 and above, CX880
Series 1348 - 1407

2 4/7/2006
B.80.A / 2
 POWER PRODUCTION - STARTING SYSTEM

Cold start aid - Static description (B.80.A.30 - C.30.A.20)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

The engine cold start aid-(grid heater), where fitted is located in the inlet manifold and assists engine start up under
cold climatic conditions. It increases the inlet air temperature so that the compressed air temperature is high enough
for definate combustion of the injected fuel.

BSD1875A 1
The grid heater consists of a metallic heater element with relays so that heating can be controlled in 4 phases. The
engine electronic control unit manages this function and the driver is informed on the status of the grid heater by the
preheat lamp located below the ignition switch.

BSD1854A 2
Phase 1. Temperature reading.

When the ignition key is turned on the temperature of the air, fuel and coolant are taken and the lowest of these is
taken as the controlling value.

Phase 2. Pre-Heating

If the lowest of these values is below 30 °C (86 °F) and the battery voltage is between 11-14 volts the preheating
phase will commence. The duration of this preheat phase is a maximum of 15 seconds but is determined by the
battery voltage.

Phase 3. Cranking

During this period the heater remains on for a period of 15 seconds. If engine has not started after this period the
heater will turn off for 5 seconds and then turn back on for a period of 10 seconds.

Phase 4. Post Heating

Once the engine has started the heater will remain on for a maximum period of 5 minutes as monitored by the engine
electronic control unit.
If however the battery voltage falls below 11 volts during this period the heater will be turned off.

2 4/7/2006
B.80.A / 3
 POWER PRODUCTION - STARTING SYSTEM

Engine starter - Testing (B.80.A.82 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Measure for 12 volts at B+ terminal 12 volts Open circuit between 12 V Starter B+
of 12 V Starter. If good reading, go to next test point. terminal and 12 V System Batteries
positive terminal.
Caution: When performing continu-
ity test on this circuit, ensure that the
cable is disconnected from the bat-
tery positive terminal. Failure to do
so can result in damage to the test
meter.
2 Ignition Switch in “START" position. 12 volts Open circuit 804 (WH) between Start
Measure for 12 Vat S terminal of 12 If good reading, go to test point 4. Relay (pin 87) and 12 V Starter
V Starter. (S terminal).
Go to next test point.
3 Ignition Switch in “START" position. 12 volts Open circuit 801 (RD) between 12 V
Measure for 12 volts at Start Relay If good reading, repair open in circuit System Batteries and Start Relay.
(pin 87). 804 (WH). Perform E -12 V Start Relay Test.
4 Ignition Switch in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm Check contact surface of 12 VStarter
12 V Battery Switch Open. If good reading, go to next test point. with engine. Ensure 12 V Starter
Measure resistance from 12 V Bat- is mounted securely. Check ground
tery Switch (pin 2) to ground. strap between engine and chassis.
5 12 V Battery Switch Closed. Less than 1 ohm Open circuit between 12 V System
Measure resistance from 12 V Sys- If good reading, go to next test point. Batteries or 12 V Battery Switch and
tem Batteries B- terminal to ground. ground.
12 V Battery Switch.
6 Set DVOM to read voltage. If less than 0.4 volts shown, and 12 More than 0.4 voltsshowing on
Attach positive lead to battery posi- Starter does not operate, replace 12 voltmeter, replace cable between
tive terminal. V Starter. battery positive terminal and 12 V
Attach negative lead to B+ terminal Starter B+ terminal.
of 12 V Starter.
Turn key to “START" position.
Less than 0.4 volts should show on
voltmeter.

Engine starter - Testing (B.80.A.82 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Ignition Switch in “START" position. 24 volts Open circuit between 24 V Starter B+
Measure for 24 volts at B+ terminal If good reading, go to test point 6. terminal and 24 V System Batteries
of 24 V Starter. positive terminal.
Caution: When performing continu-
ity test on this circuit, ensure that the
cable is disconnected from the bat-
tery positive terminal. Failure to do
so can result in damage to the test
meter.
Go to next test point.
2 Measure for 12 volts at 24 V Battery 12 volts Open circuit between 24 V System
Switch (pin1). If good reading, go to next test point. Batteries and 24 V Battery Switch
(pin2).
24 V Start Relay.
24 V Battery Switch.
3 Measure for 12 volts at 24 Start Re- 12 volts Open circuit between 24 V Start Re-
lay (pin 31A). If good reading, go to next test point. lay (pin 31A) and 24 V System Bat-
teries positive terminal 24 V Start
Relay. V

2 4/7/2006
B.80.A / 4
 POWER PRODUCTION - STARTING SYSTEM

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

4 Measure for 12 volts at 24 V Start 12 volts Open circuit between 24 V Start Re-
Relay (pin 30). If good reading, go to next test point. lay (pin 30) and 24 V System Batter-
ies.
5 Ignition Switch in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm Open circuits between 24 V System
Measure resistance from 24 V Sys- If good reading, ground circuits OK. Batteries and 24 V Battery Switch.
tem Batteries negative terminals to Open circuit between 24 V Battery
ground. Switch (pin 2) and ground.
24 V Battery Switch.
Open circuit between 24 V Battery
Switch (pin 2) and 24 V Start Relay.
24 V Start Relay.
Open circuit 833 (BK) between 24 V
Start Relay (pin 3) and ground.
6 Ignition Switch in “START" position. 24 volts Open circuit 834 (WH) between 24 V
Measure for 24 V at S terminal of 24 If good reading, go to test point 8. Start Relay (pin 50) and 24 V Starter
V Starter. (S terminal).
Go to next test point.
7 Ignition Switch in “START" position. 24 volts Open 832 (RD) circuit between 24 V
Measure for 24 volts at 24 V Start If good reading, repair open in circuit Starter B+ terminal and 24 V Start
Relay (pin 50). 834 (WH). Relay.
Perform F - 24 V Start Relay Test.
8 Ignition Switch in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm Check contact surface of 24 V
Measure resistance from case of 24 If good reading, go to next test point. Starter with engine. Ensure 24 V
V Starter to ground. Starter is mounted securely. Check
ground strap between engine and
chassis.
9 Set DVOM to read voltage. If less than 0.4 volts shown, and 24 More than 0.4 volts showing on
Attach positive lead to battery posi- V Starter does not operate, replace voltmeter, replace cable between
tive terminal. 24 V Starter. battery positive terminal and 24 V
Attach negative lead to B+ terminal Starter B+ terminal.
of 24 V Starter.
Turn key to “START" position.
Less than 0.4 volts should show on
voltmeter.

2 4/7/2006
B.80.A / 5
 POWER PRODUCTION - STARTING SYSTEM

E0139-04-Key Switch - Start Shorted to Low Source (B.80.A.90.82 -

G.30.B.53)
E0139-04 - Key Switch - Start Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The key switch (S02) circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Switch supply wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "CCM2" sub menu.
Select “ key switch - start" and check voltage range. Operate the switch.
The normal operating range for the key switch circuit is 10.0 - 18.0 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low (0 - 0.5 volts) out of range continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits. Continue the troubleshooting at step 5.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. Disconnect the key switch connector X068. Install a jumper wire between pins 1 and 6.

A. If the voltage increases into the proper range, the short is in the switch. Replace the switch.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView monitor continue with Step 3.

3. Check for voltage at Fuse F-38.

A. If voltage found is in the normal range, the short is on wire 053 red. Find and repair the short.

B. If the voltage found is low, check the charging system and repair as necessary.
4. Disconnect connector X015 pin J1-4 and measure voltage at the disconnected pin.

A. If the voltage found is low the short is on wire 096 orange. Find and repair the short.

B. If the voltage found is in the normal range there is an internal regulator failure. Replace the CCM2 con-
troller.
5. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView monitor. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.24)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
B.80.A / 6
 POWER PRODUCTION - STARTING SYSTEM

Start control Start relay - Testing (B.80.A.90.80 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Ignition Switch in “START" position. 12 volts. Open circuit 092 (WH) between Start
Measure for 12 volts at Start Relay If good reading, go to next test point. Relay connector X199 (pin 86) and
connector X199 (pin 86). Neutral Start Relay (pin 5).
Check in-line connectors X005 (pin
6) and X010 (pin 5) for connection.
2 Measure for 12 volts at Start Relay 12 volts. Open circuit 801 (RD) from Start Re-
(pin 30). If good reading, go to test point 4. lay (pin 30) to 12 V Starter B+ termi-
nal.
Faulty 12 V Battery Switch.
Go to next test point.
3 Measure for 12 volts at 12 V Starter 12 volts. Open B+ circuit between 12 System
B+ terminal. If good reading, repair open in 801 Batteries and 12 V Starter.
(RD) circuit. Faulty 12 V Battery Switch.
4 Ignition Switch in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 800 (BK) from Start Re-
Measure resistance from Start Relay If good reading, go to next test point. lay to ground.
connector X199 (pin 85) to ground.
5 Ignition Switch in “START" position. 12 volts. Start Relay
Measure for 12 volts at Start Relay If good reading, Start Relay is oper-
(pin 87). ating properly.

Start control Start relay - Testing (B.80.A.90.80 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Ignition Switch in “START" position. 12 volts. Open circuit 804 (WH) between 24 V
Measure for 12 voltsat 24 V Start If good reading, go to test point 3. Start Relay (pin 50A) and Start Relay
Relay (pin 50A). (pin 87).
Go to next test point.
2 Measure for 12 volts at Start Relay 12 volts. Open circuit 804 (WH) between 24 V
(pin 87). If good reading, go to next test point. Start Relay (pin 50A) and Start Relay
(pin 87).
3 Measure for 24 voltsat 24 V Start 24 volts. Open circuit 832 (RD) between 24
Relay (pin 30A). If good reading, go to next test point. V System Batteries and 24 V Start
Relay (pin 30A).
Faulty 24 V Battery Switch.
4 Ignition Switch in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 833 (BK) between 24
Measure resistance from 24 V Start If good reading, go to next test point. V Start Relay and ground.
Relay (pin 31) to ground.
5 Ignition Switch in “START" position. 24 volts. 24 V Start Relay.
Measure for 24 voltsat 24 V Start If good reading, go to next test point.
Relay (pin50).
6 Measure for 12 volts at 24 V Start 12 volts. Open circuit between 24 VSystem
Relay (pin30). If good reading, go to next test point. Batteries and 24 V Start Relay
(pin30).
Faulty 24 V Battery Switch.
7 Measure for 12 voltsat 24 V Start 12 volts. 24 V Battery Switch.
Relay (pin31A). If good reading, go to next tes t point. 24 V Start Relay.
24 V Start Relay is operating prop-
erly.

Start control Safety switch - Testing (B.80.A.90.81 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

2 4/7/2006
B.80.A / 7
 POWER PRODUCTION - STARTING SYSTEM

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Ignition Switch in “IGN" position. 12 volts. Open circuit 300 (OR) or 108 (OR)
Measure for 12 volts at Neutral If good reading, go to next test point. between Fuse #48 and Neutral
Switch connector X059 (pin 1). Switch connector X059 (pin 1).
Check in-line connector X001 (pin 3)
for connection.
Blown Fuse #48 (refer to Power Dis-
tribution section for testing).
2 Place Neutral Switch in the closed 12 volts. Neutral Switch
position. If good reading, go to next test point.
Measure for 12 volts at Neutral
Switch connector X059 (pin 3).
3 Place Neutral Switch in the open po- 12 volts. Neutral Switch
sition. If good reading, Neutral Switch okay.
Measure for 12 volts at Neutral
Switch connector X059 (pin 2).

Start control Start switch - Testing (B.80.A.90.82 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Measure for 12 volts at Ignition 12 volts. Open circuit 053 (RD) between Fuse
Switch connector X068 (pin 1). If good reading, go to next test point. #38 and Ignition Switch connector
X068 (pin 1).
Go to next test point.
2 Ignition Switch in "IGN/ACC" posi- 12 volts. Ignition Switch
tion. Measure for 12 volts at Ignition If good reading, go to next test point.
Switch connector X068 (pin 6 and 4).
3 Ignition Switch in "START" position. 12 volts. Ignition Switch
Measure for 12 volts at Ignition If good reading, Ignition Switch oper-
Switch connector X068 (pin 2). ating normally.

2 4/7/2006
B.80.A / 8
 POWER PRODUCTION - STARTING SYSTEM

Start control Start switch - Testing (B.80.A.90.82 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Remove electrical connector from Ig- Continuity Ignition Switch
nition Switch. If good reading, go to next test point.
While holding Ignition Switch in
“START" position, check for con-
tinuity between (pin 1 and 2).
2 While holding Ignition Switch in Continuity Ignition Switch
“START" position, check for con- If good reading, go to next test point.
tinuity between (pin 1 and 6).
3 Ignition Switch in “IGN/ACC" posi- Continuity Ignition Switch
tion, check for continuity between If good reading, go to next test point.
(pin 1 and 6).
4 Ignition Switch in “IGN/ACC" posi- Continuity Ignition Switch
tion, check for continuity between If good reading, go to next test point.
(pin 1 and 4).
5 Ignition Switch in “ACC" position, Continuity Ignition Switch
check for continuity between (pin 1 If good reading, go to next test point.
and 4).
6 Ignition Switch in “OFF" position, No continuity Ignition Switch
check for continuity between (pin 1) If good reading, Ignition Switch oper-
and (pins 2 , 4, 6). ating properly.

Start control Neutral start relay - Testing (B.80.A.90.84 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Ignition Switch in “START" position. 12 volts. Perform C - Neutral Switch Test
Measure for 12 volts at Neutral Start If good reading, go to next test point.
Relay (pin 1).
2 Measure for 12 volts at Neutral Start 12 volts. Open or short to ground in circuit 91
Relay (pin 3). If good reading, go to test point 4.
(OR) between Ignition Switch con-
nector X068 (pin 2) and Neutral Start
Relay (pin 3). A short to ground will
blow Fuse #38.
Go to next test point.
3 Measure for 12 volts at Ignition 12 volts. Open in unswitched B+ circuit.
Switch connector X068 (pin 2). If good reading, repair open in 91 Perform A - Ignition Switch Power
(OR) circuit between Neutral Start Supply Test.
Relay (pin 1) and Ignition Switch Ignition Switch
connector X068 (pin 2). Perform B - Ignition Switch Test

2 4/7/2006
B.80.A / 9
 POWER PRODUCTION - STARTING SYSTEM

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

4 Ignition Switch in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 094 (BK) between
Measure resistance from Neutral If good reading, go to next test point. Neutral Start Relay (pin 2) and
Start Relay (pin 2) to ground. ground.
5 Ignition Switch in “START" position. 12 volts. Neutral Start Relay
Measure for 12 volts at Neutral Start If good reading, Neutral Start Relay
Relay (pin 5). operating properly.

2 4/7/2006
B.80.A / 10
 POWER PRODUCTION - STARTING SYSTEM

Start control - Problem solving (B.80.A.90 - G.40.A.30)

OPERATION

12 V STARTING SYSTEM CIRCUIT OPERATION

The 12 V Battery Switch must be closed before attempting to start the vehicle. When the Ignition Switch is placed
in the “START” position and the Neutral Switch is closed, current flows through Fuse #48 and the Neutral Switch to
energize the coil of the Neutral Start Relay.

When the Ignition Switch is placed in the “START” position current flows through Fuse #38, Ignition Switch, switch
side of the Neutral Start Relay, coil side of the Start Relay and then to ground. This closes the switch side of the Start
Relay and allows current flow to energize the solenoid of the 12 V Starter and the starter motor will operate.

24 V STARTING SYSTEM CIRCUIT OPERATION

The 24V Battery Switch must be closed before attempting to start the vehicle. When the Ignition Switch is placed
in the “START” position and the Neutral Switch is closed, current flows through Fuse #48 and the Neutral Switch to
energize the coil of the Neutral Start Relay.

When the Ignition Switch is placed in the “START” position current flows through Fuse #38, Ignition Switch, switch
side of the Neutral Start Relay, coil side of the Start Relay and then to ground. This closes the switch side of the Start
Relay and allows current flow to energize the solenoid of the 24 V Start Relay.

The 24 V starting circuit starts with the first of two 12 V batteries obtaining ground through the 24 V Battery Switch
and supplying 12 V to terminal 30 of the 24 V Start Relay. This terminal supplies 12 V through the now closed 24 V
Start Relay to the other half of the 24V Battery Switch and to the negative side of the second 12 V battery. This places
two batteries in series creating 24 V at the B+ terminal of the 24 V Starter motor. Current then flows back through the
closed 24 V Start Relay to the “S” terminal on the starter motor solenoid engaging the 24 V starter motor.

Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.02)

Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.24)
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.27)

TROUBLESHOOTING

Before troubleshooting the starting system make sure that the following operating conditions are met:
A. The batteries are fully charged and all connections are clean and tight.
B. Check Fuses #38 and #48.
C. Transmission in neutral or park.
D. Battery Switch closed.
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

CAUTION
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

Problem Possible Cause Correction

Engine does not crank Fuse F-38 A - Ignition Switch Power Supply Test, test
when key is turned to start point 1Start control Start switch - Testing
(B.80.A.90.82 - G.40.A.20).

2 4/7/2006
B.80.A / 11
 POWER PRODUCTION - STARTING SYSTEM

Problem Possible Cause Correction

Engine does not crank Ignition Switch A - Ignition Switch Power Supply Test,
when key is turned to start andStart control Start switch - Testing
(continued) (B.80.A.90.82 - G.40.A.20)
B - Ignition Switch Test points 1 and
2Start control Start switch - Testing
(B.80.A.90.82 - G.40.A.20).
Neutral Switch C - Neutral Switch Test.Start control
Safety switch - Testing (B.80.A.90.81 -
G.40.A.20)
Refer to Transmission Section of Service
Manual and check Neutral Switch adjust-
ment.
Neutral Start Relay D -Neutral Start Relay TestStart con-
trol Neutral start relay - Testing
(B.80.A.90.84 - G.40.A.20).
Start Relay E - 12V Start Relay Test (12V Sys-
tem)Start control Start relay - Testing
(B.80.A.90.80 - G.40.A.20)
F- 24V Start Relay Test (24V Sys-
tem)Start control Start relay - Testing
(B.80.A.90.80 - G.40.A.20).
Starter Motor G -12V Starter Motor TestEngine starter -
Testing (B.80.A.82 - G.40.A.20)
H -24V Starter Motor TestEngine starter -
Testing (B.80.A.82 - G.40.A.20).
Click is heard when key Starter Motor G -12V Starter Motor TestEngine starter -
is turned but engine does Testing (B.80.A.82 - G.40.A.20)
not crank H -24V Starter Motor TestEngine starter -
Testing (B.80.A.82 - G.40.A.20).
Start Relay E - 12V Start Relay Test (12V Sys-
tem)Start control Start relay - Testing
(B.80.A.90.80 - G.40.A.20)
F - 24V Start Relay Test (24V Sys-
tem)Start control Start relay - Testing
(B.80.A.90.80 - G.40.A.20).
Neutral Start Relay D -Neutral Start Relay TestStart con-
trol Neutral start relay - Testing
(B.80.A.90.84 - G.40.A.20).
Engine cranks slowly Starter Motor G -12V Starter Motor Test, Engine starter
- Testing (B.80.A.82 - G.40.A.20)
H -24V Starter Motor Test, test points 1
thru 5, 8 and 9.Engine starter - Testing
(B.80.A.82 - G.40.A.20).
Engine mechanical problem Refer to Engine Section in Service Manual.
Starter motor continues Ignition Switch B - Ignition Switch Test, and confirm
to operate when key is that switch opens when key is re-
released from START to leased.Start control Start switch - Test-
RUN position ing (B.80.A.90.82 - G.40.A.20).

2 4/7/2006
B.80.A / 12
 POWER PRODUCTION - STARTING SYSTEM

Problem Possible Cause Correction

Start Relay E - 12V Start Relay Test (12V System) test
point 5, and confirm that relay opens when
key is released.Start control Start relay -
Testing (B.80.A.90.80 - G.40.A.20)
F - 24V Start Relay Test (24V System), test
point 5, and confirm that relay opens when
key is released.Start control Start relay -
Testing (B.80.A.90.80 - G.40.A.20).
Starter motor continues Neutral Start Relay Test D -Neutral Start Relay Test, test point 5,
to operate when key is and confirm that relay opens when the key
released from START to is released. Start control Neutral start re-
RUN position lay - Testing (B.80.A.90.84 - G.40.A.20).

2 4/7/2006
B.80.A / 13
 POWER PRODUCTION - STARTING SYSTEM

E0196-11-Grid Heater output Unidentified Failure Code (B.80.A.91.84

- G.30.B.46)
CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1282 - 1347, CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series
1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237

E0196-11 - Grid Heater output Unidentified Failure Code

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX 720, CX 740, CX 760, CX 780 and CX 820 combines with 7.5L mechanical
governor engines only.

Cause:
The grid heater output circuit is open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad relay and/or indicator light.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Grid Heater output" and select the “Status" screen. Press the “Enter" key to manually power the circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates “OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 14.
2. Key off. Disconnect the grid heater relay connector X211. Use a multimeter to check the resistance of the grid
heater relay coil. The proper resistance is 2 - 6 ohms.

A. If out of specification, replace the relay.

B. If the coil is within specification, continue with step 3.

3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X211 pin 2 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with Step 4.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the engine (EN) harness in wire 822 black
between the grid heater relay K37 and engine ground 5 . Locate the open and repair.
4. Disconnect connector X004 on the side of the cab to isolate the cold start indicator E36 from the circuit. Use a
multimeter to check for continuity between connector X211 pin 1 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with Step 5.

B. If no continuity to ground is found, continue with Step 8.

5. Disconnect connector X010 . Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 20 and
chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 6.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 7.

6. Disconnect connector X005 on the side of the cab. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector
X005 pin 20 and chassis ground.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, a short to ground is located in the main frame (MF) harness between
connector X010 and connector X005 wire 839 white. Locate the short and repair.
2 4/7/2006
B.80.A / 14
 POWER PRODUCTION - STARTING SYSTEM

B. If there is continuity to ground, a short to ground is located in the cab main (CM) harness between con-
nector X005 and connector X015 wire 839 white. Locate the short and repair.
7. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 7 and chassis ground.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, a short to ground is located in wires 814 white, 839 white or 818 white
in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 and connector X211 . Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, a short to ground is located in the main frame (MF) harness between
connector X010 and connector X004 wire 814 white. Locate short and repair.
8. Remove the ignition switch panel in the cab, and unplug connector X066 from the cold start indicator E36 . Use
a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X066 pin 7 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, a short to ground in located in the cab main (CM) harness between con-
nector X066 and connector X004 wire 814 white. Locate short and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 9.

NOTE: Connector X004 on the side of the cab should still be disconnected.
9. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X066 pin 9 and chassis ground.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the cab main (CM) harness between connector
X066 and cab ground 3 wire 294 black. Locate open and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 10.

10. Reconnect all harness connectors, except for connector X066 to the cold start indicator E36 and connector X211
to the grid heater relay K37 . Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info"
screen to manually power the grid heater circuit. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector
X211 pin 1 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present continue with Step 11.

B. If 12 volts is found continue with Step 14.

11. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power the
grid heater circuit. Disconnect connector X010 . Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector
X010 pin 20 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, continue with step 12.

B. If 12 volts is present, there is an open circuit in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pin 20
and the harness splice wire 839 white. Locate open and repair.
12. Key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power the grid
heater circuit. Disconnect connector X005 . Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X005
pin 20 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, continue with step 13.

B. If 12 volts is present, there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010
pin 20 and connector X005 pin 20 wire 839 white. Locate open and repair
13. Key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power the grid
heater circuit. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X015 pin J1-12 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is present, the open is between connector X005 pin 20 and connector X015 pin J1-12 wire
839 white.

B. If 12 volts is not present, replace the CCM2 controller.

14. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)
2 4/7/2006
B.80.A / 15
 POWER PRODUCTION - STARTING SYSTEM

E0196-11-Grid Heater output Unidentified Failure Code (B.80.A.91.84

- G.30.B.46)
CX860 Series 1282 - 1347, CX860 Series 1238 - 1281, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1282 - 1347, CX880 Series 1238 - 1281, CX880
Series 1206 - 1237

E0196-11 - Grid Heater output Unidentified Failure Code

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX 860 and CX 880 combines with Iveco engines Series 1206 - 1347 only.

Cause:
The grid heater output circuit is open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad cold start indicator.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Grid Heater output" and select the “Status" screen. Press the “Enter" key to manually power the circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates “OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 14.
2. Remove the ignition switch panel in the cab, and unplug connector X066 from the cold start indicator E36 . Use
a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X066 pin 9 and chassis ground.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the cab main (CM) harness between connector
X066 and cab ground 3 wire 294 black. Locate open and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 3.

3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X066 pin 7 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 4.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 8.

4. Disconnect connector X004 . Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X004 pin 20 and
chassis ground.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, a short to ground is located in the cab main (CM) harness between
connector X066 and connector X004 wire 814 white. Locate short and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 5.

5. Disconnect connector X010 . Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 7 (main
frame (MF) harness side) and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, a short to ground is located in the main frame (MF) harness between
connector X004 and connector X010 wire 814 white. Locate short and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 6.

6. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 7 (engine (EN) harness side) and chassis
ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, a short to ground is located in the engine (EN) harness between connector
X010 pins 7 and 20 wire 814 white. Locate short and repair.
2 4/7/2006
B.80.A / 16
 POWER PRODUCTION - STARTING SYSTEM

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 7.

7. Disconnect connector X005 on the side of the cab. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector
X005 pin 20 and chassis ground.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, a short to ground is located in the main frame (MF) harness between
connector X010 and connector X005 wire 839 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, a short to ground is located in the cab main (CM) harness between con-
nector X005 and connector X015 wire 839 white. Locate the short and repair.
8. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power the
grid heater circuit. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X066 pin 7 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present continue with Step 9.

B. If 12 volts is found continue with Step 14.

9. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power the
grid heater circuit. Disconnect connector X004 . Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector
X004 pin 20 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, continue with step 10.

B. If 12 volts is present, there is an open circuit in the cab main (CM) harness between connector X004 pin
20 and connector X066 pin 7 wire 814 white. Locate open and repair.
10. Disconnect connector X010. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X010 pin 7 & pin 20
(engine (EN) harness side).

A. If there is no continuity, there is an open circuit in the engine (EN) harness between connector X010 pins
7 and 20 wire 814 white. Locate open and repair.

B. If there is continuity, continue with step 11.

11. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power the
grid heater circuit. Disconnect connector X010 . Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector
X010 pin 20 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, continue with step 12.

B. If 12 volts is present, there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010
pin 7 and connector X004 pin 20 wire 814 white. Locate open and repair.
12. Key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power the grid
heater circuit. Disconnect connector X005 . Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X005
pin 20 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, continue with step 13.

B. If 12 volts is present, there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X010
pin 20 and connector X005 pin 20 wire 839 white. Locate open and repair
13. Key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power the grid
heater circuit. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X015 pin J1-12 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is present, the open is between connector X005 pin 20 and connector X015 pin J1-12 wire
839 white.

B. If 12 volts is not present, replace the CCM2 controller.

14. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.03)

2 4/7/2006
B.80.A / 17
 POWER PRODUCTION - STARTING SYSTEM

E0196-11-Grid Heater output Unidentified Failure Code (B.80.A.91.84

- G.30.B.46)
CX860 Series 1408 and above, CX860 Series 1348 - 1407, CX880 Series 1408 and above, CX880 Series 1348 - 1407

E0196-11 - Grid Heater output Unidentified Failure Code

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX 860 and CX 880 combines with Iveco engines Series 1348 and above.

Cause:
The grid heater output circuit is open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad cold start indicator E-36.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Grid Heater output" and select the “Status" screen. Press the “Enter" key to manually power the circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates “OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 6.
2. Key switch off. Disconnect connector X066 from the cold start indicator E-36 . Use a multimeter to check for
continuity between connector X066 pin 9 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 3.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the cab main (CM) harness between connector
X066 and cab ground 3 wire 294 black. Locate the open and repair.
3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X066 pin 7 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the cab main (CM) harness between connector
X066 pin 7 and X015 pin J1-12 wire 839 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 4.

4. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power
the grid heater circuit. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts at connector X066 pin 7.

A. If there is no voltage, there is an oprn circuit in the cab main (CM) harness between connector X066 pin 7
and X015 pin J1-12 wire 839 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is voltage, the circuit is operating properly. Replace the cold start indicator E-36.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.02)

2 4/7/2006
B.80.A / 18
 Index

POWER PRODUCTION - B

STARTING SYSTEM - 80.A

Cold start aid - Static description (B.80.A.30 - C.30.A.20) 3
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
E0139-04-Key Switch - Start Shorted to Low Source (B.80.A.90.82 - G.30.B.53) 6
E0196-11-Grid Heater output Unidentified Failure Code (B.80.A.91.84 - G.30.B.46) 14
CX720 Series 1282 - 1347, CX720 Series 1238 - 1281, CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1282 - 1347,
CX740 Series 1238 - 1281, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1282 - 1347, CX760 Series 1238 - 1281,
CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1282 - 1347, CX780 Series 1238 - 1281, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX820 Series 1282 - 1347, CX820 Series 1238 - 1281, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237
E0196-11-Grid Heater output Unidentified Failure Code (B.80.A.91.84 - G.30.B.46) 16
CX860 Series 1282 - 1347, CX860 Series 1238 - 1281, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1282 - 1347,
CX880 Series 1238 - 1281, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237
E0196-11-Grid Heater output Unidentified Failure Code (B.80.A.91.84 - G.30.B.46) 18
CX860 Series 1408 and above, CX860 Series 1348 - 1407, CX880 Series 1408 and above, CX880 Series
1348 - 1407
Engine starter - Testing (B.80.A.82 - G.40.A.20) 4
Engine starter - Testing (B.80.A.82 - G.40.A.20) 4
Start control - Problem solving (B.80.A.90 - G.40.A.30) 11
Start control Neutral start relay - Testing (B.80.A.90.84 - G.40.A.20) 9
Start control Safety switch - Testing (B.80.A.90.81 - G.40.A.20) 7
Start control Start relay - Testing (B.80.A.90.80 - G.40.A.20) 6
Start control Start relay - Testing (B.80.A.90.80 - G.40.A.20) 7
Start control Start switch - Testing (B.80.A.90.82 - G.40.A.20) 8
Start control Start switch - Testing (B.80.A.90.82 - G.40.A.20) 8

2 4/7/2006
B.80.A / 19
 CNH BELGIUM N.V., Leon Claeystraat 3A, B-8210 ZEDELGEM - Belgium

AFTER SALES – Technical Information

PRINTED IN BELGIUM

COPYRIGHT BY CNH BELGIUM N.V.

All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.

New Holland policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices, specification or equipment
at any time without notices is reserved.

All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only
and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any
particular product, please consult your New Holland Dealer.

2 4/7/2006
 REPAIR MANUAL
POWER TRAIN

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
C
 Contents

POWER TRAIN - C

POWER COUPLING Fixed coupling C.10.B

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

TRANSMISSION Mechanical C.20.B

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic C.20.F

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive C.50.B

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
C
 POWER TRAIN - C

POWER COUPLING Fixed coupling - 10.B

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
C.10.B / 1
 Contents

POWER TRAIN - C

POWER COUPLING Fixed coupling - 10.B

SERVICE
Dampener
Remove (C.10.B.46 - F.10.A.10) 3
Install (C.10.B.46 - F.10.A.15) 5

2 4/7/2006
C.10.B / 2
 POWER TRAIN - POWER COUPLING Fixed coupling

Dampener - Remove (C.10.B.46 - F.10.A.10)

1. Remove the engine gearbox in accordance with
the Gearbox Removal Procedure in PROCESS
DRIVE Primary process drive - Remove (C.50.B -
F.10.A.10).

40012179_904 1

2. For CX860, 880:

Turn out the eight cap screws with lock washers (1)
Lift the flexplate (2), from the flywheel.
Clean all old thread locking compound from the cap
screws.

20015717 2

2 4/7/2006
C.10.B / 3
 POWER TRAIN - POWER COUPLING Fixed coupling

3. For CX720, 740, 760, 780, 820 and 840:

Turn out the eight cap screws with lock washers (1).
Lift the flexplate (2), from the flywheel.
Clean all old thread locking compound from the cap
screws.

20015718 3

2 4/7/2006
C.10.B / 4
 POWER TRAIN - POWER COUPLING Fixed coupling

Dampener - Install (C.10.B.46 - F.10.A.15)

1. For CX860, 880:
Apply thread lock 242 to the eight cap screws.
Set the gearbox flexplate (1) on the engine flywheel
with the flexplate cap screw heads (2) oriented to-
ward the gearbox. Secure using eight lock washers
and cap screws (3). Torque the cap screws to 97
N·m (72 ft. lbs.).

20015717_905 1

2 4/7/2006
C.10.B / 5
 POWER TRAIN - POWER COUPLING Fixed coupling

2. For CX720, 740, 760, 780, 820 and 840:

Apply thread lock 242 to the eight cap screws.
Set the gearbox flexplate (1) on the engine flywheel
with the flexplate cap screw heads (2) oriented to-
ward the engine flywheel. Secure using eight lock
washers and cap screws (3). Torque the cap screws
to 56 N·m (41 ft. lbs.).

20015718_906 2

3. Install the engine gearbox in accordance with

the Gearbox Installation Procedure in PROCESS
DRIVE Primary process drive - Install (C.50.B -
F.10.A.15).

40012179_904 3

2 4/7/2006
C.10.B / 6
 Index

POWER TRAIN - C

POWER COUPLING Fixed coupling - 10.B

Dampener - Install (C.10.B.46 - F.10.A.15) 5
Dampener - Remove (C.10.B.46 - F.10.A.10) 3

2 4/7/2006
C.10.B / 7
2 4/7/2006
C.10.B / 8
 POWER TRAIN - C

TRANSMISSION Mechanical - 20.B

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 1
 Contents

POWER TRAIN - C

TRANSMISSION Mechanical - 20.B

TECHNICAL DATA
TRANSMISSION Mechanical
Torque (C.20.B - D.20.A.10) 5
General specification (C.20.B - D.40.A.10) 5

FUNCTIONAL DATA
Shaft
Input shaft - Overview (C.20.B.43.01 - C.10.A.10) 6
Input shaft - Exploded view (C.20.B.43.01 - C.10.A.20) 7
Input shaft - Sectional view (C.20.B.43.01 - C.10.A.30) 8
Drive shaft - Overview (C.20.B.43.02 - C.10.A.10) 9
Drive shaft - Exploded view (C.20.B.43.02 - C.10.A.20) 10
Drive shaft - Sectional view (C.20.B.43.02 - C.10.A.30) 11
Differential shaft - Exploded view (C.20.B.43.03 - C.10.A.20) 12
Differential
Exploded view (C.20.B.50 - C.10.A.20) 14
Sectional view (C.20.B.50 - C.10.A.30) 15
Shifting disc system
Exploded view (C.20.B.60 - C.10.A.20) 16
Sectional view (C.20.B.60 - C.10.A.30) 17
Cover
Exploded view (C.20.B.75 - C.10.A.20) 18

SERVICE
TRANSMISSION Mechanical
Disassemble (C.20.B - F.10.A.25) 19
Remove (C.20.B - F.10.A.10) 20
Assemble (C.20.B - F.10.A.20) 24
Shaft
Input shaft - Disassemble (C.20.B.43.01 - F.10.A.25) 25
Drive shaft - Disassemble (C.20.B.43.02 - F.10.A.25) 27
Differential shaft - Disassemble (C.20.B.43.03 - F.10.A.25) 30
Input shaft - Remove (C.20.B.43.01 - F.10.A.10) 31
Drive shaft - Remove (C.20.B.43.02 - F.10.A.10) 35
Differential shaft - Remove (C.20.B.43.03 - F.10.A.10) 37
Input shaft - Install (C.20.B.43.01 - F.10.A.15) 41
Drive shaft - Install (C.20.B.43.02 - F.10.A.15) 46
2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 2
 Input shaft - Assemble (C.20.B.43.01 - F.10.A.20) 48
Drive shaft - Assemble (C.20.B.43.02 - F.10.A.20) 50
Differential shaft - Assemble (C.20.B.43.03 - F.10.A.20) 52
Differential
Disassemble (C.20.B.50 - F.10.A.25) 54
Install (C.20.B.50 - F.10.A.15) 56
Assemble (C.20.B.50 - F.10.A.20) 59
Shifting disc system
Disc - Remove (C.20.B.60.41 - F.10.A.10) 61
Selector shaft - Remove (C.20.B.60.40 - F.10.A.10) 64
Selector shaft - Install (C.20.B.60.40 - F.10.A.15) 65
Disc - Install (C.20.B.60.41 - F.10.A.15) 66
Cover
Disassemble (C.20.B.75 - F.10.A.25) 69
Remove (C.20.B.75 - F.10.A.10) 70
Install (C.20.B.75 - F.10.A.15) 71
Assemble (C.20.B.75 - F.10.A.20) 72

DIAGNOSTIC
Transmission command
E0645-03-Gear Select Input Shorted to High Source (C.20.B.05.80 - G.30.B.54) 73
E0645-05-Gear Select Input Line Disconnected (C.20.B.05.80 - G.30.B.50) 74
E0645-07-Gear Select Input Mechanical Out of Range (C.20.B.05.80 - G.30.C.24) 76
Electrical motor
E0171-06-Curr Sense Transm Shift Short Circuit (C.20.B.82 - G.30.B.25) 78
E0203-05-Transmission Shift Motor Line Disconnected (C.20.B.82 - G.30.B.46) 81
Sensing system
E0128-03-Trans Shift Gear N sens Shorted To High Source (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54) 84
E0128-04-Trans Shift Gear N sens Shorted To Low Source (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.53) 85
E0128-05-Trans Shift Gear N sens Line Disconnected (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.50) 86
E0129-03-Trans Shift Gear 3 sens Shorted To High Source (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54) 88
E0129-04-Trans Shift Gear 3 sens Shorted To Low Source (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.53) 89
E0129-05-Trans Shift Gear 3 sens Line Disconnected (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.50) 90
E0130-03-Trans Shift Gear 2 sens Shorted To High Source (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54) 92
E0130-04-Trans Shift Gear 2 sens Shorted To Low Source (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.53) 93
E0130-05-Trans Shift Gear 2 sens Line Disconnected (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.50) 94
E0131-03-Trans Shift Gear 1 sens Shorted To High Source (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54) 96
E0131-04-Trans Shift Gear 1 sens Shorted To Low Source (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.53) 97
E0131-05-Trans Shift Gear 1 sens Line Disconnected (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.50) 98
E0132-03-Trans Shift Gear 4 sens Shorted To High Source (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54) 100
E0132-04-Trans Shift Gear 4 sens Shorted To Low Source (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.53) 101
E0132-05-Trans Shift Gear 4 sens Line Disconnected (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.50) 102
E0142-03-Groundspeed RPM sensor Shorted To High Source (C.20.B.95.80 - 104
G.30.B.54)
E0142-04-Groundspeed RPM sensor Shorted To Low Source (C.20.B.95.80 - G.30.B.53) 105
2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 3
E0142-05-Groundspeed RPM sensor Line Disconnected (C.20.B.95.80 - G.30.B.50) 106
E0164-03-V Supply Ground Spd Hydro Shorted To High Source (C.20.B.95.82 - 108
G.30.B.54)
E0164-04-V Supply Ground Spd Hydro Shorted To Low Source (C.20.B.95.82 - 110
G.30.B.53)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 4
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Torque (C.20.B - D.20.A.10)

Nut on drive shaft 150-170 N·m (111-125 ft. lbs.)
Nut on input shaft 150-170 N·m (111-125 ft. lbs.)
Shifting disc fixation nut 25-30 N·m (19-22 ft. lbs.)
Nut on indicator plate 8-12 N·m (71-106 in. lbs.)

TRANSMISSION Mechanical - General specification (C.20.B -

D.40.A.10)
CX720 CX780 CX860
CX740 CX820 CX880
CX760 CX840
Differential ratio 18/71 16/71 20/61
Differential lock Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No
Gear ratio
1st gear ratio 18/58 18/58 18/58
2nd gear ratio 35/62 35/62 35/62
3rd gear ratio 45/61 45/61 45/61
4th gear ratio 59/48 59/48 59/48
Max. input rpm (high idle) 3087 3488 3087
Max. input rpm (full load) 2525 2840 2531
Max. input torque 634 N·m (468 ft. lbs.) 632 N·m (466 ft. lbs.) 823 N·m (607 ft. lbs.)
Max. output rpm (high idle) 962 966 1244
Max. output torque 2 x 4029 N·m (2973 ft. lbs.) 2 x 4518 N·m (3334 ft. lbs.) 2 x 4044 N·m (2984 ft. lbs.)
Max. power 168 kW (225 HP) 188 kW (252 HP ) 218 kW (292 HP )
Brake disc diam. 330 mm (13 in) 330 mm (13 in) 400 mm (15.7 in)
Approx. total weight 402 kg (886 lbs) 402 kg (886 lbs) 420 kg (926 lbs)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 5
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Shaft Input shaft - Overview (C.20.B.43.01 - C.10.A.10)

ZDA3446A 1

1 Input shaft 2 Oil baffle plate

3 Threaded shaft 4 Housing
5 O-ring 6 Seal
7 Bearing 8 Shims
9 Cover

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 6
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Shaft Input shaft - Exploded view (C.20.B.43.01 - C.10.A.20)

ZDA3405A 1

1 Nut 2 Lockwasher
3 Washer 4 Bearing
5 Washer 6 Gear
7 Needle bearing 8 Circlip
9 Washer 10 Selector ring
11 Ball 12 Spring
13 Selector housing 14 Gear
15 Needle bearing 16 Input shaft

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 7
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Shaft Input shaft - Sectional view (C.20.B.43.01 - C.10.A.30)

ZDA3404A 1

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 8
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Shaft Drive shaft - Overview (C.20.B.43.02 - C.10.A.10)

ZDA3447A 1

1 Cover 2 Seal
3 Shimpac 4 O-ring
5 Drive shaft

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 9
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Shaft Drive shaft - Exploded view (C.20.B.43.02 - C.10.A.20)

ZDA3395A 1

1 Bearing 2 Drive shaft

3 Gear 4 Needle bearings
5 Selector ring 6 Selector housing
7 Spring 8 Ball
9 Washer 10 Circlip
11 Gear 12 Needle bearings
13 Washer 14 Bearing
15 Washer 16 Lock washer
17 Nut

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 10
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Shaft Drive shaft - Sectional view (C.20.B.43.02 - C.10.A.30)

ZDA3394A 1

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 11
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Shaft Differential shaft - Exploded view (C.20.B.43.03 - C.10.A.20)

ZDA3445A 1

1 Differential shaft 2 Seal

3 Circlip 4 Bearing
5 Housing 6 Bearing
7 O-ring 8 Differential shaft
9 Housing 10 Bearing

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 12
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

11 Differential 12 Spring
13 Differential lock 14 Circlip

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 13
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Differential - Exploded view (C.20.B.50 - C.10.A.20)

ZDA3391A 1

1 Bearing 2 Bearing
3 Bolt 4 Lockplate
5 Differential housing 6 Differential output gear
7 Planet gear shaft 8 Planet gear
9 Differential output gear 10 Ring gear

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 14
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Differential - Sectional view (C.20.B.50 - C.10.A.30)

ZDA3393A 1

1 Bearing 2 Bearing
3 Bolt 4 Lockplate
5 Differential housing 6 Differential output gear
7 Planet gear shaft 8 Planet gear
9 Differential output gear 10 Ring gear

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 15
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Shifting disc system - Exploded view (C.20.B.60 - C.10.A.20)

ZDA3353A 1

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 16
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Shifting disc system - Sectional view (C.20.B.60 - C.10.A.30)

ZDA3352A 1

1 Bolt 2 Special bolt

3 Bolt 4 Friction ring and circlip
5 Housing 6 IShifting drive gear
7 O-ring 8 Electrric motor
9 Nut 10 Indicator plate
11 Cotter pin 12 Nut
13 Bolt 14 Shifting disc housing
15 Shifting disc 16 Bushing
17 O-ring

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 17
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Cover - Exploded view (C.20.B.75 - C.10.A.20)

ZDA3444A 1

1 Bolt 2 Special bolt

3 Support 4 Cover
5 Seal 6 Pin
7 Lever 8 Circlip
9 Differential lock control shaft 10 O-ring
11 Circlip 12 Fork

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 18
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Disassemble (C.20.B - F.10.A.25)

1. Remove the cover.
Cover - Remove (C.20.B.75 - F.10.A.10)
2. Remove the differential shafts and differential.
Shaft Differential shaft - Remove (C.20.B.43.03 -
F.10.A.10)
3. Remove the selector shaft.
4. Remove the drive shaft.
Shaft Drive shaft - Remove (C.20.B.43.02 -
F.10.A.10)
5. Remove the input shaft.
Shaft Input shaft - Remove (C.20.B.43.01 -
F.10.A.10)
6. Remove the shifting disc and shifting drive gear.
Shifting disc system Disc - Remove (C.20.B.60.41
- F.10.A.10)
7. Disassemble and assemble the differential.
Differential - Disassemble (C.20.B.50 - F.10.A.25)
Differential - Assemble (C.20.B.50 - F.10.A.20)
8. Disassemble and assemble the drive shaft.
Shaft Drive shaft - Disassemble (C.20.B.43.02 -
F.10.A.25)
Shaft Drive shaft - Assemble (C.20.B.43.02 -
F.10.A.20)
9. Disassemble and assemble the input shaft.
Shaft Input shaft - Disassemble (C.20.B.43.01 -
F.10.A.25)
Shaft Input shaft - Assemble (C.20.B.43.01 -
F.10.A.20)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 19
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Remove (C.20.B - F.10.A.10)

1. Remove traction gearbox cover plate (3).
IMPORTANT: Before removing any components, secure
the machine safely in place by placing adequate wedges
against both traction and steering wheels.

ZDA2798A 1

2. Disconnect sleeves (1) on both sides of the traction

gearbox.

ZDA3194A 2

3. Remove cover (3).

ZDA3249A 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 20
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

4. Loosen clamp (4).

ZDA3250A 4

5. Remove hydrostatic motor (1):

- Loosen hydrostatic line (2) on top of the hydrostatic
motor.
- Support the hydrostatic motor (1) and loosen four
nuts, 3.
- Pull hydrostatic motor (1) out of the gearbox.
NOTE: In some cases it will be necessary to remove the
LHS traction wheel for taking the hydrostatic motor out of
the gearbox.

ZDA3251A 5

6. Disconnect hand brake hydraulic line (1).

ZDA3252A 6

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 21
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

7. Disconnect brake lines (1) and supports (2) on both

sides of the traction gearbox.

ZDA2797C 7

8. Disconnect differential lock cable (1).

ZDA3253A 8

9. Disconnect brake shoe wear wires (1) on both sides

of the traction gearbox.

ZDA3255B 9

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 22
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

10. Disconnect electrical connectors:

- Combine speed sensor
- Gear shift sensor
- Gear shift motor
Install a suitable and safe support underneath the
gearbox. (e.g. a wooden pallet on a forklift)

CAUTION
The gearbox is heavy (380 kg [838 lbs]). Take extreme
caution when removing the gearbox! Use a supporting
device which can handle this weight! Z022

ZDA3254A 10

11. Loosen three bolts (1) at LHS of traction gearbox.

ZDA3255A 11

12. Loosen three bolts (2) at RHS of traction gearbox.

Lower the traction gearbox and remove it from un-
derneath the combine.

ZDA3256A 12

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 23
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Assemble (C.20.B - F.10.A.20)

1. Install shifting disc and shifting drive gear.
Shifting disc system Disc - Install (C.20.B.60.41 -
F.10.A.15)
2. Install the input shaft.
Shaft Input shaft - Install (C.20.B.43.01 -
F.10.A.15)
3. Install the drive shaft.
Shaft Drive shaft - Install (C.20.B.43.02 -
F.10.A.15)
4. Install the selector shaft.
Shifting disc system Selector shaft - Install
(C.20.B.60.40 - F.10.A.15)
5. Install the differential shafts and the differential.
Differential - Install (C.20.B.50 - F.10.A.15)
6. Install the cover.
Cover - Install (C.20.B.75 - F.10.A.15)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 24
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Shaft Input shaft - Disassemble (C.20.B.43.01 - F.10.A.25)

1. Remove nut (1) lockplate (2) and washer
Unlock lockwasher (2).
(3).

ZDA3406A 1

2. Remove gear (2) bearing (1) and the washer be-

tween the two parts with a puller.

ZDA3407A 2

3. Remove needle bearings (1).

Remove selector ring (2) at the same time remove
two balls (3) and the springs behind it.
NOTE: Balls (3) are spring loaded, do not loose them.

ZDA3408A 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 25
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

4. Remove circlip (1).

Remove washer (2) and selector housing (3) at the
same time.
Remove gear (4).

ZDA3409A 4

5. Remove needle bearings (1).

ZDA3411A 5

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 26
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Shaft Drive shaft - Disassemble (C.20.B.43.02 - F.10.A.25)

1. Unlock lockwasher (2).
Remove nut (1) lockwasher (2) and washer (3).

ZDA3396A 1

2. Remove gear (2) and bearing (1) together with a

puller.

ZDA3397A 2

3. Remove needle bearings (1).

ZDA3398A 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 27
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

4. Remove selector ring (1) at the same time remove

two balls (2) and the springs behind it.
Remove circlip (3) and the washer.
NOTE: Balls (2) are spring loaded, do not loose them.

ZDA3399A 4

5. Remove housing (1) and gear (2).

ZDA3400A 5

6. Remove needle bearings (1).

ZDA3401A 6

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 28
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

7. Remove bearing (1) on the other side.

NOTE: Bearing (1) will be damaged when it is removed.

ZDA3402A 7

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 29
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Shaft Differential shaft - Disassemble (C.20.B.43.03 - F.10.A.25)

1. If necessary, remove seal (1) on the LHS differential
shaft housing.
Remove the circlip behind seal (1) and take out dif-
ferential half shaft (2).
NOTE: Note: it is not possible to remove seal (1) without
damaging it.

ZDA3270A 1

2. Remove bearing (1) from shaft (2).

ZDA3271A 2

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 30
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Shaft Input shaft - Remove (C.20.B.43.01 - F.10.A.10)

1. Remove selector fork (2) from the input shaft.

ZDA3336A 1

2. Remove threaded shaft (3) (refer to Shaft Input

shaft - Overview (C.20.B.43.01 - C.10.A.10)), and
oil baffle plate, 1, by turning out cap screws (2).

ZDA3440A 2

3. Remove ring (1).

NOTE: Ring (1) is only applied with 100 cc hydro motor. A
130 cc hydro motor centers directly in the gearbox housing
and the outer M16 threads are used for fixation of the hydro
motor.

ZDA3337A 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 31
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

4. Remove three Allen screws (1).

ZDA3339A 4

5. Remove seal housing (2) with the lip-seal and the

O-ring.

ZDA3338A 5

6. Remove five nuts and washers (1).

ZDA3340A 6

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 32
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

7. Remove cover (1).

IMPORTANT: Keep shims and O-ring with the cover.

ZDA3341A 7

8. Support the input shaft on a hoist to avoid from falling

into the gearbox.
Drive the shaft in the direction shown and remove
bearing outer ring (1).

ZDA3342A 8

9. Pull bearing (1) from the drive shaft.

Remove the drive shaft out of the gearbox.

ZDA3343A 9

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 33
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

10. If necessary, remove bearing outer ring (1).

ZDA3344A 10

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 34
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Shaft Drive shaft - Remove (C.20.B.43.02 - F.10.A.10)

1. Remove the five nuts and washers (1).

ZDA3332B 1

2. Tap with a plastic hammer against the edge of the

cover (2) or tap radially against the drive shaft and
pull out the cover. The tapered bearing of the drive
shaft will push the cover out due to its wedge effect.
IMPORTANT: Keep the shimpac and the O-ring with the
cover.

ZDA3333B 2

3. Remove the drive shaft (1) and the selector fork (2)
with a hoist.
NOTE: If the shifting disc is not removed from the traction
gearbox, first proceed with the first three steps of Shifting
disc system Disc - Remove (C.20.B.60.41 - F.10.A.10) ,
to bring the shifting disc in its highest position.

ZDA3334A 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 35
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

4. If necessary, remove the bearing outer ring (1).

ZDA3335A 4

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 36
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Shaft Differential shaft - Remove (C.20.B.43.03 - F.10.A.10)

1. Remove brake shoes and brake discs on both sides
of the traction gearbox (refer to Brake Shoe - Re-
move (D.32.C.58.40 - F.10.A.10)).
Drain the oil through plug (1).
NOTE: The traction gearbox contains 19 litres (20 qts ) oil.

ZDA3261A 1

2. On the RHS differential shaft, remove seal (1).

NOTE: It is not possible to remove seal (1) without damag-
ing it.

ZDA3262A 2

3. Remove circlip (1).

ZDA3263A 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 37
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

4. Pull out shaft (1) together with bearing (2).

ZDA3264A 4

5. Remove six nuts and washers (1).

Remove two bolts and washers (2).

ZDA3265A 5

6. Install two bolts (1) (M10 x 60) and remove housing,

2.

ZDA3266A 6

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 38
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

7. Hang the differential to prevent it from falling into the

gearbox.
Remove four nuts and washers (1).
Remove two Allen screws (2).
Remove two bolts and washers (3).

ZDA3267A 7

8. Screw in two bolts (2) to push bearing housing (1) out

of the gearbox housing.

ZDA3268A 8

9. Remove the differential.

ZDA3269A 9

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 39
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

10. Remove oil baffle plate (1).

ZDA3443A 10

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 40
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Shaft Input shaft - Install (C.20.B.43.01 - F.10.A.15)

1. Install shimpac (2) of 1.5 mm (1/16 in) and O-ring (3)
on cover (1).

ZDA3414A 1

2. Install bearing outer ring (1).

ZDA3344A 2

3. Install cover (2) with shimpac and O-ring and tighten

five nuts (1).

ZDA3340B 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 41
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

4. Support the input shaft on a hoist and bring it into the

traction gearbox.
Heat bearing (1) to 80 °C (176 °F) and install it on the
input shaft.

ZDA3415A 4

5. Install bearing outer ring (1).

ZDA3433A 5

6. If necessary, replace seal (1) and O-ring (2) on ring,

4.

ZDA3434A 6

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 42
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

7. Install seal ring (4).

IMPORTANT: Take care notch (3) aligns with lubrication
hole.

ZDA3435A 7

8. Install with loctite 242 three Allen screws (1) and

tighten them.

ZDA3339A 8

9. Install ring (1).

ZDA3337A 9

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 43
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

10. Install a dial gauge (2) in the gearbox housing and

locate the probe perpendicular against the side of
gear (1).
Apply a load in one direction and oscillate the shaft
several times while the load is applied.
Set the dial gauge to zero.
Apply the load in the opposite direction, oscillate and
read the axial movement of the shaft.
Make three measurements at 120 ° of the input shaft.
Calculate the arithmetic mean of the three readings,
it should be 0-0.03 mm (0-0.001 in).

ZDA3436A 10

11. If required, adjust the shims. To decrease the axial

movement, decrease the quantity of shims.
IMPORTANT: Be sure to measure on gear (1) as the other
gears are mounted on needle bearings.
12. Install selector fork (1).

ZDA3437A 11

13. Install oil baffle plate (1) and insert threaded shaft (2),
Fig.13. Install bolts (2).
IMPORTANT: After tightening of the nuts, rotate the input
shaft and verify that the oil baffle does not interfere with the
input shaft.

ZDA3440A 12

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 44
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

14.

ZDA3340C 13

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 45
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Shaft Drive shaft - Install (C.20.B.43.02 - F.10.A.15)

1. Install bearing outer ring (1).

ZDA3335A 1

2. If necessary, replace seal (2).

Install bearing outer ring (3).
Install shimpac (4) of 1.5 mm (1/16 in) and O-ring (5)
on cover (1).

ZDA3438A 2

3. Support the drive shaft (1) on a hoist and bring it into

the traction gearbox.
NOTE: If the shifting disc is installed, selector fork (2)
should be installed together with the drive shaft.

ZDA3334A 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 46
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

4. Install the cover with shims, seals and bearing outer

ring, and tighten nuts (1).
Install two bolts (2).
Install a dial gauge (1) on the gearbox housing and
locate the probe perpendicular against the side of
gear (1).

ZDA3332A 4

5. Apply a load in one direction and oscillate the shaft

several times while the load is applied.
Set the dial gauge to zero.
Apply the load in the opposite direction, oscillate and
read the axial movement of the shaft.
Make three measurements at 120 ° of the intermedi-
ate shaft. Calculate the arithmetic mean of the three
readings, it should be 0-0.03 mm (0-0.001 in).
If required, adjust the shims. To decrease the axial
movement, decrease the quantity of shims.
IMPORTANT: Be sure to measure on gear (1) as the other
gears are mounted on needle bearings.

ZDA3439A 5

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 47
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Shaft Input shaft - Assemble (C.20.B.43.01 - F.10.A.20)

1. Install needle bearings (1).
Install gear (2).
Install selector housing (3).
Install washer (4).

ZDA3412A 1

2. Install circlip (1).

ZDA3410A 2

3. Install the two springs and two balls (3) and at the
same time install selector ring (2).
Install needle bearings (1).
NOTE: Be carefull not to loose the balls.

ZDA3408A 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 48
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

4. Install gear (1).

Install washer (2).

ZDA3413A 4

5. Heat bearing (4) to 80 °C (176 °F) and install it on the

input shaft.
Install washer (3).
Install lockwasher (2).
Install nut (1) and tighten to a torque of 150-170 N·m
(111-125 ft.lbs.).
Secure nut (1) by bending a lip of the lockwasher in
one of the notches of the nut.

ZDA3406A 5

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 49
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Shaft Drive shaft - Assemble (C.20.B.43.02 - F.10.A.20)

1. Heat bearing (1) to 80 °C (176 °F) and install it on the
drive shaft.

ZDA3402A 1

2. Install needle bearings (1).

Install gear (2).
Install selector housing (3).
Install washer (4).

ZDA3403A 2

3. Install circlip (3).

Install two springs.
Install two balls (2) on the springs and at the same
time install selector ring (1).
NOTE: Be carefull not to loose the balls.

ZDA3399A 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 50
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

4. Install needle bearings (1).

ZDA3398A 4

5. Install gear (2).

Install washer (3) and heat bearing (4) to 80 °C (176
°F) and install it on the drive shaft.

ZDA3506A 5

6. Install washer (3).

Install lockwasher (2).
Install nut (1) and tighten it to a torque of 150-170
N·m (111-125 ft.lbs.).
Secure nut (1) by bending a lip of the lockwasher in
one of the notches of the nut.

ZDA3396A 6

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 51
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Shaft Differential shaft - Assemble (C.20.B.43.03 - F.10.A.20)

1. Install bearing (1) on shaft (2).
Install shaft (2) with bearing in differential half shaft
housing.
Install the circlip.

ZDA3271A 1

2. Install new seal (1).

ZDA3270A 2

3. Replace O-ring (1).

ZDA3272A 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 52
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

4. On the RHS differential shaft housing, replace O-ring

(1).

ZDA3273A 4

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 53
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Differential - Disassemble (C.20.B.50 - F.10.A.25)

1. Remove bearing (1).

ZDA3387A 1

2. Turn the differential and remove bearing (2).

ZDA3388A 2

3. Unlock lockplates (1) and remove bolts (2) and the

lockplates.

ZDA3389A 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 54
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

4. Remove upper part (1) of the differential housing.

ZDA3390A 4

5. Remove differential output gear (1).

Remove two planet gear shafts (3) with the planet
gears (4).
Remove differential output gear (2).

ZDA3392A 5

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 55
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Differential - Install (C.20.B.50 - F.10.A.15)

1. Install oil baffle plate (1).

ZDA3443A 1

2. Support the differential on a hoist and bring it into the

gearbox.

ZDA3269A_929 2

3. Bring differential lock (1) and spring (2) into half shaft
housing (3).

ZDA3441A 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 56
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

4. Install both half shafts housings (1) and (2) and

tighten all nuts (3) and (4) simultaneously.

ZDA3442A 4

5. Install shaft (1) with bearing (2).

ZDA3264A_930 5

6. Install circlip (1).

ZDA3263A_931 6

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 57
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

7. Install new seal (1).

ZDA3262A_932 7

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 58
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Differential - Assemble (C.20.B.50 - F.10.A.20)

1. Install the differential output gears and the planet
gears with the planet gear shafts.
Install differential housing (1).
NOTE: The two castings of the housing are machined to-
gether and are marked in this position. When reassem-
bling, make sure that these marks are towards each other.

ZDA3390A 1

2. Install lockplates (1) and bolts (2).

Secure bolts (2)

ZDA3389A 2

3. Install bearing (2).

ZDA3388A 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 59
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

4. Install bearing (1).

ZDA3387A 4

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 60
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Shifting disc system Disc - Remove (C.20.B.60.41 - F.10.A.10)

NOTE: It is possible to remove and to install the shifting disc and the shifting drive gear without disassembly of the
gearbox shafts.
1.
2. Remove nut (1) and indicator plate (2).

ZDA3329A 1

3. Remove five bolts (1) and remove microswitch bar

(2).

ZDA3330A 2

4. Bring the shifting disc in it’s highest position by turn-

ing shifting disc housing (1) out until the shifting disc
blocks against the gearbox housing.
NOTE: This step is only necessary when the drive shaft
and the input shaft need to be removed from the traction
gearbox without removal of the shifting disc.

ZDA3331A 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 61
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

5. Remove three bolts and washers (1) and remove

electric motor (2).

ZDA3345A 4

6. Remove four special bolts (1) and bolt (2).

ZDA3346A 5

7. Remove circlip (1) and the friction ring behind it.

Slide shifting drive gear (3) out of housing (2) and re-
move it from the inside of the traction gearbox. Re-
move shifting drive gear housing (2).

ZDA3347A 6

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 62
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

8. Replace O-ring (1).

ZDA3348A 7

9. Remove the cotter pin and nut (1).

Remove bolt (3) and the shifting disc from the inside
of the gearbox.
Remove shifting disc housing (2).

ZDA3349A 8

10. Remove bushing (3) from housing (2).

If neccessary, replace O-ring (4) inside housing (2).

ZDA3350A 9

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 63
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Shifting disc system Selector shaft - Remove (C.20.B.60.40 -

F.10.A.10)
1. Remove circlip (1).

ZDA3326A 1

2. Remove circlip (2).

ZDA3327A 2

3. Remove selector shaft (3).

ZDA3328A 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 64
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Shifting disc system Selector shaft - Install (C.20.B.60.40 - F.10.A.15)

1. If necessary, replace the O-rings in the gearbox
housing where the selector shaft (3) is installed.
Install selector shaft (3) Put the selector forks on the
shaft.

ZDA3328A 1

2. Install circlip (2).

ZDA3327A 2

3. Install circlip (1).

ZDA3326A 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 65
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Shifting disc system Disc - Install (C.20.B.60.41 - F.10.A.15)

1. Install bushing (3) in housing (2).

ZDA3350A_927 1

2. Install housing (2).

Install the shifting disc and bolt (3) from the inside of
the gearbox and install washer and nut (1).
Torque nut (1) to 25-30 N·m (19-22 ft. lbs.), then
torque further until the cooter pin can be installed.
Install the cotter pin.
NOTE: Be sure that bolt (3) with its cam is in the shifting
disc’s slot.
NOTE: In case the input shaft, the drive shaft and the differ-
ential are not assembled into the gearbox, bring the shift-
ing disc in it’s highest position by turning the shifting disc
housing out until the shifting disc blocks against the gear-
box housing. Proceed with step 3 and 4 after installation of
the input shaft and the drive shaft. ZDA3349A 2

3. Apply loctite 242 to the shifting disc housing at (1)

and tighten the housing.
IMPORTANT: Verify if the followers on the selector forks fix
into the notches of the shifting disc.

ZDA3505A 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 66
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

4. Install microswitch bar (2) and tighten five bolts (1).

ZDA3330A 4

5. Install indicator plate (2) and tighten nut (1) to a

torque of 8-12 N·m (71-106 in. lbs.).

ZDA3329A 5

6. Apply loctite 573 following the pattern shown.

ZDA3351A 6

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 67
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

7. Install shifting drive gear housing (3) and tighten four

special bolts (1) and bolt (2).

ZDA3346A_928 7

8. Insert the shifting drive gear from the inside of the

gearbox and install the friction ring and circlip (1).

ZDA3347A 8

9. Install electric motor (2).

Install bolts and washers (1).
NOTE: If necessary to change gears manually while as-
sembling the input shaft, the drive shaft and the differential
into the gearbox, wait for installing the electric motor until
the end.

ZDA3345A 9

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 68
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Cover - Disassemble (C.20.B.75 - F.10.A.25)

1. If necessary, remove bolt (1) and differential lock
control lever (2).
NOTE: Reference Cover - Exploded view (C.20.B.75 -
C.10.A.20) Removal of the differential control lever (7) and
differential lock control shaft (9) is necessary only if fork,
12, and/or O-ring, 10, need to be replaced.

ZDA3258A 1

2. Remove circlip (1) and differential lock control shaft,

2.

ZDA3259A 2

3. Replace O-ring (1).

Remove circlip (2) to remove fork (3).

ZDA3260A 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 69
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Cover - Remove (C.20.B.75 - F.10.A.10)

1. Remove all bolts (1) and cover (2).

ZDA3257A 1

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 70
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Cover - Install (C.20.B.75 - F.10.A.15)

Prior operation:
Install the drain plug and fill the traction gearbox with oil. Refer to the Operator’s Manual section "Lubrication".

1. Install cover (2) with a new seal.

Tighten all bolts (1).
IMPORTANT: Be sure the differential lock control fork is
positioned correctly.

ZDA3257A 1

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 71
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Cover - Assemble (C.20.B.75 - F.10.A.20)

1. Install fork (3) and fix with circlip (2).

ZDA3260A 1

2. Install differential lock control shaft (2), and install

circlip (1).

ZDA3259A 2

3. Install differential lock control lever (2) and fix with

bolt (1) .

ZDA3258A 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 72
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0645-03-Gear Select Input Shorted to High Source (C.20.B.05.80 -

G.30.B.54)
E0645-03 - Gear Select Input Shorted to High Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Gear Select Input circuit voltage is >4.75 volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The Gear Select Input circuit shorted to >4.75 volts .

2. RHM internal failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Console" sub-menu. Select
"Gear Select Input" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the Gear Select Input circuit is 0.2 - 4.75 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is >4.75 volts, continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
2. Verify the RHM is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X027 .
Using the proper tool, remove pin 11 wire 391 yellow from X027 . With the wire removed from the connector,
reconnect X027 . Turn the ignition back on and recheck the Gear Select Input voltage.

A. If the voltage now reads <0.2 volts , the RHM is good. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the voltage is still >4.75 volts , then the fault is in the RHM. Reinstall the wire removed for troubleshoot-
ing. Reload the system software to see if the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading
the software, replace the RHM. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
3. Locate the shorted wire. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect Gear Select Switch S-24. Turn the ignition on.
Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage at pin C of the harness side of connector X048 .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.2 volts then the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.

B. If the voltage reads >4.75 volts then the fault is in the respective wire 391 yellow. Locate and repair the
short. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
4. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.07)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 73
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0645-05-Gear Select Input Line Disconnected (C.20.B.05.80 -

G.30.B.50)
E0645-05 - Gear Select Input Line Disconnected

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Gear Select Input circuit voltage is <0.2 volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The Gear Select Input circuit is open or reduced to <0.2 volts .

2. Gear Select Switch S-24 failure.
3. RHM internal failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Console" sub menu. Select
"Gear Select Input" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the Gear Select Input circuit is 0.2 - 4.75 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.2 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 6.
2. Verify the power supply and ground are good. Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage between the connector
X048 pin B(-) and pin A(+) at Gear Select Switch S-24.

A. If the voltage reads between 4.500 - 5.500 volts the RHM 5V Reference and circuit ground are both good.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the voltage is below 4.500 volts, then the RHM 5V Reference is missing. Check for a E0641-04 -
RHM 5V Reference fault. If present, correct that fault and resume operation. Otherwise, repair the open
between the Right Console harness X026 pin 17 and Gear Select Switch connector X048 pin A, or between
Right Console harness connector X026 pin 7 and Gear Select Switch connector X048 pin B. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 6.
3. Verify Gear Select Switch S-24 is good. Disconnect Gear Select Switch S-24. Using an ohmmeter, measure
the resistance between the pins of the Gear Select Switch S-24 connector X048 according to the table below.

Switch PIN OHMS PIN OHMS PIN OHMS PIN

Position
1 A 1121-1239 C 192-212 B 971-1073 A
2 A 1121-1239 C 242-268 B 1021-1129 A
N A 1121-1239 C 342-378 B 1121-1239 A
3 A 1121-1239 C 542-599 B 1321-1460 A
4 A 1121-1239 C 1596-1764 B 2375-2625 A

A. If the switch tests good, continue troubleshooting at Step 4.

B. If any resistor circuit is found to be open or out of range, replace Gear Select Switch S-24. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 6.
4. Verify circuit 391 yellow is good. Measure the continuity between RHM X027 pin 11 and Gear Select Switch
S-24 connector X048 (harness side) pin C.

A. If the circuit tests good, continue troubleshooting at Step 5.

B. If the circuit is open, locate and repair the open. Continue troubleshooting at Step 6.
5. Verify the RHM is good. Observe the "Gear Select Input" voltage on the Infoview monitor.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 74
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

A. If the Gear Select Input voltage is still <0.2 volts , reload the system software to see if the fault code clears.
If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue troubleshooting at Step
6.

B. If the fault is still present after replacing the RHM, continue troubleshooting at Step 6.
6. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.07)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 75
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0645-07-Gear Select Input Mechanical Out of Range (C.20.B.05.80

- G.30.C.24)
E0645-07 - Gear Select Input Mechanical Out of Range

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Gear Select Input circuit voltage is >0.25 volts from one of five
setpoints.

Possible failure modes:

1. The Gear Select Input circuit voltage is out of range by >0.25 volts .
2. Gear Select Switch S-24 failure.
3. RHM internal failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Console" sub menu. Select
"Gear Select Input" and observe the voltage. Observe the voltage as you select each switch position. Note
where the voltage falls in relation to the range markings as displayed on the bar graph.
The normal operating range for the Gear Shift Control circuit is 0.2 - 4.75 volts .

Switch Position Display Range Nominal Value Acceptable Range

1 B 54 volts 29 - 0.79 volts
2 C 47 volts 22 - 1.72 volts
N D 50 volts 25 - 2.75 volts
3 E 42 volts 17 - 3.67 volts
4 F 46 volts 21 - 4.71 volts

A. If the voltage reading is outside the range, continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 6.
2. Verify the power supply and ground are good. Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage between the connector
X048 pin B(-) and pin A(+) at Gear Select Switch S-24.

A. If the voltage reads between 4.50 - 5.50 volts , the RHM 5V Reference and circuit ground are both good.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the voltage is below 4.50 volts , then the RHM 5V Reference is missing. Check for an E0641-04 -
RHM 5V Reference fault. If present, correct that fault and resume operation. Otherwise, repair the open
between the Right Console harness X026 pin 17 and Gear Select Switch connector X048 pin A, or between
Right Console harness connector X026 pin 7 and Gear Select Switch connector X048 pin B. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 6.
3. Verify Gear Select Switch S-24 is good. Disconnect Gear Select Switch S-24. Using an ohmmeter, measure
the resistance between the pins of the Gear Select Switch S-24 connector X048 according to the table below.

Switch PIN OHMS PIN OHMS PIN OHMS PIN

Position
1 A 1121-1239 C 192-212 B 971-1073 A
2 A 1121-1239 C 242-268 B 1021-1129 A
N A 1121-1239 C 342-378 B 1121-1239 A
3 A 1121-1239 C 542-599 B 1321-1460 A
4 A 1121-1239 C 1596-1764 B 2375-2625 A

A. If the switch tests good, continue troubleshooting at Step 4.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 76
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

B. If any resistor circuit is found to be open or out of range, replace Gear Select Switch S-24. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 6.
4. Verify circuit 391 yellow is good. Measure the continuity between RHM X027 pin 11 and Gear Select Switch
S-24 connector X048 (harness side) pin C.

A. If the circuit tests good, continue troubleshooting at Step 5.

B. If the circuit is open, locate and repair the open. Continue troubleshooting at Step 6.
5. Verify the RHM is good. Observe the "Gear Select Input" voltage on the Infoview monitor.

A. If the Gear Select Input voltage is still out of range, reload the system software to see if the fault code
clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue troubleshooting
at Step 6.

B. If the fault is still present after replacing the RHM, continue troubleshooting at Step 6.
6. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.07)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 77
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0171-06-Curr Sense Transm Shift Short Circuit (C.20.B.82 -

G.30.B.25)
E0171-06 - Curr Sense Transm Shift Short Circuit

Cause:
The Transmission shift motor (M-02) circuit indicates high current draw.

Possible failure modes:

1. Circuit connection shorted to ground.

2. Excessive mechanical load on motor.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - service info screens.

Record and erase service history
Start the combine, and shift the transmission in both directions.
Record in which direction(s) the transmission shift operates.
Reload error history. Check for fault codes 0171-06 and 0203-05.
Use the following table to determine the location of the fault.

Symptom Fault Code Fault Type

0171-06 0203-05
Transmission shift X Go to Step 2 Binding
motor operates in 1 X Go to Step 3 Short to ground
direction only
Transmission shift X Go to Step 2 Binding
motor does not oper- X Go to Step 8 Open circuit
ate in either direction Go to Step 13 No power supply

A.
2. The transmission shift mechanism is mechanically bound up, resulting in high current draw.

A. See the appropriate repair manual chapter for repair and adjustment of the transmission shift linkage.
3. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to short to ground. Disconnect transmission shift motor connector X094.
Measure between terminals A or B on the motor connector and a known good ground. There should be no
continuity to ground.

A. There is continuity to ground, indicating a short to ground in the motor. Replace the transmission shift
motor.

B. There is no continuity to ground. Continue with step 4.

4. Disconnect the batteries using the battery key. Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector
X094 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 5.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 6.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position. Power must be removed from the module prior to testing for short to ground condition on the motor
circuit to remove this ground path.
5. Disconnect inline connector X023. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X023 pin 3 and
chassis ground.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 78
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

A. If no continuity is found the short to ground is in the harness between connector X023 pin 3 and connector
X094 pin B wire 715 grey. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X023 pin 3 and connector
X017 pins J3-19 and 20 on one of the following wires :
Wire 715 grey, connector X023 pin 3 to harness splice
Wire 526 grey, harness splice to connector X017 pin J3-19
Wire 527 grey, harness splice to connector X017 pin J3-20
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the short to ground and repair.
6. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X094 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 7.

B. If no continuity is found, recheck the motor for continuity to ground at step 3.

7. Disconnect connector X023. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X023 pin 4 and chassis
ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X094 pin A and X023
pin 4 wire 716 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X023 pin 4 and connector
X017 pins J3-39 and 40 on one of the following wires :
Wire 716 white, connector X023 pin 4 to harness splice
Wire 528 white, harness splice to connector X017 pin J3-39
Wire 529 white, harness splice to connector X017 pin J3-40
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the short to ground and repair.
8. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to open circuit condition. Disconnect transmission shift motor connector
X094. Measure the resistance of the motor between terminals A and B. The correct resistance is 3 - 5 ohms .

A. The resistance is infinite, indicating an open condition in the motor. Replace the transmission shift motor.

B. The resistance is in specification. Continue with step 9.

9. Ensure that the batteries are connected using the battery key, and that fuse F25 is good. Use the multimeter to
check for continuity between connector X094 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 11.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 10.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position, irregardless of key switch position, as long as it receives power through fuse F25. This ground path
may be used to test for an open circuit condition.
10. Disconnect inline connector X023. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X023 pin 3 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the open circuit is in the harness between connector X023 pin 3 and connector X094
pin B . Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X023 pin 3 and connector
X017 pins J3-19 and 20 on one of the following wires :
Wire 715 grey, connector X023 pin 3 to harness splice
Wire 526 grey, harness splice to connector X017 pin J3-19
Wire 527 grey, harness splice to connector X017 pin J3-20
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the open circuit and repair.
11. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X094 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, continue with step 12.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 79
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

B. If continuity is found, recheck the motor for continuity at step 8.

12. Disconnect connector X023. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X023 pin 4 and chassis
ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X094 pin A and X023 pin 4 .
Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X023 pin 4 and connector
X017 pins J3-39 and 40 on one of the following wires :
Wire 716 white, connector X023 pin 4 to harness splice
Wire 528 white, harness splice to connector X017 pin J3-39
Wire 529 white, harness splice to connector X017 pin J3-40
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the open circuit and repair.
13. If the transmission shift motor does not operate in either direction, and there are no error codes indicated, the
supply power for the circuit may not be present. Remove fuse F25 and inspect.

A. Fuse has failed. Go to step 14.

B. Fuse is okay. Go to step 15.

14. If fuse has failed, replace the fuse.

A. If fuse immediately fails, a short to ground exists on one of the following wires :
Wire 029 red, from the fuse panel through connector X031 pin 14 to harness splice in front frame (FF)
harness.
Wire 507 red, harness splice to connector X017 pin J3-29 on CCM2 module.
Wire 508 red, harness splice to connector X017 pin J3-30 on CCM2 module.
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the short to ground and repair.

B. Fuse is okay. Go to step 15.

15. Test for 12 V power at connector X017 pins J3-29 and 30 on the CCM2 module under the cab.

A. If there is no power, there is an open circuit on one of the following wires :

Wire 029 red, from the fuse panel through connector X031 pin 14 to harness splice in front frame (FF)
harness.
Wire 507 red, harness splice to connector X017 pin J3-29 on CCM2 module.
Wire 508 red, harness splice to connector X017 pin J3-30 on CCM2 module.
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the open and repair. After repair, go to step 16.

B. If there is power, go to step 16.

16. Test for continuity to ground at connector X017 pins J3-9 & 10 on the CCM2 module under the cab.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit on one of the following wires :
Wire 516 black, from connector X017 pin J3-9 to harness splice in front frame (FF) harness.
Wire 517 black, from connector X017 pin J3-10 to harness splice in front frame (FF) harness.
Wire 538 black, harness splice to front frame ground #2 .
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the open and repair. After repair, go to step 17.

B. If there is continuity to ground, go to step 17.

17. Once it has been verified that power is being supplied to the module, recheck the circuit operation as described
in step 1.

A. If the fuse fails during the testing, a short to ground on the circuit is causing the fuse to fail. Start the
troubleshooting at step 3 to locate the short to ground.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 80
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0203-05-Transmission Shift Motor Line Disconnected (C.20.B.82 -

G.30.B.46)
E0203-05 - Transmission Shift Motor Line Disconnected

Cause:
The transmission shift motor (M-02) control voltage circuit open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad motor.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Infoview monitor - service info screens

Record and erase service history
Start the combine, and shift the transmission in both directions.
Record in which direction(s) the transmission shift operates.
Reload error history. Check for fault codes 0171-06 and 0203-05.
Use the following table to determine the location of the fault.

Symptom Fault Code Fault Type

0171-06 0203-05
Transmission shift X Go to Step 2 Binding
motor operates in 1 X Go to Step 3 Short to ground
direction only
Transmission shift X Go to Step 2 Binding
motor does not oper- X Go to Step 9 Open circuit
ate in either direction Go to Step 14 No power supply

A.
2. The transmission shift mechanism is mechanically bound up, resulting in high current draw.

A. See the appropriate repair manual chapter for repair and adjustment of the transmission shift linkage.
3. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to short to ground. Disconnect transmission shift motor connector X094.
Measure between terminals A or B on the motor connector and a known good ground. There should be no
continuity to ground.

A. There is continuity to ground, indicating a short to ground in the motor. Replace the transmission shift
motor.

B. There is no continuity to ground. Continue with step 4.

4. Disconnect the batteries using the battery key. Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector
X094 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 5.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 6.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position. Power must be removed from the module prior to testing for short to ground condition on the motor
circuit to remove this ground path.
5. Disconnect inline connector X023. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X023 pin 3 and
chassis ground.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 81
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

A. If no continuity is found the short to ground is in the harness between connector X023 pin 3 and connector
X094 pin B wire 715 grey. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X023 pin 3 and connector
X017 pins J3-19 and 20 on one of the following wires:
Wire 715 grey, connector X023 pin 3 to harness splice
Wire 526 grey, harness splice to connector X017 pins J3-19
Wire 527 grey, harness splice to connector X017 pins J3-20
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the short to ground and repair.
6. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X094 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 7.

B. If no continuity is found, recheck the motor for continuity to ground at step 3.

7. Disconnect connector X023. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X023 pin 4 and chassis
ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X094 pin A and X023
pin 4 wire 716 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X023 pin 4 and connector
X017 pins J3-39 and 40 on one of the following wires:
Wire 716 white, connector X023 pin 4 to harness splice
Wire 528 white, harness splice to connector X017 pins J3-39
Wire 529 white, harness splice to connector X017 pins J3-40
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the short to ground and repair.
8. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to open circuit condition. Disconnect transmission shift motor connector
X094. Measure the resistance of the motor between terminals A and B. The correct resistance is 3 - 5 ohms.

A. The resistance is infinite, indicating an open condition in the motor. Replace the transmission shift motor.

B. The resistance is in specification. Continue with step 9.

9. Ensure that the batteries are connected using the battery key, and that fuse F25 is good. Use the multimeter to
check for continuity between connector X094 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 11.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 10.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position, irregardless of key switch position, as long as it receives power through fuse F25. This ground path
may be used to test for an open circuit condition.
10. Disconnect inline connector X023. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X023 pin 3 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the open circuit is in the harness between connector X023 pin 3 and connector X094
pin B . Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X023 pin 3 and connector
X017 pins J3-19 and 20 on one of the following wires:
Wire 715 grey, connector X023 pin 3 to harness splice
Wire 526 grey, harness splice to connector X017 pins J3-19
Wire 527 grey, harness splice to connector X017 pins J3-20
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the open circuit and repair.
11. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X094 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, continue with step 12.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 82
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

B. If continuity is found, recheck the motor for continuity at step 8.

12. Disconnect connector X023. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X023 pin 4 and chassis
ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X094 pin A and X023 pin 4 .
Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X023 pin 4 and connector
X017 pins J3-39 and 40 on one of the following wires:
Wire 716 white, connector X023 pin 4 to harness splice
Wire 528 white, harness splice to connector X017 pins J3-39
Wire 529 white, harness splice to connector X017 pins J3-40
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the open circuit and repair.
13. If the transmission shift motor does not operate in either direction, and there are no error codes indicated, the
supply power for the circuit may not be present. Remove fuse F25 and inspect.

A. Fuse has failed. Go to step 14.

B. Fuse is okay. Go to step 15.

14. If fuse has failed, replace the fuse.

A. If fuse immediately fails, a short to ground exists on one of the following wires:
Wire 029 red, from the fuse panel through connector X031 pin 14 to harness splice in front frame (FF)
harness.
Wire 507 red, harness splice to connector X017 pin J3-29 on CCM2 module.
Wire 508 red, harness splice to connector X017 pin J3-30 on CCM2 module.
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the short to ground and repair.

B. Fuse is okay. Go to step 15.

15. Test for 12 V power at connector X017 pins J3-29 and 30 on the CCM2 module under the cab.

A. If there is no power, there is an open circuit on one of the following wires:

Wire 029 red, from the fuse panel through connector X031 pin 14 to harness splice in front frame (FF)
harness.
Wire 507 red, harness splice to connector X017 pin J3-29 on CCM2 module.
Wire 508 red, harness splice to connector X017 pin J3-30 on CCM2 module.
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the open and repair. After repair, go to step 16.

B. If there is power, go to step 16.

16. Test for continuity to ground at connector X017 pins J3-9 & 10 on the CCM2 module under the cab.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit on one of the following wires:
Wire 516 black, from connector X017 pin J3-9 to harness splice in front frame (FF) harness.
Wire 517 black, from connector X017 pin J3-10 to harness splice in front frame (FF) harness.
Wire 538 black, harness splice to front frame ground #2 .
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the open and repair. After repair, go to step 17.

B. If there is continuity to ground, go to step 17.

17. Once it has been verified that power is being supplied to the module, recheck the circuit operation as described
in step 1. .

A. If the fuse fails during the testing, a short to ground on the circuit is causing the fuse to fail. Start the
troubleshooting at step 3 to locate the short to ground
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 83
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0128-03-Trans Shift Gear N sens Shorted To High Source

(C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0128-03 - Trans Shift Gear N sens Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The transmission shift position N sensor (B-37) circuit is shorted to 12 volts.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Trans shift gear N sens" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage when in shift position N - 5.6 - 7.3 volts
The proper voltage when not in shift position N - 0.5 - 5.6 volts

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the transmission shift position sensor connector
X093 at the transmission.

A. If the voltage drops to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the sensor, or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor. To
temporarily bypass that sensor see Step 5.

B. If the voltage remains high on Infoview monitor continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the front frame
harness at connector X023.

A. If the voltage drops to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the lower frame harness between connector X023 pin
10 and connector X093 pin 1 wire 407 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView monitor the short circuit is somewhere between connector X023
pin 10 and connector X017 pin J3-28 on CCM2 in the front frame harness wire 407 yellow.
4. Operate the transmission shift gear lever and monitor the InfoView monitor voltage readings.

A. If high voltage reading is now viewed continue with Step 2.

B. If a high voltage reading cannot be generated erase the fault code and continue operation.
5. To bypass a bad sensor create a short circuit between the bad sensor wire and common ground (pin 6) in
connector X093. The system will generate a fault code for “shorted to low source" and the operator can continue
without that gear.

A.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 84
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0128-04-Trans Shift Gear N sens Shorted To Low Source

(C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0128-04 - Trans Shift Gear N sens Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
The transmission shift position N sensor (B-37) circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info".

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Trans shift gear N sens" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage when in shift position N - 5.6 - 7.3 volts
The proper voltage when not in shift position N - 0.5 - 5.6 volts

A. If the voltage reading is low 0 - 0.5 volts continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits. Continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low. Disconnect the transmission shift position sensor connector
X093 at the transmission.

A. If the voltage increases to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the sensor, or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView monitor continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is low. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the front frame
harness at connector X023.

A. If the voltage increases to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the lower frame harness between connector X023
pin 10 and connector X093 pin 1 wire 407 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView monitor the short circuit is somewhere between connector X023
pin 10 and connector X017 pin J3-28 on CCM2 in the front frame harness wire 407 yellow.
4. Operate the transmission shift gear lever and monitor the InfoView monitor voltage readings.

A. If low voltage reading is now viewed continue with Step 2.

B. If a low voltage reading cannot be generated erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 85
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0128-05-Trans Shift Gear N sens Line Disconnected (C.20.B.95.81

- G.30.B.50)
E0128-05 - Trans Shift Gear N sens Line Disconnected

Cause:
The transmission shift position N sensor (B37) circuit is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply or ground wiring is open.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - Dealer Diagnostics screen.

Select "CCM2" sub menu.
Select “Trans shift gear N sens" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage when in shift position N - 5.6 - 7.3 volts
The proper voltage when not in shift position N - 0.5 - 5.6 volts

A. If the voltage reading is 7.3 - 9.0 volts continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits. Continue the troubleshooting at step 6.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 7.3 - 9.0 volts. Disconnect the transmission shift position sensor
connector X093 at the transmission. Use a jumper wire to short connector X093 pin 1 to chassis ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is not in the supply side
of the circuit. Continue with step 4.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 7.3 - 9.0 volts continue with Step 3.
3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 7.3 - 9.0 volts. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the
front frame harness at connector X023. Use a jumper wire to short connector X023 pin 10 to ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is in the lower frame (LF)
harness between connector X023 pin 10 and connector X093 pin 1 wire 407 yellow. Locate the open and
repair.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 7.3 - 9.0 volts, the open is in the front frame (FF) harness between
connector X023 pin 10 and CCM2 connector X017 pin J3-28 wire 407 yellow. Locate the open and repair.
4. Disconnect the transmission shift position sensor connector X093. Use a multimeter to check for continuity
between the harness end of connector X093 pin 6 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the ground path for the sensor is complete, and the fault is in the sensor itself. Replace
the sensor.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the ground path for the sensor is open. Continue with step 5.
5. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the front frame harness at connector X023. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between the harness end of connector X023 pin 5 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the lower frame (LF) harness between connector X023 pin 5 and
connector X093 pin 6 wire 426 blue or 042 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X023 pin
5 and CCM2 connector X017 pin J3-18 wire 042 blue or 766 blue. Locate the open and repair.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 86
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

6. Shift the transmission through all gears and monitor the voltage readings.

A. If 7.3 - 9.0 volts reading is now viewed, continue with Step 2.

B. If 7.3 - 9.0 volts reading cannot be generated, erase the fault code and continue operation.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.27)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 87
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0129-03-Trans Shift Gear 3 sens Shorted To High Source

(C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0129-03 - Trans Shift Gear 3 sens Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The transmission shift position 3 sensor (B-37) circuit is shorted to 12 volts.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Trans shift gear 3 sens" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage when in shift position 3-5.6 - 7.3 volts
The proper voltage when not in shift position 3-0.5 - 5.6 volts

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, since the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the transmission shift position sensor connector
X093 at the transmission.

A. If the voltage drops to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the sensor, or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor. To
temporarily bypass that sensor see Step 5.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView monitor continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the front frame
harness at connector X023.

A. If the voltage drops to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the lower frame harness between connector X023 pin
11 and connector X093 pin 4 wire 408 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains high on Infoview monitor the short circuit is somewhere between connector X023
pin 11 and connector X017 pin J3-38 on CCM2 in the front frame harness wire 408 yellow.
4. Operate the transmission shift gear lever and monitor the InfoView monitor voltage readings.

A. If high voltage reading is now viewed continue with Step 2.

B. If a high voltage reading cannot be generated erase the fault code and continue operation.
5. To bypass a bad sensor create a short circuit between the bad sensor wire and common ground (pin 6) in
connector X093. The system will generate a fault code for “shorted to low source" and the operator can continue
without that gear.

A.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 88
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0129-04-Trans Shift Gear 3 sens Shorted To Low Source

(C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0129-04 - Trans Shift Gear 3 sens Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
The transmission shift position 3 sensor (B-37) circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Trans shift gear 3 sens" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage when in shift position 3-5.6 - 7.3 volts
The proper voltage when not in shift position 3-0.5 - 5.6 volts

A. If the voltage reading is low 0 - 0.5 volts continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits. Continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low. Disconnect the transmission shift position sensor connector
X093 at the transmission.

A. If the voltage increases to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the sensor, or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView monitor continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the front frame
harness at connector X023.

A. If the voltage increases to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the lower frame harness between connector X023
pin 11 and connector X093 pin 4 wire 408 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView monitor the short circuit is somewhere between connector X023
pin 11 and connector X017 pin J3-38 on CCM2 in the front frame harness wire 408 yellow.
4. Operate the transmission shift gear lever and monitor the InfoView monitor voltage readings.

A. If low voltage reading is now viewed continue with Step 2.

B. If a low voltage reading cannot be generated erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 89
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0129-05-Trans Shift Gear 3 sens Line Disconnected (C.20.B.95.81 -

G.30.B.50)
E0129-05 - Trans Shift Gear 3 sens Line Disconnected

Cause:
The transmission shift position 3 sensor (B-37) circuit is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply or ground wiring is open.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Trans shift gear 3 sens" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage when in shift position 3-5.6 - 7.3 volts
The proper voltage when not in shift position 3-0.5 - 5.6 volts

A. If the voltage reading is 7.3 - 9.0 volts continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits. Continue the troubleshooting at step 6.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 7.3 - 9.0 volts. Disconnect the transmission shift position sensor
connector X093 at the transmission. Use a jumper wire to short connector X093 pin 4 to chassis ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is not in the supply side
of the circuit. Continue with step 4.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 7.3 - 9.0 volts continue with Step 3.
3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 7.3 - 9.0 volts. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the
front frame harness at connector X023. Use a jumper wire to short connector X023 pin 11 to chassis ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is in the lower frame (LF)
harness between connector X023 pin 11 and connector X093 pin 4 wire 408 yellow. Locate the open and
repair.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 7.3 - 9.0 volts, the open is in the front frame (FF) harness between
connector X023 pin 11 and CCM2 connector X017 pin J3-38 wire 408 yellow. Locate the open and repair.
4. Disconnect the transmission shift position sensor connector X093. Use a multimeter to check for continuity
between the harness end of connector X093 pin 6 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the ground path for the sensor is complete, and the fault is in the sensor itself. Replace
the sensor.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the ground path for the sensor is open. Continue with step 5.
5. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the front frame harness at connector X023. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between the harness end of connector X023 pin 5 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the lower frame (LF) harness between connector X023 pin 5 and
connector X093 pin 6 wire 426 blue or 042 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X023 pin
5 and CCM2 connector X017 pin J3-18 wire 042 blue or 766 blue. Locate the open and repair.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 90
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

6. Shift the transmission through all gears and monitor the voltage readings.

A. If 7.3 - 9.0 volts reading is now viewed continue with Step 2.

B. If 7.3 - 9.0 volts reading cannot be generated erase the fault code and continue operation.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.27)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 91
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0130-03-Trans Shift Gear 2 sens Shorted To High Source

(C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0130-03 - Trans Shift Gear 2 sens Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The transmission shift position 2 sensor (B-37) circuit is shorted to 12 volts.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Trans shift gear 2 sens" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage when in shift position 2-5.6 - 7.3 volts
The proper voltage when not in shift position 2-0.5 - 5.6 volts

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, since the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the transmission shift position sensor connector
X093 pin 3 at the transmission.

A. If the voltage drops to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the sensor, or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor. To
temporarily bypass that sensor see Step 5.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView monitor continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the front frame
harness at connector X023.

A. If the voltage drops to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the lower frame harness between connector X023 pin
9 and connector X093 pin 3 wire 406 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView monitor the short circuit is somewhere between connector X023
pin 9 and connector X017 pin J3-37 on CCM2 in the front frame harness wire 406 yellow.
4. Operate the transmission shift gear lever and monitor the InfoView monitor voltage readings.

A. If high voltage reading is now viewed continue with Step 2.

B. If a high voltage reading cannot be generated erase the fault code and continue operation.
5. To bypass a bad sensor create a short circuit between the bad sensor wire and common ground (pin 6) in
connector X093. The system will generate a fault code for “shorted to low source" and the operator can continue
without that gear.

A.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 92
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0130-04-Trans Shift Gear 2 sens Shorted To Low Source

(C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0130-04 - Trans Shift Gear 2 sens Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
The transmission shift position 2 sensor (B-37) circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Trans shift gear 2 sens" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage when in shift position 2-5.6 - 7.3 volts
The proper voltage when not in shift position 2-0.5 - 5.6 volts

A. If the voltage reading is low 0 - 0.5 volts continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits. Continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low. Disconnect the transmission shift position sensor connector
X093 at the transmission.

A. If the voltage increases to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the sensor, or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView monitor continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the front frame
harness at connector X023.

A. If the voltage increases to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the lower frame harness between connector X023
pin 9 and connector X093 pin 3 wire 406 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView monitor the short circuit is somewhere between connector X023
pin 9 and connector X017 pin J3-37 on CCM2 in the front frame harness wire 406 yellow.
4. Operate the transmission shift gear lever and monitor the InfoView monitor voltage readings.

A. If low voltage reading is now viewed continue with Step 2.

B. If a low voltage reading cannot be generated erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 93
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0130-05-Trans Shift Gear 2 sens Line Disconnected (C.20.B.95.81 -

G.30.B.50)
E0130-05 - Trans Shift Gear 2 sens Line Disconnected

Cause:
The transmission shift position 2 sensor (B-37) circuit is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply or ground wiring is open.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Trans shift gear 2 sens" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage when in shift position 2-5.6 - 7.3 volts
The proper voltage when not in shift position 2-0.5 - 5.6 volts

A. If the voltage reading is 7.3 - 9.0 volts continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits. Continue the troubleshooting at step 6.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 7.3 - 9.0 volts. Disconnect the transmission shift position sensor
connector X093 at the transmission. Use a jumper wire to short connector X093 pin 3 to ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is not in the supply side
of the circuit. Continue with step 4.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 7.3 - 9.0 volts continue with Step 3.
3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 7.3 - 9.0 volts. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the
front frame harness at connector X023. Use a jumper wire to short connector X023 pin 9 to chassis ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is in the lower frame (LF)
harness between connector X023 pin 9 and connector X093 pin 3 wire 406 yellow. Locate the open and
repair.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 7.3 - 9.0 volts the open is in the front frame (FF) harness between
connector X023 pin 9 and CCM2 connector X017 pin J3-37 wire 406 yellow. Locate the open and repair.
4. Disconnect the transmission shift position sensor connector X093. Use a multimeter to check for continuity
between the harness end of connector X093 pin 6 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the ground path for the sensor is complete, and the fault is in the sensor itself. Replace
the sensor.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the ground path for the sensor is open. Continue with step 5.
5. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the front frame harness at connector X023. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between the harness end of connector X023 pin 5 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the lower frame (LF) harness between connector X023 pin 5 and
connector X093 pin 6 wire 426 blue or 042 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X023 pin
5 and CCM2 connector X017 pin J3-18 wire 042 blue or 766 blue. Locate the open and repair.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 94
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

6. Shift the transmission through all gears and monitor the voltage readings.

A. If 7.3 - 9.0 volts reading is now viewed continue with Step 2.

B. If 7.3 - 9.0 volts reading cannot be generated erase the fault code and continue operation.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.27)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 95
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0131-03-Trans Shift Gear 1 sens Shorted To High Source

(C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0131-03 - Trans Shift Gear 1 sens Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The transmission shift position 1 sensor (B-37) circuit is shorted to 12 volts.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select "Transmission shift position 1 in and check voltage range.
The proper voltage when in shift position 1-5.6 - 7.3 volts
The proper voltage when not in shift position 1-0.5 - 5.6 volts

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, since the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the transmission shift position sensor connector
X093 at the transmission.

A. If the voltage drops to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the sensor, or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor. To
temporarily bypass that speed see Step 5.

B. If the voltage remains high on Infoview monitor continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the front frame
harness at connector X023.

A. If the voltage drops to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the lower frame harness between connector X023 pin
8 and connector X093 pin 2 wire 405 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView monitor the short circuit is somewhere between connector X023
pin 8 and connector X017 pin J3-36 on CCM2 in the front frame harness wire 405 yellow.
4. Operate the transmission shift gear lever and monitor the InfoView monitor voltage readings.

A. If high voltage reading is now viewed continue with Step 2.

B. If a high voltage reading cannot be generated erase the fault code and continue operation.
5. To bypass a bad sensor create a short circuit between the bad sensor wire and common ground (pin 6) in
connector X093. The system will generate a fault code for “shorted to low source" and the operator can continue
without that gear.

A.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 96
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0131-04-Trans Shift Gear 1 sens Shorted To Low Source

(C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0131-04 - Trans Shift Gear 1 sens Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
The transmission shift position 1 sensor (B-37) circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Trans shift gear 1 sens" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage when in shift position 1-5.6 - 7.3 volts
The proper voltage when not in shift position 1-0.5 - 5.6 volts

A. If the voltage reading is low 0 - 0.5 volts continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits. Continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low. Disconnect the transmission shift position sensor connector
X093 at the transmission.

A. If the voltage increases to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the sensor, or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView monitor continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the front frame
harness at connector X023.

A. If the voltage increases to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the lower frame harness between connector X023
pin 8 and connector X093 pin 2 wire 405 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView monitor the short circuit is somewhere between connector X023
pin 8 and connector X017 pin J3-36 on CCM2 in the front frame harness wire 405 yellow.
4. Operate the transmission shift gear lever and monitor the InfoView monitor voltage readings.

A. If low voltage reading is now viewed continue with Step 2.

B. If a low voltage reading cannot be generated erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 97
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0131-05-Trans Shift Gear 1 sens Line Disconnected (C.20.B.95.81 -

G.30.B.50)
E0131-05 - Trans Shift Gear 1 sens Line Disconnected

Cause:
The transmission shift position 1 sensor (B-37) circuit is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply or ground wiring is open.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Trans shift gear 1 sens" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage when in shift position 1-5.6 - 7.3 volts
The proper voltage when not in shift position 1-0.5 - 5.6 volts

A. If the voltage reading is 7.3 - 9.0 volts continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits. Continue the troubleshooting at step 6.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 7.3 - 9.0 volts. Disconnect the transmission shift position sensor
connector X093 at the transmission. Use a jumper wire to short connector X093 pin 2 to chassis ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is not in the supply side
of the circuit. Continue with step 4.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 7.3 - 9.0 volts continue with Step 3.
3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 7.3 - 9.0 volts. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the
front frame harness at connector X023. Use a jumper wire to short connector X023 pin 8 to chassis ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is in the lower frame (LF)
harness between connector X023 pin 8 and connector X093 pin 2 wire 405 yellow. Locate the open and
repair.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 7.3 - 9.0 volts, the open is in the front frame (FF) harness between
connector X023 pin 8 and CCM2 connector X017 pin J3-36 wire 405 yellow. Locate the open and repair.
4. Disconnect the transmission shift position sensor connector X093. Use a multimeter to check for continuity
between the harness end of connector X093 pin 6 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the ground path for the sensor is complete, and the fault is in the sensor itself. Replace
the sensor.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the ground path for the sensor is open. Continue with step 5.
5. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the front frame harness at connector X023. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between the harness end of connector X023 pin 5 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the lower frame (LF) harness between connector X023 pin 5 and
connector X093 pin 6 wire 426 blue or 042 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X023 pin
5 and CCM2 connector X017 pin J3-18 wire 042 blue or 766 blue. Locate the open and repair.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 98
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

6. Shift the transmission through all gears and monitor the voltage readings.

A. If 7.3 - 9.0 volts reading is now viewed continue with Step 2.

B. If 7.3 - 9.0 volts reading cannot be generated erase the fault code and continue operation.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.27)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 99
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0132-03-Trans Shift Gear 4 sens Shorted To High Source

(C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0132-03 - Trans Shift Gear 4 sens Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The transmission shift position 4 sensor (B-37) circuit is shorted to 12 volts.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Trans shift gear 4 sens" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage when in shift position 4-5.6 - 7.3 volts
The proper voltage when not in shift position 4-0.5 - 5.6 volts

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, since the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the transmission shift position sensor connector
X093 at the transmission.

A. If the voltage drops to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the sensor, or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor. To
temporarily bypass that speed see Step 5.

B. If the voltage remains high on Infoview monitor continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the front frame
harness at connector X023.

A. If the voltage drops to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the lower frame harness between connector X023 pin
12 and connector X093 pin 5 wire 409 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView monitor the short circuit is somewhere between connector X023
pin 12 and connector X017 pin J3-27 on CCM2 in the front frame harness wire 409 yellow.
4. Operate the transmission shift gear lever and monitor the InfoView monitor voltage readings.

A. If high voltage reading is now viewed continue with Step 2.

B. If a high voltage reading cannot be generated erase the fault code and continue operation.
5. To bypass a bad sensor create a short circuit between the bad sensor wire and common ground (pin 6) in
connector X093. The system will generate a fault code for “shorted to low source" and the operator can continue
without that gear.

A.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 100
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0132-04-Trans Shift Gear 4 sens Shorted To Low Source

(C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0132-04 - Trans Shift Gear 4 sens Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
The transmission shift position 4 sensor (B-37) circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Trans shift gear 4 sens" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage when in shift position 4-5.6 - 7.3 volts
The proper voltage when not in shift position 4-0.5 - 5.6 volts

A. If the voltage reading is low 0 - 0.5 volts continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits. Continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low. Disconnect the transmission shift position sensor connector
X093 at the transmission.

A. If the voltage increases to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the sensor, or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains low on Infoview monitor continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the front frame
harness at connector X023.

A. If the voltage increases to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the lower frame harness between connector X023
pin 12 and connector X093 pin 5 wire 409 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView monitor the short circuit is somewhere between connector X023
pin 12 and connector X017 pin J3-27 on CCM2 in the front frame harness wire 409 yellow.
4. Operate the transmission shift gear lever and monitor the Infoview monitor voltage readings.

A. If low voltage reading is now viewed continue with Step 2.

B. If a low voltage reading cannot be generated erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 101
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0132-05-Trans Shift Gear 4 sens Line Disconnected (C.20.B.95.81 -

G.30.B.50)
E0132-05 - Trans Shift Gear 4 sens Line Disconnected

Cause:
The transmission shift position 4 sensor (B-37) circuit is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply or ground wiring is open.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Trans shift gear 4 sens" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage when in shift position 4-5.6 - 7.3 volts
The proper voltage when not in shift position 4-0.5 - 5.6 volts

A. If the voltage reading is 7.3 - 9.0 volts continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits. Continue the troubleshooting at step 6.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 7.3 - 9.0 volts. Disconnect the transmission shift position sensor
connector X093 at the transmission. Use a jumper wire to short connector X093 pin 5 to chassis ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is not in the supply side
of the circuit. Continue with step 4.

B. If the Infoview monitor still displays 7.3 - 9.0 volts continue with Step 3.
3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 7.3 - 9.0 volts. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the
front frame harness at connector X023. Use a jumper wire to short connector X023 pin 12 to chassis ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is in the lower frame (LF)
harness between connector X023 pin 12 and connector X093 pin 5 wire 409 yellow. Locate the open and
repair.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 7.3 - 9.0 volts, the open is in the front frame (FF) harness between
connector X023 pin 12 and CCM2 connector X017 pin J3-27, wire 409 yellow. Locate the open and repair.
4. Disconnect the transmission shift position sensor connector X093. Use a multimeter to check for continuity
between the harness end of connector X093 pin 6 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the ground path for the sensor is complete, and the fault is in the sensor itself. Replace
the sensor.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the ground path for the sensor is open. Continue with step 5.
5. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the front frame harness at connector X023. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between the harness end of connector X023 pin 5 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the lower frame (LF) harness between connector X023 pin 5 and
connector X093 pin 6 wire 426 blue or 042 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X023 pin
5 and CCM2 connector X017 pin J3-18 wire 042 blue or 766 blue. Locate the open and repair.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 102
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

6. Shift the transmission through all gears and monitor the voltage readings.

A. If 7.3 - 9.0 voltsreading is now viewed continue with Step 2.

B. If 7.3 - 9.0 volts reading cannot be generated erase the fault code and continue operation.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.27)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 103
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0142-03-Groundspeed RPM sensor Shorted To High Source

(C.20.B.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
E0142-03 - Groundspeed RPM sensor Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The ground speed RPM sensor (B-17) circuit is shorted to a higher than normal voltage source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Groundspeed RPM sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage for sensor when blocked by ferrous metal - 5.6 - 7.3 volts
The proper voltage for sensor when not blocked by ferrous metal - 0.5 - 5.6 volts
The proper voltage sensor disconnected 7.3 - 9.0 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range 9.0 - 10.0 volts continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, since the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue the troubleshooting at step 5.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the ground speed RPM sensor connector X087.

A. If the voltage drops to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the sensor, or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains high on Infoview monitor, continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the lower frame harness and front frame har-
ness at connector X023.

A. If the voltage drops to 7.3 - 9.0 volts, the short is in the lower frame (LF) harness between connector X023
pin 6 and connector X087 pin B wire 403 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView monitor the short circuit is in the front frame (FF) harness between
connector X023 pin 6 and connector X017 pin J3-14 wire 403 yellow.
4. Turn the key to ON position. Observing the LED on the harness end side of the sensor, place ferrous metal in
front of sensor then remove. The sensor is functioning if LED changes state.

A.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 104
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0142-04-Groundspeed RPM sensor Shorted To Low Source

(C.20.B.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0142-04 - Groundspeed RPM sensor Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
The ground speed RPM sensor (B-17) circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Drivemine" sub menu.
Select “Groundspeed RPM sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage sensor blocked by ferrous metal - 5.6 - 7.3 volts
The proper voltage sensor unblocked by ferrous metal - 0.5 - 5.6 volts
The proper voltage sensor disconnected 7.3 - 9.0 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low (0 - 0.5 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low. Disconnect the ground speed RPM sensor connector X087.

A. If the voltage increases to 7.3 - 9.0 volts, the short is in the sensor or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView display, continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the front frame
harness at connector X023.

A. If the voltage increases to 7.3 - 9.0 volts, the short is in the lower frame (LF) harness between connector
X023 pin 6 and connector X087 pin B wire 403 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains low, the short circuit is in the front frame harness between connector X023 pin 6
and connector X017 pin J3-14 wire 403 yellow.
4. Turn the key to ON position. Observing the LED on the harness end side of the sensor, place ferrous metal in
front of sensor then remove. The sensor is functioning If LED changes state.

A.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 105
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0142-05-Groundspeed RPM sensor Line Disconnected

(C.20.B.95.80 - G.30.B.50)
E0142-05 - Groundspeed RPM sensor Line Disconnected

Cause:
The ground speed RPM sensor (B-17) circuit is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply or ground wiring is open.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Groundspeed RPM sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage sensor blocked by ferrous metal - 5.6 - 7.3 volts
The proper voltage sensor unblocked by ferrous metal - 0.5 - 5.6 volts
The proper voltage sensor disconnected 7.3 - 9.0 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high 7.3 - 9.0 volts continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits. Continue the troubleshooting at step 6.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires.
2. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is 7.3 - 9.0 volts. Disconnect the ground speed RPM sensor con-
nector X087. Use a jumper wire to short pin B on the harness end of connector X087 to ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is not in the supply side
of the circuit. Continue with step 4.

B. If the Infoview monitor still displays 7.3 - 9.0 volts continue with Step 3.
3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 7.3 - 9.0 volts. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the
front frame harness at connector X023. Use a jumper wire to short pin 6 on connector X023 to ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is in the lower frame (LF)
harness between connector X023 pin 6 and connector X087 pin B wire 403 yellow. Locate the open and
repair.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 7.3 - 9.0 volts, the open circuit is in the front frame (FF) harness
between connector X023 pin 6 and connector X017 pin J3-14 wire 403 yellow. Locate the open and
repair.
4. Disconnect the ground speed RPM sensor connector X087. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between
the harness end of connector X087 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the ground path for the sensor is complete, and the fault is in the sensor itself. Replace
the sensor.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the ground path for the sensor is open. Continue with step 5.
5. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the front frame harness at connector X023. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between the harness end of connector X023 pin 5 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the lower frame (LF) harness between connector X023 pin 5 and
connector X087 pin A wire 717 blue or 042 blue. Locate the open and repair.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 106
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X023 pin
5 and CCM2 connector X017 pin J3-18 wire 042 blue or 766 blue. Locate the open and repair.
6. Turn the key to ON position. Observing the LED on the harness end side of the sensor, place ferrous metal in
front of sensor then remove. The sensor is functioning if LED changes state.

A.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.27)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 107
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0164-03-V Supply Ground Spd Hydro Shorted To High Source

(C.20.B.95.82 - G.30.B.54)
E0164-03 - V Supply Ground Spd Hydro Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The V Supply Ground Speed Hydro circuit is shorted to a higher than normal voltage source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring shorted to greater than 18.0 volts.

2. Faulty alternator/regulator.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Start the combine. Engage the park brake, and shift the transmission into neutral (N). Enter the InfoView monitor
- "Diagnose info" screen.
Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “V Supply Ground Spd Hydro". Carefully move the multi-function handle (MFH) forward and reverse from
neutral and check voltage range.
The proper voltage supply is 10.0 - 18.0 volts with the multi-function handle (MFH) out of the neutral position.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range 18 volts or more continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue the troubleshooting at step 5.
2. Shut off the combine engine, and then turn the key switch on again. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose
info" screen.
Select "CCM2" sub menu.
Select “V Supply Ground Spd Hydro". Carefully move the multi-function handle (MFH) forward and reverse from
neutral and check voltage range.
The proper voltage supply is 10.0 - 18.0 volts with the multi-function handle (MFH) out of the neutral position.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, the alternator and/or regulator has failed, and is producing
excessive voltage. Refer to Alternator - Testing (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.20) for additional alternator testing
information.

B. If the voltage is greater than 18 volts, continue with Step 3.

3. Key switch in the “Off" position. Check the voltage at fuse F-42 using a multi-meter.

A. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts , then the batteries have been mistakenly connected in
series (7.5L units) , or there is a fault in the wiring of the 24 V starting system (Iveco units). Refer to
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - Troubleshooting (A.80.A.90 - G.40.A.10) for additional information.

B. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 4.

4. Key switch in the “On" position. Position the multi-function handle (MFH) out of neutral. Remove the buddy seat
and storage bin to gain access to connector X015 on CCM2. Check the voltage at connector X015 pin J1-17.

A. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, then a high voltage source has been connected to one of
the following wires:
Wire 108 orange, fuse F-48 to connector X001, pin 3
Switch power wires from splice blocks B, W02 or F, W06 in the RH console
Wire 113 yellow, neutral switch S-22 to CCM2, pin J1-17

B. If the voltage reading is 10 - 18 volts, and the diagnostic screen is still indicating voltage in excess of
18 volts, there is an internal fault in CCM2. Reload the software for CCM2. If that does not correct the
concern, replace the module.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 108
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

5. Operate the machine while observing the InfoView monitor.

A. If no high out of range readings are detected, erase the fault code and continue operation.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.23)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.25)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.26)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.27)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 109
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

E0164-04-V Supply Ground Spd Hydro Shorted To Low Source

(C.20.B.95.82 - G.30.B.53)
E0164-04 - V Supply Ground Spd Hydro Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
Low battery voltage to CCM2 through the Neutral switch S-22, or the V Supply Ground Spd Hydro circuit is shorted
to a ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Loose or corroded connections, or damaged wires.

2. Batteries are discharged, and/or alternator/regulator failure.
3. Supply wiring shorted to ground.
4. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Key switch in “Off" position. Check fuse F-42.

A. If fuse F-42 is okay, continue with step 3.

B. If the fuse is blown, go to step 2.

2. Replace the failed fuse F-42.

A. If the fuse is okay, continue with step 3.

B. If the fuse immediately fails again, a short to ground exists in wire 010 red to Cab Power Relay K-26 pin
3. Locate short and repair.
3. Key switch in “On" position. Check fuse F-48.

A. If fuse F-48 is okay, continue with step 5.

B. If the fuse is blown, go to step 4.

4. Replace the failed fuse F-48.

A. If the fuse is okay, continue with step 5.

B. If the fuse immediately fails again, a short to ground exists in one of the following wires:
wire 109 orange, fuse F-48 to thresher latching relay K-28, terminal 3
wire 108 orange, fuse F-48 to connector X001, pin 3
switch power wires from splice blocks B, W02 or F, W06 in the RH console
5. Move the multi-function handle (MFH) out of neutral, and observe the fuse F-48.

A. If the fuse is okay, continue with step 6.

B. If the fuse immediately fails, a short to ground exists in wire 113 yellow, neutral switch S-22, pin 2 to CCM2
X015, J1-17. Locate short and repair.
6. Key switch in “Off" position. Check the voltage at fuse F-42 using a multi-meter.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 7.

B. If the voltage reading is less than 10 volts, there is excessive resistance between the batteries and the
cab fuse panel, due to loose or corroded connections, or the batteries have discharged excessively, and
are not capable of supplying the minimum voltage requirement for CCM1. Inspect the wiring from the
batteries to the engine compartment, and from there to the cab. Recharge or replace the batteries.
7. Key switch in “On" position. Move the multi-function handle (MFH) out of neutral. Enter the InfoView Monitor -
"Diagnose info" screen.
2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 110
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical

Select "Driveline" sub menu.

Select “V Supply Ground Spd Hydro" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage supply is 10.0 - 18.0 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 8.

B. If the voltage reading is less than 10 volts, there is excessive resistance between the fuse panel and
CCM2. Inspect the following for loose or corroded connections, or damage to the wires.
wire 010 red, fuse F-42 to Cab Power relay K-26, terminal 3
wire 007 orange, Cab Power relay K-26, terminal 5 to buss strip
wire 108 orange, fuse F-48 through X001, pin 3, to right console (RC) harness splice
wire 300 orange, RC harness splice to neutral switch S-22, pin 1
wire 113 yellow, neutral switch S-22, pin 2 to CCM2 X015, pin J1-17
8. Start the combine engine. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.
Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select “CCM1 Battery Voltage". With the engine RPM at low idle, engage road and work lights. Check voltage
range.
The acceptable voltage range for the module is 10 - 18 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 9.

B. If the voltage reading is less than 10 volts, the alternator and/or regulator may have failed, and the charg-
ing system is not producing sufficient voltage. Refer to Alternator - Testing (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.20) for
additional alternator testing information.
9. Erase the error code and continue operation.

A.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 111
 Index

POWER TRAIN - C

TRANSMISSION Mechanical - 20.B

Cover - Assemble (C.20.B.75 - F.10.A.20) 72
Cover - Disassemble (C.20.B.75 - F.10.A.25) 69
Cover - Exploded view (C.20.B.75 - C.10.A.20) 18
Cover - Install (C.20.B.75 - F.10.A.15) 71
Cover - Remove (C.20.B.75 - F.10.A.10) 70
Differential - Assemble (C.20.B.50 - F.10.A.20) 59
Differential - Disassemble (C.20.B.50 - F.10.A.25) 54
Differential - Exploded view (C.20.B.50 - C.10.A.20) 14
Differential - Install (C.20.B.50 - F.10.A.15) 56
Differential - Sectional view (C.20.B.50 - C.10.A.30) 15
E0128-03-Trans Shift Gear N sens Shorted To High Source (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54) 84
E0128-04-Trans Shift Gear N sens Shorted To Low Source (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.53) 85
E0128-05-Trans Shift Gear N sens Line Disconnected (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.50) 86
E0129-03-Trans Shift Gear 3 sens Shorted To High Source (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54) 88
E0129-04-Trans Shift Gear 3 sens Shorted To Low Source (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.53) 89
E0129-05-Trans Shift Gear 3 sens Line Disconnected (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.50) 90
E0130-03-Trans Shift Gear 2 sens Shorted To High Source (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54) 92
E0130-04-Trans Shift Gear 2 sens Shorted To Low Source (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.53) 93
E0130-05-Trans Shift Gear 2 sens Line Disconnected (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.50) 94
E0131-03-Trans Shift Gear 1 sens Shorted To High Source (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54) 96
E0131-04-Trans Shift Gear 1 sens Shorted To Low Source (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.53) 97
E0131-05-Trans Shift Gear 1 sens Line Disconnected (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.50) 98
E0132-03-Trans Shift Gear 4 sens Shorted To High Source (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54) 100
E0132-04-Trans Shift Gear 4 sens Shorted To Low Source (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.53) 101
E0132-05-Trans Shift Gear 4 sens Line Disconnected (C.20.B.95.81 - G.30.B.50) 102
E0142-03-Groundspeed RPM sensor Shorted To High Source (C.20.B.95.80 - G.30.B.54) 104
E0142-04-Groundspeed RPM sensor Shorted To Low Source (C.20.B.95.80 - G.30.B.53) 105
E0142-05-Groundspeed RPM sensor Line Disconnected (C.20.B.95.80 - G.30.B.50) 106
E0164-03-V Supply Ground Spd Hydro Shorted To High Source (C.20.B.95.82 - G.30.B.54) 108
E0164-04-V Supply Ground Spd Hydro Shorted To Low Source (C.20.B.95.82 - G.30.B.53) 110
E0171-06-Curr Sense Transm Shift Short Circuit (C.20.B.82 - G.30.B.25) 78
E0203-05-Transmission Shift Motor Line Disconnected (C.20.B.82 - G.30.B.46) 81
E0645-03-Gear Select Input Shorted to High Source (C.20.B.05.80 - G.30.B.54) 73
E0645-05-Gear Select Input Line Disconnected (C.20.B.05.80 - G.30.B.50) 74
E0645-07-Gear Select Input Mechanical Out of Range (C.20.B.05.80 - G.30.C.24) 76
Shaft Differential shaft - Assemble (C.20.B.43.03 - F.10.A.20) 52
Shaft Differential shaft - Disassemble (C.20.B.43.03 - F.10.A.25) 30
Shaft Differential shaft - Exploded view (C.20.B.43.03 - C.10.A.20) 12
Shaft Differential shaft - Remove (C.20.B.43.03 - F.10.A.10) 37
Shaft Drive shaft - Assemble (C.20.B.43.02 - F.10.A.20) 50
Shaft Drive shaft - Disassemble (C.20.B.43.02 - F.10.A.25) 27
Shaft Drive shaft - Exploded view (C.20.B.43.02 - C.10.A.20) 10
Shaft Drive shaft - Install (C.20.B.43.02 - F.10.A.15) 46
Shaft Drive shaft - Overview (C.20.B.43.02 - C.10.A.10) 9

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 112
Shaft Drive shaft - Remove (C.20.B.43.02 - F.10.A.10) 35
Shaft Drive shaft - Sectional view (C.20.B.43.02 - C.10.A.30) 11
Shaft Input shaft - Assemble (C.20.B.43.01 - F.10.A.20) 48
Shaft Input shaft - Disassemble (C.20.B.43.01 - F.10.A.25) 25
Shaft Input shaft - Exploded view (C.20.B.43.01 - C.10.A.20) 7
Shaft Input shaft - Install (C.20.B.43.01 - F.10.A.15) 41
Shaft Input shaft - Overview (C.20.B.43.01 - C.10.A.10) 6
Shaft Input shaft - Remove (C.20.B.43.01 - F.10.A.10) 31
Shaft Input shaft - Sectional view (C.20.B.43.01 - C.10.A.30) 8
Shifting disc system - Exploded view (C.20.B.60 - C.10.A.20) 16
Shifting disc system - Sectional view (C.20.B.60 - C.10.A.30) 17
Shifting disc system Disc - Install (C.20.B.60.41 - F.10.A.15) 66
Shifting disc system Disc - Remove (C.20.B.60.41 - F.10.A.10) 61
Shifting disc system Selector shaft - Install (C.20.B.60.40 - F.10.A.15) 65
Shifting disc system Selector shaft - Remove (C.20.B.60.40 - F.10.A.10) 64
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Assemble (C.20.B - F.10.A.20) 24
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Disassemble (C.20.B - F.10.A.25) 19
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - General specification (C.20.B - D.40.A.10) 5
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Remove (C.20.B - F.10.A.10) 20
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Torque (C.20.B - D.20.A.10) 5

2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 113
 2 4/7/2006
C.20.B / 114
 POWER TRAIN - C

TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - 20.F

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 1
 Contents

POWER TRAIN - C

TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - 20.F

TECHNICAL DATA
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic
Weight (C.20.F - D.40.A.40) 5
Special tools (C.20.F - D.20.A.40) 5
General specification (C.20.F - D.40.A.10) 5
Oil cooler by-pass
General specification (C.20.F.19 - D.40.A.10) 7
Pump
General specification (C.20.F.20 - D.40.A.10) 8
CX720, CX740, CX760

General specification (C.20.F.20 - D.40.A.10) 8

CX780, CX820, CX840

General specification (C.20.F.20 - D.40.A.10) 8

CX860

General specification (C.20.F.20 - D.40.A.10) 8

CX880

Motor
General specification (C.20.F.28 - D.40.A.10) 10
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

General specification (C.20.F.28 - D.40.A.10) 10

CX860, CX880

FUNCTIONAL DATA
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic
Static description (C.20.F - C.30.A.20) 11
Dynamic description (C.20.F - C.30.A.10) 13
Hydrostatic symbol (C.20.F - C.20.C.25) 15
Hydrostatic schema (C.20.F - C.20.B.25) 17
CX720, CX740, CX760

Hydrostatic schema (C.20.F - C.20.B.25) 19

CX780, CX820, CX840, CX860, CX880

Multifunction valve
Static description (C.20.F.11 - C.30.A.20) 21
Control valve
Static description (C.20.F.13 - C.30.A.20) 27
Relief valve
Static description (C.20.F.16 - C.30.A.20) 29
Thermostat
Static description (C.20.F.18 - C.30.A.20) 31
Pump
2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 2
 Static description (C.20.F.20 - C.30.A.20) 32
Component identification (C.20.F.20 - C.40.C.20) 33
Component identification (C.20.F.20 - C.40.C.20) 34
CX720, CX740, CX760

Component identification (C.20.F.20 - C.40.C.20) 35

CX780, CX820, CX840

Component identification (C.20.F.20 - C.40.C.20) 36

CX860

Component identification (C.20.F.20 - C.40.C.20) 37

CX880

Motor
Static description (C.20.F.28 - C.30.A.20) 38
Component identification (C.20.F.28 - C.40.C.20) 39
Component identification (C.20.F.28 - C.40.C.20) 40
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Component identification (C.20.F.28 - C.40.C.20) 41

CX860, CX880

SERVICE
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic
Start up (C.20.F - F.35.A.41) 42
Pressure test (C.20.F - F.40.C.30) 44
Filling (C.20.F - F.60.A.10) 48
Multifunction valve
Remove (C.20.F.11 - F.10.A.10) 50
Install (C.20.F.11 - F.10.A.15) 51
Pressure setting (C.20.F.11 - F.45.A.70) 52
Control valve
Remove (C.20.F.13 - F.10.A.10) 54
Install (C.20.F.13 - F.10.A.15) 55
Inspect (C.20.F.13 - F.40.B.01) 56
Shuttle spool valve
Remove (C.20.F.14 - F.10.A.10) 57
Install (C.20.F.14 - F.10.A.15) 58
Pump
Charge pressure relief valve - Remove (C.20.F.20.10 - F.10.A.10) 59
Shaft - Remove (C.20.F.20.18 - F.10.A.10) 60
Remove (C.20.F.20 - F.10.A.10) 63
Charge pressure relief valve - Install (C.20.F.20.10 - F.10.A.15) 65
Shaft - Install (C.20.F.20.18 - F.10.A.15) 66
Install (C.20.F.20 - F.10.A.15) 69
Repair (C.20.F.20 - F.10.A.32) 71
Repair (C.20.F.20 - F.10.A.32) 72
Charge pressure relief valve - Pressure setting (C.20.F.20.10 - F.45.A.70) 73
Charge pump
Remove (C.20.F.21 - F.10.A.10) 74
Install (C.20.F.21 - F.10.A.15) 76

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 3
 Motor
Remove (C.20.F.28 - F.10.A.10) 78
Install (C.20.F.28 - F.10.A.15) 80
Charge pressure relief valve - Replace (C.20.F.28.10 - F.10.A.30) 82
Charge pressure relief valve - Check (C.20.F.28.10 - F.45.A.10) 83

DIAGNOSTIC
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic
Troubleshooting (C.20.F - G.40.A.10) 84
Command
E0059-11-Dual Range Valve Unidentified Failure Code (C.20.F.05.05 - G.30.B.46) 86
E0202-11-Ground Speed Hydrostat Unidentified Failure Code (C.20.F.05.07 - G.30.B.46) 88
E0643-03-MFH Position Input Shorted to High Source (C.20.F.05.07 - G.30.B.54) 90
E0643-04-MFH Position Input Shorted to Low Source (C.20.F.05.07 - G.30.B.53) 91
E0643-13-MFH Position Input Needs Calibration (C.20.F.05.07 - G.30.D.20) 93
Control valve
E0195-11-Foot-an-Inch valve Unidentified Failure Code (C.20.F.13 - G.30.B.46) 94
Electrical control
E0179-05-LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro Line Disconnected (C.20.F.91.11 - G.30.B.50) 96
E0179-03-LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro Shorted to High Source (C.20.F.91.11 - 98
G.30.B.54)
E0179-04-LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro Shorted to Low Source (C.20.F.91.11 - 100
G.30.B.53)
Sensing system
E0023-03-Hydrostat Motor Temp Shorted To High Source (C.20.F.95.90 - G.30.B.54) 102
E0023-04-Hydrostatic Motor Temp Shorted To Low Source (C.20.F.95.90 - G.30.B.53) 103
E0023-05-Hydrostatic Motor Temp Line Disconnected (C.20.F.95.90 - G.30.B.50) 104
E0135-01-Charge Pressure Switch Valid Below Normal (C.20.F.95.86 - G.30.C.20) 106
E0135-03-Charge Pressure Switch Shorted To High Source (C.20.F.95.86 - G.30.B.54) 108
E0135-05-Charge Pressure Switch Line Disconnected (C.20.F.95.86 - G.30.B.50) 109

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 4
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Weight (C.20.F - D.40.A.40)

DESCRIPTION NEW HOLLAND PART NUMBER NEW HOLLAND PART NUMBER
(North America Only) (All Markets Except North America)
Pressure gauge 0-40 bar (2 off) - 293242#
(0-600 psi)
Pressure gauge 150 bar (1 off) - 293243#
(0-2500 psi)
Pressure gauge 0-600 bar (2 off) - 293246#
(0-9000 psi)
Pressure gauge hose (5 off) - 292246#
Minimess connector size EMA3 - - 84021707
9/16 inch for X1 and X2 ports
Minimess connector (tube side) M16 N/A N/A
x 2 (obtain locally)
Quick release connector for X1 and 86596857 -
X2 ports (N America)
Quick release connector (tube side) - 291924
(N America)

TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Special tools (C.20.F - D.20.A.40)

NEW HOLLAND NEW HOLLAND
PART NUMBER PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION (North America Only) (All Markets Except North America)
Pressure gauge 0 - 40 bar (2 off) (0 - 293242#
- 600 PSI)
Pressure gauge 0 - 150 bar (1 off) (0 - 293243#
- 2500 PSI)
Pressure gauge 0 - 600 bar (2 off) (0 - 293246#
- 9000 PSI)
Pressure gauge hose (5 off) - 292246#
# Part of kit 292870

Minimess connector, size EMA3 - - 84021707

9/16 in for X1 and X2 ports
Minimess connector (tube side) - procure locally
M16x2
Quick release connector for X1 and 86596853 -
X2 test ports (North America)
Quick release connector (tube side) - 291924
(North America)

TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - General specification (C.20.F -

D.40.A.10)
Hydrostatic Oil

Specification (Europe) Ambra Hydrosystem 46 (ref. NH646)

Ambra Hydrosystem 45 BIO-S (ref. NH646BS)
Ambra Hydrosystem 46 BIO-V (ref. NH646BV)
or oil to International Specification ISO VG 46, DIN
51524-2 or ISO VG 46

Specification (North America) M2C 134 - D

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 5
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Reservoir Capacity Approximately 36 Litres (38 qts.)

Total System Capacity (Hydraulic and Hydrostatic) Approximately 70 Litres (74 qts.)

Pressure Limiter 420 bar (6090 psi)

Relief Valve 450 bar (6525 psi)

Approximate system pressures expected during Testing:-

Charge Pressure
Low Idle High Idle
Neutral 36 Bar 40.8 Bar
522 PSI 592 PSI
Forward 28.3 Bar 32.9 Bar
410 PSI 477 PSI
Reverse 29.5 Bar 33.4 Bar
428 PSI 484 PSI
Forward Brakes on 26 Bar 31 Bar
377 PSI 450 PSI

Servo Pressure
Forward Servo Reverse Servo
Neutral 10 Bar 10 Bar
145 PSI 145 PSI
Forward 14 Bar 5 Bar
203 PSI 73 PSI
Reverse 7 Bar 10.5 Bar
102 PSI 152 PSI

Forward Pressure
Low Idle High Idle
Neutral 35 Bar 38 Bar
508 PSI 551 PSI
Forward 65 Bar 90 Bar
943 PSI 1305 PSI
Reverse 25 Bar 30 Bar
363 PSI 435 PSI
Forward Brakes on 450 Bar 456 Bar
6525 PSI 6612 PSI

Reverse Pressure
Low Idle High Idle
Neutral 35 Bar 35 Bar
508 PSI 508 PSI
Forward 20 Bar 20 Bar
290 PSI 290 PSI
Reverse 65 Bar 80 Bar
943 PSI 1160 PSI
Reverse Brakes on 450 Bar 456 Bar
6525 PSI 6612 PSI

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 6
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Oil cooler by-pass - General specification (C.20.F.19 - D.40.A.10)

Manufacturer Parker
Maximum Operating Pressure 17.2 Bar (249 psi)
Cooler Port Opening Temperature 46 - 52 °C (114.8 - 125.6 °F)
Cooler Port Fully Open Temperature 63 °C (-145.4 °F)
Maximum Operating Temperature 91 °C(-195.8 °F)
Minimum Operating Temperature -34 °C (-29.2 °F)
Maximum Flow Rate 227 l/min. (60 gal/min)
Relief Valve Pressure 2.8 - 3.4 Bar(40.6 - 49.3 psi)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 7
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Pump - General specification (C.20.F.20 - D.40.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760

Manufacturer Sauer Danfoss

Type 90 Series Variable Displacement, Closed Circuit
Control Electric Displacement Control (EDC)
Frame Size 100
Direction Of Rotation Counterclockwise
Displacement 100 cc/rev (6.1 in3/rev)
Minimum Speed 500 rpm
Rated Speed 3300 rpm
Maximum Speed 3650 rpm
Charge Pump Displacement 26 cc/rev (1.6 in3/rev)
Charge Pump Pressure 38 Bar (551 psi)
Brake Manifold Pressure Setting 280 Bar (4060 psi)

Pump - General specification (C.20.F.20 - D.40.A.10)

CX780, CX820, CX840

Manufacturer Sauer Danfoss

Type 90 Series Variable Displacement, Closed Circuit
Control Electric Displacement Control (EDC)
Frame Size 130
Direction Of Rotation Counterclockwise
Displacement 110 cc/rev(mechanically limited) (6.7 in3/rev)
Minimum Speed 500 rpm
Rated Speed 3100 rpm
Maximum Speed 3400 rpm
Charge Pump Displacement 26 cc/rev (1.6 in3/rev)
Charge Pump Pressure 38 Bar (551 psi)
Brake Manifold Pressure Setting 180 Bar (2610 psi)

Pump - General specification (C.20.F.20 - D.40.A.10)

CX860

Manufacturer Sauer Danfoss

Type 90 Series Variable Displacement, Closed Circuit
Control Electric Displacement Control (EDC)
Frame Size 130
Direction Of Rotation Counterclockwise
Displacement 130 cc/rev (7.9 in3/rev)
Minimum Speed 500 rpm
Rated Speed 3100 rpm
Maximum Speed 3400 rpm
Charge Pump Displacement 26 cc/rev (1.6 in3/rev)
Charge Pump Pressure 38 Bar (551 psi)
Brake Manifold Pressure Setting 180 Bar (2610 psi)

Pump - General specification (C.20.F.20 - D.40.A.10)

CX880

Manufacturer Sauer Danfoss

Type 90 Series Variable Displacement, Closed Circuit
2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 8
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Control Electric Displacement Control (EDC)

Frame Size 130
Direction Of Rotation Counterclockwise
Displacement 130 cc/rev (7.9 in3/rev)
Minimum Speed 500 rpm
Rated Speed 3100 rpm
Maximum Speed 3400 rpm
Charge Pump Displacement 26 cc/rev (1.6 in3/rev)
Charge Pump Pressure 38 Bar (551 psi)
Brake Manifold Pressure Setting 280 Bar (4060 psi)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 9
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Motor - General specification (C.20.F.28 - D.40.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Manufacturer Sauer Danfoss

Type 90 Series Fixed Displacement, Closed Circuit
Frame Size 100
Direction Of Rotation Bi- Directional
Displacement 100 cc/rev (6.7 in3/rev)
Rated Speed 3300 rpm
Maximum Speed 3650 rpm
System Pressure - Rated 420 Bar (6090 psi)
System Pressure - Maximum 480 Bar (6960 psi)
Flow at Rated Speed 365 l/min (96.4 gal/min)
Case Pressure - Continuous 3 bar (43.5 psi)
Case Pressure - Maximum (Cold Start) 5 bar (72.5 psi)

Motor - General specification (C.20.F.28 - D.40.A.10)

CX860, CX880

Manufacturer Sauer Danfoss

Type 90 Series Fixed Displacement, Closed Circuit
Frame Size 130
Direction Of Rotation Bi- Directional
Displacement 130 cc/rev (7.9 in3/rev)
Rated Speed 3100 rpm
Maximum Speed 3400 rpm
System Pressure - Rated 420 Bar (6090 psi)
System Pressure - Maximum 480 Bar (6960 psi)
Flow at Rated Speed 442 l/min (117 gal/min)
Case Pressure - Continuous 3 bar (43.5 psi)
Case Pressure - Maximum (Cold Start) 5 bar (72.5 psi)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 10
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Static description (C.20.F - C.30.A.20)

The CX Combine Hydrostatic System contains five main components, an oil reservoir, hydrostatic pump, charge
pump, brake manifold and drive motor.
Some machines are equipped with an optional powered steering axle (PRA).

Oil Reservoir

A single oil reservoir (1) is used for both the hydraulic and hydrostatic systems. The reservoir is located at the upper
left hand side of the machine behind the engine compartment. Each of the hydraulic and hydrostatic circuits have
their own filtering systems.

BSC1310A 1

Hydrostatic Pump

The hydrostatic pump (1) is mounted to and driven by the engine gearbox, the engine gearbox is driven directly by
the engine. The hydrostatic pump assembly includes the charge pump (2) brake manifold (3) charge pressure filter
(4), and charge pressure sensor (switch) (5). The hydrostatic pump also houses the servo displacement valve and
multi function valves.

Charge Pump

The charge pump (2) is mounted to the rear of the hydrostatic pump assembly (1), and houses the charge pressure
relief valve.

Brake Manifold

The brake manifold (3) is mounted directly onto the hydrostatic pump assembly (1) The brake manifold is used to
protect the engine and hydrostatic pump from overspeeding during hydrostatic stop or when driving down hill in too
high a gear.

BSC1309A 2

Hydrostatic Drive Motor

The hydrostatic motor (1) is mounted to the main transmission and is driven hydraulically by the hydrostatic pump.
The hydrostatic motor supplies the drive input to the main transmission.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 11
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

BSC1295A 3

Powered Steering Axle (PRA)

Each wheel of the powered steering axle is driven independently by its own hydrostatic motor. Each motor is driven
hydraulically by the hydrostatic pump and controlled by a single Equa-Trac II control valve.

BSC1360A 4

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 12
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Dynamic description (C.20.F -

C.30.A.10)
The CX Combine Hydrostatic System contains a reservoir, Charge Pump, Hydrostatic Pump, Brake Manifold, Drive
Motor and optional powered steering axle.
The hydrostatic pump assembly incorporates the charge pump and brake manifold and is connected to and driven
from the engine gearbox.

Neutral

With the engine running and the hydrostatic lever in neutral the charge pump receives oil from the reservoir (1) through
a 100 micron filter screen (2), into the charge pump (3) The oil is then pumped through filter (5) to the multi function
valves (8) and (9). The charge pressure will open the check valves (8a) and (9a), allowing charge pressure to fill the
hydrostatic pump (4) high pressure lines (11) and (12), brake manifold (15), and drive motor (16). Charge pressure
oil will also fill the servo valve assembly (10), and servo cylinders (4a).
The hydrostatic pump swash plate stands square to the input shaft. With no axial movement of the pistons there is
no flow of high pressure oil in the high pressure line (11).
When the charge pump pressure in the system increases to 34 bar (493 psi) the charge pressure relief valve (7) will
open and oil will flow into the hydrostatic pump casing through the thermostatically controlled oil cooler bypass valve
(17), to the reservoir (1).
If the oil temperature is below 49 °C(120 °F) the oil will flow directly to the reservoir (1) , when the oil temperature
is above 49 °C ( 120 °F) the thermostatically controlled oil cooler bypass valve (17), will move diverting the oil flow
through the oil cooler (18).

Forward

When the hydrostatic lever is moved forward the servo solenoid will move the servo solenoid valve (10a), proportional
to the position of the hydrostatic lever. Charge pressure oil can then flow to the forward side of the servo valve spool
(10c), moving the spool and allowing oil to flow to the forward servo cylinder (4a).
The charge pressure oil acting on the forward servo cylinder (4a), will move the hydrostatic pump swash plate creating
axial movement of the pistons increasing the pressure in the forward high pressure line (11), towards the drive motor
(16).
The increased pressure in the forward high pressure line (11), will create rotational movement of the drive motor
pistons, causing the drive motor output shaft to turn in the forward direction. The oil will return by the return line (12),
through the brake manifold and to the hydrostatic pump (4).
Also the increase in pressure will close the forward multi function valve charge check valve (8a), preventing the charge
pressure circuit receiving drive pressure from the hydrostatic pump (4).
The charge pump (3) will continue to charge the reverse high pressure line (12), through the reverse multi function
valve charge check valve (9a), to replace the oil used for lubrication and flushing and any oil lost through internal
leakage.
The return oil from the drive motor (16), is passed through the flow valves of the brake manifold and back to the pump.
If there is more than a 13 bar (188.5 psi) pressure difference across the drive motor (16), the drive pressure from
the hydrostatic pump (4) moves shuttle spool valve (16a), in the drive motor assembly (16), connecting the return line
(12), to the flushing relief valve (16b).
The flushing relief valve (16b), will open at a lower pressure than the charge pressure relief valve (7) causing some of
the charge pressure oil to flow through the flushing relief valve (16b), to the drive motor case drain. The oil will then
flow to the oil cooler through the pump case drain, cooling the motor and pump bodies.
continued.....

Schematic Circuit for CX780, 820, 840, 860 and 880 machines
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Hydrostatic schema (C.20.F - C.20.B.25)

If the resistance on the drive motor (16), increases (machine travelling up hill) then the pressure in the forward high
pressure line (11), will increase. As the pressure reaches 420 bar (6090 psi) (delta p) the pressure limiter valve (8b),
will open allowing oil to flow to the hydrostatic pump reverse servo cylinder piston (4a), reducing the swash plate angle
and pump flow, protecting the hydrostatic system from overpressure.
To make sure the pressure acting on the reverse servo cylinder piston (4a), does not exceed charge pump pressure,
as the oil flows through the pressure limiter valve (8b), the pressure (420 bar [6090 psi]) will open the check valve (13),
and the charge check valve (9a), allowing the oil to flow into the charge pressure circuit. In this circuit the pressure
is limited by the charge pressure relief valve (7).

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 13
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

If the pressure in the high pressure line exceeds 450 bar (6525 psi) (shock) then the relief valve (8c), will open
allowing oil to flow directly from the high pressure line (11), into the return line (12), through the charge check valve
(9a) (the pump is bypassed in this instance).
When carrying out a hydrostatic stop (rapid movement of the hydrostatic control lever from drive to neutral) the drive
motor (16), will operate as the pump, this will make the pump (4) operate as the motor, possibly causing the engine
to over rev which may damage the engine and the hydrostatic pump (4).
To prevent this if the drive motor return oil pressure exceeds 280 bar (4060 psi) (CX720, 740, 760 and 880) or 180
bar (CX780, 820, 840 and 860) brake flow valves,(15a), and (15b), in the brake manifold will begin to close. The oil
flowing through brake flow valves (15a), and (15b), will convert much of the energy into heat thereby absorbing part
of the brake energy.
The orifice (15f), will allow the brake valves (15a), and (15b), to close fully from a certain point (flow) onwards. Pres-
sure towards the pump will again increase and as displacement decreases, the torque towards the engine will be kept
at maximum.
At 400 bar (5800 psi) (delta p) the pressure limiter valve (15c), will open allowing oil to flow to the hydrostatic pump
forward servo cylinder piston (4a), which will attempt to reduce the braking pressure by keeping the pump at a dis-
placement which results in a pressure of 400 bar (5800 psi) (delta p).
To make sure the pressure acting on the forward servo cylinder does not exceed charge pressure, the 400 bar (5800
psi) pressure flowing through the pressure limiter valve (15c), will open the check valve (14), connecting forward
servo line directly to the charge pressure circuit. In this circuit the pressure is limited by the charge pressure relief
valve (7).
If the pressure exceeds 450 bar (6525 psi) (shock) then the relief valve (15d), will open allowing oil to flow directly
from the return line (12), (high pressure) into line (11).

Reverse

When the hydrostatic lever is moved to reverse the system operates the same as in forward other than high pressure
line (11), becomes the return line and high pressure line (12), becomes the drive line. Also the drive pressure flows
through the check valve (15e), in the brake manifold block (15).
In reverse braking is achieved by the motor acting as a pump and its pressure is controlled by the multi function valve
(8) only and not by the brake manifold.
continued.....

Schematic Circuit for CX780, 820, 840, 860 and 880 machines
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Hydrostatic schema (C.20.F - C.20.B.25)

Gear Changing

When changing gear under certain conditions (i.e. changing gear while stood on a hill side) the pressure in the system
may prevent the selection of a different drive gear.
To assist in the gear selection, when a gear change operation is required the drive motor (16), electric solenoid is
energized moving the pressure release solenoid valve (16c), to connect the charge pressure line through the shuttle
spool valve (16a), to the pressure release spool (16d).
The pressure on the pressure release valve moves the spool (16d), connecting the high pressure line to the return
line relieving the pressure in the system. This will allow the gear selection to take place.

Temperature Control

The hydrostatic system also includes a high temperature control. The motor case drain line temperature sender
monitors the temperature in the return line sending the information to the Control Module.
If the temperature exceeds 95 °C (203 °F), the Control Module CCM1 will automatically reduce the current to the elec-
tric displacement proportional solenoid, reducing the swash plate angle independent of the hydrostatic lever position.
Also an alarm message 0009 will be displayed on the instrument panel display. The temperature in the system will
be reduced by the reduced power in the system.

Schematic Circuit for CX780, 820, 840, 860 and 880 machines
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Hydrostatic schema (C.20.F - C.20.B.25)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 14
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Hydrostatic symbol (C.20.F -

C.20.C.25)
Symbol Description
Servo Valve Spool

Orifice Check Valve

High pressure pump with variable displacement and

fixed capacity charge pump

Charge pump pressure relief valve

Pressure filter (charge pressure)

Temperature sender

Servo Solenoid Valve

Shuttle spool Valve

Non-return check valve

Multi function valve - relief valve set at 420 bar

Symbol Description
Hydrostatic pressure release valve

Drive motor with fixed displacement

Pressure release solenoid valve

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 15
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Symbol Description
Fixed flow flushing relief valve

Hydrostatic oil cooler bypass valve (thermostatically

controlled)

Hydrostatic oil cooler

Charge pressure sender (switch)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 16
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Hydrostatic schema (C.20.F -

C.20.B.25)
CX720, CX740, CX760

1.Reservoir 10c.Servo Valve Spool

2.100 Micron Filter Screen 11.Forward High Pressure Line
3.Charge Pump 12.Reverse High Pressure Line
4.Hydrostatic Pump 13.Check Valve
4a.Hydrostatic Pump Servo Cylinders 14.Check Valve
5.Filter 15.Brake Manifold Block
6.Charge Pressure Sensor (switch) 15a.Brake Flow Valve (280 bar) (4060 psi)
7.Charge Pressure Relief Valve 15b.Brake Flow Valve (280 bar) (4060 psi)
8.Forward Multi Function Valve 15c.Pressure Limiter Valve (400 bar) (5800 psi)
8a.Charge Check Valve 15d.Pressure Shock Relief Valve (450 bar) (6525 psi)
8bPressure Limiter (420 bar) (6090 psi) 15e.Check Valve
8cHigh Pressure Relief Valve (450 bar) (6525 psi) 15f.Orifice
8d.Bypass Valve 16.Hydrostatic Drive Motor
9.Reverse Multi Function Valve 16a.Shuttle Spool Valve
9a.Charge Check Valve 16b.Flushing Relief Valve
9b.Pressure Limiter (420 bar) (6090 psi) 16c.Pressure Release Solenoid Valve
9c.High Pressure Relief Valve (450 bar) (6525 psi) 16d.Pressure Release Spool
9d.Bypass Valve 17.Oil Cooler By-pass Valve
10. Servo Valve Assembly 18.Oil Cooler
10a.Servo Solenoid Valve 19.Temperature Sender
10b.Orifice Check Valve 20.Brake Manifold Drain Line

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 17
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

1z0o2004112077 1
Hydrostatic schema for CX720, CX740 and CX760 machines

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 18
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Hydrostatic schema (C.20.F -

C.20.B.25)
CX780, CX820, CX840, CX860, CX880

1.Reservoir 10c.Servo Valve Spool

2.100 Micron Filter Screen 11.Forward High Pressure Line
3.Charge Pump 12.Reverse High Pressure Line
4.Hydrostatic Pump 13.Check Valve
4a.Hydrostatic Pump Servo Cylinders 14.Check Valve
5.Filter 15.Brake Manifold Block
6.Charge Pressure Sensor (switch) 15a.Brake Flow Valve
(180 bar [2610 psi] for CX780, 820, 840 and 860
Machines)
(280 bar [4060 psi] for CX880 Machines)
7.Charge Pressure Relief Valve 15b.Brake Flow Valve
(180 bar [2610 psi] for CX780, 820, 840 and 860
Machines)
(280 bar [4060 psi] for CX880 Machines)
8.Forward Multi Function Valve 15c.Pressure Limiter Valve (400 bar) (5800 psi)
8a.Charge Check Valve 15d.Pressure Shock Relief Valve (450 bar) (6525 psi)
8bPressure Limiter (420 bar) (6090 psi) 15e.Check Valve
8cHigh Pressure Relief Valve (450 bar) (6525 psi) 15f.Orifice
8d.Bypass Valve 16.Hydrostatic Drive Motor
9.Reverse Multi Function Valve 16a.Shuttle Spool Valve
9a.Charge Check Valve 16b.Flushing Relief Valve
9b.Pressure Limiter (420 bar) (6090 psi) 16c.Pressure Release Solenoid Valve
9c.High Pressure Relief Valve (450 bar) (6525 psi) 16d.Pressure Release Spool
9d.Bypass Valve 17.Oil Cooler By-pass Valve
10. Servo Valve Assembly 18.Oil Cooler
10a.Servo Solenoid Valve 19.Temperature Sender
10b.Orifice Check Valve

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 19
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

1z0o2004112078 1
Hydrostatic Circuit for CX780, 820, 840, 860 and 880 machines

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 20
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Multifunction valve - Static description (C.20.F.11 - C.30.A.20)

The multi function valve has four functions, and three different valves.

The valves with in the multi function valve are as follows:

• A Charge Pressure Check Valve to keep the system full of oil.

• A Pressure Limiter Valve to make the work pressure (delta p) does not exceed 420 bar (6090 psi).
• A High Pressure Relief Valve to protect the system from shock loads above 450 bar (6525 psi) (delta p).

The multi function valve also includes a bypass valve to enable the vehicle to be moved at very low speeds for short
distances if an engine failure occurs.
The bypass valve is a manually operated valve and oil flow generated by the drive motor (acting as a pump) is allowed
to flow to the suction side of the motor.

A. Bypass Actuator
B. Pressure Limiter Adjustment Screw
C. Pressure Limiter Lock Nut
D. Pressure Limiter Housing
E. Pressure Limiter Spring
F. Spring Seat
G. Check Valve Carriage
H. High Pressure Relief/check Valve Poppet
J. Valve Seat
K. Spring
L. Pressure Limiter Poppet Seat
M. Pressure Limiter Valve Poppet
8a -9a. Charge Check Valve
8b -9b. Pressure Limiter (420 bar) (6090 psi)
8c-9c. High Pressure Relief Valve (450 bar) (6525 psi)
8d -9d. Bypass Valve

BSC1328A 1

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 21
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Multi Function Valve Cross Section

BSC1299A 2
Multi Function Valve Schematic

Charge Check Valve 8a - 9a

When the charge pressure in port (Y), becomes higher than the pressure in the high pressure port (X), and enough to
overcome the tension of spring (B), carrier (A), will move to he left taking along poppet (C). Oil from the charge pump
will flow from port (Y), to port (X), filling the system.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 22
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

BSC1298A 3

Pressure Limiter 8b - 9b

When high pressure exceeds 420 bar (6090 psi), poppet (D), will move to the left, compressing spring (E), due to
the pressure behind the poppet pressurized oil will flow from port (X), into port (Z), to the main servo cylinder. The
main servo cylinder will then move the swash plate of the hydrostatic pump towards neutral when the transmission is
in drive mode and towards maximum displacement when the transmission is in brake mode.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 23
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

BSC1298B 4

High Pressure Relief Valve 8c - 9c

When the pressure limiter opens at 420 bar (6090 psi) a certain oil flow will escape through port (Z). If the pressure
from the high pressure port (X), increases to 450 bar (6525 psi) due to shock loading, the pressure difference which
is created over the plunger (C), will move the plunger towards the left against spring (B), and high pressure oil will be
allowed to flow from port (X), to port (Y). In this phase, the pressure limiter function remains active as well (oil keeps
flowing from port (X), to port (Z)).

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 24
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

BSC1298C 5

Bypass Valve 8d-9d

When the bypass actuator (H), is turned 31/2 turns counterclockwise the force on poppet (J), is reduced. This sets
the pressure limiter valve at near zero setting. When the pump is not turning but pressure is generated in the high
pressure lines by the motor (motor acting as a pump), poppet (J), moves to the left, oil flows from port (X), through
opening (G), to port (Z). Plunger (C), will also move easily to the left allowing the pressurized oil from port (X), to flow
to port (Y). As pressure increases to the valve which equals spring (B), plunger (C), will move to the left and allowing
oil to flow directly from port (X), to port (Y), (oil keeps flowing from port (X), to port (Z)).

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 25
POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

BSC1298D 6

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 26
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Control valve - Static description (C.20.F.13 - C.30.A.20)

System in Neutral

Charge pump oil flows to both cavities (20), from port (21), oil also flows from port (21), through the check valve orifice
(22), to the central land of servo spool valve (28).
Charge pressure oil flows equally from cavity (21), through the orifices (A) and (B), to cavity (23), to the case drain.
As the electric solenoid (24), is not energized oil flow from cavities (20), into cavity (23), is the same, so the pressure
in cavities (25) and (27), will be equal and the spool assembly will remain in neutral.

Servo Solenoid Valve 10a Energized

Anchor (29), of the servo solenoid valve (10a) moves to the left when the solenoid is energized. The movement of
anchor (29), is proportional to the current through the solenoid dependant on the position of the hydrostatic lever.
Oil flow from the left hand cavity (20), to case drain cavity (23), will decrease and the flow from the right hand cavity
(20), to cavity (23), will increase. The pressure in cavity (25), on the left side of the servo spool (26), is higher than the
pressure in cavity (27), on the right hand side of the spool (28), causing the spools (26) and (28), to move to the right.
The charge pump oil can now flow from the center of spool (28), through the check valve orifice (22), to the hydrostatic
pump servo cylinder through orifice (30), and port (31), causing the pump swash plate to move.
As the oil flow increases to the servo cylinder through port (31), the displaced oil on the opposite servo cylinder will
flow back through port (32), and orifice (33), past the spool (28), through to the case drain through orifice (34), and
port (35).
NOTE: When the opposite direction of travel is selected spools (26), and (28), will move to the left. The feed pressure
to the servo cylinder will be through orifice (33), and port (32). Displaced oil from the opposite cylinder will flow to
case drain through port (36), and orifice (37).

As the swash plate moves the mechanical feed back linkage will move to the right compressing its internal spring
when the spring force is equal to the pressure in cavity (25), spool (28), will move back to neutral holding the swash
plate in its new position.
Any movement of the swash plate or hydrostatic control lever will affect the balance of spring force and cavity pressure.
The spool (28), will then move to a position where the balance is restored
If a shock load occurs in the system it will be felt by the pump swash plate and will create an increase in pressure in
the servo cylinder lines and servo valve. To protect the servo valve from the increased pressure in the system the
check valve (10c) will open connecting the servo cylinder lined directly to the charge pressure circuit. In this circuit
the pressure is limited by the charge pressure relief valve.

10. Servo Valve Assembly 28. Spool

10a. Servo Solenoid Valve 29. Anchor
10b. Orifice Check Valve 30. Servo Cylinder Port
10c. Servo Valve Spool 31. Orifice
20. Oil Cavity 32. Servo Cylinder Port
21. Oil Feed Port 33. Orifice
22. Check Valve Orifice 34. Orifice
23. Case Drain Cavity 35. Case Drain Port
24. Electric Proportional 36. Case Drain Port
Solenoid
25. Spool Cavity 37. Orifice
26. Spool 38. Swash Plate Assembly
(Feed Back)
27. Spool Cavity

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 27
POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

BSC1291A 1
Servo Valve Cross Section

BSC1290A 2
Servo Valve Schematic

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 28
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Relief valve - Static description (C.20.F.16 - C.30.A.20)

Shuttle Spool Valve (16a).

When the pressure in either of the drive lines increases (forward or reverse selected) pilot pressure will act on one side
of the shuttle spool valve, moving the spool valve to connect the return line to the flushing relief valve and pressure
release solenoid valve.

Flushing Relief Valve (16b).

With the motor running in forward or reverse the pressure in the return line will act on the flushing relief valve opening
the valve to case drain.

Pressure Release Valve Circuit (16c).

With the pump in neutral, pressure on each side of the motor may prevent gear changing (transmission lock up).
When a gear change control is moved the pressure release solenoid (16c), Fig.2 , will energized, moving the solenoid
valve, connecting the low pressure side of the circuit (through the shuttle spool valve) to the pressure release valve
pilot. The pressure release valve will move connecting the motor drive lines to equalize the pressure in both lines
allowing a smooth gear change to take place.

BSC1287A 1
Drive Motor Shuttle Spool and Flushing Valve

16. Drive Motor

16a. Shuttle Spool Valve
16b. Flushing Relief Valve
16c. Pressure Release Solenoid Valve
16d. Pressure Release Spool

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 29
POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

BSC1288A 2
Drive Motor Shuttle Spool and Flushing Valve

BSC1289A 3
Drive Motor Schematic

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 30
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Thermostat - Static description (C.20.F.18 - C.30.A.20)

The oil cooler bypass valve is thermostatically controlled and its function is to allow the hydrostatic system oil to reach
maximum operating temperature in the shortest possible time.
When the hydrostatic system oil temperature is below approximately 49 °C (120 °F) the oil cooler bypass valve ther-
mostat assembly (1) is closed and the oil will flow from port,(A), down the center of sleeve (2) and through port (B),
to the oil reservoir.
When the oil temperature rises above 49 °C (120 °F) the thermostat assembly (1) will begin to open, moving sleeve
(2) down towards seal (3). The oil will continue to flow from port (A), down the center of sleeve (2) and through port
(B), to the oil reservoir, it will also flow through open thermostat valve (1) and through port (C), to the oil cooler.
When the oil temperature reaches 63 °C (145 °F) the thermostat valve (1) will be fully open and sleeve (2) will seat
against seal (3) closing off the oil flow from port (A) to port (B). The oil flow will now flow from port (A) through the
thermostat valve (1) through port (C), to the oil cooler.
If the oil flow through the oil cooler becomes restricted and the cooler oil pressure rises to above approximately 3.1
bar the oil pressure acting though the center of sleeve (2) onto seal (3) will compress the spring (4) allowing oil to
flow through the center of sleeve (2) through port (B), to the reservoir.

BSC1329A 1

1. Thermostat Assembly
2. Sleeve
3. Seal
4. Spring
A. Inlet Port
B. Reservoir Port
C. Oil Cooler Port

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 31
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Pump - Static description (C.20.F.20 - C.30.A.20)

Variable Displacement Pump

The variable displacement pump is designed to convert an output power from the engine into hydraulic power. The
input shaft turns the pump cylinder which contains a ring of pistons. The pistons run against a tilted plate (swashplate),
this causes the pistons to compress the hydraulic oil which converts the input energy into the hydraulic oil. The high
pressure oil then provides power to the motor.
The swashplate angle can be varied by the control piston, altering the swashplate angle varies the displacement of
the oil. A larger angle causes greater displacement, a smaller angle reduces the displacement per revolution which
in turn will result in a higher and also respectively lower speed of the motor.

DS00M007 1
Hydrostatic Pump

1 Charge Pump 7 Feed Back

2 Cradle Hold Down 8 Cradle Bearing
3 Slider Block 9 Cradle Guide
4 Servo Piston 10 Cradle
5 Servo Arm 11 Cradle Lever
6 Servo Valve

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 32
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Pump - Component identification (C.20.F.20 - C.40.C.20)

Each pump has a name plate attached to the housing. The name plate will include the model number, model code
and serial number.

Model Code A

The Sauer Danfoss model code defines the specific build configuration of each unit and must be used when ordering
spare parts or a new pump.

Model Number B

The Sauer Danfoss model number is used by the factory in manufacturing. A new unit can be ordered by the model
number.

Serial Number C

The Sauer Danfoss serial number identifies the location and date of manufacture and the unit sequence in the
build.The letter coding indicates the location of original assembly “A" indicates assembly in Ames, Iowa, USA “N"
indicates assembly in Neumunster, Germany.
The first number (two digits) indicates the year of manufacture. For example, a unit built in 2001 would have the
number "01" in this space.
The second number (two digits) indicates the calendar week of manufacture, from week 1 to week 52.
The third number (five digits) is the sequential build number identifying the specific unit.

BSC1349A 1
Pump Identification Name Plate

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 33
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Pump - Component identification (C.20.F.20 - C.40.C.20)

CX720, CX740, CX760

The pump characteristics can be found on the pump identification plate.

(CX720, 740 and CX760)

1z0o2004112080 1

90 Series 90, closed circuit

L Left hand (counterclockwise rotation)
100 Maximum displacement 100 cc/rev (6.1 in3/rev)
KA Electrical displacement control - standard linear
5 Pressure limiter function in ports A and B
NN No auxiliary mounting pad
80 Twin ports
L Integrated pressure filtering (long)
3 No mechanical displacement limitation
F1 Splined shaft - 13 teeth - pitch 8/16
F Charge pump displacement 26 cc/rev (1.6 in3/rev)
03 Control orifice dia P=0.81 mm (0.032 in) TA/TB =1.3 mm (0.051 in)
GBL Brake manifold installed (pressure reducing valves set at 280 bar) (4060 psi)
42 420 bar (6090 psi) high pressure setting port A
42 420 bar (6090 psi) high pressure setting port B
34 34 bar (493 psi) charge pressure setting at 1500 rpm (on the machine 38 bar
[551 psi] will be measured at 2100 rpm)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 34
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Pump - Component identification (C.20.F.20 - C.40.C.20)

CX780, CX820, CX840

(CX780, CX820 and CX840)

1z0o2004112081 1

90 Series 90, closed circuit

L Left hand (counterclockwise rotation)
130 Maximum displacement 130 cc/rev (7.9 in3/rev) Limited to 110 cc/rev (6.7 in3/rev)
KA Electrical displacement control - standard linear
5 Pressure limiter function in ports A and B
NN No auxiliary mounting pad
80 Twin ports
L Integrated pressure filtering (long)
R Mechanical displacement limitation on both sides (non adjustable)
F1 Splined shaft - 13 teeth - pitch 8/16
F Charge pump displacement 26 cc/rev (1.6 in3/rev)
03 Control orifice dia P=0.81 mm (0.032 in) TA/TB =1.3 mm (0.051 in)
GBZ Brake manifold installed (pressure reducing valves set at 180 bar) (2610 psi)
42 420 bar (6090 psi) high pressure setting port A
42 420 bar (6090 psi) high pressure setting port B
34 34 bar (493 psi) charge pressure setting at 1500 rpm (on the machine 38 bar
[551 psi] will be measured at 2100 rpm)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 35
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Pump - Component identification (C.20.F.20 - C.40.C.20)

CX860

(CX860)

1z0o2004112082 1

90 Series 90, closed circuit

L Left hand (counterclockwise rotation)
130 Maximum displacement 130 cc/rev (7.9 in3/rev)
KA Electrical displacement control - standard linear
5 Pressure limiter function in ports A and B
NN No auxiliary mounting pad
80 Twin ports
L Integrated pressure filtering (long)
3 No mechanical displacement limitation
F1 Splined shaft - 13 teeth - pitch 8/16
F Charge pump displacement 26 cc/rev (1.6 in3/rev)
03 Control orifice dia P=0.81 mm (0.032 in) TA/TB =1.3 mm (0.051 in)
GBZ Brake manifold installed (pressure reducing valves set at 180 bar) (2610 psi)
42 420 bar (6090 psi) high pressure setting port A
42 420 bar (6090 psi) high pressure setting port B
34 34 bar (493 psi) charge pressure setting at 1500 rpm (on the machine 38 bar
[551 psi] will be measured at 2100 rpm)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 36
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Pump - Component identification (C.20.F.20 - C.40.C.20)

CX880

(CX880)

1z0o2004112083 1

90 Series 90, closed circuit

L Left hand (counterclockwise rotation)
130 Maximum displacement 130 cc/rev (7.9 in3/rev)
KA Electrical displacement control - standard linear
1 Pressure limiter function in ports A and B
NN No auxiliary mounting pad
80 Twin ports
L Integrated pressure filtering (long)
3 No mechanical displacement limitation
F1 Splined shaft - 13 teeth - pitch 8/16
F Charge pump displacement 26 cc/rev (1.6 in3/rev)
03 Control orifice dia P=0.81 mm (0.032 in) TA/TB =1.3 mm (0.051 in)
GBL Brake manifold installed (pressure reducing valves set at 280 bar) (4060 psi)
42 420 bar (6090 psi) high pressure setting port A
42 420 bar (6090 psi) high pressure setting port B
34 34 bar (493 psi) charge pressure setting at 1500 rpm (on the machine 38 bar
[551 psi] will be measured at 2100 rpm)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 37
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Motor - Static description (C.20.F.28 - C.30.A.20)

Fixed Displacement Motors

The fixed displacement motor is designed to convert input hydraulic power into output torque, it operates in reverse
to the hydrostatic pump. The high pressure hydraulic oil enters through the input port, the oil pressure increases
behind the pistons causing them to rotate down the swashplate (path of least resistance). As the piston rides up the
swashplate again, the hydraulic oil is allowed to exit through the outlet port. The spinning pistons are housed in a
cylinder which is connected to the output shaft, the output torque can be applied to the transmission input.

DS00M035 1
Hydrostatic Drive Motor

1 Swashplate 4 Cylinder Block

2 Piston 5 Shuttle Spool
3 Flushing Valve

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 38
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Motor - Component identification (C.20.F.28 - C.40.C.20)

Each motor has a name plate attached to the housing. The name plate will include the model number, model code
and serial number.

Model Code A

The Sauer Danfoss model code defines the specific build configuration of each unit and must be used when ordering
spare parts or a new motor.

Model Number B

The Sauer Danfoss model number is used by the factory in manufacturing. A new unit can be ordered by the model
number.

Serial Number C

The Sauer Danfoss serial number identifies the location and date of manufacture and the unit sequence in the build.
The letter coding indicates the location of original assembly “A" indicates assembly in Ames, Iowa, USA “N" indicates
assembly in Neumunster, Germany.
The first number (two digits) indicates the year of manufacture. For example, a unit built in 2001 would have the
number "01" in this space.
The second number (two digits) indicates the calendar week of manufacture, from week 1 to week 52.
The third number (five digits) is the sequential build number identifying the specific unit.

BSC1348A 1
Motor Identification Name Plate

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 39
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Motor - Component identification (C.20.F.28 - C.40.C.20)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

The drive motor characteristics can be found on the pump identification plate.
(CX720, 740, 760, 780, 820 and 840)

1z0o2004112084 1

90 Series 90, closed circuit

M Fixed displacement bi-directional rotation
100 Maximum displacement 100 cc/rev (6.1 in3/rev)
NC Standard
0 Standard
N Standard
U Axial ports (SAE J518C code 62) (special end cap with FOI and increased flushing)
N Standard
0 Standard
F1 Splined shaft - 13 teeth - pitch 8/16
B With special loop flushing valve for increased flushing
00 Standard
PAA Hardware special feature - longer end cap screw
0000 Standard
H0 Loop flushing orifice diameter 2.4 mm (0.094 in)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 40
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Motor - Component identification (C.20.F.28 - C.40.C.20)

CX860, CX880

(CX860 and CX880)

1z0o2004112085 1

90 Series 90, closed circuit

M Left hand (counterclockwise rotation)
130 Maximum displacement 130 cc/rev (7.9 in3/rev)
NC Standard
0 Standard
N Standard
F Axial ports (SAE J518C code 62) - special end cap with FOI
N Standard
0 Standard
F1 Splined shaft - 13 teeth - pitch 8/16
H Special loop flushing spool for increased flushing
00 Standard
NNN Standard hardware
0000 Standard
NH Non adjustable orifice valve for loop flushing - special execution

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 41
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Start up (C.20.F - F.35.A.41)

1. Disconnect the fuel stop solenoid electrical connec-
tor (4), at the engine fuel injector pump to prevent the
engine from running during cranking.

BSC1294A 1

2. Install pressure gauges (range 0-600 bar) (0-9000

psi) to the hydrostatic pump test ports (M1), Fig.2,
and (M2), Fig. 3.
For machines equipped with powered rear axles, use
a suitable hydraulic jack and raise the rear axle. Sup-
port on rear axle on suitable axle stands.

CAUTION
For machines equipped with powered rear axles the
rear wheels MUST be clear of the ground. Z013

BSC1367A 2

3. Shift the transmission into neutral and crank the en-

gine with the starter motor until a pressure gauge
reading of 2.0 bar (29 psi) is obtained.
NOTE: Only crank the engine for a maximum of 30 sec-
onds at a time. Wait at least 1 minute before recranking
to avoid damaging the starter motor.

BSC1368A 3

4. Fill the reservoir to the maximum level, connect the

fuel stop solenoid connector (4) Fig. 1. Start and
run the engine at low idle until a minimum pressure
gauge reading of 20 bar (290 psi) is obtained.

CAUTION
Make sure everyone is clear of the machine before
starting the engine. M583

5. Shift the transmission into 4th gear and hold the

brake pedals down.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 42
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

6. Move the hydrostatic lever slightly forward until the

forward (M1) pressure gauge reading is a minimum
of 50 bar (725 psi) and a maximum of 300 bar (4350
psi). Do this for approximately 1 minute.
7. Move the hydrostatic lever slightly rearward until the
reverse (M2) pressure gauge reading is a minimum
of 50 bar (725 psi) and a maximum of 300 bar (4350
psi). Do this for approximately 1 minute.
8. Release the brake pedals.
9. Check the oil level, add oil if necessary. Check for oil
leaks.

CAUTION
Never operate the engine in a closed building. Proper
ventilation is required under all circumstances. R142A

10. Gearshift to neutral and engine speed on low idle.

Position the hydrostatic lever at half stroke for one
minute , both forward and reverse.
11. Gearshift remains in neutral and engine speed on
high idle. Position the hydrostatic lever at maximum
stroke for two minutes, both forward and reverse.
12. Gearshift to 4th gear and engine speed on high idle.
Apply both brake pedals firmly. Apply maximum
stroke on the control lever in forward position for a
maximum of 10 seconds. Pressure should be 420 -
460 bar (6092-6672 psi). Repeat the procedure for
reverse.
13. Switch off the engine.
14. Check the oil level, add oil if necessary. Check for oil
leaks.
15. For machines equipped with powered rear axles con-
tinue to remove the air from the system, refer to
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic (D.14.E).
16. For machines not equipped with powered rear axles
install the transmission drive shafts and tighten the
retaining bolts.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 43
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Pressure test (C.20.F - F.40.C.30)

1. Pressure Testing
Various pressure and vacuum gauge readings are
necessary for troubleshooting problems with the
main hydrostatic drive system.
To check the high pressure settings of the multi func-
tion valves it will be necessary to connect high pres-
sure gauges to the system.
Measuring the charge pump inlet vacuum assist in
locating restrictions in the suction lines and filter
screen.
Case pressure readings will assist in locating restric-
tions in the return lines, oil cooler and filter.
The pump and motor charge pressure must be
checked and recorded during pressure testing.
To make sure accurate pressure readings are ob-
tained, the system must be at normal operating tem-
perature and at full rated engine speed.
NOTE: The interior of all test equipment must be excep-
tionally clean before being used to test the hydrostatic drive
system. Make sure the test equipment is purged of all oil
and foreign material to avoid contamination of the hydro-
static drive system.

WARNING
Gauges, gauge fittings and hoses MUST have operat-
ing pressure ratings of at least 25 per cent higher than
the highest pressure of the circuit being tested. Z114

CAUTION
Block the front and rear wheels with suitable blocks
so the machine cannot move. Make sure everyone is
clear of the machine before starting the engine. Z010

CAUTION
Never operate the engine in a closed building. Proper
ventilation is required under all circumstances. R142A

2. Charge Pressure
The minimum allowable charge pressure for the
pump is 24 bar (350 psi) above the case drain
pressure. To determine the actual charge pressure,
subtract the case drain pressure from the charge
pressure reading.
Check the charge pressure at test port located at
the charge pressure filter housing (1). Use a 60 bar
(900 psi) pressure gauge. The measured pressure
at this test point is charge pressure plus case drain
pressure.

BSC1369A 1

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 44
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

3. The charge pressure can also be measured at the

drive motor,(1), at test port (M3).
To find the actual charge pressure, check the case
pressure and subtract the case pressure reading
from the charge pressure reading.

BSC1295A_942 2

Charge Pressure
Low Idle High Idle
Neutral 36 Bar 40.8 Bar
522 PSI 592 PSI
Forward 28.3 Bar 32.9 Bar
410 PSI 477 PSI
Reverse 29.5 Bar 33.4 Bar
428 PSI 484 PSI
Forward Brakes on 26 Bar 31 Bar
377 PSI 450 PSI
4. Servo Pressure
Gauges should be installed into the X1 (1) and X2
(2) ports of the control unit, located at the top of the
pump.
In neutral the pressure should be equal. As the
forward or reverse is activated a pressure rise on
one gauge should be countered with a correspond-
ing pressure drop on the other gauge.
This test may determine the reason for a unit that
creeps whilst the lever is in neutral. Joining the ports
together should stop the creeping, if this is the case
adjust the neutral position within the control unit. If
the unit still creeps when the ports are joined the
pump will require replacement.

BSD1448A 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 45
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Servo Pressure
Forward Servo Reverse Servo
Neutral 10 Bar 10 Bar
145 PSI 145 PSI
Forward 14 Bar 5 Bar
203 PSI 73 PSI
Reverse 7 Bar 10.5 Bar
102 PSI 152 PSI
5. High Pressure
The high prerssure is determined by the two multi
function valves (1). The relief valve setting is 450 bar
(6525 psi). The pressure limiter will start to destroke
the pump servo cylinders at 420 bar (6090 psi).
The high pressure can be checked at pump test ports
(M1) for forward, Fig. 4, and test port (M2) for re-
verse, Fig. 5.
The pressure can also be checked at the drive motor.
Forward high pressure at test port (M1) and reverse
high pressure at test port (M2).

CAUTION
Block the front and rear wheels with suitable blocks
so the machine cannot move. Make sure everyone is BSC1367A_943 4

clear of the machine before starting the engine. Z010

6. With the gauges installed put the transmission in 4th

gear, start and run the engine at high idle, hold the
brake pedals down and move the hydrostatic control
lever forward, then rearward. Record the pressure
gauge readings. Only hold the system in the over-
pressure situation for a few seconds and return to
neutral as soon as possible.

CAUTION
Never operate the engine in a closed building. Proper
ventilation is required under all circumstances. R142A

BSC1368A_944 5

Forward Pressure
Low Idle High Idle
Neutral 35 Bar 38 Bar
508 PSI 551 PSI
Forward 65 Bar 90 Bar
943 PSI 1035 PSI

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 46
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Forward Pressure
Low Idle High Idle
Reverse 25 Bar 30 Bar
363 PSI 435 PSI
Forward Brakes on 450 Bar 456 Bar
6525 PSI 6612 PSI
Reverse Pressure
Low Idle High Idle
Neutral 35 Bar 35 Bar
508 PSI 508 PSI
Forward 20 Bar 20 Bar
290 PSI 290 PSI
Reverse 65 Bar 80 Bar
943 PSI 1160 PSI
Reverse Brakes on 450 Bar 456 Bar
6525 PSI 6612 PSI

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 47
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Filling (C.20.F - F.60.A.10)

1. To fill and start - up the hydrostatic system after repair
or replacement of hydrostatic components, proceed
as follows:
NOTE: Before installing a new motor or a new pump, ship-
ment oil should be drained from the new pump or motor
case.
IMPORTANT: Oil quality and cleanliness is of utmost im-
portance for the reliability and life of the hydrostatic sys-
tem. Deviation of the described oil specification may lead
to severe damage and void the warranty!
2. Put suitable wheel chocks in front and behind the
front wheels to prevent the machine from moving.
For machines not equipped with powered rear axles
also put blocks in front and behind the rear wheels.
3. Remove the transmission drive shaft couplings (1)
and (2), Fig. 1 and 2. Make sure the couplings are
secured to the drive shafts.

CAUTION
Before disconnecting the drive shafts, secure the ma-
chine in place by using adequate wheel chocks against
the front and rear of both traction and steering wheels.
M948

BSC1308B 1

4. Fill the hydrostatic system with oil through the oil

reservoir. Use oil with the following specification:
All Markets Except North America
Ambra hydrosystem 46HV (ref. NH 646H),
Ambra hydrosystem 46 B10-S (ref. NH 646BS),
Ambra hydrosystem 46 B10-V (ref. NH 646BV)
North America Only
M2C134-D or an oil meeting the following specifica-
tion:
DIN 51524 or ISO VG 46.

BSC1295B 2

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 48
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

5. Loosen the suction line (3) at the pump until oil leaks
out. Tighten the suction line (3).
Loosen the hydrostatic motor drain plug (LI), Fig. 2.

BSC1292A 3

6. Disconnect hose between the hydrostatic pump and

the oil cooler bypass valve at the pump (L2), port. Fill
the pump with oil through (L2), until oil leaks out of
the hydrostatic motor.
Tighten the hydrostatic motor drain plug (L1), Fig. 2,
to a torque of 34 N·m (25 ft.lbs.) and continue to fill
up the pump to obtain maximum oil level in the pump
case.
Connect and tighten hose from the oil cooler bypass
valve to the hydrostatic pump at port (L2).

BSC1309B 4

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 49
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Multifunction valve - Remove (C.20.F.11 - F.10.A.10)

1. Turn the desired multi-function valve (1) from the
pump port.

40013250 1

2. Inspect cartridge (1) for damage to parts and O rings.

40013251 2

3. Show below are the components of the multi-function

cartridge.

19988743 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 50
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Multifunction valve - Install (C.20.F.11 - F.10.A.15)

1. Install the cartridge (1) in the multi-function valve cav-
ity.

40013251 1

2. Torque to 89 N·m (66 ft. lbs.).

NOTE: Do not over torque the multi-function valve car-
tridge.

40013250 2

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 51
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Multifunction valve - Pressure setting (C.20.F.11 - F.45.A.70)

NOTE: Although the pump is shown removed for clarity, most repairs and adjustments can be made without removing
the hydrostat.

WARNING
The machine must be operating to check system pressures. Make certain that everyone is clear of the ma-
chine and all gauges are secured. Z023

CAUTION
Raise the combine drive wheels off the ground to prevent the combine from travelling uncontrolled when
making adjustments. Be sure to use suitable blocking or jack stands to support the weight of the combine.
Z020

CAUTION
If equipped with powered rear axle make certain the switch is off. Z015

1. MULTI-FUNCTION VALVE ADJUSTMENT

In order to set the pressure on the limiter or relief
valves, the motor output shaft must be locked so it
does not rotate. This may be accomplished by lock-
ing the brakes.
NOTE: Take necessary precautions that the motor shaft
remains locked during the adjusting procedure.
2. Install two 690 bar (10,000 psi) pressure gauges in
the high pressure gauge ports (1) and (2).
Start the combine and operate at normal speeds.

40013246 1

3. Loosen locking nut (smallest hex on multi-function

valve) (1).

40013247 2

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 52
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

4. Insert a hex wrench into the pressure adjusting screw

(1).
Move the control lever so that pressure increases
in the high pressure closed circuit to the pressure
limiter setting. The limiter setting is reached when
the pressure stops increasing and remains steady at
a given level as shown on the gauges.
NOTE: A plastic dust cap may be used in the adjusting
screw.

CAUTION
Keep clear of all drives. Rotating elements may cause
serious bodily injury. Z108
40013248 3

5. Rotate the pressure adjusting screw with the hex

wrench until the desired pressure level is established
as shown on the gauges.
NOTE: Clockwise rotation of the adjustment screw will in-
crease the pressure setting, and counterclockwise rotation
will decrease the pressure setting. Each complete rotation
of the adjusting screw changes the pressure setting by 93
bar (1350 psi).
6. While holding the hex wrench and pressure adjust-
ing screw in the same position, tighten the adjust-
ing screw locknut (1) to 27 N·m (20 ft. lbs.) (5 mm
wrench). Do not over-torque.
Move the control lever so the pump returns to neu-
tral position. The pressure in the high pressure circuit
should return to the charge pressure setting. To ver-
ify the actual pressure setting, repeat step #4.
Shut down the combine and remove the two 690 bar
(10,000 psi) gauges and install the gauge port plugs.

40013249 4

7. The same procedure is used for setting the pressure

on the other multifunction valves, but the control lever
must be activated or moved in the opposite direction
so that the pressure develops in the opposite high
pressure side of the closed circuit.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 53
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Control valve - Remove (C.20.F.13 - F.10.A.10)

1. Thoroughly clean external surfaces prior to removal
of the control valve. Disconnect the connector from
(1).

40013255 1

2. Using a hex wrench, remove six cap screws from the

control valve (1).

40013256 2

3. Lift the valve (1) away from the housing.

40013257 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 54
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Control valve - Install (C.20.F.13 - F.10.A.15)

1. In preparation for installing the control valve, place a
new gasket on the housing. Inspect to assure that
the control orifice and spring are in the proper posi-
tion in the control valve.
2. Engage the pin (1) on the control linkage in the mat-
ing hole (2) in the link attached to the swash plate.
Set control valve into place.

40013259 1

3. Move the control (1) into place against the pump

housing, align the gasket and install the cap screws.
Torque the cap screws (1) to 16 N·m (12 ft. lbs.).

40013256_957 2

4. Attach the connector at (1).

40013255 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 55
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Control valve - Inspect (C.20.F.13 - F.40.B.01)

NOTE: Protect exposed surfaces and cavities from damage and foreign material.
1. Check the surface for nicks or damage. Look for any
cracks in the surface.
Check that the orifice (1) is in position.

40013258 1

2. To check for plugged orifice remove the spring re-

tainer (1), spring (2) and orifice (3). Clean any for-
eign material from the orifice.

19988754 2

3. Install the orifice, spring and retainer (1).

40013258 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 56
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Shuttle spool valve - Remove (C.20.F.14 - F.10.A.10)

NOTE: The motor is shown removed for clarity.
1. Drain the hydraulic reservoir.
Remove the cartridges (1) and (2), from both sides
of the valve.

10013273 1

2. Push the spool (1) out of the motor.

10013274 2

3. Inspect parts for damage or foreign material.

20015831 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 57
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Shuttle spool valve - Install (C.20.F.14 - F.10.A.15)

1. Install the flushing valve spool (1).

10013276 1

2. Install the cartridges (1) on each end of the spool and

torque them to 41 N·m (30 ft. lbs.).

20015831_961 2

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 58
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Pump Charge pressure relief valve - Remove (C.20.F.20.10 -

F.10.A.10)
NOTE: Before removing the screw-adjustable relief valve plug, mark the plug, locknut, and housing to approximately
maintain the original adjustment when assembling.
1. Remove the screw-adjustable charge relief valve
plug by loosening the locknut with a 1-1/16 in wrench
and unscrewing the plug (1) with a large screwdriver.

40013252 1

2. Remove the spring (1) and relief valve poppet (2).

40013253 2

3. Inspect the poppet and mating seat in the end cap

for damage or foreign material.

40013254 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 59
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Pump Shaft - Remove (C.20.F.20.18 - F.10.A.10)

NOTE: The same procedures for the replacement of the shaft seal apply to the pump and the motor (pump shown).
1. Remove the pump/motor in accordance with their ap-
propriate sections.
Remove cap screws (1) holding the seal cover and
the seal retainer (2).

19992161 1

2. After removal of the cap screws, the seal cover may

move out of its bore by approximately 6 mm (0.25
in). An outward spring force on the shaft will tend
to overcome the friction from the O ring on the seal
cover outside diameter. If the seal cover does not
move from its bore upon removal of the cap screws,
then gently pry it from the bore as shown.

40013267 2

3. Place the seal cover and seal in an arbor press and

remove the old seal.
Inspect the seal cover, the new seal, and the O ring
for any damage or nicks.
NOTE: After the seal cover is removed, the shaft is free and
can be removed or may fall out of the unit. Do not remove
shaft.

19988777 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 60
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

4. Drain the oil from the reservoir.

Remove the pump/motor in accordance with their ap-
propriate sections.
Remove the cap screws holding the seal cover and
seal retainer (1).
NOTE: The pump and motor must be removed to replace
the shaft.
NOTE: The same procedures for replacement of the shaft
apply to the pump and motor (pump shown).

19992161_962 4

5. After removal of the cap screws, the seal cover may

move out of its bore by approximately 6 mm (0.25
in). An outward spring force on the shaft will tend
to overcome the friction from the O ring on the seal
cover outside diameter. If the seal cover does not
move from its bore upon removal of the cap screws,
then pry it from the bore, and/or lightly tap the end of
the shaft with soft mallet.

40013267_963 5

6. Place the unit on the end cap and remove the shaft
bearing assembly (1) With the seal removed, the
shaft assembly is free to be pulled from the housing.
NOTE: The inside diameter of the bearing is a press fit on
the shaft and the outside diameter of the bearing is a slip
fit in the housing.

19992167 6

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 61
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

7. The motor shaft is shown removed.

Inspect the sealing area on the shaft for rust, wear,
or contamination.

19988780 7

8. Remove snap ring (1) and press the bearing off the
shaft.

19988780_964 8

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 62
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Pump - Remove (C.20.F.20 - F.10.A.10)

1. Main Hydrostatic Pump Removal
Drain the hydraulic reservoir.
Disconnect and cap hydraulic lines (1) from the main
hydrostatic pump. Turn four cap screws out from
each fitting (2) to disconnect the hydraulic lines from
the pump. Cap the lines just removed.
NOTE: When disconnecting hydraulic lines, have a suit-
able container readily available to capture any residual hy-
draulic oil.

10012187_945 1

2. Disconnect and cap hydraulic line (3) from the main

hydrostatic pump.
Disconnect and cap hydraulic line (4) from the valve
body.
3. Disconnect and cap hydraulic line (1) from the main
hydrostatic pump. Detach the connector (2) from the
oil pressure switch. Unplug the connector (3), from
the Electronic Displacement Control (EDC) Valve.

10012188_946 2

4. Disconnect and cap hydraulic line (1) at both ends

and remove from the combine. Store the line in a
suitable location.
Turn off oil filter (2).
Loosen but do not remove the four hydrostatic pump
mounting nuts and washers.

10012189_947 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 63
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

5. Securely attach the main hydrostatic pump to a tow

motor or other suitable lifting device. Remove the
mounting nuts and washers, lift the pump from the
combine.
NOTE: The main hydrostatic pump weights approximately
137 kg (303 lbs).

10012190_948 4

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 64
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Pump Charge pressure relief valve - Install (C.20.F.20.10 - F.10.A.15)

1. Install the poppet (1) and spring (2).

40013253_955 1

2. Install the plug with its locknut, aligning the marks

made at disassembly, and torque the locknut (1) to 52
N·m (38 ft. lbs.). The shim adjustable relief valves
are torqued to 68 N·m (50 ft. lbs.).
Check and adjust the charge pressure if necessary.

40013252 2

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 65
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Pump Shaft - Install (C.20.F.20.18 - F.10.A.15)

1. Using an arbor press, install the new seal into the
cover, being careful not to damage the seal.
Inspect the sealing area on the shaft for rust, wear,
or contamination.

19988778 1

2. Prior to assembly, lubricate the O ring on the outside

diameter of the seal cover and the inside diameter of
the seal with petroleum jelly.

19988779 2

3. Wrap the spline or key end of the shaft with plastic

film to prevent damage to the sealing lip on the seal
during installation.
Assemble the seal cover and seal (1) over the shaft
(2), and into the seal cover cavity.

40013268 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 66
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

4. Install the cap screws (1) and torque to 10 N·m (7 ft.

lbs.) on motors and torque to 13.5 N·m (10 ft. lbs.)
on pumps.
Install the pump/motor in accordance with their ap-
propriate sections.

40013269 4

5. Press the bearing on the shaft and install snap ring

(1). Use caution to prevent damage to the sealing
surface on the bearing.
NOTE: Installation of both the pump and motor shaft are
similar (pump shown).

19988780_964 5

6. Install the shaft and bearing assembly through the

front of the housing, aligning the shaft spline with the
cylinder block spline.
Continue to lower the shaft into the unit and carefully
align the end of the shaft with the end cap journal
bearing. Then lower the shaft and bearing assembly
into position.
Rotate the shaft by hand. The assembly should ro-
tate freely. If it does not, correct the problem before
proceeding.
The torque required to turn the shaft (after break
away) is:
Pump - 10 - 17.6 N·m (7.5 - 13 ft. lbs.)
Motor - 11.5 - 19 N·m (8.5 - 14 ft. lbs.)
19992167_965 6

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 67
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

7. Wrap the end of shaft with plastic film to prevent dam-

age to the sealing lip on the seal during installation.
Prior to assembly, lubricate O ring on the outside
diameter of the seal cover and the inside diameter
of the seal with petroleum jelly.
Assemble the seal cover and seal over the shaft and
into the seal cover cavity.

40013268_966 7

8. Install the cap screws (1) and torque to 9.5 N·m (7 ft.
lbs.) on motors and torque to 13.5 N·m (10 ft. lbs.)
on pumps.
Install the pump/motor in accordance with their ap-
propriate sections.
Shut the drain valve and screw on the dust cap.
Fill the reservoir with 134D Universal Tractor Fluid.
Check the level with the combine head fully raised.
Refer to TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Filling
(C.20.F - F.60.A.10).

40013269 8

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 68
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Pump - Install (C.20.F.20 - F.10.A.15)

1. Main Hydrostatic Pump Installation
Securely attach the main hydrostatic pump to a tow
motor or other suitable lifting device. Lubricate and
install a new o-ring onto the mounting flange of the
pump. Raise the pump to the mounting flange on
the gearbox and turn on the four mounting nuts and
washers. Tighten the nuts to standard torque.
NOTE: The main hydrostatic pump weights approximately
137 kg (303 lbs).

10012190_949 1

2. Attach hydraulic line (1) to the main hydrostatic pump

at (2) and at (3) to the valve block.
Turn on a new oil filter (4).

10012189_950 2

3. Connect the electrical sensing line to the oil pressure

switch at (1). Plug in the EDC Valve connector at
(2). Attach hydraulic line (3) to the main hydrostatic
pump. Torque the fitting to 110 - 120 N·m (81 - 89 ft.
lbs.)

10012188_951 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 69
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

4. Attach hydraulic line (1) to the main hydrostatic

pump. Torque the fitting to 110 - 120 N·m (81 - 89
ft. lbs.).
Attach hydraulic line (2) to the valve body. Torque
the fitting to 255 - 325 N·m (188 - 240 ft. lbs.).).
Lubricate and install new o-rings into the flat fittings of
lines (3) Secure the hydraulic lines to the valve body
with four cap screws for each fitting. Torque the cap
screws to 159 N·m (117 ft. lbs.).
Prepare the system for operation in accordance with
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Filling (C.20.F -
F.60.A.10).

10012187_952 4

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 70
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Pump - Repair (C.20.F.20 - F.10.A.32)

1. PUMP
Major repairs are those which require the removal of
the end cap or side cover. Repairs of this type are to
be performed only by Sauer- Sundstrand Authorized
Service Centers and/or original equipment manufac-
turers who have personnel adequately trained to per-
form these repairs. Performing major repairs on the
Series 90, 100 cc, Hydrostatic Transmission may af-
fect the unit warranty status.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 71
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Pump - Repair (C.20.F.20 - F.10.A.32)

1. Major repairs are those repairs which require the
removal of the end cap or side cover. Repairs of this
type are to be performed only by Sauer- Sundstrand
Authorized Service Centers and/or original equip-
ment manufacturers who have personnel adequately
trained to perform these repairs. Performing major
repairs on the Series 90 Hydrostatic Transmission
may affect the unit warranty status, thus the branch
service manager should be consulted prior to such
an undertaking.
Cleanliness is a primary means of assuring satisfac-
tory hydraulic motor life, on either new or repaired
units. Cleaning parts by using a clean solvent wash
and air drying is usually adequate. As with any preci-
sion equipment, all parts must be kept free of foreign
materials and chemicals. Protect all exposed sealing
surfaces and open cavities from damage and foreign
material.
During the assembly of the Series 90 variable motor,
all surfaces, which have relative motion between two
parts, should be coated with a film of clean hydraulic
oil. This will assure that these surfaces will be lubri-
cated during start-up.
Replace all O rings and gaskets. Lightly lubricate all
O rings with clean petroleum jelly prior to assembly.
All gasket sealing surfaces must be cleaned prior to
installing new gaskets.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 72
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Pump Charge pressure relief valve - Pressure setting (C.20.F.20.10 -

F.45.A.70)
1. To measure the pump charge pressure relief valve
setting, install a 35 bar (500 psi) gauge in port (1).
Start the combine and, with the hydrostatic transmis-
sion in neutral, record the pressure.

CAUTION
Block the front and rear wheels with suitable blocks
so the machine cannot move. Make sure everyone is
clear of the machine before starting the engine. Z010

40013246_954 1

2. The charge pump pressure reading should be 20.1 -

21.2 bar (291 - 308 psi). The gauge will read 22 - 23
bar (320 - 340 psi). This includes case pressure.
If the pump charge pressure is not within specifica-
tions, adjust the relief valve as follows:
3. Loosen the jam nut (2).
4. Turn the adjusting screw (3) clockwise to increase
the pressure and counterclockwise to decrease the
pressure.
5. When the charge pump relief valve setting is within
specifications, tighten the jam nut to 52 N·m (38 ft.
lbs.) and remove the gauge.
NOTE: The pressure will change at a rate of approximately
3.4 bar (50 psi) per turn.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 73
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Charge pump - Remove (C.20.F.21 - F.10.A.10)

1. Using a hex wrench, remove the six screws (1) hold-
ing the charge pump cover retainer. Mark the cover
orientation before disassembly.
Remove the retainer (2).

40013246_958 1

2. Remove the charge pump cover (1).

40013260 2

3. Remove the charge pump shaft (1) and charge pump

drive key. Note location of key to aid assembly.

40013261 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 74
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

4. Remove the charge pump gerotor assembly (1).

40013262 4

5. Remove the inner port plates (1) and alignment pin

(2).
Inspect the port plates, gerotor assembly, bushings,
and charge pump shaft for abnormal wear, damage,
or foreign material.

40013263 5

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 75
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Charge pump - Install (C.20.F.21 - F.10.A.15)

1. Prior to installation, apply a small quantity of petro-
leum jelly to the l.D., O.D., and side faces of the gero-
tor assembly.
NOTE: The charge pump rotation is determined by the ori-
entation of the gerotor assembly outer eccentric ring and
the location of the alignment pin in the end cap. The New
Holland Twin Rotor combine uses counterclockwise rota-
tion.

1z0o2004112092 1

2. Install the inner port plate and outer rigg (1). Use the
alignment pin (2) to achieve the correct orientation.

40013263 2

3. Install the gerotor assembly (1).

40013264 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 76
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

4. Install the charge pump drive key (1) into the charge
pump shaft (2).
Install the charge pump shaft. The internally-splined
end of the shaft is inserted first into the cavity.

40013262_959 4

5. Carefully remove the alignment pin from the cavity

without disturbing the aligned parts. Using petroleum
jelly place the pin (1) in the charge pump cover (2).
Install the charge pump cover (1) with the aligning pin
(2) into the aligned parts in the cavity, taking caution
not to damage the cover O ring during assembly.

40013265 5

6. Install the charge pump cover retainer and the six

hex screws.
Tighten bolt (2) finger tight. Torque bolts (1) through
6 - 13.5 N·m (10 ft. lbs.) in proper sequence.
NOTE: Shown is the proper torquing sequence. Improper
installation can cause charge pump failure.

40013246_960 6

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 77
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Motor - Remove (C.20.F.28 - F.10.A.10)

1. Drive Motor Removal
Drain the hydraulic reservoir.
Remove the two main hydraulic lines (1) by turning
out eight cap screws.
NOTE: During removal of the three hydraulic lines, up to
five additional gallons of fluid can be expected. A suitable
container must be positioned under the lines to capture the
residual hydraulic fluid.

10013278 1

2. Unplug electrical connector (1) Turn out the screw

from the top of electrical connector (2). Unplug elec-
trical connector (2) from the solenoid.

10013279 2

3. Disconnect the case drain line (1) at the upper elbow

union. Loosen the lower elbow union (2) and rotate
the elbow 90 degrees .

10013280 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 78
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

4. Support the weight of the motor with a floor jack. Turn

off the four mounting nuts (1) (two shown).

10013281 4

5. Move the motor away from the transmission until the

spline shaft is disengaged. Lower the motor from the
combine.

10013282 5

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 79
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Motor - Install (C.20.F.28 - F.10.A.15)

1. Support the weight of the motor with a floor jack.
Raise the motor into position on the transmission.
Engage the spline shaft of the motor and push it into
the female spline until the mounting flange is against
the transmission.

10013282 1

2. Turn on the four mounting nuts (1) (two shown).

Torque the nuts to standard torque.

10013281 2

3. Line the case drain elbow (1) up with the case drain
line (2). Engage the line into the elbow and tighten
the fitting. Tighten the lower elbow fitting. Torque
both ends of the elbow to 110 - 120 N·m (81 - 89 ft.
lbs.).
NOTE: The case drain line may have sprung. Use a crow-
bar or other prying device to line the pipe up enough to
engage the threads of the fitting to prevent galling.

10013280_953 3

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 80
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

4. Plug electrical connector (1) into the case drain line

elbow. Plug in the solenoid connector (2). Turn in
the screw at the top of the connector to secure it in
place.

10013279 4

5. Lubricate and install o-rings into the ends of the main

hydraulic lines (1). Attach the lines to the motor us-
ing four cap screws for each fitting. Torque the cap
screws to 104 N·m (77 ft. lbs.).
Prepare the system for operation in accordance with
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Filling (C.20.F -
F.60.A.10).

10013278 5

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 81
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Motor Charge pressure relief valve - Replace (C.20.F.28.10 -

F.10.A.30)
1. Drain the hydraulic reservoir.
2. Remove the motor charge pressure relief valve (1).
NOTE: Motor shown removed for clarity.

10013271_956 1

3. Turn in the new relief valve (1). Torque the valve to

52 N·m (38 ft. lbs.).

10013272 2

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 82
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Motor Charge pressure relief valve - Check (C.20.F.28.10 - F.45.A.10)

NOTE: The motor charge pump relief valve is not adjustable.
1. To measure the motor charge pressure relief valve
(1) setting, install a 35 bar (500 psi) gauge in gauge
port (2). Start the combine. Engage the parking
brake, put transmission in fourth gear and the en-
gine at high idle. Apply pressure to the foot brake
and stroke the hydrostat lever.

CAUTION
Block the front and rear wheels with suitable blocks
so the machine cannot move. Make sure everyone is
clear of the machine before starting the engine. Z010

10013271 1

2. The motor charge pressure reading must be 18.1 bar

+/- 1.4(262 psi +/- 20). The gauge will read 21 bar
+/- 1.4 (302 psi +/- 20). This includes case pressure.
If the motor charge pressure is not within specifi-
cation, check the pump charge pressure and adjust
as previously described. Recheck the motor charge
pressure, and if it is still out of specification, replace
the relief valve.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 83
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Troubleshooting (C.20.F - G.40.A.10)

Problem Possible Cause Correction
Machine will not operate Control cable not connected Connect control cable
in either direction
Low hydrostatic oil Check and fill the reservoir to the correct oil
level. Use specified oil only.
Air in system Locate and repair leak
Exceeding relief valve pressure Shift to lower gear
Drive system unable to build up pressure Air in system. Air will also cause the system
to be noisy. Check all fittings, especially
around the filter, in the suction line and lo-
cate the point or points where air is being
drawn into the system. Tighten fittings and
joints where air leaks exist. Replace seal
where necessary.
Charge pressure relief valve is stuck open Repair charge pressure relief valve.
Combine does not move Transmission gear selector in neutral Select required gear
when hydrostatic control
lever is moved.
Selected transmission gear too high to Change to lower gear
move combine activating pressure over-
ride
Reservoir oil level very low Check and fill the reservoir to the correct oil
level. Used specified oil only
Air in system (may be due to low oil level) Purge air from system.
Hydrostatic lines leaking Check, tighten or replace as necessary
Blocked hydrostatic filter Check and replace filter element as neces-
sary
Hard to select a Hydrostatic pump not in neutral though hy- Readjust control cable
transmission gear, or drostatic control lever is in neutral
will not go into gear
Neutral is difficult or Hydrostatic lever out of calibration Readjust control cable
impossible to find
Ground travel speed Oil level low Check for leaks and repair as necessary
erratic
Blocked oil filter element Change filter element
Exceeding relief valve pressure Shift to lower gear. Repair or replace relief
valve.
Unable to maintain charge pressure The charge pressure relief valve is dam-
aged or stuck open. Internal damage to
pump or motor
Cold or low oil supply Check oil levels. Allow oil to warm.
Ground speed or combine Reservoir oil level low Check and fill the reservoir to the correct oil
erratic and loses power. level. Used specified oil only.
Also seems to lack power
Hydraulic lines leaking Check level, fill as necessary
Blocked hydrostatic filter Check and replace filter element as neces-
sary
Internal leaks or malfunction in pump or Pressure test system, repair or replace mo-
motor tor or pump as required.
Oil temperature too high Low oil level Fill to correct level and check for leaks
Blocked oil cooler Clean / replace as required
Blocked inlet filter Replace filter
System pressure too high, relief valve con- Pressure test system, inspect multi function
tinually blowing valves
System noisy Air in system Check and fill the reservoir to the correct oil
level. Use specified oil only

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 84
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Problem Possible Cause Correction

Suction line between reservoir and charge Repair leaks
pump, including suction filter, leaking and
allowing air to be drawn into the system,
indicated by considerable amount of foam
in the reservoir
End of return line within the reservoir not
Check and fill the reservoir to the correct oil
below the oil level level. Used specified oil only
Hose or tubing not properly insulated Make sure all hoses and tubes are correctly
routed and secured. Make sure the hoses
and tubes are clear of any metal that will
act as a sound board for normal hydraulic
hum. Insulate hose and tube clamps with
rubber to absorb sound.
Acceleration and Filter or suction line from reservoir to Replace filter element and check and re-
deceleration sluggish charge pump is blocked move obstructions from suction line
Control orifice plug is partially blocked Inspect and clean / replace as required
Blocked hydrostatic filter Check and replace filter element as neces-
sary
.Air in system Check fittings for air leaks.
Repair as necessary
Low charge pressure Inspect filter and hoses.
Inspect charge pump relief valve.
Inspect the charge pump
Unit surges Air in system Check fittings for air leaks between reser-
voir and charge pump.
Repair as necessary.
Low hydrostatic oil Check and fill the reservoir to the correct oil
level. Used specified oil only.
Blocked hydrostatic filter Check and replace filter element as neces-
sary
Exceeding relief valve pressure Shift to lower gear
Unable to maintain charge pressure Repair or replace charge pressure relief
valve
System contaminated Flush system
Faulty pump Repair or replace pump

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 85
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

E0059-11-Dual Range Valve Unidentified Failure Code (C.20.F.05.05

- G.30.B.46)
E0059-11 - Dual Range Valve Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The dual range solenoid (L27) circuit open or is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring shorted to ground or open circuit.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Dual Range valve" and select the “Status" screen. Press the “Enter" key to manually power the circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates “OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 7.
2. Turn the key switch to the OFF position and disconnect the dual range valve connector X092.

A. Use a multimeter to check the resistance of the dual range valve coil. The proper resistance range for the
coil is 1.0 - 8.0 ohms. If out of specification replace coil.

B. If the coil is within specification continue with Step 3.

3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X092 pin C and chassis ground. Flex the front frame
harness while making this check.

A. If no continuity to ground is found continue with Step 4.

B. If there is continuity to ground continue with Step 6.

4. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power the dual
range solenoid. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X092 pin C and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present continue with Step 5.

B. If 12 volts is found continue with Step 8.

5. Key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power the dual range
solenoid. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X023 pin 21 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present the open is between connector X023 and connector X020 J3-3 wire 762 white.

B. If 12 volts is read the open is between connector X023 and connector X092 wire 762 white. Locate the
open and repair.
6. Disconnect inline connector X023. Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X023 pin 21
and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the short to ground is in the front frame harness between connector X023 and con-
nector X020 J3-3 wire 762 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If no continuity is found the short to ground is in the lower frame harness between connector X023 and
connector X092 wire 762 white. Locate the short and repair.
7. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 86
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 08 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.08)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.22)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 87
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

E0202-11-Ground Speed Hydrostat Unidentified Failure Code

(C.20.F.05.07 - G.30.B.46)
E0202-11 - Ground Speed Hydrostat Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The ground speed hydrostat valve (L-23) circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad solenoid.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "CCM2" sub menu.
Select “Ground Speed Hydrostat" and select the check voltage range.
The proper ground speed hydrostat valve control voltage is as follows:
Handle in neutral - 0 V.
Handle full forward - 4.4 V.
Handle full rearward - 2.5 V.
Error is indicated at 4.7 V.

A. If the voltage reading is high (>4.7 V in either forward or reverse), continue with step 2.

B. If the readings are within the proper ranges, continue with Step 10.
2. Turn the key switch to the OFF position. Disconnect the ground speed hydrostat valve connector X100. Use
a multimeter to check the resistance of the ground speed hydrostat valve coil between terminals D and C. The
proper resistance range for the ground speed hydrostat valve coil L23 is 16 - 20 K Ohms.

A. If out of specification, replace the solenoid.

B. If the coil is within specification, continue with Step 3.

3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between the ground speed hydrostat valve coil connector terminals D
or C and chassis ground. There should not be continuity to ground.

A. If there is continuity, replace the solenoid.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with Step 4.

4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X100 pin D and chassis ground. Flex the harness
while making this check.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with Step 5.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with Step 7.

5. Disconnect connector X011. Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X011 pin Q and
chassis ground.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, a short to ground is located in the gearbox (GB) harness between
connector X011 and connector X100 wire 880 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 6.

6. Disconnect inline connector X008. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X008 pin 12
and chassis ground.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 88
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

A. If there is no continuity to ground, a short to ground is located in the main frame (MF) harness between
connector X011 and connector X008 wire 880 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X017 J3-31 and connector X008 wire 880 white. Locate the short and repair.
7. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X100 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 8.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 10.

8. Disconnect connector X011. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X011 pin P and chassis
ground.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, a short to ground is located in the gearbox (GB) harness between
connector X100 pin A and connector X011 pin P wire 879 gray. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 9.

9. Disconnect connector X008. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X008 pin 11and chas-
sis ground.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, a short to ground is located in the main frame (MF) harness between
connector X011 pin P and connector X008 pin 11 wire 879 gray. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, the short to ground is located in the front frame (FF) harness between
connector X017 J3-21and connector X008 wire 879 gray. Locate the short and repair.
10. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.26)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 89
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

E0643-03-MFH Position Input Shorted to High Source (C.20.F.05.07 -

G.30.B.54)
E0643-03 - MFH Position Input Shorted to High Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Multifunction Handle (MFH) Position Input circuit voltage is >4.5
volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The MFH Position Input circuit is shorted to >4.5 volts .

2. RHM internal failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "MFH
Position Input" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the MFH Position Input circuit is 0.5 - 4.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is >4.5 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
2. Verify the RHM is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X027
. Using the proper tool, remove pin 1 wire 381 yellow from X027 . With the wire removed from the connector,
reconnect X027 . Turn the ignition back on and recheck the "MFH Position Input" voltage.

A. If the voltage now reads <0.5 volts , the RHM is good. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the voltage is still >4.5 volts , then the fault is in the RHM. Reinstall the wire removed for troubleshooting.
Reload the system software to see if the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the
software, replace the RHM. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
3. Locate the shorted wire. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect Ground Speed Potentiometer R-04. Turn the
ignition on. Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage at pin C wire 381 yellow of the harness side of connector
X057 .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.5 volts then the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.

B. If the voltage reads >4.5 volts then the fault is in the respective wire 381 yellow. Locate and repair the
short. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
4. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.07)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 90
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

E0643-04-MFH Position Input Shorted to Low Source (C.20.F.05.07 -

G.30.B.53)
E0643-04 - MFH Position Input Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Multifunction Handle (MFH) Position Input circuit voltage is <0.5
volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The MFH Position Input circuit is shorted to ground.

2. Ground Speed Potentiometer R-04 failure.
3. RHM internal failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "MFH
Position Input" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the MFH Position Input circuit is 0.5 - 4.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.5 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 6.
2. Verify the power supply and ground are good. Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage between the connector
X057 pin B(-) and pin 1(+) at Ground Speed Potentiometer R-04.

A. If the voltage reads between 4.500 - 5.500 volts the RHM 5V Reference Voltage and circuit ground are
both good. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the voltage is below 4.500 volts, then the RHM 5V Reference Voltage is missing. Check for an E0641-04
- RHM 5V Reference Voltage fault. If present, correct that fault and resume operation. Otherwise, repair
the open between the Right Console harness X026 pin 16 and Ground Speed Potentiometer connector
X057 pin A, or between Right Console harness connector X026 pin 6 and Ground Speed Potentiometer
connector X057 pin B. Continue troubleshooting at Step 6.
3. Verify Ground Speed Potentiometer R-04 is good. Select "MFH Position Input" and observe the voltage. While
watching the voltage reading, gradually vary the position of the Ground Speed Potentiometer R-04 through its
entire range.

A. If the voltage varies smoothly as the position of the Ground Speed Potentiometer R-04 changes between
1.2 - 3.4 volts , then the potentiometer is good. Continue at Step 4.

B. If the voltage is erratic or out of range while moving the Ground Speed Potentiometer, then the fault is in
R-04. Replace the Ground Speed Potentiometer R-04. Continue troubleshooting at Step 6.
4. Verify circuit 381 yellow is good. Measure the continuity between RHM X027 pin 1 and Ground Speed Poten-
tiometer R-04 connector X057 (harness side) pin C. Check for a short to ground.

A. If the circuit tests good, continue troubleshooting at Step 5.

B. If the circuit is open, or shorted to ground, locate the fault and repair. Continue troubleshooting at Step 6.
5. Verify the RHM is good. Observe the MFH Position Input voltage on the Infoview monitor.

A. If the MFH Position Input voltage is still <0.5 volts , reload the system software to see if the fault code
clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue troubleshooting
at Step 6.

B. If the fault is still present after replacing the RHM, continue troubleshooting at Step 6.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 91
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

6. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.07)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 92
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

E0643-13-MFH Position Input Needs Calibration (C.20.F.05.07 -

G.30.D.20)
E0643-13 - MFH Position Input Needs Calibration

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Multifunction Handle (MFH) Position Input reading is >105 %
or calibration has been lost.

Possible failure modes:

1. The MFH Position is not calibrated.

2. Ground Speed Potentiometer R-04 failure.
3. RHM internal failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub menu. Select "MFH
Position Input" and observe the "Relative Position" percentage. With the engine off, move the MFH fully forward
and aft while observing the display.
The normal operating range for the Propulsion Handle Position circuit is 0 - 100 % .

A. If the percentage reading is >105 % , or you are unable to move the handle, continue with Step 2.

B. If the percentage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting
at Step 4.
2. Calibrate the MFH position. Enter the Infoview monitor Configuration Info sub-menu. Select Calibration - Multi-
functional Handle. Press Enter and follow the on-screen instructions. When finished, recheck the MFH Position
Input percentage.

A. If the percentage reading is still able to reach >105 % , continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the percentage reads between 0 - 100 % . Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.

3. Verify the RHM is good. Reload the system software to see if the fault code clears. Perform Multifunctional
Handle calibration. Recheck the MFH Position Input percentage throughout the range of movement.

A. If the percentage now reads between 0 - 100 % , the RHM is good. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.

B. If the percentage is still >105 % , then the fault is in the RHM. Replace the RHM. Repeat calibration. If
calibration fails again, replace the Ground Speed Potentiometer R-04.
4. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, but the symptoms are still present, replace the multifunction handle position.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.07)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 93
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

E0195-11-Foot-an-Inch valve Unidentified Failure Code (C.20.F.13 -

G.30.B.46)
E0195-11 - Foot-an-Inch valve Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The foot-on-inch valve (L-05) circuit is open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad solenoid.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Foot-on-Inch valve" and select the “Status" screen. Press the “Enter" key to manually power the circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates “OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 9.
2. Disconnect connector X092. Use a multi meter to check the resistance of the foot on inch valve coil (L-05). The
proper resistance range is 8 - 12 ohms.

A. If there is zero resistance, the foot on inch solenoid is shorted internally. Replace the solenoid.

B. If there is infinite resistance, the foot on inch solenoid is open. Replace the solenoid.

C. If the resistance is correct, continue with step 3.

3. Use a multi meter to check for continuity between connector X092 pin A (harness side) and chassis ground.
Flex the lower frame (LF) harness while making this check.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 4.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 5.

4. Disconnect connector X023. Use a multi meter to check for continuity between connector X023 pin 13 and
chassis ground. Flex the front frame (FF) harness between the connector X023 and connector X017 while
making this check.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the lower frame (LF) harness between connector
X023 and connector X092 wire 575 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X023 and connector X017 wire 575 white. Locate the short and repair.
5. Use a multi meter to check for continuity between connector X092 pin B (harness side) and chassis ground.
Flex the lower frame (LF) harness while making this check.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 6.

B. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 7.

6. Disconnect connector X023. Use a multi meter to check for continuity between connector X023 pin 25 (harness
side) and chassis ground. Flex the front frame (FF) harness between connector X023 and the front frame ground
2 while making this check.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 94
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the lower frame (LF) harness between connector
X092 and connector X023 wire 606 or 765 black. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X023 pin 25 and the front frame ground 2 wire 765 black. Locate the open and repair.
7. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power
the foot on inch valve. Use a multi meter to check for 12 volts between connector X092 pin A and chassis
ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, continue with step 8.

B. If 12 volts is found, continue with step 9.

8. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power
the foot on inch valve. Use a multi meter to check for 12 volts between connector X023 pin 13 and chassis
ground.

A. If 12 volts is present, the open circuit is in the lower frame (LF) harness between connector X092 pin A
and connector X023 pin 13 wire 575 white. Locate the open circuit and repair.

B. If 12 volts is not present there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X023
pin 13 and connector X017 pin J3-15 wire 575 white. Locate the open and repair.
9. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 08 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.08)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.22)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 95
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

E0179-05-LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro Line Disconnected

(C.20.F.91.11 - G.30.B.50)
E0179-05 - LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro Line Disconnected

Cause:
The Ground Speed Hydrostat Solenoid (L-23) circuit is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Bad solenoid.
2. Return side wiring is open.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. The LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro circuit is the ground path for the Ground Speed Hydrostat solenoid circuit.
By monitoring current flow on the return path of the ground speed hydrostat solenoid, the module can provide
precise control of the solenoid engagement. When this error message is reported, this is an indication of very
low current draw on the circuit, or an open circuit on the return line.

Enter the Infoview monitor - " Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro". Move the hydrostat handle to the full forward position, the full rearward
position, and back to neutral while monitoring the voltage.
With the hydrostat handle in neutral, the voltage indicated should be 0 volts.
With the hydrostat handle in the full forward position, the voltage indicated should be approximately 4.4 volts.
With the hydrostat handle in the full rearward position, the voltage indicated should be approximately 2.5 volts.
The fault code is generated If the current flow is less than 5 ma (0.2 volts indicated on bar graph) at any time
when the handle is out of neutral.

A. If one or both of the readings are less than 0.2 volts, continue with step 2.

B. If the readings are normal, continue the troubleshooting at step 7.

2. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is low. Turn the key switch to the OFF position and disconnect
the ground speed solenoid connector X100. Use a multimeter to check the resistance of the ground speed
solenoids L23 between connector X100 pins A & B (rev) and connector X100 pins C & D (fwd). The proper
resistance range for the ground speed solenoid is 16 - 20 K ohms.

A. If out of specification, replace the solenoid.

B. If the coil is within specification, continue with Step 3.

3. Use a multimeter to check continuity between connector X100 pins B & C and chassis ground. There should
be approximately 50 ohms resistance measured on each pin.

A. If there is continuity on connector X100 pin B, but not pin C, there is an open in the gearbox (GB) harness
between connector X100 pin C and the harness splice wire 887 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is continuity on connector X100 pin C, but not pin B, there is an open in the gearbox (GB) harness
between connector X100 pin B and the harness splice wire 886 blue. Locate the open and repair.

C. If there is no continuity on either pin, continue with step 4.

4. Disconnect connector X011. Use a multimeter to check continuity between connector X011 pin G and chassis
ground. There should be approximately 50 ohms resistance.

A. If there is continuity, there is an open in the gearbox (GB) harness wire between the harness splice and
connector X011 pin G wire 881 blue. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is no continuity, continue with step 5.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 96
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

5. Disconnect connector X008 behind the cab. Use a multimeter to check continuity between connector X008 pin
22 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, there is an open in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X011 pin G and
connector X008 pin 22 wire 881 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity, continue with step 6.

6. Carefully disconnect connector X017 on the bottom of CCM2 module. Use a multimeter to check resistance
between connector X017 pin J3-35 and chassis ground. There should be approximately 50 ohms resistance.

A. There is infinite resistance. The sense resistor in the CCM2 module has failed. Replace the module.

B. The resistance is correct. The sense resistor in the CCM2 module is okay, and the circuit should function
correctly. Continue with step 7.
7. Erase fault code and continue operation.

A. If the fault immediately reoccurs, replace CCM2 with a known good controller.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.26)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 97
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

E0179-03-LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro Shorted to High Source

(C.20.F.91.11 - G.30.B.54)
E0179-03 - LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro Shorted to High Source

Cause:
CCM2 has detected that the LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro circuit is >4.7 volts while the MFH is in neutral.

Possible failure modes:

1. The LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro wiring is shorted to 12 volts .

2. CCM2 internal failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - ""Diagnose info"" screen, "Driveline" sub menu. Select
"LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro" and observe the voltage with the MFH in neutral.
The normal operating range for the LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro circuit is 0.0 - 4.4 volts.
With the MFH in neutral, the voltage indicated should be 0 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is 4.7 volts or greater, continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 5.
2. Look for the shorted wire. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the ground speed solenoid connector X100 .
Turn the ignition back on and recheck the LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro voltage.

A. If the voltage is still above 4.7 volts , then inspect the wiring between Front Frame harness connector
X017 and connector X008 . Then inspect the wiring between Main Frame harness connector X008 and
connector X011 . Next inspect the wiring between Gear Box harness connector X011 and connector X100
. Locate and repair the short to voltage. If none found, continue to Step 3.

B. If the voltage now reads 0 volts , then the wiring from CCM2 connector X017 pin 35 to connector X100
pins B and C is good. Continue troubleshooting circuits 879 and 880 from Ground Speed Hydrostat L-23
with Step 4.
3. Verify CCM2 is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the CCM2 harness connector X017 . Using the
proper tool, remove pin 35 wire 881 blue from connector X017 . With the wire removed from the connector,
reconnect connector X017 to CCM2. Turn the ignition back on and recheck the LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro
voltage.

A. If the voltage is still not 0 volts , then the fault is in CCM2. Replace CCM2. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 5.

B. If the voltage now reads 0 volts , the short is in the wiring harness and was somehow overlooked in Step
2A. Locate and repair the short. Reinstall the wire removed for troubleshooting, continue at Step 5.
4. Look for the shorted wire in circuit 879 or 880. Using a voltmeter, check the voltage at connector X100 pin A
circuit 879 and then pin D circuit 880.

A. If voltage is found on pin A, locate the short in circuit 879 grey. If voltage is found on pin D, locate the
short in circuit 880 grey. Inspect the wiring between Front Frame harness connector X017 and connector
X008 . Then inspect the wiring between Main Frame harness connector X008 and connector X011 . Next
inspect the wiring between Gear Box harness connector X011 and connector X100 . Locate and repair
the short to voltage. Continue with Step 5.

B. If no damage is found, replace CCM2. Continue with Step 5.

5. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 98
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.26)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 99
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

E0179-04-LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro Shorted to Low Source

(C.20.F.91.11 - G.30.B.53)
E0179-04 - LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
CCM2 has detected that the LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro circuit current is < 5 mA while the MFH is not in neutral,
and the combine is moving.

Possible failure modes:

1. The LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro wiring is shorted to ground.

2. CCM2 internal failure.

Solution:

1. The LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro circuit is the ground path for the Ground Speed Hydrostat solenoid circuit. By
monitoring the current flow on the return path of the ground speed hydrostat solenoid, the module can provide
precise control of the solenoid engagement. When this error message is reported, this is an indication of very
low current draw on the circuit, or a short circuit on the return line while the combine is moving.
Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - ""Diagnose info"" screen, "Driveline" sub menu. Select
"LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro" and observe the voltage with the MFH out of neutral, and the combine moving.
The normal operating range for the LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro circuit is 0.0 - 4.4 volts .
With the MFH in out of neutral, and the combine moving, the voltage indicated should be > 0.2 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is less than 0.2 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the shorted wire may be intermittent at this time. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 4.
2. Look for the shorted wire. Stop the combine and turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the ground speed
solenoid connector X100 and CCM2 connector X017 . Using an ohmmeter, test for a short to ground on pin 35
wire 881 blue of connector X017 .

A. If the ohmmeter does not show continuity to ground, then the wiring from CCM2 connector X017 pin 35 to
connector X100 pins B and C is good. Continue troubleshooting circuits 879 and 880 from Ground Speed
Hydrostat L-23 with Step 3.

B. If the ohmmeter indicates continuity to ground, then inspect the wiring between Front Frame harness con-
nector X017 and connector X008 . Then inspect the wiring between Main Frame harness connector X008
and connector X011 . Next inspect the wiring between Gear Box harness connector X011 and connector
X100 . Locate and repair the short to ground. Continue to Step 4.
3. Look for the shorted wire in circuit 879 or 880. Using an ohmmeter, check for continuity to ground at connector
X100 pin A circuit 879 and then pin D circuit 880, with connector X017 disconnected.

A. If continuity to ground is found on pin A, locate the short in circuit 879 grey. If continuity to ground is found
on pin D, locate the short in circuit 880 grey. Inspect the wiring between Front Frame harness connector
X017 and connector X008 . Then inspect the wiring between Main Frame harness connector X008 and
connector X011 . Next inspect the wiring between Gear Box harness connector X011 and connector X100
. Locate and repair the short to ground. Continue with Step 4.

B. If no damage is found, replace CCM2. Continue with Step 4.

4. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires. Re-
install all connectors and wiring disconnected during troubleshooting.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 100
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.26)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 101
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

E0023-03-Hydrostat Motor Temp Shorted To High Source

(C.20.F.95.90 - G.30.B.54)
E0023-03 - Hydrostat Motor Temp Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The hydrostat motor temperature (B-46) is shorted to high source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Hydrostat Motor Temp" and check voltage range.
The normal operating voltage range is - 0.5 - 4.9 volts

A. If the voltage reading is above 5.2 volts, continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, since the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue the troubleshooting at Step 4.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView is high. Disconnect the hydrostatic motor temperature sensor connector
X091.

A. If the voltage drops to 4.9 - 5.2 volts the short is in the sensor, or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView display continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView is high. Disconnect the lower frame harness from the front frame harness
at connector X023.

A. If the voltage drops to 4.9 - 5.2 volts the short is in the lower frame harness between connector X023 and
connector X091 wire 773 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView display the short circuit is somewhere between connector X023
and connector X020 J3-33 on CCM1 in the front frame harness wire 773 yellow.
4. Visually inspect harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken
wires.

A. If no damage is found erase fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 102
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

E0023-04-Hydrostatic Motor Temp Shorted To Low Source

(C.20.F.95.90 - G.30.B.53)
E0023-04 - Hydrostatic Motor Temp Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
The hydrostat motor temperature (B-46) is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Hydrostat Motor Temp" and check voltage range.
The normal operating voltage range is - 0.5 - 4.9 volts

A. If the voltage reading is 0 - 0.5 volts continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at Step 4.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView is low. Disconnect the hydrostatic motor temperature sensor connector
X091.

A. If the voltage increases to 4.9 - 5.2 volts the short is in the sensor, or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView display continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView is low. Disconnect the front frame harness from the lower frame harness
at connector X023.

A. If the voltage increases to 4.9 - 5.2 volts the short is in the lower frame harness between connector X023
and connector X091 wire 773 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView display the short circuit is somewhere between connector X023 and
connector X020 J33 on CCM1 in the front frame harness wire 773 yellow.
4. Visually inspect harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken
wires.

A. If no damage is found erase fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 103
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

E0023-05-Hydrostatic Motor Temp Line Disconnected (C.20.F.95.90

- G.30.B.50)
E0023-05 - Hydrostatic Motor Temp Line Disconnected

Cause:
The hydrostatic motor temperature (B-46) is disconnected.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring has an open.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Hydrostat Motor Temp" and check voltage range.
The normal operating voltage range is - 0.5 - 4.9 volts.

A. If there is an open in the supply/ground wiring the voltage will read 4.9 - 5.2 volts.

B. If the voltage reading is 4.9 - 5.2 volts continue with Step 2.

C. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at Step 4.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView is 4.9 - 5.2 volts. Disconnect the hydrostatic motor temperature sensor
connector X091. Install a jumper wire between pins A and B on connector X091.

A. If the voltage drops to 0 - 0.5 volts the open is in the sensor, or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains out of range on InfoView display continue with Step 3.
3. The voltage reading on the InfoView is 4.9 - 5.2 volts. Remove the jumper wire from connector X091. Use a
multimeter to check for continuity between pin A on connector X091 and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found continue with Step 4.

B. If continuity is found continue with Step 5.

4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between pin 16 on connector X023 and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, there is an open in wire 723, or 501 blue between connectors X023 and connector
X020 J3-18 on CCM1. Locate and repair the open circuit.

B. If continuity is found the open is between connector X023 and X091 wire 723 or 774 blue in lower frame
harness.
5. The voltage reading on the InfoView is 4.9 - 5.2 volts. Disconnect the connector X023. Install a jumper wire
between pins 26 and 16 on connector X023.

A. If the voltage drops to 0 - 0.5 volts the open is between connector X023 and X091 on wire 773 yellow.
Locate and repair the open.

B. If the voltage remains at 4.9 - 5.2 volts on InfoView display the open is between connector X023 and
connector X020 J3-33 wire 773 yellow. Locate and repair the open.
6. Visually inspect harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken
wires.

A. If no damage is found erase fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 08 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.08)
Series 1206-1347
2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 104
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 105
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

E0135-01-Charge Pressure Switch Valid Below Normal (C.20.F.95.86

- G.30.C.20)
E0135-01 - Charge Pressure Switch Valid Below Normal

Cause:
CCM2 has detected that the charge pressure switch circuit S-37 voltage has dropped to < 1.8 volts with the engine
running for > 1 second , indicating a low pressure condition.

Possible failure modes:

1. The charge pressure has dropped below acceptable limits during operation and the switch has closed - this is
normal operation of the circuit and indicates a mechanical failure.
2. The charge pressure switch S-37 circuit is shorted to ground while the engine is running.
3. Charge pressure switch S-37 failure.
IMPORTANT: Do not run the engine without first verifying there are no mechanical faults in the system and you
are now only troubleshooting an electrical fault. Serious and costly damage to the hydraulic components of the
system will occur.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor "Diagnose info" screen, "Driveline" submenu. Select
"Charge Pressure switch" and observe the voltage.

A. With the engine off, the voltage reading should be < 1.8 volts . If the voltage is > 1.8 volts , another fault
code will be present. Repair the E0135-03 or E0135-05 fault first.

B. With the engine running, the voltage reading should be between 1.8 - 10.0 volts. If the voltage remains <
1.8 volts , (the engine will shut down) continue troubleshooting with Step 2.
2. Verify charge pressure switch S-37 is functioning. Disconnect the charge pressure switch circuit 684 yellow
at connector X101 . With the key off, use an ohmmeter to measure the continuity between the switch side of
connector X101 and ground. Start the engine and repeat the continuity check.

A. If continuity is indicated with the engine off, and open with the engine running, then the switch is functioning
properly. The fault will be in the wiring. Continue troubleshooting with Step 3.

B. If continuity is indicated while the engine is running -and the pump is known to be working properly me-
chanically, then the switch is faulty. Replace the charge pressure switch S-37. Continue troubleshooting
with Step 4.
3. Verify circuit 684 yellow is not shorted to ground. Disconnect the charge pressure switch circuit 684 yellow at
connector X101 and disconnect gearbox harness connector X011 . Use an ohmmeter to check for continuity
between circuit 684 yellow and ground.

A. If continuity to ground is found, locate and repair the short to ground in the gearbox harness. Continue
troubleshooting with Step 4.

B. If no continuity to ground is found, locate and repair the short to ground in the main frame harness between
connector X011 and connector X016 . Continue troubleshooting with Step 4.
4. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1206-1281
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.07)
Series 1282-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 08 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.08)
Series 1348 and above
2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 106
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 107
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

E0135-03-Charge Pressure Switch Shorted To High Source

(C.20.F.95.86 - G.30.B.54)
E0135-03 - Charge Pressure Switch Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The charge pressure switch (S-37) circuit is shorted to 12 volts.

Possible failure modes:

1. Switch supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Charge pressure switch" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range for the charge pressure switch (engine not running) is 0 - 1.8 volts.
The proper voltage range for the charge pressure switch (engine running) is - 1.8 - 10.0 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (>10 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, since the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high. Disconnect the charge pressure switch connector X101.

A. If the voltage drops back into the proper range the short is in the switch. Replace the switch.

B. If the voltage remains high on Infoview monitor continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high. Disconnect the gearbox harness from the main frame
harness at connector X011.

A. If the voltage drops back into the proper range the short is in the gearbox harness between connector
X011 pin W and connector X101 wire 684 yellow. Locate and repair.

B. If the voltage remains high on Infoview monitor the short circuit is somewhere between connector X011
pin W and connector X016 pin J2-35 on CCM2 in the main frame harness wire 684 yellow. Locate and
repair.
4. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView display. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1206-1281
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.07)
Series 1282-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 08 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.08)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 108
 POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

E0135-05-Charge Pressure Switch Line Disconnected (C.20.F.95.86

- G.30.B.50)
E0135-05 - Charge Pressure Switch Line Disconnected

Cause:
The charge pressure switch (S-37) circuit is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply or ground wiring is open.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. The charge pressure switch is normally closed when there is no pressure (engine not running), and open when
there is pressure (engine running). The check for an open circuit only occurs when the electrical system is
initially powered up before the engine is started.

Enter the Info View Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Charge pressure switch" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range for the charge pressure switch when the engine is not running is 1.8 volts or less.

A. If the voltage reading is high (1.8 - 10 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, since the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue the troubleshooting at step 4.
2. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high. Disconnect the charge pressure switch connector X101
ring terminal and ground the terminal to the chassis.

A. If the voltage drops back into the proper range (0 - 1.8 volts), the switch has failed open. Replace the
switch.

B. If the voltage remains high on Infoview monitor, continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the Infoview monitor is high. Disconnect the gearbox harness from the main frame
harness at connector X011 and provide a ground to pin W.

A. If the voltage drops back into the proper range (0 - 1,8 volts), the open is in the gearbox (GB) harness
between the switch connector X101 and connector X011 pin W wire 684 yellow. Locate open and repair.

B. If the voltage remains high on Infoview monitor, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between
connector X011 pin W and connector X016 pin J2-35 wire 684 yellow. Locate open and repair.
4. Operate the machine while monitoring Infoview display.

A. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 109
 Index

POWER TRAIN - C

TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - 20.F

Charge pump - Install (C.20.F.21 - F.10.A.15) 76
Charge pump - Remove (C.20.F.21 - F.10.A.10) 74
Control valve - Inspect (C.20.F.13 - F.40.B.01) 56
Control valve - Install (C.20.F.13 - F.10.A.15) 55
Control valve - Remove (C.20.F.13 - F.10.A.10) 54
Control valve - Static description (C.20.F.13 - C.30.A.20) 27
E0023-03-Hydrostat Motor Temp Shorted To High Source (C.20.F.95.90 - G.30.B.54) 102
E0023-04-Hydrostatic Motor Temp Shorted To Low Source (C.20.F.95.90 - G.30.B.53) 103
E0023-05-Hydrostatic Motor Temp Line Disconnected (C.20.F.95.90 - G.30.B.50) 104
E0059-11-Dual Range Valve Unidentified Failure Code (C.20.F.05.05 - G.30.B.46) 86
E0135-01-Charge Pressure Switch Valid Below Normal (C.20.F.95.86 - G.30.C.20) 106
E0135-03-Charge Pressure Switch Shorted To High Source (C.20.F.95.86 - G.30.B.54) 108
E0135-05-Charge Pressure Switch Line Disconnected (C.20.F.95.86 - G.30.B.50) 109
E0179-03-LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro Shorted to High Source (C.20.F.91.11 - G.30.B.54) 98
E0179-04-LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro Shorted to Low Source (C.20.F.91.11 - G.30.B.53) 100
E0179-05-LoP Isense Grnd Spd Hydro Line Disconnected (C.20.F.91.11 - G.30.B.50) 96
E0195-11-Foot-an-Inch valve Unidentified Failure Code (C.20.F.13 - G.30.B.46) 94
E0202-11-Ground Speed Hydrostat Unidentified Failure Code (C.20.F.05.07 - G.30.B.46) 88
E0643-03-MFH Position Input Shorted to High Source (C.20.F.05.07 - G.30.B.54) 90
E0643-04-MFH Position Input Shorted to Low Source (C.20.F.05.07 - G.30.B.53) 91
E0643-13-MFH Position Input Needs Calibration (C.20.F.05.07 - G.30.D.20) 93
Motor - Component identification (C.20.F.28 - C.40.C.20) 39
Motor - Component identification (C.20.F.28 - C.40.C.20) 40
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Motor - Component identification (C.20.F.28 - C.40.C.20) 41
CX860, CX880
Motor - General specification (C.20.F.28 - D.40.A.10) 10
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Motor - General specification (C.20.F.28 - D.40.A.10) 10
CX860, CX880
Motor - Install (C.20.F.28 - F.10.A.15) 80
Motor - Remove (C.20.F.28 - F.10.A.10) 78
Motor - Static description (C.20.F.28 - C.30.A.20) 38
Motor Charge pressure relief valve - Check (C.20.F.28.10 - F.45.A.10) 83
Motor Charge pressure relief valve - Replace (C.20.F.28.10 - F.10.A.30) 82
Multifunction valve - Install (C.20.F.11 - F.10.A.15) 51
Multifunction valve - Pressure setting (C.20.F.11 - F.45.A.70) 52
Multifunction valve - Remove (C.20.F.11 - F.10.A.10) 50
Multifunction valve - Static description (C.20.F.11 - C.30.A.20) 21
Oil cooler by-pass - General specification (C.20.F.19 - D.40.A.10) 7
Pump - Component identification (C.20.F.20 - C.40.C.20) 33
Pump - Component identification (C.20.F.20 - C.40.C.20) 34
CX720, CX740, CX760
Pump - Component identification (C.20.F.20 - C.40.C.20) 35
CX780, CX820, CX840

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 110
Pump - Component identification (C.20.F.20 - C.40.C.20) 36
CX860
Pump - Component identification (C.20.F.20 - C.40.C.20) 37
CX880
Pump - General specification (C.20.F.20 - D.40.A.10) 8
CX720, CX740, CX760
Pump - General specification (C.20.F.20 - D.40.A.10) 8
CX780, CX820, CX840
Pump - General specification (C.20.F.20 - D.40.A.10) 8
CX860
Pump - General specification (C.20.F.20 - D.40.A.10) 8
CX880
Pump - Install (C.20.F.20 - F.10.A.15) 69
Pump - Remove (C.20.F.20 - F.10.A.10) 63
Pump - Repair (C.20.F.20 - F.10.A.32) 71
Pump - Repair (C.20.F.20 - F.10.A.32) 72
Pump - Static description (C.20.F.20 - C.30.A.20) 32
Pump Charge pressure relief valve - Install (C.20.F.20.10 - F.10.A.15) 65
Pump Charge pressure relief valve - Pressure setting (C.20.F.20.10 - F.45.A.70) 73
Pump Charge pressure relief valve - Remove (C.20.F.20.10 - F.10.A.10) 59
Pump Shaft - Install (C.20.F.20.18 - F.10.A.15) 66
Pump Shaft - Remove (C.20.F.20.18 - F.10.A.10) 60
Relief valve - Static description (C.20.F.16 - C.30.A.20) 29
Shuttle spool valve - Install (C.20.F.14 - F.10.A.15) 58
Shuttle spool valve - Remove (C.20.F.14 - F.10.A.10) 57
Thermostat - Static description (C.20.F.18 - C.30.A.20) 31
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Dynamic description (C.20.F - C.30.A.10) 13
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Filling (C.20.F - F.60.A.10) 48
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - General specification (C.20.F - D.40.A.10) 5
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Hydrostatic schema (C.20.F - C.20.B.25) 17
CX720, CX740, CX760
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Hydrostatic schema (C.20.F - C.20.B.25) 19
CX780, CX820, CX840, CX860, CX880
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Hydrostatic symbol (C.20.F - C.20.C.25) 15
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Pressure test (C.20.F - F.40.C.30) 44
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Special tools (C.20.F - D.20.A.40) 5
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Start up (C.20.F - F.35.A.41) 42
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Static description (C.20.F - C.30.A.20) 11
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Troubleshooting (C.20.F - G.40.A.10) 84
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Weight (C.20.F - D.40.A.40) 5

2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 111
 2 4/7/2006
C.20.F / 112
 POWER TRAIN - C

PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive - 50.B

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 1
 Contents

POWER TRAIN - C

PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive - 50.B

TECHNICAL DATA
PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive
Torque (C.50.B - D.20.A.10) 3
Shimming (C.50.B - D.20.A.30) 3
Special tools (C.50.B - D.20.A.40) 3

SERVICE
PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive
Disassemble (C.50.B - F.10.A.25) 5
Service instruction (C.50.B - F.10.A.05) 11
Remove (C.50.B - F.10.A.10) 12
Install (C.50.B - F.10.A.15) 22
Assemble (C.50.B - F.10.A.20) 31
Inspect (C.50.B - F.40.B.01) 44
Clutch
Main clutch - Disassemble (C.50.B.46.10 - F.10.A.25) 46
Unload clutch - Disassemble (C.50.B.46.20 - F.10.A.25) 51
Remove (C.50.B.46 - F.10.A.10) 55
Install (C.50.B.46 - F.10.A.15) 63
Main clutch - Assemble (C.50.B.46.10 - F.10.A.20) 70
Unload clutch - Assemble (C.50.B.46.20 - F.10.A.20) 76

DIAGNOSTIC
Sensing system
E0025-03-Gearbox Temp Sensor Shorted To High Source (C.50.B.95.90 - G.30.B.54) 81
E0025-04-Gearbox Temp Sensor Shorted To Low Source (C.50.B.95.90 - G.30.B.53) 82
E0025-05-Gearbox Temp Sensor Line Disconnected (C.50.B.95.90 - G.30.B.50) 83
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series
1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0025-05-Gearbox Temp Sensor Line Disconnected (C.50.B.95.90 - G.30.B.50) 85

CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above,
CX780 Series 1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and above, CX840 Series 1238 and above,
CX860 Series 1238 and above, CX880 Series 1238 and above

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 2
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive - Torque (C.50.B -

D.20.A.10)
Item Torque
Thresher shaft rolling torque 1250 - 1500 Nmm (11-13 in. lbs.)
Thresher shaft spur gear cap screws 110-120 N·m (81-88 ft. lbs.)
Hydraulic pump drive housing 190-210 N·m (140-155 ft. lbs.)
Hydraulic pump drive rolling torque 300 - 400 Nmm (2-3 in. lbs.)
Engine flange cap screws 80-90 N·m (59-66 ft. lbs.)
Input shaft rolling torque 1400 - 1500 Nmm (12-14 in. lbs.)
Clutch housing cover cap screws 45-50 N·m (33-37 ft. lbs.)
Main clutch cylinder cap screws 35 N·m (26 ft. lbs.)
Unload clutch piston cap screws 35 N·m (26 ft. lbs.)
Clutch housing spur gear cap screws 45-50 N·m (33-37 ft. lbs.)

PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive - Shimming (C.50.B -

D.20.A.30)
If a tapered roller bearing requires replacement, the outer race must also be replaced at the same time.

Some outer races are inserted on top of shim packs. These packs are installed to provide a preload to the bearings.
The original shim pack should be used when replacing the bearing and race. Perform the measurement to determine
if proper preload exists, and adjust the thickness of the shim pack appropriately.

All of the tapered roller bearings used in this gearbox are installed using an interference fit. Most bearings can be
removed and installed using bearing pullers and presses. The thresher shaft bearings are heat shrunk onto the shaft.
To install new bearings onto the shaft, heat them in a bearing oven, 80-85 °C (170-180 °F) for 30-45 minutes. Remove
the bearing from the oven and carefully slide it onto the shaft in the proper orientation. Ensure that the bearing slides
on evenly. When the bearing is in contact with the shaft, it will cool very quickly and start to shrink.

10012217 1

PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive - Special tools (C.50.B -

D.20.A.40)
Modified chisel - The modified chisel shown should be used to disengage the lock nuts installed on various compo-
nents in the gearbox. An unmodified tool will not have the capability to pull the indentation from the shaft slot, and
will make removal more difficult. If a tool similar to the one shown is not available, carefully cut the lock nut free of
the shaft. Any damage to the shaft threads caused by this operation must be repaired prior to installation of the new
lock nut.

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 3
POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

10006348 1

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 4
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive - Disassemble (C.50.B -

F.10.A.25)
1. Support the gearbox with the engine flange/input
shaft pointing in the downward direction.
Using a wrench on the flats of the unloading sheave
(1) turn out the cap screw (2).

10013330_907 1

2. Attach a puller onto the unloading sheave, and re-

move the sheave from the shaft.
NOTE: The unloading shaft is tapered. Heat may need to
be applied to remove the sheave.

10013331_908 2

3. Using a wrench on the flats of the main output sheave

(1) turn out the cap screw (2).

10013332_909 3

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 5
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

4. Attach a puller onto the main output sheave, and re-

move the sheave from the shaft.
NOTE: The main output shaft is tapered. Heat may need
to be applied to remove the sheave.

10013333_910 4

5. Remove the unload shaft key (1).

Remove the housing cover cap screws (2).

10004281_911 5

6. Install jacking bolts (1) .Tighten the bolts until the

housing cover (2), has broken loose from the gear-
box. Remove the housing cover.
NOTE: When taking off the housing cover, protect the ra-
dial seal (3) against damage from the key way of the unload
clutch shaft.

10004282_912 6

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 6
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

7. Remove the threaded sensor (1) from the gearbox.

IMPORTANT: DO NOT lose the shim washers. The wash-
ers will be required upon reassembly to maintain minimum
acceptable clearance.

10004283_913 7

8. Lift the main clutch shaft (1) out of the gearbox.

NOTE: The unload clutch shaft and main clutch shaft are
heavy. Exercise care when removing the units from the
gearbox.

10004284 8

9. Lift the unload clutch shaft (1) out of the gearbox.

10004285 9

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 7
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

10. Remove the drive housing (1) from the gearbox.

10002713 10

11. Lift the hydrostat drive from the gearbox.

Turn the gearbox over and support it with the engine
flange/input shaft pointing in the upward direction.

10004286 11

12. Remove cap screws (1) holding the engine flange

onto the gearbox.
Separate the engine flange (2) from the gearbox.
NOTE: When removing the engine flange, protect the shaft
seal against damage from the multi-spline profile of the
spur gear shaft.

10004290 12

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 8
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

13. Remove the input shaft assembly (1) from the gear-
box.

10004287 13

14. Turn the gearbox over and support it with the

thresher shaft pointing in the upward direction.
Remove the thresher shaft key (1).
Pry the thresher shaft seal (2) from the gearbox.

10004289 14

15. Using a modified chisel, force the indented portion of

the slotted nut from the shaft. Turn the nut from the
thresher shaft.
NOTE: It may be necessary to destroy the slotted nut to
remove it from the thresher shaft.

10006346 15

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 9
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

16. Remove plug (1) to gain access to the cap screws

with a long extension.
Secure the thresher shaft to keep it from turning by
blocking the spur gear rim against the housing.
Turn out the cap screws (2) holding the gear to the
flanged shaft (3).
Lift the thresher shaft drive gear (4) from the gearbox.
Drive the flanged shaft out of the bearing seat in the
housing neck towards the inside.
Remove the flanged shaft from the gearbox.
NOTE: The bearings have been heat shrunk to the shaft.
Use a large sledge hammer and hardwood block to sepa-
rate the shaft from the outer bearing.
10004288 16

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 10
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive - Service instruction

(C.50.B - F.10.A.05)
1. Do not pack the tapered bearings with grease. The
bearings used in this gearbox are oil lubricated.
Races and bearings must not be mixed up.
For easier assembly, all bearings may be pre-heated
to a maximum temperature of 100 °C (212 °F). When
checking the pre-load and roll torque of the shafts,
bearings must be cooled to normal temperature.
Radial seals are to be mounted in the housing free
from oil and grease.
Apply an oil film to ease assembly of all fitting sur-
faces, bearing seats, sealing rings, spacer washers
and piston rings.
Cap screws must be free of oil and/or grease prior to
installation.
Securing the slotted nut: Swage the retaining edge of
the adjusted slotted nut into the longitudinal groove of
the shaft by means of a rounded mandrel. The retain-
ing edge must be deformed evenly into the longitu-
dinal groove until it is in contact with the mid-section
of the groove bottom. The retaining edge must not
tear. If necessary, it should therefore not be swaged
entirely to the bottom of the groove. (Groove width -
mandrel dia. Approx. 2 mm)

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 11
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive - Remove (C.50.B -

F.10.A.10)
1. Support the left combine door open with an appropri-
ate lifting device.

10012172 1

2. Remove the nut and bolt (1) and allow the door
opener (2) to rest on the ground.

10012173 2

3. Turn off nut at (1), and disengage cable end from the
operating mechanism. Loosen the jam nut at (2).
Remove the four cap screws (3) and take the door
opener from the combine. Store the opener in a suit-
able location.
Carefully lower the door until it is vertical. Remove
the lifting gear used to support the door.

10012174 3

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 12
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

4. Mark and drill 12 mm (7/16 in) holes in the front and

rear left combine door hinges.
NOTE: While marking where to drill the holes, take into
account the equipment that will be used to lift the door from
the combine. Ensure that sufficient space is available to
remove the hinges while the lifting equipment is attached.

10012175 4

5. Attach the appropriate lifting equipment to the com-

bine door hinges as shown. Support the weight of
the door with a tow motor and disengage the hinges.
Store the door in a suitable location.
NOTE: The weight of the combine door is approximately
68 kg (150 lbs).
NOTE: The door is heavy and awkward. Improper handling
of the door during removal could cause serious injury.

10012176 5

6. If hydraulic pressure is available to operate the un-

loading auger, rotate the auger away from the com-
bine and securely block it in place.
If hydraulic pressure is not available to operate the
unloading auger, loosen the hydraulic lines (1) to the
unloading auger cylinder. Detach the rod end of the
cylinder (2) from the auger.
Rotate the unloading auger away from the combine,
tie and block it securely in place.
NOTE: As the auger is rotated further away from the com-
bine, the force on the auger to return to its standby position
increases. Only move the auger far enough to allow suffi-
cient room to remove the gearbox with a tow motor.
40012179 6

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 13
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

7. Attach a hose to the engine gearbox drain line (1) and

direct the open end to a suitable storage container.
Drain the oil from the gearbox.
Attach a hose to the hydraulic reservoir drain line (2)
and direct the open end to a suitable storage con-
tainer. Drain the oil from the reservoir.
NOTE: The engine gearbox holds approximately 11 L (11.6
qts) of oil.
NOTE: The hydraulic reservoir holds approximately 60 L
(16 gal ) of oil.

50012171_886 7

8. Loosen the clamp (1) on the air filter outlet connec-

tion.

40012177 8

9. Detach the access cover (1) from the air filter hous-
ing. Remove the two air filter from the unit and store
in a suitable location.
Turn out the three cap screws (2) and lift the housing
and mounting frame from the combine. Store the
frame in a suitable location.

10012178 9

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 14
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

10. Loosen the unloading auger belt tensioning spring

(1). Lift the belt from the gearbox sheave and store
it out of the way.

10012180_887 10

11. Turn out cap screws (1) and remove the belt ten-
sioner from the combine. Cap screw (2) may have
to be loosened to gain access to the lower mounting
cap screws. Store the tensioner in a suitable loca-
tion.

10012191_888 11

12. Loosen the main thresher drive belt tensioning spring

(1). Lift the belt from the gearbox sheave and store
it out of the way.

10012181_889 12

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 15
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

13. Turn out cap screws (1) and remove the belt ten-
sioner from the combine. Store the tensioner in a
suitable location.

10012192 13

14. Loosen the straw chopper drive belt tensioning

spring (1) Lift the belt from the combine and store in
a suitable location.

10012182_890 14

15. Disconnect and cap the two low pressure hydraulic

pump lines (1).
NOTE: When disconnecting hydraulic lines, have a suit-
able container readily available to capture any residual hy-
draulic oil.

10012183_891 15

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 16
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

16. Disconnect and cap the four high pressure hydraulic

pump lines (1).

10012184_892 16

17. Loosen but do not remove the pump mounting nuts

(1).

10012185_893 17

18. Securely attach the high pressure pump to a tow mo-

tor. Remove the mounting nuts and lift the pump from
the combine. Store the pump in a suitable location.
NOTE: The high/low pressure hydraulic pump weighs ap-
proximately 29 kg (63 lbs).

10012186_894 18

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 17
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

19. Disconnect and cap hydraulic line (1) from the main
hydrostatic pump. Turn four cap screws out from
each fitting (2) to disconnect the hydraulic lines from
the pump. Cap the lines just removed.
Disconnect and cap hydraulic line (3) from the main
hydrostatic pump.
NOTE: When disconnecting hydraulic lines, have a suit-
able container readily available to capture any residual hy-
draulic oil.

10012187 19

20. Disconnect and cap hydraulic line (1) from the main
hydrostatic pump. Detach the connector (2) from the
oil pressure switch. Unplug the connector(3), from
the Electronic Displacement Control (EDC) Valve.

10012188 20

21. Disconnect and cap hydraulic line (1) at both ends

and remove from the combine. Store the line in a
suitable location.
Turn off oil filter (2).
Loosen but do not remove the four hydrostatic pump
mounting cap screws (3).

10012189 21

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 18
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

22. Securely attach the main hydrostatic pump to a tow

motor. Remove the mounting cap screws and lift the
pump from the combine. Store the pump in a suitable
location.
NOTE: The main hydrostatic pump weighs approximately
137 kg (303 lbs).

10012190 22

23. Turn out the two cap screws (1) to detach the pipe
bracket (2) from the gearbox.

10012193 23

24. Loosen the two hose clamps (1) remove and cap the
hydraulic lines from the gearbox.
Detach electrical connector (2).

10012194 24

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 19
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

25. Disconnect and cap hydraulic lines (1) from the filler
tube. Turn out the three cap screws (2) and remove
the filler tube (3) from the gearbox.

10002715 25

26. Turn out the four cap screws (1) securing the mani-
fold to the gearbox. Tie the manifold up away from
the gearbox. Remove the O rings.

10002717 26

27. Loosen all twelve gearbox mounting cap screws.

10002719 27

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 20
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

28. Several of the cap screws are better accessible from

inside the grain tank.

10012195 28

29. Securely attach the engine gearbox to a tow motor.

Remove the mounting cap screws and lift the gear-
box from the combine. Set the gearbox on the floor
in a stable position.
NOTE: The engine gearbox weights approximately 246 kg
(543 lbs).
NOTE: Make sure that the gearbox is properly supported.
Too much or too little tension may cause the gearbox spline
shaft (1) to bend.

10003679 29

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 21
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive - Install (C.50.B - F.10.A.15)

NOTE: The engine gearbox weighs approximately 246 kg (543 lbs.).
1. Lubricate the gearbox spine input shaft with an anti-
seize compound.
Securely attach the engine gearbox to a tow motor
and lift the gearbox to the engine mounting flange.
Slide the gearbox spline into the engine flywheel until
the flanges are against each other.
NOTE: Make sure that the gearbox is properly supported.
Too much or too little tension may cause the gearbox spline
shaft (1) to bend.

10003679_895 1

2. Turn in all twelve gearbox mounting cap screws. Do

not tighten any hardware until all cap screws have
been started.

10002719 2

3. Several of the cap screws are better accessible from

inside the grain tank.
Apply Loctite 242 and tighten the gearbox mounting
cap screws to 80-90 N·m (59 - ft. lbs.).

10012195 3

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 22
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

4. Lubricate and set into place on the gearbox six man-

ifold O rings.
Carefully rest the manifold on the gearbox and se-
cure using four long cap screws (1). Torque to four
cap screws to 28 N·m (21 ft. lbs.).

10002717_896 4

5. Attach the oil filler tube (3) to the gearbox with three
cap screws (2). Connect the hydraulic lines (1) to the
filler tube.

10002715 5

6. Secure the pump suction and gearbox drain lines (1)

to the appropriate fittings with hose clamps.
Attach the sump oil temperature sender connector
(2).

10012194 6

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 23
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

7. Connect the pipe bracket (2) to the gearbox with two

cap screws (1).

10012193 7

8. Lift the hydrostatic pump into place and attach to the

gearbox with four cap screws. Torque the mounting
cap screws to 190-210 N·m (140-155 ft. lbs.).
NOTE: The main hydrostatic pump weighs approximately
137 kg (303 lbs).

10012190 8

9. Turn on a new oil filter (2). Install the hydraulic line

(1).

10012189_897 9

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 24
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

10. Attach the hydraulic line (1) to the hydrostatic pump.

Plug the connector (3), in the Electronic Displace-
ment Control (EDC) Valve. Connect the wire (2) to
the oil pressure switch.

10012188 10

11. Secure the main hydrostatic pump lines (2) using four
cap screws on each fitting. Torque the cap screws to
159 N·m (117 ft. lbs.).

10012187 11

12. Using the appropriate lifting gear, set the hydraulic

pump into place and secure using two mounting nuts
and washers (1).
NOTE: The high/low pressure hydraulic pump weighs ap-
proximately 29 kg (63 lbs).

10012185_893 12

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 25
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

13. Attach the four high pressure hydraulic pump lines

(1) to the pump.

10012184_892 13

14. Connect the two low pressure hydraulic pump lines

(1) to the pump.

10012183_891 14

15. Route the straw chopper drive belt and tighten the
adjuster to the spring gauge (1).

10012182_890 15

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 26
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

16. Install the thresher drive belt tensioner to the gearbox

using the cap screws (1).

10012192 16

17. Route the main thresher drive belt and tighten the
adjuster to the spring gauge (1).

10012181_898 17

18. Install the unloading auger belt tensioner to the gear-

box using the cap screws (1).

10012191_899 18

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 27
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

19. Route the unloading auger drive belt and tighten the
adjuster to the spring gauge (1).

10012180_887 19

20. Set the air filter and housing (1) into place and secure
using three cap screws (2).

10012178 20

21. Attach the air filter outlet connection.

40012177_900 21

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 28
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

22. Shut or verify shut the engine gearbox and hydraulic

reservoir drain line connections.
Fill the engine gearbox with 11 L (11.6 qts ) of hy-
draulic oil.
Fill the hydraulic reservoir with 60 L (16 gal) of hy-
draulic oil.
Start the engine and allow the oil level in the gear-
box to stabilize. Fill the gearbox as necessary with
hydraulic oil to maintain the level in the sight glass,
but below the red full mark.

50012171_901 22

23. If the unloading auger is attached to the operating

cylinder, rotate the auger into its standby position.
If the cylinder has been disconnected from the auger,
carefully rotate the auger into its standby position.
Attach the cylinder to the hinge point on the auger.
Tighten or verify tight the hydraulic lines to the un-
loading auger cylinder.

40012179_902 23

24. Attach the appropriate lifting equipment to the com-

bine door hinges and set the door into place. Insert
the hinge pins and secure them in place using cotter
pins.
NOTE: The weight of the combine door is approximately
68 kg (150 lbs).
NOTE: The door is heavy and awkward. Improper handling
of the door during installation could cause serious injury.

10012176 24

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 29
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

25. Using the appropriate lifting equipment, raise the

combine door until it is open.
Secure the door opener to the combine using four
cap screws (3).
Connect the operating cable (2) to the mechanism
and secure with nut (1).

10012174 25

26. Raise the inside end of the door opener and attach it
to the combine with a nut and bolt (1).
Remove the lifting equipment used to hold the door
open.
Place the door in the desired position.

10012173_903 26

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 30
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive - Assemble (C.50.B -

F.10.A.20)
1. Heat the thresher shaft outer bearing (1) in an oven
to 80-85 °C (170-180 °F).
Insert the thresher shaft (2) from inside the housing
and brace it against the inner wall of the housing by
means of blocking (3).
Drop the heated bearing onto the installed shaft with
the tapered end down. Ensure that the bearing slides
down the shaft evenly.
NOTE: The bearing is very hot!

10006336 1

2. Turn the slotted nut (1) onto the thresher shaft finger
tight. Mark the nut and shaft so that their relative
positions can be monitored.
Turn the thresher shaft while applying light blows to
the housing in order to set the bearings.

10006337 2

3. Hold the shaft from turning with a pin spanner on the

flanged end of the shaft. Tighten the slotted nut to
produce a rolling torque on the thresher shaft of 1250
- 1500 Nmm (11-13 in.lbs. ).
NOTE: The slotted nut must be tightened in small incre-
ments. Due to the tight fit of the bearing, it will be difficult
to loosen the bearing if running torque becomes excessive.

10006338 3

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 31
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

4. Secure the nut by deforming the front collar into the

shaft groove.
NOTE: Securing the slotted nut: Swage the retaining edge
of the adjusted slotted nut into the longitudinal groove of the
shaft by means of a rounded mandrel. The retaining edge
must be deformed evenly into the longitudinal groove until it
is in contact with the mid-section of the groove bottom. The
retaining edge must not tear. If necessary, it should there-
fore not be swaged entirely to the bottom of the groove.
(Groove width - mandrel dia. Approx. 2 mm).

10006339 4

5. Place the spur gear (1) on the centering of the

flanged shaft. Mount the gear with new cap screws
(2) and tighten to 110-120 N·m (81-88 ft. lbs.). Use
a crowbar or large screwdriver to hold the gear in
place while tightening the cap screws.
NOTE: For safety reasons, new M12 cap screws must be
used for assembly.

10006340 5

6. Slide the previously removed shim pack (1) and bear-

ing race (2) into the upper housing (3).

10012217_917 6

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 32
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

7. Set the hydraulic pump drive gear (1) into the cas-
ing. Lubricate the O ring (2) with petroleum jelly and
install it into the groove of the upper housing.

10006341 7

8. Orient the housing so that the oil feeding groove (1)

is located at the top.
Secure the housing (2) to the gearbox with four nuts
and washers (3) and tighten to 190-210 N·m (140-
155 ft. lbs.).
Turn the spur gear shaft while applying light blows to
the housing in order to set the bearings.
Remove the nuts and washers.

10012214 8

9. Wrap a few turns of electrical tape around a 28 mm

(1-1/8 in) socket and press the socket into the female
spline of the gear.

10012215 9

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 33
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

10. Check the roll torque of the hydraulic pump drive for
compliance with the nominal value of 300 - 400 Nmm
(2-3 in. lbs.).

10012216 10

11. If necessary, the shim thickness must be adjusted

to reach the nominal value of 300 - 400 Nmm (2-3
in. lbs.).

10012217 11

12. Turn the housing over and support it with the opening
for the engine flange pointing in the upward direction.
Install the inner bearing race and the previously re-
moved shim pack at (1), if it had been removed.

10012219 12

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 34
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

13. Insert the input shaft and gear (1) into the housing.
Mount the outer race of the roller bearing into the
engine flange, if it had previously removed.
Lubricate the O ring with petroleum jelly and install it
into the groove of the engine flange.

10006343 13

14. Install the engine flange with the oil feeding groove
(1) toward the top of the gearbox.
Secure the flange to the gearbox with cap screws (2)
and tighten to 80-90 N·m (59-66 ft. lbs.).
Turn the spur gear shaft (3) while applying light blows
to the housing in order to set the bearings.
IMPORTANT: Use extreme care while installing the engine
flange. The sealing O ring can come out of the groove and
become pinched.
IMPORTANT: Use of any gasket compound on the engine
flange will effect the bearing preload.

10004290_918 14

15. Check the combined roll torque of the input shaft for
compliance with the nominal valve 1400 - 1650 Nmm
( 12 -14 in. lbs.).

10012218 15

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 35
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

16. If necessary, the shim pack thickness under the input

shaft outer race (1), must be adjusted.

10012219_919 16

17. Turn the housing over and support it with the engine
flange pointing in the downward direction.
Insert the main clutch shaft (1) into the casing. It
is absolutely necessary to introduce it in the vertical
position so as to insert the piston rings, to ensure
meshing of the gears, and center the main clutch
shaft in the bearing race.
Insert the unload clutch shaft (2) in the casing. It
is absolutely necessary to introduce it in the vertical
position so as to insert the piston rings, to ensure
meshing of the gears, and center the unload clutch
shaft in the bearing race.

10004284_920 17

18. Remove the unloading clutch brake washer and any

shims (1) by turning out the four cap screws (2).

10006354_921 18

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 36
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

19. Set the housing cover on the gearbox. Turn in two

jacking screws (1) and four attaching cap screws (2).
Adjust the screws as required so the cover is secured
to but not touching the gearbox.

10013326 19

20. Remove the snap ring (1) and one shim (2) from each
clutch pack bearing assembly. Label each shim re-
moved noting its location. Install the snap rings back
into their respective grooves.
Remove the jacking screws from the cover. Tighten
the attaching cap screws to 45-50 N·m (33-37 ft.
lbs.).

10013327 20

21. Turn the unloading shaft several revolutions to seat

the bearings.
Set up a magnetic base dial indicator as shown on
the unloading shaft. Measure the endplay by pulling
up on the shaft and noting the amount of needle de-
flection. Measure the thickness of the shim removed
from the unloading shaft. Using the formula pro-
vided, calculate the preload on the bearings.

10013328 21

Shim Thickness Endplay Calculated Preload

- =

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 37
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

22. Preload on the unloading shaft bearings is to be .1

- .2 mm (.004 - .008 in). If the calculated preload is
less than that specified, increase the thickness of the
shim pack. If the calculated preload is more than that
specified, decrease the thickness of the shim pack.
Turn the unloading shaft several revolutions to seat
the bearings.
Set up a magnetic base dial indicator as shown on
the main clutch pack. Measure the endplay by pulling
up on the shaft and noting the amount of needle de-
flection. Use a device or combination of tools that will
allow raising the clutch pack from inside the female
spline.
Measure the thickness of the shim removed from the
main clutch pack. Using the formula provided, calcu-
late the preload on the bearings.
Preload on the main clutch bearings is to be .1 -
.2 mm (.004 - .008 in). If the calculated preload is
less than that specified, increase the thickness of the
shim pack. If the calculated preload is more than that
specified, decrease the thickness of the shim pack.

10013329 22

Shim Thickness Endplay Calculated Preload

- =
23. Loosen the four attaching cap screws, and raise the
cover with the jacking screws.
Remove the snap rings (1) and install the appropriate
thickness of shims (2). Install the snap ring to secure
the shim pack. Perform this step for both bearing
sets.

10013327 23

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 38
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

24. Turn an M12 cap screw into the end of the unloading
shaft. Measure the rolling torque of the shaft without
the brake installed.

10006353 24

25. Turn out the four attaching cap screws (1). Tighten
the jacking screws (2), to lift the cover from the gear-
box.

10013326_922 25

26. Secure the unloading clutch brake (1) to the cover

with four cap screws (2).

10006354_921 26

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 39
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

27. Set the housing in place and draw it to the sealing

surface with four cap screws (1).

10013326_923 27

28. With the M12 cap screw in the end of the unloading
shaft, measure the rolling torque of the shaft with the
brake installed. Subtract the smaller value from the
larger value. The resulting differential rolling torque
should be 15-25 N·m (11-18 ft. lbs.).

10006353 28

29. If the differential rolling torque falls out of low range

of 15-25 N·m (11-18 ft. lbs.), the unload clutch brake
(2) will require replacement or addition of shims un-
der the brake.
If the differential rolling torque is out of range high,
shims must be removed from under the brake
washer. Perform the rolling torque measurement
again to verify proper shimming.
To remove the brake washer, lift the clutch housing
from the gearbox. Turn out the four cap screws (1)
securing the brake washer to the housing. Set a new
brake washer in place, and apply locking compound
to the threads of the cap screws. Perform the previ-
ous steps to verify the action of the brake.
Turn out the four attaching cap screws. Tighten the 10006354_924 29
jacking screws to lift the cover from the gearbox.

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 40
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

30. Remove all grease, oil, or dirt from the sealing sur-
faces of the housing. Apply a thin coat of "Loctite 518
in to the gearbox casing sealing surface.
Place the housing cover (1) on the gearbox and se-
cure using mounting cap screws (2). Torque to 45-50
N·m (33-37 ft. lbs.).
IMPORTANT: Use of any other gasket compound could
effect the preload of the bearings.

10004281_925 30

31. Measure the distance from the machined surface of

the clutch temperature sender bore (1) to the main
clutch pack.

10012220 31

32. Measure the length of the clutch temperature sender

from the shoulder outside the threads, to the tip.

10012221 32

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 41
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

33. Measure thickness of the shim washer.

Insert the measured values into the following equa-
tion and perform the calculation.
(Length of temperature sender) - (Thickness of shim)
= Effective sender length.
The effective clutch temperature sender length is to
be 2-2.5 mm less than the depth of the bore.
Install the appropriate shims and perform the calcu-
lation again.

10012222 33

34. Install the clutch temperature sender into the bore.

IMPORTANT: Do not overtighten the temperature sender.
The unit is made of plastic and could break.

10002713 34

35. Set the main output sheave (1) onto the shaft, and
turn in cap screw (2).

10013332_909 35

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 42
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

36. Set the unloading sheave (1) onto the shaft, and turn
in cap screw (2).

10013330_926 36

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 43
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive - Inspect (C.50.B -

F.40.B.01)
1. Inspect all sealing surfaces (1) for grooves or nicks.

10012230 1

2. Inspect the unload clutch brake washer for wear.

10006354 2

3. Check gears (1) for broken or badly worn teeth.

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 44
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

10012230_914 3

4. Inspect the piston rings and cylinder bushings (1) for

grooves or nicks.

10012230_915 4

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 45
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

Clutch Main clutch - Disassemble (C.50.B.46.10 - F.10.A.25)

1. Remove the piston rings (1) from the main clutch
shaft. First unhook, then slightly expand the piston
ring and take it off.
NOTE: Remove the piston rings without using any tools.
Do not apply excessive force.

10004291 1

2. Undo the deformed retention of the threaded bush-

ing. If necessary, break open the threaded bushing
by means of a modified chisel (1).
Remove the threaded bushing from the main clutch
shaft.

10006344 2

3. Using a bearing puller, remove the tapered bearing

(1) from the pump side of the main clutch assembly.
NOTE: All bearings and races removed should be labeled,
if not being replaced, to ensure they are installed into their
original locations. If a bearing is to be replaced, the outer
race must also be replaced.

10004292 3

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 46
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

4. Attach a gear puller to the pump side gear of the main

clutch assembly.

10004293 4

5. Pull the pump side gear (1) and tapered bearing (2)
off together.

10004294 5

6. Remove only two cap screws from the multi-disk

clutch assembly 180 ° apart.
NOTE: Do not, under any circumstances, loosen all fas-
tening screws of the multi-disk clutch. The pressure plate
is under very high spring pressure. Improper disassembly
of the multi-disk clutch will cause severe personal injury.
7. Turn two M8 all-thread rods (1) (203-254 mm [8-10
in] in length) into the clutch assembly where the cap
screws were installed.

10004295 6

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 47
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

8. Attach a puller to the clutch assembly as shown.

10004296 7

9. Remove the assembly along with the tapered bear-

ing (1) and spacer ring (2).
Place the multi-disk clutch assembly on a sturdy
working surface with the piston side up.

10004297 8

10. Remove only four of the cap screws. Leave two cap
screws installed(1), 180 ° apart.
NOTE: Do not, under any circumstances, loosen all fas-
tening screws of the multi-disk clutch. The pressure plate
is under very high spring pressure. Improper disassembly
of the multi-disk clutch will cause severe personal injury.
11. Turn two M8 x 30 mm cap screws with washers (2)
into the assembly to be used as jacking bolts.
Remove the remaining Allen head cap screws.
Loosen the jacking bolts evenly allowing the inter-
nal springs to push the piston from the assembly.
Tension on the jacking bolts will slacken when the
springs have been fully expanded.

10004298 9

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 48
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

12. Remove the piston (1) from the clutch plates (2).
Lift the clutch plates from the inner clutch body (3).

10004299 10

13. Carefully separate the piston (1) from the cylinder (2).
Remove the seals (3) from the piston.

10004300 11

14. Lift the spring assemblies (1) from the inner clutch
body (2).

10004301 12

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 49
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

15. Remove the pressure plate (1) from the inner clutch
body.

10004304 13

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 50
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

Clutch Unload clutch - Disassemble (C.50.B.46.20 - F.10.A.25)

1. Remove the piston rings (1) from the main clutch
shaft. First, unhook then slightly expand the piston
rings and take them off.
NOTE: Remove the piston rings without using any tools.
Do not apply excessive force.

10012229 1

2. Undo the deformed retention of the threaded bush-

ing. If necessary, break open the threaded bushing
by means of a modified chisel (1).
Remove the threaded bushing from the unload clutch
shaft.

10006345 2

3. Place the unload clutch assembly on the hub of the

cylinder in a press. Push the complete shaft (1) and
inner roller bearing (2) out of the spur gear and the
multi-disk clutch.
Lift the outer roller bearing, spur gear, and outer gear
bearing from the assembly.
NOTE: All bearings and races removed should be labeled,
if not being replaced, to ensure they are installed into their
original locations. If a bearing is to be replaced, the race
must also be replaced.
IMPORTANT: Do not apply force to the inner roller bearing.
This bearing must be removed after the shaft has been
extracted from the assembly.
10005482 3

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 51
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

4. Lift the spacer ring (1) and inner gear bearing (2) from
the clutch.

10005483 4

5. Place the clutch on a clean working surface with the

pressure plate side down.
Remove only two cap screws from the multi-disk
clutch assembly 180 ° apart.

WARNING
Do not, under any circumstances, loosen all cap
screws of the multi-disk clutch. The pressure plate is
under very high spring pressure. Improper disassem-
bly of the multi-disk clutch will cause severe personal
injury. Z113

10005484 5

6. Turn two M6 x 20 mm cap screws (1) with washers

into the assembly to be used as jacking bolts.
Remove the remaining Allen head cap screws (2).
Loosen the jacking bolts evenly allowing the inter-
nal springs to push the piston from the assembly.
Tension on the jacking bolts will slacken when the
springs have been fully expanded.
7. Lift the piston (1) from the cylinder (2).

10005485 6

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 52
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

8. Remove the cylinder (1) from the inner clutch body

(2).
Take out the double spring assemblies (3) from the
inner clutch body.
Lift the metal and friction disks (4) from the inner
clutch body.

10005486 7

9. Orient the inner clutch body over so that the pressure

plate (1) is facing up. Turn out the six cap screws (2)
holding the pressure plate to the clutch body.

10005487 8

10. Remove the eight cap screws holding the spur gear
(1) to the outer clutch housing (2). Bearing races (3)
and (4), can be taken out if the bearings are to be
replaced.
NOTE: All bearings and races removed should be labeled,
if not being replaced, to ensure they are installed into their
original locations. If a bearing is to be replaced, the race
must also be replaced.

10005488 9

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 53
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

11. Press the roller bearing (1) off in the direction of the
shaft taper.

10005497 10

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 54
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

Clutch - Remove (C.50.B.46 - F.10.A.10)

1. The engine gearbox clutch packs can be serviced
without removing the gearbox from the combine. Al-
though it is physically possible to remove the clutch
packs, great care must be exercised when working at
the gearbox level. The main clutch pack weighs ap-
proximately 31.7 kg (70 lbs), the unload clutch pack
will be slightly less.
Any operation or repair to the clutch packs that would
change the stack height of the unit, such as bear-
ing replacement, will require the entire gearbox be
removed from the machine. Improperly shimmed
clutch packs may cause early bearing failure.
2. Clutch Pack Removal
Attach a hose to the engine gearbox drain line (1) and
direct the open end to a suitable storage container.
Drain the oil from the gearbox.
Attach a hose to the hydraulic reservoir drain line (2)
and direct the open end to a suitable storage con-
tainer. Drain the oil from the reservoir.
NOTE: The engine gearbox holds approximately 11 L (11.6
qts) of oil.
NOTE: The hydraulic reservoir holds approximately 60 L
(16 gal) of oil.

50012171 1

3. Loosen the unloading auger belt tensioning spring

(1) Lift the belt from the gearbox sheave and store
it out of the way.

10012180 2

4. Turn out cap screws (1) and remove the belt ten-
sioner from the combine. Cap screw (2) may have
to be loosened to gain access to the lower mounting
cap screws. Store the tensioner in a suitable loca-
tion.

10012191 3

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 55
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

5. Loosen the main thresher drive belt tensioning spring

(1). Lift the belt from the gearbox sheave and store
it out of the way.

10012181 4

6. Loosen the straw chopper drive belt tensioning

spring (1). Lift the belt from the combine and store
in a suitable location.

10012182 5

7. Disconnect and cap the two low pressure hydraulic

pump lines (1).
NOTE: When disconnecting hydraulic lines, have a suit-
able container readily available to capture any residual hy-
draulic oil.

10012183 6

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 56
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

8. Disconnect and cap the four high pressure hydraulic

pump lines (1).

10012184 7

9. Loosen but do not remove the pump mounting

nuts (1).

10012185 8

10. Securely attach the high pressure pump to a tow mo-

tor. Remove the mounting nuts and lift the pump from
the combine. Store the pump in a suitable location.
NOTE: The high/low pressure hydraulic pump weighs ap-
proximately 29 kg (63 lbs.).

10012186 9

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 57
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

11. Using a wrench on the flats of the unloading sheave

(1) turn out the cap screw (2).
NOTE: The gearbox may be shown removed from the com-
bine.

10013330 10

12. Attach a puller onto the unloading sheave, and re-

move the sheave from the shaft.
NOTE: The unloading shaft is tapered. Heat may need to
be applied to remove the sheave.

10013331 11

13. Using a wrench on the flats of the main output sheave

(1) turn out the cap screw (2).

10013332 12

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 58
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

14. Attach a puller onto the main output sheave, and re-
move the sheave from the shaft.
NOTE: The main output shaft is tapered. Heat may need
to be applied to remove the sheave.

10013333 13

15. Remove the threaded sensor (1) from the gearbox.

IMPORTANT: DO NOT lose the shim washers. The wash-
ers will be required upon reassembly to maintain minimum
acceptable clearance.

10004283 14

16. Remove the unload shaft key (1).

Remove the housing cover cap screws (2).

10004281 15

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 59
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

17. Install jacking bolts (1). Tighten the bolts until the
housing cover (2), has broken loose from the gear-
box. Remove the housing cover.
NOTE: When taking off the housing cover, protect the ra-
dial seal (3) against damage from the key way of the unload
clutch shaft.

10004282 16

18. Pull the unload clutch (1) straight out until the rings
have disengaged from the cylinder on the inside end
of the shaft.
NOTE: The unload clutch shaft is heavy. Exercise care
when removing the unit from the gearbox.

10013341 17

19. Angle the outside end of the shaft toward the front of
the combine until the gear will clear the main clutch
pack. Carefully pull the shaft from the gearbox and
store in a suitable location.

10013342 18

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 60
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

20. Insert a tool or rod (1) such as a 1/2 in drive breaker

bar, into the female spline of the main clutch pack (2).
Work the clutch pack back and forth while pulling on
it to ease the rings from the cylinder on the inside end
of the shaft. Continue to pull the main clutch out until
the rings have disengaged from the cylinder.
NOTE: The main clutch shaft is heavy. Exercise care when
removing the unit from the gearbox.

10013343 19

21. Angle the outside end of the shaft (1) toward the front
of the combine. Carefully pull the shaft from the gear-
box and store in a suitable location.
Refer to PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive
(C.50.B) to repair the desired component.
IMPORTANT: If any clutch pack bearings are damaged
and require replacement, the gearbox must be removed
from the combine. Shimming of the clutch packs cannot be
performed while the gearbox is installed. Machine damage
may result from improperly shimmed bearings.

10013344 20

22. With snap ring pliers, lift the snap ring (1) from the
gearbox.

10006349 21

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 61
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

23. Using a pin spanner, or other suitable tool, hook one

oil port of the cylinder bushing and pull straight up to
extract the bushing from the bore.
NOTE: The bushing is held in place by a snap ring and O
rings.

10006350 22

24. Remove the O ring and backing ring at (1) and (2).

10006351 23

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 62
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

Clutch - Install (C.50.B.46 - F.10.A.15)

1. Lubricate and install the O ring and backing ring at
(1) with the backing ring on top.
Lubricate and install the O ring and backing ring at
(2) with the backing ring on the bottom.

10006352 1

2. Push the cylinder bushing into the bore with the nib
directed into the indent at the bottom of the bore (1).

10006351_916 2

3. Secure the bushing into place using the snap ring (1).

10006349 3

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 63
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

4. Set the main clutch shaft (1) in the gearbox.

10013344 4

5. Raise the inside end of the shaft to the cylinder. Work

the main clutch shaft (1) back and forth using a tool
(2) inserted into the female spline of the shaft. Care-
fully push the shaft into the cylinder and line the gear
up with the thresher shaft gear.

10013343_880 5

6. Set the unload clutch shaft in the gearbox.

10013342 6

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 64
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

7. Raise the inside end of the shaft to the cylinder. Work

the unload clutch shaft (1) back and forth to push the
inside end into the cylinder while lining up the gear
with the inside main clutch shaft gear.

10013341 7

8. Set the unload shaft key (1) into place.

Remove all grease, oil, or dirt from the sealing sur-
faces of the housing. Apply a thin coat of "Loctite 518
in to the gearbox casing sealing surface.
Place the housing cover on the gearbox and secure
using mounting cap screws (2) Torque to 45-50 N·m
(33-37 ft. lbs.).
NOTE: The gearbox may be shown removed from the com-
bine.
IMPORTANT: Use of any other gasket compound could
effect the preload of the bearings.

10004281 8

9. Install the clutch temperature sender (1) into the

gearbox.

10004283 9

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 65
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

10. Using the appropriate lifting gear, set the hydraulic

pump into place and secure using two mounting nuts
and washers (1).
NOTE: The high/low pressure hydraulic pump weighs ap-
proximately 29 kg ( 63 lbs).

10012185 10

11. Attach the four high pressure hydraulic pump lines

(1) to the pump.

10012184 11

12. Connect the two low pressure hydraulic pump lines

(1) to the pump.

10012183 12

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 66
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

13. Install the unloading auger belt tensioner to the gear-

box using the cap screws (1).

10012191 13

14. Set the main output sheave (1) onto the shaft, and
turn in cap screw (2).

10013332_881 14

15. Set the unloading sheave (1) onto the shaft, and turn
in cap screw (2).

10013330_882 15

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 67
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

16. Route the straw chopper drive belt and tighten the
adjuster to the spring gauge (1).

10012182 16

17. Route the main thresher drive belt and tighten the
adjuster to the spring gauge (1).

10012181_883 17

18. Route the unloading auger drive belt and tighten the
adjuster to the spring gauge (1).

10012180 18

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 68
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

19. Shut or verify shut the engine gearbox and hydraulic

reservoir drain line connections.
Fill the engine gearbox with 11 L (11.6 qts) of hy-
draulic oil.
Fill the hydraulic reservoir with 60 L (16 gal ) of hy-
draulic oil.
Start the engine and allow the oil level in the gear-
box to stabilize. Fill the gearbox as necessary with
hydraulic oil to maintain the level in the sight glass,
but below the red full mark.

50012171_884 19

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 69
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

Clutch Main clutch - Assemble (C.50.B.46.10 - F.10.A.20)

1. Install the inner O ring (1) into the groove of the pis-
ton.

10004303 1

2. Compress the slide ring to give it a kidney shape

without producing any sharp kinks (1).
Insert the slide ring into the lower part of the groove
and press it into the groove in an outward direction
(2).
Install the outer O ring into the groove of the piston.

10004302 2

3. Heat the outer slide ring to about 80 °C (170 °F) in

an oil or water bath.
Expand the outer slide ring by pushing it over the
guide chamfer on the piston and let it snap into the
groove. As the expanded slide ring cools down to
room temperature, it reassumes its original shape.
NOTE: The slide ring is very hot. Failure to use insulating
gloves could cause serious personal injury.

10004305 3

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 70
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

4. Lubricate the inner piston O ring with clean hydraulic

fluid. Insert the piston onto the inner clutch body
making sure the alignment holes in the piston (1) line
up with the alignment holes in the clutch body (2).

10004306 4

5. Turn the assembly over. Mesh the teeth of the clutch

body with the ring gear of the piston. Evenly push
the clutch body into the piston.

10004307 5

6. Turn the assembly over. Line the cap screw holes

of the cylinder (1) up with the threaded holes in the
piston (2).
Apply Loctite 242 and install two hex head cap
screws. Tighten them evenly to draw the cylinder
down onto the piston.

10004308 6

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 71
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

7. Apply Loctite 242 to the four remaining allen head

cap screws and torque them to 35 N·m (26 ft. lbs.).
The assembly can be temporarily installed on the
main clutch shaft to help in tightening the cap screws.

10004309 7

8. Set the double spring assemblies into the inner body.

10004310 8

9. Set the clutch disks onto the inner body. Place a

metal disk on the piston followed by a friction disk.
Continue placing the disks in an alternating fash-
ion until ten metal and nine friction disks have been
stacked onto the clutch assembly.

10004311 9

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 72
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

10. Set the pressure plate (1) onto the clutch assembly.
Line up the cap screw holes of the pressure plate with
the threaded holes of the clutch assembly.
Insert two M8 x 30 mm cap screws as jacking bolts
(2) into the clutch assembly.
Tighten the jacking bolts evenly until the pressure
plate has been seated. Loosen each jacking bolt 1/2
turn only.
Apply Loctite 242 and install four Allen head cap
screws into the remaining holes of the clutch assem-
bly. Tighten the cap screws until snug.
Remove the two jacking bolts, apply Loctite 242, and
install the last two Allen head cap screws. Torque all
pressure plate cap screws to 35 N·m (26 ft. lbs.).
10004312 10

11. Position the main clutch shaft and spur gear assem-
bly (1) in a press. Set the clutch pack (2) onto the
spline of the shaft and press them together until the
pack is seated against the spur gear.

10012223 11

12. Press the tapered roller bearing (1) on in the same

manner. Set a spacer ring (2) on top of the roller
bearing.

10012224 12

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 73
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

13. Lower the outer basket and spur gear (1) onto the
assembly.

10012225 13

14. Press the tapered roller bearing (1) onto the assem-
bly until it is seated against the outer bearing race in
the spur gear.

10012226 14

15. Press the tapered roller bearing (1) on in the same

manner with the taper oriented toward the end of the
shaft as shown.

10012227 15

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 74
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

16. Turn the nut (1) onto the end of the main clutch shaft.
Tighten the nut to 250-265 N·m (185-196 ft. lbs.)
and secure the nut by deforming the front collar into
the shaft groove (2).
NOTE: Swage the retaining edge of the nut into the groove
of the shaft by means of a rounded mandrel. The retaining
edge must be deformed evenly into the longitudinal groove
until it is in contact with the mid-section of the groove bot-
tom. The retaining edge must not tear. If necessary, it
should therefore not be swaged entirely to the bottom of
the groove. (Groove width - mandrel dia.; Approx. 2 mm)

10012228 16

17. Mount the piston rings (1) without using any tool.
Bend with care, hook up the piston rings and make
sure that they are free to turn smoothly in the shaft
groove.

10004291 17

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 75
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

Clutch Unload clutch - Assemble (C.50.B.46.20 - F.10.A.20)

1. Install the inner O ring (1) into the groove of the pis-
ton.

10004303 1

2. Compress the slide ring to give it a kidney shape

without producing any sharp kinks (1).
Insert the slide ring into the lower part of the groove
and press it into the groove in an outward direction
(2).
Install the outer O ring into the groove of the piston.

10004302 2

3. Heat the outer slide ring to about 80 °C (170 °F) in

an oil or water bath.
Expand the outer slide ring by pushing it over the
guide chamfer on the piston and let is snap into the
groove. As the expanded slide ring cools down to
room temperature, it reassumes its original shape.

10004305 3

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 76
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

4. Place the clutch cylinder (1) on a working surface

with the gear ring up.
Lubricate the inner clutch body and cylinder seal (3)
with oil.
Insert the inner clutch body (2) into the cylinder. Align
the teeth of the inner body with the cylinder and push
the inner body as far as it will go.

10005489 4

5. Lubricate the piston seal and inner surface of the

cylinder with oil.
Line up the cap screw holes in the piston with the in-
ner body. Gently slide the piston (1) into the cylinder
(2).
Apply Loctite 242 and install the six cap screws into
the piston and torque to 35 N·m (26 ft. lbs.).

10005490 5

6. Orient the assembly so that the piston and cylinder

are on the bottom. Set the clutch disks onto the inner
body. Place a metal disk (1) on the cylinder followed
by a friction disk (2). Continue placing the disks in an
alternating fashion until seven metal and six friction
disks have been stacked onto the clutch assembly.

10005491 6

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 77
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

7. Set the double spring assemblies (1) into the inner

body.
Set the pressure plate (2) onto the clutch assembly.
Line up the cap screw holes of the pressure plate with
the threaded holes of the clutch assembly.

10005492 7

8. Install two M6 x 30 mm cap screws as jacking bolts

(1) into the clutch assembly.
Tighten the jacking bolts evenly until the pressure
plate has been seated. Loosen each jacking bolt 1/2
turn only.
Apply Loctite 242 and install four allen head cap
screws (2) into the remaining holes of the clutch as-
sembly. Tighten the cap screws until snug.
Remove the two jacking bolts. Apply Loctite 242 and
install the remaining allen head cap screws. Torque
all pressure plate cap screws to 35 N·m (26 ft. lbs.).

10005493 8

9. Apply Loctite 242 to the eight hex head cap

screws, and attach the spur gear (1) to the outer
clutch housing (2) Torque the cap screws to 45-50
N·m (33-37 ft. lbs.).
Install the outer bearing races (3) and (4), if previ-
ously removed.

10005488 9

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 78
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

10. Support the unload clutch shaft (1) vertically with the
tapered end down.
Slide the clutch assembly (2) onto the shaft.
Press the spur gear inner bearing (3) onto the clutch
shaft with the tapered end up.

10005494 10

11. Set the spacer ring (1) onto the spur gear inner bear-
ing.

10005495 11

12. Slide the spur gear assembly over the clutch until the
inner race of the spur gear is seated on the inner
bearing.
Press the spur gear outer bearing (2) and the clutch
shaft bearing (3), onto the shaft assembly.

10005496 12

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 79
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

13. Turn the nut (1) onto the end of the clutch shaft.
Tighten the nut to 225-240 N·m (166-177 ft. lbs.)
and secure the nut by deforming the front collar into
the shaft groove.
Mount the piston rings (2) without using any tool.
Bend with care, hook up the piston rings and make
sure that they are free to turn smoothly in the shaft
groove.
NOTE: Swage the retaining edge of the nut into the groove
of the shaft by means of a rounded mandrel. The retaining
edge must be deformed evenly into the longitudinal groove
until it is in contact with the mid-section of the groove bot-
tom. The retaining edge must not tear. If necessary, it
should therefore not be swaged entirely to the bottom of
10012229_885 13
the groove. (Groove width - mandrel dia.; Approx. 2 mm)

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 80
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

E0025-03-Gearbox Temp Sensor Shorted To High Source

(C.50.B.95.90 - G.30.B.54)
E0025-03 - Gearbox Temp Sensor Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The gearbox temperature (B-32) is shorted to 12 volts.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Hydraulics" sub menu.
Select “Gearbox Temp sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage range is - 0.5 - 4.9 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is above 5.2 volts continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, since the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue the troubleshooting at Step 4.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView is high. Disconnect the gearbox temperature sensor connector X097.

A. If the voltage drops to 4.9 - 5.2 volts the short is in the sensor, or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView display continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView is high. Disconnect the gearbox harness from the main frame harness at
connector X011.

A. If the voltage drops to 4.9 - 5.2 volts the short is in the gearbox harness between connector X011 and
connector X097 wire 422 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView display the short circuit is somewhere between connector X011
and connector X020 J2-27 on CCM1 in the main frame harness wire 422 yellow.
4. Visually inspect harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken
wires.

A. If no damage is found erase fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 81
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

E0025-04-Gearbox Temp Sensor Shorted To Low Source

(C.50.B.95.90 - G.30.B.53)
E0025-04 - Gearbox Temp Sensor Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
The gearbox temperature (B-32) is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Hydraulics" sub menu.
Select “Gearbox Temp sensor" and check voltage range.
The normal operating voltage range is 0.5 - 4.9 volts

A. If the voltage reading is 0 - 0.5 volts continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, continue the troubleshooting at Step 4.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView is low. Disconnect the gearbox temperature sensor connector X097.

A. If the voltage increases to 4.9 - 5.2 volts the short is in the sensor, or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView display continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView is low. Disconnect the gearbox harness from the main frame harness at
connector X011.

A. If the voltage increases to 4.9 - 5.2 volts the short is in the gearbox harness between connector X011 and
connector X097 wire 422 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView display the short circuit is somewhere between connector X011 and
connector X020 J2-27 on CCM1 in the main frame harness wire 422 yellow.
4. Visually inspect harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken
wires.

A. If no damage is found erase fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 82
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

E0025-05-Gearbox Temp Sensor Line Disconnected (C.50.B.95.90 -

G.30.B.50)
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series
1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0025-05 - Gearbox Temp Sensor Line Disconnected

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1206 - 1237 only.

Cause:
The gearbox temperature sensor (B-32) circuit is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring is open.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Hydraulics" sub menu.
Select “Gearbox Temp sensor" and check voltage range.
The normal operating range for the sensor is 0.5 - 4.9 volts.
If there is an open in the supply or ground wiring, the voltage will be 4.9 - 5.2 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high 4.9 - 5.2 volts continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the open is not present at this time. Continue the trou-
bleshooting at step 7.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 4.9 - 5.2 volts. Disconnect the gearbox temperature sensor
connector X097. Use a jumper wire to short the harness end of connector X097 pin B to chassis ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is not in the supply side
of the circuit. Continue with step 4.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 4.9 - 5.2 volts, continue with Step 3.
3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 4.9 - 5.2 volts. Disconnect the gearbox harness from the main
frame harness at connector X011. Use a jumper wire to short connector X011 pin A to chassis ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is in the gearbox (GB)
harness between connector X011 pin A and connector X097 pin B wire 422 yellow. Locate the open and
repair.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 4.9 - 5.2 volts, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness
between connector X011 pin A and connector X019 pin J2-27 wire 422 yellow. Locate the open and
repair.
4. Disconnect the gearbox temperature sensor connector X097. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between
the harness end of connector X097 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the ground path for the sensor is complete, and the fault is in the sensor itself. Replace
the sensor.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the ground path for the sensor is open. Continue with step 5.
5. Disconnect the gearbox harness from the main frame harness at connector X011. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between the harness end of connector X011 pin H and chassis ground.

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 83
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the gearbox (GB) harness between connector X011 pin H and
connector X103 pin A wire 466 blue or 488 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 6.

6. Remove the cap and buss bar assembly from the splice block E, W05 in the main frame harness. Use a multi-
meter to check for continuity between the splice block E, W05 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X011 pin H
and splice block E, W05 pin A wire 488 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between splice block
E, W05 pin A and connector X019 pin J2-14 wire 401 blue or 460 blue. Locate the open and repair.
7. Erase the error code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1206-1237
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.14)
Series 1206-1237
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.15)

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 84
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

E0025-05-Gearbox Temp Sensor Line Disconnected (C.50.B.95.90 -

G.30.B.50)
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above, CX780 Series 1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and
above, CX840 Series 1238 and above, CX860 Series 1238 and above, CX880 Series 1238 and above

E0025-05 - Gearbox Temp Sensor Line Disconnected

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1238 and above.

Cause:
The gearbox temperature sensor (B-32) circuit is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring is open.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Hydraulics" sub menu.
Select “Gearbox Temp sensor" and check voltage range.
The normal operating range for the sensor is 0.5 - 4.9 volts.
If there is an open in the supply or ground wiring, the voltage will be 4.9 - 5.2 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high 4.9 - 5.2 volts continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the open is not present at this time. Continue the trou-
bleshooting at step 7.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 4.9 - 5.2 volts. Disconnect the gearbox temperature sensor
connector X097. Use a jumper wire to short the harness end of connector X097 pin B to chassis ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is not in the supply side
of the circuit. Continue with step 4.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 4.9 - 5.2 volts, continue with Step 3.
3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 4.9 - 5.2 volts. Disconnect the gearbox harness from the main
frame harness at connector X011. Use a jumper wire to short connector X011 pin A to chassis ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is in the gearbox (GB)
harness between connector X011 pin A and connector X097 pin B wire 422 yellow. Locate the open and
repair.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 4.9 - 5.2 volts, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness
between connector X011 pin A and connector X019 pin J2-27 wire 422 yellow. Locate the open and
repair.
4. Disconnect the gearbox temperature sensor connector X097. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between
the harness end of connector X097 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the ground path for the sensor is complete, and the fault is in the sensor itself. Replace
the sensor.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the ground path for the sensor is open. Continue with step 5.
5. Disconnect the gearbox harness from the main frame harness at connector X011. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between the harness end of connector X011 pin H and chassis ground.

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 85
 POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the gearbox (GB) harness between connector X011 pin H and
connector X103 pin A wire 466 blue or 488 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 6.

6. Disconnect the main frame harness from the front frame harness at connector X008. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between the harness end of connector X008 pin 7 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X011 pin H
and connector X008 pin 7 wire 488 blue or 401 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open circuit is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X008 pin 7 and connector X020 pin J3-18 wire 401 blue or 501 blue. Locate the open and repair.
7. Erase the error code and continue operation.

A.

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 86
 Index

POWER TRAIN - C

PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive - 50.B

Clutch - Install (C.50.B.46 - F.10.A.15) 63
Clutch - Remove (C.50.B.46 - F.10.A.10) 55
Clutch Main clutch - Assemble (C.50.B.46.10 - F.10.A.20) 70
Clutch Main clutch - Disassemble (C.50.B.46.10 - F.10.A.25) 46
Clutch Unload clutch - Assemble (C.50.B.46.20 - F.10.A.20) 76
Clutch Unload clutch - Disassemble (C.50.B.46.20 - F.10.A.25) 51
E0025-03-Gearbox Temp Sensor Shorted To High Source (C.50.B.95.90 - G.30.B.54) 81
E0025-04-Gearbox Temp Sensor Shorted To Low Source (C.50.B.95.90 - G.30.B.53) 82
E0025-05-Gearbox Temp Sensor Line Disconnected (C.50.B.95.90 - G.30.B.50) 83
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237
E0025-05-Gearbox Temp Sensor Line Disconnected (C.50.B.95.90 - G.30.B.50) 85
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above, CX780 Series
1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and above, CX840 Series 1238 and above, CX860 Series 1238 and
above, CX880 Series 1238 and above
PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive - Assemble (C.50.B - F.10.A.20) 31
PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive - Disassemble (C.50.B - F.10.A.25) 5
PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive - Inspect (C.50.B - F.40.B.01) 44
PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive - Install (C.50.B - F.10.A.15) 22
PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive - Remove (C.50.B - F.10.A.10) 12
PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive - Service instruction (C.50.B - F.10.A.05) 11
PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive - Shimming (C.50.B - D.20.A.30) 3
PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive - Special tools (C.50.B - D.20.A.40) 3
PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive - Torque (C.50.B - D.20.A.10) 3

2 4/7/2006
C.50.B / 87
 CNH BELGIUM N.V., Leon Claeystraat 3A, B-8210 ZEDELGEM - Belgium

AFTER SALES – Technical Information

PRINTED IN BELGIUM

COPYRIGHT BY CNH BELGIUM N.V.

All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.

New Holland policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices, specification or equipment
at any time without notices is reserved.

All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only
and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any
particular product, please consult your New Holland Dealer.

2 4/7/2006
 REPAIR MANUAL
TRAVELLING

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
D
 Contents

TRAVELLING - D

FRONT AXLE D.10.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

REAR AXLE D.12.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic D.14.E

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

STEERING Hydraulic D.20.C

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic D.30.C

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic D.32.C

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
D
 TRAVELLING - D

FRONT AXLE - 10.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 1
 Contents

TRAVELLING - D

FRONT AXLE - 10.A

TECHNICAL DATA
Final drive
Torque (D.10.A.42 - D.20.A.10) 4
Torque (D.10.A.42 - D.20.A.10) 4
General specification (D.10.A.42 - D.40.A.10) 4
CX860, CX880

General specification (D.10.A.42 - D.40.A.10) 4

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

FUNCTIONAL DATA
Final drive
Overview (D.10.A.42 - C.10.A.10) 5
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Sectional view (D.10.A.42 - C.10.A.30) 6

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Exploded view (D.10.A.42 - C.10.A.20) 8

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Overview (D.10.A.42 - C.10.A.10) 10

CX860 Series 1206 - 1481, CX880 Series 1206 - 1481

Exploded view (D.10.A.42 - C.10.A.20) 11

CX860 Series 1206 - 1481, CX880 Series 1206 - 1481

Input shaft - Exploded view (D.10.A.42.43 - C.10.A.20) 13

CX860, CX880

Reducer, satellite and planetary - Exploded view (D.10.A.42.50 - C.10.A.20) 14

CX860 Series 1206 - 1481, CX880 Series 1206 - 1481

Reducer, satellite and planetary - Sectional view (D.10.A.42.50 - C.10.A.30) 16

CX860 Series 1206 - 1481, CX880 Series 1206 - 1481

Overview (D.10.A.42 - C.10.A.10) 18

CX860 Series 1482 and above, CX880 Series 1482 and above

Exploded view (D.10.A.42 - C.10.A.20) 20

CX860 Series 1482 and above, CX880 Series 1482 and above

SERVICE
Final drive
Remove (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.10) 22
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Disassemble (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.25) 23

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Assemble (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.20) 26

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Install (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.15) 31

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 2
Wheel stud - Replace (D.10.A.42.60 - F.10.A.30) 32
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

Remove (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.10) 33

CX860, CX880

Input shaft - Remove (D.10.A.42.43 - F.10.A.10) 34

CX860, CX880

Input shaft - Assemble (D.10.A.42.43 - F.10.A.20) 35

CX860, CX880

Disassemble (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.25) 36

CX860 Series 1206 - 1481, CX880 Series 1206 - 1481

Disassemble (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.25) 39

CX860 Series 1482 and above, CX880 Series 1482 and above

Reducer, satellite and planetary - Disassemble (D.10.A.42.50 - F.10.A.25) 44

CX860, CX880

Reducer, satellite and planetary - Assemble (D.10.A.42.50 - F.10.A.20) 45

CX860, CX880

Reducer, satellite and planetary - Disassemble (D.10.A.42.50 - F.10.A.25) 48

CX860 Series 1206 - 1481, CX880 Series 1206 - 1481

Reducer, satellite and planetary - Assemble (D.10.A.42.50 - F.10.A.20) 49

CX860 Series 1206 - 1481, CX880 Series 1206 - 1481

Output shaft - Assemble (D.10.A.42.45 - F.10.A.20) 51

CX860, CX880

Assemble (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.20) 53

CX860 Series 1206 - 1481, CX880 Series 1206 - 1481

Assemble (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.20) 60

CX860 Series 1482 and above, CX880 Series 1482 and above

Input shaft - Install (D.10.A.42.43 - F.10.A.15) 69

CX860, CX880

Install (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.15) 71

CX860, CX880

Wheel stud - Replace (D.10.A.42.60 - F.10.A.30) 72

CX860, CX880

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 3
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive - Torque (D.10.A.42 - D.20.A.10)

Bolts input shaft cover 50 Nm ( 37 ft.lbs)
Bolts in output shaft 320 Nm ( 236 ft.lbs)
Gearbox housing 320 Nm ( 236 ft.lbs)
Maintenance plug 110 Nm ( 81 ft.lbs)
Level plug 5-15 Nm ( 4-11 ft.lbs)
Magnetic plug 70 Nm ( 52 ft.lbs)
Filler / Breather plug 70 Nm ( 52 ft.lbs)
Dowel pin hold screw 30 Nm (22 ft.lbs)
Wheel nuts torque 610-730 Nm (450 - 540 ft.lbs)

Final drive - Torque (D.10.A.42 - D.20.A.10)

Bolt final drive cover 28-45 Nm ( 21-33 ft.lbs)
Bolt input shaft cover 34 Nm (25 ft.lbs)
Bolt in output shaft 235 Nm (175 ft.lbs)
Level plug 70-90 Nm (50-65 ft.lbs)
Magnetic plug 90-110 Nm (65-80 ft.lbs)
Filler / Breather plug 90-110 Nm (65-80 ft.lbs)
Bolt final drive to traction beam 670 Nm (495 ft.lbs)
Wheel nuts torque 610-732 Nm (450 - 540 ft.lbs )

Final drive - General specification (D.10.A.42 - D.40.A.10)

CX860, CX880

CX860 - 880
Gear ratio 1/13.09
Max. input rpm (30 km/hr - 18.6 miles/hr) 1300
Max. output rpm (30 km/hr - 18.6 miles/hr) 100
Nom. input torque 1550 Nm (1140 ft. lbs)
Nom. output torque 20500 Nm (15120 ft. lbs)
Output shaft pre-load 0.35 mm (0.0138 in)
Input shaft axial end play 0.01-0.06 mm (0.0004-0.0025 in)
Approx. total weight 340 kg ( lbs)

Final drive - General specification (D.10.A.42 - D.40.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

CX720 - 740 - 760 CX780 - 820 - 840

Standard Heavy duty
Gear ratio 11/111
Max. input rpm (30 km/hr - 18.6 998 rpm
miles/hr)
Max. output rpm (30 km/hr - 18.6 132
miles/hr)
Nom. input torque 1560 Nm (1150 ft.lbs) 1630 Nm (1200 ft. lbs)
Nom. output torque 15750 Nm (11620 ft.lbs) 16500 Nm (12170 ft. lbs)
Output shaft pre-load 0.5 mm +/- 0.05 (0.02 in +/- 0.002 in)
Input shaft axial end play 0.08-0.13 mm (0.003-0.005 in)
Approx. total weight 245 kg (540 lbs) 255 kg (560 lbs)

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 4
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive - Overview (D.10.A.42 - C.10.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

ZDA4709B 1

1 Input shaft 3 Wheel hub

2 Output gear

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 5
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive - Sectional view (D.10.A.42 - C.10.A.30)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

ZDA4709A 1

1 Seal 7 Seal 13 Seal 19 Input shaft

2 Bearing 8 Bearing 14 Bolts 20 Seal
3 Spacer 9 Shimpac 15 Cover 21 End cap
4 gear 10 Cover 16 Seal 22 Bolts

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 6
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

5 Cover 11 Bolts 17 O--ring 23 Output shaft

6 Spacer 12 Washer 18 Bearing

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 7
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive - Exploded view (D.10.A.42 - C.10.A.20)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

ZDA4711A 1

1 Seal 7 Seal 13 Seal 19 Input shaft

2 Bearing 8 Bearing 14 Bolts 20 Seal
3 Spacer 9 Shimpac 15 Cover 21 End cap
4 gear 10 Cover 16 Seal 22 Bolts

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 8
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

5 Cover 11 Bolts 17 O--ring 23 Output shaft

6 Spacer 12 Washer 18 Bearing

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 9
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive - Overview (D.10.A.42 - C.10.A.10)

CX860 Series 1206 - 1481, CX880 Series 1206 - 1481

ZDA4162A 1

1 Input shaft 5 Planet gear

2 Big sun gear 6 Planet gear carrier
3 Small sun gear 7 Output shaft
4 Ring gear

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 10
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive - Exploded view (D.10.A.42 - C.10.A.20)

CX860 Series 1206 - 1481, CX880 Series 1206 - 1481

1 Housing 8 Bearing 15 Bolt 22 Input shaft

2 Pre-assembled sun gear 9 Housing 16 Bearing 23 Shimpac
3 Retaining ring 10 Planet gear carrier 17 Shimpac 24 Cover
4 Small sun gear 11 Retaining ring 18 Washer 25 Bolt
5 Retaining ring 12 O-ring 19 Lockplate
6 Output shaft 13 Ring gear 20 Bolt
7 Seal 14 Dowel pin 21 Cover

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 11
TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

ZDA4668A 1

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 12
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive Input shaft - Exploded view (D.10.A.42.43 - C.10.A.20)

CX860, CX880

1 Input shaft 4 Bearing

2 Housing 5 Seal
3 Bearing 6 O-ring

ZDA4350A 1

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 13
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive Reducer, satellite and planetary - Exploded view

(D.10.A.42.50 - C.10.A.20)
CX860 Series 1206 - 1481, CX880 Series 1206 - 1481

1 Big sun gear 5 Distance ring

2 Small sun gear 6 Bearing
3 Ring 7 Retaining ring
4 Bearing

ZDA4351A 1

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 14
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

1 Planet gear carrier 4 Spacer

2 Retaining ring 5 Planet gear
3 Shaft 6 Needle roller

ZDA4033A 2

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 15
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive Reducer, satellite and planetary - Sectional view

(D.10.A.42.50 - C.10.A.30)
CX860 Series 1206 - 1481, CX880 Series 1206 - 1481

ZDA4667A 1

1 Big sun gear 5 Distance ring

2 Small sun gear 6 Bearing
3 Ring 7 Retaining ring
4 Bearing

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 16
TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 17
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive - Overview (D.10.A.42 - C.10.A.10)

CX860 Series 1482 and above, CX880 Series 1482 and above

1 Input shaft 5 Planet gear

2 Big sun gear 6 Planet gear carrier
3 Small sun gear 7 Output shaft
4 Ring gear

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 18
TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

ZEIL05CX0516H0B 1

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 19
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive - Exploded view (D.10.A.42 - C.10.A.20)

CX860 Series 1482 and above, CX880 Series 1482 and above

1 Bolt 17 Big sun gear

2 Input shaft cover with seals 18 Distance ring
3 Shimpac 19 Bearing
4 Input shaft with bearings 20 Retaining ring
5 Cover 21 Small sun gear
6 Bolt 22 Retaining ring
7 Lock plate 23 Planet gear carrier
8 Lock plate 24 O-ring
9 Nut 25 Ring gear
10 Inner housing 26 Outer housing
11 Bearing 27 Bolt
12 Dowel pin 28 Bearing
13 Retaining ring 29 Seal
14 Lock washer 30 Output shaft
15 Nut
16 Bearing

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 20
TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

ZEIL05CX0517H0B 1

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 21
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive - Remove (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.10)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Remove the traction tire from the combine.

CAUTION
Install a suitable and safe support underneath the com-
bine traction axle to support the combine. Z016

2. Disconnect sleeve (1) at the final drive.

ZDA4848A 1

3. Support the final drive.

CAUTION
A final drive is heavy. Take extreme caution when re-
moving the final drive! Use a supporting device which
can handle this weight! Z121

4. Loosen bolts (1) and remove the final drive.

NOTE: If the final drive needs to be disassembled, drain
the oil before the final drive is removed from the combine
(Refer to the Operator’s Manual, section 4 “Lubrication and
Maintenance").

ZDA4849A 2

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 22
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive - Disassemble (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.25)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. After draining the oil, remove covers (5) and (10).

2. Remove the wire that locks three bolts (11). Remove
the three bolts, washer (12) and shimpac (9).
3. Press wheel hub (23) out of the final drive housing.
NOTE: Inner ring of bearing (2) and spacer (3) will remain
on the shaft. Seal (1) will remain in the housing.
IMPORTANT: In case mud seals are installed, only a part
of the mud seal will remain on the shaft. The other part will
remain in the housing. The surface between the two parts
of the mud seal should be oiled before touching them.
4. Remove spacer (3) and inner ring of bearing (2) from
the output shaft.
NOTE: Bearing (2) will be damaged when it is removed.
5. Remove output gear (4), spacer (6) and inner ring of
bearing (8) out of the final drive housing.
6. If neccessary, remove seal (1) from the final drive
housing.
NOTE: Seal (1) will be damaged when it is removed.
7. Use a soft punch to remove the outer rings of bear-
ings (2) and (8) from the housing.
Input shaft
8. Remove bolts (22) and cover (21) with seal (20).
9. Remove bolts (14) and cover (15).
NOTE: Seal (16) and O-ring (17) will remain in the cover.
10. Remove input shaft (19) by striking the shaft on the
splined end with a soft hammer.
11. Use a soft punch to remove outer ring of bearing (18).
12. If neccessary, remove inner rings of bearings (18)
from the input shaft.

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 23
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

ZDA4709A 1

1 Seal 7 Seal 13 Seal 19 Input shaft

2 Bearing 8 Bearing 14 Bolts 20 Seal
3 Spacer 9 Shimpac 15 Cover 21 End cap
4 gear 10 Cover 16 Seal 22 Bolts
5 Cover 11 Bolts 17 O--ring 23 Output shaft
6 Spacer 12 Washer 18 Bearing

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 24
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

ZDA4711A 2

1 Seal 7 Seal 13 Seal 19 Input shaft

2 Bearing 8 Bearing 14 Bolts 20 Seal
3 Spacer 9 Shimpac 15 Cover 21 End cap
4 gear 10 Cover 16 Seal 22 Bolts
5 Cover 11 Bolts 17 O--ring 23 Output shaft
6 Spacer 12 Washer 18 Bearing

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 25
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive - Assemble (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.20)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Heat inner rings of bearings (18) to 80 °C (176 °F)

and install them on input shaft (19).
2. Insert the input shaft assembly into the final drive
housing.
3. Install both outer rings of bearings (18).
4. Install end cap (21) with a new seal (20).
5. Apply thread locking compound type (1) (Loctite 242)
to bolts (22) and tighten them.
6. Install a new seal (16) and O-ring (17) in cover (15)
and apply grease to the lip of seal (16).
7. Slide cover (15) over the input shaft.
NOTE: Making sure not to damage the lip of seal (16).
8. Tighten bolts (14) up to 34 Nm (25 ft.lbs).
9. Check the end play on the input shaft (19). It should
be between 0.08-0.13 mm (0.0032 - 0.0051 in). In-
stall or remove as much shims (13) as neccessary to
obtain that value.
NOTE: Install shims (13) behind the cover (15).
10. After checking the end play, remove cover (15) and
shims (13) again and apply sealing compound be-
tween the cover and the first shims, between the
shims, and between the last shim and the final drive
housing to create a complete seal.
11. Reinstall cover (15) with shims (13).
12. Apply thread locking compound type (1) (Loctite 242)
to bolts (14) and tighten them to 34 Nm (25 ft.lbs).

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 26
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

ZDA4709A 1

1 Seal 7 Seal 13 Seal 19 Input shaft

2 Bearing 8 Bearing 14 Bolts 20 Seal
3 Spacer 9 Shimpac 15 Cover 21 End cap
4 gear 10 Cover 16 Seal 22 Bolts
5 Cover 11 Bolts 17 O--ring 23 Output shaft
6 Spacer 12 Washer 18 Bearing

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 27
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

ZDA4711A 2

1 Seal 7 Seal 13 Seal 19 Input shaft

2 Bearing 8 Bearing 14 Bolts 20 Seal
3 Spacer 9 Shimpac 15 Cover 21 End cap
4 gear 10 Cover 16 Seal 22 Bolts
5 Cover 11 Bolts 17 O--ring 23 Output shaft
6 Spacer 12 Washer 18 Bearing

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 28
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

13. Install the outer rings of bearings (2) and (8) in the
final drive housing.
14. Use NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR 75 MD GREASE
(ref. NH720A) to lubricate the lip of seal (1) and to fill
the cavity of the seal. Install seal (1) in the final drive
housing with the lip facing to the housing. Check
distance Y = 6.5-7.5 mm (0.25 in - 0.30 in).
NOTE: In case mud seals are installed, install the first part
of of the mud seal Take care that the outer side of the seal
is free of dirt and oil.
15. Heat the inner ring of bearing (2) to 80 °C(176 °F)
and install it on output shaft (23).
NOTE: In case mud seals are installed, install the second
part of the mud seal. Take care that the outer side of the
seal is free of dirt and oi
16. Coat bearing (2) with oil.
17. Install spacer (3) on shaft (23).
18. Slide gear (4) into the final drive housing.
IMPORTANT: In case mud seals are installed, ensure the
suface between both seals is oiled.
19. Bring the output shaft into the final drive housing
through gear (4).
20. Lay the complete final drive housing flat on the wheel
flange.
21. Install spacer (6), bearing (8) and washer (12), and
tighten bolts (11) to 90 Nm(66 ft.lbs) to make sure
bearing (8) is seated correctly. Loosen the three bolts
(11) evenly until there is some end play on the output
shaft. Tap the shaft with a heavy soft hammer to
loosen the bearings and obtain end play.
22. Install a dial gauge to check the output shaft end play.
23. Retighten bolts (11) evenly until zero end play is just
reached.
24. Remove the three bolts (11) and washer (12).
25. Measure distance X between the shaft end and the
outer edge of bearing (8).
26. Install shims (9) for a same value of X - 0.5 mm (X -
0.02 in).
NOTE: Axial pre-load on the bearing should be 0.5 mm +/-
0.05 (0.02 in +/- 0.002).
27. Reinstall washer (12) and tighten bolts (11) to 235
Nm (175 ft.lbs).

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 29
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

28. Secure bolts (11) with a wire as shown on the draw-

ing.
NOTE: Wire must be threaded so that, as the hardware
tends to loosen, the wire is streched tighter. Twist the ends
of the wire for at least 5 twists and position them against
the washer.

ZDA4710A 3

29. Install cover (10) using sealing compound type 6

(Loctite 638).
30. Install cover (5) with a new seal. Apply sealing com-
pound on both sides of the seal. Apply thread lock-
ing compound type 1 (Loctite 242) to the bolts and
tighten them to 28 - 45 Nm (21 - 33 ft.lbs )
31. Install the final drive (refer to Final drive - Remove
(D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.10)).

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 30
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive - Install (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.15)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Insert two dowel pins in the final drive housing.

Install the final drive onto the traction axle of the com-
bine.

CAUTION
A final drive is heavy. Take extreme caution when han-
dling the final drive! Use a supporting device which
can handle this weight! Z001

2. Apply thread locking compound type 1 (Loctite 242)

to bolts (1) and install them.
3. Tighten bolts (1) to a torque of 670 Nm (495 ft.lbs)
4. Fill the final drive with oil ( Refer to the Operator’s
Manual, section 4 “Lubrication and Maintenance").
5. Install the traction wheel and tighten the wheel nuts to
a torque of 610-732 Nm (450 - 540 ft.lbs).

ZDA4849A 1

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 31
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive Wheel stud - Replace (D.10.A.42.60 - F.10.A.30)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840

1. Remove the traction wheel.

CAUTION
Install a suitable and safe support underneath the com-
bine traction axle to support the combine. Z016

2. Remove sleeve (1) at the final drive.

ZDA4848A 1

3. Turn the output shaft of the final drive until wheel bolt
(2) (the bolt to be replaced) is aligned with notch (3)
in the final drive housing.
Drive out wheel bolt (2).
Insert a new wheel bolt and pull it on its place with a
wheel nut.
NOTE: Make sure the notch on the wheel bolt is in line with
the step on the output shaft.

ZDA4708A 2

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 32
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive - Remove (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.10)

CX860, CX880

1. Remove the traction tire from the combine.

CAUTION
Install a suitable and safe support underneath the com-
bine traction axle to support the combine. Z016

2. Disconnect sleeve (1) at the planetary final drive.

ZDA4705A 1

3. Support the final drive.

CAUTION
A final drive is heavy. Take extreme caution when re-
moving the final drive! Use a supporting device which
can handle this weight! Z121

4. Loosen bolts (1) and remove the final drive.

NOTE: If the planetary final drive needs to be disassem-
bled, drain the oil before the final drive is removed from the
combine (Refer to the Operator’s Manual, section 4 “Lubri-
cation and Maintenance").

ZDA4704A 2

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 33
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive Input shaft - Remove (D.10.A.42.43 - F.10.A.10)

CX860, CX880

1. Drain the oil from the planetary final drive (Refer to

the Operator’s Manual, section 4 “Lubrication and
Maintenance").
2. Remove the bolts (1) and remove the cover (2).
NOTE: The seal in the cover will be damaged when it is
removed.

ZDA4663A 1

3. Keep the shimpac (3) together with the cover and

remove the input shaft (4).
NOTE: The bearings on the input shaft will be damaged
when they are removed.

ZDA4664A 2

Next operation:
Final drive Input shaft - Assemble (D.10.A.42.43 - F.10.A.20).

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 34
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive Input shaft - Assemble (D.10.A.42.43 - F.10.A.20)

CX860, CX880

1. Heat bearing (4) to 80 °C (176 °F) and install it on

input shaft (1).

ZDA4347A 1

2. Heat bearing (3) to 80 °C (176 °F) and install it on

input shaft (1).

ZDA4348A 2

3. Install seal (5) in bearing housing (2).

Install outer ring of bearing (4) in bearing housing (2).
Install O-ring (6).

ZDA4349A 3

Next operation:
(Series 1206 - 1481) Final drive - Disassemble (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.25).
Next operation:
(Series 1482 and above) Final drive - Disassemble (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.25).

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 35
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive - Disassemble (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.25)

CX860 Series 1206 - 1481, CX880 Series 1206 - 1481

1. Remove the cover (1).

ZDA4665A 1

2. Unlock the lock plate (3) and remove the bolts (2),
the lock plate (3), the washer (4) and the shimpac
(5).

ZDA4666A 2

3. Place the final drive as shown and remove the

bolts (1).

ZDA4639A 3

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 36
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

4. Open the final drive by lifting the upper housing (1).

ZDA4638A 4

5. Remove the O-ring (1) and the ring gear (2).

NOTE: The ring gear (2) contains two threaded holes in
which a bolt can be inserted to improve removal of the ring
gear.
NOTE: Remove the dowel pins from the upper or lower half
of the final drive housing.
6. Remove the O-ring underneath the ring gear.

ZDA4362A 5

7. Remove the retaining ring (1).

Remove the planet gear carrier (2) with the planet

gears.
NOTE: Refer to Final drive Reducer, satellite and plan-
etary - Disassemble (D.10.A.42.50 - F.10.A.25) and Fi-
nal drive Reducer, satellite and planetary - Assemble
(D.10.A.42.50 - F.10.A.20) to disassemble and re-assem-
ble the planet gears.

ZDA4359B 6

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 37
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

8. Remove the planetary final drive housing (1) from the

output shaft (2).
NOTE: The bearing on the output shaft will be damaged
when it is removed.
NOTE: The seal in the planetary final drive housing will be
damaged when it is removed.

ZDA4357A 7

9. On the other planetary final drive housing, remove

the retaining ring (1) and the small sun gear.
NOTE: The small sun gear and the big sun gear are
marked. If for any reason the marks are not visible, apply
a mark on both sun gears before taking them apart.

ZDA4356A 8

10. Remove the retaining ring (2) and the big sun gear
with the bearings.
NOTE: Refer to Final drive Reducer, satellite and plan-
etary - Disassemble (D.10.A.42.50 - F.10.A.25) and Fi-
nal drive Reducer, satellite and planetary - Assemble
(D.10.A.42.50 - F.10.A.20) to disassemble and re-assem-
ble the sun gears .

ZDA4354B 9

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 38
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive - Disassemble (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.25)

CX860 Series 1482 and above, CX880 Series 1482 and above

1. Remove the cover (5).

zda4665b 1

2. Unlock the lock plate (7) and remove the bolts (6),
the lock plate (7) and the lock plate (8).

ZEIL05CX0518A0C 2

3. Remove the nut (9).

NOTE: The nut (9) was assembled with Loctite. Heat the
nut to 170 - 200 °C to obtain the Loctite breaks apart and
facilitate nut removal.

ZEIL05CX0519A0C 3

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 39
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

4. Remove the bolts and washers (27).

ZDA4639B 4

5. Open the final drive by simultaneous tightening of the

3 threaded studs (1) in the inner housing.

ZEIL05CX0534A0B 5

6. Remove the inner housing (10).

Remove the threaded studs from the inner housing.

zda4638b 6

7. Remove the retaining ring (13), the lock plate (14)

and the nut (15).
NOTE: The nut (15) was assembled with Loctite. Heat the
nut to 170 - 200 °C to obtain the Loctite breaks apart and
facilitate nut removal. To remove the nut (15), use special
tool 380002596.

ZEIL05CX0520A0C 7

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 40
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

8. Remove the big sun gear (17).

NOTE: The small sun gear is attached to the big sun gear
and will be removed together with the big sun gear. Also
the sun gear bearings will be removed at the same time.

ZEIL05CX0521A0C 8

9. Check for free movement of the small sun gear (21)

into the big sun gear (17). If OK, it is advised not
to disassemble the two sun gears and continue with
step 11.

Remove the retaining ring (20) to remove the small

sun gear (21) from the big sun gear (17) (refer to the
next step).

ZEIL05CX0524A0C 9

10. Push the retaining ring (20) to the bottom of the

groove (B) by means of a small screw driver through
the hole (A).

Insert a weld wire at (W) diameter 1 - 1.5 mm above

the retaining ring in the foot of the teeth of the small
sun gear.

Repeat this for every hole (A) in the big sun gear
(there are 11 holes).

Pull the small sun gear (21) out.

ZEIL05CX0533A0B 10

11. Remove the distance rings (18) and the bearing inner
ring (19).

ZEIL05CX0525A0C 11

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 41
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

12. Remove the O-ring (24) and the ring gear (25).
NOTE: The ring gear (25) contains three threaded holes in
which a bolt can be inserted to improve removal of the ring
gear.
NOTE: Remove the dowel pins from the ring gear or the
inner housing.

ZDA4362B 12

13. Remove the retaining ring (22).

ZEIL05CX0522A0C 13

14. Remove the planet gear carrier (23) with the planet
gears.
NOTE: Refer to Final drive Reducer, satellite and plan-
etary - Disassemble (D.10.A.42.50 - F.10.A.25) and Fi-
nal drive Reducer, satellite and planetary - Assemble
(D.10.A.42.50 - F.10.A.20) to disassemble and re-assem-
ble the planet gears.

ZEIL05CX0523A0C 14

15. Remove the outer housing (26) from the output shaft
(30).
NOTE: The bearing on the output shaft will be damaged
when it is removed, it is advised to remove the bearing
inner ring on a lathe. Never damage the output shaft.
NOTE: The seal in the planetary final drive housing will be
damaged when it is removed (except mud seals).

ZDA4357B 15

Next operation:
2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 42
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

(Series 1482 and above) Final drive - Assemble (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.20).

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 43
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive Reducer, satellite and planetary - Disassemble

(D.10.A.42.50 - F.10.A.25)
CX860, CX880

ZDA4033A 1

1 Planet gear carrier 2 Circlip

3 Shaft 4 Spacer
5 Planet gear 6 Needle roller
1. Remove circlip (2).
Push out the shaft and remove the planet gear, the
needle rollers and the spacers on both sides of the
planet gear.
Proceed the same way for the other two planet gears.

ZDA4041A 2

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 44
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive Reducer, satellite and planetary - Assemble (D.10.A.42.50

- F.10.A.20)
CX860, CX880

1. Apply oil to spacer (4).

ZDA4034A 1

2. Apply oil to the inner side of gear (5) and place it

above spacer (4).
Place tool 7, shaft diam X x Y mm, in the middle of
gear (5).

ZDA4035A 2

3. Insert 23 needle rollers (6).

ZDA4036A 3

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 45
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

4. Apply oil to spacer (4) and place it onto gear (5).

ZDA4037A 4

5. Insert shaft (3) in planet gear carrier (1) as shown.

IMPORTANT: Take care the shaft is inserted from the side
with the notch.

ZDA4038A 5

6. Insert the planet gear with spacers and needle

rollers.
Insert the shaft and remove the tool.

ZDA4039A 6

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 46
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

7.
IMPORTANT: Make sure the notch on the shaft is in line
with the notch on the planet gear carrier.

ZDA4040A 7

8. Install circlip (2).

Repeat this procedure for the other two planet gears.

ZDA4041A_933 8

9. The pre-assembled planet gear carrier is heavy, use

a lifting device to handle it.

ZDA4042A 9

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 47
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive Reducer, satellite and planetary - Disassemble

(D.10.A.42.50 - F.10.A.25)
CX860 Series 1206 - 1481, CX880 Series 1206 - 1481

1. Remove the retaining ring (7).

Turn the sun gear and remove the two bearings.

ZDA4346A 1

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 48
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive Reducer, satellite and planetary - Assemble (D.10.A.42.50

- F.10.A.20)
CX860 Series 1206 - 1481, CX880 Series 1206 - 1481

1. To pre assemble the sun gears, proceed as follows:

Sun gears (1) and (2) are delivered as a set and are
marked at (3).

ZDA4341A 1

2. Place big sun gear as shown and install ring (1).

IMPORTANT: The chamfered side of ring (1) should be
against the splines.

ZDA4342A 2

3. Install bearing (1).

ZDA4343A 3

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 49
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

4. Install distance ring (1).

ZDA4344A 4

5. Install second bearing (2).

ZDA4345A 5

6. Install retaining ring (7) and ensure it is properly

seated.

ZDA4346A 6

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 50
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive Output shaft - Assemble (D.10.A.42.45 - F.10.A.20)

CX860, CX880

1. Heat the bearing (2) to 80 °C (176 °F) and install it

on the output shaft (1).
IMPORTANT: Be sure the inner ring of the bearing (2) is
pushed as far as possible on the output shaft.

ZDA4631A 1

2. Install the wheel bolts (3).

ZDA4631B 2

3.
NOTE: In case mud seals are installed, take care not to
damage the ring (4).

ZDA4632A 3

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 51
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

4. In case mud seals are installed, continue with steps4

to 5.
Install the mud seal (5) on the output shaft.
IMPORTANT: When installing the mud seal, take care the
outer sides of the mud seal is free of dirt and oil.

ZDA4633A 4

5. Check the distance (X) (mud seal surface to ring on

output shaft) in at least four places, 90 ° apart. The
difference in height around the ring must not be more
than 1 mm.
NOTE: In case a standard seal is installed, the seal is in-
stalled in the gearbox housing (not on the output shaft).

ZDA4162C 5

Next operation:
(Series 1206 - 1481) Final drive - Assemble (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.20)
Next operation:
(Series 1482 and above) Final drive - Assemble (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.20)

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 52
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive - Assemble (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.20)

CX860 Series 1206 - 1481, CX880 Series 1206 - 1481

1. Place final drive housing (1) as shown.

ZDA4352A 1

2. Install pre-assembled sun gear (2) in final drive gear-

box housing (1).

ZDA4353A 2

3. Install retaining ring (1). Take care it is properly

seated.

ZDA4354A 3

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 53
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

4. Install small sun gear (2) in output gear (1).

IMPORTANT: Both sun gears have a mark, take care the
marks are in line.

ZDA4355A 4

5. Install retaining ring (1).

ZDA4356A 5

6. Install bearing outer ring (2) in the other gearbox

housing (1).
Install seal (3) in gearbox housing (1).
NOTE: In case mud seals are installed, proceed with steps
8 and 9. Otherwise proceed with step 10.

ZDA4636A 6

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 54
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

7. In case mud seals are installed, install mud seal (1).

IMPORTANT: When installing the mud seal, take care the
outer sides of the mud seal is free of dirt and oil.

ZDA4637A 7

8. Check distance X (mud seal surface to gearbox

housing) in at least four places, 90 ° apart. The
difference in height around the ring must not be
more than 1 mm.

ZDA4162B 8

9. Apply oil to the seal and to the output shaft where the
seal makes contact.
IMPORTANT: In case mud seals are installed, apply a thin
film of oil on the entire seal face of both seals. Oil must not
contact other surfaces than the sealing faces.
10. Install gearbox housing half 1 on pre-assembled out-
put shaft (2).

ZDA4357A 9

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 55
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

11. Install pre-assembled planet gear (1).

ZDA4358A 10

12. Install retaining ring (1).

ZDA4359A 11

13. Apply a little grease on O-ring 1 and install O-ring (1)

in gearbox housing (2).

ZDA4360A 12

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 56
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

14. Insert two dowel pins (1) in ring gear (2) and install
ring gear (2) with the seal groove at the upper side
on the gearbox housing.

ZDA4361A 13

15. Apply a little grease on O-ring (1) and install O-ring

(1) in ring gear (2).

ZDA4362A_934 14

16. Install bearing housing half (1) onto ring gear (2).

ZDA4638A_935 15

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 57
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

17. Apply thread locking compound type (1) (Loctite 242)

to bolts (1). Screw in twelve bolts (1) and tighten
them to a torque of 320 Nm (236 ft.lbs).

ZDA4639A_936 16

18. Install bearing (1).

Apply a load of 150 Kg (330 Lbs ) on the inner ring
of bearing (1) and turn final drive around the output
shaft to obtain bearing (1) is correctly seated.
Measure distance X between the inner ring of bear-
ing (1) and the upper flat surface of the output shaft.
IMPORTANT: Be sure the 12 bolts 1 (fig.16) are tightened
to torque before measuring distance X. Measure distance
X with the load applied on the bearing inner ring.

ZDA4163B 17

19. The required shimpack can be defined as follows:

shim pack = X - 0.35 mm (X - 0.014 in).
20. Install shim pack (5).
Install washer (4), lock washer (3) and three bolts (2).
Tighten bolts (2) to a torque of 320 Nm (236 ft.lbs)
and lock them with lock washer (3).

ZDA4666A_937 18

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 58
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

21. Apply sealing compound type (6) (Loctite 638) to

cover (1) and install cover (1).

ZDA4665A_938 19

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 59
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive - Assemble (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.20)

CX860 Series 1482 and above, CX880 Series 1482 and above

Prior operation:
Final drive Output shaft - Assemble (D.10.A.42.45 - F.10.A.20).

1. Before assembly of the final drive, perform the shim-

ming of the sun gear assembly on the output shaft.

Install the outer rings of the bearings (19) and (16) in

the big sun gear (17).

Install the small sun gear (21) in the big sun gear (17)
with the retaining ring (20).

In parts, a set of 2 x 5 rings (18) is made available.

Take two rings (18) with maximum thickness 4.9 mm
and measure the effective height (X) of the two rings
(18).

Support the output shaft (30) so the center line is

vertical.

On the output shaft (30), install the bearing inner ring

(19), the big sun gear, the two rings (18), the bearing
(16), and the nut (15).

Torque the nut (15) to 1300 Nm using special tool

380002596.

ZEIL05CX0526B0B 1

2. Put a ball (A) with diameter 8 mm in the cleaned

center hole of the output shaft (30).

Place a measuring clock (B) with its magnetic base

on the big sun gear (17) and its measuring needle,
which is halfway its stroke, on the ball (A).
3. Let the big sun gear (17) turn 5x free around the
output shaft (30).

Reset the indicator of the measuring clock to zero.

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 60
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

4. Now support the big sun gear (17) perfectly hori-

zontal using a tripod without touching the measuring
clock.

Now let the output shaft (30) turn 5x free around the
big sun gear (17).

Now read the maximum axial play (Y) of the bearings

on the measuring clock (B).

Support the output shaft (30) so the center line is

vertical and remove the sun gear assembly from the
output shaft.

ZEIL05CX0527B0B 2

5. Make a combination of two rings (18) which has a

measured height Z = X - Y - 0.075 mm. Measure
the selected pack. This may not deviate more than
0.025 mm of (Z).
NOTE: A set of 2 x 5 rings is made available. Only two
rings effectively get installed.
6. Install the bearing outer ring (28) in the gearbox
housing (26).
Install the seal (29) in the gearbox housing (26) and
apply some grease between the oil lip and the dust
lip of the seal..
NOTE: In case mud seals are installed, proceed with steps
7 and 8. Otherwise proceed with step 9.

zda4636b 3

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 61
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

7. In case mud seals are installed, install the mud seal

(1).
IMPORTANT: When installing the mud seal, take care the
outer sides of the mud seal is free of dirt and oil.

ZDA4637A 4

8. Check the distance (X) (mud seal surface to gearbox

housing) in at least four places, 90 ° apart. The dif-
ference in height around the ring must not be more
than 1 mm.

ZDA4162B 5

9. Apply oil to the seal and to the output shaft where the
seal makes contact.

Install the gearbox housing half (26) on the pre-as-

sembled output shaft (30).
IMPORTANT: In case mud seals are installed, apply a thin
film of oil on the entire seal face of both seals. Oil must not
contact other surfaces than the sealing faces.

ZDA4357B 6

10. Install the pre-assembled planet gear carrier (23).

ZEIL05CX0523A0C 7

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 62
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

11. Install the retaining ring (22).

NOTE: Tap radially on the retaining ring to be sure it seats
well in the groove.

ZEIL05CX0522A0C 8

12. Apply a little grease on the O-ring (24) and install the
O-ring (24) in the gearbox housing.

ZDA4360B 9

13. Insert two dowel pins (12) in the ring gear (25) and
install the ring gear (25) with the seal groove at the
upper side on the gearbox housing.

ZEIL05CX0530A0B 10

14. Apply a little grease on the O-ring (24) and install the
O-ring (24) in the ring gear (25).

ZDA4362B 11

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 63
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

15. Install the inner ring of bearing (19) and the two rings
(18) with overall thickness Z mm.
NOTE: Refer to instruction 1.

ZEIL05CX0525A0C 12

16. Install the sun gear assembly (17).

ZEIL05CX0521A0C 13

17. Install the bearing (16).

ZEIL05CX0531A0B 14

18. Remove remaining old thread locking compound

from and de-grease the thread well of the nut (15)
and the corresponding thread on the output shaft
(30) using de-greasing compound (Loctite 7063).

Apply thread locking compound (type Loctite 273)

to the thread of the nut (15) and the corresponding
thread on the output shaft (30) as shown (5 spots on
the thread of the nut and 5 spots on the thread of the
output shaft).
NOTE: De-greasing is successful when a white dull layer
appears on the thread.
NOTE: Apply enough thread locking compound so that all ZEIL05CX0528A0B 15

clearance is filled up when installing the nut.

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 64
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

19. Install the nut (15) and torque the nut (15) to 1300
Nm using special tool 380002596.

Install the lock plate (14) so that there are always 2

lips lying in the cams of the nut (15) without rotating
the nut.

Install the retaining ring (13).

NOTE: The lock plate (14) has 2 sides with 5 positions.

ZEIL05CX0520A0C 16

20. Install the outer ring of the bearing (11) in the inner
housing (10) (refer to instruction 22).

Install the inner housing (10).

zda4638b 17

21. Apply thread locking compound (type Loctite 242) to

the bolts (27). Screw in the twelve bolts (27) and
tighten them to a torque of 320 Nm (236 ft.lbs).

ZDA4639B 18

22. Install the bearing (11).

ZEIL05CX0532A0B 19

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 65
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

23. Install the nut (9) and tighten the nut to 300 Nm.
Turn the final drive housing 1 turn and remove the
nut (9).

ZEIL05CX0519A0C 20

24. Remove remaining old thread locking compound

from and de-grease the thread of the nut (9) and
the corresponding thread on the output shaft using
de-greasing compound (Loctite 7063).
Apply thread locking compound (Loctite 273) to the
thread of the nut (9) and the corresponding thread on
the output shaft as shown (5 spots on the thread of
the nut and 5 spots on the thread of the output shaft).
NOTE: De-greasing is successful when a white dull layer
appears on the thread.
NOTE: Apply enough thread locking compound so that all
clearance is filled up when installing the nut.
ZEIL05CX0529A0B 21

25. Install the nut (9).

Tighten the nut to 20 Nm.

Turn the final drive housing 1 turn.

Repeat the two previous steps until the nut (9) does
not rotate anymore at 20 Nm.

Additionally tighten the nut (9) with 73 - 77 ° over the

shaft.
IMPORTANT: Be sure the 12 bolts (27) (fig.18) are tight-
ened to torque before performing the bearing preload ad- ZEIL05CX0519A0C 22
justment.
NOTE: Act rapidly when the thread locking component
(Loctite 273) is applied, as the thread locking component
harden out rapidly.

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 66
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

26. Install the lock plate (8), without rotating the nut (9),
in such a way that 4 lips can be bended into the cams
of the nut (9).

Install the lock plate (7) and the bolts (6). Tighten the
bolts (6) to 45 - 55 Nm. Bend 2 lips per bolt after
assembly. Remove the by bending created burrs.
NOTE: The lock plate (8) has 5 installation positions on
each side (5 x 2 = 10 position) and is designed in such a
way that always 4 lips can be bend into the cams of the nut
(9) no matter the position of the nut.
NOTE: Install the lock plate (7) with its bend to the middle
as shown, otherwise interference with the cover (5) can ZEIL05CX0518A0C 23

occur.
27. Apply sealing compound type 6 (Loctite 638) to the
cover (5) and install the cover.

zda4665b 24

28. Apply sealing compound type 1 (Loctite 242) to the

threaded studs (1).

Install the threaded studs (1) and tighten them to a

torque of 15 - 25 Nm.

ZEIL05CX0534A0B 25

29. Apply sealing past (Loctite 5065) (S) between the

inner housing (10) and the outer housing (26) all
around.

ZEIL05CX0535A0B 26

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 67
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Next operation:
Final drive Input shaft - Install (D.10.A.42.43 - F.10.A.15).

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 68
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive Input shaft - Install (D.10.A.42.43 - F.10.A.15)

CX860, CX880

1. 1. Bolt
2. Cover with seals
3. Shimpac
4. Input shaft with bearings

ZDA4664A 1

2. Install bearing outer ring (5) in final drive gearbox

housing.

ZDA4900A 2

3. Install pre-assembled input shaft (4).

ZDA4901A 3

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 69
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

4. Install the shimpac and bearing housing (2) with

seals and bearing outer ring.
NOTE: The tickness of the shimpac should be so that there
is a little axial end play on the input shaft.

ZDA4902A 4

5. Tighten bolts (1) to a torque of 50 Nm (37 ft.lbs).

Install a dial gauge on the housing and locate the
probe on top of the shaft.
Apply a load in one direction and oscillate the shaft
several times while the load is applied.
Set the dial gauge to zero.
Apply the load in the opposite direction, oscillate and
read the axial movement of the shaft.

ZDA4903A 5

6. Make three measurements at 120 ° of the shaft. Cal-

culate the arithmetic mean of the three readings.
The axial end play should be 0.01-0.06 mm (0.0004-
0.0025 in).
7. If required, adjust the thichness of the shimpac. To
decrease the axial end play, decrease the quantity of
shims.
8. When the thickness of the shimpac is determined,
apply thread locking compound type 1 (Loctite 242)
to bolts (1) and tighten them to a torque of 50 Nm (37
ft.lbs).

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 70
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive - Install (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.15)

CX860, CX880

1. Insert two dowel pins (2) in the planetary final drive

housing (1).
Install the planetary final onto the traction axle of the
combine.
Apply some thread locking compound type 6 (Loctite
646) on bolts (3) to provide them from loosening.

CAUTION
A final drive is heavy. Take extreme caution when han-
dling the final drive! Use a supporting device which
can handle this weight! Z001

ZDA4669A 1

2. Tighten bolts (3) to a torque of 670 Nm (495 ft.lbs)

3. Fill the planetary final drive with oil ( Refer to the Op-
erator’s Manual, section 4 “Lubrication and Mainte-
nance").
4. Install the traction wheel and tighten wheel nuts (4)
to a torque of 610-730 Nm (450 - 540 ft.lbs).

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 71
 TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

Final drive Wheel stud - Replace (D.10.A.42.60 - F.10.A.30)

CX860, CX880

1. Remove the traction wheel.

CAUTION
Install a suitable and safe support underneath the com-
bine traction axle to support the combine. Z016

2. Remove sleeve (1) at the planetary final drive.

ZDA4705A 1

3. Turn the output shaft of the planetary final drive until

wheel bolt (2) (the bolt to be replaced) is in front of
maintenance plug (1).
Remove maintenance plug (1).
Drive out wheel bolt (2).
Insert new wheel bolt (2) and pull it on its place with
a wheel nut.
NOTE: Make sure the notch on the wheel bolt is in line with
the step on the output shaft.

ZDA4662A 2

4. Reinstall maintenance plug (1).

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 72
 Index

TRAVELLING - D

FRONT AXLE - 10.A

Final drive - Assemble (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.20) 26
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Final drive - Assemble (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.20) 53
CX860 Series 1206 - 1481, CX880 Series 1206 - 1481
Final drive - Assemble (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.20) 60
CX860 Series 1482 and above, CX880 Series 1482 and above
Final drive - Disassemble (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.25) 23
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Final drive - Disassemble (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.25) 36
CX860 Series 1206 - 1481, CX880 Series 1206 - 1481
Final drive - Disassemble (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.25) 39
CX860 Series 1482 and above, CX880 Series 1482 and above
Final drive - Exploded view (D.10.A.42 - C.10.A.20) 8
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Final drive - Exploded view (D.10.A.42 - C.10.A.20) 11
CX860 Series 1206 - 1481, CX880 Series 1206 - 1481
Final drive - Exploded view (D.10.A.42 - C.10.A.20) 20
CX860 Series 1482 and above, CX880 Series 1482 and above
Final drive - General specification (D.10.A.42 - D.40.A.10) 4
CX860, CX880
Final drive - General specification (D.10.A.42 - D.40.A.10) 4
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Final drive - Install (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.15) 31
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Final drive - Install (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.15) 71
CX860, CX880
Final drive - Overview (D.10.A.42 - C.10.A.10) 5
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Final drive - Overview (D.10.A.42 - C.10.A.10) 10
CX860 Series 1206 - 1481, CX880 Series 1206 - 1481
Final drive - Overview (D.10.A.42 - C.10.A.10) 18
CX860 Series 1482 and above, CX880 Series 1482 and above
Final drive - Remove (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.10) 22
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Final drive - Remove (D.10.A.42 - F.10.A.10) 33
CX860, CX880
Final drive - Sectional view (D.10.A.42 - C.10.A.30) 6
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Final drive - Torque (D.10.A.42 - D.20.A.10) 4
Final drive - Torque (D.10.A.42 - D.20.A.10) 4
Final drive Input shaft - Assemble (D.10.A.42.43 - F.10.A.20) 35
CX860, CX880
Final drive Input shaft - Exploded view (D.10.A.42.43 - C.10.A.20) 13
CX860, CX880
Final drive Input shaft - Install (D.10.A.42.43 - F.10.A.15) 69
CX860, CX880
Final drive Input shaft - Remove (D.10.A.42.43 - F.10.A.10) 34
CX860, CX880
Final drive Output shaft - Assemble (D.10.A.42.45 - F.10.A.20) 51
CX860, CX880

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 73
Final drive Reducer, satellite and planetary - Assemble (D.10.A.42.50 - F.10.A.20) 45
CX860, CX880
Final drive Reducer, satellite and planetary - Assemble (D.10.A.42.50 - F.10.A.20) 49
CX860 Series 1206 - 1481, CX880 Series 1206 - 1481
Final drive Reducer, satellite and planetary - Disassemble (D.10.A.42.50 - F.10.A.25) 44
CX860, CX880
Final drive Reducer, satellite and planetary - Disassemble (D.10.A.42.50 - F.10.A.25) 48
CX860 Series 1206 - 1481, CX880 Series 1206 - 1481
Final drive Reducer, satellite and planetary - Exploded view (D.10.A.42.50 - C.10.A.20) 14
CX860 Series 1206 - 1481, CX880 Series 1206 - 1481
Final drive Reducer, satellite and planetary - Sectional view (D.10.A.42.50 - C.10.A.30) 16
CX860 Series 1206 - 1481, CX880 Series 1206 - 1481
Final drive Wheel stud - Replace (D.10.A.42.60 - F.10.A.30) 32
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780, CX820, CX840
Final drive Wheel stud - Replace (D.10.A.42.60 - F.10.A.30) 72
CX860, CX880

2 4/7/2006
D.10.A / 74
 TRAVELLING - D

REAR AXLE - 12.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 1
 Contents

TRAVELLING - D

REAR AXLE - 12.A

SERVICE
Axle
Central - Overhaul (D.12.A.40.01 - F.10.A.40) 3
Steering knuckle
Disassemble (D.12.A.69 - F.10.A.25) 9
Assemble (D.12.A.69 - F.10.A.20) 11
Overhaul (D.12.A.69 - F.10.A.40) 14
Hub
Disassemble (D.12.A.75 - F.10.A.25) 22
Assemble (D.12.A.75 - F.10.A.20) 24

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 2
 TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE

Axle Central - Overhaul (D.12.A.40.01 - F.10.A.40)

1. The purpose of the axle center section is to attach
the wheels to the combine and provide a center pivot
allowing the combine to run over rough terrain with
minimal movement of the machine. The center sec-
tion is also a mounting point for the two power steer-
ing cylinders used for directional control.
The following maintenance action, “Center Section
Adjustment/Repair", is referred from 2WD-4WD
SYSTEM Hydrostatic - Testing (D.14.E -
G.40.A.20) if the mounting point for the axle must
be changed. Steps are provided for removal of the
axle extensions, moving the axle mounting point,
and replacement of the bushings and seals. To
complete the maintenance action after adjustment
or repair of the center section is finished, proceed to
, HDASA/PRA Adjustment, to install the extensions,
tie rod and steering cylinders in their proper places.
If using traction tire size 68-50.00x32-16PR-STG-XT,
the axle center section must be mounted at the bot-
tom hole. All other tire sizes require the center sec-
tion to be mounted at the top hole.
2. Center Section Adjustment/Repair
Raise the combine with the proper sized jack. Sup-
port the weight of the combine with jack stands posi-
tioned under the center axle section. Remove both
tires from the combine. Detach the tire rod (1) and
steering cylinders (2), from both sides.

10010489_1006 1

3. If removing a powered rear axle extension, label, dis-

connect and plug the three hydraulic lines (1) at each
element.

10010514 2

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 3
 TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE

4. Remove all axle cap screws and nuts (1) holding the
extensions (2) into the center section. The hardware
is torqued to 470 - 490 N·m (347 - 361 ft. lbs.).
Use the appropriate lifting gear and remove the axle
extensions from the center section.
NOTE: The hub casting or powered rear axle elements do
not need to be removed, but appropriate lifting gear must
be used to support the weight.

10010490 3

5. Raise the combine as required and set jack stands

under the left and right sides of the main frame di-
rectly forward of the axle stops as shown. Lower the
combine frame carefully onto the jack stands.
NOTE: Raise and lower the combine evenly on both sides.
Because of the center pin axle mount, the combine will shift
toward the side that is lower. Failure to keep the combine
level may result in the unit falling off a jack stand and could
result in death or serious injury.

10010505 4

6. Remove the four cap screws and nuts (1) from the
hitch mount.

10010506 5

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 4
 TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE

7. Turn out the two cap screws at (1), from the upper
portion of the hitch. While turning out the final cap
screws, ensure the weight of the hitch is properly
supported.

10010507 6

8. Set a hydraulic floor jack under the center section.

Remove the cotter pin (1) and castellated nut (2) from
the center section pivot pin. Remove the washer and
shims.

10010508 7

9. Adjust the height of the jack as required and pull the

center section pivot pin (1) from the axle mount. Re-
move the split spacer and note the position it was
in (i.e. forward or behind the center section). Inspect
the pin for unusual wear characteristics, replace if re-
quired.
Raise, lower or remove the center section as re-
quired. If simply raising or lowering the center sec-
tion, line up the mounting holes for installation of the
pivot pin.

10010509 8

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 5
 TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE

10. If the center section is to be removed, inspect the

seals and bushings at (1), for unusual wear char-
acteristics. Replace the seals and bushings as re-
quired. Install the seals with the cupped side out.
Apply a generous layer of grease to the bushings and
seals. Position the center section under the combine
and raise it up to the appropriate mounting hole.

10010513 9

11. Apply a generous layer of grease to the pivot pin.

Adjust the height of the jack as required and insert
the center section pivot pin (1) into the axle mount.
Install the split spacer into its original position.

10010510 10

12. Set the washer and shims into position onto the end
of the pivot pin. Turn on the castellated nut (1) and
torque to 115 N·m (85 ft. lbs.). Install the cotter pin
(2) to secure the nut into place.

10010511 11

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 6
 TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE

13. Set the hitch into place and install the four cap screws
and nuts (1) Do not tighten the hardware.

10010506_1007 12

14. Turn in the two cap screws at 1, through the slotted

holes of the hitch mount. Do not tighten the hard-
ware.
Tighten to standard torque the four cap screws and
nuts attaching the hitch to the combine. Tighten to
standard torque the two upper cap screws through
the slotted holes of the hitch mount.

10010507_1008 13

15. Raise the combine as required and set jack stands

under the center section. Lower the combine care-
fully onto the jack stands. Remove the stands used
to hold up the frame.
NOTE: Raise and lower the combine evenly on both sides.
Because of the center pin axle mount, the combine will shift
toward the side that is lower. Failure to keep the combine
level may result in the unit falling off a jack stand and could
result in death or serious injury.

10010505 14

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 7
 TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE

16. Set the axle extensions into place. Do not install any
hardware.

10010512 15

17. If working with a powered rear axle, attach the three

hydraulic lines (1), to each element in their original
locations.
Proceed to HDASA or PRA Adjustment. Refer to
Operators Manual.

10010514_1009 16

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 8
 TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE

Steering knuckle - Disassemble (D.12.A.69 - F.10.A.25)

1. Op. 41 204
Raise the combine with the proper sized jack. Sup-
port the weight of the combine with jack stands po-
sitioned under the axle. Remove the tire from the
combine. Remove the tie rod (1) and steering cylin-
der (2) from the hub casting.

10010489 1

2. Attach lifting gear to the casting and turn out cap

screws (1) The cap screws are torqued to 780 - 800
N·m (576 - 590 ft. lbs.).

10010485 2

3. Rotate the hub casting so that it is upside down. At-

tach the casting to the axle extension with two cap
screws (1) Turn out allen head cap screws (2) The
allen head cap screws are torqued to 590 - 610 N·m
(435 - 450 ft. lbs.). Remove grease plugs (3) at the
top and bottom. Pull off lower casting (4).

10010499 3

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 9
 TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE

4. Lift the hub (1) from the upper casting.

10010500 4

5. Steering Bushing Replacement

Op. 41 204
Pry the seal (1) from the lower casting. Remove the
bushing (2) from the casting.
NOTE: Installed is a split bushing and must be collapsed
at the joint for removal.

10010501 5

6. Remove the seal (1) and split bushing (2) from the
upper casting in the same manner as the lower cast-
ing.
The inner diameter of the upper and lower castings is
85 mm +/- .2 (3.346 In +/- .008). The inner diameter
of the installed bushing is 82 mm +/- .2 (3.228 In +/-
.008I ). A tool can be fabricated to assist in installing
the new bushing.

10010502 6

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 10
 TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE

Steering knuckle - Assemble (D.12.A.69 - F.10.A.20)

1. Using the locally fabricated tool, insert the bushing
(1) and press into place until there is a maximum of
3 mm (0.118 in) gap at the bottom of the bore. Apply
a generous coating of grease to the bushing and fill
the area above with the same grease. Install the seal
(2) with the cupped side up.

10010502_1001 1

2. Using the locally fabricated tool, insert the bushing

(1) and press into place until there is a maximum of
3 mm (0.118 in) gap at the bottom of the bore. Apply
a generous coating of grease to the bushing and fill
the area above with the same grease. Install the seal
(2) with the cupped side up.

10010501_1002 2

3. Inspect the machined ends (1) of the steering

knuckle for wear, scratches and gouges. If the
knuckle exhibits excessive play when assembled,
replace the knuckle.

10010503 3

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 11
 TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE

4. Hub Casting Assembly

Op. 41 204
Apply a generous layer of grease to the machined
end of the knuckle. Set the steering knuckle (1) into
place on the upper casting.
NOTE: The assembly is upside down. Insert the knuckle
into the upper casting with the tie rod and steering cylinder
connections toward the rear of the combine.

10010500_1003 4

5. Set the lower casting (1) onto the steering knuckle.

Turn in the allen head cap screws (2) and torque to
590 - 610 N·m (435 - 450 ft. lbs.). Install the grease
plugs (3) into the top and bottom of the castings.
Support the assembled hub casting with lifting equip-
ment. Turn out the two cap screws (4).

10010499_1004 5

6. Rotate the hub casting so that it is right-side up. Ver-

ify the vertical position of the casting and turn in cap
screws (1) Torque the four cap screws to 780 - 800
N·m (576 - 590 ft. lbs.).

10010485_1005 6

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 12
 TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE

7. Set the steering rod (1) and tie rod (2) into place.
Turn on the castellated nuts (3) and torque to 105
- 125 N·m (78 - 92 ft. lbs.). Install cotter pins (4) to
secure the castellated nuts in place.
Install the wheel onto the combine and torque the
lugs nuts to 406 - 435 N·m (300 - 321 ft. lbs.).
Remove the jack stand from the combine.

10010504 7

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 13
 TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE

Steering knuckle - Overhaul (D.12.A.69 - F.10.A.40)

1. Steering Pin Bushing and Seal Replacement
NOTE: The wheel motor and components are very heavy.
Use proper lifting equipment and assistance to help prevent
personal injury.
IMPORTANT: Cleanliness is extremely important when
servicing the wheel motors. Service the wheel motors in a
clean, dust-free environment and always use clean tools.
Clean the wheel motor components in solvent and use
compressed air to dry. DO NOT use rags or paper towels
to dry the components. Wrap the cleaned parts in clean
paper and store in a clean environment prior to assembly.
If more than one wheel motor is to be serviced, work on
one motor at a time. DO NOT mix parts.
2. Engage the parking brake. Block the front combine
wheels and raise the rear axle off the ground using a
jack with a minimum capacity of 10-tons. Place jack
stands with a minimum capacity of 10-tons under the
rear axle for support.
3. Remove the wheel from the wheel motor.
IMPORTANT: Do not allow grease or dirt to enter the Equa-
Trac II valve or wheel motors, otherwise damage to the
valve or motor may result.
4. Clean all grease and dirt from the hose connections
at the wheel motors.
IMPORTANT: Before disconnecting the hydraulic line,
identify the lines to avoid confusion upon installation of the
wheel motor.
5. Disconnect the hydraulic supply lines (3) and case
drain line (4) from the wheel motor. Hydraulic fluid
will drain from the lines.
Remove the four bolts (1) which secure the steering
knuckle (2) to the wheel motor. Pull the steering link-
age away from the axle.

10010514_1019 1

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 14
 TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE

6. Remove the bolt (1) which retains the hydraulic line

hanger (2) to the rear axle. Position the lines out of
the way.

20015304 2

7. Run a chain or lifting strap through the wheel motor

C-frame. Use a hoist or lift to support the wheel motor
while the C-frame is being unbolted.
Remove the four bolts (1) which secure the C-frame
to the axle beam. The wheel motor will be then be
free from the axle beam.

20015305 3

8.
NOTE: The wheel motor is heavy and may move in the
C-frame when the lifting strap is disconnected and the hoist
no longer supports the weight of the wheel motor.
9. Lower the wheel motor and C-frame to the ground
with the flat portion of the C-frame resting on the
ground.
Attach two bolts into each side of the wheel motor
and connect a chain or lifting strap to the bolts. Sup-
port the wheel motor with a hoist or lift.
Remove the four bolts (1) which secure the bottom
pin to the C-frame. Remove the pin from the frame.

20015307 4

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 15
 TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE

10. Remove the 5 bolts (1) which secure the top pin to
the C-frame. Remove the top pin from the C-frame.
Hydraulic fluid will drain from the motor.

20015308 5

11. Remove the inner (1) and outer (2) hydraulic fluid
tubes.

20015309 6

12. For wheel motors with the serial number 23327 or

above, remove the four bolts (1) which secure each
of the seal covers (2) to the C-frame.

20016108 7

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 16
 TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE

13. Carefully raise the wheel motor from the C-frame and
place the motor on a suitable working table.

20015310 8

14. Remove the worn bushing(s) from the motor housing

by peeling the bushing (1) away from the housing at
the seam (2).
IMPORTANT: Do not damage the motor housing when re-
moving the bushing.

20015316 9

15. Using the bushing installer special tool (1) and

sleeve, 2, install the new bushing (3) into the motor
housing.

20015317 10

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 17
 TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE

16. For wheel motors with the serial number 23326U or

below, replace the steering pin environmental seal
(1) in the top and bottom of the steering motor. In-
spect the steel washer (3) and thrust washer (2) in
the C-frame. When installing the thrust washer and
steel washer, use a thin layer of grease to hold the
washers in place.
NOTE: The plastic side of the thrust washer should face the
wheel motor environmental seal when installed properly.

20016107 11

17. For wheel motors with the serial number 23327 or

above, replace the steering pin environmental seal
(1) in the top and bottom of the steering motor. In-
spect the seal cover (2) and the thrust washer (3)
Place the environmental seal (1) the thrust washer
(3) and the seal cover (2) over each end of the wheel
motor.
NOTE: The plastic side of the thrust washer should face the
wheel motor environmental seal when installed properly.
NOTE: The wheel motor is heavy and may move in the
C-frame when the lifting strap is disconnected and the hoist
no longer supports the weight of the wheel motor.
NOTE: Be sure that the wheel motor is properly oriented 20016108_1020 12
top-bottom in the C-frame.
18. Maneuver the wheel motor to the C-frame so that the
holes for the steering pins in the C-frame and the
wheel motor are aligned.
19. Install the inner (1) and outer (2) hydraulic fluid tubes.

20015309 13

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 18
 TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE

20. Align the bolt holes in each seal cover (2) and install
the four bolts (1) which secure the seal cover to the
C-frame. Torque the bolts to 16 - 19 N·m (12 - 14 ft.
lbs.).
NOTE: Step 22 is for wheel motors with serial numbers
23327 or above.

20016108_1021 14

21. Grease and install the top pin into the C-frame and
wheel motor. Using LocTite 271 on the threads, in-
stall the 5 bolts (1) which secure the top pin to the
C-frame. Torque the bolts to 69 - 75 N·m (50 - 55 ft.
lbs.).

20015308 15

22. Grease and install the bottom pin into the C-frame
and wheel motor. Using LocTite 271 on the threads,
install the four bolts (1) which secure the bottom pin
to the C-frame. Torque the bolts to 69 - 75 N·m (50
- 55 ft. lbs.).

20015307 16

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 19
 TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE

23. Remove the two lifting bolts from each side of the
wheel motor and run the chain or lifting strap through
the top if the wheel motor C-frame. Use a hoist or lift
to hold the C-frame.
Position the wheel motor assembly up to the axle
beam. Be sure that the height of the wheel motor
is the same as the opposite side. Install the four
bolts (1) which secure the C-frame to the axle beam.
Torque the mounting bolts to 1255 N·m (925 ft. lbs.).
NOTE: The correct position of the wheel motor (s) can be
referenced by using the charts in Operators Manual.

20015305 17

24. Position the hydraulic lines up to the axle beam. Se-

cure the hydraulic lines to the axle using the hanger
(2) and hanger bolt (1).

20015304 18

25. Place the steering knuckle (2) up to the wheel motor

and install the four bolts (1) which secure the knuckle
to the motor. Torque the bolts to 435 N·m (320 ft.
lbs.).
Connect the hydraulic supply lines (3) and case drain
line (4) to the wheel motor. Make sure the hydraulic
supply lines are installed correctly or the motor will
not function properly.
Install the wheel/tire onto the wheel motor.

10010514_1019 19

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 20
 TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE

26. Grease the steering pins using high quality multi-

purpose grease. Grease fittings (1) are located at
the top and bottom of wheel motor. Stop when the
grease protrudes from the seal area.

20016093_1015 20

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 21
 TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE

Hub - Disassemble (D.12.A.75 - F.10.A.25)

1. General
The rear wheel bearings should be cleaned and
repacked with a good quality wheel bearing grease
every 500 hours of operation, or once each season.
Wheel Bearing Disassembly

NOTE: Prior to raising the combine, it is advisable to pivot

the wheels at least half way to the steering stop. If raising
the right wheel, turn to the right. If raising the left wheel,
turn to the left. This ensures ample working area during
assembly of the wheel bearing.
NOTE: A new outer bearing must be available when re-
placing the grease seal. The bearing is pressed onto the
spindle and must be destroyed to be removed.
2. Wheel Bearing Disassembly
Op. 41 204
Raise the combine with the proper sized jack. Sup-
port the weight of the combine with a jack stand po-
sitioned under the axle. Remove the tire from the
combine.
Pry off the dust cover (1).

10010518 1

3. Remove the cotter pin (1) and turn off the castellated
nut (2) Slide the washer and inner bearing from the
spindle.
NOTE: The clearance between the spindle and inner bear-
ing race is very close.

10010519 2

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 22
 TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE

4. Remove the spindle, outer bearing and grease seal

as an assembly. A small hydraulic jack may need to
be used.
Remove the outer bearing (1) from the spindle (2).
Slide the grease seal (3) from the spindle.
NOTE: The outer bearing has been press fit onto the spin-
dle. To remove the bearing from the spindle it will have to
be cut off.

20013340 3

5. Using a punch, remove the outer bearing race (1)

from the hub casting. Remove the inner bearing race
(2) from the casting if the inner bearing is to be re-
placed.

20013340_997 4

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 23
 TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE

Hub - Assemble (D.12.A.75 - F.10.A.20)

1. Wheel Bearing Replacement
Op. 41 204
Clean all old grease out of the inner bearing. Clean
all old grease out of the hub casting.
Completely dry the bearing and casting. Applying
grease to a bearing that is still wet with solvent will
reduce the lubricating properties of the grease.
Fill the inner and outer wheel bearings with grease.
Apply a generous layer of grease to the outside of
the bearings.

2. Wheel Bearing Assembly

Op. 41 204
Install the inner and outer bearing races into the hub
casting with the cupped side facing away from the
casting.
Apply a generous layer of grease to the installed
races.
NOTE: To make installation easier, set the races in a
freezer for approximately thirty minutes to reduce the outer
diameter. Remove the races from the freezer and install
immediately, minimizing the time they are allowed to warm
up.
3. Slide the grease seal (1) onto the spindle (2) with the
cupped side facing up.
Press the outer bearing (3) onto the spindle with the
tapered side of the bearing facing up.
NOTE: When setting the spindle assembly into the hub
casting, the grease seal must line up properly with the seal
seating area in the hub.

20013340_998 1

4. Insert the spindle assembly into the hub casting.

10010519_999 2

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 24
 TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE

5. While holding the assembly in position, set the inner

bearing (1) onto the spindle with the tapered side in.
Slide the washer (2) on behind the bearing and turn
on the castellated nut (3) Tighten the nut to draw the
seal into place, do not exceed 60 N·m (44 ft. lbs.).
Turn the nut off and remove the washer. Give the
spindle assembly a slight tug to ensure that the seal
is properly seated in the hub. If the seal comes out
of the hub easily, repeat this step until the assembly
will remain in place.
Remove the inner bearing from the spindle. Fill the
bearing cavity with a good quality wheel bearing
grease.
Set the inner bearing onto the spindle with the ta-
pered side in. Slide the washer on behind the bear- 20013340_1000 3
ing and turn on the castellated nut. Tighten the nut to
60 N·m (44 ft. lbs.). Line up the nut with the cotter
pin hole in the spindle. If required, turn the nut in the
loosen direction.
Install the cotter pin. Tap on the dust cap.
Install the tires onto the combine noting the direction
of travel as marked on the tire. Torque the lug nut
to 406 - 435 N·m (300 - 321 ft. lbs.). Remove the
jack stands from under the combine and lower it to
the ground.

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 25
 Index

TRAVELLING - D

REAR AXLE - 12.A

Axle Central - Overhaul (D.12.A.40.01 - F.10.A.40) 3
Hub - Assemble (D.12.A.75 - F.10.A.20) 24
Hub - Disassemble (D.12.A.75 - F.10.A.25) 22
Steering knuckle - Assemble (D.12.A.69 - F.10.A.20) 11
Steering knuckle - Disassemble (D.12.A.69 - F.10.A.25) 9
Steering knuckle - Overhaul (D.12.A.69 - F.10.A.40) 14

2 4/7/2006
D.12.A / 26
 TRAVELLING - D

2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic - 14.E

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 1
 Contents

TRAVELLING - D

2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic - 14.E

TECHNICAL DATA
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic
General specification (D.14.E - D.40.A.10) 4
General specification (D.14.E - D.40.A.10) 4
Motor
Torque (D.14.E.28 - D.20.A.10) 6
Special tools (D.14.E.28 - D.20.A.40) 6
General specification (D.14.E.28 - D.40.A.10) 9

FUNCTIONAL DATA
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic
Static description (D.14.E - C.30.A.20) 11
Overview (D.14.E - C.10.A.10) 13
Static description (D.14.E - C.30.A.20) 15
Control valve
Static description (D.14.E.14 - C.30.A.20) 16
Motor
Hydrostatic schema (D.14.E.28 - C.20.B.25) 31
Static description (D.14.E.28 - C.30.A.20) 33
Exploded view (D.14.E.28 - C.10.A.20) 37

SERVICE
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic
Pressure test (D.14.E - F.40.A.30) 39
Leakage test (D.14.E - F.40.A.40) 44
Control valve
Remove (D.14.E.14 - F.10.A.10) 47
Install (D.14.E.14 - F.10.A.15) 48
Electrical test (D.14.E.14 - F.40.A.50) 49
Inspect (D.14.E.14 - F.40.B.01) 51
Motor
Disassemble (D.14.E.28 - F.10.A.25) 52
Service instruction (D.14.E.28 - F.10.A.05) 58
Remove (D.14.E.28 - F.10.A.10) 60
Install (D.14.E.28 - F.10.A.15) 63
Assemble (D.14.E.28 - F.10.A.20) 67
Inspect (D.14.E.28 - F.40.B.01) 73
2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 2
DIAGNOSTIC
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic
Troubleshooting (D.14.E - G.40.A.10) 74
Command
E0066-11-Rear Wheel Assist Valve Unidentified Failure Code (D.14.E.05 - G.30.B.46) 76

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 3
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic - General specification (D.14.E -

D.40.A.10)
TEST LOCATIONS
OPERATION FORWARD REVERSE FORWARD REVERSE PILOT PILOT
MODE PORT PORT LINE LINE PRESSURE PRESSURE TO
TO ENGAGE DISENGAGE
RWD “ON" SYSTEM CHARGE SYSTEM CHARGE CHARGE CASE DRAIN
FORWARD PRESSURE PRES- PRESSURE PRESSURE PRESSURE PRESSURE 2.0
414 bar SURE 24 414 bar (6000 24 bar (350 psi) 24 bar (350 psi) - 3.5 bar (30 - 50
(6000 psi ) bar (350 psi ) psi )
psi )
RWD “ON" CHARGE CHARGE CHARGE CHARGE CHARGE CASE DRAIN
NEUTRAL PRESSURE PRES- PRESSURE 24 PRESSURE PRESSURE PRESSURE 2.0
24 bar (350 SURE 24 bar (350 psi) 24 bar (350 psi) 24 bar (350 psi) - 3.5 bar (30 - 50
psi) bar (350 psi )
psi)
RWD “ON" CHARGE SYSTEM CHARGE SYSTEM CHARGE CASE DRAIN
REVERSE PRESSURE PRES- PRESSURE 24 PRESSURE PRESSURE PRESSURE 2.0
24 bar (350 SURE 414 bar (350 psi) 414 bar (6000 24 bar (350 psi) - 3.5 bar (30 - 50
psi) bar (6000 psi ) psi )
psi )
RWD “OFF" SYSTEM CHARGE CASE DRAIN CASE DRAIN CASE DRAIN CHARGE
FORWARD PRESSURE PRES- PRESSURE 2.0 PRESSURE 2.0 PRESSURE 2.0 PRESSURE 24
414 bar SURE 24 - 3.5 bar (30 - - 3.5 bar (30 - - 3.5 bar (30 - bar (350 psi)
(6000 psi ) bar (350 50 psi ) 50 psi ) 50 psi )
psi)
RWD “OFF" CHARGE CHARGE CASE DRAIN CASE DRAIN CASE DRAIN CHARGE
NEUTRAL PRESSURE PRES- PRESSURE 2.0 PRESSURE 2.0 PRESSURE 2.0 PRESSURE 24
24 bar (350 SURE 24 - 3.5 bar (30 - - 3.5 bar (30 - - 3.5 bar (30 - bar (350 psi)
psi) bar (350 50 psi ) 50 psi ) 50 psi )
psi)
RWD “OFF" CHARGE SYSTEM CASE DRAIN CASE DRAIN CASE DRAIN CHARGE
REVERSE PRESSURE PRES- PRESSURE 2.0 PRESSURE 2.0 PRESSURE 2.0 PRESSURE 24
24 bar (350 SURE 414 - 3.5 bar (30 - - 3.5 bar (30 - - 3.5 bar (30 - bar (350 psi)
psi) bar (6000 50 psi ) 50 psi ) 50 psi )
psi )

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 4
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic - General specification (D.14.E -

D.40.A.10)
STEP ENGINE GEAR RWD HYDRO TIME COMMENTS REAR
SPEED SELECTOR SWITCH LEVER WHEELS
1 1/2 SPEED NEUTRAL ON NEUTRAL 3 MIN BLEED AIR OFF THE
ENTIRE GROUND
SYSTEM
2 HIGH IDLE NEUTRAL OFF 13 mm 2 MIN FLUSH
(1/2 In) FORWARD
FORWARD MAIN
SYSTEM
3 HIGH IDLE NEUTRAL OFF 13 mm (1/2 2 MIN FLUSH
In)REVERSE REVERSE
MAIN
SYSTEM
4 HIGH IDLE NEUTRAL ON 13 mm (1/2 30 SEC MAX CHECK
In)REVERSE CORRECT
ROTATION
OF RWD
WHEELS *
SEE NOTE
NOTE: 1. If wheel(s) rotate reverse - go to STEP 6.
2. If no rotation - go to STEP 5 (DO NOT repeat - check valve)
3. If wrong rotation - correct forward/reverse circuit - to to STEP 1.
5 LOW IDLE HIGH GEAR ON 13 mm (1/2 15 SEC MAX CHECK
HOLD In)REVERSE CORRECT
BRAKES MAXIMUM ROTATION
OF RWD
WHEELS *
SEE NOTE
6 HIGH IDLE HIGH GEAR ON 13 mm (1/2 4 MIN FLUSH
HOLD In)FORWARD FORWARD
BRAKES RWD
SYSTEM
7 HIGH IDLE HIGH GEAR ON 13 mm (1/2 4 MIN FLUSH
HOLD In)REVERSE REVERSE
BRAKES RWD
SYSTEM
8 1/2 SPEED HIGH GEAR ON 6 mm (1/4 In) 15 SEC MAX FORWARD REAR
HOLD FORWARD PRESSURE WHEELS
BRAKES CHECK FOR ON THE
LEAKS GROUND
9 1/2 SPEED HIGH GEAR ON 6 mm (1/4 In) 15 SEC MAX REVERSE
HOLD REVERSE PRESSURE
BRAKES CHECK FOR
LEAKS

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 5
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

Motor - Torque (D.14.E.28 - D.20.A.10)

Steering pin retaining bolts 69 - 75 N·m (50 - 55 ft. lbs.)
Steering knuckle bolts 435 N·m (321 ft. lbs.)
C-frame attaching bolts 1255 N·m (926 ft. lbs.)
Seal cover attaching bolts 16 - 19 N·m (12 - 14 ft. lbs.)
Cover plate bolts 150 N·m(111 ft. lbs.)

Motor - Special tools (D.14.E.28 - D.20.A.40)

At the time of this manual’s publication, special tools were not available yet. The tools required to test the powered
rear axle and to service the wheel motors of the powered rear axle will need to be manufactured as per the list below
and the drawings on the following pages.

TOOL DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS

Steel tube 105 mm ID x 110 mm OD x 350 mm length
Steel tube 85 mm ID x 90 mm OD x 300 mm length
Steel tube 78 mm ID x 84 mm OD x 150 mm length
Steel spacer 50 mm OD x 12 mm thick
All-thread* (2 pieces) and nuts (4). M14-1.5 x 200 mm*
All-thread (1 piece) and nut M20-2.5 x 165 mm
Inline flowmeter ** 0 - 1.9 lpm (0 - 5 gpm ) **

* New Holland part number 79077022 may be used in place of all-thread.

** Item must be purchased locally.

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 6
TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

1z0o2004112093 1
Safety pin extract tool
Wheel motor press tool

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 7
TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

1z0o2004112094 2
Wheel motor bar tool
Bushing press guide

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 8
TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

1z0o2004112095 3
Bushing press tool

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 9
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

Motor - General specification (D.14.E.28 - D.40.A.10)

Wheel Motor

Size 1560 cc
Number of pistons 20
Maximum operating pressure 450 bar (6500 psi)
Minimum charge pressure 24 bar (350 psi)
Rated speed 89 rpm
Maximum speed (disengaged, depends on case 300 rpm
pressure)

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 10
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic - Static description (D.14.E -

C.30.A.20)
The powered rear axle is available as a factory installed or field installed option. This system will provide additional
traction when the machine is operated in tough field conditions. The system can be engaged or disengaged electron-
ically by a switch in the operators cab.
Both rear wheels are driven by hydraulic motors and the system receives its oil supply directly from the hydrostatic
pump. The high pressure lines from the hydrostatic pump (brake manifold) supply the wheel motors through an
‘EQUA-TRAC II®’ control valve mounted near the rear axle.
The powered rear axle system operates as a function of the main hydrostatic drive system. A standard hydrostatic
system utilizes one pump and one drive motor (transmission mounted), whereas the powered rear axle system utilizes
one pump and three motors (one transmission mounted and two wheel mounted).
The wheel motors are cam lobe type units with a fixed displacement. The amount of wheel torque obtained from the
wheel motors is directly related to the hydrostatic system pressure. The higher the system pressure the greater the
wheel torque will be.
NOTE: It is not necessary to synchronize the front wheels (transmission mounted pump driven) with the rear wheels
(wheel motor driven) as the system pressure and hydraulic fluid flow hydraulic will do this automatically.

It is very important to maintain traction to the front wheels. If a front wheel loses traction and begins to slip, the system
pressure will lower. The spinning wheel requires less pressure to rotate. The oil in the pressure lines will take the
least path of resistance, therefore the amount of power assistance from the rear wheels will be reduced because of
the lower pressure. Shifting to a higher gear (if possible) will reduce the amount of torque at the front wheels to stop
the wheel slippage. Also, lightly touching the brakes will help.
NOTE: Troubleshooting and testing of the RWD system is covered in TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Pressure test
(C.20.F - F.40.C.30) and TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Troubleshooting (C.20.F - G.40.A.10).

EQUA-TRAC II® is a Registered Trademark of Tuthill Transport Technologies

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 11
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

20015297 1
Powered Rear Axle System

1 Equa-Trac II Control Valve 2 Right Wheel Motor

3 Left Wheel Motor 4 Forward High Pressure Inlet Line
5 Reverse High Pressure Inlet Line 6 Return to Tank (Reservoir) Line
7 Motor Case Drain Line 8 Drain Valve (part of Equa-Trac II Valve)
9 Case Drain to Cooling Circuit Line 10 Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir
11 Hydrostatic Pump

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 12
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic - Overview (D.14.E - C.10.A.10)

20015297_1010 1

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 13
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

1 Left wheel motor 2 Right wheel motor

3 E-T II Valve, main body 4 E-T II Valve, drain body
5 Hydrostatic pump 6 Hydraulic fluid reservoir
7 Forward pressure supply line 8 Reverse pressure supply line
9 Axle beam (includes extensions)

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 14
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic - Static description (D.14.E -

C.30.A.20)
The powered rear axle on the CX Series Combine utilizes a hydraulic motor on each end of the axle beam and a
centrally located valve. The motors are mounted in a “C-frame" on each end of the axle. This frame allows the motors
to swivel, which will turn the combine. The motors are turned in the “C-frame" by two hydraulic cylinders, one for each
motor. An adjustable tie-rod connects both motors.
The motors are an extension of the combine’s hydrostatic system. When the operator engages the rear axle, the
Equa-Trac II valve, which is mounted on the rear axle beam, allows hydraulic fluid to flow from the hydrostatic pump
to the motors on the rear axle. The hydraulic fluid, in turn, powers the motors to rotate the rear wheels. The second
valve assists the E-T II valve in draining hydraulic fluid from the motors.
Using the rear axle provides several advantages:

Allows the combine hydrostatic system to operate at a lower pressure, thus helping to extend the life of the
hydrostatic transmission and geartrain.
Reduces the hydraulic fluid temperature because of lower hydrostatic system pressure.
Powering the rear wheels provides improved steering response.
Additional traction when operating in adverse/rough field conditions.

The center section and the axle extensions for the powered rear axle are the same as the non-powered rear steering
axle. Adjustment, removal, and installation are covered in Operators Manual.
This chapter covers removal, repair, and replacement of the powered rear axle components. For more information
on theory of operation, refer to Control valve - Static description (D.14.E.14 - C.30.A.20) and Motor - Static de-
scription (D.14.E.28 - C.30.A.20).

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 15
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

Control valve - Static description (D.14.E.14 - C.30.A.20)

Introduction

The EQUA-TRAC II control valve block assembly is mounted near the rear axle and is a two tier valve. A drain valve
is mounted below the E-T II valve and is considered part of the E-T II valve.
The upper tier contains the forward and reverse inlet pressure ports, selector spool valve, reverse flow divider, reverse
check valve and reverse drive pressure outlet ports.
The lower tier contains the low pressure shuttle valve, solenoid valve, forward flow divider, forward check valve and
forward drive pressure outlet ports.
The low pressure shuttle valve, solenoid valve and selector spool supply and control the oil supply to both upper and
lower tier valves of the assembly, as well as supply and control oil flow to the drain valve.

20016111 1
EQUA-TRAC II Control Valve Assembly

1 E-T II Valve Block 2 Drain Valve Block (part of E-T II valve)

3 Solenoid Valve
5 Reverse Pressure Inlet
7 Left Wheel Motor Forward Pressure Port
9 Right Wheel Motor Forward Pressure Port
11 Reverse System Pressure Test Port
13 Forward System Pressure Port
15 Drain Valve Selector Spool Location
17 Right Wheel Motor Drain Port
19 Valve Drain Port to Hydraulic Fluid Tank
4 Forward Pressure Inlet
6 Left Wheel Motor Reverse Pressure Port
8 Right Wheel Motor Reverse Pressure Port
10 Pilot Pressure to Engage Port
12 Pilot Pressure to Disengage Port
14 Valve Selector Spool Location
16 Left Wheel Motor Drain Port
18 Inlet Drain Port from Reverse Pressure Port

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 16
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

DS00M074 2
Cross Section of Equa-Trac II Control Valve Upper Tier

1 Solenoid Valve Passage 2 Selector Spool

3 Spring 4 Case Drain Orifice
5 Pilot Pressure to Engage Port 6 Lower Tier Supply Passage
7 Flow Dividers 8 Spring
9 Spring 10 Check Valve Ball Seat
11 Check Valve Ball 12 Check Valve Spring
13 Reverse Outlet Pressure Ports 14 Pilot Pressure to Disengage Port
15 F. Forward Inlet Pressure Port 16 R. Reverse Pressure Port

DRAIN VALVE

NOTE: References to directions are as if viewing the valve from the rear, facing the front of the combine.

The drain valve (1) which is considered part of the E-T II valve, helps to drain the hydraulic fluid that is pushed from
the wheel motor pistons when the powered rear axle is switched off. The drain valve also contains a galley that allows
the left and right wheel motor case drain lines to be connected together to a common line back to the hydrostatic
2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 17
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

system cooling circuit. The drain valve is mounted below the main portion of the E-T II valve and is bolted to the same
mounting bracket. Several hydraulic lines connect the two portions of the valves together.

50016117 3

50016118 4
Exploded View of Equa-Trac II Drain Valve

1 Drain Valve Body 2 Valve Spool

3 Spring 4 End Plug
5 Pressure to Disengage Port Fitting 6 Pressure to Engage Port Fitting
7 Drain Supply Port 8 Return to Tank Port
9 Motor Case Drain Port

The drain valve is operated by hydraulic fluid under charge pressure. A spool inside the valve will shift left or right,
depending upon what side of the spool charge pressure is applied to. When the RWD is “OFF", hydraulic fluid from
the pressure to disengage side of the E-T II valve is directed to the right side of the spool, which moves the spool to
the left. This opens a path for the hydraulic fluid draining from the wheel motors to the hydraulic fluid reservoir (tank).
Hydraulic fluid will flow through an external line, from the “tee" at the reverse pressure supply/return port to a port on
the front of the drain valve. Hydraulic fluid will then flow past the drain valve spool land, and out to the valve case
drain connection through an external tube. The fluid then is returned to tank.
When the RWD is “ON", hydraulic fluid from the pressure to engage side of the E-T II valve is directed to the left side
of the drain valve spool, which moves the spool to the right. This closes the path for hydraulic fluid to return to tank.

Low Pressure Shuttle Valve

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 18
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

The low pressure shuttle valve provides hydraulic fluid under charge (pilot) pressure to the solenoid valve to engage or
disengage the RWD system. The solenoid valve, in turn, supplies hydraulic fluid under charge pressure to either end
of the selector spool to move the spool. Depending upon what direction the spool moves, hydraulic fluid to the wheel
motors will be switched “ON" or “OFF". This fluid also controls the spool in the drain valve, opening (disengaged)
or closing (engaged) a path for hydraulic fluid to flow back to the hydraulic fluid reservoir. The charge pressure is
available from the return side of the RWD hydrostatic system.
The spacer (2) always holds one of the check balls (3) (4), off the seat in the valve cavity. This ensures charge
pressure is always available, even if the combine’s main hydrostatic system is in neutral. When the combine is driven
forward, the forward side (F) receives high pressure flow and the reverse side (R) is low pressure (charge pressure).
The high pressure on the forward side will seat the check ball (3) which will move the spacer (2) to unseat the opposite
check ball, on the forward side will seat the forward check ball (3) which will move the spacer (2) to unseat the reverse
check ball (4) on the reverse side of the valve. The pressure will flow past the check ball (4) and spacer (2) through
the passage (5) to the solenoid valve (1).
When the combine is in reverse, the reverse side (R) receives the high pressure flow and the forward (F) side becomes
low pressure (charge pressure). The reverse check ball (4) will seat, and will move the spacer (2) unseating the
forward check ball (3) This allows hydraulic fluid under charge pressure to flow past the check ball (3) and spacer (2)
into the passage (5) to the solenoid valve.
The solenoid valve determines which side of the selector spool charge pressure is directed to, depending upon whether
or not current is being supplied to the solenoid.

DS00M058 5

1 Solenoid Valve Location 2 Spacer

3 Forward Check Ball 4 Reverse Check Ball
5 Oil Passage

Forward and Reverse Flow Divider Valves

There are two flow divider valve assemblies in the Equa-Trac II valve block, one for the forward drive and one for the
reverse drive. Each flow divider valve assembly is a split spool valve and contains two separate flow dividers.
If traction is lost to one rear wheel (wheel slip), the drive pressure to that wheel will have the least resistance and the
pressure will fall, making the wheel spin faster.

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 19
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

To compensate for this the higher pressure on the non-slipping wheel side of the flow divider will move the flow divider
valve assembly towards the lower pressure (slipping wheel) side, limiting the hydraulic fluid flow to the slipping wheel
at the same time maintaining the pressure on the non-slipping wheel.
When the drive pressure equalizes in both wheel motor drive lines, the flow divider will move back to the center
position.
The flow divider also limits the maximum hydraulic fluid flow to each wheel motor. If both wheel motors should begin
to spin, the split flow dividers will separate due to the pressure acting on the 10.3 mm (0.406 inch ) orifice (4) in each
half of the spool. As the spools move apart the pressure to each drive motor will be limited to approximately 77.2 Lpm
(20.4 gpm ). The rear wheel drive system is therefore limited to a total of 154.4 Lpm (40.8 gpm ).

DS00M069 6

1 End Cap 2 Spring (2 per valve)

3 Flow Divider Valve (2 per valve) 4 0.406 inch Orifice

Forward and Reverse Check Valves

There are two check valve assemblies in the Equa-Trac II valve block, one for the forward drive and one for the reverse
drive. Each check valve assembly contains two check ball seats, two check balls and one spring.
The check valves prevent the full amount of return hydraulic fluid (at charge pressure) from the wheel motors from
flowing back through the check valve seats and flow divider orifices(s). This hydraulic fluid flow would create a large
pressure drop. The return hydraulic fluid pressure from the wheel motors will move the check balls off their seats
allowing some oil to flow through the check valve and through the center passage. The remaining oil will flow into
each end of the flow divider, past the selector spool to the return side of the hydrostatic pump.

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 20
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

DS00M070 7

1 Check Valve Seat (2 per valve) 2 Check Valve Ball (2 per valve)
3 Spring (1 per valve)

E-T II Valve Operation — Off Position

(Reference Figures 8 and 9)

NOTE: References to directions are as if viewing the valve from the rear, facing the front of the combine.

When the RWD switch in the combine cab is in the "OFF" position, current is no longer supplied to the solenoid valve
(1) Fig. 8. This causes the spring loaded spool in the solenoid to move away from the solenoid coil. When this
happens, hydraulic fluid flow from the low pressure spool will be closed off from port (A) to port (B) (which flows to
the pressure to engage side of the selector spool (2) Fig. 9, in the ON position) and allow fluid to flow from port (A) to
port (C), Fig. 8 (pressure to disengage side of the selector spool).
The return spring (3) Fig. 9, and charge pressure directed from the low pressure spool, through port (C) of the solenoid
valve, and through the drilled passage (14), Fig. 9, will move and keep the spool (2) Fig. 9, to the left side of the spool
bore. This is the disengaged position for the spool and the forward and reverse high pressure ports are closed off.
The rear wheels of the combine will now "free wheel". As the wheels rotate, the wheel motor pistons are pushed back
into their bores. The hydraulic fluid behind the pistons is directed back to the wheel motor supply/return ports (12),
(13), Fig. 9, of the E-T II valve. From there, the fluid from the right wheel motor flows through the flow dividers (7)
and the right check valve (8) and center passage (9). Hydraulic fluid then flows to the left side wheel motor reverse
supply/return port (12), and to the selector spool (2) Hydraulic fluid that exits the valve at the reverse supply/return
port (12), and from the left wheel motor is directed to the drain valve by a "tee" connection at the reverse supply/return
port (12), Hydraulic fluid flows from the "tee" to the drain valve through an external tube. A drilled passage (15), in
the selector spool allows hydraulic fluid that does not flow out of the valve through the reverse supply/return port (12),
to flow through the spool (2) through the case drain orifice (4) and out of the valve at the pressure to engage port (5).
From there, fluid is directed back to the solenoid valve via external tube where the fluid drains back to tank.
When the RWD is off, charge pressure that is directed from the solenoid valve to the selector spool is also directed
to the drain valve out of the pressure to disengage port (11), through an external tube. This pressure shifts the spool
in the drain valve that allows hydraulic fluid from the wheel motors (from the “tee" at the reverse supply/return port
(12)) to flow through the drain valve and out. From the drain valve, hydraulic fluid is directed back to tank through an
external tube that connects to the valve drain.
2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 21
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

DS00M060 8

F. Oil Supply from Low Pressure Spool

G. From Left Side of Selector Spool Via External Line
H. To Right Side of Selector Spool
I. To Case Drain

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 22
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

50016593 9
Cross Section of Equa-Trac II Control Valve - Off Position

E-T II Valve Operation — Intermediate Position

(Reference figures 10, 11, and 12)

NOTE: References to directions are as if viewing the valve from the rear, facing the front of the combine.

When the rear wheel drive is switched “ON", the system will momentarily go into an intermediate position. The in-
termediate position allows hydraulic fluid under charge pressure to fill the system and wheel motors before full drive
pressure is achieved. This reduces the shock load exerted on the pistons and motor housing.
When the RWD switch in the combine cab is turned to the "ON" position, current is supplied to the solenoid valve (1)
Fig. 10. This energizes the coil and causes the spring loaded spool to move towards the coil. Hydraulic fluid under
charge pressure will flow through the solenoid valve from port (A) to port (B) and to the pressure to engage (left) side
(5) of the selector spool (2) Fig. 11, in the E-T II valve through an external tube.
As the selector spool (2) Fig. 11, moves left, against the pressure of the spring (3) and will momentarily allow hydraulic
fluid under charge pressure to enter both forward and reverse flow dividers (7) Fig. 11, and (17), Fig. 12, through the
feathering lands (16), Fig. 11, on the selector spool. Hydraulic fluid flowing through the upper (9) Fig. 11, and lower
(6) Fig. 12, center channels will keep the check valves (8) Fig. 11 and (20), Fig. 12, closed. The hydraulic fluid will
then flow through the forward (18), (19), Fig. 12, and reverse (12), (13), Fig. 11, pressure supply/return ports to the
wheel motors.
The hydraulic fluid on the pressure to disengage (right) side of the selector spool (2) Fig. 11, will flow through the
drilled passage (14), Fig. 11, to port (C) of the solenoid valve (1) Fig. 10. The hydraulic fluid will flow through the
valve and exit at port (D) and out of the E-T II valve through the case drain. The hydraulic fluid then returns to tank.
2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 23
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

When hydraulic fluid under charge pressure flows into the pressure to engage port on the E-T II valve, a “tee" fitting
at the port allows hydraulic fluid to flow to the drain valve as well. The charge pressure shifts the spool in the drain
valve so hydraulic fluid from the wheel motors is no longer allowed to drain back to tank through the drain valve.

DS00M060_939 10

A. Oil Supply from Low Pressure Spool

B. From Right Hand Side of Selector Spool Via External
Line
C. From Right Side of Selector Spool
D. To Case Drain

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 24
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

50016594 11
Cross Section of Equa-Trac II Control Valve Upper Tier - Intermediate Position

DS00M068 12
Cross Section of Equa-Trac II Control Valve Lower Tier - Intermediate Position

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 25
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

E-T II Valve Operation — ON Position

(Reference figures 13, 14, and 15)

NOTE: References to directions are as if viewing the valve from the rear, facing the front of the combine.

When the rear wheel drive is switched “ON", the system will momentarily go into an intermediate position to fill the
wheel motors with hydraulic fluid. When the system is full, the selector spool will move completely to the to the right
in the E-T II valve, to the “ON" position, allowing the wheel motors to be driven.
When the RWD switch in the combine cab is turned to the "ON" position, current is supplied to the solenoid valve (1)
Fig. 13. This energizes the coil and causes the spring loaded spool to move towards the coil. Hydraulic fluid under
charge pressure will flow through the solenoid valve from port (A) to port (B) and to the pressure to engage (left) side
(5) of the selector spool (2) Fig. 14, in the E-T II valve through an external tube. The hydraulic fluid shifts the selector
spool to the right and once the system is full of hydraulic fluid, the spool will shift fully to the right against the spring (3).

Forward
NOTE: The selector spool controls whether or not hydraulic fluid flows to the wheel motors, but does not control
forward or reverse movement in the wheel motors.

When high pressure hydraulic fluid is supplied to the forward pressure port, (F), Fig. 14, the selector spool allows the
hydraulic fluid to flow past the spool land (21), Fig. 14, through the center passage (6) Fig. 14, on lower tier of the
valve, to the flow dividers (17), Fig. 14. Hydraulic fluid also flows to the forward check valves (10), Fig. 14, keeping
the valves closed. This assures hydraulic flow is directed out of the valve to the wheel motors. From the flow dividers
high pressure fluid is directed out of the forward pressure supply/return ports (18), (19), Fig. 14, to the wheel motors.
The high pressure oil will drive the motors forward. If the flow of drive oil should differ from one motor to the other
(loss of traction to one wheel), the flow dividers (17), Fig. 14 will compensate for the differential by shifting in the E-T
II valve. Refer to the flow divider description of operation described previously in this IU.
Return hydraulic fluid from the wheel motors will flow into the reverse pressure supply/return ports (12), (13), Fig. 15.
The fluid is then directed to the flow dividers (7) and reverse check valves (8) Fig 15. The check valves will open
when hydraulic flow exceeds the amount of fluid allowed to flow through the 10.3 mm (0.406 in.) orifice in each flow
divider. The hydraulic fluid will flow through the center passage (9) Fig. 15 past the selector spool land (22), Fig. 14,
and out of the reverse high pressure port (R), Fig. 14.
The hydraulic fluid on the pressure to disengage (right) side of the selector spool (2) Fig. 14, will flow through the
drilled passage (14), Fig. 14, to port (C) of the solenoid valve (1) Fig. 13. The hydraulic fluid will flow through the
valve and exit at port (D) and out of the E-T II valve through the case drain. The hydraulic fluid then returns to tank.
When hydraulic fluid under charge pressure flows into the pressure to engage port (5) Fig. 14 on the E-T II valve, a
“tee" fitting at the port allows hydraulic fluid to flow to the drain valve. The charge pressure shifts the spool in the drain
valve so hydraulic fluid from the wheel motors is no longer allowed to drain back to tank through the drain valve.

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 26
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

DS00M060_940 13

A. Oil Supply from Low Pressure Spool

B. To Left Side of Selector Spool Via External Line
C. From Right Side of Selector Spool
D. To Case Drain

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 27
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

50016595 14
Cross Section of Equa-Trac II Control Valve Forward Lower Tier Valves and Upper Tier Selector Spool-
On - Forward Position

DS00M064 15
Cross Section of Equa-Trac II Control Valve (Reverse Valves Upper Tier) - On - Forward Position

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 28
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

Reverse

(Reference figures 13, 16, and 17)

NOTE: References to directions are as if viewing the valve from the rear, facing the front of the combine.
NOTE: The selector spool controls whether or not hydraulic fluid flows to the wheel motors, but does not control
forward or reverse movement in the wheel motors

When high pressure hydraulic fluid is supplied to the reverse pressure port (R), Fig. 16, the selector spool (2) Fig. 16,
allows the hydraulic fluid to flow past the spool land (22), Fig. 16, through the center passage (9) Fig. 16, on lower
tier of the valve, to the flow dividers (7) Fig. 16. Hydraulic fluid also flows to the reverse check valves (8) Fig. 16,
keeping the valves closed. This assures hydraulic flow is directed out of the valve to the wheel motors. From the flow
dividers high pressure fluid is directed out of the forward pressure supply/return ports (12), (13), Fig. 16, to the wheel
motors. The high pressure oil will drive the motors in reverse. If the flow of drive oil should differ from one motor to
the other (loss of traction to one wheel), the flow dividers (7) Fig. 16 will compensate for the differential by shifting in
the E-T II valve. Refer to the flow divider description of operation described previously in this IU.
Return hydraulic fluid from the wheel motors will flow into the forward pressure supply/return ports (18), (19), Fig. 17.
The fluid is then directed to the flow dividers (17), and forward check valves (10), fig 17. The check valves will open
when hydraulic flow exceeds the amount of fluid allowed to flow through the 10.3 mm (0.406 in.) orifice in each flow
divider. The hydraulic fluid will flow through the center passage (6) Fig. 17 past the selector spool land (21), Fig. 16,
and out of the forward high pressure port (F), Fig. 16.
The hydraulic fluid on the pressure to disengage (right) side of the selector spool (2) Fig. 16, will flow through the
drilled passage (14), Fig. 16, to port (C) of the solenoid valve (1) Fig. 13. The hydraulic fluid will flow through the
valve and exit at port (D), Fig. 13, and out of the E-T II valve through the case drain. The hydraulic fluid then returns
to tank.
When hydraulic fluid under charge pressure flows into the pressure to engage port (5) Fig. 16, on the E-T II valve,
a “tee" fitting at the port allows hydraulic fluid to flow to the drain valve. The charge pressure shifts the spool in the
drain valve so hydraulic fluid from the wheel motors is no longer allowed to drain back to tank through the drain valve.

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 29
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

50016596 16
Cross Section of Equa-Trac II Control Valve(Upper Tier Valves) - On - Reverse Position

DS00M064_941 17
Cross Section of Equa-Trac II Control Valve (Forward Valves Lower Tier) - On - Reverse Position

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 30
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

Motor - Hydrostatic schema (D.14.E.28 - C.20.B.25)

BSC1247A 1

1. Equa-Trac Valve Assembly

1a. Low Pressure Shuttle Valve
1b. Solenoid Valve
1c. Selector Spool
1d. Flow Divider Valve
1e. Flow Divider Valve
1f. Check Valve
1g. Check Valve
2. Wheel Motor
3. Wheel Motor
4. Drain Valve
A. To Reservoir

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 31
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

B. Forward High Pressure From Pump A3 Port

C. Reverse High pressure From Pump B3 Port

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 32
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

Motor - Static description (D.14.E.28 - C.30.A.20)

Wheel Motor Operation

To start the drive cycle, hydraulic fluid under high pressure is delivered from the hydrostatic pump through the E-T II
valve and supplied equally to the high pressure port (1) of each motor. The hydraulic fluid is diverted through passage
(2) in the distributor block (3) and port (4) in the cylinder block (5).
The hydraulic fluid passage (2) and port (4) are partially aligned allowing oil to begin entering the cavity behind the
piston (6). The high pressure pushes the piston outwards causing roller to make contact with cam (7) just after the
peak (highest point) of the lobe. This contact causes the cylinder block (5), to start rotating.

20013707 1

Full Supply Position -

As a piston (and roller) (1) moves towards the bottom (valley) (2) of two cam lobes, the MAXIMUM (full) supply of
hydraulic fluid momentarily is directed through the aligned ports (3) of distributor (4) (remaining stationary) and cylinder
block (5) (rotating) with continuation on to the piston (1). The hydraulic fluid supply then begins to taper off as the
piston approaches the bottom of two cam lobes (2) towards a neutral (no power drive) position.

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 33
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

1z0o2004112086 2

Bottom Neutral Position

When a piston (1) is in a valley (2) between cam lobes, the hydraulic fluid supply is cut off. Ports (3) in the distributor
(4) and cylinder block (5) are NOT aligned with each other. In this neutral position the piston does NOT provide drive
power to the cylinder block however, the piston (and roller) remain in contact with the cam surface.
In order to continue driving power, another piston must take over for the first one to drive the cylinder block in the
direction shown, enabling the first piston to climb the next cam lobe in a smooth and uninterrupted manner.

1z0o2004112087 3

Discharge Position

As the piston (1) starts to climb the next cam lobe (2) passages (3) in the distributor (4) and cylinder block (5) begin
to align with each other, thus starting the discharge cycle. This allows the hydraulic fluid (under charge pressure) to
return to the pump as another piston takes over the drive cycle.

1z0o2004112088 4

Top Neutral Position

During the final cycle of the piston (1) the piston continues to climb another cam lobe (2). As this happens, ports (3)
in the distributor block (4) and cylinder block (5) progressively close off the return oil flow as the piston (and roller)
reaches the top neutral position.

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 34
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

When the roller is at the top of the cam lobe the ports are no longer aligned, thus ending a full drive cycle. The piston
and its roller will then repeat the cycle starting with a gradual supply of high pressure oil, while other pistons continue
their cycles in a similar manner.

1z0o2004112089 5

Wheel Motor Power Distribution

SYSTEM ENGAGED
Since each wheel motor contains 20 pistons and eight cam lobes, there are a total of 160 power strokes by the pistons
in one revolution of the cylinder block, which is splined to the wheel shaft. Each piston (and roller) travels up and
down each of the eight cam lobes in a smooth, uninterrupted manner, producing a constant torque output with a low
noise level. With an even number of pistons and cam lobes, the forces of the motor are balanced allowing the motor
bearings to be totally available to accept high radial and axial loads.
To change the direction of rotation of the motor, the input supply of high pressure oil is directed through the (reverse)
high pressure port and diverted through the distributor of the motor in a manner opposite to that of the forward rotation
of the motor.

1z0o2004112090 6
SYSTEM DISENGAGED
When the drive system is shut off or disengaged, the E-T II valve prevents high pressure oil from being supplied to
the wheel motors.
In addition, the system pressure supply lines from the valve to the motors are opened directly to the reservoir through
the drain valve so that any pressure in these lines is dissipated.
The lack of pressure on either side of the pistons enables the pistons (and rollers) to retract into their cylinder bores
when the rollers are pushed inward by the cam lobes as the cylinder block rotates. With the rollers clear of the cam
lobes, the cylinder block and wheel shaft are able to rotate in a “free - wheeling" (non-drive) mode.

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 35
TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

1z0o2004112091 7

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 36
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

Motor - Exploded view (D.14.E.28 - C.10.A.20)

20015321 1
Disassembly

1 Socket head cap screw 2 Top pin

3 Seal top pin 4 Inner tube
5 Seal backup ring, inner tube* 6 Seal, inner tube*
7 Outer tube 8 Seal, outer tube*
9 Seal backup ring, outer tube* 10 Bottom pin
11 Seal cover 12 Thrust washer
13 Environmental seal 14 C-frame
15 Bushing 16 Snap ring
17 Cover plate 18 O ring
19 Retaining ring 20 Ring
21 Split retaining ring 22 Shim pack
23 Socket head cap screw 24 Back housing
25 Bearing inner 26 Spacer
27 O ring (cam ring) 28 Plug

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 37
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

29 Cam ring 30 Cylinder block assy.

31 Piston assy. 32 Piston retainer
33 Distributor - valve block 34 Distributor seals
35 Spring 36 Spacer (1 speed motors only)
37 Shaft seal, inner # 38 Shaft - wheel hub
39 Stud M20 40 Deflector & grease seal
41 Bearing - outer 42 Grease fitting
43 Front housing support 44 Split pin
45 Safety pin 46 Socket head cap screw

* Non serviceable items.

# Two piece seal

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 38
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic - Pressure test (D.14.E - F.40.A.30)

20016111_1011 1

1 E-T II Valve block 2 Drain valve block (part of E-T II valve)

3 Solenoid valve
5 Reverse pressure inlet
7 Left wheel motor forward pressure port
9 Right wheel motor forward pressure port
11 Reverse system pressure test port
13 Forward system pressure test port
15 Drain valve selector spool location
17 Right wheel motor drain port
19 Valve drain port to hydraulic fluid tank
4 Forward pressure inlet
6 Left wheel motor reverse pressure port
8 Right wheel motor reverse pressure port
10 Pilot pressure to engage port
12 Pilot pressure to disengage port
14 Valve selector spool location
16 Left wheel motor drain port
18 Inlet drain port from reverse pressure port

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 39
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

1. Testing the hydraulic pressure of the powered rear

axle can help determine sluggish or poor per-
formance problems in the RWD system. These
problems include excessive leakage in the hydro-
static system, a stuck spool in the E-T II valve,
inadequate charge pressure and malfunctions in the
RWD electrical circuit. Use the following procedure
to test the hydraulic pressure:

WARNING
Use extreme caution when performing the following
procedure. Failure to use caution and follow the
proper procedure can result in death or serious injury.
Be sure work area is clear and any obstacles around
the machine are removed from the area. M949

WARNING
Pressurized hydraulic fluid can penetrate the skin and
cause severe injuries. Tighten all of the connections
before starting the engine. If hydraulic fluid has pene-
trated the skin, seek medical assistance immediately.
M950

IMPORTANT: Do not allow grease or dirt to enter the Equa-

Trac II valve, otherwise damage to the valve or motor may
result.
2. Clean all grease and dirt from the Equa-Trac II valve.

CAUTION
Route the hoses for the pressure gauge so they will
not contact the rear wheels. Z109

NOTE: Label the pressure gauges according to the pres-

sure port which they are connected to on the E-T II valve.
This will avoid confusion when taking pressure readings.
3. Using a hose long enough to exit the SIDE of the
combine, connect a 520 bar (7500 psi) pressure
gauge to the forward system pressure test port (1)
on the E-T II valve. The gauge hose will require a
male -4 JIC type fitting to attach to the forward sys-
tem pressure test port.

50016087 2

4. Using a hose long enough to exit the SIDE of the

combine, connect a tee fitting and a 520 bar (7500
psi) pressure gauge to the reverse (4) and forward
(5) pressure outlet on the E-T II valve. The tee’s
required are -10 JIC type fittings.
2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 40
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

5. Remove the external line (2) which runs from the

charge (pilot) pressure to disengage port (3) to the
drain valve. Using a hose long enough to exit the
SIDE of the combine, connect a 70 bar (1000 psi)
pressure gauge to the charge (pilot) pressure to dis-
engage port (3) on the E-T II valve. The gauge hose
will require a female -4 JIC type fitting to attach to the
charge (pilot) pressure to disengage port.
6. Place a cap on the drain valve port which the external
line was connected to on the E-T II valve.
7.

CAUTION
Route the hoses for the pressure gauge so they will
not contact the rear wheels. Z109

NOTE: Label the pressure gauges according to the pres-

sure port which they are connected to on the E-T II valve.
This will avoid confusion when taking pressure readings.
NOTE: If the required amount of gauges are unavailable
for system pressure readings and forward/reverse pres-
sure readings, the system pressure tests and forward/re-
verse pressure tests can be performed independently of 20016086 3
each other.
8. Using a hose long enough to exit the SIDE of the
combine, connect a 520 bar (7500 psi) pressure
gauge to the reverse system pressure test port (1)
on the E-T II valve. The gauge hose will require a
male -4 JIC type fitting to attach to the reverse sys-
tem pressure test port.
9. Remove the external line (2) which runs from the
charge (pilot) pressure to engage port (3) to the drain
valve. Using a hose long enough to exit the SIDE of
the combine, connect a 70 bar (1000 psi) pressure
gauge to the charge (pilot) pressure to engage port
(3) on the E-T II valve. The gauge hose will require a
female -4 JIC type fitting to attach to the charge (pi-
lot) pressure to engage port.
Place a - 4 JIC cap on the drain valve port which the
external line was connected to on the E-T II valve.
IMPORTANT: The hydraulic oil in the combine must be
at operating temperature and the engine must be at rated
speed when performing hydraulic testing for accurate test
results.
20016086 4

10. Start the combine engine and increase throttle until

the combine engine reaches rated speed. Warm the
hydraulic oil in the combine to normal operating tem-
perature by driving the combine and operating the
hydraulic system.
NOTE: Be sure that the assistant has a clear line of com-
munication with the person testing the hydraulic pressure
to avoid any dangerous situations that may occur.

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 41
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

11. Using the help of an assistant, switch the gearshift

selector to the neutral position. Record the pressure
readings on the test pressure gauges with the hydro-
static lever in neutral.
12. Move the hydrostatic lever into the forward position
and record the pressure gauge readings. Record the
pressure gauge readings with the hydrostatic lever in
the reverse position.

DANGER
Make sure the area around the combine is clear be-
fore performing the following steps. Remain as far
away from the combine as possible when reading and
recording test pressures. Z102

13. Have the assistant switch the gear selector to posi-

tion "3" and engage the RWD switch. Record the
readings on the pressure test gauges with the hydro-
static lever in neutral.
14. While applying full pressure to the combine brakes,
have the assistant engage the hydrostatic lever in
forward and then reverse. Record the readings from
the test pressure gauges for each position of the hy-
drostatic lever.
15. Use the chart below to determine if the pressure
readings are within specified ranges. If the readings
are not within specifications, further troubleshooting
and/or testing will be necessary to determine the
cause of the problem. Sluggish or poor performance
may occur when the hydrostatic system charge pres-
sure drops below 24 bar (350 psi). When charge
pressure drops below 24 bar (350 psi), system pres-
sure is not high enough to allow the machine to move
or keep moving. The probable cause of low charge
pressure is most likely the result of excessive leak-
age in the hydrostatic system or the RWD system.
The motor case/E-T II valve leak test can be used to
determine if the fault lies within the drive motors or
E-T II valve.
NOTE: If low charge pressures or system pressures are
obtained, most likely a problem exists with the main hy-
drostatic system, not the RWD system. Performing hy-
draulic tests on the main hydraulic system before check-
ing the internals of the E-T II valve is advisable. Refer to
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Troubleshooting (C.20.F
- G.40.A.10) for testing procedures.
16. If the RWD system is not engaging and the E-T II
valve spool solenoid is functioning properly, the main
valve spool in the valve may not be shifting. If charge
(pilot) pressure readings are correct, but forward and
reverse line pressure readings are NOT correct, the
main spool in the E-T II valve is not shifting and is
stuck in the “OFF" position.
TEST PRESSURES VS. MACHINE OPERATION
MODE
Control valve - Static description (D.14.E.14 -
C.30.A.20)

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 42
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

20016111_1012 5

17. Remove the large hex plugs (2) from each side of the
E-T II valve. The tubes and fittings connected to the
hex plugs will need to be removed. Note how each
tube and fitting is installed prior to removal.
18. Check the movement of the valve spool in the valve
bore. If the spool does not move freely, remove the
valve spool and inspect the bore of the valve and
the spool for excessive wear. Install the spool back
into the bore and check again for free movement. If
the valve spool continues to stick, replace the E-T II
valve.
19. The small hex plugs (1) that are used to check sys-
tem pressure can be removed to check movement of
the low pressure control valve rod and check balls.
If the valve rod does not move freely, is damaged,
or the check balls are damaged, replace the E-T II
valve.
20. More information on the E-T II valve is described
in Control valve - Static description (D.14.E.14 -
C.30.A.20).

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 43
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic - Leakage test (D.14.E - F.40.A.40)

1. If an excessive amount of leakage in the RWD or hy-
drostatic system is suspected, testing the RWD sys-
tem can help to isolate the problem. Testing the RWD
system will help determine whether the problem is lo-
cated in the RWD system or in the hydrostatic sys-
tem. Use the following procedure to test leakage in
the RWD system:

WARNING
Use extreme caution when performing the following
procedure. Failure to use caution and follow the
proper procedure can result in death or serious injury.
Be sure work area is clear and any obstacles around
the machine are removed from the area. M949

WARNING
Pressurized hydraulic fluid can penetrate the skin and
cause severe injuries. Tighten all of the connections
before starting the engine. If hydraulic fluid has pene-
trated the skin, seek medical assistance immediately.
M950

2. Warm the combine hydraulic fluid to normal oper-

ating temperature before beginning pressure tests.
Park the combine on a level surface and engage the
parking brake.
3. Check the hydraulic fluid level in the reservoir. Add
hydraulic fluid if necessary.
IMPORTANT: Do not allow grease or dirt to enter the Equa-
Trac II valve or wheel motors, otherwise damage to the
valve or motor may result.
4. Clean all grease and dirt from the Equa-Trac II valve
and hose connections at the wheel motors.
5. Disconnect the case drain return-to-tank line (1) for
the E-T II valve case drain at the valve. Plug the
return-to-tank drain line.
NOTE: The direction of hydraulic fluid flow will be from the
E-T II valve to the tank (hydraulic reservoir), make sure the
inline flow meter is installed correctly.

50016087_1013 1

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 44
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

6. Using a line with a 0 - 19 lpm (0 - 5 gpm) inline flow

meter, connect the hose to the E-T II valve with a
female -8 JIC type fitting. Remove the plug in the
return-to-tank line and install the other end of the
flow meter line to the return-to-tank line using a male
-8 JIC type fitting. The flowmeter line must be long
enough to exit the side of the combine.
NOTE: Be sure that the assistant has a clear line of com-
munication with the person testing the hydraulic leakage to
avoid any dangerous situations that may occur. Make sure
the area around the combine is clear.
7. Have an assistant start the combine engine and in-
crease throttle until the engine reaches rated speed.
Have the assistant switch the combine gear selector
to position "3" and engage the RWD switch. While
applying full pressure to the combine brakes, have
the assistant engage the hydrostatic lever to the for-
ward position for thirty (30) seconds. Observe and
record the flow meter reading while standing back
away from the combine. Have the assistant shut the
combine off immediately if any hazardous conditions
should occur.
8. Repeat step 6 with the hydrostatic lever in reverse.
9. Have the assistant disengage the RWD system, shut
the combine engine down, and engage the parking
brake.
10. The volume of hydraulic fluid draining from the E-T
II valve should not exceed 3.6 lpm (1.0 gpm). If the
volume of flow exceeds this, the E-T II valve is worn
and needs replaced.
11. Disconnect the flow meter line and connect the re-
turn-to-tank line back to the E-T II valve. Check the
hydraulic fluid level in the reservoir. Add hydraulic
fluid if necessary.
12. Disconnect the wheel motor case drain line (1) (cen-
ter hose connection) from the left wheel motor. Con-
nect the flowmeter line used to test the E-T II valve
case drain flow volume to the wheel motor and the
drain line.
Attach the flowmeter to the side of the combine in a
position that the flowmeter will be easy to read. Make
sure the flowmeter line will not come in contact with
the combine tire.

CAUTION
Be sure that the assistant has a clear line of communi-
cation with the person testing the hydraulic leakage to
avoid any dangerous situations that may occur. Z105
20016093 2

IMPORTANT: Make sure the hydrostatic fluid is at operat-

ing temperature before performing this test.

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 45
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

13. Have an assistant start the combine engine and in-

crease throttle until the engine reaches rated speed.
Have the assistant switch the combine gear selector
to position "3" and engage the RWD switch. Have
the assistant drive the combine in a straight line with
the combine brakes "loading" the hydrostatic system
for thirty seconds. The combine must remain in mo-
tion. From a safe distance, observe and record the
flow meter reading while standing back away from
the combine. Have the assistant shut the combine
off immediately if any hazardous conditions should
occur.
14. Repeat step 14 with the combine traveling in reverse.
15. Park the combine on a level surface and engage the
parking brake.
16. Have the assistant disengage the RWD system and
shut the combine down.
17. The volume of hydraulic fluid draining from the wheel
motor should not exceed 5.5 lpm (1.5 gpm). If the
volume of flow exceeds this, the wheel motor is worn
and needs overhauled or replaced.
18. Disconnect the flow meter line and connect the drain
line back to the wheel motor. Check the hydraulic
fluid level in the reservoir. Add hydraulic fluid if nec-
essary.
19. Repeat steps 12 - 19 for the right wheel motor.
20. If all test results are within specifications, there may
be a problem with the main hydrostatic system. Re-
fer to TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic (C.20.F), for fur-
ther information.

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 46
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

Control valve - Remove (D.14.E.14 - F.10.A.10)

NOTE: The drain valve is included in the following procedure and is considered a part of the E-II valve
NOTE: The E-T II valve is not serviceable except for the electronic solenoid valve and the hydraulic line fitting O rings.
If the valve is suspected to be defective, refer to Control valve - Static description (D.14.E.14 - C.30.A.20) to test
the E-T II valve.
NOTE: Hydraulic fluid will leak from hydraulic lines when disconnected. Use a suitable container to catch the hydraulic
fluid that drains from the lines.
1. Removal
2. Park the combine on a level surface and remove the
key from the ignition switch. Engage the parking
brake. Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable from
the battery.
3. Thoroughly clean grease and dirt from the E-T II
valve and drain valve to avoid getting contaminants
in the valves and the hydraulic system.
Disconnect the wiring harness electrical connection,
1, from the E-T II valve solenoid.
Disconnect the forward (2) and reverse (3) pressure
supply lines from the E-T II valve.
Disconnect the forward (4) and reverse (5) hydraulic
lines for the left wheel motor from the E-T II valve.
IMPORTANT: Identify hydraulic line connections before
disconnecting the lines to avoid confusion upon installation
of the E-T II valve.

20016086_1017 1

4. Disconnect the left wheel motor case drain line (6)

and the drain line (7) to the cooling circuit of the hy-
drostatic system.
5. Disconnect the forward (1) and reverse (2) hydraulic
lines for the right wheel motor from the E-T II valve.
Disconnect the right wheel motor case drain line (3)
and the valve drain return-to-reservoir line (4) from
the E-T II valve.
Remove the bolts which secure the E-T II valve and
drain valve to the mounting bracket.

50016087_1018 2

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 47
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

Control valve - Install (D.14.E.14 - F.10.A.15)

IMPORTANT: When installing the E-T II valve, be sure to connect the hydraulic lines to the proper locations on the
valve.
1. Install the E-T II valve and drain valve onto the
mounting bracket and use the bolts to secure the
valves to the bracket.
Connect the forward (1) and reverse (2) hydraulic
lines for the right wheel motor to the E-T II valve.
Connect the motor case drain line (3) and the valve
drain return-to-reservoir line (4) to the E-T II valve.

50016087_1018 1

2. Connect the left wheel motor case drain line (6) and
the drain line (7) to the cooling circuit of the hydro-
static system.
Connect the forward (4) and reverse (5) hydraulic
lines for the left wheel motor to the E-T II valve.
Connect the forward (2) and reverse (3) pressure
supply lines to the E-T II valve.
Connect the wiring harness electrical connection (1)
to the E-T II valve solenoid.
Bleed the air out of the RWD hydrostatic system us-
ing the procedure outlined in 2WD-4WD SYSTEM
Hydrostatic - Startup test (D.14.E - F.40.A.21).

20016086_1017 2

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 48
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

Control valve - Electrical test (D.14.E.14 - F.40.A.50)

20016111_1014 1

1. If the RWD system is not engaging, the solenoid (1)

on the E-T II valve may not be functioning properly
due to a faulty solenoid valve. Use the following pro-
cedure to test the solenoid valve:
2. Engage the parking brake. Have an assistant turn
the combine ignition switch to the “ON" position (DO
NOT start the combine) and move the RWD system
switch to the “ON" and “OFF" position several times.
Listen for an audible “click", indicating the solenoid is
shifting the main valve spool.
3. If the solenoid does not produce an audible “click",
check for loose wire connections at the screw ter-
minal or connector on the solenoid and at the RWD
switch inside the cab.
4. Check that the solenoid is properly grounded by the
E-T II valve. The solenoid is internally grounded
by the E-T II valve and can be tested by running a
jumper wire between the nut on end of the solenoid
and the combine frame. Make sure the jumper wire is
connected to bare metal. With the jumper connected
have the assistant turn the ignition switch to the “ON"
position (Do NOT start the combine) and move the
RWD switch to the “ON" and “OFF" position several
times.

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 49
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

5. If the solenoid operates properly with the jumper

wire, examine the mounting of the solenoid to make
sure that there is no dirt, grease, or paint that may
prevent the solenoid from achieving a proper ground.
6. If the solenoid will still not work, test the resistance of
the solenoid valve coil using an ohmmeter. Remove
the nut (1) which secures the coil to the valve. Slide
the coil off the valve.
NOTE: E-T II valve is shown without drain valve portion.
NOTE: Some coils may have a two terminal connector. Re-
sistance can be tested through the two connector leads.

20015299 2

7. Place an ohmmeter test lead on the coil stud (1) and

the other test lead on the end contact (2) The resis-
tance in the coil should be between 7 - 9 ohms. Re-
place the solenoid coil if resistance is not as speci-
fied.

20015300 3

8. If the resistance of the solenoid coil is OK, the valve

is faulty and must be replaced. Remove the valve (1)
from the E-T II valve body (2).

20015301 4

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 50
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

Control valve - Inspect (D.14.E.14 - F.40.B.01)

20016106 1

1. The E-T II valve is not serviceable except for the elec-

tronic solenoid valve (1) and the O rings for the hy-
draulic line fittings. If the valve is malfunctioning or
faulty, it is necessary to replace the entire valve. Re-
fer to Control valve - Static description (D.14.E.14
- C.30.A.20) to test the E-T II valve.

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 51
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

Motor - Disassemble (D.14.E.28 - F.10.A.25)

NOTE: The wheel motor and components are very heavy. Use proper lifting equipment and assistance to help prevent
personal injury.
IMPORTANT: Cleanliness is extremely important when servicing the wheel motors. Service the wheel motors in a
clean, dust-free environment and always use clean tools. Clean the wheel motor components in solvent and use
compressed air to dry. DO NOT use rags or paper towels to dry the components. Wrap the cleaned parts in clean
paper and store in a clean environment prior to assembly. If more than one wheel motor is to be serviced, work on
one motor at a time. DO NOT mix parts.
NOTE: Any remaining hydraulic oil in the wheel motor can be drained by tilting the motor down on the top opening.
1. Remove the snap ring (1) which secures the cover
plate (2) in the wheel motor. Remove the O ring (3)
from the wheel motor.

20015318 1

2. Remove the retaining ring (1) and washer (2) from

the wheel motor housing.

20015319 2

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 52
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

3. Install the bearing press tool (1) to the wheel hub

shaft. Using a hydraulic press, compress the bear-
ings using a minimum of 50,000 Newtons (11,250
pounds).
Once the bearings have been compressed, slide the
split ring halves from the groove on the wheel hub
shaft.
NOTE: NOTE: Use an M20-2.5 x 150 mm bolt to secure
the bearing press tool to the wheel motor shaft.

20016090 3

4. Relieve pressure on the bearings and remove the

tool, spilt ring halves (1) and shim pack (2) from the
motor housing.

20015320 4

5. Remove the two plugs (1) from the rear cover and
install the cover removal tool (2) to the wheel motor
housing. Place a spacer (3) between the tool and
the wheel shaft. Use 2 lengths of M14-1.5 x 200 mm
all-thread in the outer holes of the tool and a 165 mm
length of M20-2.5 all-thread in the center hole of the
tool. If M14-1.5 x 200 mm all-thread is not available,
2 bolts, part number 79077022 can be used instead.

20015322 5

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 53
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

6. Mark the rear cover and housing inline with one of

the plug holes with a paint marker so that the motor
can be assembled in the same position. Remove the
14 bolts (1) which secure the rear cover to the motor
housing.

20015323 6

7. Remove the rear cover from the motor housing. Re-

move the bearing (2) from the cover (1).
Remove the O ring (4) and spacer (3) from the motor.
Discard the O ring.

20015324 7

8. Remove the cylinder block assembly (1) from the mo-

tor housing.
IMPORTANT: Use care not to damage the mating surfaces
of the cylinder block and the distributor valve block.

20015329 8

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 54
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

9. Remove the distributor valve block (1) from the wheel

motor. Use care not to lose any springs from the
valve block.

20015330 9

10. Use a press to remove the wheel hub shaft (1) from
the motor housing.

20016092 10

11. To remove the pistons from the cylinder block, re-

move the retaining clips (1).

20016088 11

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 55
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

12. Pull the retainers (2) and piston assembly (1) from
the cylinder block. Discard the retaining clips.

20016089 12

13. Use the safety pin extractor tool (1) and a slide ham-
mer to remove the safety pins (2) which secure the
piston cam ring (3) to the motor housing. Remove
the O ring (4) from the housing.
IMPORTANT: Use care not to damage the piston roller or
mating surfaces of the cam ring.

20016091 13

14. Remove the spacer (1) from the motor housing. Use
a press to remove the shaft seal (2) from the housing.
Remove the distributor block seals and O rings (3)
from the motor housing. Note the position of the each
O ring and seal in the motor housing.

20015325 14

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 56
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

15. Use a puller to remove the wheel hub shaft bearing,

1. If necessary, remove the outer race (2) from the
motor housing. Remove the lip seal (3).

20016105 15

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 57
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

Motor - Service instruction (D.14.E.28 - F.10.A.05)

1. The wheel motor assemblies and steering knuckles
are designed for long service life, provided that the
assemblies are cleaned and greased regularly. If the
assemblies are maintained properly, the assemblies
should not need to be rebuilt or bushings and thrust
washers replaced until the machine has logged a
considerable amount of fluid hours. In extreme con-
ditions such as sandy, wet/muddy or dusty environ-
ments, the assemblies may need to be rebuilt sooner.
Use the following guidelines for lubricating and main-
taining the powered rear axle wheel motor and steer-
ing assemblies.
2. Every 100 Hours of Machine Operation:
Clean the wheel motors of grease, dirt, and debris.
Check for oil leaks.
3. Pump high quality bearing grease into the zerk fit-
tings (1), on the steering pins. The grease will lubri-
cate the pin bushings and thrust washers.

20016093_1015 1

4. Torque the steering pin, steering knuckle, and

C-frame bolts. The steering pin screws (1) should
be torqued to 69 - 75 N·m (50 - 55 ft. lbs.). The
steering knuckle bolts (2) should be torqued to 435
N·m (321 ft. lbs.). Torque the C-frame attaching
bolts (not shown) to 1255 N·m (926 ft. lbs.).
Check the hydraulic lines (3) at the wheel motors to
ensure tightness.

10010514_1016 2

5. Every 1500 Hours of Machine Operation:

6. Clean the wheel motors of grease, dirt, and debris.
Check for oil leaks.

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 58
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

7. Remove the steering pins from the top and bottom of

each wheel motor. Visually check the condition of the
steering pins, thrust washers, bushings, and steel
washers. Check the condition of all mating surfaces
for excess or uneven wear.
Check the condition of the seals on the inner (1) and
outer (2) hydraulic fluid tubes. Replace the tubes
if worn or damaged. Use the procedure described
in Motor - Assemble (D.14.E.28 - F.10.A.20) to as-
semble the steering pins back onto the wheel motors.
Use new seals when performing this procedure.

20015312 3

8. Pump high quality bearing grease into the zerk fit-

tings on the steering pins. The grease will lubricate
the pin bushings and thrust washers.
9. Torque the steering pin, steering knuckle, and
C-frame bolts. The steering pin screws (1) should
be torqued to 69 - 75 N·m (50 - 55 ft. lbs.). The
steering knuckle bolts (2) should be torqued to 435
N·m (321 ft. lbs.). Torque the C-frame attaching
bolts (not shown) to 1255 N·m (926 ft. lbs.).
Check the hydraulic lines (3) at the wheel motors to
ensure tightness.

10010514_1016 4

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 59
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

Motor - Remove (D.14.E.28 - F.10.A.10)

1. Removal
2. Engage the parking brake. Block the front combine
wheels and raise the rear axle of the ground using a
jack with a minimum capacity of 10-tons. Place jack
stands with a minimum capacity of 10-tons under the
rear axle for support.
3. Remove the wheel from the wheel motor.
IMPORTANT: Do not allow grease or dirt to enter the Equa-
Trac II valve or wheel motors, otherwise damage to the
valve or motor may result.
4. Clean all grease and dirt from the Equa-Trac II valve
and hose connections at the wheel motors.
IMPORTANT: Before disconnecting the hydraulic line,
identify the lines to avoid confusion upon installation of the
wheel motor.
5. Disconnect the hydraulic supply lines (3) and case
drain line (4) from the wheel motor. Hydraulic fluid
will drain from the lines.
Remove the four bolts (1) which secure the steering
knuckle (2) to the wheel motor. Pull the steering link-
age away from the axle.

10010514_1019 1

6. Remove the bolt (1) which retains the hydraulic line

hanger (2) to the rear axle. Position the lines out of
the way.

20015304 2

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 60
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

7. Run a chain or lifting strap through the wheel motor

C-frame. Use a hoist or lift to hold the wheel motor
once the C-frame has been unbolted.
Remove the four bolts (1) which secure the C-frame
to the axle beam. The wheel motor will be then be
free from the axle beam.
NOTE: The wheel motor is heavy and may move in the
C-frame when the lifting strap is disconnected and the hoist
no longer supports the weight of the wheel motor.

20015305 3

8. Lower the wheel motor and C-frame to the ground

with the flat portion of the C-frame resting on the
ground.
Attach two bolts into each side of the wheel motor
and connect a chain or lifting strap to the bolts. Sup-
port the wheel motor with a hoist or lift.
Remove the four bolts (1) which secure the bottom
pin to the C-frame. Remove the pin from the frame.

20015307 4

9. Remove the 5 bolts (1) which secure the top pin to

the C-frame. Remove the top pin from the C-frame.
Hydraulic fluid will drain from the motor.

20015308 5

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 61
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

10. Remove the inner (1) and outer (2) hydraulic fluid
tubes.

20015309 6

11. For wheel motors with the serial number 23327 or

above, remove the four bolts (1) which secure each
of the seal covers (2) to the C-frame.

20016108_1021 7

12. Carefully raise the wheel motor from the C-frame.

20015310 8

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 62
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

Motor - Install (D.14.E.28 - F.10.A.15)

1. Before installing the wheel motor and C-frame back
onto the combine, check the bushing and seals for
the top and bottom steering pins. If the bushings
and/or seals are damaged or worn excessively, re-
fer to Steering knuckle - Overhaul (D.12.A.69 -
F.10.A.40).
NOTE: The plastic side of the thrust washer should face the
wheel motor environmental seal when installed properly.
2. For wheel motors with the serial number 23326U or
below, replace the steering pin environmental seal
(1) in the top and bottom of the steering motor. In-
spect the steel washer (3) and thrust washer (2) in
the C-frame. When installing the thrust washer and
steel washer, use a thin layer of petroleum jelly to
hold the washers in place.

20016107 1

3. For wheel motors with the serial number 23327 or

above, replace the steering pin environmental seal
(1) in the top and bottom of the steering motor. In-
spect the seal cover (2) and the thrust washer (3)
Place the environmental seal (1) the thrust washer
(3) and the seal cover (2) over each end of the wheel
motor.
NOTE: The plastic side of the thrust washer should face the
wheel motor environmental seal when installed properly.

20016108_1024 2

4. Attach two bolts into each side of the wheel motor

and connect a chain or lifting strap to the bolts. Sup-
port the wheel motor with a hoist or lift.
Maneuver the wheel motor to the C-frame so that the
holes for the steering pins in the C-frame and the
wheel motor are aligned.
NOTE: Be sure that the wheel motor is properly oriented
top-bottom.

20015310 3

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 63
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

5. Install the inner (1) and outer (2) hydraulic fluid tubes.

20015309 4

6. Align the bolt holes in each seal cover (2) and install
the four bolts (1) which secure the seal cover to the
C-frame. Torque the bolts to 16 - 19 N·m (12 - 14 ft.
lbs.).
NOTE: Step 7 is for wheel motors with serial numbers
23327 or above.

20016108_1025 5

7. Grease and install the top pin into the C-frame and
wheel motor. Using LocTite 271 on the bolt threads,
install the 5 bolts (1) which secure the top pin to the
C-frame. Torque the bolts to 69 - 75 N·m (50 - 55 ft.
lbs.).

20015308 6

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 64
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

8. Grease and install the bottom pin into the C-frame

and wheel motor. Using LocTite 271 on the bolt
threads, install the four bolts (1) which secure the
bottom pin to the C-frame. Torque the bolts to 69
- 75 N·m (50 - 55 ft. lbs.).

20015307 7

9. Remove the two bolts in each side of the wheel motor

and run the chain or lifting strap through the top if the
wheel motor C-frame. Use a hoist or lift to hold the
C-frame.
Position the wheel motor assembly up to the axle
beam. Be sure that the height of the wheel motor
is the same as the opposite side. Install the four
bolts (1) which secure the C-frame to the axle beam.
Torque the mounting bolts to 1255 N·m(925 ft. lbs.).
NOTE: The wheel motor is heavy and may move in the
C-frame when the lifting strap is disconnected and the hoist
no longer supports the weight of the wheel motor.

20015305 8

10. Position the hydraulic lines up to the axle beam. Se-

cure the hydraulic lines to the axle using the hanger
(2) and hanger bolt (1).

20015304 9

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 65
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

11. Place the steering knuckle (2) up to the wheel motor

and install the four bolts (1) which secure the knuckle
to the motor. Torque the bolts to 435 N·m (320 ft.
lbs.).
Connect the hydraulic supply lines (3) and case drain
line (4) to the wheel motor. Make sure the hydraulic
supply lines are installed correctly or the motor will
not function properly.

10010514_1019 10

12. Install the wheel onto the wheel motor. Grease the
steering pins using high quality multipurpose grease.
Grease fittings (1) are located at the top and bot-
tom of wheel motor. Stop when the grease protrudes
from the seal area.
Refer to 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic (D.14.E -
F.14.A.21) to bleed air from the wheel motor.

20016093_1015 11

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 66
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

Motor - Assemble (D.14.E.28 - F.10.A.20)

NOTE: When assembling the wheel motor, coat all O rings with petroleum jelly.
1. Press a new lip seal (1) onto the wheel hub shaft us-
ing a piece of metal tubing that has an inside diame-
ter of 105 mm, an outside diameter of 110 mm and
a length of 350 mm.
Install the bearing (2) onto the wheel hub shaft using
a piece of metal tubing that has an inside diameter of
85 mm, an outside diameter of 90 mm and a length
of 300 mm. Pack the wheel hub shaft bearing with
grease.

20016094 1

2. Coat the edges of a new shaft seal (1) with LocTite

454 or equivalent and press the seal into the motor
housing using a piece of metal tubing that has an
inside diameter of 78 mm, an outside diameter of 84
mm and a length of 150 mm.
Carefully install the new O rings and excluders
(seals), 2, for the distributor valve block into the
grooves of the motor housing.

20015326 2

3. Install the hub shaft (1) into the motor housing.

NOTE: Use care not to damage the shaft seal when in-
stalling the shaft into the motor housing.

20016095 3

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 67
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

4. Fill the spring holes in the distributor valve block, 1,

with petroleum jelly and install the springs (2) into the
valve block.

20016097 4

5. Coat the surfaces of the distributor valve block (1)

with new hydraulic fluid and install the block into the
motor housing. Push the block into the housing far
enough to engage the locating tabs.
Install a new O ring (2) into the housing.
Install the locating pins (3) into the motor housing.
IMPORTANT: The distributor block will not seat completely
in the housing at this point. It is very important that the
locating tabs will engage the housing, make sure they are
aligned. Use a soft mallet, if necessary, to engage the
locating tabs.

20016096 5

6. Coat the piston assemblies (1) with new hydraulic

fluid. While compressing the wiper ring (2) install the
pistons into the cylinder block (3) Secure the piston
assemblies in the block using new retaining clips.

20016089_1022 6

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 68
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

7. Coat the cylinder block and piston cam ring with new
hydraulic fluid. Install the cylinder block (1) onto the
hub shaft with the pistons pushed into the bores of
the cylinder block.
Install the cam ring (2) onto the housing. Make sure
the aligning marks (3) made during disassembly are
aligned when installing the cam ring.

20016103 7

8. Install the spacer (2) onto the hub shaft. Install a

new O ring (1) on the rear cover (3) and place the
cover onto the motor housing. Be sure to line up the
aligning marks made during disassembly.
Install the 14 bolts (4) which secure the rear cover to
the motor housing finger tight.

20016113 8

9. Install the bearing onto the wheel hub shaft using the
press tool (1) Seat the bearing on the shaft and outer
race.
Torque the 14 cover bolts (2) to 150 N·m (111 ft.
lbs.). Remove the press tool from the hub shaft.
Push and set the safety pins (3) into the motor hous-
ing and install the cover plugs (4) A hammer and
punch can be used to set the safety pins.

20015327 9

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 69
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

10. Place the split retaining ring (1) onto the hub shaft.

20015328 10

11. Install the wheel motor press tool (1) onto the hub
shaft and using a press, apply 40,000 Newtons (9000
pounds) of pressure to shaft bearings.
Use a feeler gauge (2) to measure the clearance be-
tween the split ring and the internal bearing race. The
amount of clearance measured is the thickness of
shims to be used between the split ring and the bear-
ing race. The tolerance for shimming is + 0.0 / — 0.1
mm (0.004 in.).

20016104 11

12. Relieve pressure on the bearings and remove the

press tool. Remove the split ring and place the cor-
rect thickness of shim(s) (1) onto the wheel hub shaft
bearing race. Place both halves of the split ring onto
the hub shaft and install the wheel motor press tool.
NOTE: If two different shim thicknesses are used, place
the thinner shim(s) between the thicker shims.
NOTE: When installing the split ring, make sure that the
groove in the split ring is positioned up. This groove is for
the retaining ring.

20016109 12

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 70
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

13. Install the bearing press (2) Apply 40,000 Newtons

(9000 pounds) of pressure to shaft bearings and in-
stall the split ring (1) into the groove on the hub shaft.
Make sure that the split ring is fully seated in groove
of the wheel shaft and there is equal space between
the both halves of the split ring before relieving pres-
sure on the bearing.
NOTE: DO NOT force the split ring into the groove of the
wheel motor. A brass drift and hammer may be used to
GENTLY tap the split ring into the wheel shaft groove, if
necessary.
NOTE: When installing the split ring, make sure that the
groove (3) in the split ring is positioned up. This groove is
for the retaining ring. 20016110 13

14. Remove the press tool and install the spacer (1) and
retaining ring (2) onto the hub shaft.

20015319 14

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 71
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

15. Install a new O ring (1) into the motor housing. Install
the cover plate (2) into the motor housing and secure
the plate using the retaining ring (3).

20015318_1023 15

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 72
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

Motor - Inspect (D.14.E.28 - F.40.B.01)

1. Discard all O rings and seals.
2. Inspect all bearings and races for signs of damage
or excess wear. Replace the bearings and races as
a set, if replacement is necessary.
3. Inspect the piston assemblies for any damage or ex-
cess wear. Replace the entire piston assembly if any
damage or excess wear is found.
4. Inspect the distributor valve block, cylinder block and
cam ring for scoring, pitting, cracks or excess wear.
Inspect the splines on the cylinder block for damage
or excess wear. Replace components as necessary.
5. Inspect the hub shaft and shaft splines for any dam-
age.
6. Inspect the motor housing and rear cover for cracks,
holes, or excess wear. Replace components if any
damage is found.
7. Inspect the steering pins for scoring, pitting, excess
wear or any other damage. Inspect the seal in the top
steering pin. Replace the seal if damaged or worn.

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 73
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic - Troubleshooting (D.14.E -

G.40.A.10)
Problem Possible Cause
Performance of RWD is Transmission is into high of a gear.
sluggish or poor Air in system.
Main high pressure lines connected incor-
rectly.
Hydraulic lines/hoses pinched or kinked,
restricting oil flow.
Weak hydrostatic system high pressure re-
lief valve.
Excessive case leakage from RWD system
wheel motors or the E-T II valve.
Inadequate charge pressure.
RWD system is not Main hydrostatic system malfunction.
functioning Blown fuse.
Low hydrostatic fluid level.
Hydrostatic filter clogged or broken.
RWD ON/OFF switch defective.
Open or broken electrical connection/wire
in RWD circuit.
Malfunctioning E-T II valve solenoid.
Correction
Switch transmission to a lower gear.
Determine source of air intake and repair
as necessary, bleed air from system.
Check routing of the high pressure lines.
Correct as necessary.
Check all the lines and the hoses. Repair
or replace as necessary.
Check the hydrostatic system relief valve.
Replace or adjust as necessary.
Inspect the components for leakage.
Check forward and reverse system pres-
sure and charge (pilot) pressure to engage.
Repair the wheel motor or replace the valve
as necessary.
Check forward and reverse system pres-
sure and charge (pilot) pressure to engage.
Repair the valve or the hydrostatic system
as necessary.
Check main hydrostatic system.
Check fuse. Replace as necessary.
Check hydrostatic fluid level. Add fluid as
necessary.
Inspect hydrostatic filters, replace as nec-
essary.
Test switch for proper operation.
Check circuit for open or broken wire/con-
nection.

Main spool in E-T II valve or spool in drain Test solenoid for proper operation. Re-
valve not shifting. place as necessary.
Excessive wheel motor leakage. Test E-T II valve spools for proper move-
ment. Replace valve as necessary.
Inspect wheel motors for leakage. Repair
or replace as necessary.

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 74
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

Problem Possible Cause Correction

One wheel is dragging or Main high pressure lines connected incor- Check routing of high pressure lines. Cor-
is locked up rectly. rect as necessary.
Test by switching RWD system “OFF" to
Wheel motor internal component failure. relieve hydrostatic pressure. Lift the sus-
pected wheel off the ground and attempt
to manually rotate. Repair wheel motor as
necessary.
Drain valve portion of E-T II valve malfunc- Check spool in drain valve for free move-
tioning. ment. Replace valve as necessary.
RWD system only Air in system. Determine source of air intake and repair
operates in one direction as necessary, bleed air from system.
Hydraulic lines/hoses pinched or kinked, Check all lines and hoses. Repair or re-
restricting oil flow. place as necessary.
Excessive case leakage. Inspect for leakage. Check forward and
reverse system pressure and charge (pi-
lot) pressure to engage. Repair leakage as
Electrical circuit malfunction. necessary.
Test electrical circuit for shorts or open
grounds. Test valve solenoid for proper
Valve spool in E-T II valve stuck. operation. Repair as necessary.
Check forward and reverse system pres-
sure and charge (pilot) pressure to engage.
Inspect valve for proper operation.

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 75
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

E0066-11-Rear Wheel Assist Valve Unidentified Failure Code

(D.14.E.05 - G.30.B.46)
E0066-11 - Rear Wheel Assist Valve Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The rear wheel assist (L-26) circuit open, or is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Circuit connection/wiring damaged between CCM1 and rear wheel assist solenoid.
2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Info View Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Rear Wheel Assist valve" and select the “Status" screen. Press the “Enter" key to manually power the
circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates “OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 9.
2. Turn the key switch to the OFF position and disconnect the rear wheel assist connector X233.

A. Use a multimeter to check the resistance of the rear wheel assist coil. The proper resistance range for the
coil is 1.0 - 8.0 ohms. If out of specification replace coil.

B. If the coil is within specification continue with Step 3.

3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X233 pin A and chassis ground. Flex the harness
while making this check.

A. If no continuity to ground is found continue with Step 4.

B. If there is continuity to ground continue with Step 7.

4. Disconnect connector X233. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView - "Diagnose info" screen
to manually power the rear wheel assist. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X233 pin
A and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present continue with Step 5.

B. If 12 volts is found continue with Step 10.

5. Key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power the rear wheel
assist. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X072 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present continue with Step 6.

B. If 12 volts is read the open is between connector X072 and connector X233 wire 569 white. Locate the
open and repair.
6. Key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power the rear wheel
assist. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X024 pin 15 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present the open is between connector X024 and connector X019 J2-16 wire 569 white.

B. If 12 volts is read the open is between connector X024 and connector X072 wire 569 white. Locate the
open and repair.

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 76
 TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic

7. Disconnect connector X072. Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X072 pin A and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found continue with Step 8.

B. If no continuity is found the short to ground is the lower frame rear (LR) harness, between connector X072
and connector X233 wire 569 white. Locate the short and repair.
8. Disconnect connector X024. Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X024 pin 15 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the short to ground is in the main frame (MF) harness, between connector X024 and
connector X019 J2-16 wire 569 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If no continuity is found the short to ground is in the straw walker (SW) harness, between connector X024
and connector X072 wire 569 white. Locate the short and repair.
9. Disconnect connector X233. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X233 pin B and chassis
ground.

A. circuit is functioning properly. Continue with step 11.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 10

10. Disconnect connector X072. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between the straw walker (SW) harness
end of connector X072 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the lower frame rear (LR) harness between
connector X233 and connector X072 wire 602 black. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the straw walker (SW) harness between
connector X072 and rear frame ground #1 wire 602 black or 479 black. Locate the open and repair.
11. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 08 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.08)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.20)

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 77
 Index

TRAVELLING - D

2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic - 14.E

2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic - General specification (D.14.E - D.40.A.10) 4
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic - General specification (D.14.E - D.40.A.10) 4
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic - Leakage test (D.14.E - F.40.A.40) 44
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic - Overview (D.14.E - C.10.A.10) 13
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic - Pressure test (D.14.E - F.40.A.30) 39
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic - Static description (D.14.E - C.30.A.20) 11
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic - Static description (D.14.E - C.30.A.20) 15
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic - Troubleshooting (D.14.E - G.40.A.10) 74
Control valve - Electrical test (D.14.E.14 - F.40.A.50) 49
Control valve - Inspect (D.14.E.14 - F.40.B.01) 51
Control valve - Install (D.14.E.14 - F.10.A.15) 48
Control valve - Remove (D.14.E.14 - F.10.A.10) 47
Control valve - Static description (D.14.E.14 - C.30.A.20) 16
E0066-11-Rear Wheel Assist Valve Unidentified Failure Code (D.14.E.05 - G.30.B.46) 76
Motor - Assemble (D.14.E.28 - F.10.A.20) 67
Motor - Disassemble (D.14.E.28 - F.10.A.25) 52
Motor - Exploded view (D.14.E.28 - C.10.A.20) 37
Motor - General specification (D.14.E.28 - D.40.A.10) 9
Motor - Hydrostatic schema (D.14.E.28 - C.20.B.25) 31
Motor - Inspect (D.14.E.28 - F.40.B.01) 73
Motor - Install (D.14.E.28 - F.10.A.15) 63
Motor - Remove (D.14.E.28 - F.10.A.10) 60
Motor - Service instruction (D.14.E.28 - F.10.A.05) 58
Motor - Special tools (D.14.E.28 - D.20.A.40) 6
Motor - Static description (D.14.E.28 - C.30.A.20) 33
Motor - Torque (D.14.E.28 - D.20.A.10) 6

2 4/7/2006
D.14.E / 78
 TRAVELLING - D

STEERING Hydraulic - 20.C

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
D.20.C / 1
 Contents

TRAVELLING - D

STEERING Hydraulic - 20.C

SERVICE
STEERING Hydraulic
Test (D.20.C - F.40.C.01) 3
Relief valve
Test (D.20.C.16 - F.40.C.01) 4
Steering column
Remove (D.20.C.40 - F.10.A.10) 5
Install (D.20.C.40 - F.10.A.15) 6
Disassemble (D.20.C.40 - F.10.A.25) 7
Assemble (D.20.C.40 - F.10.A.20) 9

DIAGNOSTIC
STEERING Hydraulic
Testing (D.20.C - G.40.A.20) 11

2 4/7/2006
D.20.C / 2
 TRAVELLING - STEERING Hydraulic

STEERING Hydraulic - Test (D.20.C - F.40.C.01)

1. The following practical test will determine if steering
pump output is sufficient to allow satisfactory opera-
tion of the steering system.
Steering Test
2. Set engine speed to high idle
3. Turn steering quickly from lock to lock.
If steering is operating correctly the reaction should
be immediate with no time delay between turning the
steering wheel and movement of the wheels.
4. At full lock the relief valve in the main frame valve
stack should be heard to blow.

BSC1373A 1

5. Steering Circuit Pressure Test

6. Install Tee adaptor (3) Parker fitting 8R6MLOS and
quick release adaptor (2) Parker fitting PD38BTL,
into hose to steering cylinder.
7. Connect 0-250 bar (0-3600 psi) pressure gauge (1)
293244, with hose 292246, using quick release cou-
pler 291924.
8. Set engine speed to high idle.
9. Turn steering wheel to full lock and hold in position.
10. Pressure reading of approximately 175 bar (2538
psi) should be recorded.

BSC1341A 2

2 4/7/2006
D.20.C / 3
 TRAVELLING - STEERING Hydraulic

Relief valve - Test (D.20.C.16 - F.40.C.01)

1. Turn steering onto full left hand lock.
2. Disconnect the left hand turn feed hose.
3. Install an elbow (1) Parker fitting 8 ELOS (13/16 UNF
ORFS) with quick release adaptor (2) parker fitting
PD38BTL.
4. Connect 0-250 bar (0-3600 psi) pressure gauge
293244 (3) with hose 292246, using quick release
coupler 291924.

BSC1372A 1

5. Start the engine and set to high idle speed. Turn

steering wheel to the left with a pull of approximately
22 N (2.25 kgf , 5 lbf) and observe the pressure
reading.
If the steering test was satisfactory but the pressure
readings are away from specification the relief valve
in the main frame stack, priority valve slice must be
adjusted.
The pressure reading should be:-
175 bar (2538 psi) for all models.
NOTE: The use of a force greater than 5 lbf. at the rim of
the steering wheel may lead to slightly inaccurate readings
due to the pumping action of the hydrostatic steering motor.

2 4/7/2006
D.20.C / 4
 TRAVELLING - STEERING Hydraulic

Steering column - Remove (D.20.C.40 - F.10.A.10)

1. Pull the boot up from the cab floor mat.
Detach the two electrical connectors (1).
Turn off the four lock nuts (2).
Remove the steering column from the combine.

40015799 1

2 4/7/2006
D.20.C / 5
 TRAVELLING - STEERING Hydraulic

Steering column - Install (D.20.C.40 - F.10.A.15)

1. Slide the column onto its mount.
Secure the column to the combine with four lock nuts
(1).
Attach the two electrical connectors (2).
Secure the boot to the cab floor mat.

40015799_1492 1

2 4/7/2006
D.20.C / 6
 TRAVELLING - STEERING Hydraulic

Steering column - Disassemble (D.20.C.40 - F.10.A.25)

1. Cover Removal
Turn out seven screws (1) and pull the two halves of
the cover from the steering column.
NOTE: Raise the steering wheel to gain access to the top
screws.

40015795 1

2. Pull the switches (1) from the cover halves.

40015796 2

3. Turn off adjusting knob (1) Capture the spring and

sleeve.
Remove screws (2) and take the cover halves from
the steering column.

40015797 3

2 4/7/2006
D.20.C / 7
 TRAVELLING - STEERING Hydraulic

4. With the covers removed, all internal steering column

components can be accessed.

40015798 4

2 4/7/2006
D.20.C / 8
 TRAVELLING - STEERING Hydraulic

Steering column - Assemble (D.20.C.40 - F.10.A.20)

1. Position the two lower halves of the steering column
covers just above the boot so that pins (1) are inside
the covers.

40015798_1489 1

2. Secure the lower covers to the columns using six

screws (1). Slide the sleeve and spring onto the
threaded rod and turn on the adjusting knob (2).

40015797_1490 2

3. Install the switches (1) into the cover halves.

40015796 3

2 4/7/2006
D.20.C / 9
 TRAVELLING - STEERING Hydraulic

4. Install the upper cover halves using seven screws

(1).
NOTE: Raise the steering wheel to gain access to the top
screws.

40015795_1491 4

2 4/7/2006
D.20.C / 10
 TRAVELLING - STEERING Hydraulic

STEERING Hydraulic - Testing (D.20.C - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: Power Steering Not Working or Working Incorrectly
N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Do the other high pressure functions YES NO
operate? Go to test 2 Fault in the CCLS pump circuit.
Perform Load sense circuit test, Low
pressure standby test and high pres-
sure standby test
2 Pressure test at steering motor. Is YES NO
approximately 200 bar (2900 psi) Fault lies in steering motor. Per- Suspect a fault within the Priority
measured at motor ’P’ port when form steering motor tests and steer- valve. Inspect the priority valve
steering wheel rotated? (gauge ing systems spool for sticking
tee’d into line)

BSC1257A_975 1

BSC1330A 2

2 4/7/2006
D.20.C / 11
 Index

TRAVELLING - D

STEERING Hydraulic - 20.C

Relief valve - Test (D.20.C.16 - F.40.C.01) 4
Steering column - Assemble (D.20.C.40 - F.10.A.20) 9
Steering column - Disassemble (D.20.C.40 - F.10.A.25) 7
Steering column - Install (D.20.C.40 - F.10.A.15) 6
Steering column - Remove (D.20.C.40 - F.10.A.10) 5
STEERING Hydraulic - Test (D.20.C - F.40.C.01) 3
STEERING Hydraulic - Testing (D.20.C - G.40.A.20) 11

2 4/7/2006
D.20.C / 12
 TRAVELLING - D

SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - 30.C

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
D.30.C / 1
 Contents

TRAVELLING - D

SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - 30.C

TECHNICAL DATA
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
Torque (D.30.C - D.20.A.10) 3
General specification (D.30.C - D.40.A.10) 3

FUNCTIONAL DATA
Master cylinder
Dynamic description (D.30.C.27 - C.30.A.10) 4

SERVICE
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
Bleed (D.30.C - F.35.A.25) 5
Brake
Shoe - Remove (D.30.C.58.40 - F.10.A.10) 7
Disc - Remove (D.30.C.58.42 - F.10.A.10) 9
Shoe - Install (D.30.C.58.40 - F.10.A.15) 10
Disc - Install (D.30.C.58.42 - F.10.A.15) 12
Lining - Replace (D.30.C.58.41 - F.10.A.30) 13

DIAGNOSTIC
Electronic control
E0183-11-Brake Limiting Valve Unidentified Failure Code (D.30.C.92.82 - G.30.B.46) 16
Sensing system
E0134-03-Brake Pressure Switch Shorted To High Source (D.30.C.95.82 - G.30.B.54) 18
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series
1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0134-03-Brake Pressure Switch Shorted To High Source (D.30.C.95.82 - G.30.B.54) 19

CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above,
CX780 Series 1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and above, CX840 Series 1238 and above,
CX860 Series 1238 and above, CX880 Series 1238 and above

2 4/7/2006
D.30.C / 2
 TRAVELLING - SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic

SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Torque (D.30.C - D.20.A.10)

Allen screws brake shoe 260-270 Nm (192-200 ft.lbs)
Brake nipples 15-20 Nm (11-19 ft.lbs)
Bolts parking brake shoe 190-210 Nm (140-155 ft.lbs)
Bolts parking brake housing 97 Nm (72 ft.lbs)

SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - General specification (D.30.C -

D.40.A.10)
Brake disc diam. CX720-740-760-780-820-840: 330 mm
CX860-880: 400 mm
Parking brake piston travel 3-5 mm (1/8 in - 3/16 in)

2 4/7/2006
D.30.C / 3
 TRAVELLING - SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic

Master cylinder - Dynamic description (D.30.C.27 - C.30.A.10)

The two main cilinders (1) are mutually connected with connectors (2) and (3), further with pipe (4) to the fluid reservoir
and with pipes (5) to the brake cilinders.

Fluid from the fluid reservoir enters the brake main cilinder through port (6) (pedal not engaged).

When both brake pedals are engaged, port (6) is shut off by seal (7), and fluid is pressed through port (8) and pipes
(5) to the brake cilinder. Ball (9) is lifted up in both main cilinders (1) by plunger (10).

When only one brake pedal is engaged, port (6) is also shut off by seal (7) and fluid is pressed through port (8) and
pipe (5) to the brake cilinder.

In the other main cylinder, ball (9) is pressed down by the fluid pressure coming from the first cilinder through connector
(2) and seat (11). The fluid flow is stopped by seal (12).

ZDA5249A 1

ZDA5250A 2

2 4/7/2006
D.30.C / 4
 TRAVELLING - SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic

SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Bleed (D.30.C - F.35.A.25)

1. To bleed the brakes, proceed as follows:
Block the wheels adequately to prevent runaway of
the combine.
2. Raise the header and engage the header safety
latch. Stop the engine.
3. Remove cover plate (1).
NOTE: As the brake pedals must be depressed several
times while bleeding, this job has to be done with two per-
sons.

ZDA2798B 1

4. Bleed the left-hand side circuit.

5. Bleed the connection pipe between the two main
cilinders.
6. Bleed the right hand side circuit.
7. Bleeding the left-hand side circuit
Remove rubber stops from left-hand side bleed
screws (1) (2) and (3).
Slide a transparent hose over bleed screw (1) to
catch the oil while bleeding.
Open bleed screw (1) and depress the left-hand side
brake pedal until fluid escapes.
Close bleed screw (1).

ZDA5221A 2

8. Depress the left-hand side brake pedal several times

to build up a pressure.
9. Keep the pedal depressed.
10. Open bleed screw (1) slightly to allow air and fluid to
escape.
11. Close bleed screw (1) and release the brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 8 to 11 until fluid free of air bubbles
escapes through bleed screw (1).

2 4/7/2006
D.30.C / 5
 TRAVELLING - SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic

13. Remove the transparant hose from bleed screw (1)

and install the rubber stop. Repeat steps 7 to 13 for
bleed screws (2) and (3).
Bleed the connection pipe between the two main
cilinders.

ZDA5221A_967 3

14. Bleeding the connection pipe between the two main

cilinders
Remove rubber stops from right-hand side bleed
screws (1) (2) and (3).
15. Slide a transparent hose over right-hand side bleed
screw (1).
16. Open right-hand side bleed screw (1).
17. Depress and hold the right-hand side brake pedal
depressed.
18. Depress the left-hand side brake pedal once and
keep it depressed.
19. Release the right-hand side brake pedal and then the
left-hand side brake pedal.
20. Repeat steps 17 to 18 until brake fluid free of air
bubbles escapes from bleed screw (1).
21. Bleed the right-hand side circuit.
22. Bleeding the right-hand side circuit
Depress the right-hand side brake pedal several
times to build up a pressure.
23. Keep the pedal depressed.
24. Open bleed screw (1) slightly to allow air and fluid to
escape.
25. Close bleed screw (1) and release the brake pedal.
26. Repeat steps 22 to 25 until fluid free of air bubbles
escapes through bleed screw (1).
27. Remove the transparant hose from bleed screw (1)
and install the rubber stop. Repeat steps 22 to 26 for
bleed screws (2) and (3).
28. Install rubber stops on the right-hand side bleed
screws.

2 4/7/2006
D.30.C / 6
 TRAVELLING - SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic

Brake Shoe - Remove (D.30.C.58.40 - F.10.A.10)

1. Remove brake line (1) between the upper and lower
brake shoes.

ZDA4207A 1

2. Turn disc (1) until the holes in the disc aligns with
Allen screws (2) and (3).
Remove two Allen screws (2) and (3).
Remove upper brake shoe (4).

ZDA4208A 2

3. Remove special bolt (2) to make line (1) free.

ZDA4209A 3

2 4/7/2006
D.30.C / 7
 TRAVELLING - SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic

4. Remove two Allen screws (1) and (2).

Remove lower brake shoe (3).

ZDA4210A 4

2 4/7/2006
D.30.C / 8
 TRAVELLING - SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic

Brake Disc - Remove (D.30.C.58.42 - F.10.A.10)

1. Remove circlip (1).

ZDA4211A 1

2. Remove brake disc (2).

proceed the same on the other side.

ZDA4212A 2

2 4/7/2006
D.30.C / 9
 TRAVELLING - SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic

Brake Shoe - Install (D.30.C.58.40 - F.10.A.15)

1. Apply thread locking compound type 1 (Loctite 242)
on Allen screws (1 )and (2).
Install lower brake shoe (3) and tighten Allen screws
(1) and (2) to a torque of 260-270 Nm (192-200
ft.lbs).

ZDA4210A 1

2. Install brake line (1) and tighten the nipple to a torque

of 15-20 Nm (11-19 ft.lbs).
Fix brake line (1) to the traction gearbox with special
bolt (2).

ZDA4209A 2

3. Apply thread locking compound type 1 (Loctite 242)

on Allen screws (2) and (3).
Install upper brake shoe (4) and tighten Allen screws
(2) and (3) to a torque of 260-270 Nm (192-200
ft.lbs).

ZDA4208A 3

2 4/7/2006
D.30.C / 10
 TRAVELLING - SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic

4. Install brake line (1) between the upper and lower

brake shoes and tighten the nipples to a torque of
15-20 Nm (11-19 ft.lbs).
Proceed the same on the other side.

ZDA4207A 4

2 4/7/2006
D.30.C / 11
 TRAVELLING - SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic

Brake Disc - Install (D.30.C.58.42 - F.10.A.15)

1. Install brake disc (2) on the output shaft of the traction
gearbox.

ZDA4212A 1

2. Secure the brake disc on the output shaft with circlip

(1) (Fig.2).

ZDA4211A 2

2 4/7/2006
D.30.C / 12
 TRAVELLING - SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic

Brake Lining - Replace (D.30.C.58.41 - F.10.A.30)

1. Block the wheels adequately to prevent runaway of
the combine.
Raise the header and engage the header safety
latch. Stop the engine.
Remove cover plate (1).

ZDA2798B 1

2. On the upper brake shoe, remove two bolts (1) and

cover (2).

ZDA5216A 2

3. Disconnect the electric wires at (3).

NOTE: Only the upper brake hoe linings have electrical
connectors.

ZDA5217A 3

2 4/7/2006
D.30.C / 13
 TRAVELLING - SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic

4. Remove pins (4) out of the brake shoe and take out
the brake linings (5).

ZDA5218A 4

5. Check the condition of seals (6). If necessary, re-

place them.
Push the brake cilinders in their housing to allow the
installation of new brake linings.
Install new brake linings.
Secure the brake linings with pins (4) (fig.4) .
NOTE: In case the seals are replaced, bleed the brakes as
described in SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Bleed (D.30.C
- F.35.A.25) after the linings are replaced.

ZDA5219A 5

6. Connect electric wires at (3) (fig.3).

7. On the lower brake shoe, remove pins (4) out of the
brake shoe and take out the brake linings (5).
NOTE: On the lower brake shoe, there is no cover installed.
IMPORTANT: Always replace the upper and the lower
brake linings at the same time.

ZDA5220A 6

8. Check the condition of the seals. If necessary, re-

place them.
NOTE: In case the seals are replaced, bleed the brakes as
described in SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Bleed (D.30.C
- F.35.A.25) after the linings are replaced.
9. Push the brake cilinders in their housing to allow the
installation of new brake linings.
10. Install new brake linings.
11. Secure the brake linings with pins (4) (fig.6).
12. Proceed the same way on the other side.
2 4/7/2006
D.30.C / 14
 TRAVELLING - SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic

13. Check the brake fluid level. If necessary, remove

brake fluid (refer to the Operator’s Manual section 4
- “Lubrication and Maintenance", paragraph headed
“Brake system".
14. Check the brakes.

2 4/7/2006
D.30.C / 15
 TRAVELLING - SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic

E0183-11-Brake Limiting Valve Unidentified Failure Code

(D.30.C.92.82 - G.30.B.46)
E0183-11 - Brake Limiting Valve Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The brake limiting valve (L-32) circuit is open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad solenoid.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Infoview monitor ""Diagnose info"" screen. Select the "Driveline" sort menu, and select "Brake Limi-
tation valve". Select the "Status" screen, and press the "Enter" button to manually power the circuit.
The "Status" screen should indicate "OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates "ERROR", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates "OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with Step 6.
2. Disconnect connector X329 . Use a multimeter to check the resistance of the brake limiting valve coil (L32).
The proper resistance range is 3 - 5 ohms.

A. If there is zero resistance, the brake limiting solenoid is shorted internally. Replace the solenoid.

B. If there is infinite resistance, the brake limiting solenoid is open. Replace the solenoid.

C. If the resistance is correct, continue with Step 3.

3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X329 pin A (harness side) and chassis ground.
Disconnect connector X140 and flex the platform (PH) harness while making this check.

A. If there is continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the platform (PH) harness between connector X329
and connector X140 pin 26 wire 1504 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with Step 3.

4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X140 pin 26 (main frame harness side) and chassis
ground. Flex the main frame (MF) harness while making this check.

A. If there is continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector
X140 and connector X016 pin J2-5 wire 1504 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with Step 5.

5. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X329 pin B (harness side) and chassis ground. Flex
the main frame (MF) harness while making this check.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between con-
nector X329 pin B and the front frame ground #2 wire 1505 black. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, continue with Step 6.

6. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the Infoview monitor ""Diagnose info"" screen controls to manually
power the brake limiting valve. Use a multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X329 pin A and
chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X329
pin A and connector X016 pin J2-5 wire 1504 white. Locate the open and repair.

2 4/7/2006
D.30.C / 16
 TRAVELLING - SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic

B. If 12 volts is found, continue with Step 7.

7. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken
wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)
Series 1282-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)

2 4/7/2006
D.30.C / 17
 TRAVELLING - SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic

E0134-03-Brake Pressure Switch Shorted To High Source

(D.30.C.95.82 - G.30.B.54)
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series
1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0134-03 - Brake Pressure Switch Shorted To High Source

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX Combines Series 1206 - 1237 only.

Cause:
The brake pressure switch (S-39) circuit is shorted to 12 volts.

Possible failure modes:

1. Switch supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Brake pressure switch" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage for the brake pressure switch is approximately 8.3 volts - brakes off.
The proper voltage range for the brake pressure switch is 1.8 volts or less - brakes on.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (>10 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage is within range, the short may not be present at this time. Continue with step 3.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the brake pressure switch connector X173.

A. If the voltage drops back into the proper range the short is in the switch, or switch wiring. Replace the
switch.

B. If the voltage remains high on Infoview monitor the short circuit is somewhere between connector X173
and connector X016 pin J2-34 on CCM2 in the main frame harness wire 418 yellow. Locate the short and
repair.
3. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView display. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1206-1237
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.06)

2 4/7/2006
D.30.C / 18
 TRAVELLING - SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic

E0134-03-Brake Pressure Switch Shorted To High Source

(D.30.C.95.82 - G.30.B.54)
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above, CX780 Series 1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and
above, CX840 Series 1238 and above, CX860 Series 1238 and above, CX880 Series 1238 and above

E0134-03 - Brake Pressure Switch Shorted To High Source

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1238 and above.

Cause:
The brake pressure switch (S-39) circuit is shorted to 12 volts.

Possible failure modes:

1. Switch supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen on the MDM (Main Display Module).
Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Brake pressure switch" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage for the brake pressure switch is approximately 8.3 volts - brakes off.
The proper voltage range for the brake pressure switch is 1.8 volts or less - brakes on.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (>10 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage is within range, the short may not be present at this time. Continue with step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the brake pressure switch connector X173.

A. If the voltage drops back into the proper range the short is in the switch, or switch wiring. Replace the
switch.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView monitor, continue with step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the platform harness from the main frame
harness at connector X140.

A. If the voltage drops back into the proper range, the short is in the platform (PH) harness between connector
X140 pin 6 and connector X173 wire 418 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView monitor, the short circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between
connector X140 pin 6 and connector X016 pin J2-34 wire 418 yellow. Locate the short and repair.
4. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView display. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation.

A.

2 4/7/2006
D.30.C / 19
 Index

TRAVELLING - D

SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - 30.C

Brake Disc - Install (D.30.C.58.42 - F.10.A.15) 12
Brake Disc - Remove (D.30.C.58.42 - F.10.A.10) 9
Brake Lining - Replace (D.30.C.58.41 - F.10.A.30) 13
Brake Shoe - Install (D.30.C.58.40 - F.10.A.15) 10
Brake Shoe - Remove (D.30.C.58.40 - F.10.A.10) 7
E0134-03-Brake Pressure Switch Shorted To High Source (D.30.C.95.82 - G.30.B.54) 18
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237
E0134-03-Brake Pressure Switch Shorted To High Source (D.30.C.95.82 - G.30.B.54) 19
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above, CX780 Series
1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and above, CX840 Series 1238 and above, CX860 Series 1238 and
above, CX880 Series 1238 and above
E0183-11-Brake Limiting Valve Unidentified Failure Code (D.30.C.92.82 - G.30.B.46) 16
Master cylinder - Dynamic description (D.30.C.27 - C.30.A.10) 4
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Bleed (D.30.C - F.35.A.25) 5
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - General specification (D.30.C - D.40.A.10) 3
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Torque (D.30.C - D.20.A.10) 3

2 4/7/2006
D.30.C / 20
 TRAVELLING - D

PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic - 32.C

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
D.32.C / 1
 Contents

TRAVELLING - D

PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic - 32.C

FUNCTIONAL DATA
Brake
Shoe - Sectional view (D.32.C.58.40 - C.10.A.30) 3
Parking brake override
Static description (D.32.C.59 - C.30.A.20) 4

SERVICE
Brake
Shoe - Disassemble (D.32.C.58.40 - F.10.A.25) 5
Shoe - Remove (D.32.C.58.40 - F.10.A.10) 8
Disc - Remove (D.32.C.58.42 - F.10.A.10) 9
Shoe - Install (D.32.C.58.40 - F.10.A.15) 10
Disc - Install (D.32.C.58.42 - F.10.A.15) 11
Shoe - Assemble (D.32.C.58.40 - F.10.A.20) 12
Lining - Replace (D.32.C.58.41 - F.10.A.30) 15
Bleed (D.32.C.58 - F.35.A.25) 16
Adjust (D.32.C.58 - F.45.A.01) 17

DIAGNOSTIC
Electrical control
E0181-11-Parking Brake Disengage valve Unidentified Failure Code (D.32.C.91.11 - 20
G.30.B.46)

2 4/7/2006
D.32.C / 2
 TRAVELLING - PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic

Brake Shoe - Sectional view (D.32.C.58.40 - C.10.A.30)

ZDA4363A 1

1 Housing 2 Shaft
3 Seal 4 O-ring
5 Piston 6 O-ring
7 Circlip 8 Washer
9 Nut 10 Cotter pin
11 Rubber cap 12 Seal reinforcement
13 O-ring 14 O-ring
15 Shims 16 Spring
17 Spring guide 18 Lever

2 4/7/2006
D.32.C / 3
 TRAVELLING - PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic

Parking brake override - Static description (D.32.C.59 - C.30.A.20)

If it is not possible to release the parking brake electrically, it can be released manually.

To release the parking brake manually, proceed as follows:

1. Raise the header and engage the header safety latch. Stop the engine.
2. Block the wheels adequately to prevent runaway of the combine.
3. Remove safety plate 20 and rubber cap 11.

ZDA5080A 1

4. Remove cotter pin (2) and screw on nut (3) until the parking brake piston is completely pulled backwards to
release the pressure on the parking brake disc.

ZDA4707B 2

DANGER
Be aware that the emergency brake does not operate when the brake is manually disengaged. Z118

2 4/7/2006
D.32.C / 4
 TRAVELLING - PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic

Brake Shoe - Disassemble (D.32.C.58.40 - F.10.A.25)

1. To disassemble the parking brake cilinder, proceed
ac follows:
Remove safety plate (20) and rubber cap (11).

ZDA5080A 1

2. Remove cotter pin (10) and screw on nut (9) until the
parking brake piston is completely pulled bacwards.

ZDA4707A 2

3. Loosen bolts (19) and remove shims (15).

Completely remove bolts (19).
Remove bolt (9), the washer and the housing.

ZDA4938A 3

2 4/7/2006
D.32.C / 5
 TRAVELLING - PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic

4. Remove springs (16).

ZDA4939A 4

5. Remove piston (5).

ZDA4940A 5

6. Replace O-ring (13) and seal reinforcement (12).

ZDA4941A 6

2 4/7/2006
D.32.C / 6
 TRAVELLING - PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic

7. In the housing, replace seal (3) and O-ring (4).

NOTE: To have better access to the seal, remove the hous-
ing from the traction gearbox as described in paragraph
headed Brake Shoe - Remove (D.32.C.58.40 - F.10.A.10).

ZDA4942A 7

2 4/7/2006
D.32.C / 7
 TRAVELLING - PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic

Brake Shoe - Remove (D.32.C.58.40 - F.10.A.10)

NOTE: The parking brake shoe can be removed without removal of the brake shoes and disc.
1. Remove hydraulic line (1).

ZDA5082A 1

2. Remove two bolts (1) and the parking brake shoe.

Remove the two bolts and the bushings from the
housing.

ZDA4213A 2

2 4/7/2006
D.32.C / 8
 TRAVELLING - PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic

Brake Disc - Remove (D.32.C.58.42 - F.10.A.10)

1. Remove circlip (1).
NOTE: To remove the parking brake disc, the brake shoes
and the brake disc need to be removed.

ZDA4214A 1

2. Remove parking brake disc (2).

ZDA4215A 2

3. Remove circlip (3).

ZDA4216A 3

2 4/7/2006
D.32.C / 9
 TRAVELLING - PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic

Brake Shoe - Install (D.32.C.58.40 - F.10.A.15)

1. Apply grease to the bushings and fill the cavity of the
two guides with grease.
Install the bushings into the guides of the parking
brake housing.
NOTE: Take care the grease seals are correctly installed.

ZDA4213A 1

2. Apply thread locking compound type 1 (Loctite 242)

to bolts (1).
3. Install the parking brake shoe and tighten bolts (1) to
a torque of 190 - 210 Nm (140 - 155 ft.lbs).
NOTE: Verify if the parking brake shoe slides properly on
the bushings.
4. Connect hydraulic line (1) (fig.2) and bleed the park-
ing brake cilinder as described in Brake - Bleed
(D.32.C.58 - F.35.A.25).

ZDA5082A 2

2 4/7/2006
D.32.C / 10
 TRAVELLING - PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic

Brake Disc - Install (D.32.C.58.42 - F.10.A.15)

1. Install circlip (3) (fig.1).

ZDA4216A 1

2. Install parking brake disc (2) (fig.2).

ZDA4215A 2

3. Install circlip (1) (fig.3)

ZDA4214A 3

2 4/7/2006
D.32.C / 11
 TRAVELLING - PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic

Brake Shoe - Assemble (D.32.C.58.40 - F.10.A.20)

1. To re-assemble the parking brake cilinder, proceed
as follows:
Place piston (5) as shown.

ZDA4943A 1

2. Install springs (16).

ZDA4944A 2

3. Install housing (1) and washer (8).

ZDA4945A 3

2 4/7/2006
D.32.C / 12
 TRAVELLING - PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic

4. Screw on nut (9) and tighten it until the piston is

against housing (1).
NOTE: Be carefull not to damage the seal and the rein-
forcement in the piston.

ZDA4946A 4

5. Apply a cable strip(1) arround the seal and the seal

reinforcement and position the piston in housing (1).

ZDA5078A 5

6. Insert four bolts (19) and screw them simultaneously

until the seals are in housing (1).
Remove the cable strip.

ZDA5079A 6

2 4/7/2006
D.32.C / 13
 TRAVELLING - PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic

7. Install shims (15) and tighten four bolts (19).

Check for correct piston travel and adjustment (refer
to paragraph headed Brake - Adjust (D.32.C.58 -
F.45.A.01)).

ZDA4938A 7

8. Unscrew nut (9) to the end of the central rod and

secure nut (9) with split pin (10).

ZDA4707A 8

9. Reinstall rubber cap (11) and safety plate (20).

Bleed the parking brake as described in paragraph
headed Brake - Bleed (D.32.C.58 - F.35.A.25).

ZDA5080A 9

2 4/7/2006
D.32.C / 14
 TRAVELLING - PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic

Brake Lining - Replace (D.32.C.58.41 - F.10.A.30)

IMPORTANT: Use genuine brake linings as they will give the best performance
1. The parking brake linings have to be replaced if the
remaining thickness is less than 1 mm.
Release the hydraulic parking brake manually (refer
to Parking brake override - Not operate (D.32.C.59
- G.10.G.30)).
2. Remove hair pin (1) and shaft (2) together with wash-
ers (3) and spring (4) on both sides of the parking
brake shoe.
Remove the brake linings.

ZDA4935A 1

3. Install a new set of linings.

Reinstall washers (3), spring (4) and shaft (2). Se-
cure with hair pin (1).

ZDA4936A 2

4. Check for correct piston travel and adjustment (refer

to Brake - Adjust (D.32.C.58 - F.45.A.01)).

2 4/7/2006
D.32.C / 15
 TRAVELLING - PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic

Brake - Bleed (D.32.C.58 - F.35.A.25)

1. To bleed the hydraulic parking brake cilinder, pro-
ceed as follows:
Park the combine on level ground and block the
wheels adequately to prevent the combine from
moving.
NOTE: As the parking brake must be opened and closed
while bleeding, this job has to be done with two persons.
2. remove rubber cap (2) from bleed screw (1).
Slide a transparent hose over the bleed screw to
catch the oil when bleeding.
Start the combine engine.
Disengage and engage the parking brake a few
times.
At the same time open the bleed screw until oil free
of air bubbles escapes through the bleed screw.

ZDA5081A 1

3. Close the bleed screw.

4. Engage the parking brake and stop the engine.
5. Remove transparent hose and reinstall rubber cap
(1).
6. Check the engine gearbox oil level (refer to the
Operator’s Manual, section “Lubrication and mainte-
nance").

2 4/7/2006
D.32.C / 16
 TRAVELLING - PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic

Brake - Adjust (D.32.C.58 - F.45.A.01)

1. To obtain a correct and constant braking force, a
clearance check and possible adjustment of the
parking brake has to be carried out every 500 oper-
ating hours or annually.
proceed as follows:
Park the combine on level ground and block the
wheels adequately to prevent the combine from
moving.
2. Raise the header and engage the header safety
latch. Stop the engine.
3. Remove safety plate (20) and rubber cap (11).

ZDA5080A 1

4. Measure distance X.

ZDA5089A 2

5. Remove split pin (2).

Screw on nut (3) until the parking brake piston is
completely pulled backwards.

ZDA4707B_968 3

2 4/7/2006
D.32.C / 17
 TRAVELLING - PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic

6. Measure distance Y.
The difference between X and Y is the piston travel
and should be 3 - 5 mm (1/8 - 3/16 in).
If the piston travel exceeds 5 mm (3/16 in), the piston
travel has to be adjusted by removing one or more
shim layers.

ZDA5090A 4

7. Loosen bolts (19) and remove as many shims as re-

quired.
Tighten bolts (19) to 97 Nm (72 ft.lbs ).
NOTE: - It is not necessary to remove the bolts to remove
a shimlayer (15).
- Removing one layer of shims will reduce the piston travel
by 2 mm (5/64 in).
NOTE: Install the removed shimlayers between bolts and
housing to prevent the shims from getting lost. The shims
will be needed again when installing new brake linings later
on.

ZDA4938A 5

8. Check the piston travel. Readjust if necessary.

9. Unscrew nut (3) to the end of the central rod and
secure nut (3) with split pin (2).

ZDA4707B 6

2 4/7/2006
D.32.C / 18
 TRAVELLING - PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic

10. Reinstall rubber cap (11) and safety plate (20).

IMPORTANT: This procedure does not cover the checking
of the parking brake lining wear. It is the operator’s respon-
sibility to check this on a regular basis. The brake linings
have to be replaced if the remaining thickness is less than
1 mm.

ZDA5080A_969 7

2 4/7/2006
D.32.C / 19
 TRAVELLING - PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic

E0181-11-Parking Brake Disengage valve Unidentified Failure Code

(D.32.C.91.11 - G.30.B.46)
E0181-11 - Parking Brake Disengage valve Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The parking brake disengage valve (L-10) circuit is open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad solenoid.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Driveline" sub menu.
Select “Parking Brake Disengage valv" and select the “Status" screen. Press the “Enter" key to manually power
the circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates “OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 9.
2. Disconnect connector X035. Use a multimeter to check between connector X035 pin 3 (valve side) and chassis
ground.

A. If there is continuity, the park brake disengage solenoid is shorted to ground. Replace the solenoid.

B. If there is no continuity, continue with step 3.

3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X035 pin 3 (harness side) and chassis ground. Flex
the gearbox (GB) harness between the clutch valve and connector X011 while making this check.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 4.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 5.

4. Disconnect connector X011. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X011 pin R and chas-
sis ground. Flex the main frame (MF) harness between the connector X011 and connector X016 while making
this check.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the gearbox (GB) harness between connector
X011 and connector X035 wire 572 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector
X011 and connector X016 wire 572 white. Locate the short and repair.
5. Disconnect connector X035. Use a multimeter to check the resistance of the park brake disengage valve coil
between connector X035 pins 7 & 8. The proper resistance range is 7.2 - 11.2 ohms.

A. If there is no continuity, replace solenoid.

B. If the coil is within specification, continue with step 6.

6. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X035 pin 4 (harness side) and chassis ground. Flex
the gearbox (GB) harness between the clutch valve and engine ground 5 while making this check.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the gearbox (GB) harness between connector
X035 pin 4 and the engine ground 5. Locate the open and repair.

2 4/7/2006
D.32.C / 20
 TRAVELLING - PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic

B. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 7.

7. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - Dealer Diagnostics screen to manually power
the park brake disengage valve. Use a multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X035 pin 3 and
chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, continue with step 8.

B. If 12 volts is found, continue with step 9.

8. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the Infoview monitor - Dealer Diagnostics screen to manually power
the park brake disengage valve. Use a multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X011 pin R and
chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is present, the open circuit is in the gearbox (GB) harness between connector X035 pin 3 and
connector X011 pin R wire 572 white. Locate the open circuit and repair.

B. If 12 volts is not present there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X011
pin R and connector X016 pin J2-15 wire 572 white. Locate the open and repair.
9. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)

2 4/7/2006
D.32.C / 21
 Index

TRAVELLING - D

PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic - 32.C

Brake - Adjust (D.32.C.58 - F.45.A.01) 17
Brake - Bleed (D.32.C.58 - F.35.A.25) 16
Brake Disc - Install (D.32.C.58.42 - F.10.A.15) 11
Brake Disc - Remove (D.32.C.58.42 - F.10.A.10) 9
Brake Lining - Replace (D.32.C.58.41 - F.10.A.30) 15
Brake Shoe - Assemble (D.32.C.58.40 - F.10.A.20) 12
Brake Shoe - Disassemble (D.32.C.58.40 - F.10.A.25) 5
Brake Shoe - Install (D.32.C.58.40 - F.10.A.15) 10
Brake Shoe - Remove (D.32.C.58.40 - F.10.A.10) 8
Brake Shoe - Sectional view (D.32.C.58.40 - C.10.A.30) 3
E0181-11-Parking Brake Disengage valve Unidentified Failure Code (D.32.C.91.11 - G.30.B.46) 20
Parking brake override - Static description (D.32.C.59 - C.30.A.20) 4

2 4/7/2006
D.32.C / 22
 2 4/7/2006
D.32.C / 23
 CNH BELGIUM N.V., Leon Claeystraat 3A, B-8210 ZEDELGEM - Belgium

AFTER SALES – Technical Information

PRINTED IN BELGIUM

COPYRIGHT BY CNH BELGIUM N.V.

All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.

New Holland policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices, specification or equipment
at any time without notices is reserved.

All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only
and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any
particular product, please consult your New Holland Dealer.

2 4/7/2006
 REPAIR MANUAL
BODY AND STRUCTURE

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
E
 Contents

BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

SHIELD E.20.A
CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

OPERATOR AND SERVICE PLATFORM E.30.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

USER CONTROLS AND SEAT E.32.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat E.32.C

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

USER PLATFORM E.34.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system E.40.B

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system E.40.C

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning E.40.D

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety E.50.B

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
E
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

SHIELD - 20.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
E.20.A / 1
 Contents

BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

SHIELD - 20.A

SERVICE
Side shield
Remove (E.20.A.70 - F.10.A.10) 3
Gas strut - Replace (E.20.A.70.11 - F.10.A.30) 6
Upper shield
Remove (E.20.A.71 - F.10.A.10) 12
Install (E.20.A.71 - F.10.A.15) 13
Adjust (E.20.A.71 - F.45.A.01) 14

2 4/7/2006
E.20.A / 2
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SHIELD

Side shield - Remove (E.20.A.70 - F.10.A.10)

1. Support the combine side shield open with an appro-
priate lifting device.
NOTE: The left side is shown, the right side is similar.

10012172_1493 1

2. Remove the nut and cap screw (1) and allow the
opener (2) to rest on the ground.

10012173_1494 2

3. Turn off nut at (1), and disengage cable end from the
operating mechanism. Loosen the jam nut at (2).
Remove the four cap screws (3) and take the opener
from the combine. Store the opener in a suitable
location
Carefully lower the side shield until it is vertical. Re-
move the lifting gear used to support the side shield.

10012174_1495 3

2 4/7/2006
E.20.A / 3
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SHIELD

4. Mark and drill 12 mm (7/16 in) holes (1) in the front

and rear combine side shield hinges.
NOTE: While marking where to drill the holes, take into ac-
count the equipment that will be used to lift the side shield
from the combine. Ensure that sufficient space is avail-
able to remove the hinges while the lifting equipment is at-
tached.

10012175_1496 4

5. Attach the appropriate lifting equipment to the com-

bine side shield hinges as shown. Support the weight
of the side shield with a tow motor and disengage the
hinges. Store the side shield in a suitable location.
NOTE: The weight of the combine side shield is approxi-
mately 68 kg (150 lbs.).
NOTE: The side shield is heavy and awkward. Improper
handling of the side shield during removal could cause se-
rious injury.

10012176_1497 5

6. Installation
Attach the appropriate lifting equipment to the com-
bine side shield hinges and set the side shield into
place. Insert the hinge pins and secure them in place
using cotter pins.
NOTE: The weight of the combine side shield is approxi-
mately 68 kg (150 lbs.).
NOTE: The side shield is heavy and awkward. Improper
handling of the side shield during installation could cause
serious injury.

10012176_1497 6

2 4/7/2006
E.20.A / 4
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SHIELD

7. Using the appropriate lifting equipment, raise the

combine side shield until it is open.
Secure the opener to the combine using four cap
screws (1) with the cap screws in the mid position
of the slotted holes.
Connect the operating cable (2) to the mechanism
and secure with nut (3).

10012174_1498 7

8. Raise the inside end of the opener and attach it to

the combine with a nut and cap screw (1).

10012173_1499 8

9. Remove the lifting equipment used to hold the side

shield open.
Adjust the four jam nuts (1) as necessary to obtain
a distance of 30 - 32 mm (1-1/8 - 1-1/4 in ) from the
top of the latch handle (2) to the top of the handle (3)
Tighten the jam nuts to maintain this position.
Place the side shield in the desired position.

20015731 9

2 4/7/2006
E.20.A / 5
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SHIELD

Side shield Gas strut - Replace (E.20.A.70.11 - F.10.A.30)

1. Support the combine side shield open with an appro-
priate lifting device.
NOTE: The left side is shown, the right side is similar.

10012172_1493 1

2. Remove the nut and cap screw (1) and allow the
opener (2) to rest on the ground.

10012173_1494 2

3. Turn off nut at (1), and disengage cable end from the
operating mechanism. Loosen the jam nut at (2).
Remove the four cap screws (3) and take the opener
from the combine.

10012174_1495 3

2 4/7/2006
E.20.A / 6
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SHIELD

4. Remove clip (1) from the end of the cable. Loosen

jam nuts (2) and detach the cable from the opener.
Remove the spring (3) from the opener.

20015732 4

5. Pull the cotter pin (1) from the pivot (2).

20015733 5

6. As the pivot (1) is being withdrawn, set aside each

piece.

20015734 6

2 4/7/2006
E.20.A / 7
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SHIELD

7. Remove the cotter pin (1) and withdraw the pivot (2)
from the assembly.

20015735 7

8. Slide the defective strut (1) from the assembly.

20015736 8

9. Insert the replacement strut (1) into the assembly.

Slide the pivot (2), through the end and secure using
a washer and cotter pin at (3).

20015735_1500 9

2 4/7/2006
E.20.A / 8
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SHIELD

10. Place the mounting frame under the rod ends of the
struts with the long end (1) toward the struts.
Slide the pivot (2) through the frame and one rod
end. Set the locking lever (3) next to the first strut
and continue to insert the pivot through the frame.

20015734_1501 10

11. Position the spring mount (1) and second strut (2) on
the pivot.

20015734_1502 11

12. Set the channel (1) into place and slide the pivot (2)
the rest of the way in. Secure the pivot with a washer
and cotter pin at (3).

20015733_1503 12

2 4/7/2006
E.20.A / 9
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SHIELD

13. Attach the cable to the locking lever with pin clip (1)
Turn the jam nuts (2) until finger tight. Install spring
(3).

20015732 13

14. Secure the opener to the combine using four cap

screws (1) with the cap screws in the mid position
of the slotted holes.
Connect the operating cable (2) to the mechanism
and secure with nut (3).

10012174_1498 14

15. Raise the inside end of the opener and attach it to

the combine with a nut and cap screw (1).

10012173_1499 15

2 4/7/2006
E.20.A / 10
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SHIELD

16. Remove the lifting equipment used to hold the side

shield open.
Adjust the four jam nuts (1) as necessary to obtain a
distance of 30 - 32 mm (1-1/8 - 1-1/4 in - ) from the
top of the latch handle (2) to the top of the handle (3)
Tighten the jam nuts to maintain this position.
Place the side shield in the desired position.

20015731 16

2 4/7/2006
E.20.A / 11
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SHIELD

Upper shield - Remove (E.20.A.71 - F.10.A.10)

1. Set the ladder in the up position. Lock the ladder in
the up position by using a chain, large hose clamp or
other appropriate device at (1).
Support the ladder from above with a tow motor or
hoist.

20015737 1

2. Remove the cotter pin, washer and pivot pin (1) from
the lower strut connection.
NOTE: The ladder shown may not be identical to your par-
ticular model.

CAUTION
Substantial force is being exerted on the pivot pin by
the strut. Personal injury may result if the pin is not
removed cautiously. Z110

20015738 2

3. Turn out hardware (2) and carefully remove the lad-

der from the combine.
NOTE: The ladder is heavy and awkward. Use the proper
equipment to support the ladder while removing the mount-
ing blocks, 1.

20015739 3

2 4/7/2006
E.20.A / 12
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SHIELD

Upper shield - Install (E.20.A.71 - F.10.A.15)

NOTE: The ladder is heavy and awkward. Use the proper equipment to support the ladder while installing the mount-
ing blocks, 1.
1. Using the proper lifting equipment, set the ladder in
place.
Secure the ladder in place using mounting blocks (1)
and previously removed hardware (2).

20015739 1

2. Install the pivot pin, washer and cotter pin at (1).

NOTE: The ladder shown may not be identical to your par-
ticular model.

CAUTION
Substantial force is being exerted on the pivot pin by
the strut. Personal injury may result if the pin is not
removed cautiously. Z110

20015738 2

3. Remove the chain or other clamping device from (1).

Perform the steps in the Ladder Adjustment section.

20015737 3

2 4/7/2006
E.20.A / 13
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SHIELD

Upper shield - Adjust (E.20.A.71 - F.45.A.01)

1. Set the ladder in the down position.
Adjustments to the ladder are to be made using the
cap screw/jam nut assemblies at (1).

20015740 1

2. The cap screw/jam nut assemblies are to be adjusted

so that the top rung of the ladder (1) sits squarely and
evenly into channel (2).
Tighten all cap screw/jam nut assemblies when all
adjustments are complete.

20015741 2

3. Shown is a properly adjusted ladder.

20015742 3

2 4/7/2006
E.20.A / 14
 Index

BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

SHIELD - 20.A
Side shield - Remove (E.20.A.70 - F.10.A.10) 3
Side shield Gas strut - Replace (E.20.A.70.11 - F.10.A.30) 6
Upper shield - Adjust (E.20.A.71 - F.45.A.01) 14
Upper shield - Install (E.20.A.71 - F.10.A.15) 13
Upper shield - Remove (E.20.A.71 - F.10.A.10) 12

2 4/7/2006
E.20.A / 15
 2 4/7/2006
E.20.A / 16
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

OPERATOR AND SERVICE PLATFORM - 30.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
E.30.A / 1
 Contents

BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

OPERATOR AND SERVICE PLATFORM - 30.A

SERVICE
Floor
Remove (E.30.A.70 - F.10.A.10) 3
Install (E.30.A.70 - F.10.A.15) 5
Step and ladder
Remove (E.30.A.71 - F.10.A.10) 8
Install (E.30.A.71 - F.10.A.15) 11
Gas strut - Replace (E.30.A.71.11 - F.10.A.30) 13

2 4/7/2006
E.30.A / 2
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - OPERATOR AND SERVICE PLATFORM

Floor - Remove (E.30.A.70 - F.10.A.10)

1. Extension Removal
Loosen the clamps (1) to allow the platform slide tube
(2) to move freely.

20015788 1

2. Remove the cap screws, washers and nuts (1) hold-

ing the extension in place.

20015789 2

3. Remove the cap screws, washers and nuts (1) hold-

ing the shield and safety rail (2) in place.
Lift the safety rail from the combine and store in a
suitable location.

20015790 3

2 4/7/2006
E.30.A / 3
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - OPERATOR AND SERVICE PLATFORM

4. Remove the extension (1) from the combine. Push

the ladder and platform toward the combine.
Secure the shield to the platform using the previously
removed hardware.

20015791 4

5. Secure the platform to the combine using cap

screws, washers and nuts at (1).

20015792 5

6. Move clamp (1) to another set of mounting holes as

required, to ensure that two clamps are holding the
slide tube.
Tighten platform slide tube clamps (1) and (2).

20015788_1507 6

2 4/7/2006
E.30.A / 4
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - OPERATOR AND SERVICE PLATFORM

Floor - Install (E.30.A.70 - F.10.A.15)

1. Loosen the clamps (1) to allow the platform slide tube
(2) to move freely.

20015788 1

2. Remove the cap screws, washers and nuts (1).

20015792 2

3. Remove the cap screws, washers and nuts (1) hold-

ing the shield to the platform.

20015793 3

2 4/7/2006
E.30.A / 5
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - OPERATOR AND SERVICE PLATFORM

4. Pull the platform (1) away from the combine. Insert

a platform extension into the gap at (2).

20015794 4

5. Push the platform toward the combine.

Secure the platform and extension to the combine
with cap screws, washers and nuts (1).

20015789 5

6. Secure the safety rail (1) and shield to the platform

with cap screws, washers and nuts (2).

20015790_1508 6

2 4/7/2006
E.30.A / 6
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - OPERATOR AND SERVICE PLATFORM

7. Move clamp (1) to another set of mounting holes as

required, to ensure that two clamps are holding the
slide tube.
Tighten platform slide tube clamps (1) and (2).

20015788_1507 7

2 4/7/2006
E.30.A / 7
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - OPERATOR AND SERVICE PLATFORM

Step and ladder - Remove (E.30.A.71 - F.10.A.10)

1. Turn out the cap screws (1) and remove the spring
assemblies. Remove cap screw (2).

20015745 1

2. Pull the ladder (1) straight out from the rotating

mount.
NOTE: The ladder is heavy and awkward. Personal injury
can occur if the ladder is handled improperly.

20015746 2

3. Inspection
Inspect the breakaway pivot (1) for cracks, bending,
or excessive wear. Repair as required.

20015746_1504 3

2 4/7/2006
E.30.A / 8
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - OPERATOR AND SERVICE PLATFORM

4. Ladder Mount Removal

Remove the ladder (1) in accordance with the Front
Ladder Removal instructions.

20015746 4

5. Rotate the ladder mount so that the handrail posi-

tioning rod cap screw (1), is accessible through the
platform.

20015747 5

6. Remove the hardware at (1), and slide the position-

ing rod (2) from the ladder mount.
Remove six cap screws (3) Lower the mount (4) from
the platform.
NOTE: The ladder mount is heavy and awkward. Personal
injury can occur if the mount is handled improperly.

20015749 6

2 4/7/2006
E.30.A / 9
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - OPERATOR AND SERVICE PLATFORM

7. Ladder Mount Inspection

Inspect the bearing assembly (1) for ease of move-
ment. Repair or replace as necessary.
Inspect the ladder breakaway area (2) for excessive
wear. Repair or replace as necessary.

20015750 7

2 4/7/2006
E.30.A / 10
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - OPERATOR AND SERVICE PLATFORM

Step and ladder - Install (E.30.A.71 - F.10.A.15)

NOTE: The ladder is heavy and awkward. Personal injury can occur if the ladder is handled improperly.
1. Lift the ladder and slide the pivot into the rotating
mount at (1).

20015748 1

2. Apply Thread lock 242 to the threaded portion of the

cap screw (1).
Install and tighten cap screw (1).
Turn in cap screw and spring assemblies (2).

20015745_1505 2

3. Turn in the cap screws until the length of the springs

(1) is 68 mm (2-5/8 in).

20015744 3

2 4/7/2006
E.30.A / 11
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - OPERATOR AND SERVICE PLATFORM

4. Ladder Mount Installation

NOTE: When installing the rotating ladder mount, ensure
that one of the grease fittings (1) is in alignment with the
greasing decal (2).

20015751 4

5. Lift the ladder mount (1) into position against the plat-
form and secure using the six cap screws (2) previ-
ously removed.
Set the positioning rod (3) into place and install the
hardware previously removed at (4).
NOTE: The ladder mount is heavy and awkward. Personal
injury can occur if the mount is handled improperly.

20015749_1506 5

6. Install the ladder (1) in accordance with the Front

Ladder Installation instructions.

20015746 6

2 4/7/2006
E.30.A / 12
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - OPERATOR AND SERVICE PLATFORM

Step and ladder Gas strut - Replace (E.30.A.71.11 - F.10.A.30)

1. Set the ladder in the up position. Lock the ladder in
the up position by using a chain, large hose clamp or
other appropriate device at (1).

20015737 1

2. Remove the cotter pin, washer and pivot pin (1) from
the lower strut connection.
NOTE: The ladder shown may not be identical to your par-
ticular model.

CAUTION
Substantial force is being exerted on the pivot pin by
the strut. Personal injury may result if the pin is not
removed cautiously. Z110

20015738 2

3. Remove the cotter pin, washer and pivot pin (1) from
the upper strut connection. Lift the strut (2) from the
combine.
Install the new strut to the upper connection with a
pivot pin, washer and cotter pin at (1).

20015743 3

2 4/7/2006
E.30.A / 13
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - OPERATOR AND SERVICE PLATFORM

4. Install the pivot pin, washer and cotter pin at (1).

NOTE: The ladder shown may not be identical to your par-
ticular model.

CAUTION
Substantial force is being exerted on the pivot pin by
the strut. Personal injury may result if the pin is not
removed cautiously. Z110

20015738 4

5. Remove the chain or other clamping device from (1).

20015737 5

2 4/7/2006
E.30.A / 14
 Index

BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

OPERATOR AND SERVICE PLATFORM - 30.A

Floor - Install (E.30.A.70 - F.10.A.15) 5
Floor - Remove (E.30.A.70 - F.10.A.10) 3
Step and ladder - Install (E.30.A.71 - F.10.A.15) 11
Step and ladder - Remove (E.30.A.71 - F.10.A.10) 8
Step and ladder Gas strut - Replace (E.30.A.71.11 - F.10.A.30) 13

2 4/7/2006
E.30.A / 15
 2 4/7/2006
E.30.A / 16
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

USER CONTROLS AND SEAT - 32.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
E.32.A / 1
 Contents

BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

USER CONTROLS AND SEAT - 32.A

DIAGNOSTIC
Command
Power mirror switch - Testing (E.32.A.05.10 - G.40.A.20) 3
Power mirror switch - Testing (E.32.A.05.10 - G.40.A.20) 4
Power mirror switch - Testing (E.32.A.05.10 - G.40.A.20) 5
Power mirror switch - Testing (E.32.A.05.10 - G.40.A.20) 7
Mirror
Switch - Testing (E.32.A.74.83 - G.40.A.20) 8
Switch - Testing (E.32.A.74.83 - G.40.A.20) 9
Problem solving (E.32.A.74 - G.40.A.30) 11
Testing (E.32.A.74 - G.40.A.20) 12

2 4/7/2006
E.32.A / 2
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT

Command Power mirror switch - Testing (E.32.A.05.10 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Turn the ignition ON, with the engine 12 volts Short to ground which affects circuit
OFF. If good reading, go to next test point. 961 (GY) or open in circuit 961 (GY)
Select Mirror Adjust Switch selector between Mirror Adjust Switch con-
to Left mirror. nector X126 (pin C) and LH Mirror
Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in IN posi- (pin 5). Check the X036 (pin 25)
tion. and X111 (pin 2) in-line connectors
Check the voltage at LH Mirror (pin for connection. A short to ground will
5). blow Fuse #9.
Mirror Adjust Switch. Perform A -
Mirror Adjust Switch Test, steps 1, 2
and 4.
2 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in IN posi- Less than 1 ohm Open in circuit 959 (WH) between
tion. If good reading, go to next test point. Mirror Adjust Switch connector X126
Check the resistance between LH (pin B) and LH Mirror (pin 1). Check
Mirror (pin 1) and ground. the X036 (pin 23) and X111 (pin 1)
in-line connectors for connection.
Mirror Adjust Switch. Perform A -
Mirror Adjust Switch Test, steps 3
and 12.
3 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in OUT po- 12 volts Short to ground which affects circuit
sition. If good reading, go to next test point. 959 (WH) or open in circuit 959 (WH)
Check the voltage at LH Mirror (pin between Mirror Adjust Switch con-
1). nector X126 (pin B) and LH Mirror
(pin 1). Check the X036 (pin 23)
and X111 (pin 1) in-line connectors
for connection. A short to ground will
blow Fuse #9.
Mirror Adjust Switch. Perform A -
Mirror Adjust Switch Test, steps 1, 2
and 5.
4 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in OUT po- Less than 1 ohm Open in circuit 961 (GY) between
sition. If good reading, go to next test point. Mirror Adjust Switch connector X126
Check the resistance between LH (pin C) and LH Mirror (pin 5). Check
Mirror (pin 5) and ground. the X036 (pin 25) and X111 (pin 2)
in-line connectors for connection.
Mirror Adjust Switch. Perform A -
Mirror Adjust Switch Test, steps 3
and 13.
5 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in DOWN 12 volts Short to ground which affects circuit
position. If good reading, go to next test point. 958 (WH) or open in circuit 958 (WH)
Check the voltage at LH Mirror (pin between Mirror Adjust Switch con-
4). nector X126 (pin D) and LH Mirror
(pin 4). Check the X036 (pin 22)
and X111 (pin 4) in-line connectors
for connection. A short to ground will
blow Fuse #9.
Mirror Adjust Switch. Perform A -
Mirror Adjust Switch Test, steps 1, 2
and 6.
6 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in DOWN Less than 1 ohm Open in circuit 961 (GY) between
position. If good reading, go to next test point. Mirror Adjust Switch connector X128
Check the resistance between LH (pin C) and LH Mirror (pin 2). Check
Mirror (pin 2) and ground. the X036 (pin 25) and X111 (pin 2)
in-line connectors for connection.
Mirror Adjust Switch. Perform A -
Mirror Adjust Switch Test, steps 3
and 18.

2 4/7/2006
E.32.A / 3
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

7 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in UP po- 12 volts Short to ground which affects circuit
sition. If good reading, go to next test point.
961 (GY) or open in circuit 961 (GY)
Check the voltage at LH Mirror (pin between Mirror Adjust Switch con-
2). nector X126 (pin C) and LH Mirror
(pin 2). Check the X036 (pin 25)
and X111 (pin 2) in-line connectors
for connection. A short to ground will
blow Fuse #9.
Mirror Adjust Switch. Perform A -
Mirror Adjust Switch Test, steps 1, 2
and 7.
8 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in UP po- Less than 1 ohm Open in circuit 958 (WH) between
sition. If good reading, and left mirror does Mirror Adjust Switch connector X126
Check the resistance between LH not operate properly, replace left mir- (pin D) and LH Mirror (pin 4). Check
Mirror (pin 4) and ground. ror assembly. the X036 (pin 22) and X111 (pin 4)
in-line connectors for connection.
Mirror Adjust Switch. Perform A -
Mirror Adjust Switch Test, steps 3
and 15.

Command Power mirror switch - Testing (E.32.A.05.10 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Turn the ignition ON, with the engine12 volts Short to ground which affects circuit
OFF. If good reading, go to next test point. 956 (GY) or open in circuit 956 (GY)
Select Mirror Adjust Switch selector between Mirror Select Switch con-
to Right/German mirror. nector X178 (pin 3) and RH Mirror
Select Mirror Select Switch to Right (pin 5). Check the X036 (pin 20) and
Mirror. X121 (pin 2) in-line connectors for
Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in IN posi- connection. A short to ground will
tion. blow Fuse #9.
Check the voltage at RH Mirror (pin Mirror Select Switch. Perform B -
5). Mirror Select Switch Test.
2 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in IN posi-Less than 1 ohm Open in circuits 962 (WH) or 960
tion. If good reading, go to next test point. (WH) between Mirror Adjust Switch
Check the resistance between RH connector X126 (pin G) and RH Mir-
Mirror (pin 1) and ground. ror (pin 1). Check the X036 (pin 24)
and X121 (pin 1) in-line connectors
for connection.
Mirror Adjust Switch. Perform A -
Mirror Adjust Switch Test, steps 3
and 16.
3 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in OUT po- 12 volts Short to ground which affects circuits
sition. If good reading, go to next test point. 962 (WH) or 960 (WH) or open in cir-
Check the voltage at RH Mirror (pin cuits 962 (WH) or 960 (WH) between
1). Mirror Adjust Switch connector X126
(pin G) and RH Mirror (pin 1). Check
the X036 (pin 24) and X121 (pin 1)
in-line connectors for connection. A
short to ground will blow Fuse #9.
Mirror Adjust Switch. Perform A -
Mirror Adjust Switch Test, steps 1, 2
and 9.

2 4/7/2006
E.32.A / 4
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

4 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in OUT po- Less than 1 ohm Open in circuit 956 (GY) between
sition. If good reading, go to next test point. Mirror Select Switch connector X178
Check the resistance between RH (pin 3) and RH Mirror (pin 5). Check
Mirror (pin 5) and ground. the X036 (pin 20) and X121 (pin 2)
in-line connectors for connection. A
short to ground will blow Fuse #9.
Mirror Select Switch. Perform B -
Mirror Select Switch Test.
5 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in DOWN 12 volts Short to ground which affects circuits
position. If good reading, go to next test point. 955 (WH) and 957 (WH), or open in
Check the voltage at RH Mirror (pin circuits 955 (WH) and 957 (WH), be-
4). tween Mirror Adjust Switch connec-
tor X126 (pin E) and RH Mirror (pin
4). Check the X036 (pin 21) and
X121 (pin 4) in-line connectors for
connection. A short to ground will
blow Fuse #9.
Mirror Adjust Switch. Perform A -
Mirror Adjust Switch Test, steps 1, 2
and 10.
6 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in DOWN Less than 1 ohm Open in circuit 956 (GY) between
position. If good reading, go to next test point. Mirror Select Switch connector X178
Check the resistance between RH (pin 3) and RH Mirror (pin 2).
Mirror (pin 2) and ground. Mirror Adjust Switch. Perform A -
Mirror Adjust Switch Test, steps 3
and 14.
7 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in UP po- 12 volts Short to ground which affects circuit
sition. If good reading, go to next test point. 956 (GY) or open in circuit 956 (GY)
Check the voltage at RH Mirror (pin between Mirror Select Switch con-
2). nector X178 (pin 3) and RH Mirror
(pin 2). Check the X0361 (pin 20)
and X121 (pin 2) in-line connectors
for connection. A short to ground will
blow Fuse #9.
Mirror Select Switch. Perform B -
Mirror Select Switch Test.
8 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in UP po- Less than 1 ohm Open in circuits 955 (WH) or 957
sition. If good reading, and right mirror does (WH) between Mirror Adjust Switch
Check the resistance between RH not operate properly, replace right connector X126 (pin E) and RH Mir-
Mirror (pin 4) and ground. mirror assembly. ror (pin 4). Check the X036 (pin 21)
and X121 (pin 4) in-line connectors
for connection.
Mirror Adjust Switch. Perform A -
Mirror Adjust Switch Test, steps 3
and 19.

2 4/7/2006
E.32.A / 5
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT

Command Power mirror switch - Testing (E.32.A.05.10 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Turn the ignition ON, with the engine 12 volts Short to ground which affects circuit
OFF. If good reading, go to next test point. 966 (GY) or open in circuit 966(GY)
Select Mirror Adjust Switch selector between Mirror Select Switch con-
to Right/German mirror. nector X178 (pin 1) and German Mir-
Select Mirror Select Switch to Ger- ror (pin 5). Check the X036 (pin 19)
man Mirror. and X287 (pin 2) in-line connectors
Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in IN posi- for connection. A short to ground will
tion. blow Fuse #9.
Check the voltage at German Mirror Mirror Select Switch. Perform B -
(pin 5). Mirror Select Switch Test.
.
2 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in IN posi- Less than 1 ohm Open in circuits 964 (WH) or 960
tion. If good reading, go to next test point. (WH) between Mirror Adjust Switch
Check the resistance between Ger- connector X126 (pin G) and German
man Mirror (pin 1) and ground. Mirror (pin 1). Check the X036 (pin
24) and X287 (pin 1) in-line connec-
tors for connection.
Mirror Adjust Switch. Perform A -
Mirror Adjust Switch Test, steps 3
and 16.
3 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in OUT po- 12 volts Short to ground which affects circuits
sition. If good reading, go to next test point. 964 (WH) or 960 (WH) or open in cir-
Check the voltage at German Mirror cuits 964 (WH) or 960 (WH) between
(pin 1). Mirror Adjust Switch connector X126
(pin G) and German Mirror (pin 1).
Check the X036 (pin 24) and X287
(pin 1) in-line connectors for connec-
tion. A short to ground will blow Fuse
#9.
Mirror Adjust Switch. Perform A -
Mirror Adjust Switch Test, steps 1, 2
and 9.
4 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in OUT po- Less than 1 ohm Open in circuit 966 (GY) between
sition. If good reading, go to next test point. Mirror Select Switch connector X178
Check the resistance between Ger- (pin1) and German Mirror (pin 5).
man Mirror (pin 5) and ground. Check the X036 (pin 19) and X287
(pin 2) in-line connectors for connec-
tion. A short to ground will blow Fuse
#9.
Mirror Select Switch. Perform B -
Mirror Select Switch Test.
5 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in DOWN 12 volts Short to ground which affects circuits
position. If good reading, go to next test point. 963 (GY) and 957 (WH), or open in
Check the voltage at German Mirror circuits 963 (GY) and 957 (WH), be-
(pin 4). tween Mirror Adjust Switch connec-
tor X126 (pin E) and German Mir-
ror (pin 4). Check the X036 (pin 19)
and X287 (pin 2) in-line connectors
for connection. A short to ground will
blow Fuse #9.
Mirror Adjust Switch. Perform A -
Mirror Adjust Switch Test, steps 1, 2
and 10.

2 4/7/2006
E.32.A / 6
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

6 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in DOWN Less than 1 ohm
position.
Check the resistance between Ger-
man Mirror (pin 2) and ground.
7 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in DOWN
position.
Check the voltage at German Mirror
(pin 2).
8 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in UP po-
sition.
Check the resistance between Ger-
man Mirror (pin 4) and ground.
Open in circuit 966 (GY) between
If good reading, go to next test point. Mirror Select Switch connector X178
(pin 1) and German Mirror (pin 2).
Check the X036 (pin 19) and X287
(pin 2) in-line connectors for connec-
tion.
Mirror Adjust Switch. Perform A -
Mirror Adjust Switch Test, steps 3
and 14.
12 volts Short to ground which affects circuit
If good reading, go to next test point. 966 (GY) or open in circuit 966(GY)
between Mirror Select Switch con-
nector X178 (pin 1) and German Mir-
ror (pin 2). A short to ground will blow
Fuse #9. Check the X036 (pin 19)
and X287 (pin 2) in-line connectors
for connection.
Mirror Select Switch. Perform B -
Mirror Select Switch Test.
Less than 1 ohm Open in circuits 963 (GY) or 957
If good reading, and German mirror (WH) between Mirror Adjust Switch
does not operate properly, replace connector X126 (pin E) and German
German mirror assembly. Mirror (pin 4). Check the X036 (pin
21) and X287 (pin 4) in-line connec-
tors for connection.
Mirror Adjust Switch. Perform A -
Mirror Adjust Switch Test, steps 3
and 19.

Command Power mirror switch - Testing (E.32.A.05.10 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Turn the ignition ON with the engine 12 volts Open circuit 953 (OR) or 79 (OR)
OFF. If good reading, go to next test point. between Fuse #9 and Mirror Heat
Check that Mirror Heat Switch is Switch (pin 2). Check the X002 (pin
open. H) in-line connectors for connection.
Check the voltage at Mirror Heat Short to ground in circuit 953 (OR) or
Switch connector X127 (pin 2). 79 (OR). A short to ground will blow
Fuse #9.
2 Close Mirror Heat Switch. 12 volts Mirror Heat Switch.
Check the voltage at the Mirror Heat If good reading, system OK. Short to ground which affects circuit
Switch connector X127 (pin 3). 931 (OR). Check the X036 (pin 18)
in-line connectors for connection.
A short to ground will blow Fuse #9.

2 4/7/2006
E.32.A / 7
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT

Mirror Switch - Testing (E.32.A.74.83 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Turn the ignition ON with the engine 12 volts. Open circuit 274 (OR) or 79 (OR)
OFF. If good reading, go to test point 3. between Fuse #9 and Mirror Adjust
Check the voltage at Mirror Adjust Switch (pin H). Check in-line connec-
Switch connector X126 (pin H). tor X002 (pin H) for connection.
Short to ground in circuit 274 (OR) or
79 (OR).
A short to ground will blow Fuse #9.
Mirror Adjust Switch.
Go to next test point.
2 Disconnect the Mirror Adjust Switch 12 volts. Open or short circuit 274 (OR) or 79
connector X126. If good reading, (OR) between Fuse #9 and Mirror
Check the voltage at (pin H). Go to next test point. Adjust Switch connector X126 (pin
H).
3 Check the resistance on circuit 949 Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 949 (BK) between Mir-
(BK) between Mirror Adjust Switch If good reading, go to next test point. ror Adjust Switch connector X126
connector X126 (pin A) and ground. (pin A) and ground.
4 Set Mirror Adjust Switch selector to 12 volts. Mirror Adjust Switch.
Left mirror. If good reading, go to next test point. Short to ground which affects circuit
Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in “IN" po- 961 (GY). Check the X036 in-line
sition. connector (pin 25) for connection. A
Check the voltage at Mirror Adjust short to ground will blow Fuse #9.
Switch connector X126 (pin C).
5 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in OUT po- 12 volts. Mirror Adjust Switch.
sition. If good reading, go to next test point. Short to ground which affects circuit
Check the voltage at Mirror Adjust 959 (WH). Check the X036 in-line
Switch connector X126 (pin B). connector (pin 23) for connection. A
short to ground will blow Fuse #9.
6 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in DOWN 12 volts. Mirror Adjust Switch.
position. If good reading, go to next test point. Short to ground which affects circuit
Check the voltage at Mirror Adjust 958 (WH). Check the X036 in-line
Switch (pin D). connector (pin 22) for connection. A
short to ground will blow Fuse #9.
7 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in UP po- 12 volts. Replace the Mirror Adjust Switch.
sition. If good reading, go to next test point.
Check the voltage at Mirror Adjust
Switch connector X126 (pin C).
8 Set mirror selector to Right/German 12 volts. Mirror Adjust Switch.
mirror. If good reading, go to next test point. Short to ground which affects circuit
Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in IN posi- 954 (GY). A short to ground will blow
tion. Fuse #9.
Check the voltage at Mirror Adjust
Switch connector X126 (pin F).

2 4/7/2006
E.32.A / 8
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

9 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in OUT po- 12 volts. Mirror Adjust Switch.
sition. If good reading, go to next test point. Short to ground which affects circuit
Check the voltage at Mirror Adjust 960 (WH). Check the X036 in-line
Switch (pin G). connector (pin 24) for connection. A
short to ground will blow Fuse #9.
10 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in DOWN 12 volts. Mirror Adjust Switch.
position. If good reading, go to next test point. Short to ground which affects circuit
Check the voltage at Mirror Adjust 957 (WH). Check the X036 in-line
Switch connector X126 (pin E). connector (pin 21) for connection. A
short to ground will blow Fuse #9.
11 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in UP po- 12 volts. Replace the Mirror Adjust Switch.
sition. If good reading, go to next test point.
Check the voltage at Mirror Adjust
Switch connector X126 (pin F).
12 Set Mirror Adjust Switch selector to Less than 1 ohm. Replace the Mirror Adjust Switch.
Left mirror. If good reading, go to next test point.
Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in IN posi-
tion.
Check resistance between Mirror
Adjust Switch connection X126 (pin
B) and ground.
13 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in OUT po- Less than 1 ohm. Replace the Mirror Adjust Switch.
sition. If good reading, go to next test point.
Check resistance between Mirror
Adjust Switch connector X126 (pin
C) and ground.
14 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in DOWN Less than 1 ohm. Replace the Mirror Adjust Switch.
position. If good reading, go to next test point.
Check resistance between Mirror
Adjust Switch connector X126 (pin
C) and ground.
15 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in UP po- Less than 1 ohm. Replace the Mirror Adjust Switch.
sition. If good reading, go to next test point.
Check resistance between Mirror
Adjust Switch connector X126 (pin
D) and ground.
16 Set mirror selector to Right/German Less than 1 ohm. Replace the Mirror Adjust Switch.
mirror. If good reading, go to next test point.
Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in IN posi-
tion.
Check resistance between Mirror
Adjust Switch connector X126 (pin
G) and ground.
17 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in OUT po- Less than 1 ohm. Replace the Mirror Adjust Switch.
sition. If good reading, go to next test point.
Check resistance between Mirror
Adjust Switch connector X126 (pin
F) and ground.
18 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in DOWN Less than 1 ohm. Replace the Mirror Adjust Switch.
position. If good reading, go to next test point.
Check resistance between Mirror
Adjust Switch connector X126 (pin
F) and ground.
19 Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in UP po- Less than 1 ohm. Replace the Mirror Adjust Switch.
sition. If good reading, system OK.
Check resistance between Mirror
Adjust Switch connector X126 (pin
E) and ground.

2 4/7/2006
E.32.A / 9
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT
Mirror Switch - Testing (E.32.A.74.83 - G.40.A.20)
N° Test Point
1 Turn the ignition ON, with the engine 12 volts.
OFF.
Select Mirror Adjust Switch selector
to Right/German Mirror.
Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in IN posi-
tion.
Check the voltage at Mirror Select
Switch connector X178 (pin 2).
2 Set Mirror Select Switch to German
Mirror.
Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in IN posi-
tion.
Check the voltage at Mirror Select
Switch connector X178 (pin 1).
3 Set Mirror Select Switch to RH Mir-
ror.
Hold Mirror Adjust Switch in IN posi-
tion.
Check the voltage at Mirror Select
Switch connector X178 (pin 3).
Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
Short to ground which affects circuit
If good reading, go to next test point. 954 (GY) or open in circuit 954(GY)
between Mirror Select Switch con-
nector X178 (pin 2) and Mirror Ad-
just Switch connector X126 (pin F).
A short to ground will blow Fuse #9.
Mirror Adjust Switch. Perform A -
Mirror Adjust Switch Test, steps 1, 2,
and 8.
12 volts. Mirror Select Switch.
If good reading, go to next test point. Short to ground which affects cir-
cuit 966 (GY), between Mirror Select
Switch connector X178 (pin 1) and
German Mirror (pins 2 and 5). Check
the X036 (pin 19) and X287 (pin 2)
in-line connectors for connection. A
short to ground will blow Fuse #9.
12 volts. Mirror Select Switch.
If good reading, system OK. Short to ground which affects cir-
cuit 956 (GY), between Mirror Select
Switch connector X178 (pin 3) and
RH Mirror (pins 2 and 5). Check the
X036 (pin 20) and X121 (pin 2) in-line
connectors for connection. A short to
ground will blow Fuse #9.
2 4/7/2006
E.32.A / 10
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT

Mirror - Problem solving (E.32.A.74 - G.40.A.30)

OPERATION

POWER MIRROR CIRCUIT OPERATION

There are three mirrors LH, RH and German Mirror.

There are two switches for power mirrors. The Mirror Adjust Switch can adjust position for LH Mirror, RH Mirror or
German Mirror. This action changes the contacts within the switch. The Mirror Adjust Switch can be set to power
either LH Mirror or the Mirror Select Switch. The Mirror Select Switch can be set to power German Mirror or RH Mirror.

Switched power is supplied to the Mirror Adjust Switch through Fuse #9 from Accessory Relay.

Only one mirror can be operated at a time.

There are two motors in each mirror assembly. Power and ground are supplied to the motors through three wires for
each mirror assembly, one wire for each motor and one wire in common, therefore the motors can only be operated
in one mode at a time; up only, down only, in only or out only.

Change in mirror motor direction is accomplished by reversing current flow through the motors.

HEATED MIRROR CIRCUIT OPERATION

Switched power is supplied to the Mirror Heat Switch through Fuse #9 from the Accessory 1 Relay.

Chassis ground is supplied to the LH, RH and German Mirror Heaters through connectors X111, X121 and X287.

The Mirror Heat Switch controls the LH, RH and German Mirror Heaters simultaneously and allows the operator to
determine the length of the heating cycle required to defrost the power mirrors.

When the Ignition Switch is in the RUN position and the Mirror Heat Switch is in the closed position, current flows
through the closed contacts of the Mirror Heat Switch to the LH, RH and German mirrors. Current then flows through
the heating elements, in each mirror, to chassis ground.

Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 43 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.43).

TROUBLESHOOTING

Before troubleshooting the starting system make sure that the following operating conditions are met:
A. The batteries are fully charged and all connections are clean and tight.
B. Check Fuse #9.
C. Check operation of the Accessory 1 Relay.
D. Transmission in neutral or park.
E. Check all connectors for full installation, loose, corroded, pushed out, or bent terminals.
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

2 4/7/2006
E.32.A / 11
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

CAUTION
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

Problem Possible Cause Correction

All Power Mirrors No power or ground to Mirror Adjust Switch A - Mirror Adjust Switch TestCommand
inoperable Mirror Adjust Switch Power mirror switch - Testing
(E.32.A.05.10 - G.40.A.20).
RH and German Power Mirror Adjust Switch A - Mirror Adjust Switch TestCommand
Mirrors inoperable Power mirror switch - Testing
(E.32.A.05.10 - G.40.A.20).
Mirror Select Switch B - Mirror Select Switch TestCommand
Power mirror switch - Testing
(E.32.A.05.10 - G.40.A.20).
Left Power Mirror Mirror Adjust Switch A - Mirror Adjust Switch Test steps
inoperable 4-7 and 12-15.Mirror Switch - Testing
(E.32.A.74.83 - G.40.A.20).
Left Mirror Assembly C - LH Power Mirror Test Command Power
mirror switch - Testing (E.32.A.05.10 -
G.40.A.20).
Right Power Mirror Right Mirror Assembly D - RH Power Mirror Test Com-
inoperable Adjacent circuits mand Power mirror switch - Testing
(E.32.A.05.10 - G.40.A.20).
German Power Mirror German Mirror Assembly E - German Power Mirror Test Com-
inoperable Adjacent circuits mand Power mirror switch - Testing
(E.32.A.05.10 - G.40.A.20).
All Heated Mirrors Mirror Heat Switch F - Mirror Heat Switch TestCommand
inoperable Mirror heating switch - Testing
(E.32.A.05.12 - G.40.A.20).
No general power or ground supply for G - Heating Mirrors Test steps 1 and 2Mir-
heating mirrors ror - Testing (E.32.A.74 - G.40.A.20).
LH Heated Mirror Heating element for LH Mirror G - Heating Mirrors Test steps 1 and 2Mir-
inoperable Adjacent circuits ror - Testing (E.32.A.74 - G.40.A.20).
RH Heated Mirror Heating element for RH Mirror G - Heating Mirrors Test steps 3 and 4Mir-
inoperable Adjacent circuits ror - Testing (E.32.A.74 - G.40.A.20).
German Heated Mirror Heating element for German Mirror G - Heating Mirrors Test steps 5 and 6Mir-
inoperable ror - Testing (E.32.A.74 - G.40.A.20).

2 4/7/2006
E.32.A / 12
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT

Mirror - Testing (E.32.A.74 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Turn the ignition ON with the engine 12 volts Open circuit 935 (OR) or 931 (OR)
OFF. If good reading, go to next test point. between LH Mirror (pin 3) and Mirror
Close Mirror Heat Switch. Heat Switch connector X127 (pin 3).
Check the voltage at LH Mirror (pin Check the X036 (pin 18) and X111
3). (pin 3) in-line connectors for connec-
tion.
Short to ground which affects circuit
931 (OR) or 935 (OR). A short to
ground will blow Fuse #9.
Mirror Heat Switch. Perform F - Mir-
ror Heat Switch Test.
2 Check the resistance between LH Less than 1 ohm Open in circuit 671 (BK) or 295
Mirror (pin 6) and ground. If good reading, and LH Mirror Heat (BK) between LH Mirror (pin 6) and
doesn’t work replace the LH Mirror ground.
assembly. Check the X111 (pin 6) and X036
Go to next test point if LH Mirror Heat (pin 12) in-line connectors for con-
was not defective. nection.
3 Check the voltage at RH Mirror (pin 12 volts Open in circuit 932 (OR) or 931 (OR)
3). If good reading, go to next test point. between RH Mirror (pin 3) and Mirror
Heat Switch connector X127 (pin 3).
Check the X036 (pin 18) and X121
(pin 3) in-line connectors for connec-
tion.
4 Check the resistance between RH Less than 1 ohm Open in circuit 670 (BK) or 295
Mirror (pin 6) and ground. If good reading, and RH Mirror Heat (BK) between RH Mirror (pin 6) and
doesn’t work replace the RH Mirror ground. Check the X121 (pin 6) and
assembly. X036 (pin 12) in-line connectors for
Go to next test point if RH Mirror Heat connection.
was not defective.
5 Check the voltage at German Mirror 12 volts Open in circuit 862 (OR) or 931 (OR)
(pin 3). If good reading, go to next test point. between German Mirror (pin 3) and
Mirror Heat Switch connector X127
(pin 3).
6 Check the resistance between Ger- Less than 1 ohm Open in circuit 863 (BK) or 295 (BK)
man Mirror (pin 6) and ground. If good reading, and German Mirror between German Mirror (pin 6) and
Heat doesn’t work replace the Ger- ground. Check the X287 (pin 6) and
man Mirror assembly. X036 (pin 12) in-line connectors for
connection.

2 4/7/2006
E.32.A / 13
 Index

BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

USER CONTROLS AND SEAT - 32.A

Command Power mirror switch - Testing (E.32.A.05.10 - G.40.A.20) 3
Command Power mirror switch - Testing (E.32.A.05.10 - G.40.A.20) 4
Command Power mirror switch - Testing (E.32.A.05.10 - G.40.A.20) 5
Command Power mirror switch - Testing (E.32.A.05.10 - G.40.A.20) 7
Mirror - Problem solving (E.32.A.74 - G.40.A.30) 11
Mirror - Testing (E.32.A.74 - G.40.A.20) 12
Mirror Switch - Testing (E.32.A.74.83 - G.40.A.20) 8
Mirror Switch - Testing (E.32.A.74.83 - G.40.A.20) 9

2 4/7/2006
E.32.A / 14
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat - 32.C

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 1
 Contents

BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat - 32.C

SERVICE
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat
Remove (E.32.C - F.10.A.10) 3
Install (E.32.C - F.10.A.15) 5
Seat suspension system
Disassemble (E.32.C.72 - F.10.A.25) 7
Remove (E.32.C.72 - F.10.A.10) 13
Install (E.32.C.72 - F.10.A.15) 15
Assemble (E.32.C.72 - F.10.A.20) 17

DIAGNOSTIC
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat
Problem solving (E.32.C - G.40.A.30) 23
Seat suspension system
Testing (E.32.C.72 - G.40.A.20) 24
Testing (E.32.C.72 - G.40.A.20) 24

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 2
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat

USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat - Remove (E.32.C -

F.10.A.10)
1. Detach the two seat control electrical connectors (1).

40015752 1

2. Turn out the three screws (1) and lift the cushion from
the seat frame.

40015753 2

3. Remove the four allen head cap screws (1) Lift the
seat frame from the combine.

40015754 3

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 3
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat

4.
NOTE: Observe the orientation of stop (1) when removing
the right front cap screw.

40015756 4

5. Slide the console and mounting rails (1) front to back

as required to gain access to four cap screws (2) and
(3). Remove cap screws (2), before cap screws (3).
Set the console on the cab floor so that it is out of the
way.

40015755 5

6. Remove the plastic cover (1) now if desired.

Turn out cap screws (2) holding the air ride seat
pedestal. Remove the pedestal from the combine.

40015757 6

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 4
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat

USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat - Install (E.32.C -

F.10.A.15)
1. Set the air ride seat pedestal in place with the oper-
ating handle (1) on the left. Secure the pedestal to
the foundation with four cap screws (2). Install the
plastic cover (3) if it had been removed.

40015757_1473 1

2.
NOTE: Observe the orientation of stop (1) when installing
the right front cap screw.

40015756 2

3. Position the console and mounting rails (1) on the

seat pedestal. Secure the console to the pedestal
with four allen head cap screws (2) and (3). Install
the cap screws at (2) before the cap screws at (3).

40015755_1474 3

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 5
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat

4. Attach the seat frame to the pedestal with four cap

screws (1).

40015754 4

5. Install the seat cushion with three screws (1).

40015753 5

6. Attach the two seat control electrical connectors (1).

40015752 6

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 6
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat

Seat suspension system - Disassemble (E.32.C.72 - F.10.A.25)

1. Detach the two seat control electrical connectors (1).
NOTE: Some illustrations show the pedestal removed from
the foundation. It is not necessary to remove the pedestal
in order to replace the shock absorber.

40015752 1

2. Turn out the three screws (1) and lift the cushion from
the seat frame.

40015753 2

3. Remove the four allen head cap screws (1) Lift the
seat frame from the combine.

40015754 3

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 7
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat

4.
NOTE: Observe the orientation of stop (1) when removing
the right front cap screw.

40015756 4

5. Slide the console and mounting rails (1) front to back

as required to gain access to four cap screws (2) and
(3). Remove cap screws (2), before cap screws (3).
Set the console on the cab floor so that it is out of the
way.

40015755_1480 5

6. Remove the plastic cover (1).

40015757_1475 6

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 8
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat

7. Remove all plastic plugs (1) and work the bellows (2)
from the pedestal.

40015758 7

8. Insert a piece of wood (1) or other blocking material

to prevent the pedestal from collapsing during main-
tenance.

40015763 8

9. Remove clip (1) and pin (2) from the barrel end of the
shock absorber (3).
Remove the clip and pin from the rod end.
Take the shock absorber from the pedestal.

40015764 9

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 9
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat

10. Remove the air ride seat pedestal (1) in accordance

with the Air Ride Seat removal instructions.

40015757_1475 10

11. Remove all plastic plugs (1) and work the bellows (2)
from the pedestal.

40015758 11

12. Pull or pry the air lines (1) attached to the manifold
at the bottom of the bellows.

40015765 12

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 10
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat

13. Pull cable (1) from the plastic sleeve.

40015767 13

14. Rotate the cable around, then down, releasing the

keeper from the lever (1).
Pull the electrical connectors (2) from the micro
switch.

40015768 14

15. Remove screw (1).

Using a screw driver, push in tabs at (2).

40015766 15

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 11
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat

16. Using a finger or a screw driver, push in cable clip

(1).

40015769 16

17. Turn out screw (1) Push the pin and rubber grommets
(2), from the belt (3).
Remove lock nuts (4) Pull the adjuster part way from
the pedestal.

40015770 17

18. Pass the cable (1) through the opening on the side
and remove the cable and keeper from the adjuster.
Cut cable ties as required to remove the component
from the pedestal.

40015771 18

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 12
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat

Seat suspension system - Remove (E.32.C.72 - F.10.A.10)

1. Remove the air ride seat pedestal (1) in accordance
with the Air Ride Seat removal instructions.

40015757_1475 1

2. Remove all plastic plugs (1) and work the bellows (2)
from the pedestal.

40015758 2

3. Unplug the compressor electrical connectors (1).

Turn out the top bellows attaching cap screw (2).
NOTE: Trace the wires from the compressor to ensure the
correct connectors are being pulled.

40015759 3

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 13
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat

4. Remove attaching hardware for the compressor (1)

and bellows (2).

40015760 4

5. Take the compressor and bellows from the pedestal.

Cut cable ties as required to allow the components
to be removed.
Carefully pull or pry air lines (1) from the manifold at
the bottom of the bellows.

40015761 5

6. Remove the desired component, compressor (1) or

bellows (2).

40015762 6

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 14
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat

Seat suspension system - Install (E.32.C.72 - F.10.A.15)

1. Attach the compressor (2) to the bellows (3) with air
line (1).
NOTE: Ensure that when replacing air line (1) the same
length is maintained.

40015762_1476 1

2. Attach air lines (1) to the manifold located on the

bottom of the bellows.

40015761 2

3. Set the compressor and bellows in the pedestal with

compressor tab (1) and bellows tab (2) in their ap-
propriate positions. Secure the components to the
bottom of the pedestal with hardware at (3).
Coil and apply cable ties to the air lines as required to
hold the lines in position and away from any moving
parts..

40015760_1477 3

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 15
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat

4. Turn in the upper bellows cap screw (1) Attach the

compressor power wires to the appropriate connec-
tors at (2).
NOTE: The wires can only be connected one way.

40015759_1478 4

5. Work the bellows (1) over the pedestal and attach

using plastic plugs (2).

40015758_1479 5

6. Install the air ride seat in accordance with the Instal-

lation instructions.

40015753 6

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 16
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat

Seat suspension system - Assemble (E.32.C.72 - F.10.A.20)

1. Set the shock absorber (1) into place.
Attach the barrel end of the shock absorber with pin
(2), and clip (3).
Attach the rod end of the shock absorber with a pin
and clip.
Remove the blocking material from the pedestal.

40015764_1481 1

2. Work the bellows (1) over the pedestal and attach

using plastic plugs (2).

40015758_1479 2

3. Install the plastic cover (1).

40015757_1475 3

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 17
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat

4.
NOTE: Observe the orientation of stop (1) when installing
the right front cap screw.

40015756 4

5. Position the console and mounting rails (1) on the

seat pedestal. Secure the console to the pedestal
with four allen head cap screws (2) and (3). Install
the cap screws at (2) before the cap screws at (3).

40015755_1482 5

6. Attach the seat frame to the pedestal with four cap

screws (1).

40015754 6

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 18
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat

7. Install the seat cushion with three screws (1).

40015753 7

8. Attach the two seat control electrical connectors (1).

40015752 8

9. Attach the appropriate air lines to the adjuster as re-

quired.

40015772 9

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 19
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat

10. Attach the two air lines (1) from the adjuster to the
manifold at the bottom of the bellows.

40015765 10

11. Pass the cable (1) through the opening on the side
to install the keeper and cable into the adjuster.

40015771 11

12. Pass the pin and grommets (1) through the looped
end of the adjuster strap. Install the pin into the
bottom of the pedestal and secure in place with the
screw that had been previously removed at (2).

40015773 12

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 20
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat

13. Insert the cable clip (1) into the slotted hole in the
adjuster. Move the cable until the end sits securely
in the sleeve of the clip at (2).
Install the adjuster into the pedestal so that the studs
have passed through the holes (3).

40015774 13

14. Complete the installation of the cable clip with a

screw driver if required.
Turn in screw at (2), securing the cable clip to the
adjuster.
Secure the adjuster to the pedestal with lock nuts at
(3).
NOTE: The prongs at (1) must grasp the adjuster securely.

40015775 14

15. Coil and apply cable ties to the air lines as required to
hold the lines in position and away from any moving
parts.
Work the bellows (1) over the pedestal and attach
using plastic plugs (2).

40015758_1479 15

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 21
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat

16. Install the air ride seat in accordance with the Instal-
lation instructions.

40015753_1483 16

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 22
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat

USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat - Problem solving

(E.32.C - G.40.A.30)
OPERATION

The seat system has a power seat height adjustment using an air motor adjustment.

The seat height is adjusted with air pressure controlled with a switch.

The seat adjustment system is supplied by an unswitched battery circuit, allowing adjustment at all times.

Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 42 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.42).

Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 44 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.44).

TROUBLESHOOTING

Before troubleshooting the seat system make sure that the following operating conditions are met:
A. The batteries are fully charged and all connections are clean and tight.
B. Transmission in neutral or park.
C. Check all connectors for full installation, loose, corroded, pushed out, or bent terminals.
D. Check fuse #16 and #49.Power Seat System Symptom Chart.
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

CAUTION
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

Problem Possible Cause Correction

Height adjustment not
operating
Operator presence is
malfunctioning
Power and ground supply, B - Height Adjustment Circuit TestUSER
Seat Pump Motor, CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat -
Seat Solenoid. Testing (E.32.C.76 - G.40.A.20).
Air system leaking. Check air lines for leakage.
Seat Switch C - Operator Presence Switch Circuit
CCM TestOperator presence system (OPS)
System’s circuits Seat switch - Testing (E.50.B.96.80 -
G.40.A.20).

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 23
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat

Seat suspension system - Testing (E.32.C.72 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Check for 12 volts at the Seat Adjust 12 volts. Open circuit 80 (OR) between Fuse
Switch connector X000 (pin 3). If good reading, go to next test point. #16 and Seat Adjust Switch connec-
tor X000 (pin 3).
2 Measure voltage at the Seat Ad- 0/12 volts. If the voltage is 0 volts with the
just Switch connector X000 (pin 1). If good reading, go to next test point. switch closed or 12 volts with the
Open and close Seat Adjust Switch switch opened, replace Seat Adjust
to up position, during measurement. Switch.
3 Close the Seat Adjust Switch to up 12 volts. Open circuit between Seat Adjust
position. Check for 12 volts at Seat If good reading, go to next test point. Switch and Seat Pump Motor.
Pump Motor connector X000 (pin A).
4 Measure the voltage at the Seat Ad- 0/12 volts. If the voltage is 0 volts with the
just Switch connector X000 (pin 2). If good reading, go to next test point. switch closed or 12 volts with the
Open and close Seat Adjust Switch switch opened, replace Seat Adjust
to down position during measure- Switch.
ment.
5 Close the Seat Adjust Switch to 12 volts. Open circuit between Power Adjust
down position. Check for 12 volts at If good reading, go to next test point. Switch and Seat Solenoid.
Seat Solenoid connector X000 (pin
A).
6 Check the resistance between Up Less than 1 ohm. Open in ground circuit 164 (BK) be-
Limit Switch connector X000 (pin 2) If good reading, go to next test point. tween Up Limit Switch connector
and ground. X000 (pin 2) and ground.
7 Check the resistance between Up Less than 1 ohm. If the resistance is less than 1 ohm,
Limit Switch connector X000 (pin 3) If good reading, go to next test point. with the switch opened or greater
and ground. Open and close Up than 1 ohm with switch closed, re-
Limit Swtich during measurement. place Up Limit Switch.
8 Up Limit Switch in closed position. Less than 1 ohm. Open in ground circuit between Seat
Check the resistance between Seat If good reading, go to next test point. Pump Motor and Up Limit Switch.
Pump Motor connector X000 (pin B)
and ground.
9 Check the resistance between Down Less than 1 ohm If good reading, go Open circuit 164 (BK) between
Limit Switch connector X000 (pin 2) to next test point. Down Limit Switch connector X000
and ground. (pin 2) and ground.
10 Check the resistance between Down Less than 1 ohm. If the resistance is less than 1 ohm
Limit Switch connector X000 (pin 3) If good reading, go to next test point. with the switch opened, or greater
and ground. Open and close Down than 1 ohm with the switch closed,
Limit Switch during measurement. replace Down Limit Switch.
11 Down Limit Switch in closed position. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between Down Limit
Check the resistance between Seat If good reading, system OK. Switch and Seat Solenoid.
Solenoid connector X000 (pin B) and
ground.

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 24
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat

Seat suspension system - Testing (E.32.C.72 - G.40.A.20)

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Press Seat Adjust Switch to up posi- Seat Pump Motor runs. Power and ground supply
tion. If compression runs but seat does Seat Pump Motor
not adjust, check for air leakage. Perform Test A - Seat System Power
Go to next step. and Ground Supply Test, steps 1-3
and 6-8.
If you did not find any condition, re-
place Seat Pump Motor.
2 Press Seat Adjust Switch to down Air is released. Power and ground supply
position. System OK. Seat Solenoid
. Perform Test A - Seat System Power
and Ground Supply Test, steps 4/5
and 9/11.
If you did not find any condition, re-
place Seat Solenoid.

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 25
 Index

BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat - 32.C

Seat suspension system - Assemble (E.32.C.72 - F.10.A.20) 17
Seat suspension system - Disassemble (E.32.C.72 - F.10.A.25) 7
Seat suspension system - Install (E.32.C.72 - F.10.A.15) 15
Seat suspension system - Remove (E.32.C.72 - F.10.A.10) 13
Seat suspension system - Testing (E.32.C.72 - G.40.A.20) 24
Seat suspension system - Testing (E.32.C.72 - G.40.A.20) 24
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat - Install (E.32.C - F.10.A.15) 5
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat - Problem solving (E.32.C - G.40.A.30) 23
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat - Remove (E.32.C - F.10.A.10) 3

2 4/7/2006
E.32.C / 26
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

USER PLATFORM - 34.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
E.34.A / 1
 Contents

BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

USER PLATFORM - 34.A

SERVICE
Wiper system
Motor - Remove (E.34.A.65.01 - F.10.A.10) 3
Motor - Install (E.34.A.65.01 - F.10.A.15) 7

DIAGNOSTIC
Cigar lighter
Testing (E.34.A.50 - G.40.A.20) 11
Wiper system
Motor - Testing (E.34.A.65.01 - G.40.A.20) 12
Switch - Testing (E.34.A.65.02 - G.40.A.20) 12
Relay - Testing (E.34.A.65.03 - G.40.A.20) 13
Problem solving (E.34.A.65 - G.40.A.30) 15
Windscreen washer system
Testing (E.34.A.66 - G.40.A.20) 16
Problem solving (E.34.A.66 - G.40.A.30) 17

2 4/7/2006
E.34.A / 2
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER PLATFORM

Wiper system Motor - Remove (E.34.A.65.01 - F.10.A.10)

1. Turn out the three screws (1) and let the cover hang
from the wiper fluid supply lines.

40015776 1

2. Gently disconnect the wiper fluid jet supply lines (1).

Store the cover in a suitable location.

40015777 2

3. Disconnect the plug (1) from the windshield wiper

motor.

40015778 3

2 4/7/2006
E.34.A / 3
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER PLATFORM

4. Using a flat bladed screw driver or knife, pry the cap

screw cover (1) from the hanger. Turn out the two
screws holding the hanger in place. Store the hanger
in a suitable location.

40015779 4

5. Turn out seven screws (1) from the panel (2) Allow
the panel to hang inside the cab.

40015780 5

6. If applicable, remove all components (1) from the

right side panel.
Turn out two cap screws (2) Store the panel in a
suitable location.

40015781 6

2 4/7/2006
E.34.A / 4
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER PLATFORM

7. Remove the cab climate control (1) from the left side
panel.
Turn out two cap screws (2). Allow the panel to hand
in the cab.

40015782 7

8. Pull the courtesy light (1) from the headliner and dis-
connect the electrical wires.

40015783 8

9. Turn out two screws (1) on either end of the sun visor
(2). Lower the visor from the headliner and store in
a suitable location.

40015784 9

2 4/7/2006
E.34.A / 5
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER PLATFORM

10. Carefully work the headliner from the cab roof. Allow
the headliner to sit on the steering wheel. Adjust the
steering wheel as required to stabilize the headliner.
NOTE: The headliner cannot be removed from the cab.

40015785 10

11. Remove the clamping cap screw and nut (1) from
the wiper linkage (2) Pull the linkage clamp from the
wiper motor shaft.
Turn out the three mounting cap screws (3) and take
the wiper motor from the machine.
NOTE: Two people are required to properly remove the
wiper motor from its mount.

40015786 11

2 4/7/2006
E.34.A / 6
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER PLATFORM

Wiper system Motor - Install (E.34.A.65.01 - F.10.A.15)

NOTE: Two people are required to properly attach the wiper motor to its mount.
1. Set the wiper motor against its mount on the outside
of the combine. Turn in three cap screws and lock
washers (1) to secure the motor.
Orient the clamp (2) to be in line with the linkage (3).
Tighten the clamp with a cap screw, lock washer and
nut (4).

40015786_1484 1

2. Push the headliner up into place against the cab roof.

Secure the headliner and sun visor (1) with screws
(2).

40015784_1485 2

3. Install the courtesy lamp.

NOTE: Ensure that the power and control wires (1) for the
courtesy lamp have been drawn through the hole in the
center of the headliner.

40015787 3

2 4/7/2006
E.34.A / 7
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER PLATFORM

4. Set the left panel into place. Secure the panel and
headliner to the cab roof using screws (1) Install the
climate control panel at (2).

40015782_1486 4

5. Set the right panel into place. Secure the panel and
headliner to the cab roof using screws (1) Install the
components (2) that had been previously removed.

40015781_1487 5

6. Set the rear panel (1) into place and secure to the
headliner and cab roof using seven screws (2).

40015780_1488 6

2 4/7/2006
E.34.A / 8
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER PLATFORM

7. Install the hanger using two screws. Push the cover

(1), into place.

40015779 7

8. Attach the power and control wires (1) to the wind-

shield wiper motor.

40015778 8

9. Connect the wiper fluid supply lines (1) to the jets.

40015777 9

2 4/7/2006
E.34.A / 9
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER PLATFORM

10. Set the cover into place and secure using three
screws (1).

40015776 10

2 4/7/2006
E.34.A / 10
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER PLATFORM

Cigar lighter - Testing (E.34.A.50 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Place Ignition Switch in "RUN" posi- 12 volts. Open circuit (PU wire) between
tion. Check for 12 volts at Acces- If good reading, go to next test point.
CCM-2 connector X015 (pin J1-11)
sory Outlet connector X075 (pin 3) or and Accessory Outlet connector
Cigar Lighter connector X070 (pin 3). X075 (pin 3) or Cigar Lighter con-
nector X070 (pin 3).
Refer to Service Manual for CCM-2
testing.
2 Place Ignition Switch in “OFF" posi- Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit (BK wire) between Ac-
tion. If good reading, check illumination cessory Outlet connector X076 or
Check resistance between Acces- LED. Cigar Lighter connector X069 (pin 2)
sory Outlet connector X076 or Cigar and ground.
Lighter connector X069 (pin 2) and
ground.

2 4/7/2006
E.34.A / 11
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER PLATFORM

Wiper system Motor - Testing (E.34.A.65.01 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Ignition "ON" 12 volts. Open circuit 275 (WH) between
Wiper Switch in "OFF" position. Go to next test point. Wiper Switch connector X135 (pin
Check for 12 volts at Wiper Motor 3) and Wiper Motor connector X116
connector X116 (pin 3). (pin 3).
Check in-line connector X036 (pin
15) for connection.
2 Wiper Switch in intermittent position. 12 volts. Open circuit 276 (WH) and 277
Check for 12 volts at Wiper Motor Go to next test point. (WH) between Wiper Switch con-
connector X116 (pin 4 and 5). nector X135 (pin 1 and 6) and Wiper
Motor connector X116 (pin 4 and 5).
Check in-line connector X036 (pin 16
and 17) for connection.
3 Wiper Switch in "RUN" position 12 volts. Open circuit 276 (WH) between
Check for 12 volts at Wiper Motor Go to next test point. Wiper Switch connector X135 (pin
connector X116 (pin 5). 1) and Wiper Motor connector X116
(pin 5).
Check in-line connector X036 (pin
16) for connection.
4 Ignition “OFF" Continuity found. Open circuit 280 (BK) between
Check for continuity to ground at If good reading, replace motor. Wiper Motor connector X116 (pin
Wiper Motor connector X116 (pin 1). 1) and ground.
Check in-line connector X036 (pin
14) for connection.

Wiper system Switch - Testing (E.34.A.65.02 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

2 4/7/2006
E.34.A / 12
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER PLATFORM

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Ignition "ON" Wiper Switch in "OFF".
Check for 12 volts at Wiper Switch
connector X135 (pin 3).
2 Wiper Switch in Intermittent position
Check for 12 volts at Wiper Switch
connector X135 (pin 1 and 6).
3 Wiper Switch in "RUN" position.
Check for 12 volts at Wiper Switch
connector X135 (pin 1).
4 Wiper Switch in "RUN" position.
Check for 12 volts at Wiper Switch
"ON" indicator connector X135 (pin
10).
5 Ignition “OFF". Wiper Switch in
“RUN" position.
Check for continuity to ground on
Wiper Switch connector X135 (pin
9).
12 volts. Replace bad switch.
Go to next test point (2).
12 volts. Replace bad switch.
Go to next test point (3).
12 volts. Replace bad switch.
Go to next test point (4).
12 volts. Go to next test point (5).
If good reading, power feed to illumi-
nation lamp operating correctly.
Continuity found. Open circuit 296 (BK) between
If good reading, check for blown in- Wiper Switch connector X135 (pin
dicator lamp or bad switch. 9) and ground.

Wiper system Relay - Testing (E.34.A.65.03 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Ignition “ON". 12 volts. Open circuit 123 (OR) between Igni-
Check for 12 volts at Wiper Relay Go to next test point. tion Switch connector X068 (pin 4)
(pin 1). and Wiper Relay (pin 1).
2 Check for 12 volts at Wiper Relay 12 volts. Open circuit 70 (RD) between Fuse
connector X000 (pin 3). Go to next test point. #4 and Wiper Relay (pin 3).
Blown Fuse #4.
3 Ignition “OFF" Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 242 (BK) between
Check for continuity to Ground at Go to next test point. Wiper Relay (pin 2) and Ground.
Wiper Relay (pin 2).

2 4/7/2006
E.34.A / 13
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER PLATFORM

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

4 Check for 12 volts at Wiper Relay 12 volts. Wiper Relay
(pin 5). Go to next test point. Go to next test point.
Short circuit 272 (OR) between
Wiper Relay (pin 5) and Wiper
Switch connector X135 (pin 2).
A short will cause Fuse #4 to blow.
5 Check for 12 volts at Wiper Switch 12 volts. Open or short circuit 272 (OR) be-
connector X135 (pin 2). If good reading, power feed to Wiper tween Wiper Relay (pin 5) and Wiper
Switch is operating properly. Switch connector X135 (pin 2).
Check in-line connector X002 (pin P)
for connection.

2 4/7/2006
E.34.A / 14
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER PLATFORM

Wiper system - Problem solving (E.34.A.65 - G.40.A.30)

OPERATION

The wiper/washer system consists of a two speed motor and a separate Washer Motor and reservoir.

The system is energized by switched power and will operate in continuous or fixed interval speeds.

Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 44 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.44).

Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 45 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.45).

TROUBLESHOOTING

Before troubleshooting the Wiper/Washer system make sure that the following operating conditions are met:
A. The batteries are fully charged and all connections are clean and tight.
B. Transmission in neutral or park.
C. Check all connectors for full installation, loose, corroded or pushed out terminals.
D. Check Fuse #52 and Circuit Breaker 51.
E. Check Power Distribution section if fuse and circuit breaker are good.
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

CAUTION
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

Problem Possible Cause Correction

Wiper Motor is inoperative Wiper Relay A - Wiper Relay TestWiper system Relay
- Testing (E.34.A.65.03 - G.40.A.20).
Wiper Switch B - Wiper Switch TestWiper sys-
tem Switch - Testing (E.34.A.65.02 -
G.40.A.20).
Wiper Motor C - Wiper Motor TestWiper system Motor
- Testing (E.34.A.65.01 - G.40.A.20).
Wiper Motor works in low Wiper Switch B - Wiper Switch TestWiper sys-
speed only tem Switch - Testing (E.34.A.65.02 -
G.40.A.20).
Wiper Motor C - Wiper Motor TestWiper system Motor
- Testing (E.34.A.65.01 - G.40.A.20).
Wiper Motor works in high Wiper Switch B - Wiper Switch TestWiper sys-
speed only tem Switch - Testing (E.34.A.65.02 -
G.40.A.20).
Wiper Motor C - Wiper Motor TestWiper system Motor
- Testing (E.34.A.65.01 - G.40.A.20).
Wiper Motor does not Wiper Switch B - Wiper Switch TestWiper sys-
park, stops when switch tem Switch - Testing (E.34.A.65.02 -
is turned OFF G.40.A.20).
Wiper Motor C - Wiper Motor TestWiper system Motor
- Testing (E.34.A.65.01 - G.40.A.20).

2 4/7/2006
E.34.A / 15
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER PLATFORM

Windscreen washer system - Testing (E.34.A.66 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Ignition "ON" 12 volts. Go to test point (2).
Washer Switch in "ON" position. Go to test point (3).
Check for 12 volts at Washer Switch
connector X134 (pin 3).
2 Check for 12 volts at Washer Switch 12 volts. Open or short to ground in circuit 279
connector X134 (pin 2). Replace switch. (OR) or 079 (OR) between Washer
Switch connector X134 (pin 2) and
Fuse #9. Check in-line connector
X002 (pin 4) for connection.
Blown Fuse #9.
A short to ground will blow Fuse #9.
3 Washer Switch in "ON" position. 12 volts. Open or short to ground in circuit 278
Check for 12 volts at Washer Motor Go to test point (4). (WH) between Washer Switch con-
connector X171 (pin 2). nector X134 (pin 3) and Washer Mo-
tor connector X171 (pin 2).
Check in-line connector X002 (pin T)
and X005 (pin 14) for connection.
4 Ignition “OFF". Continuity found. Open circuit 449 (BK) between
Check for continuity to ground at Replace Washer Motor. Washer Motor connector X171 (pin
Washer Motor connector X171 (pin 1) and ground.
1).

2 4/7/2006
E.34.A / 16
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER PLATFORM

Windscreen washer system - Problem solving (E.34.A.66 -

G.40.A.30)
OPERATION

The wiper/washer system consists of a two speed motor and a separate Washer Motor and reservoir.

The system is energized by switched power and will operate in continuous or fixed interval speeds.

Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 44 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.44).

Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 45 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.45).

TROUBLESHOOTING

Before troubleshooting the Wiper/Washer system make sure that the following operating conditions are met:
A. The batteries are fully charged and all connections are clean and tight.
B. Transmission in neutral or park.
C. Check all connectors for full installation, loose, corroded or pushed out terminals.
D. Check Fuse #52 and Circuit Breaker 51.
E. Check Power Distribution section if fuse and circuit breaker are good.
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

CAUTION
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

Problem Possible Cause Correction

Front washer inoperative Washer Switch D - Washer Switch and Motor
Washer Motor TestWindscreen washer system -
Testing (E.34.A.66 - G.40.A.20).
Washer Fluid Supply Check reservoir and fluid lines

2 4/7/2006
E.34.A / 17
 Index

BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

USER PLATFORM - 34.A

Cigar lighter - Testing (E.34.A.50 - G.40.A.20) 11
Windscreen washer system - Problem solving (E.34.A.66 - G.40.A.30) 17
Windscreen washer system - Testing (E.34.A.66 - G.40.A.20) 16
Wiper system - Problem solving (E.34.A.65 - G.40.A.30) 15
Wiper system Motor - Install (E.34.A.65.01 - F.10.A.15) 7
Wiper system Motor - Remove (E.34.A.65.01 - F.10.A.10) 3
Wiper system Motor - Testing (E.34.A.65.01 - G.40.A.20) 12
Wiper system Relay - Testing (E.34.A.65.03 - G.40.A.20) 13
Wiper system Switch - Testing (E.34.A.65.02 - G.40.A.20) 12

2 4/7/2006
E.34.A / 18
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system - 40.B

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 1
 Contents

BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system - 40.B

FUNCTIONAL DATA
Air filter
Static description (E.40.B.25 - C.30.A.20) 4
Heater
Static description (E.40.B.33 - C.30.A.20) 5
Ventilation system
Dynamic description (E.40.B.60 - C.30.A.10) 6

SERVICE
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system
Preliminary test (E.40.B - F.40.A.20) 7
Air filter
Separator filter - Remove (E.40.B.25.20 - F.10.A.10) 8
Recirculation filter - Remove (E.40.B.25.30 - F.10.A.10) 9
Separator filter - Install (E.40.B.25.20 - F.10.A.15) 10
Recirculation filter - Install (E.40.B.25.30 - F.10.A.15) 11
Intake filter - Cleaning (E.40.B.25.10 - F.30.A.10) 12
Heater
Exchanger - Remove (E.40.B.33.10 - F.10.A.10) 13
Water valve - Remove (E.40.B.33.20 - F.10.A.10) 17
Water valve actuator - Remove (E.40.B.33.30 - F.10.A.10) 18
Exchanger - Install (E.40.B.33.10 - F.10.A.15) 19
Water valve - Install (E.40.B.33.20 - F.10.A.15) 23
Water valve actuator - Install (E.40.B.33.30 - F.10.A.15) 24
Ventilation system
Circulation fan - Remove (E.40.B.60.10 - F.10.A.10) 25
Separator fan - Remove (E.40.B.60.20 - F.10.A.10) 28
Circulation fan - Install (E.40.B.60.10 - F.10.A.15) 29
Separator fan - Install (E.40.B.60.20 - F.10.A.15) 32

DIAGNOSTIC
Heater
Testing (E.40.B.33 - G.40.A.20) 33
Ventilation system
Separator fan - Testing (E.40.B.60.20 - G.40.A.20) 35
Circulation fan - Testing (E.40.B.60.10 - G.40.A.20) 35
Separator fan - Testing (E.40.B.60.20 - G.40.A.20) 38

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 2
 Circulation fan - Testing (E.40.B.60.10 - G.40.A.20) 39
Circulation fan - Testing (E.40.B.60.10 - G.40.A.20) 41
Recirculation system
Actuator - Testing (E.40.B.62.36 - G.40.A.20) 43
Testing (E.40.B.62 - G.40.A.20) 43
Automated recirculation system
Actuator - Testing (E.40.B.63.36 - G.40.A.20) 45
Testing (E.40.B.63 - G.40.A.20) 45

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 3
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

Air filter - Static description (E.40.B.25 - C.30.A.20)

The combine is provided with three mechanisms for filtering the air entering and circulating through the cab.

The Fresh Air Intake Grill (1) is located behind the left shield next to the left cab door. The grill will filter out large
pieces of foreign material that would otherwise quickly clog the finer downstream filters. The grill is not removable
from the housing.

10010476 1
Particles that pass through the course mesh of the intake grill, enter the Separator Filter (1) located above the Fresh
Air Intake Grill. Outside air is drawn through the intake grill and discharged to the separator by the separator fan
mounted directly behind the grill. Air entering the separator is directed into a circular path around the paper element
filter. Centrifugal force will cause the heavier material to move toward the outside. An outlet port is provided on the
cap of the separator to allow continuous removal of the material separated. The separating action of the unit extends
the life of the paper filter.

10008334 2
The Recirculation Air Filter (1) located behind the operators’ control console filters the air circulating inside the cab.
The paper element filter removes small particles from the air to prevent clogging of the air conditioning system evap-
orator located directly behind the filter.

10008336 3

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 4
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

Heater - Static description (E.40.B.33 - C.30.A.20)

The heater core (1) is located in the ventilation housing behind the combine cab. Similar to the evaporator, the heater
core consists of numerous tubes mounted in a series of thin aluminum cooling fins. The fins and tubing are designed
to transfer heat from the heated engine coolant to the cab air as it moves across the tubing.

10010480 1
A water valve,(1), is located in the ventilation housing behind the combine cab. The valve is installed to control the flow
of hot engine coolant through the core. Combines equipped with the Automatic Temperature Control system operate
the water valve to satisfy the temperature as set by the operator. Manual Temperature Control systems position the
water valve according to the setting of the temperature knob.

10008341_1064 2

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 5
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

Ventilation system - Dynamic description (E.40.B.60 - C.30.A.10)

Two fans are installed to bring in and circulate the cab air.

The recirculating fan (1) mixes air from outside and inside the cab. Air is discharged from the fan to the outlet plenum
and directed to various points within the cab.

10008347 1
Near the bottom of the plenum, a port (1) is installed to direct air under the operators’ seat. The vents can direct air
across the cab floor.

Climate control systems using the Automatic Temperature Control Panel have connections (2) and (3), to provide cool
air to the right hand storage container behind the operators’ chair. Articles that require cooling can be placed in this
container.

10008340 2
The outlet plenum runs vertically near the right rear corner of the cab directing the airflow into the distribution plenum
(1) Main directional vents (2) can be adjusted by the operator for maximum comfort. Defrosting vents (3) are adjusted
to clear the inside of the windows of condensation.

50010477 3

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 6
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system - Preliminary test

(E.40.B - F.40.A.20)
1. The most important factor in heater air conditioning
troubleshooting is verification of the problem by ob-
serving the system operation and isolating the prob-
lem area.
Operational Checks - Heating
2. Check that both engine coolant shutoff valves at the
engine block are open.
3. Check that the heater inlet hose at the rear of the
engine block is warm.
4. Check that the engine coolant temperature is at least
76 ° C (170 ° F).
5. Check the cab air filter to check that it is clean and
free from obstruction to air flow.
6. Check the recirculation filter to see that it is clean and
free from obstruction to air flow.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 7
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

Air filter Separator filter - Remove (E.40.B.25.20 - F.10.A.10)

1. Locate the separator/air filter housing inside the cav-
ity next to the left cab door.
Release the housing lock (1) by pulling it away from
the filter. Rotate the housing (2) counter-clockwise
until it can be removed.

10008334_1033 1

2. Pull the filter (1) out of the separator.

10008335 2

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 8
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

Air filter Recirculation filter - Remove (E.40.B.25.30 - F.10.A.10)

1. Locate the recirculation air filter inside the cab, be-
hind the operators console. Move the operators seat
all the way forward. Simultaneously push down while
pulling out on the locking tabs (1) A prying devise
may have to be used.

10008336_1031 1

2. Pull the grate and filter from the cavity.

10008337 2

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 9
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

Air filter Separator filter - Install (E.40.B.25.20 - F.10.A.15)

1. Clean the inside of the separator to prevent foreign
material from entering the clean air side of the filter.
Insert the air filter (1) into the housing base.

10008335_1034 1

2. Set the housing (1) onto the separator and rotate

clockwise until the two components are held tightly
together. Secure the housing into place by pushing
in the lock (2).

10008334_1035 2

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 10
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

Air filter Recirculation filter - Install (E.40.B.25.30 - F.10.A.15)

1. Clean the evaporator core of any accumulated dust.
Insert the filter into the grate with the gasket posi-
tioned toward the cores.

10008337 1

2. Set the grate and filter into place in the cavity. Push
the grate until the locking tabs (1) snap into place.

10008336_1032 2

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 11
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

Air filter Intake filter - Cleaning (E.40.B.25.10 - F.30.A.10)

1. Access to the fresh air intake grill is provided over the
left front tire. Open the lower door (1) and remove all
foreign material caught in the grill.

10008376 1

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 12
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

Heater Exchanger - Remove (E.40.B.33.10 - F.10.A.10)

1. Shut the heater core supply and return valves located
at the engine.
NEW HOLLAND ENGINE

20018348_1065 1

2. IVECO ENGINE

20018349_1066 2

3. Turn out the five cap screws (1) holding the ventila-
tion system shield in place. Lift the shield from the
combine.

10008343_1067 3

4. Simultaneously push down while pulling out on the

locking tabs (1) A prying device may have to be used.
Pull the grate and filter from the cavity.

10008336_1068 4

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 13
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

5. Turn out mounting cap screw (1).

10008338_1069 5

6. Remove the bench top behind the drivers seat at the

hinges. Turn out the eight machine screws (1) hold-
ing the right side storage compartment in place. Take
out the compartment and store in a suitable location.

10008339_1070 6

7. Lift the thermal sensing bulb (1) from the evaporator

core.

10008340_1071 7

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 14
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

8. Turn out the four cap screws (1) holding the evapo-
rator to the ventilation housing.

10008341_1072 8

9. Carefully pull the evaporator core from the housing

with the refrigerant lines still attached.

10008342_1073 9

10. Take out mounting cap screw (1) from the inside of
the ventilation housing.

10008345 10

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 15
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

11. Remove hoses (1) and (2), from the heater core.
Turn out mounting cap screws (3). Pull the core from
the housing.
NOTE: When removing heater hoses, residual coolant will
drain.

10008344 11

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 16
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

Heater Water valve - Remove (E.40.B.33.20 - F.10.A.10)

1. Shut the heater core supply and return valves located
at the engine.
NEW HOLLAND ENGINE

20018348_1065 1

2. IVECO ENGINE

20018349_1066 2

3. Turn out the five cap screws holding the ventilation

system shield in place. Lift the shield from the com-
bine.

10008343_1067 3

4. Detach electrical connector (1) Disconnect hoses (2)

and (3). Turn out mounting cap screws (4) Lift the
water valve from the unit.
NOTE: When removing heater hoses, residual coolant will
drain.

10008341_1080 4

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 17
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

Heater Water valve actuator - Remove (E.40.B.33.30 - F.10.A.10)

NOTE: The actuator can be removed without removing the water valve.
1. Turn out the five cap screws holding the ventilation
system shield in place. Lift the shield from the com-
bine.

10008343_1067 1

2. Detach the electrical connector at 1. Turn out the

three screws (2) holding the actuator to the valve.
Lift the actuator from the valve.

10010481 2

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 18
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

Heater Exchanger - Install (E.40.B.33.10 - F.10.A.15)

1. Slide the heater core into place. Orient the core so
that the notched corner is on the bottom. Turn in cap
screws (1) Attach hoses (2)and (3).

10008344_1074 1

2. Secure the core into place with cap screw (1).

10008345_1075 2

3. Slide the evaporator core into the housing with the

refrigerant supply and return lines oriented down.

10008342_1073 3

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 19
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

4. Turn in four cap screws (1).

10008341_1076 4

5. Secure the core into place with cap screw (1).

10008338_1077 5

6. Set the grate and filter into place in the cavity. Push
the grate until the locking tabs (1) snap into place.

10008336_1078 6

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 20
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

7. Carefully insert the thermal sensing probe (1) into the

evaporator core. Attach the electrical connector if it
had been unplugged.

10008340_1079 7

8. Install the storage compartment and secure in place

with eight machine screws (1) Secure the bench top
behind the drivers seat at the hinges.

10008339_1070 8

9. Set the ventilation system shield into place and se-

cure using five cap screws (1).

10008343_1067 9

10. Open the water supply and return valves. Refill the
coolant reservoir as required.
NEW HOLLAND ENGINE.

20018348_1065 10

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 21
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

11. IVECO ENGINE.

20018349_1066 11

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 22
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

Heater Water valve - Install (E.40.B.33.20 - F.10.A.15)

1. Mount the water valve to the housing using two cap
screws (1) Attach electrical connector (2) Connect
heater hoses (3) and (4).

10008341_1081 1

2. Set the ventilation system shield into place and se-

cure using five cap screws (1).

10008343_1067 2

3. Open the water supply and return valves. Refill the

coolant reservoir as required.
NEW HOLLAND ENGINE

20018348_1065 3

4. IVECO ENGINE

20018349_1066 4

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 23
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

Heater Water valve actuator - Install (E.40.B.33.30 - F.10.A.15)

1. Slide the water valve actuator onto the water valve
stem. Turn in the three screws (1) Attach the electri-
cal connector at (2).

10010481_1082 1

2. Set the ventilation system shield into place and se-

cure using five cap screws (1).

10008343_1067 2

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 24
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

Ventilation system Circulation fan - Remove (E.40.B.60.10 -

F.10.A.10)
1. Shut the heater core supply and return valves located
at the engine.
NEW HOLLAND ENGINE

20018348 1

2. IVECO ENGINE

20018349 2

3. Turn out the five cap screws (1) holding the ventila-
tion system shield in place. Lift the shield from the
combine.

10008343 3

4. Remove the bench top behind the drivers seat at the

hinges. Turn out the eight machine screws (1) hold-
ing the right side storage compartment in place. Lift
the compartment and store in a suitable location.

10008339 4

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 25
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

5. Take off under seat ventilation duct at (1). Turn out

cap screws (2) and (3). Detach electrical connector
(4).

10008340_1036 5

6. Remove hoses (1) Turn out water valve mounting

cap screws (2).
NOTE: When removing heater hoses, residual coolant will
drain.

10008341 6

7. Disconnect ventilation duct (1) Turn out plenum cap

screw (2) Detach electrical connector (3) Remove the
four blower motor mounting cap screws, 4.

10008346 7

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 26
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

8. Carefully slide the blower motor assembly from the

ventilation housing.

10008347_1037 8

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 27
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

Ventilation system Separator fan - Remove (E.40.B.60.20 - F.10.A.10)

1. Disconnect the power wires (1) from the motor.
Cover the exposed electrical connectors with tape
to prevent shorting them out.
Loosen hose clamp (2) Turn out the three cap screws
(3) and remove the fan from the combine.

10008377 1

2. The separator fan can be removed from the mounting

frame by turning out the three screws (1).

10008378 2

3. Inspect the gasket (1) and hose (2) for deterioration.

Replace if necessary.

10008379 3

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 28
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

Ventilation system Circulation fan - Install (E.40.B.60.10 - F.10.A.15)

1. Slide the new blower motor assembly into the venti-
lation housing.

10008347_1037 1

2. Secure the blower using four cap screws (1) Turn in

plenum cap screw (2). Attach electrical connector (3)
Connect ventilation duct at (4).

10008346_1038 2

3. Mount the water control valve using two cap screws

(1) Install hose (2) and (3).

10008341_1039 3

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 29
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

4. Turn in cap screws (1) and (2). Connect ventilation

duct at (3). Attach electrical connector (4).

10008340_1040 4

5. Install the storage compartment and secure in place

with eight machine screws (1) Secure the bench top
behind the drivers seat at the hinges.

10008339_1041 5

6. Set the ventilation system shield into place and se-

cure using five cap screws (1).

10008343 6

7. Open the water supply and return valves. Refill the

coolant reservoir as required.
NEW HOLLAND ENGINE

20018348 7

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 30
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

8. IVECO ENGINE

20018349 8

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 31
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

Ventilation system Separator fan - Install (E.40.B.60.20 - F.10.A.15)

1. If it had been removed, secure the fan into position
in the mounting frame using three screws (1).

10008378_1042 1

2. Set the fan (1) into position and secure using three
cap screws (2) Attach the hose to the fan outlet and
tighten clamp (3).
Attach the power wires (4) The white wire is to be
connected to the positive terminal, and the black wire
is to be connected to the negative terminal of the
motor. Only the positive terminal is marked.

10008377_1043 2

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 32
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

Heater - Testing (E.40.B.33 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Ignition in “RUN" position. The climate control will blow warm Water valve inoperative.
Place the Blower Control on any air. Go to next test point.
speed. If good reading, the climate control is
Place system in heater mode. operating properly.
2 Measure for 12 volts at Water Valve 12 volts. Open or short to ground circuit 924
(pin 10). If good reading, go to test point 5.
(OR) between HVAC Control Module
(A-09) connector X128 (pin D-11)
and Water Valve connector X151
(pin 10).
Water Valve.
Check for connection in-line connec-
tors X006 (pin U) and X003 (pin 27).
Go to next test point.
3 Ignition in “OFF" position. More than 1 ohm. Water Valve.
Disconnect connector 151 from Wa- If good reading, reconnect Water Water Valve Actuator.
ter Valve. Valve connector and go to next test Go to J-Actuator Test.
Measure resistance at Water Valve point.
between pins 7 and 10.
4 Ignition in “RUN" position. 12 volts. HVAC Control Module (A-09).
Measure for 12 volts at HVAC Con- If good reading, repair open circuit
trol Module (A-09) connector X128 924 (OR) between HVAC Control
(pin D-11). Module (A-09) connector X128 (pin
D-11) and Water Valve connector
X151 (pin 10).
Go to next test point.
5 Ignition in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 923 (YE) between Wa-
Disconnect Water Valve connector If good reading, go to next test point. ter Valve connector X151 (pin 8) and
X151. HVAC Control Module (A-09) con-
Measure resistance between Water nector X128 (pin D-10).
Valve connector X151 (pin 8) and Check connection at in-line connec-
HVAC Control Module (A-09) con- tors X006 (pin T) and X003 (pin 26).
nector X128 (pin D-10).

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 33
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

6 Measure resistance between Water Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 922 (BK) between
Valve connector X151 (pin 7) and If good reading go to next test point.HVAC Control Module (A-09) con-
HVAC Control Module (A-09) con- nector X128 (pin D-9) and Water
nector X128 (pin D-9). Valve connector X151 (pin 7).
Check for connection the in-line con-
nectors X006 (pin S) and X003 (pin
25)
7 Reconnect Water Valve. The climate control will blow warm Water Valve.
Ignition in “IGN" position air. Water Valve Actuator.
Retest system by placing system in If good reading the MTC climate con- Go to J-Actuator Test.
Heater mode. trol is operating properly. If valve and actuator operate prop-
erly, replace the HVAC Control Mod-
ule (A-09).

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 34
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

Ventilation system Separator fan - Testing (E.40.B.60.20 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Ignition in “IGN" position. The system is running at high speed. Separator Blower does not operate.
Power up the HVAC Control Module If good reading the climate control Go to next test point.
(A-09) and set the blower speed for system is operate properly.
high speed.
2 Measure for 12 volts at Separa- 12 volts. Open circuit 926 (WH) between Sep-
tor Blower connector X143, circuit If good reading, go to test point 8. arator Blower connector X143 and
926(WH). Separator Blower Relay.
Short to ground.
Separator Blower Relay.
Go to next test point.
3 Measure for 12 volts at Separator 12 volts. Separator Blower Relay.
Blower Relay (pin 5). If good reading, repair open cir- Open ground circuit at Separator
cuit 926 (WH) between Separator Blower Relay.
Blower connector X143 and Sepa- Blown Fuse #17.
rator Blower Relay (pin 5). Check Go to next test point.
connection at in-line connector X006
(pin B).
4 Measure for 12 volts at Separator 12 volts. Open or short to ground circuit 930
Blower Relay (pin 3). If good reading, go to next test point. (RD) between Separator Blower Re-
lay (pin 3) and Fuse #17 or Fuse #17.
5 Measure for 12 volts at Separator 12 volts. Open or short to ground in circuit 902
Blower Relay (pin 1). If good reading, go to test point 7. (WH) between Separator Blower Re-
lay (pin 1) and HVAC Control Mod-
ule (A-09) connector X128 (pin C-4).
Check connection at in-line connec-
tor X003 (pin 5).
Go to next test point.
6 Measure for 12 volts at HVAC Con- 12 volts. HVAC Control Module (A-09).
trol Module (A-09) connector X128 If good reading, repair open circuit
(pin C-4). 902 (WH) between HVAC Control
Module (A-09) connector X128 (pin
C-4) and Separater Blower Relay
(pin 1).
7 Ignition in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 944 (BK) between Sep-
Check for chassis ground at Separa- If good reading, faulty separator arator Blower Relay (pin 2) and
tor Blower Relay (pin 2). blower relay. ground.
Go to next test point. Go to next test point.
8 Ignition in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 933 (BK) between Sep-
Measure resistance from Separa- If good reading, replace Separator arator Blower connector X143 and
tor Blower connector X143, circuit Blower. ground.
933(BK) to ground.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 35
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

Ventilation system Circulation fan - Testing (E.40.B.60.10 -

G.40.A.20)
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Ignition in “IGN" position. Adjust Main Blower operates at high speed. Main Blower.
blower speed to “HIGH" speed posi- If Main Blower runs at high speed, go Main Blower Relay High.
tion. to test point 9. Fuse #18.
Go to next test point.
2 Measure for 12 volts at Main Blower 12 volts. Main Blower.
connector X156. If good reading, go to test point 8. Main Blower Relay High.
Fuse #18.
Open or short circuit.
Go to next test point.
3 Measure for 12 volts at Main Blower 12 volts. Main Blower Relay High.
Relay High (pin 5). If good reading, repair short to Open control circuit from HVAC Con-
ground or open circuit 946 (WH) trol Module (A-09).
and 946 (RD) between Main Blower Main Blower.
connector X156 and Main Blower Go to next test point.
Relay High (pin 5). Check in-line
connectors X006 (pin G) and X152
(pin 3) for connection.
4 Measure for 12 volts at Main Blower 12 volts. Open circuit 938 (RD) between Main
Relay High (pin 3). If good reading, go to next test point. Blower Relay High and Fuse #18.
Blown Fuse #18.
5 Measure for 12 volts at Main Blower 12 volts. Check for open or short to ground
Relay High (pin 1). If good reading, go to test point 7. circuit 906 (WH) between HVAC
Control Module (A-09) connector
X128 (pin C-9) and Main Blower Re-
lay High (pin 1)
HVAC Control Module (A-09).
Check in-line connector X003 (pin 9)
for connection.
Go to next test point.
6 Measure for 12 volts at HVAC Con- 12 volts. HVAC Control Module (A-09).
trol Module (A-09) connector X128 If good reading, repair open circuit
(pin C-9). 906 (WH) between Main Blower Re-
lay High (pin 1) and HVAC Control
Module connector X128 (A-09) (pin
C-9).
7 Ignition in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 942 (BK) between
Check for chassis ground at Main If good reading, faulty Main Blower Main Blower Relay High (pin 2) and
Blower Relay High (pin 2). Relay High. ground.
8 Measure resistance from Main Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 948 (BK) between Main
Blower connector X155 to ground. If good reading, replace Main Blower connector X155 and ground.
Blower. Check in-line connector X152 (pin 4)
for connection.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 36
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

9 Ignition in “RUN" position. Main Blower operates at low speed. Main Blower Relay Low.
Adjust blower speed to “LOW" speed If Main Blower runs at low speed, go Main Blower.
position. to test point 16. Go to next test point.
10 Measure for 12 volts at Main Blower 12 volts. Open circuit 928 (YE) and 928 (WH)
connector X158 circuit 928 (YE). If good reading, replace Main between Main Blower Relay Low (pin
Blower. 5) and X158 Main Blower connector.
Main Blower Relay Low.
Go to next test point.
11 Measure for 12 volts at Main Blower 12 volts. Main Blower Relay Low.
Relay Low (pin 5). If good reading, repair short to Open circuit 904 (WH) between Main
ground or open circuit 928 (WH) Blower Relay Low and HVAC Control
and 928 (YE) between Main Blower Module (A-09).
connector X158 and Main Blower Open B+ circuit 936 (RD) to Main
Relay Low (pin 5). Blower Relay Low.
Check in-line connectors X006 (pin Go to next test point.
D) and X152 (pin 1) for connection.
12 Measure for 12 volts at Main Blower 12 volts. Repair open circuit 936 (RD) be-
Relay Low (pin 3). If good reading, go to next test point. tween Main Blower Relay Low (pin
3) and Fuse #18.
13 Measure for 12 volt at Main Blower 12 volts. Check for open or short to ground cir-
Relay Low (pin 1). If good reading, go to test point 15. cuit 904 (WH) between Main Blower
Relay Low (pin 1) and HVAC Con-
trol Module (A-09) connector X128
(pin C-7) or HVAC Control Module
(A-09).
Check in-line connector X003 (pin 7)
for connection.
Go to next test point.
14 Measure for 12 volts at HVAC Con- 12 volts. HVAC Control Module (A-09).
trol Module (A-09) connector X128 If good reading, repair open circuit
(pin C-7). 904 (WH) between HVAC Control
Module (A-09) connector X128 and
Main Blower Relay Low (pin 1) (pin
C-7).
Go to next test point.
15 Ignition in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 940 (BK) between
Measure resistance from Main If good reading, faulty Main Blower Main Blower Relay Low (pin 2) and
Blower Relay Low (pin 2) to ground. Relay Low. ground.
16 Ignition in “IGN" position. Adjust Main Blower operates at medium Main Blower Relay Medium.
blower speed to medium position. speed. Main Blower.
If Main Blower runs at medium Go to next test point.
speed, Main Blower is operating
properly.
17 Measure for 12 volts at Main Blower 12 volts. Open circuit 929 (OR) and 929 (WH)
connector 157, circuit 929 (OR). If good reading, replace Main between Main Blower and Main
Blower. Blower Relay Medium.
Go to next test point.
18 Measure for 12 volts at Main Blower 12 volts. Main Blower Relay Medium.
Relay Medium (pin 5). If good reading, repair open or short Open circuit 905 (WH) between
to ground in circuits 929 (WH) and Main Blower Relay Medium and
929 (OR) between Main Blower con- HVAC Control Module (A-09).
nector X157 and Main Blower Relay Open B+ circuit 937 (RD) to Main
Medium (pin 5). Blower Relay Medium.
Check in-line connectors X006 (pin Go to next test point.
E) and X152 (pin 2) for connection.
19 Measure for 12 volts at Main Blower 12 volts. Open circuit 937 (RD) between Main
Relay Medium (pin 3). If good reading, go to next test point. Blower Relay Medium (pin 3) and
Fuse #18.
Go to next test point.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 37
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

20 Measure for 12 volts at Main Blower 12 volts. Open circuit 905 (WH) or short to
Relay Medium (pin 1). If good reading, go to test point 22. ground between Main Blower Relay
Medium (pin 1) and HVAC Control
Module (A-09) connector X128 (pin
C-8)
HVAC Control Module (A-09).
Check the connection to in-line con-
nector X003 (pin 8).
Go to next test point.
21 Measure for 12 volts at HVAC Con- 12 volts. HVAC Control Module (A-09).
trol Module (A-09) connector X128 If good reading, repair open circuit Go to next test point.
(pin C-8). 905 (WH) between HVAC Control
Module (A-09) connector X128 (pin
C-8) and Main Blower Relay Medium
(pin 1).
22 Ignition in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 941(BK) between Main
Measure resistance from Main If good reading, faulty Main Blower Blower Relay Medium (pin 2) and
Blower Relay Medium (pin 2) to Relay Medium. ground.
ground.

Ventilation system Separator fan - Testing (E.40.B.60.20 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Ignition in “IGN" position. The system is running at high speed. Separator Blower does not operate.
Power up the HVAC Control Module If good reading the ATC climate con- Go to next test point.
and set the blower speed for high trol system is operate properly.
speed.
2 Measure for 12 volts at Separa- 12 volts. Open circuit 926 (WH) between Sep-
tor Blower connector X143, circuit If good reading, go to test point 8. arator Blower and Separator Blower
926(WH). Relay.
Short to ground.
Separator Blower Relay.
Go to next test point.
3 Measure for 12 volts at Separator 12 volts. Separator Blower Relay.
Blower Relay (pin 5). If good reading, repair open circuit Open ground circuit at Separator
926 (WH) between Separator Blower Blower Relay.
connector 143 and Separator Blower Blown Fuse #17.
Relay (pin 5). Check connection at Go to next test point.
in-line connector X006 (pin B).
4 Measure for 12 volts at Separator 12 volts. Open or short to ground circuit 930
Blower Relay (pin 3). If good reading, go to next test point. (RD) between Separator Blower Re-
lay (pin 3) and Fuse #17 or Fuse #17.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 38
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

5 Measure for 12 volts at Separator 12 volts. Open or short to ground in circuit 902
Blower Relay (pin 1). If good reading, go to test point 7. (WH) between Separator Blower
Relay 1 and HVAC Control Module
connector X128 (pin C4). Check
connection at in-line connector X003
(pin 5).
Go to next test point.
6 Measure for 12 volts at HVAC Con- 12 volts. HVAC Control Module.
trol Module connector X128 (pin C4). If good reading, repair open circuit
902 (WH) between HVAC Control
Module connector X128 (pin C4)
and Separator Blower Relay (pin 1).
7 Ignition in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 944 (BK) between Sep-
Check for chassis ground at Separa- If good reading, faulty Separator arator Blower Relay (pin 2) and
tor Blower Relay (pin 2). blower relay. ground.
Go to next test point. Go to next test point.
8 Ignition in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 933 (BK) between Sep-
Measure resistance from Separa- If good reading, replace Separator arator Blower connector X144 and
tor Blower connector X144, circuit Blower. ground.
933(BK) to ground.

Ventilation system Circulation fan - Testing (E.40.B.60.10 -

G.40.A.20)
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Ignition in “IGN" position. Adjust Main Blower operates at high speed. Main Blower
blower speed to “HIGH" speed posi- If Main Blower runs at high speed, go Main Blower Relay Low
tion. to test point 9. Fuse #18
Go to next test point.
2 Measure for 12 volts at Main Blower 12 volts. Main Blower
connector X156. If good reading, go to test point 8. Main Blower Relay Low
Fuse #18
Open or short circuit.
Go to next test point.
3 Measure for 12 volts at Main Blower 12 volts. Main Blower Relay Low
Relay Low (pin 5). If good reading, repair short to Open control circuit from HVAC Con-
ground or open circuit 946 (WH) be- trol Module.
tween Main Blower connector X156 Main Blower.
and Main Blower Relay Low (pin 5). Go to next test point.
Check in-line connector X006 (pin
G) for connection.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 39
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

4 Measure for 12 volts at Main Blower 12 volts. Open circuit 938 (RD) open between
Relay Low (pin 3). If good reading, go to next test point. Main Blower Relay Low and Fuse
#18.
Blown Fuse #18.
5 Measure for 12 volts at Main Blower 12 volts. Check for open or short to ground cir-
Relay Low (pin 1). If good reading, go to test point 7. cuit 906 (WH) between HVAC Con-
trol Module connector X128 (pin C-9)
and Main Blower Relay Low (pin 1).
HVAC Control Module.
Check in-line connector X003 (pin 9)
for connection.
Go to next test point.
6 Measure for 12 volts at HVAC Con- 12 volts. HVAC Control Module.
trol Module connector X128 (pin If good reading, repair open circuit
C-9). 906 (WH) between Main Blower Re-
lay Low (pin 1) and HVAC Control
Module connector X128 (pin C-9).
7 Ignition in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 942 (BK) between
Check for chassis ground at Main If good reading, faulty Main Blower Main Blower Relay Low (pin 2) and
Blower Relay Low (pin 2). Relay Low. ground.
8 Measure resistance from Main Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 948 (RD) between Main
Blower connector X155 to ground. If good reading, replace Main Blower and ground.
Blower.
9 Ignition in “RUN" position. Main Blower operates at low speed. Main Blower Relay High
Adjust blower speed to “LOW" speed If Main Blower runs at low speed, go Blower Speed Resistor
position. to test point 16. Go to next test point.
10 Measure for 12 volts at Blower 12 volts. Open circuit 928 (WH) between
Speed Resistor connector X158 cir- If good reading, check/ repair wiring Main Blower Relay High and Blower
cuit 928 (WH). between Blower Speed Resistor and Speed Resistor.
Main Blower. If wiring is okay, re- Main Blower Relay High
place Blower Speed Resistor. Go to next test point.
11 Measure for 12 volts at Main Blower 12 volts. Main Blower Relay High
Relay High (pin 5). If good reading, repair short to Open circuit 904 (WH) between Main
ground or open circuit 928 (WH) Blower Relay High and HVAC Con-
between Blower Speed Resistor trol Module.
connector X158 and Main Blower Open B+ circuit 936 (RD) to Main
Relay High (pin 5). Blower Relay High.
Check in-line connector X006 (pin D) Go to next test point.
for connection.
12 Measure for 12 volts at Main Blower 12 volts. Repair open circuit 936 (RD) be-
Relay High (pin 3). If good reading, go to next test point. tween Main Blower Relay High (pin
3) and Fuse #18.
13 Measure for 12 volt at Main Blower 12 volts. Check for open or short to ground cir-
Relay HIgh (pin 1). If good reading, go to test point 15. cuit 904 (WH) between Main Blower
Relay High (pin 1) and HVAC Control
Module connector X128 (pin C-7) or
HVAC Control Module.
Check in-line connector X003 (pin 7)
for connection. Go to next test point.
14 Measure for 12 volts at HVAC Con- 12 volts. HVAC Control Module
trol Module connector X128 (pin If good reading, repair open circuit
C-7). 904 (WH) between HVAC Control
Module connector X128 (pin C-7).
Go to next test point.
15 Ignition in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 940 (BK) between
Measure resistance from Main If good reading, faulty Main Blower Main Blower Relay High (pin 2) and
Blower Relay High (pin 2) to ground. Relay High. ground.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 40
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

16 Ignition in “IGN" position. Adjust Main Blower operates at medium Main Blower Relay Med
blower speed to medium position. speed. Blower Speed Resistor
If Main Blower runs at medium Go to next test point.
speed, Main Blower and Blower
Speed Resistor are operating prop-
erly.
17 Measure for 12 volts at blower 12 volts. Open circuit 929 (WH) between
speed resistor connector X157, cir- If good reading, replace Blower Blower Speed Resistor and Main
cuit 929 (WH). Speed Resistor. Blower Relay Med.
Go to next test point.
18 Measure for 12 volts at Main Blower 12 volts. Main Blower Relay Med
Relay Med (pin 5). If good reading, repair open or short Open circuit 905 (WH) between Main
to ground in circuit 929 (WH) be- Blower Relay Med and HVAC Con-
tween blower speed resistor con- trol Module.
nector X157 and Main Blower Relay Open B+ circuit 937 (RD) to Main
Med (pin 5). Blower Relay Med.
Check in-line connector X006 (pin E) Go to next test point.
for connection.
19 Measure for 12 volts at Main Blower 12 volts. Open circuit 937 (RD) between Main
Relay Med (pin 3). If good reading, go to next test point. Blower Relay Med (pin 3) and Fuse
#18.
Go to next test point.
20 Measure for 12 volts at Main Blower 12 volts. Open circuit 905 (WH) or short to
Relay Med (pin 1). If good reading, go to test point 22. ground between Main Blower Relay
Med (pin 1) and HVAC Control Mod-
ule connector X128 (pin C-8).
HVAC Control Module connector
X128.
Check the connection to in-line con-
nector X003 (pin 8).
Go to next test point.
21 Measure for 12 volts at HVAC Con- 12 volts. HVAC Control Module.
trol Module connector X128 (pin If good reading, repair open circuit Go to next test point.
C-8). 905 (WH) between HVAC Control
Module connector X128 (pin C-8)
and Main Blower Relay Med (pin 1).
22 Ignition in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 941(BK) between Main
Measure resistance from Main If good reading, faulty Main Blower Blower Relay Med (pin 2) and
Blower Relay Med (pin 2) to ground. Relay Med. ground.

Ventilation system Circulation fan - Testing (E.40.B.60.10 -

G.40.A.20)
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 41
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Remove Main Blower Relay Low. 12 volts. Check circuit 906 (WH) between
Ignition in “RUN" position. Power up If good reading, go to F-Main Blower Main Blower Relay Low (pin 1) and
the HVAC Control System. and Circuit Test. HVAC Control Module connector
Measure for 12 volts at pin 1 of the X128 (pin C-9) for short to ground.
Main Blower Relay Low.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 42
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

Recirculation system Actuator - Testing (E.40.B.62.36 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Disconnect the electrical connector Actuator rotates counter-clockwise. Mechanical failure of the parts being
from the actuator. If good reading, go to next test point. rotated.
Connect 12 volts to the Actuator (pin Actuator failure.
A) and ground (pin C). If the mechanical parts move freely,
Connect (pin D) to 12 volts (pin A) replace the actuator.
with a jumper wire.
2 Disconnect (pin D) from 12 volts (pin
Actuator rotates clockwise. Mechanical failure of the parts being
A). If good reading, go to next test point. rotated.
Connect (pin D) to ground (pin C) Actuator failure.
with a jumper wire. If the mechanical parts move freely,
replace the actuator.
3 Disconnect (pin D) from ground (pin Actuator rotates to middle position of Mechanical failure of the parts being
C). travel. rotated.
Leave (pin D) unconnected. If good reading, actuator is operating Actuator failure.
properly. If the mechanical parts move freely,
replace the actuator.

Recirculation system - Testing (E.40.B.62 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Ignition in “RUN" position. The HVAC Control Module (A-09) Recirculation inoperative.
Power up the HVAC Control Module will recirculate air. Go to next test point.
(A-09) and place system in recircula- If good reading, the HVAC Control
tion mode. system is operating properly.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 43
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

2 Measure for 12 volts at recirculation 12 volts. Open or short circuit 920 (OR) be-
door connector X147 terminal 10. If good reading, go to test point 5. tween Recirculation Door connector
X147 terminal 10 and HVAC Control
Module (A-09) connector X128 (pin
D-7).
Recirculation door.
HVAC Control Module (A-09).
Check for connection the in-line con-
nectors X006 (pin R) and X003 (pin
23).
Go to next test point.
3 Ignition in “OFF" position. More than 1 ohm. Recirculation Door.
Disconnect connector X147 from If good reading, reconnect the Re- Recirculation Door Actuator.
Recirculation Door and measure circulation Door connector and go to Go to J-Actuator Test.
resistance at Recirculation Door be- next test point.
tween terminals 7 and 10.
4 Ignition in "RUN" position. 12 volts. HVAC Control Module (A-09).
Measure for 12 volts at HVAC Con- If good reading, repair open circuit
trol Module (A-09) connector X128 920 (OR) between Recirculation
(pin D-7). Door connector X147 (pin 10) and
HVAC Control Module (A-09) con-
nector X128 (pin D-7).
5 Ignition in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 919 (YE) between Re-
Disconnect Recirculation Door con- If good reading, go to next test point. circulation Door connector X147 (pin
nector X147. 8) and HVAC Control Module (A-09)
Measure resistance between Recir- connector X128 (pin D-6).
culation Door connector X147 (pin Check for connection the in-line con-
8) and HVAC Control Module (A-09) nectors X006 (pin P) and X003 (pin
connector X128 (pin D-6). 22).
6 Measure resistance between Recir- Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 918 (BK) between Re-
culation Door connector X147 (pin If good reading, go to next test point. circulation Door connected X147
7) and HVAC Control Module (A-09) (pin 7) and HVAC Control Module
connector X128 (pin D-5). (A-09) connector X128 (pin D-5).
Check connection at in-line connec-
tors X006 (pin N) and X003 (pin 21).
7 Reconnect Recirculation Door con- The climate control will recirculate Recirculation Door.
nector. the air. Recirculation Door Actuator.
Ignition in “IGN" position. If good reading the climate control is Go to J-Actuator Test.
Retest system by placing system in operating properly. If door and actuator operate prop-
recirculation mode. erly, replace the HVAC Control Mod-
ule (A-09).

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 44
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

Automated recirculation system Actuator - Testing (E.40.B.63.36 -

G.40.A.20)
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Disconnect the electrical connector Actuator rotates counter-clockwise. Mechanical failure of the parts being
from the actuator. If good reading, go to next test point. rotated.
Connect 12 volts to the actuator (pin Actuator failure.
A) and ground (pin C). If the mechanical parts move freely,
Connect (pin D) to 12 volts (pin A) replace the actuator.
with a jumper wire.
Actuator rotates clockwise.
2 Disconnect (pin D) from 12 volts (pin Mechanical failure of the parts being
A). If good reading, go to next test point. rotated.
Connect (pin D) to ground (pin C) Actuator failure.
with a jumper wire. If the mechanical parts move freely,
replace the actuator.
3 Disconnect (pin D) from ground (pin Actuator rotates to middle position of Mechanical failure of the parts being
C). travel. rotated.
Leave (pin D) unconnected. If good reading, actuator is operating Actuator failure.
properly. If the mechanical parts move freely,
replace the actuator.

Automated recirculation system - Testing (E.40.B.63 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Ignition in “RUN" position. The HVAC Control Module will recir- Recirculation inoperative.
Power up the HVAC Control Mod- culate air. Go to next test point.
ule and place system in recirculation If good reading, the HVAC Control
mode. system is operating properly.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 45
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

2 Measure for 12 volts at Cold Box 12 volts. Open or short circuit 920 (OR) be-
door connector X147 (pin 10). If good reading, go to test point 5. tween Cold Box door connector
X147 terminal 10 and HVAC Control
Module connector X128 (pin D-7).
Cold Box door.
HVAC Control Module.
Check for connection the in-line con-
nectors X006 (pin R) and X003 (pin
23).
Go to next test point.
3 Ignition in “OFF" position. More than 1 ohm. Replace Cold Box Door.
Disconnect connector X147 from If good reading, reconnect the re-
Cold Box Door and measure resis- circulation door connector and go to
tance at Cold Box Door between next test point.
terminals 7 and 10.
4 Ignition in "RUN" position. 12 volts. HVAC Control Module
Measure for 12 volts at HVAC Con- If good reading, repair open circuit
trol Module connector X128 (pin 920 (OR) between Cold Box Door
D-7). connector X147 (pin 10) and HVAC
Control Module connector X128 (pin
D-7).
5 Ignition in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 919 (YE) between Cold
Disconnect Cold Box Door connec- If good reading, go to next test point. Box Door connector X147 (pin 8)
tor X147. and HVAC Control Module connec-
Measure resistance between Cold tor X128 (pin D-6)
Box Door connector X147 (pin 8) Check for connection the in-line con-
and HVAC Control Module connec- nectors X006 (pin P) and C3 (pin 22).
tor X128 (pin D-6).
6 Measure resistance between Cold Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 918 (BK) between Cold
Box Door connector X147 (pin 7) If good reading, go to next test point. Box Door connected X147.
and HVAC Control Module connec- (pin 7) and HVAC Control Module
tor X128 (pin D-5). connector X128 (pin D-5).
Check connection at in-line connec-
tors X006 (pin N) and X033 (pin 21).
7 Reconnect Cold Box Door connec- The ATC climate control will recircu- Replace Cold Box Door or
tor. late the air. HVAC Control Module.
Ignition in “IGN" position. If good reading the ATC climate con-
Retest system by placing system in trol is operating properly.
recirculation mode.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 46
 Index

BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system - 40.B

Air filter - Static description (E.40.B.25 - C.30.A.20) 4
Air filter Intake filter - Cleaning (E.40.B.25.10 - F.30.A.10) 12
Air filter Recirculation filter - Install (E.40.B.25.30 - F.10.A.15) 11
Air filter Recirculation filter - Remove (E.40.B.25.30 - F.10.A.10) 9
Air filter Separator filter - Install (E.40.B.25.20 - F.10.A.15) 10
Air filter Separator filter - Remove (E.40.B.25.20 - F.10.A.10) 8
Automated recirculation system - Testing (E.40.B.63 - G.40.A.20) 45
Automated recirculation system Actuator - Testing (E.40.B.63.36 - G.40.A.20) 45
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system - Preliminary test (E.40.B - F.40.A.20) 7
Heater - Static description (E.40.B.33 - C.30.A.20) 5
Heater - Testing (E.40.B.33 - G.40.A.20) 33
Heater Exchanger - Install (E.40.B.33.10 - F.10.A.15) 19
Heater Exchanger - Remove (E.40.B.33.10 - F.10.A.10) 13
Heater Water valve - Install (E.40.B.33.20 - F.10.A.15) 23
Heater Water valve - Remove (E.40.B.33.20 - F.10.A.10) 17
Heater Water valve actuator - Install (E.40.B.33.30 - F.10.A.15) 24
Heater Water valve actuator - Remove (E.40.B.33.30 - F.10.A.10) 18
Recirculation system - Testing (E.40.B.62 - G.40.A.20) 43
Recirculation system Actuator - Testing (E.40.B.62.36 - G.40.A.20) 43
Ventilation system - Dynamic description (E.40.B.60 - C.30.A.10) 6
Ventilation system Circulation fan - Install (E.40.B.60.10 - F.10.A.15) 29
Ventilation system Circulation fan - Remove (E.40.B.60.10 - F.10.A.10) 25
Ventilation system Circulation fan - Testing (E.40.B.60.10 - G.40.A.20) 35
Ventilation system Circulation fan - Testing (E.40.B.60.10 - G.40.A.20) 39
Ventilation system Circulation fan - Testing (E.40.B.60.10 - G.40.A.20) 41
Ventilation system Separator fan - Install (E.40.B.60.20 - F.10.A.15) 32
Ventilation system Separator fan - Remove (E.40.B.60.20 - F.10.A.10) 28
Ventilation system Separator fan - Testing (E.40.B.60.20 - G.40.A.20) 35
Ventilation system Separator fan - Testing (E.40.B.60.20 - G.40.A.20) 38

2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 47
 2 4/7/2006
E.40.B / 48
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - 40.C

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 1
 Contents

BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - 40.C

TECHNICAL DATA
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system
Torque (E.40.C - D.20.A.10) 4
Special tools (E.40.C - D.20.A.40) 4
General specification (E.40.C - D.40.A.10) 4

FUNCTIONAL DATA
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system
Static description (E.40.C - C.30.A.20) 6
Static description (E.40.C - C.30.A.20) 7
Compressor
Static description (E.40.C.31 - C.30.A.20) 10
Condenser
Static description (E.40.C.32 - C.30.A.20) 11
Evaporator
Static description (E.40.C.33 - C.30.A.20) 12
Expansion valve
Static description (E.40.C.34 - C.30.A.20) 13
Receiver/drier
Static description (E.40.C.35 - C.30.A.20) 15
Cooler
Static description (E.40.C.39 - C.30.A.20) 16
Sensing system
Dynamic description (E.40.C.95 - C.30.A.10) 17
Static description (E.40.C.95 - C.30.A.20) 30

SERVICE
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system
Service instruction (E.40.C - F.10.A.05) 31
Preliminary test (E.40.C - F.40.A.20) 39
System stabilising (E.40.C - F.40.D.10) 40
Tool description (E.40.C - F.40.D.20) 41
Storing (E.40.C - F.35.A.02) 42
Discharging (E.40.C - F.35.A.31) 43
Check (E.40.C - F.45.A.10) 45
Charging (E.40.C - F.60.A.30) 47
Compressor
2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 2
 Magnetic clutch - Remove (E.40.C.31.80 - F.10.A.10) 48
Remove (E.40.C.31 - F.10.A.10) 52
Magnetic clutch - Install (E.40.C.31.80 - F.10.A.15) 53
Install (E.40.C.31 - F.10.A.15) 55
Condenser
Remove (E.40.C.32 - F.10.A.10) 56
Install (E.40.C.32 - F.10.A.15) 57
Evaporator
Remove (E.40.C.33 - F.10.A.10) 58
Install (E.40.C.33 - F.10.A.15) 61
Expansion valve
Remove (E.40.C.34 - F.10.A.10) 64
Install (E.40.C.34 - F.10.A.15) 65
Receiver/drier
Remove (E.40.C.35 - F.10.A.10) 66
Install (E.40.C.35 - F.10.A.15) 67
Cooler
Remove (E.40.C.39 - F.10.A.10) 68
Install (E.40.C.39 - F.10.A.15) 69
Sensing system
High pressure switch - Remove (E.40.C.95.70 - F.10.A.10) 70
Low pressure switch - Remove (E.40.C.95.71 - F.10.A.10) 71
High pressure switch - Install (E.40.C.95.70 - F.10.A.15) 72
Low pressure switch - Install (E.40.C.95.71 - F.10.A.15) 73

DIAGNOSTIC
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system
Problem solving (E.40.C - G.40.A.30) 74
Troubleshooting (E.40.C - G.40.A.10) 76
Troubleshooting (E.40.C - G.40.A.10) 76
Command
Testing (E.40.C.05 - G.40.A.20) 80
A/C Controller
Testing (E.40.C.90 - G.40.A.20) 81
Sensing system
High pressure switch - Testing (E.40.C.95.70 - G.40.A.20) 83
Low pressure switch - Testing (E.40.C.95.71 - G.40.A.20) 84
Freeze switch - Testing (E.40.C.95.87 - G.40.A.20) 85

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 3
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Torque

(E.40.C - D.20.A.10)
Hose and Tubing Flare Connection Torque

Metal Tube Thread and Fitting Steel Tubing* Torque Aluminum Copper Nominal Torque
Outside Diameter Size Nm (ft. lbs.) Tubing* Torque Nm Wrench Span
(ft. lbs.)
1/4 7/16 14-20 (10-15) 7-9 (5-7) 5/8 in
3/8 5/8 41-47 (30-35) 15-18 (11-13) 3/4 in
1/2 3/4 41-47 (30-35) 15-18 (11-13) 7/8 in
5/8 7/8 41-47 (30-35) 24-29 (18-21) 1-1/16 in
3/4 1-1/16 41-47 (30-35) 31-38 (23-28) 1-1/4 in

* If a connection is made with steel to aluminum or copper, use the lower torque specification.
** Use steel tubing torque only when both ends of connection are steel.

Hose and Tubing O ring Connection Torque

Metal Tube Outside Diameter Thread and Fitting Size Torque N·m (ft. lbs.)
1/4 7/16 14-20 (10-15)
3/8 5/8 14-20 (10-15)
1/2 3/4 33-39 (24-29)
5/8 7/8 35-41 (26-31)
3/4 1-1/16 41-47 (30-35)

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Special tools

(E.40.C - D.20.A.40)
Part No. Description
FNH00855 Refrigerant Gas Leak Detector
OEM1598 R-134 Recovery/Recycle and Recharging Station
OEM1662 Thermometer
OEM1419 Service Gauge Set - 134A
FNH02343B Sanko/Sanden Compressor Tools

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - General

specification (E.40.C - D.40.A.10)
J639 Safety and containment of refrigerant for mechanical vapor compression systems used for mobile air condition-
ing systems.

J1989 Recommended service procedure for the containment of R-12.

J1991 Standard of purity for use in mobile air conditioning systems.

J2099 Standard of purity for recycled R-134a for use in a mobile air conditioning system.

J2196 Service hose for automotive air conditioning.

J2197 R-134a service hose fittings for automotive air conditioning service equipment.

J2211 Recommended service procedure for the containment of R -134a.

J2219 Committee draft: Concern to the mobile air conditioning industry.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 4
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Related SAE Standards:

J1990 Recovery and recycle equipment for mobile air conditioning systems.

J2209 R-12 recovery equipment for mobile air conditioning systems.

J2210 R-134a recycling equipment for mobile air conditioning systems.

These and other SAE standards may be obtained from:

SAE Customer Service 400 Commonwealth Drive Warrendale, Pa 15096-0001

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 5
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Static

description (E.40.C - C.30.A.20)
The Manual Temperature Control panel directly operates the various modes of the cab climate control system.

The fan switch (1) is a four position switch used to select Off (0), Low (1), Medium (2), and High (3) fan speeds. No
other speed control is provided.

The temperature control knob (2) gives the operator control over the amount of heated engine coolant that will circulate
through the heater core. If a warmer air temperature is desired, rotate the knob clockwise. With the control knob in
the fully clockwise position, the water valve is completely open allowing maximum coolant flow through the core, and
maximum heating of the cab air.

20018374 1
The A/C switch (3) when pressed, will energize the air conditioning circuit causing the A/C compressor to cycle ac-
cording to its own control parameters. There is no visual indication that this switch has been pressed.

The recirculation switch (4) reduces air flow from outside the combine cab by securing the separator fan at the fresh
air intake screen. Since air is no longer being drawn into the ventilation circuit by the separator fan, cab pressurization
is minimized.

The combine cab is normally pressurized to approximately 5 mm Hg (3/16-3/4 in Hg) to help prevent the entry of dust
and debris into the cab during operation. Pressurization is accomplished by the use of a separator fan on the fresh air
intake to the system. To minimize the amount of time cab pressurization is secured, a forty minute timer is installed
in the circuitry to shift the ventilation system back to its normal mode, and draw in fresh air from the outside. There is
no visual indication that this switch has been pressed.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 6
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Static

description (E.40.C - C.30.A.20)
Prompted by environmental concerns, New Holland North America is now producing equipment with Non-chloroflu-
orocarbon (non-cfc) air-condition systems. The refrigerant used is R-134a, a hydrofluorocarbon that has no ozone
consuming chlorine molecule.
NOTE: Follow all local and governmental regulations regarding the handling of HFC materials before performing any
work on systems using HFC compounds.

CAUTION
This air-conditioning system uses R-134a refrigerant. Use only R-134a refrigerant and compatible lubricants
in this system. Gases and lubricants of R-134a and R-12 are not compatible with each other, they must be
handled separately and not mixed. Z026

Vehicles with R-134a system components are distinguished from others that use R-12 by an ID tag mounted on or
near the compressor mounting location.

The function of the climate control system is to provide a comfortable environment for the operator by raising or low-
ering the air temperature, reducing the humidity level and removing dust and pollen within the cab compartment.

Two types of control panels are available, Automatic Temperature Control (ATC), and Manual Temperature Control
(MTC). The ATC system manages the operation of the compressor, blower fan, and heater valve to maintain cab air
temperature at the value set by the operator. Using the MTC system, the operator controls fan speed, heater valve
position and compressor operation by direct input.

The components of the climate control system are located at various points on the combine. The control panel (ATC
or MTC) is in the headliner of the operators’ cab at (1) . Directly behind the cab is the central air handling (2) , unit
which houses the blower fan, heater core, evaporator core and water valve. A separator fan (3) is located behind
the shielding outside the left cab door. The compressor, condenser and receiver/drier are mounted in and around the
engine compartment at (4) .

BSC1361 1

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 7
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

A/C CYCLE

1z0o2004112096 2

Air Conditioning Process

Refrigerant is drawn into the compressor as a cool, low-pressure vapor, compressed and then moves out as a hot,
high-pressure vapor to the condenser.

As the hot, high-pressure vapor passes through the condenser core, it gives off heat to the cooler outside air being
drawn past the radiator cooling fins.

The vapor is condensed to a liquid by giving off heat to the outside air. This liquid moves to the receiver/dryer under
high pressure.

Hot, high-pressure liquid is stored in the receiver/dryer until it is released to the evaporator by the expansion valve.

The liquid refrigerant passes through a metered orifice in the expansion valve and into the evaporator coil. As the
refrigerant passes through the orifice in the expansion valve, the refrigerant changes from a high-pressure liquid to a
low-pressure atomized liquid. Then, when it reaches the evaporator coils, it begins to cool, absorbing heat from the
air drawn across the coils and fins by the blower. The refrigerant now changes from a cold low-pressure liquid to a
cool low-pressure vapor and leaves the evaporator outlet moving to the suction (low-pressure) side of the compressor
to repeat the cycle.

As the heat loss is taking place, moisture (humidity) in the air will condense on the outside of the evaporator and drain
off as water through the drain hoses attached to the evaporator drain pan, thereby reducing the humidity level of the
cab. Also, dust or pollen not removed by the cab filters will collect on the wet evaporator fins and coils and will be
washed off with the condensed moisture.

In summary, the heat in the cab is removed by the refrigerant in the evaporator and is transferred from the refrigerant
to the outside air by the condenser unit.

Lubricants

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 8
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Refrigerant R-134a and the lubricant used with it were developed together. The lubricant is made from polyaklylene
glycol (PAG) and is not compatible with the mineral oil used with R-12 systems. Mixing of R-134a and mineral oil will
cause the oil to become chemically unstable, attacking internal components. Hoses, bearing shaft seals and O rings
designed for R-12 systems cannot be used in air conditioning systems with R-134a refrigerant. Hardening, swelling
or cracking of these parts will occur. The recommended lubricant to be used in the combine A/C system is PAG SP10.

The lubricants used with R-134a systems are far more aggressive to rubber parts than the mineral oils used with other
systems. When servicing this A/C system, be certain that the rubber parts you are installing is approved for use with
R-134a and its oil.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 9
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Compressor - Static description (E.40.C.31 - C.30.A.20)

The compressor, mounted inside the engine compartment, is driven by the crankshaft pulley. Refrigerant and oil is
moved through the air conditioning system by the compressor, which lubricates and cools the unit during operation.

An electromagnetic clutch is used to engage or disengage the compressor as required when operating the air condi-
tioning system. The clutch is of a stationary coil type and forms an integral part of the compressor pulley assembly.
When the coil is energized, the clutch plate is pulled against the rotating pulley. De-energizing the coil will allow the
plate to return to a standby position.

1z0o2004112109 1

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 10
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Condenser - Static description (E.40.C.32 - C.30.A.20)

The condenser (1) is located on the inside of the screen cleaner swing out door. The condenser consists of a number
of turns of continuous coil mounted in a series of thin cooling fins to provide maximum heat transfer in a minimum
amount of space.

The condenser receives the hot, high-pressure refrigerant vapor from the compressor. As the hot vapor passes
through the coils, outside air is drawn around the coils by the engine fan. Heat is transferred from the hot refriger-
ant vapor into the cooler outside air flowing across the coils and fins. The refrigerant condenses inside the unit and
becomes a high pressure liquid.

10008353 1

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 11
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Evaporator - Static description (E.40.C.33 - C.30.A.20)

The evaporator is located in the ventilation housing behind the combine cab. Similar to the condenser, the evaporator
core consists of numerous tubes mounted in a series of thin aluminum cooling fins. The fins and tubing are designed
to transfer heat from the cab air to the cold refrigerant liquid as it moves through the evaporator tubing.

The low-pressure liquid inside the tubes remove heat from air passing around them. As the refrigerant absorbs heat,
it boils and flashes to a vapor. The low-pressure vapor then flows to the compressor to repeat the refrigerant cycle.

10008342 1

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 12
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Expansion valve - Static description (E.40.C.34 - C.30.A.20)

The thermal expansion valve (1) is on the pressure line leading from the drier/receiver into the evaporator. The valve
changes the liquid refrigerant from high to low pressure without a change from liquid to vapor.

A thermostatically controlled valve within the expansion valve body controls the volume of liquid refrigerant passing
through the orifice and makes sure the refrigerant is fully vaporized within the evaporator by sensing the amount of
superheat of the vapor leaving the evaporator. Liquid refrigerant would damage the compressor.

The valve responds to changes in the cooling requirements of the system. When increased cooling is required, the
valve opens to increase the refrigerant flow. When less cooling is required, the valve closes and decreases the re-
frigerant flow.

10008352 1

1z0o2004112110 2

All of the needed temperature and pressure sensing functions are consolidated into this unit. No other external tubes
are required for its operation.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 13
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

When the compressor is off, pressure, (system plus spring pressure), below the actuating diaphragm (1) is greater
than the pressure above it. The metering ball (2) is held tightly against the seat by the spring, and no flow is present
through the valve.

70-610-1172 3

Upon initial startup of the compressor, the pressure drops rapidly in area 1. The pressure above the diaphragm is
now greater than that below. The actuating rod pushes down, unseating the ball and allowing refrigerant to flow to
the evaporator.

During operation, the pressure below the diaphragm will change and adjust valve position to maintain eight degrees
superheat of the refrigerant flowing from the evaporator.

73-610-1172 4

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 14
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Receiver/drier - Static description (E.40.C.35 - C.30.A.20)

Receiver/Dryer Description

The receiver/drier, located on the right side of the engine compartment is a storage tank that receives the high-pres-
sure liquid refrigerant from the condenser through an inlet line.

10008354 1
A sight glass (1) is installed so that the general condition of the refrigerant charge can be determined. The decision to
add refrigerant should not be based on the indication of the sight glass alone. Perform the appropriate steps described
in ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Service instruction (E.40.C - F.10.A.05).

A moisture indicator (2) is provided on the drier. A blue color indicates that the drier is in satisfactory condition. When
the drier is saturated with moisture, the indicator will be pink. The drier section contains a desiccant to absorb mois-
ture but can only absorb a limited amount of moisture before reaching a saturation point. The ability to retain moisture
absorbed is dependent upon temperature. As the outside temperature increases, the ability to retain absorbed mois-
ture decreases. This is why an air conditioning system with a saturated drier may operate satisfactorily when outside
temperatures are low, but stop cooling when the temperature increases.

The refrigerant exits the receiver/drier through an outlet connection and flows to the thermostatic expansion valve.
NOTE: Any moisture in the air conditioning system is extremely harmful. Moisture not absorbed by the drier will
circulate with the refrigerant. Droplets may collect and freeze in the thermostatic expansion valve restricting refrigerant
flow. The moisture circulating in the system may also react with the refrigerant to form hydrochloric acid.

10008354_1086 2

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 15
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Cooler - Static description (E.40.C.39 - C.30.A.20)

Climate control systems using the Automatic Temperature Control Panel have connections to provide cool air to the
right hand storage container behind the operators’ chair. Articles that require cooling can be placed in this Cool Box.
When the cab temperature is low enough to open the hot water valve, the cool box damper is shut to keep heated air
from circulating through it.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 16
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Sensing system - Dynamic description (E.40.C.95 - C.30.A.10)

Normal manifold gauge readings on the low side gauge are 1.0 bar - 2.0 bar (15 PSI - 30 PSI ). The high-pressure
gauge readings used in the gauge reading examples that follow are for an ambient temperature of 35 ° C (95 ° F).
However, as outside air temperature increases or decreases, so will the pressure readings. Refer to the Pressure/
Temperature Relationships chart below for equivalent readings.

1z0o2004112098 1

1 Low side low 2 High side low

3 High side hand valve closed 4 High side hose connected to high side service
connector
5 Not used 6 Low side hose connected to low side service connector
7 Low side hand valve closed

GAUGE READINGS AND INTERPRETATIONS

EXAMPLE 1

Problem:

Little or no cooling.

Cause:

Refrigerant slightly low.

CONDITIONS*

1. Low side pressure too low.

2. High side pressure too low.
3. Evaporator air not cold.

CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES

1. Leak test the system.

2. Repair leaks. (Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system; replace lines or components).
3. Replace any oil lost during recovery with new oil. Be sure to use oil compatible with the system.
2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 17
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

4. Evacuate the system.

5. Charge the system.
6. Performance test the system.

DIAGNOSIS: System refrigerant is low. May be caused by a small leak.

NOTE: * For proper high/low side gauge reading, refer to the Air Conditioning Temperature/Pressure Chart in ENVI-
RONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Troubleshooting (E.40.C - G.40.A.10).

1z0o2004112099 2

1 Low side low 2 High side low

3 High side hand valve closed 4 High side hose connected to high side service
connector
5 Not used 6 Low side hose connected to low side service connector
7 Low side hand valve closed

GAUGE READINGS AND INTERPRETATIONS

EXAMPLE 2

Problem:

Insufficient cooling.

Cause:

Refrigerant excessively low.

CONDITIONS*

1. Low side pressure very low.

2. High side pressure too low.
3. Evaporator air warm.

Corrective Procedures

1. Leak test the system.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 18
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

2. Recover the refrigerant from the system.

3. Repair leaks.
4. Replace any oil lost during recovery with new oil. Be sure to use oil compatible with the system.
5. Evacuate the system.
6. Charge the system.
7. Performance test the system.

DIAGNOSIS: System refrigerant is extremely low. A serious leak is indicated.

NOTE: * For proper high/low side gauge reading, refer to the Air Conditioning Temperature/Pressure Chart.

1z0o2004112100 3

1 Low side low 2 High side normal

3 High side hand valve closed 4 High side hose connected to high side service
connector
5 Not used 6 Low side hose connected to low side service connector
7 Low side hand valve closed

GAUGE READINGS AND INTERPRETATIONS

EXAMPLE 3

Problem:

Insufficient cooling.

Cause:

Air in system.

CONDITIONS*

1. Low side pressure reading does not change when compressor cycles “on" and “off."
2. High side pressure slightly high or slightly low.
3. Evaporator air not cold.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 19
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES

1. Check the moisture indicator on the receiver/drier

2. Leak test the system. Give special attention to the compressor seal area.
3. Recover the refrigerant from the system.
4. Repair leaks.
5. Replace the receiver/dryer.
6. Check compressor oil to ensure no loss.
7. Evacuate the system.
8. Charge the system.
9. Performance test the system.

DIAGNOSIS: Non-condensables (air or moisture) present. System not fully charged.

NOTE: * For proper high/low side gauge reading, refer to the Air Conditioning Temperature/Pressure Chart.

1z0o2004112101 4

1 Low side high 2 High side low

3 High side hand valve closed 4 High side hose connected to high side service
connector
5 Not used 6 Low side hose connected to low side service connector
7 Low side hand valve closed

GAUGE READINGS AND INTERPRETATIONS

EXAMPLE 4

Problem:

Insufficient cooling.

Cause:

Compressor malfunction.

CONDITIONS*
2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 20
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

1. Low side pressure too high.

2. High side pressure too low.
3. System fully charged
4. Evaporator air not cold.

CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES

1. Replace the compressor.

DIAGNOSIS: Internal leak in compressor caused by worn or scored pistons, rings, or cylinders.
NOTE: * For proper high/low side gauge reading, refer to the Air Conditioning Temperature/Pressure Chart.

1z0o2004112102 5

1 Low side high 2 High side high

3 High side hand valve closed 4 High side hose connected to high side service
connector
5 Not used 6 Low side hose connected to low side service connector
7 Low side hand valve closed

GAUGE READINGS AND INTERPRETATIONS

EXAMPLE 5

Problem:

Insufficient or no cooling. Engine overheats in some cases.

Cause:

Condenser not functioning properly.

CONDITIONS*

1. Low side pressure too high.

2. High side pressure too high.
3. Liquid line hot.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 21
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

4. Evaporator air warm.

CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES

1. Check belt tension. Loose or worn drive belts could cause excessive pressures in the compressor head.
2. Look for clogged passages between the condenser fins and coil, or other obstructions that could reduce con-
denser air flow.
3. If engine overheating is a symptom, check radiator fan and pressure cap for proper operation.

(At this point, operate the system and check its performance. If still unsatisfactory, proceed as follows.)

1. Check for overcharge of refrigerant, and correct as follows:

2. Discharge and recover the refrigerant.
3. Add new refrigerant.

(Operate the system and recheck the performance. If the gauge readings are still too high, proceed as follows.)
NOTE: * For proper high/low side gauge reading, refer to the Air Conditioning Temperature/Pressure Chart.

1. Recover the refrigerant from the system.

2. Remove the condenser; if it appears dirty or plugged, replace it.
3. Replace the receiver/dryer.
4. Evacuate the system, and recharge it.
5. Performance test the system.

DIAGNOSIS: Lack of cooling caused by pressure that is too high on the high side, resulting from improper operation
of condenser. (Refrigerant charge may be normal or excessive.)

1z0o2004112103 6

1 Low side normal 2 High side normal

3 High side hand valve closed 4 High side hose connected to high side service
connector
5 Not used 6 Low side hose connected to low side service connector
7 Low side hand valve closed

GAUGE READINGS AND INTERPRETATIONS

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 22
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

EXAMPLE 6

Problem:

Insufficient cooling during hottest part of hot days.

Cause:

Moisture in the system.

CONDITIONS*

1. Low side pressure reading normal but drops to a vacuum reading during testing.
2. High side pressure reading normal but drops when low side reading shows a vacuum.
3. Evaporator air sufficiently cold until low side pressure gauge shows a vacuum, then it becomes warm.

CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES

1. Recover the refrigerant from the system.

2. Replace the receiver/dryer.
3. Evacuate the system.
4. Charge the system.
5. Performance test the system.

DIAGNOSIS: Excessive moisture in system. Drying agent in receiver/dryer is saturated and releases moisture during
high outside air temps. This moisture collects and freezes in the expansion valve, preventing a flow of refrigerant
through the evaporator.
NOTE: * For proper high/low side gauge reading, refer to the Air Conditioning Temperature/Pressure Chart.

1z0o2004112104 7

1 Low side normal 2 High side normal

3 High side hand valve closed 4 High side hose connected to high side service
connector
5 Not used 6 Low side hose connected to low side service connector
7 Low side hand valve closed

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 23
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

GAUGE READINGS AND INTERPRETATIONS

EXAMPLE 7

Problem:

Insufficient or no cooling.

Cause:

Large amount of air in system.

CONDITIONS*

1. Low side pressure too high.

2. High side pressure too high.
3. Evaporator air not cool.

CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES

1. Recover the refrigerant from the system.

2. Replace the receiver/dryer.
3. Evacuate the system.
4. Charge the system.
5. Performance test the system.

DIAGNOSIS: Air in system. This, and the moisture in the air, is contaminating the refrigerant, causing the system to
operate improperly.
NOTE: * For proper high/low side gauge reading, refer to the Air Conditioning Temperature/Pressure Chart.

1z0o2004112105 8

1 Low side high 2 High side high

3 High side hand valve closed 4 High side hose connected to high side service
connector
5 Not used 6 Low side hose connected to low side service connector
7 Low side hand valve closed
2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 24
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

GAUGE READINGS AND INTERPRETATIONS

EXAMPLE 8

Problem:

Insufficient or no cooling.

Cause:

Improper operation of thermostatic expansion valve (stuck open)

CONDITIONS*

1. Low side pressure too high.

2. High side pressure too high.
3. Evaporator air warm.
4. Evaporator and suction hose (to compressor) surfaces show considerable moisture.

CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES

1. Check for sticking expansion valve:

2. Operate the system at maximum cooling
3. Check the low side gauge. The pressure should drop slowly.
4. If the test indicates that the expansion valve is defective, proceed as follows:
5. Recover the refrigerant from the system.
6. Replace the expansion valve.
7. Evacuate the system.
8. Charge the system.
9. Performance test the system.

DIAGNOSIS: Thermostatic expansion valve is allowing too much refrigerant to flow through the evaporator coils.
Valve may be stuck open.
NOTE: * For proper high/low side gauge reading, refer to the Air Conditioning Temperature/Pressure Chart.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 25
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

1z0o2004112106 9

1 Low side low 2 High side low

3 High side hand valve closed 4 High side hose connected to high side service
connector
5 Not used 6 Low side hose connected to low side service connector
7 Low side hand valve closed

GAUGE READINGS AND INTERPRETATIONS

EXAMPLE 9

Problem:

Insufficient cooling.

Cause:

Improper operation of thermostatic expansion valve (stuck closed).

CONDITIONS*

1. Low side pressure too low (0 PSI or vacuum).

2. High side pressure low.
3. Evaporator air cool, but not sufficiently cold.
4. Evaporator valve inlet pipe surface shows considerable moisture or frost.

CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES

1. Place finger on expansion valve inlet. If too cold to touch, proceed as follows:
2. Operate the system at maximum cooling.
3. Check the low side gauge. The pressure should drop slowly.
4. If the expansion valve inlet surface shows frost or heavy moisture, proceed as follows:
5. Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system.
6. If the corrective procedure outlined in Step 1 shows that the expansion valve is defective, proceed as follows:
7. Evacuate the system.
2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 26
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

8. Charge the system.

9. Performance test the system.

DIAGNOSIS: Expansion valve is not permitting a sufficient flow of refrigerant. May be caused by valve stuck in re-
stricted or closed position.
NOTE: * For proper high/low side gauge reading, refer to the Air Conditioning Temperature/Pressure Chart.

1z0o2004112107 10

1 Low side low 2 High side low

3 High side hand valve closed 4 High side hose connected to high side service
connector
5 Not used 6 Low side hose connected to low side service connector
7 Low side hand valve closed

GAUGE READINGS AND INTERPRETATIONS

EXAMPLE 10

Problem:

Insufficient cooling.

Cause:

Restriction in high side of system.

CONDITIONS*

1. Low side pressure too low.

2. High side pressure too low.
NOTE: A normal or high reading of the high side pressure gauge under these conditions indicates the system is
overcharged or the condenser is restricted.

1. Evaporator only slightly cool.

2. Liquid line and receiver/drier are cool to touch and show frost or considerable moisture.

CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES
2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 27
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

1. Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system.

2. Replace the liquid lines, receiver/drier, or other obstructed components.
3. Evacuate the system.
4. Charge the system.
5. Performance test the system.

DIAGNOSIS: Restriction in the liquid line and/or receiver/drier resulting in a “starved" evaporator (compressor remov-
ing refrigerant from the evaporator faster than it can enter).
NOTE: * For proper high/low side gauge reading, refer to the Air Conditioning Temperature/Pressure Chart.

1z0o2004112108 11

1 Low side gauge Compressor cycles on at 34 lbf/in2 2 High side normal

(2.3 bar) Compressor cycles off at 28 lbf/in2 (1.9 bar)
3 High side hand valve closed 4 High side hose connected to high side service
connector
5 Not used 6 Low side hose connected to low side service connector
7 Low side hand valve closed

GAUGE READINGS AND INTERPRETATIONS

EXAMPLE 11

Problem:

Compressor cycles (cuts in and out) too rapidly.

Cause:

Thermostatic switch defective.

CONDITIONS*

1. Low side pressure readings too high during both “on" and “off" compressor cycles and between cycles.
2. High side pressure normal.

CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES
2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 28
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

1. Stop the engine and shut off air conditioning system.

2. Replace thermostatic switch.
3. Make sure the switch’s temperature sensing line is installed in the same position and depth (in evaporator core)
as previous bulb.

CAUTION
Line is filled with refrigerant under pressure. Do not kink or bend it too sharply. Z017

1. Performance test the system.

DIAGNOSIS: Defective thermostatic switch.

NOTE: * For proper high/low side gauge reading, refer to the Air Conditioning Temperature/Pressure Chart.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 29
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Sensing system - Static description (E.40.C.95 - C.30.A.20)

The high pressure cutout switch (1) monitors the operating pressure on the high pressure side of the A/C system. The
function of this switch is to prevent the compressor from operating when the pressure on the high side exceeds the
preset operating limits. When actuated at 28.96 - 26.20 bars (420 - 380 psi) increasing, the electrical contacts in the
switch open and secure power to the compressor clutch. The pressure switch will reset at 20.69 - 17.93 bars (300 -
260 psi) decreasing. The set point is not adjustable.

The low pressure cutout switch (2) monitors the operating pressure on the low pressure side of the A/C system. The
function of this switch is to prevent the compressor from operating when pressure on the low side exceeds the preset
operating limits. When actuated at .070 - 482 bars (1 - 7 psi) decreasing, the electrical contacts in the switch open and
secure power to the compressor clutch. The pressure switch will reset at 2.134 - 2.686 bars (31 - 39 psi) increasing.
The set point is not adjustable.

10008350_1083 1

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 30
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Service

instruction (E.40.C - F.10.A.05)

WARNING
Be sure to use the correct and dedicated equipment for testing and working on any system containing R-134a.
Read and understand all of the following information before working on this system. Z005

1. General Safety and Service Precautions

All refrigerants have potentially dangerous physical
and chemical properties. Refrigerants are stored un-
der relatively high pressure as a liquid, and all of
them are chemicals which can be harmful or fatal if
not treated properly. When not used as directed, you
could be exposed to physical injury, frostbite, blind-
ness, poisoning, death by asphyxiation, or cardiac
arrest. In addition, some of the new refrigerants in-
cluding R-134a have been found to be flammable un-
der certain conditions.
The following safety warnings are generally rec-
ognized as minimum precautions that must be
observed when servicing air conditioning systems.
2. Read, understand, and follow the instructions pro-
vided by the manufacturer of all the service equip-
ment that you will be working with.
3. Wear safety goggles at all times when servicing
an air conditioning system, extraction recycling
equipment, or otherwise handling refrigerant. Liq-
uid splashed in the eye can cause frostbite and/or
irritation.
Wear appropriate rubber gloves and other protective
clothing. Extreme care should be used when han-
dling R-134a in order to prevent contact with skin and
other body parts. This is to prevent freezing of body
tissues. Liquid R-134a boils at -18 to -11 ° C (0 to -12
° F) at atmospheric pressure. Read and follow the in-
formation in the material safety data sheet provided
by your refrigerant supplier regarding the proper han-
dling of refrigerant.

CAUTION
Avoid breathing A/C refrigerant and lubricant vapor or
mist. Exposure may irritate eyes, nose, and throat.
To remove R-134a from the A/C system, use service
equipment certified to meet the requirements of SAE
J2210 (R-134a recycling equipment). If accidental sys-
tem discharge occurs, ventilate the work area before
resuming service. Additional health and safety infor-
mation may be obtained from refrigerant and lubricant
manufacturers. Z003

4. Never mix R-134a with air for leak testing. In gen-

eral, it should not be used or allowed to be present
with high concentrations of air above atmospheric
pressure. It has been determined that pressurized,
air rich mixtures of R-134a can undergo combustion
when exposed to an ignition source.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 31
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

5. Never perform operations other than routine main-

tenance on your extraction or recycling equipment
without first consulting the manufacturers’ authorized
personnel. Removal of fittings and filters can cause
refrigerant under pressure to escape. Use the proper
safety equipment, including safety goggles.
6. Never service or maintain extraction or recycling
equipment while it is plugged in unless proper ser-
vice procedures direct you to do so.
7. Always transfer refrigerant to cylinders or tanks
specifically approved for refilling by the U.S. De-
partment of Transportation. The designations “DOT
4BW" or “DOT 4BA" indicate such approval. Use no
other containers.
8. Never overfill a refrigerant container. There must be
a vapor space left in the cylinder in order to accom-
modate temperature-induced changes in pressure
and liquid volume. SAE recommends filling tanks for
shop use with liquid to no more than 60 % of their
gross weight rating.
9. Ensure that containers are never heated to over 52 °
C (125 ° F). Even a correctly filled container becomes
an explosive hazard if its temperature exceeds 52 °
C (125 ° F).
10. Recycling equipment may create sparks or arcs in in-
ternal switches or other systems. Because of the fire
and explosive hazard that may be present, always
use recycling equipment in locations with forced ven-
tilation having at least four air changes per hour.
11. Extension cords are a known cause of fires and
equipment malfunction. Their use is not recom-
mended. In circumstances where their use is
unavoidable, the shortest cord with 14 gauge or
larger conductors must be used. If your service
equipment requires a ground circuit (third prong),
make sure that the extension cord is so equipped
and that the ground circuit is intact. Avoid cords that
are worn, frayed, or otherwise damaged.
12. Perform work in well-ventilated areas. Refriger-
ants accumulate in low areas such as service pits.
Breathing concentrated refrigerant vapors could
result in asphyxiation or other health hazards, in-
cluding cardiac arrest.
13. Cleanliness
Many failures in all types of systems can be traced to
dirt. The cleaner your work, the longer the systems
will last, and the less need there will be for mainte-
nance operations that could potentially release refrig-
erant into the atmosphere.
Dirt, even microscopic particles, in hose connections
can create enough clearance for the refrigerant to
escape.
14.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 32
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

20018374 1
AIR CONDITIONING TEMPERATURE/PRESSURE CHART

Ambient % Relative Humidity Louver Temps* °C (°F) Normal Low Side Normal HIgh Side
Tempera- Pressure kPa (psig) Pressure kPa (psig)
ture °C (°F)
Low RH High RH Low RH High RH Low RH High RH Low RH High RH
21 (70) 19 to 21 81 to 89 4 (40) 11 (51) 62 to 62 (9 83 to 97 (12 779 to 862 807 to 889
to 9) to 14) (113 to 125) (117 to 129)
27 (80) 18 to 20 69 to 77 8 (46) 14 (57) 69 to 83 (10 103 to 117 917 to 1014 993 to 1103
to 12) (15 to 17) (133 to (144 to
147) 160)
32 (90) 16 to 18 58 to 64 12 (53) 18 (64) 90 to 103 131 to 145 1089 to 1207 to
(13 to 15) (19 to 21) 1200 (158 1331 (175
to 174) to 193)
38 (100) 14 to 16 48 to 53 16 (60) 21 (70) 117 to 131 165 to 179 1276 to 1427 to
(17 to 19) (24 to 26) 1413 (185 1579 (207
to 205) to 229)
43 (110) 12 to 14 36 to 40 19 (66) 25 (77) 152 to 165 200 to 228 1510 to 1662 to
(22 to 24) (29 to 33) 1669 (219 1841 (241
to 242) to 267)
49 (120) 10 to 12 26 to 28 23 (73) 28 (83) 200 to 221 248 to 276 1779 to 1910 to
(29 to 32) (36 to 40) 1972 (258 2117 (277
to 286) to 307)
15. *Temperatures shown are highest normal tempera-
tures expected - actual louver temperatures may be
cooler.
*Louver temperature is measured in the top left round
louver facing the operator.

NOTE: The Air Conditioning Temperature/Pressure Chart

is based on testing conducted on a Denso Compressor with
a 3/4 in suction hose. The chart is provided as a guide only.
16. Check For Leaks

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 33
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

17. The A/C system should not leak. “Topping off" a

leaky air conditioning system perpetuates the escape
of refrigerant to the atmosphere. The proper service
procedure is to locate and then correct the leak be-
fore putting any refrigerant into the system.
IMPORTANT: Any refrigerant introduced into the system
for the purpose of finding leaks must also be recovered
from the system.
IMPORTANT: Always use the same type of refrigerant for
checking leaks as was originally installed.
IMPORTANT: Never use compressed air to detect system
leaks. The introduction of air into the system may create a
fire or explosion hazard, may overload the desiccant with
moisture, and could contaminate the system with dirt.
18. A small amount of refrigerant leakage is normal.
Much of the normal leakage comes from the slow
seepage of refrigerant through the flexible hoses.
Other common sources of leaks are at joints between
the flexible hose and metal tubing or at threaded
hose connections. These are usually much larger
leaks than the natural seepage through the walls of
the hose and are almost always repairable. When
servicing them it is important that leakage be mini-
mized.
19. Be certain to use an electronic leak detector, Tool #
OEM 1486 or equivalent, for detecting R-134a.
20. Refilling
21. Refilling the air conditioning system must be done by
the weight method. The lubricants used in R-134a
tend to layer onto the walls of the refrigeration sys-
tem. This layering obscures the view through the
sight glass. Visual methods of refilling R-134a sys-
tems will result in improper system charging. For this
reason, the old practice of "topping off" a partially dis-
charged air conditioning system using the sight glass
is no longer recommended. The air conditioning sys-
tem has a capacity of 3.06 kg (6.75 lbs.) of R-134a
refrigerant.
22. Contaminants
23. No mobile air conditioning system can operate for
long without picking up some contaminants in the
refrigerant. The flexible hoses, for example, allow
moisture and air to migrate into the refrigerant from
the outside atmosphere. Moisture and non-condens-
able gasses (air) are the most common contaminants
found in mobile air conditioning systems.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 34
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

24. Lubricant and refrigerant that remains in service

equipment can be a contaminant. The lubricant
may have absorbed some moisture and air that has
migrated into the air conditioning system. Some of
the lubricant is captured by and carried along with
the refrigerant. When you recover a refrigerant, a
certain amount of lubricant will be captured by the
extraction or recovery equipment as well. This lubri-
cant will be drained into a catch bottle or reservoir
for measurement and proper final disposal.
25. Lubricant that has come out of an air conditioning
system should never be reused. Re-using this oil
may result in contamination of the air conditioning
system with the refrigerant, moisture and air that has
been temporarily absorbed into the oil. Instead, the
A/C system should be refilled with the same amount
of correct fresh oil that was removed in the service
operation. The used oils must be disposed of in a
manner which complies with federal, state and local
disposal requirements.
26. To avoid contamination between systems using dis-
similar refrigerant, service equipment MUST be ded-
icated to a single refrigerant.
27. Prevent Mixing of Service Equipment
28. Refrigerants must not be mixed. For this reason,
service fittings are different for refrigerants R-12 and
R-134a. Systems using R-134a have quick couple
service connections while R-12 systems use screw
threads. The intent of this is to prevent the use of the
same tools for different refrigerants, thereby avoiding
mixing of refrigerants in the service equipment.
29. Incompatible lubricants and other contaminants can
be left behind on air conditioning service manifolds,
gauges, hoses and fittings. Even small amounts of
refrigerant and lubricant left behind can be harmful to
the performance and durability of a system designed
to use another refrigerant.
30. If refrigerants are mixed, the thermodynamic and
chemical characteristics will change resulting in
excessive pressure and poor lubrication, leading to
failure of the compressor, desiccant and other sys-
tem components. Mixtures of R-12 and R-134a can
result in a 25 % over pressure resulting in system
failure
31. To help avoid a mix-up of service equipment and
refrigerants, equipment hoses designed for use with
each refrigerant is easily identified. New service
hoses compatible with R-12 will carry the designa-
tion "SAE J2196 in. Service hoses used with R-134a
must have a black stripe along the entire hose length
and carry the designation "SAE J 2196/R-134a."
32. Refrigerant Recovery And Recycling Equipment

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 35
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

33. Both “recovery" and “recycling" equipment are in use

and available to service technicians. Both types of
equipment will remove the refrigerant from an air
conditioning system. However, recovery equipment
only pulls the refrigerant from the air conditioning
system and stores it in an appropriate container. Re-
covery equipment does not clean the refrigerant. Its
only purpose is to recover the refrigerant from an air
conditioning system prior to disassembling and ser-
vicing it.
34. It is important that recovered refrigerant is recycled or
reclaimed before it is put back into an air conditioning
system. During service operations involving a partial
recharge or while the A/C system is in use, refrigerant
can pick up moisture, lubricants, microscopic metal
chips, and other potential contaminants. In many
cases, these contaminants contribute to or are the
primary cause of the system failure. To put used
uncleaned refrigerant back into an air conditioning
system may well result in poor system performance.
Re-use of refrigerant that has not been recycled or
reclaimed will void the warranty.
35. Equipment that removes refrigerant from a mobile air
conditioning system (usually called “recovery" equip-
ment) may allow the service technician to put the
used refrigerant back into the system without first
cleaning it to minimize performance.
36. If it is desired to remove, clean, and reuse R-134a
refrigerant at the shop, use a machine that both ex-
tracts and recycles refrigerant from mobile air-con-
ditioning systems and dedicate that machine to be
used only with R-134a.
37. Recycling equipment meeting SAE standards J1990
and J2210 is designed to extract and recycle refriger-
ants that have been in a mobile air conditioning sys-
tem only. R-134a refrigerant can also be used in a
non-mobile air conditioning or refrigeration systems.
Non-mobile systems may introduce contaminants to
the refrigerant that equipment meeting SAE J1990
and J2210 cannot remove. This equipment is not in-
tended to deal with non-mobile systems.
38. Using Recovery Equipment
39. Recovery equipment is relatively small and easily
portable. It is best used in situations where a shop
must service vehicles such as agricultural or off-high-
way equipment that cannot easily be brought into a
shop. It is also convenient for shops that must deal
with a variety of different refrigerant types and ex-
change recovered refrigerant for reclaimed refriger-
ant at some central location.
40. Recovery equipment must be used for those refriger-
ants for which it was designed. The lubricants, hoses
and seals in this equipment have been designed to
work with only one refrigerant.
41. Using Recycling Equipment

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 36
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

42. Recycling equipment is defined as equipment that

both extracts and removes common contaminants
from refrigerants. Recycling equipment designed
and certified to meet SAE standards can make refrig-
erant recovery from mobile air-conditioning systems
suitable for reuse in automotive A/C systems. Like
recovery equipment, SAE standards require that
each piece of recycling equipment be dedicated to a
single refrigerant.
43. Note that only equipment capable of recovering and
cleaning R-134a to meet SAE J2099 purity levels
can be certified as meeting SAE standards. Recy-
cling equipment capable of purifying R-134a to SAE
J2099 purity levels will carry a label which contains
the phrase "Design certified by Underwriters Labo-
ratories, Inc. for compliance with SAE J2099." Note
that the Underwriters Laboratories label which cer-
tifies that the machine is free of reasonable shock
or other safety hazards to the user is NOT an indica-
tion of compliance with SAE standards. The UL label
must specifically state that the machine is "designed
certified" to the applicable SAE standard.
44. Recycled Versus Reclaiming
45. Recycled refrigerant is refrigerant that has been re-
covered from a mobile air conditioning system and
which is cleaned to meet J2099 for R-134a by the
same shop that recovered it. The equipment de-
signed to recycle refrigerant in the shop environment
is intended to remove only those types of contam-
inants that are picked up during the operation of a
mobile air conditioning system.
46. Reclaimed refrigerant has been recovered from a va-
riety of different shops and possibly even different
types of air conditioning systems, and has then been
reprocessed to the same standards of purity as vir-
gin refrigerant. Reclamation to such standards of pu-
rity requires equipment that is normally not affordable
by an average shop. Hence, reclamation of refriger-
ant is usually done by independent companies es-
tablished for that purpose.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 37
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

47. The following is intended as a guide to servicing mo-

bile air conditioning systems in a way that minimizes
the potential for losing refrigerant to the atmosphere.
Following the procedures in this section will help to
ensure compliance with SAE J2211 for R-134a sys-
tems.

CAUTION
Fire or explosion hazard exists with R-134a under
certain conditions. R-134a has been shown to be non-
flammable at ambient temperature and atmospheric
pressure. However, tests under controlled conditions
have indicated that, at pressures above atmospheric
and with air concentrations greater than 60% by vol-
ume, R-134a can form combustible mixtures. While it
is recognized that an ignition source is also required
for combustion to occur, the presence of combustible
mixtures is a potentially dangerous situation and
should be avoided. Z119

CAUTION
R-134a service equipment or vehicle A/C systems
should not be pressure tested or leak tested with
compressed air. Mixtures of AIR and R-134a have
been known to be combustible at elevated pressures.
These mixtures are potentially dangerous and may
result in fire or explosion causing injury or property
damage. Additional health and safety information may
be obtained from refrigerant and lubricant manufac-
turers. Z120

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 38
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Preliminary

test (E.40.C - F.40.A.20)
1. Start the engine and set the throttle at 1500 RPMs.
Run the engine for ten minutes with the air condi-
tioner set at maximum cooling and the blower on high
speed.
2. Check that the A/C mode switch is pushed in, the
temperature control knob is on cold, and the blower
is on full.
3. Check that the air conditioning components are op-
erating, such as:
Compressor clutch engages when the A/C mode
switch is pushed from“OFF" to “ON" position.
Engine cooling fan is operating.
Blower fan is operating at all speeds.
4. Check the compressor drive belt for slippage.
5. Check the cab air filter to ensure it is clean and free
from obstruction to air flow.
6. Check the evaporator fins. Be sure they are not
plugged or excessively dirty causing insufficient air
flow across the evaporator coil.
7. Check the recirculation filter to ensure that it is clean
and free from obstruction to air flow.
8. Check the condenser core to ensure it is clean and
free from obstruction to air flow.
If the compressor clutch engages but cuts out prema-
turely, the system may be either very low on refrig-
erant charge or have a malfunction of the expansion
valve, low-pressure or high pressure switches. Trou-
bleshoot the system by conducting the System Per-
formance Tests described in ENVIRONMENT CON-
TROL Air-conditioning system - Troubleshooting
(E.40.C - G.40.A.10).
NOTE: If the compressor clutch fails to engage by oper-
ating the air conditioning mode switch when the engine
is first started, it may indicate an electrical problem or
a malfunction of the electric drive clutch on the com-
pressor. Review the electrical diagram in ELECTRICAL
POWER SYSTEM - Electrical schematic frame 48 (A.30
- C.20.E.48)for proper diagnosis.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 39
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - System

stabilising (E.40.C - F.40.D.10)
1. Test Ports
The test ports are located on the high- and low-pres-
sure hoses where they connect to the compressor.
The fittings conform to SAE J2197 standards.
After the manifold gauge set has been connected
and before pressure tests can be made, the system
must be stabilized as follows:
2. Set the parking brake, be sure the FNR lever is in
neutral, start the engine and close the cab windows
and doors.
3. Start the engine and run at fast idle speed (approxi-
mately 1500 RPM).
4. Set the A/C mode switch to “on".
5. Operate the system at maximum cooling, with the
blower fan at high speed, for 10 minutes to stabilize
all components.
6. Check that the manifold low-pressure gauge reading
is within the specified range of the Air Conditioning
Temperature/Pressure Chart.
7. Check the manifold high-pressure gauge reading
and compare the reading to the pressure indicated
on the Air Conditioning Temperature/Pressure Chart.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 40
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Tool

description (E.40.C - F.40.D.20)
1. When using a manifold gauge set to diagnose,
recharge or service the tractor air conditioning sys-
tem.
2. Ensure that all equipment hose lines are fitted with
shutoff valves or check valves within 30 cm (12 in)
of their ends and that the valves are closed. This
will ensure that only minimal quantities of refriger-
ants escape to the atmosphere, and that only small
amounts of moisture and other contaminants can en-
ter the system.
3. Be sure that all equipment including the connecting
hose lines and manifolds are:
4. Compatible with the refrigerant in the A/C system.
5. Free of all contaminants.
6. Used only for the same type of refrigerant in the sys-
tem.
7. Be certain that all shutoff valves are shut tight be-
fore connecting them to the A/C system or charging
source.
8. Connect the manifold gauge set to the unit according
to the instructions supplied by the gauge set manu-
facturer.
9. Perform the desired diagnostic and service opera-
tion.
10. Close the shutoff valves on the service hoses.
11. Disconnect the hoses from the system.
NOTE: When the manifold gauge set is disconnected from
the air conditioning system and you want to empty it of re-
frigerant, or when the center hose is to be moved to an-
other device which cannot accept refrigerant pressure, the
hoses should be attached to recovery equipment or recy-
cling equipment to remove the refrigerant, lubricant and
contaminants from the hoses.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 41
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Storing

(E.40.C - F.35.A.02)
1. Recycled refrigerant must be stored only in DOT
CFR Title 49 or UL containers approved for such
use. The container must be specifically marked
for the refrigerant type you are storing. The use of
unmarked containers must be avoided as it can lead
to mixing of refrigerants and consequent A/C system
failure.
Disposable refrigerant containers should not be used
for the storage or recovery of used or recycled refrig-
erant. Disposable containers are the type of contain-
ers in which virgin refrigerant is often sold.
Any container of recycled refrigerant that has been
stored or transferred must be checked prior to its use
in accordance with the temperature/pressure check
described in ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-condi-
tioning system - Check (E.40.C - F.45.A.10).
New storage tanks must be evacuated to at least
635 mm (25 in) of mercury prior to use. Otherwise,
excess air may be introduced to the refrigerant.
Transfer of Refrigerant
To transfer refrigerant in portable containers, you
must make sure that:
2. The container meets DOT CFR Title 49 requirements
and is UL-approved for such use.
3. The container is free of contaminants and air.
4. Container filling operations are controlled by weight.
In the shop, containers must be filled NO MORE
THAN 60% of their gross weight rating. This will
prevent overfilling and possible explosion if the con-
tainer is exposed to higher temperatures.
Disposal of Empty or Near Empty Disposable Con-
tainers
Improper scrapping of disposable containers can re-
lease some refrigerant into the atmosphere. This
must be avoided by removing any of the remaining
contents with a recovers or recycling machine as fol-
lows.
5. Attach the service hose of your recovery or recycling
machine to the container.
6. Open the container valve and the recovery/recycling
equipment shutoff valve and evacuate the container
just as you would a mobile air conditioning system.
7. When the maximum stable vacuum has been
achieved, close the container valve and the service
hoses valves, allowing the vacuum to be in the
container.
8. Mark the container “empty" and dispose of it properly.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 42
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Discharging

(E.40.C - F.35.A.31)
1. Refrigerant Recovery Procedure
2. Ensure that all service equipment hose lines are fit-
ted with shutoff valves or check valves within 30 cm
(12 in) of their ends. This will ensure that only min-
imal quantities of refrigerant escape to the atmos-
phere when the equipment is disconnected from the
A/C system, and that only small amounts of moisture
and other contaminants can enter the system.
3. Be sure that all equipment including the connecting
hose lines and manifold are compatible with the re-
frigerant in the system with which you are going to
work, and that your equipment has been previously
used only with the refrigerant you are about to re-
cover.
4. Be sure that all shutoff valves are tight before con-
necting them to the A/C system.

CAUTION
Shutoff valves should be closed at all times unless
they are connected to a vehicle’s A/C system, a re-
frigerant storage container, or another piece of service
equipment containing the same refrigerant. This pre-
vents refrigerant from escaping into the atmo Z021

5. Connect the extraction or recovery equipment to the

A/C system in accordance with the instructions sup-
plied by the equipment manufacturer.
6. Start the recovery process by turning on the recov-
ery equipment and extracting the refrigerant from the
A/C system in accordance with the equipment man-
ufacturer’s instructions.
7. Continue to extract refrigerant until the A/C system
has been brought under a vacuum and there is no
refrigerant remaining in the vehicle system.
8. Verify that there is no refrigerant remaining in the
system by:
9. Shutting off the recovery unit and observing the sys-
tem pressure level.
10. Waiting five minutes and observing the system pres-
sure again. If the system pressure has not risen
above atmospheric pressure (0 gauge pressure), all
the refrigerant has been removed and you may pro-
ceed to step 8.
If, after five minutes, the system pressure reading
has risen above atmospheric pressure (0 gauge
pressure), the extraction/recovery process must be
repeated until the pressure reading remains at or
below atmospheric for at least two minutes with the
recovery equipment shut off before proceeding to
step 8.
11. Close the shutoff valves in the service lines.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 43
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

12. Remove the service lines from the vehicle system. If

the recovery equipment has automatic closing shut-
off valves, verify that they are operating properly and
do not leak.
13. Determine the amount of lubricant removed from the
A/C system during the refrigerant recovery process.
Replenish the A/C system with an equal volume of
new, correct lubricant.
Dispose of the used lubricant in accordance with ap-
plicable federal, state and local requirements.
14. The system is now ready to be serviced or repaired.
Flushing
Flushing the system is not recommended. In the
event of a major compressor failure replacing the
compressor output pressure line and receiver/drier
should collect most of the debris.
Some service or repair operations have been flush-
ing A/C systems to remove dirt or other debris. It has
been common practice to use another CFC, usually
R-11, for this purpose. The Clean Air Act prohibits
the use of any CFC for such a purpose where the
CFC may be released into the atmosphere. Methy-
chloroform, a popular flushing agent, is also prohib-
ited.
Use of other flushing solvents may cause other prob-
lems. If a vacuum pump does not remove the sol-
vent, it could affect the chemical stability of the re-
frigerant and lubricant.

CAUTION
Flushing should never be done with shop or other
compressed air. Certain mixtures of air and R-134a are
combustible. The use of air to flush R-134a systems
could result in combustion. Shop air also contains
moisture which would contaminate the system. Z012

IMPORTANT: Never use CFC-11, R-11, CFC-12, R-12,

CFC-113, R-13 or any substance to flush an R-134a sys-
tem. To do so would result in breakdown of the lubricant
and system corrosion.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 44
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Check (E.40.C

- F.45.A.10)
1. At times you may question whether or not a con-
tainer of refrigerant has been recycled. One method
is a simple comparison of the container pressure with
theoretical pressure at a known temperature. If the
pressure is equal to or less than a theoretical value
established for R-134a of usable purity, the contents
of the container does not contain excess air.
IMPORTANT: Using R-134a with excess air will result in
higher system operating pressures and may cause dam-
age to the A/C system.
2. This check can be done in the following manner:
Store the container for at least 12 hours at a known
temperature of 18.3 ° C (65 ° F), or higher. The con-
tainer must not be in direct sunlight or under the in-
fluence of any other direct source of heat.
Carry out all the next steps in the same area in which
the container has been stored, as it is very important
that the temperature of the container is stable.
3. Attach an appropriate pressure gauge to the con-
tainer. This pressure gauge should read in incre-
ments of 6.9 kpa (1 PSI ).
4. Use a calibrated thermometer to measure the air
temperature within 100 mm (4 in) of the container
surface.
5. Use this table for R-134a to compare the pressure in
the container with the pressure shown for the tem-
perature of the tank. If the pressure in the container
is equal to or less than the pressure in the table, the
refrigerant in the container meets the requirements
for excess air.

1z0o2004112097 1

6. If the pressure is greater than shown in the table, you

may still be able to use it by proceeding to step 7.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 45
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

7. If the pressure exceeds that of the table, connect the

tank to recovery or recycling equipment in such a way
as to allow you to continue to monitor tank pressure.
8. Bleed a small amount of vapor from the tank into the
recovery or recycling equipment until the tank pres-
sure is below that shown in the table for the temper-
ature at which the tank was stored. Close the shutoff
valves in the recovery/recycling equipment service
hose.
NOTE: This process may cause the temperature of the
tank to drop.
9. Allow the tank temperature to re-stabilize at the tem-
perature of the storage room by shaking it and al-
lowing it to sit in the same spot for up to another 12
hours.
10. After making certain that container temperature has
again stabilized to room temperature, repeat step 4.
If the pressure exceeds that in the table for the stor-
age temperature you measured, the refrigerant in the
tank has too much excess air to be used and must
be recycled or reclaimed.
If the refrigerant being checked has been contami-
nated with other refrigerant, such as R-12, the tank
pressure may indicate it contains air. If the tank is
vented and the pressures still indicates a high read-
ing, and there is a possibility of the R-134a refrigerant
being contaminated with R-12, the container must be
sent to a reclaim facility.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 46
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Charging

(E.40.C - F.60.A.30)
1. Recharge the system only with the proper virgin re-
frigerant or recycled refrigerant purified to meet SAE
purity standard (J2099 for R-134a). Use the weight
method to determine the proper amount of refriger-
ant.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 47
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Compressor Magnetic clutch - Remove (E.40.C.31.80 - F.10.A.10)

NOTE: It is highly recommended to remove the compressor from the system before replacing the clutch.
1. Insert the two pins of the front plate spanner into any
two threaded holes of the clutch front plate. Hold the
clutch plate stationary. Remove the hex nut with a
19 mm socket.

20018359 1

2. Remove the clutch plate using a puller. Align the

puller center bolt to the compressor shaft. Thumb
tighten the three puller bolts into the threaded holes.
Turn the center bolt clockwise until the front plate is
loosened.

20018360 2

3. Remove the shaft key by lightly tapping it loose with

a slot screwdriver and hammer.

20018361 3

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 48
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

4. Remove the internal bearing snap ring.

20018362 4

5. Remove the front housing external snap ring.

20018363 5

6. Insert the lips of the jaws into the internal bearing

snap ring groove.
Place the rotor puller shaft protector over the ex-
posed shaft.

20018364 6

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 49
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

7. Align the thumb head bolts to the puller jaws and turn
till finger tight.

20018365 7

8. Turn the puller center bolt clockwise until the rotor

pulley is free.

20018366 8

9. Loosen the core lead wire from the clip on top of the
compressor front housing.

20018367 9

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 50
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

10. Remove the snap ring and the field coil.

20018368 10

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 51
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Compressor - Remove (E.40.C.31 - F.10.A.10)

NOTE: Shielding around engine removed for clarity.
1. Recover refrigerant in accordance with the Refriger-
ant Recovery Procedure in this section.
Use a crowbar (1) to release tension from the ser-
pentine belt. Remove the belt from the compressor
pulley.
NOTE: A 1/2 in ratchet cutout is provided in the arm of
the idler pulley. Because of the orientation of the various
components, this cutout may be unusable.

10008351 1

2. Detach the compressor clutch electrical connector

(1) Disconnect the suction and discharge lines (2)
Cap the line side to prevent moisture or foreign ma-
terial from entering the system. Take off the hose
clamp mounting bolt (3). Remove the compressor
mounting bolts (4) and lift the compressor from the
combine.

10008350 2

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 52
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Compressor Magnetic clutch - Install (E.40.C.31.80 - F.10.A.15)

1. Install the field coil. The coil flange protrusion must
match the hole in the front housing to prevent coil
movement and the lead wire must be correctly lo-
cated.
Replace the rotor pulley.

20018369 1

2. Support the compressor on the four mounting ears at

the compressor rear side. If using a vise, clamp only
the mounting ears, never the compressor body itself.
Align the rotor assembly squarely on the front hous-
ing hub.
Using a hammer and a special tool, tap until the rotor
bottoms to the compressor front housing hub.

20018370 2

3. Reinstall the internal bearing snap ring.

Reinstall the front housing external snap ring.

20018371 3

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 53
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

4. Check that the original clutch shims are in place on

the compressor shaft.
Replace the compressor shaft key.
Align the front plate key way to the compressor shaft
key.
Using a shaft protector, tap the front plate to the shaft
until it has bottomed to the clutch shims.

20018372 4

5. Replace the shaft hex nut and torque to 35 - 40 N·m

(26 - 30 ft. lbs.).
Check the air gap with a feeler gauge 0.4 - 0.8 mm
(0.016 - 0.032 in). If the air gap is not consistent
around the circumference, lightly pry up at the mini-
mum variations. Lightly tap down at points of maxi-
mum variation.
If the compressor had been removed, install the com-
pressor in accordance with the Compressor Installa-
tion procedure in this section.

20018373 5

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 54
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Compressor - Install (E.40.C.31 - F.10.A.15)

1. Set the compressor on its mount and secure into
place using four cap screws and nuts (1) Connect the
refrigerant suction and discharge lines (2) Attach the
clutch electrical connector (3) Install the hose clamp
mounting bolt (4).

10008350_1044 1

2. Use a crowbar (1) to rotate the idler pulley toward

the rear of the combine. Route the serpentine belt
around the compressor pulley and release pressure
on the crowbar.
Recharge the refrigerant system in accordance with
the Recharge/Refilling procedure.

10008351_1045 2

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 55
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Condenser - Remove (E.40.C.32 - F.10.A.10)

1. Recover refrigerant in accordance with the Refriger-
ant Recovery Procedure in this section.
Open the rotary screen cleaner door (1) to gain ac-
cess to the air conditioning condenser.

10010479 1

2. Disconnect and cap the refrigerant lines (1) from the

condenser. The fittings are different sizes, labeling
should not be required.
Support the weight of the condenser with blocking or
some other method. Detach the condenser from the
inside mount by removing the three cap screws and
nuts (2).

10010478 2

3. Detach the condenser from the outside mount by re-

moving the three cap screws and nuts (1) Lift the con-
denser from the combine.

10018353 3

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 56
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Condenser - Install (E.40.C.32 - F.10.A.15)

1. Open the rotary screen cleaner door (1) to gain ac-
cess to the mounting area for the air conditioning
condenser.

10010479_1046 1

2. Set the condenser into place and support the weight

of the unit with blocking or some other method. Se-
cure the condenser to the outside mount using three
cap screws and nuts (1).

10008353_1047 2

3. Secure the condenser to the inside mount using

three cap screws and nuts (1) Uncap and attach the
refrigerant lines (2) to the condenser.
Recharge the refrigerant system in accordance with
the Recharge/Refilling procedure.
NOTE: The fittings are different sizes.

10010478_1048 3

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 57
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Evaporator - Remove (E.40.C.33 - F.10.A.10)

1. Turn out the five cap screws (1) holding the ventila-
tion system shield in place. Lift the shield from the
combine.

10008343_1054 1

2. Simultaneously push down while pulling out on the

locking tabs (1) A prying device may have to be used.
Pull the grate and filter from the cavity.

10008336_1055 2

3. Turn out mounting cap screw (1).

10008338 3

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 58
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

4. Remove the bench top behind the drivers seat at the

hinges. Turn out the eight machine screws (1) hold-
ing the right side storage compartment in place. Lift
the compartment away and store in a suitable loca-
tion.

10008339_1056 4

5. Lift the thermal sensing bulb (1) from the evaporator

core.
Recover refrigerant in accordance with the Refriger-
ant Recovery Procedure in this section.

10008340_1057 5

6. Disconnect the refrigerant lines (1) from the evapo-

rator. Cap the ends to prevent foreign material and
moisture from entering the system.
Turn out the four cap screws (2) holding the evapo-
rator to the ventilation system housing.

10008341_1058 6

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 59
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

7. Carefully pull the evaporator core from the housing.

10008342 7

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 60
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Evaporator - Install (E.40.C.33 - F.10.A.15)

1. Slide the new evaporator core into the ventilation
housing with the ports of the thermal expansion valve
facing down.

10008342 1

2. Turn in four cap screws (1) holding the core to the

housing. Lubricate the O rings with refrigerant oil and
connect the supply and return lines (2).

10008341_1059 2

3. Carefully insert the thermal sensing probe (1) into the

evaporator core. Attach the electrical connector if it
had been unplugged.

10008340_1060 3

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 61
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

4. Install the storage compartment and secure in place

with eight machine screws (1) Secure the bench top
behind the drivers seat at the hinges.

10008339_1061 4

5. Secure the core into position using cap screw (1).

10008338_1062 5

6. Set the grate and filter into place in the cavity. Push
the grate until the locking tabs (1) snap into place.
Charge the refrigerant system in accordance with the
Recharge/Refilling procedure in this section.

10008336_1063 6

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 62
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

7. Set the ventilation system shield into place and se-

cure using five cap screws (1).

10008343_1054 7

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 63
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Expansion valve - Remove (E.40.C.34 - F.10.A.10)

1. Turn out the five cap screws (1) holding the ventila-
tion system shield in place. Lift the shield from the
combine.
Recover refrigerant in accordance with the Refriger-
ant Recovery Procedure in this section.

10008343_1089 1

2. Fold back the insulation from the thermal expansion

valve. Disconnect refrigerant lines (1) and cap them
to prevent moisture or foreign material from entering
the system. Turn out cap screws (2) and remove the
valve from the core.

10008352_1090 2

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 64
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Expansion valve - Install (E.40.C.34 - F.10.A.15)

1. Set the thermal expansion valve into position and
secure it with two cap screws (1) Apply refrigerant oil
to the O rings and connect the four refrigerant lines
(2).
Wrap the valve and attached lines with insulation.
Recharge the refrigerant system in accordance with
the Recharge/Refilling procedure in this section.

10008352_1091 1

2. Set the ventilation system shield into place and se-

cure using five cap screws (1).

10008343_1089 2

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 65
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Receiver/drier - Remove (E.40.C.35 - F.10.A.10)

1. Recover the refrigerant in accordance with the Re-
frigerant Recovery Procedure in this section.
Disconnect the refrigerant lines (1) from the receiver/
drier. Loosen the clamp (2) holding the unit in place.
Remove the unit from the combine.

10008354_1087 1

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 66
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Receiver/drier - Install (E.40.C.35 - F.10.A.15)

1. Set the receiver/drier in place and secure by tight-
ening clamp (1) Uncap and connect refrigerant lines
(2).
Recharge the refrigerant system in accordance with
the Recharge/Refilling procedure.

10008354_1088 1

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 67
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Cooler - Remove (E.40.C.39 - F.10.A.10)

1. Remove the bench top behind the drivers seat at the
hinges. Turn out the eight machine screws (1) hold-
ing the right side storage compartment in place. Lift
the compartment and store in a suitable location.

10008339_1049 1

2. Shown is an actuator that has been removed. Note

the location of the three mounting machine screws
(1).

10008380 2

3. Detach the electrical connector (1) for the cool box

damper actuator. Turn out the three machine screws
(2) holding the actuator to the mount. Slide the actu-
ator off of the damper.

10008340_1050 3

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 68
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Cooler - Install (E.40.C.39 - F.10.A.15)

1. Shown is an actuator that has been removed. Note
the location of the three mounting machine screws
(1).

10008380_1051 1

2. Slide the actuator onto the damper stem. Turn in the

three machine screws (1), and secure the actuator
into place.
Attach the actuator electrical connector (2).
NOTE: To aid in starting the machine screws, petroleum
jelly can be used.
NOTE: The actuator casing is made of plastic, do not over
torque the mounting screws.

10008340_1052 2

3. Install the storage compartment and secure in place

with eight machine screws (1) Secure the bench top
behind the drivers seat at the hinges.

10008339_1053 3

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 69
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Sensing system High pressure switch - Remove (E.40.C.95.70 -

F.10.A.10)
1. Recover refrigerant in accordance with the Refriger-
ant Recovery Procedure in this section.
Remove the high pressure switch (1) from the sys-
tem.

10008350_1084 1

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 70
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Sensing system Low pressure switch - Remove (E.40.C.95.71 -

F.10.A.10)
1. Recover refrigerant in accordance with the Refriger-
ant Recovery Procedure in this section.
Remove the low pressure switch (1) from the system.

10008350_1085 1

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 71
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Sensing system High pressure switch - Install (E.40.C.95.70 -

F.10.A.15)
1. Install the high pressure switch (1) into the system.
Recharge the refrigerant system in accordance with
the Recharge/Refilling procedure in this section.

10008350_1084 1

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 72
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Sensing system Low pressure switch - Install (E.40.C.95.71 -

F.10.A.15)
1. Install the low pressure switch (1) into the system.
Recharge the refrigerant system in accordance with
the Recharge/Refilling procedure in this section.

10008350_1085 1

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 73
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Problem

solving (E.40.C - G.40.A.30)
OPERATION

MAIN BLOWER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPERATION

The standard climate control is a manually controlled system for providing heat and air conditioning that consists of
the following functions:
- Operator control of the blower fan (3 speeds)
- Operator selection of A/C “ON” (also Defrost) and A/C “OFF”.
- Electronic control of heater valve and compressor clutch.
The fan speed of the blower motor is controlled by a four position switch (“Off”, “Low”, “Med”, and “High”) The blower
speed is controlled by a power resistor that determines various voltage drops to provide the different blower speeds.
The “OFF” position will also turn off the A/C if it is on.

HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL CIRCUIT OPERATION

Control is achieved through the use of a dash mounted potentiometer which operates over a range from maximum A/C
to maximum heat. A/C is achieved by activating the A/C compressor and heat is achieved by opening an electronically
operated water valve.
Additionally, the A/C is can be turned ON or OFF through the use of a two position toggle switch.

DEHUMIDIFY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPERATION

Dehumidification (A/C and heat on at the same time) can be achieved by placing the two position toggle switch in the
A/C ON position.

A/C COMPRESSOR PROTECTION CIRCUIT OPERATION

The compressor is protected through the use of high and low refrigerant pressure switches. These switches will not
allow compressor operation if the refrigerant pressure is above or below a preset threshold. If the compressor is
turned OFF for any reason, it can be reset by either turning the fan switch or the toggle switch OFF and then ON.
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 42 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.42).
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.47).
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 48 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.48).

TROUBLESHOOTING

Before troubleshooting the Manual Climate control system, make sure that the following operating conditions are met:
A. The batteries are fully charged and all connections are clean and tight.
B. Transmission is in neutral or park.
C. Check all connectors for full installation, loose, corroded, pushed out, or bent terminals
D. Refrigerant fill must be correct.
E. Condenser fins are clean and unrestricted.
F. Engine cooling fan must be operating correctly (fan clutch).
G. Compressor drive belt properly tensioned and in good condition.
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 74
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

CAUTION
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

Problem Possible Cause Correction

Climate Control unit is Power/ground supply A - Manual Climate Control System Power
inoperative and Ground Supply TestCommand - Test-
ing (E.40.C.05 - G.40.A.20).
Climate Control will not A/C Clutch B-A/C Compressor Control Circuit TestA/C
cool Controller - Testing (E.40.C.90 -
G.40.A.20).
Main Blower Control F-Main Blower and Circuit TestVentilation
system Circulation fan - Testing
(E.40.B.60.10 - G.40.A.20).
Low Pressure Switch D-A/C Low Pressure Switch and Cir-
cuit TestSensing system Low pres-
sure switch - Testing (E.40.C.95.71 -
G.40.A.20).
High Pressure Switch C-A/C High Pressure Switch and Cir-
cuit TestSensing system High pres-
sure switch - Testing (E.40.C.95.70 -
G.40.A.20).
Water Valve H-Water Valve and Circuit TestHeater -
Testing (E.40.B.33 - G.40.A.20).
Freeze Switch I-Freeze Switch and Circuit TestSensing
system Freeze switch - Testing
(E.40.C.95.87 - G.40.A.20).
Water Valve Actuator J-Actuator TestRecirculation system
Actuator - Testing (E.40.B.62.36 -
G.40.A.20).
Climate control will not Coolant not hot See cooling system section of service man-
heat ual.
Water Valve H-Water Valve and Circuit TestHeater -
Testing (E.40.B.33 - G.40.A.20).
Water Valve Actuator J-Actuator TestRecirculation system
Actuator - Testing (E.40.B.62.36 -
G.40.A.20).
Main Blower Control F-Main Blower and Circuit TestVentilation
system Circulation fan - Testing
(E.40.B.60.10 - G.40.A.20).
Blower fan inoperative Main Blower Control F-Main Blower and Circuit TestVentilation
system Circulation fan - Testing
(E.40.B.60.10 - G.40.A.20).
No low speed blower Main Blower Control F-Main Blower and Circuit TestVentilation
system Circulation fan - Testing
(E.40.B.60.10 - G.40.A.20).
No medium speed blower Main Blower Control F-Main Blower and Circuit TestVentilation
system Circulation fan - Testing
(E.40.B.60.10 - G.40.A.20).
No high speed blower Main Blower Control F-Main Blower and Circuit TestVentilation
system Circulation fan - Testing
(E.40.B.60.10 - G.40.A.20).

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 75
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system
Problem Possible Cause
Low blower air pressure Separater Blower
Recirculation inoperative Recirculation Door Control
Recirculation Door Actuator
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system -
Troubleshooting (E.40.C - G.40.A.10)
Problem Possible Cause
No cooling A/C mode switch not on.
Temperature control switch not rotated fully
counter-clockwise towards the blue index.
Loose or broken compressor drive belt.
Loss of refrigerant.
Compressor clutch does not engage.
Insufficient air flow through evaporator.
Faulty expansion valve operation.
Faulty compressor.
Insufficient cooling Dirty evaporator coil and/or filter.
Temperature control switch not rotated fully Rotate temperature switch counter-clock-
counter- clockwise towards the blue index. wise.
Dirty condenser core.
Low refrigerant charge.
Water valve partially open.
Compressor drive belt slipping.
Evaporator icing up.
Faulty thermostatic switch.
Faulty expansion valve.
Faulty blower fan.
Plugged or restricted filter-drier.
Moisture in the system.
Faulty compressor.
Noisy system Faulty compressor clutch.
Noise in compressor.
Excessive charge in system.
2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 76
Correction
E-Separator Blower and Circuit
TestVentilation system Separator
fan - Testing (E.40.B.60.20 - G.40.A.20).
G-Recirculation System and Circuit
TestRecirculation system - Testing
(E.40.B.62 - G.40.A.20).
J-Actuator TestRecirculation system
Actuator - Testing (E.40.B.62.36 -
G.40.A.20).
Correction
Turn A/C mode switch on.
Rotate temperature control counter-clock-
wise.
Check belt and tension. Replace as re-
quired.
Perform system tests - recharge.
Perform electrical checks of clutch circuit.
Check air filter.
Check evaporator core and clean if re-
quired.
Check blower motor operation.
Defective blower fans.
Conduct “System Performance Test" - re-
place as needed.
Conduct “System Performance Test" - re-
pair as needed.
Visual inspection - clean.
Visual inspection - clean.
Perform system tests - recharge.
Visual inspection.
Visual inspection - replace or adjust as
needed.
Perform system tests.
Visual inspection of capillary tube to outlet
tube.
Perform system tests - replace if needed.
Visual inspection of capillary tube to outlet
tube.
Perform system tests - replace if needed.
Visual inspection of fan rotor and fastening
to motor shaft. Repair or replace.
Perform system tests - replace if needed.
Visually inspect moisture indicator on the
filter-drier.
Perform system tests - evacuate and
recharge.
Replace the filter-drier.
Perform system tests - overhaul if needed.
Replace clutch assembly.
Replace compressor.
Perform system test and adjust charge.
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system -
Troubleshooting (E.40.C - G.40.A.10)
Problem
Gauge readings:
Low-pressure - Low
High-pressure - Low
Evaporator air not cold.
Gauge readings:
Low-pressure - High
High-pressure - Normal
Evaporator air not cold.
Gauge readings:
Low-pressure - High
High-pressure - Normal
Insufficient cooling during
hottest part of day.
Gauge readings:
Low-pressure - High
High-pressure - Normal
Low-pressure reading
does drop to vacuum
during test. (normal)
Gauge readings:
Low-pressure - Normal
High-pressure - Normal
Compressor cycles “on"
and “off" too frequently.
Gauge readings:
Low-pressure - High
High-pressure - High
Bubbles in sight glass.
Gauge readings:
Low-pressure - High
High-pressure - High
Evaporator air not cold.
Gauge readings:
Low-pressure - High
High-pressure - Low
Evaporator air not cold.
Gauge readings:
Low-pressure - High
High-pressure - Normal
Insufficient cooling,
Low-pressure reading
does not fluctuate with
manual operation of
the A/C mode switch.
(pressure should drop
until compressor cycles)
Possible Cause Correction
Low refrigerant charge. Perform leak tests and repair.
Evacuate system.
Charge system, retest system.
Air or moisture present in system. Replace filter-drier.
Evacuate the system.
Charge the system.
Retest.
Excessive moisture in system. Discharge system.
Replace the filter-drier.
Evacuate system.
Charge the system.
Retest.
Filter-drier saturated and releases moisture Discharge system.
when outside air temperature is high. Replace the filter-drier.
Evacuate system.
Charge the system.
Retest.
Defective temperature control (thermo- Stop engine and shut off A/C.
static) switch. Replace temperature control switch or
evaporator sensor.
Retest system and check compressor cy-
cling.
Overcharged with refrigerant. Check operation of engine cooling fan. Re-
pair as needed.
Check for overcharge as follows:
Recover the system refrigerant R-134a.
Remove condenser assembly, flush and
clean thoroughly.
Replace filter-drier.
Evacuate the system.
Replace any oil lost during recovery.
Charge the system with 3.06 kg (6.75 lb.)
of R-134a refrigerant.
Retest.
Air and moisture in the system. Discharge the system.
Replace filter-drier.
Evacuate the system.
Charge the system.
Retest.
Internal leak in compressor. (reed valves, Recover the system refrigerant R-134a.
gasket, worn or scored piston rings or cylin- Replace the compressor.
der) Evacuate the system.
Charge the system.
Retest.
System low on charge. Perform leak test.
Recover the system refrigerant R-134a.
Repair leaks.
2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 77
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Problem Possible Cause Correction

Gauge readings: Extremely low refrigerant charge. Perform leak tests and repair.
Low-pressure - Low Evacuate system.
High-pressure - Low Charge system, retest system.
Evaporator air warm.
Gauge readings: Expansion valve not permitting sufficient Check expansion valve as follows:
Low-pressure - Low flow. 1) Set at maximum cooling.
High-pressure - Low Spray CO2 or other gas on valve head or
Evaporator air cool but sensing bulb.
not sufficiently cold. Low-pressure gauge should then show a
vacuum reading.
Retest.
2) If expansion valve is defective as deter-
mined in Step 1, or if the valve inlet tube
shows heavy condensation or frost, pro-
ceed as follows:
Recover the system refrigerant R-134a.
Replace expansion valve.
Evacuate system.
Charge system.
Retest.
Gauge readings: Moisture freezes in expansion valve pre- Discharge system.
Low-pressure - High venting refrigerant flow. Replace the filter-drier.
High-pressure - Normal Evacuate system.
High pressure reading Charge the system.
drops when low pressure Retest.
reading shows vacuum.
Evaporator air is
sufficiently cold until
low-pressure reading
drops to vacuum, then it
becomes warm.
Gauge readings: Stuck valve. Check expansion valve as follows:
Low-pressure - Low 1) Set at maximum cooling.
High-pressure - Low Spray CO2 or other gas on valve head or
Expansion valve sensing bulb.
inlet tube surface Low-pressure gauge should then show a
shows considerable vacuum reading.
condensation or frost. Retest.
2) If expansion valve is defective as deter-
mined in Step 1, or if the valve inlet tube
shows heavy condensation or frost, pro-
ceed as follows:
Recover the system refrigerant R-134a.
Replace expansion valve.
Evacuate system.
Charge system.
Retest.
Gauge readings: Improper operation of condenser. Inspect for dirty condenser restricting air
Low-pressure - High flow and cooling.
High-pressure - High
Evaporator air warm.
Liquid line hot.
(condenser outlet to
expansion valve tube)

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 78
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Problem Possible Cause Correction

Gauge readings: Expansion valve allowing too much refrig- Check expansion valve.
Low-pressure - High erant to flow through the evaporator. Set for maximum cooling.
High-pressure - High Spray liquid CO2 on expansion valve head.
Evaporator air warm. Low-pressure gauge should show vacuum
Evaporator and hose reading.
to compressor shows If the expansion valve is defective, proceed
considerable moisture. as follows:
Discharge the system.
Replace expansion valve.
Evacuate the system.
Charge the system.
Retest.
If the above test shows expansion valve
operating properly, proceed as follows:
Recover the system refrigerant R-134a.
Replace the filter-drier.
Inspect all lines and tubing from the com-
pressor outlet to the expansion valve. Re-
place if needed.
Evacuate the system.
Charge the system.
Retest.
Gauge readings: Restriction in liquid line. Discharge the system.
Low-pressure - low Replace the filter-drier.
High-pressure - high Inspect all lines and tubing from compres-
Insufficient cooling. sor outlet to expansion valve. Replace if
needed.
Evacuate the system.
Charge the system.
Retest.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 79
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Command - Testing (E.40.C.05 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Ignition in “RUN" position. 12 volts. Fuse #49.
Measure for 12 volts at HVAC Con- If good reading, go to test point 4.
Open in B+ supply circuit to HVAC
trol Module (A-09) connector X128 Control Module (A-09).
(pin C-2). Go to next test point.
2 Measure for 12 volts at in-line con-
12 volts. Fuse #49
nector X002 (pin A). If good reading, repair open in 45 Open circuit 45 (OR) between Fuse
(OR) or 901 (OR) circuit between #49 and connector X002 (pin A).
in-line connector X002 (pin A) and Go to next test point.
HVAC Control Module (A-09) con-
nector X128 (pin C-2).
3 Measure for 12 volts at Fuse #49. 12 volts. Fuse #49.
If good reading, repair open in 45 Open between Fuse #49 and
(OR) circuit between fuse #49 and switched B+.
connector X002 (pin A).
4 Measure resistance from HVAC Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 921 (BK) between
Control Module (A-09) connector If good reading, climate control sys- HVAC Control Module (A-09) con-
X128 (pin D-14) to ground. tem power and ground are okay. nector X128 (pin D-14) to ground.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 80
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

A/C Controller - Testing (E.40.C.90 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Ignition in “RUN" position. Compressor clutch is heard engag- Blown Fuse #19.
Set Blower Switch adjusting button ing and disengaging. Open in switched B+ supply circuit.
to any fan speed. If good reading, A/C Clutch control Open ground circuit.
Cycle A/C Switch “ON" and “OFF". circuits are okay. A/C Clutch.
A/C Clutch Relay.
Go to next test point.
2 Ignition in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 673 (BK) between A/C
Measure resistance between A/C If good reading go to next test point. Clutch connector X215 (pin B) and
Clutch connector X215 (pin B) and ground.
ground.
3 Ignition in “RUN" position. 12 volts. Fuse #19.
A/C Switch “ON". If good reading, repair or replace A/C Clutch Relay.
Measure for 12 volts at A/C Clutch compressor clutch. Open in switched B+ supply circuit.
connector X215 (pin A). Short to ground.
Go to next test point.
4 Ignition in “OFF" position. More than 1 ohm. Short to ground circuit 178 (WH) be-
Disconnect A/C Clutch connector If good reading go to next test point. tween A/C Clutch connector X215
X215 and measure resistance be- (pin A) and A/C Clutch Relay (pin 5).
tween A/C Clutch connector X215
(pin A) and ground.
5 Ignition in “RUN" position. 12 volts. Fuse #19.
A/C Switch “ON". If good reading, repair open 178 A/C Clutch Relay.
Measure for 12 volts at in-line con- (WH) circuit between in-line connec- Open in switched B+ supply circuit.
nector X010 (pin 11). tors X010 (pin 11) and A/C Clutch Go to next test point.
connector X215 (pin A).
6 Measure for 12 volts at in-line con- 12 volts. Fuse #19.
nector X005 (pin 9). If good reading, repair open in 178 A/C Clutch Relay.
(WH) circuit between in-line connec- Open in switched B+ supply circuit.
tors X005 (pin 9) and X010 (pin 11). Go to next test point.
7 Measure for 12 volts at A/C Clutch 12 volts. Fuse #19.
Relay (pin 5). If good reading, repair open 178 Open in switched B+ supply circuit.
(WH) circuit between A/C Clutch Go to next test point.
Relay (pin 5) and in-line connector
X005 (pin 9).
8 Measure for 12 volts at A/C Clutch 12 volts. Fuse #19.
Relay (pin 3). If good reading, go to test point 10. Short to ground.
Open circuit 87(RD) between Fuse
#19 and A/C Clutch Relay (pin 3).
Go to next test point.
9 Measure for 12 volts at Fuse #19. 12 volts. Blown Fuse #19.
If good reading, repair circuit 87 (RD) Go to next test point.
between A/C Clutch Relay (pin 3)
and Fuse #19.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 81
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

10 Measure for 12 volts at A/C Clutch 12 volts. Open or short circuit 900 (WH) be-
Relay (pin 1). If good reading, go to test point 12. tween A/C Clutch Relay (pin 1) and
HVAC Control Module (A-09) con-
nector X128 (pin C3).
Go to next test point.
11 Measure for 12 volts at HVAC Con- 12 volts. HVAC Control Module (A-09).
trol Module (A-09) connector X128 If good reading, repair open circuit Freeze Switch.
(pin C-3). 900 (WH) between HVAC Control Go to I-Freeze Switch and Circuit
Module (A-09) connector X128 (pin Test.
C-3) and A/C Clutch Relay (pin 1). Check the Freeze Switch before re-
Check the X003 (pin 3) in-line con- placing the HVAC Control Module
nector for connection. (A-09).
Go to next test point.
12 Ignition in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 945 (BK) between
Disconnect A/C Clutch Relay and If good reading, faulty A/C Clutch A/C Clutch Relay (pin 2) and ground.
measure resistance between A/C Relay.
Clutch Relay (pin 2) and ground.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 82
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Sensing system High pressure switch - Testing (E.40.C.95.70 -

G.40.A.20)
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Install A/C pressure gauges.
With engine running, A/C Switch
“ON", and blower switch set on any
speed, read A/C high side pressure
gauge.
2 Stop Engine to disconnect connec-
tor X216 from A/C High Pressure
Switch.
Measure resistance across switch
terminals.
3 Measure resistance between A/C
High Pressure Switch connector
X216 (pin B) and HVAC Control
Module (A-09) connector X128 (pin
D-3).
4 Measure resistance between in-line
connector X10, (pin 22) and A/C
High Pressure connector X216 (pin
B).
5 Measure resistance between in-line
connector X10 (pin 22) and in-line
connector X005 (pin 28).
6 Measure resistance between in-line
connector X005 (pin 28) and in-line
connector X003 (pin 19).
7 Measure resistance between in-line
connector X003 (pin 19) and HVAC
Control Module (A-09) connector
X128 (pin D-3).
8 Measure resistance between HVAC
Control Module (A-09) connector
X128 (pin D-3) and ground.
9 Reconnect connector X216 to A/C
High Pressure and start engine with
A/C ON.
Measure for 12 volts at A/C high
pressure connector X216 (pin A).
Between 280 - 400 psi. Excessive pressure in high side of
If good reading go to next test point. A/C system.
Go to next test point.
Less than 1 ohm. A/C High Pressure Switch.
If good reading, go to next test point. Replace A/C High Pressure Switch.
Go to next test point.
Less than 1 ohm. Open in high pressure switch ground
If good reading, go to test point 8. circuit.
Go to next test point.
Less than 1 ohm. Open in high pressure switch ground
If good reading, go to next test point. circuit 916(BL), repair or replace this
circuit.
Less than 1 ohm. Open in 916(BL) ground circuit be-
If good reading, go to next test point. tween in-line connector X010 (pin
22) and in-line connector X005 (pin
28), repair or replace this circuit.
Less than 1 ohm. Open in 916(BL) circuit between
If good reading, go to next test point. in-line connector X005 (pin 28) and
in-line connector X003 (pin 19).
Go to next test point.
Less than 1 ohm. Repair open in 916 (BL) circuit
If good reading, go to next test point. between in-line connector X003
(pin 19) and HVAC Control Module
(A-09) connector X128 (pin D-3)
Go to next test point.
Less than 1 ohm. Repair or replace HVAC Control
If good reading, go to next test point. Module (A-09) or check the ground
connection of HVAC Control Module
(A-09).
12 volts. Open in B+ supply circuit to high
If good reading, the A/C high pres- pressure switch.
sure is working fine. Go to next test point.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 83
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

10 Measure for 12 volts at in-line con- 12 volts. Open in B+ supply circuit to connec-
nector X010 (pin 25). If good reading, repair open in tor X010.
917(YE) circuit between in-line con- Go to next test point.
nector X010 (pin 25) and A/C High
Pressure connector X216 (pin A).
11 Measure for 12 volts at in-line con- 12 volts. Open in B+ supply circuit to connec-
nector X005 (pin 29). If good reading, repair open in tor X005 (pin 29).
917(YE) between in-line connector Go to next test point.
X005 (pin 29) and in-line connector
X010 (pin 25).
12 Measure for 12 volts at in-line con- 12 volts. Open in 917(YE) circuit between
nector X003 (pin 20). If good reading, repair open in in-line connector X003 (pin 20) and
917(YE) circuit between in-line con- HVAC Control Module (A-09) con-
nector X005 (pin 29) and in-line nector X128 (pin D-4), or HVAC
connector X003 (pin 20.) Control Module (A-09).
Go to next test point.
13 Measure for 12 volts at HVAC Con- 12 volts. HVAC Control Module (A-09).
trol Module (A-09) connector X128 If good reading repair open in
(pin D-4). 917(YE) circuit between in-line con-
nector X003 (pin 20) and HVAC
Control Module (A-09) connector
X128 (pin D-4)

Sensing system Low pressure switch - Testing (E.40.C.95.71 -

G.40.A.20)
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Install A/C pressure gauges.
With engine running, A/C switch ON
and blower switch set on any speed.
Read A/C low side pressure.
2 Remove electrical connector from
A/C Low Pressure switch.
Measure resistance across the
switch terminals.
3 Measure resistance from A/C Low
Pressure switch connector X217 (pin
B) to HVAC Control Module (A-09)
connector X128 (pin D-3).
Pressure is above 35 psi. Incorrect refrigerant charge in A/C
If good reading, go to next test point. system. Charge the system cor-
rectly.
Go to next test point.
Less than 1 ohm. A/C Low Pressure switch. Replace
If good reading, go to next test point. A/C low pressure switch.
Go to next test point.
Less than 1 ohm. Open in 916(BL) circuit between
If good reading, go to test point 8. A/C Low Pressure switch connec-
tor X217 (pin B) and HVAC Control
Module (A-09) connector X128 (pin
D-3).
Go to next test point.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 84
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

4 Measure resistance from A/C Low Less than 1 ohm. Open in 927(BL) circuit between
Pressure switch connector X217 (pin If good reading, go to next test point. A/C Low Pressure switch connector
B) to in-line connector X010 (pin 22), X217 (pin B) and in-line connector
X010 (pin 22).
5 Measure resistance from in-line con- Less than 1 ohm. Open in 916(BL) circuit between
nector X010 (pin 22) and in-line con- If good reading, go to next test point. in-line connector X010 (pin 22) and
nector X005 (pin 28). in-line connector X005 (pin 28).
6 Measure resistance from in-line con- Less than 1 ohm. Open in 916(BL) circuit between
nector X005 (pin 28) to in-line con- If good reading, go to next test point. in-line connector X005 (pin 28) and
nector X003 (pin 19). in-line connector X003 (pin 19).
7 Measure resistance from in-line con- Less than 1 ohm. Open in 916(BL) circuit between
nector X003 (pin 19) to HVAC Con- If good reading, go to next test point. in-line connector X003 (pin 19) and
trol Module (A-09) connector X128 HVAC Control Module (A-09) con-
(pin D-3). nector X128 (pin D-3).
8 Measure resistance between HVAC Less than 1 ohm. HVAC Control Module (A-09) or
Control Module (A-09) connector If good reading, go to next test point. ground connector between HVAC
X128 (pin D3) and ground. Control Module (A-09) and ground.
9 Ignition in Run position. 12 volts. Power supply to A/C Low Pressure
Measure for 12 volts at A/C Low If good reading, A/C Low Pressure switch.
Pressure switch connector X217 (pin switch and circuits okay. Go to next test point.
A).
10 Measure for 12 volts at in-line con- 12 volts. Power supply to in-line connector
nector X010 (pin 15). If good reading, repair open circuit X010 (pin 15).
915(YE) between A/C Low Pressure Go to next test point.
(pin A) and in-line connector X010
(pin 15).
11 Measure for 12 volts at in-line con- 12 volts. Power supply to in-line connector
nector X005 (pin 27). If good reading, repair open circuit X005 (pin 27).
915(YE) between in-line connector Go to next test point.
X010 (pin 15) and in-line connector
X005 (pin 27).
12 Measure for 12 volts at in-line con- 12 volts. Power supply to in-line connector
nector X003 (pin 18). If good reading, repair open circuit X003 (pin 18).
915(YE) between in-line connector
X005 (pin 27) and in-line connector
X003 (pin 18).
13 Measure for 12 volts at HVAC Con- 12 volts. HVAC Control Module (A-09).
trol Module (A-09) connector X128 If good reading, repair open circuit
(pin D-2) 915(YE) between HVAC Control
Module (A-09) connector X128 (pin
D2) and in-line connector X003 (pin
18).

Sensing system Freeze switch - Testing (E.40.C.95.87 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 85
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Disconnect the Freeze Switch con-Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 907(BL) between
nectors X154 and X153, and mea- If good reading, go to next test point. Freeze Switch connector X153 and
sure resistance between Freeze HVAC Control Module (A-09) con-
Switch connector 153 and HVAC nector X128 (pin C-10).
Control Module (A-09) connector Check in-line connectors X006 (pin
X128 (pin C-10). A) and X003 (pin 10) for connection.
2 Measure resistance between FreezeLess than 1 ohm. Open circuit 908(YE) between
Switch connector X154 and HVAC If good reading, go to next test point. Freeze Switch connector X154 and
Control Module (A-09) connector HVAC Control Module (A-09) con-
X128 (pin C-11). nector X128 (pin C-11).
Check in-line connectors X006 (pin
C) and X003 (pin 11) for connection.
3 Measure the resistance at Freeze No conduction. Replace the Freeze Switch
Switch between pins. If good reading, HVAC Control Mod-
ule (A-09) is faulty.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 86
 Index

BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - 40.C

A/C Controller - Testing (E.40.C.90 - G.40.A.20) 81
Command - Testing (E.40.C.05 - G.40.A.20) 80
Compressor - Install (E.40.C.31 - F.10.A.15) 55
Compressor - Remove (E.40.C.31 - F.10.A.10) 52
Compressor - Static description (E.40.C.31 - C.30.A.20) 10
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Install (E.40.C.31.80 - F.10.A.15) 53
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Remove (E.40.C.31.80 - F.10.A.10) 48
Condenser - Install (E.40.C.32 - F.10.A.15) 57
Condenser - Remove (E.40.C.32 - F.10.A.10) 56
Condenser - Static description (E.40.C.32 - C.30.A.20) 11
Cooler - Install (E.40.C.39 - F.10.A.15) 69
Cooler - Remove (E.40.C.39 - F.10.A.10) 68
Cooler - Static description (E.40.C.39 - C.30.A.20) 16
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Charging (E.40.C - F.60.A.30) 47
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Check (E.40.C - F.45.A.10) 45
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Discharging (E.40.C - F.35.A.31) 43
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - General specification (E.40.C - D.40.A.10) 4
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Preliminary test (E.40.C - F.40.A.20) 39
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Problem solving (E.40.C - G.40.A.30) 74
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Service instruction (E.40.C - F.10.A.05) 31
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Special tools (E.40.C - D.20.A.40) 4
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Static description (E.40.C - C.30.A.20) 6
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Static description (E.40.C - C.30.A.20) 7
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Storing (E.40.C - F.35.A.02) 42
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - System stabilising (E.40.C - F.40.D.10) 40
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Tool description (E.40.C - F.40.D.20) 41
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Torque (E.40.C - D.20.A.10) 4
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Troubleshooting (E.40.C - G.40.A.10) 76
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Troubleshooting (E.40.C - G.40.A.10) 76
Evaporator - Install (E.40.C.33 - F.10.A.15) 61
Evaporator - Remove (E.40.C.33 - F.10.A.10) 58
Evaporator - Static description (E.40.C.33 - C.30.A.20) 12
Expansion valve - Install (E.40.C.34 - F.10.A.15) 65
Expansion valve - Remove (E.40.C.34 - F.10.A.10) 64
Expansion valve - Static description (E.40.C.34 - C.30.A.20) 13
Receiver/drier - Install (E.40.C.35 - F.10.A.15) 67
Receiver/drier - Remove (E.40.C.35 - F.10.A.10) 66
Receiver/drier - Static description (E.40.C.35 - C.30.A.20) 15
Sensing system - Dynamic description (E.40.C.95 - C.30.A.10) 17
Sensing system - Static description (E.40.C.95 - C.30.A.20) 30
Sensing system Freeze switch - Testing (E.40.C.95.87 - G.40.A.20) 85
Sensing system High pressure switch - Install (E.40.C.95.70 - F.10.A.15) 72
Sensing system High pressure switch - Remove (E.40.C.95.70 - F.10.A.10) 70
Sensing system High pressure switch - Testing (E.40.C.95.70 - G.40.A.20) 83

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 87
Sensing system Low pressure switch - Install (E.40.C.95.71 - F.10.A.15) 73
Sensing system Low pressure switch - Remove (E.40.C.95.71 - F.10.A.10) 71
Sensing system Low pressure switch - Testing (E.40.C.95.71 - G.40.A.20) 84

2 4/7/2006
E.40.C / 88
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

- 40.D

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
E.40.D / 1
 Contents

BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - 40.D

TECHNICAL DATA
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning
General specification (E.40.D - D.40.A.10) 3

FUNCTIONAL DATA
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning
Static description (E.40.D - C.30.A.20) 4
Fault code index (E.40.D - C.40.G.10) 7

DIAGNOSTIC
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning
Problem solving (E.40.D - G.40.A.30) 8
Command
Testing (E.40.D.05 - G.40.A.20) 11
Heater
Testing (E.40.D.35 - G.40.A.20) 12
Cooler
Testing (E.40.D.39 - G.40.A.20) 13
Electrical control
Relay - Testing (E.40.D.90.80 - G.40.A.20) 14
Testing (E.40.D.90 - G.40.A.20) 14
Display panel
Testing (E.40.D.93 - G.40.A.20) 16
Sensing system
High pressure switch - Testing (E.40.D.95.70 - G.40.A.20) 17
Low pressure switch - Testing (E.40.D.95.71 - G.40.A.20) 18
Sunload sensor - Testing (E.40.D.95.80 - G.40.A.20) 19
Temperature sensor - Testing (E.40.D.95.81 - G.40.A.20) 20

2 4/7/2006
E.40.D / 2
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

- General specification (E.40.D - D.40.A.10)
Cab Temperature Sensor Evaporator Temperature Sensor
Outlet Temperature Sensor
Ambient Temperature Sensor
Temp.(°C) Temp.(°F) Resistance Temp.(°C) Temp.(°F) Resistance
(ohms) (ohms)
0 32 13061 0 32 66000
5 41 10158 1.7 35 60560
10 50 7962 4.4 40 52625
15 59 6286 7.2 45 45830
16 60.8 6001 10 50 40011
17 62.6 5730 12.8 55 35014
18 64.4 5473 15.6 60 30713
19 66.2 5229 18.3 65 27002
20 68 4997 21.1 70 23791
21 69.8 4777 23.9 75 21008
22 71.6 4568 25 77 20000
23 73.4 4369 26.4 79.5 18808
24 75.2 4180 27.8 82 17723
25 77 4000 30.5 87 15736
26 78.8 3829 33.3 92 13998
27 80.6 3666 36.1 97 12475
28 82.4 3511 38.9 102 11139
29 84.2 3363 40.5 105 10400
30 86 3222 41.7 107 9963
35 95 2612 44.4 112 9826
40 104 2130 47.2 117 8011
45 113 1747 50 122 7202
50 122 1440 52.8 127 6485
55 131 1194 55.5 132 5849
60 140 995 58.3 137 5283
65 149 833 61.1 142 4780
70 158 701 63.9 147 4331
75 167 592 66.7 152 3929
69.4 157 3570
72.2 162 3249
75 167 2960

2 4/7/2006
E.40.D / 3
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

- Static description (E.40.D - C.30.A.20)
The Automatic Temperature Control panel will operate the compressor, water valve, and fan speed to obtain the value
that has been set by the operator. There are four modes of operation for the ATC system, AUTOMATIC (1) DEFOG
(2), RECYCLE (3) and ECONOMY (4) The POWER button (5) turns the system on and off.

The default startup mode for the system is AUTOMATIC. In the automatic mode, the panel receives input from the cab
air temperature sensor, which is located directly behind the recirculation filter. To raise or lower the cab temperature,
the panel controls the compressor and water valve. With the cab temperature equal to the set temperature, the fan
will be in low, the compressor will be off, and the water valve will be shut. Fan speed will shift to medium if the cab
temperature raises by 4 degrees , and to high if a rise of 9 degrees is detected. If the temperature in the cab should
decrease below the set temperature by 1 degree, fan speed will automatically shift to medium. The shift to high speed
will occur when cab temperature is 5 degrees lower.

20018375 1
Fan speed can be controlled manually by simply pressing the up (1) or down (2) buttons. Pressing the AUTO button
(3) will return the fan speed to panel control. The sun load sensor located in the lower cover of the steering column
will also control fan speed. When solar loading is detected by the sensors, the fan speed is increased proportionally.

20018375_1026 2
During certain conditions, the inside of the cab windows can become fogged with moisture. A DEFOG mode is pro-
vided to remove the condensed moisture from the windows. When the operator presses the DEFOG button (1) the
compressor will engage to remove the excess moisture from the cab air. Fan speed will be controlled manually by
pressing the up (2) and down (3) buttons. Fresh air drawn into the cab will be minimized by securing the separator
fan, this allows the system to dry the air inside the cab without the added load of outside humid air. The separator
fan will be secured for only forty minutes. Cab air temperature will continue to be controlled by positioning the water
valve. To secure the DEFOG mode, the AUTO button (4) is pressed.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.D / 4
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

20018375_1027 3
When the RECIRC button (1) is pressed the separator fan is secured. The separator fan is used to draw fresh air into
the ventilation system (80 % recirculation / 20 % fresh air intake), and to obtain a slight cab pressurization. The system
will maintain the fan secured for a period of forty minutes to minimize the time that cab pressurization is reduced. To
return to the AUTOMATIC mode, press the RECIRC button a second time.

20018375_1028 4
ECONOMY button (1) is pressed when heating or cooling of the air is not desired. The operator manually controls
fan speed, and the separator fan will run to pressurize the combine cab. To return to the AUTOMATIC mode, press
the AUTO button (2).

20018375_1029 5
Set temperature can be controlled by pressing either the up (1) or down (2), button. In Celsius, each push of the
button will change set temperature by 1/2 degree, in Fahrenheit the change is 1 degree. The operator can change
the display format from Celsius to Fahrenheit and back again by pressing the OUT TEMP (3) and TEMP RAISE (1)
buttons simultaneously. The outside temperature can be displayed for five seconds by pressing the OUT TEMP (3)
button alone. A diagnostic mode display can be accessed by pressing the OUT TEMP button three times within five
seconds.

For troubleshooting of error codes displayed on the Automatic Termperature Control Panel, refer to ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Testing (E.40.D - G.40.A.20).

2 4/7/2006
E.40.D / 5
BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

20018375_1030 6

2 4/7/2006
E.40.D / 6
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

- Fault code index (E.40.D - C.40.G.10)
To enter the diagnostic mode, press the outside temperature button 3 times within 5 seconds. The controller will
display error codes after reading the status of the connected circuits. The display will show 2 numbers and the letter
"E" for error, and is updated every 2 seconds.

Error Code Circuit being tested Error Condition detected Reference/Test

10E Cab Temperature Sensor Sensor open J-Temperature Sensor Test
11E Sensor shorted
12E Out of range high
13E Out of range low
20E Outlet Temperature Sensor Sensor open J-Temperature Sensor Test
21E Sensor shorted
22E Out of range high
23E Out of range low
30E Ambient Temperature Sensor Sensor open J-Temperature Sensor Test
31E Sensor shorted
32E Out of range high
33E Out of range low
40E Evaporator Temperature Sensor Sensor open J-Temperature Sensor Test
41E Sensor shorted
42E Out of range high
43E Out of range low
50E Solar Sensor Solar A shorted high N-Solar Sensor and Circuit Test.
51E Solar A shorted low
52E Solar B shorted high
53E Solar B shorted low
60E A/C Low Pressure Sensor open D-Low Pressure Switch and
61E Sensor shorted Circuit Test
62E Sensor fault ‘STATIC‘
63E Sensor fault ‘LATCH OUT‘
70E A/C High Pressure Sensor open C-High Pressure Switch and
71E Sensor shorted Circuit Test
72E Sensor fault ‘STATIC‘
73E Sensor fault ‘LATCH OUT‘
80E Clutch Relay Control Clutch Over Current K-Clutch Relay Control Test
81E Open Clutch
82E Actuator and Blower Control Actuator Over Current L-Actuator TestG-Main Blower
83E Blower Over Current Test
90E Internal Memory ‘WRITE ERROR‘ M-Internal Memory Test
91E ‘READ ERROR‘
00E None None Indicates end of diagnostic
sweep

2 4/7/2006
E.40.D / 7
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

- Problem solving (E.40.D - G.40.A.30)
OPERATION

ATC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION

The ATC climate control is an automatically controlled system for providing heat and air conditioning that consists of
the following functions:
- Operator or automatic control of the blower fan (3 speeds)
- Operator control of temperature set point
- Operator selection of:
A/C disable (ECON)
Outside air temperature
Defrost Air recycle
- Electronic control of heater valve and compressor clutch.

BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT OPERATION

Blower speed is manually controlled by up and down push-button switches, or automatically controlled to maintain
temperature set point. The blower motor is controlled by power resistors that determine various voltage drops to
provide the different blower speeds. The ON/OFF button will enable or disable all HVAC functions.

HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL CIRCUIT OPERATION

Control is achieved by adjusting the temperature set point, which operates over a range from maximum A/C to max-
imum heat. A/C is achieved by activating the A/C compressor and heat is achieved by opening an electronically
operated water valve. The A/C is automatically turned ON when the set point is below the cabin temperature, and the
ECON switch is turned OFF.

DEHUMIDIFY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPERATION

Dehumidification (A/C and heat on at the same time) can be achieved when the Defrost switch is ON and the set point
is above the cab temperature.

A/C COMPRESSOR PROTECTION CIRCUIT OPERATION

The compressor is protected through the use of high and low refrigerant pressure switches. These switches will not
allow compressor operation if the refrigerant pressure is above or below a preset threshold.
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 42 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.42).
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.47).
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 48 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.48).

TROUBLESHOOTING

Before troubleshooting the ATC Climate control system, make sure that the following operating conditions are met:
A. The batteries are fully charged and all connections are clean and tight.
B. Transmission is in neutral or park.
C. All connectors are fully installed, and terminals are not loose, corroded, pushed out or bent.
D. Refrigerant is filled to the correct level.
E. Condenser fins are clean and unrestricted.
F. Engine cooling fan is operating correctly (fan clutch).
G. Compressor drive belt has proper tension and is in good condition.
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.D / 8
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

CAUTION
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

Problem Possible Cause Correction

ATC climate control Power/ground supply A - ATC Climate Control System Power and
system is inoperative Ground Supply TestCommand - Testing
(E.40.D.05 - G.40.A.20).
ATC Climate Control A/C Compressor Clutch B - A/C Compressor Control Cir-
System will not cool cuit TestElectrical control - Testing
(E.40.D.90 - G.40.A.20).
Water Valve I-Water Valve and Circuit TestHeater -
Testing (E.40.D.35 - G.40.A.20).
Main Blower F - Main Blower and Circuit TestVentilation
system Circulation fan - Testing
(E.40.B.60.10 - G.40.A.20).
Low Pressure Switch D - A/C Low Pressure Switch and Circuit
Test
High Pressure Switch C - A/C High Pressure Switch and Circuit
Test
Water Valve Actuator O - Actuator TestAutomated recirculation
system Actuator - Testing (E.40.B.63.36
- G.40.A.20).
ATC climate control Water Valve I - Water Valve and Circuit TestHeater -
system will not heat Testing (E.40.D.35 - G.40.A.20).
Coolant not hot See cooling system section of service man-
ual.
Main Blower F - Main Blower and Circuit TestVentilation
system Circulation fan - Testing
(E.40.B.60.10 - G.40.A.20).
Water Valve Actuator O - Actuator TestAutomated recirculation
system Actuator - Testing (E.40.B.63.36
- G.40.A.20).
Main Blower fan Main Blower F - Main Blower and Circuit TestVentilation
inoperative system Circulation fan - Testing
(E.40.B.60.10 - G.40.A.20).
No medium speed blower Main Blower control F - Main Blower and Circuit Test. Test
points 16 - 22Ventilation system Cir-
culation fan - Testing (E.40.B.60.10 -
G.40.A.20).
Recirculation inoperative Recirculation Door control H - Recirculation Door and Circuit
TestAutomated recirculation system
- Testing (E.40.B.63 - G.40.A.20).
No medium speed blower Main Blower control F - Main Blower and Circuit Test. Test
points 16 - 22 Ventilation system Cir-
culation fan - Testing (E.40.B.60.10 -
G.40.A.20).

2 4/7/2006
E.40.D / 9
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

Problem Possible Cause Correction

Low blower air pressure Separator Blower E - Separator Blower and Circuit
TestVentilation system Separator fan
- Testing (E.40.B.60.20 - G.40.A.20).
No high speed blower Main Blower control F - Main Blower and Circuit Test. Test
points 1 - 8 Ventilation system Cir-
culation fan - Testing (E.40.B.60.10 -
G.40.A.20).

2 4/7/2006
E.40.D / 10
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

Command - Testing (E.40.D.05 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Ignition in “IGN" position. 12 volts. Fuse #49
Measure for 12 volts at HVAC Con- If good reading, go to test point 4.
Open in B+ supply circuit to HVAC
trol Module connector X128 (pin Control Module connector X128.
C-2). Go to next test point.
2 Measure for 12 volts at in-line con-
12 volts. Fuse #49
nector X002 (pin A). If good reading, repair open in 45 Open circuit 45 (OR) between Fuse
(OR) or 901 (OR) circuit between #49 and connector X002 (pin A).
in-line connector X002 (pin A) and Go to next test point.
HVAC Control Module connector
X128 (pin C-2).
3 Measure for 12 volts at Fuse #49. 12 volts. Fuse #49.
If good reading, repair open in 45 Open between Fuse #49 and
(OR) circuit between fuse #49 and switched B+.
connector X002 (pin A).
4 Ignition in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 921 (BK) between
Measure resistance from HVAC If good reading, climate control sys- HVAC Control Module connector
Control Module connector X128 (pin tem power and ground are okay. X128 (pin D-14) to ground.
D-14) to ground.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.D / 11
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

Heater - Testing (E.40.D.35 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Ignition in “RUN" position. The ATC Climate Control will blow Water valve inoperative.
Power up the HVAC Control Module. warm air. Go to next test point.
Place system in heater mode. If good reading, the ATC Climate
Control is operating properly.
2 Measure for 12 volts at Water Valve 12 volts. Open or short to ground circuit 924
connector X151 (pin 10). If good reading, go to test point 5. (OR) between HVAC Control Module
connector X128 (pin D-11) and Wa-
ter Valve connector 151 (pin 10).
Water Valve
Check for connection in-line connec-
tors X006 (pin U) and X003
(pin 27).
Go to next test point.
3 Ignition in “OFF" position. More than 1 ohm. Replace Water.
Disconnect connector X151 from If good reading, reconnect Water
Water Valve. Valve connector and go to next test
Measure resistance at Water Valve point.
between pins 7 and 10.
4 Ignition in “RUN" position. 12 volts. HVAC Control Module (A-09).
Measure for 12 volts at HVAC Con- If good reading, repair open circuit
trol Module connector X128 (pin 924 (OR) between HVAC Control
D-11). Module connector X128 (pin D-11)
and Water Valve connector X151
(pin 10).
Go to next test point.
5 Ignition in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 923 (YE) between Wa-
Disconnect Water Valve connector If good reading, go to next test point. ter Valve connector X151 (pin 8) and
X151. HVAC Control Module connector
Measure resistance between Water X128 (pin D-10).
Valve connector X151 (pin 8) and Check connection at in-line connec-
HVAC Control Module connector tors X006 (pin T) and X003 (pin 26).
X128 (pin D-10).
6 Measure resistance between Water Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 922 (BK) between
Valve connector X151 (pin 7) and If good reading go to next test point. HVAC Control Module connector
HVAC Control Module connector X128 (pin D-9) and Water Valve
X128 (pin D-9). connector X151 (pin 7).
Check for connection the in-line con-
nectors X006 (pin S) and X003 (pin
25)
7 Reconnect Water Valve. The ATC climate control will blow Replace Water Valve or HVAC Con-
Ignition in “IGN" position warm air. If good reading the ATC trol Module.
Retest system by placing system in climate control is operating properly.
Heater mode.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.D / 12
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

Cooler - Testing (E.40.D.39 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Disconnect connector X147 from Less than 1 ohm.
Cold Box Door. If good reading, go to next test point.
Measure resistance between Cold
Box Door connector X147 (pin 10)
and HVAC Control Module connec-
tor X128 (pin D7).
2 Measure resistance between Cold
Box Door connector X147 (pin 10)
and ground.
3 Measure resistance at Cold Box
Door between pins 10 and 7.
4 Disconnect connector X151 of water
valve.
Measure resistance between con-
nector X151 (pin 10) of water valve
and HVAC Control Module connec-
tor X128 (pin D11).
5 Measure resistance between con-
nector X151 (pin 10) from Water
Valve and ground.
6 Measure resistance at Water Valve
between pins 10 and 7.
Open circuit 920 (OR) between
HVAC Control Module connector
X128 (pin D7) and Cold Box Door
connector X147 (pin 10). Check for
open at in-line connectors X006 (pin
R) and X003 (pin 23).
Go to next test point.
No conducting or more than 1 ohm. Short to ground on circuit 920 (OR)
If good reading, go to next test point. between Cold Box Door connector
X147 (pin 10) and HVAC Control
Module connector X128 (pin D7).
More than 1 ohm. Cold Box Door.
If good reading, reconnect the Cold
Box Door connector and go to next
test point.
Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 924 (OR) between
If good reading, go to next test point. HVAC Control Module connector
X128 (pin D11) and Water Valve
connector X151 (pin 10). Check for
open at the in-line connectors X033
(pin U) and X003 (pin 27) and after
fixed, go to next test point.
No conducting or more than 1 ohm. Short to ground the circuit 924 (OR)
If good reading, go to next test point. between Water Valve connector
X151 (pin 10) and HVAC Control
Module connector X128 (pin D11).
More than 1 ohm. Water Valve.
If good reading, reconnect the Water
Valve and run the self test to clear
the error code.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.D / 13
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

Electrical control Relay - Testing (E.40.D.90.80 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Remove A/C Clutch Relay.
Ignition in "IGN" position.
Power up the HVAC Control System.
Measure for 12 volts at pin 1 of the
A/C Clutch Relay.
12 volts. Open or short circuit 900 (WH) be-
If good reading go to tween A/C Clutch Relay (pin 1) and
B-A/C Compressor Control circuit HVAC Control Module connector
test. X128 (pin C3).

Electrical control - Testing (E.40.D.90 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Ignition in “IGN" position. Compressor clutch is heard engag- Blown Fuse #19
Set blower speed adjusting button toing and disengaging. Open in switched B+ supply circuit
any fan speed. If good reading, A/C Clutch control Open ground circuit
Cycle Defrost Switch ON/OFF. circuits are okay. A/C Clutch
A/C Clutch Relay.
Go to next test point.
2 Ignition in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 673 (BK) between A/C
Measure resistance between A/C If good reading go to next test point. Clutch connector X215 (pin B) and
Clutch connector X215 (pin B) and ground.
ground.
3 Ignition in “RUN" position. 12 volts. Fuse #19
Defrost ON. If good reading, repair or replace A/C A/C Clutch Relay
Measure for 12 volts at A/C Clutch Clutch. Open in switched B+ supply circuit.
connector X215 (pin A). Go to next test point.
4 Measure for 12 volts at in-line con- 12 volts. Fuse #19
nector X010 (pin 11). If good reading, repair open circuit A/C Clutch Relay
178 (WH) between in-line connector Open in switched B+ supply circuit.
X010 (pin 11) and A/C Clutch con- Go to next test point.
nector X215 (pin A).

2 4/7/2006
E.40.D / 14
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

5 Measure for 12 volts at in-line con- 12 volts. Fuse #19
nector X005 If good reading, repair open circuit A/C Clutch Relay
(pin 9). 178 (WH) between in-line connec- Open in switched B+ supply circuit.
tors X005 (pin 9) and X010 Go to next test point.
(pin 11).
6 Measure for 12 volts at A/C Clutch 12 volts. Fuse #19
Relay (pin 5). If good reading, repair open circuit A/C Clutch Relay
178 (WH) between A/C Clutch Relay Open in switched B+ supply circuit.
(pin 5) and in-line connector X005 Go to next test point.
(pin 9).
7 Measure for 12 volts at A/C Clutch 12 volts. Fuse #19
Relay (pin 3). If good reading, go to test point 9. Open in switched B+ supply circuit.
Go to next test point.
8 Measure for 12 volts at Fuse #19. 12 volts. Fuse #19
If good reading, repair open circuit Open in switched B+ supply circuit.
87 (RD) between A/C Clutch Relay Go to next test point.
(pin 3) to Fuse #19.
9 Measure for 12 volts at 12 volts. Open circuit 900 (WH) between A/C
A/C Clutch Relay (pin 1). If good reading, go to test point 12. Clutch Relay (pin 1) and HVAC Con-
trol Module connector X128 (pin C3).
HVAC Control Module.
Go to next test point.
10 Measure for 12 volts at in-line con- 12 volts. Open in circuit 900 (WH) between
nector X003 (pin 3). If good reading, repair open circuit in-line connector X003 (pin 3) and
900 (WH) between A/C Clutch Relay HVAC Control Module connector
(pin 1) and in-line connector X003 X128 (pin C3).
(pin 3). HVAC Control Module.
Go to next test point.
11 Measure for 12 volts at HVAC Con- 12 volts. Replace HVAC Control Module.
trol Module connector X128 (pin C3). If good reading, repair open circuit
900 (WH) between in-line connector
X003 (pin 3) and HVAC Control Mod-
ule connector X128 (pin C3).
12 Ignition in “OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 945 (BK) between A/C
Check ground between A/C Clutch If good reading, replace A/C Clutch Clutch Relay (pin 2) and ground.
Relay (pin 2) and ground. Relay. Go to next test point.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.D / 15
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

Display panel - Testing (E.40.D.93 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Place Ignition Switch in the "OFF" Internal memory error codes clear. HVAC Control Module.
position for at least 30 seconds.
Turn Ignition Switch back to the
“IGN" position.
If internal memory error codes
(Write/Read) stays on, replace
HVAC Control Module.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.D / 16
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

Sensing system High pressure switch - Testing (E.40.D.95.70 -

G.40.A.20)
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Install A/C pressure gauges.
With engine running, defrost “ON",
and blower speed set on any speed,
read A/C high side pressure gauge.
2 Ignition Switch in “OFF" position.
Disconnect A/C High Pressure
Switch.
Measure resistance across switch
terminals.
3 Measure resistance between A/C
High Pressure Switch connector
X216 (pin B) and HVAC Control
Module connector X128 (pin D3).
4 Measure resistance between in-line
connector X010, (pin 22) and A/C
High Pressure Switch connector
X216 (pin B).
5 Measure resistance between in-line
connector X010 (pin 22) and in-line
connector X005 (pin 28).
6 Measure resistance between in-line
connector X005 (pin 28) and in-line
connector X003 (pin 19).
7 Measure resistance between in-line
connector X003 (pin 19) and HVAC
Control Module connector X128 (pin
D3).
8 Measure resistance between HVAC
Control Module connector X128 (pin
D3) and ground.
9 Reconnect A/C High Pressure
Switch and start engine with de-
frost ON.
Measure for 12 volts at A/C High
Pressure Switch connector X216
(pin A).
Between 280 - 400 psi. Excessive pressure in high side of
If good reading go to next test point. A/C system.
Go to next test point.
Less than 1 ohm. A/C High Pressure Switch. Replace
If good reading, go to next test point. A/C High Pressure Switch.
Go to next test point.
Less than 1 ohm. Open in high pressure switch ground
If good reading, go to test point 8. circuit 916 (BL).
Go to next test point.
Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 916 (BL) between
If good reading, go to next test point. in-line connector X010 (pin 22) and
A/C High Pressure Switch connector
X216 (pin B).
Repair or replace this circuit
Go to next test point.
Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 916 (BL) between
If good reading, go to next test point. in-line connector X010 (pin 22) and
in-line connector X005 (pin 28), re-
pair or replace this circuit.
Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 916 (BL) between
If good reading, go to next test point. in-line connector X005 (pin 28) and
in-line connector X003 (pin 19).
Go to next test point.
Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 916 (BL) between
If good reading, go to next test point. in-line connector X003 (pin 19) and
HVAC Control Module connector
X128 (pin D3)
Go to next test point.
Less than 1 ohm. Repair or replace HVAC Control
If good reading, go to next test point. Module connector X128 or check
the ground connection of HVAC
Control Module connector X128.
12 volts. Open in B+ supply circuit to high
If good reading, the A/C high pres- pressure switch.
sure is working properly. Go to next test point.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.D / 17
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

10 Measure for 12 volts at in-line con- 12 volts.
nector X010 (pin 25). If good reading, repair open circuit
917 (YE) between in-line connector
X010 (pin 25) and A/C High Pressure
Switch connector X216 (pin A).
11 Measure for 12 volts at in-line con- 12 volts.
nector X005 (pin 29). If good reading, repair open circuit
917 (YE) between in-line connector
X005 (pin 29) and in-line connector
X010 (pin 25).
12 Measure for 12 volts at in-line con- 12 volts.
nector X003 (pin 20). If good reading, repair open circuit
917 (YE) between in-line connector
X005 (pin 29) and in-line connector
X003 (pin 20).
13 Measure for 12 volts at HVAC Con- 12 volts.
trol Module connector X128 (pin D4). If good reading repair open circuit
917 (YE) between in-line connector
X003 (pin 20) and HVAC Control
Module connector X128 (pin D4).
Open in B+ supply circuit to connec-
tor X010.
Go to next test point.
Open in B+ supply circuit to connec-
tor X005.
Go to next test point.
Open in circuit 917 (YE) between
in-line connector X003 (pin 20) and
HVAC Control Module connector
X128 (pin D4), or HVAC Control
Module.
Go to next test point.
HVAC Control Module.

Sensing system Low pressure switch - Testing (E.40.D.95.71 -

G.40.A.20)
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Install A/C pressure gauges.
With engine running, turn Defrost
“ON" and set blower speed on any
speed.
Read A/C low side pressure.
2 Remove electrical connector from
A/C Low Pressure Switch.
Measure resistance across the
switch terminals.
3 Measure resistance from A/C Low
Pressure Switch (pin B) to HVAC
Control Module connector X128 (pin
D3).
4 Measure resistance from A/C Low
Pressure Switch connector X217
(pin B) to in-line connector X010 (pin
22),
Pressure is above 35 psi. Incorrect refrigerant charge in A/C
If good reading, go to next test point. system. Charge the system cor-
rectly.
Go to next test point.
Less than 1 ohm. A/C Low Pressure Switch. Replace
If good reading, go to next test point. A/C Low Pressure Switch
Go to next test point.
Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 916 (BL) circuit between
If good reading, go to test point 8. A/C Low Pressure Switch connec-
tor X217 (pin B) and HVAC Control
Module connector X128 (pin D3).
Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 927 (BL) between A/C
If good reading, go to next test point. Low Pressure Switch connector
X217 (pin B) and in-line connector
X010 (pin 22).

2 4/7/2006
E.40.D / 18
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

5 Measure resistance from in-line con- Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 916 (BL) between
nector X010 (pin 22) and in-line con- If good reading, go to next test point. in-line connector X010 (pin 22) and
nector X005 (pin 28). in-line connector X005 (pin 28).
6 Measure resistance from in-line con- Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 916 (BL) between
nector X005 (pin 28) to in-line con- If good reading, go to next test point. in-line connector X005 (pin 28) and
nector X003 (pin 19). in-line connector X003 (pin 19).
7 Measure resistance from in-line con- Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 916 (BL) between
nector X003 (pin 19) to HVAC Con- If good reading, go to next test point. in-line connector X003 (pin 19) and
trol Module connector X128 (pin D3). HVAC Control Module connector
X128 (pin D3).
8 Measure resistance between HVAC Less than 1 ohm. HVAC Control Module or ground
Control Module connector X128 (pin If good reading, go to next test point. connection between HVAC Control
D3) and ground. Module connector X128 and ground.
9 Ignition in “IGN" position. 12 volts. Power supply to A/C Low Pressure
Measure for 12 volts at A/C Low If good reading, A/C Low Pressure Switch.
Pressure Switch connector X217 Switch and circuits okay. Go to next test point.
(pin A).
10 Measure for 12 volts at in-line con- 12 volts. Power supply to in-line connector
nector X010 (pin 15). If good reading, repair open circuit X1010 (pin 15).
915 (YE) between A/C Low Pressure Go to next test point.
Switch connector X217 (pin A) and
in-line connector X010 (pin 15).
11 Measure for 12 volts at in-line con- 12 volts. Power supply to in-line connector
nector X005 (pin 27). If good reading, repair open circuit X005 (pin 27).
915 (YE) between in-line connector Go to next test point.
X010 (pin 15) and in-line connector
X005 (pin 27).
12 Measure for 12 volts at in-line con- 12 volts. Power supply to in-line connector
nector X003 (pin 18). If good reading, repair open circuit X003 (pin 18).
915 (YE) between in-line connector
X005 (pin 27) and in-line connector
X003 (pin 18).
13 Measure for 12 volts at HVAC Con- 12 volts. HVAC Control Module.
trol Module connector X128 (pin D2). If good reading, repair open circuit
915 (YE) between HVAC Control
Module connector X128 (pin D2)
and in-line connector X003 (pin 18).

Sensing system Sunload sensor - Testing (E.40.D.95.80 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.D / 19
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Ignition in “RUN" position. Power up With no solar load at the Solar Sen- Solar Sensor and circuit or HVAC
the HVAC Control Module and place sor connector X254 (pin 2) between Control Module.
system in “AUTO" mode. Set tem- 2.5-3 volts, and (pin 1) less than 0.5 Go to next test point.
volts. With full sun at the Solar Sen-
perature so that cab is being cooled.
Check voltage at Solar Sensor con- sor connector X254 (pin 2) less than
nector X254 with respect to ground. 1 volt and (pin 1) approximately 0.5
volts.
If good reading, the Solar Sensor is
operating properly.
2 Disconnect the Solar Sensor con- 3.5 volt - 4.0 volt at Solar Sensor Solar Sensor circuits or HVAC Con-
nector X254. connector (pin 2) and less than 0.5 trol Module.
Measure for 12 volts at the Solar volts at (pin 1). Go to next test point.
Sensor connector X254. If good reading replace Solar Sen-
sor.
3 Ignition “OFF" and Solar Sensor dis- Less than 1 ohm. Open or short to ground circuit 939
connect. If good reading, go to next test point.
(YE) between HVAC Control Module
Measure resistance between HVAC connector X128 (pin D-12) and So-
Control Module connector X128 (pin lar Sensor connector X254 (pin 2).
D-12) and Solar Sensor connector Check for connection at in-line con-
X254 (pin 2). nectors X033 (pin 16) and X003 (pin
29).
4 Measure resistance between HVAC Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit 934 (BL) between
Control Module connector X128 (pin If good reading, replace HVAC Con- HVAC Control Module connector
D-13) and Solar Sensor connector trol Module. X128 (pin D-13) and Solar Sensor
X254 (pin 1). connector X254 (pin 1).
Check for connection at in-line con-
nectors X033 (pin 15) and X003 (pin
28).

Sensing system Temperature sensor - Testing (E.40.D.95.81 -

G.40.A.20)
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests. For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.D / 20
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Disconnect the sensor connector of See ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Sensor being tested.
circuit being tested. Measure resis-Heating, ventilation and air-con- Refer to the schematics for circuit
tance of the sensor and refer to theditioning - General specification numbers.
correct table. (E.40.D - D.40.A.10).
If good reading, go to next test point.
2 Disconnect the HVAC Control mod- Less than 1 ohm. Sensor signal (YE) circuit between
ule connector X128. Measure the If good reading, go to next test point. the HVAC Control Module and the
resistance of the sensor signal (YE) sensor.
circuit between the HVAC Control
Module connector X128 and the
sensor.
3 Measure the resistance of the sen- Less than 1 ohm. Sensor ground (BL) circuit between
sor ground (BL) circuit between the If good reading, the HVAC control the HVAC Control Module and the
HVAC Control Module connector sensor circuits are okay. Replace sensor.
X128 and the sensor. the module.

2 4/7/2006
E.40.D / 21
 Index

BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - 40.D

Command - Testing (E.40.D.05 - G.40.A.20) 11
Cooler - Testing (E.40.D.39 - G.40.A.20) 13
Display panel - Testing (E.40.D.93 - G.40.A.20) 16
Electrical control - Testing (E.40.D.90 - G.40.A.20) 14
Electrical control Relay - Testing (E.40.D.90.80 - G.40.A.20) 14
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Fault code index (E.40.D - 7
C.40.G.10)
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - General specification 3
(E.40.D - D.40.A.10)
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Problem solving (E.40.D - 8
G.40.A.30)
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Static description (E.40.D 4
- C.30.A.20)
Heater - Testing (E.40.D.35 - G.40.A.20) 12
Sensing system High pressure switch - Testing (E.40.D.95.70 - G.40.A.20) 17
Sensing system Low pressure switch - Testing (E.40.D.95.71 - G.40.A.20) 18
Sensing system Sunload sensor - Testing (E.40.D.95.80 - G.40.A.20) 19
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Testing (E.40.D.95.81 - G.40.A.20) 20

2 4/7/2006
E.40.D / 22
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety - 50.B

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 1
 Contents

BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety - 50.B

DIAGNOSTIC
Hydrostatic lock-out
E0686-04-HSW ILM (Handle) Unlock Shorted to Low Source (E.50.B.15.08 - G.30.B.53) 3
E0686-07-HSW ILM (Handle) Unlock Mechanical Out of Range (E.50.B.15.08 - 5
G.30.C.24)
Back up alarm
E0065-11-Backup Alarm Unidentified Failure Code (E.50.B.82 - G.30.B.46) 7
Audible alert
Testing (E.50.B.84 - G.40.A.20) 9
Road mode switch
E0654-04-CSW Road Mode Shorted to Low Source (E.50.B.85 - G.30.B.53) 10
E0654-07-CSW Road Mode Mechanical Out of Range (E.50.B.85 - G.30.C.24) 11
Emergency stop switch
E0694-04-HSW FAULT CODE - Emergency Stop Shorted to Low Source (E.50.B.86 - 13
G.30.B.53)
E0694-07-HSW FAULT CODE - Emergency Stop Mechanical Out of Range (E.50.B.86 - 15
G.30.C.24)
Sensing system
E0026-03-Rear Ladder Sensor Shorted To High Source (E.50.B.95.80 - G.30.B.54) 17
E0026-04-Rear Ladder Sensor Shorted To Low Source (E.50.B.95.80 - G.30.B.53) 18
E0026-05-Rear Ladder Sensor Line Disconnected (E.50.B.95.80 - G.30.B.50) 19
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series
1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0026-05-Rear Ladder Sensor Line Disconnected (E.50.B.95.80 - G.30.B.50) 21

CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above,
CX780 Series 1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and above, CX840 Series 1238 and above,
CX860 Series 1238 and above, CX880 Series 1238 and above

Operator presence system (OPS)

E0140-04-Operator Seat Switch Shorted To Low Source (E.50.B.96.80 - G.30.B.53) 23
Seat switch - Testing (E.50.B.96.80 - G.40.A.20) 24

2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 2
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety

E0686-04-HSW ILM (Handle) Unlock Shorted to Low Source

(E.50.B.15.08 - G.30.B.53)
E0686-04 - HSW ILM (Handle) Unlock Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) ILM Handle Unlock circuit voltage is <0.25
volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Handle Unlock circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
ILM (Handle) Unlock" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW ILM Handle Unlock circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.25 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 3
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 4
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety

E0686-07-HSW ILM (Handle) Unlock Mechanical Out of Range

(E.50.B.15.08 - G.30.C.24)
E0686-07 - HSW ILM (Handle) Unlock Mechanical Out of Range

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) ILM Handle Unlock circuit voltage is <4.0
volts since startup.

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Handle Unlock circuit is shorted to <4.0 volts - this can happen if the switch is stuck closed.
2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
ILM (Handle) Unlock" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Handle Unlock circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <4.0 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is >4.0 volts , the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 5
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety

3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 6
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety

E0065-11-Backup Alarm Unidentified Failure Code (E.50.B.82 -

G.30.B.46)
E0065-11 - Backup Alarm Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The backup alarm (H-08) circuit open or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Circuit connection/wiring damaged between CCM1 and backup alarm.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Turn the key switch to the OFF position and disconnect the backup alarm connector X248.

A. Use a multimeter to check the resistance of the backup alarm coil. The proper resistance range for the
coil is 1.0 - 8.0 ohms. If out of specification replace coil.

B. If the coil is within specification continue with Step 2.

2. Disconnect connector X248. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X248 pin 1 (White
wire) and chassis ground. Flex the harness while making this check.

A. If no continuity to ground is found continue with Step 3.

B. If there is continuity to ground continue with Step 7.

3. Disconnect connector X248 . Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView - "Diagnose info" screen
to manually power the backup alarm. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X248 pin 1
and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present continue with Step 4.

B. If 12 volts is found continue with Step 10.

4. Disconnect connector X248 . Key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView - "Diagnose info" to manually
power the backup alarm. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X096, pin 1 and chassis
ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present continue with Step 5.

B. If there is 12 volts, the open is between connector X096 and connector X248 wire 452 white. Locate the
open and repair.
5. Disconnect connector X248 Key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView - "Diagnose info" screen to man-
ually power the backup alarm. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X071, pin 14 and
chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present continue with Step 6.

B. If there is 12 volts, the open is between connector X071 and connector X096 wire 452 white. Locate the
open and repair.
6. Key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView - Dealer Diagnostics screen to manually power the backup
alarm. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X024 pin 13 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present the open is between connector X024 and connector X019 J2-6 wire 452 white.

B. If there is 12 volts, the open is between connector X024 and connector X071 wire 452 white. Locate the
open and repair.

2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 7
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety

7. Disconnect connector X096. Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X096 pin 3 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found continue with Step 8.

B. If no continuity is found the short to ground is between connector X096 and connector X248 wire 452
white. Locate the short and repair.
8. Disconnect connector X071. Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X071 pin 14 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found continue with Step 9.

B. If no continuity is found the short to ground is between connector X071 and connector X096 wire 452
white. Locate the short and repair.
9. Disconnect connector X024 . Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X024 pin 13 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the short to ground is between connector X024 and connector X019 J2-6 wire 452
white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If no continuity is found the short to ground is between connector X024 and connector X071 wire 452
white. Locate the short and repair.
10. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connectorX248 pin 1 (black wire) and chassis ground. Flex
the harness while making this check.

A. If no continuity to ground is found, continue with step 11.

B. If there is continuity to ground, the circuit is functional. Continue with step 13.
11. Disconnect connector X096. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between the straw hood harness end of
connector X096 pin 1 and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity to ground is found, continue with Step 12.

B. If there is continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the straw hood top between connector X096 and
connector X248 wire 455 black or 478 black. Locate the open and repair.
12. Disconnect connector X071 . Use a multimeter to check for continuity between the straw walker harness end
of connector X071 pin 26 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is an open cirsuit in the straw hood harness (SH) between connector
X096 and connector X071 wire 478 black. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the straw walker (SW) harness between
connector X071 and rear frame ground #1 wire 478 black. Locate the open and repair.
13. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 08 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.08)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.20)

2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 8
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety

Audible alert - Testing (E.50.B.84 - G.40.A.20)

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter (DVOM) for these
tests.

CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered light can cause damage
to components in this system. M979

WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment. M980

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Close Horn Switch located in the 12 volts
Road Light Switch.
Check for 12 volts at horn connector
X172 (pin 1).
2 Close Horn Switch located in the
Road Light Switch.
Check for 12 volts at Road Light
Switch connector X256 (pin 9).
3 Check for 12 volts at Road Light
Switch connector X256 (pin 8).
4 Check for 12 volts at Fuse #51.
5 Check resistance of circuit 631 (BK)
between horn connector X172 (pin
2) and ground.
Open in B+ circuit 193 (WH) between
If good reading, go to test point 5. Road Light Switch connector X256
(pin 9) and Horn connector X172 (pin
1).
Go to next test point.
12 volts Horn Switch.
If good reading, repair open in circuit Go to next test point.
193 (WH).
Check in-line connector X004 (pin
18) for connection.
12 volts Open B+ circuit 214 (RD) between
If good reading, replace Road Light Road Light Switch connector X256
Switch. (pin 8) and Fuse #51.
Go to next test point.
12 volts Blown Fuse #51.
If good reading, repair open in circuit Open in B+ circuit. See Power Dis-
214 (RD). tribution for testing.
Less than 1 ohm Open circuit 631 (BK) between horn
If good reading, horn power and and ground.
ground circuits okay.
If horn does not work, replace horn.

2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 9
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety

E0654-04-CSW Road Mode Shorted to Low Source (E.50.B.85 -

G.30.B.53)
E0654-04 - CSW Road Mode Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Console Switch (CSW) Road Mode circuit voltage is <0.500
volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The CSW Road Mode circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Console" sub menu. Select
"CSW Road Mode" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the CSW Road Mode circuit is 0.5 - 12.0 volts.
Note that the Universal Display is limited to 0.0 - 5.0 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is <0.500 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the wire may not be shorted at this time. Continue trou-
bleshooting at Step 4.
2. Verify the RHM is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X029 .
Using the proper tool, remove pin 16 wire 339 yellow from X029 . With the wire removed from the connector,
reconnect X029 . Turn the ignition back on and recheck the CSW Road Mode voltage.

A. If the voltage now reads >0.500 volts , the RHM is good. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the voltage is still <0.500 volts , then the fault is in the RHM. Reinstall the wire removed for troubleshoot-
ing. Reload the system software to see if the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading
the software, replace the RHM. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
3. Verify circuit 339 yellow is good. Inspect for a short to ground between Right Console Harness connector X029
pin 16 and On The Road Switch S-12 connector X049 pin 3.

A. If the circuit checks good, continue troubleshooting at Step 4.

B. Locate the short. Repair the shorted wiring. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
4. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.07)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 10
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety

E0654-07-CSW Road Mode Mechanical Out of Range (E.50.B.85 -

G.30.C.24)
E0654-07 - CSW Road Mode Mechanical Out of Range

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Console Switch (CSW) Road Mode circuit voltage is >3.500
volts since power up.

Possible failure modes:

1. The CSW Road Mode circuit voltage is out of range.

2. RHM internal failure.
3. The Road Mode Switch S-12 is stuck or shorted to >3.500 volts .

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Console" sub menu. Select
"CSW Road Mode" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the CSW Road Mode circuit is 0.5 - 12.0 volts .
Note that the Infoview monitor is limited to 0.0 - 5.0 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is >3.500 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 5.
2. Verify the RHM is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X029 .
Using the proper tool, remove pin 16 wire 339 yellow from X029 . With the wire removed from the connector,
reconnect X029 . Turn the ignition back on and recheck the CSW Road Mode voltage.

A. If the voltage now reads <3.500 volts , the RHM is good. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the voltage is still >3.500 volts , then the fault is in the RHM. Reinstall the wire removed for troubleshoot-
ing. Reload the system software to see if the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading
the software, replace the RHM. Continue troubleshooting at Step 5.
3. Verify the On The Road Switch S-12 is good. Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage at On The Road Switch
S-12 connector X049 pin 3. While observing the voltage reading, operate the Road Mode Switch S-12.

A. If the voltage reading varies from <3.500 - 12.00 volts, then the switch is working properly. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 4.

B. If the voltage never reads <3.500 volts , turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the On The Road Switch
S-12 connector X049 . Using the proper tool, remove pin 3 wire 339 yellow from X049 . With the wire
removed from the connector, reconnect X049 . Turn the ignition back on and recheck the voltage reading.
If the voltage reading still does not drop to <3.500 volts , reinstall the wire removed for troubleshooting.
Replace On The Road Switch S-12. Continue troubleshooting at Step 5.
4. Verify circuit 339 yellow is good. Inspect for a short to another wire between Right Console Harness connector
X029 pin 16 and On The Road Switch S-12 connector X049 pin 3.

A. If the circuit checks good, continue troubleshooting at Step 5.

B. Locate the short. Repair the shorted wiring. Continue troubleshooting at Step 5.
5. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.07)
2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 11
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety

Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.29)

2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 12
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety

E0694-04-HSW FAULT CODE - Emergency Stop Shorted to Low

Source (E.50.B.86 - G.30.B.53)
E0694-04 - HSW FAULT CODE - Emergency Stop Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Emergency Stop circuit voltage is <0.25
volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Emergency Stop circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Emergency Stop" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Emergency Stop circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.25 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 13
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 14
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety

E0694-07-HSW FAULT CODE - Emergency Stop Mechanical Out

of Range (E.50.B.86 - G.30.C.24)
E0694-07 - HSW FAULT CODE - Emergency Stop Mechanical Out of Range

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Emergency Stop circuit voltage is <4.0
volts since startup.

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Emergency Stop circuit is shorted to <4.0 volts - this can happen if the switch is stuck closed.
2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Emergency Stop" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Emergency Stop circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <4.0 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is >4.0 volts , the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 15
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety

3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 16
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety

E0026-03-Rear Ladder Sensor Shorted To High Source (E.50.B.95.80

- G.30.B.54)
E0026-03 - Rear Ladder Sensor Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The rear ladder sensor (B22) circuit is shorted to a higher than normal voltage source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Rear Ladder sensor" and check voltage range.

The proper voltage for sensor when rear ladder is up is 0.5 - 3.9 volts
The proper voltage for sensor when rear ladder is down is 3.9 - 4.9 volts
The proper voltage with sensor disconnected is 4.9 - 5.2 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range (>5.2 volts), continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue the troubleshooting at step 5.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the rear ladder sensor connector X251.

A. If the voltage drops to 4.9 - 5.2 volts, the short is in the sensor or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView monitor continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the straw hood harness from the straw walker
harness at connector X071.

A. If the voltage drops to 4.9 - 5.2 volts, the short is in the straw hood (SH) harness between connector X071
pin 11 and connector X251 pin 2 wire 570 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView monitor continue with Step 4.

4. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the straw walker harness from the main frame
harness at connector X024.

A. If the voltage drops to 4.9 - 5.2 volts, the short is in the straw walker (SW) harness between connector
X024 pin 16 and connector X071 pin 11 wire 570 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView monitor, the short circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between
connector X024 pin 16 and connector X019 pin J2-17 wire 570 yellow. Locate the short and repair.
5. Turn the key to ON position. Observing the LED on the harness end side of the sensor, raise and lower the
ladder. The sensor is functioning If LED changes state. Erase the error code and continue operation.

A.

2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 17
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety

E0026-04-Rear Ladder Sensor Shorted To Low Source (E.50.B.95.80

- G.30.B.53)
E0026-04 - Rear Ladder Sensor Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
The rear ladder sensor (B22) circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Rear Ladder sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage for sensor when rear ladder is up is 0.5 - 3.9 volts
The proper voltage for sensor when rear ladder is down is 3.9 - 4.9 volts
The proper voltage with sensor disconnected is 4.9 - 5.2 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low (0 - 0.5 volts) continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits. Continue the troubleshooting at step 5.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low. Disconnect the rear ladder sensor connector X251.

A. If the voltage increases to 4.9 - 5.2 volts, the short to ground is in the sensor or sensor wiring. Replace
the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView display continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low. Disconnect the straw hood harness from the straw walker
harness at connector X071.

A. If the voltage increases to 4.9 - 5.2 volts, the short to ground is in the straw hood (SH) harness between
connector X071 pin 11 and connector X251 pin 2 wire 570 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView display continue with Step 4.

4. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low. Disconnect the straw walker harness from the main frame
harness at connector X024.

A. If the voltage increases to 4.9 - 5.2 volts the short is in the straw walker (SW) harness between connector
X024 pin 16 and connector X071 pin 11 wire 570 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If the voltage remains low on InfoView monitor, the short to ground is in the main frame (MF) harness
between connector X024 pin 16 and connector X019 pin J2-17 wire 570 yellow. Locate the short and
repair.
5. Turn the key to ON position. Observing the LED on the harness end side of the sensor, raise and lower the
ladder. The sensor is functioning If LED changes state. Erase the error code and continue operation.

A.

2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 18
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety

E0026-05-Rear Ladder Sensor Line Disconnected (E.50.B.95.80 -

G.30.B.50)
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series
1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0026-05 - Rear Ladder Sensor Line Disconnected

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1206 - 1237 only.

Cause:
The rear ladder sensor (B-22) circuit is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring is open.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Rear Ladder sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage for sensor when rear ladder is up is 0.5 - 3.9 volts
The proper voltage for sensor when rear ladder is down is 3.9 - 4.9 volts
The proper voltage with sensor disconnected is 4.9 - 5.2 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high 4.9 - 5.2 volts continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the open is not present at this time. Continue the trou-
bleshooting at step 9.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 4.9 - 5.2 volts. Disconnect the rear ladder sensor connector
X251. Use a jumper wire to short the harness end of connector X251 pin 2 to chassis ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is not in the supply side
of the circuit. Continue with step 5.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 4.9 - 5.2 volts, continue with Step 3.
3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 4.9 - 5.2 volts. Disconnect the straw hood harness from the
straw walker harness at connector X071. Use a jumper wire to short connector X071 pin 11 to chassis ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is in the straw hood (SH)
harness between connector X071 pin 11 and connector X251 pin 2 wire 570 yellow. Locate the open and
repair.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 4.9 - 5.2 volts, continue with Step 4.
4. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 4.9 - 5.2 volts. Disconnect the straw walker harness from the
main frame harness at connector X024. Use a jumper wire to short connector X024 pin 16 to chassis ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is in the straw walker
(SW) harness between connector X024 pin 16 and connector X071 pin 11 wire 570 yellow. Locate the
open and repair.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 4.9 - 5.2 volts, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness
between connector X024 pin 16 and connector X019 pin J2-17 wire 570 yellow. Locate the open and
repair.

2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 19
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety

5. Disconnect the rear ladder sensor connector X251. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between the har-
ness end of connector X251 pin 1 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the ground path for the sensor is complete, and the fault is in the sensor itself. Replace
the sensor.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the ground path for the sensor is open. Continue with step 6.
6. Disconnect the straw hood harness from the straw walker harness at connector X071. Use a multimeter to
check for continuity between the harness end of connector X071 pin 3 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the straw hood (SH) harness between connector X071 pin 3 and
connector X251 pin 1 wire 481 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 7.

7. Disconnect the straw walker harness from the main frame harness at connector X024. Use a multimeter to
check for continuity between the harness end of connector X024 pin 11 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the straw walker (SW) harness between connector X024 pin 11
and connector X071 pin 3 wire 481 blue or 461 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 8.

8. Remove the cap and buss bar assembly from the splice block E, W05 in the main frame harness. Use a multi-
meter to check for continuity between the splice block E, W05 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X024 pin 11
and splice block E, W05 pin A wire 461 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between splice block
E, W05 pin A and connector X019 pin J2-14 wire 401 blue or 460 blue. Locate the open and repair.
9. Turn the key to ON position. Observing the LED on the harness end side of the sensor, raise and lower the
ladder. The sensor is functioning if LED changes state. Erase the error code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1206-1237
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.14)
Series 1206-1237
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.15)

2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 20
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety

E0026-05-Rear Ladder Sensor Line Disconnected (E.50.B.95.80 -

G.30.B.50)
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above, CX780 Series 1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and
above, CX840 Series 1238 and above, CX860 Series 1238 and above, CX880 Series 1238 and above

E0026-05 - Rear Ladder Sensor Line Disconnected

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1238 and above.

Cause:
The rear ladder sensor (B-22) circuit is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring is open.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Engine" sub menu.
Select “Rear Ladder sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage for sensor when rear ladder is up is 0.5 - 3.9 volts
The proper voltage for sensor when rear ladder is down is 3.9 - 4.9 volts
The proper voltage with sensor disconnected is 4.9 - 5.2 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high 4.9 - 5.2 volts continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the open is not present at this time. Continue the trou-
bleshooting at step 9.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 4.9 - 5.2 volts. Disconnect the rear ladder sensor connector
X251. Use a jumper wire to short the harness end of connector X251 pin 2 to chassis ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is not in the supply side
of the circuit. Continue with step 5.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 4.9 - 5.2 volts, continue with Step 3.
3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 4.9 - 5.2 volts. Disconnect the straw hood harness from the
straw walker harness at connector X071. Use a jumper wire to short connector X071 pin 11 to chassis ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is in the straw hood (SH)
harness between connector X071 pin 11 and connector X251 pin 2 wire 570 yellow. Locate the open and
repair.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 4.9 - 5.2 volts, continue with Step 4.
4. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 4.9 - 5.2 volts. Disconnect the straw walker harness from the
main frame harness at connector X024. Use a jumper wire to short connector X024 pin 16 to chassis ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is in the straw walker
(SW) harness between connector X024 pin 16 and connector X071 pin 11 wire 570 yellow. Locate the
open and repair.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 4.9 - 5.2 volts, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness
between connector X024 pin 16 and connector X019 pin J2-17 wire 570 yellow. Locate the open and
repair.

2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 21
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety

5. Disconnect the rear ladder sensor connector X251. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between the har-
ness end of connector X251 pin 1 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the ground path for the sensor is complete, and the fault is in the sensor itself. Replace
the sensor.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the ground path for the sensor is open. Continue with step 6.
6. Disconnect the straw hood harness from the straw walker harness at connector X071. Use a multimeter to
check for continuity between the harness end of connector X071 pin 3 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the straw hood (SH) harness between connector X071 pin 3 and
connector X251 pin 1 wire 481 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 7.

7. Disconnect the straw walker harness from the main frame harness at connector X024. Use a multimeter to
check for continuity between the harness end of connector X024 pin 11 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the straw walker (SW) harness between connector X024 pin 11
and connector X071 pin 3 wire 481 blue or 461 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there in no continuity to ground, continue with step 8.

8. Disconnect the main frame harness from the front frame harness at connector X008. Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between the harness end of connector X008 pin 7 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X024 pin 11
and connector X008 pin 7 wire 461 blue or 401 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open circuit is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X008 pin 7 and connector X020 pin J3-18 wire 401 blue or 501 blue. Locate the open and repair.
9. Turn the key to ON position. Observing the LED on the harness end side of the sensor, raise and lower the
ladder. The sensor is functioning if LED changes state. Erase the error code and continue operation.

A.

2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 22
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety

E0140-04-Operator Seat Switch Shorted To Low Source

(E.50.B.96.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0140-04 - Operator Seat Switch Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
The seat switch (S05) circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Switch supply wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info".

Select "Feeder" sub menu.
Select “Operator seat switch" and check voltage range. Sit on and raise out of the operator’s seat to cycle the
seat switch.
The normal operating range for the seat switch when off the seat is 0.5 - 3.5 volts.
The normal operating range for the seat switch when sitting on the seat is 3.5 - 5.0 volts.
NOTE : The seat switch actually supplies 12 volts (battery voltage) to the module when in the On position,
however, the Diagnostic screen bar graph only displays to 5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low (0 - 0.5 volts) out of range continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits. Continue the troubleshooting at Step 8.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. No operator in seat. Check fuse F-49.

A. If the fuse has failed, continue with step 3.

B. If the fuse is okay, continue with step 4.

3. No operator in seat. Replace fuse F-49.

A. If fuse immediately fails, there is a short to ground on one of the following wires in the cab main (CM) or
cab roof (CR) harnesses:
Wire 046 orange, fuse F-49 through connector X073 to seat switch S-05
Wire 045 orange, fuse F-49 through connector X002 pin A to cab roof harness splice
Wire 901 orange, harness splice to HVAC module connector X128 pin C2
Wire 240 orange, harness splice to rear work light switch connector X131 pin 2
Wire 172 orange, harness splice to beacon light switch connector X130 pin 2
Wire 124 orange, harness splice to tank extensions switch connector X125 pin 2
Locate the short to ground and repair.

B. If fuse is okay, continue with step 4.

4. Sit in the seat to close the seat switch.

A. If fuse immediately fails, there is a short to ground in the cab main (CM) or jumper harnesses between the
seat switch connector X317 pin B through connector X073 pin B to connector X015 pin J1-9 wire 168
yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If fuse is okay, continue with step 5.

5. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView display.

A. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 23
 BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety

Series 1348 and above

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.27)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 42 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.42)

Operator presence system (OPS) Seat switch - Testing (E.50.B.96.80

- G.40.A.20)
N° Test Point
1 Ignition in "IGN" position with en-
gine off. Check for 12 volts at Seat
Switch.
2 Close Seat Switch.
Check for 12 volts at Seat Switch
connector X000 (pin 2).
Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
12 volts. If good reading, go to next Open circuit 46 (OR) between Pres-
test point. ence Switch and Fuse #49.
12 volts Seat Switch
If good reading, check for open cir-
cuit 168 (YE) between CCM-2 (pin
J1-9) and Seat Switch connector
X000 (pin 2).
See Service Manual for CCM-2 test-
ing.

2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 24
 Index

BODY AND STRUCTURE - E

SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety - 50.B

Audible alert - Testing (E.50.B.84 - G.40.A.20) 9
E0026-03-Rear Ladder Sensor Shorted To High Source (E.50.B.95.80 - G.30.B.54) 17
E0026-04-Rear Ladder Sensor Shorted To Low Source (E.50.B.95.80 - G.30.B.53) 18
E0026-05-Rear Ladder Sensor Line Disconnected (E.50.B.95.80 - G.30.B.50) 19
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237
E0026-05-Rear Ladder Sensor Line Disconnected (E.50.B.95.80 - G.30.B.50) 21
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above, CX780 Series
1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and above, CX840 Series 1238 and above, CX860 Series 1238 and
above, CX880 Series 1238 and above
E0065-11-Backup Alarm Unidentified Failure Code (E.50.B.82 - G.30.B.46) 7
E0140-04-Operator Seat Switch Shorted To Low Source (E.50.B.96.80 - G.30.B.53) 23
E0654-04-CSW Road Mode Shorted to Low Source (E.50.B.85 - G.30.B.53) 10
E0654-07-CSW Road Mode Mechanical Out of Range (E.50.B.85 - G.30.C.24) 11
E0686-04-HSW ILM (Handle) Unlock Shorted to Low Source (E.50.B.15.08 - G.30.B.53) 3
E0686-07-HSW ILM (Handle) Unlock Mechanical Out of Range (E.50.B.15.08 - G.30.C.24) 5
E0694-04-HSW FAULT CODE - Emergency Stop Shorted to Low Source (E.50.B.86 - G.30.B.53) 13
E0694-07-HSW FAULT CODE - Emergency Stop Mechanical Out of Range (E.50.B.86 - 15
G.30.C.24)
Operator presence system (OPS) Seat switch - Testing (E.50.B.96.80 - G.40.A.20) 24

2 4/7/2006
E.50.B / 25
 CNH BELGIUM N.V., Leon Claeystraat 3A, B-8210 ZEDELGEM - Belgium

AFTER SALES – Technical Information

PRINTED IN BELGIUM

COPYRIGHT BY CNH BELGIUM N.V.

All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.

New Holland policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices, specification or equipment
at any time without notices is reserved.

All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only
and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any
particular product, please consult your New Holland Dealer.

2 4/7/2006
 REPAIR MANUAL
TOOL POSITIONING

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
G
 Contents

TOOL POSITIONING - G

LIFTING G.10.A
CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

LEVELLING G.30.A
CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
G
 TOOL POSITIONING - G

LIFTING - 10.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 1
 Contents

TOOL POSITIONING - G

LIFTING - 10.A

DIAGNOSTIC
Command
E0649-04-CSW HHC Auto Height Shorted to Low Source (G.10.A.05.81 - G.30.B.53) 4
E0653-04-CSW HHC Compensation Shorted to Low Source (G.10.A.05.81 - G.30.B.53) 5
E0676-04-CSW Header Usage Incr. Shorted to Low Source (G.10.A.05.82 - G.30.B.53) 6
E0676-07-CSW Header Usage Incr. Mechanical Out of Range (G.10.A.05.82 - 7
G.30.C.24)
E0677-04-CSW Header Usage Decr. Shorted to Low Source (G.10.A.05.82 - G.30.B.53) 9
E0677-07-CSW Header Usage Decr. Mechanical Out of Range (G.10.A.05.82 - 10
G.30.C.24)
E0696-04-HSW Header Down Fast Shorted to Low Source (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.B.53) 12
E0696-07-HSW Header Down Fast Mechanical Out of Range (G.10.A.05.80 - 14
G.30.C.24)
E0698-04-HSW Header Up Fast Shorted to Low Source (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.B.53) 16
E0698-07-HSW Header Up Fast Mechanical Out of Range (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.C.24) 18
E0697-04-HSW Header Up Slow Shorted to Low Source (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.B.53) 20
E0697-07-HSW Header Up Slow Mechanical Out of Range (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.C.24) 22
E0699-04-HSW HHC Resume Shorted to Low Source (G.10.A.05.83 - G.30.B.53) 24
E0699-07-HSW HHC Resume Mechanical Out of Range (G.10.A.05.83 - G.30.C.24) 26
E0701-04-HSW Header Down Slow Shorted to Low Source (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.B.53) 28
E0701-07-HSW Header Down Slow Mechanical Out of Range (G.10.A.05.80 - 30
G.30.C.24)
Command valve
E0080-12-HHC Module Bad Intelligent Device (G.10.A.12 - G.30.E.13) 32
E0519-11-Header Up valve UFC Unidentified Failure Code (G.10.A.12.20 - G.30.B.46) 33
E0520-11-HHC 12V Supply Voltage Unidentified Failure Code (G.10.A.12.20 - 34
G.30.B.46)
Accumulator valve
E0525-11-HHC Accumulator Valve Unidentified Failure Code (G.10.A.31 - G.30.B.46) 35
Electronic control
E0523-11-HHC Diagnostic LED Status Unidentified Failure Code (G.10.A.92 - 36
G.30.B.46)
E0524-11-10V Reference Voltage Unidentified Failure Code (G.10.A.92 - G.30.B.46) 37
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series
1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0524-11-10V Reference Voltage Unidentified Failure Code (G.10.A.92 - G.30.B.46) 40

CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above,
CX780 Series 1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and above, CX840 Series 1238 and above,
CX860 Series 1238 and above, CX880 Series 1238 and above

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 2
Sensing system
E0512-03-Feeder Angle sensor Shorted to High Source (G.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.46) 43
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series
1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0512-03-Feeder Angle sensor Shorted to High Source (G.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.46) 46

CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above,
CX780 Series 1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and above, CX840 Series 1238 and above,
CX860 Series 1238 and above, CX880 Series 1238 and above

E0512-05-Feeder Angle Sensor Line Disconnected (G.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.50) 49

CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series
1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0512-05-Feeder Angle Sensor Line Disconnected (G.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.50) 51

CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above,
CX780 Series 1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and above, CX840 Series 1238 and above,
CX860 Series 1238 and above, CX880 Series 1238 and above

E0512-14-Feeder Angle Sensor Special Instructions (G.10.A.95.80 - G.30.E.11) 54

CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series
1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0512-14-Feeder Angle Sensor Special Instructions (G.10.A.95.80 - G.30.E.11) 55

CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above,
CX780 Series 1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and above, CX840 Series 1238 and above,
CX860 Series 1238 and above, CX880 Series 1238 and above

E0513-03-Header Lift Pressure sens Shorted to High Source (G.10.A.95.81 - G.30.B.46) 56

E0513-05-Header Lift Pressure sens Line Disconnected (G.10.A.95.81 - G.30.B.50) 58
E0513-14-Header Lift Pressure Sensor Special Instructions (G.10.A.95.81 - G.30.E.11) 60

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 3
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0649-04-CSW HHC Auto Height Shorted to Low Source

(G.10.A.05.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0649-04 - CSW HHC Auto Height Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Console Switch (CSW) Header Height Control (HHC) Auto
Height circuit voltage is <0.500 volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The CSW HHC Auto Height circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Console" sub menu. Select
"CSW HHC Auto Height" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the CSW HHC Auto Height circuit is 0.5 - 12.0 volts .
Note that the Infoview monitor is limited to 0.0 - 5.0 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.500 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the wire may not be shorted at this time. Continue trou-
bleshooting at Step 4.
2. Verify the RHM is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X029
. Using the proper tool, remove pin 3 wire 330 yellow from X029 . With the wire removed from the connector,
reconnect X029 . Turn the ignition back on and recheck the CSW HHC Auto Height voltage.

A. If the voltage now reads >0.500 volts , the RHM is good. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the voltage is still <0.500 volts , then the fault is in the RHM. Reinstall the wire removed for troubleshoot-
ing. Reload the system software to see if the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading
the software, replace the RHM. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
3. Verify circuit 330 yellow is good. Inspect for a short to ground between Right Console Harness connector X029
pin 3 and Header Height Mode switch S-04 connector X061 pin 3.

A. If the circuit checks good, continue troubleshooting at Step 4.

B. Locate the short. Repair the shorted wiring. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
4. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 4
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0653-04-CSW HHC Compensation Shorted to Low Source

(G.10.A.05.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0653-04 - CSW HHC Compensation Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Console Switch (CSW) Header Height Control (HHC) Compen-
sation circuit voltage is <0.500 volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The CSW HHC Compensation circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Console" sub menu. Select
"CSW HHC Compensation" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the CSW HHC Compensation circuit is 0.5 - 12.0 volts.
Note that the Infoview monitor is limited to 0.0 - 5.0 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is <0.500 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the wire may not be shorted at this time. Continue trou-
bleshooting at Step 4.
2. Verify the RHM is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X029 .
Using the proper tool, remove pin 11 wire 331 yellow from X029 . With the wire removed from the connector,
reconnect X029 . Turn the ignition back on and recheck the CSW HHC Compensation voltage.

A. If the voltage now reads >0.500 volts , the RHM is good. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the voltage is still <0.500 volts , then the fault is in the RHM. Reinstall the wire removed for troubleshoot-
ing. Reload the system software to see if the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading
the software, replace the RHM. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
3. Verify circuit 331 yellow is good. Inspect for a short to ground between Right Console Harness connector X029
pin 11 and Header Height Mode switch S-04 connector X061 pin 1.

A. If the circuit checks good, continue troubleshooting at Step 4.

B. Locate the short. Repair the shorted wiring. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
4. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 5
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0676-04-CSW Header Usage Incr. Shorted to Low Source

(G.10.A.05.82 - G.30.B.53)
E0676-04 - CSW Header Usage Incr. Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Console Switch (CSW) Header Usage Increase circuit voltage
is <0.500 volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The CSW Header Usage Increase circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Console" sub menu. Select
"CSW Header Usage Incr." and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the CSW Header Usage Incr. circuit is 0.5 - 12.0 volts .
Note that the Infoview monitor is limited to 0.0 - 5.0 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.500 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the wire may not be shorted at this time. Continue trou-
bleshooting at Step 4.
2. Verify the RHM is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X027
. Using the proper tool, remove pin 7 wire 303 yellow from X027 . With the wire removed from the connector,
reconnect X027 . Turn the ignition back on and recheck the CSW Header Usage Incr. voltage.

A. If the voltage now reads >0.500 volts , the RHM is good. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the voltage is still <0.500 volts , then the fault is in the RHM. Reinstall the wire removed for troubleshoot-
ing. Reload the system software to see if the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading
the software, replace the RHM. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
3. Verify circuit 303 yellow is good. Inspect for a short to ground between Right Console Harness connector X027
pin 7 and HHC Fine Adjust switch S-06 connector X062 pin 1.

A. If the circuit checks good, continue troubleshooting at Step 4.

B. Locate the short. Repair the shorted wiring. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
4. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 6
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0676-07-CSW Header Usage Incr. Mechanical Out of Range

(G.10.A.05.82 - G.30.C.24)
E0676-07 - CSW Header Usage Incr. Mechanical Out of Range

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Console Switch (CSW) Header Usage Increase circuit voltage
is >3.500 volts since power up.

Possible failure modes:

1. The CSW Header Usage Increase circuit is shorted to >3.500 volts .

2. RHM internal failure.
3. The Header Height Control Fine Adjust switch S-06 is stuck or shorted to >3.500 volts .

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Console" sub menu. Select
"CSW Header Usage Incr." and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the CSW Header Usage Increase circuit is 0.5 - 12.0 volts .
Note that the Infoview monitor is limited to 0.0 - 5.0 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is >3.500 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 5.
2. Verify the RHM is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the RHM connector X027 . Using the proper
tool, remove pin 7 wire 303 yellow from X027 . With the wire removed from the connector, reconnect X027 .
Turn the ignition back on and recheck the CSW Header Usage Incr. voltage.

A. If the voltage now reads <3.500 volts , the RHM is good. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the voltage is still >3.500 volts , then the fault is in the RHM. Reinstall the wire removed for troubleshoot-
ing. Reload the system software to see if the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading
the software, replace the RHM. Continue troubleshooting at Step 5.
3. Verify the HHC Fine Adjust switch S-06 is good. Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage at HHC Fine Adjust
switch S-06 connector X062 pin 1. While observing the voltage reading, operate the HHC Fine Adjust switch
S-06.

A. If the voltage reading varies from <3.500 - 12.0 volts, then the switch is working properly. Continue trou-
bleshooting at Step 4.

B. If the voltage never reads <3.500 volts , turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the HHC Fine Adjust switch
S-06 connector X062 . Using the proper tool, remove pin 1 wire 303 yellow from X062 . With the wire
removed from the connector, reconnect X062 . Turn the ignition back on and recheck the voltage reading.
If the voltage reading still does not drop to <3.500 volts , reinstall the wire removed for troubleshooting.
Replace HHC Fine Adjust switch S-06. Continue troubleshooting at Step 5.
4. Verify circuit 303 yellow is good. Inspect for a short to another wire between RHM connector X027 pin 7 and
HHC Fine Adjust switch S-06 connector X062 pin 1.

A. If the circuit checks good, continue troubleshooting at Step 5.

B. Locate the short. Repair the shorted wiring. Continue troubleshooting at Step 5.
5. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 7
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

Series 1348 and above

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 8
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0677-04-CSW Header Usage Decr. Shorted to Low Source

(G.10.A.05.82 - G.30.B.53)
E0677-04 - CSW Header Usage Decr. Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Console Switch (CSW) Header Usage Decrease circuit voltage
is <0.500 volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The CSW Header Usage Decrease circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Console" sub menu. Select
"CSW Header Usage Decr." and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the CSW Header Usage Decr. circuit is 0.5 - 12.0 volts .
Note that the Infoview monitor is limited to 0.0 - 5.0 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.500 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the wire may not be shorted at this time. Continue trou-
bleshooting at Step 4.
2. Verify the RHM is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X027
. Using the proper tool, remove pin 6 wire 304 yellow from X027 . With the wire removed from the connector,
reconnect X027 . Turn the ignition back on and recheck the CSW Header Usage Decr. voltage.

A. If the voltage now reads >0.500 volts , the RHM is good. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the voltage is still <0.500 volts , then the fault is in the RHM. Reinstall the wire removed for troubleshoot-
ing. Reload the system software to see if the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading
the software, replace the RHM. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
3. Verify circuit 303 yellow is good. Inspect for a short to ground between Right Console Harness connector X027
pin 6 and HHC Fine Adjust switch S-06 connector X062 pin 3.

A. If the circuit checks good, continue troubleshooting at Step 4.

B. Locate the short. Repair the shorted wiring. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
4. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 9
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0677-07-CSW Header Usage Decr. Mechanical Out of Range

(G.10.A.05.82 - G.30.C.24)
E0677-07 - CSW Header Usage Decr. Mechanical Out of Range

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Console Switch (CSW) Header Usage Decrease circuit voltage
is >3.500 volts since power up.

Possible failure modes:

1. The CSW Header Usage Decrease circuit is shorted to >3.500 volts .

2. RHM internal failure.
3. The Header Height Control Fine Adjust switch S-06 is stuck or shorted to >3.500 volts .

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Console" sub menu. Select
"CSW Header Usage Decr." and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the CSW Header Usage Decrease circuit is 0.5 - 12.0 volts .
Note that the Infoview monitor is limited to 0.0 - 5.0 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is >3.500 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 5.
2. Verify the RHM is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the RHM connector X027 . Using the proper
tool, remove pin 6 wire 304 yellow from X027 . With the wire removed from the connector, reconnect X027 .
Turn the ignition back on and recheck the CSW Header Usage Decr. voltage.

A. If the voltage now reads <3.500 volts , the RHM is good. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the voltage is still >3.500 volts , then the fault is in the RHM. Reinstall the wire removed for troubleshoot-
ing. Reload the system software to see if the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading
the software, replace the RHM. Continue troubleshooting at Step 5.
3. Verify the HHC Fine Adjust switch S-06 is good. Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage at HHC Fine Adjust
switch S-06 connector X062 pin 3. While observing the voltage reading, operate the HHC Fine Adjust switch
S-06.

A. If the voltage reading varies from <3.500 - 12.0 volts, then the switch is working properly. Continue trou-
bleshooting at Step 4.

B. If the voltage never reads <3.500 volts , turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the HHC Fine Adjust switch
S-06 connector X062 . Using the proper tool, remove pin 3 wire 304 yellow from X062 . With the wire
removed from the connector, reconnect X062 . Turn the ignition back on and recheck the voltage reading.
If the voltage reading still does not drop to <3.500 volts , reinstall the wire removed for troubleshooting.
Replace HHC Fine Adjust switch S-06. Continue troubleshooting at Step 5.
4. Verify circuit 304 yellow is good. Inspect for a short to another wire between RHM connector X027 pin 6 and
HHC Fine Adjust switch S-06 connector X062 pin 3.

A. If the circuit checks good, continue troubleshooting at Step 5.

B. Locate the short. Repair the shorted wiring. Continue troubleshooting at Step 5.
5. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 10
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

Series 1348 and above

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 11
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0696-04-HSW Header Down Fast Shorted to Low Source

(G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0696-04 - HSW Header Down Fast Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Header Down Fast circuit voltage is <0.25
volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Header Down Fast circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Header Down Fast" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Header Down Fast circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.25 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 12
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 13
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0696-07-HSW Header Down Fast Mechanical Out of Range

(G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.C.24)
E0696-07 - HSW Header Down Fast Mechanical Out of Range

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Header Down Fast circuit voltage is <4.0
volts since startup.

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Header Down Fast circuit is shorted to <4.0 volts - this can happen if the switch is stuck closed.
2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Header Down Fast" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Header Down Fast circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <4.0 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is >4.0 volts , the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 14
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 15
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0698-04-HSW Header Up Fast Shorted to Low Source (G.10.A.05.80

- G.30.B.53)
E0698-04 - HSW Header Up Fast Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Header Up Fast circuit voltage is <0.25
volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Header Up Fast circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Header Up Fast" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Header Up Fast circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.25 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 16
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 17
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0698-07-HSW Header Up Fast Mechanical Out of Range

(G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.C.24)
E0698-07 - HSW Header Up Fast Mechanical Out of Range

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Header Up Fast circuit voltage is <4.0
volts since startup.

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Header Up Fast circuit is shorted to <4.0 volts - this can happen if the switch is stuck closed.
2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Header Up Fast" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Header Up Fast circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <4.0 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is >4.0 volts , the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 18
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 19
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0697-04-HSW Header Up Slow Shorted to Low Source

(G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0697-04 - HSW Header Up Slow Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Header Up Slow circuit voltage is <0.25
volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Header Up Slow circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Header Up Slow" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Header Up Slow circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.25 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 20
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 21
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0697-07-HSW Header Up Slow Mechanical Out of Range

(G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.C.24)
E0697-07 - HSW Header Up Slow Mechanical Out of Range

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Header Up Slow circuit voltage is <4.0
volts since startup.

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Header Up Slow circuit is shorted to <4.0 volts - this can happen if the switch is stuck closed.
2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Header Up Slow" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Header Up Slow circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <4.0 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is >4.0 volts , the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 22
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 23
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0699-04-HSW HHC Resume Shorted to Low Source (G.10.A.05.83 -

G.30.B.53)
E0699-04 - HSW HHC Resume Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) HHC Resume circuit voltage is <0.25
volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW HHC Resume circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
HHC Resume" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW HHC Resume circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.25 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 24
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 25
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0699-07-HSW HHC Resume Mechanical Out of Range (G.10.A.05.83

- G.30.C.24)
E0699-07 - HSW HHC Resume Mechanical Out of Range

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) HHC Resume circuit voltage is <4.0 volts
since startup.

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW HHC Resume circuit is shorted to <4.0 volts - this can happen if the switch is stuck closed.
2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
HHC Resume" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW HHC Resume circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <4.0 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is >4.0 volts , the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 26
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 27
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0701-04-HSW Header Down Slow Shorted to Low Source

(G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0701-04 - HSW Header Down Slow Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Header Down Slow circuit voltage is
<0.25 volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Header Down Slow circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Header Down Slow" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Header Down Slow circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.25 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 28
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 29
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0701-07-HSW Header Down Slow Mechanical Out of Range

(G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.C.24)
E0701-07 - HSW Header Down Slow Mechanical Out of Range

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Header Down Slow circuit voltage is <4.0
volts since startup.

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Header Down Slow circuit is shorted to <4.0 volts - this can happen if the switch is stuck closed.
2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Header Down Slow" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Header Down Slow circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <4.0 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is >4.0 volts , the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 30
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 31
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0080-12-HHC Module Bad Intelligent Device (G.10.A.12 - G.30.E.13)

E0080-12 - HHC Module Bad Intelligent Device

Cause:
The HHC module (A07) software is incompatible with the current CCM1 module software.

Possible failure modes:

1. Incorrect software loaded in either HHC module or CCM1 module.

Solution:

1. The HHC module communicates with the CCM1 module to report error messages and other operational infor-
mation. In some cases, due to design changes, there may be some incompatibility between certain versions of
the software installed in either module.

A. If this error message appears, contact the New Holland service department to obtain information on soft-
ware version compatibilities.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 32
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0519-11-Header Up valve UFC Unidentified Failure Code

(G.10.A.12.20 - G.30.B.46)
E0519-11 - Header Up valve UFC Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The Header Up valve circuit is open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. There is an internal failure in the HHC module.

Solution:

1. The Header Up valve solenoid is an integral part of the HHC module. There is no external wiring between the
HHC module and the valve, so if this fault occurs, it indicates an internal problem with the module. However,
the problem should be verified as indicated below before replacing the HHC module.

A.
2. Enter the InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.
Select “Header" sub menu.
Select "Header Up valve" and select the "Current" screen. Manually power the circuit by using the "+" key to
select 100 %, and press "Enter".
The proper current range is approximately 0.5 - 1.5 amps.

A. If the current reading goes to maximum, and then back to zero, the circuit is shorted to ground and the
software has shut off the output to protect the module and wiring. Continue with step 2.

B. If the reading is 0 amps, the circuit is open. Continue with step 2.

C. If the reading is within the proper limits, the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 3.
3. Key on, engine running. Remove the plastic cap on the end of the Header Up solenoid, and depress the button.
The header should raise.

A. If the header/feeder does not raise, a hydraulic concern exists.

B. If the header/feeder raises, there is an internal fault in the HHC module. Replace the module.

CAUTION
Be certain everyone is clear of the machine before raising or lowering the header and feeder. Z104

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 33
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0520-11-HHC 12V Supply Voltage Unidentified Failure Code

(G.10.A.12.20 - G.30.B.46)
E0520-11 - HHC 12V Supply Voltage Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The Header Height Control (HHC) has detected that the 12 volts Supply Voltage to the module has exceeded 19
volts for more than 4 seconds. When the voltage drops below 16 volts, the module will reset.

Possible failure modes:

1. The 12V Supply voltage circuit is over voltage.

Solution:

1. The HHC 12V Supply voltage has gone over voltage and when it returns to normal, the module will reset itself.
When this happens, it will be necessary to press the Header Up button to clear this fault.

A.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 34
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0525-11-HHC Accumulator Valve Unidentified Failure Code

(G.10.A.31 - G.30.B.46)
E0525-11 - HHC Accumulator Valve Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The Header Height Control (HHC) has detected that the Accumulator Valve circuit is disconnected or faulty.

Possible failure modes:

1. The HHC Accumulator Valve circuit is disconnected or faulty.

2. Header Height Accumulator solenoid (L-06) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Disconnect Main Valve Stack (MV) harness connector X281 . Use a multimeter to
measure the continuity between pins 1 and 2 of the solenoid.

A. The reading should be 4.5 ohms +/- 0.5 , if the multimeter indicates high resistance or an open circuit,
replace Header Height Accumulator solenoid (L-06).

B. If the reading is within the proper limits, the solenoid is good. Continue troubleshooting at Step 2.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connectors are fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at each connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harness involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. Verify the Accumulator Valve power circuit is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Main Valve Stack
(MV) harness connector X281 . Use a multimeter to measure the continuity between Main Valve Stack (MV)
harness wire 759 white connector X281 pin 1 and connector X280 pin 1.

A. If the meter indicates continuity, this segment of the circuit is good. Continue with Step 3.

B. If the meter indicates an open, Locate and repair the open. Continue with Step 5.
3. Verify the Accumulator Valve ground circuit is good. Disconnect the Main Valve Stack (MV) harness connector
X022 . Use a multimeter to measure the continuity between Main Valve Stack (MV) harness wire 760 black
connector X022 pin C and connector X280 pin 2.

A. If the meter indicates continuity, this segment of the circuit is good. Continue with Step 4.

B. If the meter indicates an open, Locate and repair the open. Continue with Step 5.
4. Verify the Accumulator Valve ground circuit is good. Disconnect the Main Frame (MF) harness connector X022 .
Use a multimeter to measure the continuity between Main Frame (MF) harness wire 760 black connector X022
pin C and Main Frame (MF) harness chassis ground.

A. If the meter indicates continuity, this segment of the circuit is good. The fault must be intermittent. Inspect
front frame ground wire 483 black. Continue with Step 5.

B. If the meter indicates an open, Locate and repair the open. Continue with Step 5.
5. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 35
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0523-11-HHC Diagnostic LED Status Unidentified Failure Code

(G.10.A.92 - G.30.B.46)
E0523-11 - HHC Diagnostic LED Status Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The diagnostic LED circuit within the HHC module has failed.

Possible failure modes:

1. The HHC module diagnostic LED circuit is open or shorted to ground.

Solution:

1. The diagnostic LED is integrated into the HHC module, and is not repairable. If this fault code occurs, the LED
will no longer provide a visual indication of HHC module operation, but the HHC module should continue to
function normally with no other loss of functions.

Under normal conditions, the diagnostic LED provides an indication of the HHC module status, as follows:

A. If status-LED is flashing at 1 Hz, then field software is running in "Override-mode".

B. If status-LED is flashing at 8 Hz, then field software is running in "Automatic-mode".

C. If status-LED is lighting permanently for 8 seconds, then a calibration procedure was done successful.
Anything else means "field software is not running".

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 36
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0524-11-10V Reference Voltage Unidentified Failure Code

(G.10.A.92 - G.30.B.46)
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series
1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0524-11 - 10V Reference Voltage Unidentified Failure Code

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1206 - 1237 only.

Cause:
The 10 V Reference Voltage Supply circuit is shorted to a high source, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. 10 V reference voltage supply wiring is shorted to ground.

2. 10 V reference voltage supply wiring is shorted to a high source (>10 V).
3. Module internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. The HHC module provides a 10 V regulated power supply to the header lift pressure sensor B-29, feeder angle
sensor R-03, left stubble height sensor R-12 and right stubble height sensor R-13. There is no diagnostic screen
currently available for troubleshooting this concern.

Disconnect connector X279 from the header lift pressure sensor B-29 . Use a multimeter to check for voltage
on connector X279 pin 3 . The proper voltage range is 9.5 - 10.5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is zero, the regulated voltage circuit is shorted to ground, and the HHC module is no
longer powering this circuit. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is high out of range continue with Step 8.

C. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the circuit may not be shorted high or shorted to ground
at this time. Continue the troubleshooting at step 13.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. Key off. Disconnect connector X279 from the header lift pressure sensor B-29 , and use a multimeter to test for
continuity between connector X279 pin 3 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity to ground is found, continue with step 3.

B. If no continuity is found, the HHC module is not powering the 10 V Reference Voltage circuit due to an
internal fault. Replace the HHC module.
3. Disconnect connector X022 , and use a multimeter to test for continuity between the main frame (MF) harness
end of connector X022 pin L and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, there is a short to ground in the main valve stack (MV) harness between connector
X279 pin 3, connector X281 pin 5 and connector X022 pin L on one of the following wires:
wire 474 pink, connector X281 pin 5 to MV harness splice
wire 728 pink, MV harness splice to connector X279 pin 3
wire 547 pink, MV harness splice to connector X022 pin L
Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity to ground is found, continue with step 4.

4. Disconnect connector X008 , and use a multimeter to test for continuity between the front frame (FF) harness
end of connector X008 pin 18 and chassis ground.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 37
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

A. If no continuity to ground is found, there is a short to ground in the main frame (MF) harness between
connector X022 pin L, connector X174 pin 3 (feeder angle sensor R03) and connector X008 pin 18 on
one of the following wires:
wire 547 pink, connector X022 pin L to MF harness splice
wire 751 pink, MF harness splice to connector X174 pin 3
wire 758 pink, MF harness splice to connector X008 pin 18
Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity to ground is found, continue with step 5.

5. Disconnect connector X007 , and use a multimeter to test for continuity between the feeder (FE) harness end
of connector X007 pin 26 and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity to ground is found, there is a short to ground in the front frame (FF) harness between
connector X007 pin 26 and connector X008 pin 18 wire 758 pink. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity to ground is found, continue with step 6.

6. Disconnect connector X032 from the header, and use a multimeter to test for continuity between the feeder (FE)
harness end of connector X032 pin 5 or 23 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, there is a short to ground in the feeder (FE) harness between connector X007 pin
26 and connector X032 pin 5 or 23 on one of the following wires:
wire 758 pink, connector X007 pin 26 to FE harness splice
wire 848 pink, FE harness splice to connector X032 pin 5
wire 849 pink, FE harness splice to connector X032 pin 23
Locate the short and repair.

B. If no continuity to ground is found, continue with step 7.

7. Use a multimeter to test for continuity between the header end of connector X032 pin 5 and the header frame.

A. If continuity to ground is found, there is a short to ground in the header (HH) harness between connector
X032 pin 5 and connector X305 pin 3 wire 848 pink. Locate the short and repair.

B. If no continuity to ground is found, there is a short to ground in the header (HH) harness between connector
X032 pin 23 and connector X306 pin 3 wire 849 pink. Locate the short and repair.
8. Disconnect connector X306 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X306 pin 3 . There should
be 10 volts present.

A. If 10 volts is found, continue with step 13.

B. If high (>10 V) voltage is found, continue with step 9.

NOTE: This supply circuit is also used to supply power to the header lift pressure and feeder angle sensors, so
a short to 12 volts anywhere on the supply circuit will activate this error code.
9. Disconnect connector X032 (header connector), and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the feeder (FE)
harness end of connector X032 pin 5 or 23 .

A. If 10 volts is found, there is a short to high voltage in the header (HH) harness to the sensor supply circuit.
Refer to the appropriate header Operator’s manual for wiring information. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high voltage is found, continue with step 10.

10. Disconnect connector X007, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the front frame (FF) harness end of
connector X007 pin 26 .

A. If 10 volts is found, there is a short to high voltage in the feeder (FE) harness between connector X007
pin 26 and connector X032 pin 5 or 23 on one of the following wires:
Wire 758 pink, connector X007 pin 26 to FE harness splice
Wire 848 pink, FE harness splice to connector X032 pin 5
Wire 849 pink, FE harness splice to connector X032 pin 23
Locate the short and repair.

B. If high voltage is found, continue with step 11.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 38
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

11. Disconnect connector X008, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the main frame (MF) harness end of
connector X008 pin 18 .

A. If 10 volts is found, there is a short to high voltage in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X008 pin 18 and connector X007 pin 26 wire 758 pink. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high voltage is found, continue with step 12.

12. Disconnect connector X022, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the main frame (MF) harness end of
connector X022 pin L .
NOTE : Disconnecting connector X022 will remove the power supply to the HHC module which powers the
sensor supply circuit.

A. If high voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the main frame (MF) harness between connector
X008 pin 18 and connector X022 pin L on one of the following wires:
Wire 751 pink, connector X174 pin 3 to MF harness splice
Wire 547 pink, MF harness splice to connector X022 pin L
Wire 758 pink, MF harness splice to connector X008 pin 18
Locate the short and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the main valve stack (MV) harness between
connector X022 pin L and connector X281 pin 5 on one of the following wires:
Wire 547 pink, connector X022 pin L to MV harness splice
Wire 728 pink, connector X279 pin 3 to MV harness splice
Wire 474 pink, MV harness splice to connector X281 pin 5
Locate the short and repair.
13. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation. If the fault code immediately resets, replace the HHC module with a
known good one.

A.
Series 1206-1237
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.18)

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 39
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0524-11-10V Reference Voltage Unidentified Failure Code

(G.10.A.92 - G.30.B.46)
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above, CX780 Series 1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and
above, CX840 Series 1238 and above, CX860 Series 1238 and above, CX880 Series 1238 and above

E0524-11 - 10V Reference Voltage Unidentified Failure Code

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1238 and above.

Cause:
The 10 V Reference Voltage Supply circuit is shorted to a high source, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. 10 V reference voltage supply wiring is shorted to ground.

2. 10 V reference voltage supply wiring is shorted to a high source (>10 V).
3. Module internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. The HHC module provides a 10 V regulated power supply to the header lift pressure sensor B-29, feeder angle
sensor R-03, left stubble height sensor R-12 and right stubble height sensor R-13. There is no diagnostic screen
currently available for troubleshooting this concern.

A.
2. Disconnect connector X279 from the header lift pressure sensor B-29 . Use a multimeter to check for voltage
on connector X279 pin 3 .The proper voltage range is 9.5 - 10.5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is zero, the regulated voltage circuit is shorted to ground, and the HHC module is no
longer powering this circuit. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is high out of range continue with Step 9.

C. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the circuit may not be shorted high or shorted to ground
at this time. Continue the troubleshooting at step 15.

NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
3. Key off. Disconnect connector X279 from the header lift pressure sensor B-29 , and use a multimeter to test for
continuity between connector X279 pin 3 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity to ground is found, continue with step 3.

B. If no continuity is found, the HHC module is not powering the 10 V Reference Voltage circuit due to an
internal fault. Replace the HHC module.
4. Disconnect connector X022 ,and use a multimeter to test for continuity between the main frame (MF) harness
end of connector X022 pin L and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, there is a short to ground in the main valve stack (MV) harness between connector
X279 pin 3, connector X281 pin 5 and connector X022 pin L on one of the following wires:
wire 474 pink, connector X281 pin 5 to MV harness splice
wire 728 pink, MV harness splice to connector X279 pin 3
wire 547 pink, MV harness splice to connector X022 pin L
Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity to ground is found, continue with step 4.

5. Disconnect connector X008 ,and use a multimeter to test for continuity between the front frame (FF) harness
end of connector X008 pin 18 and chassis ground.
2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 40
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

A. If no continuity to ground is found, continue with step 5.

B. If continuity to ground is found, continue with step 6.

6. Disconnect connector X140 , and use a multimeter to test for continuity between the platform (PH) harness end
of connector X140 pin 23 and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity to ground is found, there is a short to ground in the main frame (MF) harness between
connector X022 pin L, connector X140 pin 23 and connector X008 pin 18 on one of the following wires:
wire 547 pink, connector X022 pin L to MF harness splice
wire 751 pink, MF harness splice to connector X140 pin 23
wire 758 pink, MF harness splice to connector X008 pin 18
Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity to ground is found, there is a short to ground in the platform (PH) harness between connector
X140 pin 23 and connector X174 pin 3 wire 751 pink. Locate the short and repair.
7. Disconnect connector X007 , and use a multimeter to test for continuity between the feeder (FE) harness end
of connector X007 pin 26 and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity to ground is found, there is a short to ground in the front frame (FF) harness between
connector X007 pin 26 and connector X008 pin 18 wire 758 pink. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity to ground is found, continue with step 7.

8. Disconnect connector X032 from the header, and use a multimeter to test for continuity between the feeder (FE)
harness end of connector X032 pin 5 or 23 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, there is a short to ground in the feeder (FE) harness between connector X007 pin
26 and connector X032 pin 5 or 23 on one of the following wires:
wire 758 pink, connector X007 pin 26 to FE harness splice
wire 848 pink, FE harness splice to connector X032 pin 5
wire 849 pink, FE harness splice to connector X032 pin 23
Locate the short and repair.

B. If no continuity to ground is found, continue with step 8.

9. Use a multimeter to test for continuity between the header end of connector X032 pin 5 and the header frame.

A. If continuity to ground is found, there is a short to ground in the header (HH) harness between connector
X032 pin 5 and connector X305 pin 3 wire 848 pink. Locate the short and repair.

B. If no continuity to ground is found, there is a short to ground in the header (HH) harness between connector
X032 pin 23 and connector X306 pin 3 wire 849 pink. Locate the short and repair.
10. Disconnect connector X306 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X306 pin 3 . There should
be 10 volts present.

A. If 10 volts is found, continue with step 15.

B. If high (>10 V) voltage is found, continue with step 10.

NOTE: This supply circuit is also used to supply power to the header lift pressure and feeder angle sensors, so
a short to 12 volts anywhere on the supply circuit will activate this error code.
11. Disconnect connector X032 (header connector), and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the feeder (FE)
harness end of connector X032 pin 5 or 23 .

A. If 10 volts is found, there is a short to high voltage in the header (HH) harness to the sensor supply circuit.
Refer to the appropriate header Operator’s manual for wiring information. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high voltage is found, continue with step 11.

12. Disconnect connector X007, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the front frame (FF) harness end of
connector X007 pin 26 .

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 41
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

A. If 10 volts is found, there is a short to high voltage in the feeder (FE) harness between connector X007
pin 26 and connector X032 pin 5 or 23 on one of the following wires:
Wire 758 pink, connector X007 pin 26 to FE harness splice
Wire 848 pink, FE harness splice to connector X032 pin 5
Wire 849 pink, FE harness splice to connector X032 pin 23
Locate the short and repair.

B. If high voltage is found, continue with step 12.

13. Disconnect connector X008, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the main frame (MF) harness end of
connector X008 pin 18 .

A. If 10 volts is found, there is a short to high voltage in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X008 pin 18 and connector X007 pin 26 wire 758 pink. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high voltage is found, continue with step 13.

14. Disconnect connector X140 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the platform (PH) harness end of con-
nector X140 pin 23 .

A. If high voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the platform (PH) harness between connector
X140 pin 23 and connector X174 pin 3 wire 751 pink. Locate the short and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, continue with step 14.

15. Disconnect connector X022, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the main frame (MF) harness end of
connector X022 pin L .
NOTE : Disconnecting connector X022 will remove the power supply to the HHC module which powers the
sensor supply circuit.

A. If high voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the main frame (MF) harness between connector
X008 pin 18 and connector X022 pin L on one of the following wires:
Wire 751 pink, connector X140 pin 23 to MF harness splice
Wire 547 pink, MF harness splice to connector X022 pin L
Wire 758 pink, MF harness splice to connector X008 pin 18
Locate the short and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the main valve stack (MV) harness between
connector X022 pin L and connector X281 pin 5 on one of the following wires:
Wire 547 pink, connector X022 pin L to MV harness splice
Wire 728 pink, connector X279 pin 3 to MV harness splice
Wire 474 pink, MV harness splice to connector X281 pin 5
Locate the short and repair.
16. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation. If the fault code immediately resets, replace the HHC module with a
known good one.

A.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 42
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0512-03-Feeder Angle sensor Shorted to High Source

(G.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.46)
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series
1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0512-03 - Feeder Angle sensor Shorted to High Source

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1206 - 1237 only.

Cause:
The feeder angle sensor (R-03) circuit is shorted to high voltage, or the sensor ground is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply or signal wiring is shorted to high voltage (12 V).

2. Sensor ground wiring is open.
3. Module internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select “Header" sub menu.
Select “Feeder Angle Sensor" and check voltage range. Fully raise and lower the feeder several times while
monitoring the voltage; the voltage should stay within range, and should change smoothly with feeder move-
ment.
The proper voltage range for a properly adjusted sensor is 2.5 - 7.5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high (7.7 - 12.0 volts) out of range continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is out of range, but between 2.0 - 7.7 volts, the sensor is operating properly, but
needs to be adjusted into the proper range.

C. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the circuit may not be shorted at this time. Continue the
troubleshooting at step 9.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect connector X174 , and use a
multimeter to test for continuity to ground on connector X174 pin 1 .

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 4.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 3.

3. Disconnect connector X281 from the HHC module. Use a multimeter to test for continuity between connector
X174 pin 1 and connector X281 pin 4 .

A. If continuity is found, the HHC module is not supplying a ground path for the sensor. Use the Service Info
- Network screen to verify that the HHC module is online. If the HHC module is online, and other hydraulic
functions are operating, replace the HHC module.

B. If no continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the main valve stack (MV) harness or main frame (MF)
harness between connector X174 pin 1 and connector X281 pin 4 on one of the following wires:
Wire 756 blue, connector X174 pin 1 to MF harness splice
Wire 546 blue, MF harness splice to connector X022 pin K
Wire 546 blue, connector X022 pin K to MV harness splice
Wire 472 blue, MV harness splice to connector X281 pin 4
Locate the open and repair.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 43
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

4. Disconnect connector X174 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X174 pin 2 . There should
not be any voltage present.

A. If no voltage is found, continue with step 6.

B. If high (>7.7 V) voltage is found, continue with step 5.

5. Disconnect connector X022 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the main frame (MF) harness end of
connector X022 pin J . There should not be any voltage present.

A. If high (>7.7 V) voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the main frame (MF) harness between
connector X174 pin 2 and connector X022 pin J wire 740 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the main valve stack (MV) harness between
connector X022 pin L and connector X281 pin 14 wire 740 yellow. Locate the short and repair.
6. Disconnect connector X174 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X174 pin 3 . There should
be 10 volts present.

A. If 10 volts is found, continue with step 11.

B. If high (>10 V) voltage is found, continue with step 7.

NOTE: This supply circuit is also used to supply power to the header lift pressure and stubble height sensors,
so a short to 12 volts anywhere on the supply circuit will activate this error code.
7. Disconnect connector X032 (header connector), and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the feeder (FE)
harness end of connector X032 pin 5 or 23 .

A. If 10 volts is found, there is a short to high voltage in the header (HH) harness to the sensor supply circuit.
Refer to the appropriate header Operator’s manual for wiring information. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high voltage is found, continue with step 8.

8. Disconnect connector X007, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the front frame (FF) harness end of
connector X007 pin 26 .

A. If 10 volts is found, there is a short to high voltage in the feeder (FE) harness between connector X007
pin 26 and connector X032 pin 5 or 23 on one of the following wires:
Wire 758 pink, connector X007 pin 26 to FE harness splice
Wire 848 pink, FE harness splice to connector X032 pin 5
Wire 849 pink, FE harness splice to connector X032 pin 23
Locate the short and repair.

B. If high voltage is found, continue with step 9.

9. Disconnect connector X008, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the main frame (MF) harness end of
connector X008 pin 18 .

A. If 10 volts is found, there is a short to high voltage in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X008 pin 18 and connector X007 pin 26 wire 758 pink. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high voltage is found, continue with step 10.

10. Disconnect connector X022, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the main frame (MF) harness end of
connector X022 pin L .
NOTE : Disconnecting connector X022 will remove the power supply to the HHC module which powers the
sensor supply circuit.

A. If high voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the main frame (MF) harness between connector
X008 pin 18 and connector X022 pin L on one of the following wires:
Wire 751 pink, connector X174 pin 3 to MF harness splice
Wire 547 pink, MF harness splice to connector X022 pin L
Wire 758 pink, MF harness splice to connector X008 pin 18
Locate the short and repair.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 44
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

B. If no voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the main valve stack (MV) harness between
connector X022 pin L and connector X281 pin 5 on one of the following wires:
Wire 547 pink, connector X022 pin L to MV harness splice
Wire 728 pink, connector X279 pin 3 to MV harness splice
Wire 474 pink, MV harness splice to connector X281 pin 5
Locate the short and repair.
11. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation. If the fault code immediately resets, replace the HHC module with a
known good one.

A.
Series 1206-1237
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.18)

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 45
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0512-03-Feeder Angle sensor Shorted to High Source

(G.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.46)
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above, CX780 Series 1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and
above, CX840 Series 1238 and above, CX860 Series 1238 and above, CX880 Series 1238 and above

E0512-03 - Feeder Angle sensor Shorted to High Source

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1238 and above.

Cause:
The feeder angle sensor (R-03) circuit is shorted to high voltage, or the sensor ground is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply or signal wiring is shorted to high voltage (12 V).

2. Sensor ground wiring is open.
3. Module internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select “Header" sub menu.
Select “Feeder Angle Sensor" and check voltage range. Fully raise and lower the feeder several times while
monitoring the voltage; the voltage should stay within range, and should change smoothly with feeder move-
ment.
The proper voltage range for a properly adjusted sensor is 2.5 - 7.5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high (7.7 - 12.0 volts) out of range continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is out of range, but between 2.0 - 7.7 volts, the sensor is operating properly, but
needs to be adjusted into the proper range.

C. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the circuit may not be shorted at this time. Continue the
troubleshooting at step 14.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect connector X174 , and use a
multimeter to test for continuity to ground on connector X174 pin 1 .

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 6.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 3.

3. Disconnect connector X140 . Use a multimeter to test for continuity between connector X174 pin 1 and con-
nector X140 pin 24 .

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 4.

B. If no continuity is found, there is an open circuit in platform (PH) harness between connector X174 pin 1
and connector X140 pin 24 wire 756 blue. Locate the open and repair.
4. Disconnect connector X022 . Use a multimeter to test for continuity between connector X140 pin 24 and con-
nector X022 pin K .

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 5.

B. If no continuity is found, there is an open circuit in main frame (MF) harness between connector X140 pin
24 and connector X022 pin K wire 756 blue or 546 blue. Locate the open and repair.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 46
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

5. Disconnect connector X281 from the HHC module. Use a multimeter to test for continuity between connector
X022 pin K and connector X281 pin 4 .

A. If continuity is found, the HHC module is not supplying a ground path for the sensor. Use the Service Info
- Network screen to verify that the HHC module is online. If the HHC module is online, and other hydraulic
functions are operating, replace the HHC module.

B. If no continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the main valve stack (MV) harness between connector
X022 pin K and connector X281 pin 4 wire 546 blue or 472 blue. Locate the open and repair.
6. Disconnect connector X174 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X174 pin 2 . There should
not be any voltage present.

A. If no voltage is found, continue with step 8.

B. If high (>7.7 V) voltage is found, continue with step 7.

7. Disconnect connector X022 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the main frame (MF) harness end of
connector X022 pin J . There should not be any voltage present.

A. If high (>7.7 V) voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the main frame (MF) harness between
connector X174 pin 2 and connector X022 pin J wire 740 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the main valve stack (MV) harness between
connector X022 pin L and connector X281 pin 14 wire 740 yellow. Locate the short and repair.
8. Disconnect connector X174 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X174 pin 3 . There should
be 10 volts present.

A. If 10 volts is found, continue with step 14.

B. If high (>10 V) voltage is found, continue with step 9.

NOTE: This supply circuit is also used to supply power to the header lift pressure and stubble height sensors,
so a short to 12 volts anywhere on the supply circuit will activate this error code.
9. Disconnect connector X140 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X140 pin 23 . There should
be 10 volts present.

A. If 10 volts is found, there is a short to high voltage in the platform (PH) harness between connector X174
pin 3 and connector X140 pin 23 wire 751 pink. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high (>10 V) voltage is found, continue with step 10.

10. Disconnect connector X032 (header connector), and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the feeder (FE)
harness end of connector X032 pin 5 or 23 .

A. If 10 volts is found, there is a short to high voltage in the header (HH) harness to the sensor supply circuit.
Refer to the appropriate header Operator’s manual for wiring information. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high voltage is found, continue with step 11.

11. Disconnect connector X007, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the front frame (FF) harness end of
connector X007 pin 26 .

A. If 10 volts is found, there is a short to high voltage in the feeder (FE) harness between connector X007
pin 26 and connector X032 pin 5 or 23 on one of the following wires:
Wire 758 pink, connector X007 pin 26 to FE harness splice
Wire 848 pink, FE harness splice to connector X032 pin 5
Wire 849 pink, FE harness splice to connector X032 pin 23
Locate the short and repair.

B. If high voltage is found, continue with step 12.

12. Disconnect connector X008, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the main frame (MF) harness end of
connector X008 pin 18 .

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 47
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

A. If 10 volts is found, there is a short to high voltage in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X008 pin 18 and connector X007 pin 26 wire 758 pink. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high voltage is found, continue with step 13.

13. Disconnect connector X022, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the main frame (MF) harness end of
connector X022 pin L .
NOTE : Disconnecting connector X022 will remove the power supply to the HHC module which powers the
sensor supply circuit.

A. If high voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the main frame (MF) harness between connector
X008 pin 18 and connector X022 pin L on one of the following wires:
Wire 751 pink, connector X174 pin 3 to MF harness splice
Wire 547 pink, MF harness splice to connector X022 pin L
Wire 758 pink, MF harness splice to connector X008 pin 18
Locate the short and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the main valve stack (MV) harness between
connector X022 pin L and connector X281 pin 5 on one of the following wires:
Wire 547 pink, connector X022 pin L to MV harness splice
Wire 728 pink, connector X279 pin 3 to MV harness splice
Wire 474 pink, MV harness splice to connector X281 pin 5
Locate the short and repair.
14. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation. If the fault code immediately resets, replace the HHC module with a
known good one.

A.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 48
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0512-05-Feeder Angle Sensor Line Disconnected (G.10.A.95.80 -

G.30.B.50)
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series
1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0512-05 - Feeder Angle Sensor Line Disconnected

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1206 - 1237 only.

Cause:
The feeder angle sensor (R-03) circuit is open or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor signal wiring is open or shorted to ground.

2. Loss of power to the sensor.
3. Module internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select “Header" sub menu.

Select “Feeder Angle Sensor" and check voltage range. Fully raise and lower the feeder several times while
monitoring the voltage; the voltage should stay within range, and should change smoothly with feeder move-
ment.
The proper voltage range for a properly adjusted sensor is 2.5 - 7.5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low (0 - 2.0 volts) out of range continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is out of range, but between 2.0 - 7.7 volts, the sensor is operating properly, but
needs to be adjusted into the proper range.

C. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the circuit may not be open at this time. Continue the
troubleshooting at step 9.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. Disconnect connector X174, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X174 pin 3. There should be
10 volts present.

A. If 10 volts is found, continue with step 5.

B. If no voltage is found, continue with step 3.

3. Disconnect connector X281 from the HHC module. Use a multimeter to test for continuity between connector
X174 pin 3 and connector X281 pin 5.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 4.

B. If no continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the main valve stack (MV) harness or main frame (MF)
harness between connector X174 pin 3 and connector X281 pin 5 on one of the following wires:
Wire 751 pink, connector X174 pin 3 to MF harness splice
Wire 547 pink, MF harness splice to connector X022 pin L
Wire 547 pink, connector X022 pin L to MV harness splice
Wire 474 pink, MV harness splice to connector X281 pin 5
Locate the open and repair.
4. Use a multimeter to test for continuity between connector X281 pin 5 and chassis ground.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 49
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

A. If continuity is found, the regulated voltage circuit is shorted to ground, and the HHC module is no longer
powering this circuit. Check for fault code E0525 — HHC 10V Reference Voltage in the error history, and
correct this fault.

B. If no continuity is found, the HHC module is not powering the 10 V Reference Voltage circuit due to an
internal fault. Replace the HHC module.
5. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect connector X174. Use a multi-
meter to check for continuity between connector X174 pin 2 and ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 6.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 8.

6. The voltage on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect connector X022. Check for continuity
between connector X022 pin J and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found continue with step 7.

B. If no continuity is found, there is a short to ground in the main frame (MF) harness between connector
X174 pin 2 and connector X022 pin J wire 740 yellow. Find the short to ground and repair.
7. The voltage on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect connector X281. Check for continuity
between connector X281 pin 14 on the module and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, there is a short to ground in the main valve stack (MV) harness between connector
X281 pin 14 and connector X022 pin J wire 740 yellow. Find the short to ground and repair.

B. If continuity is found, there is an internal short to ground within the HHC module. Replace the module.
8. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect connector X174 and connector
X281. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X174 pin 2 and connector X281 pin 14.

A. If continuity is found, the open is in the sensor. Replace the sensor.

B. If no continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the main valve stack (MV) harness or main frame (MF)
harness between connector X174 pin 2, connector X022 pin J and connector X281 pin 14 wire 740
yellow. Locate the open and repair.
9. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation.

A.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 50
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0512-05-Feeder Angle Sensor Line Disconnected (G.10.A.95.80 -

G.30.B.50)
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above, CX780 Series 1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and
above, CX840 Series 1238 and above, CX860 Series 1238 and above, CX880 Series 1238 and above

E0512-05 - Feeder Angle Sensor Line Disconnected

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1238 and above.

Cause:
The feeder angle sensor (R-03) circuit is open or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor signal wiring is open or shorted to ground.

2. Loss of power to the sensor.
3. Module internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select “Header" sub menu.
Select “Feeder Angle Sensor" and check voltage range. Fully raise and lower the feeder several times while
monitoring the voltage; the voltage should stay within range, and should change smoothly with feeder move-
ment.
The proper voltage range for a properly adjusted sensor is 2.5 - 7.5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low (0 - 2.0 volts) out of range continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is out of range, but between 2.0 - 7.7 volts, the sensor is operating properly, but
needs to be adjusted into the proper range.

C. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the circuit may not be open at this time. Continue the
troubleshooting at step 13.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. Disconnect connector X174 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X174 pin 3 . There should
be 10 volts present.

A. If 10 volts is found, continue with step 6.

B. If no voltage is found, continue with step 3.

3. Disconnect connector X140 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X140 pin 23 . There should
be 10 volts present.

A. If 10 volts is found, there is an open circuit in the platform (PH) harness between connector X174 pin 3
and connector X140 pin 23 wire 751 pink. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, continue with step 4.

4. Disconnect connector X281 from the HHC module. Use a multimeter to test for continuity between connector
X140 pin 23 and connector X281 pin 5 .

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 5.

B. If no continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the main valve stack (MV) harness or main frame (MF)
harness between connector X140 pin 23 and connector X281 pin 5 on one of the following wires:
Wire 751 pink, connector X140 pin 23 to MF harness splice
Wire 547 pink, MF harness splice to connector X022 pin L
2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 51
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

Wire 547 pink, connector X022 pin L to MV harness splice

Wire 474 pink, MV harness splice to connector X281 pin 5
Locate the open and repair.
5. Use a multimeter to test for continuity between connector X281 pin 5 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the regulated voltage circuit is shorted to ground, and the HHC module is no longer
powering this circuit. Check for fault code E0525 — HHC 10V Reference Voltage in the error history, and
correct this fault.

B. If no continuity is found, the HHC module is not powering the 10 V Reference Voltage circuit due to an
internal fault. Replace the HHC module.
6. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect connector X174. Use a multi-
meter to check for continuity between connector X174 pin 2 and ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 7.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 10.

7. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect connector X140. Use a multi-
meter to check for continuity between connector X140 pin 22 and ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 8.

B. If no continuity is found, there is a short to ground in the platform (PH) harness between connector X174
pin 2 and connector X140 pin 22 wire 740 yellow. Locate the short and repair.
8. The voltage on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect connector X022. Check for continuity
between connector X022 pin J and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found continue with step 9.

B. If no continuity is found, there is a short to ground in the main frame (MF) harness between connector
X140 pin 22 and connector X022 pin J wire 740 yellow. Find the short to ground and repair.
9. The voltage on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect connector X281. Check for continuity
between connector X281 pin 14 on the module and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, there is a short to ground in the main valve stack (MV) harness between connector
X281 pin 14 and connector X022 pin J wire 470 yellow. Find the short to ground and repair.

B. If continuity is found, there is an internal short to ground within the HHC module. Replace the module.
10. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect connector X174 and connector
X140. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X174 pin 2 and connector X140 pin 22 .

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 11.

B. If no continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the platform (PH) harness between connector X174 pin
2 and connector X140 pin 22 wire 740 yellow. Locate the open and repair.
11. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect connector X140 and connector
X022. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X140 pin 22 and connector X022 pin J .

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 12.

B. If no continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X140
pin 22 and connector X022 pin J wire 740 yellow. Locate the open and repair.
12. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect connector X022 and connector
X281. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X022 pin J and connector X281 pin 14 .

A. If continuity is found, the open is in the sensor. Replace the sensor.

B. If no continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the main valve stack (MV) harness between connector
X022 pin J and connector X281 pin 14 wire 740 yellow. Locate the open and repair.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 52
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

13. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation.

A.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 53
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0512-14-Feeder Angle Sensor Special Instructions (G.10.A.95.80 -

G.30.E.11)
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237, CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series
1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237

E0512-14 - Feeder Angle Sensor Special Instructions

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1206 - 1237 only. The troubleshooting chart for CX
combines Series 1238 and above follows this chart.

Cause:
The Header Height Control (HHC) has detected that the Feeder Angle sensor circuit connection was interrupted and
then restored.

Possible failure modes:

1. The HHC Feeder Angle sensor wiring is intermittent.

2. HHC internal failure.

Solution:

1. This fault will appear when the connection is intermittent, or when the header is disconnected and then re-con-
nected.

A. If the header was just disconnected, clear the error by pressing the Header Up button and continue oper-
ation.

B. If the header has not been disconnected, continue troubleshooting at Step 2.

2. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.
Specifically check HHC Module A-07 connector X281 , Main Valve Stack harness connector X022 , Platform
harness connector X140 , and Feeder Angle potentiometer R-03 connector X174 .

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1206-1237
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.18)

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 54
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0512-14-Feeder Angle Sensor Special Instructions (G.10.A.95.80 -

G.30.E.11)
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above, CX780 Series 1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and
above, CX840 Series 1238 and above, CX860 Series 1238 and above, CX880 Series 1238 and above

E0512-14 - Feeder Angle Sensor Special Instructions

NOTE: This troubleshooting chart is for CX combines Series 1238 and above.

Cause:
The Header Height Control (HHC) has detected that the Feeder Angle sensor circuit connection was interrupted and
then restored.

Possible failure modes:

1. The HHC Feeder Angle sensor wiring is intermittent.

2. HHC internal failure.

Solution:

1. This fault will appear when the connection is intermittent, or when the header is disconnected and then re-con-
nected.

A. If the header was just disconnected, clear the error by pressing the Header Up button and continue oper-
ation.

B. If the header has not been disconnected, continue troubleshooting at Step 2.

2. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.
Specifically check HHC Module A-07 connector X281 , Main Valve Stack harness connector X022 , Platform
harness connector X140 , and Feeder Angle potentiometer R-03 connector X174 .

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 55
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0513-03-Header Lift Pressure sens Shorted to High Source

(G.10.A.95.81 - G.30.B.46)
E0513-03 - Header Lift Pressure sens Shorted to High Source

Cause:
The header lift pressure sensor (B-29) circuit is shorted to high voltage, or the sensor ground is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply or signal wiring is shorted to high voltage (12 V).

2. Sensor ground wiring is open.
3. Module internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select “Header" sub menu.
Select “Header Lift Pressure sens" and check voltage range. Fully raise and lower the feeder several times
while monitoring the voltage; the voltage should stay within the range, and should change smoothly with feeder
movement.
The proper operating voltage range of the sensor is 2.5 - 7.5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high (>9.8 V) out of range continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the circuit may not be open or shorted to ground at this
time. Continue the troubleshooting at step 10.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect connector X279, and use a
multimeter to test for continuity to ground on connector X279 pin 1.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 4.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 3.

3. Disconnect connector X281 from the HHC module. Use a multimeter to test for continuity between connector
X279 pin 1 and connector X281 pin 4.

A. If continuity is found, the HHC module is not supplying a ground path for the sensor. Use the Service Info
- Network screen to verify that the HHC module is online. If the HHC module is online, and other hydraulic
functions are operating, replace the HHC module.

B. If no continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the main valve stack (MV) harness between connector
X279 pin 1 and connector X281 pin 4 wire 725 blue or 472 blue. Locate the open and repair.
4. Disconnect connector X279, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X279 pin 2. There should
not be any voltage present.

A. If no voltage is found, continue with step 5.

B. If high (>7.7 V) voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the main valve stack (MV) harness
between connector X279 pin 2 and connector X281 pin 9 wire 722 yellow. Locate the short and repair.
5. Disconnect connector X279, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X279 pin 3. There should be
10 volts present.

A. If 10 volts is found, continue with step 11.

B. If high (>10 V) voltage is found, continue with step 6.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 56
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

NOTE: This supply circuit is also used to supply power to the feeder angle and stubble height sensors, so a
short to 12 volts anywhere on the supply circuit will activate this error code.
6. Disconnect connector X032 (header connector), and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the feeder (FE)
harness end of connector X032 pin 5 or 23.

A. If 10 volts is found, there is a short to high voltage in the header (HH) harness to the sensor supply circuit.
Refer to the appropriate header Operator’s manual for wiring information. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high voltage is found, continue with step 7.

7. Disconnect connector X007, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the front frame (FF) harness end of
connector X007 pin 26.

A. If 10 volts is found, there is a short to high voltage in the feeder (FE) harness between connector X007
pin 26 and connector X032 pin 5 or 23 on one of the following wires:
Wire 758 pink, connector X007 pin 26 to FE harness splice
Wire 848 pink, FE harness splice to connector X032 pin 5
Wire 849 pink, FE harness splice to connector X032 pin 23
Locate the short and repair.

B. If high voltage is found, continue with step 8.

8. Disconnect connector X008, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the main frame (MF) harness end of
connector X008 pin 18.

A. If 10 volts is found, there is a short to high voltage in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X008 pin 18 and connector X007 pin 26 wire 758 pink. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high voltage is found, continue with step 9.

9. Disconnect connector X022, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the main frame (MF) harness end of
connector X022 pin L.
NOTE : Disconnecting connector X022 will remove the power supply to the HHC module which powers the
sensor supply circuit.

A. If high voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the main frame (MF) harness between connector
X008 pin 18 and connector X022 pin L on one of the following wires:
Wire 751 pink, connector X174 pin 3 to MF harness splice
Wire 547 pink, MF harness splice to connector X022 pin L
Wire 758 pink, MF harness splice to connector X008 pin 18
Locate the short and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the main valve stack (MV) harness between
connector X022 pin L and connector X281 pin 5 on one of the following wires:
Wire 547 pink, connector X022 pin L to MV harness splice
Wire 728 pink, connector X279 pin 3 to MV harness splice
Wire 474 pink, MV harness splice to connector X281 pin 5
Locate the short and repair.
10. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation. If the fault code immediately resets, replace the HHC module with a
known good one.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.14)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.18)

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 57
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0513-05-Header Lift Pressure sens Line Disconnected

(G.10.A.95.81 - G.30.B.50)
E0513-05 - Header Lift Pressure sens Line Disconnected

Cause:
The header lift pressure sensor (B-29) circuit is open or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor signal wiring is open or shorted to ground.

2. Loss of power to the sensor.
3. Module internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select “Header" sub menu.
Select “Header Lift Pressure sens" and check voltage range. Fully raise and lower the feeder several times
while monitoring the voltage; the voltage should stay within the range, and should change smoothly with feeder
movement.
The proper operating voltage range of the sensor is 2.5 - 7.5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low (<0.3 V) out of range continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the circuit may not be open at this time. Continue the
troubleshooting at step 8.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. Disconnect connector X279, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X279 pin 3. There should be
10 volts present.

A. If 10 volts is found, continue with step 5.

B. If no voltage is found, continue with step 3.

3. Disconnect connector X281 from the HHC module. Use a multimeter to test for continuity between connector
X279 pin 3 and connector X281 pin 5.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 4.

B. If no continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the main valve stack (MV) harness between connector
X279 pin 3 and connector X281 pin 5 wire 728 pink or 474 pink. Locate the open and repair.
4. Use a multimeter to test for continuity between connector X281 pin 5 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the regulated voltage circuit is shorted to ground, and the HHC module is no longer
powering this circuit. Check for fault code E0525 — HHC 10V Reference Voltage in the error history, and
correct this fault.

B. If no continuity is found, the HHC module is not powering the 10 V Reference Voltage circuit due to an
internal fault. Replace the HHC module.
5. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect connector X279. Use a multi-
meter to check for continuity between connector X279 pin 2 and ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 6.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 7.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 58
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

6. The voltage on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect connector X281. Check for continuity
between connector X281 pin 9 on the module and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, there is a short to ground in the main valve stack (MV) harness between connector
X281 pin 9 and connector X279 pin 2 wire 722 yellow. Find the short to ground and repair.

B. If continuity is found, there is an internal short to ground within the HHC module. Replace the module.
7. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect connector X279 and connector
X281. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X279 pin 2 and connector X281 pin 9.

A. If continuity is found, the open is in the sensor. Replace the sensor.

B. If no continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the main valve stack (MV) harness between connector
X279 pin 2 and connector X281 pin 9 wire 722 yellow. Locate the open and repair.
8. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation.

A.

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 59
 TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING

E0513-14-Header Lift Pressure Sensor Special Instructions

(G.10.A.95.81 - G.30.E.11)
E0513-14 - Header Lift Pressure Sensor Special Instructions

Cause:
The Header Height Control (HHC) has detected that the Header Lift Pressure sensor circuit connection was inter-
rupted and then restored.

Possible failure modes:

1. The HHC Header Lift sensor wiring is intermittent.

2. HHC internal failure.

Solution:

1. This fault will appear when the connection is intermittent, or when the header is disconnected and then re-con-
nected.

A. If the header was just disconnected, clear the error by pressing the Header Up button and continue oper-
ation.

B. If the header has not been disconnected, continue troubleshooting at Step 2.

2. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.
Specifically check HHC Module A-07 connector X281 , and Header Lift Pressure sensor B-29 connector X279 .

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.14)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.18)

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 60
 Index

TOOL POSITIONING - G

LIFTING - 10.A
E0080-12-HHC Module Bad Intelligent Device (G.10.A.12 - G.30.E.13) 32
E0512-03-Feeder Angle sensor Shorted to High Source (G.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.46) 43
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237
E0512-03-Feeder Angle sensor Shorted to High Source (G.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.46) 46
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above, CX780 Series
1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and above, CX840 Series 1238 and above, CX860 Series 1238 and
above, CX880 Series 1238 and above
E0512-05-Feeder Angle Sensor Line Disconnected (G.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.50) 49
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237
E0512-05-Feeder Angle Sensor Line Disconnected (G.10.A.95.80 - G.30.B.50) 51
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above, CX780 Series
1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and above, CX840 Series 1238 and above, CX860 Series 1238 and
above, CX880 Series 1238 and above
E0512-14-Feeder Angle Sensor Special Instructions (G.10.A.95.80 - G.30.E.11) 54
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237
E0512-14-Feeder Angle Sensor Special Instructions (G.10.A.95.80 - G.30.E.11) 55
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above, CX780 Series
1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and above, CX840 Series 1238 and above, CX860 Series 1238 and
above, CX880 Series 1238 and above
E0513-03-Header Lift Pressure sens Shorted to High Source (G.10.A.95.81 - G.30.B.46) 56
E0513-05-Header Lift Pressure sens Line Disconnected (G.10.A.95.81 - G.30.B.50) 58
E0513-14-Header Lift Pressure Sensor Special Instructions (G.10.A.95.81 - G.30.E.11) 60
E0519-11-Header Up valve UFC Unidentified Failure Code (G.10.A.12.20 - G.30.B.46) 33
E0520-11-HHC 12V Supply Voltage Unidentified Failure Code (G.10.A.12.20 - G.30.B.46) 34
E0523-11-HHC Diagnostic LED Status Unidentified Failure Code (G.10.A.92 - G.30.B.46) 36
E0524-11-10V Reference Voltage Unidentified Failure Code (G.10.A.92 - G.30.B.46) 37
CX720 Series 1206 - 1237, CX740 Series 1206 - 1237, CX760 Series 1206 - 1237, CX780 Series 1206 - 1237,
CX820 Series 1206 - 1237, CX840 Series 1206 - 1237, CX860 Series 1206 - 1237, CX880 Series 1206 - 1237
E0524-11-10V Reference Voltage Unidentified Failure Code (G.10.A.92 - G.30.B.46) 40
CX720 Series 1238 and above, CX740 Series 1238 and above, CX760 Series 1238 and above, CX780 Series
1238 and above, CX820 Series 1238 and above, CX840 Series 1238 and above, CX860 Series 1238 and
above, CX880 Series 1238 and above
E0525-11-HHC Accumulator Valve Unidentified Failure Code (G.10.A.31 - G.30.B.46) 35
E0649-04-CSW HHC Auto Height Shorted to Low Source (G.10.A.05.81 - G.30.B.53) 4
E0653-04-CSW HHC Compensation Shorted to Low Source (G.10.A.05.81 - G.30.B.53) 5
E0676-04-CSW Header Usage Incr. Shorted to Low Source (G.10.A.05.82 - G.30.B.53) 6
E0676-07-CSW Header Usage Incr. Mechanical Out of Range (G.10.A.05.82 - G.30.C.24) 7
E0677-04-CSW Header Usage Decr. Shorted to Low Source (G.10.A.05.82 - G.30.B.53) 9
E0677-07-CSW Header Usage Decr. Mechanical Out of Range (G.10.A.05.82 - G.30.C.24) 10
E0696-04-HSW Header Down Fast Shorted to Low Source (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.B.53) 12
E0696-07-HSW Header Down Fast Mechanical Out of Range (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.C.24) 14
E0697-04-HSW Header Up Slow Shorted to Low Source (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.B.53) 20
E0697-07-HSW Header Up Slow Mechanical Out of Range (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.C.24) 22
E0698-04-HSW Header Up Fast Shorted to Low Source (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.B.53) 16
E0698-07-HSW Header Up Fast Mechanical Out of Range (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.C.24) 18
E0699-04-HSW HHC Resume Shorted to Low Source (G.10.A.05.83 - G.30.B.53) 24
E0699-07-HSW HHC Resume Mechanical Out of Range (G.10.A.05.83 - G.30.C.24) 26

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 61
E0701-04-HSW Header Down Slow Shorted to Low Source (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.B.53) 28
E0701-07-HSW Header Down Slow Mechanical Out of Range (G.10.A.05.80 - G.30.C.24) 30

2 4/7/2006
G.10.A / 62
 TOOL POSITIONING - G

LEVELLING - 30.A

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 1
 Contents

TOOL POSITIONING - G

LEVELLING - 30.A

DIAGNOSTIC
Command
E0695-04-HSW Lateral Tilt CCW Shorted to Low Source (G.30.A.05.80 - G.30.B.53) 3
E0695-07-HSW Lateral Tilt CCW Mechanical Out of Range (G.30.A.05.80 - G.30.C.24) 5
E0700-04-HSW Lateral Tilt CW Shorted to Low Source (G.30.A.05.80 - G.30.B.53) 7
E0700-07-HSW Lateral Tilt CW Mechanical Out of Range (G.30.A.05.80 - G.30.C.24) 9
Command valve
E0516-05-Lateral Float CCW valve Line Disconnected (G.30.A.12 - G.30.B.50) 11
E0516-11-Lateral Float CCW valve UFC Unidentified Fault Code (G.30.A.12 - G.30.B.46) 13
E0517-05-Lateral Float CW valve Line Disconnected (G.30.A.12 - G.30.B.50) 15
E0517-11-Lateral Float CW valve UFC Unidentified Failure Code (G.30.A.12 - 17
G.30.B.46)
Sensing system
E0514-05-R Stubble Height / Flex R Line Disconnected (G.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.50) 19
E0514-03-R Stubble Height / Flex R Shorted to High Source (G.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54) 22
E0515-05-L Stubble Height / Flex L Line Disconnected (G.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.50) 25
E0515-03-L Stubble Height / Flex L Shorted to High Source (G.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54) 28
E0514-00-R Stubble Height / Flex R Valid Above Normal (G.30.A.95.52 - G.30.C.22) 31
E0514-01-R Stubble Height / Flex R Valid Below Normal (G.30.A.95.52 - G.30.C.20) 32
E0514-14-R Stubble Height / Flex R Special Instructions (G.30.A.95.52 - G.30.E.11) 33
E0515-00-L Stubble Height / Flex L Valid Above Normal (G.30.A.95.51 - G.30.C.22) 34
E0515-01-L Stubble Height / Flex L Valid Below Normal (G.30.A.95.51 - G.30.C.20) 35
E0515-14-L Stubble Height / Flex L Special Instructions (G.30.A.95.51 - G.30.E.11) 36

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 2
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

E0695-04-HSW Lateral Tilt CCW Shorted to Low Source

(G.30.A.05.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0695-04 - HSW Lateral Tilt CCW Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Lateral Tilt CCW circuit voltage is <0.25
volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Lateral Tilt CCW circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Lateral Tilt CCW" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Lateral Tilt CCW circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.25 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 3
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 4
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

E0695-07-HSW Lateral Tilt CCW Mechanical Out of Range

(G.30.A.05.80 - G.30.C.24)
E0695-07 - HSW Lateral Tilt CCW Mechanical Out of Range

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Lateral Tilt CCW circuit voltage is <4.0
volts since startup.

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Lateral Tilt CCW circuit is shorted to <4.0 volts - this can happen if the switch is stuck closed.
2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Lateral Tilt CCW" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Lateral Tilt CCW circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <4.0 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is >4.0 volts , the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 5
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 6
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

E0700-04-HSW Lateral Tilt CW Shorted to Low Source (G.30.A.05.80

- G.30.B.53)
E0700-04 - HSW Lateral Tilt CW Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Lateral Tilt CW circuit voltage is <0.25
volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Lateral Tilt CW circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Lateral Tilt CW" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Lateral Tilt CW circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.25 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 7
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 8
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

E0700-07-HSW Lateral Tilt CW Mechanical Out of Range

(G.30.A.05.80 - G.30.C.24)
E0700-07 - HSW Lateral Tilt CW Mechanical Out of Range

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Lateral Tilt CW circuit voltage is <4.0
volts since startup.

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Lateral Tilt CW circuit is shorted to <4.0 volts - this can happen if the switch is stuck closed.
2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Lateral Tilt CW" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Lateral Tilt CW circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <4.0 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is >4.0 volts , the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 9
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 10
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

E0516-05-Lateral Float CCW valve Line Disconnected (G.30.A.12 -

G.30.B.50)
E0516-05 - Lateral Float CCW valve Line Disconnected

Cause:
The lateral float CCW valve (L-19) circuit is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Valve supply wiring is open.

2. Bad solenoid.
3. Module internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select “Header" sub menu.
Select "Lateral Float CCW valve" and select the "Current" screen. Manually power the circuit by using the "+"
key to select 100 %, and press "Enter".
The proper current range is approximately 1.0 - 1.5 amps.

A. If the reading is 0 amps, the circuit is open. Continue with step 2.

B. If the reading is within the proper limits, the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 16.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. Disconnect connector X271 at the lateral float CCW solenoid L19. Use a multimeter to check the resistance of
the lateral float CCW solenoid between the two terminals on the coil. The proper resistance range is 2 - 6 ohms.

A. If there is no continuity, replace the solenoid.

B. If the solenoid is within specification, continue with step 3.

3. Key off. Disconnect connector X281 at the HHC module, and install a jumper wire between connector X281 pin
13 and chassis ground. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X271 pin 2 and chassis
ground.

A. If there is no continuity, continue with step 4.

B. If there is continuity, continue with step 7.

4. Key off. Disconnect connector X021, and use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X021 pin
F and chassis ground.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 5.

B. If there is continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the feeder valve (FV) harness between connector
X271 pin 2 and connector X021 pin F wire 553 blue. Locate the open and repair.
5. Key off. Disconnect connector X008, and use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X008 pin
13 and chassis ground.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 6.

B. If there is continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X021 pin F and connector X008 pin 13 wire 553 blue or 555 blue. Locate the open and repair.
6. Key off. Disconnect connector X022, and use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X022 pin
H and chassis ground.

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 11
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between connector
X008 pin 13 and connector X022 pin H wire 555 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the main valve stack (MV) harness between
connector X022 pin H and connector X281 pin 13 wire 555 blue. Locate the open and repair.
7. Key off. Disconnect connector X281 at the HHC module, and install a jumper wire between connector X281
pin 7 and chassis ground. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X271 pin 1 and chassis
ground.

A. If there is no continuity, continue with step 8.

B. If there is continuity, continue with step 11.

8. Key off. Disconnect connector X021, and use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X021 pin
J and chassis ground.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 9.

B. If there is continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the feeder valve (FV) harness between connector
X271 pin 1 and connector X021 pin J wire 548 white. Locate the open and repair.
9. Key off. Disconnect connector X008, and use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X008 pin
25 and chassis ground.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 10.

B. If there is continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X021 pin J and connector X008 pin 25 wire 548 white. Locate the open and repair.
10. Key off. Disconnect connector X022, and use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X022 pin
F and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between connector
X008 pin 25 and connector X022 pin F wire 548 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the main valve stack (MV) harness between
connector X022 pin F and connector X281 pin 7 wire 548 white. Locate the open and repair.
11. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation. If the fault code immediately resets, replace the HHC module with a
known good one.

A.

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 12
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

E0516-11-Lateral Float CCW valve UFC Unidentified Fault Code

(G.30.A.12 - G.30.B.46)
E0516-11 - Lateral Float CCW valve UFC Unidentified Fault Code

Cause:
The lateral float CCW valve (L-19) circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Valve supply wiring is shorted to ground.

2. Bad solenoid.
3. Module internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select “Header" sub menu.
Select "Lateral Float CCW valve" and select the "Current" screen. Manually power the circuit by using the "+"
key to select 100 %, and press "Enter".
The proper current range is approximately 1.0 - 1.5 amps.

A. If the current reading goes to maximum, and then back to zero, the circuit is shorted to ground and the
software has shut off the output to protect the module and wiring. Continue with step 2.

B. If the reading is within the proper limits, the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 7.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. Disconnect connector X271 at the lateral float CCW solenoid L19. Use a multimeter to check for continuity
between either terminal on the solenoid L19 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the lateral float CCW valve solenoid is shorted to ground. Replace the solenoid.

B. If there is no continuity, continue with step 3.

3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X271 pin 1 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 4.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, erase the fault code and continue operation.
4. Disconnect connector X021, and use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X021 pin J and
chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 5.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the feeder valve (FV) harness between
connector X271 pin 1 and connector X021 pin J wire 548 white. Locate the short and repair.
5. Disconnect connector X008, and use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X008 pin 25 and
chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 6.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the front frame (FF) harness between
connector X021 pin J and connector X008 pin 25 wire 548 white. Locate the short and repair.
6. Disconnect connector X022, and use a multimeter to check for continuity between the main frame (MF) harness
end of connector X022 pin F and chassis ground.

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 13
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the main frame (MF) harness between con-
nector X008 pin 25 and connector X022 pin F wire 548 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the main valve stack (MV) harness between
connector X022 pin F and connector X281 pin 7 wire 548 white. Locate the short and repair.
7. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation. If the fault code immediately resets, replace the HHC module with a
known good one.

A.

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 14
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

E0517-05-Lateral Float CW valve Line Disconnected (G.30.A.12 -

G.30.B.50)
E0517-05 - Lateral Float CW valve Line Disconnected

Cause:
The lateral float CW valve (L-18) circuit is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Valve supply wiring is open.

2. Bad solenoid.
3. Module internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select “Header" sub menu.

Select "Lateral Float CW valve" and select the "Current" screen. Manually power the circuit by using the "+" key
to select 100 %, and press "Enter".
The proper current range is approximately 1.0 - 1.5 amps.

A. If the reading is 0 amps, the circuit is open. Continue with step 2.

B. If the reading is within the proper limits, the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 16.

NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. Disconnect connector X267 at the lateral float CW solenoid L18. Use a multimeter to check the resistance of
the lateral float CW solenoid between the two terminals on the coil. The proper resistance range is 2 - 6 ohms.

A. If there is no continuity, replace the solenoid.

B. If the solenoid is within specification, continue with step 3.

3. Key off. Disconnect connector X281 at the HHC module, and install a jumper wire between connector X281 pin
13 and chassis ground. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X267 pin 2 and chassis
ground.

A. If there is no continuity, continue with step 4.

B. If there is continuity, continue with step 7.

4. Key off. Disconnect connector X021, and use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X021 pin
H and chassis ground.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 5.

B. If there is continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the feeder valve (FV) harness between connector
X267 pin 2 and connector X021 pin H wire 554 blue. Locate the open and repair.
5. Key off. Disconnect connector X008, and use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X008 pin
13 and chassis ground.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 6.

B. If there is continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X021 pin H and connector X008 pin 13 wire 554 blue or 555 blue. Locate the open and repair.
6. Key off. Disconnect connector X022, and use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X022 pin
H and chassis ground.
2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 15
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between connector
X008 pin 13 and connector X022 pin H wire 555 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the main valve stack (MV) harness between
connector X022 pin H and connector X281 pin 13 wire 555 blue. Locate the open and repair.
7. Key off. Disconnect connector X281 at the HHC module, and install a jumper wire between connector X281
pin 8 and chassis ground. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X267 pin 1 and chassis
ground.

A. If there is no continuity, continue with step 8.

B. If there is continuity, continue with step 11.

8. Key off. Disconnect connector X021, and use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X021 pin
G and chassis ground.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 9.

B. If there is continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the feeder valve (FV) harness between connector
X267 pin 1 and connector X021 pin G wire 549 white. Locate the open and repair.
9. Key off. Disconnect connector X008, and use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X008 pin
26 and chassis ground.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 10.

B. If there is continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X021 pin G and connector X008 pin 26 wire 549 white. Locate the open and repair.
10. Key off. Disconnect connector X022, and use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X022 pin
G and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between connector
X008 pin 26 and connector X022 pin G wire 549 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the main valve stack (MV) harness between
connector X022 pin G and connector X281 pin 8 wire 549 white. Locate the open and repair.
11. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation. If the fault code immediately resets, replace the HHC module with a
known good one.

A.

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 16
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

E0517-11-Lateral Float CW valve UFC Unidentified Failure Code

(G.30.A.12 - G.30.B.46)
E0517-11 - Lateral Float CW valve UFC Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The lateral float CW valve (L-18) circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Valve supply wiring is shorted to ground.

2. Bad solenoid.
3. Module internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select “Header" sub menu.
Select "Lateral Float CW valve" and select the "Current" screen. Manually power the circuit by using the "+" key
to select 100 %, and press "Enter".
The proper current range is approximately 1.0 - 1.5 amps.

A. If the current reading goes to maximum, and then back to zero, the circuit is shorted to ground and the
software has shut off the output to protect the module and wiring. Continue with step 2.

B. If the reading is within the proper limits, the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 7.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. Disconnect connector X267 at the lateral float CW solenoid L18. Use a multimeter to check for continuity be-
tween either terminal on the solenoid L18 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the lateral float CW valve solenoid is shorted to ground. Replace the solenoid.

B. If there is no continuity, continue with step 3.

3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X267 pin 1 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 4.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, erase the fault code and continue operation.
4. Disconnect connector X021, and use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X021 pin G and
chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 5.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the feeder valve (FV) harness between
connector X267 pin 1 and connector X021 pin G wire 549 white. Locate the short and repair.
5. Disconnect connector X008, and use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X008 pin 26 and
chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 6.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the front frame (FF) harness between
connector X021 pin G and connector X008 pin 26 wire 549 white. Locate the short and repair.
6. Disconnect connector X022, and use a multimeter to check for continuity between the main frame (MF) harness
end of connector X022 pin G and chassis ground.

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 17
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the main frame (MF) harness between con-
nector X008 pin 26 and connector X022 pin G wire 549 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is a short to ground in the main valve stack (MV) harness between
connector X022 pin G and connector X281 pin 8 wire 549 white. Locate the short and repair.
7. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation. If the fault code immediately resets, replace the HHC module with a
known good one.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.14)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.19)

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 18
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

E0514-05-R Stubble Height / Flex R Line Disconnected (G.30.A.95.80

- G.30.B.50)
E0514-05 - R Stubble Height / Flex R Line Disconnected

Cause:
The right stubble height sensor (R-13) circuit is open or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor signal wiring is open or shorted to ground.

2. Loss of power to the sensor.
3. Module internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select “Header" sub menu.
Select “R Stubble Height / Flex R" and check voltage range. Manually raise the header above the ground, and
then lower the header fully against the ground to move the sensors through their operating range. The voltage
should stay within the range, and should change smoothly with header movement.
The proper voltage range for a properly adjusted sensor is 2.5 - 7.5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low (<0.3 V) out of range, continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is out of range, but between 0.3 - 7.9 volts, the sensor is operating properly, but
needs to be adjusted into the proper range. Refer to the header Operator’s manual for proper adjustment
information.

C. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the circuit may not be open at this time. Continue the
troubleshooting at step 20.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. Disconnect connector X306 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X306 pin 3 . There should
be 10 volts present.

A. If 10 volts is found, continue with step 9.

B. If no voltage is found, continue with step 3.

3. Disconnect connector X032 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X032 pin 23 . There should
be 10 volts present.

A. If 10 volts is found, there is an open circuit in the header (HH) harness between connector X306 pin 3
and connector X032 pin 23 wire 849 pink. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, continue with step 4.

4. Disconnect connector X007 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X007 pin 26 . There should
be 10 volts present.

A. If 10 volts is found, there is an open circuit in the feeder (FE) harness between connector X032 pin 23
and connector X007 pin 26 wire 849 pink or 758 pink. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, continue with step 5.

5. Disconnect connector X008 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X008 pin 18 . There should
be 10 volts present.

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 19
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

A. If 10 volts is found, there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X007 pin
26 and connector X008 pin 18 wire 758 pink. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, continue with step 6.

6. Disconnect connectors X008 and X022 , and use a multimeter to test for continuity between connector X008
pin 18 and connector X022 pin L .

A. If no continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X008
pin 18 and connector X022 pin L wire 758 pink or 547 pink. Locate the open and repair.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 7.

7. Disconnect connector X281 from the HHC module. Use a multimeter to test for continuity between connector
X022 pin L and connector X281 pin 5 .

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 8.

B. If no continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the main valve stack (MV) harness between connector
X022, pin L and connector X281, pin 5 on wire 547 pink or 474 pink. Locate the open and repair.
8. Use a multimeter to test for continuity between connector X281 pin 5 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the regulated voltage circuit is shorted to ground, and the HHC module is no longer
powering this circuit. Check for fault code E0525 — HHC 10V Reference Voltage in the error history, and
correct this fault.

B. If no continuity is found, the HHC module is not powering the 10 V Reference Voltage circuit due to an
internal fault. Replace the HHC module.
9. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect connector X306. Use a multi-
meter to check for continuity between connector X306 pin 2 and ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 10.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 15.

10. Disconnect connector X032. Check for continuity between connector X032 pin 2 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found continue with step 11.

B. If no continuity is found, there is a short to ground in the header (HH) harness between connector X306
pin 2 and connector X032 pin 2 wire 739 yellow. Find the short to ground and repair.
11. Disconnect connector X007. Check for continuity between connector X007 pin 16 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found continue with step 12.

B. If no continuity is found, there is a short to ground in the feeder (FE) harness between connector X032 pin
2 and connector X007 pin 16 wire 739 yellow. Find the short to ground and repair.
12. Disconnect connector X008. Check for continuity between connector X008 pin 24 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found continue with step 13.

B. If no continuity is found, there is a short to ground in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X007
pin 16 and connector X008 pin 24 wire 739 yellow. Find the short to ground and repair.
13. Disconnect connector X022. Check for continuity between connector X022 pin E and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found continue with step 14.

B. If no continuity is found, there is a short to ground in the main frame (MF) harness between connector
X008 pin 24 and connector X022 pin E wire 739 yellow. Find the short to ground and repair.
14. The voltage on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect connector X281. Check for continuity
between connector X281 pin 16 on the module and chassis ground.

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 20
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

A. If no continuity is found, there is a short to ground in the main valve stack (MV) harness between connector
X281 pin 16 and connector X022 pin E wire 739 yellow. Find the short to ground and repair.

B. If continuity is found, there is an internal short to ground within the HHC module. Replace the module.
15. Key off. Disconnect connector X281 , and install a jumper wire between connector X281 pin 16 and chassis
ground. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X306 pin 2 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open is in the sensor. Replace the sensor.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 16.

16. Disconnect connector X032 . Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X032 pin 2 and chas-
sis ground.

A. If continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the header (HH) harness between connector X306 pin 2
and connector X032 pin 2 wire 739 yellow. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 17.

17. Disconnect connector X007 . Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X007 pin 16 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the feeder (FE) harness between connector X032 pin 2
and connector X007 pin 16 wire 739 yellow. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 18.

18. Disconnect connector X008 . Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X008 pin 24 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X007 pin
16 and connector X008 pin 24 wire 739 yellow. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 19.

19. Disconnect connector X022 . Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X022 pin E and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X008 pin
24 and connector X022 pin E wire 739 yellow. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the main valve stack (MV) harness between connector
X022 pin E and connector X281 pin 16 wire 739 yellow. Locate the open and repair.
20. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation. If the fault code immediately resets, replace the HHC module with a
known good one.

A.

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 21
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

E0514-03-R Stubble Height / Flex R Shorted to High Source

(G.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
E0514-03 - R Stubble Height / Flex R Shorted to High Source

Cause:
The right skid plate sensor (R-13) circuit is shorted to high voltage, or the sensor ground is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply or signal wiring is shorted to high voltage (12 V).

2. Sensor ground wiring is open.
3. Module internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select “Header" sub menu.
Select “R Stubble Height / Flex R" and check voltage range. Manually raise the header above the ground, and
then lower the header fully against the ground to move the sensors through their operating range. The voltage
should stay within the range, and should change smoothly with header movement.
The proper voltage range for a properly adjusted sensor is 2.5 - 7.5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high (>9.8 V) out of range, continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is out of range, but between 0.3 - 7.9 volts, the sensor is operating properly, but
needs to be adjusted into the proper range. Refer to the header Operator’s manual for proper adjustment
information.

C. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the circuit may not be open at this time. Continue the
troubleshooting at step 20.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect connector X306 , and use a
multimeter to test for continuity to ground on connector X306 pin 1 .

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 8.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 3.

3. Disconnect connector X032 , and use a multimeter to test for continuity to ground on connector X032 pin 25 .

A. If continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the header (HH) harness between connector X306 pin 1
and connector X032 pin 25 wire 846 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 4.

4. Disconnect connector X007 , and use a multimeter to test for continuity to ground on connector X007 pin 28 .

A. If continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the feeder (FE) harness between connector X032 pin 25
and connector X007 pin 28 wire 846 blue or 748 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 5.

5. Disconnect connector X008 , and use a multimeter to test for continuity to ground on connector X008 pin 20 .

A. If continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X007 pin
28 and connector X008 pin 20 wire 748 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 6.

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 22
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

6. Disconnect connectors X008 and X022 , and use a multimeter to test for continuity between connector X008
pin 20 and connector X022 pin K .

A. If no continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X008
pin 20 and connector X022 pin K wire 748 blue or 546 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 7.

7. Disconnect connector X281 from the HHC module. Use a multimeter to test for continuity between connector
X022 pin K and connector X281 pin 4 .

A. If continuity is found, the HHC module is not supplying a ground path for the sensor. Reconnect connectors
X022 and X281 and use the Service Info - Network screen to verify that the HHC module is online. If the
HHC module is online, and other hydraulic functions are operating, replace the HHC module.

B. If no continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the main valve stack (MV) harness between connector
X022 pin K and connector X281 pin 4 on wire 546 blue or 472 blue. Locate the open and repair.
8. Disconnect connector X306 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X306 pin 2 . There should
not be any voltage present.

A. If no voltage is found, continue with step 13.

B. If high (>9.8 V) voltage is found, continue with step 9.

9. Disconnect connector X032 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the feeder (FE) harness end of con-
nector X032 pin 2 . There should not be any voltage present.

A. If no voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the header (HH) harness between connector X306
pin 2 and connector X032 pin 2 wire 739 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high (>9.8 V) voltage is found, continue with step 10.

10. Disconnect connector X007 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the front frame (FF) harness end of
connector X007 pin 16 . There should not be any voltage present.

A. If no voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the feeder (FE) harness between connector X032
pin 2 and connector X007 pin 16 wire 739 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high (>9.8 V) voltage is found, continue with step 11.

11. Disconnect connector X008 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the main frame (MF) harness end of
connector X008 pin 24 . There should not be any voltage present.

A. If no voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X007 pin 16 and connector X008 pin 24 wire 739 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high (>9.8 V) voltage is found, continue with step 12.

12. Disconnect connector X022 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the main frame (MF) harness end of
connector X022 pin E . There should not be any voltage present.

A. If high (>9.8 V) voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the main frame (MF) harness between
connector X008 pin 24 and connector X022 pin E wire 739 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the main valve stack (MV) harness between
connector X022 pin E and connector X281 pin 16 wire 739 yellow. Locate the short and repair.
13. Disconnect connector X306 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X306 pin 3 . There should
be 10 volts present.

A. If 10 volts is found, continue with step 18.

B. If high (>10 V) voltage is found, continue with step 14.

NOTE: This supply circuit is also used to supply power to the header lift pressure and feeder angle sensors, so
a short to 12 volts anywhere on the supply circuit will activate this error code.

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 23
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

14. Disconnect connector X032 (header connector), and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the feeder (FE)
harness end of connector X032 pin 5 or 23 .

A. If 10 volts is found, there is a short to high voltage in the header (HH) harness to the sensor supply circuit.
Refer to the appropriate header Operator’s manual for wiring information. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high voltage is found, continue with step 15.

15. Disconnect connector X007, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the front frame (FF) harness end of
connector X007 pin 26 .

A. If 10 volts is found, there is a short to high voltage in the feeder (FE) harness between connector X007
pin 26 and connector X032 pin 5 or 23 on one of the following wires:
Wire 758 pink, connector X007, pin 26 to FE harness splice
Wire 848 pink, FE harness splice to connector X032, pin 5
Wire 849 pink, FE harness splice to connector X032, pin 23
Locate the short and repair.

B. If high voltage is found, continue with step 16.

16. Disconnect connector X008, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the main frame (MF) harness end of
connector X008 pin 18 .

A. If 10 volts is found, there is a short to high voltage in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X008 pin 18 and connector X007 pin 26 wire 758 pink. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high voltage is found, continue with step 17.

17. Disconnect connector X022, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the main frame (MF) harness end of
connector X022 pin L .
NOTE : Disconnecting connector X022 will remove the power supply to the HHC module which powers the
sensor supply circuit.

A. If high voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the main frame (MF) harness between connector
X008 pin 18 and connector X022 pin L on one of the following wires:
Wire 751 pink, connector X174, pin 3 to MF harness splice
Wire 547 pink, MF harness splice to connector X022, pin L
Wire 758 pink, MF harness splice to connector X008, pin 18
Locate the short and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the main valve stack (MV) harness between
connector X022 pin L and connector X281 pin 5 on one of the following wires:
Wire 547 pink, connector X022, pin L to MV harness splice
Wire 728 pink, connector X279, pin 3 to MV harness splice
Wire 474 pink, MV harness splice to connector X281, pin 5
Locate the short and repair.
18. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation. If the fault code immediately resets, replace the HHC module with a
known good one.

A.

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 24
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

E0515-05-L Stubble Height / Flex L Line Disconnected (G.30.A.95.80

- G.30.B.50)
E0515-05 - L Stubble Height / Flex L Line Disconnected

Cause:
The left stubble height sensor (R-12) circuit is open or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor signal wiring is open or shorted to ground.

2. Loss of power to the sensor.
3. Module internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select “Header" sub menu.
Select “L Stubble Height / Flex L" and check voltage range. Manually raise the header above the ground, and
then lower the header fully against the ground to move the sensors through their operating range. The voltage
should stay within the range, and should change smoothly with header movement.
The proper voltage range for a properly adjusted sensor is 2.5 - 7.5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is low (<0.3 V) out of range, continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is out of range, but between 0.3 - 7.9 volts, the sensor is operating properly, but
needs to be adjusted into the proper range. Refer to the header Operator’s manual for proper adjustment
information.

C. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the circuit may not be open at this time. Continue the
troubleshooting at step 20.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. Disconnect connector X305 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X305 pin 3 . There should
be 10 volts present.

A. If 10 volts is found, continue with step 9.

B. If no voltage is found, continue with step 3.

3. Disconnect connector X032 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X032 pin 5 . There should
be 10 volts present.

A. If 10 volts is found, there is an open circuit in the header (HH) harness between connector X305 pin 3
and connector X032 pin 5 wire 848 pink. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, continue with step 4.

4. Disconnect connector X007, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X007 pin 26 . There should
be 10 volts present.

A. If 10 volts is found, there is an open circuit in the feeder (FE) harness between connector X032 pin 5 and
connector X007 pin 26 wire 848 pink or 758 pink. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, continue with step 5.

5. Disconnect connector X008 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X008 pin 18 . There should
be 10 volts present.

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 25
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

A. If 10 volts is found, there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X007 pin
26 and connector X008 pin 18 wire 758 pink. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, continue with step 6.

6. Disconnect connectors X008 and X022 , and use a multimeter to test for continuity between connector X008
pin 18 and connector X022 pin L .

A. If no continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X008
pin 18 and connector X022 pin L wire 758 pink or 547 pink. Locate the open and repair.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 7.

7. Disconnect connector X281 from the HHC module. Use a multimeter to test for continuity between connector
X022 pin L and connector X281 pin 5 .

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 8.

B. If no continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the main valve stack (MV) harness between connector
X022, pin L and connector X281, pin 5 on wire 547 pink or 474 pink. Locate the open and repair.
8. Use a multimeter to test for continuity between connector X281 pin 5 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the regulated voltage circuit is shorted to ground, and the HHC module is no longer
powering this circuit. Check for fault code E0525 — HHC 10V Reference Voltage in the error history, and
correct this fault.

B. If no continuity is found, the HHC module is not powering the 10 V Reference Voltage circuit due to an
internal fault. Replace the HHC module.
9. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect connector X305. Use a multi-
meter to check for continuity between connector X305 pin 2 and ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 10.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 15.

10. Disconnect connector X032. Check for continuity between connector X032 pin 1 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found continue with step 11.

B. If no continuity is found, there is a short to ground in the header (HH) harness between connector X305,
pin2 and connector X032 pin 1 wire 738 yellow. Find the short to ground and repair.
11. Disconnect connector X007. Check for continuity between connector X007 pin 15 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found continue with step 12.

B. If no continuity is found, there is a short to ground in the feeder (FE) harness between connector X032 pin
1 and connector X007 pin 15 wire 738 yellow. Find the short to ground and repair.
12. Disconnect connector X008. Check for continuity between connector X008 pin 23 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found continue with step 13.

B. If no continuity is found, there is a short to ground in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X007
pin 15 and connector X008 pin 23 wire 738 yellow. Find the short to ground and repair.
13. Disconnect connector X022. Check for continuity between connector X022 pin D and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found continue with step 14.

B. If no continuity is found, there is a short to ground in the main frame (MF) harness between connector
X008 pin 23 and connector X022 pin D wire 738 yellow. Find the short to ground and repair.
14. The voltage on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect connector X281. Check for continuity
between connector X281 pin 15 on the module and chassis ground.

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 26
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

A. If no continuity is found, there is a short to ground in the main valve stack (MV) harness between connector
X281 pin 15 and connector X022 pin D wire 738 yellow. Find the short to ground and repair.

B. If continuity is found, there is an internal short to ground within the HHC module. Replace the module.
15. Key off. Disconnect connector X281 , and install a jumper wire between connector X281 pin 15 and chassis
ground. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X305 pin 2 and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open is in the sensor. Replace the sensor.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 16.

16. Disconnect connector X032 . Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X032 pin 1 and chas-
sis ground.

A. If continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the header (HH) harness between connector X305 pin 2
and connector X032 pin 1 wire 738 yellow. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 17.

17. Disconnect connector X007 . Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X007 pin 15 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the feeder (FE) harness between connector X032 pin 1
and connector X007 pin 15 wire 738 yellow. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 18.

18. Disconnect connector X008 . Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X008 pin 23 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X007 pin
15 and connector X008 pin 23 wire 738 yellow. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 19.

19. Disconnect connector X022 . Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X022 pin D and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X008 pin
23 and connector X022 pin D wire 738 yellow. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the main valve stack (MV) harness between connector
X022 pin D and connector X281 pin 15 wire 738 yellow. Locate the open and repair.
20. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor. If no low out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation. If the fault code immediately resets, replace the HHC module with a
known good one.

A.

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 27
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

E0515-03-L Stubble Height / Flex L Shorted to High Source

(G.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
E0515-03 - L Stubble Height / Flex L Shorted to High Source

Cause:
The left skid plate sensor (R-12) circuit is shorted to high voltage, or the sensor ground is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply or signal wiring is shorted to high voltage (12 V).

2. Sensor ground wiring is open.
3. Module internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView™ monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select “Header" sub menu.
Select “L Stubble Height / Flex L" and check voltage range. Manually raise the header above the ground, and
then lower the header fully against the ground to move the sensors through their operating range. The voltage
should stay within the range, and should change smoothly with header movement.
The proper voltage range for a properly adjusted sensor is 2.5 - 7.5 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high (>9.8 V) out of range, continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is out of range, but between 0.3 - 7.9 volts, the sensor is operating properly, but
needs to be adjusted into the proper range. Refer to the header Operator’s manual for proper adjustment
information.

C. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the circuit may not be open at this time. Continue the
troubleshooting at step 20.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView™ monitor is low out of range. Disconnect connector X305 , and use a
multimeter to test for continuity to ground on connector X305 pin 1 .

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 8.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 3.

3. Disconnect connector X032 , and use a multimeter to test for continuity to ground on connector X032 pin 6 .

A. If continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the header (HH) harness between connector X305 pin 1
and connector X032 pin 6 wire 847 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 4.

4. Disconnect connector X007 , and use a multimeter to test for continuity to ground on connector X007 pin 28 .

A. If continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the feeder (FE) harness between connector X032 pin 6
and connector X007 pin 28 wire 847 blue or 748 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 5.

5. Disconnect connector X008 , and use a multimeter to test for continuity to ground on connector X008 pin 20 .

A. If continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X007 pin
28 and connector X008 pin 20 wire 748 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 6.

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 28
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

6. Disconnect connectors X008 and X022 , and use a multimeter to test for continuity between connector X008
pin 20 and connector X022 pin K .

A. If no continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X008
pin 20 and connector X022 pin K wire 748 blue or 546 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 7.

7. Disconnect connector X281 from the HHC module. Use a multimeter to test for continuity between connector
X022 pin K and connector X281 pin 4 .

A. If continuity is found, the HHC module is not supplying a ground path for the sensor. Reconnect connectors
X022 and X281, and use the Service Info - Network screen to verify that the HHC module is online. If the
HHC module is online, and other hydraulic functions are operating, replace the HHC module.

B. If no continuity is found, there is an open circuit in the main valve stack (MV) harness between connector
X022 pin K and connector X281 pin 4 on wire 546 blue or 472 blue. Locate the open and repair.
8. Disconnect connector X305 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X305 pin 2 . There should
not be any voltage present.

A. If no voltage is found, continue with step 13.

B. If high (>9.8 V) voltage is found, continue with step 9.

9. Disconnect connector X032 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the feeder (FE) harness end of con-
nector X032 pin 1 . There should not be any voltage present.

A. If no voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the header (HH) harness between connector X305
pin 2 and connector X032 pin 1 wire 738 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high (>9.8 V) voltage is found, continue with step 10.

10. Disconnect connector X007 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the front frame (FF) harness end of
connector X007 pin 15 . There should not be any voltage present.

A. If no voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the feeder (FE) harness between connector X032
pin 1 and connector X007 pin 15 wire 738 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high (>9.8 V) voltage is found, continue with step 11.

11. Disconnect connector X008 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the main frame (MF) harness end of
connector X008 pin 23 . There should not be any voltage present.

A. If no voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X007 pin 15 and connector X008 pin 23 wire 738 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high (>9.8 V) voltage is found, continue with step 12.

12. Disconnect connector X022 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the main frame (MF) harness end of
connector X022 pin D . There should not be any voltage present.

A. If high (>9.8 V) voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the main frame (MF) harness between
connector X008 pin 23 and connector X022 pin D wire 738 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the main valve stack (MV) harness between
connector X022 pin D and connector X281 pin 15 wire 738 yellow. Locate the short and repair.
13. Disconnect connector X305 , and use a multimeter to test for voltage on connector X305 pin 3 . There should
be 10 volts present.

A. If 10 volts is found, continue with step 18.

B. If high (>10 V) voltage is found, continue with step 14.

NOTE: This supply circuit is also used to supply power to the header lift pressure and feeder angle sensors, so
a short to 12 volts anywhere on the supply circuit will activate this error code.

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 29
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

14. Disconnect connector X032 (header connector), and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the feeder (FE)
harness end of connector X032 pin 5 or 23 .

A. If 10 volts is found, there is a short to high voltage in the header (HH) harness to the sensor supply circuit.
Refer to the appropriate header Operator’s manual for wiring information. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high voltage is found, continue with step 15.

15. Disconnect connector X007, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the front frame (FF) harness end of
connector X007 pin 26 .

A. If 10 volts is found, there is a short to high voltage in the feeder (FE) harness between connector X007
pin 26 and connector X032 pin 5 or 23 on one of the following wires:
Wire 758 pink, connector X007, pin 26 to FE harness splice
Wire 848 pink, FE harness splice to connector X032, pin 5
Wire 849 pink, FE harness splice to connector X032, pin 23
Locate the short and repair.

B. If high voltage is found, continue with step 16.

16. Disconnect connector X008, and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the main frame (MF) harness end of
connector X008 pin 18 .

A. If 10 volts is found, there is a short to high voltage in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X008 pin 18 and connector X007 pin 26 wire 758 pink. Locate the short and repair.

B. If high voltage is found, continue with step 17.

17. Disconnect connector X022 and use a multimeter to test for voltage on the main frame (MF) harness end of
connector X022 pin L .
NOTE : Disconnecting connector X022 will remove the power supply to the HHC module which powers the
sensor supply circuit.

A. If high voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the main frame (MF) harness between connector
X008 pin 18 and connector X022 pin L on one of the following wires:
Wire 751 pink, connector X174, pin 3 to MF harness splice
Wire 547 pink, MF harness splice to connector X022, pin L
Wire 758 pink, MF harness splice to connector X008, pin 18
Locate the short and repair.

B. If no voltage is found, there is a short to high voltage in the main valve stack (MV) harness between
connector X022 pin L and connector X281 pin 5 on one of the following wires:
Wire 547 pink, connector X022, pin L to MV harness splice
Wire 728 pink, connector X279, pin 3 to MV harness splice
Wire 474 pink, MV harness splice to connector X281, pin 5
Locate the short and repair.
18. Operate the machine while monitoring InfoView™ monitor. If no high out of range readings are indicated, erase
the fault code and continue operation. If the fault code immediately resets, replace the HHC module with a
known good one.

A.

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 30
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

E0514-00-R Stubble Height / Flex R Valid Above Normal

(G.30.A.95.52 - G.30.C.22)
E0514-00 - R Stubble Height / Flex R Valid Above Normal

Cause:
The Header Height Control (HHC) has detected that the R Stubble Height / Flex R circuit voltage is >7.5 volts and
<7.85 volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The Right Stubble Height sensor (R-13) out of adjustment.

2. The Right Stubble Height sensor (R-13) is faulty.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Header" sub menu. Select
"R Stubble Height / Flex R" and observe the voltage. Check the high voltage limit with the header 150 mm (6
inches) off the ground and resting on the down stops.
Check the low voltage limit with the feeder housing completely lowered and header floated UP off of the down
stops.
The normal operating range for the R Stubble Height / Flex R circuit is 2.5 - 7.5 volts .

A. If the high limit voltage reading is >7.5 volts , or the low limit voltage is <2.5 volts , continue with Step 2 .

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue with Step 3.
NOTE: If the header is not resting on the down stops, the voltage may go out of range during operation, causing
a malfunction of the header height control. Be sure to take high limit voltage readings with the header resting
on the down stops.
2. Adjust the sensor. Locate the Right Stubble Height sensor. (Header configurations vary; refer to your header
manual as necessary.) Loosen the sensor mounting bolts. Rotate the sensor CW to increase voltage and
CCW to decrease voltage. The difference between high and low voltage limits must stay between 4 - 5 volts.
Re-tighten the sensor mounting bolts.

A. Repeat the high and low voltage checks as described previously. If the voltage now reads between 2.5 -
7.5 volts , the HHC is good and the adjustment of the sensor is complete. Continue with Step 3.

B. If the voltage reading is still out of tolerance after several adjustment attempts then replace the sensor and
re-test. If replacing the sensor does not correct the fault, then reload the system software and retest. If
the fault still persists, replace the HHC. Continue with Step 3.
3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.14)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.18)

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 31
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

E0514-01-R Stubble Height / Flex R Valid Below Normal

(G.30.A.95.52 - G.30.C.20)
E0514-01 - R Stubble Height / Flex R Valid Below Normal

Cause:
The Header Height Control (HHC) has detected that the R Stubble Height / Flex R circuit voltage is <2.5 volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The Right Stubble Height sensor (R-13) out of adjustment.

2. The Right Stubble Height sensor (R-13) is faulty.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Header" sub menu. Select
"R Stubble Height / Flex R" and observe the voltage. Check the high voltage limit with the header 150 mm (6
inches) off the ground and resting on the down stops.
Check the low voltage limit with the feeder housing completely lowered and header floated UP off of the down
stops.
The normal operating range for the R Stubble Height / Flex R circuit is 2.5 - 7.5 volts .

A. If the high limit voltage reading is >7.5 volts , or the low limit voltage is <2.5 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue with Step 3.
NOTE: If the header is not resting on the down stops, the voltage may go out of range during operation, causing
a malfunction of the header height control. Be sure to take high limit voltage readings with the header resting
on the down stops.
2. Adjust the sensor. Locate the Right Stubble Height sensor. (Header configurations vary; refer to your header
manual as necessary.) Loosen the sensor mounting bolts. Rotate the sensor CW to increase voltage and
CCW to decrease voltage. The difference between high and low voltage limits must stay between 4 - 5 volts.
Re-tighten the sensor mounting bolts.

A. Repeat the high and low voltage checks as described previously. If the voltage now reads between 2.5 -
7.5 volts , the HHC is good and the adjustment of the sensor is complete. Continue with Step 3.

B. If the voltage reading is still out of tolerance after several adjustment attempts then replace the sensor and
re-test. If replacing the sensor does not correct the fault, then reload the system software and retest. If
the fault still persists, replace the HHC. Continue with Step 3.
3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.14)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.18)

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 32
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

E0514-14-R Stubble Height / Flex R Special Instructions

(G.30.A.95.52 - G.30.E.11)
E0514-14 - R Stubble Height / Flex R Special Instructions

Cause:
The Header Height Control (HHC) has detected that the R Stubble Height / Flex R sensor circuit connection was
interrupted and then restored.

Possible failure modes:

1. The HHC R Stubble Height / Flex R sensor wiring is intermittent.

2. HHC internal failure.

Solution:

1. This fault will appear when the connection is intermittent, or when the header is disconnected and then re-con-
nected.

A. If the header was just disconnected, clear the error by pressing the Header Up button and continue oper-
ation.

B. If the header has not been disconnected, continue troubleshooting at Step 2.

2. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.
Specifically check HHC Module A-07 connector X281 , Main Frame harness connector X022 , and connector
X008 , Front Frame harness connector X007 , Feeder harness connector X032 , and Right Stubble Height sen-
sor R-13 connector X306 .

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.14)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.18)

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 33
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

E0515-00-L Stubble Height / Flex L Valid Above Normal

(G.30.A.95.51 - G.30.C.22)
E0515-00 - L Stubble Height / Flex L Valid Above Normal

Cause:
The Header Height Control (HHC) has detected that the L Stubble Height / Flex L circuit is >7.5 volts and <7.85 volts
.

Possible failure modes:

1. The Left Stubble Height sensor (R-12) out of adjustment.

2. The Left Stubble Height sensor (R-12) is faulty.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Header" sub menu. Select
"L Stubble Height / Flex L" and observe the voltage. Check the high voltage limit with the header 150 mm (6
inches) off the ground and resting on the down stops.
Check the low voltage limit with the feeder housing completely lowered and header floated UP off of the down
stops.
The normal operating range for the L Stubble Height / Flex L circuit is 2.5 - 7.5 volts .

A. If the high limit voltage reading is >7.5 volts , or the low limit voltage is <2.5 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue with Step 3.
NOTE: If the header is not resting on the down stops, the voltage may go out of range during operation, causing
a malfunction of the header height control. Be sure to take high limit voltage readings with the header resting
on the down stops.
2. Adjust the sensor. Locate the Left Stubble Height sensor. (Header configurations vary; refer to your header
manual as necessary.) Loosen the sensor mounting bolts. Rotate the sensor CW to increase voltage and
CCW to decrease voltage. The difference between high and low voltage limits must stay between 4 - 5 volts.
Re-tighten the sensor mounting bolts.

A. Repeat the high and low voltage checks as described previously. If the voltage now reads between 2.5 -
7.5 volts , the HHC is good and the adjustment of the sensor is complete. Continue with Step 3.

B. If the voltage reading is still out of tolerance after several adjustment attempts then replace the sensor and
re-test. If replacing the sensor does not correct the fault, then reload the system software and retest. If
the fault still persists, replace the HHC. Continue with Step 3.
3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.14)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.18)

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 34
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

E0515-01-L Stubble Height / Flex L Valid Below Normal (G.30.A.95.51

- G.30.C.20)
E0515-01 - L Stubble Height / Flex L Valid Below Normal

Cause:
The Header Height Control (HHC) has detected that the L Stubble Height / Flex L circuit is <2.5 volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The Left Stubble Height sensor (R-12) out of adjustment.

2. The Left Stubble Height sensor (R-12) is faulty.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Header" sub menu. Select
"L Stubble Height / Flex L" and observe the voltage. Check the high voltage limit with the header 150 mm (6
inches) off the ground and resting on the down stops.
Check the low voltage limit with the feeder housing completely lowered and header floated UP off of the down
stops.
The normal operating range for the L Stubble Height / Flex L circuit is 2.5 - 7.5 volts .

A. If the high limit voltage reading is >7.5 volts , or the low limit voltage is <2.5 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue with Step 3.
NOTE: If the header is not resting on the down stops, the voltage may go out of range during operation, causing
a malfunction of the header height control. Be sure to take high limit voltage readings with the header resting
on the down stops.
2. Adjust the sensor. Locate the Left Stubble Height sensor. (Header configurations vary; refer to your header
manual as necessary.) Loosen the sensor mounting bolts. Rotate the sensor CW to increase voltage and
CCW to decrease voltage. The difference between high and low voltage limits must stay between 4 - 5 volts.
Re-tighten the sensor mounting bolts.

A. Repeat the high and low voltage checks as described previously. If the voltage now reads between 2.5 -
7.5 volts , the HHC is good and the adjustment of the sensor is complete. Continue with Step 3.

B. If the voltage reading is still out of tolerance after several adjustment attempts then replace the sensor and
re-test. If replacing the sensor does not correct the fault, then reload the system software and retest. If
the fault still persists, replace the HHC. Continue with Step 3.
3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.14)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.18)

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 35
 TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

E0515-14-L Stubble Height / Flex L Special Instructions

(G.30.A.95.51 - G.30.E.11)
E0515-14 - L Stubble Height / Flex L Special Instructions

Cause:
The Header Height Control (HHC) has detected that the L Stubble Height / Flex L sensor circuit connection was
interrupted and then restored.

Possible failure modes:

1. The HHC L Stubble Height / Flex L sensor wiring is intermittent.

2. HHC internal failure.

Solution:

1. This fault will appear when the connection is intermittent, or when the header is disconnected and then re-con-
nected.

A. If the header was just disconnected, clear the error by pressing the Header Up button and continue oper-
ation.

B. If the header has not been disconnected, continue troubleshooting at Step 2.

2. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.
Specifically check HHC Module A-07 connector X281 , Main Frame harness connector X022 , and connector
X008 , Front Frame harness connector X007 , Feeder harness connector X032 , and Left Stubble Height sensor
R-12 connector X305 .

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.14)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.18)

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 36
 Index

TOOL POSITIONING - G

LEVELLING - 30.A
E0514-00-R Stubble Height / Flex R Valid Above Normal (G.30.A.95.52 - G.30.C.22) 31
E0514-01-R Stubble Height / Flex R Valid Below Normal (G.30.A.95.52 - G.30.C.20) 32
E0514-03-R Stubble Height / Flex R Shorted to High Source (G.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54) 22
E0514-05-R Stubble Height / Flex R Line Disconnected (G.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.50) 19
E0514-14-R Stubble Height / Flex R Special Instructions (G.30.A.95.52 - G.30.E.11) 33
E0515-00-L Stubble Height / Flex L Valid Above Normal (G.30.A.95.51 - G.30.C.22) 34
E0515-01-L Stubble Height / Flex L Valid Below Normal (G.30.A.95.51 - G.30.C.20) 35
E0515-03-L Stubble Height / Flex L Shorted to High Source (G.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.54) 28
E0515-05-L Stubble Height / Flex L Line Disconnected (G.30.A.95.80 - G.30.B.50) 25
E0515-14-L Stubble Height / Flex L Special Instructions (G.30.A.95.51 - G.30.E.11) 36
E0516-05-Lateral Float CCW valve Line Disconnected (G.30.A.12 - G.30.B.50) 11
E0516-11-Lateral Float CCW valve UFC Unidentified Fault Code (G.30.A.12 - G.30.B.46) 13
E0517-05-Lateral Float CW valve Line Disconnected (G.30.A.12 - G.30.B.50) 15
E0517-11-Lateral Float CW valve UFC Unidentified Failure Code (G.30.A.12 - G.30.B.46) 17
E0695-04-HSW Lateral Tilt CCW Shorted to Low Source (G.30.A.05.80 - G.30.B.53) 3
E0695-07-HSW Lateral Tilt CCW Mechanical Out of Range (G.30.A.05.80 - G.30.C.24) 5
E0700-04-HSW Lateral Tilt CW Shorted to Low Source (G.30.A.05.80 - G.30.B.53) 7
E0700-07-HSW Lateral Tilt CW Mechanical Out of Range (G.30.A.05.80 - G.30.C.24) 9

2 4/7/2006
G.30.A / 37
 CNH BELGIUM N.V., Leon Claeystraat 3A, B-8210 ZEDELGEM - Belgium

AFTER SALES – Technical Information

PRINTED IN BELGIUM

COPYRIGHT BY CNH BELGIUM N.V.

All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.

New Holland policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices, specification or equipment
at any time without notices is reserved.

All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only
and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any
particular product, please consult your New Holland Dealer.

2 4/7/2006
 REPAIR MANUAL
CROP PROCESSING

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
K
 Contents

CROP PROCESSING - K

FEEDING Reel feeding K.25.B

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

FEEDING Header feeding K.25.D

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

FEEDING Feeder housing K.25.E

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

THRESHING Conventional threshing K.40.B

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

SEPARATING Beating K.42.B

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

SEPARATING Rotary separator K.42.C

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

SEPARATING Straw walker K.42.E

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

SEPARATING Straw flow beater K.42.F

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

STORING AND HANDLING Grain storing K.60.B

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

CLEANING Primary cleaning K.62.B

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

CLEANING Tailings return system K.62.C

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

RESIDUE HANDLING Straw chopper K.64.C

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

RESIDUE HANDLING Spreader K.64.D

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

RESIDUE HANDLING Chaff blower K.64.F

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

UNLOADING Grain unloading K.72.B

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
K
 CROP PROCESSING - K

FEEDING Reel feeding - 25.B

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 1
 Contents

CROP PROCESSING - K

FEEDING Reel feeding - 25.B

DIAGNOSTIC
Command
E0061-11-Feeder Jog Forward Valve Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.B.05.07 - 4
G.30.B.46)
E0067-11-Feeder Jog Reverse Valve Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.B.05.07 - 6
G.30.B.46)
E0688-04-HSW Reel Fore Shorted to Low Source (K.25.B.05.06 - G.30.B.53) 8
E0688-07-HSW Reel Fore Mechanical Out of Range (K.25.B.05.06 - G.30.C.24) 10
E0689-04-HSW Reel Down Shorted to Low Source (K.25.B.05.05 - G.30.B.53) 12
E0689-07-HSW Reel Down Mechanical Out of Range (K.25.B.05.05 - G.30.C.24) 14
E0690-04-HSW Reel Up Shorted to Low Source (K.25.B.05.05 - G.30.B.53) 16
E0690-07-HSW Reel Up Mechanical Out of Range (K.25.B.05.05 - G.30.C.24) 18
E0692-04-HSW Reel Back Shorted to Low Source (K.25.B.05.06 - G.30.B.53) 20
E0692-07-HSW Reel Back Mechanical Out of Range (K.25.B.05.06 - G.30.C.24) 22
E0657-04-CSW Reel Speed Set Shorted to Low Source (K.25.B.05.82 - G.30.B.53) 24
E0657-07-CSW Reel Speed Set Mechanical Out of Range (K.25.B.05.82 - G.30.C.24) 25
E0661-04-CSW Reel Speed Manual Shorted to Low Source (K.25.B.05.82 - G.30.B.53) 27
E0691-04-HSW Reel Speed Decr. Shorted to Low Source (K.25.B.05.08 - G.30.B.53) 28
E0691-07-HSW Reel Speed Decr. Mechanical Out of Range (K.25.B.05.08 - G.30.C.24) 30
E0693-04-HSW Reel Speed Incr. Shorted to Low Source (K.25.B.05.08 - G.30.B.53) 32
E0693-07-HSW Reel Speed Incr. Mechanical Out of Range (K.25.B.05.08 - G.30.C.24) 34
Control valve
E0185-11-Header Reel Fore valve Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.B.13.06 - G.30.B.46) 36
E0186-11-Header Reel Drive valve Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.B.13.07 - G.30.B.46) 38
E0187-11-Header Reel Up valve Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.B.13.05 - G.30.B.46) 40
E0188-11-Header Reel Down valve Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.B.13.05 - G.30.B.46) 42
E0189-11-Header Reel Back valve Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.B.13.06 - G.30.B.46) 44
Speed regulation system
E0169-06-Current Sense Reel Speed Short Circuit (K.25.B.42 - G.30.B.25) 46
E0204-05-Header Reel Speed Motor Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.B.42 - G.30.B.46) 50
Sensing system
E0141-03-Header Reel RPM sensor Shorted To High Source (K.25.B.95.80 - G.30.B.54) 54
E0141-04-Header Reel RPM sensor Shorted To Low Source (K.25.B.95.80 - G.30.B.53) 55
E0141-05-Header Reel RPM sensor Line Disconnected (K.25.B.95.80 - G.30.B.50) 56
E0160-03-Reel Vertical Position Shorted to High Source (K.25.B.95.82 - G.30.B.54) 58
E0160-05-Reel Vertical Position Line Disconnected (K.25.B.95.82 - G.30.B.50) 59
2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 2
E0158-03-Reel Horizontal Position Shorted to High Source (K.25.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54) 61
E0158-05-Reel Horizontal Position Line Disconnected (K.25.B.95.81 - G.30.B.50) 62

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 3
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0061-11-Feeder Jog Forward Valve Unidentified Failure Code

(K.25.B.05.07 - G.30.B.46)
E0061-11 - Feeder Jog Forward Valve Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The feeder jog forward solenoid (L-20) circuit open or is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring shorted to ground or open circuit.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Feeder" sub menu.
Select “Feeder Jog Forward valve" and select the “Status" screen. Press the “Enter" key to manually power the
circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates “OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 9.
2. Turn the key switch to the OFF position and disconnect the feeder jog forward connector X270. Use a multimeter
to check the resistance of the feeder jog forward valve coil. The proper resistance range for the coil is 2.0 - 6.0
ohms.

A. If out of specification replace coil.

B. If the coil is within specification continue with Step 3.

3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X270 pin 1 and chassis ground. Flex the front frame
harness while making this check.

A. If no continuity to ground is found continue with Step 4.

B. If there is continuity to ground continue with Step 6.

4. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView - Dealer Diagnostics screen to manually power the
feeder jog forward solenoid. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X270 pin 1 and chassis
ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present continue with Step 5.

B. If 12 volts is found continue with Step 7.

5. Key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView - " Diagnose info" screen to manually power the feeder jog
forward solenoid. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X021 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, the open is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X021 and con-
nector X020 J3-5 wire 561 white.

B. If there is 12 volts, the open is in the feeder valves (FV) harness between connector X021 and connector
X270 wire 561 white. Locate the open and repair.
6. Disconnect connector X021. Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X021 pin A and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the short to ground is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X021 and
connector X020 J3-5 wire 561 white. Locate the short and repair.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 4
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

B. If no continuity is found the short to ground is in the feeder valves (FV) harness between connector X021
and connector X270 wire 561 white. Locate the short and repair.
7. Disconnect connector X270. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X270 pin 2 and chassis
ground.

A. If there is continuity, the circuit should be functional. Continue with step 9.

B. If there is no continuity, continue with step 8.

8. Disconnect connector X021. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between the front frame harness end of
connector X021 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, there is an open circuit in the feeder valves harness between connector X270 and
connector X021 wire 590 black. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity, there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X021
and the front frame ground #2 wire 590 black or 592 black. Locate the open and repair.
9. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.16)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.22)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 5
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0067-11-Feeder Jog Reverse Valve Unidentified Failure Code

(K.25.B.05.07 - G.30.B.46)
E0067-11 - Feeder Jog Reverse Valve Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The feeder jog reverse solenoid (L-20) circuit open, or is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring shorted to ground or open circuit.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Feeder" sub menu.
Select “Feeder Jog Reverse valve" and select the “Status" screen. Press the “Enter" key to manually power the
circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates “OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 7.
2. Turn the key switch to the OFF position and disconnect the feeder jog reverse connector X266 . Use a multimeter
to check the resistance of the feeder jog reverse valve coil. The proper resistance range for the coil is 2.0 - 6.0
ohms.

A. If out of specification replace the coil.

B. If the coil is within specification continue with step 3.

3. Disconnect connector X266 . Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X266 pin 1 and chas-
sis ground. Flex the front frame harness while making this check.

A. If no continuity to ground is found, continue with step 4.

B. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 6.

4. Disconnect connector X266 . Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView - "Diagnose info" screen
to manually power the feeder jog reverse solenoid. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector
X266 pin 1 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, continue with step 5.

B. If 12 volts is found, continue with step 8.

5. Disconnect connector X021. Key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView - "Diagnose info" screen to man-
ually power the feeder jog reverse solenoid. Use the multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X021
pin C and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, the open is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X021 and con-
nector X020 J3-15 wire 562 white.

B. If there is 12 volts, the open is in the feeder valves (FV) harness between connector X021 and connector
X266 wire 562 white. Locate the open and repair.
6. Disconnect connector X021. Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X021 pin C and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the short to ground is in the front frame harness between connector X021 and con-
nector X020 J3-15 wire 562 white. Locate the short and repair.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 6
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

B. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the feeder valves (FV) harness between connector X021
and connector X266 wire 562 white. Locate the short and repair.
7. Disconnect connector X266. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X266 pin 2 and chassis
ground.

A. If there is continuity, the circuit should be functional. Continue with step 9.

B. If there is no continuity, continue with step 8.

8. Disconnect connector X021. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between the front frame harness end of
connector X021 pin D and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, there is an open circuit in the feeder valves harness between connector X266 and
connector X021 wire 591 black. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity, there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X021
and the front frame ground #2 wire 591 black or 592 black. Locate the open and repair.
9. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.16)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.22)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 7
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0688-04-HSW Reel Fore Shorted to Low Source (K.25.B.05.06 -

G.30.B.53)
E0688-04 - HSW Reel Fore Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Reel Fore circuit voltage is <0.25 volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Reel Fore circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Reel Fore" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Reel Fore circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.25 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 8
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 9
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0688-07-HSW Reel Fore Mechanical Out of Range (K.25.B.05.06 -

G.30.C.24)
E0688-07 - HSW Reel Fore Mechanical Out of Range

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Reel Fore circuit voltage is <4.0 volts
since startup.

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Reel Fore circuit is shorted to <4.0 volts - this can happen if the switch is stuck closed.
2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Reel Fore" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Reel Fore circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <4.0 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is >4.0 volts , the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 10
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 11
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0689-04-HSW Reel Down Shorted to Low Source (K.25.B.05.05 -

G.30.B.53)
E0689-04 - HSW Reel Down Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Reel Down circuit voltage is <0.25 volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Reel Down circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Reel Down" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Reel Down circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.25 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 12
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 13
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0689-07-HSW Reel Down Mechanical Out of Range (K.25.B.05.05 -

G.30.C.24)
E0689-07 - HSW Reel Down Mechanical Out of Range

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Reel Down circuit voltage is <4.0 volts
since startup.

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Reel Down circuit is shorted to <4.0 volts - this can happen if the switch is stuck closed.
2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Reel Down" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Reel Down circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <4.0 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is >4.0 volts , the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 14
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 15
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0690-04-HSW Reel Up Shorted to Low Source (K.25.B.05.05 -

G.30.B.53)
E0690-04 - HSW Reel Up Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Reel Up circuit voltage is <0.25 volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Reel Up circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Reel Up" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Reel Up circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.25 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 16
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 17
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0690-07-HSW Reel Up Mechanical Out of Range (K.25.B.05.05 -

G.30.C.24)
E0690-07 - HSW Reel Up Mechanical Out of Range

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Reel Up circuit voltage is <4.0 volts since
startup.

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Reel Up circuit is shorted to <4.0 volts - this can happen if the switch is stuck closed.
2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Reel Up" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Reel Up circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <4.0 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is >4.0 volts , the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 18
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 19
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0692-04-HSW Reel Back Shorted to Low Source (K.25.B.05.06 -

G.30.B.53)
E0692-04 - HSW Reel Back Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Reel Back circuit voltage is <0.25 volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Reel Back circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Reel Back" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Reel Back circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.25 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 20
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 21
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0692-07-HSW Reel Back Mechanical Out of Range (K.25.B.05.06 -

G.30.C.24)
E0692-07 - HSW Reel Back Mechanical Out of Range

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Reel Back circuit voltage is <4.0 volts
since startup.

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Reel Back circuit is shorted to <4.0 volts - this can happen if the switch is stuck closed.
2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Reel Back" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Reel Back circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <4.0 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is >4.0 volts , the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 22
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 23
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0657-04-CSW Reel Speed Set Shorted to Low Source (K.25.B.05.82

- G.30.B.53)
E0657-04 - CSW Reel Speed Set Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Console Switch (CSW) Reel Speed Set circuit voltage is <0.500
volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The CSW Reel Speed Set circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Console" sub menu. Select
"CSW Reel Speed Set" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the CSW Reel Speed Set circuit is 0.5 - 12.0 volts .
Note that the Infoview monitor is limited to 0.0 - 5.0 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.500 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the wire may not be shorted at this time. Continue trou-
bleshooting at Step 4.
2. Verify the RHM is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X029
. Using the proper tool, remove pin 2 wire 332 yellow from X029 . With the wire removed from the connector,
reconnect X029 . Turn the ignition back on and recheck the CSW Reel Speed Set voltage.

A. If the voltage now reads >0.500 volts , the RHM is good. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the voltage is still <0.500 volts , then the fault is in the RHM. Reinstall the wire removed for troubleshoot-
ing. Reload the system software to see if the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading
the software, replace the RHM. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
3. Verify circuit 332 yellow is good. Inspect for a short to ground between Right Console connector X029 pin 2 and
Reel Speed Mode switch S-08 connector X040 pin 3.

A. If the circuit checks good, continue troubleshooting at Step 4.

B. Locate the short. Repair the shorted wiring. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
4. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 30 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.30)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 24
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0657-07-CSW Reel Speed Set Mechanical Out of Range

(K.25.B.05.82 - G.30.C.24)
E0657-07 - CSW Reel Speed Set Mechanical Out of Range

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Console Switch (CSW) Reel Speed Set circuit voltage is >3.500
volts since power up.

Possible failure modes:

1. The CSW Reel Speed Set circuit is shorted to >3.500 volts .

2. RHM internal failure.
3. The Reel Speed Mode switch S-08 is stuck or shorted to >3.500 volts .

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Console" sub menu. Select
"CSW Reel Speed Set" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the CSW Reel Speed Set circuit is 0.5 - 12.0 volts .
Note that the Infoview monitor is limited to 0.0 - 5.0 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is >3.500 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 5.
2. Verify the RHM is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X029
. Using the proper tool, remove pin 2 wire 332 yellow from X029 . With the wire removed from the connector,
reconnect X029 . Turn the ignition back on and recheck the CSW Reel Speed Set voltage.

A. If the voltage now reads <3.500 volts , the RHM is good. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the voltage is still >3.500 volts , then the fault is in the RHM. Reinstall the wire removed for troubleshoot-
ing. Reload the system software to see if the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading
the software, replace the RHM. Continue troubleshooting at Step 5.
3. Verify the Reel Speed Mode switch S-08 is good. Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage at Reel Speed Mode
switch S-08 connector X040 pin 3. While observing the voltage reading, operate the Reel Speed Mode switch
S-08.

A. If the voltage reading varies from <3.500 - 12.0 volts, then the switch is working properly. Continue trou-
bleshooting at Step 4.

B. If the voltage never reads <3.500 volts , turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Reel Speed Mode
switch S-08 connector X040 . Using the proper tool, remove pin 3 wire 332 yellow from X040 . With the
wire removed from the connector, reconnect X040 . Turn the ignition back on and recheck the voltage
reading. If the voltage reading still does not drop to <3.500 volts , reinstall the wire removed for trou-
bleshooting. Replace Front Switch Panel A-13. Continue troubleshooting at Step 5.
4. Verify circuit 332 yellow is good. Inspect for a short to another wire between Right Console Harness connector
X029 pin 2 and Reel Speed Mode switch S-08.

A. If the circuit checks good, continue troubleshooting at Step 5.

B. Locate the short. Repair the shorted wiring. Continue troubleshooting at Step 5.
5. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 25
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

Series 1348 and above

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 30 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.30)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 26
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0661-04-CSW Reel Speed Manual Shorted to Low Source

(K.25.B.05.82 - G.30.B.53)
E0661-04 - CSW Reel Speed Manual Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Console Switch (CSW) Reel Speed Manual circuit voltage is
<0.500 volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The CSW Reel Speed Manual circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Console" sub menu. Select
"CSW Reel Speed Manual" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the CSW Reel Speed Manual circuit is 0.5 - 12.0 volts .
Note that the Universal Display is limited to 0.0 - 5.0 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.500 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the wire may not be shorted at this time. Continue trou-
bleshooting at Step 4.
2. Verify the RHM is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X029 .
Using the proper tool, remove pin 10 wire 333 yellow from X029 . With the wire removed from the connector,
reconnect X029 . Turn the ignition back on and recheck the CSW Reel Speed Manual voltage.

A. If the voltage now reads >0.500 volts , the RHM is good. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the voltage is still <0.500 volts , then the fault is in the RHM. Reinstall the wire removed for troubleshoot-
ing. Reload the system software to see if the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading
the software, replace the RHM. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
3. Verify circuit 333 yellow is good. Inspect for a short to ground between Right Console Harness connector X029
pin 10 and Reel Speed Mode switch S-08 connector X040 pin 1.

A. If the circuit checks good, continue troubleshooting at Step 4.

B. Locate the short. Repair the shorted wiring. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
4. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 30 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.30)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 27
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0691-04-HSW Reel Speed Decr. Shorted to Low Source

(K.25.B.05.08 - G.30.B.53)
E0691-04 - HSW Reel Speed Decr. Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Reel Speed Decr. circuit voltage is <0.25
volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Reel Speed Decr. circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Reel Speed Decr." and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Reel Speed Decr. circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.25 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 28
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 29
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0691-07-HSW Reel Speed Decr. Mechanical Out of Range

(K.25.B.05.08 - G.30.C.24)
E0691-07 - HSW Reel Speed Decr. Mechanical Out of Range

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Reel Speed Decr. circuit voltage is <4.0
volts since startup.

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Reel Speed Decr. circuit is shorted to <4.0 volts - this can happen if the switch is stuck closed.
2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Reel Speed Decr." and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Reel Speed Decr. circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <4.0 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is >4.0 volts , the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 30
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 31
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0693-04-HSW Reel Speed Incr. Shorted to Low Source

(K.25.B.05.08 - G.30.B.53)
E0693-04 - HSW Reel Speed Incr. Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Reel Speed Incr. circuit voltage is <0.25
volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Reel Speed Incr. circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Reel Speed Incr." and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Reel Speed Incr. circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.25 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 32
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 33
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0693-07-HSW Reel Speed Incr. Mechanical Out of Range

(K.25.B.05.08 - G.30.C.24)
E0693-07 - HSW Reel Speed Incr. Mechanical Out of Range

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Handle Switch (HSW) Reel Speed Incr. circuit voltage is <4.0
volts since startup.

Possible failure modes:

1. The HSW Reel Speed Incr. circuit is shorted to <4.0 volts - this can happen if the switch is stuck closed.
2. RHM internal failure.
3. Multi Function Handle (MFH) failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "MFH" sub-menu. Select "HSW
Reel Speed Incr." and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the HSW Reel Speed Incr. circuit is 0.25 - 5.5 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <4.0 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is >4.0 volts , the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2. Verify the MFH is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X028 .
Using an ohmmeter, measure the continuity between the positive (+) and negative (-) pins of the Right Console
Harness connector X028 according to the table below. Operate the respective switch while observing the ohm-
meter. When a switch is activated the meter should read between 1.5M - 1.7M ohms , and open when idle.
Check for shorted wiring to other pins as you test each circuit. Refer to the schematic as needed.

MFH Switch + Pin - Pin

Unload Tube Out 5 1
Unload Tube Out Lock 11 1
Unload Auger Engage 4 1
Unload Tube In 10 1
Unload Tube In Lock 9 1
Handle Unlock 2 1
Reel Fore 5 7
Reel Down 11 7
Reel Up 4 7
Reel Speed Decr. 10 7
Reel Back 9 7
Reel Speed Incr. 2 7
Emergency Stop 8 7
Lateral Tilt CCW 5 6
Header Down Fast 11 6
Header Up Slow 4 6
Header Up Fast 10 6
HHC Resume 9 6
Lateral Tilt CW 2 6
Header Down Slow 8 6

A. If all of the switches and wires test good, then the MFH is good. Reload the system software to see if
the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace the RHM. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the ohmmeter reads outside the range given above, then the fault is in the MFH. Replace the MFH.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.
2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 34
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

3. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.28)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 35
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0185-11-Header Reel Fore valve Unidentified Failure Code

(K.25.B.13.06 - G.30.B.46)
E0185-11 - Header Reel Fore valve Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The header reel fore valve (L-16) circuit open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad solenoid.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Header" sub menu.
Select “Header Reel Fore valve" and select the “Status" screen. Press the “Enter" key to manually power the
circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates “OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 9.
2. Disconnect connector X272. Use a multimeter to check the resistance of the header reel fore valve coil (L-16).
The proper resistance range is 3 - 5 ohms.

A. If there is zero resistance, the header reel fore solenoid is shorted internally. Replace the solenoid.

B. If there is infinite resistance, the header reel fore solenoid is open. Replace the solenoid.

C. If the resistance is correct, continue with step 3.

3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X272 pin 1 (harness side) and chassis ground. Flex
the feeder valves (FV) harness while making this check.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 4.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 5.

4. Disconnect connector X021. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X021 pin P and chas-
sis ground. Flex the front frame (FF) harness between the connector X021 and connector X017 while making
this check.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the feeder valves (FV) harness between con-
nector X021 and connector X272 wire 560 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X021 and connector X017 wire 560 white. Locate the short and repair.
5. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X272 pin 2 (harness side) and chassis ground. Flex
the feeder valves (FV) harness while making this check.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 6.

B. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 7.

6. Disconnect connector X021. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X021 pin Q (harness
side) and chassis ground. Flex the front frame (FF) harness between connector X021 and the front frame ground
2 while making this check.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 36
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the feeder valves (FV) harness between connector
X272 and connector X021 wire 589 black. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X021 pin Q and the front frame ground 2 wire 589 or 592 black. Locate the open and repair.
7. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the Infoview monitor - Dealer Diagnostics screen to manually power
the header reel fore valve. Use a multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X272 pin 1 and chassis
ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, continue with step 8.

B. If 12 volts is found, continue with step 9.

8. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the Infoview monitor - Dealer Diagnostics screen to manually power
the header reel fore valve. Use a multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X021 pin P and chassis
ground.

A. If 12 volts is present, the open circuit is in the feeder valves (FV) harness between connector X272 pin 1
and connector X021 pin P wire 560 white. Locate the open circuit and repair.

B. If 12 volts is not present there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X021
pin P and connector X017 pin J3-1 wire 560 white. Locate the open and repair.
9. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.12)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.22)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 37
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0186-11-Header Reel Drive valve Unidentified Failure Code

(K.25.B.13.07 - G.30.B.46)
E0186-11 - Header Reel Drive valve Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The header reel drive valve (L-17) circuit open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad solenoid.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Header" sub menu.
Select “Header Reel Drive valve" and select the “Status" screen. Press the “Enter" key to manually power the
circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates “OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 9.
2. Disconnect connector X274. Use a multimeter to check the resistance of the header reel drive valve coil (L-17).
The proper resistance range is 3 - 5 ohms.

A. If there is zero resistance, the header reel drive solenoid is shorted internally. Replace the solenoid.

B. If there is infinite resistance, the header reel drive solenoid is open. Replace the solenoid.

C. If the resistance is correct, continue with step 3.

3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X274 pin 1 (harness side) and chassis ground. Flex
the feeder valves (FV) harness while making this check.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 4.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 5.

4. Disconnect connector X021. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X021 pin E and chas-
sis ground. Flex the front frame (FF) harness between the connector X021 and connector X017 while making
this check.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the feeder valves (FV) harness between con-
nector X021 and connector X274 wire 556 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X021 and connector X017 wire 556 white. Locate the short and repair.
5. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X274 pin 2 (harness side) and chassis ground. Flex
the feeder valves (FV) harness while making this check.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 6.

B. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 7.

6. Disconnect connector X021. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X021 pin F (harness
side) and chassis ground. Flex the front frame (FF) harness between connector X021 and the front frame ground
2 while making this check.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 38
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the feeder valves (FV) harness between connector
X274 and connector X021 wire 585 black. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X021 pin F and the front frame ground 2 wire 585 black. Locate the open and repair.
7. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power
the header reel drive valve. Use a multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X274 pin 1 and chassis
ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, continue with step 8.

B. If 12 volts is found, continue with step 9.

8. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power
the header reel fore valve. Use a multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X021 pin E and chassis
ground.

A. If 12 volts is present, the open circuit is in the feeder valves (FV) harness between connector X274 pin 1
and connector X021 pin E wire 556 white. Locate the open circuit and repair.

B. If 12 volts is not present there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X021
pin E and connector X017 pin J3-2 wire 556 white. Locate the open and repair.
9. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.12)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.21)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 39
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0187-11-Header Reel Up valve Unidentified Failure Code

(K.25.B.13.05 - G.30.B.46)
E0187-11 - Header Reel Up valve Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The header reel up valve (L-14) circuit open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad solenoid.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Header" sub menu.
Select “Header Reel Up valve" and select the “Status" screen. Press the “Enter" key to manually power the
circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates “OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 9.
2. Disconnect connector X273. Use a multimeter to check the resistance of the header reel up valve coil (L14).
The proper resistance range is 3 - 5 ohms.

A. If there is zero resistance, the header reel up solenoid is shorted internally. Replace the solenoid.

B. If there is infinite resistance, the header reel up solenoid is open. Replace the solenoid.

C. If the resistance is correct, continue with step 3.

3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X273 pin 1 (harness side) and chassis ground. Flex
the feeder valves (FV) harness while making this check.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 4.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 5.

4. Disconnect connector X021. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X021 pin L and chas-
sis ground. Flex the front frame (FF) harness between the connector X021 and connector X017 while making
this check.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the feeder valves (FV) harness between con-
nector X021 and connector X273 wire 558 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X021 and connector X017 wire 558 white. Locate the short and repair.
5. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X273 pin 2 (harness side) and chassis ground. Flex
the feeder valves (FV) harness while making this check.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 6.

B. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 7.

6. Disconnect connector X021. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X021 pin M (harness
side) and chassis ground. Flex the front frame (FF) harness between connector X021 and the front frame ground
2 while making this check.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 40
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the feeder valves (FV) harness between connector
X273 and connector X021 wire 587 black. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X021 pin M and the front frame ground 2 wire 587 black. Locate the open and repair.
7. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power
the header reel up valve. Use a multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X273 pin 1 and chassis
ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, continue with step 8.

B. If 12 volts is found, continue with step 9.

8. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoVview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power
the header reel up valve. Use a multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X021 pin L and chassis
ground.

A. If 12 volts is present, the open circuit is in the feeder valves (FV) harness between connector X273 pin 1
and connector X021 pin L wire 558 white. Locate the open circuit and repair.

B. If 12 volts is not present there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X021
pin L and connector X017 pin J3-3 wire 558 white. Locate the open and repair.
9. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.12)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.22)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 41
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0188-11-Header Reel Down valve Unidentified Failure Code

(K.25.B.13.05 - G.30.B.46)
E0188-11 - Header Reel Down valve Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The header reel down valve (L-13) circuit is open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad solenoid.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Header" sub menu.
Select “Header Reel Down valve" and select the “Status" screen. Press the “Enter" key to manually power the
circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates “OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 9.
2. Disconnect connector X269. Use a multimeter to check the resistance of the header reel down valve coil (L13).
The proper resistance range is 3 - 5 ohms.

A. If there is zero resistance, the header reel down solenoid is shorted internally. Replace the solenoid.

B. If there is infinite resistance, the header reel down solenoid is open. Replace the solenoid.

C. If the resistance is correct, continue with step 3.

3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X269 pin 1 (harness side) and chassis ground. Flex
the feeder valves (FV) harness while making this check.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 4.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 5.

4. Disconnect connector X021. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X021 pin N and chas-
sis ground. Flex the front frame (FF) harness between the connector X021 and connector X017 while making
this check.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the feeder valves (FV) harness between con-
nector X021 and connector X269 wire 557 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X021 and connector X017 wire 557 white. Locate the short and repair.
5. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X269 pin 2 (harness side) and chassis ground. Flex
the feeder valves (FV) harness while making this check.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 6.

B. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 7.

6. Disconnect connector X021. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X021 pin O (harness
side) and chassis ground. Flex the front frame (FF) harness between connector X021 and the front frame ground
2 while making this check.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 42
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the feeder valves (FV) harness between connector
X269 and connector X021 wire 586 black. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X021 pin O and the front frame ground 2 wire 586 black. Locate the open and repair.
7. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power
the header reel down valve. Use a multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X269 pin 1 and chassis
ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, continue with step 8.

B. If 12 volts is found, continue with step 9.

8. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power
the header reel down valve. Use a multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X021 pin N and chassis
ground.

A. If 12 volts is present, the open circuit is in the feeder valves (FV) harness between connector X269 pin 1
and connector X021 pin N wire 557 white. Locate the open circuit and repair.

B. If 12 volts is not present there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X021
pin N and connector X017 pin J3-4 wire 557 white. Locate the open and repair.
9. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.12)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.22)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 43
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0189-11-Header Reel Back valve Unidentified Failure Code

(K.25.B.13.06 - G.30.B.46)
E0189-11 - Header Reel Back valve Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The header reel back valve (L-15) circuit is open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad solenoid.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Header" sub menu.
Select “Header Reel Back valve" and select the “Status" screen. Press the “Enter" key to manually power the
circuit.
The status screen should indicate “OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates “Error", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates “OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 9.
2. Disconnect connector X268. Use a multimeter to check the resistance of the header reel back valve coil (L15).
The proper resistance range is 3 - 5 ohms.

A. If there is zero resistance, the header reel back solenoid is shorted internally. Replace the solenoid.

B. If there is infinite resistance, the header reel back solenoid is open. Replace the solenoid.

C. If the resistance is correct, continue with step 3.

3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X268 pin 1 (harness side) and chassis ground. Flex
the feeder valves (FV) harness while making this check.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 4.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 5.

4. Disconnect connector X021. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X021 pin R and chas-
sis ground. Flex the front frame (FF) harness between the connector X021 and connector X017 while making
this check.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the feeder valves (FV) harness between con-
nector X021 and connector X268 wire 559 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X021 and connector X017 wire 559 white. Locate the short and repair.
5. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X268 pin 2 (harness side) and chassis ground. Flex
the feeder valves (FV) harness while making this check.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 6.

B. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 7.

6. Disconnect connector X021. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X021 pin S (harness
side) and chassis ground. Flex the front frame (FF) harness between connector X021 and the front frame ground
2 while making this check.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 44
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the feeder valves (FV) harness between connector
X268 and connector X021 wire 588 black. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X021 pin S and the front frame ground 2 wire 588 black. Locate the open and repair.
7. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power
the header reel back valve. Use a multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X268 pin 1 and chassis
ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, continue with step 8.

B. If 12 volts is found, continue with step 9.

8. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen to manually power
the header reel back valve. Use a multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X021 pin R and chassis
ground.

A. If 12 volts is present, the open circuit is in the feeder valves (FV) harness between connector X268 pin 1
and connector X021 pin R wire 559 white. Locate the open circuit and repair.

B. If 12 volts is not present there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X021
pin R and connector X017 pin J3-5 wire 559 white. Locate the open and repair.
9. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.12)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.22)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 45
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0169-06-Current Sense Reel Speed Short Circuit (K.25.B.42 -

G.30.B.25)
E0169-06 - Current Sense Reel Speed Short Circuit

Cause:
The reel speed motor (M-09) circuit indicates high current draw. (European Heads Only)

Possible failure modes:

1. Circuit connection shorted to ground.

2. Excessive mechanical load on motor.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - service info screens.

Record and erase service history
Start the combine, engage the thresher and feeder circuits, and operate the reel speed motor in both directions.
Record in which direction(s) the reel speed increase or decrease operates.
Reload error history. Check for fault codes 0169-06 and 0204-05.
Use the following table to determine the location of the fault.

Symptom Fault Code Fault Type

0169-06 0204-05
Reel Speed adjust X Go to Step 2 Binding
operates in 1 direc- X Go to Step 3 Short to ground
tion only
Reel Speed adjust X Go to Step 2 Binding
does not operate in X Go to Step 10 Open circuit
either direction Go to Step 17 No power supply

A.
2. The reel speed motor or reel mechanism is mechanically bound up, resulting in high current draw.

A. See the appropriate repair manual chapter for repair and adjustment of the reel speed linkage.
3. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to short to ground. Disconnect reel speed motor connector X308. Measure
between terminals A or B on the motor connector and a known good ground. There should be no continuity to
ground.

A. There is continuity to ground, indicating a short to ground in the motor. Replace the reel speed motor.

B. There is no continuity to ground. Continue with step 4.

4. Disconnect the batteries using the battery key. Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector
X308 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 5.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 7.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position. Power must be removed from the module prior to testing for short to ground condition on the motor
circuit to remove this ground path.
5. Disconnect inline connector X032. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X032 pin 26
and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found the short to ground is in the harness between connector X032 pin 26 and connector
X308 pin B . Locate the short and repair.
2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 46
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 6.

6. Disconnect connector X007. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X007 pin 19 and
chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X032 pin 26 and con-
nector X007 pin 19 wire 711 gray. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X007 pin 19 and connector
X017 pin J3-6 wire 711 gray. Locate the short and repair.
7. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X308 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 8.

B. If no continuity is found, recheck the motor for continuity to ground at step 3.

8. Disconnect connector X032. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X032 pin 20 and
chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X308 pin A and X032
pin 20 . Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 9.

9. Disconnect connector X007. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X007 pin 3 and chassis
ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is between connector X007 pin 3 and connector X017 pin
J3-8 wire 712 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X032 pin 20 and connector
X007 pin 3 wire 712 white. Locate the short and repair.
10. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to open circuit condition. Disconnect reel speed motor connector X308.
Measure the resistance of the motor between terminals A and B. The correct resistance is XX to XX ohms.

A. The resistance is infinite, indicating an open condition in the motor. Replace the reel speed motor.

B. The resistance is in specification. Continue with step 11.

11. Ensure that the batteries are connected using the battery key, and that fuse F23 is good. Use the multimeter to
check for continuity between connector X308 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 14.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 12.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position, irregardless of key switch position, as long as it receives power through fuse F23. This ground path
may be used to test for an open circuit condition.
12. Disconnect inline connector X032. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X032 pin 26
and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the open circuit is in the harness between connector X032 pin 26 and connector X308
pin B . Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 13.

13. Disconnect connector X007. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X007 pin 19 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X032 pin 26 and connector
X007 pin 19 wire 711 gray. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X007 pin 19 and connector
X017 pin J3-6 wire 711 gray. Locate the open and repair.
2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 47
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

14. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X308 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, continue with step 15.

B. If continuity is found, recheck the motor for continuity at step 10.

15. Disconnect connector X032. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X032 pin 20 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X308 pin A and X032 pin 20 .
Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 16.

16. Disconnect connector X007. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X007 pin 3 and chassis
ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is between connector X007 pin 3 and connector X017 pin J3-8 wire
712 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X032 pin 20 and connector
X007 pin 3 wire 712 white. Locate the open and repair.
17. If the header reel speed motor does not operate in either direction, and there are no error codes indicated, the
supply power for the circuit may not be present. Remove fuse F23 and inspect.

A. Fuse has failed. Go to step 18.

B. Fuse is okay. Go to step 19.

18. If fuse has failed, replace the fuse.

A. If fuse immediately fails, a short to ground exists on one of the two following wires:
Wire 025 red, from the fuse panel through connector X005 pin 1 to connector X016 pin J2-11 on CCM2
module.
Wire 028 red, from the fuse panel through connector X031 pin 4 to connector X017 pin J3-7 on CCM2
module.
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the short to ground and repair.

B. Fuse is okay. Go to step 19.

19. Test for 12 V power at connector X017 pin J3-7 on the CCM2 module under the cab.

A. If there is no power, there is an open circuit on wire 028 red, from the fuse panel through connector X031
pin 4 to connector X017 pin J3-7 on CCM2 module. Locate the open and repair. After repair, go to step
20.

B. If there is power, go to step 20.

20. Test for continuity to ground at connector X017 pin J3-16 on the CCM2 module under the cab.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit on wire 515 black, from connector X017 pin
J3-16 on CCM2 module to the front frame ground #2 . Locate the open and repair. After repair, go to step
21.

B. If there is power, go to step 21.

21. Once it has been verified that power is being supplied to the module, recheck the circuit operation as described
in step 1.

A. If the fuse fails during the testing, a short to ground on the circuit is causing the fuse to fail. Start the
troubleshooting at step 3 to locate the short to ground.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)
2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 48
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

Series 1348 and above

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.12)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 49
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0204-05-Header Reel Speed Motor Unidentified Failure Code

(K.25.B.42 - G.30.B.46)
E0204-05 - Header Reel Speed Motor Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The header reel speed motor (M-09) control voltage circuit open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad motor.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Infoview monitor - service info screens

Record and erase service history
Start the combine, engage the thresher and feeder circuits, and operate the reel speed motor in both directions.
Record in which direction(s) the reel speed increase or decrease operates.
Reload error history. Check for fault codes 0169-06 and 0204-05.
Use the following table to determine the location of the fault.

Symptom Fault Code Fault Type

0169-06 0204-05
Reel Speed adjust X Go to Step 2 Binding
operates in 1 direc- X Go to Step 3 Short to ground
tion only
Reel Speed adjust X Go to Step 2 Binding
does not operate in X Go to Step 10 Open circuit
either direction Go to Step 17 No power supply

A.
2. The reel speed motor or reel mechanism is mechanically bound up, resulting in high current draw.

A. See the appropriate repair manual chapter for repair and adjustment of the reel speed linkage.
3. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to short to ground. Disconnect reel speed motor connector X308. Measure
between terminals A or B on the motor connector and a known good ground. There should be no continuity to
ground.

A. There is continuity to ground, indicating a short to ground in the motor. Replace the reel speed motor.

B. There is no continuity to ground. Continue with step 4.

4. Disconnect the batteries using the battery key. Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector
X308 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 5.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 7.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position. Power must be removed from the module prior to testing for short to ground condition on the motor
circuit to remove this ground path.
5. Disconnect inline connector X032. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X032 pin 26
and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found the short to ground is in the harness between connector X032 pin 26 and connector
X308 pin B . Locate the short and repair.
2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 50
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 6.

6. Disconnect connector X007. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X007 pin 19 and
chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X032 pin 26 and con-
nector X007 pin 19 wire 711 gray. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X007 pin 19 and connector
X017 pin J3-6 wire 711 gray. Locate the short and repair.
7. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X308 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 8.

B. If no continuity is found, recheck the motor for continuity to ground at step 3.

8. Disconnect connector X032. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X032 pin 20 and
chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X308 pin A and X032
pin 20 . Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, continue with step 9.

9. Disconnect connector X007. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X007 pin 3 and chassis
ground.

A. If no continuity is found, the short to ground is between connector X007 pin 3 and connector X017 pin
J3-8 wire 712 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If continuity is found, the short to ground is in the harness between connector X032 pin 20 and connector
X007 pin 3 wire 712 white. Locate the short and repair.
10. Fault codes indicate circuit fault due to open circuit condition. Disconnect reel speed motor connector X308.
Measure the resistance of the motor between terminals A and B. The correct resistance is XX to XX ohms.

A. The resistance is infinite, indicating an open condition in the motor. Replace the reel speed motor.

B. The resistance is in specification. Continue with step 11.

11. Ensure that the batteries are connected using the battery key, and that fuse F23 is good. Use the multimeter to
check for continuity between connector X308 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, continue with step 14.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 12.

NOTE: The CCM module connects both sides of the circuit to ground when in neutral to “lock" the motor in
position, irregardless of key switch position, as long as it receives power through fuse F23. This ground path
may be used to test for an open circuit condition.
12. Disconnect inline connector X032. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X032 pin 26
and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the open circuit is in the harness between connector X032 pin 26 and connector X308
pin B . Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 13.

13. Disconnect connector X007. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X007 pin 19 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X032 pin 26 and connector
X007 pin 19 wire 711 gray. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X007 pin 19 and connector
X017 pin J3-6 wire 711 gray. Locate the open and repair.
2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 51
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

14. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X308 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If no continuity is found, continue with step 15.

B. If continuity is found, recheck the motor for continuity at step 10.

15. Disconnect connector X032. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X032 pin 20 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X308 pin A and X032 pin 20 .
Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, continue with step 16.

16. Disconnect connector X007. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X007 pin 3 and chassis
ground.

A. If continuity is found, the open circuit is between connector X007 pin 3 and connector X017 pin J3-8 wire
712 white. Locate the open and repair.

B. If no continuity is found, the open circuit is in the harness between connector X032 pin 20 and connector
X007 pin 3 wire 712 white. Locate the open and repair.
17. If the header reel speed motor does not operate in either direction, and there are no error codes indicated, the
supply power for the circuit may not be present. Remove fuse F-23 and inspect.

A. Fuse has failed. Go to step 18.

B. Fuse is okay. Go to step 19.

18. If fuse has failed, replace the fuse.

A. If fuse immediately fails, a short to ground exists on one of the two following wires:
Wire 025 red, from the fuse panel through connector X005 pin 1 to connector X016 pin J2-11 on CCM2
module.
Wire 028 red, from the fuse panel through connector X031 pin 4 to connector X017 pin J3-7 on CCM2
module.
Visually inspect the harnesses for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken wires.
Locate the short to ground and repair.

B. Fuse is okay. Go to step 19.

19. Test for 12 V power at connector X017 pin J3-7 on the CCM2 module under the cab.

A. If there is no power, there is an open circuit on wire 028 red, from the fuse panel through connector X031
pin 4 to connector X017 pin J3-7 on CCM2 module. Locate the open and repair. After repair, go to step
20.

B. If there is power, go to step 20.

20. Test for continuity to ground at connector X017 pin J3-16 on the CCM2 module under the cab.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit on wire 515 black, from connector X017 pin
J3-16 on CCM2 module to the front frame ground #2 . Locate the open and repair. After repair, go to step
21.

B. If there is power, go to step 21.

21. Once it has been verified that power is being supplied to the module, recheck the circuit operation as described
in step 1.

A. If the fuse fails during the testing, a short to ground on the circuit is causing the fuse to fail. Start the
troubleshooting at step 3 to locate the short to ground.
Series 1206 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.04)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)
2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 52
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

Series 1348 and above

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.12)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 53
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0141-03-Header Reel RPM sensor Shorted To High Source

(K.25.B.95.80 - G.30.B.54)
E0141-03 - Header Reel RPM sensor Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The header reel RPM sensor (B-15) circuit is shorted to a higher than normal voltage source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Header" sub menu.
Select “Header Reel RPM sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage for sensor when blocked by ferrous metal - 5.6 - 7.3 volts
The proper voltage for sensor when not blocked by ferrous metal - 0.5 - 5.6 volts

A. If the voltage reading is high out of range 9.0 volts or more continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue the troubleshooting at step 5.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the reel RPM sensor connector X309.

A. If the voltage drops to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the sensor, or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView monitor continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the feeder harness at connector X032.

A. If the voltage drops to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the header harness between connector X032 pin 7
and connector X309 pin B wire 737 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView monitor continue with Step 4.

4. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Disconnect the feeder harness and front frame harness at
connector X007.

A. If the voltage drops to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the feeder (FE) harness between connector X007 Pin
14 and connector X032 pin 7 wire 737 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains high on InfoView monitor the short circuit is in the front frame harness between
connector X007 pin 14 and connector X017 pin J3-13 wire 737 yellow.
5. Turn the key to ON position. Observing the LED on the harness end side of the sensor, place ferrous metal in
front of sensor then remove. The sensor is functioning If LED changes state.

A.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 54
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0141-04-Header Reel RPM sensor Shorted To Low Source

(K.25.B.95.80 - G.30.B.53)
E0141-04 - Header Reel RPM sensor Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
The Header reel RPM sensor (B-15) circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply wiring shorted to ground.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Header" sub menu.
Select “Header Reel RPM sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage sensor blocked by ferrous metal - 5.6 - 7.3 volts
The proper voltage sensor unblocked by ferrous metal - 0.5 - 5.6 volts

A. If the voltage reading is low (0 - 0.5 volts) continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits. Continue the troubleshooting at step 5.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoVview monitor is low. Disconnect the reel RPM sensor connector X309.

A. If the voltage increases to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the sensor, or sensor wiring. Replace the sensor.

B. If the voltage remains low, continue with Step 3.

3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low. Disconnect the feeder harness at connector X032.

A. If the voltage increases to 7.3 - 9.0 volts the short is in the header harness between connector X032 pin
7 and connector X309 pin B wire 737 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains low, continue with Step 4.

4. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is low. Disconnect the feeder harness from the front frame harness
at connector X007.

A. If the voltage increases to 7.3 - 9.0 volts, the short is in the feeder (FE) harness between connector X032
pin 7 and connector X007 pin 14 wire 737 yellow.

B. If the voltage remains low, the short circuit is in the front frame harness between connector X007 pin 14
and connector X017 pin J3-13 wire 737 yellow.
5. Turn the key to ON position. Observing the LED on the harness end side of the sensor, place ferrous metal in
front of sensor then remove. The sensor is functioning If LED changes state.

A.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 55
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0141-05-Header Reel RPM sensor Line Disconnected (K.25.B.95.80

- G.30.B.50)
E0141-05 - Header Reel RPM sensor Line Disconnected

Cause:
The header reel RPM sensor (B-15) circuit is open.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply or ground wiring is open.

2. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Header" sub menu.
Select “Header Reel RPM sensor" and check voltage range.
The proper voltage sensor blocked by ferrous metal - 5.6 - 7.3 volts
The proper voltage sensor unblocked by ferrous metal - 0.5 - 5.6 volts
The proper voltage sensor disconnected 7.3 - 9.0 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is high 7.3 - 9.0 volts, continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits. Continue the troubleshooting at step 8.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connector was fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at the connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 7.3 - 9.0 volts. Disconnect the reel RPM sensor connector X309.
Use a jumper wire to short pin B on the harness end of connector X309 to ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is not in the supply side
of the circuit. Continue with step 5.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 7.3 - 9.0 volts continue with Step 3.
3. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 7.3 - 9.0 volts. Disconnect the feeder harness at connector
X032. Use a jumper wire to short pin 7 on connector X032 to ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is in the header harness
between connector X032 and connector X309 wire 737 yellow. Locate the open and repair.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 7.3 - 9.0 volts continue with Step 4.
4. The voltage reading on the InfoView monitor is 7.3 - 9.0 volts. Disconnect the feeder harness from the front
frame harness at connector X007. Use a jumper wire to short pin 14 of connector X007 to ground.

A. If the InfoView monitor drops to 0 - 0.5 volts indicating a ground, the open circuit is in the feeder (FE)
harness between connector X007 pin 14 and connector X032 pin 7 wire 737 yellow.

B. If the InfoView monitor still displays 7.3 - 9.0 volts, the open circuit is in the front frame (FF) harness
between connector X007 pin 14 and connector X017 pin J3-13 wire 737 yellow. Locate the open and
repair.
5. Disconnect the header reel RPM sensor connector X309. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between the
harness end of connector X309 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the ground path for the sensor is complete, and the fault is in the sensor itself. Replace
the sensor.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the ground path for the sensor is open. Continue with step 6.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 56
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

6. Disconnect the header harness from the feeder harness at connector X032. Use a multimeter to check for
continuity between the harness end of connector X032 pin 7 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the header (HE) harness between connector X032 pin 7 and
connector X309 pin A wire 750 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 7.

7. Disconnect the feeder harness from the front frame harness at connector X007. Use a multimeter to check for
continuity between the harness end of connector X007 pin 14 and chassis ground.

A. If there is continuity, the open circuit is in the feeder (FE) harness between connector X007 pin 14 and
connector X032 pin 7 wire 750 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, the open is in the front frame (FF) harness between connector X007 pin
14 and CCM2 connector X017 pin J3-18 wire 750 blue or 766 blue. Locate the open and repair.
8. Operate header reel and monitor the InfoView monitor voltage readings.

A. If a 7.3 - 9.0 volts reading is now viewed continue with Step 2.

B. If 7.3 - 9.0 volts reading cannot be generated erase the fault code and continue operation.
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.13)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 57
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0160-03-Reel Vertical Position Shorted to High Source

(K.25.B.95.82 - G.30.B.54)
E0160-03 - Reel Vertical Position Shorted to High Source

Cause:
CCM2 has detected that the Reel Vertical Position sensor circuit is >4.7 volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The Reel Vertical Position sensor wiring is shorted to 12 volts .

2. CCM2 internal failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Header" sub menu. Select "Reel
Vertical Position" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the Reel Vertical Position circuit is 0.2 - 4.7 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is >4.7 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connectors are fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at each connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harness involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. Verify the CCM is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Front Frame harness connector X017 .
Using the proper tool, remove pin 32 wire 780 yellow from connector X017 . With the wire removed from the
connector, reconnect connector X017 .Turn the ignition back on and recheck the Reel Vertical Position sensor
voltage.

A. If the voltage now reads <0.2 volts , the CCM is good. Continue with Step 3.

B. If the voltage reading is still >4.7 volts , then the fault is in the CCM. Reinstall the wire removed for trou-
bleshooting. Reload the system software to see if the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after
reloading the software, replace the CMM. Continue with Step 4.
3. Locate the shorted wire. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect Reel Vertical Position sensor R-25, connector
X437 . Turn the ignition on. Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage at pin C of the harness side of connector
X437 .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.2 volts , then the fault may be intermittent. Continue with Step 4.

B. If the voltage reads >4.7 volts , then the fault is in the respective wire 780 yellow. Locate and repair the
short. Inspect the Header harness (HH) between connector X437 pin C and connector X032 pin 9, and
then between Feeder (FE) harness connector X032 pin 9 and connector X007 pin 24. Then inspect the
Front Frame (FF) harness between connector X007 pin 24 and connector X017 pin 32. Continue with
Step 4.
4. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.13)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 58
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0160-05-Reel Vertical Position Line Disconnected (K.25.B.95.82 -

G.30.B.50)
E0160-05 - Reel Vertical Position Line Disconnected

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Reel Vertical Position circuit voltage is <0.2 volts.

Possible failure modes:

1. The Reel Vertical Position circuit is open or reduced to <0.2 volts .

2. Reel Vertical Position sensor R-25 failure.
3. CCM2 internal failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Header" sub menu. Select "Reel
Vertical Position" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the Reel Vertical Position circuit is 0.2 - 4.7 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.2 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 6.
2. Verify the power supply and ground are good. Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage between the connector
X437 pin B(-) and pin A(+) at Reel Vertical Position sensor R-25.

A. If the voltage reads between 4.500 - 5.500 volts , the CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 1 and circuit ground are both
good. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the voltage is below 4.500 volts , then the CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 1 is missing. Check for an E0167-04
CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 1 fault. If present, correct that fault and resume operation. Otherwise, repair the
open between the Header harness connector X430 pin 2 and Reel Vertical Position sensor connector X437
pin A, or between Header harness connector X430 pin 4 and Reel Vertical Position sensor connector X437
pin B. Continue troubleshooting at Step 6.
3. Verify circuit 780 yellow is good. Measure the continuity between CCM2 connector X017 pin 32 and Reel Vertical
Position sensor R-25 connector X437 (harness side) pin C.

A. If the circuit tests good, continue troubleshooting at Step 4.

B. If the circuit is open, locate and repair the open. Inspect the Header harness (HH) between connector
X437 pin C and connector X032 pin 9, and then between Feeder (FE) harness connector X032 pin 9 and
connector X007 pin 24. Then inspect the Front Frame (FF) harness between connector X007 pin 24 and
connector X017 pin 32. Continue with Step 6.
4. Verify Reel Vertical Position sensor R-25 is good. Disconnect the Reel Vertical Position sensor R-25 at connec-
tor X437 . Use a multimeter to measure the resistance between pin A and B, the reading should be between 3k
- 3.5k ohms . Next measure the resistance between pin A and C, carefully move the reel vertically to each limit.
The multimeter display should indicate a gradual steady change in resistance as the reel moves and should
remain between 0.0 - 3.5k ohms . This can also be done by hand after removing the sensor from the mounting.

A. If the sensor tests good, continue troubleshooting at Step 5.

B. If the sensor is found to be intermittent, open or out of range, replace Reel Vertical sensor R-25. Continue
troubleshooting at Step 6.
5. Verify the CCM is good. Insure all circuit harnesses are connected. Observe the Reel Vertical Position voltage
on the Infoview monitor.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 59
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

A. If the Reel Vertical Position voltage is still <0.2 volts , reload the system software to see if the fault code
clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace CCM2. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 6.

B. If the fault is still present after replacing CCM2, continue troubleshooting at Step 6.
6. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.13)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 60
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0158-03-Reel Horizontal Position Shorted to High Source

(K.25.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54)
E0158-03 - Reel Horizontal Position Shorted to High Source

Cause:
CCM2 has detected that the Reel Horizontal Position sensor circuit is >4.7 volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The Reel Horizontal Position sensor wiring is shorted to 12 volts .

2. CCM2 internal failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Header" sub menu. Select "Reel
Horizontal Position" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the Reel Horizontal Position circuit is 0.2 - 4.7 volts.

A. If the voltage reading is >4.7 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
NOTE: Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors. Verify that the connectors are fully installed. Inspect
the terminals and wires at each connector for pushed back or corroded terminals or damaged wires. Flex the
harness involved to reveal intermittent breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned.
2. Verify the CCM is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Front Frame harness connector X017 .
Using the proper tool, remove pin 25 wire 779 yellow from connector X017 . With the wire removed from the
connector, reconnect connector X017 .Turn the ignition back on and recheck the Reel Horizontal Position sensor
voltage.

A. If the voltage now reads <0.2 volts , the CCM is good. Continue with Step 3.

B. If the voltage reading is still >4.7 volts , then the fault is in the CCM. Reinstall the wire removed for trou-
bleshooting. Reload the system software to see if the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after
reloading the software, replace the CMM. Continue with Step 4.
3. Locate the shorted wire. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect Reel Horizontal Position sensor R-24, connec-
tor X436 . Turn the ignition on. Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage at pin C of the harness side of connector
X436 .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.2 volts , then the fault may be intermittent. Continue with Step 4.

B. If the voltage reads >4.7 volts , then the fault is in the respective wire 779 yellow. Locate and repair the
short. Inspect the Header harness (HH) between connector X436 pin C and connector X032 pin 8, and
then between Feeder (FE) harness connector X032 pin 8 and connector X007 pin 23. Then inspect the
Front Frame (FF) harness between connector X007 pin 23 and connector X017 pin 25. Continue with
Step 4.
4. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.13)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 61
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

E0158-05-Reel Horizontal Position Line Disconnected (K.25.B.95.81

- G.30.B.50)
E0158-05 - Reel Horizontal Position Line Disconnected

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Reel Horizontal Position circuit voltage is <0.2 volts.

Possible failure modes:

1. The Reel Horizontal Position circuit is open or reduced to <0.2 volts .

2. Reel Horizontal Position sensor R-24 failure.
3. CCM2 internal failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Header" sub menu. Select "Reel
Horizontal Position" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the Reel Horizontal Position circuit is 0.2 - 4.7 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.2 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the fault may be intermittent. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 6.
2. Verify the power supply and ground are good. Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage between the connector
X436 pin B(-) and pin A(+) at Reel Horizontal Position sensor R-24.

A. If the voltage reads between 4.500 - 5.500 volts, the CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 1 and circuit ground are both
good. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the voltage is below 4.500 volts , then the CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 1 is missing. Check for an E0167-04
CCM2 5V Ref Voltage 1 fault. If present, correct that fault and resume operation. Otherwise, repair the
open between the Header harness connector X430 pin 7 and Reel Horizontal Position sensor connector
X436 pin A, or between Header harness connector X430 pin 5 and Reel Horizontal Position sensor con-
nector X436 pin B. Continue troubleshooting at Step 6.
3. Verify circuit 779 yellow is good. Measure the continuity between CCM2 connector X017 pin 25 and Reel Hori-
zontal Position sensor R-24 connector X436 (harness side) pin C.

A. If the circuit tests good, continue troubleshooting at Step 4.

B. If the circuit is open, locate and repair the open. Inspect the Header harness (HH) between connector
X436 pin C and connector X032 pin 8, and then between Feeder (FE) harness connector X032 pin 8 and
connector X007 pin 23. Then inspect the Front Frame (FF) harness between connector X007 pin 23 and
connector X017 pin 25. Continue with Step 6.
4. Verify Reel Horizontal Position sensor R-24 is good. Disconnect the Reel Horizontal Position sensor R-24 at
connector X436 . Use a multimeter to measure the resistance between pin A and B, the reading should be
between 3k - 3.5k ohms . Next measure the resistance between pin A and C, carefully move the reel horizontally
to each limit. The multimeter display should indicate a gradual steady change in resistance as the reel moves
and should remain between 0.0 - 3.5k ohms . This can also be done by hand after removing the sensor from
the mounting.

A. If the sensor tests good, continue troubleshooting at Step 5.

B. If the sensor is found to be intermittent, open or out of range, replace Reel Horizontal sensor R-24. Con-
tinue troubleshooting at Step 6.
5. Verify the CCM is good. Ensure all circuit harnesses are connected. Observe the Reel Horizontal Position
voltage on the Infoview monitor.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 62
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding

A. If the Reel Horizontal Position voltage is still <0.2 volts , reload the system software to see if the fault code
clears. If the fault is still present after reloading the software, replace CCM2. Continue troubleshooting at
Step 6.

B. If the fault is still present after replacing CCM2, continue troubleshooting at Step 6.
6. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.13)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 63
 Index

CROP PROCESSING - K

FEEDING Reel feeding - 25.B

E0061-11-Feeder Jog Forward Valve Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.B.05.07 - G.30.B.46) 4
E0067-11-Feeder Jog Reverse Valve Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.B.05.07 - G.30.B.46) 6
E0141-03-Header Reel RPM sensor Shorted To High Source (K.25.B.95.80 - G.30.B.54) 54
E0141-04-Header Reel RPM sensor Shorted To Low Source (K.25.B.95.80 - G.30.B.53) 55
E0141-05-Header Reel RPM sensor Line Disconnected (K.25.B.95.80 - G.30.B.50) 56
E0158-03-Reel Horizontal Position Shorted to High Source (K.25.B.95.81 - G.30.B.54) 61
E0158-05-Reel Horizontal Position Line Disconnected (K.25.B.95.81 - G.30.B.50) 62
E0160-03-Reel Vertical Position Shorted to High Source (K.25.B.95.82 - G.30.B.54) 58
E0160-05-Reel Vertical Position Line Disconnected (K.25.B.95.82 - G.30.B.50) 59
E0169-06-Current Sense Reel Speed Short Circuit (K.25.B.42 - G.30.B.25) 46
E0185-11-Header Reel Fore valve Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.B.13.06 - G.30.B.46) 36
E0186-11-Header Reel Drive valve Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.B.13.07 - G.30.B.46) 38
E0187-11-Header Reel Up valve Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.B.13.05 - G.30.B.46) 40
E0188-11-Header Reel Down valve Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.B.13.05 - G.30.B.46) 42
E0189-11-Header Reel Back valve Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.B.13.06 - G.30.B.46) 44
E0204-05-Header Reel Speed Motor Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.B.42 - G.30.B.46) 50
E0657-04-CSW Reel Speed Set Shorted to Low Source (K.25.B.05.82 - G.30.B.53) 24
E0657-07-CSW Reel Speed Set Mechanical Out of Range (K.25.B.05.82 - G.30.C.24) 25
E0661-04-CSW Reel Speed Manual Shorted to Low Source (K.25.B.05.82 - G.30.B.53) 27
E0688-04-HSW Reel Fore Shorted to Low Source (K.25.B.05.06 - G.30.B.53) 8
E0688-07-HSW Reel Fore Mechanical Out of Range (K.25.B.05.06 - G.30.C.24) 10
E0689-04-HSW Reel Down Shorted to Low Source (K.25.B.05.05 - G.30.B.53) 12
E0689-07-HSW Reel Down Mechanical Out of Range (K.25.B.05.05 - G.30.C.24) 14
E0690-04-HSW Reel Up Shorted to Low Source (K.25.B.05.05 - G.30.B.53) 16
E0690-07-HSW Reel Up Mechanical Out of Range (K.25.B.05.05 - G.30.C.24) 18
E0691-04-HSW Reel Speed Decr. Shorted to Low Source (K.25.B.05.08 - G.30.B.53) 28
E0691-07-HSW Reel Speed Decr. Mechanical Out of Range (K.25.B.05.08 - G.30.C.24) 30
E0692-04-HSW Reel Back Shorted to Low Source (K.25.B.05.06 - G.30.B.53) 20
E0692-07-HSW Reel Back Mechanical Out of Range (K.25.B.05.06 - G.30.C.24) 22
E0693-04-HSW Reel Speed Incr. Shorted to Low Source (K.25.B.05.08 - G.30.B.53) 32
E0693-07-HSW Reel Speed Incr. Mechanical Out of Range (K.25.B.05.08 - G.30.C.24) 34

2 4/7/2006
K.25.B / 64
 CROP PROCESSING - K

FEEDING Header feeding - 25.D

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
K.25.D / 1
 Contents

CROP PROCESSING - K

FEEDING Header feeding - 25.D

SERVICE
Drive system
Drive shaft - Remove (K.25.D.42.43 - F.10.A.10) 3
Drive shaft - Install (K.25.D.42.43 - F.10.A.15) 6

DIAGNOSTIC
Command
E0647-04-CSW Vertical Knives Left Shorted to Low Source (K.25.D.05.81 - G.30.B.53) 8
E0650-04-CSW Vertical Knives Right Switch Shorted to Low Source (K.25.D.05.81 - 9
G.30.B.53)
Electrical control
E0063-11-Vertical Knife L Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.D.90.82 - G.30.B.46) 10
E0064-11-Vertical Knife R Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.D.90.82 - G.30.B.46) 12
Sensing system
E0148-03-Header Type Module Shorted to High Source (K.25.D.95.80 - G.30.B.54) 14

2 4/7/2006
K.25.D / 2
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Header feeding

Drive system Drive shaft - Remove (K.25.D.42.43 - F.10.A.10)

1. Raise the straw elevator completely, install the safety
latch (1) and stop the engine.

WARNING
ALWAYS shut OFF engine, remove the key and en-
gage feeder safety lock in position on lift cylinder be-
fore working under header or feeder. Failure to engage
feeder safety lock may cause injury or death. M184D

ZDA2279A 1

2. Remove the shielding and drive belt (1) on the right-

hand side of the straw elevator.
Remove bolt (2).
NOTE: Mark the position of pulley (3) on the shaft.

ZDA3373B 2

3. Remove the pulley from the shaft with a puller as

shown.

ZDA4154A 3

2 4/7/2006
K.25.D / 3
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Header feeding

4. Loosen Allen screw (1) to remove lock collar (2).

Remove four bolts (3).

ZDA3374A 4

5. Remove two bolts from (5) from the guard.

Remove the bearing housing from the shaft on the
right-hand side.

ZDA3454A 5

6. Disconnect two hydraulic pipes (4) on the hydromo-

tor.
NOTE: Before disconnect the hydraulic pipes, clean the
area round the hydromotor.
To avoid oil contamination, catch the oil in a suitable con-
tainer.

ZDA3375A 6

2 4/7/2006
K.25.D / 4
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Header feeding

7. Disconnect the actuator and the sensor wires.

Remove clamp (5).
Remove sensor support (6).

ZDA3448A 7

8. Remove four bolts (1) and bolt (2) (left-hand side)

ZDA3452B 8

9. Slide the shaft to the right until it is free on the left-

hand side.
Take out the shaft with the reverser.

ZDA3453A 9

2 4/7/2006
K.25.D / 5
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Header feeding

Drive system Drive shaft - Install (K.25.D.42.43 - F.10.A.15)

1. Slide the shaft with the reverser first to the right-hand
side of the straw elevator until it is possible to install
the shaft at the left-hand side.
Install four bolts (1) and bolt (2).(left-hand side)
Adjust the J-hook (4) until it is supporting the actuator
(3) and tighten its mounting bolt.

ZDA3452C 1

2. Install the bearing housing with the grease hole

downwards. (right-hand side) Grease the inner ring
with anti-corrosive grease.
Install two bolts (5) from the guard.

ZDA3454A 2

3. Install and tighten four bolts (3).

Grease the lock collar with anti-corrosive grease. In-
stall lock collar (2). Lock the set screw using punch
marks on either side to “swage" the threads slightly.
Tighten Allen screw (1).

ZDA3374A 3

2 4/7/2006
K.25.D / 6
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Header feeding

4. Install pulley (3) in the right position.

Install bolt (2) and tighten the nuts (see Fig.5).
Grease the shaft ends with grease NLGI-2.
Install drive belt (1).
Install the shielding.

ZDA3373B_1151 4

5. Tighten nut (1) with a minimum torque of 160 N·m

(118 ft. lbs.)
Tighten nut (2) with a minimum torque of 130 N·m
(96 ft. lbs.)

ZDA3423A 5

6. Connect the two hydraulic pipes of the reverser sys-

tem.
Install clamp (5) to hold the hydraulic pipes and sen-
sor support (6).
Connect the sensor and the actuator and lock the
wires, using cable strap.
Check the sensor distance, refer to Control module
- Overview (A.50.A.91 - C.40.B.10).
Grease the reversing system.
Check the hydraulic oil level.

ZDA3448A 6

2 4/7/2006
K.25.D / 7
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Header feeding

E0647-04-CSW Vertical Knives Left Shorted to Low Source

(K.25.D.05.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0647-04 - CSW Vertical Knives Left Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Console Switch (CSW) Vertical Knives Left circuit voltage is
<0.500 volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The CSW Vertical Knives Left circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Console" sub menu. Select
"CSW Vertical Knives Left" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the CSW Vertical Knives Left circuit is 0.5 - 12.0 volts .
Note that the Infoview monitor is limited to 0.0 - 5.0 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.500 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the wire may not be shorted at this time. Continue trou-
bleshooting at Step 4.
2. Verify the RHM is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X029
. Using the proper tool, remove pin 7 wire 230 yellow from X029 . With the wire removed from the connector,
reconnect X029 . Turn the ignition back on and recheck the CSW Vertical Knives Left voltage.

A. If the voltage now reads >0.500 volts , the RHM is good. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the voltage is still <0.500 volts , then the fault is in the RHM. Reinstall the wire removed for troubleshoot-
ing. Reload the system software to see if the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading
the software, replace the RHM. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
3. Verify circuit 230 yellow is good. Inspect for a short to ground between Right Console Harness connector X029
pin 7 and Vertical Knives switch S-51 connector X063 pin 1.

A. If the circuit checks good, continue troubleshooting at Step 4.

B. Locate the short. Repair the shorted wiring. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
4. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 30 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.30)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.D / 8
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Header feeding

E0650-04-CSW Vertical Knives Right Switch Shorted to Low Source

(K.25.D.05.81 - G.30.B.53)
E0650-04 - CSW Vertical Knives Right Switch Shorted to Low Source

Cause:
The Right Hand Module (RHM) has detected that the Console Switch (CSW) Vertical Knives Right circuit voltage is
<0.500 volts .

Possible failure modes:

1. The CSW Vertical Knives Right circuit is shorted to ground.

2. RHM internal failure.

Solution:

1. Verify the fault is present. Enter the Infoview monitor - "Diagnose info" screen, "Console" sub menu. Select
"CSW Vertical Knives Right" and observe the voltage.
The normal operating range for the CSW Vertical Knives Right circuit is 0.5 - 12.0 volts .
Note that the Infoview monitor is limited to 0.0 - 5.0 volts .

A. If the voltage reading is <0.500 volts , continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the wire may not be shorted at this time. Continue trou-
bleshooting at Step 4.
2. Verify the RHM is good. Turn off the ignition switch. Disconnect the Right Console Harness connector X029 .
Using the proper tool, remove pin 15 wire 229 yellow from X029 . With the wire removed from the connector,
reconnect X029 . Turn the ignition back on and recheck the CSW Vertical Knives Right voltage.

A. If the voltage now reads >0.500 volts , the RHM is good. Continue troubleshooting at Step 3.

B. If the voltage is still <0.500 volts , then the fault is in the RHM. Reinstall the wire removed for troubleshoot-
ing. Reload the system software to see if the fault code clears. If the fault is still present after reloading
the software, replace the RHM. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
3. Verify circuit 229 yellow is good. Inspect for a short to ground between Right Console Harness connector X029
pin 15 and Vertical Knives switch S-51 connector X063 pin 3.

A. If the circuit checks good, continue troubleshooting at Step 4.

B. Locate the short. Repair the shorted wiring. Continue troubleshooting at Step 4.
4. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, broken or pinched wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.11)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 30 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.30)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.D / 9
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Header feeding

E0063-11-Vertical Knife L Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.D.90.82 -

G.30.B.46)
E0063-11 - Vertical Knife L Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The LH Vertical Knife (K-43) circuit is open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Faulty relay.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Infoview Monitor ""Diagnose info"" screen. Select the "Header" sort menu, and select "Vertical Knife
L". Change the drop-down list to "STATUS", and press the "Enter" button to change the circuit output to "ON".
The "Status" screen should indicate "OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates "ERROR", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates "OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with Step 6.
2. Disconnect vertical knives harness connector X365 . Use a multimeter to check the resistance of the LH vertical
knife relay (K-43) across pins 1 and 2. The proper resistance range is 3 - 5 ohms .

A. If there is zero resistance, the relay is shorted internally. If there is infinite resistance, the relay is open.
Replace the relay. Continue with Step 6.

B. If the resistance is correct, continue with Step 3.

3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X365 pin 1 (harness side) and chassis ground. Flex
the vertical knives (VK) harness while making this check.

A. If there is continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the vertical knives (VK) harness between connector
X365 and connector X019 pin J2-7 wire 771 white. Disconnect vertical knives (VK) harness connector
X022 and recheck continuity to ground. If the continuity to ground is now gone then the fault is in the main
frame (MF) segment of wire 771 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with Step 4.

4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X365 pin 2 (harness side) and chassis ground. Flex
the vertical knives (VK) harness while making this check.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the vertical knives (VK) harness between
connector X365 pin 2 and the rear frame ground #1 wire (unnumbered) black. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, continue with Step 5.

5. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the Infoview Monitor ""Diagnose info"" screen controls to manually
power the LH vertical knife relay. Use a multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X365 pin 1 and
chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, there is an open circuit in the vertical knives (VK) harness between connector
X365 pin 1 and connector X019 pin J2-7 wire 771 white. Locate the open and repair. Continue with Step
6.

B. If 12 volts is found, continue with Step 6.

6. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken
wires.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.D / 10
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Header feeding

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.12)
Series 1282-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.20)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.D / 11
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Header feeding

E0064-11-Vertical Knife R Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.D.90.82 -

G.30.B.46)
E0064-11 - Vertical Knife R Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The RH Vertical Knife (K-42) circuit is open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Faulty relay.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Infoview Monitor ""Diagnose info"" screen. Select the "Header" sort menu, and select "Vertical Knife
R". Change the drop-down list to "STATUS", and press the "Enter" button to change the circuit output to "ON".
The "Status" screen should indicate "OK" if the circuit is working properly.

A. If the status screen indicates "ERROR", the circuit is open or shorted to ground. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the status screen indicates "OK", the circuit is working properly. Continue with Step 6.
2. Disconnect vertical knives harness connector X364 . Use a multimeter to check the resistance of the RH vertical
knife relay (K-42) across pins 1 and 2. The proper resistance range is 3 - 5 ohms .

A. If there is zero resistance, the relay is shorted internally. If there is infinite resistance, the relay is open.
Replace the relay. Continue with Step 6.

B. If the resistance is correct, continue with Step 3.

3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X364 pin 1 (harness side) and chassis ground. Flex
the vertical knives (VK) harness while making this check.

A. If there is continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the vertical knives (VK) harness between connector
X364 and connector X019 pin J2-8 wire 772 white. Disconnect vertical knives (VK) harness connector
X022 and recheck continuity to ground. If the continuity to ground is now gone then the fault is in the main
frame (MF) segment of wire 772 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with Step 4.

4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X364 pin 2 (harness side) and chassis ground. Flex
the vertical knives (VK) harness while making this check.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the vertical knives (VK) harness between
connector X364 pin 2 and the rear frame ground #1 wire (unnumbered) black. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, continue with Step 5.

5. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the Infoview Monitor ""Diagnose info"" screen controls to manually
power the RH vertical knife relay. Use a multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X364 pin 1 and
chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, there is an open circuit in the vertical knives (VK) harness between connector
X364 pin 1 and connector X019 pin J2-8 wire 772 white. Locate the open and repair. Continue with Step
6.

B. If 12 volts is found, continue with Step 6.

6. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken
wires.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.D / 12
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Header feeding

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.12)
Series 1282-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.20)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.D / 13
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Header feeding

E0148-03-Header Type Module Shorted to High Source (K.25.D.95.80

- G.30.B.54)
E0148-03 - Header Type Module Shorted to High Source

Context:
Headers used on the CX combine may be equipped with a header type module, which is used to identify the header
type to the combine. This allows the operator to store configuration information in memory that may be recalled when
the header is attached.

Cause:
The header type module (R-20) circuit is shorted to a higher than normal voltage source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Sensor supply or signal wiring shorted to 12 volts.

2. Sensor ground wiring is open.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the Infoview monitor ""Diagnose info"" screen. Select the "Header" sort menu, and select "Header Type
Input Select" to check the voltage range.
The normal operating range for the header type module circuit is 0.3 - 4.72 volts .
The normal voltage readings for the different header types are as follows:

Header Type Sensor Voltage

Corn header 72 - 4.72 volts
Grain header 93 - 3.72 volts
Draper header 02 - 2.93 volts
Pick up header 22 - 2.02 volts
Programmable header 3 - 1.22 volts
No header installed 0 - 0.3 volts

A. If the voltage reading is 4.72 volts or greater, continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is within the proper limits, the shorted wire may not be powered up at this time.
Continue the troubleshooting at Step 9.
2. Disconnect the header type module connector X435 . Locate the wire 1223 pink in the connector using the
following table: Use a multimeter to check the voltage between connector X435 wire 1223 pink and chassis
ground. There should be 5 volts .

Header Type Connector X435 5 volts Power Wire

Corn header Pin A
Grain header Pin A
Draper header Pin A
Pick up header Pin F
Programmable header Pin F

A. If there is greater than 5 volts on the pink wire, there is a short to high voltage on the 5 volts supply
wire. The fault code E0167-03 - CCM2 J3 5V Reference should be displayed in the Infoview monitor
"Active Errors" screen. Correct that fault code condition, and then return to Step 1 to determine if this fault
condition has been corrected.

B. If the voltage is 5 volts , continue with Step 3.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.D / 14
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Header feeding

3. Disconnect the header type module connector X435 . Locate the wire 750 blue in the connector using the
following table: Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X435 wire 750 blue and chassis
ground. There should be continuity to ground.

Header Type Connector X435 Ground Wire

Corn header Pin F
Grain header Pin F
Draper header Pin E
Pick up header Pin A
Programmable header Pin A

A. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with Step 4.

B. If there is continuity to ground, continue with Step 6.

4. Disconnect the header (HH) harness to feeder (FE) harness connector X032 . Use a multimeter to check for
continuity between the feeder (FE) harness end of connector X032 pin 13 and chassis ground. There should
be continuity to ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the header (HH) harness between connector
X032 and connector X435 wire 750 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with Step 5.

5. Disconnect the feeder (FE) harness to front frame (FF) harness connector X007 . Use a multimeter to check
for continuity between the front frame (FF) harness end of connector X007 pin 13 and chassis ground. There
should be continuity to ground.

A. If there is continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the feeder (FE) harness between connector X032
and connector X007 wire 750 blue. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, there is an open circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X007 and connector X017 pin J3-18 wire 750 blue or 766 blue. Locate the open and repair.
6. Disconnect the header type module connector X435 . Locate the wire 1116 yellow in the connector using the
following table: Use a multimeter to check for voltage between connector X435 wire 1116 yellow and chassis
ground. There should not be any voltage.

Header Type Connector X435 Signal Wire

Corn header Pin B
Grain header Pin E
Draper header Pin B
Pick up header Pin E
Programmable header Pin B

A. If there is no voltage, the module has failed internally. Replace the header type module.

B. If there is voltage (> 4.72 volts), continue with Step 7.

7. Disconnect the header (HH) harness to feeder (FE) harness connector X032 . Use a multimeter to check for
voltage between the feeder (FE) harness end of connector X032 pin 27 and chassis ground. There should not
be any voltage.

A. If there is no voltage, there is a short circuit in the header (HH) harness between connector X032 and
connector X435 wire 1116 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is voltage (> 4.72 volts ), continue with Step 5.

8. Disconnect the feeder (FE) harness to front frame (FF) harness connector X007 . Use a multimeter to check for
voltage between the front frame (FF) harness end of connector X007 pin 27 and chassis ground. There should
not be any voltage.

A. If there is no voltage, there is a short circuit in the feeder (FE) harness between connector X032 and
connector X007 wire 1116 yellow. Locate the short and repair.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.D / 15
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Header feeding

B. If there is voltage (> 4.72 volts ), there is a short circuit in the front frame (FF) harness between connector
X007 and connector X017 pin J3-24 wire 1116 yellow. Locate the short and repair.
9. Visually inspect the harness and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals or broken
wires.

A. Repair any damage found during visual inspection.

B. If no damage is found, erase the fault code and continue operation.

Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.13)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.27)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.D / 16
 Index

CROP PROCESSING - K

FEEDING Header feeding - 25.D

Drive system Drive shaft - Install (K.25.D.42.43 - F.10.A.15) 6
Drive system Drive shaft - Remove (K.25.D.42.43 - F.10.A.10) 3
E0063-11-Vertical Knife L Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.D.90.82 - G.30.B.46) 10
E0064-11-Vertical Knife R Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.D.90.82 - G.30.B.46) 12
E0148-03-Header Type Module Shorted to High Source (K.25.D.95.80 - G.30.B.54) 14
E0647-04-CSW Vertical Knives Left Shorted to Low Source (K.25.D.05.81 - G.30.B.53) 8
E0650-04-CSW Vertical Knives Right Switch Shorted to Low Source (K.25.D.05.81 - G.30.B.53) 9

2 4/7/2006
K.25.D / 17
 2 4/7/2006
K.25.D / 18
 CROP PROCESSING - K

FEEDING Feeder housing - 25.E

CX720 , CX740 , CX760 , CX780 , CX820 , CX840 , CX860 , CX880

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 1
 Contents

CROP PROCESSING - K

FEEDING Feeder housing - 25.E

FUNCTIONAL DATA
Drive system
Slip clutch - Exploded view (K.25.E.40.46 - C.10.A.20) 4
Clutch - Sectional view (K.25.E.40.42 - C.10.A.30) 5
Drive shaft
Exploded view (K.25.E.41 - C.10.A.20) 6
Sectional view (K.25.E.41 - C.10.A.30) 7
CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780

Sectional view (K.25.E.41 - C.10.A.30) 9

CX820, CX840, CX860, CX880

Reversing system
Exploded view (K.25.E.42 - C.10.A.20) 11
Sectional view (K.25.E.42 - C.10.A.30) 12
Bottom shaft
Exploded view (K.25.E.56 - C.10.A.20) 13
CX720 With Front Face Adjustment, CX740 With Front Face Adjustment, CX760 With Front Face
Adjustment, CX780 With Front Face Adjustment

Exploded view (K.25.E.56 - C.10.A.20) 14

CX820 With Front Face Adjustment, CX840 With Front Face Adjustment, CX860 With Front Face
Adjustment, CX880 With Front Face Adjustment

Idler roller
Exploded view (K.25.E.57 - C.10.A.20) 15
Cradle
Front face adjustment system - Exploded view (K.25.E.77.64 - C.10.A.20) 16
Exploded view (K.25.E.77 - C.10.A.20) 17

SERVICE
Drive system
Clutch - Disassemble (K.25.E.40.42 - F.10.A.25) 18
Clutch - Disassemble (K.25.E.40.42 - F.10.A.25) 22
Slip clutch - Disassemble (K.25.E.40.46 - F.10.A.25) 23
Clutch - Assemble (K.25.E.40.42 - F.10.A.20) 25
Clutch - Assemble (K.25.E.40.42 - F.10.A.20) 30
Slip clutch - Assemble (K.25.E.40.46 - F.10.A.20) 31
Drive shaft
Remove (K.25.E.41 - F.10.A.10) 34
Install (K.25.E.41 - F.10.A.15) 36
Reversing system
Disassemble (K.25.E.42 - F.10.A.25) 38

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 2
 Assemble (K.25.E.42 - F.10.A.20) 41
Feed chain
Remove (K.25.E.48 - F.10.A.10) 44
Install (K.25.E.48 - F.10.A.15) 45
Bottom shaft
Remove (K.25.E.56 - F.10.A.10) 47
CX720 With Front Face Adjustment, CX740 With Front Face Adjustment, CX760 With Front Face
Adjustment, CX780 With Front Face Adjustment, CX820 With Front Face Adjustment, CX840 With
Front Face Adjustment, CX860 With Front Face Adjustment, CX880 With Front Face Adjustment

Remove (K.25.E.56 - F.10.A.10) 49

Install (K.25.E.56 - F.10.A.15) 51
Install (K.25.E.56 - F.10.A.15) 52
Idler roller
Remove (K.25.E.57 - F.10.A.10) 54
Install (K.25.E.57 - F.10.A.15) 55
Intermediate plate
Remove (K.25.E.75 - F.10.A.10) 57
Install (K.25.E.75 - F.10.A.15) 58
Cradle
Front face adjustment system - Remove (K.25.E.77.64 - F.10.A.10) 59
Remove (K.25.E.77 - F.10.A.10) 60
Front face adjustment system - Install (K.25.E.77.64 - F.10.A.15) 62
Install (K.25.E.77 - F.10.A.15) 63

DIAGNOSTIC
Command
E0047-03-V Supply Feeder Clutch Shorted To High Source (K.25.E.05.83 - G.30.B.54) 65
E0047-04-V Supply Feeder Clutch Shorted To Low Source (K.25.E.05.83 - G.30.B.53) 67
Control valve
E0050-03-Isense Feeder Clutch Shorted To A High Source (K.25.E.14.20 - G.30.B.54) 69
E0052-11-Feeder Clutch Valve Unidentified Failure Code (K.25.E.14.20 - G.30.B.46) 71
Reversing system
E0042-06-Current Sense Reverser Short Circuit (K.25.E.42 - G.30.B.25) 73
E0646-04-CSW Feeder Reverse Shorted to Low Source (K.25.E.42.05 - G.30.B.53) 78
Sensing system
E0004-03-Fdr Reverser Disengaged Shorted To High Source (K.25.E.95.82 - G.30.B.54) 79
E0004-04-Fdr Reverser Disengaged Shorted To Low Source (K.25.E.95.82 - G.30.B.53) 80
E0004-05-Fdr Reverser Disengaged Line Disconnected (K.25.E.95.82 - G.30.B.50) 81
E0029-03-Lateral Float Sensor Shorted To High Source (K.25.E.95.84 - G.30.B.54) 83
E0029-05-Lateral Float Sensor Line Disconnected (K.25.E.95.84 - G.30.B.51) 85

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 3
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Drive system Slip clutch - Exploded view (K.25.E.40.46 - C.10.A.20)

ZDA3376A 1

1 Nut 2 Bolt
3 Ring 4 Pressure Plate
5 Clutch Disc 6 Bushing
7 Washer 8 V-pulley
9 Spring 10 Fixing Plate

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 4
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Drive system Clutch - Sectional view (K.25.E.40.42 - C.10.A.30)

ZDA4756A 1

1 Shaft 2 Key
3 Clutch body 4 Bolt
5 Plunger seal 6 Plunger seal
7 Plunger 8 Cup washer
9 Drive disc 10 Driven disc
11 Support ring 12 Circlip
13 V-pulley 14 Bolt
15 Hub 16 V-pulley
17 Disc carrier 18 Key
19 Rotating connector 20 Plate
21 Nut 22 Lock washer
23 Seal 24 Circlip
25 Spacer 26 Spring washer
27 Bearings 28 O-ring

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 5
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Drive shaft - Exploded view (K.25.E.41 - C.10.A.20)

ZDA3470A 1

1 Upper shaft 2 Sprocket

3 Bearing housing 4 Bearing
5 Anti-wrap shield 6 Bearing housing (only CX 800 models)
7 Bearing (only CX 800 models) 8 Guard
9 Headed key 10 Pulley

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 6
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Drive shaft - Sectional view (K.25.E.41 - C.10.A.30)

CX720, CX740, CX760, CX780

ZDA3465B 1
Model CX 700

A= 1320 mm (52 in)

B= 1035 - 1037 mm (40-3/4 - 40-13/16 in)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 7
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

C= 517 - 519 mm (20-3/8 - 20-7/16 in)

D= 123 - 125 mm (4-7/8 - 4-15/16 in)
X= 1.5 - 2.5 mm (1/16 - 3/32 in)
Y= 2 - 3.5 mm (5/64 - 1/8 in)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 8
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Drive shaft - Sectional view (K.25.E.41 - C.10.A.30)

CX820, CX840, CX860, CX880

ZDA3466B 1
Model CX 800

A= 1580 mm (62-3/16 in)

B= 438 - 440 mm (17-1/4 - 17-5/16 in)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 9
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

C= 776 - 778 mm (30-1/2 - 30-5/8 in)

D= 59 - 61 mm (2-5/16 - 2-7/16 in)
E= 397 - 399 mm (15-5/8 - 15-3/4 in)
X= 1.5 - 2.5 mm (1/16 - 3/32 in)
Y= 2 - 3.5 mm (5/64 - 1/8 in)
Z= 0 - 0.1 mm (0 - 1/16 in)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 10
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Reversing system - Exploded view (K.25.E.42 - C.10.A.20)

ZDA3468A 1

1 Hydro motor 2 Actuator

3 Gear 4 Bearing
5 Spring 6 Sliding part

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 11
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Reversing system - Sectional view (K.25.E.42 - C.10.A.30)

ZDA3467A 1

1 Shims (clutch engaged clearance) 2 Spring

3 Shims (clutch released clearance) 4 Bearing, gear
5 Bearing, housing 6 Gear, driven
7 Gear, drive 8 Hydraulic motor
9 Lock collar, gear bearing 10 Lock collar, housing bearing

Dimension A: 319 - 321 mm (12-1/2 - 12-5/8 in)

Dimension Z: 0.5 mm +/- 1 (0.020 in +/- 0.040 in)
Dimension C (clutch engaged clearance): 0.5 - 1.5 mm (0.020 - 0.060 in)
Dimension D (clutch released clearance): 10 - 12 mm (3/8 - 1/2 in)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 12
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Bottom shaft - Exploded view (K.25.E.56 - C.10.A.20)

CX720 With Front Face Adjustment, CX740 With Front Face Adjustment, CX760 With Front Face Adjustment, CX780 With Front Face Adjustment

ZDA3426A 1
Model CX 700

1 Lower shaft 2 Grease line

3 Bearing housing fixation bolt 4 Spring
5 Bearing 6 Straw elevator chain
7 Support 8 Indicator plate

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 13
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Bottom shaft - Exploded view (K.25.E.56 - C.10.A.20)

CX820 With Front Face Adjustment, CX840 With Front Face Adjustment, CX860 With Front Face Adjustment, CX880 With Front Face Adjustment

ZDA3469A 1
Model CX 800

1 Lower shaft 2 Grease line

3 Bearing housing fixation bolt 4 Spring
5 Bearing 6 Straw elevator chain
7 Support

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 14
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Idler roller - Exploded view (K.25.E.57 - C.10.A.20)

ZDA3377A 1

1 Special washer 2 Lock washer

3 Locknut 4 Bearing plate
5 Lock collar 6 Shim
7 Circlip 8 Bolt
9 Spring 10 Nut
11 Intermediate roll

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 15
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Cradle Front face adjustment system - Exploded view (K.25.E.77.64

- C.10.A.20)

ZDA3424A 1

1 Cradle 2 Pivot axle

3 Cotterpin 4 Front face frame
5 Washer 6 Axle
7 Cotterpin

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 16
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Cradle - Exploded view (K.25.E.77 - C.10.A.20)

ZDA3471A 1

1 Cradle 2 Anti dust plate

3 Central axle 4 Shim pack
5 Support 6 Sealing
7 Bolt 8 Coach bolt
9 Spacer 10 Washer
11 Locknut

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 17
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Drive system Clutch - Disassemble (K.25.E.40.42 - F.10.A.25)

1. Loosen nut (1) to remove the hydraulic hose.
Loosen nut (2) and remove the grain elevator inter-
mediate shaft drive belt.
NOTE: Hang-up the hydraulic hose to avoid oil contamina-
tion.

ZDA4736A 1

2. Loosen three bolts (3) and remove the retaining

plate.
Pull rotating connector (4) out of the shaft.

ZDA4737A 2

3. Bent the lip of washer (1) back.

Remove nut (2) and the washer.

ZDA4738A 3

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 18
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

4. Remove V-pulley (3).

ZDA4740A 4

5. Loosen three Allen screws (1) by a 1/4 of a turn.

Loosen nut (2) and remove header and straw eleva-
tor intermediate drive belt (3).

ZDA4743A 5

6. Replace Allen screws (1) (fig.5) by 3 bolts (2) or

threaded rods metric 14 with a length of 100 mm.
(3-15/16 in)
Gradually screw in bolts (2) to push of V-pulley as-
sembly (3).
NOTE: Take care for the outer bearing.

ZDA4744A 6

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 19
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

7. Remove sixteen Allen screws (1).

Remove disc carrier (2) together with discs (3).

ZDA4745A 7

8. Remove cup washers (4).

ZDA4746A 8

9. Remove shim (1).

Remove plunger (2).

ZDA4747A 9

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 20
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

10. Check clutch body (3) for scoring.

NOTE: If clutch body (3) needs to be replaced remove the
grain elevator before pulling the clutch body of shaft (4).
Refer to Grain elevator Chain - Remove (K.60.B.52.48 -
F.10.A.10).

ZDA4748A 10

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 21
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Drive system Clutch - Disassemble (K.25.E.40.42 - F.10.A.25)

1. Remove the straw elevator clutch, refer to Drive
system Clutch - Disassemble (K.25.E.40.42 -
F.10.A.25)
Remove bearing (1).

ZDA4753A 1

2. Remove spring washers (2) and spacer (3).

ZDA4754A 2

3. Remove circlip (4) and (5).

Remove bearing (6).
Check seal (7) and replace if necessary.

ZDA4755B 3

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 22
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Drive system Slip clutch - Disassemble (K.25.E.40.46 - F.10.A.25)

1. To remove the slip clutch, first remove the right-hand
side traction wheel. (It’s also possible to detach the
straw elevator, refer to the Operator’s Manual: Sec-
tion 3 - “Field and Site operation")
Remove drive belt (1) and shielding (2) of the pulley.

ZDA3361A 1

2. Remove cotter pin (2) nut (1) and the special washer.
Remove the slip clutch completely, using a puller.

ZDA3449A_1147 2

3. Remove four bolts (5) to remove ring (6).

ZDA3362A 3

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 23
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

4. Loosen the eight bolts (1) evenly one turn at a time

to remove spring pressure from the clutch. Remove
the fixing plates (2) and springs, from the back of the
pulley.

10014608 4

5. Remove the pressure plate (1) from the sheave. Re-

move the clutch discs (2) from both the pressure
plate and the bushing in the pulley.

10014609 5

6. Slide bushing (1) out of the pulley. Be careful, there

are three washers (2) between the bushing and the
pulley.

ZDA3364A 6

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 24
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Drive system Clutch - Assemble (K.25.E.40.42 - F.10.A.20)

1. Apply grease NLGI 2 on O-rings (1).
NOTE: This is only possible if the grain elevator is re-
moved.

ZDA4444B 1

2. Slide clutch body (3) on the shaft.

NOTE: This is only possible if the grain elevator is re-
moved.

ZDA4748A 2

3. Check seals (2), and replace if necessary.

Apply an oil film on seals (2).

ZDA4749A 3

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 25
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

4. Install plunger (2).

Install shim (1).
NOTE: Apply an oil film on the plunger and the clutch body
contacting faces.

ZDA4747A 4

5. Install cup washers (4).

ZDA4746A 5

6. Install disc carrier (2) and tighten the Allen screws to

a minimum torque of 67 Nm. (49.4 ft.lbs)
Install discs (3), ring (4) and circlip (5) on the clutch
body.
IMPORTANT: Check for a correct installation of cup wash-
ers (4) (fig.5) before install disc carrier (2).

ZDA4750A 6

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 26
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

7. Slide V-pulley (1) over the discs.

ZDA4751A 7

8. To install the pre-assembled hub on the clutch using

three threaded rods (2) and tighten nuts (3) even.
After installing remove threaded rods (2).
IMPORTANT: When installing the pre-assembled hub it
is possible that the outer bearing is coming out. Check
for a correct installation of spring washers (26) (fig. in
Drive system Clutch - Sectional view (K.25.E.40.42 -
C.10.A.30)) before reinstalling the outer bearing.

ZDA4752A 8

9. Install and tighten three Allen screws (1).

ZDA4742A 9

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 27
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

10. Install V-pulley (3).

ZDA4741A 10

11. Install washer (1) and tighten nut (2) to a torque of

170 - 190 Nm. (125.4 - 140 ft.lbs)
Bent the lip of washer (1) to secure the nut.

ZDA4739A 11

12. Install the header and straw elevator intermediate

drive belt and adjust with nut (2) as described in the
CX-Operator’s Manual; Section 4 - “Lubrication and
Maintenance", paragraph “Drive belts and Chains -
Right-hand side".
Apply an oil film on the rotating connector (4) and
install it.
Install the retaining plate and tighten three bolts (3).

ZDA4737B 12

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 28
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

13. Install the grain elevator intermediate shaft drive belt

and tighten nut (2) as described in the CX-Opera-
tor’s Manual; Section 4 - “Lubrication and Mainte-
nance", paragraph “Drive belts and Chains - Right-
hand side".
Install the hydraulic hose and tighten with nut (1).
NOTE: Be sure the hydraulic hose is in a slight loop and is
not causing side loading on the rotating connector.
IMPORTANT: The system does not need bleeding. The
plunger seals function as automatic breathers. Air will pas
but oil will not.

ZDA4736A 13

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 29
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Drive system Clutch - Assemble (K.25.E.40.42 - F.10.A.20)

1. Install bearing (6).
install circlip (4) and (5).

ZDA4755A 1

2. Install spacer (3) and spring washers (2).

ZDA4754A_1156 2

3. Install bearing (1).

ZDA4753A_1157 3

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 30
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Drive system Slip clutch - Assemble (K.25.E.40.46 - F.10.A.20)

1. See Fig. in Drive system Slip clutch - Exploded
view (K.25.E.40.46 - C.10.A.20)
Grease clutch discs (5) and three washers (7) with
NGLI-2.
Grease bushing (6), and eight bolts (2) with anti-cor-
rosive grease.
Install the three washers (2) over the bushing (1) and
install the bushing assembly into the pulley.

ZDA3364A_1148 1

2. Install the clutch disc (1) on the bushing (2) and in the
pressure plate. Ensure the pins on the clutch discs
are properly seated in the holes in the bushing and
pressure plate.

10014610 2

3. Insert the eight bolts (1) through the pressure plate

and pulley. Install a spring (2) over each bolt, and
install the fixing plates (3), by threading the bolts into
them.
NOTE: The fixing plates must be installed into spring pairs
between the pulley spokes.

10014608 3

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 31
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

4. Tighten the bolts evenly one turn at a time and adjust

spring (2) to distance Y= 37 - 39 mm (1-1/2 - 1-17/32
in) .

ZDA3044A 4

5. Install ring (6) with four bolts at (5).

NOTE: Turn eight bolts (7) until it is possible to install the
ring.

ZDA3362B 5

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 32
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

6. Install the slip clutch to the upper shaft.

Install the washer and tighten nut (1) with a maximum
torque of 80 N·m (59 ft. lbs.).Install cotter pin (2).
IMPORTANT: Do not turn slotted nut back when mounting
the cotter pin.

ZDA3449A_1149 6

7. Install drive belt (1) and shielding (2).

Install the traction wheel.
Grease the slip clutch.
NOTE: Install the shielding with hole on grease zerk.

ZDA3361A 7

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 33
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Drive shaft - Remove (K.25.E.41 - F.10.A.10)

1. Detach the straw elevator. (Refer to the Operator’s
Manual: Section 3 - “Field and Site operation")
2. Open the elevator chain. Refer to Feed chain - Re-
move (K.25.E.48 - F.10.A.10).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the straw elevator
chain.
3. Fit a rope to the lower and upper chain end to hold
the chain.
4. Remove cotter pin (1) nut (2) and the special washer.

ZDA3449A 1

5. Remove the slip clutch completely with a puller.

Remove the key of the slip clutch on the upper shaft.

ZDA3416A 2

6. Remove anti-wrap shields (4).

ZDA3358A 3

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 34
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

7. Model CX 800 only: Loosen Allen screw of set collar

(1), of the centre bearing and loosen two bolts (2) to
remove the bearing housing from the cross beam.

ZDA3456A 4

8. Remove headed keys (5).

ZDA3359A 5

9. Remove two grease lines (1) from bearing housing

(2) on both sides.
Remove bolt (3) and the washer on the left-hand
side.
Remove bolts (4) to remove bearing housing (2) on
both sides.
Slide the shaft to the right-hand side until it is free on
the left side, take the shaft out of the straw elevator
casing.
Remove the sprockets and the guards from the shaft.

ZDA3450A 6

10. 1. Remove the circlip.

2. Remove the bearing out of the bearing housing.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 35
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Drive shaft - Install (K.25.E.41 - F.10.A.15)

1. Install felt ring (1) with grease NLGI-2 on both sides
in the bearing housing.
2. Install the bearing housing with bearing (2) loose on
the right-hand side of the straw elevator casing.
NOTE: Install the bearing with the marked side on outside
of the straw elevator.
3. Install the bearing housing without bearing (2) loose
on the left-hand side of the straw elevator casing.
4. Slide guards (3) and sprockets (4) on the shaft.
5. Model CX 800 only: Slide also bearing (5) with the
set collar loose on the shaft. (grease the inner ring
and collar with anti corrosive grease and the sealing
with grease NLGI-2).
6. Introduce the shaft from the middle to the left-hand
side in the straw elevator casing and then slide it to
the right.
7. Move the right-hand bearing (2) against the stop on
the shaft.
8. Install the left-hand side bearing (2) with plate (6) and
tighten bolt (7).
IMPORTANT: Do not hammer the bearings on the upper
shaft.
9. Tighten the bearing housing bolts (8) crosswise on
both sides with a minimum torque of 45 N·m (33 ft.
lbs.).
10. Install the grease lines on both sides.
11. Install sprockets (4) with the headed keys.
CX 800 models: Refer to Fig. Drive shaft - Sec-
tional view (K.25.E.41 - C.10.A.30). Dimensions
are marked.
CX 700 models: Refer to Fig. Drive shaft - Sec-
tional view (K.25.E.41 - C.10.A.30). Dimensions
are marked.
NOTE: Install the headed key in according to mark on the
sprocket and lock them with two punch marks.
12. Model CX 800 only: Install the bearing housing and
the centre bearing (5) on the cross beam and secure
the lock collar.
13. Install anti-wrap shields (9) and tighten the bolts fore-
seen with loctite with a minimum torque of 28 N·m (21
ft.lbs.).
IMPORTANT: The sprockets must turn freely.
14. Install anti-wrap plates (10), on both sides (clearance
0 mm on nearest place of the upper shaft).
15. Install key (13), on the right-hand side of the upper
shaft.
16. Grease the shaft end with grease NL GI 2.
17. Install the slip clutch.
2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 36
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

18. Install washer (11), and tighten nut (12), with a max-
imum torque of 80 N·m (59 ft. lbs.).
19. Install the cotter pin.
IMPORTANT: Do not turn slotted nut back when mounting
cotter pin.
20. Install the straw elevator chain. Refer to Operators
Manual: Section 3 - “Field and Site operation".

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 37
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Reversing system - Disassemble (K.25.E.42 - F.10.A.25)

1. Remove the actuator (1) from the reverser assembly
by removing the bolt (2). The actuator and hex bush-
ing may then be removed from the clutch fork.

50014612 1

2. Remove the nut and washer (1) securing the fork (2)
to the shaft. Slide the fork off the shaft. Drive out
the roll pin (3) and slide the shaft out of the reverser
housing. Keep track of the shims (4) used on each
end of the shaft for reassembly.
NOTE: The shaft is under mild spring pressure. Use cau-
tion when removing the roll pin.

10014613 2

3. Loosen the lock collars (1) securing the bearing and

gear to the header drive shaft. Slide the shaft (2) out
of the gear (3) and reverser housing bearing (4).

10014614 3

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 38
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

4. Remove the lock collars (1) and gear (2) from the
reverser housing.

10014615 4

5. The bearing (1) in the reverser housing may be re-

moved by turning it sideways in the housing, and slid-
ing it out through the loading slots in the housing.

10014616 5

6. Remove the bearing in the gear by removing the

snap ring (1) and drive the bearing out of the gear.
When installing a new bearing, ensure that the lock-
ing flange on the bearing is facing out on the snap
ring side of the gear.

10014617 6

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 39
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

7. Remove the hydraulic motor (1) from the reverser

housing. Holes are provided in the housing to pro-
vide access to the motor mounting bolts.

10014618 7

8. Remove the gear (1) from the motor by using soft-

jawed pliers to hold the gear while loosening the bolt
(2) from the end of the motor shaft. Remove the bolt,
lock washer and large flat washer. Slide the gear off
the motor shaft.

10014619 8

9. Inspection
Inspect both bearings. Replace if any wear or dam-
age to the seals is noticed.
10. Inspect the gear teeth for chipping, cracks or galling.
Replace if any damage is found.
11. Inspect the engaging surface of the gear and clutch
jaws. Replace if excessive wear or rounding of the
corners is found.
Inspect the shaft and clutch jaw splines for exces-
sive wear or galling. Replace both parts if damage is
found.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 40
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Reversing system - Assemble (K.25.E.42 - F.10.A.20)

1. Remove all paint, rust or corrosion from the gear and
motor shaft, and install the gear (1) on the motor
shaft by sliding it over the key. Install the bolt (2) lock
washer and flat washer, and tighten securely.
IMPORTANT: Do not use a hammer to drive the gear onto
the motor shaft, or the motor will be damaged. The gear
should be a slip fit on the motor shaft and key.

10014619_1152 1

2. Slide the clutch jaw (1) onto the header drive shaft
until it is engaged on the splined area of the shaft.

10014620 2

3. Insert the gear (1) into the reverser housing with the
jaws on the gear facing away from the reverser hous-
ing bearing. While sliding the header drive shaft (2)
through the gear and housing, carefully fit the locking
collars (3) over the shaft.
NOTE: Ensure that the locking collars are properly oriented
for each bearing.

10014621 3

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 41
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

4. Position the reverser housing on the shaft so that it

is positioned 319 - 321 mm (12-1/2 - 12-5/8 in) from
the end of the shaft to the bearing. Install the locking
collar (1) on the reverser housing bearing to secure
the housing in this position.
NOTE: Tighten the lock collar counter-clockwise as viewed
from the end of the shaft.

10014622 4

5. Attach the hydraulic motor and gear assembly (1) to

the reverser housing. Position the reverser housing
so that it is perpendicular to the shaft. Slide the gear
(2) on the shaft until it is aligned to the hydraulic mo-
tor gear (3) within 0.5 mm +/- 1 (0.020 in +/- 0.040
). Install the locking collar (4), on the gear bearing to
secure it in this position.
NOTE: Tighten the lock collar counter-clockwise as viewed
from the end of the shaft.

10014614_1153 5

6. Preassemble the shaft (1) by installing the roll pin (2),

and slide the shims (3) and spring over the shaft.

10014623 6

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 42
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

7. Slide the shaft through the housing, and install the

fork (1) over the shaft and into the groove on the
clutch jaw (2). Install the nut and washer (3) to secure
the fork to the shaft.
Use a large clamp or spring compressor to shift the
shaft and fork against the spring until the spring is
completely coil-bound. Push the clutch jaw against
the fork so that it is tight at (4), and measure the
clearance between the clutch and gear jaws. The
clearance should be 10 - 12 mm (3/8 - 1/2 in). Adjust
this clearance by adding or removing shims at (5).

10014624 7

8. Remove the nut and washer (1) and remove the fork.
Install the shims (2) and roll pin (3) on the shaft.
Reinstall the fork, nut and washer, and remove the
clamp or spring compressor. Pull the clutch jaw
against the fork so that it is tight at (4), and measure
the clearance between the clutch and gear jaws.
The clearance should be 0.5 - 1.5 mm (0.020 - 0.060
in). Adjust this clearance by adding or removing
shims at (2).
NOTE: The clamp or spring compressor must be used to
partially compress the spring in order to allow installation
of roll pin (3).

10014625 8

9. Attach the actuator (1) to the fork by inserting the

actuator and hex bushing through the fork, and in-
stalling the bolt and locknut (2). Loosen the bolt se-
curing the J-hook (3) to the reverser housing, as this
will be adjusted after the header drive shaft is rein-
stalled on the straw elevator.

50014612_1154 9

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 43
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Feed chain - Remove (K.25.E.48 - F.10.A.10)

1. Detach the straw elevator from the combine. Refer
to the CX Operator’s Manual: Section 3 - “Field and
Site operation".
Release the chain tension by loosening nut (1) on
both sides.
Fig.1
Fig.2.

ZDA3354A 1

ZDA3459A 2

2. Rotate the elevator chain until the chain coupler links

are accessible on the top shaft side and open the
joining links.
Fit a rope to the lower part of the chain at the two
outer links.
Pull the straw elevator chain over the top shaft out
of the straw elevator. Hold the two ropes (or new
straw elevator chain) with a little tension to prevent
the chain from sliding fast to the bottom of the straw
elevator housing.
NOTE: To install a complete new straw elevator chain, fit
the new straw elevator chain to the lower links of the chain
to be removed.
ZDA3356A 3

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 44
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Feed chain - Install (K.25.E.48 - F.10.A.15)

1. Attach the ropes to the new straw elevator chain and
pull the chain underneath the top shaft to the bottom
shaft. Pull the chain over the bottom shaft to the top.
NOTE: This job should be done with at least two people.
NOTE: Be sure the straw elevator chain is in the right di-
rection. The straight edge should be towards the direction
of travel.

ZDA3697A 1

2. Close the new chain with coupler links (1).

Install cotter pins (2) to secure the coupler links.
NOTE: Insert the coupler links from the same side of the
guide on the guide wheel on the bottom shaft (the cotter
pins should be in the opposite side of the chain then the
edges of the discs on the lower shaft).
NOTE: Insert the cotter pins in the direction of travel (as
shown) and bend the legs close to the pen.

ZDA3357A 2

3. Move the straw elevator chain as much as possible

to the right-hand side while turning the chain a few
times around.
Tighten spring (2) on the left-hand side completely.
Tighten spring (2) on the right-hand side completely
and then adjust to the length of the indicator plate.

ZDA3354B 3

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 45
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

4. Adjust spring (2) on the left-hand side to the length

of indicator plate (3).
Fig.3
Fig.4.

ZDA3459B 4

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 46
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Bottom shaft - Remove (K.25.E.56 - F.10.A.10)

CX720 With Front Face Adjustment, CX740 With Front Face Adjustment, CX760 With Front Face Adjustment, CX780 With Front Face Adjustment, CX820
With Front Face Adjustment, CX840 With Front Face Adjustment, CX860 With Front Face Adjustment, CX880 With Front Face Adjustment

1. Remove anti dust plate (1).

Rotate the straw elevator chain until the chain cou-
pler links (2) are accessible on the bottom shaft side.

ZDA3365A 1

2. Loosen the nut to release spring (1) on both sides.

Remove nuts (3) and nut (4) on both sides.

ZDA3354E 2

3. Disconnect the joining links on the chain.

NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the chain completely.

ZDA3366A 3

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 47
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

4. Remove grease lines (2) to the bearings on both

sides.
Remove bolts (6) and (7) on both sides.
Remove the bottom shaft with supports (8) com-
pletely.

ZDA4153A 4

5. The supports should slide off the bottom shaft. To

replace the bearings (1) unbolt the housing (2) from
the support. Twist the bearing 1/4 turn in the hous-
ing, and slide it out of the housing through the two
notches.
Install new bearings into the housing using the same
procedure. Ensure that the bearing shoulder is fac-
ing away from the support as shown. When bolting
the housing to the support, the grease port should be
next to the support as shown.

20014611 5

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 48
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Bottom shaft - Remove (K.25.E.56 - F.10.A.10)

1. Remove anti dust plate (1).
Rotate the straw elevator chain until chain coupler
links (2) are accessible on the bottom shaft side.

ZDA3365A 1

2. Loosen nut (1) on both sides.

Remove nuts (2) on both sides.
Loosen nut (3) to remove the bolt on both sides.
Disconnect the joining links on the chain.
Loosen two nuts (4) to remove bearing cover (5) on
both sides.

ZDA3459C 2

3. Install two nuts (4) back.

Remove circlip (1) and the shim.
Loosen the Allen screw of lock collar (3).
Remove bearing plate (5) on both sides of the straw
elevator.

ZDA3419A 3

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 49
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

4. Remove the bottom shaft.

NOTE: Remove nuts (2) to remove support (1) on both
sides.

ZDA3422A 4

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 50
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Bottom shaft - Install (K.25.E.56 - F.10.A.15)

1. Bring the bottom shaft with supports (8) in the straw
elevator frame .
IMPORTANT: Check if the bottom shaft is installed in the
right position. The flanges on the outer wheels are to the
left, and the flanges on the inner wheels are to the right.
IMPORTANT: There is a left and right support. Position the
supports so the welded strips are on top of the support and
against the side sheets.
CX 800 models: Fig. in Exploded view (K25.E.56 -
C.10.A.20).
CX 700 models: Fig. in Bottom shaft - Exploded view
(K.25.E.56 - C.10.A.20).

ZDA4153A 1

2. Install bolts (6) and (7) and tighten the nuts on both
sides.
3. Install grease lines (2) to the bearings on both sides.
4. Connect the joining links on the chain and install the
coupler links (1) in the right direction.

ZDA3366B 2

5. Adjust spring (6) Check if the indicator plate (8)

is installed as shown. See also Fig.Exploded
view (K25.E.56 - C.10.A.20) and Exploded view
(K25.E.56 - C.10.A.20). Adjust spring (7) if neces-
sary.
Grease the bearings on both sides.
NOTE: To adjust the height of the bottom shaft, refer to the
CX Operator’s manual, Section 3 - “Field and Site opera-
tion".

ZDA3354D 3

6. Install the anti dust plate.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 51
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Bottom shaft - Install (K.25.E.56 - F.10.A.15)

1. Install the support on both sides.(Fig.1)
Bring the bottom shaft in the straw elevator frame.
IMPORTANT: Check if the bottom shaft is installed in the
right position.

ZDA3422A 1

2. Install bearing plate (5) with the bearing installed and

tighten nuts (2) on both sides.
Install bolt (6).
Install lock collar (3) the shim and circlip (1).
Remove two nuts (4) to install the bearing cover on
both sides.
NOTE: Check if the minimum clearance between the frame
and bearing plate (5), = 3 mm(1/8 in) left and right.

ZDA3420A 2

3. Connect the joining links on the chain and install the

coupler links in the right direction. (see Fig.3)

ZDA3366B 3

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 52
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

4. Adjust the springs with nuts (1) and (2) on both sides.
Grease the bearing on both sides.
NOTE: To adjust the height of the bottom shaft, refer to the
CX Operator’s manual.

ZDA3459D 4

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 53
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Idler roller - Remove (K.25.E.57 - F.10.A.10)

1. Remove the shielding on the right-hand side of the
straw elevator.
Remove nut (1) to remove spring (2) and bolt (3) on
both sides.
Remove circlip (4) to remove the shims at the left-
hand side.

ZDA3369A 1

2. Loosen Allen screw (5) to remove the lock collar of

the bearing at the left-hand side.
Remove locknut (6) on both sides.
Remove bearing plate (7) completely at the left-hand
side.
NOTE: Don’t push the bolt inside of the straw elevator
frame.

ZDA3370A 2

3. Slide intermediate roll (8) out to the right-hand side.

ZDA3371A 3

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 54
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Idler roller - Install (K.25.E.57 - F.10.A.15)

1. Introduce the roll from the right-hand side in the straw
elevator frame.

ZDA3372A 1

2. Install special washer, lock washer and locknut (6) at

the right-hand side.
Install bearing plate (7) at the left-hand side. Grease
the inner ring of the bearing with anti-corrosive
grease.
Install special washer, lockwasher and locknut (6) at
the left-hand side.
Install the lock collar (5), tighten the Allen screw and
lock with punch mark at the left-hand side. Grease
the lock collar with anti-corrosive grease.

ZDA3370A 2

3. Install the shims and circlip (4) (Fig.4)

NOTE: The clearance between the bearing plate and the
frame Z= 0.5 - 1 mm (1/64 - 3/64 in), left and right.
NOTE: The maximum clearance Y= 0.5 mm (1/64 in).

ZDA3464A 3

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 55
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

4. Install bolt (3) spring (2) with nut (1) on both sides.

ZDA3369A_1150 4

5. Adjust the length of spring (1) with the nut until X=174
- 176 mm174-176 mm on both sides.(6-7/8 - 7 in)
Protect the shafted against rust.
Grease the bearing on both sides.

ZDA3378A 5

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 56
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Intermediate plate - Remove (K.25.E.75 - F.10.A.10)

1. Remove the bottom shaft. Refer to Bottom shaft -
Remove (K.25.E.56 - F.10.A.10).
Remove two bolts (1) on both sides of the intermedi-
ate plate (2).
Slide the plate out of the frame .

ZDA3451A 1

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 57
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Intermediate plate - Install (K.25.E.75 - F.10.A.15)

1. Bring the intermediate plate in the straw elevator
frame.
Tighten the bolts.
NOTE: Before tighten the bolts, check if the intermediate
plate is in line with the fixed intermediate plate.

ZDA3463A 1

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 58
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Cradle Front face adjustment system - Remove (K.25.E.77.64 -

F.10.A.10)
1. On both sides:
Remove the nine bolts (1).
Loosen the nut (2).
Remove the cotter pin (3) to remove the axle (4).
Remove the cotter pin (5).
Remove the axle (6).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the cradle to do this
job.

ZDA3462A 1

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 59
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Cradle - Remove (K.25.E.77 - F.10.A.10)

1. Remove circlip (1) and remove the special pin.
NOTE: Adjust the cradle in neutral position. This is neces-
sary to remove the axle through hole (2).

ZDA3460B 1

2. To remove the axle to disconnect the hydraulic cylin-

der from the cradle, push through the hole, using a
pin.

ZDA3549A 2

3. Remove bolt (2) on both sides of the cradle.

Loosen four bolts (3) to remove the central axle (4).

ZDA3461A 3

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 60
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

4. To remove, hanging the cradle with ropes or a chain

and pull it upwards.
NOTE: The weight of the cradle is about 100 kg (220 lbs).

ZDA3630A 4

5. Loosen two bolts (5) to remove shim pack (6).

ZDA3417A 5

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 61
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Cradle Front face adjustment system - Install (K.25.E.77.64 -

F.10.A.15)
1. On both sides:
Install the central axle (6) and the cotterpin.
Install axle (4) and the cotterpin.
Install nut (2) with a minimum torque of 158 N·m (117
ft. lbs.). (Distance X = 118 - 122 mm (4-5/8 - 4-13/16
in)
Install nine bolts (1). Tighten the bolts with a mini-
mum torque of 300 N·m (221 ft. lbs.).

ZDA3425A 1

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 62
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

Cradle - Install (K.25.E.77 - F.10.A.15)

1. Grease two bushings (1) with grease NLGI-2.

ZDA3457A 1

2. Install two washers (8) with grease NLGI-2.

ZDA3418A 2

3. Bring the cradle on his place.

Install central axle (4).
Tighten bolts (3).
Install bolt (2) on both sides. Tighten the bolt with a
minimum torque of 164 N·m. (121 ft. lbs.).
NOTE: Install the washer with the globular side against the
spacer.
NOTE: The spacer may never touch the slot.

ZDA3461A_1155 3

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 63
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

4. Adjust plate (1) with shim (2) = 1 mm (3/64 in) until

the clearance X = 0 mm between cradle and the face
plate.
Turn cradle at the left-hand side upwards and grease
area (3) with grease NLGI-2.
Turn cradle at the right-hand side upwards and
grease similar area.
Turn the cradle a few times with the hand up and
down.
Pry the cradle open against the face plate and add
an extra shim pack of 3 mm (1/8 in) on both sides.
(together with shim (2))
Tighten the bolts with a minimum torque of 30
N·m.(22 ft. lbs.)
ZDA3421A 4

5. Install the axle to connect the hydraulic cylinder of

the cradle.
Install circlip (1).
Grease the central axle.

ZDA3460A 5

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 64
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

E0047-03-V Supply Feeder Clutch Shorted To High Source

(K.25.E.05.83 - G.30.B.54)
E0047-03 - V Supply Feeder Clutch Shorted To High Source

Cause:
The feeder clutch supply voltage circuit is shorted to a higher than normal voltage source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring shorted to greater than 18.0 volts.

2. Faulty alternator/regulator.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Start the Combine engine. Engage the threshing and feeder Engage switches. Enter the InfoView Monitor -
"Diagnose info" screen.
Select "Feeder" sub menu.
Select “V Supply Feeder Clutch" and check voltage range.
The proper feeder clutch supply voltage is 10.0 - 18.0 volts (Feeder switch engaged).

A. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, continue with Step 2.

B. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, go to Step 5.

2. Shut off the combine engine, and then turn the key switch on again. Enter the InfoView Monitor — "Diagnose
info" screen.
Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select “CCM1 Key switch Voltage" and check voltage range.
The acceptable voltage range for the module is 10 - 18 volts

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, the alternator and/or regulator has failed, and is producing
excessive voltage. Refer to Alternator - Testing (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.20) for additional alternator testing
information.

B. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, continue with Step 3.

3. Key switch in the “Off" position. Check the voltage at fuse F42 using a multi-meter.

A. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, then the batteries have been mistakenly connected in series
(7.5 L units), or there is a fault in the wiring of the 24 V starting system (Iveco units). Refer to DISTRIBU-
TION SYSTEMS - Troubleshooting (A.80.A.90 - G.40.A.10) for additional information.

B. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 4.

4. Key switch in the “On" position. Engage the thresher engage switch S30 and feeder engage switch S31. Remove
the buddy seat and storage bin to gain access to connector X018 on CCM1. Check the voltage at connector
X018 pin J1-7.

A. If the voltage reading is greater than 18 volts, then a high voltage source has been connected to one of
the following wires:
wire 109 orange, fuse F48 to thresher latching relay K28, terminal 3
wire 108 orange, fuse F48 to connector X001, pin 3 to RC harness splice
wire 110 orange, RC harness splice to thresher engage switch S30, pin3
wire 300 orange, RC harness splice to neutral switch S22
wire 302 & 861 yellow, thresher engage switch S30, pin 5 to feeder engage switch S31, pin 6
wire 112 & 1211 (series 1282 and above) yellow, feeder engage switch to CCM1 connector X018, pin J1-7
wire 147 yellow, thresher engage switch to CCM2 connector X015, pin J1-7
switch power wires from splice blocks B, W02 in the RH console

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 65
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

B. If the voltage reading is 10 - 18 volts, and the diagnostic screen is still indicating voltage in excess of
18 volts, there is an internal fault in CCM1. Reload the software for CCM1. If that does not correct the
concern, replace the module.
5. Erase the error code and continue operation.

A.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 66
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

E0047-04-V Supply Feeder Clutch Shorted To Low Source

(K.25.E.05.83 - G.30.B.53)
E0047-04 - V Supply Feeder Clutch Shorted To Low Source

Cause:
Low battery voltage to CCM1 through the feeder engage switch S-31, or the circuit is shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Loose or corroded connections, or damaged wires.

2. Batteries are discharged, and/or alternator/regulator failure.
3. Feeder engage switch supply wiring shorted to ground.
4. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Key switch in “Off" position. Check fuse F-42.

A. If fuse F42 is okay, continue with step 3.

B. If the fuse is blown, go to step 2.

2. Replace the failed fuse F-42.

A. If the fuse is okay, continue with Step 3.

B. If the fuse immediately fails again, a short to ground exists in wire 010 red to Cab Power Relay K-26 pin
3. Locate short and repair.
3. Key switch in “On" position. Check fuse F-48.

A. If fuse F-48 is okay, continue with step 5.

B. If the fuse is blown, go to step 4.

4. Replace the failed fuse F-48.

A. If the fuse is okay, continue with Step 5.

B. If the fuse immediately fails again, a short to ground exists in one of the following wires:
wire 109 orange, fuse F-48 to thresher latching relay K-28, terminal 3
wire 108 orange, fuse F-48 to connector X001, pin 3 to RC harness splice
wire 110 orange, RC harness splice to thresher engage switch S-30 pin 3
wire 300 orange, RC harness splice to neutral switch S-22
switch power wires from splice blocks B, W02 or F, W06 the RH console
5. Engage the thresher engage switch S-30, and observe the fuse F-48.

A. If the fuse is okay, continue with Step 6.

B. If the fuse immediately fails, a short to ground exists in one of the following wires:
wire 118 yellow, thresher engage switch S-30, pins 2 & 6 to thresher latching relay K-28, terminal 5
wire 115 yellow, thresher latching relay K-28, terminal 5 to terminal 1
wire 861 yellow, thresher engage switch S-30, pin 5 to feeder engage switch S-31, pin 6
wires 147, 111, 225 & 1061 (Series 1238 and above) yellow, thresher engage switch S-30, pin 5 to CCM1
X018, J1-17 and CCM2 X015, J1-7 (CCM3 X012 pin J1-7 series 1238 and above)
Locate short and repair.
6. Engage the feeder engage switch S-31, and observe fuse F-48.

A. If the fuse is okay, continue with Step 7.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 67
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

B. If the fuse immediately fails, a short to ground exists in wire 112 or 1211 (Series 1238 and above) yellow
from feeder engage switch S-31, pin 5 to CCM1 X018, J1-7. Locate short and repair.
7. Key switch in “Off" position. Check the voltage at fuse F-42 using a multi-meter.

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 8.

B. If the voltage reading is less than 10 volts, there is excessive resistance between the batteries and the
cab fuse panel, due to loose or corroded connections, or the batteries have discharged excessively, and
are not capable of supplying the minimum voltage requirement for CCM1. Inspect the wiring from the
batteries to the engine compartment, and from there to the cab. Recharge or replace the batteries.
8. Key switch in “On" position. Engage thresher (S-30) and feeder (S-31) switches. Enter the InfoView Monitor -
"Diagnose info" screen.
Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select “V Supply Feeder Clutch" and check voltage range.
The acceptable voltage range is 10 - 18 volts

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 9.

B. If the voltage reading is less than 10 volts, there is excessive resistance between the fuse panel and
CCM1. Inspect the following for loose or corroded connections, or damage to the wires.
wire 010 red, fuse F-42 to Cab Power relay K-26, terminal 3
wire 007 orange, Cab Power relay K-26, terminal 5 to buss strip
wire 108 orange, fuse F-48 through X001, pin 3, to right console (RC) harness splice
wire 110 orange, RC harness splice to thresher engage switch S-30, pin 3
wire 118 yellow, thresher engage switch S-30, pins 2 & 6 to thresher latching relay K-28, terminal 5
wire 115 yellow, thresher latching relay K-28, terminal 5 to terminal 1
wire 861 yellow, thresher engage switch S-30, pin 5 to feeder engage switch S-31, pin 6
wire 112 & 1211 (Series 1238 and above) yellow, feeder engage switch S-31, pin 5 to CCM1 X018, J1-7
9. Start the combine engine. Enter the InfoView Monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.
Select "Supply" sub menu.
Select “CCM1 Battery Voltage". With the engine RPM at low idle, engage road and work lights.
Check the voltage range.
The acceptable voltage range for the module is 10 - 18 volts

A. If the voltage reading is between 10 - 18 volts, continue with Step 10.

B. If the voltage reading is less than 10 volts, the alternator and/or regulator may have failed, and the charg-
ing system is not producing sufficient voltage. Refer to Alternator - Testing (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.20) for
additional alternator testing information.
10. Erase the error code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.09)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.16)
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.18)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.23)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.26)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.27)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 68
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

E0050-03-Isense Feeder Clutch Shorted To A High Source

(K.25.E.14.20 - G.30.B.54)
E0050-03 - Isense Feeder Clutch Shorted To A High Source

Cause:
The Feeder clutch solenoid (L-24) circuit has excessive current draw, or is shorted to a high voltage source.

Possible failure modes:

1. Bad solenoid.
2. Return side wiring shorted to 12 volts.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. The Isense Feeder Clutch circuit is the ground path for the feeder clutch PWM solenoid. By monitoring current
flow on the return path of the feeder clutch solenoid, the module can provide precise control of the solenoid
engagement. When this error message is reported, this is an indication of excessive current draw on the circuit,
or a result of a high voltage short on the return line.

Enter the InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Feeder" sub menu.
Select "Feeder Clutch valve" and use the arrow keys to select the "Current" screen. Use the "+" key to increase
the output to 100 %, and press "Enter" to power the circuit. Check the current.
The proper feeder clutch solenoid current should be approximately 1.0 - 1.5 amps. The fault code is triggered
by current flow greater than 3.3 amps.

A. If the reading is greater than 3.3 amps, continue with step 2.

B. If the reading is normal (1.0 - 1.5 amps), continue the troubleshooting at step 8.

C. If there is no current reading, the module may have failed as a result of a 12 V short on the Isense circuit.
Continue with step 5.
NOTE: If the current reading is high, immediately shut off the circuit by pressing the “Enter" key after verifying
the reading to prevent module damage.
2. The current reading on the InfoView monitor is high. Turn the key switch to the OFF position and disconnect the
feeder clutch solenoid connector X035. Use a multimeter to check the resistance of the feeder clutch solenoid
L24 between connector X035 pins 1 & 2. The proper resistance range for the feeder clutch solenoid is 7.2 -
11.2 ohms.

A. If out of specification, replace the solenoid. Continue with step 7.

B. If the coil is within specification, continue with Step 3.

3. Disconnect connector X011. Use a multimeter to check the resistance of the unload cross auger solenoid cir-
cuit between connector X011 pins L & M. The resistance should be the same as, or slightly higher than the
resistance of the solenoid as measured in step 2.

A. If the resistance is lower than the previously measured resistance, there is a short in the harness between
connector X035 and connector X011 wires 876 white and 875 black. Locate the short and repair. Continue
with step 7.

B. If the resistance is the same as previously measured, continue with step 4.

4. Disconnect connector X019 on the bottom of CCM1 module. Use a multimeter to check the resistance of the
feeder clutch solenoid circuit between connector X019 pins J2-30 & J2-40.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 69
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

A. If the resistance is lower than the previously measured resistance, there is a short in the harness between
connector X011 and connector X019 wires 876 white and 875 black. Locate the short and repair. Continue
with step 7.

B. If the resistance is the same as previously measured, continue with step 5.

5. Key on. Disconnect connector X035. Use a multimeter to check for voltage at connector X035 pin 2 (harness
end). There should be no voltage on this wire.

A. There is no voltage present on the wire. Continue with step 7.

B. There is voltage present on the wire. Continue with step 6.

NOTE: The high voltage source may not be present as it may not be currently powered up. If the fault code
typically appears when operating another circuit, activate that circuit while performing this check.
6. Key on. Disconnect connector X011. Use a multimeter to check for voltage at connector X011 pin L (module
side of connector). There should be no voltage on this wire.
NOTE : The high voltage source may not be present as it may not be currently powered up. If the fault code
typically appears when operating another circuit, activate that circuit while performing this check.

A. There is no voltage on the wire. The short to voltage is between connector X035 and connector X011 wire
875 black. Locate the short and repair. Continue with step 7.

B. There is voltage on the wire. The short to voltage is between connector X011 and connector X019 wire
875 black. Locate the short and repair. Continue with step 7.
7. The sense resistor in the module for the Isense Feeder Clutch circuit is easily damaged as a result of excessive
current draw or a short to high voltage. After locating the source of the problem and correcting, the module must
be checked for damage.
Disconnect connector X011. Use a multimeter to check resistance between connector X011 pin L and chassis
ground. There should be less than 1 ohm resistance.

A. There is infinite resistance. The sense resistor in the CCM1 module has failed. Replace the module.

B. The resistance is correct. The sense resistor in the CCM1 module is okay, and the circuit should function
correctly. Continue with step 8.
8. Erase fault code and continue operation.

A. If the fault immediately reoccurs, replace CCM1 with a known good controller.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.16)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.26)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 70
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

E0052-11-Feeder Clutch Valve Unidentified Failure Code

(K.25.E.14.20 - G.30.B.46)
E0052-11 - Feeder Clutch Valve Unidentified Failure Code

Cause:
The Feeder Clutch Valve (L-24) circuit is open, or shorted to ground.

Possible failure modes:

1. Supply wiring damaged.

2. Bad solenoid.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter InfoView monitor - "Diagnose info" screen.

Select "Feeder" sub menu.
Select "Feeder Clutch valve" and select the "Current" screen.
Engage the Feeder engage switch S-31.
The proper current is approximately 1.0 - 1.5 amps.

A. If the current reading goes to maximum, and then back to zero, the circuit is shorted to ground and the
software has shut off the output to protect the module and wiring. Continue with Step 2.

B. If the reading is 0 amps, the circuit is open. Continue with step 5.

C. If the reading is within the proper range, the circuit is working properly. Continue with step 11.
2. Disconnect connector X035. Use a multimeter to check between connector X035 pin 1 (valve side) and chassis
ground.

A. If there is continuity, the feeder clutch solenoid is shorted to ground. Replace the solenoid.

B. If there is no continuity, continue with step 3.

3. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X035 pin 1 (harness side) and chassis ground. Flex
the gearbox (GB) harness between the clutch valve and connector X011 while making this check.

A. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 4.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, erase the fault code and continue operation.
4. Disconnect connector X011. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X011 pin M and chas-
sis ground. Flex the main frame (MF) harness between the connector X011 and connector X019 while making
this check.

A. If there is no continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the gearbox (GB) harness between connector
X011 and connector X035 wire 876 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If there is continuity to ground, the short to ground is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector
X011 and connector X019 wire 876 white. Locate the short and repair.
5. Disconnect connector X035. Use a multimeter to check the resistance of the feeder clutch valve coil between
connector X035 pins 1 & 2. The proper resistance range is 7.2 - 11.2 ohms.

A. If there is no continuity, replace solenoid.

B. If the coil is within specification, continue with step 6.

6. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X035 pin 2 (harness side) and chassis ground. Flex
the gearbox (GB) harness between the clutch valve and connector X011 while making this check.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 71
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

A. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 7.

B. If there is continuity to ground, continue with step 9.

7. Disconnect connector X011. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between connector X011 pin L and chassis
ground. Flex the main frame (MF) harness between the connector X011 and connector X019 while making this
check.

A. If there is continuity to ground, the open circuit is in the gearbox (GB) harness between connector X011
and connector X035 wire 875 black. Locate the open and repair.

B. If there is no continuity to ground, continue with step 8.

8. Disconnect connector X019 on the bottom of CCM1 module. Use a multimeter to check for continuity between
connector X019 pin 40 on the module and chassis ground.

A. There is infinite resistance. The sense resistor in the CCM1 module has failed. Replace the module.

B. There is less than 1 ohm resistance, indicating the sense resistor in the CCM1 module is okay. The open
circuit is in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X011 and connector X019 wire 875 black.
Locate the open and repair.
NOTE: The sense resistor in the module for the Isense Feeder Clutch circuit is easily damaged as a result of
excessive current draw or a short to high voltage.
9. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - Dealer Diagnostics screen to manually
power the feeder clutch valve. Use a multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X035 pin 1 and
chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not present, continue with step 10.

B. If 12 volts is found, continue with step 11.

NOTE: The Feeder engage switch S31 must be engaged to supply power to the circuit.
10. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Use the InfoView monitor - Dealer Diagnostics screen to manually power
the Feeder clutch valve. Use a multimeter to check for 12 volts between connector X011 pin M and chassis
ground.
NOTE : The Feeder engage switch S31 must be engaged to supply power to the circuit.

A. If 12 volts is present, the open circuit is in the gearbox (GB) harness between connector X035 pin 1 and
connector X011 pin M wire 876 white. Locate the open circuit and repair.

B. If 12 volts is not present there is an open circuit in the main frame (MF) harness between connector X011
pin M and connector X019 pin J2-30 wire 876 white. Locate the open and repair.
11. Erase the fault code and continue operation.

A.
Series 1348 and above
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.16)
Series 1206-1347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.26)

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 72
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

E0042-06-Current Sense Reverser Short Circuit (K.25.E.42 -

G.30.B.25)
E0042-06 - Current Sense Reverser Short Circuit

Cause:
The reverser (M-10) circuit indicates high current draw.

Possible failure modes:

1. Circuit connection shorted.

2. Excessive mechanical load on motor.
3. Controller internal failure (internal regulator failure).

Solution:

1. Enter the InfoView Monitor - service info screens

SYMPTOM FAULT CODES

E0041-06 E0042-06 E0076-05 E0077-05
Fan operates in 1 direction X Go to Step 2
only X Go to Step 3
Fan and reverser operate X X Go to Step 7
in 1 direction only
Fan does not operate in X Go to Step 11
either direction X Go to Step 18
Reverser operates in 1 X Go to Step 19
direction only X Go to Step 20
Reverser does not X Go to Step 24
operate in either direction X Go to Step 31
Both fan and reverser X X Go to Step 32
do not operate in either
direction

A. Record and erase service history.

Start the combine, engage the threshing mechanism and operate fan speed and feeder reverser circuits
in both directions.
Record in which direction(s) the fan speed increase or decrease operates. Does feeder reverser engage?
Reload error history.
Check for the following fault codes: E0041-06, E0042-06, E0076-05 and E0077-05.
Use the table above to determine the location of the fault.
2. The cleaning fan adjustment motor is bound up.

A. See the appropriate service manual chapter for repair.

3. The fan operates in one direction only. Fault codes indicate a short to ground. Disconnect the fan adjustment
motor connector X090.

A. Measure the resistance on connector X090 between pin A and pin B. The proper resistance range for the
coil is 1.0 - 5.0 ohms. If out of specification replace fan adjustment motor.

B. If the motor coil resistance is within specification continue with Step 3.

4. Measure the resistance on connector X090 between pin A and chassis ground. Flex the lower frame and front
frame harnesses while making this check.

A. If no continuity to ground is found erase the fault code and continue operation.

B. If there is continuity to ground continue with Step 5.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 73
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

5. Disconnect connector X023 . Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X023 pin 22 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found continue with Step 6.

B. If no continuity is found the short to ground is in the lower frame harness between connector X023 and
connector X090 wire 763 white. Locate the short and repair.
6. Disconnect connector X031 . Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X031 pin 12 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the short to ground is in the cab main frame harness between connector X031 and
relay base K-17 terminal 3 wire 763 white. Locate the short and repair.

B. If no continuity is found the short to ground is in the lower frame harness between connector X031 and
connector X023 wire 763 white. Locate the short and repair.
7. Fan and reverser operate in one direction only. Fault codes indicate a short to ground. Disconnect both the fan
adjustment motor connector X090 and reverser motor connector X080 .

A. Measure the resistance on connector X090 between pin A and pin B. The proper resistance range for the
coil is 1.0 - 5.0 ohms. If out of specification replace fan adjustment motor.
Measure the resistance on connector X080 between pin A and pin B. The proper resistance range for the
coil is 4.0 - 8.0 ohms. If out of specification replace reverser motor.

B. If the motor coil resistance is within specification continue with Step 8.

8. Check for continuity on connector X090 between pin B and chassis ground. Flex the lower frame and front
frame harnesses while making this check.

Next check for continuity on connector X080 between pin B and chassis ground. Flex the feeder frame and front
frame harnesses while making this check.

A. If no continuity to ground is found erase fault code and continue operation.

B. If there is continuity to ground continue with Step 9.

9. Disconnect inline connector X023 . Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X023 pin 19
and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found continue with Step 10.

B. If no continuity is found the short to ground is in the lower frame harness between connector X023 and
connector X090 wire 761 gray. Locate the short and repair.
10. Disconnect connector X007 . Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X007 pin 2 and
chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the short is between connectors X080, X090 and CCM1 connector X020 J3-6 wires
713, 761 or 770 gray in front frame harness.

B. If no continuity is found the short to ground is in the feeder harness between connector X007 and connector
X080 wire 770 gray. Locate the short and repair.
11. Fan does not operate in either direction. Fault code indicates an open in circuit. Disconnect the fan adjustment
motor connector X090.

A. Measure the resistance on connector X090 between pin A and pin B. The proper resistance range for the
coil is 1.0 - 5.0 ohms. If out of specification replace fan adjustment motor.

B. If the motor coil resistance is within specification continue with Step 12.
12. Replace the fan/reverser relay K-17 with a known good relay. Connect X090 and operate fan.

A. If the fan is now working troubleshooting is complete.

B. If the fan still does not work continue with Step 13.
2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 74
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

13. Again disconnect fan speed connector X090. Key switch on, engine running. Push the fan speed rocker switch
to increase fan speed. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X090 pin A and chassis
ground.

A. If 12 volts is read continue with Step 14.

B. If 12 volts is not read continue with Step 16.

14. Key switch on engine running. Pull the fan speed rocker switch to decrease fan speed. Use multimeter to
measure the voltage between connector X090 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not read continue with Step 15.

15. Disconnect inline connector X023. Key switch on, engine running. Pull the fan speed rocker switch to decrease
fan speed. Use multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X023 pin 19 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is read the open is between connector X090 and connector X023 wire 761 gray in the lower
frame harness. Locate the open and repair.

B. If 12 volts is not read the open is between connector X023 and the next splice in wire 761 gray in the front
frame harness.
16. Disconnect connector X023. Key switch on, engine running. Push the fan speed rocker switch to increase fan
speed. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X023 pin 22 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is read the open is between connector X023 and connector X090 wire 763 white in the lower
frame harness.

B. If 12 volts is not read continue with Step 17.

17. Disconnect connector X031. Key switch on, engine running. Push the fan speed rocker switch to increase fan
speed. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X031 pin 12 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is read the open is between connector X031 and connector X023 wire 763 white in the front
frame harness.

B. If 12 volts is not read the open is between connector X031 and relay base terminal 4 on relay K17, wire
763 white in the cab main harness.
18. Disconnect connector X090 at the fan speed motor.

A. Use a multimeter to check for an internal short to ground between both pin A and B. If short to ground is
found replace motor.
19. The reverser motor actuator is bound up.

A. See the appropriate service manual chapter for repair.

20. The reverser operates in one direction only. Fault codes indicate a short to ground. Disconnect the reverser
motor connector X080 .

A. Measure the resistance on connector X080 between pin A and pin B. The proper resistance range for the
coil is 4.0 - 8.0 ohms. If out of specification replace reverser motor.

B. If the motor coil resistance is within specification continue with Step 21.
21. Measure the resistance on connector X080 between pin A and chassis ground. Flex the feeder and front frame
harnesses while making this check.

A. If no continuity to ground is found erase the fault code and continue operation.

B. If there is continuity to ground continue with Step 22.

22. Disconnect inline connector X007 . Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X007 pin 1
and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found continue with Step 23.

2 4/7/2006
K.25.E / 75
 CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing

B. If no continuity is found the short to ground is in the feeder harness between connector X007 and connector
X080 wire 719 white. Locate the short and repair.
23. Disconnect inline connector X031 . Use the multimeter to check for continuity between connector X031 pin 10
and chassis ground.

A. If continuity is found the short to ground is in the cab main harness between connector X031 and the relay
base for relay K-17 terminal 3 wire 719 white.

B. If no continuity is found the short to ground is in the front frame harness between connector X031 and
connector X007 wire 719 white. Locate the short and repair.
24. Reverser does not operate in either direction. Fault code indicates an open in circuit. Disconnect the reverser
motor connector X080.

A. Measure the resistance on connector X080 between pin A and pin B. The proper resistance range for the
coil is 4.0 - 8.0 ohms. If out of specification replace fan adjustment motor.

B. If the motor coil resistance is within specification continue with Step 25.
25. Replace the fan/reverser relay K-17 with a known good relay. Connect X080 and operate reverser.

A. If the reverser is now working troubleshooting is complete.

B. If the reverser still does not work continue with Step 26.
26. Again disconnect reverser connector X080. Key switch on, engine running. Place straw elevator reverse tum-
bler switch in ON position. Activate reel speed increase to REVERSE. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage
between connector X080 pin A and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is read continue with Step 27.

B. If 12 volts is not read continue with Step 29.

27. Key switch on engine running. Place straw elevator reverse tumbler switch in ON position. Activate reel speed
decrease to ROCK. Use multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X080 pin B and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is not read continue with Step 28.

28. Disconnect inline connector X007. Key switch on, engine running. Activate reel speed decrease to ROCK. Use
multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X007 pin 2 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is read the open is between connector X080 and connector X007 wire 770 gray in the feeder
harness. Locate the open and repair.

B. If 12 volts is not read the open is between connector X007 and the next splice in wire 770 gray in the front
frame harness.
29. Disconnect connector X007. Key switch on, engine running. Activate reel speed increase to REVERSE. Use a
multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X007 pin 1 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is read the open is between connector X007 and connector X080 wire 719 white in the feeder
harness.

B. If 12 volts is not read continue with Step 30.

30. Disconnect connector X031. Key switch on, engine running. Activate reel speed increase to REVERSE. Use a
multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X031 pin 10 and chassis ground.

A. If 12 volts is read the open is between connector X031 and connector X007 wire 719 white in the front
frame harness